Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


PROCEEDINGS 


The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 


PHILADELPHIA 


VOLUME    LXV 


1913 


philadelphia  : 
The    Academy    of    Naiural    Sciences 

LOGAN    SQUARE 
1914 


The  Academy  of  Natural   Sciences    of    Philadelphia. 

February  4,   1914. 

I  liereby  certify  that  pi-inted  copies  of  the  PROCEEDiNcis  for   191:^  were 
mailed  as  follows: — 

Pages      1-80 

81-112 

"  113-150 

"  151-182 

"  183-214 

■  "  215-262 

"  263-390 

"  391-408 

"  407-486 

"  487-504 

"  505-552 November  19,  1913. 

"  553-568 , November  22,  1913. 

"  569-616 December  17,  1913. 

"  617-712 January      28,  1914. 

EDWARD  J.  NOLAN. 

Recording  Secretary. 


.April 

4, 

1913. 

April 

23, 

1913. 

April 

30, 

1913, 

June 

4, 

1913, 

June 

14, 

1913 

July 

1, 

1913. 

July 

15, 

1913. 

July 

24, 

1913. 

August 

13, 

1913. 

August 

19, 

1913. 

PUBLICATION    committee: 

Henry  Skinner,  M.D.,  Sc.D.,  Wither  Stone,  A.M.,  Sc.D., 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D.,  William  J.  Fox, 

Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 
The  President,  Samuel  Gibson  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  ex-ojficiu. 

EDITOR:  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

7  /  ri" 


CONTENTS. 


Fuv  Aruujuncements,  Reports,  etc.,  .see  General  Index. 


Baker,    Fred.     The   land    and  fresh-water  mollusks   of    the 

Stanford  Expedition  to  Brazil  (Plates  XXI-XXVH) 618 

Banks,    Nathan.     Notes    on   the   types   of   some    American 

spiders  in  European  collections  (Plates  XI,  XII,  XIII) 177 

Notes  on  some  Costa  Rican  Arachnida  (Plates  XXVIII- 

XXX) : 676 

Barbour,  Thomas.     Reptiles  collected  by  the  Yale  Peruvian 

Expedition  of  1912  (Plate  XVII) 505 

Berry,  S.  Stillman.     Notes  on  some  West  American  •  ceph- 

alopods 73 

Bilgram,  Hugo.     The  critical  point  of  liquids  582 

Boyer,  Charles  S.     On  diatoms  of  Philadelphia 581 

Brown,  Amos  P.,  Ph.D.     Variation  in  two  species  of  Lucidella 

from  Mexico  (Plate  I) 3 

Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  Island  of  Antigua  (Plates 

XVIII,  XIX,  XX) 584 

Brown,  Amos  P.,  and  Henry  A.  Pilsbry.     Two  collections  of 

Pleistocene  fossils  from  the  Isthmus  of  Panama 493 

Calvert,  Philip  P.,  Ph.D.     The  fossil  Odonate  Phenacolestes, 
with  a  discussion  on  the  venation  of  the  legion  Poda- 

grion  Selys  (Plate  XIV) 225 

Campion,  Herbert.     The  antenodal  reticulation  of  the  wings 

of  Agrionine  dragonflies 220 

Cockerell,  T.  D.  a..  Some  Australian  bees 28 

Dall,  William  Healey.     New  species  of  the  genus  Mohnia 

from  the  North  Pacific 501 

Fowler,  Henry  W.     Notes  on  Catostomoid  fishes 45 

Notes  on  the  fishes  of  the  Chincoteague  region  in  Virginia  .       61 
Some  type  specimens  of   the  American  Cyprinoid  fishes 

of  the  genus  Rutilus 66 

Amphibians  and  reptiles  from  Ecuador,  Venezuela,  and 

Yucatan  (Plates  V-X) 153 

Fishes  from  the  Madeira  River 517 

Curimatus  spilurus  Cope,  a  wrongly  identified  Characin 673 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 


Heath,  Harold.     The  anatomy  of  two  Brazilian  land  shells, 

Anostoma    depressum    and   Tomigerus    clausus    (Plate 

XXXI) '. 688 

Hebard,  Morgan.     A  revision  of  the '  species  of  the  geniis 

Nemobius     (Orthoptera:     Gryllidse)     found    in   North 

America  north  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama 394 

Palmer,   T.   Chalkley.     The  collecting  and  preparation  of 

diatoms 580 

PiLSBRY,  Henry  A.,  Sc.D.     Notes  on  some  Lower  Californian 

Helices  (Plates  XV,  XVI) 380 

Reiin,    James    A.    G.     Descriptions    and    records    of    South 

American   Orthoptera,   with   the   description   of   a  new 

subspecies  from  Clarion  Island 82 

A  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Orthoptera  of 

Argentina 273 

Stone,  Witmer.     On  a  collection  of  birds  obtained  by  the 

Francis  E.  Bond  Expedition  in  the  Orinoco  Delta  and 

Paria  Peninsula,  Venezuela 189 

Thompson,  J.  C,  M.D.     Oxyrhopus  trigeminus  Dumeril  and 

Bibron  the  type  of  Erythroxyrhopus  gen.  nov. 78 

Notes  on  serpents  in  the  family  Colubridse 213 

Contributions  to  the  synonymy  of  serpents  of  the  family 

Lapida? 508 

Vanatta,  E.  G.     Descriptions  of  new  species  of  marine  shells 

(Plate  II) 22 

Weidman,  Fred  D.     A  study  of  metazoan  parasites  found  in 

the  Philadelphia  Zoological  Garden  (Plate  IV) 126 

Wherry,   Edgar  T.,   Ph.D.     North  border  relations  of  the 

Triassic  in  Pennsylvania  (Plate  III) 114 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF   THE 

ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

OF 

PHILADELPHIA. 


1913. 


January  21. 
Mr.  Charles  Morris  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-seven  persons  present. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  that  papers  under  the 
following  titles  had  been  presented  for  publication  in  the  Pro- 
ceedings : 

"The  distribution  of  the  genus  Cyclops  in  the  vicinity  of  Haver- 
ford,  Pennsylvania,"  by  R.  A.  Spaeth  (December  19,  1912). 

"Further  notes  on  the  flora  of  the  Conowingo  Barrens  of  south- 
eastern Pennsj-lvania,"  by  Francis  W.  Pennell  (December  27,  1912; 
published  in  the  Proceedings,  December,   1912). 

"Oxyrhopus  trigeminus  Dum.  et  Bibr.  the  type  of  Erythro- 
oxyrhopus  gen.  nov.,"  by  T.  C.  Thompson,  M.D., U.  S.  N.  (January  2). 

"Variation  in  two  species  of  Lucidella  from  Jamaica,"  by  Amos 
P.  Brown  (January  6). 

The  death  of  Dr.  George  A.  Koenig,  a  member,  January  14,  was 
announced. 

The  Council  reported  the  appointment  of  the  following  Standing 
Committees  to  serve  during  the  year: 

Finance.— John  Cadwalader,  A.M.,  Edwin  S.  Dixon,  Eflingham 
B.  Morris,  James  D.  Winsor,  and  the  Treasurer. 
1 


2  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

Library.— Thomas  H.  Fenton,  M.D.,  Thomas  Biddle,  M.D., 
George  Vaux,  Jr.,  Henry  Tucker,  M.D.,  and  Frank  J.  Keeley. 

Publications.— Henry  Skinner,  M.D.,  Witmer  Stone,  A.M., 
Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D.,  William  J.  Fox,  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

Instruction  and  Lectures. — Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D.,  Charles 
Morris,.  Witmer  Stone,  A.M.,  Henry  Tucker,  M.D.,  George  S. 
Morris. 

Mr.  Frank  J.  Keeley  was  appointed  Curator  of  the  William  S. 
Vaux  Collections. 

Mr.  Joseph  Willcox  was  appointed  Custodian  of  the  Isaac  Lea 
Collection. 

George  Vaux,  Jr.,  was  appointed  the  Solicitor  of  the  Academy. 

Dr.  F.  D.  Weidman  made  a  report  on  his  studies  in  the  metazoan 
parasitology  of  animals  in  the  Philadelphia  Zoological  Gardens, 
illustrated  by  tables,  microscopic  preparations,  and  lantern  figures. 
(No  abstract.) 

The  thanks  of  the  Academy  were  voted  to  Dr.  Weidman  for  his 
important  communication. 

The  following  was  adopted: 

Resolved,  That  the  members  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia  do  hereby  express  to  Thomas  Biddle,  M.D.,  their 
appreciation  of  the  valuable  additions  he  has  made  to  the  mam- 
malian collection,  especially  the  skeletons  and  mounted  specimens 
of  anthropoids,  constituting  as  they  do  the  most  comprehensive 
collection  in  America. 

The  following  were  elected  members: 
J.  Henry  Scattergood, 
Alfred  M.  Collins, 
E.  Marshall  Scull. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed: 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


VARIATION  IN  TWO  SPECIES  OF  LUCIDELLA  FROM  JAMAICA. 
BY   AMOS    P.    BROWN. 

The  genus  Lucidella  is  best  known  from  species  found  in  the 
island  of  Jamaica,  from  which  locahty  the  first  species  were  figured 
by  Ferrusac^  under  the  name  of  Helix  aureola.  Ferrusac  then  figures 
the  two  common  species  of  Jamaica,  which  appear  to  have  a  general 
distribution  throughout  most  parts  of  the  island.  These  species 
are  very  plentiful  in  the  interior  of  the  island,  particularly  in  the 
Mandeville  region.  They  live  in  the  more  undisturbed  parts  along 
the  borders  of  woods,  seeming  to  prefer  situations  where  there  is  a 
certain  amount  of  sun,  rather  than  in  the  dense  woods.  Along 
the  roads  they  are  met  with  inhabiting  the  stone  walls,  which  are 
the  common  fences  in  this  part  of  the  island.  When  once  established 
in  the  walls  they  appear  to  flourish,  even  when  the  woods  are  cut 
away  from  the  vicinity  of  the  roads,  and  where  they  have  plenty 
of  cover  and  not  too  much  dryness  they  develop  into  as  large  forms 
as  in  the  more  undisturbed  regions.  Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.)  is 
probably  more  generally  and  widely  distributed,  but  L.  granulosa 
C.  B.  Adams  is  more  plentiful  in  the  Mandeville  country,  though 
both  forms  are  found  living  together.  Along  grassy  roadsides  with 
low  limestone  rock  exposures  and  even  where  the  red  residual  clay 
from  the  limestone  forms  the  banks  of  the  road  they  are  found 
in  numbers;  in  the  case  of  the  red  clay  banks,  perhaps  L.  aureola 
is  somewhat  more  common,  while  L.  granulosa  is  found  more  fre- 
quently in  numbers  where  the  limestone  exposures  are  seen.  This 
habit  of  living  along  the  borders  of  woods  and  in  the  more  open 
rocky  woods  is  common  with  both  species  in  the  more  undisturbed 
regions  where  the  original  forest  still  exists. 

These  two  species  have  adapted  themselves  to  the  conditions 
brought  about  by  advancing  civilization  and  clearing  of  the  land, 
and  are  well  established,  even  in  the  oldest  settled  districts,  being 
found  in  numbers  in  many  places  that  have  been  quite  stripped  of 


1  D.  de  Ferrusac  and  G.  P.  Deshayes,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Mollusi^ues,  Vol.  3,  1820- 
1851,  PI.  48,  1,  three  figures  oilLucidella  aureola  (Fer.)  and  PI.  49A,  1,  two  figures 
of  L.  granulosa  C.  B.  Adams,  all  figured  by  Ferrusac  under  the  name  of  Helix 
aureola. 


4  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

the  original  forest.  But  it  is  to  be  noted  that  it  is  in  these  places, 
where  the  woods  have  been  cleared  for  a  long  period  of  years,  that 
a  reduction  not  in  numbers  of  individuals,  but  in  size  may  be  ob- 
served. While  the  evidence  is  not  entirely  complete,  it  seems  to 
point  to  a  reduction  in  size  in  those  places  where  the  forest  has  been 
entirely  cleared  away  and  where  the  animals  are  now  living  under 
conditions  of  greater  dryness  than  the  optimum  conditions  that  obtain 
in  places  where  the  original  forest  is  still  more  or  less  undisturbed. 
The  variations  treated  of  in  this  paper  are  seen  in  individuals  of 
these  species  that  are  living  under  the  optimum  conditions  which 
obtain  in  the  forested  sections,  as  contrasted  with  those  individuals 
which  are  found  in  the  dryer,  cleared  sections.  The  localities  from 
which  these  contrasted  individuals  were  obtained  are  in  Manchester 
Parish,  near  Mandeville  for  L.  gramdosa;  and  for  L.  aureola,  the 
same  region  as  contrasted  with  the  Montego  Bay  district. 

Lucidella  granulosa  is  found  almost  everywhere  in  the  region 
about  Mandeville  where  the  conditions  are  favorable.  It  is  in 
this  locality  much  more  common  than  L.  aureola,  which,  however, 
is  found  plentifully  in  this  part  of  Manchester.  But  L.  granulosa 
was  not  taken  at  Montego  Bay,  while  a  small  form  of  L.  aureola 
was  very  plentiful  at  this  station.  Perhaps  the  most  typical  forms 
of  L.  granulosa  come  from  the  borders  of  the  undisturbed  woods 
in  Manchester  Parish  near  Mandeville,  and  it  seems  likely  that  it 
was  from  this  region  that  C.  B.  Adams  first  collected  the  form. 
From  the  many  colonies  in  the  Mandeville  region  from  which  I 
collected  these  typical  forms  of  this  species  the  Somerset,  Somerset 
Road,  and  Benmore  woods  colonies  may  be  selected  as  furnishing 
characteristic  examples  of  the  normal  form.  These  localities  have 
been  described  in  a  former  paper;-  it  will  suffice  here  to  state  that 
they  were  places  where  the  original  forest  still  exists  and  optimum 
conditions  for  the  growth  of  this  species  obtain.  The  small  forms 
that  are  compared  with  these  typical  forms  were  collected  at  two 
stations  where  the  forest  had  been  completely  cleared,  at  least 
near  the  roads  along  which  the  collecting  was  done,  and  were  near 
the  Sturridge  place,  some  three  miles  to  the  southeast  of  Mandeville 
village,  and  along  the  Kendal  Road,^  one  mile  to  the  north  of  the 
town.     A  short  description  of  these  stations  will  be  necessary. 


-  Brown,  Variation  in  some  Jamaican  Species  of  Pleurodonte,  these  Proceed- 
ings, 1911,  pp.  124,  128,  129. 
^See  map  of  Mandeville  region,  loc.  cil.  these  Proceedings,  1911,  p.  121. 


1913.]  MATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  5 

The  Sturridge  place,  about  three  miles  to  the  southeast  of 
Mandeville,  is  in  the  old  settled  part  of  the  region.  Here  the  original 
forest  has  long  been  cleared,  and  the  country  is  almost  bare  of  shade 
trees.  A  few  scattered  orange  or  pimento  trees  along  the  roadsides 
are  the  only  protection  from  the  tropical  sun,  and  the  bare  fields, 
while  grassy,  have  an  arid  look  as  compared  to  the  dense  woods 
of  the  original  forest.  The  only  cover  for  the  mollusks  is  in  the 
stone  walls,  which,  as  usual,  are  built  along  the  roads  as  fences. 
An  old  private  burying-ground,  doubtless  belonging  to  the  Sturridge 
place,  had  a  few  trees  growing  in  it  which  made  a  little  shade  and  this 
old  cemetery  wall  was  the  most  favorable  place  for  mollusks  that 
was  found  at  this  point.  Here  and  at  a  few  places  nearby  along 
the  road  specimens  of  L,  granulosa  were  obtained.  They  were 
not  very  plentiful,  but  were  found  in  fair  numbers,  and  in  as  great 
numbers  as  any  other  species  of  mollusk  collected  at  this  point. 
They  were  quite  uniformly  small  specimens.  They  inhabited  the 
wall,  utilizing  its  cover,  and  were  collected  from  the  wall  and  from 
the  ground  at  its  base. 

The  other  station  where  the  small  form  of  L.  granulosa  was  taken 
was  on  the  Kendal  Road,  one  mile  north  of  Mandeville ;  along  a 
part  of  the  road  through  pasture  lands  where  the  trees  had  been 
cleared  back  from  the  road  on  the  more  level  ground,  so  that  there 
was  but  little  shade  along  the  road.  Here  again  the  Lucidellas 
were  living  in  the  low  stone  walls  which  lined  the  road  and  were 
especially  abundant  in  places  where  the  top  of  the  wall  was  covered 
with  moss  or  fern.  Here  the  dead  shells  of  this  small  form  of  L. 
granulosa  were  very  plentiful,  many  in  verj^  fresh  condition,  but, 
during  the  dry  time  when  I  was  collecting,  no  living  individuals 
were  seen  moving  about.  They  had  apparently  come  up  on  the 
tops  of  the  walls  to  escape  from  the  rain  during  wet  weather 
and  died  there.  At  this  place  the  only  cover  for  the  snails  was  to 
be  found  in  the  wall  itself.  This,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Sturridge 
place,  must  have  been  very  dry  except  after  a  shower  or  during  the 
rather  uncertain  rainy  seasons.  This  small  form  of  L.  granulosa 
is  well  established  at  this  station,  but  only  the  small  individuals 
were  seen,  as  was  the  case  at  the  Sturridge  place.  It  is  practically 
a  small  local  race  at  each  locality. 

While  not  so  plentiful  as  L.  granulosa  in  the  Mandeville  region, 
L.  aureola  is  found  almost  everywhere  that  the  conditions  are  favor- 
able. This  species  lives  on  the  ground  and  is  found  on  grassy  banks, 
even  where  there  is  no  rock.     It  does  not  require  rock  piles  or  walls 


6  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

for  cover,  evidently  grassy  pastures  offering  sufficient  cover  and 
food  for  the  species.  This  probably  explains  its  present  wide 
distribution,  as  compared  with  L.  granulosa,  and  its  persisting  in 
places  where  the  other  species  are  not  now  found.  It  occurred  along 
the  borders  of  the  woods  in  the  Somerset  region  and  along  the  road- 
sides at  almost  all  places  about  Mandeville,  especially  being  col- 
lected along  the  Lower  Santa  Cruz  Road  in  considerable  numbers. 
Here  it  was  living  on  the  grassy  borders  of  the  road,  and  was  taken 
from  the  clay  banks  in  places  where,  for  instance,  Cepolis  {Hemi- 
trochus)  graminicola  was  common.  Along  this  Santa  Cruz  road  the 
forest  is  mostly  cleared,  but  the  L.  aureola  has  sufficient  cover  in  the 
grass  of  the  pastures  which  the  road  passes  through.  Both  here 
and  especially  at  Somerset,  two  places  selected  as  furnishing  normal 
forms  of  the  species,  the  animals  are  living  under  what  may  be 
termed  optimum  conditions.  Nowhere  in  the  Mandeville  region, 
in  fact  (except,  perhaps  near  the  Sturridge  place,  where  L.  aureola 
was  not  found),  are  the  fields  really  arid  and,  for  a  form  that  can 
live  on  the  ground  with  only  grass  for  cover,  the  conditions  are 
perhaps  never  very  unfavorable.  A  small  form  of  this  species  is  found 
at  Montego  Bay,  a  region  where  the  soil  is  so  thin  that  the  clearing 
of  the  forest  has  resulted  in  the  development  of  conditions  that  may 
be  described  as  arid,  at  least  during  the  dry  part  of  the  year.  Mon- 
tego Bay  is  one  of  the  oldest  settlements  in  the  island,  dating  back 
to  the  Spanish  occupation.  The  original  forest  has  been  cleared  off 
all  of  the  more  level  ground,  which  has  been  under  cultivation  for 
probably  the  greater  part  of  a  century.  Where  trees  have  been 
planted,  they  are  mostly  logwood,  which  is  grown  in  the  pastures; 
the  trees  being  planted  sufficiently  far  apart  to  allow  the  pasture 
grass  plenty  of  sun.  In  these  logwood  plantations,  especially  if 
they  are  on  a  slope,  the  soil  is  very  thin  and  the  rock  comes  near  the 
surface.  During  the  dry  season  the  ground  gets  very  parched 
and  the  grass  quite  brown;  in  the  wet  season,  from  the  end  of  April 
to  the  end  of  November,  when  showers  may  occur  at  any  time,  the 
torrential  rains  almost  immediately  drain  off  on  the  hill  slopes, 
and  owing  to  the  porous  character  of  the  soil  the  ground  becomes 
quite  dry  between  the  showers.  For  a  great  part  of  the  year, 
except  when  a  rainy  week  maj-  occur  in  May  or  November,  any 
mollusks  that  are  ground  dwellers  must  exist  under  alternating 
short  periods  of  great  moisture  and  dryness,  while  during  the  dry 
season,  from  December  to  April,  they  must  sestivate  under  the  almost 
arid  conditions  which  obtain. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  7 

Lucidella  granulosa  C.  B.  Adams.    Plate  I,  figs  1-15. 

Helix  aureola  var.  Fcr.,  Nat.  Hist,  des  Mollusques,  Vol.  3,  1820-1851,  PI. 

49A,  two  figures  marked  1. 
Helicina  aureola  Gray,  Zool.  Jour.,  1,  p.  70,  pi.  6,  fig.  15. 
Lucidella  aureola  var.  granulosa  C.  B.  Ad.,  Cont.  Conch.,  6,  1850,  p.  89. 
Lucidella  undulata  Pfr.,  Malak.,  Bl.  VIII,  1861,  p.  171. 

This,  is  the  species  usually  labelled  L.  undulata  in  collections. 
It  was  first  figured  by  Ferrusac  along  with  L.  aureola  under  the  name 
Helicina  aureola.  The  two  figures  on  Ferrusac 's  plate  49A  numbered 
1  represent  a  form  covered  with  granules  which  he  considered  to 
be  a  variety  of  Helix  aureola  and  which  is  the  common  species  of 
Lucidella  in  the  Manchester  district.  C.  B.  Adams  refers  to  this 
form  as  follows:  '*A  variety  of  Lucidella  aureola  is  so  strongly  sculp- 
tured with  granules  that  it  will  be  convenient  to  designate  the 
variety  with  the  name  of  granulosa.^'  (Adams,  loc.  cit.)  This  was 
in  1850,  and  eleven  years  afterwards,  in  1861,  Pfeiffer  describes 
this  form,  referring  to  Ferrusac's  figure  above  mentioned,  under 
the  name  of  L.  undulata.  It  is  by  this  name  of  Pfeiffer's  that  the 
species  is  generally  known,  although  the  granulosa  of  Adams  ante- 
dates Pfeiffer's  name  by  eleven  years.  Inasmuch  as  C.  B.  Adams 
collected  in  the  Mandeville  region  in  Manchester,  it  is  very  likely 
that  his  granulosa  came  from  this  district.  In  a  former  paper* 
it  is  recorded  in  the  Mandeville  region  from  Benmore,  Bloomfield, 
Sturridge  place,  Cedar  Hill,  Lower  Santa  Cruz  Road,  ridge  near 
Lincoln,  Somerset,  Somerset  Road,  and  it  was  also  collected  on 
the  Kendal  Road  north  of  Mandeville  as  well  as  several  otner  places 
in  this  vicinity.  Most  of  the  specimens  of  this  species  in  the 
A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection  were  taken  by  me  in  1910,  but  there  are  three 
or  four  trays  simply  recorded  as  from  ''Jamaica,"  one  of  which 
marked  "Swift  Collection"  is  of  especial  interest.  This  lot  probably 
came  from  H.  Vendries,  of  Kingston,  and  is  marked  on  the  collector's 
label  "L,  aureola  Fer.  var.  gra7iidosa";  they  possess  the  characters 
which  seem  to  distinguish  this  species  in  a  pronounced  degree. 
If  these  are  Vendries  specimens  they  no  doubt  came  from  St.  Andrews 
Parish.     They  may  be  described  as  follows: 

Lucidella  granulosa  C.  B.  Ad.     (Swift  Collecton  A.  N.  S.  P.)     Plate  I,  figs  1-3. 

Shell  somewhat  convexly  conoidal,  rather  thick,  somewhat 
keeled  on  the  periphery  and  wrinkled,  in  the  direction  of  the  growth 
lines,  radially  from  the  apex;  color  reddish-brown,  mottled  with 
whitish;  of  about  6  whorls;  sculpture  of  raised  spiral  lines  or  lirae, 

*  Pilsbry  and  Brown:  The  Mollusca  of  Mandeville,  Jamaica,  and  its  Environs, 
Proc.  a.  N.  S.  p.  ,1910,  pp.  510-535;  Lucidella  undulata  Pfr.  p.  525. 


8  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

covering  the  entire  surface,  those  above  the  periphery  being  swollen 
at  intervals,  when  crossed  by  the  radial  wrinkles  or  corrugations 
that  follow  the  growth  lines,  thus  forming  both  the  raised  granula- 
tion and  the  whitish  spots,  from  the  raised  lirse  becoming  whitish 
where  swollen.  The  swelling  of  the  revolving  spirals  becomes  very 
pronounced  along  the  periphery,  which  is  thus  raised  into  a  series  of 
tubercles,  commencing  about  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  whorl 
and  continuing  to  the  lip.  The  swelling  of  the  lirse  to  form  the 
granulation  does  not  extend  far  below  the  periphery,  not  more  than 
4  or  5  of  the  revolving  striae  being  thus  affected.  The  striae  continue, 
however,  to  the  umbihcus,  becoming  fainter  as  this  is  approached. 
Diam.  7,7,  alt.  5.5  mm. 

The  keeled  and  tuberculated  periphery  seems  to  be  characteristic 
of  this  species,  but  is  not  always,  as  in  this  Swift  Collection  lot, 
carried  out  to  the  lip.  It  is  present  in  the  young  shells  in  all  cases, 
which  would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  ancestral  species  must  have 
resembled  this  one  from  the  Swift  Collection.  None  of  the  Mande- 
ville  region  specimens  normally  show  this  tuberculated  and  keeled 
periphery  in  the  adult  state,  at  least  not  entirely  up  to  the  lip; 
but  the  young  all  show  it.  The  Somerset  Road  specimens  (Plate 
I,  figs.  6,  10),  w^hich  perhaps  lived  under  as  nearly  optimum  condi- 
tions for  this  species  as  any  collected  in  the  Mandeville  region, 
show  this  tuberculated  and  keeled  periphery  up  to  nearly  the  end 
of  the  fifth  whorl,  but  the  peripheral  tul^erculation  dies  away 
before  the  sixth  whorl  is  reached.  Young  shells  from  this  station 
have  quite  a  different  appearance  from  the  adults.  This  seems,  as 
above  stated,  to  be  the  general  condition  of  the  species  in  the  Man- 
chester region,  the  adult  stage  has  lost  the  peripheral  granulation, 
but  the  younger  stages  show  it.  And  it  is  perhaps  more  pronounced 
in  the  Somerset  specimens  than  in  any  of  the  others,  the  last  whorl 
being  frequently  nearly  smooth  (Plate  I,  fig.  4,  figs.  7-9),  on  the 
periphery.  An  exceptional  specimen  from  Somerset,  showing  the 
tuberculated  periphery,  is  figured  at  5  on  the  plate.  The  tuberculate 
condition  of  the  periphery  extends  from  the  middle  of  the  third 
whorl  (2.5  whorls  from  the  apex)  to  the  middle  of  the  fifth  whorl 
(4.5  whorls  from  the  apex).  Thus  the  last  whorl  (there  are  five 
and  one-half  to  six  whorls)  is  comparatively  smooth  on  the  pe- 
riphery, and,  except  for  the  color  pattern,  the  shell  at  first  sight 
resembles  L.  aureola.  The  color  pattern  itself  varies  when  the 
peripheral  tuberculation  disappears;  when  it  is  present  there  is  a 
regular  periodicity  in  the  recurrence  of  the  whitish  patches  which 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  9 

mark  the  swelling  of  the  lirae  that  is  the  cause  of  the  lighter  spots, 
they  run  from  16  to  20  to  the  whorl,  and  when  this  periodicity  is 
seen  with  the  whitish  spots  reaching  the  periphery,  this  in  turn 
becomes  tuberculated  and  keeled.  This  regularity  of  the  markings 
is  characteristic  of  the  younger  stages,  and  as  long  as  it  is  seen  the 
young  shell  will  be  found  to  be  keeled  and  tuberculated;  when  it 
disappears  and  the  color  pattern  becomes  a  mottling  of  the  shell,  then 
the  periphery  is  neither  keeled  nor  tuberculated.  In  the  two  places, 
where  dwarfed  shells  were  taken,  a  large  number  of  them  have 
this  tuberculated  and  keeled  periphery  on  the  last  whorl,  although 
considerably  less  than  half  are  so  ornamented.  It  is  noticeable 
that  the  whitish  ornamentation,  when  it  is  accompanied  by  the  pe- 
ripheral tuberculation,  follows  the  growth  lines,  and  is  then  more 
continuous  and  stronger.  But  when  it  curves  towards  the  mouth 
of  the  shell  and  crosses  the  growth  lines,  it  tends  to  break  up  into 
branches,  rarely  reaches  the  periphery,  and  practically  never  causes 
tuberculation.  .When  the  animals  are  living  under  optimum  condi- 
tions, as  at  the  Somerset  and  Somerset  Road  stations,  this  bending 
forward  of  the  ornamentation  across  the  growth  lines  becomes 
characteristic,  and  the  color  pattern  becomes  finer  and  less  regular 
by  the  branching  of  these  whitish  lines  or  by  their  breaking  up  into 
dots.  And  where  this  finely  mottled  color  pattern  is  seen,  the  last 
whorl  is  nearly  smooth  and  the  periphery  is  free  from  tubercles. 

The  tuberculated  condition  of  the  periphery  is  thus  a  character 
of  the  young  stages,  sometimes  continued  into  the  adult  stages 
up  to  the  development  of  the  lip.  The  appearance  of  this  character 
in  the  dwarfed  races  (Plate  I,  figs.  11-15)  at  Kendal  Road  station 
and  at  the  Sturridge  station  is  due  to  what  is  generally  described 
as  ''reversion  to  an  ancestral  form";  or  it  is  due  to  the  animals, 
living  under  unfavorable  conditions  as  regards  shell  development 
and  growth,  which  causes  them  to  mature  at  an  earlier  stage  than 
those  forms  which  live  under  optimum  conditions.  But  while  the 
conditions  are  unfavorable  to  growth,  they  are  not  unfavorable  to 
reproduction,  for  these  dwarfed  forms  are  very  plentiful  at  the 
localities  where  they  were  taken.  An  examination  of  the  shells 
of  these  Kendal  Road  and  Sturridge  forms  will  show  at  once  from 
the  growi:h  lines  that  they  grew  with  many  interruptions,  as  many 
as  30  such  interruptions  being  often  seen  in  one  shell.  Those  from 
Kendal  Road  station  also  mature  earlier,  as  they  have  only  five 
whorls,  instead  of  five  and  one-half  or  six,  as  in  forms  growing  under 
more  favorable  conditions.     The  forms  that  live  in  walls,  whether 


10  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

of  this  species  or  any  other,  where  the  wall  is  their  only  cover,  are 
always  subject  to  such  recurring  periods  of  enforced  inactivity^ 
during  dry  spells  and  with  the  long  period  of  the  dry  season,  which 
may  last  for  several  months,  during  which  the  sexual  organs  prob- 
ably mature.  These  wall  dwellers  become  active  after  every  shower, 
and  probably  aestivate  temporarily  during  the  dry  spells  between 
showers,  so  they  have  many  less  growing  days  throughout  the  year 
than  forms  that  may  move  about  and  feed  any  day.  Each  aesti- 
vation period  is  marked  by  a  pronounced  gro^vth  line,  and  the 
30  or  more  such  interruptions  mentioned  above  are  thus  recorded. 
If  the  adult  stage  is  reached  by  the  animal  before  the  shell  has  passed 
through  the  tuberculated-and-keeled  periphery  stage  of  shell  growth, 
then  the  adult,  with  lip  developed,  has  this  tuberculated  periphery; 
if  this  stage  has  been  passed  the  last  whorl  is  smooth  and  not  tuber- 
culated along  the  periphery.  In  the  Sturridge  place  forms,  where 
the  whorls  may  reach  five  and  one-half,  but  few  show  the  tuber- 
culation  of  the  periphery  extending  out  to  the  lip. 

Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.).    Plate  I,  figs.  16-26. 

Helix  aureola  Ferrusac,   Nat.    Hist,   des   Mollusques,   Vol.   3,    1820-1851, 

PI.  48,  fig.  1  (not.  PI.  49A,  1). 
Helicina  {Lucidella)  aureola  Sow.,  Thes.,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  282,  No.  56,  figs.  94, 

479. 
Lucidella  aureola  Swainson,  Chemn.  ed.  nov.,  PL  5,  figs.  20-23. 

This  is  the  most  widely  distributed  species  of  Lucidella  in  the 
island  of  Jamaica,  but  it  generally  occurs  in  small  numbers  at  any 
one  station.  Specimens  of  this  species  were  examined  that  were 
collected  in  Portland  (Port  Antonio),  St.  Andrews  (Stony  Hill  and 
Constant  Spring),  St.  Catharine  (Natural  Bridge,  Bog  Walk),  Man- 
chester (various  points  near  Mandeville),  and  St.  James  (Montego 
Bay  at  Orange  Hill  and  Rose  Mount)  as  well  as  a  number  of  other 
collections  of  which  the  locality  was  not  recorded  further  than  as 
from  "Jamaica."  Among  these,  the  race  from  St.  James  as  found  at 
Orange  Hill  and  Rose  Mount  is  a  small,  dwarfed  form  which  is  differ- 
ent from  any  seen  elsewhere,  and  is  only  matched  in  size  by  an  occa- 
sional specimen  from  the  region  to  the  southwest  of  Mandeville, 
along  the  Santa  Cruz  road.  With  the  exception  of  this  St.  James 
race  from  the  vicinity  of  Montego  Bay,  the  general  description  of 
the  species  (Plate  I,  figs.  16-21)  is  as  follows: 

Shell  depressed  conoidal,  spire  somewhat  convex,  apex  mucronate; 
uniformly  colored  some  shade  of  chestnut,  paler  in  the  young  shells; 
the  shell  sculptured  with  fine  revolving  lirse  and  the  whorls  crossed 
by  oblique  wrinkles  which  follow  the   growth   lines   in  direction. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  11 

beginning  to  appear  generally  on  the  second  whorl  and  sometimes 
continuing  to  the  lip,  but  dying  away  towards  the  periphery,  or, 
if  they  cross  it,  not  producing  a  thickening  of  the  hrae  at  this  point. 
Whorls  six  or  somewhat  over  (6.3)  and  rarely  less  than  5.7.  The 
revolving  strise  become  fainter  and  are  almost  obsolete  in  the 
umbilicus.  The  number  of  these  revolving  strise  varies  through 
the  appearance  of  interstitial  lirse  between  those  already  existing, 
which  eventually  develop  to  the  same  size  as  the  others.  There 
are  generally  about  45  lirse  on  the  last  whorl,  of  which  18  or  20 
are  above  the  periphery,  they  are  close  and  even  and  are  not  thick- 
ened where  the  oblique  wrinkles  cross  them.  The  size  varies  with 
the  locality,  ranging  from  diam.  =  10  mm.  by  alt.  =  7.7  mm. 
(Pfeiffer)  to  diam.  =  5.6  mm.  by  alt.  =4.3  in  the  smallest  specimen 
taken  in  the  vicinity  of  Mandeville. 

This  smallest  specimen,  which  came  from  the  Lower  Santa  Cruz 
Road  about  three  miles  from  Mandeville  is  simply  a  diminutive 
reproduction  of  the  largest  which  was  found  at  Somerset,  with 
somewhat  fewer  whorls  but  \vith  none  of  the  peripheral  granulation 
observed  on  some  of  the  Montego  Bay  specimens  (Plate  I,  figs. 
22-26).  These  latter,  which,  as  stated  above,  were  collected  on  the 
Orange  Hill  and  the  Rose  Mount  estates,  differ  from  the  typical 
L.  aureola  above  described  in  certain  specimens.  In  about  one-half 
of  the  Orange  Hill  specimens  and  about  one-third  of  the  Rose  Mount 
specimens  an  additional  sculptural  feature  is  present.  The  pe- 
riphery of  the  last  whorl  is  raised  into  a  series  of  points  or  tubercles, 
by  the  thickening  of  one  or  more  of  the  peripheral  lirse  where  they 
are  crossed  by  the  transverse  oblique  wrinkles  which  are  present  in- 
all  specimens  of  this  species  examined.  This  structure  is  exactly 
comparable  to  the  development  of  the  granulate  sculpture  on  L. 
granulosa  which  has  been  described.  A  careful  examination  of  the 
young  of  typical  L.  aureola  from  some  fifteen  localities  shows  that 
while  the  oblique  transverse  wrinkles  are  common  to  all  of  them, 
these  do  not  produce  any  granulation  on  the  periphery,  so  that  this 
is  not,  as  in  the  case  of  the  dwarfed  races  of  L.  granulosa,  a  "rever- 
sion" or  the  effect  of  the  individual's  maturing  at  what  is  normally 
a  young  stage,  but  actually  a  new  sculptural  character  which  has 
developed  in  these  Montego  Bay  forms.  It  only  appears  distinctly 
on  the  last  whorl,  the  tubercles  becoming  stronger  after  the  periphery 
emerges  from  the  suture,  but  it  may  be  present  on  the  preceding 
whorl  also,  as  the  corrugations  or  wrinkles  are  found  well  developed 
on  both  the  last  and  next  to  the  last  whorls.     When  well  developed, 


12  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jail.; 

the  granulations  continue  out  to  the  Hp ;  sometimes  they  only  appear 
in  the  middle  part  of  the  last  whorl  and  become  obsolescent  towards 
the  lip.  They  are  well  shown  and  their  connection  with  the  trans- 
verse wrinkles  is  apparent  in  the  figs.  22,  25,  26,  Plate  I.  This 
peripheral  granulation  is  thus  characteristic  of  certain  of  the  speci- 
mens taken  at  Orange  Hill  and  Rose  Alount,  Montego  Bay,  and  is 
not  found  in  the  normal  L.  aureola  from  any  other  locality  examined. 
The  forms  possessing  it  might  be  designated  by  a  varietal  name,  as 
montegoensis,  and  it  is  probably  the  beginning  of  a  new  species, 
or  what  would  become  one  if  the  forms  continued  to  live  at  the 
Montego  Bay  localities,  which,  unless  the  settling  up  of  the  country 
continues,  is  likely  to  be  the  case,  they  having  survived  the  advance 
of  civilization  for  perhaps  a  century.  But  it  may  be  a  variation 
not  due  directly  to  the  aridity  of  the  country  produced  by  the 
clearing  of  the  land — not  referable  to  change  of  environment  alone — 
but  to  hyhridity,  and  this  might  work  out  in  future  generations. 

We  thus  have  two  species,  each  developing  a  dwarfed  race  under 
similar  conditions  of  environment,  but  in  which  the  causes  for  the 
development  of  the  new  sculptural  characters  which  accompany 
the  dwarfing  are  probably  not  referable  to  the  same  causes. 

The  Variation  in  Size. 

The  amount  of  the  variation  in  size  may  be  graphically  shown 
by  plotting  the  dimensions  of  the  forms  to  scale  in  the  manner 
adopted  in  a  previous  paper.^     These  dimensions  are  given  below. 

Variation  in  size  in  Lucidella  granulosa  C.  B.  Adams. — The 
forms  of  this  species  compared  in  fig.  1  are  from  Somerset,  Somerset 
Road,  Benmore,  Kendal  Road  one  mile  north  of  Mandeville,  and  the 
Sturridge  place,  three  miles  southeast  of  Mandeville.  Those  from 
Somerset  and  Somerset  Road  are  the  largest,  those  from  Kendal 
Road  and  the  Sturridge  place  the  smallest.  The  Benmore  specimens 
lie  between  these  two,  but  nearer  to  the  larger  group,  so  that  the  plot 
shows  two  groups  as  to  size,  with  a  gap  between  the  two  that  is 
not  entirely  bridged  over  by  the  Benmore  specimens.  The  normal 
forms,  represented  by  the  group  of  larger  specimens  from  these 
localities,  show  some  variation  in  the  sculpture,  but  are  in  general 
as  described  above  for  the  forms  from  Somerset  and  Somerset  Road, 
with  a  nearly  non-tuberculated  periphery  on  the  last  whorl.     Only 

*  A.  P.  Brown,  Variation  in  some  Jamaican  Species  of  Pleurodonte,  Proc. 
A.  N.  S.  P.,  1911,  pp.  117-164   figs.  2-14. 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


13 


a  few  of  the  Somerset  specimens  show  the  keeled  and  tuberculated 
periphery  that  is  characteristic  of  the  Swift  Collection  specimens, 
of  which  a  description  is  given  above.  These  are,  however,  of  normal 
size  for  the  species,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  plate  (figs.  4,  5,  7-9). 
A  few  individuals  from  Benmore  show  this  tuberculated  periphery 
also. 

Contrasted  with  this  smooth  condition  of  the  last  whorls,  which 
may  be  considered  normal  for  L.  granulosa  as  found  near  Mandeville, 
is  the  much  larger  proportion  of  tuberculated-keeled  forms  found 


o 

- 

0 
O  O         X 

- 

O                         o 

_  6T»vrv<- 

O    X  9 

" 

•        •    X 
0 

- 

• 

• 

•  • 

_5 

• 

■» 

■f 

+  +  -e          «■ 

■? 

oSome-ree-fc 

-^  .r 

x6ome.-rset--roa^. 

d 

; 

■*■  Ke-ndal  TTDCLdL. 

" ,  ,  ,  ,  f ,  ,  , 

7 
,        1 

Srrvm, 

,        ,        ,        ,        1         ,        ,         , 

Fig.  1. 


-Lucidella  granulosa.     Comparison  of  the  dimensions  of  the  forms  from 
five  different  localities. 


among  the  specimens  from  the  two  localities  where  the  forms  are 
dwarfed.  At  the  Sturridge  place,  about  one-half  of  the  specimens 
show  peripheral  granules  on  the  last  whorl,  though  these  tend  to  be- 
come obsolescent  as  the  lip  is  approached.  In  the  Kendal  Road 
specimens  somewhat  over  two-thirds  show  this  granulation,  and  in 
many  cases  it  extends  out  to  the  lip,  a  much  smaller  proportion 
showing  this  granulation  of  the  peripheral  lira  becoming  obsoles- 
cent and  dying  away  as  the  lip  is  approached  than  in  the  case  of 


14  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

the  Sturridge  specimens.  The  reduction  in  size  in  L.  granulosa 
in  these  localities  is  accompanied  by  a  shght  reduction  in  the  size 
of  the  embryonic-  shell  or  protoconch,  which  is  easily  observed 
in  all  cases  in  the  adult  shell.  The  minor  diameter  of  the  protoconch 
averages  0.47  mm.  in  the  specimens  from  the  larger  group,  the 
average  being  for  the  Benmore  specimens  0.444  mm.,  for  the  Somerset 
Road  specimens  0.47  mm.,  and  for  the  Somerset  specimens  0.50  mm.; 
as  against  an  average  of  0.416  mm.  for  the  Kendal  Road  specimens 
and  0.408  for  the  Sturridge  place  forms.  There  is  thus  a  dwarfing 
that  is  not  alone  individual,  but  a  racial  dwarfing.  These  characters 
are  well  shown  by  a  comparison  of  the  dimensions  by  whorls  which 
is  given  in  fig.  2.  A  series  of  characteristic  specimens  were  selected 
from  each  locality  and  each  individual  measured  by  whorls  with  an 


^  ' 


Fig.  2. — Lucidella  granulosa.  Comparison  of  width  and  height  by  whorls. 
Sm.  =  Somerset,  S.  R.  =Somerset  Road,  B.  =Benmore,  St.  =  Sturridge, 
K.  R.=  Kendal  Road. 

eyepiece  micrometer  on  the  microscope,  using  of  course  a  mechanical 
stage  to  adjust  the  specimen.  The  measurements  by  whorls  and 
the  minor  diameter  of  the  protoconch  are  plotted  in  the  figure. 
This  last  character  hardly  shows  well  at  this  scale,  the  differences 
being  small.  The  comparison  by  whorls  brings  out  the  fact  that 
in  spite  of  the  dwarfed  character  of  two  of  these  races,  but  little 
reduction  in  size  is  shown  up  to  the  third  whorl  and  the  difference 
in  size  only  becomes  pronounced  at  the  fourth  whorl.  All  of  these 
forms,  whether  normal  or  dwarfed,  possess  at  least  five  whorls, 
so  that  up  to  this  point  the  growth  rate  is  strictly  comparable. 
The  marked  falling  off  in  size  of  the  two  dwarfed  races  at  this  point 
is  to  be  attributed  to  the  environment  alone.  The  still  more  marked 
falling  off  in  diameter  as  shown  in  the  last  whorl  is  partly  due  to  a 
reduction  in  the  number  of  whorls  in  the  dwarfed  races,  this  falling 
from  the  maximum  of  somewhat  over  six  whorls  in  the  larger  forms 
from  Somerset,  Somerset  Road,  and  Benmore  to  between  five  and  six 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  15 

for  the  two  dwarfed  races  from  Sturridge's  and  Kendal  Road,  although 
even  at  these  two  localities  the  whorls  may  reach  six  in  some  cases. 

Variation  in  size  in  Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.). — The  forms  of 
this  species  compared  in  fig.  3  are  from  Somerset,  Santa  Cruz  Road 
and  Orange  Hill,  Montego  Bay;  and  to  these  has  been  added  a  series 
from  the  A.  N.  S.  P.  old  collection  labelled  simply  "Swift  Col- 
lection," and  recorded  as  from  "Jamaica"  without  any  definite 
locality.     These  divide  at  once  into  two  groups,  of  which  the  Somerset, 


X 

■ 

" 

—  7m/m 

O                                         O 

" 

X                              ^           o 

" 

■ 

• 

• 

o 

-6 

• 
• 

o 

• 

•  • 

o 

■ 

• 

■ 

• 

• 

. 

• 

_S 

• 

• 

X-SuTift  coU. 

■ 

•h 

e  -Somerset  . 

' 

+ 

•  Santa.  Orxi^  roeid.. 

+      + 
•       ++  + 

^.^orute^o^cy. 

-A- 

. 

+ 

— 1 — 1 — 

,    ,   1    ,    , 

7 
.      1      1 

& 

i      ,      1 

Sr>vm. 

Fig.  3.— -Lucidella  aureola.     Comparison  of  the  dimensions  of  the  species  from 
four  different  localities. 

Swift  Collection,  and  Santa  Cruz  Road  lots  are  larger,  the  Montego 
Bay  lot  is  smaller.  It  will  be  seen,  however,  that  a  single  specimen 
from  the  Santa  Cruz  Road  series  approaches  the  Montego  Bay 
specimens  in  size,  being  of  less  diameter  than  any  of  this  Orange 
Hill  (Montego  Bay)  series.  The  Swift  Collection  series  are  all 
proportionately  higher  than  those  from  Somerset,  which  otherwise 
they  compare  well  with  in  size.     The  Santa  Cruz  specimens  lived 


16 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Jan. 


in  the  open  fields  and  in  walls  along  the  roadside,  their  only  cover 
being  the  walls  or  the  low  vegetation  of  the  fields,  and  they  are 
all  smaller  than  the  Somerset  and  Swift  Collection  series.  The 
one  exceptionally  small  specimen  was  adult,  so  far  as  development 
of  the  lip  was  concerned,  and  in  size  would  correspond  to  Pfeiffer's 
variety  which  he  calls  L.  aureola  minor,  being  even  smaller  than  his 
dimensions  for  that  form.  But  while  it  compares  in  size  with  the 
Montego  Bay  forms,  it  is  not  at  all  like  them  in  sculpture,  resembling 
the  normal  L.  aureola  of  the  island  generally.  It  is  evident,  then, 
that  the  normal  L.  aureola  may  vary  in  size  in  occasional  individuals 
down  to  that  of  the  dwarfed  or  "runt"  race  found  near  Montego 
Bay.  This  last  race  is  a  composite  one,  in  about  one-half  of  the 
Orange  Hill  specimens  and  one-third  of  the  Rose  Mount  specimens 
a  distinctive  sculpture  characterizes  the  forms.  This  has  already 
been  described  above.  The  minor  diameter  of  the  protoconch  is 
also  somewhat  less  than  in  the  normal  forms  of  this  species,  this 
dimension  varies  from  0.55  mm.  in  the  Somerset  and  Swift  Col- 


Fig.  4. — Lucidella  aureola. 


Comparison  of  the  width  and  height  by  whorls  from 
four  different  locahties. 


lection  specimens  to  0.50  mm.  in  the  Santa  Cruz  Road  specimens 
and  0.45  mm.  in  those  from  Montego  Bay. 

A  comparison  of  the  dimensions  of  L.  aureola  by  whorls  is  given 
in  fig.  4,  where  these  protoconch  diameters  are  plotted  along  with 
the  heights.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  diameters  by  whorls  do  not 
show  much  variation  in  the  four  lots  of  specimens  examined  until 
the  third  whorl  is  passed,  but  a  marked  falling  off  in  the  diameter 
of  the  Santa  Cruz  Road  and  the  Montego  Bay  specimens  commences 
with  the  fourth  whorl,  becomes  still  more  pronounced  in  the  fifth 
whorl  and  culminates  in  the  last  whorl.  As  in  the  case  of  L.  granu- 
losa, there  is  a  reduction  in  the  number  of  whorls  in  the  adult  stage 
in  the  case  of  the  dwarfed  Montego  Bay  forms  which  accentuates 
the  diminution  in  diameter  after  the  fifth  whorl.  The  number  of 
whorls  is  of  course  larger  in  the  larger  specimens  from  Somerset, 
the  Swift  Collection  lot  and  the  Santa  Cruz  Road  specimens,  being 
generally  over  six  whorls,  whereas  the  specimens  from  Montego  Bay 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  17 

range  from  five  to  five  and  three-tenths  whorls,  and  in  rare  cases 
one  may  reach  five  and  one-half  whorls.  As  in  the  case  of  L.  granu- 
losa, the  reduction  in  size  is  accompanied  by  a  reduction  in  the  number 
of  whorls,  and  the  animal  matures  at  an  earlier  stage  of  shell  develop- 
ment than  is  the  case  in  the  larger  normal  forms.  The  small  speci- 
men from  Santa  Cruz  Road  which  approximates  in  size  the  Montego 
Bay  specimens  had  only  five  and  three-tenths  whorls,  as  they  have, 
and  a  few  other  Santa  Cruz  Road  specimens,  which  are  small,  run 
about  five  and  seven-tenths  whorls. 

The  Causes  of  the  Variation  in  Size  and  Sculpture. 

In  the  case  of  the  variation  of  the  two  species  herein  described 
it  is  plain  that  we  have  to  deal  with  two  different  kinds  of  variation: 
(1)  A  reduction  in  size  from  the  normal  type  and  (2)  a  change  of 
sculpture.  The  cause  of  the  change  of  size  is  the  same  in  both 
cases  and  has  already  been  stated.  The  reduction  in  size  is  undoubt- 
edly brought  about  by  the  drier  and  more  arid  environment  which 
retards  the  growth  of  the  individual;  superimposed  upon  which  is 
the  regular  periodicity  of  climatic  changes  due  to  the  changing 
seasons,  which  induces  the  development  of  the  reproductive  organs 
at  a  given  time  in  the  year,  without  much  regard  to  the  size  the  in- 
dividual has  attained.  Thus  the  forms  living  under  arid  conditions 
will  have  onl,y  reached  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  whorl  (or  passed 
the  completion  of  the  fifth  whorl)  when  the  enforced  aestivation 
brought  on  by  the  dry  season  commences.  During  the  dry  season 
all  of  these  snails  are  more  or  less  inactive,  and  during  this  resting 
stage  the  genitalia  are  developed.  The  lip  probably  commences 
to  develop  about  the  same  time.  Forms  living  under  optimum 
conditions  have  reached  the  beginning  of  the  seventh  whorl  when  this 
occurs;  they  will  have  an  extra  whorl  as  compared  with  the  forms 
living  under  arid  conditions,  which  would  have  had  many  less 
feeding  and  growing  days,  and  which  latter,  no  doubt,  have  passed 
through  many  short  periods  of  aestivation  during  their  period  of 
growth,  which  was  frequently  interrupted  by  the  dry  spells  between 
showers.  Probably  from  the  repeated  aestivation  periods  that  these 
dwarfed  forms  must  pass  through,  there  has  been  produced  an 
actual  decrease  in  the  size  of  the  embryo,  as  is  indicated  by  the  re- 
duction in  the  size  of  the  protoconch;  and  this  may  mark  the  fixing 
of  the  small  race,  even  though  their  environment  may  change; 
but  this  dwarfing  of  the  embryo  is  not  needed  to  explain  the  reduction 
in  size. 
2 


18  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

The  change  of  sculpture  which  accompanies  the  reduction  in 
size  is  to  be  differently  explained  in  the  case  of  each  species.  In 
the  one  case,  that  of  L.  granulosa,  it  has  been  shown  to  be  directly 
connected  with  the  reduction  in  size,  which  in  turn  is  brought  about 
by  the  loss  of  a  whorl.  The  sculpture  in  this  case  is  that  of  the 
young  shell  up  to  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  whorl  (up  to  5.3  whorls 
generally),  and  is  a  necessary  accompaniment  of  the  loss  of  a  whorl. 
In  the  case  of  normal  forms  in  which  this  sculpture  exists,  as  in  the 
occasional  specimens  from  Somerset  or  the  Swift  Collection  speci- 
men of  L.  granulosa,  this  sculpture  seems  to  have  persisted  up 
to  the  end  of  the  sixth  whorl;  and,  as  pointed  out,  it  may  be  an 
ancestral  character  which  is  becoming  obsolescent.  But  it  has  been 
rejuvenated  in  these  dwarfed  forms  by  the  process  known  as  rever- 
sion. 

The  case  of  the  change  of  sculpture  in  the  dwarfed  forms  of 
L.  aureola  is  different.  Here  we  are  not  dealing  with  a  character 
which  exists  in  the  young  stages  and  is  simply  disclosed  by  the 
leaving  off  of  a  whorl,  as  in  the  last  case,  but  with  a  new  character 
of  which  no  trace  is  to  be  found  in  the  young  of  the  normal  species. 
It  may  be  an  adaptation  in  response  to  the  change  of  environment 
or  it  may  be  due  to  the  effect  of  hybridity.  It  is  here  that  the  evi- 
dence is  incomplete. 

It  is  not  known  whether  the  other  form  that  would  likely  hybridize 
with  L.  aureola  occurs  (or  has  occurred)  at  Montego  Bay.  I  mean 
the  species  L.  granulosa.  In  a  large  collection  made  at  Montego 
Bay  in  1910  I  did  not  encounter  this  species,  nor  is  it  found  in 
Henderson's  list®  as  being  found  at  this  point.  It  might  be  found 
in  some  of  the  deposits  of  semi-fossil  shells  that  occur  near  Montego 
Bay,  but  while  I  examined  these,  I  did  not  find  any  specimens  of 
L.  granulosa.  If  it  existed  at  Orange  Hill  and  at  Rose  Mount  pre- 
vious to  the  clearing  of  the  land  it  would  probably  die  out,  as  this 
species  requires  more  cover  than  is  to  be  found  in  the  logwood-planted 
pastures  where  the  Montego  Bay  race  of  L.  aureola  is  now  living. 
And  during  its  extinction  it  might  very  conceivably  have  mixed 
with  the  L.  aureola,  which  thrives  well  in  grass  lands  elsewhere  in 
the  island.  The  hybrid  thus  produced  would  be  likely  to  have  a 
tuberculated  .periphery.  And  the  hybrid  living  with  a  normally 
sculptured,  pure  race  of  L.  aureola  would  tend  through  hybridity 
to  change  back  to  the  normal  sculpture  of  this  latter  species. 

«  J.  B.  Henderson,  Nautilus,  VIII,  1894,  pp.  1,  19,  31. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  19 

On  the  other  hand,  the  variation  may  be  a  response  to  change  of 
environment,  the  animals  becoming  adapted  to  arid  conditions. 
Of  course,  this  adaptation  is  evident  as  regards  the  reduction  in  size, 
but  it  is  not  yet  known  that  animals  living  with  deficiency  of  moisture 
necessarily  become  more  or  differently  sculptured.  The  chief 
effect  of  this  aridity  would  be  to  reduce  the  moisture  of  the  body, 
and  this  may  conceivably  produce  an  increase  of  sculpture.  Re- 
duction of  moisture  followed  by  an  increase  of  moisture  tends  to  induce 
proliferation.  This  has  been  noted  by  Loeb^  in  the  case  of  the  eggs 
of  the  sea  urchin.  When  newly  fertilized  eggs  are  placed  in  hyper- 
tonic sea  water  for  three  or  four  hours  and  then  brought  back  into 
normal  sea  water,  they  divide  into  from  six  to  sixteen  cells  in  about 
ten  minutes,  and  in  some  cases  even  into  about  forty  cells  inside 
of  twenty  minutes.  The  reduction  of  moisture  in  the  egg  was  here 
sufficient  to  inhibit  cell  division,  but  not  enough  to  prevent  nuclear 
division.  When  put  back  into  normal  sea  water,  a  most  powerful 
streaming  of  the  protoplasm  was  observect.  This  streaming  seemed 
to  occur  around  the  chromosomes  and  fragments  of  nuclear  matter 
as  centres.  At  length  each  knob  or  projection  formed  by  the 
streaming  became  a  separate  cell.  The  effect  of  the  hypertonic 
sea  water  (made  by  adding  salt  to  normal  sea  water)  was  to  with- 
draw water  from  the  cell.  Putting  the  egg  back  into  normal  sea 
water  added  water  to  the  cell.  Estivation  must  result  in  with- 
drawal of  water  from  the  protoplasm,  and  may  proceed  to  the  point 
of  gelation.  Addition  of  water  to  the  protoplasm  after  such  aesti- 
vation, might  readily  result  in  proliferation  as  a  result  of  the  irregular 
nuclear  division  produced  during  the  aestivation  period  when  cell 
division  could  not  occur.  The  irregular  thickening  of  the  shell 
that  forms  the  peripheral  tubercles  and  other  increase  of  sculpture 
is  of  the  nature  of  a  proliferation  of  the  shell.  This  is  conceivably 
due  to  the  irregular  cell  division  produced  by  aestivation,  which  in 
turn  is  preceded  by  nuclear  division  without  accompanying  cell 
formation  during  the  aestivation  period.  Normally  a  cell  dividing 
produces  two  daughter  cells,  but  under  this  fluctuation  of  the  water 
content  the  number  of  daughter  cells  may  be  from  six,  eight,  etc.; 
or  M  =  2D  may  become  M  =  4D  (or  6D  or  8D,  etc.). 

Boveri^  has  shown  that  the  conditions  which  bring  about  cell 
division  seem  to  depend  upon  a  ratio  between  the  mass  of  the 
chromosomes  to  the  mass  of  protoplasm  being  established,  and  occurs 

'  Loeb,  Jour,  of  Morphology,  Vol.  7,  p.  253,  1892. 
8  Boveri,  Zellen  Studien,  Heft  5,  Jena,  190.5. 


20  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

when  the  ratio  chromosomes  to  protoplasm  reaches  a  certain  con- 
stant. Increase  of  the  mass  of  the  chromosomes  retards  cell  division, 
which  does  not  occur  until  the  mass  of  the  protoplasm  increases 
also.  The  material  for  the  growth  of  the  chromosomes  is  furnished 
by  the  protoplasm,  from  its  "reserve  material,"  according  to  Sachs. 
So  cell  growth  consists  in  the  transformation  of  protoplasmic  into 
chromatin  material  in  the  nucleus  until  a  definite  ratio  of  P  :  C  =  k 
is  reached,  when  division  occurs.  The  mother  cell  just  before  divis- 
ion consists  of  nC-j-P  =  M.  After  division  M  divides  into  2D 
each  being  nC'-r-P'.  These  daughter  cells  then  grow  to  the  size 
and  ratio  of  the  mother  cell,  or  until  nC'-i-P'  becomes  nC-^P, 
when  division  may  again  occur.  Starvation  produces  a  reduction 
in  the  amount  of  protoplasm  and  retards  the  development  of  the 
chromosomes.  ^Estivation  will  cause  reduction  in  the  amount  of 
protoplasm  and  retard  cell  division.  J.  Sachs  was  the  first  to  point 
out  that  in  each  species  the  ultimate  size  of  the  cell  is  a  constant 
for  each  organ  and  that  wfiere  two  individuals  differ  in  size,  the  differ- 
ence is  in  the  number  and  not  the  size  of  corresponding  cells. 
Amelung,  a  student  of  Sachs,  confirmed  this  by  actual  count.  But 
it  seems  probable  that  diminution  in  the  amount  of  protoplasm 
may  be  accompanied  or  followed  by  a  reduction  in  the  mass  of  the 
chromosomes  and  reduction  in  the  size  of  the  nuclei,  and  as  the  ratio 
C-i-P  is  constant  for  cell  division,  then  C-j-P  =  M  by  reduction  of 
mass  of  both  C  and  P  to  C  and  P'  becomes  C'-i-P'  =  M',  a  smaller 
cell.  It  is  in  this  way  that  the  observed  reduction  in  size  of  the 
embryonic  shell  or  protoconch  in  these  dwarfed  forms  of  the  two 
species  of  Lucidella  here  considered  is  to  be  explained.  For  this 
reduction  in  size  of  the  protoconch  must  accompany  a  reduction 
in  the  size  of  the  egg,  and  it  is  probably  the  establishing  of  a  new 
equilibrium  resulting  in  the  reduction  in  size  of  the  egg  (among 
other  things)  that  is  the  explanation  of  the  observation  that  condi- 
tions unfavorable  to  the  growth  of  the  animal  are  not  unfavorable 
to  its  reproduction. 

Explanation  of  Plate  I. 

It  i  s  to  be  noted  that  figures  1-6  are  enlarged  somewhat  more  than  the  rest, 
being  magnified  4.5  times,  while  all  the  other  figures  (7-26)  are  magnified  3.4 
times,  and  these  being  all  on  the  same  scale,  the  relative  sizes  may  be  directly 
compared.  Figs.  7-10  are  normal;  11-15  are  dwarfed;  figs.  16-21  are  normal; 
22-26  dwarfed. 

Figs.  1,  2,  3. — Lucidella  granulosa  C.  B.  Adams  (Swift  Collection).  Showing 
the  tuberculated  and  keeled  periphery  characteristic  of  the  specimens  in 
this  lot. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  21 

Fig.  4. — Lucidella  granulosa  C.  B.  Adams.     A  form  with  the  last  whorl  smooth, 

from  Somerset. 
Fig.  5. — A  specimen  of  the  same  species    from    Somerset,  which    shows  the 

tuberculated  keel  as  in  figs.  1-3. 
Fig.  6. — A  specimen  of  the  same  species  from  Somerset  Road  colony  with  nearly 

smooth  last  whorl,  but  showing  the  tuberculation  on  the  earlier  whorls. 
Figs.  7-9. — Three  specimens  of  L.  granulosa  from  Somerset,  with  smooth  last 

whorl.    Figs.  7  and  9  show  two  common  color  patterns. 
Fig.   10. — A  specimen  of  L.  granulosa    rom  Somerset  Road,  with  smooth  last 

whorl. 
Figs.  11,  12. — Two  of  the  dwarfed  forms  ot   L.   granulosa  from  the  Sturridge 

place.     Both  show  the  granulated  periphery  of  the  last  whorl. 
Figs.  13-15. — Three  of  the  dwarfed  specimens  of  L.  granulosa  from  the  Kendal 

Road  colony.     They  all  show  the  granulated  periphery. 
Figs.  16-18. — Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.)  from  Somerset,  showing  the  rather  large, 

normal  form  of  this  species  as  found  at  this  locality. 
Figs.  19-21. — Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.)  from  the  Santa  Cruz  Road,  showing  the 

smaller  size  of  the  specimens  from  this  station  as  compared  with  those  from 

Somerset. 
Fig.  22. — Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.)  from  Orange  Hill,  Montego  Bay;  the  form 

with  tuberculate  periphery. 
Figs.  23,  24. — Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.)  from  Orange  Hill,  Montego  Bay,  the  shell 

seen  from  above  and  from  the  under  side. 
Figs.  25,  26.^ — Lucidella  aureola  (Fer.)  from  Orange  Hill,  Montego  Bay,   each 

showing  the  tuberculate  periphery  of  the  form  for  which  the  varietal  name 

of  Montegoensis  is  suggested. 


22 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Jan., 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES  OF  MARINE  SHELLS. 

BY  E.  G.  VANATTA. 
Metula  amosi  n  sp. 

Shell  solid:  elongate:  fusiform:  cream-white,  with  slight  indication 
of  a  subsutural,  a  peripheral,  and  a  ^^^de  basal  bro^Miish  spiral  band. 
Spire  elevated,  conical,  vertically  costate  with  spiral  strise  in  the 
interstices.  Suture  impressed,  irregularly  crenulate.  Whorls  con- 
vex, 5  remainmg.  Body  whorl  sculptured  with  41  vertical  costse 
crossed  by  33  raised  spiral  lines,  with  a  slight  tubercle  at  the  point 
of  intersection.  The  first  three  spirals  below  the  suture  are  strongest, 
the  others  becoming  closer  and  finer  at  the  periphery  and  then  wider 
towards  the  base.     There  are  12  spirals  on  the  wide,  short,  slighth' 


Figs.  1,  2.—Me(ulo  omosi  Van. 


recurved  anterior  canal,  not  crossed  by  the  vertical  costse.  Aperture 
elongate,  about  one-half  the  length  of  the  shell.  The  outer  lip  is  slightly 
arcuate,  thickened  externally,  internally  polished  and  a  little  crenu- 
late, white  at  the  slightly  refiexed  edge,  internally  cream-colored 
with  a  fllesh-colored  band  along  the  outer  margin  and  in  the  basal 
third.  The  parietal  wall  and  columella  moderately  concave,  covered 
by  an  adnate  smooth  callus,  cream-colored  tinged  with  flesh-color 
at  the  base. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  23 

Altitude  40,  diam.  13,  aperture  alt.  22.5,  diam.  7  mm. 

Locality. — Panama. 

The  types  are  in  the  collection  of  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences, 
number  107,159,  collected  by  Mr,  S.  N.  Rhoads.  This  species  is 
wider  than  the  Japanese  Metula  elongata  Dall  and  has  a  longer 
aperture.  It  differs  from  Metula  gahhi  B.  and  P.  in  being  higher, 
narrower,  more  cylindrical,  in  having  the  sculpture  on  the  early 
whorls  less  compact,  base  more  attenuate,  aperture  longer,  and  the 
columella  not  so  sinuous. 

I  take  pleasure  in  naming  this  species  after  Dr.  Amos  P.  Brown, 
one  of  the  authors  of  Metula  gahhi,  the  Oligocene  species  which  is 
probably  the  ancestor  of  this  form. 

HaplococWias  swifti  n.  sp. 

Shell  small,  umbilicate,  turbinate,  white,  suture  deeply  im- 
pressed, spire  elevated,  whorls  5,  very  convex,  contabulate,  the  first 
whorl  somewhat  eroded,  the  two  following  whorls  bicarinate,  the 
penultimate  and  bodj^  whorl  more  or  less  tricarinate.  The  body 
whorl  is  sculptured  with  24  spaced  spiral  striae  with  microscopic 


P'ig.  3. — Haplocochlias  swifti  Van. 

vertical  striae  in  the  interstices.  The  fourth,  sixth  and  eighth  striae 
below  the  suture  on  the  body  whorl  are  larger  than  the  others  and 
three  or  four  striae  near  the  umbilicus  are  closer  together.  The 
umbilicus  is  of  moderate  size.  The  aperture  is  orbicular,  peristome 
continuous,    very    thick,    and    broadly    refiexed,    crenate,    parietal 


24  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

callus  thick,  columella  narrow  above  and  broad  at  the  base,  bearing 
a  median  groove. 

Length  3.92,  diameter  3.92  mm. 
Habitat— St.  Thomas,  W.  I.;  collected  by  R.  Swift. 
Type  in  the  collection  of  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia,  number  10,292.     This  species  differs  from  Haplocochlias 
cijclophoreus  Cpr.  by  having  coarser  spiral  sculpture,  by  having  a 
more  reflexed  lip,  and  by  being  umbilicate. 
Vitrinella  hemphilli  n.  sp.    PI.  II,  figs.  1,  3. 

Shell  small,  depressed  turbinate,  hyaline,  translucent,  polished, 
with  indications  of  irregular  growth  striae;  spire  acute,  composed  of 
four  convex  whorls  which  are  slightly  concave  below  the  suture. 
The  aperture  is  large;  peristome  acute;  parietal  wall  convex,  with  a 
very  thin  callus;  columella  concave,  very  narrow;  umbilicus  per- 
spective, bordered  by  a  very  indistinct  angle. 
Alt.  1.56,  diam.  2.5  mm. 

Habitat. — Cedar  Keys,  Florida;  collected  by  H.  Hemphill,  in  whose 
honor  it  is  named. 

Types  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy,  tray  number  10,236. 
This  species  has  a  wider  umbilicus  than   Vitrinella  multistriata 
Ver.  and  Vitrinella  helicoidea  Ad.,  it  has  a  higher  spire  and  more 
closely  coiled  whorls  than  Vitrinella  megastoma  Ad.  and  Vitrinella 
tryoni  Bush. 
Discopsis  schumoi  n.  sp..  PI.  II,  figs.  2,  7. 

Shell  small,  white,  moderately  polished;  spire  rather  acute, 
depressed  conic;  suture  impressed;  whorls  three  and  one-half,  some- 
what convex,  sculptured  above  with  a  few  irregular  growth  lines 
crossed  by  delicate  distinct  spiral  striae  which  are  strongest  below 
the  suture  and  above  the  periphery.  Peripheral  carina  very  strong; 
base  rather  flat,  sculptured  with  about  twelve  radial  very  broad  costse 
or  undulations,  crossed  by  numerous  undulated  spiral  striae.  The 
umbilicus  is  large,  deep,  bounded  by  a  heavy,  cord-like,  overhanging 
carina,  the  walls  within  the  umbilicus  are  concave  and  smooth. 
The  aperture  is  transversely  sagittate,  receding;  peristome  reflexed, 
very  obtuse,  provided  with  a  great  prolongation  of  the  peripheral 
keel,  the  lip  is  arcuate  above  but  flattened  at  the  base  and  concave 
below  the  keel;  parietal  wall  broadly  triangular,  widest  above 
with  a  very  heavy  callus  which  extends  forward  on  the  body  whorl 
beyond  the  aperture  and  fills  the  posterior  angle  of  the  mouth; 
the  columella  is  concave,  broadly  triangular,  narrowest  above. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  25 

Alt.  1.25,  diam.  2.47  mm. 

Locality. — Monkey   River,   British   Honduras. 

The  types  are  in  the  Academy's  collection,  tray  number  76,-581, 
and  were  taken  from  the  anchor  of  a  vessel  by  Silas  L.  Schumo, 
in  whose  honor  the  species  is  named. 

This  shell  differs  from  Discopsis  omalos  De  Folin  by  the  radial 
sculpture  on  the  base  and  the  projection  upon  the  outer  lip,  and  has 
different  basal  sculpture  from  Discopsis  costulatum  De  Folin.  It 
differs  from  Colonia  radiata  Dall  by  having  no  longitudinal  costse 
upon  the  spire  and  having  a  large  umbilicus. 

Omalaxis  funiculus  contracta  n.  var.    PI.  11,  figs.  4,  6. 

Shell  small,  white,  somewhat  polished;  spire  flat,  bounded  by  a 
sharp  angle;  whorls  about  three  and  one-half,  sculptured  above 
with  about  seven  or  eight  engraved  spiral  lines  which  become 
indistinct  as  they  approach  the  aperture,  ten  engraved  spiral  lines 
are  between  the  edge  of  the  spire  and  the  peripheral  keel  and  eleven 
between  the  keel  and  the  umbilicus,  these  lines  and  the  peripheral 
carina  become  obsolete  near  the  aperture.  The  umbilicus  is 
perspective,  funnel  shaped,  with  smooth  sides,  and  surrounded  by 
a  sharp  carina.  The  aperture  is  suborbicular;  peristome  thick 
and  evenly  rounded;  basal  lip  with  a  triangular  callus;  columella 
thick  and  very  oblique;  parietal  callus  ponderous  and  extending 
slightly  beyond  the  aperture. 

Alt.   1.04,  diam.   1.85  mm. 

Habitat. — Monkey  River,  British  Honduras. 

The  type  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy,  tray  number  106,125, 
taken  from  the  anchor  of  a  vessel  by  Silas  L.  Schumo. 

This  variety  is  distinguished  from  Omalaxis  funiculus   Dall   by 
having  a  narrower  umbilicus. 
Teinostoma  schumoi  n.  sp.    PI.  II,  figs.  5,  10. 

Shell  small,  imperforate,  white,  polished,  subspherical,  very 
compact,  suture  impressed,  early  whorls  rather  concave  in  the  middle, 
with  the  surface  more  or  less  undulate,  the  penultimate  whorl  with 
a  spiral  groove  near  the  outer  suture.  The  body  whorl  has  the  upper 
surface  sculptured  with  a  series  of  longitudinal  undulations  and  a 
spiral  cord  at  the  edge.  The  face  view  shows  seven  widely  spaced 
very  heavy  spiral  cords,  the  two  at  the  periphery  being  smallest. 
The  base  is  imperforate,  showing  two  of  the  spiral  cords  near  the 
edge  and  a  series  of  radial  indentations  bounded  on  the  lower  side 
by  an  engraved  line.  The  umbilical  region  is  slightly  indented  and 
provided  with  a  few  irregular  radial  growth  lines.     The  aperture 


26  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

is  suborbicular,  receding;  outer  lip  rather  acute;  parietal  wall  very 
thick.  The  columella  is  very  broad  and  provided  with  a  ponderous 
callus. 

Alt.  1.51,  diam.  2.23  mm. 

Locality. — Porto  Barrios  and  Livingston,  Guatemala. 
The  types  are  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy,  tray  number 
73,483,  and  were  found  in  mud  collected  from  the  anchor  of  a  vessel 
at  both  places. 

This  species  differs  from  Teinostoma  solida  Smith  by  having  radial 
sculpture  on  the  base,  by  having  sculpture  on  the  upper  surface 
and  has  more  spiral  costse  than  Teinostoma  hondurasensis  and  is 
imperforate. 
Teinostoma  hondurasensis  n.  sp.    PI.  II,  figs.  8,  12. 

Shell  small,  polished,  blue-white,  translucent;  spire  slightly 
elevated,  broadly  conic;  suture  impressed;  whorls  four,  a  little 
convex,  early  whorls  smooth,  with  a  few  indistinct  growth  striae 
and  a  groove  following  the  suture  on  the  penultimate  whorl.  Body 
whorl  from  above  rapidly  increasing,  is  smooth,  highly  polished 
with  a  groove  near  the  edge  which  becomes  obsolete  towards  the 
aperture.  In  a  face  view  it  shows  five  spaced  subequal  spiral  cords. 
The  base  is  umbilicate,  with  a  broad,  smooth  central  area,  bounded 
by  a  granulate  ridge  near  the  parietal  wall  which  becomes  a  tuber- 
culate  spiral  ;?ord  and  finally  a  smooth  cord  at  the  basal  lip.  Two 
other  spaced  smooth  spiral  costse  are  upon  the  outer  part  of  the 
base. 

The  aperture  is  suborbicular,  receding;  peristome  evenly  arched, 
moderately  thick,  slightly  interrupted  by  the  terminations  of  two 
costse  near  the  base;  basal  lip  thick;  columella  provided  with  a  broad 
triangular  callus;  parietal  wall  very  thick;  umbilicus  small. 
Alt.  1.04,  diam.  1.75  mm. 

Habitat. — Belize  and  Monkey  River,  British  Honduras. 
The  types  are  in  the  Academy's  collection,  tray  number  76,535, 
found  in  mud  taken  from  the  anchor  of  a  vessel  at  both  places  by 
Silas  L.  Schumo. 

This  species  differs  from  Teinostoma  solida  Smith  by  being  white, 
smaller,  umbilicate,  and  having  a  different  number  of  spiral  cords. 
It  is  distinguished  from   Teinostoma  schumoi  by  being  umbilicate 
and  having  a  different  sculpture. 
Teinostoma  bartschi  n.  sp.    PI.  II,  figs  9,  11. 

Shell  minute,  discoidal,  blue-white,  somewhat  translucent  near  the 
aperture;  whorls  three  and  one-half;  suture  shallow;  spire  very  low 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  27 

and  evenly  arched,  smooth  except  for  a  few  indistinct  radial  costae 
on  part  of  the  penultimate  whorl  and  a  few  very  indistinct  spiral 
lines  near  the  periphery.  The  peripheral  carina  is  very  large, 
separated  from  the  costa  below  by  a  wide  furrow.  In  the  basal 
view  showing  four  spiral  costse,  the  one  below  the  keel  is  subgranu- 
late  near  the  parietal  wall,  but  smooth  near  the  basal  lip.  The 
two  costse  near  the  umbilicus  are  narrower,  the  growth  lines  are 
very  indistinct.  The  umbilicus  is  wide,  angular  at  the  edge  and 
separated  from  the  spiral  costae  by  a  broad,  smooth  area.  The 
aperture  is  orbicular;  peristome  subacute,  thickened  at  the  termina- 
tions of  three  of  the  spiral  ribs;  columella  concave,  narrow;  parietal 
callus  moderate. 

Alt.  .71,  diam.  1.47  mm. 

Locality. — Porto  Barrios  and  Livingston,  Guatemala. 

Types  in  the  collection  of  the  Academj^,  tray  number  76,501, 
found  in  mud  collected  from  the  anchor  of  a  vessel  at  both  towns. 

This  shell  differs  from  Adeorhis  beaui  Fisch.  by  having  a  more 
depressed  spire  and  unequal  spiral  costse.  It  has  a  wider  umbilicus 
than  Teinostoma  hondurasensis.  Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Paul 
Bartsch,  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Explanation  of  Plate  II. 

Figs.  1,  3. — VitrineUa  hemphilli.  ^ 

Figs.  2,  7. — Discopsis  schu7>ioi. 

Figs.  4,  6  — Omalaxis  fimiculus  contrada. 

Figs.  5,  10. — Teinostoma  schumoi. 

Figs.  8,   12. — Teinostoma  hondurasensis. 

Figs    9,  11. — T iinostoma  bartschi. 


28  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Jan., 


SOME  AUSTRALIAN  BEES. 
BY   T.    D.    A.    COCKERELL. 

In  1904  there  were  222  species  of  native  bees  known  frora  Aus- 
tralia. At  the  present  moment  (January,  1913)  there  are  583, 
if  we  include  the  species  described  below  and  24  others  sent  for 
publication  but  not  actually  published  at  the  time  of  writing. 
Even  this  comparatively  large  number  must  represent  but  a  small 
minority  of  the  species  actually  existing,  as  many  districts  have 
never  been  examined  for  bees,  and  every  new  collection  contains  a 
considerable  percentage  of  undescribed  forms.  The  best-explored 
district  is  the  region  about  Mackay,  Queensland,  which  was  for  many 
years  the  hunting  ground  of  Rowland  and  Gilbert  Turner.  The 
vicinity  of  Sydney  has  furnished  a  large  number  of  species;  many 
also  come  from  Melbourne  and  the  region  round  about.  Mr.  S.  W. 
Fulton  has  recently  collected  a  most  remarkable  series  of  minute 
bees  at  Purnong  and  Croydon,  all  new.  These  belong  to  Prosopid 
genera,  but  simulate  our  American  species  of  Perdita,  and  probably 
have  similar  flower-visiting  habits.  One  (Euryglossina  sulphurella 
Ckll.)  is  light  yellow  like  certain  of  our  Perdita  species,  and  presum- 
ably visits  some  flower  of  that  color;  possibly,  in  Australia,  it  would 
be  some  Mimosa-like  plant. 

Australia  (including  Tasmania)  is  known  to  have  47  genera  of 
bees.  This  number  would  be  increased  if  we  added  some  of  the 
recent  segregates,  proposed  principally  by  Perkins.  The  genera 
Euprosopis  and  Gnathoprosopis  of  Perkins  seem  distinct  in  their 
typical  members,  and  I  have  described  species  under  them;  but 
a  perfectly  satisfactory  dismemberment  of  Australian  Prosopis 
is  hardly  possible  as  yet.  It  cannot  be  doubted  that  eventually 
both  Prosopis  and  Euryglossa,  as  represented  in  Australia,  will 
be  divided  to  form  additional  new  genera. 

The  Australian  genera  may  be  grouped  as  follows,  the  number 
of  species  being  given  in  each  case: 

(1)  Endemic  (Precinctive)  genera:  BinghamieUa  (1),  Parasphecodes 
(34),  Pachyprosopis  (12),  Stilpnosoma  (1),  Meroglossa  (15), 
Callomelitta  (2),  Trichocolletes  (1),  Goniocolletes  (1),  Cladocer- 
apis  (1),  Andrenopsis  (1),  Phenacolletes  (1),  Anthoglossa  (4), 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  29 

Turnerella  (2),  Eunjglossa  (57),  Euryglossina  (8),  Euryglos- 
sella  (1),  Euryglossidia  (2),  Heterapis  (3),  Hylceoides  (4), 
Neopasiphae  (1),  Stenotritus  (2),  Mellitidia  (1),  Gastropsis 
(2),  Melittosmithia  (2),  Neoceratina  (1),  Exoneura  (10)/ 
Le.s<?.s  (2),  Androgynella  (1).  It  will  be  seen  that  these  are 
inainl}'  Prosopid  and  Colletid  bees. 

(2)  Genus  common  to  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  but  not  found 

elsewhere:  ParacoUetes  (70). 

(3)  Genus    common    to    Australia    and    the    Austromalay  Islands: 

Palceorhiza  (12). 

(4)  Genera  widely  distributed  over  the  Eastern  Hemisphere,  but  not 

American : 

(a)  Genera  with  very  distinct  Australian  species:  Saropoda  (2). 

(b)  Genera  with  Australian  species  closely  allied  to  those  of 
Asia:  AUodape  (4),  Nomioides  (1),  Crocisa  (11), ^  Thaumato- 
soma  (1). 

(5)  Genera  widely  distributed  in  the  Eastern  and  Western  Hemi- 

spheres: 
(a)  Genera  with  very  distinct  Australian  species:  Prosopis  (95), 

Halidus  (55),  in  part,  Megachile  (89). 
(6)  Genera  with  Australian  species  closely  allied  to  those  of  Asia : 

Sphecodes   (1),   HaUctus   (55),   in  part,  Nomada   (1),  Nomia 

(36),  Xylocopa  (1),  Anthophora  (15),  Lithurgus  (3),  Dianthi- 

dhim,(l),  Ccelioxys  (4),  Trigona  (8). 

By  way  of  contrast,  it  is  of  interest  to  compare  the  bees  of  Formosa. 
I  recently  studied  a  large  collection  from  that  island,  and  did  not 
find  a  single  endemic  genus  or  subgenus. 

Exoneura  angophorae  Cockerell. 

Females  collected  by  H.  Hacker  at  Sunnybank,  Brisbane,  Septem- 
ber 12j  1911,  represent  extreme  variations  of  this  species,  as  follows: 

(a)  Var.  hackeri,  nov.;  white  clypeal  band  extremely  broad,  its 
upper  half  broadest,  and  covering  the  whole  width  of  the  clypeus; 
lateral  face  marks  quite  large,  triangular;  first  three  abdominal 
segments  with  broad  dusky  bands,  gently  concave  posteriorly,  the 
bands  bending  more  or  less  cephalad  at  sides.     (Queensl.  Mus.  3.) 

(b)  Var.  obliterata,  nov.;  clypeal  band  dusky,  narrow,  very  obscure; 
no  lateral  marks;  first  abdominal  segment  nearly  all  black  except 
the  hind  margin  (broadest  in  middle)  and  broad  hind  corners; 
band  on  second  segment  reduced  to  three  dusky  patches;  no  band 
on  third.     (Queensl.  Mus.  1.) 

iThe  Syrian  E.  libanensis  Friese  belongs  to  Exoneuridia  Ckll.,  1911. 

2  Crocisa  pantalon  Dewitz,  from  Porto  Rico,  is  said  by  Friese  to  belong  to 

Epeolus. 


30  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

These  look  like  different  species,  but  are  apparently  only  extreme- 
variations  of  E.  angophorce,  or  perhaps  a  closely  allied  species,  which 
will  take  the  name  E.  hackeri. 
Exoneura  hamulata  Cockerell. 

The  clypeal  mark  in  the  females  varies,  and  the  best  character 
to  distinguish  this  species  from  E.  bicolor  Smith  is  the  broad  face. 
Mr.  G.  Meade- Waldo  has  kindly  compared  my  determination  of 
E.  bicolor  with  Smith's  type,  and  finds  it  correct  (allowing  for  a 
certain  amount  of  variation  in  the  clypeal  stripe);  he  adds,  "the 
type  has  the  face  conspicuously  narrowed  below."  I  have  received 
E.  hamulata  labelled  bicolor,  and  Friese  evidently  had  hamulata 
as  bicolor,  since  in  his  description  of  E.  froggattii  he  remarks  that 
bicolor  has  the  inner  orbits  parallel.  Females  of  hamulata  before  me 
have  the  following  data:  Windsor,  Victoria  (French;  Froggatt  Coll. 
161);  no  locality  (Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  103);  Armidale,  N.  S.  W.,  Nov. 
27,  1900  (Froggatt  163);  Moss  Bay,  Dec.  13,   1893   (Froggatt  158). 

In  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Oct.,  1910,  I  described  a  male  Exoneura, 
evidently  either  bicolor  or  hamulata,  I  thought  probably  the  latter. 
I  now  conclude  that  it  was  bicolor,  as  I  have  before  me  a  different 
male  (Stradbroke  Island,  Oct.  2,  1911,  H.  Hacker;  Queensl.  Mus.  2), 
which  seems  to  be  hamulata.  It  is  8|  mm.  long,  with  very  red  wings, 
and  differs  from  the  male  now  supposed  to  be  bicolor  by  the  pale 
face  marking  being  confined  to  a  large  triangular  cream-colored 
clypeal  patch,  one  side  of  which  covers  the  upper  end  of  the  clypeus. 
The  first  two  abdominal  segments  and  the  middle  of  the  third  are 
black.  The  flagellum  is  distinctly  dark  reddish.  It  would  seem 
from  the  large  size  and  very  red  wings  that  this  cannot  be  the  male 
of  E.  angophorce;  yet  it  is  a  rather  suspicious  circumstance  that  two 
female  Exoneura  from  Stradbroke  Island,  Queensland  (Sept.  27, 
1906,  Froggatt,  145,  201),  belong  to  a  large  (7  mm.  long)  variety  cA 
E.  angophorce,  having  the  characteristic  abdominal  markings  of 
the  hackeri  type;  one  has  a  narrow  ferruginous  clypeal  stripe,  the 
other  has  it  practically  obsolete;  there  are  no  lateral  marks.  The 
hair  on  the  hind  legs  is  reddish  (more  or  less  coppery)  rather  than 
black.  The  inner  orbits  strongly  converge  below.  These  females 
are  certainly  not  bicolor,  and  of  course  they  are  entirely  distinct 
from  hamulata;  they  are,  however,  surely  conspecific  with  the 
Brisbane  forms  of  angophorce.  It  is  possible  that  the  Brisbane 
and  Stradbroke  Island  forms  represent  a  distinct  new  species, 
which  will  then  take  the  [name  E.  hackeri.  It  remains  for  local  stu- 
dents to  decide  this  question. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  31 

Exoneura  bicolor  Smith. 

Females  are  labelled  thus:  King  I.,  Tasmania  (J.  A.  Kershaw, 
Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  207);  Wattle  Flat,  N.  S.  W.  (Froggatt  164);  no 
locality  (D.  F.  Hill,  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.,  183);  N.  Mells.  (F.  P.  Spry, 
Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  254);  Croydon  {S.  W.  Fulton,  Nat.  Mus.  Vict. 
175).  The  last  two  enumerated  have  the  red  of  the  abdomen 
very  bright  and  clear. 
Exoneura  concinnula  n.  sp. 

9.  Length  4|  mm.;  like  E.  froggattii  Friese,  but  smaller,  the 
clear  reddish  wings  with  the  stigma  and  nervures  clear  light  ferru- 
ginous; femora  black,  red  apically,  tibiae  and  tarsi  chestnut -red; 
abdomen  red  without  markings;  head  small;  face  wholly  black; 
labrum  red;  hair  of  hind  tibiae  and  tarsi  light  red. 

Habitat —New  South  Wales,  Dec.  1,  1910  (Froggatt  108).  I 
had  taken  this  for  E.  froggattii,  and  consequently  regarded  the  true 
froggattii  as  new;  but  my  specimen  of  E.  froggattii,  described  below, 
is  one  of  the  original  lot  and  undoubtedly  genuine.  In  Friese's 
account,  27  Nov.  should  apparently  read  27  July. 

Exoneura  fultoni  n.  sp. 

9.  Length  5|  mm.;  head  and  thorax  shining  black  (including 
tubercles) ;  none  of  the  ordinary  pale  face-marks,  but  lower  part 
of  clypeus  broadly  suffused  with  red;  mandibles  red  except  at  base 
and  apex;  legs  bright  chestnut-red,  including  femora;  hair  on  outer 
side  of  hind  tibiae  and  tarsi  dark  fuscous;  wings  dilute  reddish, 
stigma  clear  ferruginous;  abdomen  red,  sometimes  dusky  at  apex, 
not  at  all  banded. 

//a6ito^.— Croydon,  Australia  (S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict. 
238,  and  176  in  part).  Readily  known  by  the  small  size,  red  femora, 
and  absence  of  a  cream-colored  clypeal  stripe. 

Exoneura  froggattii  Frie.se. 

9.  Length  6  mm.;  head  and  thorax  shining  black;  face  narrow, 
wholly  without  light  markings;  tubercles  black;  flagellum  thick 
reddish  beneath;  wings  hyaline,  slightly  grayish,  stigma  and  ner- 
vures dusky  red;  femora  black,  red  at  apex;  tibias  and  tarsi  bright 
chestnut-red;  abdomen  rather  slender,  duskj^  apically,  without  bands; 
hair  on  hind  tibiae  and  tarsi  entirely  light  red. 

//aft/toi.— Thornleigh,  N.  S.  W.,  ''in  cavity  of  Ethon  gall,"  July 
27,  1895  {Froggatt  160).  A  specimen  with  reddish  wings,  apparently 
a  slight  variety  of  this  species,  is  from  Croydon  (Fulton;  Nat.  Mus. 
Vict.  176  in  part). 


32  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

The  following  key  will  facilitate  the  determination  of  Exomura 
females  with  red  abdomen: 

With  lateral  face-marks;  hind  legs  with  much  black  hair 1 

Without  lateral  face-marks 2 

1.  Clypeal   band  narrow angophorce   Ckll. 

Clypeal  band  very  broad angophorce  hackeri  Ckll. 

2.  Small  species  (none  over  7  mm.)  with  no  light  clypeal  band, 

though  there  may  be  a  reddish  suffusion 3 

Usually  larger  species,  never  very  small;  nearly  always  with 
a  well-marked  light  clypeal  band 5 

3.  All  the  femora  red .fultoni  Ckll. 

Femora  wholly  or  mainly  black 4 

4.  Length  5-6  mm.;  stigma  dusky .froggattii  Friese 

Length  4|  mm.;  stigma  clear  fulvous concinnula  Ckll. 

5.  Face  broad  below;  clypeal  mark  usually  with  a  hook-like  proc- 

ess on  each  side  above hamulata  Ckll. 

Face  narrowed  below 6 

6.  Larger  and  paler;  hair  on  outer  side  of  hind  tibiae  mainly  pale; 

abdomen  not  at  all  banded bicolor  Smith 

Smaller  and  darker;  hair  on  outer  side  of  hind  tibiae  black 

angophorce  Ckll. 

Size  of  bicolor  but  dark,  the  abdomen  with  evident  dusky  bands 

angophorce  var.  from  Stradbroke  L,  and  var.  ohliterata  Ckll. 

from  Brisbane 
Haliotus  leai  Cockerell. 

Females;  Blackwall  Range,  March  30,  1911  (Wild;  Queensl. 
Mus.  28)  Woodend,  Victoria  (French;  Froggatt  Coll.  97) ;  Brisbane, 
Nov.  11,  1905  (Froggatt,  151).  Male;  Kelvin  Grove,  Brisbane, 
Nov.  27,  1911  (Hacker;  Queensl.  Mus.  45).  The  male,  not  before 
known,  is  more  slender,  about  6|  mm.  long;  clypeus  with  a  broad 
transverse  pale  yellowish  band,  which  has  a  large  broadly  triangular 
median  extension  above;  lower  edge  of  clypeus  dark;  antennae  very 
long,  black,  the  flagellum  crenulate  beneath;  coxae  and  trochanters 
dark;  femora,  tibiae  and  tarsi  red,  anterior  femora  with  large  dusky 
shades  in  front  and  behind,  middle  femora  with  slight  dusky  bands 
near  base;  basal  hair-bands  of  abdominal  segments  pale  and  poorly 
developed;  apex  broadly  truncate,  bright  chestnut-red. 
Binghamiella  antipodes  (Smith). 

Warburton,  Australia   (Spry;  Nat.   Mus.   Vict.  253). 
Callomelitta  picta  Smith. 

Tasmania  (A.  M.  Lea;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  209). 
Meroglossa  desponsa  var.  kershawi  n.  var. 

9  .     Scutellum  with  a  yellow  spot  at  each  anterior  corner;  supra- 
clypeal  mark  higher. 


1913, J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  33 

Habitat. — Two  specimens  in  the  National  Museum  of  Victoria 
(168,  169),  from  the  collection  of  William  Kershaw;  locality  not 
given.     Mr.  Kershaw  lived  in  Melbourne. 

Euryglossa  carnosa  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  8  mm.,  broad  and  robust;  head  and  thorax  black, 
with  the  following  parts  bright  chrome-yellow;  clypeus  (except 
ferruginous  lower  edge,  and  two  black  spots  on  upper  part),  a  small 
mark  on  lower  part  of  supraclypeal  area,  lateral  face-marks  (filling 
space  between  clypeus  and  eye,  and  continued  upward  as  large 
broad  lobes,  bending  away  from  orbit,  on  upper  part  of  front), 
tubercles  and  broad  upper  border  of  prothorax  (broadly  notched  by 
black  above  in  middle),  small  squarish  mark  behind  tubercles, 
broad  anterior  lateral  corners  of  mesothorax,  scutellum  (except 
two  black  marks  on  anterior  margin),  and  postscutellum.  Labrum 
red;  mandibles  slender,  bidentate,  yellow  at  base,  red  beyond,  black 
at  apex;  maxillary  palpi  long  and  slender;  face  broad;  scape  entirely 
bright  yellow;  flagellum  short,  bright  ferruginous  beneath;  front 
and  mesothorax  dullish,  sparsely  punctured;  tegulse  and  plate  at 
base  of  wings  bright  yellow;  wings  clear;  the  dark  red-brown  stigma 
not  very  large;  lower  side  of  first  s.m.  strongly  sinuate;  recurrent 
nervures  meeting  the  transversocubitals;  the  very  broad  second 
s.m.  with  upper  side  oblique;  marginal  cell  obliquely  subtruncate 
at  apex;  end  of  first  t.c.  to  end  of  second  on  marginal  a  slightly 
greater  distance  than  end  of  second  t.c.  to  end  of  marginal;  legs 
black  as  far  as  same  distance  beyond  middle  of  femora,  beyond 
that  bright  yellow;  hind  spur  with  very  long  spines;  abdomen  very 
broad,  black,  with  the  hind  margins  of  the  segments  dark  brown, 
and  the  bases  of  segments  2  to  4,  except  at  sides  (4  dusky  also  in 
middle)  broadly  dull  pale  pinkish  ferruginous;  apex  with  black  hair. 
Habitat. — Purnong,  S.  Australia  {S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict. 
150).  A  species  of  the  group  of  E.  aurantifera  Ckll.  and  E.  geminata 
Ckll.,  but  entirely  distinct  by  the  peculiar  abdomen. 

Euryglossa  nigrocserulea  n-  sp. 

9.  Length  about  9  mm.;  robust,  head  and  thorax  pure  black, 
abdomen  dark  blue,  with  the  hind  margins  of  the  segments  black; 
legs  black,  the  tarsi  reddish  at  apex;  tegulse  piceous  or  black;  wings 
hyaline,  faintly  brownish,  stigma  dark  red-brown,  nervures  sepia; 
caudal  fimbria  black.  A  species  of  the  group  of  E.  depressa  Sm. 
and  E.  subsericea  Ckll.,  to  which  it  is  very  closely  allied.  It  differs 
from  Smith's  description  of  depressa  by  the  narrow  facial  fovese. 
3 


34  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

the  fuscous  hair  on  vertex,  the  flagelknn  fulvous  beneath  (except 
at  base  and  apex),  hair  on  inner  side  of  tarsi  creamj^-white ;  abdomen 
dark  blue  instead  of  green.  [A  female  without  locality  (Vict.  Nat. 
Mus.  104),  which  I  provisionally  refer  to  E.  depressa,  is  narrower 
than  our  insect  and  has  much  darker  wings ;  the  dark  green  abdomen 
has  the  same  texture  and  scattered  punctures.  The  space  between 
the  facial  fovea  and  the  eye  is  smooth,  shining  and  almost  without 
punctures,  contrasting  with  the  adjacent  dull  and  granular  front, 
this  apparently  being  the  condition  rather  indefinitely  described 
by  Smith.]  Compared  with  E.  schomburgki  Ckll.,  E.  nigroccerulea 
differs  by  the  entirely  black  front,  blue  abdomen,  black  labrum, 
much  darker  flagellum,  sides  of  front  without  strong  punctures, 
dark  tegulse,  wings  not  reddened,  nervures  and  stigma  much  darker, 
apical  fimbria  black.  Compared  with  E.  suhsericea,  the  new  species 
is  larger,  face  and  thorax  considerably  broader,  mesothorax  more 
closely  and  strongl}^  punctured,  second  submarginal  cell  considerably' 
longer,  area  of  metathorax  not  so  perfectly  smooth  and  shining. 

■Habitat.— Croydon,  Australia,  2  9   {S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict. 
89,  99).     One  is  dated  "11.  1.  09." 
Euryglossa  tenuicornis  n.  sp. 

cf.  Length  about  8  mm.;  moderately  robust,  black  without 
light  markings,  the  mandibles  red  subapically  and  the  hind  margins 
of  the  abdominal  segments  dark  brown;  eyes  dark  reddish;  head 
and  thorax  densely  and  quite  coarsely  punctured;  face  and  lower 
half  of  front  with  thin,  long  white  hair;  clypeus  densely  punctured, 
but  shining;  scape  ordinary,  black;  flagellum  very  greatly  elongated, 
slender,  fulvous  except  the  last  two  joints  and  the  apex  of  the  one 
before,  which  are  black,  the  apical  joint  shining,  more  or  less  flat- 
tened, but  only  very  slightly  broadened;  mesothorax  and  scutellum 
shining  between  the  very  dense  punctures,  those  on  the  scutellum 
larger  than  on  the  mesothorax;  area  of  metathorax  minutely  granu- 
lar; tegulse  rather  large,  subtranslucent  pale  brown;  wings  dusky, 
nervures  piceous,  stigma  redder;  venation  normal  for  Euryglossa; 
b.n.  falling  far  short  of  t.m.;  lower  side  of  first  s.m:  strongly  curved; 
second  s.m.  elongated,  receiving  first  r.n.  some  distance  from  its 
base;  second  r.n.  on  inner  side  making  an  angle  much  greater  than 
a  right  angle  where  it  joins  the  s.m.;  legs  black,  with  thin  pale  hair, 
the  knees  and  the  ends  of  joints  more  or  less  reddish,  anterior  tibiae 
ferruginous  in  front;  abdomen  dullish,  minutely  roughened;  venter 
flat. 

Habitat.— Fumong,  S.  Australia,  36"   (^S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  35 

Vict.  134,  135,  137).  Entirely  unique  by  the  very  peculiar  antennae, 
which  approach  the  condition  found  in  Thaumatosoma,  a  genus  of  a 
quite  different  family.  The  bee  is  not  much  like  the  ordinary  species 
of  Eurijglossa,  and  perhaps  should  form  the  type  of  a  distinct  genus. 
Euryglossa  sinapina  n.  sp. 

cT".  Length  about  6|  mm.;  black  and  bright  lemon-yellow,  the 
thorax  with  thin,  long  pale  hair;  mesothorax,  and  the  broad  abdomen 
above,  black  without  markings.  Very  close  to  E.  sinapipes  Ckll., 
with  the  description  of  which  it  agrees,  except  as  follows:  yellow 
mark  on  hind  border  of  scutellum  very  small  and  inconspicuous, 
but  a  larger,  conspicuous  one  on  postscutellum,  both  marks  inclined 
to  be  divided  into  two;  abdomen  above  pure  black,  the  hind  margins 
of  the  segments  smooth  and  shining  (beneath,  the  abdomen  is 
much  maculated  with  yellow,  and  this  reaches  the  extreme  sides  of 
segments  4  to  6);  eyes  pale  gray;  upper  end  of  lateral  face-marks 
very  broadly  and  obtusely  rounded;  flagellum  pale  orange-fulvous, 
more  dusky  above  with  a  dark  mark  above  at  base;  mesothorax 
shining;  legs  entirely  yellow,  except  the  ferruginous  small  joints  of 
tarsi;  tegulse  opaque  light-3'ellow,  with  pellucid  spot  and  anterior 
margin;  nervures  and  stigma  dilute  reddish  sepia;  first  r.n.  joining 
second  s.m.  a  short  distance  beyond  its  base.  The  marginal  cell  is 
narrowly  truncate. 

Habitat.— Fmnong,  S.  Australia  (*S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  ISIus.  Vict. 
147). 

Euryglossa  sanguinosa  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  a  little  over  8  mm.,  robust;  head  and  thorax  black, 
with  white  hair,  which  is  quite  abundant  on  face  and  front,  tubercles 
and  sides  of  metathorax;  face  without  light  markings;  clypeus  shining, 
finely  punctured;  labrum  black;  mandibles  chestnut-red  in  middle; 
flagellum  bright  ferruginous  beneath  except  at  base;  mesothorax 
shining,  minutely  and  densely  punctured  in  front  and  at  sides  an- 
teriorly, but  on  the  disk  with  larger,  sparse  punctures;  area  of 
metathorax  shining;  tegulae  rufotestaceous ;  wings  hyaline,  slightly 
dusky;  nervures  and  stigma  dark  chestnut;  lower  side  of  first  s.m. 
strongly  arched;  second  s.m.  long,  receiving  first  r.n.  a  considerable 
distance  from  base;  legs  dark  rufous,  the  small  joints  of  tarsi  light 
ferruginous;  hind  spur  coarsely  pectinate;  abdomen  broad,  dullish, 
with  a  sericeous  lustre;  first  three  segments  dark  green,  with  the 
hind  margins  broadly  dark  reddish;  remaining  segments  clear  ferru- 
ginous, the  fourth  with  a  dusky  shade  at  sides;  venter  dark  to  middle 
of  fourth  segment.  . 


36  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

Habitat. — Windsor,  Victoria  (French;  Froggatt  Coll.  188).  Super- 
ficially like  a  miniature  E.  hcematura  Ckll.,  but  the  eyes  converge 
below,  and  the  sculpture  of  the  sides  of  the  mesothorax  in  front 
is  quite  different.  Also  related  to  E.  terminata  Smith,  but  dis- 
tinguished by  the  green  abdomen,  with  the  fourth  as  well  as  the 
fifth  segment  red.  Also  related  to  E.  salaris  Ckll.,  but  differing 
in  •color  and  sculpture. 
Euryglossa  ruberrima  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  about  8  mm.,  very  robust;  Vjright  terra-cotta  red, 
with  the  head  and  pleura  black;  mandibles  black;  antennae  ferru- 
ginous beneath,  dark  above;  mesothorax  large  and  convex,  with 
strong  sparse  punctures;  metathorax  black  at  sides,  posteriorly 
and  extreme  base;  abdomen  with  conspicuous  but  suffused  blue- 
black  transverse  shades  on  fourth  and  fifth  segments,  and  very  slight 
dusky  shades  on  first  to  third;  apex  with  fuscous  hair;  legs  red, 
including  coxae  and  trochanters,  but  anterior  femora  piceous  except 
beneath  and  at  extreme  apex,  middle  femora  largely  darkened, 
especially  behind;  hind  legs  entirely  clear  red;  tegulae  rufous;  wings 
strongly  reddened.  A  species  of  the  E.  rubricata  group;  in  my  table 
in  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Aug.,  1910,  p.  167,  it  runs  to  E.  rubricata 
Sm.,  from  which  it  differs  by  the  dusky,  reddened  wings,  the  mandi- 
bles black  with  only  a  red  subapical  spot,  the  metathorax  largely 
red,  the  tegulae  dark  reddish,  and  the  base  of  the  abdomen  entirely 
red.  Compared  with  E.  frenchii  Ckll.,  it  differs  by  the  very  strongly, 
though  not  very  densely,  punctured  clypeus  and  supraclypeal 
area,  the  suture  between  them  wholly  dark,  the  entirely  red  hind 
femora,  and  the  apex  of  abdomen  darkened,  the  dusky  color  of  the 
fifth  segment  leaving  a  pair  of  rather  poorly  defined  transversely 
oval  red  spots.  From  E.  leptospermi  Ckll.  it  differs  by  the  color 
of  the  wings,  the  larger  head,  the  facial  foveas  not  at  all  turned 
mesad  at  upper  end,  the  more  sparsely  punctured  mesothorax,  the 
second  r.n.  reaching  second  s.m.  a  little  more  distant  from  its  apex 
than  the  first  from  its  base. 

Habitat. — Victoria,  1910  (Froggatt,  149).     It  also  carries  a  label 
with  number  1418. 
Pachyprosopis  haematostoma  n.  sp. 

9.  Length  about  6  mm.;  rather  robust,  but  head  not  enlarged; 
head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  shining  dark  blue;  labrum  and  greater 
part  of  mandibles  red;  flagellum  bright  ferruginous  beneath;  cheeks 
broad;  mesothorax  with  very  sparse,  excessively  feeble  and  minute 
punctures;  area  of  metathorax  smooth  and  shining;  sides  of  meta- 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  37 

thorax  with  thin  pale  hair;  tegulse  black  in  front,  dark  red-brown 
behind;  wings  rather  small,  clear;  b.n.  very  strongly  arched,  not 
nearly  meeting  t.m.;  first  r.n.  entering  first  s.m.  some  distance 
before  its  end;  second  s.m.  very  narrow,  greatly  produced  above, 
to  an  acute  angle;  legs  piceous,  slightly  metallic,  the  anterior  femora 
quite  blue;  anterior  knees,  tibiae,  and  tarsi,  and  all  the  other  tarsi, 
bright  ferruginous  red;  abdomen  feebly  sculptured;  pygidial  plate 
very  narrow. 

Habitat.— Croydon,  Australia,  2  9   (S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict. 
236).     Quite  unique  by  the  uniform  dark  blue  color  of  the  bod3^ 
Pachyprosopis  atromicans  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  about  5  mm.;  shining  black,  with  very  little  hair; 
tibiae  and  tarsi  bright  ferruginous,  as  also  are  the  knees,  extending 
into  a  more  or  less  defined  stripe  on  the  middle  and  hind  femora; 
abdomen  broad,  the  lateral  hind  margins  of  the  segments  (especially 
the  second  and  third)  more  or  less  broadly  reddish ;  mandililes  with  a 
ferruginous  subapical  band;  clypeus  brilliantly  shining,  with  sparse 
distinct  punctures;  scape  shining  black;  flagellum  short  and  thick, 
clear  ferruginous  beneath;  head  not  enlarged;  mesothorax  brilliantly 
shining,  sparsely  punctured;  scutellum  shining  and  punctured,  but 
postscutellum  granular  and  dull;  area  of  metathorax  shining, 
except  at  extreme  base;  tegulse  rufous;  wings  hyaline,  stigma  dilute 
sepia,  nervures  paler,  basal  nervure  yellow;  second  s.m.  broad, 
but  the  outer  upper  angle  produced  as  in  Pachyprosopis;  recurrent 
nervures  entering  second  s.m.  near  base  and  apex,  the  first  sometimes 
meeting  the  t.c,  but  the  second  always  away  from  extreme  apex 
of  cell;  claws  with  an  inner  tooth  far  from  tip;  hind  spur  with  long 
spines;  abdomen  microscopically  transversely  lineolate. 

cf.  Length  about  4|  mm.;  like  the  female,  but  the  thick  flagel- 
lum is  elongated;  face  whoUj^  black,  with  thin  but  conspicuous 
white  hair;  red  on  femora  more  extended;  last  two  abdominal  seg- 
ments clear  red. 

//a6?7fl/.— Purnong,  near  Murray  R.,  S.  Australia,  2  9,16^  (S.  W. 
Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  232,  220,  226);  Croydon,  Australia,  19 
(S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  193).  The  type  is  a  female  from 
Purnong.  Intermediate  between  Euryglossa  and  Pachyprosopis; 
resembling  in  many  ways  Euryglossa  neglectula  Ckll.,  but  especially 
related  to  Pachyprosopis  nitidiceps  Ckll.,  from  which  it  is  known 
by  the  shining  mesothorax,  red  tibiae,  etc. 
Frosopis  asinella  n.  sp. 

cf.     Length  about  5  mm.;  black,  with  the  face   (lateral  marks 


38  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

reaching  sides  of  front),  broad  short  mandibles,  the  thick  flattened 
scape  and  second  antennal  joint  in  front,  all  pale  yellow;  upper 
border  of  prothorax,  tubercles,  anterior  and  middle  femora,  apices 
of  hind  femora,  and  all  the  tibiae  and  tarsi,  bright  lemon-yellow; 
scutellum  entirely  black;  face  rather  narrow,  entirely  pale  up  to 
level  of  antennae,  Supraclypeal  area  oval  with  a  truncate  base, 
lateral  face-marks  ending  above  in  an  oblique-sided  lobe,  the  tip 
of  which  is  on  orbital  margin  about  the  level  of  middle  of  front; 
front  and  thoracic  dorsum  dull,  extremely  minutely  punctured; 
tegulse  with  a  light  spot;  wings  clear,  stigma  and  nervures  dark 
brown;  first  r.n.  entering  apical  corner  of  first  s.m.  or  meeting  first 
t.c.  (these  alternatives  represented  by  the  opposite  wings  of  the 
type);  abdomen  short  and  broad,  dullish,  very  finely  punctured, 
wholly  without  ventral  tubercles;  flagellum  pale  ferruginous  beneath. 

Habitat. — Purnong,  vS.  Australia  (S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict., 
197).  In  my  table  of  Australian  Prosopis  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
Feb.,  1910)  this  runs  to  P.  primulipida  Ckll.,  but  differs  from  that 
by  the  much  narrower  and  paler  face,  wholly  yellow  hind  tibiae,  etc. 
From  other  species  it  is  known  by  the  small  size,  yellow  legs  and 
non-tuberculate  abdomen.  According  to  the  character  of  the 
mandibles  and  scape,  P.  asineUa  falls  in  the  genus  Gnathoprosopis 
Perkins. 
Prosopis  minuscula  n.  sp. 

cJ".  Length  about  4f  mm.,  very  slender,  especially  the  abdomen, 
which  has  the  dorsal  suture  between  the  first  and  second  segments 
constricted;  black,  with  the  following  parts  yellow  (reddened  by 
cyanide  in  type),  mandibles,  labrum,  the  long  clypeus,  lateral  face- 
marks  shaped  like  feet  on  tiptoe  (convex  and  extremely  shiny), 
tubercles,  small  marks  on  upper  margin  of  prothorax,  apical  part 
of  coxae,  trochanters,  knees,  stripe  on  anterior  femora  behind  and 
short  one  in  front,  anterior  and  middle  tibiae  (latter  with  a  blackish 
spot  behind)  and  less  than  basal  half  of  hind  tibiae;  the  supraclypeal 
area,  scutella,  etc.,  are  black,  and  the  combination  of  black  femora 
with  yellow  trochanters  is  very  peculiar;  scape  yellow  in  front,  not 
swollen;  flagellum  long,  light  fulvous  beneath;  wings  clear,  nervures 
and  the  large  stigma  dark  brown;  first  r.n.  meeting  first  t.c;  second 
s.m.  about  as  high  as  long;  abdomen  subclavate,  broadest  near  the 
end.     The  abdomen  is  rather  coarsely  transversely  lineolate. 

Habitat.— Croydon,  Victoria  (S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  195). 
Runs  in  my  table  nearest  to  P.  primulipicta,  which  has  a  much 
broader  face,  dark  trochanters,  etc. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  39 

Prosopis  vittatifrons  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  about  4§  mm.,  rather  slender;  head  and  thorax 
black,  with  the  followmg  parts  cream-color:  mandibles,  labrum, 
clypeus,  a  broadly  triangular  supraclypeal  mark,  lateral  face-marks 
(extending  broadly  up  to  beginning  of  facial  fovese,  then  continued 
for  a  short  distance  as  a  very  fine  line  between  fovea  and  eye), 
a  broad  band  on  each  cheek  behind  eye,  and  elongate  mark  on  front; 
tubercles,  with  extension  to  upper  margin  of  prothorax,  white; 
tegulae  pellucid;  legs  pale  ferruginous,  the  hind  ones  a  little  stained 
with  dusky;  abdomen  with  the  first  two  segments  clear  ferruginous, 
the  others  dark  Ijrown,  the  hind  margins  of  the  third  and  fourth 
more  or  less  pallid,  or  the  first  two  segments  may  each  have  a  pair 
of  large  brown  blotches,  with  the  third  ferruginous,  crossed  and 
largely  covered  by  a  large  dark  cloud;  face  broad;  antennae  light 
ferruginous  beneath;  mesothorax  dullish,  microscopically  tessellate 
and  punctured;  wings  hyaline,  faintly  dusky,  stigma  and  nervures 
dark  brown;  the  two  recurrent  nervures  meeting  the  transverso- 
cubitals;  second  s.m.  a  little  higher  than  broad. 

cf.  Length  a  little  over  3  mm.;  face  light  yellow  (primrose- 
color)  up  to  level  of  antennae,  with  an  elongate  frontal  mark  as  in 
female,  the  lateral  marks  shaped  like  a  hand  with  the  index-finger 
pointed;  first  abdominal  segment  dark  brown,  pale  ferruginous 
apically,  second  the  same,  the  broad  red  band  notched  on  each  side 
in  front,  the  second  segment  also  red  basally;  remaining  segments 
dark. 

Habitat.— Furnong,  S.  Austraha,  29,  2cf  (S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat. 
Mus.  Vict.  221,  213,  145).  The  type  is  a  female.-  Runs  in  my  table 
to  P.  constrida  Ckll.,  but  is  easily  known  by  the  elongate  frontal 
mark  in  both  sexes;  the  male  constrida  has  the  clypeus,  etc.,  white 
instead  of  yellow. 
Prosopis  mediovirens  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  4-|-4|  mm. ;  head  and  thorax  dark  green,  dullish, 
very  finely  sculptured,  with  the  following  parts  creamy-white  or 
pinkish-white;  labrum,  mandibles,  clypeus  (except  a  rather  broad 
dark  band  down  each  side,  not  reaching  lower  margin),  broadly 
triangular  supraclypeal  mark,  lateral  marks  (continued  as  a  band 
above  to  beginning  of  facial  fovese),  small  mark  on  lower  part  of 
cheeks,  tubercles  and  an  interrupted  line  on  upper  margin  of  pro- 
thorax  ;  no  frontal  mark,  no  light  mark  on  scutellum ;  antennae  pale 
ferruginous  beneath;  tegulae  hyaline,  with  a  white  spot;  wings  clear, 
the  large  stigma   dark  brown,  nervures  paler;   b.n.  nearly  reaching 


40  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADER^Y    OF  [Jan., 

t.m.;  recurrent  nervures  meeting  transversocubitals;  second  s.m. 
a  little  broader  than  high;  legs  very  pale  yellow  or  pinkish-white, 
hind  femora  dark  behind  except  apically,  hind  tarsi  dark  at  apex; 
abdomen  piceous,  with  the  hind  margin  of  first  segment  l^roadly 
(notched  in  front  sublaterally) ,  of  the  second  narrowly,  and  the 
base  of  the  third,  ferruginous;  hind  margin  of  third  segment  more  or 
less  pallid. 

cf .  Length  3|  mm.;  light  colors  of  face,  prothorax  and  legs  clear 
lemon-yellow ;  face  entirely  yellow  up  to  level  of  antennge :  supraclypeal 
mark  larger,  but  upper  extension  of  lateral  marks  formed  as  in  female; 
scape  yellow  in  front,  not  swollen;  flagellum  light  orange-fulvous 
beneath;  legs  bright  yellow,  but  the  hind  legs  peculiarly  marked, 
the  iemora  with  the  apical  two-fifths  brown  in  front,  the  tibiae  with 
nearly  the  apical  half  (except  a  minute  apical  spot)  very  dark  browm, 
the  tarsi  dark  except  at  base;  abdomen  with  two  very  broad  fulvous 
bands,  each  notched  on  each  side  in  front;  venter  fulvous. 

Habitat.— Fmnong,  S.  Australia,  59,  2cf^  (*S'.  TI'.  Fulton;  Nat. 
Mus.  Vict.  227,  161,  215,  235,  230).  In  my  table  it  runs  to  5,  and 
there  forms  a  new  section,  with  mesothorax  green.  In  spite  of  the 
different  coloration,  it  seems  nearer  to  P.  vittatifrons  than  to  any  other 
described  species.  The  type  is  a  female. 
Prosopis  chlorosoma  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  hardly  4|  mm.;  head  and  thorax  dark  green,  varying 
to  black  with  a  greenish  tint,  scutellum  and  postscutellum  black; 
the  following  parts  are  light  yellow  (reddened  by  cyanide  in  types) ; 
clypeus  except  a  broad  band  on  each  side,  not  reaching  lower  margin 
(hence  the  light  area  on  clypeus  is  like  a  tall  hat  with  the  brim 
turned  down);  broadly  triangular  supraclypeal  mark;  lateral  face- 
marks,  forming  a  band  which  extends  as  far  as  facial  foveas;  basal 
half  of  mandibles  (but  not  labrum) ;  interrupted  line  on  upper  border 
of  prothorax,  and  tubercles.  Tegulse  hyaline  with  a  yellow  spot; 
wings  clear,  the  large  stigma  and  the  nervures  dark  reddish-brown; 
b.n.  nearly  reaching  t.m.;  recurrent  nervures  meeting  transverso- 
cubitals, or  first  r.n.  just  reaching  basal  corner  of  second  s.m.; 
second  s.m.  about  as  high  as  broad;  femora  black,  with  the  knees 
broadly  yellow;  tibiae  and  tarsi  yellow;  abdomen  black.  ^lesothorax 
dullish,  very  finely  sculptured.     Antennae  pale  fulvous  beneath. 

Habitat— Croydon,  Australia,  7  9  {S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict. 
192,  191).  In  my  table  this  runs  to  P.  albonitens  Ckll.,  a  very  differ- 
ent species,  with  blue  abdomen.  This  cannot  well  be  the  female 
of  P.  minuscula.     Both  have  a  minutely  caneellate  area  of  metathorax. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  41 

but  in  minuscula  the  sculpture  is  deeper,  giving  a  finely  pitted  effect; 
P.  minuscula  also  lacks  the  green  color,  and  has  the  b.n.  considerably 
more  remote  from  the  t.m. 

Prosopis  scintilliformis  n.  sp. 

9  .  Length  about  4^  mm. ;  black,  much  less  robust  than  P. 
chlorosoma,  the  abdomen  especially  much  narrower;  head  round, 
the  face  broad;  mandibles  pale  yellowish,  but  labrum  dark;  face- 
marks  confined  to  a  rather  narrow  yellow  band  along  each  inner 
orbit,  reaching  a  little  above  level  of  antennae;  flagellum  clear 
ferruginous  beneath;  tubercles,  and  an  inconspicuous  interrupted 
line  on  upper  border  of  prothorax,  yellow;  legs  black,  with  the 
knees,  anterior  tibiae  in  front,  base  of  middle  tibiae  and  nearly  half 
of  hind  tibiae,  as  well  as  all  the  basitarsi,  yellow;  wings  practically 
as  in  P.  chlorosoma,  except  that  first  r.n.  enters  extreme  apical  corner 
of  first  s.m.;  thorax  dullish,  the  microscopical  sculpture  peculiar, 
the  mesothorax  and  scutellum  having  a  fine  but  deeply  cut  tessel- 
lation and  scattered  punctures;  area  of  metathorax  microscopically 
coarsely  cancellate. 

Hahitat. — Croydon,  Australia,  1  9  ,  mounted  on  a  card  with  three 
P.  cMorosoma  (S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  192).  In  my  table 
this  runs  near  to  P.  amicula  Sm.,  a  much  larger  and  otherwise 
different  species.  It  is  rather  to  be  compared  with  the  minute 
P.  scintilla  Ckll.,  from  which  it  is  readily  known  by  the  light  tubercles, 
etc.  I  suspect  that  it  may  be  the  female  of  P.  minuscula,  but  with- 
out better  evidence  of  this  it  seems  best  to  regard  it  as  distinct. 

Prosopis  xanthosphsera  n.  sp. 

9.  Length  almost  10  mm.;  robust,  black,  the  abdomen  faintly 
greenish,  especially  toward  the  apex;  markings  on  head  and  thorax 
brilliant  chrome-yellow,  as  follows:  a  large  broad  patch  on  each  side 
of  face,  shaped  something  like  a  turtle's  head  in  profile,  obliquely 
truncate  above,  very  obtusely  pointed  below;  tubercles  broadly 
(but  no  patch  behind);  a  large  round  patch  on  scutellum  and  post- 
scutellum,  crossed  by  a  black  (sutural)  line.  Mandibles  broad, 
tridendate  at  apex;  ch^peus  flattened  and  minutely  roughened  in 
middle,  distinctly  but  not  densely  punctured;  antennae  entirely 
black;  front  and  vertex  with  coarse  black  hair;  mesothorax  dullish, 
strongly  and  rather  closely  punctured;  area  of  metathorax  with 
about  the  basal  third  very  coarsely  corrugated,  in  complete  contrast 
with  the  rest,  which  is  without  evident  sculpture;  tegulae  black, 
punctured    anteriorly;     wings     hyaline,    very    faintly    dusky;     b.n. 


42  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

only  gently  arched,  nearlj'  reaching  t.m. ;  first  r.n.  entering  extreme 
basal  corner  of  second  s.m,,  which  is  elongate,  much  broader  than 
high;  legs  black,  partly  ornamented  with  silvery- white  hair,  last 
joint  of  anterior  tarsi  reddened;  abdomen  shining  with  rather  small 
but  strong  punctures,  apex  with  black  hair. 

Habitat. — King  Island,  Tasmania  (J.  A.  Kershaw;  Vict.  Nat.  Mus. 
206).     Runs  in  my  table  to  P.  rotundiceps  Sm.,  but  the  head  is  not 
round,  the  flagellum  is  black,  and  the  abdomen  is  not  minutely 
and  closely  punctured. 
Prosopis  leucosphaera  n.  sp. 

9  .  Leng-th  a  little  over  9  mm.;  robust,  black,  with  the  abdomen 
obscurely  dark  bluish;  clypeus  wholly  black,  dullish,  with  very 
shallow  punctures;  lateral  face-marks  a  sort  of  dilute  orange,  large, 
cuneiform,  obtuse  below,  somewhat  obliquely  broadly  truncate 
above,  antennae  black,  the  flagellum  with  a  contrasting  bright 
ferruginous  stripe  beneath;  lower  part  of  front,  broadly  elevated 
in  middle;  vertex  with  coarse  black  hair;  mesothorax  strongly  and 
ciuite  densely  punctured;  tubercles  cream-color;  a  large  circular 
cream-colored  patch  on  scutellum  and  postscutellum,  crossed  by  a 
black  (sutural)  line;  area  of  metathorax  coarsely  corrugated  at  base; 
tegulse  black,  punctured  in  front;  wings  hyaline,  very  faintly  dusky; 
first  r.n.  entering  basal  corner  of  the  long  second  s.m.;  legs  and 
abdomen  essentially  as  in  P.  xanthosphcera,  but  punctures  of  second 
abdominal  segment  smaller  and  closer. 

Habitat.— Croydon,  Australia  (S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict. 
167).  Closel}'  related  to  P.  xanthosphcera,  differing  not  only  in 
color  of  the  markings,  but  also  in  the  finer  punctures  of  the  second 
abdominal  segment.  In  my  table  of  Prosopis  it  can  be  run  to  12 
or  to  38,  running  out  at  either  place' because  of  the  cream-colored 
patch  on  the  scutella. 

Prosopis  chromatica  (Cockerell). 

Stradbroke   Island   {H.   Hacker;  Queensl.   Mus.   66).     One  male 
taken  Oct.  2,  1911. 
Prosopis  hsematopoda  n.  sp. 

9.  Length  about  7  mm.;  tile-red  and  black,  like  P.  lateralis 
Smith,  of  which  it  may  be  a  subspecies.  It  differs  from  lateralis 
by  the  lateral  face-marks,  which  are  orange  instead  of  white;  and 
the  femora  entirely  red,  as  also  the  middle  and  hind  trochanters. 
Tibise  and  tarsi  entirely  red;  metathorax  entirely  dull  black,  the 
area   roughened,  and   shaped   like   the   profile  of  a  cup;  first  r.n. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  43 

entering  second  s.m.  a  considerable  distance  from  its  base.     Antennse 
entirely  red. 

Habitat.— >^.  Australia  (Waterhouse;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  149). 

Prosopis  proxima  Smith,  var.  a. 

A  female  from  Purnong,  S.  Australia  {S.  W.  Fulton;  Nat.  Mus. 
Vict.  148)  differs  a  little  from  the  type  in  having  the  lateral  face- 
marks  white  without  any  trace  of  yellow,  and  the  hind  tibia?  with  a 
dull  white  mark  at  base.  The  tubercles  have  the  apical  half  white, 
and  there  are  two  white  marks  on  the  prothorax  above.  The 
axillae  are  red. 

Prosopis  chrysognatha  Cockerell. 

A  male  from  Frankston,  Victoria  {T.  Kershaw,  Dec,  1902;  Nat. 
Mus.  Vict.  160)  seems  to  have  the  faintest  possible  bluish  tint 
on  the  abdomen,  so  faint,  that  it  is  difficult  to  be  sure  of  it.  If 
run  in  my  table  among  the  species  with  metallic  abdomen,  it  goes 
straight  to  P.  cognata  Sm.,  which  is  evidently  very  closely  allied. 
Smith's  cognata  is  from  Champion  Bay  and  Swan  River,  and  has  a 
dark  blue  abdomen.  The  female  described  by  Smith  is  to  be  con- 
sidered the  type.  I  have  described  the  female  of  chrysognatha, 
and  it  is  not  identical  with  cognata. 
Prosopis  alcyonea  Erichson. 

Mordialloc  (Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  186). 

Euprosopis  elegans  (Smith). 

Prosopis  elegans  Smith.  From  the  National  Museum  of  Victoria 
come  5  9,  20^  (187,  152,  170,  251,  188,  151,  153);  the  localities  are 
Croydon  {S.  W.  Fulton),  S.  Australia  {W.  Kershaw)  and  Fern  Tree 
Gully,  Victoria  (F.  P.  Spry).  The  males,  without  locality,  collected 
by  C.  F.  Hill,  have  the  postscutellum  with  only  a  small  yellow 
spot  or  patch. 
Euprosopis  nodosicornis  n.  sp. 

cf .  Length  6  mm.  or  a  little  over,  like  E.  elegans  var.  sydneyana 
(Ckll.),  with  the  postscutellum  broadly  yellow,  but  differing  thus: 
malar  space  longer;  its  length  270  microns;  the  bright  ferruginous 
flagellum  with  the  last  four  joints  thick,  with  large  irregular  tubercles 
above,  the  three  before  these  subtuberculate.  The  abdomen  has 
the  first  two  segments  and  the  sides  of  the  third  red,  the  first  segment 
with  a  diamond-shaped  dusky  discal  mark.  The  sides  of  the  meso- 
thorax  are  broadly  yellow.     Stigma  bright  ferruginous. 

//a6^■ta^— Australia,  no  locality  given  (C.  F.  Hill;  Vict.  Nat.  Mus. 
155). 


44  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

Kegachile  semiluctuosa  Smith. 

National    Museum,    Victoria    {Murray);    17.     W.    Australia    (F. 
Duboulay;  Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  6). 
M.  famipennis  Smith. 

Tennant's  Creek,  C.-S.  Australia  (Field;  Nat.  :\Ius.  Vict.  3,  4). 
M.  monstrosa  Smith. 

Glenrowan   (Nat.   Mus.  Vict.  25).     The  ventral   scopa  is  white 
with  a  slight  creamy  tint.     M.  cornifera  Radoszkowski  is  larger, 
but  not  more  than  a  variety  or  race,  M.  monstrosa  cornifera. 
Saropoda  bombiformis  Smith. 

New  South  Wales  (Nat.  Mus.  Victoria  129);  Toowms,  Queensland 
(Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  128);  Studley  Park,  a  male  with  alxlomen  unusually 
pale  (Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  122).     The  Toowms  female  Avas  received  by 
the  ]\Iuseum  from  Mr.  Annear. 
Anthophora  rhodoscymna  Cockerell. 

Male,  more  robust  than  usual,  abdomen  6  mm.  wide,  New  South 
Wales  (Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  118). 

A.  pulchra  Smith. 

Kelvin  Grove,  Brisbane,  Nov.  20,  1911   (Hacker). 
Nomia  australica  Smith. 

Brisbane,  Queensland,  Nov.  27,  1911  (Hacker). 

N.  flavoviridis  Cockerell. 

Sunnybank,  Brisbane,  Jan.  17,  1912  (Hacker).  This  is  a  variety, 
identical  with  Turner's  999  (Jan.,  1898)  from  Mackay. 

N.  muSCOSa  Cockerell. 

Kelvin  Grove,  Brisbane,  Nov.  20,  1911  (Hacker);  Brisbane,  Nov. 
2,   1908  (Hamlyn-H arris). 
Lestis  bombylans  (Fb.). 

Grampians  (Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  126).  The  front  is  much  broader 
in  male  homhylans  than  in  L.  aerata;  the  face-markings  in  unaltered 
specimens  are  bright  chrome-yellow,  not  red.  A  female  from  Plenty 
R.  (Nat.  Mus.  Vict.  127)  has  dark  wings  like  L.  aerata,  but  it  belongs 
with  bombylans.     It  possibly  represents  a  distinct  race. 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  45 


NOTES  ON  CATOSTOMOID  FISHES. 
BY    HENRY    W.    FOWLER. 

The  material  forming  the  basis  of  the  present  paper  is  contained 
in  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 

Cycleptus  elongatus  (Le  Sueur). 

One  adult  from  St.  Louis,  IVIissouri,  and  another  from  Kiskiminitas 
River,  Pennsylvania. 

Genua  AMBLODON  Rafinesque. 

This  name  is  allowed  to  supersede  Idiohus  Rafinesque,  now  largely 
in  use.  Amblodon  is  based  on  two  species,  Amhlodon  buhalus  Rafin- 
esque and  Amblodon  niger  Rafinesque.  Jordan  and  Gilbert  have 
designated  Amblodon  bubcdus  Rafinesque  (  =  in  part  Aplodinotus  grun- 
niens  Rafinesque)  as  the  type,^  and  thus  Amblodon  would  become 
a  synonym  of  Aplodinotus  according  to  their  ruling.  However, 
as  Amblodon  bubcdus  Rafinesque,  the  type  species  of  Amblodon 
Rafinesque,  applies  primarily  to  the  small-mouthed  buffalo,  I 
cannot  accept  their  contention. 

MEGASTOMATOBUS  subgen.  nov. 
Type  Sckrognathus  cyprinella  Valenciennes. 
Mouth  large,  oblique,  terminal,  and  upper  lip  about  level  with 
lower  edge  of  eye.     Lips  thin,  nearlj^  smooth.     Pharyngeals  weak. 

This  name  is  proposed  for  the  large-mouthed  buffaloes  as  Sckrog- 
nathus Valenciennes,   usually   attributed  to  them,   has   Catostoinus 
cijprinus  Le  Sueur  (its  first  species)  designated  as  the  type  by  Jordan 
and  Gilbert,-  and  is  thus  a  synonym  of  Carpiodes  Rafinesque. 
(.'^£/'«,  large;  <TT<i/j.a^  mouth;  /5'"j9,  buffalo.) 

Amblodon  cyprinella  (Valenciennes). 

Four  from  Leavenworth.  Kansas;  four  from  Wheatland,  Iowa. 

Amblodon  bubalus  Rafinesque. 

One  from  Blue  River,  Indiana;  three  from  near  Leavenworth, 
Kansas;  two  from  ''Western  United  States";  three  without  data. 


1  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1877,  p.  85. 

2  L.  c,  p.  89. 


46  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Feb., 

Carpiodes  carpio  (Rafinesque). 

Carpiodes   nummifer  Cope,  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,  1870,  p. 
484.     Wabash  River,  Indiana. 

No.  6,645,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type  of  Carpiodes  nummifer  Cope.  Wabash 
River,  Indiana.     E.  D.  Cope. 

Also  three  others  from  the  Wabash  River;  two  from  Calhoun, 
one  from  Brownsville,  and  one  from  St.  Joseph,  ^Missouri;  one  from 
the  Platte  River,  Nebraska;  one  without  data. 

This  species  has  never  been  recorded  from  Pennsylvania,  as  it 
is  not  mentioned  by  Cope,  and  Bean  includes  it  as  hypothetical. 
Its  admission  to  this  fauna  is  now  certain,  as  two  examples  from  the 
Beaver  River,  secured  by  Cope  in  1880,  are  before  me.  As  it  is 
said  to  be  an  inhabitant  of  our  larger  western  streams  or  rivers, 
seldom  entering  the  smaller  ones,  its  extinction,  if  not  already 
accomplished,  is  very  likely  inevitable  in  western  Pennsylvania. 

Carpiodes  thompsoni  Agassiz 

One  from  Lake  Erie  and  another  from  Saginaw  Bay,  JMichigan. 

I  secured   an  example  at  Erie,  Pennsylvania,  on  July  5th,  1907, 
besides  examining  several  others  at  this  place  the  same  time.    These 
examples  are  the  basis  of  the  only  positive  record  for  this  species 
in  Pennsylvania  limits. 
Carpiodes  cyprinus  (Le  Sueur). 

Seven  examples  from  the  Conestoga  Creek  in  Lancaster  County, 
Pennsylvania.  It  is  knowTi  to  the  fisherman  at  Octoraro,  Cono- 
wingo,  and  Bald  Friar,  along  the  Susquehanna  in  ^vlaryland,  usually 
as  "white  carp"  or  ''Susquehanna  carp." 

Carpiodes  tumidus  Baird  and  Girard. 

Large  example  from  Tampico,  Mexico;  two  small  examples  with- 
out data. 
Carpiodes  difformis  Cope. 

Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,  1870,  p.  480.     Wabash  River,  Indiana. 

No.  22,093,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type,  Wabash  River,  Indiana.  E.  D.  Cope. 

One  from  "Port  Beido";  one  without  data. 

This  species  has  not  been  definitely  recorded  from  Pennsylvania 
by  Cope,  though  mentioned  as  likely  to  occur.  One  before  me  from 
the  Youghiogheny  River,  in  western  Pennsylvania,  and  secured  by 
Cope,  assures  its  admission  to  our  fauna. 

Carpiodes  cutisanserinus  Cope 

Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,   1870,  p.  481.     Kiskiminitas    River, 
western  Pennsylvania. 

No.  6,649,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type.  Kiskiminitas  River,  western  Pennsyl- 
vania.    E.  D.  Cope. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  47 

Known  only  from  the  type.  Though  united  with  Carpiodes 
difformis  by  some  writers,  it  is  evidently  a  distinct  species,  as  pointed 
out  by  its  describer.  It  differs  chiefly  in  the  position  of  the  mouth, 
which  opens  in  front  anterior  to  the  nostrils,  though  its  peculiar 
snub-nosed  physiognomy  is  very  suggestive  of  Carpiodes  difformis. 
Carpiodes  velifer  (Rafinesque). 

One  from  the  Wabash  River,  Indiana,  and  another  from  the 
Blue  River,  Indiana?. 

Two  examples  from  the  Youghiogheny  River,  secured  by  Cope, 
are  the  basis  of  the  first  definite  record  for  the  species  in  that  stream 
in  Pennsylvania. 
Carpiodes  selene  Cope. 

Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phik.,  XI,  1870,  p.  481.    Root  River,  Michigan?. 

Nos.  6,647  (type)  and  6,648,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes.  Root  River, 
Michigan?.     E.  D.  Cope. 

This  appears  to  be  a  distinct  species,  and  not  at  all  identical 
with    Carpiodes    thompsoni,    as    suggested    by    some    writers.     Its 
affinities  are  with  Carpiodes  difformis  and  Carpiodes  cutisanserinus, 
as  pointed  out  by  Cope. 
Carpiodes  elongatus  Meek. 

Four  examples  from  Del  Rio,  Texas.  These  were  WTongly  iden- 
tified by  me  as  Carpiodes  grayi  Cope.^ 

NOTOLEPIDOMYZON  subgen.  nov. 
Type  Pantosteus  arizonae  (Gilbert)  Jordan  and  Evermann. 
Scales  along  predorsal  region  and  back  all  well  enlarged,  less  than 
twenty  between  the  occiput  and  origin  of  dorsal,  and  contrasting 
with  the  small  scales  in  the  lateral  line. 
A  single  species,  in  the  Gila  basin. 

(/Voro?,  back;  ''-s-i9,  scale;  iJ-o'^dw^  to  suck;  with  reference  to  the 
large  dorsal  scales  anteriorly.) 

Pantosteus  arizonae  (Gilbert)  Jordan  and  Evermann. 

Eight  from  the  Rio  San  Francisco  in  the  Gila  Basin,  New  Mexico. 

Pantosteus  generosus  (Girard). 

Two  from  the  Weber  River  at  Echo,  and  one  from  Logan,  Utah. 
Also  two  from  "Western  United  States"  (likely  Utah?). 

Pantosteus  plebeius  (Baird  and  Girard). 

Catostomus  plebeius  Baird  and  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  .Sci.  Phila.,  1854, 
p.  28.     Rio  Membres,  basin  of  Lake  Guzman,  Mexico. 

No.  6,786,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  co-type  of  Catostomus  plebeius  Baird  and 


3  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  242. 


48  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

Girard.     Rio  Membres,  Mexico.     J.  H.  Clark.     From  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  (No.  168). 

Eight  from  Watrita  Creek,  Colorado;  five  from  Nutria  and  two 
from  Fort  Wingate,  New  Mexico. 
Pantosteus  santa-anae  Snyder. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXXIV,  1908,  p.  33.    Santa  Ana  River,  near  River- 
side, California. 

No.  39,129,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype.  Riverside,  California.  Prof. 
J.  0.  Snyder. 

Pantosteus  delpMnus  (Cope). 

Two  from  Provo,  Utah. 

Catostomus  latipinnis  Baird  and  Girard. 

One  from  Fort  Bridger,  Wyoming. 

It  may  be  stated  that  Eurystomus  Rafinesque  proposed  in  1820 
is  preoccupied  by  Viellot  in  1816,  and  Acomus  Girard  proposed  in 
1856  is  preoccupied  by  Reichenbach  in  1852.  Both  Viellot  and 
Reichenbach's  names  were  used  for  birds.  Thus  Eurystomus  and 
Acomus  are  very  fortunately  erased  as  subgenera  of  Catostomus. 

Catostomus  retropinnis  Jordan. 

One  hundred  and  ten  examples  from  the  Yellowstone  River  at 
Camp  Thorne. 
Catostomus  occidentalis  Ayres. 

CaloHlomus  labiatus  Ayres,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  1855,  p.  32.     Stockton, 
California. 

No.  6,741,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  typical?  of  Catostomus  labiatus  Ayres. 
Sacramento  River  at  Stockton,  California.     W.  O.  Ayres. 

A  smaller  example  from  the  same  donor  labelled  "California," 
and  another  from  the  Russian  River  in  California  (Cope).  These 
all  agree  in  the  small  scales  on  the  belly,  between  65  and  70  counted 
from  the  gill-opening  anteriorly  to  the  ventral  origin.  The  figure 
of  Catostomus  occidentalis  given^  by  Evermann  and  Meek  does  not 
agree  with  these  examples,  as  both  it  and  .that  of  Catostomus  tsiltcoo- 
se7isis  Evermann  and  Meek  show  the  breast  naked  and  the  scales 
on  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen  not  smaller  than  those  just  below 
the  lateral  line. 
Catostomus  occidentalis  humboldtianus  (Snyder). 

Catostomus  humboldtianus  Snyder,  Bull.  Bur.  Fisher.,  XXVII,  1907,  p.  163, 
fig.  1.    Bear,  Eel  and  Mad  Rivers,  California. 

Nos.  39,131   and  39,132,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes  of  Catostomus 
humboldtianus  Snyder.     Mad  Creek,  Oregon.     Prof.  J.  O.  Snyder. 
"  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  Com.,  XVII,  1897  (1898),  p.  69. 


1913.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


49 


Catostomus  occidentalis  lacus-anserinus  subsp.  nov. 

Catostomus  labiatus  (part)  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1883,  p.  150. 
Goose  Lake,  Oregon.     (Not  of  Ayres.) 

Head  4;  depth  4^;  D.  iv,  10,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  P.  i,  15;  V.  i,  9;  scales 
66  in  lateral  line  to  caudal  base,  and  4  more  on  latter;  14  scales 
above  lateral  line;  11  scales  below  lateral  line  to  ventral  origin; 
9  scales  below  lateral  line  to  anal  origin;  40  scales  before  dorsal; 
head  width  If  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  snout  2^;  eye  7; 
mouth  width  6;  maxillary  3|;  interorbital  2f ;  first  branched  dorsal 
ray  1|;  first  Ijranched  anal  ray  1;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle 
2^;  upper  caudal  lobe  1;  pectoral  If,  ventral  If. 

Body  elongate,  rather  robust,  sides  moderately  compressed,  upper 
profile  a  little  more  convex  than  lower,  greatest  depth  at  dorsal 
origin,  and  all  edges  convex.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  its 
least  depth  1|  its  length. 


Fig.  1. — Catostomus  occidentalis  lacus-anserinus  subsp.  nov. 


Head  moderate,  quite  robust,  sides  compressed  with  slightly 
convex  surfaces,  and  upper  and  lower  surfaces  equally  broad.  Snout 
elongate,  conic,  upper  profile  with  rather  deep  depression  anteriorly, 
length  about  equals  width.  Eye  high,  a  little  elongate  or  ellipsoid, 
and  centre  midway  in  head  length.  Mouth  small,  inferior,  snout 
protruding  beyond  mandible  about  half  an  eye-diameter.  Jaws  with 
quite  fleshy  edges,  that  of  upper  somewhat  trenchant,  and  lower 
broadly  obtuse.  Disk  of  lips  quite  large,  length  H  in  snout.  Upper 
lip  quite  broad,  rather  thin,  slightly  protuding  in  front  beyond  snout 
tip,  with  two  or  three  series  of  quite  large  inner  papillae,  and  four  or 
five  series  of  outer  and  much  smaller  ones.  Lower  lip  cleft  medianly 
behind  nearly  forward  to  symphysis,  thick,  fleshy,  and  with  about 


50  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY-  OF  •  i  [Feb.. , 

seven  series  of  papillae  at  widest  part,  median  inner  ones  largest. 
Tongue  thick,  little  developed,  not  free,  well  back.  Mandibular 
rami  short,  high  in  mouth.  Nostrils  large,'^  together,  posterior 
much  larger,  directly  before  and  close  to  eye,  so  that  frenum  falls 
about  last  fourth  in  snout  length.  Interorbital  broadly  convex. 
Preorbital  about  1|  in  snout,  its  width  about  half  its  own  length. 
Infraorbital  much  narrower  than  preorbital.  Preopercular  ridge 
obsolete  and  vertical.  Opercle  smooth,  width  about  If  its  depth. 
Occipital  fontanelle  well  developed,  extends  forward  close  behind 
level  of  hind  eye  margins,  rather  narrow. 

Gill  opening  extends  forward  for  last  fourth  in  head.  Gill-rakers 
11  +  7,  6,  upper  ones  lanceolate,  about  ^  length  of  longest  filaments, 
and  all  flexible.  Filaments  2|  in  snout.  Pseudobranchise  much 
smaller  than  filaments.  Pharyngeal  bones  rather  small,  with 
moderately  small  teeth  below  but  gradually  enlarged  above  till 
uppermost  6  much  larger,  cuneate,  compressed,  and  all  uniserial. 
Isthmus  broad.     Branchiostegals  3,  robust,  subequal. 

Scales  all  smaller  and  more  crowded  on  anterior  portion  of  body, 
those  on  breast  much  smaller  and  completely  covering  that  region. 
Scales  on  belly  much  smaller  than  those  on  predorsal  region  of  back. 
No  free  axillary  scaly  flaps,  scales  in  those  regions  all  adnate.  Body 
scales  distributed  in  longitudinal  series  parallel  with  lateral  line. 
Latter  complete,  extends  in  nearly  straight  course  along  side  medianly 
and  each  tube  well  exposed  back  nearly  to  hind  edge  of  scale,  where 
it  ends  often  with  a  slight  notch  or  emargination.  Rays  of  anal  and 
lower  lobe  of  caudal  each  with  a  series  of  well-spaced  tubercles, 
and  scales  along  lower  surface  of  caudal  peduncle  also  show  traces 
of  similar  tubercles,  possibly  one  to  each  scale. 

Dorsal  origin  very  slightly  nearer  snout  tip  than  caudal  base, 
first  branched  ray  longest  or  reaching  back  slightly  beyond  base 
of  last  branched  ray,  and  depressed  fin  extends  1|  to  caudal  base. 
Anal  inserted  about  opposite  hind  end  of  depressed  dorsal,  rays  all 
greatly  branched  distally,  and  depressed  fin  extends  back  slightly 
beyond  caudal  base.  Caudal  moderate,  well  emarginated  behind, 
and  lobes  with  rounded  ends.  Pectoral  low,  rather  broad,  extends 
back  If  to  ventral  origin.  Latter  inserted  just  behind  base  of  third 
branched  dorsal  ray,  fin  1^  to  anal  origin  and  depressed  hind  edge 
slightly  emarginated.     Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  largely  dull  brownish,  lower  surfaces  pale  creamy- 
brown.  Head  pale  brown,  much  lighter  below.  Lips  pale  like  lower 
surface  of  head.  Iris  brassy,  pupil  slaty.  Along  side  of  body 
medianly   from   behind    gill-opening   to    caudal    base,    also   largely 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  51 

including  lateral  line  in  its  course,  a  distinct  dusky  streak,  and  though 
ill-defined  above,  and  below  along  its  edges,  its  width  equals  at 
least  two  eye-diameters.  At  caudal  base  it  is  slightly  reflected 
out  on  base  of  that  fin.  Dorsal  and  caudal  otherwise  largely  tinted 
with  brownish.  Other  fins  pale  or  more  or  less  tinted  like  belly. 
Pectoral  slightly  brownish  above  and  towards  its  tip. 

Length  12|  inches  (caudal  tips  slightly  damaged). 

Type,  No.  19,990,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Goose  Lake,  Oregon.  1879- 
E.  D.  Cope. 

Only  known  from  the  above  example.     It  differs  from  Catostoiuhf 
occidentalis  in  the  dark  lateral  streak.     The  very  small  scales  on  thi 
body  from  the  throat  to  the  ventral  origin  number  about  80  in 
series,  while  my  examples  of  C.  occidentalis  show  between  65  and  70 

(Named  for  Goose  Lake,  Oregon.) 
Catostomus  snyderi  Gilbert. 

Head  4|  to  4f ;  depth  4f ;  D.  iv,  10,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  scales  (pockets') 
about  60?  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  and  4  more  on  latter;  12  scales 
above  1.  1.;  8  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal  origin;  31  to  33  predorsal  scales; 
snout  2^  to  2 J  in  head;  eye  6  to  6| ;  mouth  width  4|  to  4^- ;  interorbital 
2|.  Gill-rakers  16+10,  8.  Scales  between  front  of  isthmus  and 
ventral  origin  43  or  44.  Length  15  and  16f  inches.  Two  examples 
from  Klamath  Lake,  Oregon,  from  E.  D.  Cope,  in  1879. 

Cope's  reference  to  Klamath  Lake  material  as  Catostomus  labiatus^ 
cannot  refer  to  these  specimens.  He  later  states  that  his  largest 
example  is  twelve  inches  long,  and  gives  the  following  points  at 
variance:  "Scales,  10 — 74 — 11;  radii  D.  i,  11;  V.  10;  head  4.5  times 
in  length;  eye  5.5  in  head." 

Prof.  Snyder  has  kindly  examined  two  typical  examples  in  Stan- 
ford University.  They  are  from  the  upper  Klamath  Lake.  He 
writes  as  follows:  "Scales  in  lateral  line,  to  end  of  last  vertebra, 
74 — 72;  scales  on  base  of  caudal,  beyond  the  above  3 — 3;  scales 
between  isthmus  and  origin  of  -  ventral,  about  40  in  one  example. 
The  last  count  is  doubtful  on  account  of  irregularity  in  the  rows 
and  the  poor  preservation  of  the  specimens." 
Catostomus  catostomus  (Forster). 

Four  small  examples  without  data. 

Catostomus  warnerensis  Snyder. 

Bull.  Bur.   Fisher.,  XXVII,   1908,  p.   81.      Warner  Creek,  slough.s  .outh, 
and  Honej^  Creek,  Oregon. 

No.  39,130,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype.  Warner  Creek,  Lake  County, 
Oregon.     Prof.  J.  0.  Snyder. 

"Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  188.3,  p.  150. 


52  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

The  other  examples  were  all  obtained  by  Cope,  who  records  them 
as  Catostomus  tahoensis."    They  include  three  from  Warner's  Third 
Lake,  in  Oregon,  and  one  from  high  land  between  Warner's  Lake 
and  Goose  Lake;  three  from  Pyramid  Lake,  Nevada. 
Catostomus  commersonnii  (Lac^pMe). 

Catostomus  alticolus  Cope,  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,  1874,  p.  138. 
Twin  Lakes,  Colorado. 

Nos.  18,729  and  18,730,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes  of  Catostomus 
alticolus  Cope.  Twin  Lakes,  head  of  Arkansas  River  at  9,500  feet 
elevation,  Colorado,     E.  D.  Cope. 

Also  numerous  other  examples  examined,  though  those  which 
I  have  already  recorded  elsewhere  are  not  included  in  the  following 
list  of  localities.  Boston,  Massachusetts;  Lake  Champlain;  Lake 
Erie;  Chadd's  Ford  Junction,  Willistown  Barrens,  Langford  Run, 
Whetstone  Run,  Collar  Brook,  CoUingdale,  Fairmount  Park,  Sandy 
Run,  Willits  Run  (all  near  Philadelphia),  Saucon  Creek,  Monocacy 
Creek  and  Lime  Kiln  Run  near  Bethlehem,  and  North  Branch  of 
Altman  Creek  in  Indiana  County,  Pennsylvania;  Deer  Creek  near 
The  Rocks,  Harford  County,  Maryland;  Roanoke  River,  Holston 
River  and  Stroubles  Creek  in  the  Kanawha  River  Basin,  Virginia; 
Catawba  and  French  Broad  Rivers,  North  Carolina;  Cleveland, 
Ohio;  Miami  River  and  Richmond,  Indiana;  Brook  River  and 
Fayette,  Iowa;  Marshfield  and  Calhoun,  Missouri;  "Clopell  River" 
in  1873. 
Catostomus  commersonnii  sucklii  (Girard). 

Twenty-four  examples  from  Camp  Thorne,  Yellowstone  River 
(E.  D.  Cope).  These  all  agree  in  having  the  dorsal  origin  inserted 
midway  between  the  snout  tip  and  the  caudal  base,  a  character 
virtually  expressed  in  Girard's  original  description.  Compared  with 
numerous  examples  of  Catostomus  cofmnersonnii,  the  dorsal  origin 
was  found  in  all  examples  examined,  except  the  very  young,  nearer 
the  snout  tip  than  the  caudal  base. 

Catostomus  ardens  Jordan  and  Gilbert. 

One  from  Utah  Lake  (E.  D.  Cope  in  1882),  Utah.  Nine  from 
Snake  River  at  Springfield,  Bingham  County  (Dr.  Henry  Skinner 
in  Augu.st,  1906),  Idaho. 

Catostomus  gila  Kirsch. 

One  from  New  Mexico  (E.  D.  Cope  in  1872),  and  three  more  from 
the  same  State  in  the  Rio  San  Francisco  of  the  Gila  Basin,  Arizona. 

8  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1883,  p.  152. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  53 

CatOStomus  insignis  Baird  and  Girard. 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1854,  p.  28.     Rio  San  Pedro,  Arizona. 
No.  6,785,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type.    Rio  San  Pedro,  Arizona.     J.  H. 
Clark.     From  the  Smithsonian  Institution  (No.  169). 

CatOStomus  nigricans  Le  Sueur. 

Many  examples  from:  North  Branch  of  Altman  Creek,  Indiana 
County,  Pennsylvania;  West  Branch  of  Deer  Creek,  Harford  County, 
Maryland;  Roanoke  River,  Holston  River  and  Sinking  Creek, 
Virginia;  Coal  Creek,  North  Carolina;  Cumberland  River,  Ten- 
nessee; Miami  River  and  Richmond,  Indiana;  Brook  River  and 
Des  Moines,  Iowa;  Marshfield,  Missouri.  Besides  these  many 
others  which  I  have  recorded  elsewhere. 
Lipomyzon  liorus  (Jordan). 

Three  from  Utah  Lake  (E.  D.  Cope  in  1882),  Utah'.  In  the 
original  account  of  Chasmistes  Jordan,''  Catostomus  fecundus  Cope 
and  Yarrow  is  designated  as  the  type.  This  action  appears  to  me 
sufficient  for  an  a  priori  claim  to  the  definition.  The  latter  was 
afterwards  pointed  out  to  refer  to  the  present  genus,  with  Chasmistes 
liorus  Jordan  as  its  type.^  Chasmistes  liorus  Jordan  was  also  con- 
fused originally  by  its  describer^  with  Catostomus  fecundus  Cope  and 
Yarrow.  Though  this  latter  species  is  correctly  allowed  in  Catos- 
tomus, possibly  Chasynistes  may  stand  as  a  distinct  subgenus,  being 
distinguishable  from  the  others  by  its  pointed  snout  above.  In 
any  case  Chasmistes  brevirostris  Cope  cannot  be  included  with  it, 
wrongly  so  suggested  by  Jordan  and  Evermann,^*^  as  it  has  been 
designated^^  the  type  of  Lipomyzon,  the  only  name  available  for 
the  present  large-mouthed  forms. 
Lipomyzon  brevirostris  (Cope). 

Chasmistes  brevirostris  Cope,  Amer.   Nat.,  XIII,   1879,  p.  785.      Klamath 
Lake,  Oregon. 

No.  20,959,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  Chasmistes  brevirostris 
Cope.     Klamath  Lake,   Oregon.     E.   D.   Cope. 

No.  20,522,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype,  same  data. 

The  statement  made  by  Cope  that  this  species  differs  from  Del- 
tistes  luxatus  in  having  the  snout  "  without  the  hump  produced  by  the 
protuberant  premaxillary  spines"  is  not  true.  Both  of  my  examples 
show  something  of  a  hump,  though  much  more  obtuse  and  smaller 

'Bull  Geol.  Surv.  Hayden,  IV,  1878,  p.  417. 

'Jordan  and  Gilbert,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  16,  1882,  p.  131. 

9  Jordan,  I.e.,  No.  12,  1878,  p.  150. 

^°L.c.,  No.  47,  I,  1896,  p.  199. 

"  Jordan  and  Gilbert,  I.e.,  No.  16,  1882,  p.  131. 


54  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

than  in  Deltistes.  Gilbert  mentions  two  Klamath  Lake  species 
of  Chasmistes.  Chasmistes  stomias  Gilbert^-  "has  a  larger,  deeper 
head,  with  larger,  more  obliquely  placed  mouth,  and  conspicuously 
protruding  premaxillary  spines."  The  scales  are  76  to  82,  and  thus 
this  nominal  form  appears  more  clearly  identical  with  Chasmistes 
brevirostris  than  the  form  he  lists  under  that  name.^^  Chasmistes 
copei  Evermann  and  Meek^*  has  80  scales,  and  is  said  to  differ  from 
Chasmistes  stomias  Gilbert  in  "its  larger  head,  larger,  more  oblique 
mouth,  less  prominent  snout,  and  very  small  fins.  The  differences 
in  the  fins  are  very  great,  particularly  in  the  ventrals."  In  the 
case  of  Gilbert's  figure  of  Chasmistes  stomias  a  spawning-fish  is  shown, 
thus  the  ventrals  and  anal  are  unusually  long.  Chasmistes  chamher- 
laini  Rutter  ^^  agrees  with  all  the  forms  of  Lipomyzon,  so  far  as  known, 
in  having  the  lower  lip  united  at  the  mandibular  symphysis,  and 
differs  in  having  93  scales. 

PITHECOMYZON  subgen.  nov. 
Type  Chasmistes  cujus  Cope. 
Differs  from  subgenus  Lipomyzon  Cope  in  the  large  scales,  these 
about  65  in  the  lateral  line  (70  to  90  in  Lipomyzon). 

(UtOrj/.,,^^  ape,  with  reference  to  the  short  snout;  m6C«w,  to  suck.) 

Lipomyzon  cujus  (Cope). 

Chasmistes  cujus  C9pe,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1883,  p.  149.    Pyramid 
Lake,  Nevada. 

No.  20,523,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type  of  Chasmistes  cujus  Cope.  Pyramid 
Lake,  Nevada.  E.  D.  Cope.  It  only  measures  17  inches,  which 
may  be  due  to  the  body  having  been  skinned  out  and  shrinking 
in  alcohol.  Cope  gives  the  eye  as  8^,  likely  the  actual  diameter 
of  the  eye  and  not  the  orbital  socket. 
Deltistes  luxatus  (Cope). 

Chasmistes  luxatus  Cope,  Amer.  Nat.,  XIII,  1879,  p.  784.    Klamath  Lake, 
Oregon. 

No.  20,555,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  Chasmistes  luxatus  Cope. 
Klamath  Lake,  Oregon.     E.  D.  Cope. 

No.  20,960,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype,  same  data,  in  poor  preservation. 
Xyrauchen  texanus  (Abbott). 

Catostomus   texanus   Abbott,    Proc.  Acad.   Nat.   Sci.   Phila.,    1860,   p.   473. 
Colorado  and  New  Rivers. 

No.    16,993,   A.   N.   S.   P.,   type  of  Catostomus  texanus  Abbott. 

^Bull.  U.  S.  F.  Com.,  XVII,  1897  (1898),  p.  5.  fig. 

13  L.c. 

»  L.c,  p.  70,  fig. 

15  L.c,  XXII,  1902  (1904),  p.  147.    Eagle  Lake,  California. 


1913.]  -   NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELrHIA.  "  55 

"Colorado  and  New  Rivers."  Dr.  J.  L.  Le  Conte.  In  locating  this 
interesting  dried  example,  it  is  now  possible  to  give  its  correct 
place  among  the  catostomoids  after  fifty-two  years  of  oblivion 
and  erroneous  identification.  It  is  unquestionably  identical  with 
Catostomus  cypho  Lockington,  which  was  also  described  in  these 
Proceedings  twenty  years  later/^  and  Lockington's  specific  name 
is  the  one  adopted  by  all  writers,  as  it  was  thought  to  have  been  the 
first  ever  given  to  this  peculiar  fish.  Jordan  says^'^  "Catostomus 
texanus  Abbott  is  less  clear  [than  Catostomus  chloropteron  Abbott], 
but  what  there  is  of  specific  characterization  in  the  description 
points  to  C.  teres.  The  dorsal  carination  is  frequently  observed 
in  stuffed  fishes  in  which  some  flesh  is  left  in  the  back  to  shrink  in 
drying,  leaving  the  back  'carinated.'"  These  entirely  erroneous 
suggestions  were  made,  of  course,  shortly  before  the  species  was 
supposed  to  have  been  discovered  by  Lockington.  Still  further 
confusion  is  added  bj'  its  inclusion  as  a  synonym  of  Moxostoma 
congestum  (Baird  and  Girard)  by  Jordan  and  Evermann.'^  The 
specific  name  texanus  is  unfortunate,  as  the  species  is  not  known 
from  Texas.  It  appears  to  have  been  given  under  the  impression 
that  the  Colorado  River  of  that  State  was  intended,  together  with 
the  New  River  being  likely  confused  with  the  Neuces  River?. 

Besides  the  above  example  is  another  specimen  from  the  Hardy 
River  in  Lower  CaHfornia,  secured  by  Mr.  S.  N;  Rhoads  in  February 
of  1905.  It  is  important  as  showing  to  what  extent  variation 
may  reach  in  the  species.  It  has  86  scales  in  the  lateral  line  to  the 
caudal  base,  and  5  more  on  the  latter.  The  type  shows  73  scales 
in  the  lateral  line  to  the  caudal  base  and  4  more  on  the  latter.  As 
both  are  adult  examples,  it  would  appear  hardly  likely  that  Xyrauchen 
uncomphagre  Jordan  and  Evermann  is  a  distinct  species,  as  it  is 
said  to  have  but  81  scales,  with  other  characters  apparently  varietal 
or  due  to  age. 

Erimyzon  sucetta  (Lacepede). 

Moxostoma  hennerlyi  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.   Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,   1856,  p.   171. 
Drj'  Creek,  Victoria,  Texas. 

No.  6,797,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  of  Moxostoma  kennerlyi  Girard, 
Dry  Creek,  Victoria,  Texas.  Dr.  C.  B.  Kennerly.  From  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  (No.  161). 


16  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1880,  p.  237.     Colorado  River  at  the  junction 
of  the  Gila. 

1'  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  12,  1878,  pp.  167,  169. 
18  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  47,  I,  1896,  p.  192. 


56  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

Also  an  example  from  Thomasville  (J.  A.  G.  Rehn  on  March 
25,  1904),  Georgia. 

Erimyzon  sucetta  oblongas  (Mitchill). 

Moxostoma  claviformis  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1856,  p.  171. 
Coal  Creek,  Canadian  River,  Indian  Territory. 

No.  6,798,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  of  Moxostoma  claviformis  Girard. 
Coal  Creek,  Canadian  River,  Indian  Territory.  H.  B.  Mollhausen. 
From  the  Smith-sonian  Institution  (No.  165). 

Besides  the  very  large  series  of  examples  from  numerous  localities 
in  the  Middle  Atlantic  States,  are  others  from:  Richmond,  Virginia; 
Hicksville,  Ohio;  Marshfield,  Missouri;  Fort  Smith,  Arkansas. 

Minytrema  melanops  (Rafinesque). 

Ptychostomus  pidiensis  Cope,  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,    1870, 
p.  471.    Yadkin  River,  North  Carolina. 

Nos.  6,968  (type)  to  6,970,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes  of  Ptychostomus 
pidiensis  Cope.  Yadkin  River,  North  Carolina.  E.  D.  Cope. 
These  examples  are  undoubtedly  the  present  species,  as  they  show 
the  air-vessel  in  two  compartments,  and  the  bases  of  the  scales 
spotted.  The  adults  Cope  mentions  in  his  description  evidently 
were  not  preserved,  as  they  are  not  in  his  collections. 

Also  one  from  the  Ohio  River,  one  from  Indiana,  one  from  Del 
Rio  in  Texas,  and  one  from  Hartford  in  Arkansas.  The  last,  a  very 
young  example,  I  wrongly  identified  as  Catostom,us  nigricans}'^ 

Forbes  and  Richardson  state^  that  this  species  ranges  on  ''the 
Atlantic  Slope  from  New  Jersey  to  North  Carolina,"  though  there 
is  no  evidence  whatever  of  its  occurrence  in  New  Jersey,  so  far  as 
I  know  of.  Further,  in  view  of  the  lack  of  detail,  the  single  record 
for  its  occurrence  in  the  Susquehanna  River  basin  may  also  be 
questioned. 

Moxostoma  anisurum  (Rafinesque). 

Ptychostomus  velatus  Cope,  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,  1870,  p.  470. 
Youghiogheny  River,  Pennsylvania. 

Nos.  6,954  (type)  and  6,955,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes  of  Ptychostomus 
velatus  Cope.     Youghiogheny  River,  Pennsylvania.     E.  D.  Cope. 

One  from  the  Beaver  River  (Cope  in  1880),  Pennsylvania;  one  from 
the  Blue  River  and  another  from  the  Wabash  River,  Indiana.  The 
last  example  was  identified  by  Cope  with  the  following  species, 
but  it  has  a  slightly  larger  mouth  and  lips. 


'3  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  243. 
20  Fishes  of  Illinois,  1908,  p.  83. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  57 

Mozostoma  collapsum  (Cope). 

Plychosiomus  collapsus  Cope,  Proc.  Amer.   Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,    1870, 
p.  471.     Neuse,  Yadkin  and  Catawba  Rivers,  North  Carolina. 

-      Nos.  6,949  (type)  and  6,950,  A.  N.  S.  P.,   cotypes   of   Ptychos- 
tomus  collapsus  Cope.     Neuse  River,  North  Carolina.     E.  D  Cope. 

Also  two  others  "without  locality,  but  probably  from  the  Western 
States  or  Great  Lakes"  (Cope). 

Moxostoma  COngestum  (Baird  and  Girard) . 

Four  from  Del  Rio,  Texas. 

Moxostoma  austrinum  (T.  H.  Bean). 

Three  from  Rio  Verde,  Mexico. 

Moxostoma  robustum  (Cope). 

Ptychostomus  robust  us  Cope,   Proc.   Amer.   Philos.   Soc.   Phila.,   XI,   1870, 
p.  473.    Yadkin  River,  North  Carolina. 

Head  4f ;  depth  3|  to  3|;  D.  iv,  11,  i,  or  iv,  12,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  V. 
all  I,  8;  scales  41  to  45  in  lateral  line  to  caudal  base,  and  3  more  on 
latter;  6  or  7  scales  above  lateral  line;  5  scales  below  lateral  line; 
15  to  17  predorsal  scales;  snout  2^  to  2|  in  head;  eye  4;  mouth 
width  4§  to  5|;  interorbital  2;  length  10^?  to  11|  inches.  No. 
6,958  and  6,959,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes?  of  Ptychostomus  robustus 
Cope.     Yadkin  River?,  North  Carolina.     E.  D.  Cope. 

These  examples  agree  with   Cope's   account  in  the  compressed 
and  rather  stout  body,  moderate  head  and  few  dorsal  rays. 
Moxostoma  erythrurum  (Rafinesque). 

Ptychostomus  bucco  Cope,  Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Wyom.     Hayden,  1870  (1871), 
p.  437.    St.  Joseph,  Missouri. 

Nos.  6,961  to  6,964,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes  of  Ptychostomus  bucco 
Cope.     St.  Joseph,  Missouri. 

Three  without  data;  forty-nine  from  the  Holston  River,  Virginia; 
two  from  the  Catawba  River  and  three  from  the  French  Broad 
in  North  Carolina;  twelve  from  the  Blue  River  and  one  from  the 
Wabash  River,  Indiana;  one  from  Sedalia,  Missouri;  one  from  Ot- 
tumwa,  Iowa. 

Also  a  large  series  of  Pennsylvania  material  from  the  Youghio- 
gheny  River,  Kiskiminitas  River  and  Indiana  County  at  Cowan- 
shanoc,  Elders  Run,  Grant  Township,  Home  Run  in  Payne  Town- 
ship, Indiana,  Pine  Township  and  Cherry  Run.  Most  of  these  have 
been  recorded  as  Moxostoma  aureolum,  in  accordance  with  subsequent 
restriction  to  that  by  Cope  in  1870.  An  examination  of  all  the 
material  before  me,  however,  appears  to  justify  Cope's  conclusions, 
and  for  that  reason  I  allow  the  large-headed  species  to  fall  with 


58  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

Rafinesque's    name.     The    Ptychostomus    hucco    Cope    is    certainly 
identical  with  the  present  species. 

Moxostoma  macrolepidotum  (Le  Sueur). 

Five  from  the  Conestoga  Creek  in  Lancaster  County  in  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  two  other  examples  without  data  likely  were  from 
the  same  locality?.  Also  an  example  in  the  collection  from  the 
Washington  Market. 

I  neglected  to  admit  this  species  in  my  list  of  Delaware  fishes, 
though  Cope  had  recorded  it  in  1870  without  definite  locality. 
Along  the  Susquehanna  River,  in  Maryland,  it  is  known  to  some 
of  the  fishermen,  though  is  said  to  be  less  common  than  any  of  the 
catostomoids.  In  Delaware,  the  fishermen  know  it  along  Broad 
Creek  at  Laurel  and  Bethel. 

Moxostoma  aureolum  listed  by  Jordan^^  from  Carlisle  in  Pennsylvania 

must  be  this  species. 

Moxostoma  lachrymale  (Copej. 

Ptychostomus  lachrymalis  Cope,  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,  1870, 
p.  474.    Xeuse  River,  North  Carolina. 

Head  4f;  depth  3|;  D.  iv,  11,  i;  A,  iii,  6,  i;  both  V,  i,  8;  scales 
43  in  lateral  line  to  caudal  base,  and  3?  more  on  latter;  6  scales 
above  lateral  line;  5  scales  below  lateral  line;  16  predorsal  scales; 
snout  2|  in  head;  eye  4|;  mouth  width  5|;  interorbital  2|;  length 
12|  inches.  No.  6,848,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type?  of  Ptychostomus  lachry- 
malis Cope.     Neuse  River,  North  Carolina.     E.  D.  Cope. 

This  example  seems  to  differ  from  the  preceding,  as  pointed  out 
by  Cope,  and  may  therefore  be  allowed  as  distinct. 
Moxostoma    duquesnei  (Le  Sueur). 

One  example  from  the  Youghiogheny  River  (Cope)  and  another 
from  a  branch  of  the  Big  Mahoning  Creek  in  Indiana  County, 
the  latter  recorded  by  me  as  Moxostoma  aureolumP 

Following  Cope's  restriction,  this  species  is  allowed  distinct 
and  identical  with  Le  Sueur's  fish,  it  being  open  to  doubt  that  the 
latter  had  Placopharynx.  Moxostoma  duquesnei  is  thus  seen  to  have 
more  numerous  scales  in  the  lateral  line  than  most  of  the  species 
of  the  genus.  Other  small-scaled  nominal  species,  as  Moxostoma 
lesueurii  (Richardson)-^  and  Moxostoma  alleghaniensis  Nichols,^* 
are  either  identical  or  very  closely  allied. 

^'Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  12,  1878,  p.  124. 

22  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1912,  p.  47. 

23  Catostomiis  lesueurii  Richardson,  Franklin's  Journal,  1823,  p.  772. 

21  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  N.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  XXX,  1911,  p.  275.  Pi.  11,  fig.  1.  Marshall, 
North  Carolina. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  59 

Moxostoma  aureolum  (Le  Sueur). 

In  the  Cope  Collection  are  one:  from  Saginaw  Bay  in  Michigan, 
one  from  the  "Southern  States,"  one  from  the  Wabash  River  in 
Indiana,  one  from  the  Neuse  River  in  North  Carolina,  and  five 
from  Tennessee. 

As  contended  by  Cope,  this  species  differs  from  Moxostoma  ery- 
thiirum  in  the  smaller  head.  All  show :'  Head  4|  to  4| ;  depth  3|  to 
3f ;  D.  usually  iv,  12,  i,  occasionally  iv,  11,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  all  V.  i,  8; 
scales  39  to  45  in  lateral  line  to  caudal  base  and  3  more  on  latter; 
usually  7  scales  above  lateral  line,  seldom  6  or  8;  usually  5  scales 
below  lateral  line,  seldom  6;  predorsal  scales  usually  16,  sometimes 
15  or  17,  rarely  20;  snout  2|  to  2|  in  head;  eye  4  to  5;  mouth  width 

4  to  5;  interorbital  2^^  to  2\;  length  10|  to  18  inches. 

Moxostoma  crassilabre  (Cope). 

Ptychostomus  crassilabris  Cope,  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  8oc.  Phila.,  XI,  1S70, 
p.  477.    Xeuse  River,  near  Raleigh,  North  Carolina. 

Head  4f ;  depth  3|;  D.  iv,  11,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  both  V.  i,  8;  scales 
43  in  lateral  line  to  caudal  base,  and  3?  more  on  latter;  6  scales 
a,bove  lateral  line;  5  scales  below  lateral  line;  16  predorsal  scales; 
snout  2|  in  head;  eye  4|;  mouth  width  5|;  interorbital  2|;  length 
12^  inches.  No.  6,960,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type  of  Ptychostomus  crassi- 
lahris  Cope.  Neuse  River,  near  Raleigh,  North  Carolina.  E.  D. 
Cope. 

Moxostoma  breviceps  (Cope). 

Ptychostomus  hrenceps  Cope,   Proc.   Amer.   Philos.   Soc.   Phila.,   XI,   1870, 
p.  478.     Youghiogheny  River,  Pennsylvania. 

Head  5|;  depth  4;  D.  iv,  12,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  scales  42  in  lateral  line 
to  caudal  base  and  3  more  on  latter;  7  scales  above  lateral  line; 

5  scales  below  lateral  line;  16  predorsal  scales;  snout  2^  in  head; 
eye  4;  mouth  width  4f ;  interorbital  2|;  length  lOf  inches.  No. 
22,104,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type  of  Ptychostomus  breviceps  Cope.  Youghio- 
gheny River,  Pennsylvania.  E.  D.  Cope.  The  anal  rays,  as  sus- 
pected by  Cope,  are  abnormal,  and  I  have  seen  similar  cases  in  other 
examples  of  the  members  of  the  present  genus. 

An  example  from  the  Neuse  River,  North  Carolina,  differs  from 
the  above  in  the  following:  depth  4^;  D.  iv,  11,  i;  snout  2^  in  head; 
eye  3|;  mouth  width  4|;  interorbital  2;  length  11|  inches. 

SCARTOMYZON  subgen.  nov. 
Type  Ptychostomus   cervinus   Cope. 
Branched  dorsal  rays  9  to  11,  usually  9  or  10.     Body  long,  slender, 


60  '   PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

but  slightly  compressed.  Head  rather  small.  E\'e  rather  large. 
Mouth  moderate.     Dark  lateral  streaks. 

This  subgenus  differs  from  the  others  (Moxostoma  and  Teretulus) 
in  the  much  fewer  dorsal  rays  and  coloration.  The  single  species 
lives  in  swift  and  rapid  streams,  about  rock  pools,  in  the  southern 
Alleghanies. 

(IxdfjTTj'g,  jumper;  /j.u^duj^  to  suck;  as  the  typical  species  is  known 
as  "Jumping  Mullet.") 

Mozostoma  cervinum  (Cope). 

Plychosiomus  cervinus  Cope,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  (2),  VI,  1868,  p. 
235,  PI.  3,  fig.  4.  Catawba  River,  North  Carolina.  Roanoke  River  and 
James  River,  Virginia. 

Head  4  to  4i;  depth  4^  to  5^;  D.  usually  iv,  10,  i,  frequently 
IV,  9,  I,  rarely  iv,  11,  i;  A,  iii,  6,  i;  V.  usually  i,  8  (both  sides),  very 
rarely  i,  7  (both  sides);  scales  usually  38  to  44  in  lateral  line  to 
caudal  base,  though  varies  37  to  47,  and  3  more  on  caudal  base; 
usually  6  scales  above  lateral  line,  frequently  5,  occasionally  7, 
rarely  8;  usually  5  scales  below  lateral  line,  frequently  6,  rarely 
7;  usually  15  predorsal  scales,  often  16,  seldom  14,  17,  18  or  19, 
snout  2i  to  2|  in  head;  eye  3j  to  4f ;  mouth  width  3^  to  6;  interorbital 
24  to  3;  length  2^  to  6|  inches.  Nos.  6,920  (type)  to  6,925,  A.  N.  S.  P., 
cotypes  of  Ptychostonius  cervinus  Cope.  Catawba  River,  North 
Carolina.  Nos.  6,904  to  6,918,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes,  from  head- 
waters of  Roanoke  River,  Virginia.  Nos.  6,928  to  6,946,  A.  N.  S.  P., 
cotypes,  from  headwaters  of  the  James  River,  ^'irginia.  All  from 
Cope. 

Moxostoma  rupiscartes  Jordan  and  Jenkins^^  is  identical  with  the 

present  species.     All  its  alleged  characters  of  difference  are  covered 

by  the  very  full  series  of  typical  examples  noted  above. 

Placopharynx  carinatus  Cope. 

Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  XI,  1870,  p.  467,  figs,  (teeth).    Lafayette, 

Wabash  River,  Indiana. 
No.  22,108,  A.   N.  S.  P.,  type.     Lafayette,  Indiana.     E.  D.  Cope. 

Five  from  Beaver  River  in  Pennsylvania  (Cope  in  1880),  also  two 

adults  likely  from  the  same  locality.     One  without  data;  nine  from 

Cherokee,   Iowa;  two   from   Eureka  Springs,   Arkansas;  two  from 

Carthage,  Missouri. 

"  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  353.    Carolina  and  Georgia. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  61 


NOTES  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  THE  CHINCOTEAGUE  EEGION  OF  VIRGINIA. 
BY    HENRY    W.    FOWLER. 

Early  in  May  of  1912  I  visited  the  town  of  Chincoteague,  where 
nearly  a  week  was  spent  studying  and  collecting  fishes  for  the 
Academy.  Though  many  of  the  species  met  with  were  abundant, 
we  secured  some  of  interest,  and  are  thus  able  to  offer  in  this  con- 
tribution the  first  fairly  representative  account  of  the  fish-fauna 
of  the  region. 

Chincoteague  Island  is  situated  at  the  lower  end  of  the  bay  of  that 
name,  forming  in  fact  the  lower  inner  face  of  the  great,  narrow,  sandy 
barrier-beach  of  Assateague  Island,  which  is  now,  however,  entirely 
continuous  with  Ocean  City  in  Maryland  and  northward.  This  barrier- 
beach,  at  least  north  of  Assateague  Inlet,  contains  no  permanent  fresh 
water  its  entire  extent,  or  for  a  distance  of  about  thirty  miles.  Thus 
Chincoteague  Island,  its  area  extending  a  little  over  eight  miles  north 
and  south,  with  its  greatest  width  a  little  over  a  mile,  contains  the 
greatest  amount  of  fresh  water  to  be  found  in  this  off-shore  region. 
This  is  in  the  form  of  narrow  sloughs  or  ponds,  extending  north  and 
south,  and  usually  shallow.  They  are  locally  known  as  glades,  and  are 
often  broken  up  in  places  into  smaller  bodies  of  water.  The  larger 
glades  frequently  contain  purely  fresh  water  throughout  the  year, 
though  in  places  they  sometimes  dry  out  through  drought  or  other 
causes.  In  color  the  water  is  usually  dark,  still,  and  sluggish,  the 
first  character  likely  due  to  the  numerous  bull  pines  which  grow 
in  many  places.  Such  waters  naturally  support  an  abundance 
of  life,  as  minute  Crustacea,  etc.,  especially  in  the  pools  destitute 
of  fishes.  Sometimes  a  fresh-water  glade  will  be  separated  from 
a  brackish  one  having  direct  egress  to  the  sea,  and  at  the  time  of 
high  tides  the  two  waters  are  intermingled.  In  only  one  pool  of 
fresh  water,  though  separated  by  but  a  few  feet  of  dry  land  from 
a  brackish-water  glade,  did  we  secure  fresh-water  moUusca  and 
a  phyllopod  {Ino  holmani).  This  pool  was  also  quite  interesting 
as  differing  from  many  others  examined,  in  the  great  diversity  of 
its  animal  life,  such  as  water  asels,  fresh-water  amphipods,  larval 
dragon-flies',  water-striders,  and  water-boatmen.  We  did  not  find 
Palcemonetes  vulgaris  in  this  locality,  though  it  was  common  in  other 


62  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ^.CADEMY    OF  [Feb., 

pools  on  the  island,  as  well  as  on  Assateague.  On  the  latter  and  on 
Wallops  Island  we  only  found  minute  Crustacea,  and  no  fresh-water 
mollusks.  The  Chincoteague  mollusca  were  identified  by  Mr.  E.  G. 
Vanatta  as  Lymncea  columella,  Planorbis  alabamensis  and  Muscu- 
lium  partumeium.  XiigvOnly  frog  met  with  was  Rana  pipiens, 
and  these  mostly  greenish.  Bufo  americanus  was  abundant,  and  we 
also  saw  a  number  of  Chelydra  serpentina,  Kinosternon  pensylvanicum 
and  Chrysemys  pida. 

Acknowledgment  is  due  to  Mr.  T.  D.  Keim,  who  assisted  me  in 
making  the  collections. 

Mustelus  canis  (Mitchill). 

Abundant.     Chincoteague,  Assateague  and  AVallops. 

Raja  ocellata  Mitchill. 

Chincoteague  and  Wallops. 
Raja  eglanteria  LacepMe. 

Chincoteague,  Assateague  and  Wallops.  This  is  the  most  abund- 
ant skate. 

Acipenser  sturio  Linnseua. 

Chincoteague.     A  large  one  brought  in. 
Pomolobus  mediocris  (Mitchill). 

Chincoteague  and  Wallops. 
Pomolobus  pseudoharengus  (Wilson). 

Chincoteague,  Franklin  City  and  Wallops. 
Alosa  sapidissima  (Wilson). 

Chincoteague.     Several  bushels  taken  in  the  pounds. 
Brevoortia  tyrannus  (Latrobe). 

Franklin  City,  Chincoteague  and  Assateague.  A  number  were 
infested  with  Lernecenicus  radiatus  (Le  Sueur),  a  lernean  parasite. 
These  were  usually  found  hanging  from  the  back  and  protruding 
through  holes  they  had  bored  through  their  host's  flesh.  Some 
were  found  protruding  from  the  dorsal  fins,  and  one  which  had  im- 
bedded its  head  under  its.  host's  tongue  hung  down  from  the  chin 
like  a  bifurcated  barbel.  Among  fifty  or  more  examples  of  men- 
haden, but  few  were  found  free  of  this  parasite,  and  usually  several 
were  on  a  single  fish. 

Anchovia  mitchilli  (Valenciennes). 

A  dead  example  picked  up  on  Assateague  beach. 
Fundulus  majalis  (Walbaum). 

Abundant  at  Chincoteague  and  Assateague.  The  most  abundant 
killifish  in  coves  and  salt-water  bays. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  63 

Fundulus  heteroclitus  macrolepidotus  (Walbaum). 

Chincoteague,  Assateague,  Wallops. 
Fundulus  luciae  (Baird). 

Found  only  in  the  fresh  regions  of  still  waters,  such  as  are  continuous 
with  brackish  waters,  on  Chincoteague. 

Lucania  parva  (Baird). 

A  few  found  on  Assateague  and  Chincoteague.  The  former  were 
in  high  color. 

Cyprinodon  variegatus  Lac^pede. 

Abundant  and  in  high  color  on  Chincoteague  and  Assateague 
Islands. 

Tylosurus  marinas  (Walbaum). 

One  at  Franklin  City. 
Menidia  beryllina  (Cope). 

A  few  found  on  Assateague. 
Menidia  menidia  notata  (Mitchill). 

Common  at  Assateague  and  Wallops. 

Mugil  curema  Valenciennes. 

Young  found  in  brackish  pools  and  ditches  on  Assateague. 

Gasterosteus  aculeatus  Linnaus. 

First  found  on  Assateague  in  a  large  open  glade,  filled  with  duck- 
weed for  several  miles  in  extent.  These  little  fish  were  found  swarm- 
ing in  myriads,  and  were  uniformly  about  an  inch  in  length. 
Some  had  their  ventral  membranes  bright  crimson,  and  many 
were  slightly  variable  otherwise  in  color,  though  most  were 
more  or  less  brassy  or  golden.  All  which  we  secured  were 
of  the  mailed  type.  Associated  were  a  few  silversides,  killifish, 
rain-water  fish,  and  pursy  minnows.  The  sticklebacks  often  swim 
in  immense  schools  and  take  refuge  in  the  duck  grass  when  disturbed. 
They  are  much  condemned  by  persons  living  on  the  island  who 
raise  ducks,  as  they  are  said  to  cause  the  death  of  the  young  birds 
in  some  numbers  at  times.  One  man  told  me  he  had  lost  thirty- 
two  young  ducks  one  season,  due  to  the  birds  swallowing  small 
sticklebacks.  Many  other  complaints  were  also  heard.  It  seems 
that  in  the  summer  or  during  drought  the  small  fishes  congregate 
in  shallow  puddles  and  being  then  easily  captured  they  are  eagerly 
devoured  by  the  young  ducks.  The  fish,  finding  itself  a  captive, 
immediately    assumes    its    only    defense    by    locking    tighth^    its 


64  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

dorsal  and  ventral  spines,  lodging  in  its  captor's  throat  or  wind- 
pipe with  fatal  effect. 

On  Chincoteague  they  were  far  less  abundant. 

Syngnathus  fuscus  (Storer). 

A  single  example  seined  at  Wallops,  where  it  was  hauled  ashore 
with  bunches  of  "sea  lettuce,"  and  numbers  of  Crago  septemspinosus, 
Palcemonetes   vulgaris,    Chloridella   empusa,    Eupagurus   longicarpus, 
Ovalipes  ocellatus  and  Callinedes  sapidus. 
Scomber  scombrus  Linnseus. 

Common  off  Chincoteague  Shoals.     Many  bushels  brought  into 
the  town. 

Pomatomus  saltatrix  (Linnaeus). 

Like  the  last,  though  only  a  few  brought  in.     Small  ones  at 
Chincoteague  and  Franklin  City. 
Poronotus  triaoanthus  (Peck). 

Very  abundant.     Chincoteague. 
Roocus  lineatus  (Bloch). 

Several  small  ones  at  Chincoteague. 
Morone  americana  (Gmelin). 

A  few  large  ones  at  Franklin  City. 
Orthopristis  chrysopterus  (Linn^us). 

A  few  at  Chincoteague. 

Stenotomus  cbrysops  (Linnaeus). 

Not  many  taken  at  Chincoteague. 
Lagodon  rhomboides    (Linnaeus). 
One  at  Chincoteague. 

Cynoscion  regalis  (Schneider). 

Franklin  City,   Chincoteague,   Wallops.     Common. 
Cynoscion  nebulosus  (Cuvier). 

Chincoteague  and  Wallops.     A  few. 

Bairdiella  chrysura  (Laclpede). 

Common.     Chincoteague,   Frankhn  City  and  Wallops. 

Scisenops  ocellatus  (Linnaeus). 

Several  large  ones  at  Chincoteague. 

Micropogon  undulatus  (Linnaeus). 

Very  common.     Chincoteague,  Franklin  City  and  Wallops. 
Menticirrhus  saxatilis  (Schneider). 

Common.     Chincoteague,   Franklin  City,  Wallops. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  65 

Pogonias  cromis  (Linnaeus). 

One  small  example  at  Chincoteague. 

Tautoga  onitis  (Linnaeus). 

One  at  Chincoteague. 

Spheroides  maculatus  (Schneider). 

Very  common  at  Chincoteague,  Assateague,  Wallops  and  Franklin 
City. 

Prionotus  carolinus  (Linnseus). 

Chincoteague  and  Wallops. 
Prionotus  evolans  strigatus  (Cuvier). 

Common.     Chincoteague. 
Lophopsetta  maculata  (Mitchill). 

Chincoteague,   Wallops,   Franklin  City. 
Etropus  microstomus  (Gill). 

One  adult  of  this  interesting  little  fish,  which  has  not  certainly 
been  secured  outside  of  New  Jersey  before,  was  seined  at  Wallops 
beach.  Mr.  T.  M.  Milliner,  who  was  with  us  when  this  specimen 
was  secured,  tells  me  that  it  is  occasionally  taken  in  Watchapreague 
Inlet. 
Paralichthys  dentatus  (Linnaus). 

Chincoteague,  Franklin  City  and  Wallops. 
Pseudopleurouectes  americanus  (Walbaum). 

Chincoteague  and  Wallops. 
Achirus  fasciatus  (LacSpede). 

Common  at  Chincoteague. 
Astroscopus  guttatus  (Abbott). 

A  large  example  at  Chincoteague. 
Urophycis  regius  (Walbaum). 

Several  small  ones  seined  at  Wallops. 


66  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Feb. 


SOME  TYPE-SPECIMENS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  CYPRINOID  FISHES  OF  THE 
GENUS  RUTILUS. 

BY   HENRY   W.    FOWLER. 

While  studying  the  cyprinoid  fishes  in  the  Acadeni}-  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia  recently,  a  number  of  detailed  notes  were 
made  on  the  variation  found  in  the  genus  Rutilus.  The  material 
embraces  a  number  of  typical  specimens  of  the  American  species, 
most  of  which  have  not  been  critically  examined  since  they  were 
described.  Owing  to  the  imperfect  nature  of  the  incomplete  and 
unsatisfactory  original  descriptions,  it  is  hoped  that  the  present 
contribution  will  be  of  value.  Few,  if  any,  of  the  species  have  been 
figured,  and  certainly  not  from  these  specimens. 

In  searching  for  sufficient  characters  to  separate  the  American 
from  the  European  species  generically,  I  have  been  unsuccessful. 
Most  of  the  former  show  no  scaly  axillary  ventral  flaps,  though 
a  few  exceptions  were  noted.  All  the  Old  World  species  have  this 
character  very  evident,  as  represented  in  the  collection,  the  pointed 
scale  appearing  quite  conspicuous.  Therefore,  while  Myloleucus 
(or  Leucos)  may  eventually  be  found  subgenerically  distinct,  the 
elevation  of  Siphateles  to  generic  rank  by  CockerelU  would  seem 
hardly  warranted  solely  on  scale  characters. 

Rutilus  olivaceus  (Cope).     Figs.  1-3. 

Leucus  olivaceus  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1883,  p.  145.     Pyramid 

Lake,  Nevada. 
Leucus  dimidiatus  Cope,  I.e.     Pyramid  Lake. 
Siphateles  vitlatus  Cope,  I.e.,  p.  146.    Pyramid  Lake. 

Head  3|  to  4;  depth  3|  to  5;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i;  A,  iii,  7,  i, 
rarely  iii,  6,  i  or  iii,  8,  i  or  iii,  9,  i;  scales  50  to  62  in  1.  1.  to  caudal 
base+3  or  4,  usually  3,  on  latter;  13  to  15  scales  above  1.  1.,  usually 
14,  frequently  13,  seldom  15;  8  to  10  scales  below  1.  1.,  usually  9, 
frequently  8  or  10;  29  to  42  predorsal  scales;  snout  3|  to  4i  in  head; 
eye  3  to  5|;  maxillary  3  to  4|;  interorbital  2f  to  3i;  teeth  5 — 5, 
frequently  5 — 4;  length  2|  to  lOf  inches. 

Nos.  19,354  (type)  to  19,366,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes  of  Leucus  oli- 
vaceus Cope. 

1  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  XXII,  1909,  p.  217. 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


67 


Fig.    1. — Rutilus  olivaceus   (Cope).      (Type  of  Leucns  olivaceus  Cope.) 

Nos.  19,392  (type)  to  19,399,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes  of  Leucus 
dimidiatus  Cope. 

Nos.  19,882  (type)  and  Nos.  18,654  to  18,691,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  co- 
types  of  Siphateles  vittatus  Cope. 

The  young  differ  from  the  adults  in  the  projecting  mandible, 
large  eye,  more  or  less  incomplete  1.  1.,  and  nearly  straight  convex 
upper  head  profile.  The  predorsal  scales  appear  to  become  more 
numerous  with  age. 

Rutilus  oregonensis  Snyder-  is  said  to  differ  in'^the  teeth,  which 


Fig-  2. — Rutilus  olivaceus  (Cope).     (Type  of  Leucus  dimidiatus  Cope.) 


2  Bull  Bur.  Fisher.,  XXVII,  1908,  p.  87. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Feb. 


Fig.   3. — Rutilus  olivaceus   (Cope).     (Type  of  Siphaleles .  vitlatus  Cope.) 

are  given  as  4 — 5.     I  find  in  the  above  series  38  examples  have  the 

teeth  5 — 5,  and  19  examples  have  5 — 4. 

Rutilus  thalassinus  (Cope).    Fig.  4. 

Myloleucus  thalassinus  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1883,  p.  144. 
Goose  Lake,  Oregon. 

Head  3^  to  3|;  depth  31  to  4^;  D.  iii,  8,  i,  rarely  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii, 
7,  I,  occasionally  iii,  8,  i,  rarely  iii,  6,  i;  scales  42  to  50  in  1.  1.  to 
caudal  base,  usually  between  46  and  49+2,  rarely  3,  on  latter;  10 
scales  above  1.  1.,  rarely  9  or  11;  7  scales  below  1.  1.,  frequently  6, 
rarely  5;  20  to  25  predorsal  scales;  snout  3|  to  4  in  head;  eye  3|  to 
7;  maxillary  3i  to  3|;  interorbital  2f  to  3f;  teeth  5 — 4;  length  3j\ 


Fig.  4. — Rutilus  thalassinus  (Cope).     (Type  of  Myloleucus  thalassinus  Cope.) 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  69 

No.  19,848,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type  of  Mijloleucus  thalassimis  Cope. 
It  agrees  largely  with  Rutilus  bicolor  Gilbert.^  The  head  is  given 
as  3|  to  3f,  which  is  a  little  smaller  than  in  the  types  of  Algansea 
antica  Cope.  Gilbert  has  identified  Myloleucus  parovanus  Cope 
with  this  species,  though  is  not  followed  by  Snyder.^ 

Also  a  series  of  examples  from  Klamath  Lake  and  Goose  Lake, 
Oregon    (Cope),    and    "Pyramid    Lake,    Nevada"?    (Cope).     The 
Klamath  Lake  specimens  were  all  identified  by  Cope  as  M.  parovanus. 
Likely  the  Pyramid  Lake  example  is  wrongly  labelled. 
Rutilus  anticus  (Cope).    Fig.  5. 

Algansea  antica  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1864,  p.  282.    '"Texas." 

Head  2|  to  3|;  depth  3^  to  3f ;  D.  in,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  45  to 
50  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base +2  or  3  more  on  latter;  10  to  12  scales  above 
1.  1.;  7  or  8  scales  below  1.  1.;  24  to  26  predorsal  scales;  snout  3y  to 


Fig.  5. — Rutilus  anticus   (Cope).     (Type  of  Algansea  atitica^Cope.) 

4  in  head;  eye  4  to  5j;  maxillary  3|  to  4;  interorbital  3j\  to  3^; 
teeth  5—5  or  5—4;  length  3|?  to  5|  inches. 

Nos.  4,911  (type)  to  4,913,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes  of  Algansea  antica 
Cope.  The  type  locality  given  as  "Texas"  is  doubtless  erroneous, 
no  member  of  the  genus  ever  having  been  found  there.  It  is  likely 
these  specimens  really  came  from  some  lake  or  stream  in  California, 
Nevada  or  Oregon?.  Provisionally,  they  may  be  distinguishable 
from  Myloleucus  bicolor  by  the  larger  head,  ranging  as  2|  to  3|. 

3  Bull.  U.  S.  F.  Com.,  XVII,  1897,  p.  8,  fig. 
*  Bull.  Bur.  Fisher.,  XXVII,  1907,  p.  86. 


70  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

Eutilus  symmetricus  (Girard).    Fig.  6. 

Pogonichthys  symmetricus    (Baird  and   Girard)    Girard,   Proc.   Acad.    Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  1854,  p.  136.    Fort  Miller,  San  Joaquin  Valley,  California. 

Head  3|  to  4;  depth  3f  ?  to  4|;  D.  usually  in,  7,  i,  rarely  in,  8,  i;  A. 
Ill,  7,  i;  scales  52  to  56  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base+2  to  4  more  on  latter; 
12  scales  above  1.  1.,  rarely  13;  7  or  8  scales  below  1.  1.;  usually  32 
predorsal  scales,  rarely  28  or  31;  snout  3  to  3j  in  head;  eye  3f  to  4f ; 
maxillary  3  to  3f;  interorbital  2f  to  3;  teeth  5 — 5  or  5 — 4;  length 
3|  to  5|  inches. 

Nos.  5,330  to  5,333,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotypes  of  Pogonichthys  symmetri- 
cus Girard.  Dr.  A.  L.  Heermann.  From  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution (No.  191). 


-Rutilus  symmetricus  (Girard).    (Cotype  of  Pogonichthys  symmetricus 
Girard.) 

An  example  from  northern  California?  (Cope)  is  also  identical. 

This  species  approaches  the  physiognomy  of  Leuciscus,  and  differs 
at  once  from  all  of  our  American  Rutilus  in  the  protruding  snout 
and  included  mandible.  Although  Rutter  retains  Algansea  formosa 
Girard  as  a  synonym^,  it  differs  in  the  projecting  mandible. 

Rutilus  formosus  (Girard).     Fig.  7. 

Algansea  formosa  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1850,  p.  183.  Mercede 
and  Mohave  Rivers. 

Head  3|  to  3|;  depth  3|  to  4|;  D.  usually  in,  7,  i,  frequently 

III,  8,  i;  A.  Ill,  7,  I,  rarely  in,  6,  i;  scales  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  usually 

50,  frequently  52,  sometimes  51  or  47,  occasionally  49  or  53,  seldom 

48,  rarely  46+usually  3,  occasionally  4,  rarely  2;  usually  12  scales 


5  Bull.  Bur.  Fisher.,  XXVII,  1907  (1908),  p.  137. 


1913.1 


NATURAL  SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


71 


above  I.  1.,  frequently  11,  seldom  13,  rarely  14;  usually  7  scales 
below  1.  1.,  frequently  8,  often  9;  usually  25  predorsal  scales,  fre- 
quently 24,  often  26,  seldom  23  or  27,  rarely  29  or  30;  snout  3i  to  ^ 
in  head;  eye  3^  to  6;  maxillary  3  to  4;  interorbital  2f  to  Sf;  teeth 
usually  5 — 4,  rarely  5—5  or  4 — 4;  length  If  to  8  inches. 

No.  4,914,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  of  Algansea  formosa  Girard.  Mercede 
River,  California.  Dr.  A.  L.  Heermann.  Smithsonian  Institution 
(No.  196). 


Fig.  7. — Rutilus  fonnosus  (Girard).    (Cotype  of  Algansea  formosa  Girard.) 

Also  38  other  examples  from:  Chewaucan  (Cope),  Warner's  Third 
Lake  (Cope),  Silver  Lake  (Cope),  Oregon;  Mohave  River  (Hammond), 
Pose  Creek  (Heermami),  California. 

Seven  more  examples,  though  with  uncertain  data,  were  likely 
from  the  Mohave  River  in  California?.  They  are  not  included  in 
the  above  computations. 

Myloleucus  pulverulentus  Cope,  from  Warm  Springs,  Utah,  as 
represented  by  a  co-type  in  the  collection,  is  not  a  Rutilus,  and 
therefore  cannot  be  identified  with  Pogonichthys  symmetricus  Girard, 
as  the  teeth  are  biserial.  It  is  likel}^  identical  with  Leuciscus  lineatus 
(Girard). 


72  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Feb. 


NOTES  ON  SOME  WEST  AMERICAN  CEPHALOPODS, 

BY    S.    STILLMAN    BERRY. 

As  a  considerable  time  has  elapsed  since  the  completion  of  the 
manuscript  for  my  recent  Review  of  the  Cephalopods  of  Western 
North  America,  it  is  not  surprising  that  several  new  facts  have  been 
brought  to  notice,  while  some  of  those  already  dwelt  upon  appear  to 
require  reconsideration  in  the  light  of  recent  work  by  other  in- 
vestigators.    Hence  the  following  notes. 

Polypus  apollyon  Berry  1912. 

It  seems  fairly  doubtful  whether  all  the  specimens  included  with 
the  type  of  this  species  in  the  table  of  locality  data  in  my  report 
(Berry,  1912a,  p.  283)  are  in  reality  conspecific  with  one  another 
or  belong  to  recognizable  groups  which  only  a  greater  abundance 
of  well-preserved  adult  material  than  is  at  present  available  will 
enable  us  to  separate.  In  the  meanwhile  I  am  inclined  to  recognize 
P.  apollyon  as  distinct  from  the  true  P.  hongkojigensis  Hoyle, 
a  view  which,  if  correct,  eliminates  the  latter  species  from  considera- 
tion in  our  fauna. 


Fig.  1. — Polypus  apollyon,  outline  drawing  of  funnel  laid  open  along  the  medio- 
ventral  line  to  expose  the  funnel  organ.     X  2.     [S.  S.  B.  81.] 

I  take  this  opportunity  to  give  a  figure  of  the  funnel  organ 
of  one  of  the  specimens  from  the  Coronado  Islands  in  the  collection 
of  the  University  of  Cahfornia  [S.  S.  B.  81]. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  73 

Polypus  pricei  new  species. 

Animal  small  and  rather  delicate.  Body  elongate  pyriform, 
obtusely  pointed  behind;  a  decided  nuchal  constriction  separates 
it  from  the  head;  surface  everywhere  smooth,  without  visible  cirri 
or  papillae. 

Head  small,  short,  flattened,  slightly  narrower  than  the  body. 
Eyes  very  large,  rounded,  and  protruding.  Funnel  broad,  thin 
walled,  truncate  at  the  extremity,  the  tip  reaching  but  little  past 
the  base  of  the  arms.^ 


Fig.  2. — Polypus  pricei,  inner  aspect  of  right  ventral  arm.     X  2^.     [S.  S.  B.  189.] 

Arms  nearly  equal,  scarcely  twice  as  long  as  the  body;  thick 
at  the  base,  but  delicate  and  tapering  rather  rapidly  to  a  tenuous 
extremity;  connected  at  base  by  a  thin  hyaline  umbrella  extending 
about  equally  between  them  all  for  perhaps  a  twelfth  of  their  length; 
along  their  outer  margins  it  is  continued  as  a  very  fragile  membrane, 
becoming  obsolete  considerably  before  it  reaches  the  tips.  Suckers 
small,  little  crowded,  much  elevated,  the  first  five  or  six  pairs  but 
little  displaced,  so  that  they  still  have  the  appearance  of  a  single  row; 
the  remainder  clearly  biserial  (fig.  2). 

Hectocotylus  not  observed. 

Color  of  specimens  preserved  in  alcohol  a  very  pale  brownish- 
buff  everywhere  except  the  region  of  the  eyeball,  the  body  and 
head  irregularly  dotted  with  small  brown  chromatophores ;  eyeball 
bluish-black,  with  a  few  very  large  chromatophores  superimposed; 
two  alternating  longitudinal  rows  of  large  light  colored  chromato- 
phores decorate  the  outer  surface  of  each  arm. 


1  Owing  to  the  condition  of  the  specimens  I  am  unable  to  give  either  a  drawing 
or  an  accurate  description  of  the  funnel  organ.  The  indications  are,  however, 
that  it  is  closely  similar  in  outline  to  that  of  P.  californicus  (cf.  Berry  1912o, 
p.  286,  fig.  .3),  although  relatively  somewhat  smaller  and  more  anterior  in  position. 


74  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

Measurements : 

Type, 

mm.  mm. 

Total  length 50  58 

Tip  of  body  to  base  of  dorsal  arms 22  23 

Length  of  mantle,  dorsal  18  18 

Length  of  mantle,  ventral  17  18 

Width  of  mantle  10  10 

Width  of  neck 7  6 

Width  of  head  across,  eyes  9  8 

Length  of  head 4  5 

Length  of  right  dorsal  arm  29  33 

Length  of  left  dorsal  arm  29  29 

Length  of  right  second  arm  30  35 

Length  of  left  second  arm                      .  31  35 

Length  of  right  third  arm  31  33 

Length  of  left  third  arm  31  36 

Length  of  right  ventral  arm  29  32 

Length  of  left  ventral  arm                                ,  29  26+ 

Length  of  funnel 8  7 

Length  of  umbrella  between  dorsal  arms  3.5  4 

Length  of  umbrella  between  ventral  arms 4  4 

{Note. — The  arms  and  umbrella  were  measured  from  the  edge  of 
the  buccal  membrane  along  the  inner  face.) 

Type.— In  the  Stanford  University  Collections  [S.  S.  B.  189]. 

Type  Locality. — Off  Point  Pinos,  Monterey  Bay,  California; 
four  specimens  from  the  stomach  of  a  salmon  {Onchorhynchus 
tschawytscha) ;  C.  H.  Gilbert,  June  23,  1911. 

Distrihution. — Although  the  type  and  cotypes  are  the  only  speci- 
mens now  at  hand,  I  feel  little  hesitation  in  referring  to  the  present 
species  a  juvenile  Polypus  in  the  University  of  California  Collection 
described  by  me  in  a  previous  paper  (Berry,  1911,  p.  303),  thus 
extending  its  known  range  as  far  to  the  southward  as  Santa  Catalina 
Island. 

Remarks. — P.  pricei  is  most  conspicuously  characterized  by  the 
delicate  consistency  of  its  tissues,  large  eyes,  constricted  neck, 
very  short  subequal  arms,  short  hyaline  umbrella,  elevated  suckers, 
pale  coloration,  and  elongate  pointed  body,  in  outline  somewhat 
recalling  that  of  an  Argonauta.  Owing  to  the  inadequacy  of  the 
material,  I  am  unable  to  give  a  proper  estimation  of  its  relation- 
ships with  species  from  other  geographic  regions,  but  as  compared 
with  all  other  West  American  and  North  Pacific  forms,  it  seems  clearly 
distinct.  In  the  key  (Berry,  1912a,  p.  271)  the  present  species 
would  fall  nearest  to  P.  apollyon  {hongkongensis) ,  but  is  certainly 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  75 

not  the  young  either  of  that  species  or  of  P.  californicus.  Despite 
their  smallness,  the  four  specimens  are  very  nearly  of  a  size,  and 
it  may  be  that  they  are  approximately  mature. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  George  Clinton  Price,  of  Stanford 
University. 
Calliteuthis  (Meleagroteuthis)  heteropsis  new  species. 

Meleagroteuthis  hoylei  Berry  1912a,  p.  305,  text  figs.  13-16,  pi.  50,  figs.  1-3; 

pi.  51;  pi.  52,  figs.  5-7  (not  of  Pfeffer  1900,  p.  170;  1912,  p.  291,  pi.  22, 

figs.  1-8). 
Having  recently  been  able  to  consult  a  copy  of  Pfeffer's  great  mono- 
graph of  the  (Egopsida  containing  a  much  more  detailed  description 
of  his  Meleagroteuthis  hoylei  than  had  previously  been  given,  together 
with  an  excellent  series  of  figures  of  the  same,  I  am  forced  to  the 
opinion  that  my  reference  of  the  Albatross  Calif ornian  specimens 
to  this  species  was  an  error  and  that  they  represent  a  nearly  allied 
but  unnamed  form.  As  I  have  already  given  a  careful  and  full 
description  of  these  specimens,  its  repetition  is  unnecessary  here, 
but  it  should  be  added  that,  as  compared  with  M.  hoylei,  C.  heteropsis 
differs  especially  in  the  following  characteristics: 

(1)  There  is  a  somewhat  greater  number  of  suckers  and  pads 
in  the  fixing  apparatus  of  the  tentacles,  and  these  exhibit  the  fol- 
lowing differences  in  arrangement :  in  hoylei  the  dorsal  series  comprises 
five  pads  and  the  same  number  of  suckers  in  regular  alternation, 
while  the  ventral  and  more  proximal  row  beginning  at  the  carpus 
comprises  (according  to  Pfeffer's  figure)  1  sucker,  2  pads,  2  suckers, 
1  pad,  2  suckers,  1  pad — a  very  peculiar  order  indeed;  in  heteropsis 
the  dorsal  series  contains  7  pads  alternating  with  an  equal  number 
of  suckers,  while  the  ventral  row  commencing  at  its  distal  end  con- 
tains a  small  sucker,  then  a  larger  one,  then  two  smaller  pads,  then 
two  larger  suckers,  two  pads,  two  suckers,  two  pads,  and  two  suckers 
— all  nearly  in  the  same  line,  but  occurring  in  pairs  in  regular  alter- 
nation. 

'  (2)  There  is  no  evidence  whatever  of  the  presence  of  cartilaginous 
tubercles,  either  along  the  medio-dorsal  line,  along  the  arms,  or  any- 
where else. 

(3)  The  arms  are  relatively  stouter. 

(4)  The  number  of  teeth  on  the  horny  rings  of  the  sessile  arm 
suckers  is  much  smaller  (7-8  instead  of  20),  and  these  are  apparent 
only  upon  the  upper  half  of  the  ring. 

In  some  respects  the  present  species  approaches  the  recently 
described  C.  asteroessa  Chun,  but  is  probably  sufficiently  distinct. 


76  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

Chun  (1910,  p.  170)  has  united  Meleagroteuthis  to  Calliteuthis 
Verrill  1880,  as  a  subgenus,  a  proceeding  with  which  the  writer  is 
in  accord. 

Gonatus  magister  new  species. 

Gonalus  fabricii  (?)  Berry  1912a,  p.  310,  pi.  52,  fig.s.  1-2;  pi.  53;  pi.  54, 
figs.  1-4;  pi.  55,  figs,  1,  3-7  (not  of  Steenstrup  et  al.). 

In  the  work  cited  I  referred  a  number  of  small  decapods  from  the 
California  coast  to  the  widespread  Gonatus  fabricii,  and  somewhat 
doubtfully  included  with  them  two  large  squids  from  the  Puget 
Sound  Region.  Since  that  time,  through  the  kindness  of  Miss  A.  L. 
Massy,  I  have  received  a  specimen  of  the  true  G.  fabricii  from  the 
Irish  coast,  and  a  comparison  with  this  now  leads  me  to  consider 
the  Puget  Sound  specimens,  at  least,  to  represent  a  new  species'. 

Owing  to  the  detailed  description  of  these  specimens  I  have  already 
given,  it  is  necessary  here  merely  to  give  a  brief  resume  of  the  feat- 
ures which  appear  peculiar  to  them.  As  compared  with  the  Irish 
specimen,  they  are  much  larger,  heavier,  and  more  massive  in  every 
way.  The  fins  are  over  one-half  the  length  of  the  body,  are  more 
obtusely  angled,  and  are  scarcely  at  all  produced  at  the  extremity, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  appear  to  be  thicker,  more  firmly  at- 
tached to  the  body,  more  widely  separated,  and  with  less  developed 
anterior  lobes. 

The  most  conspicuous  and  important  difference,  however,  is  to 
be  found  in  the  structure  of  the  tentacular  arms,  for  the  clubs  are 
not  only  differently  shaped,  but  their  inner  faces  are  completely 
clothed  by  a  multitude  of  fine  suckers  quite  unaccompanied  by  hooks 
or  even  any  traces  of  the  same.  I  have  carefully  re-examined  the 
specimens  on  several  different  occasions  and  nowhere  can  find  the 
slightest  scars  to  indicate  that  such  structures  might  once  have 
been  present.  In  the  region  -corresponding  to  their  position  in  G. 
fabricii,  there  is  not  even  a  bare  space  ("einer  glatten  langlichen 
Central-Flache "  of  Middendorff)  nor  do  the  suckers  extend  so  far 
down  the  stalk  as  in  that  species.  The  fixing  apparatus  is  very 
simple  and  inconspicuous,  comprising  some  23-25  small  marginal 
pads  alternating  with  a  similar  number  of  suckers  on  the  club  proper, 
besides  a  number  more  extending  down  the  stalk.  These  suckers 
are  all  minute,  none  of  them  conspicuously  larger  or  otherwise 
differentiated  from  the  others,  and  there  are  no  accessory  ridges 
connected  with-  them  as  in  G.  fabricii.  The  contrast  with  either  the 
excellent  figures  of  Steenstrup  (1881,  pi.  1),  or  the  brief  though  clear 
description  given  by  Middendorff  (1849,  p.  515)  for  his  Onychoteuthis 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  77 

kamtschatica,  or  the  specimen  sent  me  by  Miss  Massy,  is  throughout 
very  marked.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  gross  dimensions  of 
Middendorff's  specimen  correspond  very  fairly  to  those  of  the  indi- 
viduals before  me,  so  that  the  differences  do  not  seem  explicable 
on  the  ground  of  age. 

Type. — Cat.  2,084  of  the  Invertebrate  Series,  Stanford  University 
Collections  [S.  S.  B.  88]. 

Type  Locality. — Puget  Sound,  Washington. 

Whether  the  young  specimens  taken  by  the  Albatross  are  true 
G.  fahricii  or  a  young  stage  of  the  present  species  is  still  a  matter 
of  doubt. 

Onychoteuthis  banksii  (Leach,  1817)  F6russac,  1826. 

This  species  has  recently  been  obtained  off  Ne^vi3ort,  California 
(Berry,  1912,  p.  83,  figs.  44-46).  I  had  previously  overlooked  the 
fact  that  Middendorff  (1849,  p.  516,  pi.  12,  fig.  A)  describes  a  much 
smaller  specimen  from  Bering  Sea  as  0.  Bergii  Lichtenstein.  He  also 
mentions  an  Octopus  (Polypus)  from  the  same  region — '^vielleicht 
Oct.  gramdatus  Lam'k." 

Literature  Cited. 

Berry,  S.  S.  1911.  Notes  on  some  Cephalopods  in  the  Collection  of  the 
University  of  California.  University  of  California  Publications  in  Zoology, 
vol.  8,  pp.  301-.310,  text  figures  1-4,  pis.  20-21,  Septenaber,  1911. 

1912.     On  a  Cephalopod  new  to  California  with  a  note  on  another  species. 

First  Annual  Report  of  the  Laguna  Marine  Laboratory,  pp.  83-87,  text  figures 
44-48,  May,  1912. 

1912a.     A   Review  of    the   Cephalopods  of    Western    North    America. 

Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  vol.  30,  pp.  267-336,  text  figures  1-18, 
pis.  32-56,  July,  1912. 

Chun,  C.  1910.  Die  Cephalopoden.  1.  Teil:  CEgopsida.  Wiss.  Ergehn. 
deutsch.  Tiefsee-Exped.  Valdivia,  vol.  18,  402  pp.,  2  pis.  and  32  figures  in 
text,  atlas  of  61  pis. 

VON  Middendorff,  A.  T.  1849.  Beitrage  zu  einer  Malacozoologia  Rossica. 
II.  Aufzahlung  und  Beschreibung  der  zur  Meeresfauna  Russlands  gehorigen 
Einschaler.  Memoires  sciences  naturelles  de  I'Academie  Imperiale  des 
Sciences  (6),  vol.  6,  pp.  329-.516,  pis.  1-12,  St.  Petersburg,  1849. 

Pfeffer,  G.  1900.  Synopsis  der  oegopsiden  Cephalopoden.  Mitteilungen 
aus  dem  N aturhistorischen  Museum  Hamburg,  No.  17,  pp.  147-198. 

1912.     Die  Cephalopoden  der  Planktonexpedition.     Zugleich  eineiiiono- 

graphische  Uebersicht  der  CEgopsiden  Cephalopoden.  Ergebn.  Plankton- 
expedition  der  Humboldt-Stiftung,  Bd.  2,  pp.  i-xxi,  1-815,  atlas  of  48  pis. 

Steenstrup,  J.  J.  S.  1881.  Professor  A.  E.  Verrils  to  nye  Cephalopodslaegter: 
Sthenoteuthis  og  Lestoteuthis.  Oversigt  over  d.  k.  d.  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Forhandl. 
1881,  pp.  1-27,  pi.  1. 


78  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Feb., 


OXYRHOPUS  TRIGEMINUS  Dumeril  and  Bibron  THE  TYPE  OF 
ERYTHROXYRHOPUS  gen.  nov. 

BY   J.    C.    THOMPSON,    SURGEON    U.    S.    N. 

The  classification  contained  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Snakes  in  the 
British  Museum  will  unquestionably  remain  our  standard  for  years 
to  come.  Nevertheless,  when  the  suborder  Serpentes  has  been 
critically  examined  from  the  standpoint  of  comparative  anatomy 
along  the  lines  suggested  by  Cope,  there  must  be  changes. 

When  dissecting  serpents,  especially  those  that  are  now  placed 
in  the  larger  genera,  one  sees  species  grouped  that  really  should  be 
separated.  In  recording  unusual  structural  conditions,  in  suggesting 
new  generic  names,  or  in  the  regrouping  of  species,  the  following 
routine  will  be  observed:  The  specimens  examined  will  be  recorded 
under  the  exact  specific  name  employed  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Snakes 
m  the  British  Museum,  and  where  a  new  generic  name  is  established, 
it  will  be  proposed  provisionally,  not  for  immediate  use,  but  awaiting 
a  thorough  examination  of  the  subfamily  to  which  it  belongs. 

In  studying  Oxyrhoj)us  trigeminus  (Dumeril  and  Bibron)  it  was 
found  to  possess  an  hemipenis  without  calyces  and  with  an  apical 
disk.  This  is  a  condition  widely  different  from  Oxyrhopus  cloelia 
(Daudin)  and  Oxyrhopus  petolarius  (Linnaeus),  in  which  the  organ 
has  calyces  and  is  without  a  disk.  Two  opisthoglyph  serpents  were 
previously  known  with  a  similar  organ.  These,  Erythrolarnprus 
cesculapii  (Linnaeus)  and  Philodryas  elegans  (Tschudi),  have  been 
grouped  by  Cope  in  the  subfamily  of  Enjthrolamprince }  Oxyrhopus 
trigeminus  (Dumeril  and  Bibron)  is  believed  to  be  worthy  of  generic 
recognition.  On  the  other  hand,  to  alter  a  name  well-established  in 
literature  from  the  time  of  Dumeril  and  Bibron,  should  not  be  under- 
taken without  grave  necessity.  In  this  case  the  necessity  will  only 
arise  when  the  great  majority  of  the  Dipsadomorphince  have  been 
examined  anatomically,  and  one  is  in  a  position  to  propose  a  re- 
arrangement of  the  species  based  upon  a  far  wider  knowledge  of  their 
organs  than  is  at  present  possessed. 

11900:  Cope,  Croo.,  Liz.  and  Sn.  of  No.  Am.,  p.  1091. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  79 

Oxyrhopus  trigeminus  Dumeril  and  Bibron. 

1896:  Boulenger,  Cat.  Sn.  Brit.  Mus.,  Ill,  p.  104. 

Field  No.  4,425.  Ceara  Mirim,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  Brazil. 
Female;  total  length  340  mm.,  tail  55. 

Scales  in  19  rows  anteriorly  and  17  rows  posteriorly;  the  IV  row 
suppressed  at  the  level  of  the  126th  gastrostege  on  the  right  and  the 
127th  on  the  left;  smooth,  with  two  apical  pits;  the  scales  in  the 
outer  row  are  usually  without  pits,  when  present  there  is  one  situated 
in  the  upper  half  of  the  scale  and  near  the  apex.  Gastrosteges  191; 
anal  entire;  urosteges  60  pairs.  One  prse-  and  two  postoculars; 
temporals  2-3;  eight  upper  labials,  the  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the 
eye.     The  pupil  is  very  narrow  and  vertical. 

Anatomy. — The  maxilla  bears  ten  teeth  and  two  enlarged  fangs. 

Color. — There  are  thirteen  sets  of  bands  on  the  body  and  three 
on  the  tail,  the  tip  is  black. 

Field  No.  4,449.  Papery,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  Brazil.  Female; 
body  471  mm.,  tail  docked. 

Scales  in  19  rows  anteriorly  and  17  rows  posteriorly;  the  IV  row 
is  suppressed  at  the  level  of  the  120th  gastrostege  on  the  right  and 
on  the  122d  on  left  side.  Gastrosteges  183;  anal  entire.  One 
prae-  and  two  postoculars  temporals  2-3;  eight  upper  labials,  the 
fourth  and  the  fifth  entering  the  eye. 

Field  No.  4,402.  Papery,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  Brazil.  Male; 
body  length  437  mm.,  tail  docked. 

Scales  in  19  rows  anteriorly  and  in  17  rows  posteriorly;  the  IV 
row  is  suppressed  at  the  level  of  the  118th  gastrostege  on  the  right 
and  at  the  119th  on  the  left  side.  Gastrosteges  182;  anal  entire. 
One  prse-  and  two  postoculars;  temporals  2-3;  eight  upper  labials, 
the  fourth  and  fifth  entering  the  eye. 

Anatomy. — The  total  length  of  the  hemipenis  is  22  mm.,  it  is 
divided,  the  length  of  each  quadripenis  being  9  mm.,  the  tip  reaches 
to  the  12th  urostege.  The  sulcus  is  divided  6  mm.  from  the  base; 
each  quadripenis  terminates  in  a  cordiform  apical  disk;  from  the  base 
to  the  bifurcation  of  the  sulcus  the  organ  is  plicate,  from  this  point 
to  the  chsk  it  is  spinous.  A  rudiment  of  a  lung.  The  heart  apex 
is  at  the  level  of  the  41st  gastrostege.  Anteriorly  the  liver  is  divided 
into  two  lobes,  the  one  on  the  right  side  is  8  mm.,  that  on  the  left 
24  mm.  long;  the  tip  of  the  longer  lobe  is  at  the  level  of  the  51st 
gastrostege. 


80  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Feb., 

ERYTHEOXYRHOPUS  new  genus. 

Hypapophyses  absent  in  the  posterior  dorsal  vertebrse.  Scales 
smooth  with  two  apical  pits;  in  species  with  19  rows  anteriorly 
reduced  to  17  rows  posteriorly  the  IV  row  is  the  one  that  becomes 
suppressed.  Head  distinct.  Pupil  vertical.  Maxillary  teeth  about 
11  subequal,  a  short  space  between  them  and  the  two  fangs  which 
are  behind  the  eye;  anterior  mandibular  teeth  enlarged.  A  rudi- 
mentary lung.  Hemipenis  and  sulcus  divided,  spinous  with  an 
apical  disk  at  the  termination  of  each  ramus  of  the  organ. 

Type  species  of  this  genus  is  now  known  as  Oxyrhopus  trigeminus 
(Dumeril  and  Bibron) ;  it  occurs  in  the  Guianas  and  Brazil. 

The  position  of  this  genus  in  Cope's  classification  would  be  in 
the  Erythrolamprinoe. 

This  subfamily  of  the  Dipsadidce  may  be  defined  as  glyphodonta 
with  the  hypapophyses  of  vertebrse  anterior  only,  hemipenis  and 
sulcus  divided,  spinous,  not  calyculate,  an  apical  disk. 

There  are  three  genera  all  neotropical: — 
Hemipenis  and  sulcus  bifurcate. 

Disk  at  the  extremity  of  the  sulcus. 

Pupil  round Erythrolamprus  Boie. 

Pupil  vertical Erythroxyrhopus  Thompson. 

Disk  at  one  side  of  the  sulcus. 
Hemipenis  with  spines  in  two  bands  only Lygophis  Tschudi. 

The  specimens  from  which  the  foregoing  observations  were  made 
are  in  the  Department  of  Zoology  at  Leland  Stanford  Junior 
University. 

U.  S.  F.  S.  Albatross,  Dec.  25,  1912. 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  81 


March  18. 
The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  in  the  Chair. 

Three  hundred  and  two  persons  present. 

The  Chair  announced  the  deaths  of  the  follo^ving  members: 
Lewis  W.  Steinbach,  February  10;  Theodore  W.  Morris,  February 

15;  Roland  G.  Curtin,  M.D.,  March  15,  1913. 
The  death  of  Robert  Collett,  a  correspondent,  February,  1913, 

was  also  announced. 

Mr.  Edward  H.  Thompson  made  an  illustrated  communication 
on  the  ancient  ruins  of  Yucatan  and  its  modern  inhabitants.  (No 
abstract.) 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  that  papers  under  the  fol- 
lowing titles  had  been  presented  for  publication: 

''Some  Australian  bees,"  by  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell  (February  1). 

"Notes  on  Catostomoid  fishes,"  by  Henry  W.  Fowler  (Febru- 
ary 1). 

"Notes  on  the  fishes  of  the  Chincoteague  River,"  by  Henry  W. 
Fowler  (February  1). 

"Some  type  specimens  of  American  Cyprinoid  fishes  of  the  genus 
Rutilus,"  by  Henry  W.  Fowler  (February  1). 

"Notes  on  some  West  American  Cephalopods,"  by  S.  Stillman 
Berry  (February  5). 

"Descriptions  of  new  species  of  marine  shells,"  by  E.  G.  Vanatta 
(January  23-February  19). 

"Description  and  records  of  South  American  Orthoptera,  ^^•ith 
the  description  of  a  ncAv  subspecies  from  Clarion  Island,"  by  J.  A.  G. 
Rehn  (March  10). 

"A  study  of  metazoan  parasites  found  in  the  Philadelphia  Zo- 
ological Garden,"  by  Frederick  D.  Wiedman  (March  12). 

"North  border  relations  of  the  Triassic  in  Pennsylvania,"  by 
Edgar  T.  Wherry  (March  12). 

Colonel  W.  C.  Gorgas,  of  Panama,  was  elected  a  correspondent. 
The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed: 


82  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 


DESCKIPTIONS   AND  RECORDS    OF    SOUTH   AMERICAN    ORTHOPTERA,  WITH 
THE  DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SUBSPECIES  FROM  CLARION  ISLAND. 

BY   JAMES   A.    G.    REHN. 

In  the  following  pages  are  contained  the  descriptions  of  one  new 
genus,  nine  new  species  and  one  new  subspecies,  from  locahties 
extending  from  Panama  and  Surinam  south  to  southern  Brazil  and 
from  Clarion  Island  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  off  Lower  California. 
Much  information  concerning  the  variation  of  certain  species  and 
data  on  the  range  of  others,  accumulated  from  a  number  of  sources, 
is  here  presented  for  the  first  time. 

By  far  the  greater  part  of  the  material  here  treated  is  contained 
in  the  Hebard  Collection,  all  of  the  new  species  being  from  that 
series,  while  a  number  of  interesting  forms  are  from  the  collection 
of  the  United  States  National  Museum.  My  thanks  are  due  to  Mr. 
Hebard  and  the  authorities  of  the  National  Museum  for  the  privilege 
of  studying  the  material. 

ACRYDIIX.E  (Tdliginop  Auct.). 

EOMORPHOPUS  Hancock. 

1906.     Eotnorphopus  Hancock,  Tetriginse;  Genera  Insectorum,  pp.  31  and 
37. 

Tj'pe  as  specified,  Amorphopus  antemiatiis  Bolivar. 

Eomorphopus  granulatus  Hancock. 

1906.     Eomophopus  granulatus   Hancock,   Tetriginse;   Genera   Insectorum, 
p.  38,  pi.  4,  fig.s.  3o-3.5a.     [Dutch  Guiana.l 

Surinam.     [Hebard  Coll.]     One  9 . 

EUMASTACIN.^. 

PARAMASTAX  Burr. 
Paramastax  nigra  (Scudder). 

187.5.     Mastax  nigra  Scudder,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Xat.  Hist.,  XVII,  p.  266. 
[Eastern  slope  of  the  Peruvian  Andes.] 

Yungas  de  la  Paz,  Bolivia,  1,000  meters  elevation.  [Hebard 
CoU.]     One  cf . 

This  specimen  is  considerably  smaller  than  the  measurements 
given  by  Scudder  and  appreciably  smaller  than  those  given  by  Burr,^ 
but  otherwise  it  is  typical  of  7iigra.     The  difference  in  size  may  be 

1  Anal.  Soc.  Espan.  Hist.  Nat.,  XXVIII,  p.  270. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  83 

due  to  the  fact  that  the  specimen  in  hand  is  from  the  most  southern 
section  of  the  known  range  of  the  species. 

The  fact  that  the  ventral  portion  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pro- 
notum  is  orange-red  seems  to  have  been  overlooked  by  previous 
writers. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 16 . 5"^  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 2.3       " 

Length  of  tegmen 13  .5       " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 13  " 

ACRIDIN.E  {Truxalince  Auct.). 
ORPHULA  Stkl. 
Orphula  pagana  minor  (Giglio-Tos). 

Yungas  de  la  Paz,  Bolivia,  1,000  meters  elevation.  [Hebard 
Collection.]     One  cf. 

This  is  the  most  westerly  locality  known  for  the  form. 

ORPHULINA  Giglio-Tos. 

Orphulina  veteratoria  Rehn. 

1906.     Orphulina  veteratoria  Rehn,    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  p.  21, 
figs.  5  and  6.     [Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.] 

Espirito  Santo,  Brazil.    [Hebard  Collection.]    One  cf . 

This  specimen  differs  from  the  type  in  a  few  details,  as  the  exact 
curve  of  the  lateral  pronotal  carinse  and  the  degree  of  constriction 
of  the  frontal  costa  dorsad  and  ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  but  the  differ- 
ences appear  to  be  purely  individual. 

FENESTRA  Giglio-Tos. 
Fenestra  ensicorne  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf;  Espirito  Santo,  Brazil,     [Hebard  Collection.] 

AUied  to  F.  bohlsii  Giglio-Tos,  but  differing  in  the  more  ascending 

head,  the  more  angulate  character  of  the  fastigium  when  viewed  from 

the  lateral  aspect,  the  more  compressed  and  more  deeply  sulcate  frontal 

•costa  and  the  much  less  depressed  antennae  (except  at  the  apex). 

Size    medium;    form    distinctly    compressed.      Head    with    the 

occiput   distinctly   ascending;   interspace   between   the   eyes   equal 

to  the  fastigium  in  width,  the  latter  trigonal,  acute-angulate,  the 

margins  distinctly  elevated  and  the  occiput,  vertex  and  fastigium 

provided  with  a  continuous  median  carina,  which  is  stronger  on  the 

fastigium  than  elsewhere;  lateral  foveolse  strongly  linear,  expanding 

^  The  abdomen  is  unnaturally  compressed  and  in  conseqilence  the  length  is 
greater  than  should  be  the  case. 


84 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[March, 


Fig.  1. — Fenestra  ensicorne  n.  sp.    Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  3.) 

somewhat  caudad;  face  considerably  retreating,  the  angle  of  the  face 
and  fastigium  truncate;  frontal  costa  slightly  expanded  between 
the  antennae,  regularly  expanding  from  slightly 
dorsad  of  the  ocellus  to  the  clypeal  suture,  deeply 
punctate  between  the  antennae,  sulcate  ventrad, 
the  portion  dorsad  of  the  ocellus  quite  deeply  so; 
lateral  carinae  of  the  face  distinct,  considerably 
diverging  ventrad;  eyes  subovate,  slightly  angu- 
late  dorsad  and  ventrad,  moderately  prominent 
when  viewed  from  the  dorsum;  antennae  half 
again  as  long  as  the  head  and  pronotum  together, 
proximal  third  Avdth  the  joints  distinctly  de- 
pressed and  somewhat  ensiform  in  appearance, 
distal  segment  depressed,  hastate,  remaining 
joints  simple,  cylindrical.  Pronotum  somewhat 
longer  than  the  dorsal  length  of  the  head ;  cUsk  very 
sHghtly  tectate,  cephalic  margin  subtruncate, 
caudal  margin  obtuse-angulate  with  the  'sides  of 
the  angle  roundly  emarginate;  median  carina 
distinct,  moderately  elevated,  divided  very 
slightly  caudad  of  the  middle,  lateral  angles  of 
the  pronotum  not  carinate  except  for  limited  areas  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  cephalic  and  caudal  margins,  the  form  of  the  lateral  angles,  as 
indicated  by  imperfect  carinae,  is  similar  to  that  of  F.  hohlsii,  being 
distinctly  constricted  cephalad  of  the  middle;  lateral  lobes  of  the 


Fig.  2. — Fenestra 
ensicorne  n.  sp. 
Dorsal  view  of 
head  and  prono- 
tum.    (X3.) 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  85 

pronotum  subquadrate,  the  veiitrad  margin  strongl}'  sinuate 
cephalad.  Tegmina  very  slightly  exceeding  the  tips  of  the  caudal 
femora,  inflated,  the  greatest  breadth  contained  about  three  and 
a  half  times  in  the  length;  costal  margin  with  a  moderate  proximal 
expansion,  apex  subobliquely  rotundato-truncate ;  mediastine  vein 
strongl}^  developed,  no  intercalarj^  vein  present.  Interspace  between 
the  mesosternal  lobes  very  slightly  transverse,  the  angles  of  the 
lobes  obtuse;  metasternal  lobes  separated  by  a  narrow  longitudinal 
space.  Abdomen  moderately  compressed;  supra-anal  plate  rounded 
trigonal;  subgenital  plate  compressed,  particularly  dorsad,  moder- 
ately acute;  cerci  simple,  terete.  Caudal  femora  slightly  less  than 
twice  the  length  of  the  head  and  pronotum  together,  moderately 
robust,  paginse  with  well-marked  scalariform  pattern;  caudal  tibise 
bearing  ten  spines  on  the  external  margin,  eleven  on  the  internal  margin. 
General  color  of  the  dorsum  olive,  the  tegmina  with  a  tendency 
toward  burnt  umber  mesad.  Face  and  clypeus  apple-green,  labrum 
whitish;  eyes  raw  umber;  antennae  burnt  umber,  clove-brow^i  on  the 
terminal  segment.  Gena?  and  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  drab, 
paler  ventrad;  pleura  pale  greenish  and  umber;  ventral  surface 
of  the  thorax  and  proximal  portion  of  abdomen  shining  black, 
remainder  of  abdomen  vandyke  bro^\^l  wdth  obscure  longitudinal 
bars  of  blackish-brown  disposed  as  a  pair  of  laterals  and  another  of 
ventrals,  the  two  parallel  ventral  bars  separated  by  a  very  narrow 
median  paler  line.  Wings  with  the  base  Chinese  orange.  Limbs  very 
pale  olive-green,  the  caudal  femora  with  some  weak  buff-yellow 
dorsad  and  proximad,  the  genicular  region  and  both  ventral  faces 
blue-black,  the  internal  face  blue-blackish  with  several  very  narrow 
pale  olive-green  bars;  caudal  tibise  very  dark  olive-green  with  a 
pale  olive-green  pregenicular  annulus,  spines  black-tipped. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 20       mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 4         " 

Greatest  caudal  width  of  disk  of  pronotum 2.7     " 

Length  of  tegmen 15.8     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 12.5     " 

The  type  is  unique. 

CEDIPODIN^. 

LACTISTA  St&l. 
Xactista  pulchripennis  Saussure. 

188-4.     L[actista]  pulchripennis  Saussure,  Prodromus  CEdipodiorum,  p.  143. 
[Colombia;  Porto  Cabello,  Venezuela.] 

Surinam.     [U.  S.  N.  M.]     One  cf . 

This  species  has  previously  been  recorded  only  from  Cache,  Costa 


86 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[March, 


Rica,   Colombia   (without   exact   locahty),    Bonda,    Colombia,  and 
Puerto  Cabello,  Venezuela. 


9. 

[Hebard  Coll.] 


PYRGOMORPHIN^. 

OMURA  Walker. 
Omura  congrua  Walker. 

Surinam.    May-September.    [Hebard  Coll.]    One 
Obidos,  Amazon  River,   State  of  Para,   Brazil. 
One  d^. 

SPATHALIUM  Bolivar. 
Spathalium  paranense  n.  sp. 

Type:    9  ;  Parana,  Brazil.     [Hebard  Collection.] 
Allied  to  S.  sommeri  Burmeister  and  S.  hispidum  Bruner,  but 
differing  from  both  in  the  undivided  and  narrower  medio-caudal 
tubercle   of   the   pronotum,   from  the   former   also   in  the   shorter 

tegmina  and  wings,  and  from 
•;\^  //  the  latter  in  the  less  expanded 

/''  pronotum  and  the   more   de- 

pressed condition  of  the  tuber- 
cles, both  marginal  and  discal, 
of  the  pronotum. 

Size  rather  large;  form  simi- 
lar to  that  of  the  other  strongly 
tuberculate  species  of  the 
genus;  surface  rugose  and 
carinate.  Head  well  set  into 
the  pronotum ;  interocular 
area  slightly  more  than  one 
and  a  half  times  as  wide  as  the 
greatest  diameter  of  the  eye  and 
provided  with  three  transverse 
carinse,  all  interrupted  several 
times  and  the  median  hardly 
apparent  mesad;  frontal  costa 
very  narrow,  subangulately 
produced  between  the  antennal 
bases,  sulcate  throughout  and 
expanded  ventrad  of  the 
ocellus  into  an  hour-glass- 
shaped  structure ;  when  viewed 
from  the  lateral  aspect  the 
face  has  several  undulations 
ventrad  of  the  interantennal 
rather   prominent;   antennae   depressed; 


Fig.  3. — Spathalium  paranense  n.sp 
sal  view  of  type.     (X  2|.) 


protuberance;  eyes  ovate, 


Dor- 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  87 

gense  with  several  low  tuberculate  swellings.  Pronotum  of  the 
peculiar  type  found  in  the  allied  species,  the  median  carina  of  the 
prozona  cristate,  inflated  caudad,  caudal  margin  of  the  metazona 
with  five  principal  and  six  minor  projections;  prozonal  crest  moder- 
ately high,  eroso-serrate,  projecting  over  the  metazona  and  inflated 
caudad;  cephalic  margin  very  obtuse-angulate  mesad;  median 
tubercle  of  the  caudal  mar- 
gin rather  narrow  and  undi-  rC"^"^^^ 
vided;  median  carina  of  the     ^^^^^^^^^w  /V^V 

metazona  regular,  about  equal  V;: vT")  J    V^^x>v___  -  - 

to  the  rather  depressed  discal  ^  {Pi 

tubercles    in    height;    lateral  ^i^!l.y<^^^^^^~j 

angles   of  the  metazona  pro-  ^^/ 

iecting  laterad  of   the  dorsal     ^.     .      „      , ,     ,  . 

.  ,       ,  111  Fig.  4. — SpathaHum  paranense  n.  sp. 

portion  oi  the  lateral  lobes  a        Lateral  outline  of  head  and  pronotum. 

considerable  distance,  the  (X  -2-) 
greatest  width  of  the  prono- 
tum, i.e.,  between  these  angles,  is  slightly  greater  than  the  length 
from  the  cephalic  margin  along  the  median  line  to  the  caudal  margin 
exclusive  of  the  projections;  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  longer 
than  deep,  ventral  margin  sinuate  cephalad,  ventro-caudal  angle 
rectangulate,  caudal  margin  with  three  projecting  tubercles,  diverted 
lateral  carinse  of  the  prozona  strongly  marked.  Tegmina  about 
two  and  one-half  times  the  greatest  absolute  length  of  the  pronotum; 
apical  margin  acute-angulate  with  the  immediate  apex  rounded. 
Wings  about  four-fifths  the  length  of  the  tegmina.  Prosternal  ridge 
lamellate,  arcuate  with  the  concavity  cephalad,  the  greatest  depth 
mesad.  Interspace  between  the  mesosternal  and  metasternal 
lobes  very  strongly  transverse.  Caudal  femora  slightly  more  than 
four-fifths  the  length  of  the  tegmina,  the  genicular  lobes  and  the 
medio-genicular  process  acute,  medio-dorsal  carina  with  three  low 
rounded  lobes,  ventro-lateral  carina  distinctly  but  not  greatly 
produced;  caudal  tibiae  with  eight  spines  on  the  lateral  margins, 
ten  on  the  internal  margins. 

General  colors  cinnamon,  wood-broAvn,  and  seal-brown, 
marbled  and  mingled  together,  lined,  streaked  and  washed 
one  on  the  other.  Head  with  the  face  darker  than  the  vertex, 
fastigium  and  genae,  the  carinse  of  the  same  region  lined  with 
seal-brown;  eyes  raw  umber;  antennae  Vandyke  brown  edged 
with  cinnamon.  Pronotum  with  the  disk  and  lateral  lobes  of  the 
prozona  with   seal-brown   predominating,  crest   dirty  wood -brown; 


88  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [March, 

disk  of  the  metazona  nearly  all  cinnamon,  darker  at  the  margins 
and  lined  with  seal-brown  mesad;  lateral  lobes  of  the  metazona 
seal-brown  between  the  principal  ridges.  Tegmina  pale  walnut- 
brown,  with  a  medio-longitudinal  series  of  small  dark  blotches, 
the  sutural  margins  suffused  and  the  whole  surface  distinctly  marbled 
with  shades  of  brown.  Limbs  dirty  wood-brown,  the  spines  on  the 
caudal  femora  very  narrowly  and  weakly  tipped  with  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 30  mm. 

Jliength  of  pronotum  .  9.5  " 

Greatest  caudal  width  of  disk  of  pronotum  ,    .  8.2  '' 

Length  of  tegmen...  22  " 

Length  of  caudal  femur  16.8  " 

The  type  is  the  only  specimen  of  the  species  examined. 

LOCUSTINiE. 
DIEDRONOTUS  Bolivar. 
Diedronotus  rosulentus  (Stai). 

1S78.     T[rapidoHotus]  rosulentus  Stal,  Bihang  till  K.  Svenska  Vet.-Akad. 
Hand).,  V,  No.  9,  p.  19.    [New  Grenada.] 

Surinam.    [U.  S.  N.  M.]    Two  c^. 

These  specimens  have  the  tegmina  with  the  transverse  fuscous 
clouds  very  distinct  proximad,  becoming  weak  distad  and  extending 
across  the  tegmina  except  for  the  anal  area.  The  rosy  suffusion 
of  the  costal  section  of  the  wing  is  weaker  than  on  the  disk,  being 
only  a  coloration  of  the  veins  on  a  fuscous  ground. 

Brunner  has  recorded  this  species  from  near  Guayaquil,  Ecuador. 

CHROMACEIS  Walker. 

Chromacris  peruviana  (Pictet  and  Saussure). 

1887.     R[ho77ialea]  peruviana  Pictet  and  Saussure,  Mittheil.  Schweiz.  Ent. 
Gesell.,  VII,  p.  352.     [Peru.] 

Piches  and  Perene  Valleys,  Peru,  2,000-3,000  feet.  (Soc.  Geog. 
cle  Lima.)     [U.  S.  N.  M.]     ld',19. 

The  size  of  the  female  of  this  species  is  very  considerable  and 
would  serve  in  a  great  measure  to  identifj^  it,,  aside  from  the  slender 
form  and  distinctive  coloration. 

This  appears  to  be  the  first  definite  record  of  the  species. 

TROPIDACRIS  Scudder. 
Tropidacris  latreillei  (Perty). 

1830.     Acrydimn  Latreillei    Perty   in    Spix   and   Martius,    Delect.    Anim. 

Art.,  p.  123,  pi.  XXIV,  fig.  4.    [Amazon  River.] 

Tobago,  West  Indies.     (B.  Sharp.)     [A.  N.  *S.  Phila.]    One   9  . 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  89 

Port  of  Spain,  Trinidad.    (Ernst  T.  Giers.)    [U.  S.  N.  M.]    Two  9  . 

Colon,  Panama.     (Wm.  Lill.)     [U.  S.  N.  M.]    One   9  . 

This  species  has  a  broad  blackish  margin  to  the  wings,  the  proximal 
portion  of  the  margin  being  colored  the  same  as  the  peripheral 
section,  while  the  caudal  tibiae  are  chiefly  glaucous-green.  True 
Tropidacris  dux  (Drury)''  from  the  Bay  of  Honduras  appears  to  be 
the  species  which  Pictet  and  Saussure  have  described  as  Tropi- 
daa-is  cardinalis,  as  shown  by  the  general  reddish  color  of  the  limbs 
and  narrow  black  margin  of  the  wings,  both  features  distinctly 
indicated  in  Drury's  description  and  figure. 

It  would  seem,  from  our  present  knowledge  of  the  dux-latreillei 
group  that  there  is  a  regular  increase  southward  in  the  width  of  the 
blackish  margin  to  the  wings,  the  individuals  from  the  northern 
section  of  the  range  of  the  group  have  the  marginal  band  ver}'^ 
narrow,  those  from  the  southern  part  of  the  range  having  it  wide. 
The  future  may  shoAV  the  necessity  of  considering  the  various  species 
allied  to  dux  as  mere  geographic  races. 

Tropidacris  cristata  (Linnaeus). 

Margarita  Island,  Venezuela.  (Wirt  Robinson.)  [U.  S.  N.  M.] 
Two   9. 

One  of  these  specimens  is  larger  than  any  of  a  numljer  of  main- 
land specimens  examined  by  the  author.' 

OPHTHALMOLAMPIS  Saussure. 

1859.     Ophthalmokunpis  Sau.ssure,  Revue  et  Magasin  de  Zoologie,  2e  ser., 
XI,  p.  394. 

Included  0.  colibri  and  yersini  Saussure,  of  which  the  former  has 

been  designated  as  the  type  by  Kirby. 

Ophthalmolampis  colibri  Saussure. 

1859.     0[mmatnln)npis\    {Ophthalmolampis)     colibri     Saussure,     Revue     et 
Magasin  de  Zoologie,  2e  ser.,  XI,  p.  394.     [Guiana.] 

Surinam.     May  to  September.     [Hebard  Collection.]     One  9  . 

This  individual  undoubtedly  belongs  to  Saussure's  species,  the 
peculiar  type  of  coloration  of  the  pronotum  and  tegmina  being 
essentially  as  he  describes.  As  the  original  brief  description  was 
based  on  a.  male,  the  female  is  here  described. 

Size  medium;  form  robust;  surface  except  that  of  the  abdomen 
rugulose.  Head  broad,  face  slightly  flattened;  occiput  rounded, 
hardly  elevated  dorsad  of  the  level  of  the  pronotum;  fastigium  narrow, 
the  length  not  less  than  the  greatest  width,  longitudinally  sulcate; 


3  must.  Exot.  Ins.,  II,  p.  82,  pi.  XLIV. 


90  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

interocular  space  very  narrow,  less  than  half  the  width  of  the  narrow- 
est portion  of  the  fastigium;  interantennal  portion  of  the  frontal 
costa  distinctly  but  not  greatly  produced,  rounding  into  the  fas- 
tigium, somewhat  expanded,  not  sulcate  or  punctate,  costa  for  a  short 
distance   dorsad  and  ventrad  of  the   ocellus  narrow  and  sulcate, 
costa  not  present  ventrad  of  this  portion;  face  rugoso-punctate, 
moderately  retreating  when  viewed  from  the  lateral  aspect,  lateral 
facial  carinse  not  sharply  defined,   converging  dorsad;   eyes  large, 
subovate,    moderately   prominent;    antennae   slightly    shorter   than 
the  pronotum,  thick,  slightly  depressed.     Pronotum  nearly  twice 
as  long  as  the  exposed  portion  of  the  head,  the  greatest  caudal  width 
of  the  whole  pronotum  nearly  equal  to  the  length;  cephalic  margin 
slightly  arcuate  with  a  distinct  but  shallow  median  emargination, 
caudal    margin    rounded    obtuse-angulate ;     three    transverse    sulci 
deeply  impressed  on  the  dorsum  and  the  caudal  two  as  distinctly 
indicated  on  the  lateral  lobes  which  they  cross  almost  to  the  ventral 
margin;   median   carina  absent,    lateral    carinse   indicated  only  as 
raised  welts  which  are  traversed  by  all  the  sulci  and  bear  a  different 
coloring  from  the  remainder  of  the  pronotum,  dorsum  strongly  and 
closely  punctate;  lateral  lobes  with  the  extreme  dorsal  length  some- 
what greater  than  the  depth,   ventral  margin  distinctly  sinuato- 
emarginate  cephalad,  ventro-caudal  angle  broadly  rounded.    Tegmina 
about  three  times  as  long  as  the  head,  narrow,  arched  and  over- 
lapping, completely  covered  with  numerous  very  small  impressed 
areolae;  costal  margin  straight  except  for  a  slight  proximal  expansion, 
sutural   margin   very   slightly   arcuate,    apex   obliquely  rotundato- 
truncate,  principal  veins  alone  apparent.     Wings  reaching  to  the 
tips  of  the  tegmina.     Prosternal  spine  very  short,  thick,  strongly 
transverse,    blunt.      Interspace     between     the     mesosternal     lobes 
slightly  transverse  and  very  slightly  broader  than  the  lobes  them- 
selves; interspace  between  the  metasternal  lobes  trigonal,  strongly 
narrowed  caudad.    Cephahc  and  median  limbs  rather  short.    Caudal 
femora  about  twice  as  long  as  the  pronotum,  robust,  inflated,  the 
greatest  thickness  being  about  two-thirds  the  depth,  which  latter 
is  contained  three  times  in  the  length,  carinse  serrato-dentate,  par- 
ticularly the  medio-dorsal,  pagina  with  a  well-marked  and  regular 
pattern  impressed  by  punctations,  genicular  extremity  large,  genicu- 
lar lobes  broad;  caudal  tibise  about  four-fifths  the  length  of  the 
femora,  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  seven  spines,  one  of  which 
is  apical,  and  with  six  on  the  internal  margin;  tarsi  about  three- 
fourths  the  length  of  the  tibise,   slender,   second  and  third  joints 
subequal  and  each  longer  than  the  first  joint. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  91 

General  colors  bay  and  gamboge-yellow.  A  very  broad  bar  of  bay 
covers  the  whole  occiput,  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum  and  two- 
thirds  of  the  tegmina;  this  area  being  edged  laterad  on  the  occiput 
and  pronotum  with  a  narrow  line  of  white ;  on  the  tegmina  are  placed 
two  similar  parallel  white  lines,  the  area  between  them  being  car- 
mine and  that  between  the  innermost  line  and  the  bay  color  black; 
the  costal  edge  of  the  tegmina  is  greenish  vitreous.  Dorsum  of 
fastigium  pomegranate -purple  with  a  very  narrow  median  line  of 
pale  color,  front  of  fastigium  pea-green;  face  dull  olive-green  sprinkled 
with  reddish,  area  ventro-caudad  of  the  eyes  olive-green,  a  bar 
of  white  extending  obliquely  from  the  insertion  of  the  antennae  to 
the  ventro-cephalad  angle  of  the  pronotum;  eyes  mars  brown;  an- 
tennae with  the  proximal  joint  pale,  remainder  black.  Pronotum  with 
the  lateral  lobes  gamboge-yellow  with  a  slight  greenish  tinge.  Pleura^ 
venter  and  abdomen  similar  in  color  to  the  lateral  lobes  of  the 
pronotum,  the  dorsum  of  the  abdomen  bearing  a  broad  median 
bar  of  pale  liver-brown.  Cephalic  and  median  limbs  similar  in  color 
to  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum,  the  median  femora  with  a 
distinct  maroon  wash;  tarsal  joints  distinctly  greenish.  Caudal 
femora  very  pale  oil-green,  the  genicular  region  blackish  except  for 
a  pure  white  spot  on  each  genicular  lobe,  serrations  on  medio- 
dorsal  carina  black;  caudal  tibiae  oil -green  with  a  pregenicular  area 
and  the  sides  of  the  genicular  portion  black,  genicular  angle  touched 
with  reddish,  distal  half  of  tibiae  blackish  internally,  french  green 
externally,  spines  and  spurs  tipped  with  black;  caudal  tarsi  very 
pale  greenish,  the  two  proximal  joints  washed  with  pinkish. 

Measure7nents. 

Length  of  body 26  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 6.8  " 

Length  of  tegmen 12 .5  " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 14.3  " 

T.a:NIOPHORA  st&i. 
187.3.     Twniophora  St&l,  Recensio  Orthopterorum,  I,  p.  .34,  53. 
Included   T.  detitipes  and  geniculata  Stal,   of  which  dentipes  has 
been  designated  as  the  type  by  Kirby. 

Taeniophora  femorata  Bruner. 

1907.     Tmiiophora  femorata  Bruner,  Biol.  Cent.-Amer.,    Orth.,  II,  p.  245. 
[Pozo  Azul,  Costa  Rica.] 

Chiriqui,  Panama.    [Hebard  Collection.]    One  male. 

This  specimen  agrees  fully  with  the  description  of  femorata  except 


92  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [March, 

for  the  coloration  of  the  antennse  and  the  cephahc   and  median 
limbs,  which  instead  of  being  dark  ohvaceous  are  dull  ochraceous. 

HENIA  Giglio-Tos. 

1898.     Henia  Giglio-Tos,  BoUott,  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.  Torino,  XIII, 
No.  311,  pp.  45  and  .55. 

Type. — Gryllus  frenatus   Marschall. 
Henia  boliviana  n.  sp. 

Type:    9  ;   Yungas   de   la   Paz,    Bolivia,    altitude    1,000   meters. 
[Hebard  Collection.] 

Differing  from  the  type  species  in  some  details  of  the  coloration, 


Fig.  5. — Henia  bolimana  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.    (X  4.) 

the  larger  size  and  proportionately  longer  caudal  limbs,  tegmina, 
and  wings. 

Size  medium;  form  elongate;  surface  shiny.  Head  with  its  dorsal 
length  slightly  more  than  half  that  of  the  pronotum,  dorsum  slightly 
punctate,  occiput  hardly  elevated,  interocular  region  less  than  half 
the  width  of  the  fastigium  and  descending  slightly  from  the  occiput; 
fastigium  acute  with  the  lateral  margins  slightly  arcuate,  median 
carina  distinct  on  the  dorsum  of  the  fastigium;  fastigial  angle  trun- 
cate when  viewed  from  the  side,  rounding  into  the  decidedly  re- 
treating face;  frontal  costa  narrow,  not  sharply  defined,  shallowly 
and  narrowly  sulcate  ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  not  sulcate  dorsad; 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


93 


eyes    subovate,    moderately    prominent;    antennae    filiform,    about 
twice  the  length  of  the  head  and  pronotum  to- 
gether.    Pronotum  rather  narrow,   the  greatest    ;,  ;'' 
dorsal  (caudal)  width  contained  nearly  twice  in    :', 
the  length;  cephalic  margin  of  the  disk  slightly     ',', 
arcuate,    caudal    margin    considerably    arcuate;      ','; 
median  carina  very  weak,   subobsolete   on    the 
metazona,  transverse  sulci  three  in   number,  of       ';' 
which  only  the  caudal  cuts  the  median  carina; 
metazona   one    and   one-half   times   the     length 
of  the   prozona,    slightly   ascendant   when   seen         ';',           /.' 
from  the  side;   lateral   shoulders  well   rounded;          ',', 
lateral  lobes  distinctly  longer  than  high,  ventral          V; 
margin    obliquely    sinuato-emarginate    cephalad,           V: 
broadly  rounded  caudad;  entire  disk  and  meta- 
zona of  the   lateral   lobes   punctate.      Tegmina 
quite  narrow,  lanceolate,  costal  lobe  very  shallow, 
spurious    intercalary    vein    present;    apex    very 
narrowly   rounded.     Prosternal    spine    distinctly 
compressed,  moderately   acute,    with   a   distinct 
caudal  trend.     Interspace  between  the  mesoster- 
nal  lobes  slightly  transverse,  the  margins  of  the 
lobes   strongly   arcuate;   metasternal   lobes   sub- 
attingent.       Pleura    with    their    dorsal    portions 
punctate.      Ovipositor     jaws    very     short     and 
thick,     moderately     compressed,    teeth     robust. 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  slender,  the  median 
distinctly    longer    than    the    cephalic.     Caudal 
femora  slightly  surpassing  the  tips  of  the  teg- 
mina, moderately  slender,  genicular  lobes  acute,  surface  glabrous,, 
pattern  of   the  pagina   consisting  of    arcuate   or   arcuato-angulate 
lines;  caudal  tibia  somewhat  shorter  than  the  caudal  femora,  dis- 
tinctly sinuate,  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  six  spines,  on 
the  internal  with  nine,  both  margins  with  distinct  low  lamellate 
expansions  on  the  distal  half;  caudal  tarsi  about  half  the  length  of 
the  tibiae,  the  proximal  joint  hardly  shorter  than  the  third,  second 
joint  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  first;  arolium  small. 

General  colors  yellow  and  black.  Head  with  the  dorsum  of  the 
fastigium,  interocular  region  and  occiput  olive-yellow;  front  and 
sides  of  the  fastigium  and  broad  postocular  bars  shining  black; 
face  and  gense  dull  greenish-yellow,  the  latter  clear  gamboge-yellow 


Fig.  6.  —  Henia  bo- 
lt vian  a  n.  sp. 
Dorsal  view  of 
head  and  prono- 
t  u  m  of  type. 
(X  4.)  ■ 


94  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

dorsad;  eyes  burnt  umber.  Pronotum  with  the  dorsum  olive-yellow, 
this  area  expanding  caudad,  continuations  of  the  cephalic  postocular 
bars  shining  black;  ventral  half  of  the  lateral  lobes  similar  to  the 
genge.  Tegmina  with  the  anal  field  clay  color  with  a  touch  of  green- 
ish, remainder  shining  black.  Venter  and  abdomen  pale  cinnamon. 
Pleura  blackish  dorsad,  this  area  edged  with  gamboge-yellow. 
Cephalic  and  median  femora  dirty  olive-yellow,  the  tibiae  and  tarsi 
dull  glaucous.  Caudal  femora  gamboge-yellow,  the  genicular  arches 
and  area  surrounding  each  of  them  shining  black,  genicular  lobes 
very  pale  greenish;  caudal  tibiae  glaucous  blue,  the  color  deep  on  the 
distal  half,  spines  whitish  tipped  with  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body ? 21 .8  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 5         " 

Length  of  tegmen 15 .8     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 13.8     " 

The  type  specimen  is  the  only  one  of  the  species  examined. 

COPIOCERA  Burmeister. 
Copiocera  surinamensis  n.  sp. 

Type;  9  ;  Surinam.    [Hebard  Collection.] 

Closely  allied  to  C.  specularis  and  lepida  Gerstaecker^  but  differing 


Fig.  7. — Copiocera  surinamensis  n.  sp      Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  2.) 


from  both  in  the  depressed  proximal  portion  of  the  antennae  and 
the  carmine  internal  faces  of  the  femora;  from  specularis  it  also  differs 
in  the'^more  acute  fastigium,  the  more  uniform  size  of  the  pronotal 
punctures  and  the  smaller  size  and  proportionately  shorter  wings; 

*  Mittheil.  Naturwissen.  Ver.  Neu-Vorpomm.  Rugen,  XX,  pp.  34-35  (1889). 


1913.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


95 


from  lepidus  it  also  differs  in  the  dull  olivaceous  caudal  tibiae  and 
tarsi. 

Size  medium;  form  very  elongate;  surface  of  the  pronotum  and 
pleura  scabroso-punctate,  of  the  abdomen  shiny.  Head  with  the 
dorsal  length  about  four-fifths  that  of  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum; 
occiput  slightly  arched,  not  elevated,  interocular  space  nearly  two- 
thirds  the  greatest  width  of  the  fastigium;  fa.stigium  acute-angulate, 
plane,  angle  when  seen  from  the  side  rotundato-truncate ;  face  very 
considerably  retreating;  frontal  costa  distinct  only  to  a  short  dis- 
tance ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  appreciably  constricted  immediately 
ventrad  of  the  ocellus  and  faintly  so  dorsad  of  the  same  point,  de- 
cidedly depressed  within  its  margins;  eyes  elongate  ovate,  longer 
than  the  infraocular  portion  of  the  gense,  moderately  prominent 
when  viewed  from  the  dorsum;  antennae  distinctly  but  not  greatly 
longer  than  the  head  and  pronotum,  somewhat  ensiform,  the  expan- 
sion almost  wholly  in  the  five  proximal  joints,  the  distal  half  tapering 
almost  imperceptibly,  the  apex  somewhat  blunt.  Pronotum  with 
the  greatest  caudal  width  of  the  disk  contained  one  and  two-thirds 
times  in  the  length;  cephalic  margin  truncato-arcuate,  caudal  margin 
very  slightly  obtuse-angulate,  median  carina  present  only  on  the 
metazona  where  it  is  but  little  elevated,  transverse  sulci  three  in 
number,  metazona  contained  one  and  one-half 
times  in  the  prozona;  lateral  lobes  slightly  longer 
than  deep,  ventral  margin  arcuato-emarginate 
cephalad,  truncate  caudad,  caudal  angle  bluntl}' 
rectangulate.  Tegmina  about  five  times  the 
length  of  th-e  pronotum,  subequal  in  width, 
the  latter  being  about  two-thirds  the  dorsal 
length  of  the  pronotum;  costal  margin  consider- 
ably arcuate  in  the  distal  third,  sutural  margin 
nearly  straight,  apex  narrowly  rounded;  inter- 
calary area  without  any  longitudinal  vein. 
Prosternal  process  transverse,  constricted  mesad, 
the  apical  portion  somewhat  compressed,  sub- 
fusiform  and  the  lateral  processes  blunt;  inter- 
space between  the  mesosternal  lobes  very  narrow; 
metasternal  lobes  contiguous.  Cephalic  and 
median  limbs  short,  rather  slender.  Caudal 
femora  slightly  more  than  half  the  length  of  the 
tegmina,  compressed,  rather  regularly  tapering, 
the  greatest   width  contained  about  five  and  one-half  times  in  the 


Fig.  8.  —  Copiocera 
suri7iamensis  n. 
sp.  Dorsal  view 
of  head  and  pro- 
notum.    (X  2.) 


96  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF         [Mai'ch^ 

length;  caudal  tibiae  slightly  shorter  than  the  femora,  external 
margins  armed  with  five  spines,  of  which  the  distal  three  are  grouped 
separate  from  the  others,  internal  margins  with  ten  to  eleven  spines; 
caudal  tarsi  with  the  second  joint  slightly  more  than  half  the  length 
of  the  first,  third  slightly  longer  than  the  first. 

General  color  very  dull  olive-green,  slightly  yellowish  on  the 
head.  Antennae  and  fastigium  blackish,  the  distal  fifth  of  the  antennae 
cadmium-yellow;  eyes  raw  umber.  Abdomen  Chinese  orange  dorsad 
and  laterad,  the  ventral  and  lateral  portions  of  the  inter-segmental 
margins  of  the  dorsal  sclerites  broadly  blackish,  leaving  the  orange 
as  semicircular  blotches  visible  ventrad  of  the  closed  tegmina. 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  washed  with  very  dull  purplish.  Internal 
and  ventral  faces  of  the  caudal  femora  very  deep  maroon-purple, 
internal  face  of  the  genicular  region  of  the  caudal  femora  and  tibiae 
black,  external  face  of  the  same  area  of  the  former  with  an  apical 
and  median  spot  on  the  lobes  as  well  as  the  arches  and  dorsal  portion 
of  the  same  region  cadmium-yellow;  caudal  tibiae  dirty  purplish- 
brown,  the  spines  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 42 . 5  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 7 

Length  of  tegmen .s 36 .5 

Length  of  caudal  femur 19 

The  type  is  unique. 

ZYGOCLISTRON  Rehn. 
Zygoclistron  acutum  u  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Petropolis,  State  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil.  [Hebard 
Collection.] 

Closely  related  to  Z.  superbwn  Rehn,  but  differing  in  the  more 
acute  fastigium,  the  less  expanded  and  much  more  shallowly  sulcate 
frontal  costa,  the  more  bullate  prozona  of  the  pronotum  with  the 
median  carina  of  that  portion  weak,  and  in  the  caudal  width  of  the 
interspace  between  the  metasternal  lobes  being  equal  to  the  narrowest 
portion  of  the  interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes,  instead 
of  distinctly  wider  as  in  superbum. 

Size  large,  form  moderately  robust.  Head  with  the  occiput  con- 
siderably arcuate,  but  little  elevated,  descending  slightly  to  the 
interocular  region  which  is  slightly  more  than  two-thirds  the  width  of 


1913.]  NATUEAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  97 

fastigium;  fastigium  slightly  declivent,  the  distal  half  acute-angu- 
late  when  seen  from  the  dorsum, 
shallowly  excavate,  angle  of  the 
fastigium  when  seen  from  the  side 
rounded  rectangulate ;  face  slightly 
retreating;  frontal  costa  regularly 
expanding  to  the  clypeal  suture, 
moderately  excavate,  the  margins 
somewhat  sinuate,  face  somewhat 
scabrous;  eyes  subovoid,  slightly  y^g,  9-12.-Dorsal  and  lateral 
longer  than  the  infra-ocular  por-  views  of  the  fastigium  of  Zygo- 
tion  of  the  gen^,  moderately  promi-  *J'™»  r^Z.S' ('^I'V&ffi^'J' 
nent  when  seen  from  the  dorsum.  11-12).  (x  4.) 
Pronotum    somewhat    inflated    on 

the  prozona,  deplanate  on  the  metazona.  slightly  tectate  on  the 
prozona,  the  prozona  somewhat  elevated  when  seen  in  profile, 
the  metazona  being  rather  straight  and  slightly  less  elevated;  dorsum 
of  the  pronotum  slightly  less  than  twice  the  dorsal  length  of  the  head, 
cephalic  and  caudal  margins  obtuse-angulate,  the  former  with  the 
angle  sharp,  the  latter  with  it  subtruncate  and  the  sides  of  the  angle 
slightly  emarginate;  caudal  width  of  the  disk  slightly  more  than  two- 
thirds  the  length;  median  carina  distinct,  rather  high  on  the  meta- 
zona, blunt,  cut  by  three  transverse  sulci,  the  metazona  slightly 
shorter  than  the  prozona;  lateral  shoulders  distinct  on  the  metazona, 
well  rounded  on  the  prozona;  lateral  lobes  distinctly  longer  than  deep, 
the  ventral  margin  with  a  slight  oblique  truncation  cephalad;  surface 
of  the  entire  pronotum  strongly  scabroso-punctate.  Tegmina  three 
and  a  third  times  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  reaching  caudad  of 
the  tips  of  the  femora;  costal  margins  moderately  arcuate  proximad 
and  distad,  straight  mesad,  sutural  margin  nearly  straight,  apex 
rather  narrowly  rounded;  intercalary  area  with  no  distinct  inter- 
calary vein.  Prosternal  spine  somewhat  compressed,  slightly 
bulbous,  and  very  much  rounded  longitudinally  at  the  apex.  Inter- 
space between  the  mesosternal  lobes  distinctly  longer  than  broad; 
metasternal  lobes  separated  by  a  wedge-shaped  interspace  which 
at  its  narrowest  point  is  subequal  to  the  mesosternal  interspace. 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  moderately  robust,  rather  short.  Caudal 
femora  falling  slightly  short  of  the  tips  of  the  ovipositor  jaws, 
tapering,  rather  slender;  caudal  tibiae  with  eight  to  nine  spines  on 
the  external  margin,  internal  margin  with  twelve  spines  considerably 
longer  than  those  of  the  external  margin. 
7 


98  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

Color  pattern  exactly  as  in  Z.  superbimi,  the  colors  themselves 
being  the  same  ^vith  the  following  exceptions:  yellow  on  dorsum 
of  pronotum  and  anal  area  of  tegmina  duller  and  more  ochraceous, 
darker  markings  on  pronotum,  more  purplish-red,  caudal  femora' 
distinctly  speckled  with  olive-green. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 49 .5  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum • 10.8 

Greatest  dorsal  width  of  disk  of  pronotum 7.3     " 

Length  of  tegmen 35.8 

Length  of  caudal  femur 23.2     " 

The  type  specimen  alone  has  been  examined. 

VILERNA  Stai. 
"Vilerna  rugulosa  Stal. 

Santa  Catharina,  Brazil.     [Hebard  Collection.]     One    9  . 

Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil.     [Hebard  Collection.]     One    9  . 

Espirito  Santo,  Brazil.     [Hebard  Collection.]     One    9  . 

The  tegmina  slightly  exceed  the  tips  of  the  caudal  femora  in 
the  Santa  Catharina  specimen. 

CALETODES  Giglio-Tos. 

1898.     Caletodes  Giglio-To.s,  BoUett.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.  Torino,  XIII, 
No.  311,  pp.  47,  58. 

.    Type. — C.  alatus  Giglio-Tos  (designated  by  Kirby). 

Caletodes  pulchripes  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Balzapamba,  Ecuador.  (R.  Haensch.)  [Hebard  Col- 
lection.] 

Allied  to  C.  alatus  from  Gualaquiza  and  Valley  of  Santiago, 
Ecuador,  but  differing  in  the  structure  of  the  frontal  costa,  the 
incised  caudal  angle  of  the  pronotum  and  the  rounded  apex  of  the 
fastigium.  From  C.  festce  Giglio-Tos  from  the  Valley  of  Santiago, 
it  differs  in  that  the  lateral  carinse  of  the  pronotum  are  much  less 
apparent  than  the  median,  in  the  longer  tegmina  which  are  normal 
and  not  lateral  in  position,  in  the  cylindrical  prosternal  spine  and 
the  lesser  size. 

Size  medium:  form  rather  robust;  surface  of  head  and  pleura 
rugulose,  of  pronotum  rugoso-tuberculate,  dorsum  of  abdomen  with 
numerous  small  irregular  transverse  wrinkles.  Head  with  the 
dorsum  about  five-eighths  the  dorsal  length  of  the  pronotum;  occi- 
put considerably  arcuate,  distinctly  but  slightly  elevated,  descending 


1913. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


99 


to  the  interocular  space  which  is  hardly  more  than  half  the  greatest 
width  of  the  fastigium,  occiput  to  junction  with  fastigium  bearing  a 


Fig.  13. — Caletodes  pidchripes  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.      (X  3.) 


distinct  but  rather  irregular  median  carina;  fastigium  produced, 
blunt  lanceolate  when  seen  from  the  dorsum,  the  lateral  margins 
subparallel  proximad,  the  distal  section  regularly  converging  to  the 
well-rounded  apex,  a  pair  of  irregular  lateral 
carinse  are  present  on  the  proximal  portion,  the 
entire  surface  of  the  dorsum  of  the  fastigium 
concavely  excavate,  when  seen  from  the  side 
the  angle  of  the  fastigium  is  seen  to  be  rounded 
rectangulate  dorsad,  the  ventral  section  of  the 
process  strongly  arcuate  and  curving  into  the 
slightly  retreating  face,  the  proximo-dorsal  half 
of  the  fastigium  horizontal,  the  distal  half 
considerably  declivent;  frontal  costa  extending 
to  the  cljrpeal  suture,  distinctly  excavate,  con- 
siderably constricted  ventrad  of  the  ocellus; 
accessory  facial  carinse  very  slightly  divergent 
ventrad;  eyes  very  slightly  reniform  in  shape, 
subequal  to  the  infra-ocular  portion  of  the  gense, 
moderately  prominent  when  viewed  from  the 
dorsum;  antennae  equal  to  the  pronotum  and 
half  the  length  of  the  head,  ensiform,  the 
segments  distinct,  flattened,  subtriangular  in 
section,  the  length  of  the  segments  beyond  the  fourth  usually 
.alternates  short  and  long,  apex  blunt.     Pronotum  with  the  length 


Fig.  14.  —  Caletodes 
pidchripes  n.  sp. 
Dorsal  outline  of 
head  and  prono- 
tum.    (X  3.) 


100  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March^ 

one  and  two-thirds  times  that  of  the  head,  the  greatest  caudal  width 
of  the  disk  contained  about  one  and  one-half 
times  in  the  length;  cephalic  margin  sub- 
truncate,  caudal  margin  obtuse-angulate,  the 
apex  very  blunt  and  obtusely  incised,  the  mar- 
gins somewhat  sinuate;  median  carina  distinct 
but  low  and  somewhat  irregular,  cut  by  three 
transverse  sulci,  the  caudal  the  deepest  and 
widest,  metazona  about  three-fourths  the  length 

Pig  15 Caletodes      o^  the  prozona;  lateral  carinae  formed  only  of 

pulchripes  n.  sp.      blunt  tubercles  and  but  little  apparent  except 
Outline   of    face.  i     i       i.  xv,  j.   j   i,  i    i 

(X  4^  caudad  where  they  are  represented  by  rounded 

shoulders;  lateral  lobes  longer  than  deep,  cephalic 
and  caudal  margins  obliquely  converging,  ventral  margin  with  a 
considerable  sinuate  emargination  cephalad;  dorsal  outline  of  the 
pronotum  very  slightly  arched  on  the  cephalic  portion  of  the  pro- 
zona, straight  on  the  remainder  of  the  pronotum.  Tegmina  slightly 
longer  than  the  head  and  pronotum  together,  attingent  and  over- 
lapping dorsad,  tapering  in  the  distal  two-thirds,  costal  margin 
with  a  considerable  proximal  lobe,  nearly  straight  thence  to  the 
apex,  sutural  margin  very  slightly  arcuate  proximad;  intercalary 
area  with  a  distinct  intercalary  vein.  Prosternal  spine  erects 
regularly  tapering,  apex  slightly  blunted;  interspace  between  the 
mesosternal  lobes  very  slightly  transverse;  interspace  between  the 
metasternal  lobes  with  its  caudal  width  only  about  half  that  between 
the  mesosternal  lobes.  Ovipositor  jaws  short  and  thick,  the  proximal 
portions  of  the  margins  blunt  serrate.  Cephalic  and  median  limbs 
moderately  robust.  Caudal  femora  about  twice  the  length  of  the 
pronotum,  robust,  the  margins  distinctly  serrate,  the  pagina  dis- 
tinctly patterned,  the  ridges  with  numerous  asperities,  genicular 
lobes  rounded;  caudal  tibiae  slightly  shorter  than  the  femora,, 
slightly  but  very  noticeably  decurved  proximad,  external  margin  with 
seven  spines,  internal  with  nine;  caudal  tarsi  with  the  proximal 
and  distal  joints  subequal,  arolium  present. 

General  color  bistre,  washed  very  irregularly  and  not  at  all  strongly 
with  drab,  asperities  on  the  pronotum,  limbs  and  spotting  on  facial 
carinse  blackish;  eyes  mummy -brown;  caudal  femora  with  a  spot 
on  the  ventro-median  portion  of  the  lateral  face  cinnamon,  internal 
face  washed  with  carmine,  interno-ventral  with  crimson,  the  dorsal 
face  with  traces  of  three  cinnamon  bands,  the  distal  of  which  is  an 
imperfect    annulus,    genicular    arches    and   internal    genicular   face 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  101 

clay  color;  caudal  tibiae  crimson,  the  external  face  with  some  of  the 
general  color  and  an  imperfect  pale  pregenicular  annulus  also  present, 
spines  ochraceous  tipped  with  black. 

Measvrements. 

Length  of  body 27       mm. 

Length  of  pronotmn 6.7     " 

Length  of  tegmen 12         " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 13.2     " 

The  type  is  unique. 

SAPARUS  Giglio-To3. 

1898.     Saparus   Giglio-Tos,    Bollett.  Mus.  Zool.  .\nat.  Comp.,  XIII,  No. 
311,  pp.  47,  60. 

Type. — Saparus  cequatorialis  Giglio-Tos. 

Saparus  aequatorialis  Giglio-Tos. 

1898.    S[apnrus]  cequatorialis  Giglio-Tos,  Bollett.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp., 
XIII,  No.  311,  p.  61.     [Valley  of  Santiago,  Ecuador.] 

Piches  and  Perene  Valleys,  2,000  to  3,000  feet,  Peru.  (Soc.  Geog. 
de  Lima.)    [U.  S.  N.  M.]    One  cf ,  one  9  . 

The  male  individual  here  recorded  is  slightly  smaller  than  the 
type  measurements  given  by  Giglio-Tos. 

As  the  female  sex  was  hitherto  unknown,  a  few  notes  are  here 
given  from  the  specimen  in  hand. 

The  eyes  are  less  prominent  in  the  female  than  in  the  male,  while 
the  head  is  broader  proportionately  at  the  base  of  the  mandibles. 
The  lateral  facial  carina?  are  much  more  divergent  in  the  female, 
while  the  structure  of  the  fastigium  and  frontal  costa  is  about 
the  same  in  both  sexes.  The  interspace  between  the  mesoster- 
nal  lobes  is  slightly  longitudinal  in  the  male,  subquadrate  in  the 
female,  while  the  metasternal  lobes  are  separated  by  a  very  narrow 
space  in  the  male  and  by  a  considerable  transverse  interspace  in  the 
female.  The  face  and  mouth  parts  of  the  male  are  very  pale 
ochraceous,   distinctly  contrasted  with  the  general  coloration. 

Measurements.  cf'  9 

Length  of  body 26      mm.  38      mm. 

Length  of  dorsum  of  pronotum 5         "  7         " 

Length  of  tegmen 27.5     "  29         " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 4.5     "  6.5     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 16         ''  20.8     " 

ANTIPHANES  Stai. 

1878.     Antiphanes  St§,l,   Bihang  till  K.   Svenska  Vet.  Akad.  HandJingar 
V,  No.  4,  p.  35. 

Type. — Ommatolampis  nodicoUis  Burmeister. 


102  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Maich^. 

Antiphanes  nodicollis  (Burmeister). 

1838.     0[mmatolampis]  nodicollis  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  Bd.  II,. 
Abtheil.  II,  pt.  I,  p.  637.    [Brazil.] 

Minas  Geraes,  Brazil.     1897.     [Hebard  Collection.]     One  ?  . 

With  only  Burmeister 's  very  brief  description  to  furnish  one 
the  characters  of  the  species,  it  is  somewhat  difficult  to  decide 
whether  the  specimen  in  hand  is  his  species  or  not.  Burmeister  de- 
scribes the  genicular  regions,  caudal  tibiae  and  tarsi  as  sanguineous, 
while  in  the  Minas  Geraes  individual  only  the  tarsi  and  distal  half  of  the 
tibiae  are  of  that  colpr,  but  this  may  possibly  be  due  to  the  fact  that 
the  original  specimen  was  a  male.  Until  further  evidence  is  at  hand, 
it  seems  preferable  to  use  Burmeister's  name  for  the  specimen 
before  us. 

OMMATOLAMPIS  Burmeister. 

1838.     Ommatolampis  Burmeister,  Handbuch  der  Entom.,  Bd.  II,  Abtheil. 
II,  pt.  I,  p.  636. 

Type  designated  by  Kirby — 0.  perspicillata  (Johansson). 

Ommatolampis  perspicillata  (Johansson). 

1763.     Gryllus  perspicillatus  Johansson,  Amoen.  Acad.,  VI,  p.  398.      ["In- 
diLs."] 

Surinam.    [Hebard  Collection.]   One  cf,  one  9. 
Ommatolampis  palpata  St&l. 

1878.     0[mmalolampis\   palpata   StS,l,   Bihang  till  K.   Svenska  Vet.-Akad. 
Hand!.,  V,  No.  4,  p.  81.    [Peru.] 

Piches  and  Perene  Valleys,  2,000-3,000  feet  elevation,  Peru. 
(Soc.  Geog.  de  Lima.)    [U.  S.  N.  M.]    One  9  . 

This  record  appears  to  be  the  first  since  the  description  of  the 
species. 

The  measurements  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows: 

Length  of  body 34       mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 6.5     " 

Greatest  caudal  width  of  pronotum 7.8     " 

Length  of  tegmcn 1.5     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 22.3  •" 

OULENOTACRIS  n.  gen.s 

A  member  of  the  Nicarchi  and  related  to  Anablysis  Gerstaecker, 
but  differing  in  the  lesser  number  of  antennal  joints  and  the  absence 
of  any  prominent  tubercles  on  the  pronotum.  The  new  genus  also 
possesses  a  heavy  robust  structure  quite  different  from  Anablysis. 

Fastigium  subrectangulate,  a  slight  median  longitudinal  depression 
present,    interantennal    projection    distinct,  but    not    greatly    con- 

5  0)';' 7/,  cicatrice, •  noror^  back;  fiKpic,  locust. 


1913.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


103 


spicuous;  frontal  costa  punctate  dorsad,  sulcate  ventrad;  eyes 
prominent;  antennae  fifteen-jointed.  Pronotum  punctate,  with  no 
prominent  lobes  or  carinae,  transverse  sulci  well  impressed.  Tegmina 
exceeding  the  apex  of  the  abdomen,  narrow,  tapering.  Interspaces 
between  the  mesosternal  and  metasternal  lobes  subquadrate. 
Ovipositor  jaws  short  and  thick.  Caudal  limbs  robust,  femora  with 
the  margins  finely  serrate;  external  margin  of  the  tibia?  with  six 
spines,  no  apical  external  spine  present;  tarsi  with  the  first  and  third 
joints  subequal,  second  about  half  the  length  of  the  first. 

Type — 0.  robusta  n.  sp. 
Oulenotacris  robusta  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Surinam.  May-September.  [Hebard  Collection.]  \^ 
Size  moderately  small;  form  very  robust;  surface  of  pronotum, 
pleura,  face  and  dorsal  face  of  the  femora  punctate.  Head  with 
the  dorsal  length  about  three-fifths 
that  of  the  pronotum;  occiput  very 
shghtly  arched,  descending  appreciably 
to  the  interocular  region  which  is  about 
equal  in  width  to  half  that  of  the 
fastigium;  fastigium  shghtly  broader 
than  long,  rectangulate  with  the  apex 
truncate,  dorsum  with  a  distinct  but 
very  slight  longitudinal  line;  fastig- 
ial  process  moderately  protuberant 
when  seen  from  the  side,  rotundato- 
truncate,  face  slightly  retreating; 
frontal  costa  broadest  between  the 
antennae,  distinctly  constricted  ven- 
trad of  the  ocellus  and  toward  the 
sutural  margin,  not  very  deeply 
sulcate  around  and  ventrad  of  the 
ocellus,  punctate  dorsad;  supple- 
mentary facial  carinae  prominent,  sub- 
parallel;  no  distinct  lateral  foveolae; 
eyes  subreniform  ovate,  distinctlj^ 
longer  than  the  infra-ocular  sulcus, 
very  prominent  from  both  aspects; 
antennae  about  equal  to  the  head  and 
pronotum  in  length,  thick,  slightly 
depressed,  blunt.  Pronotum  with 
the  greatest  width  of  the  disk,  about 
four-fifths  the  length  of  the  same 


Fig.  16.  —  Oulenotacris  robusta 
n.  sp.  Dorsal  view  of  type. 
(X3.) 


?phalic  margin  gently  arcuate 


104  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

with  a  very  broad  and  shallow  median  emargination,  caudal  margin 
obtuse-angulate;  median  carina  very  faintly  indicated  on  the  meta- 
zona  and  the  cephalic  half  of  the  prozona,  absent  elsewhere;  trans- 
verse sulci  distinct,  the  caudal  very  deep  on  the  median  portion 
of  the  dorsum ;  disk  almost  flat,  lateral  angles  rounded  but  apparent ; 
lateral  lobes  slightly  longer  than  deep,  the  ventro-cephalic  angle 
broadly  excised  by  a  deep  emargination.  Tegmina  distinctly  ex- 
ceeding the  apex  of  the  abdomen  and  slightly  exceeding  the  tips 
of  the  caudal  femora,  tapering,  distal  third  narrow  with  the  apex 
narrowly  rounded;  costal  margin  with  a  distinct  but  shallow  lobe; 


Fig.  17. — Oulenotacris  robusta  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X   3.) 

intercalary  vein  distinct,  at  least  distad.  Prosternal  spine  very  short 
and  low,  subconoid;  interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes 
transverse;  interspace  between  the  metasternal  lobes  subquadrate, 
the  cephalic  width  (i.e.,  that  between  the  foveolae)  greater  than 
the  caudal.  Abdomen  with  the  ovipositor  jaws  distinctly  com- 
pressed and  short.  Cephalic  and  median  limbs  of  medium  size. 
Caudal  femora  robust,  the  greatest  width  contained  about  three 
and  a  half  times  in  the  length;  medio-dorsal  carina  moderately 
serrate,  pagina  with  the  pattern  distinct  and  regular,  genicular 
lobes  with  the  ventral  margin  emarginate  distad;  caudal  tibiae 
distinctly  shorter  than  the  femora,  armed  on  the  external  margin 
with  six  spines,  internal  margin  with  eight  to  nine  spines,  no  apical 
spine  present  on  the  external  margin;  caudal  tarsi  about  half  the 
length  of  the  tibise,  third  joint  shghtly  longer  than  the  first,  second 
about  half  the  length  of  the  first,  arolia  of  medium  size. 

General  color  bistre,  more  olivaceous  on  the  dorsum  and  the 
greater  area  of  the  later  portion  of  the  metazona.  Occiput,  face 
and  mouth  parts  with  quite  a  little  dull  yellowish  mingled  with  the 
general  color;  gense  soiled  yellowish,  this  being  continued  on  the 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  105 

lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  by  an  obliquely  defined  ventral  patch 
of  chrome-yellow;  facial  carinae  dashed  with  blackish.  Eyes  tawny- 
olive;  antennae  olive.  Dorsal  portion  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pro- 
zona  washed  with  dull  claret-browTi.  Tegmina  with  numerous  small 
quadrate  areas  of  wood-browTi  on  the  general  color.  Disk  of  the 
wings  lemon-yellow.  Pleura  with  a  broken  continuation  of  the 
yellow  pronotal  bar  and  an  additional  dash  of  dull  yellowish  bordered 
by  dull  blackish.  Venter  raw  umber;  dorsum  of  the  abdomen  prout's 
brown,  median  area  of  the  lateral  aspect  of  the  proximal  segments 
shining  blackish.  Cephalic  and  median  femora  burnt  umber  and 
blackish.  Caudal  femora  vinaceous,  rufous  dorsad,  ecru-drab  on  the 
ventral  portion  of  the  pagina,  maroon  on  the  externo-ventral  face, 
carmine  on  the  internal  face,  two  indistinct  oblique  bars  are  present, 
seal-browai  in  color,  but  occasionally  touched  with  greenish,  genicu- 
lar region  dark  clay  color;  caudal  tibiae  very  dull  purplish  on  the 
internal  face,  very  dull  olive-green  on  the  external  face,  a  broad 
poorly  defined  proximal  area  pale,  spines  pale  yellow  tipped  with  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 23       mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 5.2     " 

Length  of  tegmen 17 .5     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 13.2     " 

The  tvpe  is  unique. 

SITALCES  stai. 

1878.     Sitalces  St&l,  Bihang  till  K.  Svenska  Vet.  Akad.  Handlingar,  V,  Xo. 
9,  p.  16. 

TjToe  designated  by  Kirb}^ — S.  volxemi  Stal. 
Sitalces  balzapambae  n.  sp. 

Type:    d^ ;  Balzapamba,   Ecuador   (R.  Haensch.)      [Hebard  Col- 
lection.] 


Fig.  18. — Sitalces  balzapambce  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  4.) 


106  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [March, 

Allied  to  S.  trinitatis  Bruner,  with  a  specimen  of  which  it  has 
been  compared,  but  differing  in  the  less  prominent  eyes,  the  broader 
interspace  between  the  same,  the  more  tectate  dorsum  of  the  prono- 
tum,  the  broader  and  differently  shaped  distal  portion  of  the  tegmina 
and  very  different  character  of  the  apex  of  the  abdomen. 

Size  small;  form  shghtly  compressed,  a  distinct  median  carina 
present  from  the  cephalic  margin  of  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum 
to  the  apex  of  the  abdomen,  the  dorsum  for  this  reason  being  tectate; 
surface  of  the  thoracic  segments,  dorsum  of  the  head  and  to  an 
extent  of  the  limbs  ruguloso-punctate.  Head  with  its  dorsal  length 
three-fifths  that  of  the  pronotum  in  the  male,  half  the  length  of  the 
same  in  the  female;  occiput  distinctly  arcuate  and  provided  with  a 
pair  of  converging  irregular  channels;  interocular  space  about  half 
the  greatest  width  of  the  fastigium,  provided  with  a  shallow  but 
distinct  sulcus  which  extends  to  the  fastigial  margin;  fastigium 
distinctly  broader  than  long,  rounded  rectangulate,  very  slightly 
acute  in  the  male,  the  immediate  angle  subtruncate,  surface  with  a 
pair  of  rather  low  parallel  ridges  flanking  the  central  sulcus,  margins 
with  a  distinctly  elevated  rim;  fastigial  process  slightly  protuberant 
when  seen  from  the  side,  subtruncate,  forming  an  appreciable 
angle  with  the  dorsum  of  the  fastigium  and  gently  curving  ventrad 
into  the  slightly  retreating  face;  frontal  costa  continuous,  very 
slightly  expanding  ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  punctate  dorsad,  sulcate 
from  between  the  antennae  ventrad;  supplementary  facial  carinse 
■  >       slightly  sinuate  and  slightly  divergent  ventrad; 

V,  ,y         areas   usually  occupied   by   the   lateral    foveolae 

•.'.  .7  strongly    punctate;    eyes    elliptical,    longer    and 

narrower  in  the  female  than  in  the  male,  length 
\\     /  very  considerably  more  than  that  of  the  infra- 

ocular  portion  of  the  gense,  distinctly  prominent 
in    both    sexes.       Pronotum    with    the    greatest 
caudal   width   of    the    disk    contained   one   and 
one-quarter  (cf)  to  one  and  one-third  (9)  times 
in   the    length    of   the    disk,    distinctly   tectate; 
cephalic  margin  slightly  arcuate,  caudal  margin 
rotundato-truncate  with   a  well-marked  median 
'  ^ffihapamh Jn.^sn.      V-shaped  emargination  which  is  less  pronounced 
Dorsal  outline  of     in  the  female  than  in  the  male;  median  carina 
turn  'o^f  t*y°pe"     distinct,  subequal,  cut  by  three  transverse  sulci, 
(X  4.)  metazona  about  half  the  length  of  the  prozona; 

lateral    angles    not    at    all    strongly    marked,    slightly     converg- 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  107 

ing  to  the  first  transverse  sulcus,  then  regularly  but  not 
greatly  diverging  caudad;  lateral  lobes  distinctly  longer  than 
deep,  the  cephalic  portion  of  the  ventral  margin  obliquely 
emarginate,  caudo-ventral  angle  very  broadly  rounded.  Tegmina 
in  both  sexes  slightly  surpassing  the  caudal  margin  of  the  meta- 
notum,  slightly  curved  ventrad  with  the  greatest  width  at  the 
distal  third,  apex  rounded.  Prosternal  spine  erect,  conical,  not  very 
sharp;  interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes  moderately  trans- 
verse; interspace  between  the  metasternal  lobes  of  the  usual  key- 
stone shape,  much  narrower  than  that  between  the  mesosternal 
lobes.  Ovipositor  jaws  of  the  female  very  slightly  compressed,  the 
dorsal  pair  subequal  in  depth  in  the  proximal  half;  supra-anal  plate 
of  the  male  acute  trigonal;  cerci  of  the  male  styliform,  reaching 
about  to  the  apex  of  the  supra-anal  plate;  subgenital  plate  with  the 
apex  not  elevated  above  the  general  dorsal  margin  of  the  plate, 
rounded  when  seen  from  the  dorsum.  Cephalic  and  median  limbs 
proportionately^  more  robust  in  the  male  than  in  the  female.  Caudal 
femora  moderately  robust  in  the  male,  weaker  and  smaller  propor- 
tionately in  the  female,  exceeding  the  apex  of  the  abdomen  in  both 
sexes,  pagina  with  the  pattern  rather  coarse  but  regular  and  distinct  ,^ 
medio-dorsal  carina  finely  serrulate;  caudal  tibiae  slightly  shorter 
than  the  femora,  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  eight  spines^ 
on  the  internal  with  nine  spines;  caudal  tarsi  with  the  third  joint 
appreciably  longer  than  the  first. 

General  color  in  the  female  drab,  sprinkled,  lined  and  dotted  with 
blackish,  in  the  male  Isabella  color  marked  in  the  same  fashion. 
An  area  along  the  median  line  of  the  body  almost  clear  base  color 
in  the  male,  the  sides  of  the  proximal  two-thirds  of  the  abdomen 
shining  black  in  both  sexes,  this  area  being  more  extended  dorsad 
in  the  male.  Head  with  the  face  naples  yellow  in  the  male,  dull 
orange-buff  in  the  female,  dull  blackish  around  the  bases  of  the  an- 
tennae; occiput  and  cheeks  prout's  brown  in  the  male,  Vandyke 
brown  in  the  female;  eyes  pale  tawny-olive  in  the  male,  walnut- 
brown  in  the  female.  Pronotum  with  the  dorsal  portion  of  the  lateral 
lobes  dark,  median  carina  blackish,  particularly  in  the  male;  ventral 
half  of  the  lateral  lobes  the  same  color  as  the  face,  limited  dorsad 
by  an  obtuse  angulate  patch  of  blackish.  Tegmina  prout's  brown 
in  the  male,  walnut-brown  in  the  female.  Venter  of  the  abdomen 
primrose-yellow  in  the  male,  raw  umber  in  the  female,  provided  in 
each  sex  with  a  medio-longitudinal  shining  blackish-ljrown  bar 
reaching  to  the  margin  of  the  subgenital  plate;  sternal  plates  mottled 


108  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

blackish  and  primrose-yellow  (cf )  or  blackish  and  raw  umber  (9). 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  of  the  general  colors.  Caudal  limbs 
broccoli-brown  in  the  male,  chocolate-brown  in  the  female,  the  dorsal 
surface  at  about  two-fifths  the  distance  from  the  base  provided  with 
a  velutinous  black  spot,  internal  face  blue-black,  ventral  faces  very 
deep  bottle-green;  caudal  tibiae  glaucous,  paler  in  the  male,  the 
spines  yellowish  with  the  apical  half  black. 

Afeasurenmits. 

cT"  9 

Length  of  body 17      mm.  20.4  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 3.8     "  4.4     " 

Length  of  tegmen 3.5     "  4         " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 10.6     "  12         " 

In  addition  to  the  male  type,  we  have  before  us  a  female  allotype, 
the   differential   characters   of   which   are   included    in    the   above 
description. 
Sitalces  debilis  n.  sp. 

Type:   9  ;  Rosario,  Santa  Inez,  1,250  meters,  east  of  the  Andes.^ 
October  31,  1899.    [Hebard  Collection.] 

Belonging  to  the  section  a  of  the  genus  as  described  by  Stal, 


Fig.  20.—Sitalces  debilis  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  3.) 

l)ut  not  closely  related  to  either  of  the  two  species  there  described 
or  the  more  recently  characterized  S.  nudus  Bruner. 

Size    rather    small;    form    robust,    subfusiform;    surface    almost 

^The  locality  for  this  species  is  in  every  probability  Rosario,   Gualaquiza 
Valley,  basin  of  the  Rio  Maranon,  Eucador. " 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  lOQ* 

entirely  rugoso-punctate.  Head  with  the  dorsal  length  nearly  three- 
fifths  that  of  the  pronotum;  occiput  slightly  arched,  not  elevated, 
perceptibly  descending  to  the  interocular  region,  the  interspace 
being  very  narrow,  hardly  more  than  a  fourth  the  greatest  fastigial 
width,  not  regularly  narrowing,  but  of  subequal  width  for  some 
short  distance;  fastigium  transverse,  slightly  obtuse-angulate  with 
the  apex  subtruncate,  the  fastigial  margins  with  a  slight  rim,  the 
surface  of  the  fastigium  slightly  impresso-punctate ;  fastigial  process 
when  seen  from  the  side  not  projecting  beyond  the  line  of  the  face, 
the  latter  being  but  very  slightly  retreating,  the  fastigio-facial 
angle  very  slightly  rounded;  frontal  costa  absent  on  the  ventral 
portion  of  the  face,  appreciably  but  not  greatly  narrowed  dorsad 
and  ventrad,  irregularly  sulcate  around  the  ocellus, 
deeply  punctate  dorsad;    lateral   foveolar   areas  ,/ 

punctate;  supplementary  facial  carinse  con- 
siderably divergent  caudad;  eyes  eUiptical,  very 
distinctly  longer  than  the  infra-ocular  portion 
of  the  gense,  moderately  prominent  when  viewed  // 

from  the  dorsum.  Pronotum  rounded  transversely, 
hardly  tectate,  the  length  slightly  shorter  than 
the  greatest  caudal  width;  cephalic  margin  sub- 
truncate,  caudal  margin  truncate  with  a  broad, 
shallow  median  emargination ;  median  carina 
distinct  cephalad  and  caudad,  very  weak  mesad, 
transverse  sulci  three  in  number,  prozona  nearly  ^^§'4^77? ^n^'^sp^ 
twice  the  length  of  the  metazona;  lateral  lobes  Dorsal  outline  of 
of  the  pronotum  not  separated  from  the  dorsum  ^^^^^  ^^f  PJ°^«y 
by  distinct  angles  or  carinse,  rounding  regularly  (X  3.) 
into  the  vertical  lobes,  longer  than  deep,  cephalic 
and  caudal  margins  somewhat  sinuate,  ventral  margin  with  a  pro- 
nounced ventro-cephalic  emargination,  obtuse-angulate  caudad. 
Mesonotum  and  metanotum  very  broadly  obtuse-angulate  emar- 
ginate,  the  metanotum  with  the  angle  more  apparent  than  the 
mesonotum.  Tegmina  and  wings  absent.  Prosternal  spine  rather 
small,  conical,  acute;  interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes 
slightly  transverse ;  interspace  between  the  metasternal  lobes  smaller 
than  the  mesosternal  interspace,  slightl}^  transverse.  Abdomen 
moderately  compressed,  keeled;  dorsal  ovipositor  jaws  \vith  their 
external  margin  very  bluntly  serrate.  Cephalic  and  median  limbs 
rather  slender.  Caudal  femora  about  three  times  as  long  as  the 
pronotum,  tapering,  the  medio-dorsal  carina  serrate,  the  ventro- 


110  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

lateral  sparselj-  serrato-dentate  with  a  weaker  serration  between 
the  higher  ones,  pagina  regularly  patterned,  ventral  margin  of  the 
genicular  lobes  sinuate;  caudal  tibiae  very  slightly  shorter  than  the 
femora,  distinctly  sinuate,  armed  on  the  external  margin  with 
six  spines,  on  the  internal  margin  with  six  to  seven;  caudal  tarsi 
with  the  proximal  joint  distinctly  shorter  than  the  third,  second 
hardly  half  the  length  of  the  proximal  one. 

General  color  olive,  blackish-brown  on  the  ventral  surface,  the 
face,  cheeks  and  dorsal  portion  of  the  mouth  parts  Isabella  color; 
€yes  cinnamon  cephalad,  raw  umber  caudad.  Caudal  femora  pale 
tawny-olive,  the  dorsal  surface  entirely  washed  with  the  same, 
genicular  arches  blackish-brown,  ventral  sulcus  dark  bottle-green; 
caudal  tibiae  dull  olive-green,  the  spines  french  green  with  their 
distal  halves  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 20       mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 4         " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 13        " 

The  type  is  unique. 

SCHISTOCERCA  Stai. 
Schistocerca  aegyptia  (Thunb.). 

181.5.     (ll[ryllus]  cegyplius   Thunberg,  Mem.  I'Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  St.  Pctersb., 
V,  p.  247.    [St.  Bartholomew,  West  Indies.] 

St.  Thomas,  Danish  West  Indies.  December,  1882.  A.  Koebele. 
[U.  S.  N.  M.]     One  d". 

When  compared  with  a  male  of  cegij-ptia  from  Culebra  Island, 
the  St.  Thomas  specimen  is  seen  to  differ  structurally  only  in  the 
slightly  shorter  caudal  femora.  The  coloration  of  the  St.  Thomas 
individual  has  in  a  gi'eat  measure  been  effaced  by  the  preservative 
in  which  the  specimen  was  immersed,  but  the  pattern,  as  it  remains, 
is  essentially  the  same  as  in  the  Culebra  representative. 
ScMstocerca  vaga  brevis  n.  subsp. 

Types:  cf  and  9  ;  Clarion  Island,  Pacific  Ocean,  S.  W.  of  Cape 
San  Lucas,  Lower  California.    (Dr.  G.  Baur.)    [U.  S.  N.  M.] 

This  is  an  extremely  interesting  short-winged  form  of  the  rather 
widely  spread  S.  vaga,  immediately  distinguishable  by  the  short 
tegmina  and  wings  which  very  slightly  surpass  the  tips  of  the  caudal 
femora.  The  typical  series  of  five,  one  male  and  four  females,  has 
been  immersed  in  a  liquid  preservative  and  in  consequence  the 
coloration  and  to  a  certain  extent  minor  structural  characters 
can  hardly  be  considered  to  furnish  diagnostic  characters. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  HI 

On  comparison  with  a  series  of  vaga  from  a  number  of  localities, 
the  Clarion  Island  series  is  seen  to  be  practically  identical  except 
for  the  short  tegmina  and  wings.  In  view  of  the  uniformity  of 
this  character  in  all  of  the  five  specimens,  we  deem  it  best  to  con- 
sider the  Clarion  Island  form  at  least  a  geographic  subspecies, 
limited  as  far  as  known  to  Clarion  Island.  It  is  quite  curious 
to  note  that  typical  vaga  is  found  on  Guadelupe  Island  off  the  west 
coast  of  Lower  California,  in  fact,  that  island  was  one  of  the 
original  localities,  and  from  the  measurements  given  by  Scudder 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  specimens  were  of  the  normal  long-winged 
type.  The  distance  of  Guadelupe  Island  from  the  nearest  portion 
of  the  mainland,  i.e.,  Lower  California,  is  about  one  hundred  and 
seventy  miles,  while  Clarion  Island  is  about  four  hundred  and  thirty- 
five  miles  from  Cape  San  Lucas,  the  nearest  mainland  point.  The 
difference  in  chstance  may  possibly  account  for  the  difference  in 
wing  length  by  the  hypothesis  that  vaga  regularly  flies  to  and  fro 
between  Guadelupe  Island  and  the  mainland,  and  the  resident 
brood  is  recruited  by  new  arrivals  and  produces,  through  the  in- 
fluence of  new  blood  and  the  presence  thereby  of  a  comparatively 
active  migratory  influence,  generations  in  which  the  wings  are  very 
powerful.  On  the  other  hand.  Clarion  Island  was  probably  colon- 
ized by  stray  migrants,  and  from  these  has  evolved  a  short-winged 
type  through  isolation  and  lack  of  use  for  the  wings  except  in  a 
restricted  area.  While  we  are  unaware  of  the  presence  of  S.  vaga 
on  the  Revillagegedo  Islands,  the  species,  and  possibly  subspecies, 
may  occur  there,  the  nearest  one  of  the  group,  Roca  Partida,  being 
one  hundred  and  forty  miles  distant  from  Clarion  Island. 

The  measurements  of  the  types  of  Schistocerca  vaga  hrevis  are  as 
follows : 

d^  9 

Length  of  body 30.5  mm.     43      mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 7         "  9.5 

Length  of  tegmen 24.5     "        33.5 

Length  of  caudal  femur 19.2     "        24.5     " 

Schistocerca  sequalis  Scudder. 

1899.     Schistocerca   fequalh   Scudder.     Proc.   Amer.   Acad.    Arts   and  Sci., 
XXXIV,  p.  458.     [Demerara,  British  Guiana.] 

Caracas,  Venezuela.     (Dr.  A.  Ernst.)     [U.  S.  N.  M.]     One  9  . 

This  species  is  quite  difficult  to  distinguish  in  the  female  sex 
from  the  allied  S.  desiUens  Scudder,  but  the  color  of  the  caudal  tibiae, 
i.e.,  varying  shades  of  glaucous  in  cequalis  and  reddish  in  desiUens, 
appears  to  be  a  convenient  character  by  which  to  separate  specimens. 


112  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

In  the  male  sex  the  form  of  the  cerei,  tapering  and  very  narrowly 
rounded  in  desiliens  and  subequal  and  subtruncate  in  wqualis, 
is  a  fairly  satisfactory  clue  to  the  species.  The  cerci  in  the  three 
males  available  for  study  have  the  apical  angular  emargination 
described  by  Scudder  extrememly  slight  and  hardly  perceptible. 

Six  individuals,  three  of  each  sex,  have  been  examined,  those 
in  addition  to  .  the  Caracas  specimen  being  from  Demerara  and 
Bartica,  British  Guiana. 

Schistocerca  peregrina  (Olivier). 

1804.     Acridimn  peregrinum  Olivier,  Voyage  I'Emp.  Othoman,  II,  p.  425. 
[Egypt;  Arabia;  Mesopotamia;  Persia.] 

Venezuela.     [U.  S.  N.  M.]     One  9  . 

This  specimen  has  been  compared  with  undoubted  specimens 
of  S.  peregrina  received  from  the  late  Dr.  Saussure. 

Schistocerca  paranensis  Burmeister. 

1861.     Acridium   paranense   Burmeister,    Reise    durch    La    Plata-Staaten, 
I,  p.  491.    [La  Plata  country;  Parand;  Entre  Rios.] 

Medellin,  Antioquia,  Colombia.  1879.  (Thos.  Herran.)  [U.  S. 
N.M.]     One  cf,  two    9 . 

Caracas,  Venezuela.  (Dr.  A.  Ernst.)  [U.  S.  N.  M.]  Three  cf , 
seven  9  . 

Berbice,  British  Guiana.  September  6,  1886.  (J.  J.  Quelch.) 
[U.  S.  N.  M.]     Two  d^,  three  9  . 

From  the  specimens  recorded  above  it  is  evident  that  this  migra- 
tory and  destructive  locust  is  at  times  present  in  northern  South 
America,  and  from  data  with  the  Caracas  series  it  seems  that  it 
appears  in  considerable  assemblages.  Dr.  Ernst's  remarks  are  to  the 
effect  that  the  species  "invaded"  the  region  "from  September, 
1882,  to  January,  1883,"  and  he  also  states  the  "flight  was  to  the 
northeast  and  at  a  height  of  about  twenty  feet  from  the  ground." 

There  is  in  this  series  a  very  considerable  amount  of  variation 
in  size  in  individuals  of  both  sexes.  A  number  of  specimens  of  the 
female  sex  are  no  larger  than  several  of  the  Caracas  males. 

AIDEMONA  Brunner. 
Aidemona  azteca  (Saussure). 

Western  Colombia.     [Hebard  Collection.]    One   9 . 

This  specimen  is  not  separable  from  females  of  the  States  of  San 
Luis  Potosi  and  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico.  The  range  of  the  species  is 
here  extended  some  distance  south  of  the  previously  known  southern 
limit  of  the  species. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  113 

DICHROPLUS  Sai. 
Dichroplus  peruvianus  Stil. 

1878.      Plezotettix]   (Dichroplus)   veruvianns  St§,l    Bihang    till    K.   Svenska 
Vet.-Akad.  Handl.,  V,  No   9,  p.  7.     [Peru.] 

Piches  and  Perene  Valleys,  2,000-3,000  feet,  Peru.  (Soc.  Geog. 
de  Lima.)    [U.  S.  N.  M.]    Two  cf ,  one  9  . 

Yungas  de  la  Paz,  1,000  meters,  Bolivia.  [Hebard  Collection.] 
One  cf'  and  one  9  in  coitu,  one  additional   9  . 

Dichroplus  amoenus  (Stai). 

1878.     Plezotettix]  (Dichroplus)  amoenus  Stai,  Bihang  till  K.  Svenska  Vet. 
Akad.  Handl.,  V,  No.  9,  p.  8.     [Peru.J 

Minas  Geraes,  Brazil.    1897.    [Hebard  Collection.]    One   9 . 

This  specimen  is  more  greenish  than  was  the  case  -with  the  type 
or  types  and  the  tegmina  appear  more  acuminate  than  originally 
described. 

Bruner  has  recorded  this  species  from  Cordoba,  Argentina. 


114  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 


NORTH  BORDER  RELATIONS  OF  THE  TRIASSIC  IN  PENNSYLVANIA. 
BY   EDGAR   T.    WHERRY,    PH.D. 

The  uniform  gentle  northwest  dip  of  the  Triassic  Red-beds 
throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  belt  crossing  southeastern 
Pennsylvania  has  been  a  subject  of  comment  since  the  earliest  days 
of  study  of  the  region.  Henry  D.  Rogers,  in  his  final  report,^ 
cleverly  suggested  that  it  was  due  to  inclined  deposition,  from 
northward-flowing  waters,  such  as  can  be  observed  in  present-day 
river  deltas.  The  inadequacy  of  this  explanation  is  made  apparent, 
however,  by  the  evident  level-surface  origin  of  the  fossil  footprints 
and  rain-drop  impressions  which  have  since  been  found,  as  well 
as  by  the  fact  that  in  certain  places,  especially  toward  the  northwest 
border  of  the  belt,  the  dips  show  considerable  variations,  both  in 
amount  and  direction. 

No  simple  process  of  uplift  and  folding,  however,  can  account 
for  the  relations  observed.  The  fact  that  thousands  of  feet  of 
strata  exposed  in  the  southern  portion  of  this  belt  are  totally  lacking 
along  its  northern  edge  implies  that  either  profound  faulting  must 
have  occurred  there  or  that  progressive  overlap  on  an  extensive 
scale  must  have  accompanied  the  deposition  of  the  beds.  In 
the  course  of  the  writer's  studies  of  the  Triassic,  carried  on  at 
intervals  during  the  past  six  years,  some  evidence  bearing  on  this 
point  has  been  accumulated.- 

As  shown  elsewhere,^  the  Triassic  of  Pennsylvania  can  be  divided 
into  three  formations,  which  from  the  base  upwards  are:  the 
Stockton  (Norristown)  arkosic  sandstone  and  conglomerate,  5,500 
feet  in  maximum  thickness,  which  outcrops  along  the  southern 
edge  of  the  belt;  the  Lockatong  (Gwynedd)  dark  shale,  which  ap- 
pears as  a  lens  between  the  other  two,  3,500  feet  thick  at  the  Dela- 

1  Geology  of  Pennsylvania,  II,  p.  814,  18.58. 

-  This  was  presented  in  abstract  at  the  meeting  of  the  Geological  Society 
of  America,  December  29,  1911  {Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  XXIII,  745),  and  at  the 
meeting  of  the  Academy  in  conjunction  with  the  Mineralogical  and  Geological 
Section,  May  21,  1912  {Proceedings,  1912,  p.  156),  but  is  now  for  the  first  time 
published  in  full. 

3  Age  and  Correlation  of  the  '"New  Red"  or  Newark  Group  in  Pennsvlvania, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1912,  pp.  373-379. 


1913.1 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


115 


ware  River,  gradually  thinning  westward,  and  dying  out  in  northern 
Chester  County,  but  reappearing  north  of  Lancaster  and  repre- 
sented by  1,000  feet  of  carbonaceous  sandstones  at  the  Susquehanna; 
and  the  Brunswick  red  shale  and  conglomerate,  up  to  16,000  feet 
thick,  which  lies  against  the  older  rocks  along  the  northern  bound- 
ary. Although  the  evidence  is  not  sufficient  for  definite  correlation, 
it  seems  probable  that  these  are  roughly  equivalent  to  the  Bunter, 
Lower  Keuper,  and  Upper  Keuper  of  Europe,  respectively. 

The   following   sections   represent   two  alternative  explanations 
of  the  structure  of  the  Triassic  basin  in  this  region. 


GENERALIZED  STRUCTURE  SECTIONS  of  the    TRIAS  glC  in 
N  PENNSYLVANIA         Scale:   l,nc/i=  6m,le? 


+-   ^     ^  Pre -Trial. 


il-l^^^-t^t-tv'/ 


Section  A.     Assamir^    A   fault    Ai   The    Norfhern    Bewndory. 


FVe-Tnassio 


Section  B.       As-JMinin^    Overlap    At    The    Northern    Boundor\^- 


It  is  believed  that  Section  B  most  correctly  depicts  the  relation- 
ships existing  through  the  greater  part  of  the  Pennsylvania  Triassic 
area,  although  in  Connecticut  and  in  northern  New  Jersey  sections 
of  the  type  of  A  have  been  thought  to  accord  best  with  the  observed 
facts.  This  conclusion  is  based,  first,  on  studies  of  the  actual 
contacts  exposed  along  the  northern  boundary  and,  second,  on 
certain  inferences  drawn  from  features  shown  by  the  rocks  in  other 
portions  of  the  area. 

While  the  northern  boundary  of  the  Triassic  against  the  older 
rocks  is  usually  marked  by  a  slight  depression  and  deeply  covered 
by  soil,  more  or  less  definite  contacts  can  be  seen  in  at  least  six 
places,   namely,   Monroe    on   the   Delaware;    Springtown,    Bucks 


116  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

County;  Boyertown,  Berks  County;  south  of  Reading,  on  the 
Schuylkill;  Cornwall,  Lebanon  County,  and  on  the  west  bank 
of  the  Susquehanna  below  New  Cumberland.  The  writer's  studies 
have  not  been  extended  southwest  of  the  Susquehanna  River, 
but  Mr.  George  W.  Stose,  of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  who  has 
traced  the  line  through  the  Fairfield  Quadrangle,  states  (private 
communication)  that  overlap  relations  occur  there  also. 

The  exposures  at  Monroe,  a  small  village  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Delaware  River  along  the  Easton-Philadelphia  trolley  line,  nine 
miles  south  of  the  former  place,  have  been  studied  and  described 
by  Dr.  H.  B.  Kiimmel.^  The  Brunswick  conglomerate  appears 
to  overlie  a  bluish-gray  (probably  Cambrian)  limestone,  although 
the  actual  contact  is  covered  by  talus,  and  he  regards  it  as  probable 
that  overthrust  faulting  has  occurred.  There  is  admittedly  no 
direct  evidence  of  this,  but  even  if  it  does  exist,  it  must  be  of  very 
limited  extent,  and  can  have  no  bearing  on  the  relation  of  the 
formations  as  a  whole,  because  the  fault-boundary  shown  in  Section 
A  would  be  of  normal  type  and  many  thousands  of  feet  in  throw. 
About  500  feet  south  of  the  first  exposure  a  ledge  of  white  rock 
appears  at  the  base  of  the  trolley  cut,  and  is  solidly  overlain  by  the 
Triassic  conglomerate.  This  may  represent  only  a  local  phase 
of  the  Triassic  itself,  and,  if  so,  has  no  significance,  but  it  may  also 
possibly  be  pre-Triassic  limestone,  in  which  case  the  existence 
of  a  fault  is  out  of  the  question. 

About  a  mile  and  a  half  southeast  of  Spring-town,  Bucks  County, 
five  miles  southwest  of  the  Delaware,  what  appears  to  be  a  contact 
is  exposed  in  the  bed  of  a  brook.  A  rounded  ledge  of  a  yellowish 
quartzite  similar  in  all  respects  to  the  Cambrian  (Hardyston)  of 
the  region,  at  least  12  feet  long  and  4  feet  wide,  shows  fragments  of 
typical  Triassic  conglomerate  solidly  welded  to  it.  It  is  true  that 
neither  rock  can  be  traced  to  solid  connection  with  the  main  ex- 
posures in  the  vicinity,  and  the  quartzite  may  not  be  in  place,  but 
it  is  too  large  a  mass  to  have  been  carried  far. 

For  some  twenty  miles  southwest  of  this  point  nothing  that  can 
be  regarded  as.  a  definite  contact  has  been  discovered,  and  there  are 
reasons  for  believing  that  locally  slight  faults  occur,  but  at  several 
places  in  the  vicinity  of  Boyertown,  Berks  County,  overlap  re- 
lations are  again  shown.     As  noted  by  Dr.  Spencer,^  along  the  road 

'^Ann.  Rept.  State  Geol.  N.  J.,  1897,  pp.  Ill,  112. 

5  Magnetite  Deposits  of  the  Cornwall  Type  in  Pennsylvania,  Bull.  U.  S. 
Ceol.  Surv.,  No.  359,  p.  64,  1908. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  117 

in  the  valley  of  West  Swamp  Creek,  southeast  from  Bechtelsville, 
metamorphosed  shales — "baked  shales  which  may  belong  to  the 
Mesozoic" — overlie  blue  Paleozoic  hmestones.  The  exposure  is 
not  a  good  one,  yet  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  actual  overlap 
occurs. 

Additional  evidence  for  this  vicinity  is  furnished  by  a  well  record 
described  by  DTnvilliers^  as  follows:  "From  the  Montgomery 
county  line,  at  A.  Schultz's  house,  [three  miles  northeast  of  Bech- 
telsville] ....  to  the  north  border  of  the  Mesozoic,  is  a  distance 
of  6,400  feet;  the  average  dip,  30°;  calculated  thickness  of  Mesozoic 
at  Schultz's,  3,000  feet;  nevertheless,  Mr.  Schultz's  water  well 
struck  the  limestone  floor  beneath  the  Mesozoic  at  less  than  200 
feet."  The  supposed  outlying  patch  of  limestone,  "left  bare  by  the 
denudation  of  the  thin  covering  of  red  shale"  (ibid.,  p.  205)  appears, 
however,  to  be  a  calcareous  conglomerate  bed  in  the  Triassic  itself. 

In  the  extensive  Boj^ertown  iron  mines  the  limestones  bearing  the 
ore  were  everywhere  found  to  underlie  the  Triassic  beds.^ 

Continuing  southwestward  twelve  miles,  there  is  again  evidence  of 
the  existence  of  a  local  fault,  as  pointed  out  by  the  writer  elsewhere,^- 
but  in  a  trolley  cut  about  a  mile  from  the  Schuylkill  River  an  appar- 
ent overlap  is  poorly  exposed,  and  then  at  the  Big  Dam,  northwest 
of  Neversink  Station,  is  the  erosion  contact  described  by  Rogers.^ 
Here  a  fissure  in  the  limestone  into  which  pebbles  of  the  conglomer- 
ate had  been  washed  was  formerly  exposed.  At  present  the  quarry 
shows  conglomerate  composed  of  but  slightly  rounded  limestone 
pebbles  cemented  together  by  a  minimum  quantity  of  red  mud 
resting  on  a  somewhat  brecciated  limestone,  into  the  cracks  of  which 
more  or  less  red  mud  has  percolated,  so  that  it  requires  very  close 
examination  to  make  out  the  real  contact.  In  the  old  iron  mine 
on  Fritz's  Island,  around  the  bend  in  the  river,  and  at  the  Wheat- 
field  mine,  seven  miles  to  the  west,  ore-bearing  limestone  and  sand- 
stone were  found  l^eneath  the  Triassic  beds  as  at  Boyertown.i° 

At  the  great  Cornwall  iron  mine,  in  Lebanon  County,  twenty 
miles  further  west,   Triassic   conglomerate   overlies,   on  the   south 


®  Geology  of  the  South  Mountain  Belt  of  Berks  County,  Second  Penna.  Geol. 
Surv.  RepL  D3,  II,  pt.  1,  p.  200,  1883. 

'Spencer,  op.  cit.,  pp.  43-60. 

^  Contributions  to  the  Mineralogy  of  the  Newark  Group  in  Pennsylyania, 
Trans.  Wagner  Free  Inst.  Science,  Phila.,  VII,  pp.  1-23,  1910. 

3  Geology  of  Pennsylvania.,  II,  p.  681,  and  fig.  568,  1858. 

loD'Inyilhers,  op.  cit.,  pp.  336,  337,  and  346. 


118  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

side,  the  Paleozoic  strata  bearing  the  ore/^  and,  since  diamond 
drilling  has  shown  that  ore  extends  well  under  this  cover,  the  Middle 
Hill  workings  are  now  being  extended  in  that  direction.  Spencers- 
discussed  the  probability  of  there  having  been  progressive  overlap 
here,  and  published  several  cross-sections  exhibiting  this  relation. 

The  last  exposure  of  this  contact  found  by  the  writer  is  twenty 
miles  west  of  Cornwall,  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Susquehanna  River, 
one  and  a  half  miles  below  the  town  of  New  Cumberland.  Here, 
in  the  Northern  Central  Railroad  cut,  the  Triassic  conglomerate 
is  in  solid  contact  with  the  limestone,  and  specimens  sho\ving  a 
''welding"  of  the  two  were  secured.  The  plane  of  contact  here 
slopes  more  steeply  than  usual,  perhaps  45°  to  the  south,  while 
the  conglomerate  beds  dip  about  20°  northward. 

It  thus  appears  that  all  along  the  line  through  Pennsylvania 
the  highest  beds  of  the  Triassic,  usually  coarse-grained  conglomer- 
ates, overlap  upon  the  older  rocks — limestones,  quartzites,  and 
gneisses.  The  few  faults  which  can  be  recognized  are  too  limited 
in  extent  to  have  any  bearing  on  the  question  as  to  the  position 
of  the  beds  as  a  whole. 

That  the  several  formations  of  the  Triassic  were  not  deposited 
regularly  and  evenly  on  top  of  one  another  can  also  be  inferred  from 
the  observed  lack  of  anything  like  metamorphism — cementation, 
induration,  crystallization — of  the  lowermost  (Stockton)  beds. 
Had  these  ever  been  buried  beneath  the  whole  20,000  feet  of  the 
two  overlying  formations,  the  temperature  would  necessarily  have 
been  raised  so  high  and  opportunities  for  chemical  action  have 
become  so  great,  that  some  changes  would  surely  have  been  pro- 
duced. Again,  the  Stockton  is  known  to  thin  rapidly  northward. 
Its  thickness  along  the  southern  edge  of  the  belt,  toward  the  eastern 
end,  is  as  great  as  5,500  feet,  but  where  brought  to  the  surface  by 
the  Buckingham  Mountain  fault  (the  Flemington  fault  of  New 
Jersey),  ten  miles  further  north,  it  is  only  about  2,000  feet. 

It  is  therefore  believed  that  in  the  portion  of  the  Triassic  basin 
crossing  eastern  Pennsylvania  the  locus  of  deposition  of  the  beds 
was  gradually  shifted  northward  during  the  course  of  the  period, 
so  that  the  successive  formations  overlapped  more  and  more  to  the 
north,  the  basin  being  deepened  by  down-warping  rather  than  by 
faulting,  as  brought  out  by  Section  B. 


11  Lesley  and    D'Invilliers,  Ann.   Rept.  Second   Penna.  Geol.  Sun\,  1885,  pp. 
491-570. 

'■-Op.  cit.,  pp.  20,  21,  pi.  III. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  119 

It  has  several  times  been  mentioned  above  that  the  uppermost 
beds  of  the  Triassic  are,  in  general,  conglomerates.  But  as  this  term 
may  cover  rocks  of  quite  a  variety  of  characters  and  origins,  it  seems 
worth  while  to  describe  them  more  definitelj'.  For  this  purpose 
those  developed  along  the  northern  boundary  for  twentj^  miles 
westward  from  the  Delaware  River  have  been  selected,  since  they 
are  believed  to  be  typical  of  the  formation,  and  since,  by  reason 
of  their  accessibility,  it  has  been  found  possible  to  study  them  in  the 
greatest  detail. 

The  most  striking  feature  of  the  Triassic  area  in  northern  Bucks 
and  southern  Northampton  and  Lehigh  Counties  is  the  occurrence 
of  rather  prominent  hills,  the  highest  attaining  980  feet  above  tide, 
or  500  feet  above  the  usual  level  of  the  red-shale  region,  and  ex- 
ceeding those  formed  by  both  the  diabase  and  gneiss,  usually 
regarded  as  the. most  resistant  of  rocks,  in  the  immediate  vicinity. 
On  these  hills,  in  spite  of  deep  dissection  and  frequent  steep  slopes, 
very  few  exposures  of  rock  in  place  are  found,  although  the  soil  is 
strewn  with  boulders  and  pebbles  of  pink-stained  quartzite.  This 
material  has  been  previously  interpreted  in  three  ways,  as  Cambrian 
(Chickies  or  Hardyston),  Ordovician  (Shawangunk  or  Green  Pond), 
and  metamorphosed  Triassic.  The  present  view  of  the  matter  is 
that,  while  the  quartzite  of  the  pebbles  is  actually  of  the  second  of 
these  ages,  the  pebl^les  themselves  are  not  of  recent  origin,  but 
have  weathered  out  of  a  conglomerate  belonging  to  the  ordinary, 
unmetamorphosed  Triassic  series. 

This  conclusion  has  been  reached  as  follows:  At  a  few  places 
along  the  hill  slopes  and  at  two  localities  where  prospecting  for 
copper  has  been  carried  on,  the  rock  can  be  seen  in  pl'ace.  It  consists 
of  a  soft  red  mud  ground  mass  in  which  are  imbedded  pebbles  of  all 
sizes  up  to  two  feet  in  diameter,  but  mostly  around  three  inches, 
rudely  but  evidently  assorted  and  stratified.  The  largest  and  most 
thoroughly  rounded  of  these  consist  of  a  gray  to  pink  quartzite, 
often  in  itself  conglomeratic — containing  white  quartz  grains  up  to 
half  an  inch  across,  and  occasional  flakes  of  graj^  slate.  These 
quartzite  pebbles  are  usually  stained  deep  red  by  a  film  of  hematite, 
which  penetrates  the  cracks  and  spreads  out  around  them  in  rounded, 
imperfectly  dendritic  patches.  At  the  copper  prospects  above 
mentioned  thej-also  show  abundant  malachite  stains,  which  in  at 
least  one  specimen  seemed  to  be  derived  by  weathering  of  a  copper 
sulfide  originally  imbedded  in  the  quartzite  itself,  but  now  leached 
out,  leaving  tiny  holes. 


120  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

Lithologically,  this  quartzite  is  in  every  way  identical  with 
the  Shawangunk,  which  forms  Blue  Mountain  twenty  miles  away 
to  the  north,  and  with  the  Green  Pond  conglomerate  of  the  same  age, 
occurring  in  the  highlands  of  northern  New  Jersey.  Not  only 
does  this  similarity  cover  the  general  features  of  the  rock,  but  it 
extends  down  to  such  small  details  as  the  extent  of  the  silicification 
visible  under  the  microscope,  the  inclusion  of  the  gray  slate  flakes, 
and  the  occasional  presence  of  copper  sulfides  (chalcocite?)  in 
minute  disseminated  grains,  just  as  occurs  at  the  Pahaquarry  copper 
mine  on  Blue  Mountain,  eight  miles  northeast  of  the  Delaware 
Water  Gap.  And  since  there  is  no  other  formation  anywhere 
in  the  region  of  at  all  similar  lithologic  character,  there  w^ould  seem 
to  be  no  reasonable  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  this  interpretation. 

In  addition  to  these  quartzite  pebbles,  limestone  fragments 
are  often  present  in  the  conglomerates,  locally  forming  almost  the 
only  constituent  of  the  rock.  These  are  usually  less  well  rounded 
than  the  quartzite,  and,  in  fact,  are  often  so  angular  that  the  rock 
should  be  termed  a  breccia.  When  exposed  to  atmospheric  agencies 
they  have  usually  weathered  out,  leaving  a  peculiar-looking  cellular 
rock.  Nothing  has  been  observed  to  indicate  that  these  limestone 
pebbles  are  of  different  type  from  the  Paleozoic  (Cambrian  and  Lower 
Ordovician)  strata  exposed  in  the  valleys  to  the  north;  in  fact, 
streaks  of  the  black  chert  so  frequently  present  in  these  beds  have 
been  noted  in  some  of  the  pebbles.  Along  with  the  limestone  peb- 
bles are  also  abundant  flakes  of  a  greenish  schistose  material,  which 
resembles  the  sericite  partings  developed  in  the  limestones  in  many 
places,  occasional  beds  of  the  conglomerate  being  made  up  of  nothing 
but  overlapping  chips  of  this  schist. 

Again  in  some  places,  gneiss  pebbles  are  present  in  considerable 
numbers,  several  of  the  types  now  exposed  in  the  hills  to  the  north 
being  represented.  These,  like  the  limestone  fragments,  are  only 
imperfectly  rounded,  and  they  have  also  weathered  on  the  surface  to 
some  extent,  although  perfectly  fresh  when  seen  in  recent  artificial 
exposures,  as  along  the  trolley  line  south  of  Monroe,  on  the  Dela- 
ware River. 

On  descending  the  hill  slopes  it  is  found  that  the  pebbles  in  the 
soil  become  gradually  fewer  in  number,  and  finally  give  way  to 
frost-shattered  shale  fragments,  as  roughly  indicated  on  the 
map  by  the  small  circles.  There  is  practically  no  decrease  in 
the  sizes  of  the  pebbles  going  outward  from  the  centers  of  the  hills, 
and  absolutely  nothing  like  a  gradation   from  the  conglomerates 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  121 

through  finer  and  finer  sandstones  to  the  ordinary  Brunswick  shales. 
The  same  red  sandy  mud  makes  up  the  bulk  of  both  rocks,  the  pebbles 
having  simply  been  dropped  into  it  while  still  soft.  Similar  rela- 
tions appear  in  four  distinct  areas,  all  of  the  same  general  type, 
although  the  shape  of  outcrop  is  modified  by  diabase  intrusions 
and  local  variations  in  the  dip  of  the  usually  practically  horizontal 
beds. 

That  these  conglomerates  have  been  deposited  chiefly  under  water 
is  shown  by  the  stratification  and  assorting  of  the  pebbles,  rough 
though  it  may  be,  and  by  the  occurrence  of  interbedded  thin  lami- 
nated shales,  which  show  such  features  as  ripple  marks  and  rill  marks. 
That  the  water  was  fresh  is  indicated  by  the  absence  of  marine 
fossils,  and  perhaps  by  the  red  color  of  the  mud.  The  source,  mode 
of  transportation,  and  of  deposition  of  the  pebbles  remain  to  be 
considered. 

Three  possibilities  at  once  suggest  themselves:  we  may  be  dealing 
with  either  talus  broken  from  cliffs  by  wave  or  frost  action,  alluvial 
fans,  or  glacial  moraines. 

The  first  view,  that  the  pebbles  are  talus  blocks,  was  accepted 
by  Dr.  KiimmeP^  in  the  New  Jersey  area. 

This  conclusion  is,  however,  quite  inapplicable  in  the  present 
localities,  for  it  is  very  evident  that  the  nature  of  the  pebbles  bears 
in  general  no  relation  to  the  character  of  the  rock  against  which 
the  conglomerate  lies.  Dr.  Kiimmel  had  observed  the  same  thing, 
and  explained  it  as  due  to  faulting,  but,  as  shown  above,  this  does 
not  occur  in  the  present  region.  Gneiss  pebbles  are  found  most 
abundantly  at  Momoe,  where  the  floor  is  limestone,  and  limestone 
pebbles  west  of  Coopersburg,  where  the  underlying  rock  is  gneiss. 
Indeed,  there  is  now  no  outcrop  of  Shawangunk  quartzite,  such  as 
forms  the  majority  of  the  pebbles,  within  twenty  miles  (although, 
of  course,  it  may  have  extended  somewhat  farther  south  in  Triassic 
times).  Further,  the  fact  that  the  limestone  :s  less  rounded  than 
the  much  harder  quartzite  is  just  the  opposite  of  what  would  be  ob- 
served in  talus  heaps  rounded  by  wave  action,  but  can  be  explained 
according  to  the  principle  that  the  degree  of  rounding  increases 
with  the  distance  of  transportation,  for  the  limestone  rocks  from 
which  the  pebbles  may  have  been  derived  outcrop  nearly  everywhere 
within  a  mile  or  two  of  the  edge  of  the  basin. 

The   application  of  the  criteria  for  the   recognition  of  alluvial- 

"  Ann.  Rept.  State  Geologist  of  N.  J.,  1897,  pp.  52-58. 


122  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

fan  deposits,  as  recently  summed  up  by  Trowbridge,"  to  the  present 
occurrences  shows  the  improbability  of  their  having  had  such  an 
origin;  the  majority  of  the  pebbles  are  too  well  rounded  and  as- 
sorted. In  fact,  the  stratification  is  quite  definite,  and  the  pebbles 
have  apparently  been  transported  and  deposited  by  some  agent 
which  did  not  disturb  the  soft  red  mud  now  forming  the  cement 
of  the  conglomerate. 

The  possible  glacial-moraine  origin  of  similar  Triassic  conglomer- 
ate deposits  in  other  regions  has  been  advanced,  in  some  form  or 
other,  by  various  writers.  W.  M.  Fontaine^^  discussed  it  elaborately 
and  found  no  difficulty  in  reconciling  the  (supposed)  deposition 
of  the  bulk  of  the  strata  in  a  ''mild,  equable  and  moist  climate" 
in  the  lovi^lands,  with  the  collection  of  "unUmited  supplies  of  snow" 
and  ''its  discharge  in  the  form  of  glaciers"  on  the  "lofty  mountain 
belt  of  the  Appalachians."  And  many  others  had  come  to  agree 
\vith  this  view.  I.  C.  Russell, ^^  after  reviewing  the  evidence,  stated 
that  "  the  absence  of  glacial  records  seems  to  warrant  the  conclusion 
that  glaciers  did  not  enter  the  basins  in  which  the  Newark  rocks 
were  deposited.  It  does  not  follow,  however,  that  the  Appalachians 
were  not  occupied  by  local  glaciers.  The  suggestion  that  those 
mountains  were  higher  in  the  Newark  period  than  now  and  were 
covered  with  perennial  snow,  while  the  adjacent  lowlands  enjoyed 
a  mild  climate,  seems  an  attractive  and  very  possible  hypothesis, 
but  definite  evidence  as  to  its  verity  has  not  been  obtained.  The 
proof  that  the  climate  of  the  Atlantic  slope  during  the  Newark  period 
resembled  that  of  Italy  at  the  present  day,  with  glaciers  on  the 
neighboring  mountains,  must  be  looked  for  in  the  drainage  and 
sculpturing  of  the  mountains,  and  the  character  and  distribution 
of  the  debris  washed  from  them.  A  period  of  long  decay  preceding 
the  birth  of  the  Appalachian  glaciers  would  have  prepared  land  to 
furnish  abundant  debris  when  the  faciUties  for  transportation 
were  augmented." 

In  late  years  the  idea  that  the  red  color  of  sediments  is  connected 
with  their  deposition  in  more  or  less  arid  climates,  has  gradually 
been  gaining  ground,    and   as   other   evidence   appeared  to   favor 


"  The  Terrestrial  Deposits  of  Owens  Valley,  California,  Jour.  Geol.,  XIX, 
706-747,  1911. 

'^  Notes  on  the  Mesozoic  strata  of  Virginia,  Amer.  Jour.  Sci.,  [3]  XVII,  pp. 
236,  237,  1879. 

1^  Correlation  papers — The  Newark  System,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  No.  85, 
pp.  50-53,  1892. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  123 

such  a  view  of  the  orighi  of  the  bulk  of  the  Triassic/^  Russell's 
''attractive  and  very  possible  hypothesis"  of  glaciation  of  the 
Appalachian  Mountains  in  that  period  has  been  practically  forgotten. 
It  is  the  writer's  belief,  however,  that  "the  character  and  distribu- 
tion of  the  debris"  forming  the  conglomerate  beds  under  discussion 
constitutes  a  verj^  good  argument  for  its  revival. 

That  the  pebbles  and  boulders  were  carried  down  into  the  Triassic 
basin  along  certain  definite  channels  is  clearly  indicated  by  the 
shapes  and  positions  of  the  conglomerate  masses.  Something,  in 
fact,  can  be  made  out  as  to  the  possible  routes  along  which  they 
came.  In  this  region  at  present  the  position  of  streams  is  controlled 
to  a  certain  extent  by  fault  or  joint  systems.  Since  most  of  these 
structural  features  are,  however,  evidently  pre-Triassic,  it  is  reason- 
able to  suppose  that  similar  depressions  existed  there  then  and 
became  at  times  river  channels.  It  can  readily  be  seen  on  the  map 
that  stream  routes  (marked  by  heavj^  dotted  lines)  do  actually 
strike  the  edge  of  the  Triassic  belt  at  or  near  the  centers  of  the  several 
conglomerate  masses,  although  of  course  changes  of  geography 
since  that  period  have  altered  the  actual  direction  of  the  drainage 
and  superficial  features.  But  the  boulders  in  the  conglomerates 
are  too  large  to  have  been  carried  by  any  streams  flowing  in  these 
channels  at  the  present  day  and,  indeed,  as  shown  above,  torrential 
alluvial-fan  origin  is  improbable.  Russell's  arguments  against  a  direct 
glacial  origin  being  also  valid,  as  far  as  all  later  observations  go, 
apparently  only  one  possible  mode  of  formation  remains — trans- 
portation by  floating  ice. 

Evidence  favoring  this  view  has  been  unexpectedly  obtained  in 
the  course  of  field  work  to  the  southwest  of  HellertowTi.  The 
Saucon  Valley,  a  broad  limestone  plain  which  lies  to  the  north  of 
the  Triassic  highland  here,  contains  extensive  deposits  of  what  is 
regarded  as  extra-morainic  drift.  It  is  believed  that  in  late  Quater- 
nary glacial  times  the  Lehigh  River  was  temporarily  dammed  back 
and  formed  a  lake— locally  called  Lake  Packer — whose  surface 
reached  a  height  of  450  feet  above  tide,  and  which  therefore  spread 
over  much  of  Saucon  Valley.  Floating  ice,  breaking  off  from  the 
front  of  the  great  glacier,  which  extended  on  the  Lehigh  only  to 
White  Haven,  over  fifty  miles  north  of  the  present  region,  came  down 
stream,  and  some  of  it  was  carried  by  currents  around  into  the 
Saucon  Valley  Bay.     As  this  ice  gradually  melted,  numerous  well- 

1-  Cf.  Lull,  R.  S.,  The  Life  of  the  Connecticut  Trias,  Amer.  Jour.  ScL,  [4]  XXXIII, 
pp.  397-422,  1912,  and  the  writer,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1912,  pp.  371,  372. 


124  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [March^ 

rounded  pebbles  and  boulders  of  various  Paleozoic  rocks,  chiefly 
quartzites,  derived  from  the  mountains  to  the  north,  were  deposited 
in  a  rudely  stratified  sheet  over  the  valley  floor  in  sufficient  quantity 
to  almost  completely  cover  the  underlying  limestone  rock.^* 

At  the  south  side  of  the  valley  such  drift  extends  just  up  to  the 
Triassic  contact,  and  many  of  the  drift  boulders  are  essentially 
similar  in  size,  shape,  and  degree  of  rounding  to  those  weathered 
from  the  Triassic  conglomerate,  and  in  fact  can  only  be  distinguished 
by  the  color,  which  is  yellow  or  brown  instead  of  red. 

If  there  were  in  Triassic  times  glaciers  in  the  mountains,  they 
must  have  formed  terminal  moraines,  and  drift  from  these  would 
naturally  be  occasionally  transported  on  cakes  of  ice  do'v\Ti  the 
streams  issuing  from  the  glaciers,  and  be  dropped  whenever  this 
ice  melted.  Some  could  not  fail  to  be  carried  out  into  the  shallow 
lakes  or  ponds  in  which  the  Triassic  red  muds  were  being  deposited, 
and  would  then  be  dropped  into  this  mud  without  disturbing  its 
stratification,  as  we  actually  find  to  be  the  case.  Again,  as  the 
distance  out  from  the  margin  of  the  basin  to  which  the  pebbles 
would  be  carried  have  nothing  to  do  with  their  size,  but  only  with 
the  size  of  the  ice  blocks  and  the  resulting  rate  of  melting,  they 
should  simply  become  fewer  in  numbers,  rather  than  less  in  size, 
toward  the  center  of  the  basin.  As  noted  above,  this  is  exactly 
what  does  occur. 

It  is  not  intended  to  imply  that  all  of  the  materials  of  these 
conglomerates  had  this  origin.  The  smaller,  subangular  limestone 
and  gneiss  pebbles  and  the  green  shale-flakes  were,  no  doubt,  car- 
ried largely  by  direct  stream  action.  But  the  writer  feels  convinced 
that  the  features  shown  by  the  great  mass  of  quartzite  boulders 
constitute  a  good  indication  of  the  correctness  of  Fontaine's  and 
Russell's  theory  that  glaciers  existed  in  the  Appalachian  Moun- 
tains during  late  Triassic  times. 

Summary. 

The  shape  of  outcrop  and  structure  of  the  three  subdivisions  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Triassic  implies  either  a  profound  fault  on  the 
north  side  of  the  basin  or  progressive  overlap  in  that  direction  on 
an  extensive  scale.  The  latter  view  is  shown  to  be  the  most  satis- 
factory one   in  this  region.     The   conglomerates   developed   along 


^^  Williams,  E.  H.,  Extra-morainic  drift  between  the  Delaware  and  the  Schuyl- 
kill, Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  V,  281-296,  1894. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  125 

the  north  border  are  found  to  show  features  which  suggest  the 
transportation  of  a  considerable  part  of  their  materials  by  ice 
floating  in  streams  arising  from  the  melting  of  glaciers  in  the  Appa- 
lachian Mountains  to  the  north. 

Explanation  of  Plate  III. 

Map  of  the  north  border  of  the  Triassic  in  Bucks,  Northampton  and  Lehigh 
Counties,  Pennsylvania,  showing  distribution  of  the  border  conglomerates  and 
hypothetical  stream  channels  of  Triassic  times. 


126  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 


A  STUDY  OF  METAZOAN  PARASITES  FOUND  IN  THE  PHILADELPHIA 
ZOOLOGICAL  GARDENS. 

BY    FRED.    D.    WEIDMAN,    M.D. 

The  first  part  of  this  communication  deals  with  certain  statistics 
regarding  all  the  parasitic  worms  found  in  the  Gardens;  the  second, 
\nth  separate  species  which  have  been  of  economic,  scientific,  or 
passing  interest. 

Part  I. 

The  statistics  which  follow  have  been  compiled  from  autopsy 
protocols  at  the  Laboratory  of  Comparative  Pathology  of  the  Phila- 
delphia Zoological  Gardens.  The  autopsies  number  2,807,  and  ex- 
tend from  November  25,  1901,  to  January  1,  1913.  They  were 
performed  with  care,  especially  those  on  the  larger  animals.  All 
mammalia  and  aves  dying  were  examined.  Only  a  few  of  the 
reptilia  received  attention.  The  organs  were  not  extensively 
dissected  or  examined  microscopically.  They  were  closely  scru- 
tinized grossly,  and  if  occasion  warranted  microscopical  sections 
were  made.  For  these  reasons  many  of  the  smallest  parasites 
have  been  missed,  and  this  may  explain  the  small  number  of  flukes 
appearing  in  our  tables. 

The  table  opposite  shows  roughly  an  average  of  (excluding  1901- 
1905,  when  the  parasites  were  not  especially  searched  for)  45 
infestations  per  year.  In  1910  there  was  a  rise  due  to  cestodes  in 
birds,  and  again  a  rise  in  1911  which  we  trace  across  to  nematodes- — 
again  in  birds.  Referring  to  the  General  Parasitological  Table  II, 
nematode  column,  we  find  that  of  the  aves  it  is  the  Psittaci  and 
Passeres  which  are  responsible  for  the  latter  rise.  Our  detailed 
Psittaci  records  now  lead  us  to  a  certain  worm,  Spiroptera  incerta. 
This  worm  was  apprehended,  however,  long  before  these  tables 
were  compiled.  This  table  led  us  to  investigate  the  Passeres  which 
show  33  nematodes.  A  coiled  Filaria  in  the  serosa  of  the  proven- 
tricle  was  revealed.  We  propose  to  investigate  it  in  the  near  future 
It  is  probably  Filaria  pnngens. 

Table  I  is  more  of  local  than  general  scientific  value.  It  shows 
the  incidence  of  parasites  by  years,  and  enables  us  to  trace  to  its 
source  an}'  special  increase  of  infestation  that  may  occur  in  the 
Gardens. 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


127 


General  Parasitological  Table  I. 
Showing  Infestation  by  All  Parasites  by  Years. 


Nema- 
todes. 


Acantho- 
cephalus. 


Ces-         Trema-      Unclas-  I     rp  ,   , 
todes.         todes.     !     sified.  ^°*^'- 


1901-1904: 
Mammalia.. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1905: 
Mammalia.. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1906: 
Mammalia.. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1907: 
Mammalia.. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1908: 
Mammalia.. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1909: 
Mammalia.. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1910: 
Mammalia.. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1911: 
Mammalia... 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 

1912: 
Mammalia... 

Reptilia 

Aves 

Total 


11 
2 
9 

—  22 

12 

1 
21 

—  .34 

4 

3 

26 


3.3 


34 


39 


14 

—  32 

12 
2 

.50 

—  64 


37 


301 


12 


10 


23 


93 


—     2 


12 


9  1 

-15         —     1 


23 


52 


42 


46 


46 


47 


■  57 


81 


53 


3a  435 


1  The  years  referred  to  are  tte  fiscal  years  of  the  Gardens  ending  March  1, 
except  the  last— 1912— which  we  have  made  to  end  on  January  1,  1913. 


128 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[March, 


General  Parasitological  Table  II. 
Showing  Avian  Orders  Affected. 


Aves. 

Nema- 
todes. 

Acantho- 
cephalus. 

Trema- 
todes. 

Ces- 
todes. 

Unclas- 
sified. 

Total. 

Alectorides 

Columbse 

PicariEe 

Gavise 

Steganopodes... 

Fulicarise 

Strio'es 

1 
6 
6 

1 

1 

1 

114 

16 

6 

■    6 

1 

33 

2 

""2 
"'"5 

2 
2 

'"'2 
2 
3 
5 

'25 

"3 
1 
2 
2 
1 
1 

....^ 

1 
8 
9 
1 
1 
6 
2 

Psittaci 

Herodiones 

Galli 

118 

25 

10 

8 

6 

Limicolse 

Passeres 

1 
65 

Total 193 

2 

7 

41 

18 

261 

General  Parasitological  Table  III. 
Showing  Mammalian  Orders  Affected. 


Mammalia. 

Nema- 
todes. 

Acantho- 
cephalus 

Trema- 
todes. 

Ces- 
todes. 

Unclas- 
sified. 

Total. 

Primates 

Lemures 

18 
3 



1 

3 

21 

11 

8 

4 

■"2 
2 
3 

1 

23 
6 

Carnivora 

Ungulata 

41 
8 
6 

21 
1 

65 
21 
17 

Marsupialia 

Edentata 

Hyraces 

i          3 

1           1 

i           1 

25 
2 

1 

Total 

9S 

1 

49 

12 

160 

Table  III  shows  that  of  mammals  the  Carnivora  are  by  far  the 
most  heavily  infested  order.  Primates,  Ungulata,  and  Marsupialia 
are  about  even  for  second  place. 

General  Parasitological  Table  IV. 
Showing  Reptilia  Affected. 


Nema- 
todes. 

Acantho- 
cephalus 

Trema- 
todes. 

Ces- 
todes. 

Unclas- 
sified. 

Total. 

Reptilia        

10 



1                 3 

14 

The  data  on  reptiles  are  not  of  value  on  account  of  the  small 
numbers,  but  are  included  here  for  the  sake  of  record. 


1913.1 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


129" 


General  Parasitological  Table 
Summary. 

V. 

1 
Nema- 
todes. 

Acantho-     Trema- 
cephahis.       todes. 

Ges-   . 
todes. 

Unclas- 
sified. 

Total. 

Mammalia 

Aves 

Reptilia 

.,.;         98 

...        193 

10 

1 

49 
41 

12 

18 

160 

261 

14 

Totals........ 

...1       301 

2                  9 

93 

30 

435 

The  summary  shows,  as  to  the  relative  numbers  of  worms,  that 
nematodes  are  far  the  commonest;  then  come  the  cestodes,  flukes, 
and  Acanthocephali  in  order  named.  This  is  the  usual  order  given 
in  text-books.  It  seems,  however,  that  our  summary  shows  too 
great  a  disproportion  between  the  nematodes  and  cestodes,  due 
doubtless  to  the  endemic  of  nematode  Spiroptera  in  the  parrots. 
Excluding  those,  a  ratio  of  two  nematodes  to  one  cestode  is  obtained. 
This  would  appear  to  express  about  the  proper  relationship,  which 
now  holds  good  in  both  birds  and  mammals. 

Tables  have  also  been  made  shoeing  the  location  of  the  parasites 
in  the  different  mammalian  and  avian  orders,  and  in  reptiles,  as 
follows : 

General  Parasitological  Table  VI. 
Site  of  Infestation. 


Aves. 


4 

s 

a 

-J3 
o 

1 

c3 

i 

1 

a 

bb 

c 

1 

c 

:3 
a; 

1 

1 

a 

W 

CL, 

c 

o 

o 

h-) 

hJ 

< 

uC 

Ph 

m 

Alectorides ' |.... 

Columbffi j I.... 

PicariJB [.... 

Gavise L. 

Steganopodes ' 1 

Fulicarise 

Striges 

Psittaci 109 

Herodiones 

Galli 

Anseres 

Accipitres 

LimicoljE 


2 

2 

2 

1 

9    1 


1      2 


9    10 


9 
1 
1 

6 

2 

118 

27 
10 

8 
7 

1 


Totals 1      1  !l49;  6     63     1  !   1 


1     14    13  267 


Six  duplications,  i.e.,  more   than   one  parasite  found  in  different  organs  of 
same  bird. 
9 


130  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

General  Parasitological  Table  VII, 


[March, 


Mammalia. 

6 

i 

! 

02 

i 

s 

-2 
1 

1 

i 

1 

1 
1 

a 
1 

a 

1 

s 

1 

i 
5 

1 

1 

,4 

Primates 

5 
3 

47 
8 

11 
6 
2 

3 

I 

2 

2 

1 
2 
3 



2    1  1 

10 

1 

1 

1 

94 

Lemures 

1 

3 

Carnivora 

6 

1 

1 

' 

1 

fiS 

Ungulata 

Rodentia 

2  1 

1      1 

i 

7 
3 

1 

1 

1 

'>'> 

17 

Marsupialia 

18 

1 

1 

1.. 

?7 

Edentata 

.  ■::::::j:::::: 

9 

Hyraces 

1        ! 

1 

1 1 

1 

1 

Ill 

Totals 

82   33 

9  17     4     5  1  2 

1    21jl 

.\. 

1 

1 

1 

172 

Twelve  duplications. 

General  Parasitological  Table  VIII. 


Intes- 
tine. 

Stomach 

Lungs. 

Cloaca. 

Perito- 
neum. 

Total. 

Reptilia 

8 

2 

3 

1 

1 

15 

One  duplication. 


General  Parasitological  Table  IX. 
Summary  of  Location  of  Parasites. 


^ 

4 

a 

.a 

r/,- 

^^ 

1 

a 

1 

1 
> 

i 

1 

i 

1 
1 

.1 

1 

1 

^ 

a 

1 

o 

82 
K 

33 

9 

2 

21 
1 

1 

1 

1 

5 

1       9 
3 

Reptilia 

Aves 

1 

63 



149    1 

9 

14 

1 

1 

5 

1    2 

1 

1 

*  Totals 

153 

35 

149    1 

2 

9 

36 

' 

1 

1 

1 

10     1 

14 

1 

2 

Number  of  duplications,  19. 


1913. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILAt)ELPHIA. 


131 


Not 
given. 

Pericar- 
dium. 

Giz- 
zard. 

Blood. 

Skin. 

Mus- 
cles. 

Pan- 
creas. 

Total. 

Mammalia .. 

Reptilia 

Aves 

1 

2     i     '         4 

;■.,:■       6  :  "13 

i 

7 

2 

172 

15 

267 

Totals 1 

2 

6 

17 

1 

7 

2          454 

111  the  summary,  Table  IX,  the  accepted  predommance  of  in- 
testinal parasites  is  shown.  The  next  most  frequently  affected  organ 
is  the  stomach.  The  peritoneum  comes  next,  due  to  the  presence 
of  Filarise,  which  also  account  for  the  fourth  position  of  the  blood. 

Part  II. 

Spiroptera  incerta  (Smith). 

This  worm  has  been  encountered  119  times,  as  follows: 
Table  X. 


Parrots 

Blue-headed  Pigeons 
Ashy-headed   Barbet 
Banded  Toucan  . 
Green  glossy  Starling 
Sulphur-breasted   Toucan 
Barbary  Turtle  Dove 
White-crowned  Pigeon 
White-throated  (^uail 
Transvaal  Barbet 
Himalayan  Jay... 
Double-striped  Thicknce 
Natal  Francolin.. 
Larger  hill  Mynah 


102 
3 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 


119 


Since  the  greatest  number  occurred  in  parrots,  our  attention  has 
been  especially  called  to  those  birds.  In  fact,  our  work  on  this 
parasite  of  parrots  has  constituted  bj^  far  the  greatest  part  of  our 
studies  in  metazoan  parasitology"  at  the  Gardens. 

The  appended  table  shows  the  exact  findings  since  March  1,  1906: 


132 


PROCEfiDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[]\Iarch, 


Spiroptera  Table  XL 
Deaths  from  Spiroptera  among  Psittaci. 


Year  ending.     Verminous. 


Not 
verminous. 


Total  Per  cent.  !  Total  number 
from  all  dying  with  of  Psittaci  in 
causes.     I     worms,     i      collection. 


Mar.  1,  1906 3 

Mar.  1,  1907 16 

Mar.  1,  1908 17 

Mar.  1,  1909 20 

Mar.  1,  1910 10 

Mar.  1,  1911 12 

Mar.  1,  1912 24 

Jan.  1,  1913 11 

Total 113 


45 

48 

6 

29 

45   . 

6 

36 

53 

32 

16 

36 

56 

30 

40 

25 

29 

41 

29 

57 

81 

30 

26 

37 

36 

Not  obtainable 


132 
139 
137 


268 


381 


30 


408 


As  will  be  noted,  an  average  of  30  per  cent,  of  all  parrots  coming 
to  autopsy  harbored  these  worms.  Is  it  the  parasite  which  has 
caused  death,  or  is  this  simply  an  example  of  commensalism  which 
is  so  common  in  the  lower  animals? 

We  find  (consulting  our  Table  XI)  that  the  percentage  of  birds 
dying  with  worms  is  fairly  constant,  except  for  the  year  ending 
1909,  and  excluding  1906  when  the  cases  were  beginning  to  be 
recognized.  This  wouM  indicate  at  first  sight  that  the  verminous 
cases  were  only  incidents,  that  30  per  cent,  of  our  birds  had  harmless 
worms  which  appeared  at  autopsy  when  the  bird  died  from  inter- 
current disease. 

To  throw  further  light  on  the  subject  a  curve  was  prepared 
showing  deaths  of  Psittaci  by  months.  Again  there  is  a  rough 
parallellism  between  the  curves  of  verminous  and  non-verminous 
birds.     The  charts  then  would  exculpate  the  parasite. 

Now  let  us  consider  the  opposed  evidence.  It  will  be  brought  out 
later  that  we  have  examined  every  parrot  in  the  parrot-house  and 
found  14  per  cent,  of  our  living  parrots  verminous.  What  does 
this  mean?  Correlating"^this  finding  with  our  statistics,  we  have 
established  two  facts: 

(1)  14  per  cent,  of  our  living  parrots  are  verminous. 

(2)  30  per  cent,  of  all  parrots  dying  in  a  year  are  found  verminous. 
See  Spiroptera,  Table  XI. 

A  greater  percentage  (in  fact,  proportionally  twice  as  many) 
of  our  verminous  birds  die  as  do  non-verminous.  To  consider  a 
specific  instance,  suppose  our  bird-house  contain  140  live  parrots — 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  133 

A.  From  (1)  above,  14  per  cent,  of  our  living  parrots  would  be 
verminous,  20  birds. 

B.  86  per  cent,  of  our  living  parrots  would  be  non-verminous, 
120  birds. 

Suppose  at  the  end  of  the  year  there  had  been  50  deaths  (average 
for  7  years). 

C.  From  (2)  above,  30  per  cent,  would  be  verminous,  15  birds. 

D.  Then  70  per  cent,  would  be  non-verminous,  35  birds. 

From  A  and  C — Out  of  20  living  verminous  birds  15  deaths  re- 
sulted, 75  per  cent. 

From  B  and  D — Out  of  120  living  non-verminous  birds  35  deaths 
resulted,  30  per  cent. 

The  mortality  is  more  than  twice  as  great  for  living  verminous 
parrots  than  for  non-verminous. 

This  is  one  point  against  the  innocence  of  Spiroptera  incerta. 
Our  second  witness  is  the  autopsy  picture. 

The  Parasite. — It  has  been  described  in  detail  by  Dr.  Allen  J. 
Smith  as  a  new  species  in  his  Sytwpsis  of  Studies  in  Metazoan  Para- 
sitology. Briefly,  the  mature  female  averages  14  mm.  in  length 
by  0.6  mm.  in  diameter.  It  is  rigid,  of  a  dead  or  yellow-white  color. 
The  male  is  distinctly  smaller.  They  vary  in  numbers  from  two 
to  a  hundred  or  more.  The  usual  number  is  twenty  or  thirty. 
They  may  be  found  in  a  ball  of  mucus  in  the  lumen  of  the  pro- 
ventricle  or  burrowing  into  the  mucosa.  The  smallest  (larval) 
forms  are  often  found  under  the  thick  chitinous  lining  of  the  gizzard. 
The  Host.— In  severe  infestations  the  bird  is  emaciated.  It 
sometimes  emits  a  wheezing  sound  (not  pneumonia)  or  passes  mucus 
from  mouth  or  nostril.  Often  the  droppings  have  been  abnormally 
copious,  and  when  mucus  is  admixed  (as  it  often  is)  infestation 
has  been  foretold. 

The  Lesion. — Even  where  there  are  but  a  few  worms  (4-6)  in  the 
proventricle,  the  swelling  is  prominent.  Diagnosis  can  be  made  as 
soon  as  the  body  cavity  is  opened.  On  opening  the  organ  the  mucosa 
is  found  necrotic  and  overlaid  by  mucus.  The  worms,  if  pulled  out 
by  forceps  and  relaid  on  the  mucus  promptly  burrow  into  it  and 
disappear.  Where  the  worms  are  numerous  the  viscus  is  enormously 
distended,  even  exceeding  the  gizzard  in  size.  The  heart  is  pushed 
far  to  the  right,  the  gizzard  placed  so  low  as  to  press  on  the  cloaca. 
In  one  case  a  perforation  had  occurred,  and  seeds  and  worms  were 
found  in  the  air  sacs.  On  section  the  mucosa  is  necrotic,  destroyed. 
The  wall  of  the  viscus  may  be  so  thin  as  to  be  translucent.     The 


134  PKOCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  []\Iarch, 

lumen  is  occluded  by  the  necrotic  and  mucoid  debris.  Microscopic- 
ally the  mucosa  is  in  part  or  wholly  necrotic  and  the  parasite  may 
be  found  burrowing  even  close  to  the  muscularis.  The  only  reactive 
inflammation  seen  is  around  the  nerves,  where  a  round-cell  infil- 
tration sometimes  occurs. 

Necrogenesis. — From  the  clinical  and  postmortem  findings  it  would 
seem  that  a  variety  of  agencies  are  operative  in  causing  death.  Where 
the  parasites  are  in  small  numbers  in  a  large  bird  they  are  probably 
not  the  cause  of  death.  Occlusion  of  the  proventricular  lumen 
probably  plays  a  minor  part  by  retarding  food  ingestion.  Much 
more  important  is  the  destruction  of  the  mucosa  of  this  (for  birds) 
important  digestive  organ.  In  fact,  it  has  been  called  the  glandular 
stomach  in  contradistinction  to  the  muscular  stomach  or  gizzard. 

This  probably  accounts  for  the  emaciation  seen  clinically.  Theo- 
retically, this  worm  might  elaborate  a  toxic  material,  as  does  the 
fish  tapeworm  of  man,  which  may  act  as  an  irritant  on  im- 
portant vital  organs.  Such  irritation  was  seen  in  a  chronic 
form  around  nerves  in  one  of  our  microscopic  sections.  Dis- 
placements of  organs  noted  above  (heart  by  pressure,  gizzard 
by  weight  of  superjacent  pro  ventricle)  could  easily  contribute  to 
the  end.  It  is  our  belief  at  present  that  only  a  part  of  the  cases 
listed  as  verminous  died  as  a  result  of  spiropteriasis :  that  the  cases 
showing  a  few  worms  and  not  much  tissue  destruction  died  from  inter- 
current diseases,  but  that  others,  those  so  greatly  emaciated,  with 
occluded  lumina,  pressure  upon  the  heart  and  destruction  of  mucosa, 
undoubtedly  diqd  as  a  result  of  the  presence  of  these  worms. 

Our  autopsy  shows  alterations  of  important  structures,  extensive 
enough  and  serious  enough  to  incriminate  the  parasites  in  spite  of 
the  evidence  of  our  tables  and  charts.  This  fact,  considered  with 
Spiroptera  Table  XI,  shows  the  worm  to  be  of  economic  importance. 

In  studying  this  endemic  we  have  worked  along  three  lines: 

I.  To  devise  a  practical  method  whereby  infested  birds  might  be 
discovered  and  isolated. 

II.  To  determine  the  life  history  of  the  worm.  This  is  most 
important  from  a  hygienic  and  prophylactic  standpoint. 

III.  To  discover  a  therapeutic  agent. 

Diagnosis. 
We    feel    that    we    have     been     successful    in    our    first    task. 
The    external    appearances    were    never    sufficiently    characteristic 
to  lead  to  exact  diagnosis.    Some  birds,  even  though  passing  enormous 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  135 

numbers  of  ova,  were  in  good  feather.  Others  showed  symptoms  like 
any  sick  bird — feathers  ruffled,  head  hung  down,  eyes  closed. 
Several  cases,  however,  showed  suggestive  symptoms.  They  extended 
the  neck  as  though  attempting  to  vomit.  A  macaw  passed  a  frothy 
material  from  the  mouth.  Another  bird  which  did  not  have  pneu- 
monia emitted  a  wheezing  sound.  Some  of  the  birds  produced 
droppings  in  larger  quantity  than  their  mates,  and  where  these 
contained  mucus,  as  they  often  do,  we  have  foretold  infestation. 
But  these  signs  were  so  inconstant  that  laboratory  chagnosis  became 
necessary. 

The  only  avenues  to  diagnosis  would  seem  to  be  the  blood,  urine, 
droppings,  stomach  contents,  and  temperature.  Some  time  has  been 
spent  investigating  the  blood,  but  so  many  technical  difficulties 
arose  and  so  much  time  was  required  that  this  means  was  abandoned. 

Experiments  were  also  performed  toward  the  production  of  emesis 
and  the  recovery  of  the  worms  in  the  vomitus.  Preliminary  experi- 
ments on  pigeons  were  successful.  One-tenth  of  a  grain  of  apomor- 
phine  hypodermically  caused  regurgitation  of  food.  This  was 
probably  only  from  the  crop,  as  no  stones  accompanied  the  grain. 
An  amazon  received  one-fifth  of  a  grain  of  apomorphine  hypo- 
dermically. Excited  talking,  laughter,  and  some  dizziness  resulted, 
but  no  emesis. 

An  attempt  was  then  made  to  draw  out  the  proventricular  con- 
tents mechanically.  This  failed,  as  a  small  catheter  used  as  a  stom- 
ach-tube could  be  introduced  only  as  far  as  the  crop,  as  demonstrated 
upon  a  dead  parrot. 

The  urine  is  evidently  useless  for  diagnosis  when  we  consider 
the  anatomy  of  the  avian  excretory  apparatus.  Temperature 
determinations  would  require  manipulations  which  the  smaller  birds 
could  not  stand. 

The  droppings  remain  as  our  sole  means  of  diagnosis.  The  parasitic 
ova  are  not  easily  found.  The  excreta  of  birds  contain  more  waste  than 
human  dejecta,  where  everything  is  generally  in  a  finely  granular 
condition.  The  droppings  are  laden  with  such  quantities  of  vegetable 
cells,  colored  by  chlorophyl,  that  they  quite  hide  the  ova  unless  the 
latter  are  in  such  great  numbers  as  not  to  be  lost  by  high  dilutions. 
Efforts  to  dissolve  this  foreign  matter  have  been  ineffectual.  It 
was  not  digested  by  pancreatin  overnight  in  an  incubator.  Boil- 
ing with  antiformin,  while  ineffective,  broke  up  the  cloddy  particles 
of  the  droppings,  clarified  the  vegetable  cells,  and  dissolved  the 
mucus  and  urates.     Much  of  the  chlorophyl  was  extracted.     Our 


136  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

routine  practice  is  now  to  boil  droppings  for  five  minutes  in  10  per  cent, 
potassium  hydroxide,  shake  one  minute,  boil  three  minutes,  centrifuge 
for  one  minute.  Two  portions  of  the  sediment  are  examined  for  ova 
under  the  f  lens,  one  from  the  surface  and  one  from  the  bottom.  The 
preparation  of  each  specimen  examined  in  lots  of  ten  requires  five 
minutes.  The  examination  under  the  lens  requires  ten  minutes 
,  where  no  ova  are  present.  When  present  they  are  detected  usually 
in  less  than  one  minute,  although  one  case  was  diagnosed  only  after 
eight  minutes.  The  total  time  for  examining  one  bird  is  thus  fifteen 
minutes.  A  mechanical  stage  is  used  and  the  entire  wet  specimen 
is  gone  over. 

•With  a  view  to  decreasing  the  amount  of  debris,  the  birds  have 
been  starved  for  twelve,  in  the  case  of  smaller  birds,  or,  in  the 
case  of  larger  ones,  twenty-four  hours.  The  droppings  are  collected 
during  the  subsequent  twelve  hours.  That  this  is  a  necessary 
procedure  has  been  shown  in  subsequent  examinations  of  these 
same  birds  where  they  have  not  been  starved.  In  every  case  the 
eggs  are  more  concentrated  where  the  bird  has  l:een  starved.  This 
was  shown  practically  in  the  case  of  a  green-cheeked  amazon  which 
was  passed  as  not  verminous  during  our  preliminary  experiments 
without  starving,  but  detected  after  starving. 

Employing  the  method  outhned  above  (for  convenience  called 
"the  improved  method"),  every  bird  in  the  parrot-house  was  exam- 
ined. The  birds  were  first  moved  to  a  separate  building.  The 
parrot-house  was  then  thoroughly  fumigated  with  formaldehyde, 
the  cages  galvanized  and  new  stands  erected.  Birds  whose  drop- 
pings showed  ova  were  isolated  in  the  infirmary.  The  others  were 
sent  to  the  parrot-house.  Those  removed  to  the  infirmary  were 
again  examined  by  improved  method  without  starving,  to  guard 
against  a  possible  clerical  error  by  which  the  specimens  might 
have  been  mixed. 

As  a  result  of  the  examination  of  all  of  our  parrots,  twenty  were 
detected  and  isolated  (14  per  cent.).  These  twenty  birds  have  been 
used  for  subsequent  experimentation.  Some,  too,  have  been  kept 
in  an  open  cage  exposed  to  the  weather.  For  these  reasons  it  is 
unfair  to  compare  the  mortality  of  these  verminous  birds  with  that 
of  the  non-verminous  at  the  parrot-house.  If  such  a  comparison 
could  be  fairly  made  it  would  furnish  valuable  evidence  regarding 
the  criminality  of  the  worm,  as  discussed  earlier  in  this  paper. 

As  these  birds  died  they  were  posted,  and  in  all  cases  the  worms 
were  found  in  the  proventricle.     We  have  found  that  our  technique 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  137 

is  very  accurate.  Mexican  conure  (P.  Z.  G.  No.  2,599)  showed  at 
autopsy  a  solitary  female  and  a  solitary  male  worm,  yet  it  was 
detected,  January  31,  1912.  Two  ova  in  one  slide.  We  have  been 
particularly  gratified  by  the  subsequent  showing  of  the  parrot- 
house.  Out  of  23  birds  dying  during  the  last  nine  months,  not  one 
has  shown  worms. 

Life  History. — The  determination  of  the  life  cycle  of  this  worm 
would  be  of  scientific  and  prophylactic  value.  In  only  one,  Spirojj- 
tera  sanguinolenta,  has  the  life  cycle  been  worked  out.  From  a 
hygienic  standpoint,  such  a  determination  would  be  valuable  by 
ascertaining : 

1.  Mode  of  transmission  from  bird  to  bird. 

2.  Time  elapsing  between  ingestion  of  ovum  and  development 
of  sexually  mature  female. 

As  long  as  we  have  to  rely  upon  finding  ova  in  the  droppings, 
we  will  not  be  able  to  detect  those  birds  ^\ath  immature  worms. 
If  we  can  determine  the  time  elapsing  between  ingestion  of  egg  and 
maturity  of  female  we  will  have  determined  the  period  of  time 
during  which  to  quarantine  new  arrivals,  who,  while  not  showing 
ova  in  droppings,  may  nevertheless  harbor  immature  worms.  The 
determination  of  this  point  would  also  give  us  the  intervals  at  which 
to  reexamine  the  parrots  which  have  been  passed  as  healthy  to 
the  parrot -house.  In  the  absence  of  this  knowledge  we  run  a  certain 
risk.  Future  reexaminations  will  have  to  be  made  at  quite  ar- 
bitrary intervals  until  this  developmental  period  is  determined. 
Now  that  each  inmate  of  the  parrot-house  has  been  examined  and 
passed,  any  cases  developing  or  dying  there  with  worms  will  throw 
new  light  on  the  subject. 

We  have  inquired  into  the  life  history  of  the  worms  bj^  trying  to 
grow  them  in  artificial  media  and  in  experimental  birds. 

Ova  from  proventricular  slime  of  a  bird  dead  with  Spiroptera 
were  placed  in  various  nutrient  media  (bouillon,  condensation  water 
of  blood  serum  media),  tap  water,  and  weak  alkaline  and  acid  solu- 
tions. These  were  kept  at  various  temperatures.  One  series  at 
room  temperature,  another  at  37.5°,  and  a  third  at  the  temperature 
of  a  bird's  body  (41°).  They  were  examined  daily.  On  the  sixth 
day  larval  worms  could  be  seen  issuing  from  the  eggs  in  tap  water 
at  room  temperature.  They  did  not  hatch  in  the  acid  solution, 
but  did  appear  sporadically  in  the  other  solutions  at  room  tempera- 
ture. The  larvse  may  be  extruded  either  through  the  side  or  the 
end  of  the  egg.     One  wonders  how  so  large  a  worm  could  be  coiled 


138  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March^ 

in  such  a  small  shell.  The  disappointing  factor  is  the  sluggish 
action  of  the  larva.  It  is  encased  in  a  well-marked  sheath  and  while 
hatching  has  a  languid  swaying  motion.  When  hatched  its  motion 
is  scarcely  more  than  a  quiver.  By  the  time  it  has  been  hatched 
an  hour  all  motion  has  ceased.  Beyond  this  stage  we  have  seen  no 
development.  In  10  to  14  days  the  worm  grows  paler,  faintly 
granular  and  disintegrates. 

Supposing  that  some  agent  was  necessary  to  dissolve  the  sheath 
and  liberate  the  larva,  weak  solutions  of  HCL  and  sodium  bicar- 
bonate were  applied,  but  to  no  avail.  At  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Fox,, 
an  emulsion  of  parrots'  proventricular  mucosa  was  made  and  applied 
to  the  embryos.  There  was  no  development  at  room  or  incubator 
temperature. 

The  ova  in  the  preceding  experiments  came  from  proventricular 
slime  and  had  not  received  the  action  of  the  bird's  intestinal  canal. 
As  soon  as  a  bird  was  found  with  great  numbers  of  fecal  ova,  they  were 
washed  out  and  the  above  experiments  repeated  in  graded  acids  and 
alkalis,  diluted  pigeon  serum,  and  tap  water  at  room  temperature 
and  41°  C.  The  same  results  have  been  secured:  they  hatch  best 
in  tap  water  and  serum  at  room  temperature. 

The  most  rapid  hatching  occurred  in  a  corked  vial  of  tap  water 
at  room  temperature  in  which  a  female  had  been  placed  to  deposit 
her  eggs  for  subsequent  experiments.  Four  days  later  she  was  found 
ruptured,  her  egg  tubes  protruding  and  also  ruptured.  In  them  were 
worms  in  all  stages  of  hatching. 

Animal  Experimentation. 
Three  modes  of  transmission  would  seem  to  be  possible: 

1.  Passage  of  egg  into  drinking  water,  and  direct  entrance  of 
the  egg  to  the  host,  as  in  the  case  of  the  common  pinworm,  Oxyuris 
vermicularis.     This  is  the  simplest  possible  cycle. 

2.  Passage  into  drinking  water,  a  hatching  or  perhaps  a  moult  or 
two,  and  then,  by  drinking  or  skin  perforation,  reinfestation,  as 
seen  in  the  hook-worm,  Necaior  americana. 

3.  Passage  of  eggs  into  water  or  soil,  ingestion  by  an  intermediate 
host  with  moultings,  passage  from  secondary  host  to  water,  and  so 
back  to  definitive  host,  as  seen  among  the  flukes,  Faspiola  hepaticum. 

A  fourth  mode,  in  which  a  biting  insect  might  figure  (as  in  filari- 
asis)  is  surely  ruled  out,  as  no  embryos  have  been  found  in  either  the 
peripheral  or  deep  bloods  of  our  verminous  birds  upon  repeated 
examinations. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  139 

The  first  (direct)  mode  seems  impossible  for  the  following  reasons : 

A.  In  several  cases  we  found  infested  birds  whose  cagemates  w^ere 
free. 

B.  Several  pigeons  were  fed  on  eggs  or  actually  had  them  placed  in 
the  crop  by  rubber  tube  and  syringe.  Killed  at  intervals  of  a  month, 
proventricle  and  gizzard  showed  neither  micro-  nor  macroscopic 
involvement.  The  last  bird  killed  had  been  treated  three  months 
previously.  Pigeons  ought  to  be  susceptible  to  these  worms.  Our 
records  show  that  a  Barbary  turtle  dove  and  white-crowned  pigeon 
died  with  them  in  September,  1911,  and  three  blue-crowned  pigeons 
were  similarly  infested  in  September,  1907. 

C.  In  order  to  get  a  perfect  blood  relationship,  ova  and  embryos 
were  placed  in  the  crop  of  newly  arrived  parrots  which  had  been 
tested  by  the  improved  method  and  passed.  Another  parrot  was 
kept  in  a  cage  soiled  by  a  verminous  bird.  One  bird  ched  in  four 
weeks  ^vith  pneumonia.  It  showed  no  worms.  The  others  were 
examined  regularly  and  so  far  have  shown  no  ova  in  the  stools. 

D.  Roseate  cockatoo  (No.  166)  was  placed  in  a  cage  with  infested 
roseate  cockatoo  (No.  120)  and  drinking  water  allowed  to  become 
soiled  on  August  28,  1912.  The  birds  were  separated  twelve  weeks 
later  and  the  healthy  cockatoo  found  still  healthy,  as  shown  by 
examination  of  droppings. 

In  each  of  the  four  conditions  cited  above  an  opportunity  was 
afforded  for  the  ova  to  develop  by  the  first  mode.  They  failed 
to  do  so. 

In  testing  out  the  second  mode,  embryo  worms  were  fed  to  pigeons 
and  parrots  in  the  same  way  that  eggs  were  administered  in  the 
preceding  experiments.  The  pigeons  were  killed  at  one  month 
intervals  and  the  proventricle  and  gizzard  examined  by  the  micro- 
scope. No  infestation  was  found.  A  roseate  cockatoo  also  received 
the  larva.  In  twelve  months  no  ova  have  been  found  in  the  droppings 
upon  repeated  examinations.  The  remaining  possibility — entrance 
by  skin  penetration — is  now  being  tried. 

The  third  mode  which  would  involve  an  intermediate  non-biting 
host,  does  not  harmonize  with  our  ideas  of  nematode  transmission. 
In  only  one  case,  that  of  Spiroptera  sanguinolenta  of  the  dog,  could  I 
find  such  an  example.  The  cockroach  is  the  secondary  host  here, 
and  as  our  aviary  harbored  many  such  insects,  attention  was  directed 
to  them.  They  were  fed  on  cornstarch  into  which  spiroptera  ova 
were  mixed.  The  roaches  were  dissected  at  intervals  of  two  days, 
and  though  the  eggs  were  found  in  the  cloacal  contents,  no  develop- 


140  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

ment  was  ever  made  out.     The  tissues  of  the  body  cavity  were  also 
teased  and  examined  with  negative  results. 

Our  work  on  the  life  history  of  this  worm,  then,  has  been  disap- 
pointing. Aside  from  negative  findings,  we  have  only  established 
the  fact  that  the  eggs  may  hatch  in  four  days  in  tap  water  at  room 
temperature. 

Therapeusis. 

Theoretically,  the  prospect  of  a  successful  therapy  is  not  bright. 
The  worms  live  in  the  soft,  juicy  wall  of  a  canal  between  the  crop  and 
gizzard.  Sometimes  they  appear  in  the  lumen  of  this  canal,  in  which 
case  they  are  always  surrounded  by  thick,  tenacious  mucus.  If  they 
are  pulled  out  of  this  with  forceps  and  are  laid  on  the  mucus  they  at 
once  bore  into  it.  It  protects  them  from  anj^  passing  medicament, 
which  is  apt  to  have  only  a  transient  effect  while  on  its  way  from  the 
crop  to  gizzard.  Those  worms,  which  may  be  partly  protruded  into 
the  lumen  from  the  wall  of  the  canal,  can  retract  and  retreat,  even 
as  far  as  the  serosa,  as  shown  in  one  of  our  museum  specimens. 
The  smallest  worms  are  found  under  the  thick,  chitinous  lining 
of  the  gizzard.  We  have  used,  therefore,  drugs  which  act  on  the 
worms  in  the  lumen  (thymol  by  mouth)  and  by  way  of  the  blood 
(arsenic  hypodermically).  The  arsenic  used  has  been  in  the  form 
of  Fowler's  solution  and  atoxyl.  We  determined  the  minimum  lethal 
dose  for  j^igeons  and  administered  a  corresponding  dose  to  the 
verminous  parrots.^  No  practical  results  have  come  from  our  efforts 
at  therapy.  Two  interesting  points,  however,  were  secured:  The 
parrots  and  pigeons  withstood  thymol  and  arsenic  in  enormous 
doses,  compared  weight  for  weight  with  man.  The  droppings  of  a 
parrot  very  heavily  infested  averaged  for  five  days  182,000  eggs 
per  diem.  After  a  dose  of  thymol,  on  one  occasion  it  passed  288,000 
eggs  in  one  single  day. 
Filaria  fasciata  n.  sp. 

In  the  last  three  years  we  have  found  six  examples  of  filariasis 
in  dead  wild-cats.  They  may  be  found  in  the  intermuscular  fasciae  of 
any  of  the  muscles  of  the  body,  but  especially  in  those  of  the  thigh 
muscles.  They  number  from  two  to  forty.  They  are  coiled  in  a 
most  intricate  manner  in  the  loose  areolar  tissue,  but  slip  out  rather 
easily  upon  slight  dissection  and  traction.  The  animal  is  emaciated. 
Its  blood  swarms  with  embryos. 

^  Fortieth  Amiiinl  Report  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Zoological  Society  of 
Philadelphia,  1912. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  141 

The  female  is  2.5-30  cm.  long,  filariform,  0.5  mm.  in  breadth.  The 
mouth  is  simple,  unarmed,  circular.  There  are  no  papillae  or  other 
special  features  at  the  cephalic  extremity.  Head  is  continuous  with 
the  body.  Caudal  extremity  straight,  conical.  Anus  subterminaL 
Vulvar  orifice  immediately  anterior  to  same. 

The  male  measures  11  cm.  in  length.  It  closely  resembles  the  female 
except  the  tail.  This  is  strongly  curved  into  three  or  four  spiral 
turns.  There  are  two  unequal  sharp  spicules,  the  longer  70,'j-  in 
length,  the  shorter  45/^-.  There  are  five  pairs  of  closely  placed 
preanal  papillge  and  one  pair  of  postanal. 

The  still  living  embryos  measure  280  to  330  microns  in  length 
by  4  in  breadth.  They  have  a  delicate  sheath,  lashing  motion^ 
and  no  progression  under  cover  slip.  Not  examined  in  hanging  drop. 
Stained  specimens  exhibit  blue  spots  at  irregular  intervals,  not 
uniformly  enough  to  be  established  as  head  or  tail  spots.  They 
have  been  injected  hypodermically  into  kittens  with  the  expected 
result:  no  transmission  after  a  lapse  of  five  months. 

It  was  at  first  thought,  with  our  imperfect  specimens,  that  we  were 
dealing  with  Filaria  striata  (Molin).  This  worm  is  briefly  described 
in  Latin: 

''Os  inerme,  minimum;  corpus  filiforme,  longissimum,  tenuissime 
transversim  striatum;  extremitas  anterior  crassior;  et  posterior 
obtusse;  extremitas  caudalis  maris  laxe  spiraliter  torta,  foveola 
ante  apicem  limbo  cincta,  septem  papillis  permagnis  utrinque  proedita 
vagina  breve  tubulosa;  penis  brevissimus  uncinatus;  extremitas 
caudalis  femine  inflexa.  Longit.  mar.  4.5"  crassit.  \"' .  Longit.  fem. 
V  3";  crassit.  \"'r 

With  the  occurrence  of  another  autopsy  many  specimens  of  both 
sexes  were  obtained.  It  is  now  certain  that  we  have  not  here 
Filaria  striata  (Molin),  although  the  size  and  habitat  of  the  two  are  the 
same.  The  female  might  fall  under  the  description  given  above  for 
striata,  but  the  followdng  differences  are  seen  in  the  male. 

1.  The  tail  is  strongly  coiled. 

2.  There  are  six  pairs  of  papillae. 

3.  There  are  two  spicules. 

The  last  difference  especially  would  appear  to  warrant  the  naming 
of  a  new  species. 

Tropidooerca  contorta  n.  sp. 

Numerous  worms  were  found  in'  the  proventricle  of  a  concave- 
casqued  hornbill,  Dichocerus  hicornis  (P.  Z.  G.  2,640).    The  mucosa 


142  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

was  dotted  closely  by  blood-red  or  blackish  points,  which  were 
usually  best  seen  on  the  serosa,  but  sometimes  best  through  the 
mucosa.  The  latter  was  covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  viscid  mucus. 
The  red  points  numbered  perhaps  sixty  or  eighty.  A  slight  degree 
of  teasing  with  subsequent  pressure  over  such  a  point  expressed  a 
blood-red  translucent  body  which  proved  upon  microscopical  exam- 
ination to  be  a  worm.  From  its  subglobular  shape  it  was  at  first 
supposed  to  be  a  fluke,  but  under  the  microscope  it  soon  revealed 
characteristics  which  placed  it  among  the  nematodes.  Thirty 
or  "forty  of  these  blood-red  worms  were  expressed  and  examined 
before  any  fixative  was  applied,  the  material  coming  to  hand  very 
shortly  after  death. 

All  of  these  blood-red  worms  were  found  to  be  females.  The  camera 
lucida  drawings,  Plate  IV,  and  measurements  are  from  fresh  unfixed 
specimens,  which  have  been  slightly  flattened  out  by  the  weight 
of  the  cover  slip.  They  were  examined  in  normal  saline  solution. 
They  showed  no  motion  even  upon  gentle  warming.  The  host 
had  been  kept  at  10°  C.  for  six  to  eight  hours  before  autopsy  and 
the  parasites  in  situ  at  the  same  temperature  overnight.  This  low 
temperature  acting  for  twenty-four  hours  probably  explains  their 
quiescence. 

No  males  could  be  found  in  the  slime  which  so  thickly  covered 
the  mucosa.  After  the  females  had  been  expressed  the  mucosa 
was  teased  into  fine  shreds  and  emulsified  in  normal  saline  solu- 
tion. The  sediment  was  washed  in  the  centrifuge  several  times 
and  from  it  eight  males  were  recovered  with  the  aid  of  the  micro- 
scope. It  would  appear  from  this  that  the  males  occupy  the  same 
jDositions  that  the  females  do,  i.e.,  the  proventricular  crypts. 

The  largest  specimen  of  the  mature  female  measures  2.1  mm.  long 
and  1.9  mm.  broad.  On  account  of  the  complexity  of  its  coils  it  is 
impossible  to  measure  the  length  of  the  body  axis.  They  are  of  a 
blood-red  color,  both  grossly  and  microscopically,  except  the  gut 
tract,  which  contains  molecular  black  material.  This  central 
blackened  tract  may  be  seen  even  grossly  upon  careful  scrutiny. 
They  are  moderately  resistant  to  pressure,  the  trauma  of  extraction 
never  rupturing  the  organism.  Ordinary  cover-glass  pressure  will 
rupture  them  only  when  the  mounting  medium  (normal  saline) 
evaporates  excessively. 

The  form  of  the  mature  female  is  extraordinary  and  occasioned 
the  construction  of  the  genus  Tropisuris  (Diesing),  later  changed  to 
Tropidocerca.     Before   flattening  the  specimens  appear  (as  shown 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  143 

by  Lieberklihn)  in  the  form  of  a  pumpkin.  At  one  pole  the  head 
projects,  at  the  other  the  tail  The  cuticle  is  very  thick,  transparent, 
finely  transversely  striated  and  of  a  blood-red  color.  It  is  often  pro- 
jected in  expansions  as  the  coils  of  the  worm  tighten.  As  the  head 
becomes  retracted  the  cuticle  forms  a  collar-like  fold.  In  some 
specimens  the  head  and  tail  have  been  retracted  into  the  centre 
of  the  coil  so  as  to  become  invisible.  In  others  they  project  in  a 
varying  degree,  but  never  to  a  greater  distance  than  half  the  diam- 
eter of  the  worm.  In  such  cases  the  projected  part  of  the  body 
measures  100  to  150  mc.  in  diameter,  tapers  slightly  anteriorly,  to 
end  suddenly  at  the  oral  opening.     (Plate  IV,  figs.  4,  5  and  8.) 

The  Gut. — The  mouth  is  unarmed  and  round.  It  is  succeeded  by 
a  dome-shaped  buccal  space  which  passes  into  a  long  oesophagus. 
The  oesophagus  is  marked  off  from  the  buccal  space  by  a  well-defined 
ring.  The  walls  of  the  oesophagus  are  very  thick  and  composed  of 
circular  and  radial  muscle  fibres.  The  oesophagus  can  be  traced 
deeply  into  the  coils  of  the  worm,  where  it  ends  by  a  rounded  extrem- 
ity in  the  intestine.  The  intestine  is  visible  only  as  a  black,  irregular 
tract  which  twists  apparently  with  the  coils.  It  commences  as  a 
large  cul-de-sac  which  receives  the  oesophagus.  It  soon  narrows 
and  thereafter  is  irregular  in  size.   Anus  subterminal.  (Plate  IV,  fig.  8.) 

The  posterior  extremity  of  the  worm  narrows  quickly  to  a  sharp 
point.  Anal  opening  450  mc.  from  tip.  Vulvar  orifice  900  mc.  from 
tip.  Between  the  two  openings  the  cuticle  is  thickened  so  as  to 
produce  a  rounded  swelling.    (Plate  IV,  fig.  6.) 

The  general  body  cavity,  including  its  expansions,  is  filled  with 
closely  packed  egg  tubes,  suggesting  that  such  expansions  are 
especially  designed  to  accommodate  an  extraordinarily  developed 
reproductive  system.  From  the  specimens  examined  in  toto  the 
details  of  this  system  could  not  be  made  out. 

The  ova  are  elliptical,  measure  40  to  45  mc.  in  length  and  20  to 
25  mc.  in  width.  Several  specimens  showed  a  peculiar  unilateral 
bib  attached  to  the  outside  of  the  shell.     (Plate  IV,  fig.  7.) 

Attempts  were  made  to  determine  a  regular  arrangement  of  the 
coils.  This  was  very  difficult  in  the  case  of  the  fully  matured  fe- 
males. It  would  seem  from  their  shape  that  the  body  expansions 
grew  into  the  grooves  between  the  coils  so  as  to  form  a  well-rounded 
mass.  This  makes  it  difficult  to  determine  from  which  coil  the  head 
and  tail  protrude  (if  they  protrude  at  all)  and  which  coils  are 
continuous  with  each  other.  The  presence  of  the  cuticular  expan- 
sions only  serves  to  increase  the  difficulty. 


144  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

Immature  females  were  not  nearly  so  puzzling.  It  was  through 
a  consideration  of  the  coils  of  different  specimens  at  different  stages 
of  development,  together  with  reconstructions  in  wax,  that  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  twists  was  finally  made  out. 

The  sex  of  the  youngest  female  could  only  be  determined  by 
its  greater  proportionate  breadth.  It  measured  2.5  mm.  in  length 
and  0.2  mm.  in  width.  It  was  found  with  the  eight  males  men- 
tioned above.  It  was  cylindrical,  colorless,  and  showed  no  internal 
structure.  It  was  not  coiled,  but  even  at  this  early  stage  of  devel- 
opment showed  by  its  angulations  a  disposition  to  coil.  (Plate  IV, 
fig- 3.) 

The  next  female  studied  in  point  of  age  was  coiled  in  one  plane 
only.  It  measured  1,000  mc.  by  1,050  mc;  i.e.,  only  half  the  size 
of  the  mature  female.  It  was  colorless,  except  for  the  gut,  which 
was  black.  In  this  case  the  body  axis  could  be  readily  followed. 
It  was  3.5  mm.  long.  This  specimen  was  fusiform,  its  greatest 
diameter,  450  mc,  was  located  at  the  posterior  third  of  the  body, 
where  the  bulk  of  the  gut  and  egg  tubes  were.  The  head  and  a 
large  part  of  the  neck,  0.2  mm.,  are  bent  sharply  dorsally.  The 
rest  of  the  body  then  curls  tightly  ventrally  to  enclose  the  head  and 
sharply  bent  anterior  portion.  The  tail  ends  sharply  in  a  single 
point.  Its  tip  is  recurved.  Egg  tubes  may  be  seen  in  the  body 
cavity,  but  they  contain  no  ova.     (Plate  IV,  fig.  9.) 

The  third  female  measured  9  mm.  in  length.  This  was 
ascertained  by  flattening  out  a  small  female  and  forcibly  with 
needles  straightening  out  the  coils.  The  body  varies  in  mdth. 
Its  greatest  diameter  is  600  mc.  It  can  now  be  seen  that  the  body 
cavity  bulges  out  into  expansions  at  several  points.  The  approxi- 
mation of  these  expansions  to  each  other,  together  with  a  coincident 
coiling  of  the  parasite,  could  easily  result  in  the  pumpkin-shaped 
organism  so  commonly  described.  The  distortion  here  produced, 
however,  precludes  a  positive  statement  in  regard  to  an  habitual 
and  orderly  arrangement  of  these  expansions  along  the  bod}'  axis 
in  the  living  animal. 

The  fourth  female  in  order  of  maturity  contained  mature  ova 
(coiled  embryo  visible).  It  was  chosen  because  it  was  not  tightly 
coiled.  It  was  examined  in  glycerine  with  a  stereoscopic  micro- 
scope. No  cover-glass  was  used,  thus  eliminating  pressure  arte- 
fact. A  wax  model  was  made  by  combining  drawings  and  direct 
observation. 

The  rigidity  of  the  coils  in  the  unfixed  female  raised  the  question 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  145 

whether  this  was  a  permanent  or  a  changeable  arrangement.  It 
has  been  already  remarked  that  even  in  a  very  young  female,  where 
the  anlage  of  the  organs  was  not  yet  prominent,  there  was  a  dis- 
position (as  evidenced  by  angulations)  to  coil.  This  same  early 
disposition  is  also  noted  in  the  half-grown  specimen  which  was 
tightl}'  coiled  in  one  plane.  These  facts  seemed  to  argue  the  coiling 
as  a  peculiarity  of  the  species. 

To  shed  further  light  on  the  subject,  reconstructions  were  made 
of  two  mature  females  after  the  wax-plate  method  of  Bonn,  and  a 
third  (partial)  reconstruction  in  pasteboard.  In  all  three  the  coils 
were  very  tight.  In  two  specimens  the  head  and  tail  project  at 
opposite  sides  of  the  coiled  worm.  In  a  third  the  head  and  tail  are 
close  together.  In  the  two  complete  reconstructions  the  tail  re- 
curves in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  general  direction  of  the  coils. 
That  is,  tracing  the  coils  in  a  spiral  manner  down  from  the  head — 
either  clockwise  or  contraclockwise,  as  the  case  may  be — we  sud- 
denly come  to  an  abrupt  bend  toward  the  tail,  where  it  bends  around 
in  the  opposite  direction.  This  peculiarity  is  also  seen  in  the  half- 
grown  female  mentioned  before,  and  it  is  this  reversal  which  led  to 
the  uncertainty  in  determining  the  arrangement  by  direct  examina- 
tion. As  stated  above,  the  coils  may  (looking  at  the  specimen  head 
on)  run  clockwise  or  contraclockwise. 

From  a  consideration  of  the  camera  lucida  drawings  of  females  at 
different  stages  of  development,  along  with  the  wax  model  and 
reconstructions,  the  following  deductions  are  made: 

There  is  a  very  early  "embryonic"  propensity  for  the  worm  to 
coil  tightly.  The  arrangement  of  such  coils  is  not  constant,  the 
coils  turning  either  clock\vise  or  contraclockwise.  The  head  along 
with  a  short  anterior  portion  is  always  bent  more  or  less  sharply 
dorsally.  The  caudal  extremity  always  twists  suddenly  in  a  direc- 
tion reverse  ,to  that  of  the  more  anterior  coils.  As  the  female 
becomes  mature,  the  remarkable  egg  content  causes  a  broadening 
of  the  worm  without  a  proportionate  increase  in  length.  This 
causes  the  mass  to  appear  globular.  The  pressure  incident  to 
such  enormous  egg  content  ol)literates  any  "dead  spaces"  between 
the  coils  (internally  or  externally),  and  this  tends  all  the  more  to 
perfect  the  globular  appearance. 

It  is  presumed  (in  the  absence  of  direct  observation  of    living 

specimens)  that  the  worm  may  alter  its  coils  and  protrude  head  or 

tail  into  the  lumen  of  the  proventricle.     It  does  not  seem  probable, 

from  its  bulkiness,  that  the  mature  female  migrates  as  does  Spirop- 

10 


146  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

tera  incerta.  In  support  of  this,  the  microscopical  sections  do  not 
show  necrosis  as  in  spiropteriasis,  and  we  do  not  think  that  the 
worms  cause  serious  disease.  The  female  certainly  extracts  hemo- 
globin from  the  host,  but  does  not  seem  to  be  wasteful  as  in 
uncinariasis.  The  cagemate  of  this  bird,  which  is  living  and  also 
infested,  appears  perfectly  healthy,  and  is  standing  such  minor 
blood  loss  very  well. 

The  Male. — From  the  fact  that  the  specimens  were  found  only 
after  teasing  the  mucosa  (not  at  all  in  the  luminal  slime),  it  is  pre- 
sumed that  they  live  in  the  same  situations  as  the  females — in 
the  crypts  of  the  proventricular  glands.  This  is,  however,  hard  to 
prove,  on  account  of  the  small  size,  translucency,  and  relatively 
small  number  of  males.  Serial  sections  might  or  might  not,  from 
this  last  circumstance,  include  a  male. 

The  largest  male  measures  6  mm.  in  length.  At  its  widest  part 
it  measures  125  mc.  The  body  is  subcylindrical,  filiform,  tapering 
anteriorly  to  end  rather  abruptly  in  a  rounded  extremity.  The  head 
is  not  separable  from  the  body.  It  tapers  more  gracefully  posteri- 
orly, ending  in  a  tail  which  is  curved  strongly  toward  the  cloaca. 
Tip  of  tail  is  sharp,  recurved  from  cloaca  after  the  fashion  of  the 
point  of  a  fish-hook  robbed  of  its  barb.  Cuticle  finely  striated 
transversely,  thin,  transparent.     (Plate  IV,  figs.  1  and  2.) 

None  of  the  male  specimens  display  the  blood-red  color  so  con- 
spicuous in  the  female. 

The  oral  opening  is  circular.  It  leads  to  a  narrow  buccal  cavity, 
which  abruptly  opens  into  an  oesophagus  mth  thick  circularly  dis- 
posed musculature.  This  is  succeeded  by  a  straight,  simple  intes- 
tine, which  becomes  coiled  at  its  posterior  third,  to  end  300  mc. 
from  the  caudal  tip.  Cloacal  opening  surrounded  by  a  pouting, 
prominent  cuticular  ring. 

Spicules  unequal.  The  shorter  measures  150  mc,  The  longer 
measures  5,400  mc.  in  length,  and  when  retracted. extends  to  within 
600  mc.  of  the  anterior  extremity.  This  spicule  is,  then,  nine-tenths 
as  long  as  the  individual.  One  specimen  was  projected  to  a  distance 
of  3.0  mm.  This  length  does  not  represent  the  full  extent  to  which 
it  may  project,  as  a  part  of  the  spicule  had  been  broken  off.  '  There 
are  two  pairs  of  preanal  and  two  pairs  of  postanal  papillae.  There  is 
no  bursa. 

Tropidocerca  contorta  n.  sp. 

This  worm  falls  easily  into  the  genus  Tropisnris  (Diesing),  later 
changed  to  Tropidocerca.     This  genus  includes  numerous  worms  which 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  147 

lie  in  the  pro  ventricles  of  birds.  They  vary  in  size,  in  different 
species,  from  2  to  7  mm.  in  length.  The  striking  peculiarity  of 
this  nematode  is  the  subglobular  form  and  blood-red  color  of  the 
female.  From  the  upper  pole  of  the  worm  a  short  head  projects 
and  from  the  lower  a  short  tail.^ 

I  have  found  the  following  species  described  as  infesting  the 
hooded  crow,  snipe,  plover,  woodcock,  goose,  black  coot,  widgeon, 
grosbeak,  seagull:  Tropidocerca  fississpina  (Schlatthauber),  T. 
paradoxa  (Diesing),  T.  gijncecophila  (Molin),  T.  hispinosa  (Molin), 
T.  glohosa  (V.  Linstow),  T.  inermis  (V.  Linstow),  T.  tenuis  (Lieber- 
kiihn),  T.  certa  (Leidy). 

Upon  referring  to  these  species  I  find  that  the  structure  of  the 
mouth  and  tail  parts  conforms  closely  to  the  worm  I  have  been 
studying.  There  are  certain  marked  differences,  however,  which 
seem  sufficient  to  warrant  the  naming  of  a  new  species: 

1.  Its  tightly  coiled  form,  which  is  not  mentioned  or  figured 
in  any  of  the  other  species. 

2.  Absence  of  the  four  equidistant  longitudinal  muscular  bands 
which  by  contracting  give  the  subglobular  shape  of  other  Tropi- 
docercse. 

3.  The  remarkable  length  of  the  longer  spicule  of  the  male. 

4.  Disposition  of  the  male  papillae. 

Believing  the  first-named  difference  to  be  the  most   striking,  I 
have  given  the  nam6  contorta  to  the  species. 
Trichocephalus  dispar  (Rudolphi). 

From  the  large  intestine  of  a  Rhesus  macaque  (P.  Z.  G.  No.  2,744) 
three  mature  worms  were  obtained.  They  were  very  firmly  attached 
to  the  mucosa  and  more  deeply  imbedded  than  it  is  customary  to 
find  them.  The  specimen  showed  tightly  clinging  detritus  along  the 
anterior  attenuated  portion  which  could  not  be  removed  with  a 
brush.  The  case  is  of  value  because  this  helminthiasis  was 
associated  with  a  purulent  peritonitis.  The  text-book  descriptions 
do  not  assign  any  marked  pathogenic  properties  to  this  worm. 
It  would  seem  hypercritical  in  this  case  to  argue  that  such  asso- 
ciation is  a  mere  coincidence.  Tricocephalus  dispar  has  also  been 
found  in  Pithecus  sntyrus,  Cercopithecus  mona,  C.  potas,  and  C.  sahwus, 
Innuus  erythryacus,  I.  ecaudatus,  Cyanocephalus  sphinx,  and  C. 
porcarius  and  in  Mycetes  senicidus.  It  is  mentioned  as  Tricocephalus 
lemuris   (Rud.)   and   T.  palceformis  by  Raillet.     Its  occurrence  in 


2  Diesing,  Syst.  Helminth.,  II,  p.  207. 


148  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

these   animals  suggests   lines    of  transmission    from   one   host   to 
another. 

Microscopically,  all  three  worms  were  found  to  be  females.  Two 
were  perfect.  Head  is  missing  from  the  third,  suggesting  that  it  was 
firmly  attached  to  the  mucosa.  The  worms  conform  in  every  re- 
spect to  the  accepted  generic  descriptions  of  Tricocephalus.  The  two 
perfect  specimens  measure  each  27  mm.  in  length.  The  posterior 
portion  is  8.5  mm.  long,  the  narrow,  more  attenuated,  anterior 
portion,  including  the  head,  18.5  mm.  This  gives  a  close  proportion 
of  one  to  two.  Measurements  were  made  of  ova  which  lay  in  the 
oviduct  close  to  the  vulvar  opening.  They  are-  23-25  mc.  broad 
and  52-55  mc.  long,  including  the  button. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  no  males  were  included  in  the  material, 
since  it  is  by  these  alone  that  the  species  may  be  surely  determined; 
sexual  apparatus  (especially  the  sheath  of  the  spicule)  furnishing 
the  differentiating  characteristics. 

As  far  as  the  material  goes,  this  might  easily  be  a  specimen  of 
Trichocephalus  dispar.  The  ova  are  almost  identical,  measuring 
for  the  largest  specimens  25  by  55  mc.  as  against  23  by  53  for  T. 
dispar.  It  is  true  that  the  specimens  are  smaller,  measuring  27  liim. 
in  length  as  against  35  mm.  for  T.  dispar,  but  this  is  not  an  uncommon 
variation  for  identical  species  in  different  hosts.  (Witness  Ascaris 
mystax  in  cats  and  lions.)  Neither  does  the  size  of  the  eggs  conform 
to  that  given  for  other  species  of  Trichocephalus:  crenatus,  52  by  56, 
from  pig;  affinis,  ?  by  65,  from  horse;  felis,  36  by  72,  from  cat; 
unguiculatus,  31  by  52,  from  rabbit;  depressicollis,  31  by  80,  from 
dog  and  fox;  senrdus,  39  by  56,  from  cat. 
Paragonimus  westermanii  (Kerb.). 

This  parasite  has  been  found-  in  two  wild-cats,  Felis  rufus.  They 
lie  in  cystic  dilatations  of  the  bronchi,  generally  in  pairs.  An 
inflammatory  zone  is  present  around  each  focus.  There  are  not 
more  than  half  a  dozen  in  each  cat.  The  finding  has  been  made  the 
subject  of  a  paper  ^  presented  before  the  Philadelphia  Pathological 
Society  by  Fox,  Smith,  Rivas,  and  Weidman,  in  which  it  is  pointed 
out  that  this  worm  has  occurred  in  San  Francisco,  St.  Louis,  Cin- 
cinnati, in  the  Appalachians,  and  in  the  Carolinas,  whence  these  cats 
came.  It  is  the  belief  of  these  writers  that  the  parasite  will  be 
found  oftener  in  man  if  it  is  carefully  looked  for,  and  is  likely  to 
become  more  frequent  in  the  United  States  with  the  development 
of  our  East  Indian  possessions,  where  its  effects  are  endemic. 

3  To  be  published  in  a  medical  journal. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  149 

The  occurrence  of  this  worm  in  wild-cats  on  our  Atlantic  seaboard 
should  be  taken  note  of  and  remembered  if  this  disease  develop  here. 
Taenia  echinococcus  (v.  Siebold). 

This  material  came  from  a  female  Bactrian  camel  which  died  in 
labor  from  a  ruptured  uterus. 

The  cysts  were  most  numerous  in  the  liver,  constituting  fully 
half  the  bulk  of  that  organ.  The  spleen  was  also  extensively 
involved,  the  lungs  less  so.  The  largest  cysts  in  the  liver  were 
sterile,  showing  no  scolices.  The  specimens  were  observed  alive, 
and  we  were  able  to  see  the  scolices  retract  the  rostellum  when  they 
were  irritated. 

One   of  our   microscopic   specimens   shows   a  scolex  insinuating 
itself  between  the  lamellae  of  the  wall  of  the  cyst,  a  circumstance 
not  commonly  mentioned  in  text-books  on  helminthology. 
Taenia  marginata  (Batsch.). 

The  opportunity  has  presented  of  seeing  this  parasite  in  the  most 
important  stages  of  its  complicated  life  cycle.  We  have  seen  the 
mature  worm,  ovum,  and  cysticercus. 

The  strobile  or  mature  worm  is  the  common  tapeworm  of  the  dog 
and  wolf.  Its  head  is  provided  with  a  circle  of  booklets.  Our 
specimen  was  obtained  from  a  gray  wolf  after  a  vermifuge.  The 
terminal  segments  are  the  mature  ones  and  furnish  ova  to  the  stools. 
In  these  eggs  six  hooks  can  be  seen,  the  precursors  of  the  future 
rostellum  of  the  mature  worm.  These  eggs,  if  ingested  by  herbiv- 
orous animals,  hatch  in  the  intestine  and  burrow  through  the 
liver  to  the  serous  cavities  of  the  intermediate  host  (a  ruminant), 
where  they  develop  a  caudal  segment.  This  segment  is  cystic, 
and  into  it  on  a  long  narrow  neck  the  head  is  invaginated.  This 
stage  is  known  as  the  cysticercus  stage,  and  the  parasite  has  been 
named  Cysticercus  tenuicollis.  We  have  found  these  cysts  in  the 
Angora  goats,  woolless  sheep,  ring-tailed  lemurs,  Mexican  deer, 
European  roe  deer,  mule  deer,  red  deer,  and  fallow  deer.  It  has 
been  proven  experimentally  by  several  investigators  that  they  are 
pathogenic  for  young  ruminants.^ 

The  occurrence  of  so  many  of  the  cysts  aroused  the  suspicion  that 
our  ruminants  might  be  contracting  the  disease  from  the  canines, 
opposite  whose  dens  some  of  the  deer  are  parked.  Two  ex- 
aminations  of  the   dejecta  of   our  canines  revealed  but  three  in- 

*  Neumann's  Parasites  and  Parasitic  Diseases  of  the  Domesticated  Animals — 
(Fleming)  1900. 


150  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

festations  out  of  fifteen  animals  examined.  One  of  these  was  an 
American  gray  wolf,  which  was  given  a  vermifuge.  As  a  result 
segments  were  obtained  corresponding  to  those  of  Tenia  marginata. 
The  wolf  has  been  isolated.  He  could  easily  have  been  the  source 
of  some  of  the  cases.  In  others,  however,  the  animals  had  been 
housed  in  a  distant  building  or  were  newly  arrived.  They  were 
doubtless  infested  when  they  arrived. 

One  of  our  cases  has  furnished  a  monster  formation.  The  cysts 
usually  consist  of  a  single  bladder,  into  which  the  head  is  invaginated. 
By  pressing  upon  such  a  cyst  the  head  and  long  narrow  neck  may  be 
expressed.  In  the  monster  forms  the  cyst  is  invaginated  by  a 
second  cj^st,  and  into  this  second  cyst  the  head  is  invaginated  so  that 
when  pressure  is  applied  two  elongated  necks  emerge,  the  innermost 
bearing  the  head.     The  formation  is  discussed  by  Railliet,  p.  238. 

If  these  cysts  be  ingested  by  a  canine,  the  bladder  will  be  destroyed, 
the  head  becomes  fastened  to  the  intestinal  wall  and  gives  rise 
ultimately  to  the  stroliile,  Tcenia  marginata. 

The  material  which  forms  the  basis  of  this  communication  has  been 
obtained  from  the  Garden  of  the  Philadelphia  Zoological  Society, 
from  the  Laboratory  of  Comparative  Pathology  of  which  it  is  reported. 
During  the  work  I  have  often  had  occasion  to  confer  with  Dr.  Allen  J. 
Smith.  The  reconstructions  of  Tropidocerca  contorta  were  only 
made  possible  by  his  generous  tender  of  apparatus  and  materials 
from  the  Department  of  Comparative  Pathology  and  Tropical 
Medicine  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  I  acknowledge  with 
sincere  thanks  his  freely  given  advice  and  criticism. 

Bibliography, 
CoBBOLD,  Transactions  of  the  Linnean  Society    of  London,   II,  part  8,  1883. 

pp.  357-361. 
DiESiNn,  Revis.  d.  Nemat.,  pp.  673,  674. 

Syst.  Helminth.,  II,  p.  207. 

V.  Drasche,  Verhandlung.  d.  k.  zoojog.  bot.  Gesellsch.  Wien,  1883,  pp.  114, 11-5. 
Leuckart,  Troeschel's  Archiv  f.  Naturg.,    1860,  II,  p.   135. 
Leidy,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1886,  p.  308. 
LiEBERKtJHN,  MuUer's  Archiv  f.  Naturg.,  1855,  pp.  314-355. 
V.  LiNSTow,  Troeschel's  Archiv  fiir  Naturg.,  1877,  pp.  5,  6. 

Troeschel's  Archiv  fiir  Naturg.,  1876,  I,  pp.  .5,  6. 

iirchiv  f.  Naturg.,  1879,  p.  175. 

MoLiN,    Sitzungsbericht   d.  k.  k.  Akad.  der   Wisse.n.,  Wien,  XXXIII,  p.  298; 
XL,  p.  342. 

Denkschr.  d.  k.  Akad.  der  Wissen.,  Wien,  XIX,  pp.  297-299. 

Railliet,  A.     Traits  de  Zoologie  Medicale  et  Agricole.     2e  Edition. 
ScHLOTTHAUBER,  Aiutlicher  Bericht  deuts.  Naturforscher  u.  Aerzte,  Gottingen 

1854,  p.  129.  ^     ' 

Description  of  Plate  IV. 
Fig.  1. — Male  Tropidocerca  contorta,  with  the  longer  penis  projected. 
Fig.  2.— Male  T.  contorta,  with  penis  retracted.     The  root  of  the  longer  penis 

reaches  almost  to  the  head. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  151 

Fig.  3. — Female  T.  contorla.  This  is  the  youngest  female  found.  It  tends  to  coil 
even  at  this  early  stage. 

Fig.  4. — Female  T.  conlorta.  A  mature  specimen,  showing  the  cuticular  expan- 
sions and  subglobular  form  of  this  nematode. 

Fig.  5. — Female  T.  conlorta.  A  mature  specimen  showing  the  same  general 
features  as  the  preceding. 

Fig.  6. — Tail  of  female  2\  contorla. 

Fig.  7. — Ova  of  T.  contorla.     The  unilateral  bib  is  represented  on  one. 

Fig.  8. — Female  T.  conlorta.  A  mature  specimen,  showing  course  of  oesophagus 
and  intestines. 

Fig.  9.— Female  T.  conlorta.  This  is  a  half-grown  specimen.  It  is  coiled  in  one 
plane  only,  and  shows  the  head  bent  sharply  dorsally.  It  also  shows  the 
constant  feature  revealed  in  the  wax  reconstructions,  viz.,  the  caudal  portion 
bends  sharply  in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  general  coiling  of  the  worm. 
This  figure  is  drawn  on  a  much  larger  scale  than  the  preceding. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.  SCI.    PHILA.    1913. 


BROWN:     VARIATIONS    IN    LUCIDELLA, 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1913. 


VANATTA:     NE^A^    SPECIES    OF    MOLLUSCA. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCL   PHILA.   1913 


MAP 

OP    PAHT     OP  THE 

TRIASSIC  AREA 
EASTERN  PENNSYLVANIA 

BV 

LEGEND 


WHERRY:    TRIASSIC    OF    PENNSYLVANIA. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1913. 


u>a((  of 

body  cavify 


WEIDMAN:    METAZOAN    PARASITES. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  151 

Fig.  3. — Female  T.  contorta.  This  is  the  youngest  female  found.  It  tends  to  coil 
even  at  this  early  stage. 

Fig.  4. — Female  T.  contorta.  A  mature  specimen,  showing  the  cuticular  expan- 
sions and  subglobular  form  of  this  nematode. 

Fig.  5. — Female  T.  contorta.  A  mature  specimen  showing  the  same  general 
features  as  the  preceding. 

Fig.  6. — Tail  of  female  T.  contorta. 

Fig.  7. — Ova  of  T.  contorta.     The  unilateral  bib  is  represented  on  one. 

Fig.  8. — Female  T.  contorta.  A  mature  specimen,  showing  course  of  oesophagus 
and  intestines. 

Fig.  9. — Female  T.  contorta.  This  is  a  half-grown  specimen.  It  is  coiled  in  one 
plane  only,  and  shows  the  head  bent  sharply  dorsally.  It  also  shows  the 
constant  feature  revealed  in  the  wax  reconstructions,  viz.,  the  caudal  portion 
bends  sharply  in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  general  coiling  of  the  worm. 
This  figure  is  drawn  on  a  much  larger  scale  than  the  preceding. 


11 


152  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 


April  15. 

The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-nine  persons  present. 

The  deaths  of  the  following  members  were  announced:  John  S. 
Billings,  M.D.,  March  11,  and  George  McClellan,  M.D.,  March  31. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  the  acceptance  of  papers 
under  the  following  titles  for  publication  in  the  Proceedings: 

"Notes  on  serpents  in  the  Family  Colubridae, "  by  Joseph  C. 
Thompson,  Surg.  U.  S.  N.  (March  27). 

"Amphibians  and  reptiles  from  Ecuador,  Venezuela,  and  Yucatan," 
by  Henry  W.  Fowler  (March  28). 

"Notes  on  the  types  of  ,some  American  spiders  in  European 
collections,"  -by  Nathan  Banks  (April  10). 

"On  a  collection  of  birds  obtained  by  the  Francis  E.  Bond  Expe- 
dition to  the  Orinoco  Delta,"  by  Witmer  Stone  (April  14). 

A  paper  entitled  "Some  aboriginal  sites  in  Louisiana  and  Arkan- 
sas," by  Clarence  B.  Moore,  was  accepted  for  publication  in  the 
Journal  (April  14). 

John  M.  Macfarlane,  M.D.,  made  a  communication  on  the 
origin  and  distribution  of  animals  and  plants.     (No  abstract.) 
•  The  subject  was  discussed  by  Drs.  Calvert  and  Pilsbry. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed: 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  153 


AMPHIBIANS  AND  REPTILES  FROM  ECUADOR,  VENEZUELA,  AND  YUCATAN. 
BY  HENRY  W.  FOWLER. 

Several  collections  of  herpetological  specimens  have  recently  been 
acquired  by  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 
Important  among  them  are  those  forming  the  basis  of  this  paper. 
Several  species,  apparently  new,  are  described  and  figured.  All  the 
figures  are  drawn  to  scale,  the  accompanying  line  signifying  ten 
millimeters. 

ECUADOR. 

The  collection  from  this  country  was  made  on  the  western  slope 
of  the  Andes,  from  Guayaquil  to  Quito,  during  1911,  by  Mr.  Samuel 
N.  Rhoads.  The  fishes  were  reported  by  the  writer  during  the  same 
year  in  these  Proceedings.  Since  then  all  the  collections  Mr. 
Rhoads  made  were  purchased  by  the  Academy.  In  this  connec- 
tion I  wish  to  express  thanks  to  Mr.  Rhoads  for  the  appended  notes 
relating  to  the  habits  of  the  various  species. 

AMPHIBIA. 

BUFONID^. 
Bufo  marinus  (Linnaeus). 

Two  from  Bucay. 

Bufo  typhonius  (Linnaeus). 

Seven  from  Bucay.  Found  only  under  stones  and  logs,  in  woods 
and  banana  plantations. 

This  very  variable  species  ranges  over  the  greater  part  of  South 
America,  and  in  this  connection  I  have  examined  many  examples 
from  th€  following  localities:  Chapada,  near  Cujaba  in  Matto 
Grosso  (H.  H.  Smith)-;  Upper  Punes  River  (Steere) ;  Bahia  (Cope) 
in  Brazil;  Peru(Orton);  Pebas  (Orton),  Ecuador;  Surinam  (Bering). 
Some  examples  show  the  hght  vertebral  line  very  conspicuously, 
and  in  others  it  is  wanting.  Variation  in  the  color  of  the  back  is  seen 
from  nearly  uniform  brownish  specimens  to  those  greatly  blotched. 
Some  large  examples  have  nearly  all  the  lower  regions  blackish,  and 
they  also  show  the  postorbital  flange  greatly  elevated.  The  Bucay 
specimens  do  not  show  any  parietal  ridges  extending  from  the  post- 


154  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

orbital.  Females  from  Pebas,  with  eggs,  have  scattered  white  spots 
on  lower  surface  of  body  very  pronounced,  though  the  postorbital 
flange  is  hardly  developed. 

Bufo  cseruleocellatus  sp.  nov.    PI.  V,  upper  figure. 

Body  depressed,  its  width  about  equals  that  of  head.  No 
bony  ridges  on  head,. which  is  broadly  depressed,  though  not  con- 
stricted from  rest  of  body.  Snout  a  httle  depressed,  contour  as 
viewed  above  little  less  than  right  angle.  Eye  large,  though  some- 
what less  than  snout  in  length.  Mouth  large,  rictus  extending 
slightly  beyond  eye.  Lips  thin,  skin  firm,  and  jaw  edges  trenchant. 
No  teeth.  Tongue  large,  free  for  great  portion  posteriorly,  and  hind 
edge  triangular.  Internal  nares  moderate.  External  nares  well 
separated,  so  that  each  would  fall  in  external  fourth  of  antero- 
interorbital  width.  Latter  depressed,  or  very  slightly  convex. 
Lores  a  little  concave,  smooth.  Tympanum  small,  vertically 
elHpsoid,  and  vertical  diameter  about  f  horizontal  length  of  eye. 
Parotids  large,  well  separated  from  eyes,  though  each  equals  about 
If  eye  lengths.  Along  upper  side  of  head  from  snout  tip  low  fold 
extends  back,  including  upper  eyelid  externally  and  outer  edge  of 
parotid.  Fold  on  latter  well  marked,  though  not  extending  on  costal 
region. 

Skin  largely  smooth,  though  upper  surfaces  of  limbs  and  hind  pelvic 
region  above,  with  weak  tubercles,  a  few  of  which  are  less  developed 
on  lower  surfaces  of  hind  limbs  and  costal  regions.  Parotids  and 
eyebrows  more  or  less  granular.  Lower  surface  of  body  otherwise 
smooth . 

Limbs  all  rather  slender.  Fingers  not  webbed,  second  longest, 
and  first  and  third  subequally  shortest.  Finger  tips  all  with  rather 
well-developed  tubercles.  Toes  webbed  rather  narrowly  at  bases, 
and  each  with  somewhat  well-developed  distal  tubercles.  Two  equal 
well-developed  metatarsal  tubercles.  Fold  of  skin  along  outer  tarsal 
edge. 

Color  in  alcohol  dark  slaty-gray  above,  ground-color  nearly  uni- 
form, marked  with  a  number  of  scattered  more  or  less  rounded  dusky 
to  blackish  blotches,  each  indistinctly  edged  with  gray,  or  paler  tint 
than  general  body-color,  to  form  obscure  ocelli.  Upper  surfaces  of 
these  limbs  also  marked  with  similar  blotches,  as  three  or  four  on 
each  joint.  Lower  surface  of  body  pale  gray,  evidently  translucent 
in  life.  Breast  and  throat  all  more  or  less  clouded  with  slaty  specks, 
or  obscurely  spotted  with  paler  or  more  whitish  tints. 
Length  23  mm. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  155 

Type,  No.  18,069,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Bucay,  province  of  Guayas,  western 
Ecuador.     July,  1911.     S.  N.  Rhoads. 

Nos.  18,068,  18,070  and  18,064,  paratypes,  same  data.  Length 
16  to  22  mm.  All  the  specimens  were  found  under  stones,  bark  and 
leaves,  in  woods. 

This  species  is  apparently  related  to  Bufo  cceruleosiictus  Giinther,^ 
but  differs  in  the  color-markings.  This  is  hardly  due  to  age,  as 
Giinther  gives  the  upper  parts  of  the  body  as  uniform  brownish- 
black  and  the  lower  parts  dirty  gray-brown.  Upper  eyelids,  sides 
of  trunk  and  extremities  all  show  small  smooth  bluish  tubercles. 
His  example  was  3  inches  6  lines.  Boulenger's  figure'  would  show 
that  Giinther's  toad  cannot  be  identical. 

Bufo  glaberrimus  Giinther''  differs  in  the  smooth  skin  and  a  rose- 
colored  spot  in  the  groin,  the  general  color  being  brownish-black. 

Bufo  hcematiticus  Cope^  has  a  different  coloration,  especially  a  pale 
spot  anterior  and  beneath  the  eye.  A  poor  specimen  in  the  collection 
from  Coban  (Cope)  is  not  fit  for  comparison.  Cope  names  var. 
lachrymans,^  probably  only  a  color  form.     Its  length  is  1  inch  6  lines- 

The  present  species  shows  some  variation  in  its  color  markings, 
and  in  some  examples  but  few  dark  spots  are  present  on  the  back. 
The  latter  is  also  variable  as  to  roughness  on  its  fore  part  above. 
{Ccerulea,  blue;  ocellus,  ring;  with  reference  to  the  color  markings 
on  the  back.) 
Bufo  chanchanensis  sp.  nov.    PI.  V.  lower  figure. 

Body  moderately  depressed,  width  about  equal  to  that  of  head. 
Head  without  bony  ridges,  though  broad  and  depressed,  not  con- 
stricted from  rest  of  body.  Snout  a  little  depressed,  contour  as  seen 
from  above  obtusely  triangular,  slightly  more  than  right  angle. 
Eye  large,  equal  to  snout  in  length.  Mouth  large,  rictus  extending 
trifle  beyond  eye.  Lips  thin,  firm,  and  jaw  edges  trenchant.  No 
teeth.  Tongue  large,  free  for  last  *  at  least,  hind  edge  rounded. 
Internal  nares  large.  External  nares  well  separated,  falling  almost 
in  outer  fourth  of  antero-interorbital  width.  Interorbital  depressed, 
very  slightly  concave,  width  little  less  than  twice  that  of  upper 
eyelid.  Lores  smooth.  No  tympanum.  Parotids  large,  slightly 
separated  from  eyes,  each  equals  twice  length  of  eye.     Along  upper 


1  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1859,  p.  415.     Western  Ecuador. 

2  Cat.  Bafr.  Sal.  Brit.  Mus.,  1882,  p.  291,  PL  21,  fig.  1. 

3  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1868,  p.  483,  PI.  37,  fig.  2.     Bogota. 

4  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1862,  p.  158.     Truando  region,  Colombia. 
5L.  c. 


156  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

side  of  head  from  snout  tip  low  fold  extends  back,  including  upper 
ej'elid  externally  and  outer  edge  of  parotid,  though  not  continued 
beyond. 

Skin  very  rough,  with  more  or  less  enlarged  tubercles  over  upper 
surface.  Lower  surface  of  body  finely  granular.  Upper  eyelids 
with  large  tubercles,  though  parotids  largely  smooth.  Upper 
surfaces  of  limbs  tuberculate  like  back,  and  lower  surfaces  granulated 
like  bellj\ 

Limbs  moderately  slender.  Third  finger  longest,  first  and  second 
subequally  shortest,  and  none  webbed.  Tips  of  fingers  slightly 
dilated  with  tubercles.  Toes  with  rather  short  webs,  each  ending  in 
small  tubercle.  Two  equal  cuneate  metatarsal  tubercles.  Fold  of 
skin  along  outer  tarsal  edge. 

Color  in  alcohol  largely  dusky.  Sides  and  lower  surfaces  all  more 
or  less  blackish,  with  abdomen  laterally  and  posteriorly,  together 
with  lower  surfaces  of  hind  limbs,  marbled  or  reticulated  with  paler 
spots  or  blotches  in  rather  well-defined  contrast.  Side  of  upper  jaw 
near  edge  and  below  eye,  mottled  a  little,  and  after  eye,  along 
middle  of  side,  blackish.  Upper  surfaces  of  limbs  blotched  with 
blackish,  edged  paler.  Lower  surfaces  of  all  limbs  with  paler 
markings. 

Length  32  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,181,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Camp  Chiguancay,  in  Chanchan 
River  valley,  western  Ecuador.     March,  1911.     S.  N.  Rhoads. 

Nos.  18,182,  18,185,  18,193,  18,195,  18,198,  18,202,  18,203,  18,205, 
paratypes,  same  data.     Found  in  debris  in  woodland. 

Related  to  Bujo  (haul  (Molina),  as  figured  by  Garnot  and  Lesson,^ 
but  that  species  is  represented  as  having  short  rounded  parotids  and 
a  very  small  distinct  tympanum. 

Variation  in  color  is  quite  noticeable  in  the  present  species,  though 
all  the  specimens  are  quite  dark,  with  pale  bands. 

(Named  for  the  Chanchan  Valle3\) 

HYLIDuE. 
Hyla  rubra  Daudin. 

Twelve  from  Hacienda  Gorzon  to  the  foot  of  ]\It.  Pichincha,  on 
IMay  16. 

Two  from  the  forest  above  Chimbo,  10,300  to  12,500  feet  elevation, 
on  April  17. 

6  Votj.  CoquiUe,  II,  1831,  PI.  7,  fig.  6,  Chili. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  157 

Hyla  chimboe  sp.  nov.    PL  VI,  upper  figure. 

Body  broad,  well  depressed.  Head  broad,  depressed,  its  wddth 
about  equals  that  of  body,  scarcely  constricted.  Snout  rather 
broadlj^  depressed,  contour  as  viewed  from  above  well  convex.  Ej^e 
moderate,  about  equals  snout  length.  jMouth  large,  rictus  not  quite 
extending  back  opposite  hind  edge  of  eye.  Lips  rather  thin.  ^lax- 
illary  teeth  uniserial,  fine,  uniform,  concealed  by  lip.  Vomerine 
teeth  in  two  series,  each  rather  short,  well  behind,  though  would 
fall  partly  within  space  between  internal  nares,  and  series  approxi- 
mated posteriorly.  Tongue  oval,  large,  last  fourth  free,  and  hind 
edge  rounded,  not  notched.  Internal  nares  rather  small.  External 
nares  well  separated,  so  they  fall  near  outer  fourth  of  antero-inter- 
orbital  width.  Canthus  rostralis  not  very  distinct.  Interorbital 
slightly  concave.  Tympanum  rather  small,  vertically  ovoid,  and 
its  length  about  y  eye  length. 

Skin  very  finely  granular  or  nearly  smooth  largely  above,  and 
entire  lower  surface  more  or  less  coarsely  granular,  though  granules 
on  belly  largest. 

Limbs  all  slender.  Fingers  with  slight  basal  webs.  First  finger 
longer  than  second,  dilated  basally  or  vrith  adnate  pollex,  third 
longest,  and  tips  of  all  wdth  well-developed  rounded  flattened  disks, 
each  much  less  than  tympanum.  Toes  slender,  fourth  much  longest, 
but  moderately  webbed  basally  or  for  less  than  half  their  extent,  and 
distal  disks  similar  to  those  of  fingers.  No  rudimentary  hallux  or 
tarsal  fold. 

Color  in  alcohol  evidently  uniform  dusky  above,  pale  brownish 
in  contrast  below.     Belly  obscurely  mottled  with  darker,  and  dark 
mottlings  also  along  edges  of  hind  limbs.     Limbs  above  like  back, 
below  like  general  color  of  lower  surface. 
Length  37  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,137,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Mountains  above  Chimbo,  10,000 
to  10,800  feet,  Ecuador.     April,  1911.     S.  N.  Rhoads. 

Nos.  18,155  and  18,159,  paratypes,  same  data.  These  25  mm. 
in  length. 

This  species  is  related  to  Hyla  rubra  Daudin,  which  differs  in 
having  the  toes  three-fourths  webbed,  snout  1^  to  If  in  length  of  eye, 
a  strong  fold  across  the  chest,  and  in  having  the  vomerine  teeth  in 
two  small  groups  between  the  internal  nares. 
(Named  for  Chimbo,  the  type  locality.) 

Hyla  riobambae  sp.  nov.    PI.  VI,  lower  figure. 

Body  broad,  well  depressed.     Head  broad,  depressed,  its  width 


158  PEOCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

greater  than  that  of  body,  very  slightly  constricted.  Snout  broadly 
depressed,  its  contour  as  viewed  above  well  convex.  Eye  moderate, 
about  1|  to  snout  tip.  Mouth  large,  rictus  extending  back  to  hind 
eye  edge.  Lips  as  rather  thin  skin.  Maxillary  teeth  uniserial, 
uniform,  conic,  hidden  by  lip.  Vomerine  teeth  few,  conic,  slightly 
hooked,  form  nearly  continuous  series  between  internal  nares,  so 
that  on  level  with  posterior  portion  near  edge  of  latter.  Vomerine 
teeth  would  form  very  obtuse  angle,  latter  directed  posteriorly. 
Tongue  large,  orbicular,  free  for  about  last  third,  and  hind  edge  well 
notched.  Internal  nares  large.  External  nares  rather  close,  so 
they  fall  slightly  within  median  third  of  antero-interorbital  width, 
Canthus  rostralis  distinct,  not  conspicuous.  Interorbital  slightly 
concave.     Tympanum  rather  small,  rounded,  its  length  1|  in  eye.    " 

Skin  largely  smooth  above,  granulate  below,  with  granules  on 
belly  and  lower  sides  much  largest.  Groin,  hind  part  of  pelvis  and 
region  around  tympanum  granulated.  Lower  surfaces  of  fore  limbs 
and  femora  finely  granulated. 

Limbs  all  slender.  Fingers  with  slight  basal  webs.  First  finger 
longer  than  second,  dilated  basally  or  with  adnate  pollex,  third  longest, 
and  tips  of  all  with  well-developed  rounded  flat  disks,  each  of  which 
less  than  size  of  tympanum.  Toes  slender,  fourth  much  longest,  all 
rather  well  webbed  basally  or  for  half  their  extent,  and  distal  disks 
similar  to  those  of  fingers.  A  rudimentary  hallux  in  form  of  cuneate 
compressed  tubercle  at  base  of  first  toe  on  inside,  though  not  free 
and  much  less  in  extent  than  that  of  first  finger.  A  slight  tarsal  fold 
along  inner  edge. 

Color  in  alcohol  slaty  above,  with  two  broad  more  or  less  complete 
darker  lengthwise  bands.  These  bands  extend  from  each  eye  above 
to  hind  side  of  pelvis,  though  broken  a  little  posteriorly.  Tympanum 
in  a  similar-colored  blotch.  Sides  of  body  slightly  more  grayish  in 
general  color,  with  rather  numerous  rounded  dark  spots  towards 
and  in  groin.  Upper  surfaces  of  limbs  like  back,  with  irregular 
darker  blotches.  All  darker  markings  have  slightly  paler  edges  than 
body-color.  Lower  surface  of  body  pale  or  nearly  plain  dull  brownish. 
Hind  surfaces  of  tibia  and  femora  mottled  dark  slaty  and  whitish. 

Length  48  mm. 

Type,  No.  16,161,  A.N.  S.  P.  Rio  Bamba,  Ecuador.  April,  1911. 
S.  N.  Rhoads. 

No.  16,160,  paratype,  same  data.  It  shows  belly  specked  or 
spotted  with  dusky. 

These  specimens  were  found  in  crevices  of  a  stone  and  cactus  wall. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  159 

along  the  roadside.  They  were  very  quiet.  Color  in  life  a  varie- 
gated grayish. 

Hyla  labialis  Peters,  from  Bogota,  is  perhaps  related,  though  it 
differs  in  the  hardly  distinct  tympanum  being  only  f  of  eye.  It  is 
also  olive-green  above,  changing  olive-green  on  sides  with  blackish- 
brown  band  from  snout  tip  through  eye  to  middle  of  side,  lips 
narrowly  edged  brown,  and  sides  of  thighs  narrowly  reticulated  with 
brown. 

Hyla  nehulosa  Spix,  from  Brazil,  H.  depressiceps  Boulenger,  from 
Ecuador,  and  H.  phceota  Cope,  from  Colombia,  all  differ  in  color  as 
well  as  having  the  hind  edge  of  the  tongue  rounded,  not  notched. 

(Named  for  the  town  of  Rio  Bamba,  the  type  locality.) 

Hyla  quitoe  sp.  nov.    PI.  VII,  upper  figure. 

Body  moderately  broad,  somewhat  depressed,  and  width  appar- 
ently slightly  less  than  that  of  head.  Head  broad,  depressed,  scarcely 
constricted.  Snout  depressed,  contour  as  viewed  above  rounded  or 
well  convex.  Eye  moderate,  about  1^  to  snout  tip.  Mouth  large, 
rictus  extending  back  slightly  beyond  eye.  Lips  as  rather  thin  skin. 
Maxillary  teeth  uniserial,  uniform,  pointed,  conic,  hidden  by  lip. 
Vomerine  teeth  few,  larger  in  two  very  short  series  approximated 
between  internal  nares  opposite  their  posterior  portion.  Contour 
of  vomerine  teeth  would  form  very  obtuse  angle,  latter  directed 
posteriorly.  Tongue  rather  large,  ovoid,  with  bulge  posterior,  hind 
portion  free  about  j  entire  length,  and  hind  edge  entire  or  convex. 
Internal  nares  moderately  large.  External  nares  moderately  sepa- 
rated, falling  about  outer  third  in  anterior  interorbital  width.  Can- 
thus  rostralis  not  very  distinct.  Interorbital  slightly  depressed. 
Tympanum  vertically  ovoid,  its  vertical  diameter  about  f  length 
of  eye. 

Skin  largely  smooth  above,  granular  below,  though  granules  on 
belly  best  defined.  Lower  portions  of  flanks,  hind  limbs  below  and 
posteriorly,  and  sides  of  pelvis  also  more  or  less  granular.  Region 
around  tympanum  apparently  smooth.  Lower  surfaces  of  fore 
limbs  smooth. 

Limbs  all  slender.  Fingers  with  distinct,  though  small  or  short 
basal  webs.  First  finger  trifle  longer  than  second,  and  swollen 
basally  as  if  with  rudimentary  pollex.  Third  finger  longest.  Tuber- 
cles on  fingers  apparently  little  developed.  All  fingers  and  toes  with 
rounded  disks  moderately  developed,  much  smaller  than  tympanum. 
Toes  slender,  fourth  much  longest,  about  halt  webbed  basally.     First 


160  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

toe  with  slight  rudimentary  dilation  as  hallux,  basally.  Metatarsal 
tubercles  not  evident.     A  slight  posterior  tarsal  fold. 

Color  in  alcohol  more  or  less  grayish  above,  slightly  tinged  with  very 
pale  greenish  or  slaty  tint.  Upper  lip,  snout  tip,  and  throat,  grayish- 
white.  From  behind  eye,  embracing  tj^mpanum  and  extending  back 
to  groin,  broad  black  band,  edged  above  and  below  with  whitish  or 
grayish.  On  lores  this  band  continued  as  pale  bluish-gray  streak 
from  eye  towards  tip  of  snout.  From  canthus  rostralis,  which  defined 
by  whitish  line,  a  pale  bluish-gray  streak  extends  back,  includ- 
ing upper  eye  cover,  though  separated  by  rather  broad  vertebral 
area  to  pelvis,  near  its  hind  end.  These  bluish  bands  edged  dusky. 
Limbs  with  general  color  above  like  that  of  back,  also  with  obscure 
dull  slaty  markings  as  blotches  or  otherwise,  though  below  pale  and 
uniform  light  brownish,  likely  translucent  in  life.  Throat  whitish, 
belly  becommg  tinged  pale  greenish-gray,  slightly  variegated  with 
darker  shades  of  grayish. 

Length  20  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,238,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Quito,  Ecuador.  June  4,  1911. 
S.  N.  Rhoads. 

Nos.  18,234  and  18,235,  paratypes,  same  data. 

This  species  shows  variation  in  color,  as  the  blackish  lateral  streaks 
are  sometimes  broken  up  into  spots  or  fade  paler  on  groin,  in  which 
case  if  former  occur  they  are  whitish  edged. 

Related  to  Hyla  mesophcea  Hensel  and  H.  venulosa  (Laurenti), 
but  differing  in  color. 

(Named  for  Quito,  the  type  locality.) 

Hyla  quinquefasciata  sp.  nov.    PL  VII,  lower  figure. 

Body  broad,  well  depressed.  Head  broad,  depressed,  its  width  a 
little  less  than  that  of  body,  and  neck  slightly  constricted.  Snout 
depressed,  rather  triangular  as  seen  from  above.  Eye  small,  1|  in 
snout  or  equal  to  space  between  front  eye  edge  and  external  nare. 
Mouth  large,  extends  back  opposite  hind  eye  edge.  Lips  thin. 
Maxillary  teeth  minute,  uniform,  concealed  by  lip.  Vomerine  teeth 
in  two  well-separated  patches  between  posterior  portions  of  internal 
nares,  nearly  horizontal  or  scarcely  inclined  posteriorl3\  Tongue 
broad,  rounded,  hind  edge  notched  distinctly  and  this  region  free 
for  last  fourth.  Internal  nares  moderate.  External  nares  well 
separated,  placed  at  third  of  antero-interorbital  width.  Canthus 
rostralis  not  very  evident.  Interorbital  depressed,  nearly  level. 
Tympanum  rounded,  Ij  in  eye. 

Skin  on  back  and  upper  surfaces  of  limbs  smooth,  with  a  few 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  161 

scattered  small  tubercles  on  back.  Lower  surface  of  head,  fore 
limbs  and  tarsus,  tibia  and  fibula,  smooth.  Belly,  lower  sides  and 
lower  femoral  regions  rather  coarsely  granular.  A  fold  of  skin  across 
chest. 

Limbs  all  slender.  Fingers  not  webbed.  First  finger  a  little 
shorter  than  second,  little  dilated  basally.  Third  finger  longest,  and 
tips  of  all  with  broad  flattened  ellipsoid  disks,  each  much  less  than 
tympanum.  Toes  moderate,  fourth  longest  and  all  well  webbed, 
nearly  completely  so,  and  distal  disks  similar  to  those  of  fingers. 
Two  small  metatarsal  tubercles.     Hind  edge  of  tarsus  with  low  fold. 

Color  in  alcohol  largely  dull  or  pale  brownish  above,  lighter  or 
paler  below,  and  of  uniform  tint.  Back  with  five  lengthwise  darker 
streaks,  median  vertebral  as  triangle  between  eyes,  and  extends  on 
front  of  upper  eyelids.  From  posterior  surfaces  of  latter  each  outer 
streak  extends  back,  while  outermost  includes  tympanum  and  runs 
well  lateral  along  body.  Upper  surfaces  of  limbs  with  well-defined 
cross-bands,  especially  on  femora  and  tibia.  Hind  surfaces  of  femora 
mottled  slightly  with  dusky. 

Length  30  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,115,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Mountains  above  Chinibo,  10,000 
to  10,800  feet  elevation,  Ecuador.     April,  1911.     S.  N.  Rhoads. 

Only  a  single  example,  described  above.  It  is  related  to  Hyla 
auraria  Peters  from  South  America.  The  latter  differs  in  the  follow- 
ing points.  Vomerine  teeth  within  the  limits  of  the  internal  nares, 
snout  long  as  eye,  tympanum  vertically  oval  or  two-thirds  length  of 
eye,  three  outer  fingers  webbed  at  base  and  back  without  five  dark 
longitudinal  streaks. 

{Quinqiie,  five;  fascia,  streak;  with  reference  to  the  color  of  the 
back.) 

Nototrema  marsupiatum  (Dumeril  and  Bibron). 

One  example  in  poor  preservation,  taken  in  swamp-grass  on  a  trip 
between  Hacienda  Gorzon  to  Mount  Pichincha,  May  11,  1911.  In 
life  color  light  green,  breast  and  sides  brassy-yellow,  also  spot  back 
of  eye,  and  joints  of  limbs  bluish.     Length  17  mm. 

CYSTIGNATHIDiE. 

Hylodes  conspicillatus  Gunther. 

Twenty  examples  from  Bucay,  taken  in  July,  1911.  They  were 
found  in  a  little  spring-run  which  extended  down  into  a  grassy  tract. 
In  habits  they  suggested  Acris,  as  they  would  jump  into  the  water, 
5wim  across  the  brook,  and  come  up  again  on  the  opposite  side.     The 


162  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April^ 

largest  is  about  45  mm.  long.  Young  examples  show  several  whitish 
spots  in  a  streak,  due  to  the  fold  extending  down  from  the  lower 
edge  of  tympanum  towards  shoulder. 

Three  more  example^  with  the  same  data  differ  from  all  the  others 
in  the  median  narrow  whitish  line  extending  from  the  snout  tip  to 
the  vent.  This  line  is  clearly  defined  in  all  three.  Many  other  of 
the  specimens  show  a  trace  of  it  on  the  upper  lip  at  the  snout  tip,, 
but  soon  fading  out  in  the  darker  color  of  the  rest  of  the  upper  surface 
of  the  snout.  These  examples  are  thus  strikingly  like  Boulenger's 
figure  of  Hylodes  unistrigatusJ 

Two  other  examples  in  the  collection  are  likely  identical.  One 
was  secured  at  Hacienda  Jalancay  near  Chinchi,  in  Chimbo,  April, 
1911.  The  other  is  young,  and  was  taken  at  the  camp  near  the 
junction  of  the  Chiguancay  and  Chanchan  Rivers. 

Hylodes  pagmae  sp.  nov.    PI.  VIII,  upper  figure. 

Body  moderately  depressed,  elongately  ovoid  in  contour,  and 
width  a  little  less  than  that  of  head.  Latter  moderately  broad,  a 
little'  depressed,  scarcely  constricted.  Snout  slightly  depressed^ 
contour  as  viewed  above  rather  triangular,  tip  obtuse.  Eye  rather 
large,  Ij  in  snout  or  equals  space  between  front  of  eye  and  nostril. 
Mouth  large,  rictus  falling  about  opposite  hind  edge  of  eye.  Lips 
thin.  Maxillary  teeth  fine,  uniform,  uniserial.  Vomerine  teeth  in 
two  large  patches,  approximated  until  directed  posteriorly  behind 
internal  nares.  Tongue  apparently  ovoid  (distorted),  last  third 
free,  hind  edge  rounded.  Internal  nares  moderately  large.  External 
nares  fall  at  third  in  antero-interorbital  space  as  viewed  in  front. 
Canthus  rostralis  not  very  distinct.  Interorbital  depressed,  twice 
width  of  upper  eyelid.  Tympanum  trifle  ovoid,  its  vertical  diameter 
1^  in  eye. 

Skin  largely  smooth.  Belly,  lower  sides  and  lower  surfaces  of 
femoral  regions  granular,  though  granules  apparently  rather  obsolete. 
Region  around  tympanum  smooth.  Lower  surface  of  fore  limbs  and 
throat  smooth.     No  fold  across  breast. 

Limbs  all  slender.  Fingers  and  toes  without  any  webbing,  and 
if  ever  present  only  slightly  developed.  First  finger  trifle  longer 
than  second,  and  slightly  swollen  basally  on  inside,  as  if  with  rudi- 
mentary pollex.  Third  finger  longest.  Tubercles  on  phalanges 
not  well  developed.  All  fingers  and  toes  with  terminal  rounded 
disks,  moderate  in  size  or  all  much  smaller  than  tympanum.       Toes 

'  Cat.  Bntr.  Sal,  1882,  p.  217,  PI.  14,  fig.  4. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  163 

slender,  fourth  much  longest.  First  toe  with  slight  basal  dilation. 
Metatarsal  tubercles  hardly  developed.?  Hind  edge  of  tarsus  with 
slight  low  fold. 

Color  in  alcohol  brownish  above,  slightly  paler  below,  though  latter 
region  also  clouded  slightly  with  brownish.  A  dark  band  connects 
•eyes  anteriorly,  and  another  extends  from  hind  edge  of  each  eye  as 
W-shaped  marking.  Behind  this  several  dark  blotches  on  back, 
first  with  angle  directed  forward.  Several  dark  blotches  along  each 
side  of  trunk.  Femoral  and  tibial  joints  each  with  four  transverse 
dark  blotches.  Feet  and  upper  surfaces  of  fore  limbs  with  dark 
blotches.  All  dark  markings  of  upper  surface  with  pale  or  grayish 
edges.  A  dark  bar  above  each  tympanum  and  another  from  front 
of  eye  to  snout  tip. 

Length  32  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,244,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Pagma  Forest  in  the  Chanchan 
River  basin,  province  of  Chimborazo,  Ecuador.  April,  1911.  S.  N. 
Rhoads. 

Paratype,  No.  18,179,  A.  N.  S.  P.  From  the  camp  at  the  Junction 
■of  the  Chiguancay  and  Chanchan  Rivers.  This  example  differs 
only  in  details  of  coloration  and  such  characters  as  may  result  from 
age.     Length  21  mm. 

Hylodes  achatinus  Boulenger,^  based  on  a  female  50  mm.  long,  is 
related.  It  is,  however,  described  and  figured  with  the  tongue 
notched  behind.  Its  color  design  is  different,  partially  suggestive  of 
the  present  species,  as  if  unfinished. 

Hylodes  surdus  Boulenger,^  has  no  tympanic  disk,  nostrils  nearly 
■equally  distant  from  eye  and  snout  tip,  and  first  finger  shorter  than 
second. 

Hylodes  whymperi  Boulenger,i°  has  the  tympanum,  first  finger 
shorter  than  second,  skin  of  back  tubercular,  and  coloration  different. 

Hylodes  unistrigatus  Giinther,^^  has  the  tympanum  not  quite  half 
diameter  of  eye,  and  a  strong  fold  across  the  chest. 

Hylodes  huckleyi  Boulenger,!^  has  the  snout  equal  to  the  eye, 
tympanum  a  little  over  a  third  length  of  eye,  toes  free  and  slightly 
fringed,  and  skin  above  with  smooth  warts. 

8  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1898,  p.  120,  PI.  15,  figs.  2-2a.     Cachabe 

9  Cat.  Bat.  Sal.,  1882,  p.  212,  PI.  14,  fig.  3.     W.  Ecuador. 
^°  L.  c,  p.  218.     Tortorillas  and  Cotocachi. 

11  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  18.59,  p.  416.     W.  Ecuador. 
i2  Cat.  Bat.  Sal.,  1882,  p.  217,  PI.  14,  fig.  5.     Intac. 


164  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [April,, 

Hylodes  longirostris  Boulenger/''  differs  in  the  long  snout  containing; 
the  eye-diameter  about  If  in  its  length,  and  the  coloration. 
(Named  for  Pagma  Forest,  where  the  type  was  secured.) 

BNGYSTOMATID^. 
Phryniscus  laevis  Gunther. 

Twenty  from  the  mountains  above  Chimbo,  at  an  elevation  of 
10,000  to  10,800  feet,  in  April,  1911. 

Nine  from  Hacienda  Gorzon  to  foot  of  Mount  Pichincha,  on  May 
16,1911. 

One  from  Quito,  on  June  4,  1911.  This  and  the  above  collected 
by  S.  N.  Rhoads. 

One  obtained  by  Dr.  M.  Meitzner,  from  Huigra  to  Rio  Chiguancay. 

Mr.  Rhoads  says  these  frogs  were  found  in  the  open  pastures  along 
the  mountain  side.  They  appeared  to  crawl  or  walk,  and  when  one 
endeavored  to  grasp  or  try  to  catch  them,  they  weakly  tried  to  hop. 
The  sexes  were  noticeably  different,  and  the  males  were  always  much 
smaller.  As  this  was  the  spawning  season,  they  were  usually  found 
copulating.  The  males  clasp  the  females  very  tightly,  mount  from 
above,  and  their  grasp  is  axillary.  Sometimes  another  male  would 
grasp  a  male  already  in  coitus.  All  found  were  in  wet  or  damp 
places,  extremely  abundant,  and  appeared  usually  oblivious  to 
danger.  When  handled  they  made  a  weak  squeak.  Variation  in 
color  was  very  great,  and  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  body  varied 
from  dark  orange,  brick-red  to  lighter  or  sometimes  to  a  gamboge 
tint.  Upper  surface  of  body  usually  not  variable,  mostly  olive- 
brown.  None  of  the  larger  animals,  as  hawks,  opossums,  rats  or 
foxes  seemed  to  prey  on  them.  Their  only  enemy  appeared  to  be 
an  ant  thrush  {Grallaria  monticoJa),  and  it  did  feed  on  them. 

DENDROBATIDiE. 
Dendrobates  trivittatus  (Spix). 

One  example  19  mm.  in  length,  from  the  camp  near  junction  of 
Chiguancay  and  Chanchan  Rivers,  taken  in  March,   1911.     Color 
with  snout   brown,  back  black,  and  white  line,  includes   edge  of  ' 
upper  eyelid,  to  groin  well  contrasted.     Lower  surface  uniformly 
whitish. 

RANID^. 
Phyllodromus  pulchellus  Espada. 

One  example  15  mm.  long  from  Bucay,  in  July,  1911. 
13  Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1898,  p.  120,  PI.  15,  fig.  1.     Cachabe. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  165 

Phyllobates  infraguttatus  Boulenger. 

Two  examples  from  Huigra  in  Chimbo,  at  4,000  feet  elevation,  on 
February  18,  1911. 

Twelve  examples  from  camp  at  junction  of  Chiguancay  and 
Chanchan  Rivers  in  March,  1911. 

Some  of  the  above  differ  from  Boulenger's  figure  in  showing  the 
white  spots  of  the  lower  region  much  larger  or  with  the  intervening 
dark  color  quite  narrow,  producing  a  reticulated  appearance.  Some 
also  have  a  more  or  less  large  dark  blotch  at  each  side  of  the  sternum. 
Upper  surfaces  of  hind  legs  in  most  all  examples  usually  distinctly 
cross-banded  with  darker.  Possibly  a  few  slight  tubercles  or  granules 
on  the  back  may  be  due  to  preservation,  or  only  variation.  Most 
are  perfectly  smooth. 

Six  others,  young  with  same  data  as  last  lot,  show  the  bellj'  and 
lower  surfaces  more  or  less  whitish,  though  usually  with  two  dark 
blotches  on  chest,  one  each  side  of  median  line. 

Mr.  Rhoads  says  the  adults  were  found  with  the  tadpoles  hanging^ 
on  their  backs.  These  were  apparently  attached  to  the  rugosities 
or  slight  tubercles  on  the  back,  the  tadpole  hanging  by  means  of  its 
mouth,  with  the  appearance  of  holding  on  as  if  by  a  teat.  The 
tadpoles  were  always  found  attached  with  their  tails  drooping  back- 
ward, and  six  to  ten  were  noticed^  on  a  single  adult.  In  color  the 
tadpoles  were  leaden-black.     The  adults  were  quite  noisy. 

Prostherapis  whymperi  Boulenger. 

One  example  27  mm.  long,  on  trip  from  Hacienda  Gorzon  to  Mount 
Pichincha,  May  10,  1911.  Color  above  blackish,  finely  spotted 
with  greenish-white  and  lateral  stripe  same  color.  Belly  brassy- 
brown  and  head  and  throat  spots  indistjnct.     Found  in  a  swamp. 

Hyloxalus  huigrse  sp.  nov.    PI.  VIII,  lower  figure. 

Body  depressed.  Head  moderate,  depressed  moderately.  Snout 
moderately  depressed,  rather  angular  as  viewed  from  above,  well 
protruded  beyond  lower  jaw.  Eye  large,  about  1|  in  snout  or  equal 
to  space  between  front  eye  edge  and  nostril.  Mouth  large,  rictus 
extending  back  about  opposite  hind  eye  edge.  Maxillary  teeth 
minute,  mostly  uniserial,  each  tooth  simple,  short  and  conic,  and 
mostly  hidden  by  thin  lip.  Vomerine  teeth  absent.  Tongue  large, 
ellipsoid,  hind  edge  deeply  emarginate,  though  rather  evenly  concave, 
and  hind  third  free.  Internal  nares  moderate.  External  nares 
small,  mark  inner  third  of  antero-interorbital  width.  Canthus 
rostralis  scarcely  distinct,  and  lores  oblique.  Interorbital  flat. 
Tympanum  small,  rounded,  about  one-third  in  eye  length. 


166  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

Skin  perfectly  smooth  above  and  on  sides  of  both  trunk  and  limbs. 
Lower  surface  of  body,  including  breast,  belly,  and  lower  femoral 
region,  weakly  granular,  though  granules  all  rather  large  in  size. 
Lower  surfaces  of  fore  limbs  and  throat,  smooth. 

Limbs  rather  slender.  Fingers  and  toes  entirely  free,  without  any 
webs  whatever.  First  finger  a  little  shorter  than  second,  dilated 
basally  with  moderate  tubercle  or  pollex,  third  longest,  and  tips  of 
all  broadly  dilated  so  that  front  edges  wide,  or  greater  tharf  diameter 
of  tympanum.  Toes  slender,  fourth  much  longest,  and  distal  disks 
or  dilations  similar  to  those  on  fingers.  A  well-developed  tubercle 
at  base  of  first  toe  on  sole  of  foot  inside,  and  of  about  equal  extent  to 
that  of  first  finger.     Tarsal  fold  very  indistinct. 

Color  in  alcohol  largely  dull  or  gray-brown  above,  much  paler 
below.  Back  scarcely  variegated.  A  dark  broad  band  connects 
•eyes  across  interorbital  for  its  posterior  extent  and  beyond  till 
opposite  hind  edge  of  tympani.  Limbs  above  with  indistinct  darker 
cross-bars  or  blotches.  Groin  not  variegated,  and  breast  and  belly 
likewise. 

Length  20  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,113,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Huigra,  at  an  elevation  about  4,000 
feet,  Ecuador.     February  13,  IQIL     S.  N.  Rhoads. 

Related  to  Hyloxalus  hocagei  Espada,^*  which  differs  in  having  the 
^kin  quite  smooth,  canthus  rostralis  angular,  loreal  region  nearly 
vertical,  tympanum  half  width  of  eye,  toes  nearly  entirely  webbed, 
and  coloration. 

(Named  for  Huigra,  the  type  locality.) 
Rana  brevipalmata  rhoadsi  subsp.  nov.    PI.  IX,  upper  figure. 

Body  moderately  depressed.  Head  moderately  depressed,  wider 
than  rest  of  body.  Snout  moderately  depressed,  somewhat  pointed 
as  viewed  from  above,  well  protruded  beyond  lower  jaw.  Eye  large, 
about  equals  snout  in  length.  Mouth  large,  rictus  extends  back 
opposite  front  edge  of  tympanum.  Maxillary  teeth  short,  conic, 
strong,  uniserial,  and  hidden  by  lip.  Vomerine  teeth  weak,  small, 
in  two  rounded  patches  between  and  partly  behind  internal  nares. 
Tongue  large,  sagittate  or  elongately  triangular  with  deep  notch 
behind,  and  posteriorly  free  for  a  third  its  length.  Internal  nares 
well  separated,  moderate  in  size.  External  nares  small,  widely  sepa- 
rated, further  apart  than  interorbital  width.  Canthus  rostralis  little 
developed,     and    lores     oblique.     Interorbital     depressed,     though 

^*  Boulenger,  Cat.  Batr.  Sal,  1882,  p.  138.     Sarayacu  and  Canelos. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  167 

slightly  convex.  Tympanum  moderate,  rounded,  about  f  orbital 
length. 

Skin  largely  smooth  above,  and  perfectly  so  on  sides  of  both  trunk 
and  limbs  as  well  as  entire  lower  portions.  On  back,  between  eyes 
and  vent,  a  number  of  minute  obsolete  wide-set  granulations. 

Limbs  slender.  Fingers  free  and  toes  all  completely  webbed. 
First  finger  longer  than  second,  subequal  with  third,  with  large 
tubercle  or  pollex  basally  inside.  Tubercles  on  fingers  and  toes  not 
very  conspicuous.  Toes  slender,  and  fourth  much  longest.  Cuneate 
tubercle  at  base  of  first  toe  well  developed,  though  much  smaller 
than  that  of  first  finger.  Tarsal  fold  very  pronounced  along  inner 
edge  of  tarsus. 

Color  in  alcohol  with  back  and  upper  surface  of  head  deep  olive- 
brown,  marked  obscurely  with  some  rather  wide-set,  ill-defined 
dusky  spots.  Lips  and  tympanum  browni,  and  throat  much  paler 
or  lighter,  also  uniform.  Fore  limbs  brownish,  paler  l)elow,  and 
upper  surfaces  with  obscure  dusky  marks  as  streaks  or  blotches. 
From  elbow  to  palm,  posteriorly,  dark  streak  well  defined.  Hind 
limbs  brownish  above,  pale  below,  and  both  surfaces  mottled  with 
rather  coarse  dark  reticulations,  most  distinct  or  blackish  along 
hind  femoral  regions.  Feet  also  variegated  with  dusky.  Sides  of 
trunk  with  pale  olive  tint,  with  a  few  obscure  dusky  spots.  Belly 
pale  like  throat. 

Length  43  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,051,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Bucay,  Province  of  Guayas,  Western 
Ecuador.     July,  1911.     S.  N.  Rhoads. 

Nos.  18,073,  18,080,  and  18,082  to  18,084,  paratypes,  same  data. 

This  subspecies  is  closely  related  to  Ranula  hrevipalmata  Cope,^^ 
figured  for  comparison  as  Plate  VIII,  lower  figure,  but  differs  in  several 
characters,  such  as  the  smaller  tympanum  and  much  shorter  snout. 
It  agrees,  however,  in  the  coloration,  especially  in  not  having  the 
limbs  transversely  barred  with  darker  above.  For  comparison  I 
have  had  Cope's  type. 

According  to  Mr.  Rhoads,  it  lives  about  springs,  and  recalls  the 
habits  of  our  spring  frog  (Rana  clamato). 

A  tadpole,  with  the  same  data  as  the  examples  from  Bucay,  is 
likely  identical. 

(Named  for  Mr.  S.  N.  Rhoads.) 


Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1874,  p.  131.     Nauta. 
12 


168  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

REPTILIA. 

COLUBRIDJE. 

COLUBRIN.^. 
Drymobius  boddaertii  (Sentzen). 

Two  from  between  Huigra  to   Rio   Chiguancay,   in   1909-1911, 
collected  by  Dr.  Max  Meitzner. 
Drymobius  dendrophis  (Schlegel).  " 

One,  with  same  data  as  last. 

Erpetodryas  fuscus  (Linnseus). 

A  large  example  from  the  Rio  Chiguancay,  taken  by  Mr.  Rhoads 
in  March,  1911.     It  runs  swiftly  along  the  ground. 

Another,  smaller,  was  taken  near  Bucay  in  July,  1911.     It  was 
found  in  bushes,  several  feet  above  the  ground. 
Leptophis  occidentalis  (Gunther). 

One  from   between   Huigra   to   Rio   Chiguancay,   in    1909-1911, 
collected  by  Dr.  Meitzner. 
Liophis  albiventris  (Jan). 

One  with  same  data  as  last,  and  another  from  Quito,  taken  by 
Mr.  Rhoads  on  June  4,  1911. 
TJrotheca  lateristriga  (Berthold). 

One  from  between  Huigra  to  Rio  Chiguancay,  1909-1911,  taken 
by  Dr.  Meitzner. 
Lampropeltis  micropholis  Cope. 

Eight  examples,   and   one  head,   with   same  data  as  last.     Mr. 
Rhoads  secured  an  example  from  Huigra,  at  4,200  feet  elevation, 
on  February  17,  1911.     Another  was  also  secured  by  him  at  Hacienda 
Jalancay,  Chinchi,  in  the  Province  of  Chimborazo,  in  April.  1911. 
Atractus  badius  (Boie). 

One  from  Huigra,  at  4,500  feet  elevation,  found  under  the  ground 
on  February  18,  1911,  by  Mr.  Rhoads.  Dr.  Meitzner  also  secured 
the  larger  example  from  between  Huigra  to  Rio  Chiguancay,  in 
1909-1911. 

HOMALOPSIN.E. 
Leptodeira  albofusca  iLacepede). 

One  from  the  lowlands  near  Duran,  taken  near  the  edge  of  a  forest, 
February  12,  1911. 

ELAPIN.E. 
Elaps  fraseri  Boulenger. 

Two  from  between  Huigra  to  Rio  Chiguancay,  secured  l)etween 

1909  1911  bv  Dr.  Meitzner. 


1913.]  •  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  169 

AMBLYOEPHALID^. 
Leptognathus  ellipsifera  Boulenger. 
One,  same  data  as  last. 

Leptognathus  andianus  Boulenger. 

Two,  also  same  data  as  preceding. 

CROTALID^. 

Lachesis  schlegelii  (Berthold). 

One,  same  data  as  preceding. 

Lachesis  microphthalmus  Cope. 

Two  examples,  and  one  head.  These  from  Dr.  Aleitzner,  and 
with  same  data  as  last. 

GECKONID^. 

Gonatodes  caudiscutatus  (Gunther). 

Two,  secured  in  July,  1911,  by  Mr.  Rhoads,  at  Bucay.  They  were 
found  living  in  crevices  of  porches  of  the  second  story  of  houses. 
They  were  seen  to  come  out  on  the  screen,  about  a  foot  or  so  from 
their  retreat.  Their  movements  were  slow  and  sluggish,  and  they 
darted  suddenly,  for  a  short  distance  only. 

IGUANID^. 

Anolis  gemmosus  O'Shaughnessy. 

Two  from  Bucay,  in  July,  1911,  secured  by  Mr.  Rhoads. 

Basiliscus  galeritus  A.  Dumdril. 

Mr.  Rhoads  secured  two  from  the  camp  at  the  junction  of  the 
Rio  Chiguancay  and  Rio  Chanchan  in  March,  1911,  and  three  more 
at  Bucay  in  July,  1911. 

According  to  Mr.  Rhoads,  it  is  a  most  interesting  species.  It  was 
found  frequenting  the  banks  of  running  streams,  where  they  would 
sit  on  the  rocks  in  the  open  sunshine.  These  rocks  were  always 
near  the  edge  of  the  water.  When  disturbed,  the  lizards  would 
suddenly  dart  across  the  intervening  running  water  to  the  next  rock 
or  boulder,  and  then  turn  their  heads  around  and  look  at  the  intruder 
in  a  most  apish  fashion.  In  crossing  the  surface  of  the  water  their 
feet  and  tails  would  move  so  rapidly  that  no  portion  of  the  animal 
appeared  submerged.  Often  the  fore  part  of  the  body  was  raised 
an  inch  or  more  above  the  surface.  Frequently  the  lizards  would 
cross  very  turbulent  water.  When  chased  from  rock  to  rock,  they 
would  finally  attempt  to  cross  even  wide  torrents,  and  are  able  by 
the  great  speed  of  their  movements  to  go  as  far  as  thirty  or  forty  feet 


170  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY   OF  •  [April, 

before  becoming  exhausted.  They  would  then  sink  below  the 
surface,  and  if  watched  carefully  they  may  have  been  found  to  rise 
again  farther  down  stream  to  swim  towards  the  bank,  though  Mr. 
Rhoads  had  not  seen  them  reach  it  under  these  difficulties. 

Another  variety,  green  and  blue  in  color,  was  found  up  to  3,500 
feet  elevation,  at  least  to  Chanchan.  It  lives  about  the  streams  on 
the  edges  of  forests.  When  the  sun  appears  these  lizards  would  keep 
along  the  edges  of  the  water.  One  was  seen  to  cross  a  small  stream 
near  Bucay. 
Liocephalus  iridescens  Gunther. 

One  from  between  Huigra  to  Rio  Chiguancay,  1909-1911,  secured 
by  Dr.  Meitzner. 
Liocephalus  guntheri  Boulenger. 

Mr.  Rhoads  secured  eight  at  Rio  Bamba  in  April,  1911,  and  one 
on  a  trip  from  Hacienda  Gorzon  to  the  foot  of  Mount  Pichincha, 
on  May  11,  1911,  at  an  elevation  of  10,500  feet.  Of  the  Bucay 
examples,  one  was  young  and  shows  two  lateral  white  lines,  the 
first  from  the  hind  eye-edge  and  second  from  below  ear. 

TEIIDuE. 
Ameiva  septemlineata  A.  Dum6ril. 

One  from  camp  at  junction  of  Rio  Chiguancay  and  Rio  Chanchan 
in  March,  1911,  two  from  Huigra  in  April,  and  six  from  Bucay  in 
July.  All  obtained  by  Mr.  Rhoads.  Some  examples  vary  in  having 
an  outer  or  fourth  row  of  ventral  plates,  sometimes  rudimentary 
or  again  better  developed.  Most  larger  examples  show  no  median 
streak  down  the  back,  and  present  in  only  one  case. 
Proctoporus  unicolor  (Gray). 

One  from  Hacienda  Gorzon  to  the  foot  of  Mount  Pichincha  on 
May  16,  1911.     Taken  by  Mr.  Rhoads. 

VENEZUELA. 

The  Amphibians  and  Reptiles  from  Venezuela  form  part  of  the 
collections  of  natural  history  objects  brought  together  by  Mr. 
Francis  E.  Bond.  Like  the  fishes,  which  I  have  previously  reported, 
they  were  all  secured  in  the  Orinoco  delta  region  during  the  late  winter 
and  early  spring  of  1911.  Mr.  Bond  has  kindly  given  the  collec- 
tion to  the  museum  of  the  Academy. 

HYLIDiE. 
Hyla  maxima  (Laurenti). 

One  from  near  the  mouth  of  the  Manamo,  found  on  a  palm  leaf. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  171 

Another  from  the  Manamo  near  Boca  Uracoa.  Mr.  Brown  says  they 
were  very  abundant  and  vociferous,  doubtless  due  to  the  heavy  rains 
then  prevailing.     Both  examples  adult. 

OOLUBRID^. 
COLUBRfNiE. 
Helicops  angulatus  (Linnaeus). 

Two  young,  and  several  eggs  containing  similar  specimens,  from 
Cariquito. 
Drymobius  boddaertii  (Sentzen). 

Tw^o  from  Cariquito. 
Phrynonax  fasciatus  (Peters). 

One  from  Cariquito. 
Spilotes  pullatas. 

Three  large  examples,  all  from  Cariquito. 
Coluber  corais  Boie. 

Two  adults  from  Cariquito. 
Erpetodryas  sezcarinatus  (Wagler). 

One  obtained  at  Cariquito. 

Ehadinaea  cobella  (Linnaeus). 

One  from  the  Juanipa  River. 

HOMALOPSIN.E. 
Oxybelis  fulgidus  (Daudin). 

One  large  example  from  Cariquito.     It  contained  a  lizard  about 
a  foot  in  length. 
Oxybelis  acuminatus  (Wied). 
Two  from  Cariquito. 

BOIID^. 
Corallus  cookii  Gray. 

Two  from  Cariquito. 

IQUANID^. 
Anolis  nitens  bondi  .subsp.  nov.    Plate  10. 

Body  long,  nearly  cylindrical,  and  no  dorso-nuchal  fold.  Tail 
compressed,  without  crest.  Head  and  trunk  about  two  in  tail. 
Head  depressed,  longer  than  tibia.  Snout  depressed,  tip  rather 
broadly  convex.  Eye  lateral,  elongate,  much  nearer  ear  than  snout 
tip.  Eyelids  minutely  scaly,  movable.  Teeth  moderately  large, 
and  becoming  larger  posteriorly  or  below  eyes.     Teeth  in  front  of 


172  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

each  jaw  small.  A  small  gular  appendage,  though  no  tramsverse 
fold  across  throat.  Interorbital  space  very  narrow  and  concave. 
Ear  much  smaller  than  eye,  rounded. 

Upper  head  scales  large,  smooth,  and  in  three  or  four  series  on 
bony  interorbital.  Occipital  scale  rounded,  much  larger  than  ear. 
Scales  on  back  small  or  minute,  subhexagonal,  juxtaposed,  smooth, 
and  about  four  vertebral  series  distinctly  more  or  less  uniformly 
larger.  Ventral  scales  rhomboidal,  much  larger  than  dorsal,  and 
each  one  with  a  distinct  lengthwise  keel.  Upper  scales  on  limbs  all 
rhomboid  and  more  or  less  keeled,  lower  scales  minute  and  like  those 
on  back.  Scales  on  tail  all  rather  larger  than  those  on  Ijack,  similar 
to  those  comprising  vertebral  series. 

.  Limbs  slender,  and  long  toe  slender,  with  distal  joints  raised  above 
penultimate  and  mostly  slightly  swollen.  Adpressed  hind  limb  not 
quite  reaching  forward  to  snout  tip. 

Color  in  alcohol  mostly  pale  or  dull  greenish-gray,  with  metallic 
lustre,  and  lower  surface  of  head  and  trunk  more  or  less  whitish. 
Latter  regions,  besides  lower  surface  of  tail,  with  scattered  dusky 
dots,  rather  inconspicuously  distributed. 

Total  length  95  mm. 

Type,  No.  18,277,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Cariquito,  Venezuela.  March,  1911. 
Francis  E.  Bond  and  Stewardson  Brown. 

Only  known  from  the  above  example.  It  is  possibly  only  a  form 
of  Anolis  nitens  (Wagler),  though,  according  to  Boulenger's  account, 
that  species^^  would  differ  in  having  the  head  shorter  than  the  tibia 
the  upper  head  scales  keeled,  the  enlarged  dorsal  vertebral  scales 
in  only  two  series,  the  adpressed  hind  limb  reaching  beyond  the 
snout  tip,  the  digits  ver}^  feebly  dilated,  the  rounded  tail  more  than 
twice  length  of  head  and  body,  and  the  coloration. 

(Named  for  Mr.  Francis  E.  Bond,  who  organized  the  Venezuela 
Expedition  of  1911.) 

Polychrus  marmoratus  (Linn^us). 

Four  from  Cariquito. 
Tropidurus  torquatus  (Wied). 

Two  from  Cariquito. 

Plica  plica  (Linnaus). 

Four  from  Cariquito. 
Iguana  tuberculata  Laurenti. 

Three  examples  from  Corical. 


16  Cat.  Lizards  Brit.  Mus.,  Ed.  2,  II,  1885,  p.  91. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  173 

TEIID^. 

Tupinambis  teguexin  (Linnaeus). 

Two  from  Cariquito. 
Tupinambis  nigropunctatus  (Spix). 
Two  examples  from  Cariquito. 

Ameiva  ameiva  (Linnaeus). 

One  from  the  Jiianipa  River  and  two  from  Cariquito. 
Cnemidophorus  lemniscatus  (Daudin). 

Four  males  and  two  females  from  Cariquito. 

SCINCID^. 
Mabuya  agilis  (Raddi). 

One  from  Cariquito. 

CROCODILIDJE. 
Jacaretinga  sclerops  (Schneider). 
One  from  Corical. 
Jacaretinga  Spix  has  page  priority  over  Caiman  Spix. 

TESTUDINID^. 
Testudo  denticulata  Linnjeus. 

A  large  shell  from  the  Juanipa  River,  also  two  small  specimens 
with  same  data. 

YUCATAN. 
A  small  collection  from  the  Chichen-itza  Ruins,  in  the  northeastern 
part  of  this  country,  was  made  by  Mr.   Edward  H.  Thompson. 
It  becomes  the  property  of  the  Academy  through  Dr.  Ward  Brinton. 

ENGYSTOMATIDiE. 

Rliinophrynus  dorsalis  Dum^ril  and  Bibron. 

OOLUBRIDiE. 

Coluber  corais  Linnaeus. 
Oxybelis  acuminatus  (Wied). 
Leptodeira  personata  Cope. 
Himantodes  gemmistriatus  Cope. 
Elaps  fulvius  Linnaeus. 

GLAUCONID^. 

Glauconia  albifrons  (Wagler). 

IGUANID^. 
Ctenosaura  acanthura  (Shaw). 


174  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

FAUNAL  WORKS. 

Ecuador. 

BouLENGER,  Geoege  A.  1880.  Reptiles  et  Batraciens  recueillis  par  M.  Emile 
de  Ville  dans  des  Andes  de  I'Equateur.  Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France.  1880, 
pp.  41-48. 

1881.     Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Enyalius  in  the  Brussels  Museum. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1881,  pp.  246-247,  PI.  26. 

1882.     Account  of  the  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  collected  by  Mr.  Edward 

Whymper  in  Ecuador,  in  1879-80.     Aim.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  London,'  (5),  IX, 
1882,  pp.  4.57-468. 

1891.     Travels  amongst  the  Great  Andes  of  the  Equator,  by  Edward 

Whymper.     Supplementary  Appendi.v,  Reptiles  and  Batrachia,  pp.  128-136. 

1898.     An  Account  of  the  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  collected  by  Mr. 

W.  F.  H.  Rosenberg  in  Western  Ecuador.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,'  1898, 
pp.  107-126,  Pis.  10-18. 

1899.     Description  of  a  new  Lizard  of  the  genus  Ameiva  from  Ecuador. 

L.  c,  1899,  pp.  517-518,  PI.  28. 

.     Descriptions  of  new  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  collected  by  Mr. 

P.  O.  Simons  in  the  Andes  of  Ecuador.     Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  London, 
(7),  IV,  1899,  pp.  454-457. 

1902.     Descriptions  of  new  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  from  Northwestern 

Ecuador.     L.  c,  (7),  IX,  1902,  pp.  51-57. 

1912.     Descriptions  of  new  Reptiles  from  the  Andes  of  South  America, 

preserved  in  the  British  Museum.     L.  c,  (8),  X,  1912,  pp.  420-424. 

Cope,  Edward  D.  1868.  An  examination  of  the  Reptilia  and  Batrachia 
obtained  by  the  Orton  Expedition  to  Ecuador  and  the  Upper  Amazon,  with 
notes  on  other  species.     Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1868,  pp.  96-119.    • 

1869.     Seventh  Contribution  to  the  Herpetology  of  Tropical  America. 

Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc,  Phila.,  XI,  1869,  pp.  147-169,  Pis.  9-11.     (Pebas, 
Ecuador,  pp.  15-5-156.) 

1870.     Eighth   Contribution   to   the   Herpetologv  of  Tropical  America. 

L.  c,  1870,  pp.  553-559.     (Pebas,  Ecuador,^  pp.  553-554.) 

Despax,  R.  1910.  Mission  geodesique  de  I'Equateur.  Collections  recueillies 
par  M.  le  Dr.  Rivet. — Liste  des  Ophidiens  et  description  des  especes  nou- 
velles.     Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  Paris,  1910,  No.  7,  pp.  368-376. 

1911.     Note  preliminaire  relative  aux  Lezards  rapportes  de  I'Equateur 

par  M.  le  Dr.  Rivet.     L.  c,  1911,  No^.  1,  pp.  9-12. 

.     Mission    geodesique    de    I'Equateur.     Collections    recueillies    par 

M.  le  Dr.  Rivet.     Batraciens  anoures.     L.  c,  1911,  No.  3,  pp.  90-94. 

EsPADA,  M.  X.  DE  LA.     1871.'    Zoologia.     Faunae  neotropicalis  species  qusedam 

nondum  cognitse.     Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Acad.  Lisbon,  III,  1871,  pp.  57-65. 
EsPADA,  D.  M.  Jimenez  de  la.     1872.     Nuevos  Batr^cios  Americanos.     Ann. 

Soc  Espan.  Hist.  Nat.,  Madrid,  I,  1872,  pp.  8-5-88. 
EsPADA, .     1875.     Viaje   al   Pacifico,   Vertebr.,    Batr.    an.     Madrid,    1875, 

4to  pp.  1-208,  Pis.  7.     [Not  consulted.] 
Garman,   Samuel.     1892.     On   Reptiles   collected  by   Dr.    George   Baur  near 

Guayaquil,  Ecuador.     Bidl.  Essex  hist.,  XXIV,  1892,  pp.  88-95. 
GtJNTHER,  Albert.     1859.     List  of  the  Cold-blooded  Vertebrata  collected  by 

Mr.  Fraser  in  the  Andes  of  Western  Ecuador.     Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London, 

18-59,  pp.  89-93. 

.     Second  List  of  Cold-blooded  Vertebrata  collected  bv  Mr.  Fraser 

in  the  Andes  of  Western  Ecuador.     L.  c,  1859,  pp.  402-420,  PI.  20.     (Am- 
phibians and  Reptiles,  pp.  402-418,  PI.  20.) 

1860.     Thu-d  List  of  Cold-blooded  Vertebrata  collected  by  Mr.  Fraser 

in  Ecuador.     L.  c,  1860,  pp.  233-240,  PL  10.     (Amphiliians  and  Reptiles, 
pp.  233-236.) 

O'Shatjghnessy,  W.  E.  1880.  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Anolis,  with 
notice  of  some  other  Species  of  that  Genus  from  Ecuador.  Proc  Zool.  Soc, 
London,  1880,  pp.  491-493,  PI.  49. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  175 

O'SHAtJGHNESSY,  W-  E.  LS81.  An  Account  of  the  Collection  of  Lizards  made 
by  Mr.  Buckley  in  Ecuador  and  now  in  the  British  Museum,  with  De- 
scriptions of  the  New  Species.     L.  c,  1881,  pp.  227-245,  Pis.  22-25. 

Orton,  James.  1871.  Contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of  the  Valley  of 
Quito.     Reptiles.     Amer.  Nat.,  V,  1871,  p.  693. 

Peracca,  M.  G.  1897.  Viaggio  del  Dr.  Enrico  Festa  nell'  Ecuador  e  region! 
vicine.  Rettili.  Boll.  Mas.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.  Torino,  XX,  1897,  No.  300, 
pp.  1-20. 

1904.     L.  c,  Rettili  ed  Amfibi.     L.  c,  XIX,  1904,  No.  465,  pp.  1-41. 

Werner,   Franz.     1901.     Ueber  Reptilien  und  Batrachier  aus  Ecuador  und 

Neu    Guinea.     Verhand.     Zool.   Ges.   Wien,   II,    1901,  pp.  593-614.  PL  5. 
(Reptilien  und  Batrachier  von  Ecuador,  pp.  593-602.) 

Venezuela. 

BoETTGER,  O.  1893-94.  Reptilien  und  Batrachier  aus  Venezuela.  Bericht 
Senckenberg.  Naturf.  Ges.,  1893-94,  pp.  3.5-42. 

1895.     On  .some  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  from  Tobago.     Journ.  Trinidad 

Club,  II,  1895,  pp.  145-146.     [Not  consulted.] 

BouLENGER,  G.  A.  1903.  On  some  Batrachia  and  Reptilia  from  Venezuela. 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  London,  (7),  XI,  1903,  pp.  481-484. 

1905.     Description   of  a  new  snake  from   Venezuela.     L.   c,    (7),  XV, 

1905,  p.  561. 

1911.     On  a  new  tree-frog  from  Trinidad,  living  in  the  Societv's  gardens. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  1911,  pp.  1082-1083,  PI.  64. 

Cope,  Edward  D.  1884.  Twelfth  Contribution  to  the  Herpetology  of  Tropical 
America.  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc,  Phila.,  XXII,  1884,  pp.  167-194,  PI. 
(Aruba,  Leeward  Islands,  pp.  180-181;    Curacao,  pp.  181-182.) 

Ernst.  Adolfo.  1877.  Estudios  sobre  la  Flora  y  Fauna  de  Venezuela,  Caracas, 
1877,  p.  279.     [Short  notice  of  reptile  fauna.] 

1887.     Lacertilia    venezuelana  6   sea,   Enumeraci6n    sistematica  de  las 

especies  de  Lagartos  que  hasta  ahora  se  han  encontrado  en  Venezuela. 
Rev.  CienfMus.  Venezuela,  I,  1887-88,  pp.  213-218. 

Lidth  de  Jeude,  T.  W.  van.     1887.     On  a  collection  of  Reptiles  and  Fishes 

from  the  West  Indies.     Notes  Leyd.  Mus.,  IX,   1887,  pp.  129-139,  PI.  2. 

[Mostly  Amphibia  and  Reptiles  from  Aruba  and  Curacao.] 
Meek,  Seth  E.     1910.     Notes  on  Batrachians  and  Reptiles  from  the  Islands 

North  of  Venezuela.     Field  Mus.   Nat.   Hist.   Pub.,   140,   Zool.    Ser.   VII, 

No.  12,  1910,  pp.  415-418. 
Mole,  R.  R.,  and  Urich,  F.  W.,  1894.     List  of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  of 

Trinidad.     Journ.  Trinidad  Club,  II,  1894,  pp.  77-79.     [Not  consulted.] 

— — .     Biological  Notes  upon  some  of  the  Ophidia  of  Trinidad,  B.  W.  I., 

with  a  Preliminary  List  of  the  Species  recorded  from  the  Island.     Proc. 
Zool.  Soc,  London,  1894,  pp.  499-518. 

Peters,  Wilhelm.     1877.     Sammlung  des  Hrn.  Dr.  Carl  Sachs  in  Venezuela. 

Monatsb.  Ak.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1877,  pp.  457-460,  PI.  I. 
Stejneger,  Leonhard.     1902.     An  Annotated  List  of  Batrachians  and  Reptiles 

Collected  in  the  Vicinity  of  La  Guaira,  Venezuela,  with  Descriptions  of 

Two  New  Species  of  Snakes.     Proc   U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXIV,   1902,  pp. 

179-192,  figs.  1-33. 
Werner,  Franz.     1900.     Ueber  Reptilien  und  Batrachier  aus  Columbien  imd 

Trinidad.     Verhand.  Zool.  Bot.  Ges.  Wien.,  L,  1900,  pp.  262-272. 

Yucatan. 

Barbour,  Thomas,  and  Cole,  Leon  J.  1906.  Vertebrata  from  Yucatan. 
Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool,  L,  1906,  pp.  101-1.59,  Pis.  1-2.  (Reptilia  and 
Amphibia,  pp.  147-155.) 

Cope,  Edward  D.  1806.  Fourth  Contribution  to  the  Herpetology  of  Tropical 
America.  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  1866,  pp.  123-1.32.  (I.  The  col- 
lection made  by  direction  of  the  Governor  of  Yucatan,  Jose  Salazar  vStarregni, 
by  Arthur  Schott,  Naturalist  of  the  Commission,  and  sent  to  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  pp.  123-127.) 


176  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Cope,  Edward  D.     1885.     A  Contribution  to  the  Herpetology  of  Mexico.    Proc. 

Amcr.  Philos.  Soc,  Phila.,  XXIT,   1884  (1885).  pp!  379-404.       (Cozume 

Island,  off  Eastern  Yucatan,  pp.  387-390.) 
GuNTHER,  Albert.     1902.     Reptilia  and  Batrachia,  Bioloqia  Centrali-Americana, 

pp.  1-326,  Pis.  1-76. 

Explanation  of  Plates  V-X. 

Plate  V. — Upper  figure,  Bufo  coeruleocellatus  sp.  nov. 
Lower  figure,  Bufo  chanchanensis  sp.  nov. 

Plate  VI. — Upper  figure,  Hyla  chimbce  sp.  nov. 
Lower  figure,  Hyla  riobambce  sp.  nov. 

Plate  VII. — Upper  figure,  Hijla  quitoe  sp.  nov. 
Lower  figure,  Hyla  qidnquefasciaia  sp.  nov. 

Plate  VIII. — Upper  figure,  Hylodes  pagtnoe  sp.  nov. 
Lower  figure,  Hyloxalus  huigrce  sp.  nov. 

Plate  IX. — Upper  figure,  Rana  brevipahnata  rhoadsi  subsp.  nov. 
Lower  figure,  Rana  brevipalmata  Cope. 

Plate  ^.^Anolis  nitens  bondi  subsp.  nov. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  177 


NOTES  ON  THE  TYPES  OF  SOME  AMERICAN  SPIDERS   IN   EUROPEAN 
COLLECTIONS. 

BY  NATHAN   BANKS. 

During  a  recent  trip  in  Europe,  the  author  had  the  opportunity 
to  examine  the  types  of  a  number  of  our  spiders  that  are  in  European 
■collections.  A  considerable  number  of  these,  especially  those  de- 
scribed by  Count  Keyserling,  have  been  figured,  and  of  these  figures 
are  given  of  only  a  few,  as  in  most  cases  we  know  his  species,  and  the 
types  of  most  of  his  Theridiidse,  described  from  the  United  States, 
-are  in  the  Marx  collection  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum.  Figures 
-are  given  of  most  of  the  other  types  that  I  was  able  to  find,  but  in 
some  cases  where  the  species  is  alread}^  well  known  to  American 
authors,  I  have  not  given  figures. 

Few  synonyms  result  from  the  examination,  as  in  most  cases  the 
unknown  forms  were  from  the  western  or  southern  part  of  the 
country. 

The  Koch  material  is  dry  and  on  pins;  the  colors  of  the  Attidse 
are  in  most  cases  well  preserved,  but  the  structural  characters  of 
palpi  and  vulva  can  rarely  be  seen,  unless  the  specimen  could  be 
relaxed.  However,  most  of  these  are  readily  recognized,  as  they  come 
from  Pennsylvania,  the  spiders  of  which  are  familiar  to  Eastern 
•collectors.  I  have  given  the  notes  as  they  were  made,  rather  than 
try  to  interpret,  thus  giving,  others  the  same  chance  in  using  them. 

Species  of  Keyserling. 
Xysticus  discursans  Keys. 

A  small  male;  the  sides  of  the  cephalothorax  evenly  dark,  a  large 
;spot  behind  (barely  divided)  a  median  mark,  and  in  front  brownish, 
with  a  white  band  through  the  eye-region;  femur,  patella,  and  tibia 
■of  legs  I  and  II  evenly  dark  brown,  tibia  III  and  IV  more  maculate. 
Abdomen  very  dark,  the  three  bands  going  across,  leaving  only 
narrow  white  marks. 
Xysticus  limbatus  Keys. 

Two  females  from  Texas  labelled  type;  one  (fig.  a)  has  legs  pale, 
and  a  lyre-shaped  pale  mark  on  the  cephalothorax;  the  other  (fig.  b), 
with  more  shrunken  abdomen,  is  much  darker,  and  the  legs  more 
mottled. 


178 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


Xysticus  limbatus  Keys. 
Xysticus  punctatus  Keys.    PI.  XI,  fig.  9. 

A  male  in  Keyserling's  collection  labelled  X.  striatus  type,  is,  I 
suppose,  this  species,  as  it  agrees  with  his  description  and  is  from 
Georgia;  the  markings  in  the  middle  are  hardly  as  heavy  as  those  on 
the  sides;  it  may  be  the  male  of  X.  variabilis. 
Xysticus  4-lineatus  Keys. 

This  has  been  correctly  identified. 

Xysticus  gulosus  Keys. 

American  identifications  are  correct. 
Xysticus  emertoni  Keys.    Fig.  11. 

Female  from  Georgia;  a  large  reddish  species,  the  sides  of  cephalo- 
thorax  with  sinuate  pale  lines. 
Xysticus  benefactor  Keys.    Fig.  18. 

Resembles  A^.  stomachosus;  the  cephalothorax  with  four  brown 
spots  behind;  dorsum  of  abdomen  brown,  with  a  broad  pale  mark, 
indented  three  times  on  each  side. 

Xysticus  hamatus  Keys.    Fig.  7. 

A  male  from  Kentucky,  with  very  distinct  abdominal  pattern. 
Xysticus  lenis  Keys. 

Immature  female.  A  lichen-gray-brown  species,  much  mottled 
especially  on  legs;  base  of  patella?  above  with  two  parallel  black 
marks;   five  black  spots  on  the  cephalothorax. 

Xysticus  stomachosus  Keys. 

Four  females,  as  we  have  identified  it. 

Xysticus  locuples  Keys.    Fig.  10. 

A  large  red-brown  species;  sides  rather  evenly  red-brown;  legs 
pale;  the  male  has  very  long  legs,  very  dark,  the  cephalothorax  with 
four  dark  spots  and  an  elongate  median  spot,  the  legs  lined  above 
with  pale. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  179 

Xysticus  variabilis  Keys.    Fig.  6. 

One  female,  a  small  species,  which  resembles  a  young  stomachosus. 
Synema  nigromaculata  Keys. 

This  is  our  *S.  parvula;  the  apical  dark  mark  very  plain,  but  not 
distinct  on  the  venter  nor  around  the  spinnerets. 

S.  parvula  of  Keyserling's  collection  has  the  white  band  on  base  of 
abdomen  more  distinct,  and  the  dark  band  at  apex  goes  down  on 
venter  and  forms  a  ring  around  the  spinnerets.  No  difference  in 
.structure  as  far  as  I  can  see. 

Misumena  spinosa  Keys.    Fig.  2. 

Very  similar  to  M.  asperata. 

Misumena  georgiana  Keys.    Fig.  16. 

The  cephalothorax  shows  a  white  X-mark  very  distinctly;    the 
femora  are  rather  short. 
Tmarus  griseus  Keys. 

Is  a  female  lacking  one  moult  of  maturity,  the  femora  somewhat 
marmorate. 
Tmarus  floridensis  Keys. 

Appears  to  be  T.  griseus,  a  mature  female,  but  legs  all  pale. 

Ebo  oblonga  Simon.    Fig.  4. 

Femur  II  not  as  long  as  the  abdomen,  tibia  II  as  long  as  femur; 
cephalothorax  white,   brown  on  the  sides,   but  the  margins  pale. 
Two  females  and  a  male,  none  Cjuite  mature. 
Philodromus  praelustris  Keys.    Fig.  l. 

The  female  is  immature;   the  male  is  figured. 

Philodromus  marxi  Keys.    Fig.  17. 

The  cephalothorax  very  broad;  it  is  close  to  P.  ornatus  and  perhaps 
the  same;  the  Wisconsin  specimen  seems  surely  P.  ornatus,  but  the 
others  are  probably  an  allied  species. 

Philodromus  satullus  Keys.    Fig.  5. 

A  small,  even  graj'  species;  legs  III  and  IV  with  a  dark  line  along 
lower  outer  side  on  femur,  tibia,  and  patella,  most  distinct  on  the 
latter;   similar  line,  but  fainter,  on  the  lower  posterior  side  of  leg  II. 

Philodromus  expositus  Keys.    Fig.  12. 

All  femora  clotted  below  as  in  figure;  the  cephalothorax  a  uniform 
grayish-brown;   and  so  probably  not  P.  signatus  Blackwall. 
liinyphia  galbea  Keys.    Plate  XII,  figs.  28,  31. 

Looks  like  a  large  Bathyphantes,  and  the  vulva  is  on  the  same  plan. 


180  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April^ 

Pachygnatha  furcillata  Keys.    Fig.  3.  . 

One  female.  The  mandibles  show  two  large  teeth  on  front  of 
groove  and  two  smaller  behind  the  groove,  but  it  appears  to  be 
P.  brevis  Emer.  {Xanthostoma  Koch.) 

Species  of  Simon. 

Glenognatha  emertoni  Simon.    Fig.  22. 

The  figures  will  serve  to  identify  this  striking  species. 
Azilia  vagepicta  Simon.    Fig.  14. 

The  venter  has  a  large  yellow  spot  on  the  middle,  and  one  npar 
the  spinnerets;   tibiae  I  and  II  with  three  broad  dark  bands. 
Cicurina  robusta  Simon.    Plate  XIII,  fig.  32. 

Several  females,  with  characteristic  vulva. 
Cicurina  nevadensis  Simon.    Fig.  44. 

One  female;  pale,  with  four  dark  chevrons;  a  little  larger  than 
C.  tersa.     Vulva  not  deeply  colored. 

Cicurina  tersa  Simon.    Figs.  45,  48. 

Male   and   females.     Abdomen   pale,   with   only   a   few  blackish 
marks  forming  incomplete  herring-bone  marks. 
Cicurina  atomaria  Simon.    Fig.  43. 

Three  females.  A  very  dark  species,  of  medium  size;  legs  brown 
(not  reddish),  abdomen  and  venter  with  many  dark  chevrons  and 
streaks,  sternum  dark. 

Cicurina  simplex  Simon.    Fig.  33. 

Several  females,  with  a  very  long  vulva. 
Cicurina  ludovicina  Simon.    Fig.  33. 

Several  females,  the  vulva  is  very  broad. 

Cybaeus  pusillus  Simon.     Figs.  34,  40. 

This  is  a  Cicurina,  as  Simon  has  recently  recognized. 

Cybaeus  morosus  Simon.    Fjg.  37. 

A  small  dark  species,  several  females. 
Cybaeus  reticulatus  Simon. 

This  is  an  extremely  common  spider  on  the  west  coast  up  to 
Alaska,  and  already  well  known  in  this  country. 

Coelotes  bimucronatus  Simon.    Fig.  46. 

A  large,  dark  species,  with  the  tibia  and  metatarsi  darker  than  the 
tarsi.     One  male. 
Cryphoeca  peckhami  Simon.    Fig.  .36. 

Looks  like  a  small,  pale  Cicurina.     The  P.  M.  E.  their  diameter 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  181 

apart,   and  closer  to  the  smaller  P.   S.  E.     Abdomen  pale;    very- 
hairy,  with  a  few  dark  bands  on  the  apical  part;   much  as  in  some 
Cicurinas. 
Tegenaria  emertoni  Simon.    Figs.  39,  41. 

Many  pale  marks  on  basal  part  of  abdomen,  but  dark  at  the  tip. 
Male  and  female. 
Tegenaria  nana  Simon.    Fig.  47. 

A  small  pale  species,  with  markings  similar  to  those  of  Cicurina 
arcuata  on  the  abdomen.     Two  females. 

Amaurobius  pictus  Simon.    Fig.  24. 

As  we  have  identified  it,  with  many  marks  on  the  abdomen. 

Amaurobius  severus  Simon.    Fig.  27." 

The  abdomen  above  has  only  four  pale  basal  spots. 
Amaurobius  nevadensis  Simon.    Fig.  20. 

As  large  as  A.  severus,  but  the  abdomen  of  the  female  has  no  pale 
marks  on  the  base,  but  in  male  there  is  one  each  side. 
Plectrurys  tristis  Simon.    Fig.  29. 

The  male  palpus  is  figured. 

Physocyclus  dugesi  Simon.    Fig.  25. 

One  male,  the  palpus  is  very  complicated. 

Megamyrmecion  californicum  Simon.    Fig.  13. 

One  immature  female,  but  the  same  as  I  have  identified  from 
California. 
Sergiolus  cyaneiventris  Simon.    Fig.  8. 

One    female.     Cephalothorax    and    legs    all    reddish,    abdomen 
blackish,  a  narrow  white  band  across  middle,  and  just  behind  it  are 
the  two  dark  impressed  lines;    all  femora  with  very  stout  bristles; 
no  dorsal  groove. 
Castianeira  bicalcarata  Simon.    Figs.  21,  26. 

One  male.     Cephalothorax  yellowish -brown;  abdomen  small,  pale; 
legs  slender,   yellowish.     Mandibles  large  and  stout;    sternum   as 
Inroad  as  long. 
Maypacius  floridanus  Simon.    Fig.  30. 

A  slender  species  like  a  Tibellus,  the  abdomen  spotted  beneath, 
spots  on  the  mandibles,  and  femora  and  tibia  I  dark  beneath,  spotted 
in  front.     Not  mature. 

Titiotus  californicus  Simon.    Fig.  23. 

The  head  resembles  an  Amaurobius;    a  very  large  species,  legs 


182  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

long,  with  long  spines,  those  under  tibia  I  a  little  longer  than  the 
width  of  that  joint;   the  abdomen  is  shrunken. 

Sosilaus  spiniger  Simon.    Fig.  19. 

A  very  striking  little  species;  the  eyes  on  black  spots. 

Sosippus  californicus  Simon.    Fig.  15. 

Cephalothorax  entirely  dark,  no  pale  median  stripe,  but  rather 
paler  toward  margins;  abdomen  pale,  with  broad  dark  stripe  above, 
indented  on  the  sides  with  faint  pale  marks,  and  in  male  with  a 
lateral  dark  stripe  above,  so  the  abdomen  appears  dark,  with  two 
pale  longitudinal  stripes;  venter  pale;  metatarsi  and  tarsi  I  and  II 
very  long  and  with  very  long  hair  and  long  scopulas. 

Species  of  Becker. 

Agelena  hentzi  Becker.    Fig.  42. 

Three  specimens,  one  (a  female)  mature;  a  pale,  moderate-sized 
specimen  of  A.  ncevia. 

Singa  van  Bruysellii  Becker. 

A  male,  but  palpus  is  so  bent  under  that  I  cannot  see  the  structure. 
The  head  is  prominent,  projecting  in  front;  femur  I  is  hairy,  with 
only  a  few  spines,  none  as  long  as  the  width  of  the  joint;  this  joint 
is  very  dark  near  the  tip,  darkening  gradually  from  near  the  base 
which  is  pale.  Venter  has  four  white  spots,  two  a  little  before  the 
spinnerets  and  surrounded  by  black,  and  one  each  side  of  the  lung- 
slits,  further  apart  than  the  other  two. 

Theridium  glaucescens  Becker. 

Two  specimens  (females) ;  it  is  what  Keyserling  has  so  identified, 
and  is  not  uncommon  in  the  Atlantic  States. 

Lycosa  febriculosa  Becker. 

This  is  the  young  of  L.  aspersa  or  L.  hellus.  The  cephalothorax 
with  a  narrow  median  pale  line  from  eye-region.  Abdomen  with 
outline  of  a  basal  spear-mark,  and  irregular  dark  spots  behind; 
venter  heavily  spotted.  Legs  pale,  not  distinctly  marked,  not  very 
long;  sternum  dark,  with  a  median  pale  stripe  not  reaching  to  the  tip. 

Lycosa  exalbida  Becker. 

This  has  been  recorded  from  the  United  States,  but  erroneously; 
it  is  from  Brazil;  it  looks  much  like  a  half-grown  Ardosa  cinerea. 
There  is  a  spine  at  middle  above  on  tibise  III  and  IV,  but  none  at  the 
base. 


1913.]  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  183 

Species  of  Koch. 

Corinna  tricolor  Koch. 

One  female,  A.  M.  E.  closer  to  A.  S.  E.  than  to  each  other,  P.  M.  E. 
about  three  diameters  apart,  closer  to  P.  S.  E.     A  distinct  species. 

Corinna  amoena  Koch. 

A  female  is  ornata  Htz.  Cephalothorax  reddish,  femur  I  blackish, 
hind  tibia  and  patella  banded. 

Corinna  cingulata  Koch. 

Two  females  are  bivittata  Keys. ;  two  bands  on  abdomen,  hind  legs 
lined,  femur  I  dark  on  base,  rest  pale. 

Hegalostrata  venifica  Karsch. 

One  male ;  a  tooth  at  base  of  fang,  two  large  teeth  on  the  paturon, 
outer  one  curved  forward;  tibial  process  of  male  palpus  is  about 
three  times  as  long  as  broad,  as  broad  at  tip  as  at  base,  the  tip  ob- 
liquely truncate. 

Xystious  luctans  Koch. 

Not  in  the  Berlin  Museum,  although  there  are  several  species 
from  Carolina,  but  not  labelled,  as  stomachosus,  gulosus,  and  Coria- 
rachne  versicolor. 

Agelena  pennsylvanica  Koch. 

Three  specimens;  are  our  common  A.  ncevia,  one  is  a  good-sized, 
well-marked  female,  the  two  others  are  not  mature. 
Teratodes  depressus  Koch. 

I  did  not  find  in  the  Berlin  collection,  but  there  is  no  doubt  as  to 
what  it  is  from  the  figure  and  description. 
Pachygnatha  tristriata  Koch. 
P.  xanthostoma  Koch. 

In  the  Berlin  Museum  are  four  specimens  behind  a  label  "Pennsyl. 
Zimm.,"  but  no  species  label,  these  are  his  tristriata  according  to  the 
description,  and  are  what  Emerton  has  so  identified. 

Following  this  is  a  label  ''tristriata"  and  "  Pennsjd.  Zimm."; 
behind  these  labels  are  seven  specimens  of  our  P.  hrevis.  There  are 
no  other  American  Pachj^gnatha  in  the  collection.  The  name 
labels  have  been  put  on  after  Koch's  time,  the  locality  labels  are 
original.  It  is  therefore  evident  that  the  label  "tristriata"  has  been 
misplaced,  and  that  the  seven  specimens  labelled  "tristriata"  are 
Koch's  xanthostoma,  since  they  agree  with  his  description,  and  that 
P.  xanthostoma  is  P.  hrevis. 
13 


184  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Epeira  hispida  Koch. 

Two  dry  males.     Tibia  I  curved  at  base,  slender;  tibia  II  thick- 
ened at  end  and  very  spinose,  the  metatarsus  curved  at  the  base. 
The  body  and  legs  with  yellowish  hair,  tibia  I  dark  at  base -and  on 
middle. 
Epeira  ravilla  Koch. 

One  dry  female,  the  abdomen  shrunken  and  partly  destroyed. 
Cephalothorax  densely  long  white-haired.  Femora  I  and  II  black, 
other  joints  reddish-brown  to  yellowish,  dark  on  tips  of  tibia  I;  erect 
spines  on  femur  I  not  as  long  as  thickness  of  the  joint;  femur  III 
shows  above  a  pale  line  margined  with  dark ;  all  legs  with  much 
white  hair.  A  large  species. 
Gasteracantlia  pallida  Koch. 

Not  in  the  Berlin  Museum. 

Phidippus  carolinus  Koch. 

A  large  species,  female,  densely  white-haired.  Mandibles  green, 
palpi  and  clypeus  with  very  long  white  hair;  cephalothorax  mostly 
white-haired;  legs  not  plainly  banded,  but  leg  T  has  black  hair  at 
the  apex  of  the  tibia,  the  rest  of  the  fringe  is  white;  hind  tibia  very 
plainly  black  at  tip;  venter  with  a  narrow,  black,  median  stripe, 
but  elsewhere  densely  white.-haired ;  above  the  abdomen  is  red  each 
side  behind,  separated  by  black,  and  a  white  spot  in  front. 

Phidippus  asinarius  Koch. 

One  female;   this  is  plainly  P.  mystaceus  Hentz;   the  white  spots 
on  cephalothorax  are  plain,   the  mandibles  red-brown,   venter  all 
white-haired. 
Phidippus  testaceus  Koch. 

Two  specimens,  one  badly  rubbed  and  may  not  be  the  same  as  the 
other,  this  latter  is  probably  P.  podagrosus  {multiformis).  Mandibles 
greenish,  clypeus  with  yellowish  hair,  tips  of  patellae  and  tibiae  dark; 
venter  with  pale  median  stripe,  dark  each  side  of  this,  and  then  the 
outer  sides  pale. 
Phidippus  smaragdifer  Koch. 

Two  from  New  Orleans;    are  audax,  not  variegatus.     The  label 
says  '^variegatus  Lucas,"  so  all  labels  were  probably  written  some 
time  after  Koch  described  the  species. 
Phidippus  lunulatus  Koch. 

A  male ;  the  cephalothorax  shows  a  white  band  coming  up  on  each 
side ;  mandibles  green  ;  leg  I  with  long  black  fringe  on  tibia,  long 
white  hair  on  inner  side  of  patella,  and  long  white  hair  on  bases  of 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  185 

metatarsus  and  tarsus,  rest  black-haired;   hind  legs  plainly  banded; 
femur  of  male  palpus  white-haired  above.     It  is  Ph.  otiosus  Htz. 

Phidippus  elegans  Koch. 

A  young  female;  mandibles  rather  reddish,  dorsum  of  abdomen 
with  a  median  stripe  of  greenish  scales,  and  some  green  scales  in 
front. 

It  is  probably  Ph.  multicolor  Htz. 
Phidippus  purpurifer  Koch. 

Male  and  female  from  "Amer.  Sept.,  Bescke,"  so  quite  probably 
not  from  the  United  States.  It  is  not  Ph.  audax.  A  very  large 
species;  purple  mandibles,  the  wrinkles  on  them  not  as  continuous 
as  in  audax,  palpus  with  white  hair,  clypeus  snow-white,  tibia  I  jet- 
black  with  a  black  fringe,  venter  wholly  black,  dorsum  of  abdomen 
marked  much  like  audax,  but  a  distinct  white  basal  band. 

Phidippus  togatus  Koch. 

A  female.  Besides  the  three  white  spots,  there  is  a  white  i)and 
around  the  abdomen  above,  and  on  the  venter  a  broad  black  median 
stripe  margined  with  white;  mandibles  green  above,  blue  near  tips; 
a  hair  tuft  in  front  of  dorsal  eyes,  and  behind  anterior  lateral  eyes 
are  many  rather  scattered  bristles;  white  hair  on  patellae,  and  on 
bases  of  tibiae  and  metatarsi  I  and  II ;  on  the  hind  legs  the  basal  half 
of  tibia  and  part  of  metatarsus  are  plainly  pale,  rest  black. 

Phidippus  paludatus  Koch. 

Red  only  above,  and  not  reaching  eyes;  abdomen  with  a  white 
band  at  base  and  four  spots  behind  white,  venter  dark  with  tAvo 
pale  median  lines  ;  mandibles  dark  red-brown  on  the  base,  paler 
toward  the  tip;  no  hair  tufts,  but  long  hairs  all  over  the  cephalo- 
thorax;  clypeus  dark.  A  male,  palpus  bent  under  and  perhaps  not 
quite  adult. 

Phidippus  regius  Koch. 

This  Cuban  species,  as  I  have  identified  it.     IMandibles  strongly 
wrinkled   and   green;     clypeus   densely   white-haired;     legs   plainly 
banded,  tarsi  I  mostly  black,  metatarsus  pale  all  over;    hair  tufts 
in  front  of  dorsal  eyes. 
Phidippus  auotus  Koch. 

A  female.  Mandibles  faintly  green,  clypeus  with  long  white  hairs, 
a  hair-tuft  in  front  of  dorsal  eyes,  leg  I  without  any  long  fringes; 
abdomen  with  bright  red  hair  above,  a  basal  white  band,  behind  is 
probably  a  black  stripe,  but  here  the  abdomen  is  broken,  sides  dark, 
venter  with  dark  median  stripe. 


186  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Phidippus  electus  Koch. 

A  young,  half-grown  female.  Mandibles  scarcely  gr£en  on  the 
apical  part,  clypeus  white-haired,  legs  with  many  short  white  hairs; 
abdomen  shrunken,  some  metallic  scales  behind,  with  much  white 
on  the  sides  above,  venter  with  a  broad  black  median  stripe,  and 
white  hairs  each  side. 
Phidippus  alchymista  Koch. 

Male  and  female,  is  Ph.  audax  Hentz;  is  marked  in  every  way  like 
his  concinnatus. 
Fhidippas  concinnatus  Koch. 

A  male,  is  Ph.  audax;    spots  on  abdomen  are  snow-white,  white 
hair  on  inner  side  of  patella  I,  tibia  I  with  black  fringe  below. 
Phidippus  dubiosus  Koch. 

One  young  specimen,  is  audax  Hentz. 
Phidippus  personatus  Koch. . 

Four  specimens,  all  are  young  Ph.  audax;   the  spots  on  abdomen 
are  yellowish. 
Phidippus  mundulus  Koch. 

Three  specimens;  two  are  surely  Ph.  audax  not  mature;  the  other 
is  much  rubbed  and  has  some  green  metallic  scales  on  abdomen,  and 
perhaps  Ph.  multicolor  Htz. 
Plexippus  rufus  Koch. 

One  specimen,  is  Dendryphantes  militaris. 
Plexippus  bivittatus  Koch. 

A  young,  not  half-grown  specimen  of  Phidippus  rufus  Hentz. 
Plexippus  undata  Koch. 

A  male,  Maria  vittata,  which  is  colored  as  in  the  female. 
Plexippus  albovittatus  Koch. 

Two  young  rubbed  specimens,  appear  to  be  Dendryphantes  militaris; 
clypeus  white  haired,  cannot  see  any  marks  on  the  abdomen,  which 
has  white  scales  on  it;  the  mandibles  are  red-brown. 
Eris  aurigera  Koch. 

Four  specimens,  male,  are  Dendryphantes  militaris  Hentz. 

Euophrys  leucophaea  Koch. 

One  male,  is  Dendryphantes  octavus  Hentz  {mstivalis  Em.). 
Euophrys  humilis  Koch. 

One  female,  not  quite  mature,  is  Dendryphantes  militaris  Hentz. 
Euophrys  amabilis  Koch. 

A  young  female,  is  young  of  Phidippus  podagrosus  Hentz  {multi- 
formis Emer.). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  187 

Euophrys  obfuscata  Koch. 

A  female,  is  Habrocestum  pulex. 
Msevia  aurulenta  Koch. 

One,  is  Tutelina  elegans  Hentz. 
Maevia  annulipes  Koch. 

One,  very  small  and  young;  cephalothorax  very  low  and  flat; 
the  abdomen  so  shrunken  and  wrinkled  that  one  can  see  no  markings, 
venter  all  pale;  may  be  young  of  Mcevia  vittata  Hentz. 

Maevia  pencillata  Koch. 

Three  males  in  good  condition,   are  M.   niger  Htz.     The  three 
tufts  on  head  are  very  distinct. 
Maevia  sulphurea  Koch. 

One,  abdomen  gone,  but  appears  to  be  Wala  mitrata  Hentz. 

Maevia  pallida  Koch. 

One,  also  Wala  mitrata  Hentz. 
Maevia  tibialis  Koch. 

One,  in  good  condition,  our  Admestina  as  already  so  identified. 
Maevia  lineata  Koch. 

One  male,  in  good  condition,  our  Metacyrba,  long  known  under 
this  name. 
Fhiale  modesta  Koch. 

One  female,  nearly  all  red,   a  basal  yellow  band  on  abdomen, 
venter  pale  in  the  middle,  is  Phidippiis  cardinalis  Htz. 
Maevia  cristata  Koch. 

One  male  from  Pennsylvania,  in  good  condition,  is  Tutelina  elegans 
Hentz.  The  crest  each  side  of  head  and  the  fringe  on  top  of  tibia  I 
are  very  distinct. 

Marpissa  varia  Koch. 

This  is  a  half-grown  specimen  of  M.  undata  DeGeer;  one  specimen. 

Callithera  aulica  Koch. 

One  male  and  five  females,  are  Salticus  scenicus. 

Janus  gibberosus  Koch. 

Is  Sijnemosijna  formica  Hentz,  as  already  so  placed. 

Janus  albocinctus  Koch. 

One  adult  male  glued  on  a  point.  A  very  small  species,  with 
flat  cephalothorax,  pars  cephalica  dark;  abdomen  dark,  with  a  white 
cross-band;  leg  I  rather  slender,  but  heavier  than  the  others,  a  faint 
dark  line  above  on  tibia  I,  and  side  of  hind  patella  dark.     This  is 


188  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  lApHl, 

evidently   Peckhamia   scorpiona   Htz.,   so   for   our   Myrmarachne   I 

propose 

Myrmarachne  hentzi  n.  n. 

Salticus  ephippiatus  Peck,  Emer.  ((not  Hentz). 
SaUicus  albocinctus  Banks  (not  Koch). 

Explanation  of  Plates  XI,  XII,  XIII. 
Plate  XI. 

Fig.     1. — Philodromus  prcelustris. 

Fig.    2. — Misumena  spinosa,  palpus  and  abdomen. 

Fig.    3. — Pachygnatha  furcillata,  abdomen  and  mandible. 

Fig.    i.—~Ebo  oblonga,  abdomen. 

Fig.     5. — Philodromus  satullus,  leg. 

Fig.     6. — Xi/sticu.s  }'(iri<iJ)iU.s,  dorsum. 

Fig.    7. — Xi/slir/is  luDniiliis,  abdomen. 

Fig.    8. — Svijliiiiis  ci/atH  in  ntris,  vulva. 

Fig.    9. — Xi/sliciis  piiiirhitns,  abdomen. 

Fig.   10.— A'//.s//r//x  lnr,lj,lrs,   Vulva. 

Fig.  11. — A'^.s//.''(/.s-  iiiiiiioni,  vulva. 

Fig.  12. — Philodromus  expositus,  femur. 

Fig.  13. — Megamyrmecion  californicwn,  eyes. 

Fig.  14. — Azilia  vagepicta,  eyes,  vulva,  femur. 

Fig.  15. — Sosippus  californicus,  vulva. 

Fig.  16. — Misumena  georgiana,  vulva,  thoracic  mark. 

Fig.  17. — Philodromus  marxi,  vulva. 

Fig.  18. — Xysticus  benefactor,  vulva. 

Plate  XII. 

Fig.  19. — Sosilaus  spiniger,  eyes  and  palpus. 

Fig.  20. — Amaurobius  yievadensis,  vulva  and  palpus. 

Fig.  21. — Cdstiiinn'ni  Jiiciilcaraia,  palpus. 

Fig.  22. — (;h  iini/niillia  innrtDni,  palpus,  mandible. 

Fig.  2'i.—Tilintiis  nih'fnrnirus,  eves,  vulva. 

Fig.  24.—A>nnurnhiNs  pnius,  vulva. 

Fig.  2.5. — Phi/s,iri/rh,s  ,li)i/i'.si\  palpus. 

Fig.  26.—i'asli,u,rini  Inralcarata. 

Fig.  27. — Amaurobius  severus,  vulva. 

Fig.  28. — Linyphia  galbea,  vulva. 

Fig.  29. — Plectrurys  tristis,  palpus. 

Fig.  30. — Maypacius  floridanus,  eyes. 

Fig.  31. — Linyphia  galbea,  abdomen. 

Plate  XIII. 

Fig.  32. — Cicurina  robusla,  vulva. 

Fig.  33. — Cicurina  ludovicina,  vulva. 

Fig.  34. — Cicurina  pusilla,  vulva. 

Fig.  35. — Cicurina  simplex,  vulva. 

Fig.  36. — Cryphoeca  peckhami,  vulva,  leg. 

Fig.  37. — Cybceus  morosus,  vulva. 

Fig.  38. — Cicurina  simplex,  palpus. 

Fig.  39. — Tegenaria  emertoni,  vulva,  spinneret. 

Fig.  40. — Cicurina  pusilla,  palpus. 

Fig.  41. — Tegenaria  emertoni,  palpus. 

Fig.  42. — Agelena  hentzi,  vulva. 

Fig.  43. — Cicurina  atomaria,  vulva. 

Fig.  44. — Cicurina  nevadensis,  vulva. 

Fig.  45. — Cicurina  tersa,  vulva. 

Fig.  46. — Calotes  bimucronatus,  palpus. 

Fig.  47. — Tegenaria  nana,  eyes,  vulva. 

Fig.  48. — Cicurina  tersa,  palpus. 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  189 


ON  A  COLLECTION  OF  BIKDS  OBTAINED  BY  THE  FRANCIS  E.  BOND  EXPEDI- 
TION IN  THE  ORINOCO  DELTA  AND  PARIA  PENINSULA,  VENEZUELA- 

BY  WITMER  STONE. 

During  the  early  part  of  1911  Mr.  Francis  E.  Bond  conducted 
an  expedition  to  the  coast  of  Venezuela,  mainly  in  the  delta  of  the 
Orinoco.  He  was  accompanied  by  Messrs.  Stewardson  Brown,  Con- 
servator of  the  Botanical  Section  of  the  Academy,  and  Thomas  S. 
Gillin,  of  Ambler,  Pa. 

Among  the  collections  obtained  by  the  expedition  and  generously 
presented  by  Mr.  Bond  to  the  Academy  is  a  series  of  504  bird  skins, 
prepared  almost  entirely  by  Mr.  Gillin  from  specimens  shot  bj- 
himself  and  other  members  of  the  party. 

It  has  been  my  privilege  to  study  this  collection,  a  complete  list 
of  which  is  presented  herewith. 

In  order  to  better  understand  the  relative  position  of  the  several 
localities,  I  have  drawn  up  a  brief  itinerary  of  the  expedition  from 
notes  furnished  me  by  Mr.  Brown. 

Starting  from  Port  of  Spain,  Trinidad,  the  party  crossed  to  the 
peninsula  of  Paria,  stopping  at  Cariaquito  on  the  south  shore. 
Collecting  was  carried  on  here  January  13-22,  mainly  close  to  the 
coast  and  never  more  than  a  mile  or  two  inland.  Crossing  the  gulf, 
they  stopped  at  Pedernales,  January  25-27,  and  then  sailed  up  the 
Vagre  River,  a  sort  of  confluence  of  several  streams,  and  thence  up 
the  Guanipa,  arriving  at  the  village  of  that  name  on  February  2. 
On  February  6,  they  returned  to  the  Vagre,  and  on  the  8th  went  up 
the  Manimo  to  the  mouth  of  the  Uracoa,  which  they  reached  on 
February  10.  They  then  ascended  this  stream  to  La  Pedrita,  where 
they  remained  February  12-18,  and  then  returning  to  the  Manimo 
followed  it  to  Tucapeta,  some  forty  miles  from  the  Orinoco  itself. 
Here  they  spent  February  22-23,  and  then  returned  down  the  Manimo 
to  Pedernales,  stopping  at  the  Corisal,  February  25-28,  and  reaching 
the  coast  on  March  4.  Thence  they  returned  to  Cariaquito,  where 
they  stopped  March  10-18  to  make  additional  collections  before 
crossing  to  Trinidad. 

In  a  region  so  long  familiar  to  bird  collectors  as  the  Orinoco  delta 
it  is  not  surprising  that  no  new  forms  were  obtained,  but  some  of  the 


190  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

records  both  from  this  district  and  from  Cariaquito  considerably 
extend  the  range  of  the  species,  and  in  view  of  the  lack  of  definite 
localities  in  the  case  of  early  collections,  the  present  list  will,  it  is 
hoped,  be  of  value  in  ascertaining  the  exact  range  of  the  various 
Venezuelan  species. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  101  species  were  obtained  only  at  localities 
in  the  delta  country,  while  48  were  found  only  at  Cariaquito  on  the 
Paria  peninsula,  and  23  were  foUnd  in  both  regions.  These  figures 
mean  little,  however,  as  the  collection  is  not  sufficiently  comprehen- 
sive to  warrant  any  general  deductions  on  distribution.  A  certain 
number  of  the  Cariaquito  species,  such  as  Crypturus  columhianus, 
Ceryle  americana,  Microrhopias  grisea  intermedia,  Dendrocinda 
meruloides  phceochroa,  Myiozetetes  similis  columhianus,  Chiroxiphia 
lanceolata,  Thryophilus  rufalhus  castanonotis,  Pachysylvia  aurantiifrons 
saturata,  Compsothylypis  pitiayumi  elegans,  Basileuterus  auricapillus 
olivascens,  Tanagra  trinitatis,  Tangara  desmerestii,  and  Icterus  auri- 
capillus, are  mainly  restricted  to  the  mountainous  north  coast  of 
Venezuela,  extending  eastward  from  Colombia.  There  are,  however, 
many  others  taken  only  at  Cariaquito  which  are  well  known  to 
range  also  over  the  delta  region.  Notes  on  the  color  of  the  tarsi, 
irides,  etc.,  have  been  taken  from  Mr.  Gillin's  labels,  while  a  few 
notes  on  distribution  and  abundance  received  from  Mr.  Brown  bear 
his  initials. 

TINAMID^. 

1.  Crypturus  columbianus  Salvadori.     Colombian  Tinamou. 

Crypturus  columbianus  Salvadori,  Cat.  Bii'd  Brit.  Mus.,  xxvii,  p.  51.5,  1895 
(Neche,  Antioquia). 

Cariaquito,  cf'  January  17  (58,713),  &  9  March  16  (58,712, 
58,714). 

These  specimens  are  related  to  C.  boucardi  and  appear  referable 
to  the  present  form,  although  I  have  not  been  able  to  compare  them 
with  authentic  specimens. 

"Legs  red." 

ORACID^. 

2.  Crax  alector  Linn.     Crested  Curassow. 

Crax  Alector  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  i,  Ed.  XII,  p.  269,  1766.     ("In  America 
Calidiore"  =  Cayenne.) 

Cano  Vagre,   9  January  29  (58,730). 

"Cere  orange-yellow,  beak  and  legs  bluish  lead  color,  iris  hazel." 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  191 

COLUMBID^. 

3.  Columba  rufina  Temm.  and  Knip.     Rufous  Pigeon. 

Columha  Rufina  Temminck  and  Knip,  Pig.  i,  p.  59,  PI.  24,  1808-11  (French 
Guiana). 

Corosal,  a^  February  27  (58,710). 

Settlement  on  Vagre  River,  cf  January  28  (58,709). 

"Iris  red,  legs  and  feet  dark  carmine." 

This  was  the  common  pigeon  of  the  delta  country  and  occurred  in 

immense  flocks  (S.  B.). 

4.  Scardafella  ridgwayi  Richmond.     Ridgway's  Dove. 

Scardafella  ridgwayi  Richmond,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Miis.,  xviii,  p.  6G0,  1896 
(Margarita  Island). 

Cano  Corosal,   9    9    cf  February  25  (58,705-7),   9    February  26 

(58,704). 

"Iris  red-brown." 

5.  Chsemepelia  rufipennis  (Bonap.).    Rufous-winged  Ground-Dove. 

Columbina  rufipennis  Bonaparte,  Consp.  Av.  ii,  p.  79,  1855  (Carthagena, 
Colombia). 

Pedernales,  cf  January  26  (58,708),  and  another  without  data. 

"Legs  flesh-color." 

6.  Leptotila  verreauxi  insularis  Richmond.     Margarita  Dove. 

Leptotila  insularis  Richmond,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xviii,  p.  509,   1895 
(Margarita  Island). 

Cariaquito,  d"  March  16  (58,711). 

"Iris  pale  yellow,  feet  and  skin  around  the  eye  sky  blue." 

OPISTHOOOMIDiE. 

7.  Opisthocomus  hoazin  (P.  L.  S.  Muller).    Hoatzin. 

Phasianus   Hoazin    P.    L.    S.    Mi'iller,     Syst.    Nat.    Siippl.,     p.    125,    1776 

(Cayenne). 

Guinipa  River,  three  specimens  January  31  (58,703,  58,802-3). 

"Iris  carmine,  skin  around  the  eye  lead  color." 

Occurred  along  all  the  streams  as  far  as  we  went.  Most  abundant 
above  the  mangrove  area.  Came  to  feed  at  sunset  on  the  ground  in 
the  savannas  (S.  B.). 

RALLID^. 

8.  Aramides  cajanea  (P.  L.  S.  Muller).     Cayenne  Wood  Rail. 

FuUca  Cajanea  P.  L.  S.  Miiller,  Natur.syst.  Suppl.,  p.  119,  1776  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,   9   January  22  (58,716),  d"    9   March  12  (58,715  and 
58,717). 

Caiio  Vagre,  d"  January  29  (58,718). 

"Eyelids  and  legs  red-pink,  bill  greenish,  yellowish  at  base." 


192  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

LARID^. 

9.  Phaetusa  chloropoda  (Vieill.).     Great-billed  Tern. 

Sterna  chloropoda  Vieillot,  N.  Diet.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  xxxii.  p.  171,  1818  (Para- 
guay). 

Manimo  River,   9    &   &  February  9  (58,742-4). 

La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  9  February  15  (50,741). 

"Bill  greenish-yellow,  feet  green." 

10.  Rynchops  nigra  cinerascens  Spix.     Black-tailed  Skimmer. 

Rhynchops  cinerascens  Spix,  Av.  Bras,  ii,  p.  80,  PI.  cii,  1825  (Amazon  River). 
.    La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  9  February  15  (58,740). 
"Legs  and  base  of  bill  carmine." 

CHARADRIID^. 

11.  Belonopterus  cayennensis  (Gmel.).     Cayenne  Lapwing. 

Parra  cayennensis  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  706,  1789  (Cayenne). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  cf  d'   9   c^  February  11  (58,734-7). 
"Tip  of  bill  and  feet  black." 
Occurred  in  immense  flocks  on  the  Uracoa  (S.  B.). 

SOOLOPAOIDiE. 

12.  Actitis  macularia  (Linn.).     Spotted  Sandpiper. 

Tringa  macularia  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  249,  1766  (Pennsyl- 
vania). 

Cariaquito,  d'  March  3  (58,731). 

13.  GallinagO  brasiliensis  (Swains.).     Brazilian  Snipe. 

Scolopax  Brasiliensis  Swainson,  Faun.  Boreal.  Am.,  p.  400,  note  1831  (Brazil), 
Cano  Corosal,  d'   9  February  25  (58,732-3). 

These  birds  have  the  first  or  outer  secondaries  longer  than  the 
primary  coverts  and  seem  to  belong  to  this  species  rather  than  to 
G.  paraguaice,  which  Bulepsch  and  Hartert  record  from  the  Orinoco 
Region  (Novit.  Zool.,  IX,  p.  130). 

JAOANID^. 

14.  Jacana  jacana  (Linn.).    Jacana. 

Parra  Jacana  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  259,  1766  (South  America). 

Cano  Corosal,.  9   February  25  (58,719). 

La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  9  February  15,  cf  cf  cf  February  11 
(58,720-3). 

Common  in  the  savanna  country  at  La  Pedrita  on  floating  vege- 
tation (S.  B.). 

"Shield  and  base  of  bill  deep  carmine  red." 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  193 

EURYPYGID^. 

15.  Eurypyga  helias  (.Pall.).    Sun  Bittern. 

Ardea  helias  Pallas,  Neue  Nord.  Beytr.,  ii,  p.  48,  PL  iii,  1781  (Surinam). 
Guinipa  River,   9    c^    9    c^  January  31  (58,725-8). 
Vagre  River,  d"  January  29  (58,724). 

Occurred  mostly  on  mud  flats  bordering  the  mangroves ;  very  tame 
•(S.  B.). 

"Iris  carmine,  lower  mandible  and  legs  yellow." 

IBIDID^. 

16.  Guara  rubra  (Linn.).     Scarlet  Ibis. 

Scolopax  rubra  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.    145,1758  ("America"  = 
Guiana) . 

Isla  Morocotico,  Manimo  River,  March  3  (58,763). 

Isla  Plata,  Manimo  River,  March  4  (58,762,  58,791-5). 

"Legs  and  beak  pinkish-white,  iris  grayish-stone." 

Very   abundant   on   the   Manimo,  etc.,  ))ut   not   common   above 

tidewater  (S.  B.). 

PLATALEID^. 

17.  Ajaia  ajaja  (Linn.).     Roseate  Spoonbill. 

Platalta  Ajaja  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  140,  1758  (South  America). 
Isla  Plata,  ]\Ianimo  River,  cT  March  4  (58,761). 
"Iris  reddish,  legs  pink,  beak  flesh-colored." 

ARDBID^. 

18.  Ardea  COCOi  Linn.     Cocoi  Heron. 

Ardea  Cocoi  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  237,  1766  (Cayenne). 
Cano  Corosal,    9   February  27  (58,766). 

19.  Butorides  striata  (Linn.).     Black-crowned  Heron. 

Ardea  striata  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  238,  1766  (Surinam). 
Manimo  River,  cf  February  8  (58,729). 

20.  Nyctinassa  violacea  (Linn.).     Yellow-crowned  Night  Heron. 

Ardea  violacea  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  143,  1758  (Carolina). 
Corosal,  d"  February  27  (58,759). 

Cariaquito,  9  March  14,  cf  9  January  22,  9  January  14  (58,755-8). 
"Iris  orange-yellow." 

21.  Tigrisoma  lineatum  (Bodd.).     Tiger  Bittern. 

Ardea  lineata  Boddaert,  Tabl.  PI.  Enl.,  p.  52,  1783  (Cayenne). 
Guinipa  River,  cf  &  February  4  and  January  31  (58,764-5). 
"Iris  yellow,  feet  and  skin  at  base  of  beak  greenish." 


194  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

PALAMEDEID^. 

22.  Anhima  COrnuta  (Linn.).     Horned  Screamer. 

Palamedea  cornuta   Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  2.32,  1766  (Brazil,.. 
Guiana). 

Manimo  River,  d"  February  20  (58,767). 

Very  common  on  the  upper  Manimo  in  the  tops  of  tall  trees  (S.  B.). 

"Iris  reddish-yellow." 

PHALAOROOORAOIDu3E. 

23.  Fhalacrocoraz  vigua  (Vieill.).     Brazilian  Cormorant. 

Hydrocorax  vigua  Vieillot,  N.  Diet.  I'Hist.  Nat.,  viii,  p.  90,  1817  (Paraguay). 
Jacopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  23  (58,738). 
"Iris  white,  skin  on  throat  yellow." 

ANHINGID^. 

24.  Anhinga  anhinga  (Linn.).    Anhinga. 

Plotus  anhinga  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  218,  1766  (South  America).. 
Cano  Vagre,   9  January  28  (58,739). 

CATHARTID^. 

25.  Sarcorhamphus  papa  (Linn.).     King  Vulture. 

Vultur  Papa  Linnajus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  86,  1758  ("in  India  occiden- 
tali"  =  Brazil). 

Guinipa  Village,  9  February  2  (58,751). 
FALCONIDuSl. 

26.  Circus  buffoni  (Gmel.).     Long-winged  Harrier. 

Falco  Bujfoni  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  277,  1788  (Cayenne). 

La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  a"  February  13  (58,692). 

"Cere  and  edge  of  gape  greenish -blue,  legs  orange-yellow,  iri.s 
hazel." 

Hawks  of  all  kind  were  most  abundant  in  the  savanna  country 
on  the  Uracoa  (S.  B.). 

27.  Geranospizias  caerulescens  (Vieill.).    Gray  Crane-Hawk. 

Sparvius  coerulescetis  Vieillot,  N.  Diet.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  x,  p.  .318,  1817  (Soutb 
America) . 

Manimo  River,  d"  cf  February  18  and  March  3  (58,701-2). 
"Iris   carmine,    cere   black,    lower    mandible    bluish,    legs    deep- 
orange." 

28.  Asturina  nitida  (Lath.).     Shining  Buzzard-Hawk. 

Falco  nitida  Latham,  Ind.  Orn.,  i,  p.  41,  1790  (Cayenne). 
Boco  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  d"  February  24  (58,698). 
"Iris  hazel,  legs  and  cere  yellow,  beak  blue." 


!1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  195 

:29.   Rupornis  magnirostris  (Gmel.).    Large-billed  Hawk. 

Falco  magnirostris  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  282,  1788  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,   9    9  January  14  and  March  13  (58,699-700). 
Pedernales,  cf  March  6  and  9  January  26  (58,696-7). 
"Iris,  cere,  skin  around  eye,  and  legs  yellow." 

:30.  Busarellus  nigricollis  (Lath.).     Black -collared  Hawk. 

Falco  nigricollis  Latham,  Ind.  Orn.,  i,  p.  35,  1790  (Cayenne). 
La  Pedrita,  &  &  February  13  (58,749-50). 
Cano  Corosal,  cf  February  24  (58,745). 
"Cere,  skin  at  base  of  bill  and  feet  light  blue,  iris  hazel." 

31.  Buteogallus  aequinoctialis  (Gmel.).    Equinoctial  Buzzard. 

Falco  cequinoclialis  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  265,  1788  (Cayenne). 
Pedernales,  cf  March  6  (58,748). 
"Base  of  bill  and  skin  around  eye  and  feet  yellow." 

32.  TJrubitinga  urubitinga  (Gmel.).    Brazilian  Eagle. 

Falco  Urubitinga  .Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  i,  p.  265,  1788  (Brazil). 
Cano  Corosal,  9  February  28  (58,746). 
"Iris  hazel,  legs,  skin  around  the  eyes  and  cere  yellow." 

33.  Urubitinga  anthracina  (Nitzsch).    Mexican  B!ack  Hawk. 

Falco  anthracinus  Nitzsch,  Syst.  Pteryl.,  p.  83,  1840  (Mexico). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  (f  February  13  (58,693). 
Cariaquito,    9    February  14  (58,752). 
"Iris  brown,  legs  yellowish,  cere  greenish-yellow." 
The  former  specimen  is  in  the  slaty  black  plumage,  the  latter  in 
the  light  striated  stage. 

54.    Leucopternus  albicoUis  (Lath.).     White-collared  Hawk. 

Falco  albicolHs  Latham,  Ind.  Orn.,  i,  p.  36,  1790  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,  cf  January  20  (58,753). 
"Iris  hazel,  legs  lemon-yellow." 

35.  Herpetotheres  cachinnans  (Linn.).    Laughing  Hawk. 

Falco   cachinnans   Linnaeus,    Syst.    Nat.,    Ed.    X,    i,    p.    90,    1758  ("South 
America ' '  =  Cayenne) . 

Pedernales..   9   March  6  (58,747). 

"Iris  hazel,  skin  at  base  of  bill  yellow,  legs  yellow." 

36.  Rostrhamus  SOCiabilis  (Vieill.).     Everglade  Kite. 

Herpetotheres  sociabilis  Vieillot,  N.  Diet.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  .xviii,  1817,  318  (Cor- 
rientes  and  Rio  de  la  Plata). 

Cano  Corosal,  cf  Fel^ruary  24  (58,694). 

"Iris  carmine,  beak  black,  cere  and  skin  around  gape  dull  yellow, 

feet  dull  orange." 


196  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

37.  Leptodon  uncinatUS  (Temm.).     Red-collared  Kite. 

Falco  uncinatUS  Temminck,  PI.  Col.,  i,  Pis.  103-105,  1824  (Rio  Janeiro). 
Cariaquito,  9  January  22  (58,689). 
"Iris  white,  feet  yellow,  skin  above  the  eye  greenish-yellow." 

38.  Elanus  leucurus  (Vieill.).     White-tailed  Kite. 

Milvus  leucurus  Vieillot,  N.  Diet.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  xx,  p.  563,  1818  (Paraguay). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  cf  d"  February  15  and  13  (58,690-1). 
"Iris  brilliant  carmine,  legs  yellow,  bill  black,  cere  and  edges  of 
gape  yellow." 

39.  Falco  COlumbariuS  Linn.     Pigeon  Hawk. 

Falco  columbarius  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  1758,  p.  90  (Carolina). 
Cafio  Corosal,   9   February  28  (58,695). 

BUBONID^. 

40.  Pulsatrix  perspicillata  (Lath.).    Spectacled  Owl. 

Strix  perspicillata  Latham,  Ind.  Orn.,  i,  p.  58,  1790  (Cayenne). 

Cariaquito,   9   March  13  (58,754). 

"  Iris  yellow. " 

PSITTACID^. 

41.  Ara  ararauna  (Linn.).     Blue-and-yellow  Macaw. 

Psittacus  Ararauna  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  96,    1758    ("South 
America"  =  Brazil). 

Guinipa  Village,  February  2,  c/"    9    (58,800-1). 

42.  Aratinga  aeruginoSUS  (Linn.).     Brown-throated  Parrot. 

Psittacus  oeruginosus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  98,   1758  ("'America' 
=  Cayenne). 

Corosal,  d"   9  February  27  (58,314-5). 

43.  Aratinga  leucophthalmus  (P.  L.  S.  MuUer).    White-eyed  Parrot. 

Psittacus  leucophthalmus  P.  L.  S.  Miiller,  Syst.  Nat.,  Suppl,,  p.  75,   1776- 
(Guiana) . 

Buelte  Triste,  Manimo  River,  d"    9  February  21  (58,312-3). 

"Iris  reddish-yellow." 

44.  Pyrrhura  emma  Salvad.    Salvadori's  Parrot. 

Pyrrhura   emma   Salvadori,  Cat.  Birds  Brit.  Mus.,  xx,  p.  217,  PI.  i,  1891 

(Caripe). 

Cariaquito,    d"    d'   March  10,   cf   March  15,    9    January  20,    9 
March  18  (58,307-11). 
"Iris  yellow,  legs  black." 

45.  Psittacula  passerina  (Linn.).     Blue-winged  Parakeet. 

Psittacus  passerinus  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p,  103,^1758  ("America'* 
=  Guiana). 

Cafio  Corosal,  cT  February  25  (58,316). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  197 

46.  Amazona  amazonica  (Linn.).     Orange-winged  Amazon. 

Psittacus  amazonicus  Linnseu-s,  Syst.   Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  147,  17(36  (Suri- 
nam). 

Isla  Marocotico,  Manimo  River,  cf  March  3  (58,301). 

Pedernales,    9  January  25  (58,302) . 

Vagre  River,   9  January  28  (58,303). 

' '  Iris  yellowish-red. ' ' 

Immense  flocks  of  Amazons  went  up  the  Manimo  every  evening 

to  roost  (S.  B.). 

47.  Amazona  ochrocephala  (Gmel.).    Yellow-headed  Amazon. 

Psittacus  ochrocephalus  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  339, 178S  ("South  America" 
=  Colombia). 

Vagre  River,  cf  January  29  (58,300). 

"Iris  reddish-yellow." 

48.  Pionus  menstruus  (Linn.).     Red-vented  Parrot. 

Psittacus  menstruus  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  148,  176G  (Surinam). 
Cariaquito,    cT   9  March   10  (58,304  and  58,306),    d"    March   15 

(58,305). 

"Iris  drab." 

ALCEDINID^. 

49.  Ceryle  torquata  (Linn.).     Great  Gray  Kingfisher. 

Alcedo  torquata  Linnajus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  180,  1766  (Mexico). 
Manimo  River,   cT   February  9  (58,331),   c?"    9     9    February  10 
(58,328-30),  cf  February  28  (58,332). 
"Legs  greenish." 

50.  Ceryle  amazona  (Lath.).     Great  Green  Kingfisher. 

Alcedo  aynazona  Latham,  Ind.  Orn.,  i,  p.  257,  1790  (Cayenne). 
Manimo  River,  cT  d^  February  10  and  19  (58,321-2). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  9  February  17  (58,323). 
Cano  Corosal,   9   February  25  (58,324). 

51.  Ceryle  inda  (Linn.).     Spotted  Kingfisher. 

Alcedo  inda  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  179,  1766  ("India  oeciden- 
■  tale  "  =  Cayenne). 

Guinipa  River,  cf   9  February  3  (58,317-8). 

Vagre  River,    9    9   February  29  (58,319-20). 

52.  Ceryle  americana  (Gmel.).    Little  Green  Kingfisher. 

Alcedo  americana  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  4.51,  1788  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,  d'  January  22  (58,326),   9   March  10  (58,325). 
Boca  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  cf^  no  data. 


198  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

OAPRIMULGIDuE. 

53.  Chordeiles  acutipennis  (Bodd.).     South  American  Nighthawk. 

Caprimidgns  acutipennis  Boddaert,  Tabl.  PI.  Enl.,  p.  46,  1783  ("Guiana"  = 
Cayenne). 

Cano  Corosal  ,  &   &  February  25  (58,336-7). 

54.  Nyctiprogne  leucopyga  (Spix).    White-winged  Nighthawk. 

Caprimulgus  leucopygus  Spix,  Av.  Bras.,  II,  p.  3,  1823  (Shores  of  Amazon). 
Cano  Corosal,  cf  February  27,   9   February  28  (58,334-5). 

55.  Nyctidromus  albicollis  (Gmel.).    Parauque. 

Caprimulgus  albicollis  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  1030,  1789  (Cayenne). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  d^  February  10  (58,333). 

TROGONIDiE. 

56.  Trogon  viridis  Linn.     Green  Trogon. 

Trogon  viridis  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  167,  1766  (Cayenne). 
Guinipa  Village,  d"   9  February  3  (58,338-9). 
Guinipa  River,  cf  February  4  (58,340). 
Settlement  on  Vagre  River,  d^  January  29  (58,341). 

CUCULID^. 

57.  Coccyzus  pumilus  Strickl.     Dwarf  Cuckoo. 

Coccyzus  pumilus  Strickland,  Jard.  Contr.  Orn.,  1852,  p.  28  (Trinidad). 
Corosal,  d  February  27  (58,346). 
"Iris  and  eyelids  carmine,  legs  greenish." 

58.  Piaya  cayana  colombiana  (Cab.).    Colombian  Chestnut  Cuckoo. 

Pyrrhocorax  colombiana  Cabanis,  Jour,  fiir  Orn.,  1862,  p.  170  (Cartagena). 
Cariaquito,  cf  January  13  (58,344). 
Guinipa  River,  cf  January  30  (58,343) . 
Isla  Morocatico,  d  March  3  (58,345). 

59.  Crotophaga  ani  Linn.     Common  Ani. 

Crotophaga  Ani  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  105,  1758  ("America"  = 
Brazil). 

Cariaquito,  cf  January  17  (58,347). 

'60.    Crotophaga  major  Gmel.     Great  Ani. 

Crotophaga  major  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  363,  1788  (Cayenne). 
Pedernales,  d  d  January  25,  26  (58,348-9). 
"Iris  white  or  bluish-white." 

RAMPHASTID^. 
61.  Bamphastos  monilis  P.  L.  S.  Muller. 

Ramphastos  monilis  P.  L.  S.  Muller,  Nat.  Syst.,  Suppl.,  p.  82,  1776  (Cayenne). 
Guinipa  Village,  d    9   February  2  (58,359-60). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  199 

These  birds  seem  from  the  appearance  of  the  bills  to  be  similar 
to  those  upon  which  Berlepsch  and  Hartert  have  based  R.  hcEmato- 
rhynchus  (cf.  Novitates  Zoologicse,  IX,  p.  99,  1902). 

62.  RamphastOS  vitellinus  Licht.     Sulphur-and-white-breasted  Toucan. 

Ramphastos  vitellinus  Lichtenstein,  Verz.  Doubl.,  p.  7,  1823  (Cayenne). 
Caiio  Vagre,   9  January  28  (58,361). 

"Iris  bluish-white,  legs,  skin  around  the  eye  and  base  of  bill  beauti- 
ful changeable  blue." 

63.  Pteroglossus  aracari  roraimae  Brabourne  and  Chubb.     Roraima  Aracari. 

Pteroglossus  roraimcB   Brabourne   and  Chubb,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (8), 
X,  p.  261,  1912  (Roraima). 

Guinipa  Village,  c^   9  February  3  (58,350-1). 
Guinipa  River,   9,  January  31  (58,352). 
Settlement  on  the  Vagre  River,  9  February  7  (58,353). 
Cariaquito,  cf    9    9   January  22  (58,354,  58,357-8),   9   March  10 
(58,356),  —  January  16  (58,355). 
"Iris  hazel." 
The  commonest  species  of  Toucan  observed  (S.  B.). 

BUOOONID^. 

64.  BUCCO  dysoni  Scl.     Dyson's  Puff-bird. 

Bucco  dysoni  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.,  p,  193,  1885  (Honduras). 
Manimo  River,   9   February  8  (58,369). 

66.   Bucco  bicinctus  (Gould).     Two-banded  Puff-bird. 

Tamatia  bicinda  Gould,  P.  Z.  S.,  p.  80,  1836  ("Cayenne"  =  Venezuela). 

Guinipa  River,  cf  February  3  (58,372). 

Buelta  Triste,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  20,  9  February  21 
(58,371,  58,370). 

"Iris  yellowish-white,  legs  greeni.sh-blue. " 

GALBULIDiE. 

66.   Galbula  ruficauda  Cuv.     Rufous-tailed  Jacamar. 

Galbula  ruficauda  Cuvier,  Regn.  Anim.,  i,  p.  420,  1817  ("  Guiana  "  =  Cay- 
enne). 

Pedernales,  9  January  26  (58,362). 

Guinipa  Village,  cf  cf  February  2  (58,363,  58,365),  cf  d'  February  3 
(58,364,  58,366). 

Manimo  River,   cf   cf  February  9  (58,367-8). 
"Feet  greenish-yellow,  beak  black." 
14 


200  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

PIOID^. 

67.    Chrysoptilus  punotigula  punotipectus  Cab.  and  Hein.     Spot-breasted  Woodpecker. 

Chrysoptilus  punctipectus  Cabanis  and  Heine,  Mus.  Hein.,  iv,  p.   163,   1863 
(Venezuela) . 

Cano  Corosal,  cf  February  25  (58,385). 

68-    Centurus  terricolor  Berlepsch.     Sombre  Woodpecker. 

Centurus  terricolor  Berlepsch,  Ibis,  1880,  p.  113  (Orinoco  district  or  Trinidad). 
Cariaquito,  d"    9  January  14  (58,381-2). 
Guinipa  Village,  d"  February  2  (58,384). 

69.  Celeus  elegans  hellmayri  Berlepsch.     Hellmayr's  Woodpecker. 

Celeus  elegans  hellmayri  Berlepsch,  Novitates  Zoologicae,    xv,  p.  272,  1908 
(British  Guiana). 

Guinipa  River,   9   January  31  (58,383). 

"Iris  carmine,  bill  and  legs  bluish-horn  color." 

70.  Crocomorphus  semicinnamoineus  (Reichenb.).     Yellow  Woodpecker. 

Ceteris  seinicinnamomeus ReichenhsLch,  Scans.  Picinae.p.  407,  1854 (Venezuela). 
Cariaquito,     9    January    12    (58,376),     9    January    18    (58,377), 
cf  March  12  (58,378). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  9  February  13  (58,375). 
Buelta  Triste,  Manimo  River,  d  February  20  (58,373). 
Settlement,  Vagre  River,  9  February  28  (58,374). 
''Iris  red,  legs  lead  color,  bill  yellow." 

71.  Campephilus  melanoleuoos  (Gmel.).     Black-and-white  Woodpecker. 

Picus  melanoleuoos  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  426,  1788  (Surinam). 
Peclernales,  d  January  26  (58,380). 
One  other  cf    without  data. 
"Iris  yellow." 

72.  Ceophloeus  lineatus  (Linn.).     Lineated  Woodpecker. 

Picus  lineatus  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  174,  1766  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,  cf  January  16  (58,379). 
"Iris  white,  bill  lead  color." 

TROOHILID^. 

73.  Glauois  hirsuta  (Gmel.).     Hairy  Hermit. 

Trochilus  hirsutus  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  490,  1788  (Brazil). 
Cariaquito,  9  March  16  (58,410). 

74.  Campylopterus  ensipennis  (Sw.).     Blue-throated  Sabre-wing. 

Trochilus   ensipennis   Swainson,  Zool.  Illustr.,  ii,  PI.   107,   1821-2  ("South 
America  "  =  Venezuela). 

Cariaquito,    9   January  14  (58,399). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  201 

75.  Florisuga  mellivora  (Linn.).    Great  Jacobin. 

Trochilus  mellivorus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  121,  1758  ("India"  = 
Guiana). 

Cariaquito,  9  January  14  (.58,418),  9  March  16  (58,414),  9  cf  9 
9  9  March  17  (58,415-19),  cf"  cf  d^  March  17  (58,385-7),  and  3 
cf  without  data. 

76.  Thalurania  refulgens  Gould.     Refulgent  Wood-nymph. 

Thalurania  refulgens  Gould,  P.  Z.  S.,  1852,  p.  9  (" Unknown "=  Venezuela). 

Cariaquito,  d^  d"  9  January  16  (58,409,  58,413,  58,421),  d  March  15 
(58,408),  d  March  18  (58,420). 

Isla  de  Morocatico,  Manimo  River,  March  3  (58,404)  and  two 
males  without  data. 

77.  Colibri  delphinae  (Less.).     Brown  Violet-ear. 

Ornysmya  Delphince  Lesson,   Rev.  Zool.,   1839,  p.   44    ("loc.  unknown  "  = 
Guiana). 

Cariaquito,  cf  January  14  (58,412). 

78.  Anthracothorax  nigricoUis  (Vieill.).    Violet-tailed  Mango. 

Trochilus  nigricoUis  Vieillot,  N.  Diet.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  vii,  p.  349,  1817  (Brazil). 
Guinipa  Village,  5  cf  February  2  and  3  (58,390-4). 
Cariaquito,  cf  March  17  (58,389). 
Jocopita,   9    9   February  23  (58,405-6). 

79.  Anthracothorax  gramineus  (Gmel.).    Green-throated  Mango. 

Trochilus  gramineus  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  488, 1788  ("no.  loc"  =  Guiana). 
Pedernales,   d   d  January  27  (58,395-6)  and  one  other  without 
data. 

80.  Agyrtria  chionopeotus  (Gould).     White-breasted  Emerald. 

Thaumatias    chionopectus    Gould,    Monogr.    Trochil,    v,    PI.    293    (1859) 
(Trinidad). 

Guinipa  Village,  d  February  2  (58,429). 
Pedernales,  d  January  27  (58,431). 

81.  Agyrtria  fimbriata  (Gmel.).     Lesson's  Emerald. 

Trochilus  fimbriatus  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  493,  1788  (Cayenne). 
Boco  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  10  (58,426). 
Buelta  Triste,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  20  (58,432). 
Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  cf  February  22  and  23  (58,427-8). 
Cafio  Corosal,  9   cf  February  25  and  28  (58,402-3). 

82.  Saucerottea  erythronota  feliciae  (Less.).    Felicia's  Erythronote. 

Ornysmya  Felicire  Lesson,  Rev.  Zool.  1840,  p.  72  (San  Jose  dist.  Brazil). 
Cariaquito,    9   January  14  (58,425),    cf    9    January    16    (58,433, 
58,436).     &  January  18  (58,424),  d   cf  March  13  and  16  (58,401, 
58,434).     Three  without  data. 


202  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

83.  Hylocharis  cyanus  viridiventris  Berlepsch.    Green-vented  Sapphire. 

Hylocharis  cyanea  subsp.  viridiventris  Berlepsch,  Ibis.,  1880,  p.  113  (Merida, 
Venezuela). 

Cariaquito,  o"  March  17  (58,435). 

84.  Chrysuronia  oenone  (Less.).    Lesson's  Sapphire. 

Ornysmya  oenone  Lesson,   Hist.   Nat.  Ois.-Mouches,  Suppl.,   p.  157,   1832 
(Trinidad). 

Cariaquito,  cf  d^  March  10  (58,397-8). 

85.  Chlorestes  notatus  (Reich.).     Blue-ehianed  Sapphire. 

Trochilus  notatus  Reichenbach,  Mag.  des  Thierreichs  (Erlange),  i,  Abth.  3, 
p.  129,  1795  (Cayenne). 

Cariaquito,  9  9  January  14  (58,422-3),  d^  c^  March  13  and  17 
(58,437,58,400). 

Guinipa  Village,  cT  February  2  (58,430)  and  two  males  without 
data. 

86.  Anthoscenus  superba  (Shaw).     Long-billed  Star-throat. 

Trochilus  superbus  Shaw,  Nat.  Misc.  xiii,  PI.  517,  1802  ("South  America"  = 
Colombia). 

Cariaquito,  d'   juv.  March  10  (58,411). 

FORMIC  ARIID^. 

87.  Thamnophilus  punctatus  (Shaw),    Choca. 

Lanius  punctatus  Shaw,  Gen.  Zool.,  vii,  pt.  2,  p.  327  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,  9   cf  March  13  (58,451-2). 

88.  Thamnophilus  canadensis  (Linn.).     Black -crested  Bush-Shrike. 

Lanius  canadensis  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  134,  1766  ("Canada" 

=  Cayenne). 

Cariaquito,  cf  January  25  (58,450). 

Settlement  on  Vagre  River,  cf  January  28  (58,449). 

Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  22  (58,448). 

89.  Microrhopias  grisea  intermedia  (Cab.).    AlUed  Ant-Wren. 

Formicivora  intermedia  Cabanis,  Arch.  f.  Naturg.,  13,  I,  p.  225,  1847  (Car- 
thagena,  Aragua,  Venezuela). 

Cariaquito,  9  January  18  (58,456),  cf  9  March  13  (58.453,  58,457). 

90.  Sclateria  nsevia  (Gm.).     Surinam  Ant-Creeper. 

Sitta  noevia  GmeUn,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  442,  1788  (Surinam). 
Cano  Vagre,  d"    9  Januar;^  29  (58,454-5). 

DENDROCOLAPTID^. 

91.  Acrorchilus  alopecias  (Pelzeln).     Northern  Rusty-backed  Spinetail. 

Synallaxis  alopecias  Pelzeln,  Sitzungsb.  Ak.  Wissensch.  Wien,  xxxiv,  p.  101, 
1859  (Rio  Branco,  Brazil). 


Manimo  River,  cf  cT   9  February  9  (58,461-3). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  203 

92.  Synallaxis  albescens  albigularis  Scl.    Sclater's  Spine-tail. 
Synallaxis  albigularis  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.,  1858,  p.  63  (Rio  Napo). 

Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  23  (58,465). 
Cano  Corosal,  &  juv.  February  27  (58,464). 

93.  Synallaxis  oinnamomea  (Gm.).     Yellow-throated  Spine-tail. 

Certhia  cinnamomea  Gmelin,  Syst,  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  480, 1788  ("no  loc.  "  =  Guiana). 
Boca  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,   9    9  February  10  (58,466-7). 

94.  Dendrocincla  meruloides  phaeochroa  Berl.  and  Hart.    Munduapo  Wood-hewer. 

Dendrocincla  phceochroa  Berlepsch  and  Hartert,  Nov.  Zool.,  ix,  p.  67,''1902 
(Munduapo,  Rio  Orinoco). 

Cariaquito,  9  January  14  (58,459). 

95.  Dendroplex  picirostris  I.afr.     White-throated  Wood-hewer. 

Dendroplex   picirostris   Lafresnaye,   Rev.    Zool.,    1847,   p.    76    (Rio    Hacha 
Colombia). 

Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  d^  February  22  (58,460). 

96.  Pioolaptes  albolineatUS  (Lafr.).     Fulvous-throated  Wood-hewer. 

Dendroplex  albolineatus  Lafresnaye,  Rev.  Zool.,  1846,  p.  208  (Colombia). 
Cariaquito,  9  January  18  (58,458). 

TYRANNID-Sl. 

97.  FluVicola  pica  (Bodd.).     White-shouldered  Water  Tyrant. 

Muscicapa  pica  Boddaert,  Tabl.  d.  PI.  Enl.,  p.  42,  1783  (Cayenne). 
Manimo  River,  cf  d"  February  9  (58,511-2). 

98.  Arundinicola  leucocephala  (Linn.).     White-headed  Marsh  Tyrant. 

Pipra  leucocephala  Linna?us,  Mus.  Ad.  Frid.,   ii,   prodr.,  p.  33,  1764    ("no 
loc."  =  Surinam). 

Buelta  Triste,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  20  (58,509). 

Boca  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  10  (58,510). 

99.  Maohetornis  flavigularis  Todd.     Yellow-throated  Tyrant. 

Machetornis   flavigidaris    Todd,   Ann.    Carnegie    Mus.,   viii,   p.   210,    1912 
(Tocuyo,  Venezuela). 

Caiio  Corosal,  cf   9   cf  February  25  (58,487-9). 

100.  Craspedoprion  olivaceas  guianensis  (McConnell).    Guiana  Flat-bill. 
Rhynchocyclus  oliiaceus   guianensis    McConnell,    Bull.    B.  O.    C,  x.xvii,  p. 

106,  1911  (British  Guiana). 

Cariaquito,  cf  January  21  (58,502). 

101.  Mionectes  oleagineus  pallidiventris  Hellmayr.    Pallid  Oily  Flycatcher. 

Mionectes  oleagineus  pallidiventris  Hellmayr,  Nov.  Zool.,  xiii,   p.   22,    1906 
(Cumana). 

Cariaquito,    9   January  19,  cf  March  15  (58,468-9). 

102.  Elaenea  Sp.  ? 

Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  22  (58,507). 


204  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

103.  Elaenea  flavogaster  (Thunberg).     Yellow-vented  Crested  Flycatcher. 

Pipra  flavogaster  Thunberg,  Mem.  Acad.  St.  Petersburg,  viii,  p.  286,  1822 
("no  loc."  =  Brazil). 

.    Cariaquito,  d^  March  17  (58,495). 
Corosal,  &  February  27  (58,494). 

104.  Elaenea  gaimardii  (d'Orb.).    Gaimard's  Crested  Flycatcher. 

Muscicapara  Gaimardii  d'Orbigny,    Voyage  (1838-47),  p.  326  (Yuracares, 
Bolivia). 

Cariaquito,  cf  January  14  (58,503). 

This  is  probably  referable  to  the  subspecies  guianensis,  but  I  have 
not  material  to  settle  this  point  with  certainty. 

Mr,  Ridgway  has  established  the  genus  Elainopsis  for  this  species 
and  has  referred  it  to  the  Cotingidce. 

105.  Myiozetetes  Similis  COlumbianuS  Cab.  and  Hein.     Colombian  Flycatcher. 

Myiozetetes   columbianus   Cabanis   and  Heine,   Mus.  Hein.,  ii,  1859,  p.  62 
(Pto.  Cabello,  Cartagena). 

Cariaquito,  9    9    9  January  13,  21,  20  (58,499-501). 

106.  Pitangus  derbyanus  rufipennis  (Lafr.).    Rufous-winged  Flycatcher. 

Saurophagus  rufipennis  Lafresnaye,  Rev.  Zool.,  1851,  p.  471  (Colombia  and 
Caracas). 

Guinipa  Village,  cf  February  3  (58,486)  and  another  without  data, 
probably  from  the  same  locality. 

107.  Pitangus  lictor  (Licht.).     Lichtenstein's  Flycatcher. 

Lanius  lictor  Lichtenstein,  Verz.  Doubl.,  p.  49,  1823  (Para). 
Manimo  River,   9  February  8  (58,496). 
Guinipa  River,  a"   9  January  31  (58,497-8). 

108.  Myiodynastes  maculatus  (P.  L.  S.  Mull.).    Streaked  Flycatcher. 

Muscicapa  Maculata  P.   L.   S.   Miiller,   Syst.   Nat.,    Suppl.,    p.   169,    1776 
(Cayenne). 

Cariaquito,  cf   cf  January  18  and  March  10  (58,490-1). 

109.  Rhynchocyclus  sulphurescens  assimilis  Pelz.    Pelzeln's  Flat-bill. 
Rhynchocyclus  assimilis  Pelzeln,  Orn.  Bras.,  p.  181,  1869  (Rio  Negro,  N. 

Brazil)  [nomen  nudum  at  p.  110]. 

Cariaquita,   9  March  15  (58,504). 
Jocopita,  9  February  22  (58,506). 

110.  Todirostrum  cinereum  (Linn.).    Black-crowned  Tody-Tyrant. 

Todus  cinereus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  178,  1766  (Surinam). 
Cariaquito,    d"   January  17   (58,515),    cf   March   15   (58,516),    9 
March  14  (58,517). 

Pederuales,  cf  January  27  (58,519). 

Buelta  Triste,  Manimo  River,  d'   9  February  20  (58,518,  585,13). 

Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  23  (58,514). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  205 

111.   Todirostrum  maculatum  (Desm.).    Spotted  Tody-Tyrant. 

Todus  macidatus  Desmarest,  Hist.  Nat.  Tangaras,  etc.,  PI.  70,  1805  (Guiana). 
Pedernales,  cf   9  January  25  and  26  (58,521  and  58,520). 

112     Colopteryx  galeatus  (Bodd.).     Helmeted  Pygmy  Flycatcher. 

Motacilla  galcata  Boddaert,  Tabl.  PI.  Enl.,  p.  24,  1783  (Cayenne). 

Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  22  (58,522). 

Also  a  young  bird  in  first  plumage  (58,523)  from  Cariaquito,  Janu- 
ary 14. 

113.  Megarhynclius  pitangua  (Linn.).    Pitangua  Flycatcher. 

Lmiius  Pitangua  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  136,  1766  (Brazil). 
Cariaquito,  d^  March  17  (58,485),   9  January  20  (58,484). 

114.  Myiarchus  ferox  venezuelensis  Lawr.     Venezuelan  Crested  Flycatcher. 

Myiarchus  venezuelensis  Lawrence,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1865,  p.  38 
(Venezuela). 

Boco  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  10  (58,479). 

Jocopita,  Manimo  River,   9   February  22  (58,480). 

115.  Tyrannus  melancholicus  satrapa  (Cab.  and  Heine).    Lesser  Yellow-breasted  Kingbird. 
Laphyctes  satrapa  Cabanis  and  Heine,  Mus.  Hein.  ii,  p.  77,  1859  (Guiana: 

Caracas) . 

Pedernales,  9  January  26  (58,481). 

Cariaquito,  9    9  January  21  and  March  13  (58,482-3). 

116.  Tyrannus  dominicensis  (Gmel.).    Gray  Kingbird. 

Lanius  dominicensis  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  302,  1788  (Santo  Domingo). 

La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  cT  February  15  (58.493),   9  February  17 
(58,492). 

117.  Muscivora  tyrannus  (Linn.).    Fork-tailed  Flycatcher. 

Mitscicapa  tyrannus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  325,  1766  (Cayenne). 
Boca  Uracoa,  cf    9    9  February  10  (58,476-8). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  cf  February  11  (58,475). 

COTINGID^. 

118.  Tityra  Cayana  (Linn.).     Cayenne  Tityra, 

Lanius  cayanus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  137,  1766  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,   cf  March  16  (58,526). 

119.  Pachyrhamphus  rufus  (Bodd.).    Cinereous  Thick-bill. 

Muscicapa  ruja  Boddaert,  Tabl.  PI.  Enl.,  p.  27,  1783  (Cayenne). 
Manimo  River,  cf  February  20  (58,527). 

120.  Pachyrhamplius  cinereiventris  Scl.    Gray-belUed  Thick-bill. 

Pachyrhamphus  cinereiventris  Sclater,  Cat.  Amer.  Birds,  p.  242,  1862  (Santa 
Martha). 

Guinipa  Village,  cf  February  3  (58,505). 


206  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

PIPRIDJB. 

121.  Chiroxiphia  lanceolata  (Wagler).     Lance-tailed  Manakin. 

Pi-pra  lanceolata  Wagler,  Isis,  1830,  p.  931  ("Guiana"  =  Colombia), 
Cariaquito,  9  January  18  (58,524),  cr' juv.  March  13  (58,525)  and 
an  adult  male  without  data. 

HIRUNDINID^. 

122.  Progne  chalybea  (Gmel.)-    Gray-breasted  Martin. 

Hirundo  chalybea  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  1026,  1789  (Cayenne). 
Cano  Corosal,   9   February  26  (58,530). 

123.  Iridoprocne  albiventer  (Bodd.).    White-bellied  Tree  Swallow. 

Hirundo  albiventer  Boddaert,  Tabl.  PI.  Enl.,  p.  32,  1783  (Cayenne). 
Guinipa  River,  cf  February  5  (58,532). 
Pedernales,  9  January  26  (58,531). 

124.  Stelgidopteryx  ruflcoUis  aequalis  Bangs.     Bangs'  Rough-winged  Swallow. 

Stelgidopteryx  ruficollis  oequalis  Bangs,  Proc.  N.  E.  Zool.  Club,  ii,  p.  58,  1901 

(Santa  Marta). 

Manimo  River,  9   d"  February  9  (58,528-9). 
TROGLODYTID^. 

125.  Heleodytes  nuchalis  (Cab.).     Fulvous-naped  Cactus-Wren. 

Campylorhynchus    nuchalis     Cabanis,   Arch,   fiir   Naturg.    i,    p.    206,    1847 
(Venezuela) . 

Buelta  Triste,  Manimo  River,  cf  cf  February  20  (58,438-9). 
Boca  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  18  (58,440). 
Manimo  River,   9  February  9  (58,441). 
"Iris  white,  legs  and  upper  mandible  blue,  lower  white." 

126.  Heleodytes  minor  Cab.    Lesser  Cactus  Wren. 

Heleodytes  minor  Cabanis,  Mus.  Hein.,  i,  p.  80,  1850  (Venezuela). 
Guinipa  Village,   9  February  3  (58,533). 

127.  ThryopMlus  rufalbus  castanonotus  Ridgw.    Chestnut-backed  Wren. 

Thryophilus  rufalbus  castanonotus  Ridgway,  Proc.  Best.  Soc.  X.  H.,  xxiii, 
March,  p.  386,  1888  (Angostura,  Costa  Rica). 

Cariaquito,   January    17    (58,537),    d"    January   20    (58,538),    d 

March  15  (58,534). 

"Feet  light  lead  color,  lower  mandible  bluish-white." 

128.  Thryothorus  rutilus  Vieill.    Bar-throated  Wren. 

Thryothorus   rutilus   Vieillot,    N.    Diet.    d'Hist.    Nat.,   xxxiv,    p.    55,    1819 
(Trinidad). 

Cariaquito,  d  January  17  (58,768). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  207 

129.  Troglodytes  musculus  Clarus  Berlepsch  and  Hartert.     Venezuelan  House-Wren. 

Troglodytes  musculus- clarus  Berlepsch  and  Hartert,  Nov.  Zool.,  ix,  p.  8,  1902 
(Bartica  Grove,  British  Guiana). 

Cariaquito,  d"  January  19  (58,536),  d"  March  17  (58,535). 
MIMID^. 

130.  MimuS  gilvus  melanopterus  Lawr.     Black-winged  Mockingbird. 

Mimus  melanopterus  Lawrence,  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.,  v,  p.  35,  1849  (Venezuela). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  de  Uracoa,  February  17  (58,539). 
Cano  Coro.sal,  cT  cf    9  February  28  (58,540-2). 

131.  Donacobius  atricapillus  fLinn.).    Black-capped  Mocking  Thrush. 

T Urdus  atricapilla  Linnajus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  295,  1766  ("Cape  of 
Good  Hope  "  =  Brazil). 

Manimo  River,  d"  cf   9  February  9  (58,442-4). 

La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  9  February  14  (58,445). 

Guinipa  Village,   9    9   February  3  (58,446-7). 

"Iris  and  skin  on  sides  of  neck  yellow,  bill  and  inside  of  mouth 

black,  legs  grayish  horn  color." 

TURDID^. 

132.  Planesticus  phaeopygUS  phaeopygoides  (Seebohm).     Tobago  White-throated  Thrush. 

Turdus   phceopygoides  Seebohm,  Cat  Birds,    Brit.    AIus.,    v,   p.    404,    1881 
(Tobago). 

Cariaquito,  d  cf  March  10  and  January  21  (58,543-4). 

VIREONID^. 

133.  Vireo  chivi  (Vieill.).    Chivi  Vireo. 

Sylvia  chivi  Vieillot,  N.  Diet.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  xi,  p.  174,  1817  (Paraguay). 
Cariaquito,  cf  cf  March  15  and  12  (58,545-6). 

134.  Pachysylvia  aurantiifrons  saturata  Hellmayr.    Venezuelan  Golden-fronted  Warbler. 

Pachysylvia  aurantiifrons  saturata  Hellmayr,  Nov.  Zool.,  xiii,  p.  322   (Rio 
Vaupe). 

Cariaquito,   9  January  14  (58,472),  d  d    9  January  20  (58,471, 

3  and  4),  d  March  16  (58,470). 

135.  Cyclorhis  gujanensis  flavipectUS  Sclater.     Guiana  Greenlet  Shrike. 

Cyclorhis  flavi pectus  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.,  1858,  p.  448  (Trinidad). 
Cariaquito,  d  March  17  (58,547). 
Pedernales,  9  January  25  (58,549). 
Jocopita,  Manimo  River,   9   February  23  (58,550). 
Boco  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  10  (58,548). 
"Iris  yellow,  feet  light  bluish." 


208  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

MNIOTILTID^. 

136.  Compsothlypis  pitiayumi  elegans  Todd.    Elegant  Warbler. 

Compsothlypis  pitiayumi  elegans  Todd,  Ann.   Carnegie  Mus.,  viii,   No.  2, 
p.  204,  1912  (Lara,  N.  W.  Venezeula). 

Cariaquito,  d'  March  10  (58,553),  9  January  21  (58,554). 

137.  Dendroica  sestiva  (Gmel.).     Yellow  Warble:. 

Motacilla  cestiua  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  996,  1789  (Canada). 
Cauo  Corosal,  d"  d"  February  25  and  27  (58,551-2). 

138.  Seiurus  noveboracensis  (Gmel.).    Small-billed  Water-Thrush. 

Motacilla  noveboracensis  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  958,  1789  (Louisiana  and 
New  York). 

Cariaquito,   9    9  January  20  and  18  (58,555-6). 

139.  GeotMypis  aequinoctialis  (Gmel.).    Equinoctial  Warbler. 

Motacilla  aquinoctialis  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  972,  1789  (Cayenne). 
Manimo  River,  cf  February  20  (58,558). 

140.  Basileuterus  auricapillus  olivascens  Chapm.    Chapman'-s  Warbler. 

Basileuteriis  vermioorus  olivascens  Chapman,  Auk.,  1893,  p.  313  (Princestown, 
Trinidad). 

Cariaquito,  cf  March  13  (58,557). 

MOTAOILLID^. 

141.  Anthus  lutescens  Pucher.     Rufous  Pipit. 

Anthus  lutescens  Pucheran,  Archiv.  du.  Mus.,  vii,  p.  343,  1855  (Brazil). 
La  Pedrita  Uracoa,  o^   9  February  17  (58,560-1). 
While  known  from  Guiana,  I  do  not  find  this  species  previously 
recorded  from  Venezuela. 

FRINGILIilD^. 

142.  Sporophila  americana  (Gmel.).    GmeUn's  Seed-eater. 

Loxia  americana  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  863, 1789  ("America  "  =  Cayenne) . 
Pedernales,  cf  January  25  (58,572). 
Cano  Corosal,  9  February  28  (58,574). 
This  is  another  species  apparently  not  recorded  from  Venezuela. 

143.  Sporophila  grisea  (Gmel.).     Gray  Seed-eater. 

Loxia  grisea  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  ii,  p.  857,  1789  (" Virginia "  =  Guiana). 
Cano  Corosal,  cf  February  25  (58,573). 

144.  Sporophila  minuta  (Linn.)     Pygmy  Seed-eater.. 

Loxia  minuta  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  176,  1758  (Surinam). 
Pedernales,  d"  d"  d"  January  26  and  27  (58,569-71). 

145.  Volatinia  jacarini  splendens  (Vieill.).    Jacarini  Grassquit. 

Fringilla    splendens    Vieillot,    N.    Diet.    d'Hist.    Nat.,    xii,    p.    173,    1817 
(Cayenne) . 

Cariaquito,  d"    9  January  21  and  19  (58,568  and  58,565). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  209 

146.  Saltator  olivascens  Cab.    Gray-breasted  Saltator. 

Saltator oUvascens  Cabanis,  in  Schomb.  Reis.  Guian.,  iii,  p.  676,  1848  (Guiana). 
Guinipa  Village,  cT    9   February  2  (58,625-6). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  cf  d"  February  13  (58,627  and  58,635). 

147.  Sicalis  colombiana  Cab.    Venezuelan  Yellow-finch. 

Sycalis  columbiana  Cabanis,  Mus.  Hein.,  i,  p.  147,  1851  (Porto  Cabello). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  d"   9  February  13  (58,578  and  58,564). 
Caiio  Corosal,  cf  February  28  (58,576). 

148.  Serinopsis  arvensis  minor  (Cab.).    Little  Yellow  Finch. 

Sycalis    minor  Cabanis,  in  Schomb.   Reis.  Guian.,  iii,  p.  679,  1848  (British 
Guiana) . 
Cano  Corosal,  d"   9  February  27  (58,575  and  58,577). 

149.  Myospiza  manimbe  (Licht.).     South  American  Grasshopper  Sparrow. 

Fringilla  Manimbe  Lichtenstein,  Verz.  Doubl.,  p.  25,  1823  (Bahia). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,   9    &  February  17  (58,562-3). 

150.  Paroaria  nigrogenis  (Lafr.).    Black-faced  Cardinal. 

Nemosia  nigrogenis  Lafresnaye,  Rev.  Zool.,  1846,  p.  273  (Orinoco  region). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  Uracoa,  d  February  13  (58,579). 
Manimo  River,  cT  February  10  (58,580). 
Jocopita,  Manimo  River,   9   February  23  (58,581). 
Cano  Corosal,  d  juv.  February  28  (58,.582), 

CCEREBID^. 

151.  Coereba  luteola  fCab.).     Venezuela  Flower-pecker. 

Certhioln  luteola  Cabanis,  Mus.  Hein.,  i,  p.  96,  1851  (Puerto  Cabello). 
Cariaquito,     9     January    21,    cf    January    18,    cf    January    14 
(58,603-5). 

Isla  de  Morocotico,  Manimo  River,   9  March  3  (58,601). 
Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  23  (58,602). 

152.  Dacnis  cayana  (Linn.).     Turquois  Honey-creeper. 

MotaciUa  cayana  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  336,  1766  (Cayenne). 
Cariaquito,  c^   9    9  January  14  (58,607,  58,598-9),  &  January  20 
(58,608),  &  March  17  (58,606)  also  a  male  without  data. 
"Iris  hazel,  feet  flesh  color." 

153.  Cyanerpes  cyaneus  (Linn.).     Blue  Honey-creeper. 

MotaciUa  cyanea  Linnseus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  188,  1766  (Brazil  and 
Cayenne) . 

Cariaquito,  7  d  March  10  (58,583-9). 

Pedernales,  d  9  March  6  (58,590). 

^'Legs  carmine,  bill  black." 


210  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [April,. 

154.   Cyanerpes  oaeruleus  (Linn.).    Purple  Honey-creeper. 

Certhia  cceruleus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  118,  1758  (Surinam). 
Cariaquito,    cf    January    13    (58,591),    9    January    14    (58,594) 
9  March  10  (58,592),  also  three  without  data. 
"Feet  clear  lemon-yellow." 

165.    Chlorophanes  spiza  (Linn.)    Green  Honey-creeper. 

Motacilla  Spiza  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  188,  1758  (Surinam). 
Cariaquito,  d'  &  &    9  January  13  (58,597,  58,610-12),   9    d'  cf 
January  14   (58,595,  58,613-14),  juv.    cf   January  16   (58,593),    cf' 
January  18  (58,596),   9  January  21  (58,609). 

TANGARID^. 

156.  Tanagra  trinitatis  (Strickl.).    Yellow-capped  Euphonia. 

Euphonia  trinitatis  Strickland,  Contr.  Orn.,  1851,  p.  72  (Trinidad). 
Cariaquito,    9    January  18,    9    January  14,    cf   January    16,    cf' 
January  13  (58,566-7,  58,649-50),  and  two  without  data.   ' 

157.  Tangara  desmarestii  (Gray).    Red-headed  Calliste. 

Calliste  Desmarestii  Gray,  Gen.  Bds.,  ii,  p.  366,  1844  (Trinidad). 
Cariaquito,  c^    9   March  10  and  12  (58,648,  58,647). 

158.  Thraupis  episcopus  SClateri  (Berlepsch).     Trinidad  Blue-gray  Tanager. 

Tanagra  sclateri  Berlepsch,  Il?is.,  1880,  p.  112  (Orinoco  Dist.  or  Trinidad). 
Cariaquito,  cf  cf  January  16,  c/"  January  19  (58,620-2). 
Guinipa  Village,  cf   9  February  3  (58,623-4). 

159.  Thraupis  palmarum  melanoptera  (Scl.;.    Western  Palm  Tanager. 
Tanagra  melanoptera  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.,  1856,  p.  235  (E.  Peru). 

Cariaquito,   cf    9     9     9    January  14  (58,615-8),   cf  January  1(> 
(58,619). 

160.  Eamphocelus  carbo  (Pall.).    Silver-beaked  Tanager. 

Lanius  Carbo  Pallas,  Vroeg's  Catal.  Rais.  Adumbrat.,  p.  2,  1764  (Surinam). 
Cariaquito,  9  January  16,   9  January  14  (58,645-6). 
Peclernales,  d^    9   January  26  (58,636,  58,644). 
Buelte  Trlste,  Manimo  River,  d'  cT   9  February  20  (58,639-41). 
Guinipa  Village,  cT   c^  February  2  (58,637-8),    9    9   February  2 
and  3  (58,642-3). 

"  Lower  mandible  pearly-white,  black  at  tip." 

161.  Tachyphonus  rufus  (Bodd.).    Greater  White-shouldered  Tanager. 
Tanagra  rufa  Boddaert,  Tabl.  PI.  Enl.,  p.  44,  1783  (Cayenne). 

Cariaquito,    d^  January  20,    cf   January   14,    cf    9    January   19 
(58,629-31,58,634). 
Jocopita,  Manimo  River,  d  February  22  (58,632), 
Guinipa  Village,  d  February  3  (58,628). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  211 

.162.    Tachyphonus  surinamus  (Linn.).     Fulvous-crested  Tanager. 

Turdiis  surinamus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  297,  1766  (Surinam). 
Vagre  River,  cf  January  29  (58,633). 
lOTERID^. 

163.  Ostinops  decumanus  (Pall.).    Great  Crested  Cacique. 

Xanthornus  decumanus  Pallas,  Spic.  Zool.,  fasc.  vi,  p.  1,  1769  (Surinam). 
Cariaquito,   9    cf   January   14,  cf    cf    9    January  16   (58,682-4, 
58,798-9). 

''Iris  blue,  legs  black,  bill  greenish-yellow." 

164.  Ostinops  viridis  (P.  L.  S.  Mull).    Great  Green  Cacique. 

Oriolus  Viridis  P.  L.  S.  Muller,  Syst.  Nat.  Suppl.,  p.  87,  1776  (Cayenne). 

Settlement  on  Vagre  River,  9  January  28,  9  9  February  7 
<58,678-80). 

Isla  Morocotico,  Manimo  River,  9  March  3  (58,681). 

Found  nesting  only  on  the  Vagre  (S.  B.). 

"Iris  blue,  skin  around  eye  and  base  of  beak  yellow,  terminal 
part  of  beak  deep  orange." 

165.  Cacicus  Cela  (Linn.).    Yellow-backed  Cacique. 

Parus  Cela  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  191,  1758  ("  India"  =  Guiana). 
Cariaquito,  cf  cf   cf  d^    9  January  14,  cf  January  18  (58,686-9, 
58,796-7),  and  one  without  data. 
"Bill  greenish-horn  color,  legs  black,  iris  pale  bluish-white." 

166.  Agelaius  icterocephalus  (Linn.).    Yellow-headed  Marsh-bird. 

Oriolus  icterocephalus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  163,  1766  (Cayenne). 
La  Pedrita  de  Uracoa,  cf  cf    9  February  13  (58,664-6). 
Found  only  on  the  savannas  at  La  Pedrita  (S.  B.). 

167.  Leistes  militaris  (Linn.).    Red-breasted  Marsh-bird. 

Embcriza  militaris  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  i,  p.  178,  1758  (Guiana). 
La  Pedrita,  Rio  de  Uracoa,    cf    cf    9    February  11   (58,667-8, 
58,671),  d^   9  February  17  (58,669-70). 

Cano  de  Corosal,  cf  juv.  February  28  (58,672). 
Found  only  in  the  savannas  (S.  B.). 

168.  Gymnomystax  mexioanus  (Linn.).    Black-and-yellow  Oriole. 

Oriolus  mexicanus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  162,  1766  ("Mexico" 
=  Cayenne). 

Corosal,  cf  cf  February  27  (58,651-2). 
"Feet,  bill  and  skin  round  the  eye  black." 

169.  Icterus  auricapillus  Cassin.    Golden-crowned  Oriole. 

Icterus  auricapillus  Cassin,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1847,  p.  332  ("South 
America  "  =  Colombia) . 

Cariaquito,   9    9   January  14  and   9   January  21  (58,659-61). 


212  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

170.  Icterus  chrysocephalus  (Linn.).    Moriche  Oriole. 

Oriolus  chrysocephalus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  i,  p.  164,  1766  (America)  - 
Guinipa  River,  9    9  January  31  and  February  2  (58,662-3). 

171.  Icterus  xanthornus  (Gmel.).    Yellow  Oriole. 

Oriolus  Xanthornus  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  i,  p.  391,  1788  ("Jamaica  and 
Nov.  Hisp . "  =  Venezuela) . 

Cariaquito,  cf  January  16  (58,658),   9   March  12  (58,657). 

Buelta  Triste,  c^  February  20  (58,655). 

Cano  de  Corosal,   9    cf  cT'  February  25  (58,653-4,  58,656). 

172.  Lampropsar  tanagrinus  guianensis  Cab.    Guiana  Grackle. 

Lampropsar  guianensis  Cabanis,  in  Schomb.  Reis.  Guiana,  iii,  p.  682,  1848 
(Guiana). 

Cano  de  Vagre,  d'  January  29  (58,673). 

Guinipa  River,  9    9  February  (58,674-5). 

173.  Holoquiscalus  lugubris  (Sw.).     Swainson's  Grackle. 

QuiscnlK.s   Iiiguhris   Swainson,  Anim.  in    Menag.,   p.  299,    1838   ("Brazil"' 
=  British  Guiana). 

Boca  Uracoa,  Manimo  River,  cf  February  18  (58,677). 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  213 


NOTES  ON  SERPENTS  IN  THE  FAMILY  COLUBRID^. 

BY  JOSEPH  C.  THOMPSON,  SURGEON,  U.  S.  N. 

It  is  a  curious  fact  that  during  the  last  two  decades  one  of  the 
rarest  things  in  the  literature  dealing  with  serpents  is  a  detailed 
account  of  an  individual  specimen.  Reference  is  not  made  to 
original  descriptions  of  a  type,  as  the  majority  of  these  are  full  and 
satisfactory,  but  anything  like  the  records  left  by  Dumeril  and  Bibron 
or  by  Cope  of  a  particular  specimen  are  now  made  by  few  authors. 
The  need  for  them  is  a  very  real  one,  both  to  students  of  zoogeography 
in  their  efforts  to  outline  the  distribution  of  allied  forms,  and  to  those 
engaged  in  the  gathering  of  data  relating  to  the  range  of  variation 
exhibited  by  a  given  species. 
Trirhinopholis  styani  Boulenger. 

No.  26,786  Cal.  Ac.  Sci.  Coll.  Rev.  C.  Barlow.  Waung  Wan 
Shan,  Chekiang  Province,  China.  Male;  total  length  205,  tail 
29  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  15  rows,  continuous  throughout  the  body, 
smooth,  without  pits,  those  in  the  outer  series  rounded  behind  and 
twice  as  wide  as  those  in  the  dorsal  series,  Gastrosteges  118,  ' 
abnormally  broad.  Anal  entire.  Urosteges  27  pairs.  Nasal 
divided,  entirely  surrounding  the  nostril.  Loreal  absent.  Pre- 
ocular  1.  Postoculars  2.  Anterior  temporals  2,  the  lower  not  in 
contact  with  the  postoculars;  posterior  2.  Supralabials  6,  the  third 
and  fourth  entering  the  eye.  Infralabials  on  the  right  side  5,  the 
normal  fourth  and  fifth  fused  and  with  an  incisure  from  the  upper 
border;  on  the  left  side  6,  the  first  pair  widely  separated  bj'  the  mental 
which  is  in  contact  with  the  chin-shields.  Geneials  in  two  pairs, 
anterior  the  larger  and  touching  three  labials,  the  posterior  touch  the 
third  and  fourth. 

Anatomy. — Maxillary  with  20  small,  equal  teeth.  Palatine  with 
10  teeth.  Pterygoid  with  22  teeth,  only  a  trifle  smaller  than  those 
on  the  maxillary.  Dentary  with  20  equal  teeth,  the  posterior  third 
of  the  bone  is  free,  as  in  Polyodontophis.  Hypophyses  present 
throughout  the  vertebral  column.  Eye  2  mm.  in  diameter  and  1  mm. 
distant  from  the  mouth.  Rudimentary  lung  present.  Apex  of  the 
heart  at  the  23d  gastrostege,  in  terms  of  body  vertebrae  this  is  19.5% 


214  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

down  the  column.  Liver  extending  from  the  31st  to  the  65th  gas- 
trostege.  Head  flat  and  pointed.  Body  vertically  compressed 
throughout;  just  behind  the  heart  it  is  5.5  mm.  deep  and  8  mm. 
broad.     Tail  short,  flat,  and  pointed. 

Habitat. — Heretofore  known  only  by  the  two  type  specimens  which 
were  captured  in  Fokien  Province,  China. 

Oxyrhabdium  modestum  (Dumeril  and  Bibron). 

No.  15,235  Cal.  Ac.  Sci.  Philippine  Islands.  Female;  total 
length  216,  tail  42  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  15  continuous  rows,  smooth,  without 
apical  pits,  broader  than  long;  outer  row  slightly  enlarged  and 
rounded  behind.  Gastrosteges  163.  Anal  entire.  Urosteges  62 
pairs.  Rostral  1.1  mm.  deep,  1  mm.  wide;  portion  visible  from 
above  strongly  concave  and  with  the  borders  raised  well  above  the 
level  of  the  surrounding  shields;  below  it  is  deeply  incised.  Nasals 
divided,  the  posterior  the  larger  and  with  raised  edges.  Internasals 
.8  mm.  long  and  .6  mm.  broad,  mutual  suture  one-third  the  length 
of  that  between  the  prefrontals.  Frontal  3.3  mm.  long,  2.5  mm. 
wide,  2.8  mm.  distant  from  the  rostral;  facet  for  supraocular  concave. 
Parietals  3.3  mm.  long,  2.5  broad;  narrowed  behind.  Loreal  2.2  mm. 
long,  .8  mm.  broad,  anterior  border  in  line  with  the  suture  between 
the  second  and  third  labial;  behind  an  acute  angle  between  the 
preocular  and  the  fifth  labial.  Preocular  1,  on  each  side,  .8  mm. 
long,  1.1  deep.  Postoculars  2;  superior  the  wider;  inferior  narrow 
and  excluding  the  seventh  labial  from  entering  the  eye.  Temporals 
anterior  1,  twice  as  wide  as  broad,  inclined  downward  and  forward; 
posterior  2.  Supralabials  8,  the  fifth  and  sixth  entering  the  eye; 
the  anterior  four  are  very  small,  the  first  one-half  the  size  of  the 
second,  the  second,  third  and  fourth  equal,  the  eighth  the  largest 
being  2.7  mm.  long.  Mental  ver}^  short,  rounded  behind.  Infra- 
labials  right  8,  left  9,  the  additional  shield  due  to  the  division  of  the 
sixth,  the  fifth  the  largest.  Geneials  a  single  pair,  2.6  mm.  long,  in 
contact  with  five  labials.  Gular  shields  in  two  pairs,  shorter  than 
wide;  these  followed  by  the  first  gastrostege,  the  anterior  border  of 
which  is  below  the  posterior  border  of  the  eye. 

Coloration. — Above  uniform  iridescent  light  brown,  head  a  trifle 
darker,  the  trace  of  a  nuchal  band.  Below  yellow,  line  of  demarca- 
tion sharp,  on  the  body  along  the  lower  border  of  the  first  scale  row, 
on  the  head  along  the  supralabials. 

Anatomy. — Body  laterally  compressed,  at  the  middle  being  7.8  mm. 
deep,  and  6.5  mm.  wide.     Head  slightly  distinct  from  neck,  width 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  215 

6.3  mm.  interorbital  region  3.7  mm.,  interval  between  nostrils  1.1  mm. 
Eye  with  vertically  subelliptic  pupil,  diameter  1.7  mm.,  its  distance 
from  the  mouth  .8  mm.  Maxillary  bone  with  33  teeth;  reaching 
beyond  the  palatine.  Ectopterj'goid  bone  short,  ectopterygo- 
maxillary  joint  at  the  level  of  the  second,  and  ectopterygo-pterj-goid 
joint  at  the  level  of  the  seventh  tooth  on  the  pterygoid  bone.  Pala- 
tine bone  Avith  20  teeth;  no  vomerine  process;  maxillary  process  a 
broad  elongate  shelf  extending  back  to  the  level  of  the  13th  tooth, 
at  the  articulation  with  the  maxillary  bone  its  external  edge  is  incisetl, 
before  and  behind  the  joint  an  externally  directed  process;  on  the 
under  surface  of  this  shelf  at  the  base  of  each  process  is  a  foramen, 
these  are  the  entrance  and  the  exit  to  a  canal  which  perforates  the 
bone  and  gives  passage  to  a  branch  of  the  palatine  artery;  palato- 
pterygoid  joint  oblique  from  within  out,  the  posterior  tip  of  the 
palatine  bone  reaching  to  the  level  of  the  last  tooth  on  the  maxilla. 
Pterygoid  bone  with  30  teeth  which  extend  to  within  1.1  mm.  of  the 
posterior  tip  of  the  bone.  Apex  of  the  heart  at  the  level  of  the  37th 
gastrostege,  eciuivalent  to  22.7%  down  the  spinal  column.  No 
rudimentary  right  lung  or  extension  of  the  pulmonary  tissue  along 
the  trachea.     Liver  extends  from  the  45th  to  the  88th  gastrostege. 

Habits. — The  stomach  contained  an  earthworm  belonging  to  the 
family  Perichaiidoe. 

Habitat. — Recorded  from  Luzon,  Samar,  Leyte,  Calamianes, 
Dinagat,  and  Mindanao. 

Lystrophis  semicinctus  (Dumeril  and  Bibron). 

No.  14,571  Cal.  Ac.  Sci.  (Purchased.)  Tucuman,  Argentine. 
Male;   total  length  455,  tail  63  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  21  rows  anteriorly,  reduced  to  19  and  17 
posteriorly ;  the  sequence  of  suppression  is  the  V  row  followed  by  the 
IV  row;  the  gastrostege  level  at  which  the  rows  terminate  is  nearly 
the  same  on  each  side: 


Rows. 

21 

19 

Suppressed  Row. 

V 

IV        

Right. 

97 

112 

Left. 

99 

114 

17  continued. 

each  scale  is  smooth,  and  with  a  single  apical  pit;  the  lateral  and 
dorsal  scales  are  elongate,  and  in  very  oblique  transverse  series,  the 
tip  of  each  is  well  anterior  to  the  middle  of  the  scale  below  and  behind 
it ;  the  scales  in  the  first  to  the  fifth  rows  are  broad,  not  in  markedly 
oblique  series,  the  tip  of  each  scale  is  anterior  to  the  centre  of  the 
15 


216  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

scale  that  is  below  and  behind  it.  Gastrosteges  156.  Anal  divided. 
Urosteges  34  pairs,  the  second  to  the  seventh  and  the  ninth  entire. 
Rostral  reaching  to  the  azygos  prefrontal,  separating  the  internasals 
and  lateral  prefrontals,  above  with  a  sharp  median  keel,  anterior 
inferior  surface  flat,  inclined  upward  at  an  angle  of  45°,  and  bordered 
by  a  sharp  edge.  Frontal  with  a  small  incisure  from  the  middle  of 
the  anterior  border.  Preoculars  2,  postoculars  2.  Anterior  tem- 
porals 2,  posterior  2.  Supralabials  8,  the  fourth  and  fifth  entering 
the  eye.  Infralabials  11,  the  first  pair  broadly  in  contact.  Anterior 
geneials  three  times  the  size  of  the  posterior;  touching  five  labials. 

Anatomy. — Posterior  vertebrae  with  a  low  rounded  keel.  Maxillary 
with  5  small  teeth  gradually  increasing  in  size  posteriorly;  these 
followed  by  a  space  that  would  support  two  more ;  behind  2  enlarged 
teeth  situated  below  the  posterior  rim  of  the  pupil,  a  trifle  longer  than 
the  space,  curved,  and  with  a  sharp  cutting  edge  behind.  Palatine 
with  5  teeth ;  tip  of  bone  reaching  to  the  interval  between  the  second 
and  the  third  maxillary  tooth.  Pterygoid  with  12  teeth;  pterygo- 
palatine joint  at  the  interval  between  the  enlarged  maxillary  teeth. 
Dentary  with  14  equal  teeth.  Heart  far  forward,  apex  opposite  the 
26th  gastrostege,  in  terms  of  body  vertebrae  this  is  16.7%  do^\Ti  the 
column.  Left  lung  begins  abruptly  at  the  base  of  the  ventricle, 
without  free  apex  or  extension  of  the  pulmonary  tissue  along  the 
trachea.  Liver  extending  from  the  36th  to  the  64th  gastrostege. 
Hemipenis  20  mm.  long,  divided,  sulcus  furcate,  spinous,  and  with  an 
apical  disk.  Compared  with  the  figure  of  the  organ  in  L.  dorhigny 
(Dumeril  and  Bibron)^  this  form  is  less  deeply  divided,  the  divisions 
reaching  to  one-third,  instead  of  one-half  the  distance  from  the  tip 
of  the  organ  to  the  bifurcation  of  the  sulcus,  the  apical  disk  is  larger 
and  with  a  wider  free  border.  Eye  2.5  mm.  in  diameter,  its  distance 
from  the  mouth  3.3  mm. 

Oligodon  vertebralis  Giinther. 

No.  15,808  Cal.  Ac.  Sci.  Coll.  A.  Seale,  Esq.  Puerto  Princesa, 
Palawan,  P.  I.     Female;  total  length  159,  tail  24  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  15  rows,  finely  striate,  without  keels  or 
pits.  Gastrosteges  139.  Anal  divided.  Urosteges  36  pairs.  Ros- 
tral one  and  one-half  times  broader  than  long,  portion  seen  from  above 
two-thirds  its  distance  from  the  frontal.  Suture  between  the  inter- 
nasals twice  as  long  as  that  between  the  prefrontals.     Frontal  one- 

1  1900:  Cope,  Croc,  Liz.,  Sn.  No.  Am.,  Repl.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mm.,  1898,  PI.  XXIV, 
fig.  6. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  217 

third  longer  than  broad,  distance  from  the  rostral  less  than  one-half 
its  width,  a  trifle  shorter  than  the  parietals.  Nasal  divided  into 
two  equal  portions.  Loreal  nearly  square,  not  quite  as  deep  as  the 
diameter  of  the  pupil.  Preocular  1,  postoculars  2.  Temporals 
anterior  1,  posterior  1.  Supralabials  7,  the  third  and  fourth  entering 
the  eye,  the  sixth  the  deepest,  and  touching  the  posterior  temporal. 
Infralabials  8,  the  first  pair  in  contact  behind  the  mental.  Anterior 
geneials  nearly  twice  as  large  as  the  posterior,  in  contact  with  four 
labials. 

Coloration. — Body  above  brown,  with  a  vertebral  series  of  ten 
round  or  oblong,  yellow,  black-edged  spots;  tail  with  two;  numerous 
yellow  dots  having  a  tendency  to  be  arranged  in  two  to  three  trans- 
verse rows  between  each  dorsal  spot;  the  anterior  chevron  mark 
interrupted  over  the  frontal;  on  the  parietals  behind  the  posterior 
chevron  a  small  dot.  Under  surface  of  head  white,  throat  with  a 
break  in  the  posterior  chevron;   body  beneath  yellow. 

Anatomy. — Pupil  round.  Heart  apex  at  the  level  of  the  34th 
gastrostege,  in  terms  of  body  vertebrae  this  is  24%  down  the  spinal 
column.     Anterior  tip  of  the  liver  at  the  43d  gastrostege. 

Museo  de  Santa  Toma,  Manila.  Palawan,  Philippine  Islands. 
Male;   total  length  308,  tail  54  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  15  continuous  rows.  Gastrosteges  136. 
Anal  divided.  Urosteges  37  pairs  and  the  terminal  pointed  scale. 
Internasal  suture  as  long  as  the  prefrontal  suture.  Frontal  as  long 
as  the  parietals.  Preocular  1,  postoculars  2.  Temporals  anterior  1, 
posterior  2.  Supralabials  7  on  the  left  side  and  6  on  the  right,  the 
fifth  and  sixth  fused,  the  third  and  fourth  entering  the  eye. 

Coloration. — Body  with  ten,  tail  with  two,  yellow  black-edged 
dorsal  spots. 

Museo  de  Santa  Toma,  Manila.  Palawan,  Philippine  Islands. 
Male;  total  length  340,  tail  64  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  15  continuous  rows.  Gastrosteges  143. 
Anal  divided.  Urosteges  41  pairs,  and  the  terminal  pointed  scale. 
Preocular  1,  postoculars  2.     Temporals  anterior  1,  posterior  2. 

Coloration. — Body  with  ten,  tail  with  three,  yellow  black-edged 
vertebral  spots. 

Habitat. — Heretofore  known  only  by  the  type  which  came  from 
Banjermasin  in  the  extreme  south  of  Borneo. 
Oligodon  schadenbergi  Boettger. 

No.  15,281  Cal.  Ac.  Sci.  Mindanao,  Philippine  Islands.  Female; 
total  length  226,  tail  39  mm. 


218  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Squamation. — Scales  in  15  rows,  continuous  throughout,  finely 
striate,  without  keels  or  pits.  Gastrosteges  137.  Anal  divided. 
Urosteges  42  pairs.  Rostral  one  and  one-half  times  broader  than 
long.  Suture  between  the  internasals  .6  mm.,  two-thirds  of  that' 
between  the  prefrontals.  Frontal  3.9  mm.  long,  3  mm.  broad,  its 
distance  from  the  rostral  1.5  mm.  Parietal  4.2  mm.  long.  Preocular 
1,  postoculars  2.  Temporals  anterior  1,  posterior  2.  Supralabials  7, 
third  and  fourth  entering  the  eye;  the  sixth  the  highest.  Infra- 
labials  8,  the  first  pair  in  contact  behind  the  mental.  Anterior 
geneials  touching  four  labials,  one  and  one-half  times  as  large  as  the 
posterior. 

Coloration.— Eody  dark  brown  above,  with  a  vertebral  series  of 
twelve  very  small  yellow,  black-edged  spots,  tail  with  two ;  between 
each  pair  of  spots  are  three  transverse  rows  of  minute  yellow  dots. 
Under  surface  orange.  Head  with  two  chevron-shaped  bands,  the 
posterior  twice  the  broader;  beneath  with  black  V-shaped  mark  on 
the  anterior  geneials,  a  short  longitudinal  line  on  the  throat,  posterior 
chevron  broadly  interrupted. 

Anatomy. — Heart  apex  at  the  level  of  the  28th  gastrostege,  in 
terms  of  body  vertebrae  this  is  20.4%  down  the  column.  Anterior 
tip  of  the  liver  at  the  39th  gastrostege. 

Habitat. — Previously  known  from  three  specimens  secured  on 
Busuanga  Island,  Calamianes  Group,  Philippine  Islands. 

This  species  as  at  present  defined  cannot  be  separated  from  0. 
vertebralis  by  any  single  isolated  character.  The  few  specimens 
recorded  show  that  the  one  to  which  Boettger's  description  applies 
may  be  distinguished  from  a  tj'pical  0.  vertebralis  in  the  following 
details :  internasal  suture  shorter  than  the  prefrontal ;  lateral  borders 
of  the  frontal  converge  posteriorly,  instead  of  being  parallel;  loreal 
broader  than  deep;  two  posterior  temporals,  sixth  supralabial  lower 
and  not  reaching  to  the  superior-posterior  temporal;  the  vertebral 
series  of  spots  are  much  smaller  and  the  transverse  rows  of  minute 
dots  are  more  distinct.  These  differences  are  each  well  within  the 
range  of  individual  variation.  The  most  pronounced  character  is 
the  absence  of  the  large  spots  on  the  back  of  the  adult  0.  schadenbergi, 
but  it  does  not  hold  for  the  young.  The  distribution  of  the  two 
broadly  overlap  in  the  Southern  Philippines.  As  more  specimens 
are  secured  there  will  probably  be  found  examples  that  will  form  a 
complete  intermediate  series. 

U.  S.  F.  S.  Albatross,  March  17,  1913. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  219 


May  6. 
Mr.  Charles  Morris  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-nine  persons  present. 

The  reception  of  papers  under  the  following  titles  was  reported 
by  the  Publication  Committee : 

"The  antenodal  reticulation  of  the  wings  of  Agrionine  Dragon- 
flies,"  by  Herbert  Campion  (April  18). 

"The  fossil  Odonate  Phenacolestes,  with  a  discussion  of  the 
venation  of  the  Legion  Podagrion  Selys,"  by  Philip  P.  Calvert 
(April  18).  ■ 

"A  contribution  to  a  knowledge  of  the  Orthoptera  of  Argentina," 
by  James  A.  G.  Rehn  (April  19). 

The  issue  of  the  Index  to  the  Publications  of  the  Academy  from 
1817  to  1910,  inclusive,  was  reported. 

Miss  H.  New^ell  Wardle  made  an  illustrated  communication 
on  the  miniature  temples  and  temple  pyramids  of  the  ancient  Mexi- 
cans.    (No  abstract.) 


May  20. 
Mr.  Charles  Morris  in  the  Chair. 

Three  hundred  persons  present. 

The  death  of  the  Rev.  Leander  T.  Chamberlain,  a  member,  INIay  16, 
1913,  was  announced. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  the  reception  of  a  paper 
entitled  "The  Helicidae  of  Lower  California,"  by  Henry  A.  Pilsbry 
(May  22). 

Dr.  William  E.  Hughes  made  a  finely  illustrated  communication 
on  a  winter  exploration  of  Bolivia  and  Peru,  with  special  regard  to 
the  Inca  ruins.     (No  abstract.) 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed : 


220  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 


THE  ANTENODAL  RETICULATION  OF  THE  WINGS  OF  AGKIONINE 
DR&GONFLIES. 

BY  HERBERT  CAMPION. 

When  describing  the  remarkable  fossil  dragonfly  Phenacolestes 
inirandus,  from  Florissant,  Prof.  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell  laid  stress  upon 
its  possession  of  five  antenodal  nervures,  and,  upon  the  strength  of 
that  character  alone,  proposed  to  erect  Phenacolestes — together  with 
Dysagrion,  also  from  the  North  American  Tertiaries — into  a  new 
subfamily  of  Agrionidae,  the  Dysagrioninse.^  "Dysagrion  Scudder, 
the  type  of  the  subfamily,"  he  wrote,  ''has  not  been  supposed  to 
possess  an  unusual  number  of  antenodals,  but  it  is  evidently  allied  to 
Phenacolestes,  which  has  five;  and  Scudder's  figure  of  Dysagrion 
fredericii  shows  two  antenodals  beyond  the  arculus,  and  as  the  first 
two  of  all  Agrionids  must  certainly  have  been  present,  there  were  at 
least  four."  In  the  description  of  Phenacolestes  mirandus  it  is  stated: 
"Antenodal  sectors  five,  of  which  only  the  first  two  continue  to  the 
radius,  these  being  the  two  present  in  Agrioninse.  The  second, 
however,  does  not  meet,  or  nearly  meet,  the  arculus,  but  ends  on  the 
radius  204/^  beyond  it  (a  character  also  of  Melanagrion)."  On  the 
same  occasion  Prof.  Cockerell  described  the  apical  half  of  a  wing, 
also  from  the  Tertiary  of  Florissant,  as  Phenacolestes  parellelus,  but 
expressed  a  doubt  as  to  the  true  generic  position  of  the  fossil.  Sub- 
sequently, he  recorded  the  base  of  a  wing  having  six  antenodal 
cross-nervures,  which  he  referred  provisionally  to  the  same  species.^ 

In  the  typical  Agrionine  wing  we  find  two  antenodals  only,  which 
cross  transversely  both  the  costal  and  subcostal  spaces;  one  of  them 
is  placed  before  and  the  other  at  the  level  of  the  arculus.  In  fact, 
so  general  is  this  'number  of  antenodals  in  the  Agrioninse,  that  for 
many  years  it  was  one  of  the  chief  characters  used  in  separating  that 
subfamily  from  the  Calopteryginse,  in  which  the  antenodals  are  more 
numerous.  In  a  few  recent  Agrionines,  however,  three,  or  even  five, 
antenodals  occur  with  more  or  less  constancy,  and  we  are  therefore 
no  longer  able  to  regard  antenodal  reticulation  as  a  character  of 

'■Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  p.  60  (1908). 
^Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  XXVI,  p.  75  (1908). 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  221 

primary  importance  in  the  classification  of  the  Zygoptera.  Super- 
numerary antenodals  are  often  weaker  than  the  normal  ones,  and  are 
frequently  incomplete;  that  is  to  say,  they  may  appear  as  short 
nervures  crossing  the  costal  space  alone  or  the  subcostal  space  alone. 

As  already  remarked,  the  second  antenodal  coincides  with  the 
arculus  in  the  typical  Agrioninse,  but  in  such  genera  as  Agriocnemis, 
Argiocnemis,  Ceratura,  and  Hemiphlebia,  it  comes  before  the  level  of 
the  arculus,  while  it  lies  beyond  it  in  the  fossil  genera  Melanagrion 
and  Phenacolestes. 

In  Neurolestes  trinervis  De  Selys,  from  Kamerun,  we  get  three 
complete  antenodals  constantly  present,  and,  according  to  its  de- 
scriber,  the  supernumerarj^  nervure  is  placed  between  the  usual  two. 
Neuragrion  mysticum  Karsch  was  described  from  a  single  9  from 
Ecuador,  and  here  again  there  is  an  additional  nervure  lying  between 
the  ordinary  ones.  But  in  this  case  the  nervure  is  confined  to  the 
hind-wings  and  to  the  subcostal  space  only.  Of  Thaumatoneura, 
from  Central  America,  two  species  are  known,  namely,  T.  inopinata 
McLach.  and  T.  pellucida  Calv.  In  this  genus  a  fourth,  or  even  a 
fifth,  antejiodal  is  occasionally  added  to  the  more  usual  number  of 
three,  and  in  some  instances  the  number  is  reduced  to  two.  The 
third,  fourth,  and  fifth  antenodals,  when  present,  are  placed  beyond 
the  level  of  the  arculus  and  are  confined  to  the  costal  space.  Podop- 
teryx  roseonotata  De  Selys  is  represented  in  the  British  Museum 
Collection  by  three  specimens,  namely,  the  type  cf ,  obtained  in  Aru 
by  A.  R.  Wallace,  and  a  fine  pair  (cf  &  9  )  from  Queensland  (F.  P. 
Dodd).  The  Australian  examples  do  not  possess  more  than  two 
antenodals  in  any  of  their  wings,  but  the  type  specimen  has  a  third 
antenodal  in  each  wing,  beyond  the  level  of  the  arculus,  and  crossing 
the  costal  space  only  in  three  wings,  and  both  the  costal  and  subcostal 
spaces  in  the  remaining  wing.  Furthermore,  in  three  wings  there 
is  a  transverse  nervure  traversing  the  subcostal  space  alone  before 
the  first  regular  antenodal. 

Although  the  South  African  genus  Chlorolestes  does  not  normally 
possess  more  than  two  cross-veins  before  the  nodus,  there  are  two 
specimens  in  the  British  Museum  Collection  which  exhibit  a  third 
cross-vein.  One  of  these  insects  is  a  cf  of  C.  longicauda  Burm.,  in 
the  right  hind-wing  of  which  the  additional  nervure  is  placed  between 
the  usual  two  and  ceases  at  the  subcosta.  The  other  is  a  cf  of 
C.  fasciata  De  Selys,  and  in  this  case  the  added  nervure,  which  ceases 
at  the  subcosta,  lies  before  the  first  normal  antenodal  in  the  right 
hind-wing. 


222  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Two  Neotropical  genera  occasionally  present  similar  features  to 
those  observed  in  Chlorolestes.  The  Godman-Salvin  Collection  of 
Central  American  Odonata,  now  in  the  British  Museum,  includes 
the  type  and  three  other  specimens  of  Paraphlebia  quinta  Calv.,  all 
from  Guatemala.  Two  of  these  have  an  additional  antenodal  in  as 
many  as  five  out  of  their  eight  wings,  and  in  each  instance  it  is 
proximal  to  the  first  regular  antenodal  and  is  restricted  to  the  sub- 
costal space.  A  9  of  Heteragrion  chrysops  Hag.,  from  Vera  Cruz, 
also  in  the  Godman-Salvin  Collection,  has,  in  three  of  its  wings,  a 
supernumerary  antenodal  between  the  usual  ones  and  limited  to  the 
costal  space. 

All  the  recent  species  which  have  been  considered  so  far  belong  to 
De  Selys'  Legion  Podagrion,  a  group  which  has  been  declared  to  be 
"heterogeneous  and  untenable,"  but  which  includes  the  most  archaic 
genera  of  Agrioninae  that  have  yet  been  made  known.  However, 
at  least  two  species  belonging  to  the  more  highly  specialized  genera 
may  be  cited  as  affording  other  instances  of  the  accidental  reappear- 
ances of  the  kind  under  review.  One  of  these  is  the  type  9  of 
Ischnura  granti  McLach.,  from  Sokotra,  preserved  in  the  British 
Museum,  in  which  a  third  antenodal  is  present  in  all  the  wings,  except 
the  right  fore- wing.  In  each  case  it  is  placed  beyond  the  level  of  the 
arculus  and  ends  on  the  subcosta.  The  other  species  referred  to  is 
Pyrrhosoma  nijmphula  Sulz.,  concerning  which  Prof.  Philip  P.  Calvert 
is  kind  enough  to  inform  me  that  he  possesses  a  9  from  Birmingham, 
Warwickshire,  taken  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Bath,  whose  left  fore-wing  has 
three  antenodals,  the  third  lying  beyond  the  usual  two  and  crossing 
the  costal  space  only. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  the  supernumerary  antenodals  which  we 
have  found  to  occur  sporadically,  as  an  individual  peculiarity,  repre- 
sent nervures  which  were  present  normally  in  the  wings  of  some 
ancestral  form,  but  which  have  been  lost  in  the  majority  of  living 
Agrioninae.  The  main  tendency  of  Agrionine  development  has  been 
in  the  direction  of  simplified  wing-venation,  and  in  the  more  highly 
specialized  genera  the  costal  and  subcostal  spaces  have  shared  in  the 
general  elimination  of  superfluous  cross-veins.  As  soon  as  the 
number  of  antenodals  had  been  reduced  to  two,  however,  specializa- 
tion in  this  direction  appears  to  have  ceased,  for  no  Agrionine  is  known 
having  fewer  than  two  complete  cross-veins,  except  in  rare  cases  of 
individual  aberration.  In  this  connection  it  will  be  useful  to  quote 
some  remarks  made  by  Prof.  Calvert  respecting  two  Mexican  speci- 
mens of  Ischnura  denticollis  Burm.,  which  are  in  the  following  terms: 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


223 


"Two  abnormalities  in  venation  may  be  mentioned  here:  One 
male  from  Patzcuaro  has  only  one  antecubital  on  the  right  hind-wing, 
situated  at  the  level  of  the  submedian  cross-vein.  One  female  from 
Orizaba  has  the  first  antecubital  on  the  right  hind-wing  only  about 
as  far  from  the  second  as  the  costal  space  is  wide,  and  it  crosses  only 
the  costal,  not  the  subcostal,  space."^  In  consequence  of  the  dis- 
continuous antenodal  in  the  9  ,  which  I  have  seen,  and  the  single 
antenodal  in  the  d"  lying  on  the  level  of  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein 
in  each  case,  I  regard  both  of  them  as  occupying  the  intermediate 
position  between  the  two  normal  antenodals  of  Agrioninte. 

If  this  view  should  prove  to  be  well-founded,  it  would  follow  that 
we  have  evidence  of  the  former  existence  of  at  least  seven  antenodals, 
of  which  the  second  and  fourth  alone  persist  in  the  greater  number  of 
recent  Agrioninaj.  In  a  hypothetical  wing,  including  all  the  antenodal 
cross-veins  of  which  indications  have  so  far  been  afforded  by  mor- 
phology and  teratology,  the  fourth  antenodal  is  that  which  coincides 
with  the  arculus,  and  this  fact  enables  one  to  recognize  it  in  all  other 
Agrionine  wings.  It  is  also  comparatively  easy  to  determine,  in  any 
given  case,  the  identity  of  each  of  the  three  antenodals  which  precede 
it.  But  at  present  I  can  discover  no  means  of  ascertaining  the  exact 
homology  of  the  antenodals  lying  beyond  the  level  of  the  arculus 
which  occur  occasionally  in  one  or  two  recent  genera. 

In  our  reconstructed  wing,  then,  we  have  seven  antenodal  cross- 
veins,  disposed  in  the  following  manner:  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3  placed 
before  the  level  of  the  arculus;  No.  4  coinciding  more  or  less  exactly 
with  the  arculus,  and  Nos.  5,  6,  and  7  lying  between  the  level  of  the 
arculus  and  the  nodus.  Arranging  in  tabular  form  the  material 
which  we  have  had  under  review,  we  get  this  result: 
With  antenodals  Nos.  2  and  4: 

Agrioninae  (with  the  exceptions  noted  below). 
With  antenodals  Nos.  1,  2,  and  4-' 

Chlorolestes  fasciata  (teratological  cT). 

Paraphlehia  quinta  (teratological  specimens). 
With  antenodals  Nos.  1,2,  4,  and  one  other: 

Podopteryx  roseonotata  (type  cf  )• 
With  antenodals  Nos.  2,  3,  and  4: 

Neurolestes  trinervis  (teste  De  Selys). 

Neuragrion  mysticum. 

Chlorolestes  longicauda  (teratological  d"). 

Heteragrion  chrysops  (teratological   9  ) . 
^Biol.  Centr.-Amer.,  Neuropt.,  p.  127,  footnote  (1902). 


224  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

With  antenodal  No.  3  only: 

Ischnura  denticollis  (teratological  cf). 

With  antenodals  Nos.  3  and  I^: 

Ischnura  denticollis  (teratological    9  ) . 

With  antenodals  Nos.  2,  4,  and  another: 
Ischnura  granti  (type  9). 
Pyrrhosoma  nymphula  (teratological  9  ) . 
Thaumatoneura  (normally) . 

With  antenodals  Nos.  2,  4,  and  two  or  three  others: 
Thaumatoneura  (occasionally) . 

With  antenodals  Nos.  2,  4,  5,  6,  and  7: 
Phenacolestes  mirandus. 

Although  Phenacolestes  parallelus  is  believed  to  have  had  six 
antenodal  cross-veins,  it  has  not  been  possible  to  place  it  in  the 
table,  as  no  information  has  been  given  concerning  the  position  of 
the  veins  in  relation  to  the  arculus. 

Looking  at  the  number  and  arrangement  of  the  antenodal  nervures 
alone,  and  without  having  regard  to  any  other  considerations,  it 
would  appear  that  among  recent  genera  Thaumatoneura  bears  the 
closest  resemblance  to  Phenacolestes.  Moreover,  this  resemblance 
is  accentuated  when,  as  sometimes  happens,  a  fourth,  or  even  a  fifth, 
antenodal  is  present.  But  of  course  the  venation  of  the  spaces  lying 
between  the  nodus  and  the  base  of  the  wing  is  only  one  of  many 
characters  which  must  be  studied  in  attempting  to  arrive  at  the  true 
affinities  of  Phenacolestes,  and  for  the  present  it  is  perhaps  advisable 
to  retain  in  the  subfamily  Agrioninse  this  and  other  genera  associated 
with  it. 

In  conclusion,  I  have  to  thank  Professor  Calvert  for  his  kindness 
in  suggesting  amendments  to  this  paper,  and  particularly  for  drawing 
my  attention  to  the  two  Mexican  specimens  of  Ischnura  denticollis 
recorded  by  him,  and  furnishing  me  with  information  respecting  the 
British  9  of  Pyrrhosoma  nymphula  contained  in  his  own  collection. 


1913.]  ■     NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  225 


the  fossil  odonate  phenacolestes,  with  a  discussion  of  the 
venation  of  the  legion  podagrion  selys. 

by  philip  p.  calvert. 
Contents. 

Phenacolestes  Material  Studied,  p.  225. 

The  Principal  Characters  of  Phenacolestes,  p.  227. 

Comparisons  of  the  fossils  Dysagrion  (p.  230),  Melanagrion  (p.  231)  and  Lithagrion 
(p.  232)  with  Phenacolestes. 

Comparison  of  Thaumatoneura  with  Phenacolestes,  p.  233. 

Relationships  of  Thaumatoneura,  p.  233. 

Comparisons  of  Philogenia  (p.  23.5),  Megapodagrion  [Allopodagrion]  (p.  236), 
Paraphlebia  (p.  237),  Dimeragrion  (p.  238),  Heteragrion  (p.  239),  Mesagrion, 
Heteropodagrion  and  Neuragrion  (p.  240),  Rhipidolestes  (p.  241),  Podopteryx 
(p.  242),  Argiolestes  (p.  243),  Chlorolestes  (p.  244)  and  Various  Old  World 
Genera  (p.  244)  with  Phenacolestes. 

General  Discussion  of  the  Value  of  the  Venational  Characters  compared  in  the 
preceding  Genera  for  the  Determination  of  Relationships,  p.  245. 

Synopsis  of  Venational  Characters  of  Genera  of  the  Legion  Podagrion,  p.  256. 

Outline  of  an  Alternative  Groui)ing  of  the  Genera  of  the  Legion  Podagrion,  p.  261. 

The  Relationships  of  Phenacolestes,  p.  262. 

On  the  Subfamily  Dysagi'ionina?  Cockerell,  p.  264. 

Additional  Data  on  Dimeragrion,  n.  gen.,  p.  265. 

Bibliography,  p.  270. 

Explanation  of  Plate  XIV,  p.  272. 

Phenacolestes  Material  Studied. 

In  1908,  Profe.ssor  T.  D.  A.  Cockerell  described  (1908a)  two  species 
of  fossil  Odonata  from  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.,  as  Phena- 
colestes mirandus  and  P/!.(?)  parallelus.  A  little  later  (19086)  he 
added  a  note  based  on  an  additional  fragment  which  he  referred  to 
the  latter  species,  and  in  another  place  (1908c)  he  gave  a  figure 
showing  the  body  as  well  as  the  wings,  the  previous  accounts  having 
referred  to  the  wings  only.  In  connection  with  the  original  descrip- 
tion he  quotes  from  a  letter  from  Professor  Needham  who  almost 
implies  that  Ph.  mirandus  is  to  be  placed  in  de  Selys'  legion  Podagrion 
of  the  Agrioninffi  (1908a,  p.  63). 

In  the  latter  part  of  1910,  Professor  Cockerell  wrote  to  me  that 
he  had  found  more  wings  of  Phenacolestes,  and  requested  me  to  study 
them,  in  view  of  some  differences  of  opinion  as  to  its  relationship  to 
modern  dragonflies. 

When  I   accepted  this   offer,   Professor  Cockerell  sent  me  four 


226  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

specimens  of  these  fossil  wings  which,  for  reference  here,  I  have 
numbered  as  follows: 

No.  1.  Labelled  " Phenacolestes  mirandus  Ckll.  Florissant,"  in 
Professor  Cockerell's  handwriting;  27  mm.  long  from  base  to  apex. 

No.  2.  Labelled  " Phenacolestes  mirandus  CkW.  Florissant  Sta.  12  B 
(G.  N.  Rohwer),"  in  the  same  hand.  Apparently  a  hind  wing. 
Distorted,  length  from  base  to  apex  as  it  lies  on  the  stone  26  mm. 

Nos.  3  and  4.  Unlabelled.  [These  are  the  two  impressions  of  the 
same  wing,  and  were  collected  by  Geo.  N.  Rohwer.  T.  D.  A.  Cock- 
erell.]  Apparently  a  front  wing.  Length  of  No.  3  from  base  to  apex 
28  mm. ;  of  No.  4  (apex  lost)  from  base  to  distal  end  of  stigma  25  mm. 

They  are  figured  from  enlarged  photographs  on  Plate 'XIV  as  fig- 
ures 1-4. 

The  beautiful  preservation  of  these  wings  has  rendered  possible 
the  drawing  up  of  almost  as  full  a  description  of  the  venation  as  for 
any  living  species. 

Professor  Cockerell  has  very  kindly  presented  specimen  No.  3 
to  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia ;  the  other  three 
specimens  will  be  returned  to  him. 

Thanks  to  the  kindness  of  Dr.  F.  A.  Bather,  through  the  good 
offices  of  Mr.  C.  J.  Gahan,  I  have  also  studied  two  fossils  of  this 
insect  in  the  British  Museum  of  Natural  History,  when  in  London 
in  August,  1912.  One  of  these,  catalogued  as  "No.  I  8423,"  is  the 
paratype  of  Professor  Cockerell's  original  description  of  Phenacolestes 
mirandus.  The  other,  "No.  I  15,049,"  is  labelled  in  Professor  Cock- 
erell's handwriting  "Phenacolestes  mirandus  Ckll.  Florissant  Sta. 
13  B  (S.  A.  Rohwer)."  No.  I  8423  measures  20.5  mm.  in  length 
from  the  wing-base  to  the  proximal  end  of  the  stigma;  the  distal 
part  of  the  stigma  and  the  tip  of  the  wing  are  lacking;  the  nodus  is 
9  mm.  from  the  base.  No.  I  15,049  has  lost  the  stigma  and  apex  of 
the  wing  from  the  distal  end  of  M2  forward  (cephalad  and  distad) 
and  the  extreme  hind  margin  between  the  apices  of  M2  and  Cui; 
its  length  along  the  costa  as  preserved  is  23  mm.,  the  nodus  is  10  mm. 
from  base. 

Use  has  also  been  made  of  an  excellent  photograph,  for  which  I 
thank  Professor  Cockerell  and  Dr.  Max  M.  Ellis,  of  the  University 
of  Colorado,  of  an  almost  perfect  wing  from  the  same  locality  as 
that  of  the  second  specimen  quoted  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 
This  photograph  is  reproduced  as  figure  5  on  Plate  XIV  accompany- 
ing this  paper;  it  will  be  designated  as  No.  5  in  these  pages  and 
apparently  represents  a  front  wing.  * 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  227 

The  following  account  is  based,  therefore,  on  six  wings  in  seven 
impressions. 

Throughout  this  paper  the  Comstock-Needham  nomenclature 
for  the  wing-veins  has  been  emploj^ed.  In  the  previous  literature 
on  the  living  members  of  the  legion  Podagrion  the  Selysian  terms 
have  been  used.  The  equivalents  of  the  two  systems  are  therefore 
appended  here. 

De  Selys: 


Costa                       =  C.-N. 

:  Costa,  C. 

Subcosta                   = 

Subcosta,  Sc. 

Median  vein            = 

Ri. 

Principal  sector      = 

Ml. 

Ultra-nodal  sector  = 

Mia. 

Nodal  sector            = 

M2. 

Subnodal  sector      = 

Rs   (  -f  the  bridge,  if  it  be 

present).  1 

Median  sector         = 

M3. 

Short  sector             = 

M4. 

First  (or  superior) 

sector  of  the  tri- 

angle                    = 

Cui. 

Second  (or  inferior) 

sector  of  the  tri- 

angle                    = 

Cu2  and  Anal  (A). 

Basal       postcostal 

nervule                 = 

Cubito-anal  cross-vein  or  c-a. 

The  Principal  Characters  of  Phenacolestes  (Plate  XIV, figs.  1-5). 

1.  Nodus  at  one-third  of  the  wing-length. 

2.  More  than  two  antenodals.     (Four  in  at  least  two  (Nos.  2,  3,  4) 

of  these  specimens,  five  in  No.  5  and  in  the  two  cited  from 
Brit.  Mus.) 

3.  Postnodals  17-19. 

4.  Stigma  having  its  proximal  edge  oblique. 

5.  Cells  of  the  wing  generally,  posterior  to  Mi,  not  greatly  elongated 

at  right  angles  to  long  axis  of  wing. 

6.  The  veins  generally,  posterior  to  Mi,  have  but  a  slight  caudal 

curvature  shortly  before  they  approach  the  hind  margin  of 
the  wing. 

7.  Between  Mi  and  Mia  is  only  one  row  of  cells  throughout  to  wing- 

margin.     (In  No.  5,  increased  to  two  rows  at  five  cells'  distance 
from  the  margin.) 

8.  Between  Mio  and  M2  is  one  row  of  cells,  increasing  to  two  and 

then  three  rows,  and  so  continuing  to  wing-margin. 

1  Throughout  this  paper  "Rs"  has  been  used  as  the  equivalent  of  de  Selj^s' 
"*'  subnodal  sector. " 


228  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

9.  AI2  separates  from  Mi  at  five-thirteenths  (  =  .38)  of  the  distance 
from  nodus  to  stigma.  (In  No.  5,  however,  the  distance  is 
only  .28,  in  No.  I  8423  B.  M.  it  is  .26.) 

10.  Between  M2  and  Rs  is  one  row  of  cells  increasing  to  two  and  then 

three  rows,  and  so  continuing  to  the  margin. 

11.  Rs  separates  from  Mi  +  2  at  the  subnodus.     (Nos.  3,  4,  5,  and 

B.  M.  I  15,049  show  this  clearly;  B.  M.  I  8423  apparently 
agrees  with  them;  No.  1  has  the  point  of  separation  slightly 
proximal  to  the  subnodus,  while  in  No.  2  this  part  is  indis- 
tinguishable.) 

12.  Between  Rs  and  Ms  is  one  row"  of  cells,  increasing  to  two  and  then 

to  three  rows  of  cells. 

13.  Arculus  slightly  proximal  to  the  second  antenodal.- 

14.  M3  separating  from  M1+2  at  six-tenths'  to  three-fourths'  way 

from  arculus  to  subnodus. 

15.  Between  Ms  and  M4  are  (a)  at  least  two  cross-veins  proximal  to 

the  level  of  the  subnodus,^  and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  are  4-5 
rows  of  cells. 

16.  Quadrilateral  with   («)   its  proximal  and  distal  sides  strongly 

diverging  caudad  and  (6)  its  distal  side  more  than  one-and 
one-half  times  as  long  as  its  proximal  side. 

17.  Between  Mi  and  Cui  are  (a)  seven  antenodal  cells  {sensu  Selysii) 

and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  four  to  five  rows  of  cells. 

18.  Cubito-anal    cross-veins    one,    which    is    situated    between   the 

levels  of  the  first  and  second  antenodals. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  the  wdng-margin  are  about  two  rows 

of  cells  (three  rows  in  B.  M.  No.  I  15,049). 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  without  distinct  branches,  but  with  three 

to  four  rows  of  cells. 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  wing-margin  (a)  proximad 

to  the  level  of  the  arculus  and  (6)  proximad  to  the  level  of  the 
cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

22.  Anal  cross-veins,  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  distal  end  of  the 

quadrilateral,  one. 

Compared  with  Professor  Cockerell's  original  description  of 
Phenacolestes  mirandus  (1908a,  p.  61),  the  present  material  shows  the 
following  differences : 

Antenodal  cross-veins^  four  in  some  specimens  instead  of  five. 

Basal  space  {i.e.,  cell  M1-4)  4  mm.  long,  instead  of  nearly  5  mm. 


2  For  B.  M.  No.  I  8423  I  have  even  noted,  "Arculus  very  slightly  more  distal 
than  midway  between  the  two  normal  antenodals." 

» The  second,  or  distal,  of  these  is  actually  at  the  subnodus  in  the  two  British 
Museum  specimens. 

4  Prof.  Cockerell  speaks  of  antenodal  and  postnodal  sectors  meaning  these 
cross-veins.  This  word  is  not  in  accordance  with  the  usage  of  other  authors  on 
the  Odonata.     R3  in  the  same  description  should  be  Rs. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  229 

Quadrangle  with  its  upper  side  distinctly  shorter  than  the  lower 
side. 

Ms  separating  from  M1+2  at  3.5-4  mm.  from  the  arculus,  2.5-1  mm. 
from  level  of  nodus. 

Postnodal  cross-veins'*  17-19,  instead  of  21. 

Stigma  bounding  3^  or  4|  cells  above,  preservation  imperfect  in 
most  of  these  specimens. 

Ml  and  M2  separating  at  as  much  as  10.75  mm.  from  arculus, 
instead  of  9.67  mm. 

Beyond  the  ciuadrangle,  i.e.,  between  M4  and  Cui,  are  seventeen 
single  cells  (Nos.  3  and  4),  or  sixteen  (No.  5),  then  two  rows  increas- 
ing; hence  very  different  from  Prof.  Cockerell's  statement,  p.  62, 
which  does  not  seem  to  agree  with  his  figure  (13  of  Plate  V). 

There  is  but  one  row  of  cells  between  Mi  and  Mia  throughout,  thus 
agreeing  with  the  description  of  P/i.(?)  parallehis  (I.e.,  p.  62)  in 
distinction  from  Ph.  mirandus. 

Two  specimens,  Nos,  1  and  3,  are  sufficiently  preserved  to  enable 
a  count  of  the  cells  between  M2  and  Rs  to  be  made.  From  the  margin 
proximad  these  are,  in  No.  1,  7  marginal  cells,  then  3  rows  for  3-4 
cells,  then  2  rows  for  6  cells,  then  1  row  (which  is  consequently  met 
at  10-11  cells  in  from  the  margin),  this  single  row  comprising  about 
15  cells  to  the  origin  of  Rs,  three  of  these  15  being  basad  of  the  origin 
of  M2.  Corresponding  figures  for  specimen  No.  3  are  5  (?)  marginal 
cells,  then  3  rows  for  4  cells,  then  2  rows  for  3  cells,  then  1  row  (which 
is  consequently  met  at  8  cells  in  from  the  margin),  this  single  row 
comprising  about  20  cells  to  the  origin  of  Rs,  5|  of  these  20  being 
basad  of  the  origin  of  M2.  In  B.  M.  No.  I  8423,  this  single  row 
consists  apparently  of  15  cells,  4  of  which  are  basad  of  the  origin  of 
M2.  In  B.  M.  No.  I  15,049,  this  single  row  consists  of  15  or  16  cells, 
3  and  the  greater  part  of  the  fourth  of  which  are  basad  of  the  origin 
of  M2;  No.  5  appears  to  be  very  similar.  None  of  these  arrange- 
ments is  identical  with  that  described  for  Pfi.  mirandus,  where, 
however,  the  single  row  of  cells  is  met  at  11  cells  in  from  the  margin. 

Prof.  Cockerell  gives  two  formulae  for  Ph.  mirandus  and  Ph.{?) 
parallelus,  respectively  (I.e.,  p.  62),  these  formulae  being  obtained  by 
taking  "a  section  of  the  wing  down  from  the  basal  part  of  the  stigma 
to  Cu2,  and  count[ingl  the  numbers  of  rows  of  cells  successively  met 
between  the  longitudinal  veins  ....  commencing  with  that 
between  Ri  and  Mi."  The  numbers  of  cells  so  obtained  will  depend 
on  the  exact  position  of  the  line  of  section,  but  Prof.  Cockerell  does 
not  specify  this.     Choosing,  as  the  two  points  fixing  this  line,  the 


230  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

inferior  proximal  angle  of  the  stigma  and  the  point  where  Cu2  meets 
the  hind  wing-margin,  the  following  formulae  for  the  present  material 
were  obtained: 

No.  1:   1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  3,  2. 

No.  2:    (too  imperfect). 

No.  3:   1,  1,  2,  I,  2,  2,  3,  2. 

No.  4:    1,  1,  2,  1,  2,  2,  3,  2. 

No.  5:    1,  1,  2,  2,  2,  2,  3,  2. 

No.  I  15,049:    1,  1,  2,  2,  2,  2,  3,  2. 

We  have  here  two  different  formulae,  neither  of  which  agree  with 
either  of  Prof.  Cockerell's  formulae. 

Guided  b}^  the  amount  of  variation  in  venational  details  of  one 
and  the  same  living  species  of  Agrioninae,  I  am  of  the  opinion  that 
the  differences  shown  by  the  present  material,  inter  se  and  from 
Prof.  Cockerell's  data,  do  not  justify  the  specific  separation  of  the 
specimens  before  me  from  Ph.  mirandus. 

All  of  the  present  material  show  more  or  less  distinctly  the  dark 
band  across  the  wing,  described  by  Prof.  Cockerell;  it  is  best  illus- 
trated in  our  figure  5. 

Phenacolestes  agrees  with  the  venational  characters  of  the  legion 
Podagrion,  as  stated  by  de  Selys  in  1886,^  with  the  one  exception 
that  the  wings  are  not  "petiolees  beaucoup  plus  loin  que  la  nervule 
basale  postcostale."  I  think  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  its 
nearest  living  aUies  are  to  be  found  in  this  group.  I  have  therefore 
made  comparisons  with  a  number  of  genera  of  this  legion,  especially 
American,  with  the  results  set  forth  below.  As  I  have  had  only 
five  of  the  fossil  wings  and  photographs  of  one  other  before  me  and 
am  unable  to  determine  whether  all  of  them  are  of  the  fore  or  hind 
pairs,  I  have  not  thought  it  necessary  to  employ  any  great  number 
of  specimens  of  the  living  species  for  these  comparisons. 

Comparison   of  th£;   fossil  Dysagrion    (packardii,   fredericii) 
WITH  Phenacolestes. 

According  to  the  figures  and  descriptions  of  this  Eocene  genus, 
from  the  Green  River  shales  of  Wyoming,  given  by  Scudder,^  Dysa- 
grion and  Phenacolestes  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered 
2,  3,  4,  5,  7,'^  10,  11,^  14,  156,  16a  and  b,  20,  21a  and  b,  and  22,  and 

5  Mem.  Couron.  Acad.  Belg.,  XXXVIII,  p.  30. 

6  Tertiary  Insects  of  North  America,  1890,  pi.  6,  figs.  3,  9,  14  and  pp.  128-133. 
'  In  D.  packardii,  but  not  in  D.  fredericii. 

8  As  Scudder  has  pointed  out,  p.  129,  however,  the  subnodus  is  bent  proximad 
(instead  of  distad  as  is  the  case  in  Phenacolestes). 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  231 

differ  in  the  following  characters,  the  difference  shown  by  Dijsagrion 
being  stated: 

I.  Nodus  at  .37  of  the  wing-length. 

6.  The  veins  generally,   posterior  to  Mi,  have   a  slighter  caudal 

curvature  as  they  approach  the  hind  margin. 

7.  Between  Mi  and  Mia  are  two  rows  of  cells  beginning  under  the 

stigma  (D.  fredericii,  not  D.  packardii). 

8.  Between  Mia'and  M2  is  one  row  of  cells  increasing  to  two,  three, 

and  finally  five  rows. 

9.  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  .15^  of  the  distance  from  nodus  to  stigma. 

12.  Between  Rs  and  Ms  is  one  row  of  cells  increasing  to  two,  three, 

and  eventually  eight  rows. 

13.  Arculus  apparently  at  the  second  antenodal. 

15a.  Between  Ms  and"M4  is  apparently  only  one  cross-vein  proximal 
to  the  level  of  the  subnodus. 

17.  Between  Mt  and  Cui  are  (a)  8-10  antenodal  cells  (the  quadri- 

lateral is  much  shorter  than  in  Phenacolestes)  and  (6)  at  the 
wing-margin  onl}^  one  row  of  cells. 

18.  Cubito-anal  cross-veins  two  in  D.  fredericii,  one  of  them  proximal, 

the  other  distal,  to  the  arculus;  none  showTi  in  D.  packardii. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  wing-margin  one  {D.  packardii)  or  three 

(D.  fredericii)  rows  of  cells. 

Comparison    of    the    fossil    jNIelanagrion    (umbratum)    with 
Phenacolestes. 

According  to  the  figures  and  description  of  this  Miocene  genus 
from  Florissant,  Colo.,  given  by  Scudder,!"  Melanagrion  and  Phena- 
colestes agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  5,  7,  S,^^  9,  10, ^^ 
13,  14,  15a,  16a  and  b,  18,  and  differ  in  the  following  characters, 
the  difference  shown  by  Melanagrion  being  stated : 

1.  Nodus  at  .3  (?)  of  the  Aving-length. 

2.  Only  two  antenodals. 

3.  More  than  26  postnodals  (27,  Scudder). 

4.  Stigma  having  both  proximal  and  distal  ends  much  less  oblique. 
6.  The  veins  generally,   posterior  to  Mi,  have   a  slighter  caudal 

curvature  as  they  approach  the  hind  margin. 

II.  Rs  separates  from'Mi+2  slightly  proximal  to  the  subnodus. 


» This  is  taken  by  measurement  from  Scudder's  figure,  although  he  says  that 
the  '"nodal  sector  arises  from  the  principal  ....  scarcely  more  than  one-fifth 
way  to  the  pterostigma"  (p.  129),  and  in  another  place  (p.  128)  "at  scarcely 
one-fifth  the  distance  from  the  nodus  to  the  pterostigma."  Whether  figure  oi- 
text  be  correct,  both  differ  from  the  condition  in  Phenacolestes. 

10  Scudder,  Tertiary  Insects  of  North  Aynerica,  1890,  pi.  13,  figs.  12,  14,  p.  136, 
described  this  form  as  a  Lithagrion.  It  was  made  the  type  of  a  new  genus, 
Melanagrion,  by  Prof.  Cockerell  in  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  138, 
1907.  .     ,.  , 

"  At  the  extreme  margin  there  are  four  rows  m  Melanagrion. 

16 


232  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

12.  Between  Rs  and  Ms  is  one  row  of  cells  increasing  to  two  rows. 
156.  Between  Ms  and  M4  at  the  wing-margin  are  only  three  rows 

of  cells, 
17.  Between  M4  and  Cm  are  (a)  about  three  antenodal  cells  and 

(h)  at  the  margin  one  row  of  cells. 

19.  Between  Cm  and  Cu2  at  the  wing-margin  appear  to  be  but  one 

row  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  no  more  than  two  rows  of  cells. 

21.  Anal  vein   separating  from  the   hind  wing-margin   (a)    distad 

(fig.  12)  or  proximad  (fig.  14)  to  the  level  of  the  arculus  and 
(6)  at  the  level  of  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein  (fig.  14,  cross-vein 
not  shown  in  fig.  12). i"' 

22.  No  anal  cross-veins,  according  to  both  figures. 

Comparison  of  the  fossil  Lithagrion  (hyalinum)  with 
Phenacolestes. 

According  to  the  figure  and  description  of  this  ^Miocene  genus 
from  Florissant,  Colo.,  given  by  Scudder^^  and  some  notes  on 
more  recently  found  specimens  kindly  communicated  by  Prof. 
Cockerell,  Lithagrion  and  Phenacolestes  agree  in  the  characters  above 
numbered  1,  3,  5,  7,  8,  9,  10  (probably),  11,  14,  15a,  16a  and  h,  18, 
and  differ  in  the  following  characters,  the  differences  shown  by 
Lithagrion  being  stated: 

2.  Probably  only  two  antenodals.^'* 

4.  Stigma  having  its  proximal  edge  very  much  less  oljlique. 
6.  The  veins  generally,  posterior  to  Mi,   have  a  slighter  caudal 
curvature  as  they  approach  the  wing-margin. 

12.  Between  Rs  and  iVls  is  only  one  row  of  cells  to  the  wing-margin. 

13.  Arculus  at  the  second  antenodal. ^^ 

156.  Between  Ms  and  M4  at  the  wing-margin  are  only  two  or  three 

rows  of  cells. 
17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  three  antenodal  cells  and  (6)  one 

row  of  cells  increasing  to  two  rows  only  at  the  extreme  margin. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu:  at  the  wing-margin  is  only  one  row  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  only  one  row  of  cells. 

21.  Anal  vein,  separating  from  the  hind  margin  of  the  wing  distad 

to  the  levels  (a)  of  the  arculus  and  (6)  of  the  cubito-anal  cross- 
vein. 

22.  Anal  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  distal  end  of  the 

quadrilateral  apparently  none. 

12  Scudder's  description,  p.  136,  says,  "The  wings  are  petiolated  veiy  nearly 
up  to  the  first  postcostal  nervule,  which  is  placed  shortly  before  the  base  of  the 
quadrilateral. " 

13  Tertiary  Insects  of  North  America,  1890,  pi.  13,  fig.  4,  and  pp.  128,  134-136. 

1^  Scudder's  figure,  I.e.,  shows  but  one,  at  the  arculus^  Compare  Prof.  Cock- 
erell's  statements  on  this  point  in  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXXIII,  p.  137 
(1907);  XXXIV,  p.  63  (1908);  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  XXVI,  p.  69  (1908). 

15  A  sketch  kindly  sent  by  Prof.  Cockerell  shows  the  arculus  a  little  distal  to- 
the  second  antenodal. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  233 

COxMPARISON    OF    ThAUMATONEURA    (iNOPINATA   AND    PELLUCIDA) 
WITH    PhENACOLESTES. 

{Til.  inopinata  cf    9,  Th.  pellucida  d^ ,  Costa  Rica). 

These  two  genera  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  2,  11, 
14  (except  as  noted  below),  and  21a.  As  regards  character  11,  the 
separation  point  of  Rs  in  Thaumatoneura  varies  and  may  be  a  Uttle 
proximal  to,  at,  or  a  Httle  distal  to,  the  subnodus. 

The  two  genera  differ  in  characters  given  below;  after  each  nmnber 
the  difference  shown  by  Thaumatoneura  is  stated: 

1.  Nodus  at  about  one-fifth  of  the  wing-length. 

3.  Postnodals  very  numerous,  about  70. 

4.  Proximal  edge  of  stigma  more  obhque. 

5.  Cells  more  elongated  at  right  angles  to  long  axis  of  wing. 

6.  Stronger  caudal  curvatures  of  the  veins  generally  as  the}'  approach 

the  hind  margin  of  wing. 

7.  The  one  row  of  cells  between  lsl\  and  Mia  increases  to  about 

10  rows  at  the  wing-margin. 

8.  The  one  row  of  cells  between  ]Mia  and  M2  increases  to  6+  rows 

at  the  wing-margin. 

9.  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  nearly  one-half  way  from  nodus  to 

stigma  and  at  a  less  acute  angle. 
10.  Between  M2  and  Rs  at  the  wing-margin  are  6-7+  rows  of  cells. 

12.  Between  Rs  and  Ms  at  the  wing-margin  are  7-8 -f-  rows  of  cells. 

13.  Arculus  at  the  second  antenodal.        ' 

14.  Ms  separates  from  M1+2  at  a  less  acute  angle. 

15.  Between  ^h  and  M4,  (a)  no  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  level  of 

the  subnodus,  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  10-|-  rows  of  cells. 

16.  Quadrilateral  with  ia)  its  proximal  and  distal  sides  subparallel 

and  (6)  subeciual. 

17.  Between  ]\I4  and  Cui  are  (a)  3-6  antenodal  cells  and  ih)  at  the 

wing-margin  8+  rows  of  cells. 

18.  Cubito-anal  cross-veins  two,  one  proximal  to  the  level  of  the 

first  antenodal  cross-vein,  the  other  below  the  middle  of  the 
quadrilateral. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  wing-margin  are  about  12  rows  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  much  larger,  Cu2  with  many  branches. 
216.  Anal  vein  separates  from  the  hind  margin  of  the  wing  distad  to 

the  level  of  the  proximal  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 
22.  Anal  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  distal  end  of  the 
quadrilateral  3-5. 

Relationships   of   Thaumatoneura. 

Some  words  maj'  be  added  here  as  to  the  retention  of  Thaumato- 
neura in  this  group  after  the  diverging  opinions  of  Professors  Needham 
and  Foerster.     The  late  Mr.  McLachlan,  on  describing  Thaumato- 


234  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

neura  (1897),  referred  it  to  the  Calopteryginffi.  In  1902,  I  placed 
it  in  the  legion  Podagrion  of  the  Agrioninse.^''  In  1903,  Professor 
Needham  associated  it  with  the  Anormostigmatini  (  =  legion 
Pseudostigma  of  Selys),  stating  that  "it  has  all  the  essential  vena- 
tional  characters  of  this  group,  and  surely  these  are  sufficiently 
distinctive."^^  A  comparison  of  Thaumatoneura  with  these  essential 
venational  characters'^  gives  the  following  result. 

Thaumatoneura  agrees  with  the  Anormostigmatini  in  that  Us 
separates  from  M1+2  at  or  very  close  to  the  subnodus  and  the  part 
of  the  wing  beyond  the  nodus  is  greatly  enlarged.  On  the  other  hand, 
Thaumatoneura  differs  from  the  Anormostigmatini  in  that,  while  the 
stigma  is  not  braced,  it  is  not  diffuse  or  lost ;  the  matching  of  cross- 
veins  is  not  so  marked;  the  longest  vein  between  Mi  and  M2,  which, 
in  the  preceding  pages,  we  have  assumed  to  be  Mia,  does  not  parallel 
M2  more  than  it  parallels  Mi  and  lies  almost  midway  between  Mi 
and  M3;  it  has  shorter  supplementary  sectors  between  itself  and  Mi 
and  also  between  itself  and  M2;  these  latter  tend  to  be  longer  and 
better  developed  than  those  anterior  to  Mia,  and  in  this  Thaumato- 
neura resembles  Paraphlehia  and  differs  from  the  Anormostigmatini. 
This  tendency  to  the  development  of  more  rows  of  cells  between 
Mio  and  M2  than  between  Mi  and  Mia  is  emphasized  in  Philogenia 
carrillica,  P.  terraha,  Heteragrion  tricellulare,  H.  erythrogastrum  and 
Argiolestes  icterotnelas  which  have  no  supplementary  sectors  between 
Ml  and  Mia,  but  two  between  Mio  and  M2;  all  these  are  Podagrionines. 
Even  in  more  reduced  venations  of  the  same  group,  as  in  Allopoda- 
grion  there  are  no  supplementary  sectors  between  Mi  and  Mia,  but 
still  one  between  Mia  and  M2.  On  the  other  hand,  even  in  Anormos- 
tigmatini with  the  most  reduced  venation,  e.g.,  Mecistogaster,  there 
is  a  longer  supplementary  sector  between  Mi  and  Mia  than  between 
Mia  and  M2.  Professor  Needham  himself  has  pointed  out  some 
further  differences  of  Thaumatoneura  from  Megaloprepus,  and  still 
others  may  be  added.  Thus  the  nodus  and  quadrilateral  (quad- 
rangle) are  no  more  approximated  in  Thaumatoneura  than  in  many 
other  undoubted  members  of  the  legion  Podagrion  (See  Table  I, 
p.  250,  posted).  Thaumatoneura  possesses  more  supplementary 
sectors  between  M2  and  Rs  and  between  Rs  and  Ms.  I  believe, 
therefore,  that  Thaumatoneura  shows  more  resemblances  to  the 
legion  Podagrion  than  to  the  legion  Pseudostigma,  but  it  does  not 

i«  1902,  pp.  29-32.     Biol.  Centr.  Amer.  Neur.,  p.  58. 
"  Genealogic  Study,  pp.  748-749,  footnote. 
18  Needham,  I.e.,  p.  748. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  235 

seem  impossible  that  the  Anormostigmatini  may  have  descended 
from  some  form  like  Thaumatoneura. 

Professor  Foerster  considers  Thaumatoneura  as  a  connecting  form 
between  the  Calopteryginse  and  the  legion  Podagrion.  ''which  is 
better  left  with  the  Calopteryginse."  "Bei  ....  Thamnato- 
neura  ist  der  aussere  Ast  des  Sector  inferior  trianguli  convex  nach 
vorn  gebogen  wie  bei  alien  echten  Calopterygiden.  Bei  alien 
Agrioninen  ist  er  dagegen  schwach  convex  nach  hint  en. "^^  Many 
Calopteryginse  (Selys)  have  not  Cu2  convex  anteriorly,  of  course, 
such  as  Micromerus,  Rhinocypha  biforata  and  other  species,  Libellago, 
etc.,  but  perhaps  these  are  not  ''echt."  On  the  other  hand,  such 
Agrionines  as  Megaloprepus,  Microstigma ,  and  Paraphlehia  also  have 
Cu2  convex  anteriorly,  while  a  tendency  in  the  same  direction  is 
observable  in  Argiolestes  and  even  in  Hyponeura,  so  that  I  cannot 
see  that  any  strong  argument  for  the  Calopterygine  affinities  of 
Thaumatoneura  can  be  drawn  from  this  character. 

Comparison  of  Philogenia   (terraba,   carrillica)   with 
Phenacolestes. 

{Ph.  terraba  cf ,  Ph.  carrillica  cf   9  ,  Costa  Rica.) 

These  two  genera  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  4,  5,  6, 
7,  10,-0  11  {carrillica,  not  terraba),  12,2o  14,  16,  18. 

These  two  genera  differ  in  characters  given  below;  after  each 
number  the  difference  shown  by  Philogenia  is  stated. 

1.  Nodus  at  one-fourth  of  the  wing-length. 

2.  Only  two  antenodals. 

3.  Postnodals  22-30. 

8.  Between  Mia  and  M2  is  at  first  but  one  row  of  cells  which,  more 

distad,  is  increased  to  two  and  then  to  three  rows  by  the 
presence  of  two  distinct  curvilinear  {i.e.,  not  broken)  supple- 
mentary sectors,  the  posterior  of  which  arises  proximad  to  the 
anterior;  each  of  these  three  rows  increases  to  a  double  row 
before  reaching  the  wing-margin  at  an  individually  variable 
distance  therefrom. 

9.  M2  separating  from  Mi  at  one-third  of  the  distance  from  nodus 

to  stigma. 
11.  Rs  separating  from  M1+2  a  little  distad  to  the  subnodus  {terraba, 

not  carrillica). 
13.  Arculus  slightly  distal  to  the  second  antenodal. 

19  Jahrh.  Nassau.  Ver.  f.  Naturk.  in  Wiesbaden,  62,  p.  214,  1909. 

-"  At  the  very  margin  itself,  each  of  the  three  rows  in  Philogenia  tends  to  divide 
into  two  rows,  but  each  of  these  last  extends  inward  only  2-3  cells  from  the 
margin. 


236  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

15.  Between  Ms  and  M4  is  (a)  one  cross-vein  proximal  to  the  level 
of  the  subnodus  and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  are  two  or  three 
rows  of  cells. 

17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  2-3  antenodal  cells  and  (b)  at  the 
wing-margin  one  row  of  cells. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  the  wing-margin  is  one  row  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  less  developed,  having  only  one  row  of  cells. 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  wing-margin  at  the  mid-level 

of  the  quadrilateral,  hence  distad  both  to  (a)  the  level  of  the 
arculus  and  (6)  that  of  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

22.  No  anal  cross-vein  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  distal  end  of  the 

quadrilateral,  but  there  is  a  cross-vein  continuing  the  vein 
which  forms  the  distal  end  of  the  quadrilateral  to  the  wing- 
margin;  this  cross- vein  is  absent  in  Phenacolestes,  Thaumato- 
neura  and  Paraphlebia. 

Note. — The  wing  figured  by  Prof.  Needham  (Genealogic  Study, 
PL  53,  fig.  4)  as  that  of  "Philogenia  sp.?"  is  not  Philogenia,  but 
Megapodagrion  Selys  sens.  kit.  (AUopodagrion  Foerster). 

Comparison   of   IMegapodagrion    (nebulosum^^)    with 
Phenacolestes. 

{M.  nebulosimi  2  cf,  Bolivia.) 

These  two  forms  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  1,  3,  5, 
7,  10,  11,  14,  16,  18,  21a,  22. 

These  two  forms  differ  in  the  characters  given  below;  after  each 
number  the  diflference  shown  by  the  Megapodagrion  is  stated. 

2.  Only  two  antenodals. 

4.  Stigma  having  its  proximal  edge  less  oblique. 

6.  The  longitudinal  veins  show  less  curvature. 

8.  Between  Mia  and  M2  at  the  wing-margin  are  two  rows  of  cells. 

9.  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  .45  to  .41  of  the  distance  from  nodus 

to  stigma. 

12.  Between  Rs  and  Ms  at  the  wing-margin  is  only  one  row  of  cells. 

13.  Arculus  at  the  second  antenodal. 

15.  Betw^een  Ma  and  M*  is  (a)  only  one  cross-vein  proximal  to  the 
level  of  the  subnodus  and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  are  two  rows 
of  cells. 

17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  3-5  antenodal  cells  and  (6)  at  the 
wing-margin  only  one  row  of  cells. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  the  wing-margin  is  only  one  row  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  wath  only  one  row  of  cells. 


21  Megapodagrion  nebulosum  Selys  is  referable  to  the  recently  proposed  genus 
AUopodagrion  of  Forster,  Wien.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXIX,  p.  51,  1910. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  237 

216.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  margin  of  the  wing  at  or 
slightly  distad  to  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 
iVote.— The  wing  figured  by  Prof.   Needham   {Genealogic  Study, 
pi.  53,  fig.  4)  as  that  of  ''Philogenia  sp.?"  is  really  that  of  a  Mega- 
podagrion  Selys  sens,  hit.,  AUopodagrion  Foerster. 

Comparison  of  Paraphlebia  (zoe  and  abrogata)  with 
Phenacolestes. 

(P.  zoe  d^   9  Mexico,  P.  abrogata  cf  Guatemala.) 

These  two  genera  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  4,  5,  10 

{abrogata  only),  12  {abrogata  only),  and  156  {abrogata  only). 
These  two  genera  differ  in  the  characters  given  below;   after  each 

number  the  difference  shown  by  Paraphlebia  is  stated. 

1.  Nodus  at  one-fifth  of  the  wing-length. 

2.  Only  two  antenodals. 

3.  Postnodals  40  ±:. 

6.  Stronger  caudal  curvatures  of  the  longitudinal  veins  generally 

as  they  approach  the  hind  margin  of  the  wing,  although  less 
strongly  curved  than  in  Thaumatoneura. 

7.  The  one  row  of  cells  between  ]Mi  and  Mia  increases  to  3  rows 

{abroqata)  or  4-6  rows  {zoe)  at  the  wing-margin. 

8.  The  one  row  of  cells  between  INIia  and  M2  increases  to  3  rows 

{abrogata)  or  4-6  rows  {zoe)  at  the  wing-margin. 

9.  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  one-half  {abrogata)  or  thirteen-thirtieths 

(  =  .43)  of  the  distance  from  nodus  to  stigma  {zoe). 

10.  Between  M2  and  Rs  at  the  wing-margin  are  3-6  rows  of  cells 

{zoe) . 

11.  Rs  separates  from  M1+2  distad  to  the  subnodus. 

12.  Between  Rs  and  Ms  at  the  wing-margin  are  3-6  rows  of  cells 

{zoe). 

13.  Arculus  at  or  even  slightly  distal  to  the  second  antenodal. 

14.  Ms  separating  from  M1+2  at  or  distad  to  the  subnodus. 

15.  Between  jNIs  and  Mi  (a)  are  no  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  level 

of  the  subnodus  {zoe,  abrogata),  and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  are 
5-7  rows  (front  wings,  zoe)  or  6-11  rows  (hind  wings,  zoe)  of 
cells. 

16.  Quadrilateral  with  (a)  its  proximal  and  distal  sides  subparallel 

or  slightly  diverging  caudad,  and  (6)  its  distal  side  hardly  more 
than  one  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  the  proximal  side. 

17.  Between  :Sl4  and  Cui  is  (a)  one,  or  less  than  one,  antenodal  cell, 

and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  are  3  (abrogata)  or  3-6  {zoe)  rows 
of  cells. 

18.  Cubito-anal  cross-veins  two,  one  between  the  levels  of  the  first 

and  second  antenodals,  but  nearer  to  that  of  the  first,  the  other 
nearly  below  the  middle  (or  distal  to  the  middle)  of  the  quadri- 
lateral. 


238  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  the  wing-margin  are  10-14  rows  of  cells 

in  zoe,  seven  (front  wings)  or  five  (hind  wings)  rows  in  ahrogata. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  le-ss  developed  and  with  only  two  (ahrogata, 

zoe  9  )  or  three  (zoe  cf )  rows  of  cells. " 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  wing-margin  (a)  distad  to 

the  level  of  the  arculus  and  (b)  nearly  at  the  level  of  the  second 
(distal)  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

22.  Anal  cross-veins,  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  distal  end  of  the 

quadrilateral,  tivo  (one  in  the  front  wings  of  the  single  female 
zoe) . 

Comparison  of  Dimeragrion  n.  gen.  (percubitale  n.  sp.)  with 
Phenacolestes. 

(D.  percubitale  14  6^,  6  9  ,  British  Guiana,  Plate  XIV,  fig.  6.) 

These  two  genera  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  1,  5, 
7,23  g^  9^  12,24  16^^  16^, 

These  two  genera  differ  in  characters  given  below;  after  each 
number  the  difference  shown  by  Dimeragrion  is  stated. 

2.  Twoantenodals.2^ 

3.  Postnodals  20-27  (front  wing),  16-24  (hind  wing),  fewer  in  the 

females  than  in  the  males. 

4.  Stigma  having  its  proximal  edge  more  oblique. 

6.  The  veins  generally,  posterior  to  Mi,  have  a  slighter  caudal 
curvature,  or  are  almost  straight,  as  they  approach  the  hind 
margin  of  the  wing. 

10.  Between  M2  and  Rs  is  but  one  row  of  cells  which  at  a  distance  of 

usually  two2^  cells  from  the  '^\-ing-margin  increases  to  two  rows. 

11.  Rs  separates  from  M1+2  at  the  first  postnodal,  or  a  little  proximad 

thereto,  or  between  the  first  and  second  postnodals. 

13.  Arculus  at  or  very  slightlj^  distal  to  the  second  antenodal. 

14.  M3  separates  from  M1+2  a  little  proximad  to  the  subnodus,  at 

least  at  seven-eighths'  distance  from  arculus  to  subnodus. 2^ 

2-  The  hind  wings  of  some  individuals,  c?  9 ,  of  P.  duodecima  have  only  one 
row  of  cells  here. 

-^  Two  rows  of  cells  between  Mi  and  Mio  for  short  distances  proximad  to  the 
level  of  the  stigma  have  occasionally  been  noted  in  Dimeragrion,  viz. :  for  three 
cells  in  one  front  wing  each  of  two  males  and  for  two  cells  in  the  other  front  wing 
of  one  of  these  same  two  males. 

-*  Each  of  the  three  rows  of  cells  in  the  terminal  part  of  the  area  Rs  increases 
to  two  rows  at  the  wing-margin  in  one  front  and  one  hind  wing  of  the  same  male. 

-*  A  third  antenodal  placed  between  the  usual  two  and  confined  to  the  costal 
space  exists  in  the  right  hind  wing  only  of  one  male. 

-^  This  increase  to  two  rows  has  been  noted  as  beginning  at  three  cells  from 
the  margin  in  2  front  wings  and  2  hind  wings;  at  four  cells  in  3  front  wings, 
1  hind  wing;  at  five  cells  in  2  front  wings,  1  hind  wing;  at  six  cells  in  2  front 
wings,  2  hind  wings;  at  seven  cells  in  1  hind  wing.  All  the  individuals,  seven 
in  number,  showing  these  variations  are  males. 

^  In  one  wing  only  it  separated  at  the  subnodus. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  239 

15.  Between  ]Mi-3  and  M4  are  (a)  no  cross-veins  proximal  to  the 

level  of  the  subnodus,  and  (b)  between  Ms  and  jM4  is  only  one 
row  of  cells  to  the  wing-margin. 

17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  two  to  three  antenodal  cells  {sensu 

Sehjsii)  and  (6)  only  one-^  row  of  cells  to  the  wing-margin. 

18.  Cubito-anal  cross-veins  between  the  levels  of  the  two  antenodals 

varying  from  .  one  to  four,   most   frequently  two ;    often  an 
additional  cross-vein  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  first  antenodal.-'* 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  is  only  one  row  of  cells  to  the  wing-margin. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  only  one  row  of  cells. 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  wing-margin  (a)  distad  to  the 

level  of  the  arculus  and  (6)  distad  to  the  level  of  the  cubito-anal 
cross-vein  or  veins. 

22.  Anal  cross-veins,  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  distal  end  of  the 

quadrilateral,  one,  situated  a  little  proximad  to  the  oblique 
vein  which  continues  the  distal  side  of  the  quadrilateral  caudad, 
or  at  that  oblique  vein. 

Comparison   of   Heteragrion    (tricellulare)    with 
Phenacolestes. 

(H.  triceUulare  cf ,  Guatemala.)'"' 

These  two  forms  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  0,  7,  8, 

16,  18,  21a. 

These  two  forms  differ  in  characters  given  below ;  after  each  number 
the  difference  shown  by  the  Heteragrion  is  stated. 

1.  Nodus  at  one-fourth. of  the  wing-length. 

2.  Only  two  antenodals. 

3.  Postnodals  21-25. 

4.  Proximal  edge  of  pterostigma  more  oblique,  but  the  difference  is 

less  marked  than  in  Thaumatoneura. 
6.  Longitudinal  veins  hardly  curved  at  all  caudad  on  approaching 

the  wing-margin. 
9.  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  three-sevenths  (  =  .43)  of  the  distance 

from  nodus  to  stigma. 

10.  Between  M2  and  Rs  at  the  wing-margin  is  but  one  row  of  cells. 

11.  Rs  separates  from  M1+2  far  distad  {e.g.,  five  to  six  cells)  to  the 

subnodus. 

12.  Between  Rs  and  M3  at  the  wing-margin  is  but  one  row  of  cells. 

13.  Arculus  at  the  second  antenodal. 

14.  Ms  separating  from  M1+2  at  or  barely  proximad  to  the  subnodus. 

15.  Between  Ms  and  M4  are  (a)  no  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  level 

of  the  subnodus,  as  results  from  No.  14,  and  (6)  at  the  wing- 
margin  only  one  row  of  cells. 

28  Two  rows  exist  in  both  hind  wings  of  each  of  two  females  and  in  one  hind 
wing  of  one  male. 

2^  For  details  see  the  specific  description  of  Dimeragrion  percubitale,  postca,  p.  269. 

30  The  wing  of  Heteragrion  flavovittatum  has  been  figured  by  Xeedham  {Geneal. 
Study,  pi.  53,  fig.  6). 


240  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  three  antenodal  cells'^^  and  (6)  at 

the  wing-margin  only  one  row  of  cells. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  the  wing-margin  only  one  row  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  less  developed,  having  only  one  row  of  cells. 
216.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  wing-margin  at  or  distad 

to  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 
22.  Anal  cross-vein  as  stated  above  for  Philogenia. 

Comparison  of  Mesagrion,  Heteropodagrion,  and  Neuragrion 

WITH    PhENACOLESTES. 

■  Of  three  other  American  genera  of  the  legion  Podagrion,  Mesagrion 
Selys,  Heteropodagrion  Selys  and  Neuragrion  Karsch,  each  represented 
b}^  a  single  species,  the  first  from  Bogota,  the  second  from  Quito, 
the  third  from  Ecuador  without  more  definite  locality,  I  have  seen 
no  material. 

According  to  the  description  of  de  Selys  (1886),  Mesagrion  agrees 
with  PhenacoJestes  in  characters  above  numbered  3,  7  (probably),  8, 
12,  and  16a,  and  differs  from  Phenacolestes  in  the  following  characters: 

2.  Only  two  antenodal  cross-veins. 

10.  Between  M2  and  Rs  only  one  row  of  cells. 

11.  Rs  separates  from  M1+2  distad  to  the  subnodus. 

14.  Ms  separates  from  M1+2  a  little  distad  to  the  subnodus. 
156  (Probably  one  row  of  cells  between  Ms  and  M4). 
17fl.  Between  M4  and  Cm  are  two  antenodal  cells  and  h  (probably 
one  row  of  cells  at  the  wing-margin). 

18.  Cubito-anal  cross-veins  one,  situated  proximad  to  the  level  of 

the  first  antenodal  cross-vein. 

19.  (Probably  one  row  of  cells  between  Cui  and  CU2). 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  margin  of  the  wing  (a)  distad 

to  the  level  of  the  arculus,  and  (b)  distad  to  the  level  of  the 
cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

According  to  de  Selys'  description  (1886),  Heteropodagrion  agrees 
with  Phenacolestes  in  characters  above  numbered  7  (probably),  10, 

12.  14,  and  16a,  and  differs  from  Phenacolestes  in  Nos.  2,  11,  156 
(probably),  17a  (and  6  probably),  18,  and  21  in  the  same  particulars  as 
Mesagrion  is  above  stated  to  differ  from  Phenacolestes.  Heteropodag- 
rion further  differs  from  Phenacolestes  in  the  following  characters : 

3.  Postnodals  20-23. 

8.  (Probably  one^^^  j.^^  Qf  ^ells  between  Mio  and  M2.) . 

21  Other  species  of  Heteragrion  have  but  two  or  one  antenodal  cell  (Selys,  1886, 
pp.  54,  5.5). 

2-  Dr.  Karsch,  in  hi.s  description  of  Neuragrion,  states  that  it  has  "zwei  Schalt- 
sectoren  ....  zwischen  dem  Nodal-  und  Ultranodalsector, "  and,  further 
on,  that  it  agrees  in  this  respect  with  Heteropodagrion,  but  de  Selys'  description 
of  the  latter  is  silent  on  this  point,  (although  not  for  the  same  area'of  Mesagrion) 
and,  I  think,  implies  the  absence  of  "Schaltsectoren"  here. 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


241 


According  to  Karsch's  clescription,^^'  Nenragrion  agrees  with 
Phenacolestcs  in  characters  above  numbered  2  (but  for  the  hind  wings 
only), 3^  8,  10,  12,  14  (in  so  far  as  "Der  Mediansector  entspringt  aus 
dem  Principalis  vor  der  vom  Nodus  absteigenden  Ader"),  and  16a, 
and  differs  from  Phenacokstes  in  the  following  characters: 

2.  Only  two  antenodals  on  the  front  wings. 

3.  Postnodals  20-21. 

11.  Rs  separates  from  M1+2  near  the  first  postnodal  cross-vein. 
13.  Arculus  distal  to  the  normal  second  antenodal. 
156.  Between  Ma  and  M4  probably  only  one  row  of  cells  to  margin. 
176.  Between  M4  and  Cui  probably  only  one  row  of  cells  to  margin. 

18.  Cubito-anal    cross-vein    apparently    proximal    to    ("vor,"    not 

"von"?)  the  level  of  the  first  antenodal. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  at  wing-margin  probably  only  one  row  of 

cells. 
21.  Anal  vein  separates  from  the  hind  wing-margm  (a)  at  the  level 
of  the  arculus  and  therefore   (6)   distad  to  the  level  of  the 
cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

Comparison  of  Rhipidolestes  (aculeata)  with  Phenacolestes. 

{Rhipidolestes  aculeata  inhabits  Formosa.) 

According  to  the  description  and  figure  of  Dr.  Ris  (1912),  these 
iwo  forms  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  1,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 
10,=*^  12,35  i5ff^  iQa  (and  perhaps  166),  18,  19,  and  differ  in  the  fol- 
lowing characters  possessed  by  Rhipidolestes: 

2.  Only  two  antenodals. 

3.  Postnodals  about  22  (front  wing)  and  21  (hind  wing). 

4.  Stigma,  although  having  its  proximal  edge  of  about  the  same 

obliquity  as  in  Phenacolestes,  is  shorter  proximo-distally  and 
its  distal  edge  is  less  oblique. 
11.  R.S  sei)arates  from  M1+2  proximad  to  the  subnodus  at  very  nearly 
three-fourths'  distance  from  arculus  to  subnodus. 

13.  Arculus  at  the  second  antenodal. 

14.  Ms  separates  from  M1+2  at  mid-way  from  arculus  to  subnodus. 
156.  Between  Ms  and  M4  at  the  wing-margin  are  three  rows  of  cells. 
17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  three  antenodal  cells  and  (6)  at  the 

wing-margin  three  rows  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  only  one  row  of  cells. 

^*  Societas  Entomologica  VI,  p.  10.5,  1891.  Neuragrion  was  described  from  a 
single  female. 

■■'^"Im  Hinterfliugel  drei  Antecubitalqueradern,  deren  mittlere  aui  den  bub- 
costdlramii  beschrankt  ist." 

35  Each  of  the  three  rows  in  the  terminal  parts  of  these  M2  and  Rs  areas  may 
divide  itself  into  two  rows  at  two  or  three  cells'  distance  from  the  wing-margin. 


242  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May,. 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  wing-margin  (a)  distad  to 

the  level  of  the  arculus  and  (b)  distad  to  the  level  of  the  cubito- 
anal  cross- vein. 

22.  Anal  cross-vein  at  the  vein  descending  from  the  distal  end  of  the 

quadrilateral. 

Comparison   of  Podopteryx    (roseonotatus)  with 
Phenacolestes.-^^ 

(P.  roseonotatus  cf  type  of  Selys  (from  Aru),  1  cf  1  9  Queensland 
determined  by  Mr.  Herbert  Campion;  all  three  in  the  British 
Museum.) 

These  two  genera  agree  in  the  characters  above  numljered  5,  7,. 
8^37  10,38  11^39  1240,  16,  176,  and  18.^^ 

These  two  genera  differ  in  the  characters  given  below;  after  each 
number  the  difference  shown  by  Podopteryx  is  stated. 

1.  Nodus  at  one-fourth  of  the  wing-length. 

2.  More  often  only  two  antenodals.**- 

3.  Postnodals  32-35. 

4.  Stigma  less  oblique,  shorter  in  its  proximo-distal  dimension  in 

proportion  to  its  antero-posterior  dimension. 
6.  The  veins  generally,  posterior  to  Mi,  have  a  more  pronounced 

caudal  curvature  as  they  aJDproach  the  hind  margin  of  the 

wing. 
9.  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  .37  to  .43  of  the  distance  from  nodus  to 

stigma. 
13.  Arculus  at  the  second  antenodal.^^ 

2"  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Herbert  Campion  for  first  calling  my  attention  to  the 
desirability  of  comparing  this  genus  with  Phenacolestes. 

"  There  are  7-8  rows  at  the  extreme  margin,  however. 

^^  There  are  5-7  rows  at  the  extreme  margin,  however. 

^^  In  both  front  wings  of  the  Queensland  male  and  in  the  left  front  wing  of  the 
female  Rs  is  united  with  Ms  for  from  one-half  to  one  cell  distad  of  the  subnodus. 

■*"  There  are  5-6  rows  at  the  extreme  margin,  however. 

^1  The  right  hind  wing  of  the  type  male,  the  right  front  and  left  hind  wings 
of  the  Queensland  female  have  a  second  cubito-anal  cross-vein  proximal  to  the 
normal  one  and  nearly  mid-way  between  the  levels  of  the  first  and  second  ante- 
nodals;  the  normal  cubito-anal  cross-vein  is,  in  all,  nearer  to  the  level  of  the 
second  antenodal.  Prof.  F.  Foerster  has  also  noted  (Termesz.  Fiiz.  XXIII, 
p.  104,  1900)  an  instance  of  two  cubito-anal  cross-veins  in  Podopteryx. 

*-  The  type  male  has  three  antenodals  on  all  four  wings,  the  third  being  distal 
to  the  other  two  and  not  reaching  posteriorly  beyond  the  subcosta.  The  two 
Queensland  examples  have  only  two  antenodals  on  all  the  wings.  The  type  male 
has  also  a  subcostal  cross-vein,  proximal  to  the  first  antenodal,  on  both  front 
wings  and  the  right  hind  wing;  this  is  lacking  in  the  Queensland  specimens. 

^^  Slightly  distal  to  the  second  antenodal  on  the  two  wings  of  the  right  side  of 
the  Queensland  male.  This  is  an  appropriate  place  to  record  certain  abnormalities 
of  the  type  male,  already  mentioned  by  de  Selys  (1886);  three  of  its  wings  have 
each  a  single  medio-cubital  cross-vein  which,  on  the  right  front  wing,  is  slightly 
proximal  to  the  level  of  the  normal  first  antenodal,  but  on  the  right  hind  wing 
and  left  front  wing  is  slightly  distal  to  the  normal  first  antenodal.  On  the  left 
hind  wing  there  is  merely  a  slight  rudiment  or  vestige  of  such  a  cross-vein  pro- 
jecting forward  as  a  stump  from  Cu  slightly  distad  to  the  level  of  the  first  ante- 
nodal. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  243 

14.  Ms  separates  from  M1+2  at  .75  to  .83  of  the  distance  from  arculus 

to  subnodus. 

15.  Between  Ms  and  M4  is  (a)  only  one  cross-vein  proximal  to  the 

level  of  the  subnodus  and  (6)  one  row  of  cells  increasing  to 

9  to  11  rows  at  the  wing-margin. 
17a.  Between   M4   and   Cui   are   3+    to   5   antenodal   cells    (sensu 

Selysii). 
19.  Between  Cui  and  the  very  much  angidated  Cu2  is  one  row  of  cells. 
'20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  many  branches  from  that  vein  and 

four  (front  wings)  or  five  (hind  wings)  rows  of  cells  between  it 

and  the  wing-margin. 

21.  Anal  vein  separates  from  the  hind  margin  (a)  at  or  slightly  distad 

to  the  level  of  the  arculus  and  therefore  (6)  much  more  distad 
to  the  level  of  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

22.  More  often  no  anal  cross-veins."*^ 

Comparison  of  Argiolestes  (icteromelas)  with  Phenacolestes. 
(.4.  icteromelas  cf   9  ,  Victoria,  Australia.) 

These  two  forms  agree  in  the  characters  above  numbered  1,  3,  5, 
7,  8,  10,  11,  12,  14,  16,  18. 

These  two  forms  differ  in  the  characters  given  below;  after  each 
number  the  difference  shown  by  the  Argiolestes  is  stated. 

2.  Only  two  antenodals. 

4.  Proximal  edge  of  pterostigma  nearh'  as  in  Phenacolestes,  but  the 

distal  edge  much  more  oblique. 
6.  Longitudinal   veins   posterior   to    Mi    with    a    stronger   caudal 

curvature  as  they  approach  the  margin. 
9.  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  four-tenths  to  one-half  of  the  distance 

from  nodus  to  stigma. 
13.  Arculus  at  or  slightly  distal  to  the  second  antenodal. 
15.  Between  Ms  and  M4  is  (a)  one  cross-vein  proximal  to  the  level 
of  the  subnodus,  and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  are  8-10  (front 
wings)  or  6-8  (hind  wings)  rows  of  cells. 
17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  three  (occasionally  four)  antenodal 
cells  and  (6)  at  the  wing-margin  are  two  to  three  rows  of  cells. 

19.  Between  Cm  and  Cu2  at  the  wing-margin  is  only  one  row  of  cells. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  about  two  rows  of  cells. 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  margin  distad  to  the  levels 

(a)  of  the  arculus,  and  (6)  of  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein, 

22.  Anal  cross-vein  as  stated  above  for  Philogenia. 

«  There  is  an  anal  cross-vein  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  distal  end  of  the 
quadrilateral  in  the  right  front  and  right  hind  wings  of  the  Queensland  male  and 
in  the  right  front  and  left  hind  wings  of  the  female.  In  the  other  eight  wings, 
the  first  cross-vein  in  this  part  of  the  wing  is  at  or  slightly  distal  to  the  vein 
descending  from  the  distal  end  of  the  quadrilateral  and  therefore  should  perhaps 
not  be  called  an  anal  cross-vein,  but  a  cross-vein  posterior  to  Cu2.  It  has  been 
marked  Cu2a  by  Mr.  Williamson,  1913,  p.  260. 


244  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [may,. 

Comparison  of  Chlorolestes  (fasciatus)  with  Phenacolestes. 

{Ch.fasciatus,  2  cf  Natal,  1  cT  "Pirie  Bush,  S.  Africa,  A.  N.  Stenning 
98-191";  all  -S^^  ji^  the  British  Museum.) 

These  two  genera  agree  in  the  characters  above  numl:)ered  5,  6, 
7^46    8^9,48  10,49  156,  16,  18,5«  and  22. 

These  two  genera  differ  in  the  characters  given  below;  after  each 
number  the  difference  shown  by  Chlorolestes  is  stated. 

1.  Nodus  at  four-fifteenths  (  =.27)  of  the  wing-length. 

2.  Only  two  antenodals.^^ 

3.  Postnodals  on  the  front  wings  22-23,  on  the  hind  wings  17-20. 

4.  Stigma  less  oblique. 

11.  Rs  separates  one  to  two  cells  distad  to  the  subnodus,  but  in  all 

cases  nearer  to  Ms  than  to  M1+2. 

12.  Between  Rs  and  Ms  is  one  row  of  cells  which  may  increase  to  two 

rows  at  the  extreme  margin,  symmetrically  or  asymmetrically. 

13.  Arculus  at  the  second  antenodal. 

14.  Ms  separating  from  M1+2  at  the  subnodus. 

15a.  Between  Ms  and  M4  are  no  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  level  of 
the  subnodus,  the  first  cross-vein  being  very  nearly  at,  but 
still  slightly  distal  to,  the  level  of  the  subnodus. 

17.  Between  M4  and  Cui  are  (a)  two  to  three  antenodal  cells  (sensu 
Selysii)  and  (6)  one  row  of  cells  to  the  wing-margin. 

19.  Between  Cui  and  Cu2  is  one  row  of  cells  to  the  wing-margin. 

20.  Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  only  one  row  of  cells. 

21.  Anal  vein  separating  from  the  hind  wing-margin  at,  or  slightly 

distal  to,  the  level  of  the  middle  of  the  lower  side  of  the  quadri- 
lateral, therefore  far  distad  (a)  to  the  level  of  the  arculus  and 
(6)  to  that  of  the  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

Various  Old  World  Genera  and  Phenacolestes. 
The  genus  Wahnesia  Forster,  of  New  Guinea,  has  the  area  posterior 
to  Cu2  fairly  well  developed,  but  not  to  the  extent  that  it  is  in  Phena- 
colestes, but  as  this  genus  differs  from  Phenacolestes  in  a  number  of 
characters,  such  as  Nos.  2,  9,  11,  13,  14,  21,  22,  a  more  detailed 
comparison  has  not  been  made. 

^5  These  three  males  have  a  brown  band  for  the  full  width  of  the  wing  from  the 
origin  of  M2  distad  to  half-way  from  this  point  to  the  proximal  end  of  the  stigma. 

^  Occasionally  increasing  to  two  rows  at  the  extreme  margin. 

<^  Each  one  of  the  three  rows  may  divide,  however,  into  two  rows  at  the  extreme 
margin. 

*3  M2  separates  from  Mi  at  .28  to  .33  of  the  distance  from  nodus  to  stigma. 

■'^  At  the  extreme  margin  there  are  5-7  rows,  however;  but  compare  p.  229, 
antea. 

50  The  cubito-anal  cross-vein  is  nearer  to  the  level  of  the  first  than  to  that  of 
the  second  antenodal. 

5^  One  of  the  Natal  males  has  on  the  right  hind  wing  an  additional  antenodal 
proximal  to  the  normal  first  and  confined  to  the  costal  area. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  245 

None  of  the  following  Old  World  genera  seem  to  offer  any  close 
approximations  to  Phenacolestes  and  therefore  have  not  been  studied 
further  in  this  connection:  Neurolestes  Selys,  Nesolestes  Selys, 
Podolestes  Selys  and  Synlestes  Selys.  It  may  be  notecl,  however, 
that  in  Neurolestes  trinervis  Selys,  from  Old  Calabar,  the  three 
antenodals  are  so  arranged  that  the  arculus  is  at  the  third  antenodal 
on  all  four  wings. 

General  Discussion  of  the  Value  of  the  Venational  Charac- 
ters  COMPARED   IN   THE   PRECEDING   GeNERA   FOR   THE 

Determination  of  Relationships. 

Many  of  the  ideas  which  have  been  expressed  on  the  changes 
which  have  taken  place  in  the  venation  of  Odonate  wings  liave  been 
based  on  the  comparative  morphology  of  living  representatives  of 
the  order  or  on  considerations  of  mechanical  advantage.  It  does 
not  follow  that  these  foundations  are  trustworthy  or  that  there  has 
always  been  mechanical  improvement  in  the  wings.  Degeneration 
is  just  as  probable  as  progressive  development.  The  actual  course 
of  phylogeny  cannot  be  deduced  from  these  considerations  or  from 
the  data  of  morphology.  It  seems  therefore  desirable  to  attempt  to 
ascertain  what  paleontological  evidence  exists  affording  clues  to  the 
descent  of  these  insects,  by  tracing  the  modifications  which  the  wings 
exhibit  from  the  Carboniferous  period  down  to  the  present  time. 

The  characters  of  Phenacolestes  and  other  genera  which  have  been 
compared  in  the  preceding  pages  under  the  numbers  1  to  22  may  for 
the  most  part  be  arranged  into  two  groups: 

A.  Those  characters  which  are  concerned  with  the  positions  of 
the  points  of  separation  of  longitudinal  veins  and  the  positions  and 
number  of  certain  cross-veins. 

B.  Those  characters  which  are  concerned  with  the  number  of  rows 
of  cells  existing  between  the  longitudinal  veins  and  their  branches. 

Group  A  includes  numbers  1,  2,  3,  4,  9,  11,  13,  14,  15r/,  16,  17a, 
18,  21,  and  22. 

1.  The  Position  of  the  Nodus. — The  Protodonata  of  the  Carbonifer- 
ous and  the  Permian  possessed  no  nodus ;  their  subcosta  (whose  apex 
in  the  Odonata  usually  coincides  with  the  nodus)  reached  often  beyond 
mid-length  of  the  wing,  its  minimal  extent  being  to  four-tenths  of 
the   wing-length   in   Meganeurula    (Handlirsch'^'-).     The   earliest   of 

52  Foss.  Ins.,  p.  309,  Taf.  XXXI,  figs.  37,  38. 


246  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

the  known  Odonata,  from  the  Lias,  have  been  segregated  by  Hand- 
lirsch  as  a  suborder,  distinct  from  the  existing  Zygoptera  and  Anisop- 
tera,  under  the  name  Anisozygoptera.^^  These  insects  usually 
possessed  a  nodus  which  lay  at  about  mid-length  of  the  wing.  Hand- 
lirsch  considers^'*  that,  of  the  recent  forms,  the  Gomphidse  and 
Calopterygidse  have  unquestionably  the  closest  relations  to  the 
Anisozygoptera  and  are  probably  direct  descendants  thereof.  The 
Agrioninae  of  Selys  have  usually  been  looked  on  as  descendants  of 
Calopterygid(or  -gine)-like  forms."  The  position  of  the  nodus  in 
Calopteryginae  and  in  Agrioninae,  respectively,  has  been  stated  as 
follows : 

"The  position  of  the  nodus  varies  in  both  the  Calopteryginae  and 
the  Agrioninae,  but  in  general  it  is  farther  from  the  base  of  the  wing 
in  the  former  than  in  the  latter.  Among  the  first-named  it  is  probably 
nearest  the  haae  (one-third  the  wing-length)  in  Amphipteryx  and  in 
Chalcopteryx,^^  among  the  second  group  it  is  farthest  from  the  base 
(more  than  one-third  the  wing-length)  in  Archilestes.  No  Calop- 
teryginae have  the  nodus  as  near  to  the  base  as  one-fifth  the  wing- 
length,  but  many  Agrioninae  have  it  in  that  position."" 

This  statement  was  based  on  conditions  existing  in  recent  forms. 
Very  little  is  known  of  fossil  Zygoptera  of  periods  earlier  than  the 
Eocene"^  when  Dysagrion  and  fragments  named  Podagrion  abortivum 
by  Scudder  appear.  From  the  Jurassic,  Handlirsch  lists^^  Euphceoj)sis 
multinervis  Hagen,  in  fair  preservation,  and  four  possible  but  inde- 
ciphera]:)le  species  of  Pseudoeuphcea,  all  considered  to  be  allied  to  the 
living  Epallage,  Euphcea,  etc.,  i.e.,  Calopteryginae  of  Selys.  Euphce- 
opsis  multinervis  had  the  nodus  at  .44  of  the  wing-length.  Another 
fossil  of  the  same  age  is  Steleopteron  deichmulleri  placed  by  Handlirsch 
in  a  separate  family  Steleopteridae,  which  is  considered  to  possess 


"  L.c,  p.  463,  August,  1906. 

5*  L.c,  p.  464. 

s5  Calvert,  Trans.  Amer.  Ent.  Soc,  XX,  pp.  211,  212,  1893;  Ris,  Zool.  Jahrb., 
Abth.  Syst.  Geog.  Biol.  Thiere,  IX,  p.  623,  1896. 

Cf.  Needham,  Genealogic  Study,  pp.  742,  748,  750,  1903;  Handlirsch,  Foss. 
Ins.,  p.  472,  1906;  Tillvard,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  XXXVI,  p.  600,  1912; 
XXXVII,  p.  406,  1913. 

58  In  Chalcopteryx  the  nodus  is  at  .37  (front  wing)  or  .39  (hind  wing)  of  the 
wing-length. 

57  Calvert,  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.,  (2),  XIII,  p.  31,  1902. 

58  Osborn,  The  Age  of  Mammals,  1910,  p.  42,  places  the  Green  River  shales  in 
which  these  genera  occur  as  equivalent  to  the  Upper  Ypresian,  i.e..  Middle  Eocene. 

59  Fossile  Insekten,  pp.  595  et  seq. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  247 

both  Epallagid  (Calopterygine)  and  Agrionine  affinities.  It  had  the 
nodus  at  only  three-tenths  of  the  wing-length.*' 

No  Cretaceous  Zygoptera  are  listed  by  Handlirsch. 

No  ontogenetic  data  showing  a  proximal  shifting  in  position  of  the 
nodus  in  any  Zygopteron  seem  to  have  been  published.  If  the 
evidence  that  may  be  drawn  from  the  hypothetical  descent  of 
Agrioninae  (Selys)  from  Calopteryginse  (Selys)  be  left  out  of  con- 
sideration, there  yet  appears  to  be  good  paleontological  support, 
as  sketched  above,  for  the  statement  of  Needham^^  that  shortening 
of  the  subcosta  and  retraction  of  the  nodus  toward  the  base  of  the 
wing  is  a  developmental  tendency  away  from  the  generalized  con- 
dition of  a  long  subcosta  and  a  nodus  remote  from  the  wing-base. 
Yet  it  must  be  pointed  that  an  upper  Liassic  fossil  is  known  in 
which  the  subcosta  ends  at  only  .15  of  the  wing-length.  This  is 
Protomyrmeleon  hrunonis  Geinitz,  for  which  Handlirsch  has  erected 
the  suborder  Archi-Zygoptera  and  which  he  even  suggests^^  may  have 
been  a  connecting  link  between  the  Protodonata  and  the  Agrionidse 
( =  Agrioninae  Selys) .  Should  such  an  ancestry  for  the  latter  group 
ever  be  demonstrated,  the  retraction  of  the  nodus  in  living  Odonata 
could  not  have  the  same  significance,  as  a  sign  of  specialization,  which 
Needham  has  given  it.  The  alternative  suggestion  of  Handlirsch, 
that  Protomyrmeleon  is  simply  an  analogue  to  the  Agrionidse  (Agri- 
oninae Selys)  whose  descendants  have  become  extinct,  seems  at 
present  the  more  probable. 

2.  The  Number  of  Antenodal  Cross-veins. — A  priori  one  might  expect 
retraction  of  the  nodus  to  be  accompanied  by  a  decrease  in  the 
number  of  antenodal  cross-veins.  No  such  proportional  reduction 
exists,  however.  The  two  Calopterygine  genera  cited  on  p.  246  anted 
as  having  the  most  retracted  nodus  in  that  whole  group,  Chalcopteryx 

^  Still  another  Jurassic  (Eichstadt)  fossil  is  the  Agrion  eichstdttense  of  Hagen, 
listed  by  Handlirsch  as  Malmagrion  eichstdttense  {Foss.  Ins.,  p.  599).  Hagen 
says  of  it  {Paleontographica,  X,  p.  119,  1862):  "Die  Fliigel  sind  21  mm.  lang, 
sehr  schmal  ....  Der. Nodus  liegt  6  mm.  von  der  Basis.  Das  Geader  ist 
nicht  deutlich. "  His  lithographic  figure  5,  Taf.  XIV,  agrees  with  these  propor- 
tions. 

Meunier  (Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  France,  LXV,  pi.  3,  1896)  has  given  a  figure  labelled 
"Agrion?  eichstattense  Hagen  type."  It  is  photographic  and  represents  an 
insect  lying  in  the  same  position  as  that  of  Hagen's  figure  and  of  the  same 
natural  size.  From  Meunier's  figure  the  position  of  the  nodus  cannot  be  recog- 
nized. In  his  text  Meunier  says,  p.  131,  "Agrion  eichstdttense  Hagen.  No.  150. 
Type  de  cet  auteur.  Paleontographica,  t.  x,  p.  118  a  119,  pi.  XIV;  Cassel, 
1862."  I  cannot  understand  his  expression  a  few  lines  farther  in  the  same 
paragraph:     "Cette  echantillon  a  beaucoup  d'analogie  avec  celui  de  Hagen." 

61  Genealogic  Study,  p.  730. 

62  Foss.  Ins.,  p.  472. 

17 


248  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

and  Amphipteryx,  have  respectively  23-26  (front  wing),  21-23  (hind 
wing),  and  7-10  (front  wing),  7-8  (hind  wing)  antenodals.  The 
paleontological  evidence  (with  the  exception  of  Protomyrmeleon, 
which  has  but  one  antenodal),  including  Steleopteron,  is  favorable  to 
the  view  that  reduction  in  the  number  of  antenodals  is  a  more  recent 
acquisition.  The  preceding  paper  by  Mr.  Campion^^  discusses  in  a 
suggestive  way  the  apparent  evidence  for  such  reduction  afforded 
bj'  recent  Agrioninae. 

3.  The  Number  of  Postnodal  Cross-veins. — Prof.  Needham  has 
concluded®^  that  one  of  the  developmental  tendencies  of  the  Odonata 
is:  "Antenodal  and  postnodal  cross- veins  becoming  reduced  in 
numljer,  stronger,  more  regular,  sometimes  matched  in  position  or 
differentiated  among  themselves."  In  the  Zygoptera  this  tendency 
is  more  evident  in  the  antenodals  than  in  the  postnodals,  the  latter 
never  becoming  so  few,  absolutely,  or  relatively  to  the  antenodals, 
as  in  certain  Anisoptera,  e.g.,  Pachydiplax  (front  wing:  antenodals  6, 
postnodals  6)  or  Miathyria  simplex  (front  wing:  antenodals  7,  post- 
nodals 5). 

In  the  Protodonata,  owing  to  the  great  extension  of  the  subcosta 
toward  the  apex  of  the  wing,  although  there  was  no  nodus,  the 
potential  postnodals  were  less  numerous  than  the  actual  antenodals, 
assuming  that  the  nodus  of  the  Odonata  developed  at,  or  but  little 
proximad  to,  the  apex  of  the  subcosta.  AVith  retraction  of  the  nodus 
a  greater  number  of  postnodals  in  the  costal  space  became  possible. 
Numerous  cases  of  subsequent  reduction  in  the  number  doubtless 
occurred  independently  of  each  other,  but  the  paleontological  data 
are  not  sufficiently  abundant  to  demonstrate  progressive  reduction 
in  any  one  line  of  descent,  however  likely  this  may  appear  from  the 
standpoint  of  mechanical  advantage  or  of  economy  of  vein-forming 
material. 

4.  The  Pterostigma. — The  stigma  is  an  Odonate  feature  not  pos- 
sessed by  the  Protodonata.  In  those  Anisozygoptera,  which  are 
considered  by  Handlirsch®^  to  be  ancestral  to  the  Calopterygidae, 
viz.,  the  Tarsophlebiidse,  the  stigma  was  fairly  oblique  and  in  one 
species  at  least  braced  at  its  proximal  end.^^ 

In  EuphcBopsis,  of  the  Jurassic,  the   stigma   is  not   oblique;  in 


^  The  Antenodal  Reticulation  of  the  Wings  of  Agrionine  Dragonfiies.     This 
volume  of  these  Proceedings,  anted,  pp.  220-224. 
^  Genealogic  Study,  p.  730. 
65  Foss.  Ins.,  p.  468. 
^.Tarsophlebia  eximiaoi  the  .Jurassic;  Handlirsch,  I.e.,  Taf.  XLVII,  fig.  1. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHIL.^DELPHIA.  249 

Steleopteron,  also  of  the  same  age,  its  proximal  edge  is  not  as  oblique 
as  in  Tarsophlebia  eximia  and  unbraced  while  its  distal  edge  is  more 
oblique.  So  far  as  one  may  judge  from  Handhrsch's  figures"  of 
Liassic  Odonata  the  stigma  was  not  oblique,  or  but  moderately  so, 
and  unbraced;  the  forms  in  which  it  is  preserved,  however,  seem  to 
have  but  little  relationship  to  the  insects  discussed  in  this  paper. 
The  paleontological  evidence,  therefore,  furnishes  little  encouragement 
to  use  the  stigma  as  a  means  of  determining  relationships.^^  It  is 
important  to  notice,  however,  from  the  accompanying  Table  I, 
that  the  position  of  the  stigma  in  the  wing  varies  iDut  little  in  different 
genera  and  species,  so  that  it  constitutes  a  relatively  fixed  landmark. 
9,11.  The  Points  of  Separation  of  M2  from  Mi  and  of  Rs  from  M1+2. — 
Prof.  Needham  has  noted®^  a  minor  line  of  development  within  the 
Agrioninae,  "in  which  nodus  and  quadrangle  become  more  and  more 
approximate,  and  the  veins  M2,  Rs,  and  Ms  migrate  separately  along 
vein  Ml  from  their  accustomed  places  toward  the  stigma."  This 
migration  may  be  real  or  apparent.  Retraction  of  the  nodus  with 
no  change  in  position  of  the  separation  point  of  M2  would  result  in  a 
greater  interval  between  nodus  and  M2  and  hence  an  apparent 
movement  of  the  latter  toward  the  stigma,  but  no  real  movement 
in  respect  to  the  wing  as  a  whole.  (Compare  Table  I,  Thaumato- 
neura,  Rhipidolestes  and  Paraphlebia  zoe  cf .) 

Real  migration  is  where  the  separation-point  of  M2  is  transferred 
distad  considered  in  relation  to  the  total  wing-length,  and  may  or 
may  not  be  accompanied  by  a  change  in  the  position  of  the  nodus. 
(Compare  Table  I,  Perilestes  and  Dysagrion,  and  Perilestes,  Argio- 
lestes  icteromelas  9  and  Melanagrion.)  These  remarks  will  also 
apply  to  characters  11  (the  separation-point  of  Rs,  including  its 
bridge  where  it  exists,  from  M1+2),  14  (the  separation-point  of  M3 
from  M1+2),  15a  (the  number  of  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  level  of 
the  subnodus  between  Ms  and  M4)  and  17a  (the  number  of  antenodal 
cells  between  M 4  and  Cui).  In  the  preceding  pp.  228-244,  the  state- 
ments for  these  characters  have  been  made  with  reference,  not  to  the 
wing-length,  but  to  certain  more  or  less  varying  landmarks,  as  the 
arculus,  nodus,  or  stigma;  this  course  has  been  in  conformity  with 
the  established  custom  of  descriptive  writers. 


"  L.c,  Taf.  XLII. 

^  Cf.  Needham,  Genealogic  Study,  pp.  710  at  top  and  730  at  bottom. 

«3  L.c,  p.  749. 


250 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[May, 


Table  I. 

Positions  of  Certain  Wing-details  in  Decimal  Parts  of  Wiyig-length  for 
Certain  Odonata. 

The  measurements  have  been  made  from  a  single  wing  only  in  each  species 
(front  wing  in  living  species). 


Genus  and  Species. 

(Recent,  except  where  otherwise  marked.) 


Protomyrmeleon  brunonis  (Lias) 

Tarsophlebia  eximia  (Jurassic) 

Euphseopsis  multinervis  (Jurassic) 

Steleopteron  deichmiilleri  (Jurassic) 

Dysagrion  packardii  (Eocene) 

Phenacolestes       mirandus       (Miocene) 

spmn.  No.  3 

Phenacolestes      mirandus       (Miocene) 

spmn.  Xo.  5 

Thaumatoneura  inopinata  cf 

"  pellucida  c? 

Melanagrion  umbratum  (Miocene) 

Rhipidolestes  aculeata  c? 

Argiolestes  icteromelas  cf 

9 

Allopodagrion  nebulosum  cf 

Lithagrion  hyalinum  (Miocene) 

Philogenia  carriUica  cf 

9 

"         terraba  cf 

Paraphlebia  zoe  cf 

"    9 

"  abrogata  cf 

Dimeragrion  percubitale  cf 

Heteragrion  tricellulare  cf 

Perilestes  fragilis?  cf 

Summary : 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Range 


.2§[.2§ 


.15, 

.45     .87 

.44 

.30 

.39    .87 


.83 


.33 

.34 
.18 
.18 

.29  .83 

,29  .93 
.30 

.28!  -89 

.29  .90 

.34  .88 

.23  .91 

.24  .90 

.25!  .91 

.19  .93 

.19  .95 

.20  .92 

.25  .81 

.23  .91 

.28  .88 


<^ 


^--^''=*-,' 


'■^ 


g  S 


.48;     .21  (None)!  71.53 

.47    .38!    .14     .33     .15 


.52 


CO  o* 

5     : 


o  S 

c  a 

,2:s 
Is 

^  2 


13     .29    .18 


.14;  .26 

.08  .17 

.08!  .16 

.16  .25 

.18  .25 

.171  -28 

.16  .28 

.181  .27; 

.20:  .28! 

.16  .23 

.16  .24 

.16  .23 

.12  .20 

.13  .20 

.14  .22 

.16  .25 

.16  .25 

.21  .36 


.49  .21  .36 
.19  .08  .15 
.30     .13     .21 


.02 


.08     .15     .13 
.lO!    .23     .15     .16 
.15     .30     .17     .07 


.10 

.11 
.06 
.06 
.15 
.20 
.18 
.18 
.16 


.20 
.12 
.12 
.27 
.22 
.22 
.21 
.21 
.24  .23 
.20  .18 
.21  .20 
.20  .19 
.19  .17 
.19  .18 
.22,  .21 
.19  .18 
.20  .15 
.25      ^2 


™  The  number  in  parenthesis  at  the  top  of  each  vertical  column  is  that  under 
which  that  character  has  been  treated  throughout  this  paper, 
^1  In  Protomyrmeleon  brunonis  Ms  separates  from  Rs. 
"  A  not  developed  as  a  vein  separate  from  the  hind  margin. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  251 

The  paleontological  evidence  with  reference  to  the  separation- 
points  of  iVIi,  Rs  and  AI3  is  that  the  Liassic  fossils  (with  the  exception 
of  Protomyrmekon)  had  M2  separating  at  the  subnodus,  and  Rs 
(including  its  bridge)  and  Ms  proximad  to  the  nodus;"  none  of  these 
fossils  which  have  the  nodal  region  preserved  are  considered  by 
Handlirsch  to  be  ancestral  to  Zygoptera,  however.  For  many  of 
the  Jurassic  remains^^  the  same  statement  as  to  the  positions  of  these 
separation-points  holds  true,  including  Tarsophlehia  eximia  and 
EuphcEopsis  multinervis;  Steleopteron  had  Rs  and  Ms  arising  well 
proximad  to  the  nodus,  M2  only  a  short  distance  distad  to  the  nodus; 
Palceophlebia  synlestoides,  which  Brauer,  Redtenbacher  and  Gangl- 
bauer  assigned  to  the  legion  Podagrion  of  Selys^^  but  which  Hand- 
lirsch regards  as  an  Anisozygopter  of  doubtful  position,'^^  is  imperfectly 
preserved,  but  seems  to  have  had  the  origins  of  both  Rs  and  M2 
distinctly  distal  to  the  nodus,  while  that  of  Ms  was  probabh'  proximal 
to  the  nodus.  Paleophlebia  came  from  the  Dogger,  or  lower  Jurassic, 
of  Siberia,  and  is  therefore  older  than  the  other  Jurassic  fossils  just 
referred  to,  all  of  which  are  Malm  or  Upper  Jura.  The  paleontological 
evidence  is  consequently  not  altogether  satisfactory  and  at  least 
admits  of  the  possibility  of  the  separation-points  of  these  three  veins 
having  fluctuated  proximad  or  distad  from  time  to  time.  Prof. 
Needham's  statement  as  to  their  migration,  quoted  above,  has  not 
that  evidence  from  other  sources  than  comparative  morphology 
which  is  necessary  to  enable  us  to  use  these  characters  with  perfect 
confidence. 

13.  The  position  of  the  arculus  has  been  relatively  stable,  so  that  there 
is  little  reason  for  attaching  any  special  phylogenetic  value  to  it. 

14.  The  Point  of  Separation  of  il/s  frotn  M1+2. — (See  the  discussion 
above  under  Nos.  9,  11.) 

15a.  The  Number  of  Cross-veins,  Proximal  to  the  Level  of  the  Sub- 
nodus, between  Ms  and  Mi. — This  character  is  closely  dependent  on 
No.  14,  for  the  more  proximal  is  the  separation-point  of  Ms  from  Mi+2, 
the  greater  is  the  area  available  for  these  cross-veins.  In  the  genera 
here  compared  the  greatest  number  of  cross-veins,  two,  is  found  in 
Phenacolestes,  Lithagrion,  and  Melanagrion,  all  of  which  have  a  more 
proximal  origin  of  Ms.  The  reverse  case  is  not  necessarily  true,  as 
Philogenia,  Allopodagrion,  and  Dysagrion,  with  an  equally  proximal 

73  Handlirsch,  Foss.  Ins.,  Taf.  XLII. 

^1  L.c,  Taf.  XLVII. 

75  Mem.  Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  St.  Petersb.,  (7),  XXXVI,  p.  6,  1889. 

'«  Foss.  Ins.,  p.  584. 


252  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

origin  of  Ms  (see  Table  I),  have  but  one  such  cross-vein.  Tarsophlehia 
eximia  had  five  in  its  hind  wing  (these  veins  are  not  preserved  in  the 
front  wing)  and  Steleopteron  had  two. 

16.  The  Obliquity  of  the  Quadrilateral. — The  shape  of  the  quadri- 
lateral becomes  more  oblique  with  the  greater  divergence  of  its 
proximal  and  distal  sides.  Prof.  Neeclham  has  assumed"  that  a 
nearly  rectangular  quadrilateral,  in  which  opposite  sides  are  parallel 
to  each  other,  is  the  more  primitive  form  and  that  from  it  at  least 
two  kinds  of  oblique  quadrilaterals  have  arisen.  There  seems  to  be 
no  published  ontogenetic  evidence  in  favor  of  this  view  and  the  only 
paleontological  evidence  not  contradicting  it  is  limited  to  that 
puzzling  Liassic  form,  Protomyrmeleon,  in  which,  if  Handlirsch's 
interpretation  of  the  venation  be  correct,^^  R  and  M  are  still  distinct 
from  the  base  distad,  and  there  is  no  trace  of  a  beginning  arculus. 

On  the  other  hand,  all  the  Jurassic  fossils,  which  are  not  clearly 
Anisoptera,  show  an  oblique  quadrilateral  with  its  posterior  distal 
angle  acute.'^*  This  holds  true  not  only  for  those  fossils  referred  by 
Handlirsch  to  the  Zj^goptera  like  Euphceopsis  and  Steleopteron,  or 
for  forms  regarded  by  him  as  ancestral  to  Zygoptera,  as  Tarsophlebia 
(and  including  a  Liassic  fragment,  T.  westwoodi^) ,  but  also  for  other 
Anisozygoptera  not  apparently  forefathers  of  the  Zygoptera,  as 
Stenophlebia,  Isophlebia,  and  Anisophlebia .  Dysagrion  of  the  Eocene 
had  an  oblique  quadrilateral,  and  in  fact  not  one  of  the  published 
descriptions  and  figures  of  Tertiary  Zygoptera  listed  byHandlirsch^^ 
shows  a  rectangular  quadrilateral;   all  havje  it  oblique. 

It  therefore  seems  necessary  to  regard  the  oblique  quadrilateral 
as  the  more  primitive  and  the  rectangular  as  a  later  appearance. 

'''  Genealogic  Study,  p.  717,  fig.  11,  p.  731.  See  also  Williamson,  1913,  p.  2.59, 
and  figs.  1  and  2  on  p.  260. 

'sFoss.  /«s.,  Taf.  XLII,  fig.  14. 

'^L.c,  Taf.  XLVII.  Hagen,  indeed  (Paleontographica,  X,  Taf.  VIII,  f.  8), 
shows  the  quadrilateral  of  the  Jurassic  Euphcea  longiventris  as  rectangular.  In 
his  description,  p.  128,  he  says,  "Noch  undeutlicher  ist  der  tibrige  Theil  des 
Geaders  ....  das  Viereck  ist  gleichfalls  undeutlich,"  and  he  gives  no  details 
of  its  shape.  Meunier's  photographic  reproductions  (Arch.  Mus.  Teyler,  2,  VI, 
pi.  XXVI,  figs.  81,  82,  cf.  p.  127),  not  of  Hagen's  tj-pe,  but  of  other  specimens  in 
the  Munich  Museum,  show  the  shape  of  the  quadrilateral  as  indecipherable. 
Handlirsch  (Fossil  Ins.,  p.  580)  places  Euphcea  longiventris  Hagen  as  a  synonym 
of  Tarsophlehia  eximia  Hagen  and  remarks,  "Bezuglich  Hagens  Euphtea  longi- 
nentris  [longiventris]  habe  ich  zu  bemerken,  dass  der  von  ihm  1. 13  f.  8  abgebildete 
Flugel  allerdings  von  jenem  der  Tarsophlebien  wesentlich  abweicht.  Aus  der 
Beschreibung  ergibt  sich  jedoch,  dass  die  basale  Partie  des  Flugels  an  dem 
Fossile  kaum  zu  entziffern  ist,  so  dass  wir  diese  Reconstrucktion  als  werthlos 
betrachten  konnen." 

8»  Pass.  Ins.,  Taf.  XLII,  fig.  6. 

81  L.c,  pp.  896-899,  1357. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  253 

17a.  The  Number  of  Antenodal  Cells  between  Mi  and  Cm. — This 
character  is  in  general  dependent  on  the  degree  of  retraction  of  the 
nodus,  as  the  more  the  nodus  approaches  the  base  of  the  wing  the 
smaller  is  the  area  available  for  these  cells.  This  correlation,  although 
not  absolute  and  exact  in  the  genera  here  compared,  holds  in  a  rough 
way.  We  may  therefore  regard  reduction  in  the  number  of  antenodal 
cells  as  a  specialization.  There  appear  to  have  been  12  on  the  front 
wing,  13  on  the  hind  wing  of  Tarsophlebia  eximia  (counting  only  a 
single  row — there  are  two  rows  in  part  of  this  area) ,  almost  three  in 
Steleopteron.  A  reduction  in  the  number  of  antenodal  cells  may  occur 
independently  of  retraction  of  the  nodus,  however,  by  the  greater 
development  of  the  quadrilateral  distad.  (Compare  Table  I, 
Thaumatoneura  and  Paraphlebia,  also  pp.  233,  237  anted.)    ■ 

18.  The  Number  of  Cubito-anal  Cross-veins. — These  veins  are  usually 
small  and  weak  in  the  Zygoptera,  and  they  have  not  been  preserved 
well  in  the  fossils,  so  that  few  data  on  their  development  in  point  of 
geologic  time  are  available.  Perhaps  the  same  kind  of  evidence 
which  Mr.  Campion  has  secured^^  fQj.  ^jie  reduction  of  the  antenodals 
might  be  obtained  for  these  cross-veins  also.  It  is  conceivable  that 
the  ancestral  Zygopteron  might  have  had  a  moderate  number  and 
that  some  of  its  descendants  might  have  acquired  more,  others  fewer. 
While  recognizing  the  paucity  of  evidence,  I  am  inclined  to  view 
reduction  in  their  number  as  specialization,  in  harmony  with  the 
reduction  of  antenodals. 

21.  Petiolation  of  the  Wing. — When  the  anal  vein  (A)  separates 
from  the  hind  margin  of  the  wing  at  some  distance  from  the  base,  a 
stalk-like  appearance  of  the  wing-base  is  produced,  especially  on  the 
hind  margin,  to  which  the  term  "petiolee"  was  long  ago  applied  by 
de  Selys.  Petiolation  involves  a  reduction  of  the  anal  area  and  is 
specifically  mentioned  by  Prof.  Needham^  as  a  fundamental  develop- 
mental tendency  in  the  Agrionidse  (  =  Agrionin£e  Selys).  It  is  not 
visible  m  Protomyrmeleon  (Lias);  in  Tarsophlebia,  Stenophlebia , 
Isophlebia,  or  Anisophlebia  (Jura).  It  seems  to  have  been  well- 
marked  in  Steleopteron,  while  the  shape  of  the  wing-outline  certainly 
suggests  it  in  Euphceopsis,  although  here  A  may  have  remained  dis- 
tinct from  the  hind  margin.^*  It  seems  justifiable  to  assume  that  the 
farther  distad  petiolation  has  progressed,  the  more  specialized  the 
insect. 

82  These  Proceedings,  p.  223,  antea. 

«  Genealogic  Study,  p.  748.     Cf.  Ris,  1912,  p.  45;  Tillyard,  1913,  p.  444. 

«*  Handlii-sch,  Foss.  Ins.,  Taf.  XLVII. 


254  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

22.  The  Number  of  Anal  Cross-veins. — Progressive  petiolation 
reduces  the  area  available  for  anal  cross-veins,  but  not  always  to  the 
extent  one  might  expect.  Thus  of  American  genera  discussed  in  this 
paper  which  have  the  petiolation  extending  distad  to  the  arculus, 
Paraphlehia  has  2,  PhUogenia  0,  Dimeragrion  1  or  0,  Lithagrion  0 
anal  cross-veins.  Calopteryginae  (Selys)  have  on  the  whole  more 
anal  cross-veins  than  do  the  Agrioninse  Selys.  If  the  latter  are 
descendants  of  some  of  the  former  and  if  Tarsophlehia  stands  in  an 
ancestral  position  to  the  Zygoptera,  then  we  may  consider  reduc- 
tion in  number  of  the  anal  cross-veins  as  a  specialization.  Proto- 
myrmeleon,  Tarsophlehia,  Isophlebia,  and  Anisophlebia  each  had  not 
less  than  four  anal  cross-veins,  some  of  them  many  more.  In 
Euphceopsis  they  are  not  preserved,  in  Steleopteron  they  appear  to 
have  been  present  only  distad  to  the  level  of  the  outer  (distal)  end 
of  the  quadrilateral. 

B.  The  characters  included  under  group  B  on  p.  245,  ajited,  are 
Nos.  7,  8,  10,  12,  156,  176,  19,  and  20.  In  the  comparisons  made  in 
the  early  pages  of  this  paper,  these  characters  have  been  stated  in 
terms  of  numbers  of  rows  of  cells  found  between  the  branches  of  the 
great  veins.  They  may  be  stated  also  by  specifying  the  number  of 
interposed,  or  supplementary,  sectors  in  each  area,  and  have  usually 
been  so  stated  in  the  taxonomic  literature.  It  is  easy  to  translate 
one  method  of  statement  into  the  other,  as  one  row  of  cells  implies 
no  supplementary  sector,  two  rows  of  cells  one  supplementary  sector, 
three  rows  two  sectors,  etc.  The  individual  variation  to  which  they 
are  subject  increases  as  the  hind  margin  of  the  wing  is  approached. 

The  Protodonate  wing  of  the  Carboniferous  and  the  Permian  was 
richly  veined  with  many  supplementary  sectors.  So  also  were  the 
Odonate  wdngs  of  the  Lias,  excepting  Protomyrmeleon;  if  Handlirsch's 
interpretation  of  its  venation  be  correct,*^  there  was  but  one  row  of 
cells  between  each  of  the  branches  of  the  main  veins,  except  between 
Rs  and  Ms  (two  rows  increasing  to  three),  Ms  and  M4  (two  rows), 
M4  and  Cui  (two  rows),  and  posterior  to  A  (two  rows). 

Turning  to  the  Odonata  of  the  Jura,*"  we  find  richly  veined  wings 
in  the  Anisozygoptera  {Tarsophlehia,  Stenophlebia,  Isophlebia, 
Anisophlebia),  and  in  Euphceopsis;  Steleopteron  has  one  row  of  cells 
between  Mi  and  Mio,  Mio  and  M2,  M2  and  Rs,  INIs  and  M4,  and  be- 
tween the  veins  posterior  to  Cui,  three  rows  between  Rs  and  Ms,  two 
rows  between  M*  and  Cui. 

85  Foss.  Ins.,  Taf.  XLII,  fig.  14. 

8«  Handlirsch,  Foss.  Ins.,  Taf.  XLVII. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  255 

If  Handlirsch  be  correct  in  his  conjecture^^  that  the  Protodonata 
have  descended  from  such  genera  of  the  Dictyoneuridse  (Palseodic- 
tyoptera)  as  Stenodictya,  the  dense  venation  of  the  former  evolved 
from  the  equally  dense,  but  more  irregular,  network  of  the  latter. 
The  Odonata  then  carried  reduction  in  the  network  to  a  greater 
degree  than  in  the  Protodonata  and  reduction  in  the  rows  of  cells 
of  the  areas  now  under  discussion  would,  therefore;  be  a  specializa- 
tion. We  must  then  recognize  that  as  ^arly  as  the  Lias  such  reduc- 
tion was  carried  in  Protomyrmeleon  to  a  greater  degree  than  is  shown 
by  many  living  genera  and  a  similar  statement  must  be  made  for 
Steleopteron  of  the  Jura.  That  any  of  these  reduced  venations  were 
capable  of  giving  rise  to  more  exuberantly  veined  descendants  would 
be  denied  by  many  phylogenists,  but  the  actual  proof  of  such  a 
denial  is  not  at  hand  for  the  Odonata.  We  have,  therefore,  only  the 
general  tendency  to  guide  us  when  we  assume  that  reduction  in  density 
of  venation  in  the  characters  of  group  B  means  specialization.  On 
the  other  hand,  we  must  suppose  that  such  richly  veined  forms 
of  the  present  day  as  Thaumatoneura,  Calopterijx,  Thorc,  and  Neuro- 
themis  have  either  preserved  the  dense  venation  of,  perhaps  Mesozoic, 
ancestors  or  that  they  have  acquired  their  density  by  hypertrophy 
in  the  course  of  generations.*^  Here,  as  elsewhere  in  this  discussion, 
the  possibility  of  further  light  from  ontogenetic  studies  is  very 
evident. 

Summarizing  the  results  of  this  discussion,  we  conclude  that 
later  phylogenetic  status  is  denoted  by  the  following  conditions  in 
the  characters  of  the  genera  compared  in  this  paper : 

1.  Retraction  of  the  nodus  toward  the  wing-base. 

2.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  antenodals. 
(3.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  postnodals.) 

(7.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  l^etween  ]\Ii  and 

Mia.) 

(8.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  between  Mm  and  M2.) 

9.  More  distal  position  of  origin  of  M2. 

(10.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  between  M2  and  Rs.) 
11.  More  distal  position  of  origin  of  Rs. 

(12.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  between  Rs  and  Ms.) 
14.  More  distal  position  of  origin  of  Ms. 

15a.  Reduction  in  number  of  cross-veins  proximal  to  the  subnodus 
between  Ms  and  M4. 


8'  L.c,  p.  305. 

88  The  latter  alternative  is  apparently  that  held  by  Dr.  Ris  for  the  analogous 
cases  of  Pantala  and  Tramea.     1912,  p.  46. 


256  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Maj', 

(156.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  between  Ms  and  M4.) 

16.  Rectangular  quadrilateral. 

17a.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  antenodal  cells  between  M4  and 

Cui. 
(176.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  between  Mi  and  Cui.) 
(18.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  cubito-anal  cross-veins.) 
(19.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  between  Cui  and  Cu2.) 
(20.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  rows  of  cells  posterior  to  Cu2.) 
21.  More  distal  petiolation  of  the  wing. 
(22.  Reduction  in  the  number  of  anal  cross-veins.) 

I  have  endeavored  to  indicate  that  the  paleontological  evidence 
is  not  as  strong  for  some  of  these  statements,  by  enclosing  them  in 
parentheses,  as  for  those  left  unenclosed.  There  is  no  ontogenetic 
evidence  as  yet. 

These  conclusions  and  the  data  on  which  they  are  based  merely 
permit  us  to  determine  the  probable  course,  or  direction,  of  change 
in  certain  features  of  the  venation.  They  do  not  enable  us  to  decide 
as  to  the  relative  order  in  which  the  different  features  changed, 
whether,  for  example  in  the  ancestors  of  living  Podagrionine  genera, 
Ms  assumed  a  position  at  or  distad  to  the  subnodus  at  an  earlier,  or 
at  a  later,  period  than  the  reduction  of  the  number  of  rows  of  cells 
in  the  area  posterior  to  Cu2  occurred,  although,  given  a  character, 
we  can  say  which  genera  should  come  first  and  which  should  follow 
in  our  phylogenetic  list  in  respect  to  the  modifications  of  that  charac- 
ter. In  the  imperfection  of  our  knowledge,  we  are  largely  guided, 
therefore,  by  motives  of  convenience  in  selecting  the  primary  charac- 
ters on  which  a  classification  of  the  members  of  this  group  is  to  be 
based.  .Having  regard  to  all  these  considerations,  the  following 
scheme  for  a  phylogenetic  grouping  of  the  genera  of  Selys'  legion 
Podagrion  is  presented. 

Synopsis  of  Venational  Characters  of  Genera  of  the  Legion 
Podagrion. 

Legion  Podagrion  Selys  1862. 

IMs  separating  from  M1+2  nearer  to  the  nodus  than  to  the  arculus. 
Pterostigma  normal,  i.e.,  consisting  of  but  a  single  cell.  Cu2  present. 
Supplementarj'  f^ectors  present,  at  least  between  Mia  and  M2,  except 
in  Perilestes. 

A. — Ms  separating  from  M1+2  proximad  to  the  subnodus,  at  six- 
tenths  or  more  of  the  distance  from  arculus  to  subnodus  (half-way 
in  Rhipidolestes) . 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  257 

B. — Antenodals  more  than  two  on  all  the  A\-ings,  or  on  the  hind  wings 
only  (Neuragrion).     (See  also  the  parenthesis  following  rubric 
BB.) 
C. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  three  or  more  rows  of  cells,  A 
separating  from  the  hind  margin  proximad  to  the  level  of  the 
arculus,  Rs  l^eginning  at  the  subnodus. 
D. — Quadrilateral  oblique  at  distal  end. 
E. — Supplementary  sectors  between  M*  and  Cui  absent;  between 
:\Iio  and  :\I2  five,  between  Rs  and  Ma  eight  rows  of  cells, 

respectively Dysagrion  Scudder,  1878  (Eocene,  Wyoming). 

EE.— Supplementary  sectors  between  M4  and  Cui  three  or  four; 
between  Mia  and  M2  three,  between  Rs  and  Ms  three  rows 

of  cells  respectively 

Phenacolestes  Cockerell,  1906  (Miocene,  Colorado). 
DD. — Quadrilateral  almost  rectangular  at  both  proximal  and  distal 

ends;  many  supplementary  sectors  from  Mi  to  hind  margin 

Thaumatoneura  :\I'Lachlan,  1897  (Central  America). 
€C.— Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  only  one  row  of  cells,  A  separating 
from  hind  margin  at  or  distad  to  the  level  of  the  arculus. 
F. — Us  beginning  at  subnodus,   supplementary  sectors  from 

Mia  to  ]\l4,  two  or  more  cubito-anal  cross-veins 

Neurolestes  Selys,  1882  (West  Africa). 
FF.— Rs    beginning    distad    to    the    subnodus,    supplementary 

sectors  from  Mia  to  Ma,  one  cubito-anal  cross-vein 

Neuragrion  Karsch,  1891  (Ecuador). 

BB. — Antenodals  two  only   (more  than  two  have  been  noted  in 

occasional  specimens  of  Podopteryx,  a  genus  included  under 

this  rubric). 

G. — Rs  beginning  proximad  to  the  subnodus. 

H. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  two  rows  of  cells,  A  separating 

from  the  hind  margin  proximad  to  the  level  of  the 

arculus,  supplementary  sectors  from  Mia  to  M4 

Melanagrion  Cockerell,  1907  (Miocene,  Colorado). 

HH.— Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  one  row  of  cells,  A  separating 

from  hind  margin  distad  to  the  level  of  the  arculus, 

supplementarv  sectors  from  Mia  to  Cu2 

Rhipidolestes  Ris,  1912  (Formosa). 
GG. — Rs  beginning  at  the  subnodus. 

J.— Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  4-5  rows  of  cells,  A  separating 
from  the  hmd  margin  at  or  distad  to  the  level  of  the 

arculus,  supplementary  sectors  from  Mia  to  Cui 

Podopteryx  Selj's,  1871  (Aru,  Queensland). 
JJ. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  2  rows  of  cells,  otherwise  as 

in  Podopteryx 

Argiolestes  Selys,  1862,  sens,  strict.^^  (Australian  region). 

89  As  here  limited  includes  only  the  groups  IC  and  2  of  Selys'  Revision  of  1886, 
p.  81.  See  the  remarks  of  Martin  on  the  variability  of  the  points  of  departure 
of  Ms  and  R^  in  Argiolestes,  Boll.  Soc.  Ent.  Ital,  Ix,  p.  201,  1909. 


258  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May,^ 

JJJ. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  one  row  of  cells. 
K.— Old  World  Genera.9« 
L. — A   separating  from  the   hind  margin   proximad  to 
the  level  of  the  arculus  (some  Podolestes  fall  here — 
see  below  under  00). 
M. — Supplementary  sectors  from  Mi  to  Ms  and  between 

M4  and  Cu2,  none  between  Ms  and  M4 

Rhinagrion  nom.  n.  for  Amphilestes 

Selys,  1862^1  (Malaysia). 

MM. — Supplementary  sectors  (two  each)  from  Mio  to  Rs, 

one  between  Ms  and  M4 

Mesopodagrion  McLachlan,  1896  (Thibet,  West  China). 

LL. — A  separating  from  the  hind  margin  distad  to  the  level 

of  the  arculus. 

N. — Quadrilateral  with  its  anterior  side  more  than  half 

as  long  as  its  posterior  side,   Cui  only  slightly 

arched  forward  on  leaving  the  quadrilateral. 

O. — Arculus  distinctly  distal  to  the  second  antenodal, 

supplementary  sectors  (two   each)  from  Mia  to 

M4 Nesolestes  Selys,  1891  (Madagascar). 

00. — Arculus  at,  or  but  slightly  distal  to,  the  second 
antenodal,   supplementary   sectors    (one   or  two 

each)  from  Mm  to  M4 

Podolestes  Selys,  1862  (Labuan,  Sumatra). 
NN. — Quadrilateral  with  its  anterior  side  half,  or  less 
than   half,    as   long   as   the   posterior   side;     Cm 
strongly  arched  forward  on  leaving  the  quadri- 
lateral,   supplementary   sectors    (one   each)    from 

Ml  or  Mia  to  Rs  or  Ms 

Synlestes  Selys,  1869  (Australia). 
KK. — New  World  Genera. 

P. — A  separating  from  the  hind  margin  proximad  to 

the  level  of  the  arculus,  .supplementary  sectors 

from  Mia  to  Rs  and  between  Ms  and  M4. 

Q. — Area  Mia  to  M2  with  three  I'ows  of  cells,  two 

unbroken  supplementary  sectors  between  M2 

and  Rs Megapodagrion  Selys,  1885, 

sens,  strict.  (Brazil). 

QQ. — Area  Mia  to  M2  with  two  rows  of  cells,  one 

zigzag  supplementary  sector  between  M2  and 

Rs Allopodagrion  Foerster,  1910 

(Northern  South  America). 

3"  Although  the  first  two  subdivisions,  K  and  KK,  under  rubric  JJJ  are  geo- 
graphical, not  structural,  for  convenience'  sake,  the  structural  features  under 
K  and  KK  are  sufficiently  detailed  to  enable  the  identification  of  a  form  of 
unknown  habitat  to  be  made. 

81  The  name  Amphilestes  Selys  is  preoccupied  by  Amphilestes  Owen  (Encyc. 
Brit.,  8th  edit.,  XVII,  p.  157,  1859)  for  a  fossil  mammal.  Rhinagrion  is  suggested 
by  de  Selys'  emphasis  of  one  of  the  characters  of  his  Amphilestes  as  "  Tete  robuste, 
k  ^pistome  saillant." 


.1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  259 

PP. — A  separating  from  the  hind  margin  distad  to  the 
level  of  the  arculus. 
R,_Nodus  more  nearly  at  one-third  of  the  wing- 
length,    no    supplementary    sectors    between 

Rs  and  Ms Lithagrion  Scudder,  1882 

(Miocene,  Colorado). 
I^I^__Nodus  more  nearly  at  one-fourth  of  the  wing- 
length,   at   least  two   supplementary   sectors 
l^etween  Rs  and  Ms.     (Supplementary  sectors 

from  Mia  to  M4  or  Cui) 

Philogenia  Selys,  1862,  except 
P.  terraha  Calv.  (Costa  Rica  to  Brazil). 
<;;GG.— Rs  beginning  distad  to  the  subnodus,  A  separating  from 
the  hind  margin  distad  to  the  level  of  the  arculus. 

g_ — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  usually  two  or 
more  rows  of  cells,  supplementary  sectors 
from  Ml  to  Cu2  or  to  hind  margin,  two 
cubito-anal  cross-veins,  the  second  under  the 

quadrilateral 

Paraphlehia  hyalina  Brauer,  1871  (Mexico). 
gg^_Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  one  row  of  cells, 
no  supplementary  sectors  posterior  to  M4. 
T — Supplementary   sectors   from   Mia   to   M4, 
one  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 
Xj._Antenodal  cells  between  M4  and  Cui  two 
or  three  (otherwise  as  above  under  RR) 

Philogenia  terraha^^  Calvert,  1907 

(Costa  Rica). 

UU.— Antenodal  cells  between  M4  and  Cui  one; 

quadrilateral   very  long,  reaching  to   the 

level  of  the  nodus 

AUolestes  Selys,  1869  (Seychelles). 

TT. — Supplementary    sectors    from    Mia    to    Ms 

(often  none  between  M2  and  Rs),  usually 

more  than  one  cubito-anal  cross-vein^ 

Dimeragrion  new  genus  (Guiana)  .^^ 

'P'P'p^ — Supplementary  sectors  between  M2  and  R« 

and  (two  long  ones)  between  Rs  and  Ms, 

one  cubito-anal  cross-vein 

Heteropodagrion  Selys,  1885  (Ecuador). 


32  In  spite  of  the  fact  that  Philogenia  terraba  faUs  here,  instead  of  under  RR 
with  the  rest  of  the  genus  Philogenia,  the  only  difference  which  separates  it  is  the 
slight  one  of  the  more  distal  position  of  the  separation-point  of  Rs  from  Mi +2, 
and  I  think  this  does  not  entitle  terraba  to  a  different  generic  name. 

9'  The  genus  Ncitragrion  Karsch  was  described  from  a  single  female  and  has 
been  placed  under  rubric  FF  above.  If  additional  specimens  should  prove  to 
have  only  two  antenodals,  the  genus  would  fall  under  TT  and  would  differ  from 
Dimeragrion  presumably,  at  least,  in  possessing  only  one  cubito-anal  cross-vem. 


260  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

TTTT. — Supplementary  sector  one  between  ^Iia  and 
M2,  one  cubito-anal  cross-vein,  quadri- 
lateral not  reaching  the  level  of  the  nodus 

Protolestes  Foerster,  1899  (Madagascar). 
AA. — Ma  separating  from  M1+2  at  the  subnodus,  only  two  antenodals^ 
Rs  beginning  distad  to  subnodus. 

Y. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  usually  two 

or  more^*  rows  of  cells,  A  separating  from 

the  hind  margin  distad  to  the  level  of  the 

arculus. 

W. — Supplementary  sectors  from  Mi  to  Cu2 

or    to    hind    margin;     two    cubito-anal 

cross-veins,  the  second  under  the  Cjuadri- 

lateral Paraphlebia  Hagen,  1861 

(Mexico,  Guatemala). 

WW.- — Supplementary    sectors    from    Mia    to 

Cui  or  to  hind  margin,'  one  cubito-anal 

cross-vein Wahnesia  Foerster,  1900 

(New  Guinea)^* 

VV.— Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  one  row  of 

cells,  one  cubito-anal  cross-vein. 

X. — Supplementary    sectors    from    Mio    to 

M4,  A  separating  from  hind  margin  at 

or  distad  to  arculus 

' Chlorolestes Selys,  1862  (South  Africa). 

XX. — Supplementary     sectors     confined    to 

area  Mia  to  M2,  A  separating  from  hind 

margin  proximad  to,  at,  or  distad  to^ 

the  level  of  the  arculus 

Heteragrion  Selys,  1862 

(Mexico  to  Argentina)  .^^ 

AAA. — Ms  separating  from  M1+2  distad  to  the  subnodus,  only  two 

antenodals,  Rs  beginning  distad  to  the  subnodus,  A  separating 

from  the  hind  margin  distad  to  the  level  of  the  arculus  (or  not 

developed  as  separate  from  the  hind  margin  in  Perilesfes). 

Y. — xVrea  posterior  to   Cu2  with  two   or 
three  rows  of  cells. 
Z. — Supplementary  sectors  from  Mi  to 
Cu2  or  to  hind  margin,  other  charac- 
ters as  above  under  W 

Paraphlebia  (see  W). 

9*  Both  sexes  of  Paraphlebia  duodecima  Calv.  have  only  one  row  of  cells  posterior 
to  Cu2  on  the  hind  wings,  but  two  or  more  rows  on  the  front  wings. 

95  This  is  group  IB  of  Argiolestes  in  Selys'  Revision  of  1886,  p.  81. 

56  In  his  Synopsis  of  1862,  p.  31,  de  Selys  suggested  the  separation  of  H.  petiola- 
hini  as  a  separate  subgenus  under  the  name  of  Oxystigma,  chiefly  distinguished 
from  Heteragrion  by  the  long  quadrilateral  reaching  almost  to  the  level  of  the 
nodus,  the  pterostigma  extremely,  pointed  proximally  and  only  one  antenodal 
cell  (between  Mi  and  Cui),  but  he  did  not  adopt  this  suggestion  in  his  Revision, 
of  1886.     The  name  Qxysligma  does  not  appear  in  Kirby's  Catalogue. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  261 

ZZ. — Supplementary  sectors  from  Mia  to 

Cui 

Meiacjrion  n.  gen.^^  (New  Guinea). 
YY. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  one  row  of 
cells,   no   supplementary   sector   pos- 
terior to  M3. 
a. — Quadrilateral  not  touching  the  hind 
margin  of  the  wing,  supplementary 
sectors  between  ^Mia  and  ]M2  and 

between  Rs  and  AIs 

Mesagrion  Selys,  1885  (Colombia). 
aa. — Quadrilateral  touching  the  hind 
margin  of  the  wing,  no  supple- 
mentary sectors  except  a  rudiment 
between  ]\I2  and  Rs  or  between  Rs 
and  Ma,  arculus  well  distal  to  the 

second  antenodal 

Perilestes  Belys,  1862 
(Costa  Rica,  Guiana,  Brazil). 

In  view  of  the  olDservations  on  the  imperfection  of  our  knowledge, 
made  on  p.  256,  in  introducing  the  preceding  Synopsis,  it  seems 
useful  to  offer  also  this 

Outline  of  an  Alternative  Grouping  of  the  Genera  of  the 
Legion  Podagrion. 

A. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  more  than  one  row  of  cells. 

B. — A  separating  from  the  hind  margin  proximad  to  the  level 

of  the  arculus,  Ms  separating  from  Mi-r2  proximad  to  the 

subnodus. 

C. — Rs  beginning  proximad  to  the  subnodus,  two  antenodals, 

supplementary   sectors   Mia  to   M4,   two   rows   of   cells 

posterior    to    Cu2 Melanagrion. 

CC. — Rs  beginning  at  the   subnodus,   more   than  two   ante- 
nodals  Dysagrion,  Phenacokstes,  Thatimatoneura. 

BB. — A  separating  from  the  hind  margin  at,  or  distad  to,  the  level 
of  the  arculus,  normally  two  antenodals. 
D. — Ms  separating  from  Mi+o  proximad  to  the  subnodus. 
E. — Rs  beginning  at  the  sulinodus  .  Podopterijx,Argiolestes. 

EE. — Rs  beginning  distad  to  the  subnodus 

Paraphlebia  hyalina. 
DD. — Ms  separating  from  M1+2  at,  or  distad  to,  the  level  of 

the  subnodus Paraphlebia,  Wahnesia,  Metagrion. 

AA. — Area  posterior  to  Cu2  with  onlj-  one  row  of  cells. 

F. — A  separating  from  the  hind  margin  proximad  to 
the  level  of  the  arculus. 

3^  Type:  Argiolestes  postnodalis  Selys.  This  genus  is  group  lA  of  Selys' 
Revision  of  1886,  p.  81. 


262  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

G. — Ms    separating    from    M1+2    proximad    to    the 

subnodus,  Rs  at  the  subnodus 

Rhinagrion,  Mesopodagrion,  Megapodagrion, 

Allopodagrion,  Podolestes. 

GG. — Ms  separating  from  Mi +2  at  the  subnodus,  R« 

distad  to  the  subnodus Heteragrion. 

FF. — A  separating  from  the  hind  margin  at,  or  distad  to, 
the  level  of  the  arculus  (or  not  developed  as  a  vein 
distinct  from  the  hind  margin  in  Perilestes). 
H. — Ms  separating  from  M1+2  proximad  to  the 
subnodus. 

J. — Rs  beginning  proximad  to  subnodus 

Rhipidolestes. 

JJ. — Rs  beginning  at  the  subnodus 

Neurolestes  (3  antenodals),  Lithagrion, 
Philogenia,  Nesolestes,  Podolestes,  Synlestes. 

JJJ. — Rs  beginning  distad  to  the  subnodus 

Neuragrion  (3  antenodals  on  hind  wings), 

Philogenia  terraha,  Allolestes,  Dimeragrion, 

Heteropodagrion,  Protolestes. 

HH. — Ms  separating  from  M1+2  at  the  subnodus 

Chlorolestes,  Heteragrion. 

HHH. — Ms    separating    from    M1+2    distad    to    the 

subnodus Mesagrion,   Perilestes. 

The  preceding  Synopsis,  pp.  256-261,  will  enable  one  using  this 
Alternative  Grouping  to  distinguish  from  each  other  the  genera 
listed  under  each  final  rubric. 

A  comparison  of  Synopsis  and  Alternative  Grouping  will  show 
that,  in  spite  of  a  number  of  differences  in  the  order  in  which  the 
genera  appear  in  the  two  schemes,  both  begin  with  and  both  end 
with  nearly  the  same  forms,  which  may  therefore  be  regarded  as, 
respectively,  the  oldest  and  the  youngest  members,  phylogenetically, 
of  the  legion  Podagrion. 

The  Relationships  of  Phenacolestes. 

//  the  conclusions  reached  on  pp.  255-256  he  correct, 
Dysagrion  of  the  Eocene  of  Wyoming,  the  oldest  member  of  the 
legion  Podagrion  now  known,  cannot  have  been  an  ancestor  of  any 
of  the  three  known  Miocene  genera  from  Colorado,  Phenacolestes, 
Lithagrion,  and  Melanagrion,  because  it  lacked  supplementary  sectors 
between  Mi  and  Cui.  Melanagrion  indeed  possesses  one  more 
primitive  feature  than  is  found  in  any  of  the  other  three  of  these 
extinct  genera,  viz.,  Rs  begins  proximad  to  the  subnodus. 

Phenacolestes  has  preserved  more  primitive  characters  than  has 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  263 

its  contemporary  Lithagrion,  as  may  be  seen  bj-  a  comparison  of 
those  numbered  2,  (4?),  12,  156,  17a  and  h,  19,  20,  21a  and  h,  and  22, 
on  pp.  227  and  232,  anted. 

Phenacolestes  is  more  primitive  than  its  contemporary  Melanagrion 
in  characters  Nos.  1,  2,  12,  156,  17a  and  6,  19,  20,  216  and  22,  but  less 
primitive  in  characters  Nos.  3,  (4?),  and  11.  See  pp.  227  and  231, 
anted. 

Phenacolestes  may  have  been  the  ancestor  of  the  New  World  genera 
Megapodagrion,  Allopodagrion,  and  PerUestes  and  of  the  African 
Chlorolestes,  unless  it  shall  be  shown  that  the  less  oblique  pterostigma 
possessed  by  all  four  of  these  living  genera  cannot  have  been  acquired 
from  the  form  which  existed  in  Phenacolestes.  Of  these  four,  Mega- 
podagrion is  most  like  Phenacolestes.  But  Megapodagrion  and  the 
other  three  genera  may  equally  well  have  descended  from  Melana- 
grion, with  which  they  agree  more  closely  in  the  shape  of  the  ptero- 
stigma, although  Melanagrion  is  figured  as  having  no  anal  cross-veins, 
a  not  very  weighty  objection  in  this  connection. 

Phenacolestes  might  be  considered  ancestral  to  Heteropodagrion 
and  Heteragrion,  were  it  not  that  these  two  have,  in  at  least  some 
species,  a  greater  number  of  postnodals. 

Phenacolestes  was  apparently-  not  the  ancestor  of: 

Neuragrion,  which  has  more  postnodals,  and  the  cubito-anal  cross- 
vein  in  a  different  position,  i.e.,  proximal  to  the  level  of  the  first 
antenodal  ; 

Mesagrion,  for  the  second  reason  just  given  for  Neuragrion; 

Thaumatoneura,  Paraphlehia,  or  Dimeragrion,  which  have  more 
than  one  cubito-anal  cross-vein  and  denser  venation  in  the  wing 
generally  {Thaumatoneura),  or  between  Cui  and  Cu2  {Paraphlehia), 
or  as  shown  in  the  greater  numbers  of  postnodals  (all  three)  ; 

Philogenia,  which  has  more  postnodals  and  rather  denser  venation 
between  Mia  and  M2; 

Rhipidolestes,  which  has  Ms  separating  from  M1+2  more  proximad, 
Rs  beginning  proximad  to  subnodus,  and  more  postnodals; 

Podopterijx,  which  has  a  denser  venation  between  Ma  and  M4  and 
posterior  to  Cu2,  and  more  postnodals; 

Argiolestes,  which  has  a  denser  venation  between  Ms  and  M4. 

Comparisons  with  genera  of  the  Old  World  having  more  reduced 
venations  are  useless,  as  the  equally  possible  descent  from  other 
extinct  genera  than  Phenacolestes  arises  again. 

Whether  Megapodagrion  and  its  near  ally  Allopodagrion  are  to 
be  looked  on  as  descendants  of  Phenacolestes  or  of  Melanagrion, 
18 


264*  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

it  is  of  interest  to  point  out  that  they  are  not  in  their  present  geo- 
graphical distribution  the  nearest  Podagrionine  genera  to  Colorado, 
as  none  of  their  species  are  known  from  a  more  northern  locality 
than  Colombia  ("Bogota")-  In  the  intervening  territory  are  found 
Thaumatoneura,  Paraphlehia,  Philogenia,  Heteragrion,  and  Perilestes, 
and  of  these  four  genera  the  most  northern  known  representatives 
are  Paraphlebia  zoe  and  hyalina  and  Heteragrion  chrysops  of  the 
State  of  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico.^* 

Professor  Cockerell  has  suggested  in  correspondence  that  although 
the  genera  allied  to  Phenacolestes  are  now  Neotropical,  they  are  of 
northern  origin  or  had  northern  ancestors.  Considering  how  wide- 
spread are  the  living  genera  of  the  legion  Podagrion,  it  seems  incon- 
ceivable that  their  forerunners  in  the  Miocene  did  not  inhabit  many 
other  regions  than  Colorado,  The  fact  that  we  know  them  only 
from  Florissant  seems  to  the  writer  very  negative  and  insufficient 
evidence  on  which  to  found  a  conjecture  as  to  the  place  of  origin  of 
this  group. 

On  THE  Subfamily  Dysagrionin^  Cockerell. 

Preceding  his  original  description  of  Phenacolestes  mirandus, 
Professor  Cockerell  proposes  a  new  subfamily  of  Agrionidse  {sensu 
strictiori) ,  under  the  name  Dysagrioninse,  which  he  defines  as  follows.^' 

"Antenodals  2 Subfamily  Agrioninae. 

Antenodals  4  or  more Subfamily  Dysagrioninse." 

The  number  of  antenodals  is  hardly  a  character  of  sufficient  impor- 
tance by  itself  to  establish  a  subfamily,  owing  to  its  variability,  and  at 
least  three  genera  come  between  Professor  Cockerell's  two  divisions. 
Thus  in  Thaumatoneura  M'Lachn.,  the  number  of  antenodals  varies 
from  3  to  5,  and  Neurolestes  Selys  of  Africa  and  Neuragrion  Karsch 
of  Ecuador  have  three  antenodals.^*'"  It  is  not  without  bearing  on 
the  present  topic  that  all  three  of  these  living  genera,  as  well  as 
Phenacolestes,  are  of  Selys'  legion  Podagrion,  but  if  any  new  taxo- 
nomic  arrangement,  whether  of  "subfamilies"  or  of  "legions,"  is  to  be 
made,  the  distinctive  characters  must  be  formulated  in  some  other 
terms  than  those  which  Professor  Cockerell  has  employed.  The 
tenability  of  the  subfamily  Dysagrioninse  has  also  been  discussed 

98  Calvert,  Biol.  Centr.  Amer.  Neur.,  pp.  60,  61,  64,  1901. 
M  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIV,  p.  60. 

«»  Cf.  Calvert,  Ent.  Mo.  Mag.,  XXXVIII  [2-XIII],  pp.  29-32,  1902,  where 
also  the  characters  of  the  Agrioninae  are  discussed. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  265 

by  Mr.  Campion  in  his  preceding  paper  on  "The  Antenodal  Reticu- 
lation of  the  wings  of  Agrionine  Dragonflies."^"^ 

Additional  Data  on  Dimeragrion  n.  gen. 

In  addition  to  the  venational  characters  which  have  been  given 
on  pp.  238-239,  anted,  the  following  are  generic  features  from  other 
parts  of  the  body: 

Second  antennal  joint  one  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  the  first, 
the  third  longer  than  the  first  two  together. 

Ligula  (median  labial  lobe)  bilobed  in  its  distal  third,  apices 
tapering  but  not  very  acute,  separated  by  an  interval  whose  width 
is  about  equal  to  its  depth. 

Tibial  spines  longer  (often  2-3  times  longer)  than  the  intervals 
separating  them,  7-8  in  the  anterior  (outer)  row,  and  8-9  in  the  pos- 
terior (inner)  row  of  the  third  tibia. 

The  generic  name  proposed  is  in  allusion  to  the  fact  that  there  are 
two  supplementary  sectors  onl}^  in  two  areas  of  the  "vv^ng,  viz.,  those 
between  Mio  and  M2  and  between  Rs  and  Ms. 

Type,  Dimeragrion  percubitale  n.  sp. 
Dimeragrion  percubitale  n.  sp.    PI.  XIV,  figs.  6-S. 

Adult  cf . — Vertex,  genae,  and  rear  of  the  head  black  with  some 
metallic  green  reflection  not  very  brilliant.  A  yellowish  streak 
between  each  antenna  and  the  lateral  ocellus  of  the  same  side. 
Traces  of  pruinosity  on  the  rear  of  the  head.  Frons,  nasus,  and  upper 
half  of  rhinarium  dark  metallic  violet,  well-defined  from  the  black 
above  and  the  pale  yellow  below,  which  latter  forms  a  transverse 
band  on  the  lower  half  of  the  rhinarium  and  basal  half  of  the  labrum, 
this  band  having  almost  parallel  edges.  Distal  half  of  the  labrum 
and  the  mandibles  dark  metallic  violet.  Submentum,  mentum,  and 
bases  of  the  maxillse  luteous,  the  distal  parts  of  these  two  pairs  of 
appendages  blackish.     Antennae  black. 

Prothorax  black  with  a  slight  metallic  green  reflection. 

Mesepisterna  and  mesepimera  metallic  green,  low^er  part  (more 
than  half)  of  the  former  and  the  third  fourth  (counting  from  above) 
of  the  latter  pruinose,  or  the  latter  without  pruinosity.  Metepi- 
sternum  metallic  green  or  metallic  violet,  a  narrow  pale  (luteous  ?) 
stripe  separating  this  color  from  that  of  the  mesepimeron,  or  this  pale 
stripe  absent  (still  older  males).  Metepimeron  and  metasternum 
pale  brown  or  luteous,  some  pruinosity  on  the  latter. 

"1  These  Proceedings,  anted,  pp.  220-224. 


266  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Legs  blackish,  some  pruinosity  on  coxse,  trochanters,  and  femora. 

Wings  uncolored,  the  venation  described  on  p.  238.  Stigma  dark 
brown,  surmounting  2+  to  4  cells,  its  proximal  side  very  oblique, 
so  that  one  or  more  postnodals  are  placed  between  it  and  the  costa, 
and  at  least  twice  as  long  as  the  distal  side.  The  relative  lengths  of 
the  four  sides  of  the  stigma,  beginning  with  the  longest,  are :  posterior, 
proximal,  anterior,  distal.  No  brace-vein,  i.e.,  no  thickened  cross- 
vein  in  prolongation  caudad  of  the  proximal  side. 

Dorsum  of  abdominal  segments  1  and  2  dark  metallic  green,  of 
3-10  black,  except  that  in  the  middle  of  3-5  or  6  the  black  is  replaced 
by  ill-defined  dark  brown.  Sides  of  1  and  2,  a  transverse  basal  ring 
on  3,  sides  inferiorly  of  3-7,  pale  brown  or  luteous.  The  dorsal  black 
of  3-6  is  continued  ventrad  at  the  posterior  ends  of  these  segments, 
forming  a  transverse  apical  band  on  each.  A  transverse  basal 
yellow  ring  on  4-7.  Intersegmental  articulations  of  7-10  luteous, 
otherwise  8-10  are  wholly  black,  9  being  also  pruinose  on  the  dorsum. 
Pruinose  traces  are  also  visible  on  the  intersegmental  articulation  of 
1-2  and  on  the  sides  and  sternites  of  most  of  the  segments.  Hind 
margin  of  10  entire. 

Superior  appendages  longer  than  10,  a  little  shorter  than  9,  black, 
partly  pruinose.  Viewed  in  profile,  the  axis  of  each  appendage  is 
parallel  to  that  of  the  abdomen,  but  the  superior  margin  is  strongly 
declined  in  the  proximal  fourth,  less  so  in  the  remaining  three-fourths ; 
the  inferior  margin  in  the  distal  three-fourths  of  the  appendage  is 
produced  ventrad  into  a  strongly  convex  lamella  which  terminates 
at  the  blunt  apex  of  the  appendage ;  this  lamella  reaches  its  maximum 
at  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  appendage-length.  On  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  appendage  at  the  extreme  base  is  a  short  transverse 
ridge,  which  in  profile  view  appears  as  a  tooth.  In  dorsal  view,  each 
superior  appendage  shows  its  superior  margin  as  almost  straight  and 
decreasing  in  width  throughout  the  proximal  three-fourths,  while  the 
distal  fourth  is  strongly  curved  toward  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side; 
the  ventral  lamella  is  inclined  inward  and  downward  (mesad  and 
ventrad) ,  the  short  transverse  basal  ridge  is  at  the  mesal  margin. 

Inferior  appendages  about  seven-eighths  as  long  as  the  superiors, 
black.  Each  one,  in  profile  view,  conical,  tapering  more  rapidly  on 
the  superior  margin  beyond  two-fifths  its  length,  so  that  at  this  point 
this  margin  shows  an  angle;  distal  third  curved  strongly  upward 
(dorsad)  and  terminating  in  a  slender  very  acute  apex.  In  ventral 
view,  each  appendage  is  applied  against  its  fellow  for  the  proximal 
three-fifths  of  its  length,  beyond  which  it  is  continued  along  the  outer 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  267 

(ectal)  edge  as  a  blunt  cylindrical  process  one-half  to  one-third  as 
wide  as  the  proximal  part  of  the  appendage;  the  abrupt  contraction 
from  the  proximal  part  to  the  distal  process  is  made  by  a  right-angled 
"shoulder." 

I  have  not  been  able  to  detect  any  differences  either  in  these 
appendages  or  in  the  genitalia  of  the  second  abdominal  segment  of 
the  males  from  the  four  different  localities. 

Young  d^ . — Differs  from  the  adult  cf  in  the  absence  of  pruinosity, 
in  the  paler  hue  of  the  yellow  areas  generally,  in  having  pale  yellow 
where  the  adult  has  luteous;  metallic  violet  on  the  head  paler, 
bases  of  the  mandibles  and  a  spot  between  each  one  and  the  adjacent 
eye  yellow,  metallic  violet  or  metallic  brown  instead  of  metallic  green 
on  the  thorax,  an  indistinct  narrow  yellowish  stripe  on  each  side  of 
the  mid-dorsal  thoracic  carina,  a  bright  yellow  line  on  the  humeral 
suture,  coxse  and  trochanters  pale  yellow,  pterostigma  paler  brown 
with  a  pale  luteous  line  just  within  each  bounding  vein,  dorsum  of 
abdominal  segments  1  and  2  metallic  blue,  of  3-7  dark  brown,  darker 
at  the  hind  end  of  each  where  it  is  continued  ventrad  as  in  the  adult, 
most  of  the  ventral  surfaces  of  7-10  pale  j-ellow,  except  at  the  hind 
ends  of  7  and  8  which  are  blackish,  proximal  half  of  the  inferior 
appendages  yellowish  ventrally. 

9  .  Differs  from  the  adult  cf  as  follows :  Dark  color  on  the  nasus, 
rhinarium  and  labrum  shining  black  instead  of  metallic  violet.  Sides 
of  the  first  two  (confluent  with  the  transverse  yellow  band  below), 
bases  of  the  mandibles  and  an  oblique  band  running  from  each  eye 
upward  (dorsad)  and  inward  (mesad)  on  to  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  frons  to  a  variable  distance  (not  correlated  with  amount  of 
pruinosity  on  body),  bright  yellow.  A  narrow  stripe  on  the  humeral 
suture,  a  wider  stripe  on  the  first  lateral  suture  and  on  the  mete- 
pisternum  bordering  the  second  suture,  yellowish.  Pruinosity  on 
the  thorax  in  slight  quantity  on  the  sterna  and  metapleuron,  or  on 
the  sterna  only.  Coxae  and  trochanters  yellow.  Pterostigma  as 
described  for  the  young  male,  pruinose  on  the  under  surface.  No 
pruinosity  (or  but  a  trace  of  it)  on  the  dorsal  side  of  abdominal 
segment  9,  but  present  in  slight  traces  on  the  sides  inferiorly  of  1-8 
and  in  somewhat  greater  amount  on  the  sternites  of  1-8.  Hind 
margin  of  10  with  a  narrow  mid-dorsal  notch  about  one-fourth  as 
deep  as  the  length  of  the  segment,  from  which  runs  a  low  median 
carina  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  segment;  ventral  surface  of  this 
segment  pale  brown.  Abdominal  appendages  about  twice  as  long 
as  segment  10,  not  as  long  as  segment  9,  straight,  slender,  tapering 
to  an  acute  apex,  black. 


268  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Genital  valves  (  =  external  gonapophyses  of  9)  reaching  almost, 
but  not  quite,  to  the  level  of  the  hind  end  of  10,  brownish,  ventral 
margin  spinulose,  the  palps  slender,  reaching  beyond  the  level  of  the 
hind  end  of  10,  but  not  of  that  of  the  anal  tubercle  (  =  11),  darker 
in  color. 

Of  the  two  females  from  Tumatumari,  one  lacks  all  pruinosity 
on  the  body  and  the  pterostigmata,  the  other  has  a  small  quantity 
on  the  rear  of  the  head  only;  they  appear  to  be  the  most  immature 
of  their  sex  in  the  present  material. 

Dimensions. — Abdomen  cf  26,5-34,  9  24,5-25,5;  hind  wing 
cf  21,5-25,   9   20-22.5  mm. 

Habitat. — British  Guiana:  Wismar,  January  30  and  31,  three 
males,  three  females;  Rockstone,  February  1,  six  males,  one  female; 
Tumatumari,  February  5,  one  male,  February  7,  one  female,  February 
11,  one  male,  one  female;  Potoro  Landing,  February  10,  three  males. 
Collectors,  L.  A,  and  E,  B,  Williamson  and  B.  J.  Rainey,  1912. 

Type. — A  male  from  Wismar,  January  30,  abdomen  30.5,  hind 
wing  22,5  mm,  long,  in  the  collection  of  Mr,  E.  B,  Williamson,  of 
Bluffton,  Ind,  The  other  material  in  the  cohections  of  Mr.  WiUiam- 
son  and  of  the  author. 

Habits. — The  Tumatumari  female  of  February  11,  the  youngest 
of  her  sex  of  the  present  material  bears  this  label  by  Mr.  E,  B,  Wil- 
liamson: "taken  at  top  of  trail  2|  mile  past  Tiger  Creek  trail  on 
twig."  A  male  from  Potoro  Landing,  the  smallest  of  his  sex  in  all 
the  present  lot  has  this  note  by  the  same  collector:  "On  ends  of 
twigs  wings  expanded  usually  in  shade," 

Mr,  Williamson  has  kindly  furnished  the  following  notes  with 
reference  to  the  habits:  "At  Wismar  back  from  the  river,  across 
the  railroad  tracks  and  south  of  the  eminence  on  which  stands  the 
manager's  (Mr.  Croombie's)  house,  is  a  brushy  swampy  woods, 
traversed  by  numerous  small  streams  which  head  in  small  ravines 
with  abrupt  and  rocky  ends  or  pockets.  These  streams  at  the 
season  I  was  there  were  small  and  frequently  disappeared  and  hence 
were  followed  with  some  difficult}^  in  their  upper  course.  All  were 
short  and  were  intermingled  in  the  lower  (east)  end  of  the  woods 
where  the  ground  was  swampy  and  the  footing  treacherous.  The 
Agrionines  were  found  usually  near  the  upper  ends  of  the  streams 
below  the  rocky  pockets. 

"At  Rockstone  the  railroad  track  was  followed  back  toward  Wismar 
where  two  or  three  streams,  small  at  this  season,  cross  the  track  at 
intervals,   flowing  in   a  northerly   direction.     These   streams  were 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


269 


followed  in  the  direction  of  their  flow  till  each  was  lost  in  the  woods 
and  it  was  impossible  to  trace  its  course  further. 

"The  habits  of  the  Agrionines  at  both  locations  (Wismar  and 
Rockstone)  were  identical.  They  rested  on  the  extreme  tips  of  dead 
twigs,  usually  two  or  three  feet  from  the  ground,  with  outspread 
wings  and  rigidly  horizontal  bodies.  The  color  and  the  position 
assumed  gave  the  impression  of  alertness  and  self-reliance.  The 
flight  was  swift,  and  because  of  light-conditions  also,  was  difficult 
to  follow.  At  rest  they  were  fairly  conspicuous.  When  one  flew  at 
my  approach  I  stood  still  and  began  examining  the  possible  destina- 
tions in  the  direction  of  its  flight,  and  thus  located  it." 

Variations. — The  smallest  males  are  from  Potoro  Landing,  followed 
in  order  by  those  from  Tumatumari,  Wismar  and  Rockstone.  The 
order  of  the  females  by  size  from  the  smallest  is  not  the  same,  owing 
perhaps  to  there  being  but  a  single  specimen  of  this  sex  from 
Rockstone,  viz.:     Tumatumari,  Rockstone,  Wismar, 

The  most  remarkable  variation  in  this  species  is  in  the  number 
of  cubito-anal  cross-veins,  which  varies  from  1  to  4  on  the  front  wings 
and  from  1  to  5  on  the  hind.  Of  the  twenty  specimens  studied  only 
three  (all  males)  have  the  same  number  on  all  four  wings,  and  of 
these  three  two  have  2  cubito-anal  cross-veins  and  the  third  three. 
Two  other  specimens  (females)  agree  with  each  other  in  the  number 
and  arrangement  of  these  veins  on  their  four  wings,  leaving  fifteen 
out  of  the  twenty  no  two  of  which  are  exactly  alike  in  this  feature  when 
all  four  wings  are  considered.  The  remarkable  nature  of  this  varia- 
tion will  be  appreciated  when  it  is  recalled  that  in  the  great  majority 
of  the  Agrioninse  of  de  Selys  there  is  but  a  single  cubito-anal  cross- 
vein  on  each  wing.  The  conditions  found  in  the  present  material  are 
summarized  in  the  following 

Table  II. 

Showing  the  Number  of  Wings  of  Twenty  Individuals  of  Dimeragrion 
peraihitale  having  the  Specified  Numbers  of  Cubito-anal  Cross-veins. 

(The  numbers  in  parentheses  are  those  of  the  wings  in  which  the  most  prox- 
imal of  these  cross-veins  is  situated  proximad  to  the  level  of  the  first  antenodal.) 


Right  front  wing. 

Left  front  wing. 

Right  hind  wing. 

Left  hind  wing. 

1      with  1  cu-a  c-v 

13(1)    "    2    "      " 
5(1)    "    3    "      " 
1         "    4    "      " 

3      with  1  cu-a  c-v 
11(1)     "  2    "      " 
5  (4)     "  3     "      " 
1(1)     "  4    "      " 

2      with  1  cu-a  c-v 
10          "   2    "      " 
6          "   3    "      " 

2(1)     "   4    "      " 

0      with  1  cu-a  c-v 

8         "    2    "     " 
8(3)    "    3    "      " 
3(2)    "    4    "      " 
1(1)    "    5    "      " 

20  (2) 

20(6) 

20(1) 

20(6) 

270  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

It  is  rather  curious,  although  at  present  insignificant,  that  the 
abnormality  of  having  a  cubito-anal  cross-vein  situated  proximad 
to  the  level  of  the  first  antenodal  should  be  more  frequent  on  the 
left  side  in  both  the  front  and  the  hind  wings. 

The  specific  name  proposed,  percuhitale,  is  in  allusion  to  the 
unusual  numbers  of  cubito-anal  cross-veins. 

Bibliography. 

(Isolated  descriptions  of  genera  are  not  quoted  here  when  they  are  included  in 
Selys  1886  or  Kirby  1890). 

Brauer,  Redtenbacher,  u.  Ganglbauer.  1889.  Fossile  Insekten  aus  der 
Juraformation  Ost-Sibii'iens.  Mem.  Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  Si.  Petersb.,  (7), 
XXXVI,  No.  15.      (Paleophlebia  synlestoides,  p.  6.) 

Calvert,  P.  P.  1893.  Catalogue  of  the  Odonata  of  the  Vicinity  of  Philadel- 
phia, with  an  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  this  Group.  Trans.  Amer.  Ent. 
Soc,  XX,  pp.  152a-272.  (Relationship  of  the  Odonate  Groups  to  each 
other,  pp.  211-214.) 

1902.     On  the  Systematic  Position  of  Thaumatoneiira  inopinata  McLachlan 

(Order  Odonata),  with  some  remarks  on  the  classification  of  the  Suborder 
Zygoptera.     Ent.  Mo.  Mag.,  (2)  XIII,  pp.  29-32. 

1901-1908.  Biologia  Centrali-Americana.  Neuroptera.  Odonata.  Lon- 
don. (Mexican  and  Central  American  genera  and  species  of  the  legion  Poda- 
grion,  pp.  58-65,  1901;   354-357,  1907;   409,  1908.) 

Campion,  H.     1913.     The  Antenodal  Reticulation  of  the  Wings  of  Agrionine 

Dragonfiies.     These  Proceedings,  antea,  pp.  220-224. 
CocKERELL,   T.   D.   A.     1907.     Fossil  Dragonfiies  from   Florissant,   Colorado. 

Bull.  Amer.  Mns.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIII,  pp.  133-139.     (Lithagrion  hyalinum 

Scud.,  redescribed  and  figured,  p.  137;    Melanagrion  n.  gen.  for  Lithagrion 

umbratum  Scud.,  p.  138.) 

1908a.     Fossil    Insects    from    Florissant,    Colorado.     Bull,    cit.,    XXIV, 

pp.  59-69.     (Original  description  of  Phenacolestes,  p.  60.) 

. 19086.     Descriptions   of   Tertiary  Insects.     Atner.   Journ.   Sci.,   XXVI, 

pp.    69-75.     (Additional   on   Lithagrion   hyalimim   and   Phenacolestes,    pp. 
69,  75.) 

1908c.     Some  Results  of  the  Florissant  Expedition  of  1908.     Amer.  Nat., 

XLII,  pp.  569-581.     {Phenacolestes,  pp.  574-5.) 

FoERSTER,  F.  1899o.  Contributions  a  la  Faune  Odonatologique  Indo-Australe. 
Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.,  XLIII,  pp.  63-72.     (Variations  in  Podopteryx,  p.  70.) 

18996.     Zur    Odonaten-Fauna    von    Madagascar.     Ent.    Nachr.,    XXV, 

pp.  186-191.     (African-Madagassian  genera  of  legion  Podagrion  and  Pro- 
tolestes,  n.  gen.,  pp.  186-188.) 

1900.     Odonaten    aus    Neu-Guinea.     Termeszet.     Fiizetek,    XXIII,    pp. 

81-108.     (Identification  table  of  Indo-Australian  genera  of  legion  Podagrion, 
p.  103;  Argiolestes  Selys,  p.  104,  Wahnesia,  n.  gen.,  p.  105.) 

1909.     Beitrage    zu    den    Gattungen    und    Arten    der    Libellen.     Jahrb. 

Nassau.  Ver.  Naturk.  Wiesbaden,  62,  pp.  213-235.     (Relationship  of  Thau- 
matoneura,  p.  214.) 

1910.     Beitrage,  etc.  II.     Wien.  Ent.  Zeitg.,  XXIX,  pp.  51-56.     (Mega- 

podagrion  Selys,  p.  53,  Allopodagrion,  n.  gen.,  p.  54.) 

Hagen,  H.  a.  1862.  Ueber  die  Neuropteren  aus  dem  lithographischen  Schiefer 
in  Bayern.     Meyer's  Paleontogr.,  X,  2te  Lief.,  pp.  96-145. 

Handlirsch,  a.     1906-1908.     Die  Fossile  Insekten.     Leipzig,  W.  Engelmann. 

Karsch,  F.  1891.  Neue  Odonaten  von  Ecuador.  Sodetas  Entom.,  VI,  pp. 
105,  113,  121-2.     (Nevragrion,  n.  gen.,  p.  105.) 

Kirby,  W.  F.  1890.  A  Synonymic  Catalogue  of  Neuroptera  Odonata.  London : 
Gurney  &  Jackson. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  271 

Martin,  R.     1909.     Odonates  de  la  Nouvelle  Guinee  Britannique.     Bull.  Soc. 

Entom.  Hal.,  LX,  pp.  195-207.     (Note  on  the  groups  of  Argiolestes,  p.  201.) 
M'Lachlan,  R.     1896.     On  Odonata  from  the  Province  of  Szechuen,  in  Western 

China,  and  from  Moupin,  in  Eastern  Thibet.     Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (6), 

XVII,  pp.  364-374.     {Mesopodagrion,  n.  gen.,  p.  372.) 

1897.     Thaumatoneura  inopinata,  a  new  genus  and  species  of  Caloptery- 

ginaj.     E7it.  Mo.  Mag.,  (2),  VIII,  pp.  130,  131. 

Meunier,  F.  1896.  Les  Agrionides  Fossiles  des  Musees  de  Munich  et  de 
Haarlem.     Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  France,  1896,  pp.  30-35,  3  pis. 

1898.     Les  Insectes  des  Temps  Secondau-es.     Revue  critique  des  fossiles 

du  Musee  paleontologique  de  Munich.     Arch.  Mus.   Teyler,   (2),  VI,  pp. 
85-149,  10  pis. 

MuTTKowsKi,   R.   A.     1910.     Catalogue  of  the   Odonata  of   North  America. 

Bull.  Publ.  Mus.  City  Milwaukee,  I. 
Needham,   J.   G.     1903.     A  Genealogic  Study  of  Dragonfly  Wing  Venation. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXVI,  pp.  703-764.     24  pis. 

1911.     Descriptions  of  Dragonfly  Nymphs  of  the  Subfamily  Calopterygin£e 

(Odonata).     Ent.  Neivs,  XXII,   pp.  i45-154.     2   pis.     (Remark  on   more 
primitive  Calopteryginae,  p.  153.) 

OsBORN,  H.  F.  1910.  The  Age  of  Mammals  in  Europe,  Asia  and  North  America. 
New  York. 

Ris,  F.  1896.  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Gestalt  des  Kaumagens  bei  den 
Libellen  und  ihren  Larven.  Zool.  Jahrb.,  Abth.  Syst.  Geog.  Biol.,  IX, 
pp.  596-624.     (Relationships  of  Odonata  to  each  other,  pp.  621-624.) 

1912.     Neue     Libellen     von     Formosa,     Siidchina,     Tonldn     und     den 

Phillippinen.     Supplem.     Entom.  Deutsch.  Ent.  Mus.,  I,  pp.  44-85.     3  pis. 
(Primitive  venation  in  Zvgoptera,  pp.  44-47;   Rhipidolestes,  n.  gen.,  p.  57.) 

ScuDDER,  S.  H.     1890.     The"^ Tertiary  Insects  of  North  America.     Rep.  U.  S. 

Geol.  SuTLK  Terr.,  XIII. 
DE    Selys-Longchamps,    E.     1862.     Synopsis   des  Agrionines.     3me  Legion. — 

Podagrion.     Bull.  Acad.  Roy.  Belg.,  (2),  XIV,  pp.  5—44. 

1886.     Revision  du  Synopsis  des  Agrionines.     Mem.  Couron.  Acad.  Roy. 

Belg.,  XXXVIII,  pp.  i-iv,  1-233. 

1891.     Causeries     Odonatologiques     No.    5.     Deux    nouveaux    groupes 

d'Agrionines  de  Madagascar:     Nesolestes  et  Nesocnemis.     Comptes  Rendus, 
Soc.  Ent.  Belg.,  (IV),  23,  pp.  cccxcviii-cccciii. 

Till  YARD,  R.  J.  1911.  On  the  genus  Cordulephya.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New  South 
Wales,  XXXVI,  pp.  388-422,  2  pis.  (General  relationship  of  Odonate 
groups,  pp.  410,  411.) 

1912.  On  the  genus  Diphlebia,  with  descriptions  of  new  species  and  life- 
histories.  Proc.  cit.,  XXXVI,  pp.  584-604.  2  pis.  (Relationships  of 
groups  of  Zygoptera,  pp.  600-603.) 

1913.     On  some  New  and  Rare  AustraUan  Agrionidae  (Odonata).      Proc. 

cit.,    XXXVII,    pp.    404-479.      6   pis.      (Classification    of   Zygoptera,   pp. 

404-407.) 
Williamson,  E.  B.     1913.      The    Medio-anal    Link   in    Agrionina?  (Odonata). 

Ent.  News,  XXIV,  pp.  258-261. 

The  following  contain  descriptions  and  studies  of  Protodonata  published  since 
Handlirsch's  great  resume.  Die  Fossile  Insekten. 

Handlirsch,  a.  1910.  Ueber  die  Insektenreste  aus  der  Trias  Frankens. 
Abh.  Naturh.  Ges.  NUrnberg,  XVIII,  4  pp.  (On  Handlirschia  gelasii  Reis 
=Reisia  gelasii.) 

1911.     New  Paleozoic  Insects  from  the  Vicinity  of  Mazon  Creek,  Illinois. 

Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  XXXI,  pp.  297-377.     {Paralogopsis,  n.  gen.,  p.  374.) 

Meunier,  F.  1909a.  Nouveaux  Insectes  du  Stephanien  de  Commentry  (Cin- 
quieme  note).  Bull.  Mus.  Nation.  Hist.  Nat.,  1909,  No.  1,  pp.  37-40  (Gilsonia 
n.  gen.  p.  37). 

19096.     Nouvelles  Recherches  sur  les  Insectes  du  Terrain   Houiller  de 

Commentry  (Allier).     Ann.  Paleontol.  (Paris),  IV,  pp.  12.5-152,  5  pis. 


272  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Reis,  O.  M.  1909.  Handlirschia  Gelasii  nov.  gen.  et  spec,  aus  dem  Schaumkalk 
Frankens.  Ab/id.  Bayer.  Akad.  Wiss.,  Math.-Phys.  Klasse  XXIII,  pp. 
659-694,  1  pi.  '   ^^ 

Sellards,  E.  H.  1906.  Types  of  Permian  Insects.  Amer.  Journ.  ScL,  XXII, 
pp.  249-258.     (Tupus,  n.  gen.) 

Explanation  of  Plate  XIV. 

Figs.  1-5. — Phenacolestes  mirandus  Cockerell.  Florissant,  Colorado.  From 
photographs.     These  are  the  specimens  described  antea,  pp.  225-230. 

Fig.  6. — Dimeragrion  percubitale  n.  gen.,  n.  sp.  Wings  of  male,  Rockstone,  British 
Guiana,  February  1,  1912.     (From  photograph  by  H.  A.  Walters.) 

Figs.  7,  8. — D.  percubitale,  apex  of  abdomen  of  male  type,  Wismar,  British  Guiana, 
January  30,  1912.  7,  dorsal  view;  8,  right  side  profile  view.  Camera  draw- 
ings, Zeiss  oc.  2,  objective  A  with  lower  lens  off.  Scale  alongside  fig.  7  is 
that  of  one  millimeter  in  tenths,  for  figures  7  and  8  only. 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  273 


A  CONTRIBUTION  TO  THE  KNOWLEDGE   OF  THE   ORTHOPTERA  OF 
ARGENTINA. 

BY  JAMES  A.  G.  REHN, 

The  present  paper  is  based  entirely  on  collections  made  by  Mr. 
P.  Jorgensen,  of  Buenos  Aires.  These  collections  were  sent  either 
direct  to  us  for  study  or  through  Mr.  Esben  Petersen,  of  Silkeborg, 
Denmark,  to  whose  interest  we  are  obligated  for  much  of  the  material 
treated  in  the  paper.  In  addition  to  thanking  these  gentlemen  for 
the  opportunity  to  study  the  present  collections,  we  also  wish,  on 
behalf  of  the  Academy,  to  thank  Mr.  Jorgensen  for  the  very  important 
additions  received  from  the  collection,  by  far  the  greater  portion  of 
which,  including  all  the  types  and  unique  specimens,  remain  in  the 
Academy  series. 

The  entire  series,  collected  over  the  greater  portion  of  northern 
and  north-central  Argentina,  comprises  ten  hundred  and  twenty 
specimens,  representing  one  hundred  and  sixty -two  species,  of  which 
three  genera  and  twenty  species  are  new  to  science. 

The  general  regions  represented  in  the  collections  are: 

First.  Territory  of  the  Misiones.  The  extreme  northeastern 
extension  of  Argentina  extending  between  the  Parana  and  Uruguay 
Rivers,  which  respectively  separate  it  from  Paraguay  and  Brazil. 
In  consequence  of  its  f>osition  it  has  a  far  greater  proportion  of  tropical 
types  than  any  other  portion  or  portions  of  Argentina. 

Second.  Province  of  Corrientes.  Southwest  of  the  Misiones  and 
between  the  same  rivers,  but  of  a  less  tropical  character. 

Third.  Province  of  Jujuy.  The  extreme  northwestern  province, 
forming  part  of  the  Bolivian  boundary.  This  is  a  region  charac- 
terized by  a  number  of  types  of  Orthoptera  peculiar  to  it  or  shared 
with  Bolivia  or  the  province  of  Salta  to  the  south  and  east. 

Fourth.  Province  of  Salta.  This  province  is  next  south  of  Jujuy, 
which  it  also  bounds  on  the  east,  the  latter  portion  forming  part  of 
the  Chaco  region. 

Fifth.  Province  of  Tucuman,  South  of  Salta  and  at  the  east  base 
of  the  Andean  uplift,  part  of  which  is  within  the  province. 

Sixth.  Provinces  of  San  Juan  and  Mendoza.  These  are  in  the 
•west-central  part  of  the  country,  forming  a  considerable  part  of  the 
Chilean  frontier  and  including  conditions  from  the  plains  to  the 


274  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [MajT^ 

summits  of  the  Andes.     Mr.  Jorgensen  has  kindly  furnished  us  with 
the  following  information  on  these  two  provinces,  which  he  has 
examined    with    considerable    care.      "Provincia    de    Mendoza    is 
unusually  dry  and  exceedingly  hot  (extreme  heat  42°  C).     Rain 
falls  as  a  rule  in  local  showers,  although  occasionally  there  are  heavy 
rainfalls  with  terrific  thunderstorms.     As  a  rule,  the  sky  is  cloudless,, 
and  the  temperature,  even  in  summer,  often  falls  to  a  considerable 
degree  at  night.     In  the  district  around  the  town  of  Mendoza  it 
freezes  not  rarely  at  night  during  the  'winter'  months  (May-Septem- 
ber), although  even  at  this  elevation  to  see  a  layer  of  snow  in  the 
morning  is  rare,  and  in  any  event,  even  in  the  coldest  months,  snow 
never  has  the  opportunity  of  laying,  for  it  can  be  quite  hot  towards 
midday.     Only  high  up  and  in  the  front  range  of  the  Cordillera  de 
Mendoza  the  snow  lays  for  long  periods  in  the  very  coldest  months. 
In  the  lowlands,  or  rather  the  flat  lower  lying  districts,  east  of  the 
Cordilleras,  the  ground  is  composed  of  alluvial  strata  of  an  ash-gray, 
finely  powdered  clay  soil,  which  bears  a  rich  bush  vegetation,  the 
gray  color  of  which,  together  with  its  adaptation  to  the  climate,  points 
to  an  ancient  desert  vegetation.     A  large  proportion  of  the  plants,, 
quite  apart  from  the  cacti,  are  thorny  and  spiky,  the  Spanish  name 
'Espinales'  thus  suiting  the  district  admirably.     The  grass  fruits 
are  often  prickly  and  also  in  a  single  instance  mechanical  flycatchers.. 
Many  of  the  plants  here  are  very  aromatic  or  contain  quantities  of 
resin.     At  the  transition  point  between  the  lowlands  and  the  Cor- 
dilleras, the  ground  is  more  or  less  rising,  here  and  there  swamps  are 
to  be  found,  often  strongly  impregnated  with  saltpeter,  and  nearly 
everywhere  are  to  be  found  stones  (rolling  stones),  or  even  pieces  of 
rock,  mixed  with  the  earth.     The  front  ranges  of  the  Cordilleras,, 
which  rise  to  the  west  of  the  city  of  Mendoza,  are  partly  solid  rock 
and  partly  products  of  disintegration.     These  are  covered  with  the- 
very  same  plants  as  the  lowland  (Covillea  divaricata,  Gourhcea  decor- 
ticans,   Prosopis   campestris    and    alpataco,   Acacia  furcata,   Senecia 
mendocinus,   Suoeda   divaricata,   etc.).       Localities:     Mendoza    (767 
meters  above  the  sea),  Chacras  de  Coria  (936  meters),  nine  kilometers 
more  southerly,  both  at  the  foot  of  the  first  range,  Precordillera  de 
Mendoza;   Punta  del  Agua  and  Blanco  Encalada  (1,068  meters)  in 
the  mountains  and  railroad  stations  on  the  Ferro  Carril  Transandina ;, 
Potrerillos  (1,368  meters)  and  San  Ignacio  (1,325  meters),  railroad 
stations  in  a  large  valley  in  the  second  range,  Cerro  Negro,  on  the 
Rio  Mendoza;   Pedregal  (696  meters),  seventeen  kilometers  east  of 
Mendoza,   swamps;    La  Paz    (504   meters),   forty-eight   kilometers 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  275 

.southeast  of  Mendoza  on  the  Rio  Tunuyan.  The  Provincia  de  San 
Juan  is  similar  to  Mendoza,  but  hotter  and  drier." 

Seventh.  Province  of  San  Luis.  East  of  Mendoza  and,  according 
to  Mr.  Jorgensen,  of  the  same  nature  and  condition  as  around 
Mendoza. 

Eighth.  Province  of  Cordoba.  East  of  San  Luis  and  forming  a 
considerable  part  of  the  great  ''Pampa. " 

Ninth.  Vicinit}^  of  Buenos  Aires,  The  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
t3apital,  a  historic  zoological  locality,  is  represented  by  quite  a  number 
of  specimens. 

The  total  number  of  species  represented  aside  from  the  new  forms 
is  one  hundred  and  forty-two,  of  which  fifty-six  are  here  recorded 
from  Argentina  for  the  first  time.  Of  these  fifty-six,  forty-nine  are 
recorded  only  from  the  Misiones.  Of  the  total  of  one  hundred  and 
sixty-two  species,  one  hundred  and  sixteen  are  recorded  from  the 
Misicrnes.  These  figures  give  some  idea  of  the  richness  of  the  Misiones 
territory  in  Orthoptera. 

A  tabulation  of  the  distribution  of  the  entire  list  of  species  shows, 
among  other  things,  the  following  interesting  features: 

One  hundred  and  sixteen  species  recorded  from  the  Misiones. 

Twenty  species  recorded  from  the  Misiones  and  west  of,  but  not 
south  of,  the  same. 

Forty-seven  species  recorded  from  Brazil,  Paraguay  and  the 
Misiones  alone  in  Argentina. 

Thirty-two  species  recorded  from  the  Misiones  and  the  Pampan 
region,  also  northward,  but  not  westward. 

Seventeen  species  recorded  from  Buenos  Aires  westward  to 
Mendoza.     (Typical  pampan  and  plains  forms.) 

One  species  recorded  only  from  Jujuy  and  the  Pampas. 

Three  species  recorded  only  from  the  Chaco,  Jujuy,  and  Tucuman. 

The  distribution  of  all  of  the  species  treated  has  been  given  in  the 
paper,  and,  aside  from  the  new  ones,  the  forms  here  recorded  from 
Argentina  for  the  first  time  bear  an  asterisk  before  their  names. 

Family  BLATTIDiB. 

Subfamily  PSEUDOMOPIN^. 

*  Fseudomops  negleota  Shelf ord. 

1906.     P[seudomops]  neglecta  Shelford,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  London,  1906,  p.  256. 
[Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.  December  20.  (No.  4.)  ''Common  on  flowers." 
Two  males,  one  female. 


276  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May^ 

While  fully  agreeing  in  every  other  way  with  the  description  of  the 
species,  which  was  based  on  a  single  female,  the  males  are  found  to 
lack  the  pale  annulus  on  the  antennae,  which  is  marked  in  the  single 
female. 

The  measurements  of  the  specimens  are  as  follows: 

Length  of  body 8.6  mm.  8.5  mm.  9.     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 3.        "  3.        "  3.2     " 

Greatest  width  of  pronotum   3.2     "  3.3     "  3.6     " 

Length  of  tegmen 8.        "  8.2     "  8. 

This  species  is  now  known  from  southern  Brazil  (Rio  Grande  do 
Sul),  Uruguay  (Montevideo;  Shelf ord),  eastern  Paraguay  (Puerto 
Bertoni),^  and  northern  Argentina. 

Ischnoptera  rufa  Brunner. 

1865.     I[schnoptera]  rufa  Brunner,  Nouv.  Syst.  Blatt.,  p.  131,  PI.  Ill,  figs. 
13a-c.     [Brazil;    Porto  Rico.] 

Misiones.     December  2,  1910.     (No.  5.)     Two  males. 
We  have  no  previous  Argentine  records  of  this  species  aside  from 
that  from  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy  (Giglio-Tos), 

Ischnoptera  marginata  Brunner. 

1865.     I[schnoptera]  marginata  Brunner,  ibid.,  p.  132.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     December  20,  1910.     (No.  8.)     One  female. 

This  specimen  is  perfectly  typical  of  the  species.  The  nearest 
definite  localities  from  which  the  species  has  been  recorded  are 
Sapucay  and  Villa  Rica,  Paraguay,  and  Salta,  Argentina. 

Ischnoptera  brasiliensis  Brunner. 

1865.     I[schnoptera]  brasiliensis  Brunner,  ibid.,  p.  131,  pi.  Ill,  figs.  12a-c. 
[Brazil.] 

Misiones.     December,  1910.     Two  males. 

Pedregal,  Mendoza.     December  14,  1906.     One  male. 

The  Pedregal  specimen  shows  no  differences  from  the  Misiones 
individuals.  The  species  has  also  been  recorded  from  San  Lorenzo,^ 
Jujuy,  Oran,  Salta  and  San  Pablo,  Tucuman  (Giglio-Tos),  Rio  Negro, 
Sierra  de  Corrumalan,  Carmen  de  Patagones  (Berg),  and  Bahia 
Blanca  (Saussure),  Argentina;  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Caudell  and 
Rehn),  and  Uruguay  (Berg). 


1  The  acquisition  of  the  present  material  enables  us  to  identify  the  broken 
specimen  of  this  genus  from  Puerto  Bertoni  recorded  by  us  as  Pseudomops  sp. 
{Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  247)  as  this  species. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  277 

Blattella  germanica  (Linnaeus). 

1767.     [Blatta]  germanica  Linn£Eus,  Syst.  Nat.,  12th  ed.,  p.  688.     [Denmark.] 
Misiones.     February  4,  1910.     (No.  3.)     One  female. 

Subfamily  NYCTIBORINJE. 
*Nyctibora  limbata  (Thunberg). 

"1826.     Blatta  limbata  Thunberg,  Mem.  I'Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  St.  Petersb.,  X, 
p.  277." 

Misiones.     January,  1911.     (No.  9.)     One  male. 

We  have  followed  Shelford  in  using  limbata  for  the  species  usually 
called  sericea  Burmeister.  The  set  of  the  Memoires  in  the  Academy 
library  unfortunately  lacks  volume  ten,  so  we  are  unable  to  verify 
this  reference.  The  present  specimen  has  but  four  tarsal  joints  in 
the  right  caudal  tarsus  and  another  male  from  Puerto  Bertoni, 
Paraguay,  has  the  same  true  of  the  left  caudal  tarsus. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  by  the  author  from  Puerto  Bertoni, 
Paraguay,  but  it  is  here  reported  from  Argentina  for  the  first  time. 

Subfamily  EPILAMPRIN.E. 
Rhicnoda  jorgenseni  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December  2,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,210.] 

Closely  resembling  R.  rugosa  Brunner,  from  the  Oriental  region, 
but  differing  in  the  proportionately  broader  abdomen,  the  broader 
and  less  produced  supra-anal  plate,  which  is  also  much  more  shallowly 
divided,  and  in  the  smaller  size. 

Size  medium;  form  greatly  depressed;  surface  of  the  dorsum 
coriaceous.  Head  with  only  the  extreme  cephalic  portion  of  the 
vertex  visible  beyond  the  pronotum;  facial  portion  strongly  depressed 
and  flattened;  interocular  space  equal  to  twice  the  depth  of  the  eye, 
rugulose,  the  occipital  outline  moderately  arcuate,  very  narrowly 
rounded  in  section;  antennae  subequal  to  half  the  length  of  the  body. 
Pronotum  semicircular  in  form,  the  cephalic  and  lateral  margins 
regularly  arcuate,  caudal  margin  subtruncate  with  the  faintest 
possible  very  low  broad  median  projection,  lateral  angles  very 
narrowly  rounded.  Caudal  margins  of  the  meso-  and  metanotum 
arcuato-emarginate,  that  of  the  metanotum  more  decidedly  so  than 
that  of  the  mesonotum,  the  median  projection  of  the  metanotum 
more  decided  than  that  of  the  pronotum  or  the  mesonotum,  Teg- 
mina  equal  to  about  two-thirds  of  the  length  of  the  pronotum, 
lateral,  squamiform,  the  basal  width  of  the  same  but  little  less  than 


278  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

the  length,  external  margin  slightly  arcuate,  internal  margin  more 

decidedly  arcuate,  the  external  margin  thick- 

^^-^7'''''^^"^  ened   and   projecting   distad   of   the   internal 

/  /  \  \        margin  at  the  apex  as  a  minute  point;   apex  of 

I  aH     \     Tm^ \       ^^^  tegmina  slightly  surpassing  the  margin  of 

1  'I/-  ^y'-XT*     .    ^Q  mesonotum.     No  >vings  present.     Abdo- 

Jjr:r<iZ:tzi:>^x        men  slightly  broader  than  the  thoracic  seg- 

IJh^-^^'.  "■',""" ' -"'^'^^>4>\       ments;    caudal  margins  of  the  segments  with 

(//V".' ■ '.'.'.'.'.' '■  !tt^:t^y      low,  regularly  placed  ridges,  such  as  are  found 

i    V  --•■'lU"'7j^  "t       in  other  species  of  this  genus;    caudo-lateral 

^— ^        \      angles    of    the    segments    acutely    produced; 

Fig.  l.—Rhicnoda  jor-     supra-anal  plate  transverse,   the  length  con- 

gensenin.  sp.    Dor-      tained    about    twice    in   the    greatest   width, 

(Xl|.)  the   margin  regularly  arcuate  with  a  shallow 

median   rectangulate   emargination ;    cerci   no 

more  than  half  the  length  of  the  supra-anal  plate,  broad  fusiform, 

depressed;    subgenital  plate  broad,  the  general  outline  of  the  plate 

arcuate  with   a   shallow   emargination    by  each   cercus.     Cephalic 

femora  with  the  ventro-cephalic  margin  with  four  median  spines, 

the  ventro-caudal   margin  with    three  spines   on  the   distal   half; 

median  femora  with  five  spines  ventro-cephalad,  one  of  which  is 

apical,  ventro-caudal  margin  with  the  same  number,  but  with  the 

spines  more  regularly  placed;  caudal  femora  with  the  ventro-cephalic 

margin  with  five  spines  similarly  disposed  to  those  on  the  same 

margin  of  the  median  femora,  caudal  margin  with  spines  but  one  or 

none;   caudal  tarsi  missing  in  the  type  specimen. 

General  color  above  Vandyke  brown,  the  tegmina  and  the  lateral 
portions  of  the  metanotum  prout's  brown,  the  abdominal  ridges 
weakly  lined  with  seal  brown.  Ventral  surface  chiefly  tawny-olive, 
the  abdomen  broadly  but  indefinitely  bordered  with  seal  brown,  the 
paler  portions  with  numerous  spots  of  the  same  color,  these  spots 
being  placed  on  very  low  and  not  very  distinct  tubercles,  a  narrow 
medio-longitudinal  line  of  seal  brown  indicated  on  the  venter  of  the 
abdomen.  Head  ventrad  to  below  the  eyes  seal  brown;  eyes  and 
antennae  clove  brown.     Limbs  becoming  burnt  umber  distad. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 22 . 5  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 6 . 

Greatest  width  of  pronotum 11 .        " 

Length  of  tegmen  4 .        " 

■Greatest  width  of  abdomen 14 .        " 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  279 

The  type  of  this  species  is  unique.  It  is  quite  singular  that  the 
present  species  shows  no  close  relationship  to  any  of  the  previously 
known  American  forms  of  this  peculiar  genus,  while  its  close  affinity 
to  the  Oriental  rugosa  is  immediately  apparent  when  the  two  are 
examined. 

We  take  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  interesting  species  to  the 
collector,  Mr.  P.  Jorgensen,  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  the  oppor- 
tunity to  study  the  very  remarkable  collection  of  Argentine  Orthop- 
fera  treated  in  the  present  paper. 

Epilampra  stigmatiphora-  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf;  Misiones,  Argentina.  February  8,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen; No.  1.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  tj^pe  No.  5,211.] 

This  new  form  is  a  very  interesting  species  apparently  allied  to 
E.  testacea  Brunner,  from  Brazil,  and  caizana  Giglio-Tos,  from  Bolivia, 
differing  from  the  former  in  the  color  pattern  of  the  head  and 
pronotum  and  in  the  covered  portion  of  the  tegmen  being  no  darker 
than  the  general  color,  and  from  caizana  in  the  greater  size,  in  the 
more  rotundate  median  protuberance  of  the  caudal  margin  of  the 
pronotum,  the  non-punctate  margins  of  the  same,  in  the  blackish 
humeral  trunk  of  the  tegmina  and  the  non-punctate  limbs. 

Size  medium.  Head  very  slightly  projecting  beyond  the  pronotum, 
considerably  depressed;  interocular  space  nearly  one  and  one-half 
times  the  depth  of  the  eye,  the  outline  hardly  rounded  when  seen 
from  the  dorsum,  the  eyes  well  rounded;  paired  ocelli  enormous  in 
size,  elliptical  in  outline,  converging  ventrad,  slightly  impressed; 
antennae  slightly  longer  than  half  of  the  body  length.  Pronotum 
of  the  form,  found  in  most  species  of  the  genus,  cephalic  margin 
regularly  arcuate  from  the  lateral  angles  except  for  a  slight  flattening 
dorsad  of  the  head,  lateral  angles  very  narrowly  rounded  obtuse- 
angulate,  lateral  margins  moderately  convergent  caudad,  caudal 
margin  appreciably  produced  mesad  into  a  broad  rounded  expansion, 
laterad  of  which  the  margins  are  arcuato-emarginate ;  disk  with  two 
pairs  of  impressed  punctures  slightly  cephalad  of  the  middle,  the  usual 
transverse  creasing  of  the  surface  toward  the  caudal  margin  distinct 
but  not  deep.  Tegmina  surpassing  the  apex  of  the  abdomen  by 
about  half  the  pronotal  length,  moderately  broad,  the  median  half 
subequal  in  width ;  costal  margin  moderately  arcuate  in  the  proximal 

2  2-<; //o-^-^opo?,  bearing  brandmarks . 
19 


280  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

half,  then  straight  and  finally 
narrowly  rounding  to  the  apex, 
sutural  margin  subrect  in  the 
proximal  two-thirds,  thence  arcu- 
ate oblique-truncate  to  the  well- 
rounded  but  in  general  form  acute 
apex;  venation  prominent;  anal 
field  very  elongate  pyriform,  the 
anal  vein  reaching  the  sutural 
margin  mesad.  Wings  ample, 
the  greatest  width  contained  one 

T..     o     77  -7  f      4-1,  and    two-thirds    times    in    the 

tig.  2. — E pilampra  stigmatipnora  n.  sp. 

Dorsal  view  of  type.    (Xli)  length  of  same;     costal  margin 

moderately  arcuate  distad,  apex 
rotundato-rectangulate;  region  of  the  costal  veins  coriaceous,  sub- 
opaque;  anterior  ulnar  vein  with  three  complete  and  eight  incom- 
plete rami;  anterior  field  of  the  wing  very  broad.  Abdomen  strongly 
depressed;  supra-anal  plate  broad,  produced,  rounded,  with  a  median 
rectangulate  emargination ;  cerci  subfusiform,  the  distal  extremity 
attenuate;  subgenital  plate  broad,  rounded,  .slightly  asymmetrical, 
slightly  impressed  at  the  insertion  of  the  styles,  the  latter  very  small. 
Cephalic  femora  with  the  ventro-cephalic  margin  armed  with  four 
or  five  spines  mesad  and  a  single  distal  one,  the  area  between  supplied 
with  very  short  setiform  spinulations.  Median  and  caudal  limbs 
with  the  ventro-cephalic  margins  of  the  femora  supplied  with  five 
spaced  spines.  Caudal  metatarsi  very  slightly  longer  than  the  re- 
mainder of  the  tarsus,  biseriato-spinulose  ventrad,  pulvillus  small, 
distad. 

General  color  cream-buff,  the  tegmina,  aside  from  the  costal  por- 
tion, nearly  uncolored  translucent,  maculations  Vandyke  brown  and 
where  less  decided  russet.  Head  with  the  occiput  having  a  large 
maculation  of  vandyke  brown  divided  cephalo-caudad  by  a  line  of 
the  base  color ;  region  from  the  middle  of  the  interocular  space  to  the 
middle  of  the  interocellar  space  russet  with  a  decided  vandyke  brown 
section  dorsad;  eyes  seal  brown;  antennae,  except  for  the  pale  proxi- 
mal joint,  bistre.  Pronotum  thickly  speckled  with  fine  vandyke 
brown  points  with  less  frequent  rather  regularly  placed  larger  dots 
'  of  the  same  color,  a  median  sublyrate  pattern,  part  of  which  is  made 
up  of  a  transverse  series  of  eight  large  dots,  of  the  same  color;  caudal 
margin  with  a  series  of  well-spaced  points.  Tegmina  with  a  short 
sinuous  line  on  the  base  of  the  humeral  trunk  seal  brown,  the  well- 


19 13. J  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  281 

scattered  points,  which  sometimes  resolve  themselves  into  larger 
blotches,  russet.  Wings  hyaline  with  the  veins  of  the  anterior  field 
very  pale  russet  and  of  the  posterior  field  Vandyke  brown,  the 
coriaceous  portion  of  the  costal  margin  buffy.  Limbs  and  ventral 
surface  pale  clay  color,  the  latter  finely  speckled  with  vandyke 
brown  and  with  larger  paired  lateral  patches  of  the  same  color,  the 
former  darkening  in  color  distad,  the  spines  tawny. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 23.     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum „ 6 .        " 

Greatest  width  of  pronotum 7.5     " 

Length  of  tegmen 22 . 5     " 

Median  width  of  tegmen 7.4     " 

In  addition  to  the  type,  we  have  examined  six  paratypes  (taken 
January  1,  February  8,  October  1,  and  December,  1910)  which  differ 
little  from  the  type.  The  size  shows  almost  no  variation,  while  color 
differences  are  wholly  in  the  degree  of  density  of  the  fine  brownish 
punctations  on  the  tegmina.  In  this  respect  the  type  represents  one 
pale  extreme,  from  which  the  series  grades  to  the  other  extreme, 
represented  by  one  specimen,  in  which  these  small  spots  are  much 
more  abundant  and  generally  distril:)uted  on  the  tegmina,  being  well 
marked  on  the  costal  field.  The  larger  maculations  of  the  tegmina 
of  the  type  are  represented  in  the  darker  individuals  by  smaller, 
Vandyke  brown,  more  sharply  cut  ones,  while  the  lining  of  the  humeral 
trunk  is  broader,  solid,  and  decidedly  striking. 

*Epilainpra  verticalis  Burmeister. 

1838.     E[pilampra]  verticalis  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II,  Abth..  II, 
pt.  1,  p.  505.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     November  2,  1910.     (No.  6.)     One  female. 

All  of  the  previous  records  of  this  species  are  from  Brazil. 

Subfamily  BLATTIN^. 
Periplaneta  brunnea  Burmeister. 

1838.     P[eriplaneta]  brunnea  Burmeister,  ibid.,  p.  503.      [Chile;  Demerara.] 

Embarcacion,  Salta.    April,  1911.     One  female. 

This  specimen  shows  no  differences  from  a  pair  from  Caiza,  BoHvia. 

The  species  has  been  recorded  from  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina, 

Aguairenda  and  Caiza,  Bolivian  Chaco  and  Colonia  Risso,  upper 

Paraguay  (Giglio-Tos). 


282  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

SubfamUy  PANCHLORIN^. 
Fanchlora  thalassina  Saussure  and  Zehntner. 

1893.  Panchlora  thalassina  Saussure  and  Zehntner,  Biol.  Cent.-Amer., 
Orth.,  I,  pp.  91,  93.  [Guatemala;  Santa  Catharina,  Brazil;  La  Plata, 
Argentine  Republic] 

Misiones.  April  20,  1910;  November,  1910.  (No.  2.)  One 
male,  one  female. 

The  above  fully  agree  with  material  from  Puerto  Bertoni,  Para- 
guay. The  form  has  been  reported  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Cau- 
dell)  and  Tala,  Salta  and  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina  (Giglio-Tos) . 

SubfamUy  BLABERIN^. 
*Monastria  biguttata  (Thunberg). 

"1826.  Blatta  biguttata  Thunberg,  Mem.  I'Acad.  St.  Petersb.,  X,  p.  276, 
pi.  14." 

Misiones.  January  29,  1911.  (No.  10.)  "Common."  One 
female. 

This  specimen  is  very  interesting  as,  while  it  fully  agrees  with  the 
descriptions  of  the  female  of  this  species  in  every  other  respect, 
according  exactly  in  the  form  of  the  tegminal  margins,  it  differs  in  the 
tegmina  being  distinctly  longer  than  in  the  more  usual  type  described. 
The  tegmina  in  our  specimen  cover  nearly  half  of  the  abdomen  and 
are  nineteen  millimeters  in  length  from  the  point  of  attachment  to 
the  extreme  portion  of  the  margin.  The  previous  descriptions  give 
the  length  of  the  tegmina  as  from  ten  to  twelve  millimeters. 

All  of  the  older  records  of  the  species  are  simply  from  ''Brazil." 
The  present  author  has  recorded  a  male  from  Yaguarasapa,  Paraguay, 
while  Giglio-Tos^  has  recorded  what  is  in  all  probability  this  or  a 
congeneric  species  from  Paraguay  as  Blabera  fumigata,  a  peculiarly 
Cuban  species,  the  female  of  which  resembles  this  genus. 

*Blaberus  fraternus  Saussure. 

1864.  Blabera  fraterna  Saussure,  Mem.  I'Hist.  Nat.  Mex.,  Ill,  p.  241. 
[South  America;   Cuba?] 

Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  female. 

This  specimen  shows  a  few  differences  from  the  original  description, 
which  was  based  on  the  male  sex,  but  these  are  probably  only  sexual. 
In  all  the  more  important  characters,  which  would  be  shared  by  both 
sexes,   our   specimen  agrees   with  the   description.     The   pronotal 

2  Zoolog.  Jahrb.,  Abth.  Syst.,  VIII,  p.  805. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  283 

patch  is  considerably  extended  laterad  along  the  caudal  margin  and 
is  sharply  cut  out  on  the  sides.  This  form  belongs  to  the  same  group 
of  species  as  minor,  and  to  which  apparently  belongs  hrasilianus 
Saussure  and  sulzeri  Guerin. 

We  know  nothing  definite  regarding  the  distribution  of  this  species. 

Subfamily  CORYDIX.E. 
Melestora  fulvella  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,212.] 

This  species,  the  first  of  this  very  peculiar  genus  seen  by  us,  differs 
from  adspersicollis  and  fuscella  Stal,  both  from  Rio  Janeiro,  in  the 
smaller  size,  non-lineate  pronotum,  and  very  much  more  uniform 
coloration. 

Size  small;    form  moderately  depressed;    body,  except  pronotum 
and  tegmina,  covered  with  fine  ochraceous  pile.     Head  but  very 
slightly  projecting  beyond  the  pronotum,   outline  of  the  occiput 
subtruncate;  interspace  between  the  eyes  broad,  about  equal  to  one 
and  one-half  times  the  greatest  depth  of  the  eye,  this  region  and  the 
equally  broad  interantennal  section  impresso- 
punctulate;    eyes   elongate    pyro-reniform    in 
outline;     antennae     subequal     to     the     body 
in  length.     Pronotum  transverse  elliptical  in 
outline,    the     cephalic     margin     subtruncate,   Fig.  3.—Meleslora  ful- 
lateral  portions  moderately  declivent;   surface      ^f^^egnS  (S^'ti^l 
polished.     Tegmina  surpassing  the  apex  of  the       ( x  4.) 
abdomen   by   more   than   the   length   of   the 

pronotum,  very  slightly  inferior  to  the  tips  of  the  wings,  sublanceolate 
in  outline ;  costal  margin  gently  arcuate,  sutural  margin  straight  in  the 
proximal  two-thirds  and  thence  arcuate  to  the  rather  broadly  rounded 
apex;  venation  of  the  peculiar  type  found  in  this  genus,  the  trans- 
verse veins  forming  regularly  subquadrate  or  subrectangulate  areas, 
the  surface  of  these  areas  as  well  as  the  costal  field  minutely  papillose; 
costal  veins  seven  in  number;  anal  vein  joining  the  sutural  margin 
at  about  a  third  of  the  length  from  the  base.  Supra-anal  plate  with 
the  distal  margin  arcuate;  subgenital  plate  asymmetrical;  cerci 
depressed,  hardly  tapering,  apex  moderately  acute. 

General  color  rather  pale  ochraceous,  on  the  disk  of  the  pronotum 
inclined  toward  tawny.  Occiput  ferruginous,  passing  into  hazel  on 
the  lower  face;   eyes  clove  brown;   antennae  drab. 


284  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [MaV, 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 7 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 1.8     '' 

Greatest  width  of  pronotum  2.2     " 

Length  of  tegmen 7.7     " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen  2.7     " 

The  type  of  this  interesting  species  is  unique. 

Family  MANTID^. 

Subfamily  ORTHODERIN^. 
*Maiitoida'burmeisteri  (Giebel). 

1862.     Ch[cetoessa]  burmeisteri  Giebel,  Zeitschr.  fiir  die  Gesammt.  Naturwiss., 
XX,  p.  316.     [Neu  Freiburg,  State  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     January  26,  191L     One  male. 

This  is  the  first  record  of  the  species  since  the  origilial  description. 

Subfamily  MAXTIX.^. 
Acontista  bimaculata  Saussure. 

1870.     A[contista]  bimaculata  Saussure,  Mittheil.  Schweiz.  Entom.  Gesell., 
Ill,  p.  229.     [Brazil.] 

Jujuy,  Province  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  male. 

Misiones.  January  31,  1911;  February  15,  1911;  October,  1910; 
October  30,  1909.     (No.  10.)     Six  males. 

A  single  Misiones  male  (October  30,  1909)  has  the  head,  pronotum, 
and  cephalic  coxae  washed  with  orange.  An  individual  of  the  same 
sex  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  now  before  us,  has  the  same  color 
present  but  more  extensive,  coloring  the  femora  as  well. 

The  only  previous  Argentine  record  is  from  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy 
(Giglio-Tos) .  The  other  known  records  of  the  species  are  from 
Paraguay  (Giglio-Tos) ;  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Caudell,  Rehn) ; 
Asuncion,  Paraguay  (Giglio-Tos) ;  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil  (Saus- 
sure); Goyaz,  Brazil  (Saussure),  and  Chiquitos,- Bolivia  (Saussure). 
Brunneria  brasiliensis  Saussure. 

1870.     B[runneria]  brasiliensis  Saussure,  ibid.,  p.  240.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     March  15,  1910.     (No.  2.)     One  male. 

This  is  the  second  record  of  the  species  from  Argentina.  Other 
records  of  the  form  show  its  range  to  extend  from  Brazil  and  Paraguay 
(specificalty  from  Sapucay)  west  to  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina. 

Brunneria  subaptera  Saussure. 

1869.     B[rimneria]  subaptera  Saussure,  ibid.,  p.  71.     [Argentine  Pampas.] 

Buenos  Aires.     May  1,  1909.     One  female. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  northern  Patagonia  north  to 
Carcarana  and  Buenos  Aires. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  285 

The  Genus  COPTOPTEEYX. 

In  studying  the  material  in  the  present  collection  belonging  to  the 
genus  Coptopteryx,  we  have  found  it  necessary  to  make  a  preliminary 
revision  of  the  genus,  examining  all  the  available  material  belonging 
to  the  same.  From  the  present  series,  the  Academy  Collection  and 
the  Hebard  Collection  we  have  assembled  fifty  specimens,  and  from  a 
careful  study  of  this  series  it  is  evident  that  considerable  confusion 
has  existed  in  all  previous  work  on  the  genus,  including  that  by  the 
present  author.  A  large  portion  of  this  confusion  is  directly  traceable 
to  Saussure's  error  in  using  Blanchard's  name  crenaticoUis  for  a 
species  distinct  from  that  author's  gayi,  when,  as  shown  by  the 
present  material,  they  are  clearly  sexes  of  the  same  species. 

It  is  evident  from  our  material  that  almost  all  of  the  species'*  of 
the  genus  show  very  considerable  size  variation,  that  venational 
characters  are  very  unreliable,  and  also  that  green  phases  with  hyaline 
tegmina  and  wings  in  the  male,  and  brown  phases  with  infumate  or 
infuscate  tegmina  and  wings  in  the  same  sex  probabl}^  will  be  found 
in  the  same  species,  although  we  have  little  conclusive  evidence 
regarding  the  color  phases. 

The  following  key  has  been  constructed  from  the  material  before 
us  and  we  trust  it  will  be  found  serviceable. 

Males. 

a. — Size  medium  to  large.     Shaft  of  pronotum  not  strongly  con- 
stricted mesad.     Width  of  head  contained  at  least  two  and 
one-half  times  in  the  length  of  pronotum. 
b. — Size  large  (body  56.5-79  mm.;   pronotum  15-21.2). 

c. — Greatest  width  of  the  pronotum  contained  not  more  than 
three  and  one-half  times  in  the  length  of  the  same, 
d. — Wing   narrower,    the   breadth    contained   more   than 

twice  in  the  length argentina  (Burmeister). 

dd.— Wing  broader,  the  breadth  contained  less  than  twice 

in  the  length claraziana  Saussure. 

cc. — Greatest  width  of  the  pronotum  contained  at  least  four 

times  in  the  length  of  the  same thoracica  n.  sp. 

bb. — Size    medium    (body    43.5-54    mm.;    pronotum    11.3-14.8), 

gayi  (Blanchard). 

aa. — Size  small.     Shaft  of  pronotum  strongly  constricted  mesad. 

Width  of  head  contained  less  than  twice '  in  the  length  of 

.  pronotum constrida  n.  sp. 

*  The  species  Mantis  gymnopyga  Burmeister  and  Mantis  grisea  Philippi,  which 
have  been  questionably  referred  to  this  genus,  do  not  appear  to  belong  here. 
Phihppi's  grisea  is  clearly  a  nymph  of  another  genus  as  suggested  by  Saussure. 


286  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Fe7nale. 

a. — Lateral  margins  of  the  pronotum  regularly  and  finely  denticulate. 
Tegmina   with    the    discoidal    and    anal    fields    unicolorous. 

(Form  robust.) argentina  (Burmeister). 

aa. — Lateral  margins  of  the  pronotum  strongly  spinose,  the  spines 
with  regularly  intercalated  spinulations.     Tegmina  with  the 
discoidal  and  anal  fields  bicolored. 
b. — Size  medium  to  large.     Pronotum  with  the  length  of  the 
collar  contained  over  twice  in  that  of  the  shaft, 
c. — Size  large  (body  62-80  mm.;   pronotum  19-25.3). 

d. — Pronotum  broader,  the  greatest  width  contained  about 
three  times  in  the  length,  shaft  weakly  carinate. 

Cephalic  limbs  more  robust daraziana  Saussure. 

dd. — Pronotum  more  elongate,  the  greatest  width  contained 
about  four  times  in  the  length,  shaft  decidedly 
though  finely  carinate.     Cephalic  limbs  slenderer, 

thoracica   n.    sp. 
cc. — Size   medium    (body  44-54   mm.;  pronotum   13.2-15.8), 

gayi  (Blanchard). 

bb. — Size  small.     Pronotum  with  the  length  contained  not  more 

than  twice  in  that  of  the  shaft constricta  n.  sp. 

Coptopteryx  argentina  (Burmeister)  .5 

1864.     M[antis\  arQenlina  Burmeister,  Berl.  Entom.  Zeitschr.,  VIII,  p.  208. 
[Argentina  between  Buenos  Aires  and  Mendoza.] 

Misiones.     January  18,  1910.     (No.  1.)     One  male, 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  May  2,  1908. 
One  female. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  January 
20,  1908;  March  9,  1908;  April  5  and  11,  1907.     Four  females. 

Cordillera  de  Mendoza.     March  22,  1908.     One  male. 

Of  this  species  we  have  before  us  a  series  of  eleven  males  and 
fifteen  females,  from  the  evidence  of  which  we  know  there  is  a  great 
amount  of  individual  variation  in  size.  The  two  males  from  Sapucay 
previously  recorded  by  us  as  crenaticollis  (vide  infra)  are  considerably 
smaller  than  any  other  specimens  of  that  sex,  although  the  largest 
male  individual  is  from  the  same  locality.  The  females  of  the 
Sapucay  series  show  very  similar,  but  somewhat  less  decided  size 
variation,  while  those  from  the  Province  of  Mendoza  average  con- 
siderably smaller,  yet  show  much  variation  among  themselves. 

Measurements  of  the  extreme  individuals  are  as  follows: 


^  To  this  species  belongs  the  male  material  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  recorded 
by  us  as  crenaticollis  {Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  155). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  287 


Length 

Length 

Greatest 

Length 

Length  of 

Length 

of 

of 

width  of 

of 

cephaUc 

of  caudal 

body. 

pronotum. 

pronotum. 

tegmen. 

femur. 

femur. 

mm. 

mm. 

mm. 

mm. 

mm. 

mm. 

cf  Sapucay,  Paraguay. 

[Hebard  Coll.] 

56.5 

15. 

3.8 

37.5 

11.8 

18. 

cf  Sapucay,  Paraguay. 

[Hebard  Coll.] 

.79. 

21.2 

5.5 

53.3 

18. 

28. 

d^  Cordillera  de 

Mendoza. 

[A.  N.  S.  P.] 

.64. 

17. 

4.7 

48. 

13.7 

20.5 

cf  Misiones. 

[A.  N.  S.P.] 

.76.5 

20.8 

5.2 

53.2 

16.5 

26.5 

9  Sapucay,  Paraguay. 

[A.N.S.P.] 

67. 

21. 

6.5 

8.6 

18. 

20. 

9  Sapucay,  Paraguay. 

[A.  N.  S.  P.] 

..77. 

25.3 

8.2 

13.7 

22.2 

24.5 

9  Mendoza. 

[A.N.S.P.] 

.64. 

19. 

,     6.2 

13. 

16.5 

18.2 

9  Mendoza. 

[A.  N.  S.  P.] 

.70. 

22.2 

7.2 

14.5 

19.2 

20.8 

The  two  small  male.s  from  Sapucay  and  the  Cordillera  de  Mendoza 
male  differ  from  all  the  others  of  that  sex  in  having  the  extreme 
proximal  portion  of  the  marginal  field  of  the  tegmina  equally  hyaline 
with  the  remainder  of  that  field,  while  the  other  specimens  have  the 
same  opaque  rufous,  on  one  side  touching  the  humeral  trunk  and  on 
the  other  obliquely  delimited. 

The  Cordillera  de  Mendoza  specimen  differs  from  all  the  other 
specimens  seen  in  having  the  margins  of  the  collar  of  the  pronotum 
more  decidedly  converging  cephalad,  the  cephalic  extremity  being 
much  narrower  than  usual  in  consequence.  This  appears,  however, 
to  be  purely  individual. 

The  species,  from  the  basis  of  previous  records  and  present  material, 
is  known  to  range  from  southern  Brazil   (Saussure)   and   central 
Paraguay  (Sapucay)  south  to  Uruguay  (Saussure)  and  west  to  the 
Cordillera  de  Mendoza,  Argentina. 
Coptopteryx  claraziana  Saussure.7 

1869.     C[optopteryx]  claraziana  Saussui'e,  Mittheil.  Schweiz.  Entom.  Gesell., 
Ill,  p.  66.     ["Ager  argentinus."] 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  de  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  Decem- 
ber 13,  1907.     One  male. 

This  specimen  has  the  tegmina  fuliginoso-hyaline,  while  the  wings 
are  more  decidedly  fuliginous.  The  female  from  Carcaraiia,  Argen- 
tina, previously  recorded  by  us  as  crenaticoUis,^  belongs  to  this  species. 

The  Chacras  de  Coria  specimen  measures:  length  of  body,  72  mm.; 

6  Imperfectly  developed. 

^  This  name  was  almost  immediately  cancelled  by  Saussure,  who  then  considered 
the  species  to  represent  Blanchard's  crenaticollis.  This  is  clearly  an  error  and 
the  name  claraziana  is  available  for  the  species,  which  has  been  recorded  by  most 
authors  as  crenaticollis,  following  Saussure. 

8  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  155. 


288  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

length  of  pronotum,  19;  greatest  width  of  pronotum,  5.2;   length  of 
tegmen,  52;  length  of  cephalic  femur,  14.7. 

This  species,  as  far  as  can  be  determined  from  our  correlation  of 
the  published  records,  ranges  from  southern  Brazil  (Saussure)  and 
the  Province  of  San  Pedro,  Paraguay  (Giglio-Tos),  south  to  Bahia 
Blanca  and  the  north  of  Patagonia  (Saussure),  west  to  Mendoza 
Province  (Chacras  de  Coria)  and  east  to  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  (Buenos 
Aires;  Giglio-Tos). 
Coptopteryx  thoracica  n.  sp. 

1894.^     Coptopteryx  gaiji   Giglio-Tos  (not  of  Blanchard),    Boll.  Mus.  Zool. 
Anat.  Comp.  Torino,  IX,  No.  184,  p.  3.     [Province  of  San  Pedro,  Paraguay; 
Santa  Rosa,  Salta,  Argentina.] 
1907.     Coptopteryx  gayi  Rehn  (not   of  Blanchard),    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  1907,  p.  155.     [Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Type:  9  ;  Sapucay,  Paraguay.  December  19,  1904.  (William 
Foster.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,215.] 

The  differential  characters  of  this  form  have  been  emphasized  in 
the  key. 

Size  large  (for  the  genus);  form  less  robust  than  in  argentina. 
Head  trigonal,  slightly  broader  than  deep;  occiput  moderately 
arcuate,  the  juxta-ocular  sections  subbullate  and  separated  from  the 
occipital  margin  proper  by  moderately  deep  sulci,  the  dorsal  portion 
of  the  eyes  considerably  ventrad  of  these  inflated  sections;  ocelli 
small,  placed  in  an  arcuate  line;  facial  shield  strongly  transverse, 
the  greatest  depth  contained  about  three  times  in  the  width  of  the 
same,  dorsal  margin  obtuse-angulate,  lateral  margins  oblique  trun- 
cate; eyes  moderately  prominent,  subovate  in  basal  outline;  antennae 
short,  filiform.  Pronotum  elongate,  not  strongly  inflated,  the  greatest 
width  contained  about  four  times  in  the  length;  lateral  margins  of 
the  collar  and  shaft  closely  and  regularly  spinose  with  nearly  as 
regularly  placed  intercalated  spinulations ;  collar  having  the  cephalic 
margin  strongly  arcuate  with  the  middle  slightly  flattened,  lateral 
margins  regularly  expanding  caudad  to  the  well-rounded  supracoxal 
dilation;  shaft  with  the  margins  narrowing  more  abruptly  caudad  of 
the  dilation  than  the  collar  expands  to  the  same,  thence  caudad 
apparently  subequal,  but  in  reality  very  slightly  expanding  to  the 
arcuate  caudal  margin,  which  is  subtruncate  mesad;  transverse 
sulcus  deep,  median  carina  finely  but  decidedly  indicated,  present 
throughout  the  prothoracic  length  except  for  a  very  short  distance 

9  It  is  quite  probable  that  Coptopteryx  gayi  Gigli-Tos  {Zoolog.  Jahrb.,  Abth. 
Syst.,  VIII,  p.  805,  1895),  listed  without  comment  from  Paraguay,  is  the  same  as 
the  present  form.  In  the  reference  given  in  the  above  text  the  accompanying 
description  enables  us  to  place  the  species  without  question,  but  in  the  Jahr- 
biicher  case  we  have  no  such  aid. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  289 

cephalad.  Tegmina  broad-ovate,  surface  subcoriaceous  as  in  all  of 
the  species  of  the  genus ;  costal  margin  strongly  arcuate  on  the  proxi- 
mal fourth,  thence  obliquely  arcuato-truncate  to  the  broad  arcuate 
obtuse-angulate  apex,  sutural  margin  moderately  arcuate;  stigma 
hardly  indicated;  anal  field  elongate  subpyriform,  anal  vein  reaching 
the  sutural  margin  about  three-fourths  the  length  of  the  same  from 
the  base.  Wings  not  exceeding  the  tips  of  the  tegmina.  Supra- 
anal  plate  trigonal  in  form,  lateral  margins  arcuato-bisinuate,  apex 
slightly  acute,  median  carina  pronounced,  sublamellate  distad;  cerci 
moniliform,  short;  subgenital  plate  slightly  exceeding  the  supra-anal 
plate.  Cephalic  limbs  (for  the  sex)  quite  slender;  coxae  about 
two- thirds  as  long  as  the  cephalic  femora,  cephalic  margin  with  six 
to  seven  recurved  spines  and  numerous  intercalated  spinulations, 
caudal  margin  with  the  same  character  of  armament,  lateral  margin 
with  numerous  spinulations,  internal  face  of  the  coxae  with  numerous 
scattered  points;  cephalic  femora  subequal  in  length  to  the  pronotal 
shaft,  its  greatest  depth  contained  about  six  times  in  the  length, 
external  margin  armed  with  five  spines,  internal  margin  armed  with 
fourteen  spines,  of  which  only  the  penultimate  and  antepenultimate 
are  markedlj''  smaller  than  the  others,  discoidal  spines  three  in 
number;  cephalic  tibiae  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  nine 
spines;  on  the  internal  margin  with  sixteen  to  seventeen  spines 
exclusive  of  the  apical  claw;  cephalic  metatarsi  slightly  longer  than 
the  remaining  tarsal  joints.  Median  and  caudal  limbs  similar  to 
those  of  other  species  of  the  genus. 

General  color  burnt  umber,  washed  with  wood  brown  on  the  limbs, 
the  tibiae  and  tarsi  distinctly  bice  green  in  tone.  Tegmina  with  the 
proximal  two-thirds  shining  clove  brown,  the  remainder 
dull  wax  yellow,  the  veins  reticulate  with  umber. 
Eyes  clove  brown. 

Allotype:  cT  ;  Sapucay,  Paraguay.  December  10, 1905. 
(William  Foster.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.] 

Differing  from  the  type  in  those  characters  which  are 
sexual  in  the  genus,  the  more  important  differences 
being  here  given.  Fig.  4.— Cop- 

Size  large;  form  elongate,  slender.  Ocelli  large,  topteryx 
placed  in  a  triangle ;  facial  shield  with  the  dorsal  margin  n  sp'^Dor- 
arcuato-emarginate  laterad.  Pronotum  with  the  great-  sal  outline 
est  width  contained  four  and  a  half  times  in  the  depth  ^Natural 
of  the  same;  lateral  margins  obscurely  crenulate,  this  size.) 
more  distinct  on  the  collar  than  elsewhere.  Tegmina 
slightly  surpassing  the  apex  of  the  abdomen,  the  greatest  width 


290  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

contained  about*  five  and  a  half  times  in  the  length  of  the  same; 
costal  margin  straight  for  the  greater  portion  of  its  length,  arcuate 
proximad  and  distad,  apex  narrowly  rounded;  costal  field  very 
narrow,  from  about  the  proximal  fourth  gradually  narrowing  dLstad; 
anal  field  elongate  pyriform,  the  anal  vein  reaching  the  sutural  margin 
not  quite  a  third  the  distance  from  the  base.  Wings  ample,  the 
greatest  width  contained  slightly  more  than  twice  in  the  length  of  the 
same;  apex  rotundato-acuteangulate,  separated  from  the  peripheral 
margin  by  a  distinct  obtuse-angulate  emargination;  anterior  field 
narrow.  Supra-anal  plate  broadly  trigonal,  of  similar  form  to  that 
of  the  female;  subgenital  plate  broad,  the  distal  extremity  of  the 
margin  with  a  slight  obtuse-angulate  emargination.  Limbs  similar 
to  those  of  the  female,  but  slenderer. 

General  color  prout's  brown,  becoming  isabelline  on  the  cephalic 
limbs  and  greenish  on  the  caudal  ones.  Tegmina  strongly  washed 
with  liver  brown,  costal  field  with  the  veins  buffy  aside  from  the 
subcoriaceous  portion  adjacent  to  the  humeral  trunk,  which  is  of  the 
general  tegminal  color.  Wings  infuscate  with  bistre,  the  cross  veins 
white,  greater  portion  of  the  costal  margin  and  a  small  area  at  the 
base  of  the  wing  claret  brown. 

Measurements. 

Female  (type).  Male  (allotype) . 

Length  of  body : 82 .     mm.  70 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 25.5     "  21. 

Greatest  width  of  pronotum 6.5     "  4.7     " 

Length  of  tegmen 12.5     "  50.5     " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 7.        "  9.        " 

Length  of  cephalic  femur 19.5     "  14.        " 

In  addition  to  the  type  and  allotype,  we  have  before  us  two  male 
and  three  female  paratypes.  The  specimen  referred  to  by  us  (vide 
supra)  from  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil,  received  from  Saussure  and 
determined  by  him  as  gayi,  is  clearly  referable  to  this  species.  In 
size  the  Sapucay  specimens  show  but  little  variation  for  this  genus, 
while  the  color  varies  appreciably  in  intensity  in  the  females  and  in 
the  males  to  the  extent  noted  in  the  paper  quoted  above. 

Coptopteryx  gayi  (Blanchard). 

1851.     Mantis  Gayi  Blanchard,  in  Gay,  Hist.  Fis.  Polit.  de  Chile,  Zool., 

VI,  p.  21,  Orth.  pi.  1,  fig.  5.     [Chile.] 
1851.     Mantis  crenaticollis  Blanchard,  ibid.,  p.  22.     [Chile.] 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  de  Mendoza.     Elev.  930  meters.     January 

5,  1908;  March  6,  1908;  December  6,  1907.     Two  males,  one  female. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  291 

Mendoza,  Prov.  de  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  March  20, 
1908;  April  9.and  24,  1908.     One  male,  two  females. 

Potrerillos,  Prov.  de  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,368  meters.  December 
29,  1909.     One  female. 

A  careful  study  of  Blanchard's  original  descriptions  of  the  above 
species  leaves  no  room  for  doubt  but  that  the  two  names  were  based 
on  opposite  sexes  of  the  same  species,  gayi  on  the  male  and  crenati- 
collis  on  the  female. 

The  present  material  agrees  very  fully  with  these  descriptions  and 
also  shows  that  the  species  varies  very  considerably  in  size,  the 
Mendoza  male  being  very  much  smaller  than  the  others  of  that  sex. 

The  original  measurements  and  those  of  the  present  series  are  as 
follows : 

Length  Length  Greatest  Length  Length  of  Length  of 

of  of  width  of           of  cephahc  caudal 

body.  pronotum.  pronotum.  tegmen.  femur.  femur. 

^                       mm.  mm.  mm.              mm.  mm.  mm. 

Original  of  gra?/i 44-48'"  

Mendoza 43.5  11.3  2.6  31.5  8.  14. 

Chacras  de  Coria 52.3  14.  3.3  41.  10.5  18.2 

€hacras  de  Coria 54.  14.8  3.2  40.  11.  17.7 

? 

Original  of  crenaiicoMis  44 . "  

Mendoza 46.  13.2  4.  7.2  9.1  13. 

Mendoza 44.7  14.  4.1  8.4  10.5  13.8 

Chacras  de  Coria 49.5  15.8  4.6  9.  12.  14.1 

Potrerillos 54.  15.  5.  9.  12.5  16.2 

The  males  before  us  agree  with  the  original  figure,  although  the 
tegmina  and  wings  are  very  slightly  less  fuliginous.  The  small 
Mendoza  male  has  the  limbs  colored  exactly  as  in  the  original  figure, 
while  the  other  males  have  them  more  brownish,  particularly  the 
cephalic  ones.  The  females  are  all  of  tones  of  brownish  varying 
toward  hoary  gray  brown  and  seal  brown. 

The  species  is  known  to  range  from  Chile  (specifically  Santiago, 
vide  Philippi)  east  to  Buenos  Aires  (Saussure),  south  to  Bahia  Blanca 
(Saussure). 
■Coptopteryx  constricta  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Chacras  de  Coria,  Province  of  Mendoza,  Argentina. 
Elev.  936  meters.  April  19,  1907.  (P.  Jorgensen.)  [Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,216.] 

The  differential  characters  of  this  very  distinct  species  are  given 
in  the  keys. 

^°  Approximately  as  above — the  original  22-24  lines. 
"  Approximately  as  above — the  original  22  lines. 


292  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  IMay, 

Size  small  (smallest  in  the  genus) ;  form  moderately  robust,  abdo- 
men broad  fusiform.  Head  broad  trigonal,  the  depth  contained  about 
one  and  one-third  times  in  the  width;  occipital  margin  moderately 
arcuate,  appreciably  indented  at  the  sulci,  more  distinctly  arcuate 
laterad  of  the  same;  ocelli  small,  placed  in  a  depressed  triangle; 
facial  shield  strongly  transverse,  the  depth  contained  nearly  three 
times  in  the  width,  dorsal  margin  obtuse-angulate,  ventral  margin 
nearly  straight,  two  slight  median  bosses  present;  eyes  hardly 
prominent,  well  rounded;  antennae  filiform,  very  short.  Pronotum 
of  the  general  form  found  in  females  of  species  of  this  genus,  the 
width  of  the  supracoxal  expansion  contained  two  and  one-half  times 
in  the  length  of  the  pronotum;  cephalic  margin  very  slightly  pro- 
duced, very  narrowly  rounded  at  the  extremity,  margins  of  the  collar 
expanding  caudad  to  the  supracoxal  expansion,  margins  of  the  shaft 
moderately  constricted,  regularly  concave,  caudal  margin  arcuate 
laterad,  s-ubtruncate  mesad,  all  of  the  lateral  margins  spinose,  the 
spines  of  the  margins  of  the  shaft  much  longer  than  those  elsewhere, 
distinct,  more  or  less  regular  intercalated  spines  of  minor  length 
present  on  the  same  margins;  transverse  sulcus  strongly  impressed, 
shaft  with  a  very  distinct,  but  not  high  median  carina.  Tegmina 
very  short,  not  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  broad 
ovate,  costal  margin  strongly  arcuate,  apex  subtruncate,  sutural 
margin  moderately  arcuate;  marginal  field  more  than  half  the  width 
of  the  remainder  of  the  tegmen,  anal  field  very  long  and  narrow. 
Supra-anal  plate  transverse,  trigonal,  the  margins  laterad  of  the  apex 
arcuate,  apex  obtuse-angulate;  cerci  simple,  terete,  not  exceeding 
the  supra-anal  plate;  subgenital  plate  compressed,  rostrate.  Ceph- 
alic coxse  slightly  more  than  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  pronotum, 
dorsal  and  ventral  margins  with  numerous  distinct  recurved  denti-. 
form  spines  and  intercalated  spinulations,  external  margin  with 
denticulate  tubercles,  internal  face  of  the  coxse  with  numerous 
tubercles  arranged  more  or  less  regularly  in  longitudinal  series; 
cephalic  femora  more  than  five-sixths  the  length  of  the  pronotum, 
the  greatest  depth  of  the  femur  slightly  more  than  a  fourth  the 
length  of  the  same,  dorsal  margin  nearly  straight,  ventro-external 
margin  arcuate,  armed  with  five  short  robust  spines,  internal  margin 
with  thirteen  spines  more  or  less  alternating  in  length,  the  proximal 
spines  the  longer,  discoidal  spines  three  in  number;  cephalic  tibiae 
(exclusive  of  apical  claw)  about  half  the  length  of  the  femur,  armed 
on  the  external  margin  with  eight  spines,  a  considerable  unarmed  dias- 
tema at  the  base,  internal  margin  armed  with  thirteen  to  fourteen 


1913. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


295 


spines  increasing  in  length  distad ;  cephalic  tarsi  subequal  in  length  to- 
the  cephalic  tibiae  with  claw,  meta- 
tarsus slightly  exceeding  the  re- 
maining tarsal  joints  in  length. 
Median  and  caudal  limbs  of  the 
usual  type,  but  rather  robust  in  pro- 
portion. 

General  color  pale  apple  green, 
the  abdomen  pale  olive  green,  but 
possibly  this  is  due  to  discolora- 
tion. Head  with  the  upper  face 
inclined  toward  yellowish,  eyes 
olive.  Tegmina  with  the  base  color 
of  the  discoidal  and  anal  fields 
orange-ochraceous,  the  veins  weak 
olive  buff,  finely  outlined  with  chest- 
nut, the  costal  field  and  proximal 
portion  of  the  discoidal  and  anal 
fields  more  or  less  uniformly  deep 
maroon,  the  veins  of  the  costal  field 
outlined  with  pale  salmon-buff, 
those  of  the  discoidal  and  anal 
fields    more  olive    buff.      Proximal 

portion  of  the  cephalic  tibiae  and  distal  portion  of  the  cephalic  femur 
washed  with  chrome  yellow.  Cephalic  femoral  and  tibial  spines 
ochre  yellow  tipped  with  seal  brown. 

Allotype:  cf  ;  Chacras  de  Coria,  Province  of  Mendoza,  Argentina. 
Elev.  936  meters.  April  4,  1907.  (P.  Jorgensen.)  [Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.] 

Size  small  for  the  genus;  form  moderately  elongate,  but  more 
abbreviate  cephalad  than  usual  in  this  genus.  Head  slightly  more 
transverse  than  in  the  female,  the  occipital  outline  slightly  less 
arcuate;  ocelli  large,  placed  in  a  triangle;  eyes  more  prominent. 
Pronotum  with  the  greatest  width  more  than  a  third  of  the  length, 
general  form  of  the  pronotum  similar  to  that  of  the  male,  but  with  the 
margins  entire  or  faintly  crenulate  instead  of  spinose;  median  carina 
but  very  faintly  indicated.  Tegmina  ample,  considerably  surpassing 
the  apex  of  the  abdomen,  the  greatest  width  contained  about  four 
times  in  the  length  of  the  same;  hyaline,  with  the  vicinity  of  the 
humeral  trunk  coriaceous;  costal  margin  arcuate  proximad  and 
distad,  straight   for   the   remainder  of   the  length,  sutural  margin 


Fig.  5. — Coptopteryx  constrida  n.  sp. 
Dorsal  view  of  female  (tj^pe). 
(X  2.) 


294  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

strongly   arcuate   to    the     rotundato-obtuse    apex,    thence    nearly 

straight  to  the  anal  field.      Wing  moderately  broad, 

the    greatest    width    contained    about    twice    in    the 

length,  the  apex  well  rounded;  hyaline,  except  for  a 

coriaceous  strip  along  the  costal  margin ;  anterior  ulnar 

vein  biramose.     Cephalic  median  and  caudal  limbs  as 

in  the  opposite  sex.     Supra-anal  plate  of  similar  form  to 

^fovteryx     ^^at  of  the  female;    cerci  elongate,  moniliform;    sub- 

constrida     genital  plate  large,   moderately  produced,  the  distal 

saf Outline     margin  narrowly  arcuato-emarginate. 

of  male         General  color  very  pale  apple  green.     Ocelli  gamboge 

(X?.)^^        yellow;    eyes    mars    brown;    antennae    ochre    yellow. 

Tegmina     and    wings     thalassino-hyaline     with    the 

coriaceous  median  trunk  of  the  former  ochraceous,  the  costal  margin 

of  the  latter  greenish.     Proximo-ventral  abdominal  segments  with  a 

broad  seal  brown  edging  mesad  on  the  distal  margin.     Median  and 

caudal  tarsi  clouded  with  olive. 

Measurements. 

Female  (type).  Male  (allotype). 

Length  of  body 28.5  mm.  36.     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 9.        "  9.        " 

Greatest  width  of  pronotum 3.7     "  3. 

Length  of  tegmen .»... 4.8"  29 . 5 

Length  of  cephalic  femur 8.        "  7.5 

Length  of  caudal  femur 8.7     "  11.9 

In  addition  to  the  type  and  allotype,  we  have  before  us  the  following 
series:  Chacras  de  Coria,  March  29,  1907,  one  male;  Mendoza, 
Province  of  Mendoza,  April  11  and  20,  1908,  one  male,  two  females; 
La  Paz,  Province  of  Mendoza,  elev.  504  meters,  January  29,  1908, 
one  male.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  the  paratypic  male  is  pale  ochra- 
ceous in  color,  while  all  of  the  other  specimens  seen  are  greenish,  the  ' 
series  presents  no  noteworthy  differences. 

Miopteryx  rustica  (Fabricius). 

1781.     [Mantis]  rustica  Fabricius,  Spec.  Ins.,  I,  p.  350.     [Shores  of  Pata- 
gonia.] 

Misiones.  April  19  and  30,  1910,  September  9,  1909.  (No.  7.) 
Three  males. 

The  present  material  fully  agrees  with  Fabricius'  original  descrip- 
tion, which,  though  brief,  satisfactorily  characterizes  the  species. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  295 

The  second  description  given  by  Saussure^^  shows  some  points  of 
difference  from  our  material,  and  it  is  quite  probable  that  he  had 
another  (Brazilian)  species  before  him.  Our  specimens  have  no 
trace  of  a  covering  or  overcapping  projection  of  the  front  extending 
over  the  inferior  ocellus,  as  described  by  Saussure,  in  fact  there  is  no 
approach  to  a  development  of  this  sort  of  structure,  which  is  so 
marked  in  Pseudomiopteryx  and  toward  which  Saussure  considered 
rustica,  as  understood  by  him,  to  tend.  The  cephalic  coxae  are  very 
finely  serrulate  instead  of  unarmed  as  stated  to  be  by  Saussure. 

One  of  our  specimens  is  more  decidedly  infuscate  than  the  others, 
being  as  dark  as  specimens  of  Pseudomiopteryx  infuscafa,  but  this  is 
apparently  individual. 
*Paramusonia  livida  (Serville). 

1839.     Thespis  livida  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.  Orthopt.,  p.  172.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.  April  30  and  May  3,  1910.  (No.  5.)  ''Flies  at  night." 
Two  males. 

Aside  from  the  type  locality,  this  species  has  also  been  recorded 
from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  with  material  from  which  latter  place  the 
present  individuals  have  been  compared. 
Paramusonia  seclusa  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf  ;  Alto  Pencosa,  Province  of  San  Luis,  Argentina.  Elev. 
660  meters.  December  20,  1908.  (P.  Jorgensen.)  [Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,213.] 

This  species  in  general  size  is  much  the  same  as  P.  livida,  but  the 
form  of  the  pronotum  is  very  slender,  more  as  in  the  other  species 
of  the  genus,  from  all  of  which  it  differs  markedly  in  the  brevity  of 
the  same  portion. 

Size  medium  (for  the  group),  form  moderately  bacilliform.  Head 
strongly  transverse,  the  greatest  depth  contained  about  one  and 
one-half  times  in  the  width;  occipital  margin  arcuato-truncate 
between  the  transverse  sulci,  laterad  of  the  same  well  rounded, 
hardly  produced;  ocelli  very  large,  placed  in  a  triangle;  eyes  very 
prominent,  ovoid  in  form  when  seen  from  the  side,  prominent;  an- 
tennae with  the  joints  appreciably  but  very  gradually  increasing  in 
length  distad.  Pronotum  with  the  greatest  width  contained  about 
four  and  one-half  times  in  the  length  of  the  same;  shaft  distinctly 
broader  than  the  collar  and  both  subequal  in  width,  the  margins  of 
the  collar  rounded  at  the  cephalic  extremity  and  slightly  expanded 
caudad    to    the    rotundato-obtuse    supracoxal    expansion,    caudal 

^  Miss.  Scient.  Mex.,  Rech.  Zoolog.,  VI,  p.  277. 
20 


296  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

extremity  rouijded  with  a  slight  median  truncation;  lateral  margins 

finely   serrulate,   median   carina  thin,   decided   and  well   elevated. 

Tegmina  over  twice  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  of  the  type  found  in 
other  species  of  the  genus.  Wings  exceeding  the 
tegmina  by  about  the  length  of  the  collar  of  the  prono- 
tum, apex  of  similar  form  to  that  of  the  tegmina.  Supra- 
anal  plate  elongate  acute-lanceolate,  considerably  sur- 
passing the  subgenital  plate,  carinate ;  cerci  nearly  twice 

y     7  _p        the  length  of  the  supra-anal  plate,  elongate  monihform, 

r'am'usonia     apex  acute;    subgenital  plate  with  the  distal  margin 

seclma    n      ^^^  rounded,  styles  moderately  long,  well  separated, 
sp.   J-JorsS;!  I'll  •  /-^^      1 

outline   of     Simple,  the  space  between  slightly  emargmate.     Leph- 

pronotum      ^jj^  (^Q^se  subequal  to  the  length  of  the  pronotal  shaft, 

(X  2.)  margins  very  finely  serrulate;   cephalic  femur  with  the 

dorsal  margin  nearly  straight,  armed  on  the  external 

margin  with  five  spines,  on  the  internal  margin  with  thirteen  spines, 

discoidal  spines  four  in  number;  cephalic  tibiae  about  two-fifths  the 

length  of  the  femur,  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  five  spines 

placed  on  the  distal  section  of  the  margin,  internal  margin  armed 

with  seven  to  nine  spines;   cephalic  metatarsus  slightly  longer  than 

the  remainder  of  the  tarsal  joints  and  subequal  to  the  tibiae  in  length. 

Median  and  caudal  limbs  extremely  slender,  caudal  metatarsus  but 

slightly  less  than  half  of  the  caudal  tibial  length. 

General  color  fawn  color,  mottled,  sprinkled,  clouded  and  washed 

with  hair  brown  and  seal  brown.     Head  strongly  washed  with  the 

overlying  color,  the  line  of  the  occiput  showing  up  as  the  clear  base 

color,  ocelli  tawny  olive,  eyes  mars  brown.     Tegmina  pale  brownish 

hyaline,  the  longitudinal  veins  prout's  brown,  the  adjacent  portions 

of  the  short  cross  veins  of  the  same  color,  intercalated  veins  and 

remainder  of  cross  veins  cream  color. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 32 . 5 

Length  of  pronotum 7.8 

Greatest  Avidth  of  pronotum 1.5 

Length  of  tegmen 18 . 5 

Length  of  cephahc femur 6.2 

Length  of  caudal  femur 11. 

The  type  of  this  species  is  unique. 

Thesprotia  vidua  Saussure  and  Zehntner. 

1894.     Thesprotia  vidua  Saussure  and  Zehntner,  Biol.  Cent.-Amer.,  Orth.,  I, 
p.  170.     [South  America.] 

Misiones.    January  3,  5  and  10,  1910;   March  29,  1910;   October 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  297 

5,  1909;  December  10,  1910.  (No.  6.)  ''At .light"  and  "flying  at 
night."     Nine  males,  one  female. 

This  series  shows  that  there  is  a  very  slight  amount  of  variation 
in  the  subhyaline  character  of  the  tegmina  and  wings  of  the  male. 
One  male  has  these  appendages  subinfumate,  but  between  this  and 
the  other  practically  hyaline  extreme  are  all  intermediates.  In  size 
the  male  specimens  agree  very  closely  with  the  dimensions  for  that 
sex  given  by  Giglio-Tos,i''  while  the  female  is  but  a  trifle  under  the 
type  measurements. 

The  only  previous  definite  record  of  the  species  is  that  from  San 
Francisco,  Bolivian  Chaco  (Giglio-Tos). 

Subfamily  VATIX.E. 
*Oxyopsis  lobeter  Rehn. 

1907.     Oxyopsis  lobeter  Rehn,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  159, 
figs.  3,  4.     [Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  January  12,  1910;  March  22,  1909;  May  15,  1909; 
September  26,  1910.  (Nos.  3  [cf]  and  4  [9].)  Two  males,  two 
females. 

This  species  was  previously  known  only  from  the  female  sex.  The 
present  females  are  very  similar  to  the  typical  specimens,  the  color 
of  the  tegmina  being  more  uniform  than  in  the  type  and  in  this  respect 
more  nearly  resembling  the  paratype. 

The  male  sex  may  be  recognized  by  the  following  summary  of 
differences  from  the  female  sex. 

AUotype:  cf ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  Januarj^  12,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.] 

Size  medium  (compared  with  the  female) ;  form  moderately  elong- 
ate. Head  more  decidedly  transverse  than  in  the  female;  ocelli 
large,  placed  in  a  triangle;  facial  shield  similar  to  that  of  the  male, 
but  more  decidedly  transverse ;  antennae  slightly  longer  than  the  head 
and  pronotum  together.  Pronotum  differing  from  the  female  in  such 
respects  as  found  in  other  species  of  the  genus,  the  greatest  width  of 
the  supracoxal  expansion  contained  five  times  in  the  length,  the 
greater  portion  of  the  collar  and  shaft  subequal  in  width,  the  mod- 
erately marked  expansion  well  rounded;  lateral  margins  sparsely 
crenulate;  median  carina  and  transverse  sulcus  as  in  the  female. 
Tegmina  slightly  more  than  twice  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  apex 
rotundato-rectangulate,  hyaline  with  the  marginal  field  coriaceous. 
Wings  surpassing  the  tips  of  the  tegmina  by  about  the  length  of  the 

«  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Camp.  Torino,  XII,  No.  302,  pp.  14,  15. 


298  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

collar  of  the  pronotum,  form  of  the  apex  of  the  same  similar  to  that 
of  the  female.  Supra-anal  plate  transverse  trigonal,  with  the 
immediate  apex  narrowly  emarginate;  cerci  moderately  elongate; 
subgenital  plate  considerably  elongate,  the  margins  converging 
distad,  styles  rather  short,  closely  placed,  depressed.  Cephalic 
limbs  in  structure  and  armament  similar  to  those  of  the  female,  but 
slenderer  and  with  the  spines  of  the  external  margin  of  the  tibise 
sometimes  numbering  eleven.  Median  and  cephalic  limbs  similar  to 
those  of  the  female,  but  slenderer. 

General  coloration  essentially  as  in  the  female  with  the  following 
exceptions:  base  color  more  apple  green  than  oir green;  region  of 
the  occiput  washed  with  mars  brown,  the  eyes  of  the  same  color; 
tegmina  hyaline  with  the  coriaceous  marginal  field  apple  green, 
narrowly  edged  with  cream  color,  costal  margin  of  the  wings  and  the 
apex  of  the  same  weakly  washed  with  apple  green,  faintly  edged  with 
cream;  pronotum  ochraceous  buff  on  the  shaft  (probably  due  to 
drying  out) ;  median  and  caudal  limbs  pale  clay  color  distad  passing 
into  pale  oil  green. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 45 . 5  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 14.  " 

Greatest  width  of  pronotum 2.7  " 

Length  of  tegmen 32 . 5  " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 6.5  " 

Greatest  width  of  marginal  field 2.  " 

Length  of  cephalic  femur 9.8  " 

Length  of  median  femur 9.2  " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 12.5  " 

Parastagmatoptera  unipunctata  (Burmeister). 

1838.     M[antis]  unipunctata  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II,  Abth.  II, 
pt.  1,  p.  540.     [Brazil.] 

Buenos  Aires.     May,  1911.     One  female. 

Embarcacion,  Salta.     April,  1911.     One  male. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Buenos  Aires  (Burmeister) 
in  addition  to  the  type  locality,  while  a  single  female  in  the  collection 
of  the  Academy  is  labelled  "Parana  River."  Burmeister  states  that 
this  is  the  most  abundant  species  of  Mantis  about  Buenos  Aires. 

Stagmatoptera  hyaloptera  (Perty). 

1830-1834.     Mantis  hyaloptera  Perty,  Delect.  Anim.  Artie,  p.  117,  pi.  23, 
fig.  6.     [Amazon  River.] 

Jujuy,  Province  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  male. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA,  299 

Tucuman,  Province  of  Tucuman.  July,  1911.  "Very  common." 
One  male. 

This  form  has  been  recorded  from  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy  (Giglio-Tos) 
and  Cordoba,  Argentina  (as  the  synonymous  luna),  as  well  as  north- 
ward as  far  as  Guiana. 

Stagmatoptera  precaria  (LinnEeus). 

1758.     [Gryllus  (Ma7itis)]  precarius  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  Xth  ed.,  I,  p.  426. 
["America;  Africa."] 

Mision€s.     April  18,  1909.     One  male. 

Previous  Argentine  records  of  this  species  are  from  Tucuman  and 
Catamarca  (Burmeister)  and  Buenos  Aires  (Serville).  Burmeister 
stated  that  he  had  not  taken  the  species  south  of  Rosario.  The 
same  author  notes  that  the  individuals  from  the  provinces  (i.e., 
Tucuman  and  Catamarca)  average  two  to  two  and  one-half  inches 
in  length,  while  tropical  Brazilian  individuals  are  three  to  three  and 
one-half  in  length.  The  present  specimen  shows  the  following 
measurements:  length  of  body,  72  mm.;  length  of  pronotum,  24; 
greatest  width  of  pronotum  5 ;  length  of  tegmen,  53 ;  greatest  width 
of  tegmen,  14.5;  width  of  marginal  field,  4;  length  of  cephalic 
femur,  16. 

Zoolea  lobipes  (Olivier). 

1792.     Mantis  lobipes  Olivier,  Encycl.  Meth.,  Ins.,  VII,  p.  637.     ["Tran- 
quebar;  coast  of  Coromandel."] 

Misiones.     December,  1908.     One  male. 

This  genus  and  species  was  previously  known  from  Argentina  only 
by  a  single  record  from  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy  (Giglio-Tos).  The 
published  records  show  the  range  to  extend  from  the  Guianas  west 
to  Peru  and  south  to  the  northern  edge  of  the  Argentine  Republic. 

*PhyllovateS  iheringi  (Saussure  and  Zehntner). 

1894.     Theodytes  iheringi  Saussure  and  Zehntner,  Biol.  Cent.-Amer.,  Orth., 
I,  p.  193.     [Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  BrazU.] 

Misiones.  November  24,  1909;  November,  1910.  (No.  8.) 
Two  females. 

This  species  was  previously  known  only  from  the  original  reference. 
Giglio-Tos^^  has  recorded  the  allied  P.  paraUela,  under  the  synonymic 
name  Theodytes  surinamensis,  from  Buenos  Aires. 


^'Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Atiat.  Comp.  Torino,  IX,  No.  184,  p.  4. 


300  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

Family  PHASMIDiB. 
Subfamily  PYGIRHYNCHIN^. 
*  Canuleius  ^^  inermis  Redtenbacher. 

1906.     C[amdeius]   inermis   Redtenbacher,   Die   Insekt.   Fam.   Phasmiden, 
p.  68,  pi.  II,  figs.  1,  2.     [Theresopolis  and  Espirito  Santo,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     November  2,  1910.     One  female. 
This  specimen  is  considerably  damaged,  so  that  the  characters  of 
the  caudal  limbs  cannot  be  verified. 

Subfamily  ANISOMORPHIN.E. 
Agathemera  millepunctata  Redtenbacher. 

1906.     A[gathemera]  millepunctata  Redtenbacher,  ibid.,  p.  89,      [Carmen  de 
Patagones,  Prov.  of  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina.] 

La  Paz,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  504  meters.  December  15, 
1908.     One  female. 

This  specimen  is  slightly  smaller  than  the  original  measurements, 
but  otherwise  it  agrees  fully.     The  species  is  very  distinct  from 
A.  crassa,  with  material  of  which  from  Cruz  del  Eje,  Prov.  of  Cordoba, 
the  present  specimen  has  been  compared. 
*Aiii80inorpha  dentata  St&l. 

1875.     A[nisomorpha]  dentata  StS,l,   Recens.  Orthopt.,   Ill,  p.   95.     [Santa 
Catharina,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     January  3,  1910;   November  2,  1910.     Two  females. 

These  specimens  are  somewhat  smaller  than  the  measurements 
given  by  Stal  and  Redtenbacher,  but  are  otherwise  quite  typical  of 
the  species.  This  is  the  first  record  of  the  species  from  Argentina, 
the  previous  ones,  in  addition  to  the  type  locality,  being  Matto 
Grosso,  Brazil,  Paraguay  and  Santa  Cruz  de  la  Sierra,  Bolivia. 

Subfamily  PSEUDOPHASMINiE. 
*Paraphasma  marginale  Redtenbacher. 

1906.     P[arap}iasma\  marginale  Redtenbacher,  Die  Insekt.  Fam.  Phasmiden, 
p.  115.     [Santos,  Minas  Geraes,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Goyaz,  Brazil;  Paraguay.) 

Misiones.  January  5,  1911;  December  5,  1909.  (No.  9.)  One 
male,  one  female. 

These  specimens  agree  very  well  with  the  description  of  the  species, 
which  is  the  same  as  that  recorded  by  the  author  from  Sapucay, 
Paraguay,  as  Olcyphides  fasciatus  (female)   and  0.  hopii  (male).^^ 

15  The  individual  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  recorded  by  us  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  161)  as  Ceroys  coronatus  (Thunberg)  belongs  to  the  genus 
Canuleius,  and  we  tentatively  refer  it  to  C.  similis  Redtenbacher  {ibid.,  p.  68), 
a  very  closely  related  form  described  from  Theresopolis,  Brazil. 

16  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  165. 


1913.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  301 

Redtenbacher  considered  marginale  a  close  ally  to  the  congeneric 
fasciatum,  from  which  it  was  separated  by  the  lineate  femora. 
Gray's  Phasma  hopii  was  unknown  to  him  and  accordingly  placed 
doubtfully  under  the  genus  Stratocles.  The  original  description  of 
fasciatum  gives  us  no  clue  to  the  color  of  the  femora.  The  presence 
or  absence  of  the  lateral  thoracic  line  of  yellowish,  the  slightly 
annulate  antennae  and  the  differences  in  the  tegminal  protuberance 
used  by  us  to  separate  the  Sapucay  material  into  hopii  and  fasciatus 
have  been  shown  by  Redtenbacher  to  be  individual  in  character. 

The  localities  given  in  the  original  description,  with  Sapucay, 
Paraguay,  are  all  that  were  previously  known. 

Subfamily  CLITUMNIN.^. 
*Steleoxiphus  oatastates  Rehn. 

1907.     Steleoxiphus  catastates  Rehn,   Proc.   Acad.   Nat.   Sci.   Phila.,    1907, 
p.  163,  figs.  5,  6.     [Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  January  29,  1911;  March  13,  1909;  December  14, 
1910.  (Nos.  1,  2  and  8.)  Two  adult  females,  one  immature  male, 
one  immature  female. 

The  immature  male  shows  conclusively  that  this  genus  is  not  the 
opposite  (female)  sex  of  Paraleptynia  Caudell,  which  was  suggested  as 
a  possibility  in  the  original  description  of  Steleoxiphus.  The  character 
of  the  antennae,  form  of  the  head  and  proportions  show  the  two  to 
be  generically  distinct,  and  in  these  respects  the  two  sexes  are  very 
similar.  The  immature  male  and  female,  both  taken  on  December 
14th,  are  similar  in  size,  being  somewhat  more  than  half  the  length 
of  the  adults. 

The  anal  segment  of  the  male  is  compressed,  carinate  dorsad,  more 
strongly  so  distad,  the  distal  margin  obtuse-angulate  emarginate; 
supra-anal  plate  very  minute,  trigonal;  cerci  more  than  half  the 
length  of  the  anal  segment,  crassate,  subcylindrical,  apex  subacute; 
subgenital  plate  hardly  reaching  the  apex  of  the  anal  segment,  apex 
narrowly  rotundato-subtuberculate.  The  immature  female  has  the 
subgenital  operculum  but  slightly  shorter  proportionately  than  it  is 
in  the  adult. 

XIPHOPHASMA"  n.  gen. 

A  member  of  the  Clitumninae  and  related  to  Steleoxiphus  Rehn  and 
Paraleptynia  and  Ceratiscus  Caudell.  From  Steleoxiphus  it  can 
readily  be  separated  by  the  bispinose  and  broader  head,  the  more 
abbreviate  metatarsi  and  the  depressed  and  abbreviate   antennae; 

"  From  i-Kpog,  sword,  and  Phasma. 


302  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

from  Paraleptijnia  and  Ceratiscus  the  new  genus  differs  in  the  spinose 
head,  also  from  the  former  in  the  more  abbreviate  antennse  and  from 
the  latter  in  the  narrower  head,  more  abbreviate  metatarsi  and 
non-lobate  limbs. 

Head  bispinose ;  greatest  width  of  the  head  less  than  the  length  of 
the  same;  antennae  short,  composed  of  fifteen  joints,  the  proximal 
longer  than  broad,  the  next  subquadrate,  the  third  subequal  to  the 
first  in  length,  the  fourth  transverse,  the  remainder  longitudinal  and 
tapering,  the  fifth  and  sixth  less  longitudinal  than  the  succeeding  ones, 
all  depressed.  Median  segment  longitudinal,  subequal  to  the  head 
in  length.  Cerci  of  female  terete;  subgenital  plate  of  female  greatly 
elongate,  lanceolate,  compressed.  Limbs  non-lobate;  tarsi  abbreviate, 
in  no  case  a  fourth  the  tibial  length ;  metatarsi  of  the  cephalic  limbs 
slightly  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  tarsi,  of  the  other 'limbs  a 
half  or  less  than  a  half  the  length  of  the  same. 

Type:  X.  missionum  n,  sp. 

Xiphophasma  missionum  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December  18,  1910.  (No.  7.) 
(P.  Jorgensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,214.] 

Size  large;  form  very  elongate.  Head  with  the  greatest  width 
contained  one  and  one-half  times  in  the  length  of  the  same;  paired 
horns  placed  between  the  caudal  portions  of  the  eyes,  slightly  diver- 
gent and  inclined  slightly  cephalad;  eyes  not 
at  all  prominent,  in  fact  slightly  recessed,  in 
outline  nearly  circular;    antennse  as  described 

^.     „      v-Li.  under  the  genus,  their  length  about  equal  to 

Fig.  8. — Xiphophasma  n     i       ,        ,  ^   ^     ^T    i-     -, 

missionum    n.    gen.     that  of  the  head  and  half  of  the  pronotum; 

and  sp.   Lateral  out-     occipital  margin  with  three  moderately  dis- 

Ime  of  head  of  tvpe.        ...  . 

( X  2.)  ~  tmct  indentations,  the  whole  head  narrowing 

caudad.     Pronotum  with  its  length   subequal 

to  that  of  the  head  caudad  of  the  eyes,  longitudinal,  the  median 

width  very  slightly  greater  than  half  of  the  length ;  the  lateral  margins 

sinuate  dorsad  of  the  insertion  of  the  coxae.     Mesonotum  about  five 

and  a  half  times  the  pronotal  length,  subequal  in  width  in  the  greater 

portion  of  its  length,  faint  traces  of  a  median  carina  present.     Meta- 

notum  (including  median  segment)  nearly  four-fifths  the  mesonotal 

length,  similar  in  structure  to  the  mesonotum;    medium  segment 

not  separated  from  the  metanotum  proper  by  a  transverse  sulcus. 

Abdomen  with  segments  one  to  seven  longitudinal,  progressively 

increasing  in  length  distad,  eighth  segment  longitudinal,  but  little 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  303 

more  than  half  the  length  of  the  seventh  segment,  ninth  segment 
distinctly  longitudinal,  slightly  longer  than  the  eighth  segment, 
marinate,  distal  margin  rectangulate-emarginate  mesad,  rounded 
laterad;  supra-anal  plate  rectangulate,  merely  the  apex  extending 
caudad  of  the  ninth  segment;  cerci  acute,  terete,  not  a  third  the 
length  of  the  ninth  dorsal  segment;  subgenital  plate  enormously 
elongate,  the  length  equal  to  that  of  the  five  proximal  abdominal 
segments,  of  this  length  two-thirds  is  distad  of  the  real  apex  of  the 
abdomen,  V-shaped  in  section,  compressed,  acute,  carinate  ventrad. 
Cephalic  femur  longer  than  the  pro-  and  mesonotum  together, 
proximal  flexure  pronounced,  carina  subcristate;  cephalic  tibiae 
slightly  exceeding  the  femora,  slender,  moderately  compressed; 
cephalic  metatarsi  slightly  longer  than  the  remainder  of  the  tarsal 
joints.  Median  femora  very  slightly  shorter  than  the  mesonotum; 
median  tibiae  very  slightly  longer  than  the  femora;  metatarsi  slightly 


Fig.  9. — Xiphophasma  missionum  n.  gen.  and  sp.     Lateral  outline  of  apex  of 
abdomen  of  type.     (X  1|.) 

shorter  than  the  remainder  of  the  tarsal  joints.  Caudal  femora 
reaching  to  the  distal  margin  of  the  fourth  abdominal  segment; 
caudal  tibiae  hardly  longer  than  the  femora;  caudal  metatarsi  very 
slightly  longer  than  the  remainder  of  the  tarsus. 

General  color  burnt  umber,  the  head,  pronotum,  cephalic  half  of 
the  mesonotum,  apex  of  the  abdomen  and  the  limbs  dusted  more 
or  less  thickly  with  hoary  white;  antennae  seal  brown;  eyes  tawny 
olive. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 118 .  mm. 

Length  of  head 7.8  " 

Length  of  pronotum 4.8  " 

Length  of  mesonotum 27.  " 

Length  of  metanotum  (including  median  segment) 21 .5  " 

Length  of  cephalic  femur 35.5  " 

Length  of  median  femur 26.3  " 

Length  of  caudal  femur * 30.5  " 

Length  of  subgenital  plate 41.5  " 

The  type  of  this  very  interesting  genus  and  species  is  unique. 


304  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Ma\r,. 

Family  AORIDID^. 
Subfamily  ACRYDIIN^. 
Prototettix  lobulatus  (Stll). 

1860.     Tetrix  lobulata  St^l,  Kong.  Svenska  Freg.  Eugenies  Resa,  Zool.,  I,, 
p.  347.     [Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.  April  5  and  May  20,  1910.  (No.  23.)  One  male,  one 
female. 

Embarcacion,  Prov.  of  Salta.     April,  1911.     One  male. 

The  present  species  has-  been  recorded  by  Bolivar  from  Argentina 

without  definite  locality. 

*Apotettix  bruneri  Hancock. 

1906.     ApoteUix  bruneri  Hancock,  in  Bruner,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX, 
p.  614.     [Paraguay.] 

Embarcacion,  Prov.  of  Salta.     April,  1911.     One  male. 

The  only  other  exact  record  is  of  the  occurrence  of  the  species  at 
Puerto  Bertoni,  Paraguay  (Rehn),  with  the  female  from  which  place 
the  present  specimen  has  been  compared. 
Tettigidea  paratecta  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  February  1,  1911.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,217.] 

Belonging  to  the  section  of  the  genus  including  chichimeca  Saussure, 
tecta  Morse,  annulipes  Bruner  and  scudderi  Bolivar.  From  chichimeca 
and  scudderi  the  present  form  can  be  readily  distinguished  by  the 
tectate  dorsum,  scudderi  also  having  the  femora  narrower;  from 
annulipes  the  new  form  can  be  separated  by  the  non-glabrous  surface 
and  the  blunter  and  much  less  produced  vertex,  no  approach  being 
found  to  the  type  of  T.  prorsa,  the  vertex  of  which  that  of  annulipes 
is  said  to  greatly  resemble.  From  tecta,  its  closest  ally,  paratecta 
can  be  separated  by  the  more  elevated  and  arcuate  median  carina 
of  the  pronotum,  the  more  regularly  angulate  cephalic  margin  of  the 
same,  the  less  decidedly  lineato-rugulose  dorsum  of  the  pronotum,  the 
less  projecting  vertex,  the  less  thickened  margins  of  the  frontal  costa,. 
the  more  lanceolate  tegmina  and  more  finely  sculptured  pagina  of  the 
caudal  femora. 

Size  medium  (for  the  genus);  form  robust;  surface  rather  evenly 
chagrinous.  Head  with  the  greatest  width  contained  about  one  and 
one-third  times  in  the  depth  of  the  same;  fastigium  with  the  carina 
regularly  arcuate  when  seen  from  above,  obsolete  immediately 
laterad  of  the  median  carina,  width  of  the  fastigium  subequal  to  that 
of  one  of  the  eyes;  median  carina  of  the  fastigium  prominent,  pro- 
jecting moderately  cephalad  of  the  lateral  carina  of  the  fastigium, 
when  viewed  from  the  side  strongly  arcuate  and  passing  into  the 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


305 


facial  outline,  which  is  arcuate  with  a  slight  sinuosity  at  the  ocellus; 
facial  forks  moderately  separated,  hardly  diverging  ventrad;  eyes 
considerably  shorter  than  the  depth  of  the  infra-ocular  portion  of  the 
genffi,  trigono-reniform  in  basal  outline,  moderately  prominent  when 
seen  from  the  dorsum.  Pronotum  tectate  in  section,  the  median 
carina  well  elevated,  in  longitudinal  section  regularly  arcuate  with  the 
very  faintest  interhumeral  flattening;  cephalic  margin  of  the  pro- 
notum almost  rectangulate,  the  immediate  angle  very  fine,  reaching 
to  the  base  of  the  fastigial  carina  of  the  vertex;  humeral  angles  not 
at  all  prominent,  rounded  very  broad  obtuse-angulate ;  apex  reaching 


Pig  10,— Tettigidea  parateda  n.  sp.     Lateral  outline  of  type.     (X  8.) 

to  the  base  of  the  genicular  arches  of  the  caudal  femora,  in  general 
form  acute,  the  immediate  apex  blunted,  slightly  subulate;  surface 
of  the  dorsum  with  a  number  of  very  weak  longitudinal  lines,  these 
most  numerous  in  the  humeral  region  and  all  slightly  latero-caudad 
in  general  trend;  lateral  lobes  with  the  greatest  dorsal  length  slightly 
greater  than  the  greatest  depth,  with  several  glabrous  areas  dorsad, 
caudal  margin  oblique-truncate,  ventro-caudal  angle  acute,  humeral 
sinus  very  slight,  rectangulate.  Tegmina  very  small, 
in  length  not  exceeding  that  of  the  ventral  margin  of  \  / 
the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum,  elongate-lanceolate, 
the  greatest  exposed  width  contained  nearly  four  times 
in  the  length  of  the  same,  apex  very  narrowly  rounded. 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  not  at  all  lobate.  Caudal 
femora  nearly  equal  to  three-fourths  of  the  length  of 
the  pronotum,  robust,  moderately  inflated,  the  greatest 
width  contained  slightly  more  than  twice  in  the  length 
of  the  same,  pagina  very  finely  sculptured;  caudal 
tibiee  moderately  robust,  slightly  expanded  distad. 
General  color  seal  brown  with  the  dorsum  largely 


306  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

fawn  color  and  the  venter  pale  ochraceous.  The  pale  dorsal  color  is 
clouded  with  the  general  color  except  for  a  clear  section  cephalad 
on  the  pronotum  and  a  reversed  V-shaped  section  which  has  its  apex 
on  the  median  carina  between  the  shoulders,  extending  laterad  over 
the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum  and  the  dorsal  and  lateral  faces  of  the 
caudal  femora;  median  carina  of  the  pronotum  beaded  with  about 
seven  regularly  placed  areas  of  the  dark  general  color.  Median  and 
cephalic  limbs  with  more  or  less  complete  annuli  of  the  dark  general 
color  on  pale  ochraceous.     Eyes  mars  brown. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 9.6  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum  .9.        " 

Greatest  dorsal  width  of  pronotum  3.        " 

Length  of  tegmen.  1.7     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur  6.5     " 

The  type  of  this  species  is  unique. 

*  Tettigidea  arcuata  Bruner. 

1910.  Tettigidea  arcuata  Bryner,  Annals  Carneg.  Mus.,  VII,  p.  135. 
[Chapada,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     July  7, 1910.     (No.  23.)     Male  and  female ''in  copula." 
These  specimens  are  typical  of  the  form,  which  was  taken  at 

Chapada  in  April,  May,  and  June. 

Tettigidea  multicostata  Bolivar. 

1887.  T[ettigidea]  multicostata  Bolivar,  Ann.  Soc.  Entom.  Belg.,  XXXL 
p.  299.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     April  4,  1910.     One  male. 

We  have  before  us  individuals  from  Caiza,  Bolivian  Chaco,  Salta 
and  Tucuman,  Argentina,  and  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  with  which  the 
Misiones  specimens  have  been  compared. 

The  species  is  now  known  to  range  from  Brazil  (specifically 
Corumba  [Bruner])  and  the  Bolivian  Chaco  (Caiza  and  San  Francisco 
[Gigho-Tos]),  south  to  Tucuman  [Bruner]  and  across  Paraguay  to  the 
Misiones  territory. 

Subfamily  PROSCOPIN.^. 

Tetanorhynchus  borellii  Giglio-Tos. 

1897.  T[etanorhynchus]  borellii  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.-Comp., 
Torino,  XII,  No.  302,  p.  18.  [Caiza  and  San  Francisco,  Bolivian  Chaco; 
San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina.] 

Embarcacion,    Prov.    of   Salta.      April,   1911.      Two  males,    one 

female. 

Jujuy,  Prov.  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     Two  females. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  307 

The  above-listed  specimens  have  been  compared  with  a  pair  of 
cotypes  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy,  received  from  Dr.  Borelli, 
taken  at  Caiza  and  San  Lorenzo,  and  found  to  be  inseparable.  One 
Jujuy  female  undoubtedly  had  an  injury  to  the  rostrum  which 
retarded  the  development  of  the  characteristic  clavate  expansion  of 
the  same,  although  the  almost  equally  characteristic  cruciform  sec- 
tion of  that  portion  is  decided. 

The  original  localities  and  those  given  above  are  all  we  know  for 
the  species. 

Cephalocoema  costulata  Burmeister. 

1880.     Cephalocf£tna  costulata  Burmeister,   Abhandl.   Natui-forsch.   Gesell., 
Halle,  XV,  heft  I,  p.  9,  pi.  1,  figs.  5-7.     [Argentina.] 

Misiones.  October  18,  1909;  December  12-18,  1909;  January 
24,  1910;  March  12-18,  1909;  March  24,  1910;  April  4-5,  1910. 
(Nos.  3,  4  and  5.)  Three  adult  males,  ten  adult  females,  one  imma- 
ture female. 

These  specimens  average  slightly  larger  than  individuals  from 
Cordoba  and  Carcarana,  Argentina,  but  smaller  than  Sapucay, 
Paraguay,  representatives.  The  number  of  spines  on  the  dorso-lateral 
margin  of  the  caudal  tibise  is  very  unreliable  as  a  diagnostic  character, 
as  an  examination  of  the  present  series,  which  unquestionably  repre- 
sents but  a  single  species,  shows  the  number  to  range  from  eight  to 
twenty,  while  in  a  single  specimen  the  disparity  in  the  number  of 
spines  on  these  margins  of  the  two  tibiae  is  as  much  as  four  (eight  and 
twelve) . 

This  species  is  found  over  a  considerable  area,  having  been  recorded 
from  as  far  north  as  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil  (Bruner),  and  Aguiarenda, 
Bolivian  Chaco  (Giglio-Tos) ,  south  to  the  Rio  Colorado  (Bruner), 
east  to  Montevideo,  Uruguay  (Brunner),  west  to  Tucuman,  Argen- 
tina (Giglio-Tos). 

Cephaloccema  lineata  Brunner. 

1890.     Cephalocoema    lineata    Brunner,     Verhandl.     K.-K.     Zoolog.-botan. 
Gesell.,  Wien,  XL,  p.  118,  pi.  V,  fig.  11.     [Mendoza,  Argentina.] 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  February  5, 
1909.     One  male. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  February 
24,  1908.     One  female. 

Potrerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,368  meters.  February 
20,  1908.     Two  females. 

This  constitutes  the  second  report  of  the  occurrence  of  this  very 
remarkable  species.  As  a  male  was  previously  unknown,  a  few  notes 
on  the  points  of  difference  from  the  female  may  be  of  interest. 


308  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Size  rather  large;  form  extreme  elongate.  Proportions  of  the  head 
essentially  as  in  the  female;  eyes  more  prominent.  Pronotum  much 
slenderer  than  in  the  female,  the  portion  cephalad  of  the  insertion 
of  the  cephalic  limbs  narrower  than  the  portion  caudad  of  the  same, 
expansion  at  the  cephalic  margin  very  decided  as  well  as  that  at  the 
insertion  of  the  limbs.  Dorsum  of  the  pronotum,  mesonotum  and 
metanotum  more  or  less  distinctly  tricarinate  mesad,  the  carinse  being 
closely  placed,  traces  of  the  same  present  in  the  female.  Supra-anal 
plate  short,  lanceolate,  apex  acute;  cerci  extremely  short,  simple; 
subgenital  plate  elongate-lanceolate,  subequal  in  length  to  that 
portion  of  the  pronotum  caudad  of  the  insertion  of  the  limbs,  strongly 
compressed,  acute.  Limbs  very  slender,  the  median  and  cephalic 
almost  filiform,  the  caudal  femora  almost  imperceptibly  inflated. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 103 .     mm. 

Dorsal  length  of  head 25 . 

Length  of  pronotum 23 . 

Width  of  pronotum  at  the  insertion  of  limbs 2 . 

Length  of  mesonotum  and  metanotum 6.2 

Length  of  cephalic  femur 22 . 

Length  of  median  femur 21.5 

Length  of  caudal  femur -. 35 . 

Length  of  subgenital  plate 1 1 . 

Astroma  compactum  Brunner. 

1891.  Astroma  compactum  Brunner,  Verhandl.  K.-K.  Zoolog.-botan. 
Gesell.,  Wien,  XL,  p.  120,  pi.  V,  figs.  I2a-b.  [Mendoza,  Argentina; 
Santiago,  Chile.] 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  February 
2,  1908;   December  22,  1908.     One  male,  one  immature  female. 

La  Paz,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  504  meters.  January  29,  1908. 
One  female. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  March 
18,  1907;  December  6,  1907;  January  15,  1908;  February  4-11, 
1908;  March  6,  1908.     One  male,  six  females,  two  immature  females. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  November 
10-15,  1907;  December  13-18,  1907;  January  5,  1908;  March  27-29, 
1908;  April  12  and  24,  1908;  May  7  and  13,  1908;  June  5-18, 
1908.  Ten  males,  nineteen  females,  six  immature  individuals  of 
both  sexes. 

Blanco  Encalada,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,068  meters.  Feb- 
ruary 16,  1908.     One  female. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  309 

San  Ignacio,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,235  meters.  March  15 
.and  22,  1908;  April  5,  1908.     Four  males,  two  females. 

This  very  extensive  series  is  of  considerable  interest,  demonstrating 
as  it  does  that  the  species  is  undoubtedly  common  within  its  range 
and  that  considerable  variation  in  size  and  sculpture  occurs. 

The  size  extremes  of  the  series  are:  length  of  body,  d^  36.7-45.5 
mm.,  9  63.5-82.5;  length  of  head,  d'  5.3-6.7,  9  8.5-10;  length  of 
rostrum,  cf  1.2-1.5,  9  2.5-3.8;  length  of  pronotum,  cT  7.2-9.8, 
9  11.2-13.8;  length  of  tegmen,  9  2.5-2.7;  length  of  cephalic  femur, 
cf  7.1-9,  9  9.3-12.6;  length  of  caudal  femur,  d'  14.8-18,  9  20.8- 
27.5.  Both  extremes  of  the  male  sex  are  from  Mendoza,  the  minimum 
of  the  female  sex  from  Blanco  Encalada  and  the  maximum  from 
Chacras  de  Coria. 

The  wings  of  the  female  vary  in  the  shape  of  the  exposed  coriaceous 
portion,  this  ranging  from  broad  ovate  to  elongate  elliptical,  the  size 
variation  of  the  same  being  considerable  and  in  no  way  correlated 
with  the  general  size.  The  rostrum  exhibits  a  very  appreciable 
amount  of  variation  in  the  female,  ranging  from  a  length  hardly 
greater  than  that  of  the  eye  to  one  and  one-half  times  the  length  of 
the  same.  The  spiniform  tubercles  on  the  cephalic  and  caudal 
margins  of  the  pronotum  and  the  spiniform  lobes  of  the  mesonotum 
vary  considerably  in  prominence,  the  latter  also  in  the  degree  of  their 
erection,  being  vertical  in  some  and  decidedly  inclined  caudad  in 
other  individuals.  The  linear  rugosities  of  the  body  show  some 
variation  in  prominence  which  does  not  appear  to  be  correlated  with 
the  development  of  the  tubercles  and  lobes. 

The  only  evidence  of  geographic  variation  seen  in  the  series  is  that 
noticed  in  the  slenderer  pronotum  of  the  male  and  immature  female 
from  Alto  Pencosa,  a  locality  somewhat  removed  from  those  at  which 
the  other  specimens  were  taken. 

The  color  varies  from  dull  brown  through  gray-browns  to  hoary 
white,  but  how  much  of  the  brownish  coloration  is  due  to  discolora- 
tion cannot  be  determined.  Some  individuals  are  partially  blackish, 
but  this  is  unquestionably  due  to  discoloration,  as  the  specimens  were 
not  eviscerated. 

The  following  diagnosis  shows  the  features  in  which  the  previously 
undescribed  male  differs  from  the  female. 

Size  small;  form  more  elongate  than  in  the  other  sex;  surface  much 
smoother  than  in  the  female.  Head  with  its  dorsal  length  two-thirds 
that  of  the  pronotum,  considerably  constricted  caudad  of  the  eyes, 
the  whole   head   considerably   elevated   cephalo-dorsad ;    fastigium 


310  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

horizontal,  much  shorter  than  in  the  female,  hardly  more  than  half 
the  length  of  the  eye,  apex  very  blunt;  eyes  very  prominent,  ovate 
in  outline,  their  length  more  than  half  that  of  the  proximal  portion 
of  the  dorsum  of  the  head;  antennae  slightly  longer  than  the  eye^ 
five-jointed.  Pronotum  subcylindrical,  subequal  in  width  except 
for  the  expansion  at  the  cephalic  margin  and  the  insertion  of  the 
cephalic  limbs,  the  former  margin  truncate  mesad  with  a  pair  of  low 
flanking  tubercles  and  obliquely  truncate  laterad;  width  at  the 
insertion  of  the  cephalic  limbs  contained  two  and  one-half  times  in 
the  length  of  the  pronotum,  caudal  margin  non-tuberculate;  surface 
of  the  dorsum  without  the  prominent  ridges  found  in  the  female. 
No  tegmina  or  wings  present.  Caudal  margin  of  the  mesonotum 
non-tuberculate.  Abdomen  with  the  medio-longitudinal  carina 
indicated  only  caudad;  supra-anal  plate  sublanceolate,  apex  well 
rounded,  a  prominent  medio-longitudinal  sulcus  present  on  the 
proximal  two-thirds;  cerci  simple,  styliform,  short,  blunt;  subgenital 
plate  moderately  rostrate,  subacute,  carinate  ventrad,  dorsal  face 
of  the  apex  flattened,  sulcate,  the  apical  margin  slightly  cleft.  Limbs 
slightly  more  robust  than  in  the  female;  caudal  femora  slightly  more 
bullate,  the  tips  of  the  femora  reaching  to  the  distal  margin  of  the 
sixth  abdominal  segment. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 40 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 8.3     " 

Greatest  width  of  the  pronotum  at  the  insertion  of  the 

cephalic  limbs 3  . 

Length  of  remaining  thoracic  segments 6 . 

Length  of  cephalic  femur 7.3 

Length  of  median  femur 7 . 

Length  of  caudal  femur 15.5 

The  only  information  with  the  specimens  on  the  habits  of  the 
species  is  on  several  Mendoza  individuals  labelled  ''On Larrea."  This 
is  apparently  Covillea  (Larrea  of  authors)  divaricata,  a  shrub  which  Mr. 
Jorgensen  tells  us  constitutes  an  important  part  of  the  vegetation  of 
the  Mendoza  region.  It  is  probable  that  the  insect  spends  a  con- 
siderable part  of  its  life  on  the  twigs  of  the  bush,  which  it  simulates 
very  well  and  where  it  would  be  well  protected.  This  proclivity  is 
found  in  certain  species  of  Orthoptera  occurring  on  the  allied  C 
tridentata  of  the  Lower  Sonoran  deserts  of  North  America. 

Nine  of  the  pairs  in  the  series  were  taken  "in  copula."  The 
earliest  seasonal  date  that  is  represented  by  adults  is  November  15, 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  311 

a  single  male  from  Mendoza  bearing  that  date,  the  latest  June  18, 
while  the  first  date  for  a  pair  in  copula  is  March  6. 

*Astroma  foliatum  Brunner. 

1890.     Aslroma  foliatum  Brunner,  Verhandl.  K.-K.  Zoolog.-botan.  Gesell., 
Wien,  XL.,  p.  121,  pi.  V,  fig.  12c'8     [Arannias,  Chile.] 

La  Paz,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  504  meters.  Januaiy  29,  1908; 
December  15,  1908.     One  male,  two  females. 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  December 
22,  1908.     One  nearly  adult  female. 

The  present  specimens  are  referred  to  this  species  with  some 
uncertainty,  as  certain  points  of  difference  from  the  original  descrip- 
tion are  evident,  although  how  much  weight  to  allow  these  differences 
is  a  matter  of  question,  as  series  of  the  allied  A.  chloropterum  and 
compadum  show  considerable  variation  in  size  and  sculpture. 

Brunner  knew"  only  the  female  of  the  species,  and  his  type  specimen 
was  considerably  smaller  than  either  of  the  adult  females  before  us, 
although  larger  than  the  immature  one.  This  size  difference  is, 
however,  about  equalled  in  our  series  of  compactum. 

Brunner  used  the  serrulate  or  smooth  condition  of  the  margins  of 
the  ovipositor  jaws  as  one  of  the  major  division  characters  for  the 
species  of  the  genus,  placing  chloropterum  and  compactum  in  the 
serrulate  section  and  granulosum  and  foliatum  in  the  other.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  chloropterum  is  very  similar  to  foliatum  in  having  verj^ 
weak  serrulations  on  the  margins  of  the  dorsal  valves,  while  com- 
pactum has  the  serrulations  very  decided.  Aside  from  size,  the 
description  oi  foliatum,  based  on  the  female  sex,  agrees  with  that  sex 
of  the  present  series  in  all  the  characters  except  the  number  of  spines 
on  the  margins  of  the  caudal  tibiae  and  in  the  character  of  the  caudal 
margin  of  the  pronotum.  The  number  of  spines  is  unimportant,  as  a 
count  shows  they  run  from  nine  to  twelve  on  the  external  margin 
(Brunner  gives  thirteen)  and  from  nine  to  eleven  on  the  internal 
(Brunner  gives  eleven).  One  specimen  has  nine  on  each  of  the 
margins  and  another  has  a  difference  of  two  spines  on  the  same 
margins  of  the  two  tibiae.  The  pronotum  is  described  as  "margine 
antico  et  postieo  in  lobos  binos  foliatos,  obtusos  productis,"  and  in 
the  present  material  these  margins  are  strongly  bispinose,  but  hardly 
developed  in  foliate  lobes. 


18  Given  in  error  as  "Fig.  12B"  in  the  text,  but  the  explanation  to  the  plates 
shows  that  "B"  refers  to  compactum  and  "C"  to  foliatum. 
21 


312  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

The  measurements  of  the  present  specimens  are  as  follows : 

Male.        Female.         Female.  Imm.  Female. 
La  Paz.       La  Paz.         La  Paz.    Alto  Pencosa. 
mm.  mm.  mm.  mm. 

Length  of  body 60.  101.  93.  67. 

Length  of  head 10.8  19.  15.5  12.2 

Length  of  rostrum 5.8  11.8             8.2  6.2 

Length  of  pronotum 12.5  20.7  19.5  13.2 

Length  of  tegmen 4.               3.5  2. 

Length  of  cephalic  femur 10.5  14.3  13.  9. 

Length  of  caudalfemur 20.5  32.5  30.  19.2 

As  the  male  has  not  been  previously  reported,  the  differential 
characters  of  that  sex  may  be  of  service.^^ 

Size  rather  small;  form  very  elongate.  Head  very  similar  to  that 
of  the  female,  but  the  eyes  are  more  prominent  and  the  depth  of  the 
head  caudad  of  the  eyes  is  subequal  for  a  greater  distance  and  not 
regularly  increasing  in  depth  as  in  the  female.  Pronotum  with  the 
greatest  (supra-coxal)  width  contained  about  five  times  in  the 
length  of  the  same;  cephalic  margin  with  two  low  nodes  instead  of 
high  spiniform  tubercles;  caudal  margin  unarmed;  no  lateral  carinse 
present  as  in  the  other  sex;  the  general  form  of  the  pronotum  more 
subequal  in  width  and  not  gradually  enlarging  caudad  as  in  the 
female.  No  trace  of  tegmina  and  wings.  Narrowest  portions  of 
the  mesonotum  and  metanotum  subequal  in  width  to  the  pronotum ; 
mesonotum  with  no  spines  on  the  margin.  Abdomen  not  multi- 
carinate,  a  single  median  carina  indicated;  supra-anal  plate  lanceo- 
late, the  apex  not  rounded,  surface  sUghtly  excavate,  not  sulcate; 
cerci  simple,  tapering,  very  short,  blunt;  subgenital  plate  greatly 
produced,  rostrate,  subdeplanate,  dorsal  surface  sulcate,  apical 
margin  strongly  divided,  hardly  carinate  ventrad.  Limbs  slenderer 
than  in  the  female;  caudal  femora  reaching  to  the  caudal  margin  of 
the  fifth  abdominal  segment. 

Subfamily  ACRIDIN^. 
*Hyalopteryx  rufipennis  Charpentier. 

1845.     Hijalopteryx    rufipennis    Charpentier,    Orthopt.    Desc.    et    Depict., 
tab.  46.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     January  1,  1910;  January  3,  1909;  December  10-12, 
1909;   December  12,  1910.     (No.  13.)     Nine  males,  two  females. 
These  specimens  are  quite  uniform  in  color  and  when  compared 

"  The  data  here  given  are  from  the  La  Paz  male  measm-ed  above,  this  being 
the  allotype  of  the  species. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  313 

with  the  allied  asinus  Rehn  and  specularis  Bruner  are  found  to  be 
quite  distinct.  The  males  show  some  variation  in  size,  the  extremes 
of  tegminal  length  being  twenty-eight  and  thirty  millimeters. 

The  information  with  several  specimens  taken  December  12,  1909, 
and  1910  is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  was  ''very  common  in  the 
Campo." 

Bruner  has  'recently  recorded  a  single'  female  specimen  of  this 
species  from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  but  otherwise  it  has 
not  been  correctly  recorded  since  the  original  description.  The 
present  author  recorded  specimens  of  the  then  undescribed  specularis 
as  this  species,  but  later  corrected  his  error. 

Eutryxalis  gracilis  (Giglio-Tos). 

1897.  Hiyalopteryx]  gracilis  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Anat.  Comp.,  Torino, 
XII,  No.  302,  p.  22.  [San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina;  Caiza,  BoUvian 
Chaco.l 

Misiones.  January  11;  December  14,  1910.  (No.  24.)  Two 
males,  two  females. 

Buenos  Aires.     February  20,  1909;   May  1,  1907.     Four  females. 

One  female  has  the  dorsal  aspect  purplish,  similar  to  an  individual 
of  the  same  sex  from  Carcarana,  Argentina. 

The  species  has  been  recorded  from  as  far  north  as  Caiza,  Bolivian 
Chaco,  and  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  south  to  the  Rio  Colorado,  west  to 
Jujuy,  Argentina,  east  to  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  and  the  Misiones. 
Truxalis  brevicornis  (Johannson). 

1764.  Gryllus  brevicornis  Johannson,  Amoen.  Acad.,  VI,  p.  398.  [North 
America  (Pennsylvania^").] 

Misiones.     February  20,  1909;   April  20,  1909.     Two  males. 
Buenos   Aires.     February    14-26,    1909;     March    7,    1909.     Five 
females. 

A  widely  distributed  American  sj^ecies  found  as  far  south  as  the 
Rio  Colorado  of  Argentina. 
Orphula  pagana  (Stai). 

1860.  Gomphocerus  {H yalopteryx)  paganus  St&l,  Kong,  Svenska  Freg. 
Eugenics  Resa,  Zool.,  I,  Ins.,  p.  339.     [Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.  March  27,  1909;  April  30,  1910;  May  5-6,  1910; 
December  12,  1910.     (Nos.  7  and  8.)     Ten  males,  eight  females. 

This  interesting  series  has  been  compared  with  thirteen  other 
individuals  of  the  genus  from  localities  in  Brazil  and  Paraguay. 
It  is  evident  that  considerable  individual  variation  in  several  charac- 

^  The  original  material  was  credited  to  DeGeer,  and  he  subsequently  says 
{Mem.  Ins.,  Ill,  p.  499)  he  received  the  species  from  Pennsylvania,  sent  by 
Acrelius. 


314  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

ters  is  present  in  the  species,  while  it  also  passes  into  the  following 
form  which  is  merely  a  geographic  race. 

The  size  varies  considerably,  even  in  series  from  the  same  locality, 
while  the  coloration  is  modified  by  the  variable  intensity  of  the 
blackish  or  brownish  postocular  bars  which  margin  the  lateral  carinse 
ventrad.  The  dorsum  of  the  head  and  pronotum  is  either  uniform  in 
color  or  supplied  with  a  pair  of  narrow  velvet}^  blaxik  lines,  which 
diverge  caudad  and  margin  the  lateral  carinse  on  their  internal  edge. 
These  lines  are  variable  in  intensity  and  also  in  continuity,  those  on 
the  head  sometimes  being  parallel  and  again  regularly  divergent  and 
continuous  with  their  pronotal  section.  Several  individuals  from 
the  Misiones  and  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  are  more  or  less  completely 
sprinkled  with  fine  blackish-brown  punctations,  in  this  respect  resem- 
bling similarly  colored  individuals  of  Chloealtis  conspersa  and  Psolaessa 
texana. 

The  lateral  carinse  of  the  pronotum  are  variable  in  character,  in 
some  individuals  being  decidedly  discontinuous  at  the  transverse 
sulcus  and  continuous  in  others.  In  the  latter  specimens  the  carinse 
are  slightly  but  regularly  divergent  through  their  entire  length, 
while  in  the  other  type  they  are  more  or  less  decidedly  offset  laterad 
at  the  sulcus,  subparallel  on  the  prozona  and  slightly  divergent  or 
(more  frequently)  subparallel  on  the  metazona.  These  two  types 
have  no  geographic  significance,  cannot  be  correlated  with  size,  and 
in  color  only  that  all  of  the  continuous  type  have  the  supplementary 
dorsal  lines  of  black.  Some  individuals  are  almost  intermediate 
in  the  character  of  the  carinse,  and  similar  variation  is  found  in 
0.  pagana  minor. 

The  typical  form  of  the  species  ranges  from  Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil 
west  to  at  least  Formosa,  Argentina,  extending  south  only  as  far  as 
Resistencia  Chaco  and  Misiones,  Argentina,  northward  and  westward 
apparently  grading  into  0.  p.  minor,  specimens  from  Chapada  and 
Corumba,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  being  nearer  cotypes  of  Giglio-Tos' 
form. 

Orphula  pagana  minor  (Giglio-Tos). 

1897.  M[etaleptea]  minor  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.,  Torino, 
XII,  No.  302,  p.  23.  [San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina;  Caiza  and  Aguai- 
renda,  Bolivian  Chaco.] 

Jujuy,  Prov,  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  male. 
After  careful  study  of  all  available  material,  we  are  able  to  amphfy 
our  previous  comments  on  this  form^^  arid  demonstrate  that  it  is  but 

21  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  p.  17. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  315 

a  geographic  race  of  pagana.  The  Jujuy  male  fully  agrees  with  the 
cotypic  material,  and  typical  individuals  of  the  two  forms  can  be 
separated  by  the  following  features: 

A. — Form  more  robust;  tegmina  broader,  less  elongate;  head 
broader,  eyes  prominent,  shorter,  fastigium  broad 0.  pagana. 

AA. — Form  slenderer;  tegmina  more  elongate,  narrower;  head 
narrower,  eyes  less  prominent,  longer,  fastigium  narrow,  more 
elongate 0.   pagana  minor. 

This  race  is  prol^ably  restricted  in  its  typical  form  to  the  Bolivian 
Chaco  and  the  adjacent  portions  of  Argentina  (Jujuy).  Material 
from  Chapada  and  Corumba,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  is  rather  inter- 
mediate between  the  present  subspecies  and  true  pagana,  but  some- 
what closer  to  minor. 
*Amblytropidia  robusta  Bruaer. 

1906.     AmhUjlropidia  robusta  Brunei',  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  631. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  April  5  and  23,  1910;  May  5,  1910.  One  male,  three 
females. 

These  individuals  are  inseparable  from  Sapucay  specimens.  One 
female  has  the  dorsum  washed  with  dull  green,  as  mentioned  by 
Bruner. 

The  species  is  only  known  from  the  type  locality,  Puerto  Bertoni, 
Paraguay,  and  the  Misiones. 
Sinipta  dalmani  Stai. 

1860.    Gomphocems  {Sinipta)  Dalmani  St&l,  Kong.  Svenska  Fregatt.  Eugenics 
Resa,  ZooL,  I,  Ins.,  p.  340.     [Montevideo,  Uruguay.] 

Alto  Pencosa,  Province  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  December 
20-22,  1908.     Seven  males,  one  female. 

These  specimens  have  been  compared  with  two  pairs  in  the 
Academy  collection  from  Carcarana,  Argentina,  collected  by  Bruner. 
The  female  of  the  present  series  is  the  only  one  of  the  dozen  now 
before  us  which  does  not  possess  supplementary  pronotal  carinse. 
The  coloration  of  this  individual  is  essentially  the  same  as  the  other 
two  of  that  sex,  but  there  is  no  trace  of  the  carinse.  Doubtless  this 
genus  is  similar  in  this  respect  to  Eriteitix,  which  has  the  supple- 
mentary carinse  present  or  absent  in  the  same  species  from  the  same 
locality.22 

The  locaUties  from  which  this  species  has  been  recorded  are  Cor- 
doba, Carcarana,  and  Alto  Pencosa,  Argentina;  Sapucay,  Paraguay, 
and  Montevideo,  Uruguay. 


2  Vide  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1910,  p.  625. 


316  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Parorphula  pallidinota  Bruner. 

1900.     P[arorphila]  pallidinota  Bruner,  Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest. 
Comm.  Buenos  Aires,  p.  26.     [Carcarana,  Argentina.] 

Caucete,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  567  meters.  January  13, 
1909.     One  male,  two  females. 

Beunos  Aires.     May  3,  1907.     One  female. 

This  species  has  previously  been  recorded  only  from  Carcarana. 
There  is  considerable  variation  in  coloration,  several  shades  of 
yellowish  brown  and  pale  brown  being  the  dorsal  color,  this  dis- 
tinctly paler  than  the  lateral  color  in  all  but  one  specimen.  The 
latter  has  the  dorsal  region  lineate  and  finely  speckled  with  the 
overlying  brown  of  the  lateral  color.  One  specimen  has  the  marginal 
field  of  the  tegmina  greenish. 

*Sisaiitum  gracilicorne  (Bruner). 

1910.     Orphula  gracilicornis  Bruner,  Entom.  News,  XXI,  p.  301.     [Puerto 
Bertoni,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.     March  15  and  May  1,  1909.     Two  males. 
These  specimens  have  been  compared  with  two  topotypic  females 
previously  recorded  by  us.-^ 

Orphulella  punctata  (DeGeer). 

1773.     Acrydium  pundalum  DeGeer,  Mem.  I'Hist.  Ins.,  Ill,  p.  503,  pi.  42, 
fig.  12.     [Surinam.] 

Misiones.  March  24,  1909;  April  4  and  30,  1910;  August  4,  1909; 
September  1,  1909;  December  12  and  14,  1910.  (Nos.  10  and  25.) 
Eight  males,  eleven  females. 

San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  673  meters.  January  14-20, 
1909.     One  male. 

Caucete,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  567  meters.  January  13,  1909. 
One  male. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  696  meters.  September 
20-22,  1906;  December  1-18,  1906.     Five  males,  one  female. 

A  careful  examination  of  this  series  and  that  already  contained 
in  the  Academy  collection,  convinces  us  that  our  former  position 
regarding  the  synonymy  of  elegans  and  intricata  with  this  species^* 
is  correct.  Bruner  in  his  last  table  of  species  of  the  genus^^  gives 
full  specific  rank  to  these  "forms."  The  San  Juan,  Caucete  and 
Pedregal  material  would  under  his  arrangement  be  referred  to  his 
new  elongata,   based   on  a  single  female   from    Corumbd,   Brazil. 

23  Entom.  News,  XXII,  p.  250. 

^  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  27,  28. 

25  Ann.  Carneg.  Mus.,  VIII,  pp.  10-12. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  317 

These  individuals  are  typical  of  the  new  ''form,"  which  is  merely 
a  long-winged  phase  of  punctata,  possibly  the  exclusive  or  pre- 
dominating form  in  certain  regions,  but  found  also  in  a  number  of 
localities  as  we  have  it  in  our  series  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (two 
individuals)  and  the  Misiones  (one  individual).  In  the  San  Juan 
series  green  is  the  predominating  color  in  the  females,  although  one 
of  that  sex  is  brown,  as  is  the  Pedregal  female.  The  Misiones  series 
is,  with  the  exception  of  the  ''elongata"  individual,  "elegans"  and 
"intricata"  inextricably  confused,  with  typical  individuals  and 
intergrades. 

The  species  is  found  over  the  greater  portion  of  tropical  America 
south  at  least  to  the  parallel  of  Buenos  Aires. 

Toxopterus  miniatus  Bolivar. 

1890.  Toxopterus  tniniatus  Bolivar,  Anales  Soc.  Espan.  Hist.  Nat.,  XIX, 
p.  314.     [Cumbase,  Peru.] 

Misiones.     March  3-29,  1907.     Four  males,  one  female. 

These  specimens  are  inseparable  from  individuals  from  Sapucay, 
Paraguay,  and  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil.  In  addition  to  these 
localities,  it  has  been  reported  from  Rio  Janeiro,  Bolivia,  extreme 
northern  Argentina,  and  several  Ecuadorean  localities. 

Fenestra  bohlsii  Giglio-Tos. 

1895.  Fenestra  bohlsii  Giglio-Tos,  Zoolog.  Jahrbiicher,  Abth.  Syst.,  VIII, 
p.  807.     [Paraguay.] 

Bompland,  Misiones.     December  10.     One  immature  female. 
This  species  is  known  to  range  from  central  Paraguay  (Sapucay) 
and  the  Misiones,  south  to  Cordoba  and  Carcarana,  Argentina. 

Staurorhectus  longicornis  Giglio-Tos. 

1897.  Staurorhectus  longicornis  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp., 
Torino,  XII,  No.  302,  p.  26.  [San  Lorenzo  and  Tala,  Argentina;  Caizd, 
Bolivian  Chaco.] 

Misiones.  January  12,  1911;  February  24,  1910;  May  5,  1910. 
(Nos.  17  and  36.)     Two  males,  one  female. 

Bompland,  Misiones.  December  1,  1910.  One  immature  male, 
one  immature  female. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  1906. 
One  female. 

The  female  specimen  from  Chacras  de  Coria  has  the  lateral  carinse 
of  the  pronotum  more  strongly  constricted  mesad  than  in  the  majority 
of  the  females  of  the  species,  and  subobsolete  between  the  first  and 
third  transverse  sulci.     The  coloration  of  this  individual  is  different 


318  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

from  the  types  previously  given  by  the  author,^^  having  the  discoidal 
field  of  the  tegmina  with  quadrate  maculations  and  the  marginal 
field  largely  ochraceous,  the  general  appearance  of  the  individual 
suggesting  certain  species  of  the  genus  Scyllina. 

The  range  of  this  species  extends  from  the  Province  of  Mendoza 
(Chacras  de  Coria)  and  Cordoba  northward. 

*  Staurorhectus  glaucipes  Rehn. 

1906.     Staurorhectus  glaucipes  Rehn,  Proc.  Acad.   Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,   1906, 
p.  34,  figs.  9,  10.     [Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.     December  12,  1910.     (No.  4.)     Four  males. 

Bompland,  Misiones.     December  1,  1910.     One  male. 

These  specimens  have  been  compared  with  paratypic  females. 
We  feel  compelled  to  differ  from  Bruner^^  in  placing  this  species  in  a 
genus  {Aynblysca'pheus)  distinct  from  Staurorhectus  longicornis,  the 
type  of  the  latter  genus.  We  have  examined  a  considerable  number 
of  specimens  of  the  two  species  and  find  that  the  two  characters  given 
as  diagnostic  of  Amhlyscapheus  are  not  in  this  case  important  enough 
to  be  of  generic  value.  These  two  are  the  "entire  absence  of 
lateral  carinse  on  the  pronotum"  and  the  "valves  of  the  ovipositor 
very  blunt."  The  first  character  is  one  which  is  very  strongly 
approached  if  not  absolutely  reached  in  our  series  of  longicornis, 
while  the  second  character,  although  constant,  is  of  slight  degree, 
not  worthy  in  the  present  case  of  generic  value.  The  claim  of  the 
genus  Amhlyscapheus  for  recognition  is,  however,  completely 
destroyed  by  its  author  in  the  recent  description  of  a  species  of  the 
genus  Staurorhectus,  S.  inter medius,-^  which  has  as  characters  the 
following:  "lateral  carinse  of  the  pronotum  almost  obliterated  on 
the  anterior  lobe"  and  "valves  of  ovipositor  similar  to  those  of 
Amhlyscapheus  glaucipes  Rehn  (lineatus  Bruner)." 

As  the  male  was  previously  unknown,  the  following  are  its  principal 
differences  from  the  opposite  sex. 

Size  small;  form  similar  to  that  of  the  female.  Head  with  the 
eyes  slightly  more  prominent  than  in  the  female,  face  more  retreating 
than  in  the  other  sex;  interspace  between  the  eyes  distinctly  narrower 
than  the  width  of  one  of  the  eyes;  frontal  costa  with  the  margins 
more  subparallel  and  the  sulcus  deeper  than  in  the  female;  antennae 
as  long  as  the  caudal  femur,  slightly  deplanate  proximad.     Tegmina 

26  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  33,  34. 

2^  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  632.  The  species  Amhlyscapheus  lineatus 
equals  S.  glaucipes  as  stated  by  us  {Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  167)  and 
later  admitted  by  Bruner  (Ann.  Carneg.  Mus.,  VIII,  p.  31). 

^Ann.  Carneg.  Mus.,  VIII,  p.  31. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  319 

with  the  distal  portion  broader  and  less  attenuate  than  in  the  female. 
Interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes  slightly  more  longitudinal 
than    in    the    female;     metasternal    lobes    subattingent.      Caudal 
femora  slightly  more  robust  than  in  the  opposite  sex. 
Coloration  similar  to  that  of  the  female. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 16 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 3.3 

Length  of  tegmen 12 .5 

Length  of  caudal  femur 11.8 

Sapucay,  Paraguay,  and  the  Misiones  are  the  only  known  localities 
for  the  species. 
Euplectrotettix  conspersus  Bruner. 

1900.  Euplectrotettix  conspersus  Bruner,  Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest. 
Comm.  Buenos  Aires,  p.  40.^  [Eastern  slopes  of  the  Andes  at  Mendoza, 
Argentina.] 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  April 
10,  1907.     One  female. 

This  specimen  fullj^  agrees  with  a  cotypic  individual  from  Mendoza, 
loaned  by  Prof.  Bruner.  Our  specimen  is  grayer  with  the  darker 
maculations  more  decided,  but  these  differences  are  purely  individual. 

The  species  is  only  known  from  the  Mendoza  region. 
Euplectrotettix  schulzi  Bruner. 

1900.  Euplectrotettix  Schulzi  Bruner,  ibid.,  p.  41.  [Vicinity  of  Cordoba, 
Argentina.] 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  April 
7,  1907.     One  male. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  April  24,  1908; 
May  11,  1908.     Two  females. 

We  have  before  us  several  typical  specimens  of  this  species  loaned 
by  Prof.  Bruner  and  we  are  forced  to  the  conclusion  that  he  erred 
in  associating  female  specimens  with  converging  lateral  carinse 
to  the  pronotum  with  males  having  those  carinae  non-converging. 
The  former  are  to  our  mind  prasinus,  which  varies  in  the  coloration 
of  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum.  Our  two  females  agree  with  the 
males  in  the  character  of  the  lateral  carinse  and  the  coloration.  One 
of  the  females  is  larger  than  the  other,  the  measurements  of  the  two 
being  as  follows : 

23  Fig.  14  on  page  41  of  this  paper  is  given  as  E.  conspersus,  but  we  are  led  to 
believe  from  typical  material  of  all  of  the  species,  kindly  loaned  by  Prof.  Bruner, 
and  our  present  series,  that  it  represents  prasinus. 


320  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Length  of  body 31.     mm.  24.     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 5.5     "  4.5     " 

Length  of  tegmen 20+      "  17.        '' 

Length  of  caudal  femur 17.8     "  12.8     " 

The  range  of  this  species  is  now  known  to  extend  as  far  west  as  the 

eastern  foot  of  the  Andes. 

Euplectrotettix  prasinus  Brunei. 

1900.     Euplectrotettix  prasinus  Bruner,  ibid.,  p.  42,  fig.  14  (erroneously  titled 
conspersus).     [Cordoba,  Argentina.] 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  February 
23,  1907.     One  male. 

Cordillera  de  Mendoza.     March  20,  1908.     One  female. 

It  is  evident  that  this  species  has  at  least  two  color  phases,  one 
largely  green  and  the  other  several  shades  of  brownish,  the  latter  in 
the  extreme  condition  with  little  contrast  in  tones.  In  addition  to 
these  phases  there  is  one  form  which  has  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum 
uniform  in  color,  and  another  with  broad  lateral  longitudinal  iDars  of 
velvety  black  on  the  same.  The  above-listed  female  and  a  typical 
female  from  Cordoba,  loaned  by  Prof.  Bruner,  have  the  uniform 
pronotum,  one  in  the  green  phase,  the  other  in  the  brown  phase. 
The  Chacras  de  Coria  male  and  a  female  from  Cordoba,  from  Bruner 
and  labelled  schulzi  by  him,  have  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum 
barred,  the  Chacras  de  Coria  male  being  a  well-contrasted  brownish 
individual  and  the  female  strongly  approaching  the  green  phase. 

The  lateral  carinae  of  the  pronotum  are  the  same  in  all  of  the- 
specimens,  converging  caudad  to  the  first  transverse  sulcus,  thence 
regularly  diverging.  In  the  male  the  tegmina  are  proportionately 
longer  than  in  any  other  species  of  the  genus  and  the  whole  form  of 
the  same  sex  is  decidedly  compressed. 

The  measurements  of  the  above-mentioned  specimens  are  as  follows : 

Male  Female 

Chacras  Female  Female  Cordillera 

de  Coria.  Cordoba.  Cordoba,  de  Mendoza. 

mm.  mm.  mm.  mm. 

Length  of  body 20.  23.5  31.3"  25.5 

Length  of  pronotum 4.2  4.6  5.  5.1 

Length  of  tegmen 20.  20.5  21.5  20.8 

Length  of  caudal  femur ...     13.2  14.4  15.5  15.5 

This  species  is  known  only  from  the  Provinces  of  Cordoba  and 
Mendoza,  Argentina. 


Abdomen  greatly  and  abnormally  distended. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  321 

Scyllina  picta  (Bruner). 

1900.     P[lectrotettix]  pidus  Bruner,  ibid.,  p.  38,  fig.  13.     [Provinces  of  Cor- 
doba and  Santa  Fe,  Argentina.] 

Misiones.     January  12,  1911.     (No.  38.)     One  female. 

Corrientes,  Prov.  of  Corrientes.  Elev.  76  meters.  IMarcli  3, 
1909.     One  male,  one  female. 

Buenos  Aires.     May  1-3,  1907.     One  male,  twa  females. 

La  Carlota,  Prov.  of  Cordoba.  Elev.  142  meters.  May  7,  1907. 
One  female. 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.     Elev.  660  meters.     January  30, 

1908.  One  female. 

San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.     Elev.  673  meters.     January  20, 

1909.  (No.  41.)     Four  males. 

Cordillera  de  Mendoza.     November  26,  1906.     One  female. 

This  series  gives  more  information  regarding  the  distribution  of 
this  typically  Argentine  species  than  all  we  previously  possessed. 
In  the  present  series  are  all  of  the  extreme  points  of  the  range  of  the 
species,  this  being  from  the  Misiones,  Corrientes  and  San  Juan, 
south  to  Buenos  Aires  and  west  to  the  Cordillera  de  Mendoza. 

Stirapleura  bruneri  Rehn. 

1906.     Stirapleura  bruneri  Rehn,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  p.  49. 
["Argentina  from  the  Pampa  Central,  extending  into  Uruguay  to  the 

eastward."] 

Misiones.     December  14,  1910.     Two  males. 

Buenos  Aires.     May  3,  1907.     One  male,  five  females. 

This  series  is  found  to  be  identical  with  specimens  from  Carcarana, 
Argentina,  which  we  select  as  the  type  locality  of  the  species.^^ 

The  females  all  have  greenish  more  or  less  the  predominating 
color,  all  of  the  males  having  their  patterns  in  browns  and  ochres 
without  any  indication  of  green.  In  extreme  greenish  specimens 
from  Buenos  Aires,  this  color  is  that  of  all  the  light  areas  of  the 
sides  and  dorsum,  while  in  the  other  extreme  of  that  phase  the  only 
decidedly  green  sections  are  the  face,  gense  and  humeral  streak  of  the 
tegmina. 

What  is  probably  this  species  was  recorded  by  Berg^^  ^s  Steno- 
bothrus  signatipeyinis  (Blanchard)  from  Cerro  Blanco,  Nueva  Roma, 
and  the  Naran-Choyque,  southwestern  Buenos  Aires.     The  same 


^1  The  name  bruneri  was  given  to  replace  S.  signatipennis  Bruner,  1900  (not  of 
Blanchard,  1851),  the  distribution  of  which,  given  above,  was  all  that  was  cited 
by  Bruner  for  the  species.  We  possess  two  pairs  determined  by  him,  from 
■Carcarana,  and  we  here  designate  this  place  as  the  type  locaht3^ 

32  Enlom.  Zeit.  Stettin,  XLII,  p.  38. 


322  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May,. 

author  credited  the  species  to  Chile  (apparently  after  Blanchard  and 
in  reference  to  true  signatipennis)  and  Uruguay. 

Subfamily  (EDIPODINiE. 

Trimerotropis  pallidipennis  (Burmeister). 

1838.     0[edipoda]  pallidipennis  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II,  Abth. 
II,  pt.  1,  p.  641.     [Zimapan,  Hidalgo,  Mexico.] 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  November 
21-22,  1908.     Four  males. 

La  Paz,  Mendoza.  Elev.  504  meters.  November  15,  1908.  One 
female. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  696  meters,  November  23, 
1906;   December  16  and  30,  1906.     One  male,  two  females. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  February  23, 
1908;  March  13  and  27,  1908;  April  2-24,  1908;  May  2-31,  1908; 
June  5-12,  1907-1908;  July  27,  1907;  September  27,  1908;  October 

26,  1908;    November  12  and  29,  1907;    December  2  and  10,  1907. 
Nineteen  males,  nineteen  females. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  January 
7-22,  1907-1908;  February  9-24,  1907;  March  27,  1907;  April  4-24, 
1907,  1908  and  1909;  May  25,  1907;  November  2,  1906.  Eight 
males,  nine  females. 

Potrerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.     Elev.   1,368  meters.     December 

27,  1908.     One  female. 

Cordillera  de  Mendoza.  March  20,  1908;  November  21,  1906. 
Three  males,  one  female. 

This  extensive  series  shows  that  the  species  varies  tremendously 
in  size  and  color,  in  these  respects  being  parallelled  by  similar  variation 
in  the  closely  allied,  if  at  all  distinct,  North  American  T.  vinculata. 
The  same  variations  in  general  size,  color  tone,  width,  intensity, 
solidarity,  and  curve  of  tegminal  bands,  intensity  and  width  of  wing 
band,  tone  of  wing  disk  and  colors  of  ventral  sulcus  of  caudal  femora 
are  noted  as  in  vinculata. 

The  rugosity  of  the  metazonal  disk  varies  individually  in  both 
sexes,  while  the  caudal  angle  of  the  pronotum  shows  variants  ranging 
from  slightly  obtuse  to  slightly  acute,  the  majority  having  it  rect- 
angulate. 

The  species  has  a  very  considerable  range,  having  been  recorded 
from  north-central  Mexico  south  to  at  least  as  far  as  the  provinces 
of  Santa  Fe,  Cordoba,  San  Luis,  and  Mendoza,  Argentina. 


^913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  323 

Subfamily  OMMEXECHIX.E. 

:Parossa''3  viridis  (GigUo-Tos). 

1897.     0[ssa]   viridis   Giglio-Tos,   Boll    Mus.   Z90I.   ^nat   Comp    Torino 
XII,  No.  302,  p.  27.     [Caiza  and  San  Francisco,  Bolivian  Chaco,    San 
Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina.] 
Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     Four  females. 
San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.     Elev.  673  meters.     January  17-20, 
1909.     One  male,  two  females. 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  December 
21,  1908.     One  female. 

La  Paz,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  504  meters.  December  19, 
1908.     One  male,  one  female. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.     Elev.  696  meters.     January  3-5, 

1907.  Two  males,  two  females. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  January  2-16, 
1908;    February  12,  1908;   April  3,  1908;    May  24,  1908;    June  5, 

1908.  Four  males,  five  females. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  January 
19-29,  1907;  February  2-13,  1908;  March  27,  1907;  April  5-11, 
1907.     Fifteen  males,  five  females,  one  immature  female. 

Blanco  Encalada,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,068  meters.  Feb- 
■   ruary  12,  1908.     One  male,  one  female. 

Punta  del  Agua,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.     February  27,  1907.     Two 

- "f pTy\Q  iPS 

San  Ignacio,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,235  meters.  March 
15-22,  1908;  April  5,  1908.     Three  males,  three  females. 

Pot'rerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,368  meters.  January 
20,  1908.     Two  males,  four  females. 

This  very  interesting  series  throws  some  light  on  the  color  phases 
of  the  species.  It  is  apparent  that  three  are  present:  first,  a  green 
phase,  which  was  that  originally  described  by  Giglio-Tos;  second, 
a  brownish  or  dull  wine-colored  phase,  and,  third,  a  speckled  phase. 
The  green  phase  shows  Uttle  variation  in  itself  aside  from  that  in  the 
yellowish  tone  of  the  green  base  color  and  the  more  or  less  pronounced 
character  of  a  yellowish  wash  on  the  dorsal  section  of  the  tegminal 


33  After  examining  the  literatm-e  involved,  we  can  substantiate  what  Bruner 
fAnn  Carneg  Mus.,  VIII,  p.  38,  footnote)  has  said  regarding  the  proper  status 
of  Blanchard's  genus  Paulinia.  It  is  clearly  the  same  as  Ccelopterna  bt&l,  which 
name  it  should  replace,  and  in  no  way  related  to  Ossa  Gigho-Tos,  which 
through  an  unfortunate  preoccupation  must  fall,  and  in  place  ot  which  Bruner 
has  erected  Parossa. 


324  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

bases.^^  The  brownish  phase  varies  in  tone  from  pale  dull  wine  color 
(vinaceous)  and  clay  color  to  burnt  umber,  the  caudal  femora  in  the 
extreme  condition  with  more  or  less  apparent  transverse  dark  bars 
on  the  dorsal  face,  and  in  the  same  pronounced  type  the  caudal 
tibise  are  of  the  general  tone.  The  brownish  phase  and  the  normal 
greenish  phase  are  apparently  connected  by  intermediate  types, 
some  individuals  being  of  the  green  phase  with  the  dorsum  of  the 
pronotum  and  the  tegmina  weakly  vinaceous,  while  other  specimens, 
which  otherwise  would  be  referred  to  the  brownish  phase,  have 
yellowish  the  underlying  color,  the  femora  unhanded  and  the  tibise 
of  the  glaucous  of  the  green  phase.  The  speckled  phase  also  shades 
into  both  of  the  other  forms  and  is  characterized  by  a  mottling  of 
bistre,  olive-green,  or  bay  over  the  underlying  bright  gamboge  to 
lemon-yellow  of  the  pronotum  and  head  of  those  specimens  approach- 
ing the  green  phase  and  over  burnt  umber  in  the  single  (Jujuy) 
specimen  approaching  (or  rather  in)  the  brownish  phase.  These 
fine  mottlings  are  either  general  on  the  dorsum  or  grouped  in 
two  irregular  longitudinal  bars,  which  are  postocular  in  their  po- 
sition, the  interocular  portion  of  the  head  also  being  much  suffused. 
In  the  extreme  condition  of  this  phase  the  femora  are  moderately 
banded  dorsad,  the  tibise  being  of  the  color  which  the  general  tone  of 
the  individual  more  nearly  approaches.  These  phases  are  not 
geographic,  as  the  Mendoza  series  has  all  three,  but  apparently  a 
certain  type  is  more  numerous  in  one  locality  than  in  others.  All  of 
the  Potrerillos  material  is  either  in  or  very  closely  approaching  the 
speckled  phase,  while,  aside  from  several  brownish  individuals,  all 
of  the  Chacras  de  Coria  representatives  are  in  or  very  near  the  green 
phase. 

There  is  considerable  size  variation,  but  this  appears  to  be  indi- 
vidual and  not  geographic. 

The  range  of  the  present  species  is  known  to  extend  from  the 
Bolivian  Chaco  (Caiza  and  San  Francisco,  cotypic  individuals  being 
before  us)  and  Jujuy,  south  to  the  Provinces  of  Santa  Fe  (Carcarana), 
Cordoba,  San  Luis  (Alto  Pencosa),  and  Mendoza  {vide  supra). 

PACHYOSSA  n.  gen. 

Intermediate  in  position  between  Parossa  Bruner  (Ossa  Giglio-Tos) 
and  Ommexecha  Serville,  sharing  certain  characters  of  each,  but  far 

^*  Superficially,  this  might  suggest  to  some  an  approach  to  P.  bimaculata,  which 
is  in  part  characterized  by  having  large  yellowish  maculations  in  the  same  regions, 
but  in  the  present  form  the  yellow  is  never  as  decided  or  as  sharply  outlined,, 
while  excellent  structural  characters  readily  differentiate  the  two  species. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  325 

closer  to  the  former.  With  Parossa  it  agrees  in  the  general  form  of 
the  occiput  and  interocular  region,  the  reduction  of  spines  on  the 
pronotum  and  tubercles  on  the  limbs,  the  non-spiniform  ventro- 
caudal  angles  of  the  lateral  lobes  and  the  rounded  internal  angle  of 
the  mesosternal  lobes ;  while  from  Parossa  it  differs  in  the  subrostrate 
interantennal  portion  of  the  frontal  costa,  the  tuberculate  caudal 
margin  of  the  pronotal  disk,  the  scabrous  dorsum  of  the  same,  the 
peculiar  coriaceous  texture  and  subnodulose  surface  of  the  tegmina, 
in  this  respect  resembling  Ommexecha  and  Spathalium,  and  in  the 
abbreviate,  robust  form. 

Form  robust,  abbreviate;  surface  of  head,  pronotum,  and  femora 
multituberculate;  head,  pronotum,  venter,  and  limbs,  but  particu- 
larly the  latter  two,  strongly  villose.  Occiput  buUate;  interocular 
region  very  broad,  greatly  exceeding  the  width  of  the  eye,  greatly 
declivent,  non-impressed;  frontal  costa  subrostrate  between  the 
antennse,  evanescent  ventrad,  sulcate  dorsad;  eyes  subglobose. 
Pronotum  robust,  greatest  dorsal  width  subequal  to  its  length; 
prozona  hardly  elevated,  metazona  depressed  cephalad,  transversely 
elevated  caudad;  cephalic  margin  slightly  emarginate  mesad,  caudal 
margin  very  broadly  obtuse-angulate  with  three  pairs  of  marginal 
nodes;  lateral  lobes  with  the  ventro-caudal  angle  very  broadly 
rounded,  non-spiniform.  Tegmina  broad,  sublanceolate,  apex 
moderately  rounded;  texture  coriaceous;  surface  without  decided 
nodes,  but  with  certain  of  the  transverse  veins  of  the  discoidal  and 
anal  fields  slightly  elevated.  Wings  perfectly  developed.  Interspace 
between  the  mesosternal  lobes  very  decidedly  transverse,  the  margins 
of  the  lobes  rounded;  metasternal  interspace  more  transverse  than 
the  mesosternal  one. 

Type. — P.  signata  n.  sp. 

Pachyossa  signata  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  January  12,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen;  No.  22.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,218.] 

Size  medium;  form  fusiform,  subdepressed ;  surface  of  the  head 
with  the  tubercles  fewer  and  lower  on  the  occiput  than  elsewhere, 
pronotum  ruguloso-tuberculate,  hairs  on  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
pleura  few  and  scattered,  around  the  insertion  of  the  limbs  and  on 
the  same  very  much  more  numerous.  Head  with  the  greatest  width 
contained  less  than  one  and  one-half  times  in  the  depth  of  the  same; 
interocular  space  one  and  two-thirds  times  the  length  of  the  eye, 
greatly  declivent  to  the  subvertical   fastigium,  which  is  delimited 


326  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

caudad  by  an  obtuse-angulate  series  of  tubercles,  passing  cephalad 
into  the  frontal  costa  without  interruption;  frontal  costa  when  seen 
from  the  side  arcuate  subrostrate  between  the  antennae,  obsolete 
ventrad,  dorsad  with  a  V-sectioned  sulcation;  eyes  subglobose,  their 
length  contained  about  one  and  one-third  times  in  the  length  of  the 
infra-ocular  gense;  antennae  incomplete,  Pronotum  with  the  median 
carina  indicated  only  on  the  prozona  and  there  by  a  tuberculate 
ridge,  slightly  arcuate  in  profile;  lateral  angles  indicated  on  the 
metazona  and  there  only  by  bluntly  rounded,  low-tuberculate  shoul- 


Fig.  12. — Pachyossa  signata  n.  gen.  and  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  3.) 

ders,  on  the  prozona  no  trace  of  the  angles  exists;  transyerse  sulci 
weak,  indications  of  four  present,  only  the  caudal  at  all  distinctly 
marked;  lateral  lobes  with  the  greatest  depth  contained  about  one 
and  one-third  times  in  the  greatest  length  of  the  same,  caudal  margin 
oblique  subtruncate,  the  ventro-caudal  angle  yery  broadly  rounded 
and  extending  considerably  yentrad  of  the  yentro-cephalic  angle, 
which  is  obtuse.  Tegmina  nearly  two  and  one-half  times  as  long  as 
the  pronotum,  the  greatest  width  at  the  proximal  fourth  and  con- 
tained oyer  three  times  in  the  length,  thence  rather  eyenly  tapering 
to  the  rather  narrowly  rounded  apex;  marginal  field  broad  at  the 
proximal  fourth,  there  slightly  more  than  a  third  the  total  width  of 
the  tegmen;  sutural  margin  yery  slightly  but  regularly  arcuate;  the 
transyerse  yein-groups  which  form  subnodose  eleyations  are  formed 
by  a  number  of  yery  short  transyerse  yeinlets  coalescing  and  filling 
up  the  intervening  cells,  the  contrast  between  these  groups  and  the 
distinctly  outlined  cells  between  the  elevations  bringing  them  into 
greater  prominence.  AVings  with  their  length  subequal  to  that  of 
the  tegmina  when  both  are  in  repose,  the  greatest  width  contained 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


327 


Fig.  13. — Pachyossa 
'signata  n.  gen.  and 
sp.  Dorsal  out- 
line of  head  and 
pronotum.  (X  3.) 


nearly  twice  in  the  length  of  the  same;  apex  well  rounded.  Pro- 
sternum  transversely  carinate  with  a  compressed 
trigonal  projection  mesad;  interspace  between 
the  mesosternal  lobes  four  times  as  broad  caudad 
as  deep,  the  lateral  margins  diverging,  obliquely 
rounded;  interspace  between  the  metasternal 
lobes  even  more  decidedly  transverse  than  that 
l)etween  the  mesosternal  lobes.  Cephalic  and 
median  limbs  strongly  villose.  Caudal  femora 
one  and  two-thirds  times  the  length  of  the 
pronotum,  pattern  of  the  pagina  moderately 
regular;  caudal  tibiae  subequal  to  the  femora  in 
length,  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  six 
spines;  caudal  metatarsus  subequal  to  the 
remainder  of  the  tarsus  in  length;  all  of  the 
caudal  limb  strongly  and  thickty  villose. 

General  color  clove  brown,  passing  into  Vandyke 
brown  mottled  with  wood  brown  on  the  limbs; 
ventral  surface  mummy  brown,  becoming  wood 
l:)rown  on  that  aspect  of  the  limbs.  Head, 
pronotum,  and  pleura  with  the  tubercles  varied  with  pale  brown  and 
blackish,  so  that  the  general  color  is  modified  in  a  "pepper-and-salt" 
fashion;  lower  part  of  the  face  with  much  wood  bro^\Ti;  eyes  raw 
sienna;  antennae  with  the  joints  blackish,  each  joint  margined  distad 
with  ochraceous.  Tegmina  with  the  base  color  seal  bro^vTi,  with  a 
reticulate  pattern  of  wood  brown  and  ecru  drab  formed  by  the 
coloring  of  groups  of  veins,  both  longitudinal  and  transverse,  the  ecru 
drab  predominating  toward  the  apex  and  the  costal  margin;  anal 
field  with  a  proximal  ovate  spot  of  clear  orpiment  orange,  which  is 
completely  hidden  when  the  tegmina  are  in  repose.  Wings  strongly 
infu.'Scate  with  clove  brown  proximad,  this  passing  gradually  into  the 
pale  creamy -white  of  the  apex,  where  the  veins  alone  retain  the  color 
of  the  proximal  portion.  Limbs  mottled  and  blotched  with  the 
general  colors,  the  caudal  femora  with  two  irregular  pale  transverse 
bars,  which  are  V-shaped  on  the  external  face.  Hairs  of  the  entire 
body  straw  yellow. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 28 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 8 .        " 

Greatest  dorsal  width  of  pronotum 7.        " 

Length  of  tegmen 21 .        " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 6.        " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 13.2     '* 


328  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Information  with  the  unique  type  is  to  the  effect  that  it  was  taken 
from  stones  of  a  very  similar  coloration. 
*  Ommexeclia  giglio-tosi  Bolivar. 

1899.     0[mmexecha]  Giglio-Tosi  Bolivar,  Revista  Chilena  Hist.  Nat.,  Ill, 
pp.  54,  55.     [Caiza,  Aguairenda,  and  San  Francisco,  Bolivian  Chaco.] 

Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     Five  males,  three  females. 

Embarcacion,  Prov.  of  Salta.     April,  1911.     Three  females. 

This  series  of  specimens  show  two  types  of  structure,  one  with  the 
pronotum  more  sellate  than  the  other,  but  we  do  not  feel  warranted 
in  separating  them  specifically.  Both  forms  are  in  the  Jujuy  series, 
but  only  that  with  the  more  sellate  pronotum  in  the  Embarcacion  lot. 

The  wings  are  pale  azure  on  the  disk,  the  apex  very  lightly  infumate, 
with  the  transverse  veins  of  the  discoidal  and  adjacent  portion  of  the 
axillary  fields  seal  brown. 

The  above  localities  are  all  from  which  the  species  is  known. 
*Ommexecha  germari  Burmeister. 

1838.     0[mmexecha]  Germari  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II,  abth.  II, 
pt.  1,  p.  655.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     August  4,  1909.     One  female. 

This  individual  is  inseparable  from  representatives  from  Sapucay, 
Paraguay. 

The  present  species  has  been  recorded  from  Brazil  (specifically 
Sao  Leopoldo  [Bolivar],  Porto  Allegre  [Karsch],  and  Corumba 
[Bruner] ),  Paraguay  (specifically  Villa  Rica  [Giglio-Tos]  and  Sapucay 
[Rehn] )  and  the  Misiones.  This  is  the  first  record  of  the  species 
from  Argentina. 
Ommexeclia  servillei  Blanchard. 

1837.     Ommexecha  Servillei  Blanchard,  Ann.  See.  Entom.  PVance,  V,  p.  613, 
pi.  XXII,  figs.  2,  3.     [Province  of  Corrientes,  Argentina.] 

Misiones.  May  12,  1910;  November  9,  1910;  December  12  and 
17,  1910.     (No.  20.)     Four  males,  two  females. 

All  of  these  specimens  are  brownish  in  coloration  and  we  have 
provisionally  retained  the  name  servillei  for  them,  although  we  have 
little  doubt  that  topotypes  of  Serville's  virens,  from  Buenos  Aires, 
will  show  that  name  to  have  been  based  on  a  green  color  phase  of 
the  present  insect. 

Previous  records  of  servillei  are  from  Porto  Allegre,  Rio  Grande  do 
Sul  (Karsch),  Sierra  Geral,  Santa  Catharina  (Karsch),  Sao  Paulo 
(Bruner),  Reboucas  (Rehn),  Corumba,  Matto  Grosso  (Bruner), 
Matto  Grosso  (Karsch),  Brazil;  Asuncion  and  San  Bernardino, 
Paraguay  (Bruner),  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Rehn,  as  virens),  and 
Misiones  and  Corrientes,  Argentina. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  329 

*  Spathalium  35  stall  Bolivar. 

1884.     Sp^thalium  Slali  Bolivar,  Ann.  Soc.  Espafi.  Hist.  Xat.,  XIII,  p.  32. 
[Sao  ("San")  Leopoldo,  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.  January  12,  1911;  October  31,  1910;  November,  1910. 
(No.  30  and  37.)     One  male,  two  females. 

The  present  specimens  are  clearly  referable  to  this  species,  which 
was  previously  known  only  from  the  original  description.  Two  facts 
are  evident  from  the  material  before  us,  these  being  that  the  species 
is  dichromatic  and  that  the  length  of  the  tegmina  and  wings  varies 
greatly  in  the  same. 

The  type  was  of  a  greenish  color  phase,  which  is  almost  matched 
by  one  of  the  females  in  hand,  the  green  of  the  tegmina  apparently 
being  more  extensive  than  in  the  type,  as  it  colors  the  adjacent 
portions  of  the  marginal  and  anal  fields  of  the  tegmina  as  well  as  the 
discoidal  as  described.  The  other  individuals  are  of  a  similar  pat- 
tern, but  in  several  tones  of  brown  with  no  evidence  of  green. 

The  tegmina  show  considerable  length  variation  as  well  as  some  in 
the  form  of  the  apex  of  the  same.  The  latter  may  be  acute-angulate 
without  any  trace  of  bluntness  or  of  similar  general  outline,  with  the 
immediate  apex  narrowly  rounded.  The  wings  are  described  as 
"dimidise  elytrorum  longitudinis, "  while  in  one  of  the  present  females 
the  wings  are  about  two-thirds  of  the  tegminal  length,  and  in  the 
other  they  fall  but  little  short  of  the  tegminal  apices  when  in  repose. 
In  the  male  the  wings  are  subequal  to  the  tegmina  when  closed. 

The  measurements  of  the  present  material  and  of  the  type  are  as 
follows : 

Male.  Female.         Female.  Female  (type). 

mm.  mm.  mm.  mm. 

Length  of  body 22.  34.5  33.  32. 

Length  of  pronotum 7.5  10.  10.  9.5 

Greatest  dorsal  width  of 

pronotum 6.2  9.2  9.6  

Length  of  tegmen 23.  27.2  33.5  23. 

Length  of  caudal  femur  ..  13.2  16.8  20.  16. 

'5  The  specimens  from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  recorded  by  us  as 
Spathalium  cyanopterum  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXXVI,  p.  110),  we  find  on 
re-examination  to  be  S.  klugii  (Bm-meister),  which  Bolivar  synonymized  under 
S.  serrulatum  Thunberg,  the  type  of  Burmeister's  species  having  been  examined 
by  him.  There  seems  no  doubt  but  that  his  description  of  "serrulatum"  was  in 
part  drawn  from  this  specimen.  On  examination  of  the  original  description  of 
serrulatum  we  have  been  unable  to  positively  place  the  species,  but  it  does  not 
seem  to  be  the  same  as  klugii.  Kirby  {Syn.  Catal.  Orth.,  Ill,  p.  298)  has  given 
the  synonymy  correctly  and  permitted  both  names  to  stand.  Bruner,  unfortu- 
nately, has  redescribed  klugii  as  S.  bolivari  (Ann.  Carneg.  Mus.,  VIII,  p.  39). 
Our  material  fuUy  agrees  with  his  description  and  that  of  Burmeister  and  of 
Bohvar. 


330  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP  [May, 

Subfamily  LOCUSTIN^. 
Coryacris  angustipennis  (Bmner). 

1900.     Elceochlora  angustipennis  Bruner,  Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest. 

Comm.  Buenos  Aires,  p.  58.     [Rosario,  Prov.  of  Santa  Fe,  Argentina.] 
1909.     Coryacris  diversipes  Rehn,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXXV,  p.  Ill, 
figs.  1  and  2.     [Corumbd,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil] 

Posadas,  Misiones.  March  6  and  7,  1909;  April  8,  1910.  Two 
males,  one  female. 

These  specunens  have  been  compared  with  a  paratypic  female 
of  diversipes  from  Cuyaba,  IMatto  Grosso,  and  found  to  be  inseparable. 
Bruner  has  recently  established  the  above  synonymy,^^  which 
appears  to  be  correct. 

The  localities  given  above  are  all  that  are  known  for  the  species. 
Prionolopha  serrata  (Linnseus). 

1758.      [Gryllus    (Bulla)]    serratus    Linnaeus,    Syst.    Nat.,    X   ed.,    p.    427. 
["Indiis."] 

Embarcacion,  Prov.  of  Salta.     April,  1911.     One  female. 

This  striking  species,  which  ranges  northward  to  northern  South 

America,  has  been  recorded  from  as  far  south  as  Tucuman  and 

Resistencia  nel  Chaco,  Argentina. 

Diedronot'us  laevipes  (Stai). 

1878.     T[rapidonotus]  Icevipes  St&l,  Bihang  till  K.  Svenska  Vet.-Akad.  Handl., 
V,  No.  9,  p.  20.     [Sao  Leopoldo,  Brazil;  Argentine  Republic] 

IViisiones.  January  10, 1911;  January  12  and  26,  1910;  November 
26,  1909.     (Nos.  21  and  34.)     Three  males,  one  female. 

This  interesting  form  has  been  recorded  from  a  number  of  localities 

extending    from    southern    Brazil  and  Paraguay  south  as  far  as 

Buenos  Aires.     According  to  Bruner,  it  inhabits  the  open  "camp." 

Diedronotus  angulatus  (S&tl). 

1873.     T[ropinotus]  angulatus   Stai,   Ofv.   Kong.   Vet.-Akad.   Forh.,  1873, 
No.  4,  p.  52.     [Bahia,  Brazil.] 

Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     Two  males. 

Embarcacion;  Prov.  of  Salta.     April,  1911.     One  female. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  several  Brazilian  localities 
south  to  as  far  as  Asuncion,  Villa  Rica,  and  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  and 
Tucuman,  Argentina  (Giglio-Tos) ,  the  latter  being  the  only  previous 
Argentine  record. 

Diedronotus  discoideus  (Serville). 

1831.     Tropinotus  discoideus  Serville,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  XXII,  p.  273.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.  March  26  and  30,  1909;  April  12  and  20,  1910;  Sep- 
tember 16,  1910.     Two  males,  four  females. 

^  Ann.  Carneg.  Mm.,  VIII,  p.  53. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  331 

All  of  these  specimens,  except  the  March  30  female,  have  the 
tegmina  distinctly  maculate,  the  exception  having  the  discoidal  field 
with  the  faintest  possible  indication  of  the  usual  blotching.  The 
male  and  female  taken  March  30  were  in  coitu,  and  the  two  represent 
the  extremes  in  maculation  of  the  discoidal  field  of  the  tegmina. 
The  anal  field  of  the  tegmina  is  unicolorous  in  all  of  the  specimens. 

Information  with  one  specimen  is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  is 
"common." 

Northward  this  form  has  an  extensive  range,  while  the  southern 
border  of  its  distribution  extends  from  Jujuy  (Giglio-Tos)  eastward 
to  Buenos  Aires  (Giglio-Tos)  and  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil  (Rehn). 

Elaeochlora  viridicata  (Serville). 

1839.     Xiphicera    viridicata    Serville,    Hist.    Nat.    Ins.    Orthopt.,    p.    614. 
[Buenos  Aires.] 

Buenos  Aires.     February  14  and  20,  1909.     Three  males. 

Misiones.  January  3  and  5,  1910;  February  1,  1910;  March 
20-26,  1910;  December  3,  1909;  December  12  and  24,  1910.  (No. 
2.)     Six  males,  eight  females. 

The  Buenos  Aires  specimens  are  typical  of  the  species,  while  the 
Misiones  series  is  referred  here  with  some  doubt,  differing  much 
as  does  the  Sapucay,  Paraguay  representation  previously  examined 
by  us."  The  pronotum  is,  in  the  Misiones  specimens,  more  compressed 
than  in  Buenos  Aires  individuals,  the  fastigium  shorter  and  broader 
in  the  male,  being  more  of  an  equilateral  triangle,  and  the  coloration 
different,  the  median  line  of  the  pronotum  being  much  narrower, 
while  the  humeral  regions  of  the  pronotum  of  the  male  are  washed 
with  dull  purplish  and  the  caudal  tibiae  of  the  same  sex  are  wax  yellow 
to  pale  orange,  without  reddish  as  in  typical  viridicata.  The  females 
have  the  tibiae  green  as  in  Buenos  Aires  specunens,  the  spines  and 
tarsi  usually  without  sanguineous,  although  this  is  indicated  in 
two  Misiones  individuals.  It  is  probable  that  the  Sapucay  and 
Misiones  series  are  specifically  or  subspecifically  distinct  from 
viridicata,  but  we  have  refrained  from  recognizing  their  differences 
with  a  name.  It  seems  more  desirable  at  present  to  get  a  better 
conception  of  the  real  value  of  these  differences,  which  can  only  be 
done  by  the  acquisition  of  more  material  from  a  number  of  localities. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  points  extending  from  the  tj^pe 
locality  north  to  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil. 

3'  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  174. 


332     .  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  i^^^Y) 

Chromacris  miles  (Drury).38 

1773.     Gryll[us]  Loc[usta]  miles  Drury,   Illust.   Nat.   Hist.  Exot.   Ins.,  II, 
pp.  79  and  Index,  pi.  XLII,  fig.  2.     [Bay  of  Honduras.] 

Misiones.  February  20,  1909;  December  1-14,  1909-1910. 
(No.  14.)     Two  males,  five  females,  three  nymphs. 

Buenos  Aires,  February  14  and  20,  1909.  Two  males,  three 
females. 

Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  male, 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  January 
30,  1908;  February  2,  1908.     Three  males,  five  females. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  February  29, 
1908.     One  male. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  February 
6-16,  1907-1908;   April  11,  1907.     Three  males,  seven  females. 

We  have  before  us  specimens  from  Merida,  Yucatan,  contained 
in  the  Hebard  Collection,  which  agree  absolutely  with  the  original 
description  of  miles.  The  material  from  Argentina  and  Paraguay 
shows  certain  constant  differences  which  have  already  been  empha- 
sized by  Pictet  and  Saussure.^^  Any  expression  of  the  exact  rela- 
tionship of  the  material  from  the  two  regions  seems  best  withheld, 
until  at  least  sufficient  series  from  other  localities  can  be  examined, 
thus  enabling  us  to  judge  more  clearly  how  constant  over  definite 
regions  apparent  differences  are.  The  Merida  individuals,  seven  in 
number,  are  constant  and  typical.  All  of  the  Argentine  and  Para- 
guayan specimens  seen  are  duller  with  the  pale  maculations  more 
orange-rufous  than  yellow,  the  wings  with  the  pale  areas  brick  red 
or  orange,  the  pale  occipital  bars  narrower  and  the  pale  areas  of  the 
caudal  margin  of  the  pronotum  usually  not  continuous,  but  broken 


28  In  studying  the  present  series  of  this  species  we  have  made  a  rather  extensive 
re-examination  of  our  material  of  this  and  allied  forms,  as  well  as  the  literature 
bearing  on  the  subject.  It  is  in  consequence  necessary  to  correct  certain  previous 
references  which  are  erroneous  on  account  of  a  confusion  of  7niles  and  stolli. 
Bruner's  first  reference  of  stolli  (Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest.  Coram.  Buenos 
Aires,  p.  60)  should  be  credited  to  tniles,  as  material  before  us  studied  and  deter- 
mined by  him  at  that  time  shows.  Specimens  of  stolli  from  British  Guiana,  also 
from  him,  we  find  labelled  7niles  in  his  handwriting.  The  present  author,  partly 
by  following  these  determinations,  is  responsible  for  the  following  misidentifica- 
tions,  which  should  refer  to  C.  miles. 

Chromacris  stolli  Rehn  {nee  Pictet  and  Saussure),  Entom.  News,  XVI,  p.  38. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Chromacris  stolli  Rehn  {nee  Pictet  and  Saussure),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1907,  p.  174.     [Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Chromacris  stolli  Rehn  {nee  Pictet  and  Saussure),  Entom.  News,  XXII,  p.  251. 
[Puerto  Bertoni,  Paraguay.] 

39  Mitt.  Schweiz.  Entom.  Gesell.,  VII,  p.  350,  as  variety  A. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  333 

into  spots  or  areas  somewhat  as  in  stolli,  but  less  decided  than  in  that 
form. 

The  Misiones  series  has  the  wings  more  reddish  than  the  other  lots, 
while  the  Chacras  de  Coria  individuals  have  these  more  orange. 

The  provinces  of  Buenos  Aires,  Cordoba,  and  Mendoza  seem  to  be 
the  southern  limit  of  the  species. 

*Zoniopoda  iheringi  Pictet  and  Saussure. 

1887.     Zoniopoda    Iheringi    Pictet    and    Saussure,    Mitth.    Schw.    Entom. 
Gesell.,  VII,  p.  357.     [Southern  Brazil.] 

Misiones.  February  8  and  14,  1910;  15  and  21,  1909  and  1910; 
December  8  and  23,  1910.     (No.  18.)     Four  males,  three  females. 

These  specimens  have  been  compared  with  individuals  from 
Sapucay,  Paraguay,  and  a  female  from  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil, 
received  from  and  determined  by  Saussure.  It  is  evident  that 
considerable  size  variation  is  found  in  the  species,  as  we  have  differ- 
ences in  the  extremes  of  the  two  sexes  from  Misiones  as  follows : 

Male.  Female, 

mm.  mm.  mm.  mm. 

Length  pf  body 27.  32.5  35.  49.5 

Length  of  pronotum 6.2  7.5  8.9  12.2 

Length  of  tegmen 24.5  26.  32.5  37. 

Length  of  caudal  femur 14.7  17.  19.  25.5 

There  is  also  an  appreciable  amount  of  variation  in  the  general 
form,  some  specimens,  irrespective  of  sex,  being  more  compressed 
than  others,  more  noticeably  so  in  the  male  than  in  the  female,  and 
quite  irrespective  of  locality.  A  casual  examination  would  lead 
one  to  suppose  that  two  species  were  present,  but  careful  study  shows 
that  the  extremes  cannot  be  separated  on  account  of  the  intermediate 
individuals.  The  median  carina  of  the  pronotum  shows  some  varia- 
tion in  prominence  in  both  sexes. 

In  color  there  is  marked  variation  in  the  shade  of  blue  on  the  disk 
of  the  wing,  in  some  individuals  this  being  nile  blue,  flax  flower  blue 
(Ridgway)  in  others,  running  through  heliotrope  purple  to  phlox 
purple.  This  variation  does  not  appear  to  be  correlated  with  sex, 
locality,  size,  or  degree  of  compression.  The  caudal  tibiae  also  vary 
in  general  color  from  cream  to  scarlet  vermilion  dorsad,  with  the 
ventral  surface  very  pale  apple  green. 

Information  with  one  specimen  is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  is 
gregarious.  Its  range  is  known  to  extend  from  Chapada,  Matto 
Grosso  (Bruner),  and  Rio  Grande  do  Sul  (Rehn),  Brazil,  to  the 
Misiones. 


334  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Zoniopoda  cruentata  (Blanchard). 

1846.     Acridium  cruentatum  Blanchard,  in  D'Orbigny,  Voy.  dans  I'Amer. 
Merid.,  VI,  pt.  II,  p.  216,  pi.  XXVII,  fig.  5.     [No  locality.] 

Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  male. 

La  Carlota,  Prov.  of.  Cordoba.  Elev.  142  meters.  May  8,  1909. 
One  female. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  April  9,  1908. 
One  female. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  January 
15-30,  1907-1908;  February  7-15,  1907-1908;  March  23-25,  1907; 
April  4-18,  1907  and  1909;  May  22-23,  1907.  Five  males,  twelve 
females. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  696  meters.  January  14, 
1907;    December  13,  1906.     Two  males. 

Misiones.  November  12,  1909;  December  10-12,  1909.  Five 
males. 

This  series  is  very  constant  in  coloration  aside  from  a  slight 
variation  in  the  depth  of  the  ground  color  of  the  head.  The  Jujuy 
individual,  alone  of  the  series,  has  the  proximal  portion  of  the  external 
face  of  the  caudal  femora  more  olive  green  than  in  the  other  specimens 
and  blending  into  the  blackish  disto-median  band.  There  is  no 
tendency  in  the  series  to  approach  the  Brazilian  Z.  tarsata  (Serville) . 

The  northern  limit  of  the  range  of  the  present  species  is  not  defi- 
nitely known,  as  most  of  the  records  are  confused  with  tarsata,  but  to 
the  southward,  where  cruentata  alone  is  found,  its  range  is  given  by 
Bruner  as  "central  and  northern  Argentina."  The  above  records 
and  that  from  Buenos  Aires  (Giglio-Tos)  are  the  most  southern 
definitely  known  ones. 

Zoniopoda  omnicolor  (Blanchard). 

1846.     Acridium  omnicolor  Blanchard,  ibid.,  p.  216,  pi.  XXVII,  fig.  3.     [No 
locality.] 

Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  female. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  as  far  north  as  Caiza,  Bolivian 
Chaco  (Giglio-Tos),  and  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Rehn;  Bruner),  south 
to  Santiago  del  Estero  (Stal)  and  Cordoba,  Argentina  (Bruner). 

Diponthus  electus  (Serville). 

1839.     Acridium  electum  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.  Orthopt.,  p.  67.     [IMonte- 
video.] 

Misiones.  November,  1910;  December  17  and  22,  1910.  (No. 
32.)     Two  males,  one  female. 

This  beautiful  species  is  easily  recognized  by  its  nearly  uniform 
colored  tegmina  and  longitudinally  barred  pronotum.     The  present 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  335 

individuals  all  have  the  caudal  tibiae  more  or  less  extensivelj^  pinkish 
purple  distad,  in  the  female  this  color  covering  almost  the  whole  of 
the  tibiae,  while  the  dorsum  of  the  tarsi  are  suffused  with  the  same 
color  in  all.  The  pale  head  and  pronotal  lines  vary  from  dull  straw 
yellow  to  clay  color,  the  pale  areas  of  the  caudal  femora  closely 
agreeing  with  this  color,  while  the  darker  pronotal  bars  vary  from 
dark  oil  green  to  purplish  brown;  the  dark  areas  of  the  pleura  and 
caudal  femora  agree  in  color  with  the  dark  pronotal  bars. 

The  previous  records  of  this  species  are  from  Montevideo  (Ser- 
ville)  and  Patagonia  (Pictet  and  Saussure). 

*Diponthus  festivus  Gerstaecker. 

1873.     Diponthus  festivus  Gerstaecker,  Entom.  Zeit.,  Stettin,  XXXIV,  p. 
193.     [Porto  Allegre,  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  BrazU.] 

Misiones.  November  26,  1909;  December  1  and  18,  1909-1910. 
Three  females. 

This  striking  species  has  only  been  recorded  from  the  type  locality 
and  by  Pictet  and  Saussure  without  exact  locality  from  the  same 
state  (Rio  Grande  do  Sul). 

*  Diponthus  crassus  Bruner. 

1910.     Diponthus  crassus  Bruner,   Entom.   News,   XXI,   p.   303.     [Puerta 
Bertoni,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  October  27,  1909;  November  9  and  12,  1907  and  1909; 
December  12,  1909.     Four  males,  five  females. 

These  specimens  are  perfectly  typical  of  this  very  distinct  recently 
described  species.  As  the  male  was  previously  unknown,  the 
measurements  of  an  average  individual  of  that  sex  may  be  of  interest  r 
length  of  body,  24  mm.;  length  of  pronotum,  5.2;  length  of  tegmen,. 
16.3;  length  of  caudal  femur,  14.  Of  the  above  series  three  pairs, 
taken  in  November  and  December,  were  captured  in  coitu. 

The  type  locality  and  the  Misiones  are  the  only  localities  from  which 
the  species  is  known. 

♦Diponthus  paraguayensis  Bruner. 

1906.     Diponthus  paraguayensis  Bruner,   Proc.   U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,   XXX,. 
p.  657.     [Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  May  5,  1910;  November  12,  1909;  December  12,  1910. 
(Nos.  3  and  6.)     Three  males,  six  females. 

The  variation  in  color  tone  previously  noted  by  us  in  this  species^^ 
is  evident  in  the  present  series.  Information  with  the  species  is  to 
the  effect  that  it  is  very  common. 


«  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  179. 


336  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

The  only  localities  known  for  this  form  are  that  of  the  type  and  the 
Misiones. 

Diponthus  argentinus  Pictet  and  Saussure. 

1887.     D[iponthus]  argentinus  Pictet  and  Saussure,  Mitt.  Schweiz.  Entom. 
Gesell.,  VII,  p.  372.     [Buenos  Aires.] 

Mendoza,  Prov,  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  April  9,  1908. 
One  female. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  Janu- 
ary 31,  1907;  April  3,  1907;  December  3,  1903.  Two  adult  and 
one  immature  female. 

Cordillera  de  Mendoza.     April  3,  1908.     One  female. 

Potrerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,368  meters.  December 
27,  1907.     One  male,  one  female. 

These  specimens  vary  considerably  in  the  tone  of  both  the  dark 
and  light  base  colors,  the  former  being  olive  green  in  some,  blackish 
in  others,  while  the  pale  shade  varies  from  nearly  clear  yellow  or 
creamy  yellow  to  decided  dull  orange. 

The  single  immature  individual  was  taken  April  3,  1907. 

This  species  ranges  from  Buenos  Aires  west  to  the  Cordillera  de 
Mendoza,  while  to  the  north  or  south  we  know  nothing  of  the  limits 
of  its  distribution. 

Leptysma  filiformis  (Serville). 

1839.     Opsomala  filiformis  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.  Orthopt.,  p.  593.     [The 
north  of  the  State  of  Sao  Paulo,  BrazU.] 

Misiones.  March  18,  1909;  December  12,  1909.  (No.  12.) 
Two  males. 

These  specimens  fully  agree  with  Sao  Paulo  females  now  before  us. 

The  species  has  been  recorded  from  as  far  north  and  east  as  Rio  de 
Janeiro,  Brazil  (Bolivar),  south  to  the  Rio  Colorado,  Buenos  Aires 
(Berg),  west  to  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy  (Giglio-Tos),  and  Chapada, 
Matto  Grosso,  Brazil  (Bruner). 

*  Leptysma  obscura  ^Thunberg). 

1827.     Truxalis  obscura  Thunberg,  Nova  Acta   Reg.  Soc.  Scient.  Upsal., 
IX,  p.  79.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     December  2  and  12,  1909.     (No.  12.)     Two  males. 

These  individuals  fully  agree  with  males  from  Sapucay  and  San 
Bernardino,  Paraguay. 

The  range  of  this  species  extends-  from  Bonito,  Pernambuco, 
Brazil  (Rehn),  south  to  the  Misiones,  west  to  Chapada,  Matto 
Grosso,  Brazil  (Bruner;  Rehn). 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  337 

Leptysmina  pallida  Giglio-Tos. 

1894.     L[eptysmina]    pallida    Giglio-Tos,    Boll.    Mus.    Zool.    Anat.    Comp. 
Torino,  IX,  No.  184,  p.  35.     [Resistencia  nel  Chaco,  Argentina.] 

Buenos  Aires.  February  20  and  26,  1909.  Two  males,  one 
female. 

The  present  individuals  have  been  compared  with  Carcarana, 
Argentina  specimens.  The  localities  from  which  this  species  has 
been  recorded,  in  addition  to  those  given  above,  are  Carcarana  and 
Rosario,  Argentina,  and  with  a  query  from  Victoria,  Brazil  (all  by 
Bruner  in  error  for  L.  rosea). 

*Oxybleptella  sagitta  Giglio-Tos. 

1894.     Oxyhleptella  sagitta  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.  Torino, 
IX,  No.  184,  p.  33.     [ViUa  Rica,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.     August  2,  1910.     One  male. 

This  specimen  is  inseparable  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  individuals. 

The  records  of  this  .species  are  from  Villa  Rica,  Paraguay  (type), 
Paraguay  (Gigho-Tos),  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Rehn),  Sao  Paulo, 
Brazil  (Bruner),  and  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil  (Bruner).  The 
latter  record,  we  believe,  probably  relates  to  the  closely  allied  0. 
pulcheUa. 

*Inusia  pallida  Bruner. 

1906.     Inusia   pallida   Bruner,    Proc.    U.    S.    Nat.    Mus.,    XXX,    p.    660. 

[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.     April  19,  1909.     One  male. 

This  species  was  previously  known  only  from  the  unique  female 
type.  The  present  individual  agrees  satisfactorily  with  the  original 
•description  except  that  the  green  color  of  the  type  is  replaced 
in  the  present  specimen  by  dull  ochraceous,  the  dark  lateral  line  is 
«ven  more  decided  than  in  the  type  and  the  proportions  are,  as  usual 
in  opposite  sexes,  somewhat  different.  The  measurements  of  the 
present  specimen  are:  length  of  body,  20.8  mm. ;  length  of  pronotum, 
4.3;  length  of  tegmen,  22;  length  of  caudal  femur,  11.5. 
Oxyblepta  puncticeps  (Stil). 

1860.     Opsomala   puncticeps  St§,l,   Kong.  Svenska  Fregat.  Eugenies  Resa, 
Zool.,  Ins.  I,  p.  325.     [Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     April  26,  1909.     One  male,  one  female. 

This  species  has  also  been  recorded  from  Rio  Janeiro  (Stal)  and 
Corumba  (Rehn;  Bruner),  Brazil;  Paraguay  (Giglio-Tos),  Sapucay, 
Paraguay  (Bruner);  Caiza  and  San  Francisco,  Bolivian  Chaco 
(Giglio-Tos);  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy  (Giglio-Tos),  and  Resistencia  nel 
Chaco  (Bruner),  Argentina. 


338  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  L^ay,. 

Oxyblepta  boMsii  (GigUo-Tos). 

1895.  S[tenopola]  bohlsii  Giglio-Tos,  Zoolog.  Jahrbiicher,  Abth.  Syst., 
VIII,  p.  813.     [Paraguay.] 

Misiones.     May  20,  1910.     One  female. 

The  previous  records  of  this  species  were  from  Chapada  (Bruner) 
and  Corumba  (Rehn;  Bruner),  Brazil;  Paraguay  (Giglio-Tos), 
Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Bruner;  Rehn),  and  Resistencia  nel  Chaco, 
Argentina  (Giglio-Tos) . 

*Aleuas  vitticollis  St&l. 

1878.  A[leuas]  vitticollis  Stal,  Bihang  till  K.  Svenska  Vet.-Akad.  Handl., 
V,  No.  4,  p.  69.  [Sao  ("San")  Leopoldo,  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil;  Mon- 
tevideo, Uruguay.] 

Misiones.     February  24,  1910.     One  male. 

This  species  has  also  been  recorded  from   Sapucay,   Paraguay 

(Rehn;  Bruner),  and  Corumba,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil  (Rehn;  Bruner). 

♦Aleuas  brachypterus  Bmner. 

1906.  Aleuas  brachypterus  Bruner,  Proc.  IJ.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  667. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  February  2,  1911.  (No.  39.)  "On  water  plant." 
One  female. 

The  only  previously  known  locality  for  the  species  was  that  of  the 
type.  It  seems  very  probable  to  us  that  this  is  the  female  sex  of 
vitticollis,  the  material  before  us,  consisting  of  four  females,  differing 
from  vitticollis  males  only  in  such  characters  as  are  sexual,  using  the 
term  in  the  sense  of  known  sexual  differences  in  the  closely  allied 
A.  gracilis. 

Aleuas  lineatus  StS.1. 

1878.  A[leuas]  lineatus  StM,  Bihang  till  K.  Svenska  Vet.-Akad.  Handl., 
V,  No.  4,  p.  70.     [Buenos  Aires;   Uruguay.] 

Caucete,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  567  meters.  January  13,  1909. 
One  male,  one  female. 

San  Ignacio,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,235  meters.  April  4, 
1908.     One  male,  one  female. 

These  specimens  are  seen  to  have  longer  tegmina  and  wings  than 
two  pairs  from  Carcarana,  when  compared  with  the  same.  In  the 
males  from  Caucete  and  San  Ignacio  the  tegmina  surpass  the  tips  of 
the  caudal  femora  by  very  nearty  or  quite  the  pronotal  length,  while 
in  the  Carcarana  males  the  difference  is  hardly  ijiore  than  half  of  the 
same.  In  the  females  the  discrepancy  is  less  decided,  but  still  quite 
apparent. 

This  species  is  known  to  range  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Bruner),. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA  339 

south  to  Buenos  Aires  and  Uruguay  (Stal),  west  to  San  Ignacio, 
Mendoza  and  Caucete,  San  Juan,  Argentina. 

Abracris^i  nebulosa  (Bruner). 

1900.  Jodacris  (?)  nebulosa  Brunei-,  Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest.  Comm. 
Buenos  Aires,  p.  67.  [Asuncion,  Paraguay;  Prov.  of  Tucuman, 
Argentina.] 

Misiones.     May  6,  1910.     One  female. 

This  species  has  also  been  recorded  from  Corumba  (Bruner), 
Chapada  (Rehn),  and  Victoria  (Bruner),  Brazil,  Paraguay  (Giglio- 
Tos),  and  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Bruner;  Rehn). 

*Abracris  signatipes  (Bruner). 

1906.  Omalotettix  signatipes  Bruner,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  673. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.     November  9,  1909.     One  male,  four  females. 
This  species  has  an  extensive  range  to  the  northward,  the  present 
locality  constituting  its  most  southerly  known  limit  of  distribution. 

Osmiliola  aurita  Giglio-Tos. 

1897.  0[smiUola]  aurita  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.  Torino, 
XII,  No.  302,  p.  33.  [San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  Argentina;  Caiza,  BoUvian 
Chaco.] 

Misiones.  September  5,  1909;  October,  1910.  Two  males,  one 
female. 

The  pair  of  this  species  taken  October,  1910,  were  in  coitu. 

This  very  interesting  species,  in  addition  to  the  localities  given 
above,  has  been  recorded  from  Pernambuco,  Brazil,  and  Chapada, 
Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  both  by  Bruner. 

Schistocerca  infumata  Scudder. 

1899.  Schistocerca  infumata  Scudder,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci., 
XXXIV,  p.  457.     [Montevideo,  Uruguay;    Brazil.] 

Misiones.     May  7  and  23,  1910.     (No.  15.)     Two  females. 

Posadas,  Misiones.  Elev.  80  meters.  March  3,  1909.  Two 
males. 

One  of  the  female  individuals  is  labelled  ''Common. "  Bruner  says 
this  form,  "is  quite  generally  distributed  over  Argentina  and 
Uruguay  along  the  La  Plata  River  and  northward  into  Brazil." 
The  only  definite  records  aside  from  those  above  mentioned  are  from 
Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Rehn;  Bruner). 

*i  Bruner's  genus  Omalotettix  equals  this  Walkerian  genus,  according  to  Kirby, 
Synon.  Catal.  Orth.,  Ill,  p.  428. 


340  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May,. 

Sohistocerca  paranensis  (Burmeister). 

1861.     Acridium.  paranense  Burmeister,  Reise  durch  La  Plata  Staat.,  I,, 
p.  491.     [La  Plata  Region.] 

Misiones.  December  1,  1910.  (No.  1.)  ''Very  common."  One 
male. 

Buenos  Aires.     May  6,  1907.     One  male,  one  female. 

La  Carlota,  Prov.  of  Cordoba.  Elev.  142  meters.  May  7,  1907. 
One  male. 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  February 
2,  1908.  One  adult  female,  one  immature  male,  one  immature 
female. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  696  meters.  January  3,  1907. 
One  female. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  December 
12-13,  1907  and  1908.     Three  males,  one  female. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters, 
November  28,  1907;  December  7-16,  1907.  Three  males,  three 
females. 

The  La  Carlota  individual  belongs  to  the  peculiar  dwarfed  form  of 
the  species.  The  Mendoza  and  Chacras  de  Coria  series  are  very  pale, 
similar  to  spring  specimens  from  Carcarana  received  from  Bruner. 

*Atraclielacris  olivaceus  (Bruner). 

1911.     Dichroplus   olivaceus   Bruner,    Ann.    Carneg.    Mus.,    VIII,    p.    133. 
[Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.  January,  1911;  January  12,  1911.  (No.  35.)  Two 
males,  one  female. 

This  species  appears  to  us  to  be  an  Atrachelacris  and  not  a  Dichro- 
plus as  described.  From  A.  unicolor  it  differs  in  the  more  elongate 
and  distad  subfalcate  cerci  of  the  male,  more  compressed  form, 
broader  fastigium,  broader  and  distinctly  sulcate  dorsal  section  of 
the  frontal  costa,  shorter  and  smaller  eyes  and  more  mottled  greenish 
coloration.  There  is  no  close  relationship  of  this  form  to  A .  gramineus 
Bruner.  *2 

In  addition  to  the  above  specimens,  we  have  before  us  a  single 
female  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Hebard  Collection),  taken  January 
20,  1905  (Foster).  The  only  difference  worthy  of  note  is  that  in  the 
Sapucay  female  the  fastigium  is  even  wider  than  in  the  Misiones 
female. 

The  localities  from  which  the  species  is  known  are  Chapada,  Matto 
Grosso,  Brazil,  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  and  the  Misiones,  Argentina. 

^  Ann.  Carneg.  Mus.,  VIII,  p.  129.     This  species  equals  A.  unicolor  Bruner, 
1900  {nee  Giglio-Tos,  1894). 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  341 

Dichroplus  pratensis  Bruner. 

1900.  Dichroplus  pratensis  Bruner,  Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest.  Comm. 
Buenos  Aires,  p.  74,  figs.  36  and  37.  [Provinces  of  Santa  Fe  and  Buenos 
Aires,  Argentina.] 

Buenos  Aires.     February  20,  1908.     One  female. 

La  Carlota,  Province  of  Cordoba.     Elev.  142  meters.     May  7-9, 

1907.  Four  males. 

San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  673  meters.  January  17, 
1909.     One  female. 

Mendoza,    Prov.    of    Mendoza.     Elev.    767   meters.     March   31, 

1908.  One  female. 

San  Ignacio,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,235  meters.  March 
5-22,  1908;    April  5,  1908.     Four  females. 

The  Buenos  Aires  and  San  Juan  individuals  are  similar  in 
coloration  to  four  specimens  from  Carcarana,  Argentina,  the  San 
Juan  female  being  slightly  smaller  than  the  others  of  that  sex.  The 
La  Carlota,  Mendoza,  and  San  Ignacio  representatives  are  very 
somberly  colored  with  little  contrast  in  the  markings,  the  general 
tone  varying  from  broccoli  brown  to  clove  brown.  The  La  Carlota 
specimens  have  the  reduction  in  contrast  more  decided  than  in  any 
of  the  other  individuals,  while  in  size  they  average  larger  than  the 
Carcarana  specimens.  The  females  from  San  Juan  and  Mendoza 
Provinces  are  all  slightly  or  considerably  smaller  than  Carcarana  or 
Buenos  Aires  individuals  of  the  same  sex. 

The  localities  in  Mendoza  and  San  Juan  here  given  constitute  the 
western  limit  of  the  range  of  the  species. 

Dichroplus  elongatus  Giglio-Tos. 

1894.  D[ichroplus]  elongatus  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp., 
Torino,  IX,  No.  184,  p.  23.  [San  Pablo,  Province  of  Tucuman,  Argentina; 
Villa  Rica  and  Asuncion,  Paraguay.] 

San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.     Elev.  673  meters.     January  12-22, 

1909.  Twenty  males,  nine  females. 

Caucete,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  567  meters.  January  13  and 
17,  1909.     Eighteen  males,  ten  females,  one  immature  female. 

La  Paz,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  504  meters.  December  19, 
1909.     One  male. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza..  Elev.  696  meters.  November  20, 
1906;   December  12,  1906.     Two  males. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  January  3, 
March  14  and  31,  April  24,  May  7,  11,  and  31,  June  5,  December  3, 
5,  and  12,  1908.     Eleven  males,  eleven  females. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.     Elev.  936  meters.     Feb- 


342  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

ruary  7,  1907;  March  15  and  16,  1907  and  1908;  April  7,  10,  and  18, 
1907.     Five  males,  two  females. 

San  Ignacio,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev,  1,325  meters.  January 
15,  1909;  March  15  and  22,  1908;  April  5,  1908;  December  13,  1908. 
Eleven  males,  nine  females. 

Potrerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,368  meters.  February 
23,  1908.     One  male. 

Buenos  Aires.     May  3,  1907.     One  female. 

This  very  interesting  series  of  one  hundred  and  eleven  specimens 
shows  that  considerable  variation  in  size  and  color  is  present  in  the 
species.  Apparently  the  size  variation  is  more  geographic  and 
enviromnental  than  individual.  The  San  Juan  and  Caucete  series 
are  very  similar  in  proportions  and  size,  such  individual  variation  In 
the  latter  as  is  noticed  being  found  in  both  lots.  The  La  Paz,  Pedre- 
gal,  Mendoza,  and  large  portion  of  the  Chacras  de  Coria  and  San 
Ignacio  series  are  uniformly  smaller,  with  shorter  tegmina  and 
consequent  more  robust  appearance.  Two  males  and  two  females 
from  San  Ignacio  and  several  males  from  Chacras  de  Coria  are  similar 
in  general  form  to  the  San  Juan  and  Caucete  lots.  A  single  male 
from  Mendoza  is  of  similar  proportions,  but  the  size  is  no  greater 
than  the  other  Mendoza  specimens.  Apparently  at  these  three 
localities  the  differences  are  environmental,  as  they  are  decided  and 
correlated  with  color  characters.  Such  differences  produced  by 
isimilar  agencies  are  frequently  found  in  species  of  the  allied  North 
American  genus  Melanoplus. 

The  first  color  type,  which  almost  invariably  has  longer  tegmina 
than  the  second,  is  always  paler,  the  base  color  varying  from  buff  to 
nearly  ochraceous,  with  the  median  portion  of  the  dorsum  more  or 
less  suffused  with  tawny  to  chestnut.  The  postocular  bars  are  always 
decidedly  indicated  and  the  base  color  of  the  femora  and  tibiae  in 
the  two  forms  varies  with  the  general  base  color.  The  second  type 
has  the  base  color  nearer  gamboge  and  saffron  yellow,  but  little 
evident,  however,  as  the  overlying  suffusion  of  from  clove  brown  to 
clay  color  is,  as  a  rule,  heavier  and  more  extensive  than  in  the  first 
type,  permitting  less  contrast  between  the  region  of  the  postocular 
bars  and  other  areas.  The  females  of  this  latter  type  are  much 
duller  than  the  male.  The  dark  suffusion  of  the  sharply  delimited 
dorsal  two-thirds  or  so  of  the  external  face  of  the  caudal  femora 
varies  greatly  in  intensity,  usually  more  solid  and  darker  in  the 
individuals  of  the  second  type. 

Representative  individuals  of  both  sexes  taken  at  random  from 
the  larger  series  measure  as  follows: 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  343 

San  Juan  (Type  1).  Caucete  (Type  1). 

Male.  Female.  Male.  Female. 

mm.             mm.  mm.  mm. 

Length  of  body 22.5  28.  21.5  25.2 

Length  of  pronotum 4.5             6.  4.6  6. 

Length  of  tegmen 19.  22.5  18.  21.2 

Length  of  caudal  femur 11.8  14.7  11.5  14.5 

San  Ignacio  (Type  1). 

Male.  Female, 

mm.  mm. 

Length  of  body 21.5  28 . 5 

Length  of  pronotum 4.5  6.2 

Length  of  tegmen ;. '        17.8  22. 

Length  of  caudal  femur _ 11.5  15. 

Mendoza  (Tj-pe  2).  San  Ignacio  (TjT)e  2). 

Male.  Female.  Male.  Female. 

mm.              mm.  mm.  mm. 

Length  of  body 19.             25.2  21.  26.5 

Length  of  pronotum 4.2             5.5  4.5  5.5 

Length  of  tegmen 15.5          18.3  15.5  19. 

Length  of  caudal  femur 10.2           13.  10.5  13.5 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  as  far  north  as  Villa  Rica  and 
Asuncion,  Paraguay,  and  San  Pablo,  Tucuman,  Argentina,  south  to 
the  Provinces  of  Santa  Fe,  Cordoba,  Mendoza,  and  Buenos  Aires, 
Argentina. 


Dichroplus  punctulatus  (Thunberg). 

1824.     Gr[yllus]  punctulatus  Thunberg,  Mem.  I'Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  St.  Petersb., 
IX,  p.  408.     [BrazU.] 

Misiones.  January  5,  1909;  February  16,  1910;  November  9, 
1909;  December  2-30,  1909-1910.  (Nos.  26  and  33.)  Four  males, 
eight  females. 

Buenos  Aires.     May  6,  1907.     One  female. 

Los  Cisnes,  Argentina.     May  13,  1907.     One  female. 

This  series  shows  considerable  color  and  size  variation,  the  most 
striking  of  which  is  found  in  a  single  female  from  Misiones,  which  is 
distinctly  larger  than  the  average  of  the  species  and  has  the  proximo- 
dorsal  pale  band  on  the  caudal  femora  and  the  "hour-glass "-shaped 
figure  on  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum  cream-buff,  in  striking  contrast 
to  the  remainder  of  the  body  color. 

This  widely  distributed  species  ranges  south  as  far  as  the  Rio 
Negro  region  of  Patagonia. 
23 


344  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Dichroplus  conspersus  Bruner. 

1900.  Dichroplus  conspersus  Bruner,  Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest. 
Comm.  Buenos  Aires,  p.  76,  fig.  41.  [Southern  Santa  Fe  and  eastern 
Cordoba  Provinces,  Argentina.] 

Buenos  Aires.     May  3,  1907.     One  female. 

This  specimen  has  been  compared  with  Carcarana  individuals 
received  from  Bruner.  The  localities  given  above  are  all  known  for 
the  species. 

*  Dichroplus  dubius  Bruner. 

1906.  Dichroplus  dubius  Bruner,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  682. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  January  3-14,  1910;  December  12,  1910.  (No.  9.) 
Two  males,  two  females. 

These  individuals  are  found  to  be  inseparable  from  topotypes. 
The  Misiones  and  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  are  the  only  localities  known 
for  the  species. 

Dichroplus  vittatus  Bruner. 

1900.  Dichroplus  vittatus  Bruner,  Sec.  Rep.  Merch.  Locust  Invest.  Comm. 
Buenos  Aires,  p.  77,  figs.  43  and  44.  [Provinces  of  Santa  Fe,  Cordoba, 
San  Luis  ("Louis")  and  Mendoza  ("Mendosa"),  Argentina.] 

San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  673  meters.  January  16-17, 
1909.     Three  males,  two  females. 

Caucete,  Prov,  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  567  meters.  January  11, 
1909.     One  female. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  March  20, 
April  24,  May  1-31,  June  12,  1908.     Twelve  males,  four  females. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  Feb- 
ruary 9,  April  5  and  7,  1907.     One  male,  two  females. 

San  Ignacio,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,235  meters.  March  23, 
April  5,  1908.     Three  males,  one  female. 

Cordillera  de  Mendoza.     March  20,  1908.     One  male,  one  female. 

We  have  before  us,  in  addition  to  the  above  series,  two  pairs  of 
typical  material  from  Rosario,  received  from  Bruner.  It  is  evident 
that  the  insect  varies  greatly  in  size,  wholly  individually  so  it  appears. 
The  Mendoza  series  alone  contains  specimens  of  both  sexes  showing 
this  very  clearly,  the  extremes  of  both  sexes  measuring  as  follows: 
length  of  body,  d"  14.3-17.5  mm.,  9  20-24.2;  length  of  pronotum, 
d"  3.3-4,  9  4.2-6;  length  of  tegmen,  cT  5.2-6.8,  9  7-9.2;  length  of 
caudal  femur,  cf  8.6-9.5,  9  11-13.  All  of  the  individuals  in  the 
present  series  are  brachypterous. 

In  color  the  variation  is  considerable,  but  apparently  this  is  almost 
wholly  geographic.     The  series  from  Mendoza  Province  have  a  more 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  345 

olive  green  tone  than  any  of  the  Caucete  or  San  Juan  specunens, 

which  are  more  yellowish  on  the  pale  areas  and  more  contrastingly 

colored. 

The  species  has  been  reported  from  the  Provinces  of  Santa  Fe, 

Cordoba,  San  Luis,  San  Juan,  and  Mendoza,  Argentina. 

*Dichroplus  brasiliensis  Bruner. 

1906.     Dichroplus  brasiliensis  Bruner,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  pp. 
678,  682.     [Victoria,  BrazU.] 

Misiones.     December  14,  1910.     (No.  28.)     One  male. 

This  specimen  measures  as  follows:  length  of  body,  19.5  mm.; 
length  of  pronotum,  4.2;  length  of  tegmen,  16;  length  of  caudal 
femur,  10.5. 

The  records  of  the  species  are  from  Victoria  (Bruner),  Sao  Paulo 
(Rehn),  Espirito  Santo  (Rehn),  Rio  de  Janeiro  (Bruner;  Rehn), 
Brazil  and  the  Misiones. 

*  Dichroplus  robustulus  St&l. 

1878.     P[ezotettix]    robustulus    St&l,    Bihang   till    K.    Svenska    Vet.-Akad, 
Handl.,  V,  No.  9,  p.  7.     [Sao  Leopoldo,  southern  BrazU.] 

Misiones.  May  6,  1910;  April  23,  1909;  December  14,  1910. 
(No.  22.)     Three  females. 

This  well-marked  species  has  previously  been  reported  from  the 

localities  given  above  and  Chapada,  Matto  Gros.so,  Brazil  (Bruner). 

Dichroplus  bergii  (St&l). 

1878.     P[ezotettix]  Bergii  Stkl,  ibid.,  V,  No.  9,  p.  6.     [Buenos  Aires,  Parand, 
Corrientes,  Argentina.] 

Misiones.  March  15-27,  1909;  April  23  and  30,  1910.  Four 
males,  ten  females. 

Posadas,  Misiones.  Elev.  80  meters.  March  6,  1907.  Two 
females. 

Buenos  Aires.     February  20,  1909.     Two  females. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  June  12,  1908. 
One  female. 

This  species  shows  considerable  variation  in  size  as  well  as  in  the 
intensity  of  the  broad  postocular  bars.  The  caudal  tibiae  of  all  the 
Misiones  and  Mendoza  individuals  are  decided  deep  glaucous  blue, 
the  Buenos  Aires  specimen  agreeing  with  Rosario  and  Carcarana 
representatives  in  having  these  oil  green.  In  the  series  from 
Sapucay,  Paraguay,  previously  recorded  by  us,*^  the  color  of  the 
tibiae  is  deep  indigo  blue  in  about  half  of  the  males  and  deep  oil  green 
in  all  of  the  females,  the  remainder  of  the  males  varying  in  this 

«  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  188. 


346 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[May, 


respect  from  deep  oil  green  to  a  paler  tone  of  the  same,  with  one 
individual  having  them  glaucous  green. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  as  far  north  as  Bolivia  (Bruner), 
Province  of  San  Pedro,  Paraguay  (Giglio-Tos),  and  Brazil  (Bruner), 
south  to  Uruguay  (Bruner)  and  Buenos  Aires  (Stal) ,  west  to  Mendoza. 

*Leiotettix  sanguineus  Bruner. 

1906.     Leiotettix  sanguineus  Bruner,  Proc,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  687. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Misiones.  December  14,  1910.  (No.  29.)  Two  males,  one 
female. 

These  specimens  are  smaller  than  topotypes,  which  are  also  before 
us,  although  otherwise  they  are  inseparable.  A  pair  of  the  Misiones 
individuals  measure  as  follows: 

Male.  Female. 

Length  of  body 16.5  mm.  20.2  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 3.5     "  4.5     '* 

Length  of  tegmen 13.5     "  16.2     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 9.2     "  11.3     " 

Information  with  the  specimens  is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  is 
common.     It   has   only   been   recorded   from   Sapucay,   Paraguay, 
Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Brazil,  and  the  Misiones,  Argentina. 
Leiotettix  politus  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December  12,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.  No.  6.     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,219.] 

Allied  to  L.  sanguineus  Bruner,  but  differing  in  the  narrower 
interspace  between  the  eyes,  less  protuberant  and  more 
ovoid  eyes,  less  regularly  rugulose  dorsum  of  the 
pronotum,  the  more  decided  median  carina  of  the  same, 
the  decidedly  blunt  instead  of  strongly  acute  prosternal 
spine,  the  slenderer  distal  portion  of  the  cerci,  the  more 
brownish  coloration  and  pale  reddish  caudal  tibiae. 
There  is  no  close  relationship  to  either  L.  flavipes  Bruner 
or  hastatus  Rehn. 

Size  small;  form  moderately  compressed.  Head 
with  the  interspace  between  the  eyes  but  little  more 
than  half  the  width  of  the  fastigium,  moderately 
expanding  caudad;  fastigium  considerably  declivent, 
distinctly  broader  than  long,  rounding  into  the  decidedly 
retreating  face;  frontal  costa  regularly  expanding 
caudad,  wider  even  dorsad  than  the  interspace  between 
the  eyes,  moderately  excavate  immediately  dorsad  and 
ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  dorsal  portion  strongly  punctate; 


Fig.  U.— Le- 
iotettix po- 
litus n.  sp. 
Dorsal 
outline  of 
head  and 
pronotum 
of  type. 
(X3.) 


1913.]  JNATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  347 

eyes  broad  subovoid,  the  greatest  width  about  three-fourths  of  the 
length,  not  prominent  when  viewed  from  the  dorsum;    antennae 
sUghtly  longer  than  the  head  and  pronotum  together.     Pronotum 
with  the  greatest  dorsal  width  about  two-thirds  of  the  length,  the 
width  of  the  dorsum  subequal  except  for  the  faintest  widening  near 
the  caudal  margin;   cephalic  margin  truncate,  caudal  margin  obtuse- 
angulate  with  the  immediate  angle  broadly  rounded;  median  carina 
distinct,  sharp,  but  not  high;  lateral  shoulders  narrowly  rounded; 
transverse  sulci  three  in  number,  the  caudal  one  placed  slightly 
caudad  of  the  middle;   lateral  lobes  with  the  greatest  dorsal  length 
greater  than  the   depth,   ventral   margin  broadly   obtuse-angulate 
with  the  cephalic  portion  sinuate;  surface  of  the  dorsum  and  lateral 
lobes,  aside  from  the  usual  glabrous  area  on  the  prozona  of  the 
lateral  lobes,  strongly  impresso-punctate,  on  the  dorsum  rugulose,  the 
rugae  arranged  in  a  crudely  linear  fashion  on  the  metazona.     Tegmina 
surpassing  the  tips  of  the  caudal  femora  by  nearly  the  length  of  the 
head,    narrow,    the    apex    completely    rounded.     Prosternal    spine 
strongly  retrorse,  blunt  conical,  nearly  in  contact  with  the  mesoster- 
nal  margin;    interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes  decidedly 
longitudinal,  the  length  contained  about  twice  in  the  width,  the 
margins   slightly   diverging   caudad,   the   angles  well 
rounded;   metasternal  lobes  in  contact  for  the  greater 
portion  of  their  length,   the  suture  linear.     Furcula 
very  minute,  subparallel,  closely  placed,  linear  lobes; 
supra-anal    plate    subtrigonal    in    general    form,    the  Fig.  15.— Le- 
margins  rounded,  the  apex  obtuse,  proximal  half  with       utus\.  sp. 
a    well-impressed    medio-longitudinal     sulcus ;      cerci      Lateral 
falcate,   considerably^  exceeding  the   supra-anal   plate      j^pg^  of  ab- 
in  length,  the  proximal  third  broader,  sharply  narrow-      d  o  m  e  n 
ing,    thence   subequal   to   the   tapering,    acute   distal       (^  ><  4 ) 
extremity,  when  seen  from  the  dorsum  the  form  of  the 
cercus  is  slightly  sigmoid;    subgenital  plate  considerably  produced, 
narrowing,  when  seen  from  the  side  straight  except  for  a  slight 
•proximal    arcuation,    apex   blunt,    rounded.     Caudal   femora   with 
their  tips  very  slightly  surpassing  the  apex  of  the  abdomen;  caudal 
tibiae  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  nine  spines. 

General  color  russet  dorsad,  becoming  mars  brown  on  the  pro- 
notum, ventral  surface  wax  yellow;  a  pair  of  more  or  less  distinct 
subparallel  clove  brown  lines  extend  from  the  fastigium  caudad  to 
the  caudal  margin  of  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum,  the  area  between 
these  on  the  head  wax  yellow  caudad,  on  each  side  a  narrow  line  of 


348  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

the  same  color  extends  caudad  from  the  eye  on  the  head  alone,  these 
cutting  off  from  the  dorsal  color  a  broad  postocular  bar,  which  is 
contrasted  ventrad  with  the  uniform  wax  yellow  gense.  The  latter 
color  also  covers  the  face  and  the  ventral  half  of  the  lateral  lobes  of 
the  pronotum;  eyes  very  pale  broccoli  brown  spotted  with  clove 
brown;  antennae  pale  ochraceous  tipped  with  clove  brown.  Dorso- 
median  portion  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  with  a  shining 
bar  of  blackish.  Ventro-lateral  carina  of  the  caudal  femoral  pagina 
wax  yellow,  ventral  face  of  the  femora  and  the  caudal  tibiae  Chinese 
orange,  the  spines  pale  yellow  tipped  with  black;  caudal  genicular 
arches  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 18 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum '... 4.        " 

Length  of  tegmen : 15 .3     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 10.2     " 

In  addition  to  the  type,  we  have  before  us  a  paratypic  male  which 
shows  no  important  differences  from  the  type.     A  label  with  the 
material  states  that  the  species  is  "very  common." 
Leiotettix  pulcher  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December  12,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen,  No.  5.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,222.] 

Closer  to  L.  hastatus  Rehn^  than  to  any  other  species  of  the  genus, 
but  differing  from  that  in  the  smaller  size,  distinctly  narrower  and 
less  declivent  fastigium,  which  is  also  more  decidedly  excavate,  the 
more  compressed  pronotum,  more  angulate  caudal  margin  of  the 
disk  of  the  pronotum,  the  different  sculpture  of  the  supra-anal  plate, 
in  the  more  elongate  cerci,  which  are  subfalcate  distad,  and  in  the 
less  produced  subgenital  plate.  The  color  of  the  caudal  tibiae 
immediately  separates  this  species  from  flavipes  Bruner,  but  in  addi- 
tion to  that  the  present  species  can  be  distinguished  by  the  narrower 
distal  section  of  the  cerci,  shorter  subgenital  plate,  and  less  declivent 
and  more  excavate  fastigium.  The  female  is  very  similar  to  that  sex 
of  flavipes,  but  the  pronotum  is  more  constricted,  with  the  caudal 
margin  of  the  lateral  lobes  straighter  and  more  vertical,  and  the  tibiae 
are  red. 

Size  medium;  form  rather  slender.  Head  with  the  occiput  very 
slightly  arcuate;  interocular  space  broad,  hardly  narrower  than  the 
greatest  width  of   the  fastigium  and  approximately  equal  to  half  of 

**  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  189,  fig.  1.3.     [Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


349 


the  width  of  one  of  the  eyes;  fastigium  moderately  declivent,  round- 
ing into  the  frontal  eosta,  considerably  excavate ;  frontal 
costa  broad,  nearly  as  wide  as  the  interspace  between 
the  eyes,   slightly  narrowing   dorsad,    subequal   from 
slightly  dorsad  of  the  insertion  of  the  antennae  ventrad, 
broadly  and  deeply  sulcate  from  slightly  dorsad  of  the 
ocellus,  dorsal  portion  impresso-punctate;  face  consid- 
erably retreating;  eyes  ovoid,  not  very  prominent,  dis- 
tinctly longer  than  the  infra-ocular  portion  of  the  sul- 
cus; antennae  slightly  exceeding  the  length  of  the  head 
and  pronotum  combined.     Pronotum  verj'  appreciably 
constricted  mesad;  dorsum  with  the  cephalic  margin     pig.  16.— Le- 
arcuato-truncate,  caudal  margin  very  broadly  obtuse-         iotettix 
angulate  with  the  immediate  angle  subtruncate  and  the         gp.  ^   Dor- 
lateral  portions  of  the  angles  slightly  sinuate,  greatest         sal  outline 
caudal  width  of  the  disk  contained  about  one  and  one-         ^  n  d  p  r  o- 
half  times  in  the  length  of  the  same ;  lateral  angles  nar-  .      n  o  t  u  m 
rowly  rounded,  more  decided  on  the  metazona  than         (*X35^^' 
on  the  prozona ;  median  carina  very  weak  on  the  prozona, 
moderately  elevated  on  the  metazona;   principal  transverse  sulcus 
placed  very  slightly  caudad  of  the  middle;  lateral  lobes  slightly  longer 
than  deep,  ventral  margin  decidedly  obtuse-angulate  mesad.   Tegmina 
very  slightly  surpassing  the  tips  of  the  caudal  femora,  subequal  in  width 
for  the  greater  part  of  their  length,  apex  rotundato-truncate.     Pro- 
sternal  spine  conical,   erect;    interspace  between  the  mesosternal 
lobes  strongly  longitudinal,  the  width   contained  nearly  twice   in 
the  length,  internal  margins  of  the  lobes  slightly  arcuate,  caudal 
angle  hardly  rounded;  metasternal  lobes  contiguous.     Furcula  very 
short,  contiguous,  spiniform;    supra-anal  plate  crudely  semi-ovate 
in  outline,  the  apex  obtuse-angulate,  laterad  of  which  on  each  side 
is  placed  another  very  slight  angulation,  proximal  two-thirds  of  the 
plate  with  a  distinct  median  sulcus  bounded  laterad 
^^^^^^^^  by  considerably  elevated  carinse,  remainder  of  the  plate 
Ci  /\7      appreciably  excavate;  cerci  surpassing  the  apex  of  the 
^"^--......^jT^     supra-anal  plate,  considerably  tapering  in  the  proximal 

half,  thence  subfalciform  and  slightly  excavate  mesad 
on  the  external  face,  when  seen  from  the  dorsum  they 
are  moderately  in-bowed  in  a  sigmoid  fashion;  sub- 
genital  plate  moderately  produced,  the  marginal  length 
subequal  to  the  proximal  width,  margin  slightly  arcuate 
when  seen  from  the  side,  form  of  the  elevated  margin 
when  seen  from  the  dorsum  semi-elliptical,  the  apex  not 


Fig.  17.— Le- 
iotettix  pid- 
cher  n.  sp. 
Lateral 
outline  o  f 
apex  of  ab- 
d  o  m  e  n 
of  type. 
(X4.) 


350  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

marginal,  the  true  apex  bluntly  tuberculate.  Cephalic  and  median 
femora  slightly  inflated.  Caudal  femora  slender;  caudal  tibiae 
armed  on  the  external  margin  with  nine  spines. 

General  color  of  the  dorsum  prout's  brown,  passing  on  the  tegmina 
into  pale  raw  umber.  Head  with  the  face  bice  green,  passing  into 
apple  green  on  the  gense;  a  broad  postocular  bar  greenish-black, 
margined  dorsad  by  a  narrow  area  of  yellowish;  eyes  tawny-olive; 
antennae  prout's  brown.  Postocular  bar  continued  over  the  lateral 
lobes  of  the  pronotum,  becoming  obsolete  on  the  metazona,  the  dorsal 
portion  of  the  bar  decidedly  greenish,  ventral  portion  black,  remainder 
of  lateral  lobes  ecru  drab  cephalad,  greenish  caudad.  Cephalic  and 
median  limbs  between  oil  and  bice  green  in  color,  lined  more  or  less 
with  black.  Caudal  femora  oil  green  dorsad,  external  face  citron 
yellow  ventrad,  genicular  arched  black;  caudal  tibise  and  tarsi  pale 
coral  red,  spines  salmon  at  base,  distad  tipped  with  black. 

Allotype:    9  ;   data  similar  to  that  of  the  type. 

Differing  from  the  male  sex  in  the  following  important  characters ; 
Size  moderately  large;  form  moderately  robust.  Interspace  between 
the  eyes  about  equal  to  three-fourths  the  width  of  one  of  the  eyes; 
fastigium  shallowly  excavate;  frontal  costa  broad,  very  faintly 
expanding  caudad,  excavate  only  in  the  vicinity  of  the  ocellus;  eye 
more  reniform  than  ovate.  Interspace  between  the  mesosternal 
lobes  contained  about  one  and  one-half  times  in  the  length  of  the 
same;  metasternal  lobes  but  shghtly  separated  caudad.  Coloration 
very  similar  to  that  of  the  male,  but  the  dorsal  color  is  more  hazel 
than  prout's  brown. 

Measurements. 

Type  Allotype 

(male).  (female). 

Length  of  body 20.     mm.  25.8  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 4.6     "  6.        " 

Length  of  tegmen 16.        "  19.3     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 11.2     "  14.5     '' 

In  addition  to  the  type  and  allotype,  we  have  before  us  two  para- 
typic  males.     These  males  fully  agree  with  the  type,  and  the  differen- 
tial characters  of  the  female  sex  are  given  above.     A  label  with  the 
specimens  tells  us  they  are  "very  common." 
Paradichroplus  nigrigena  n.  sp. 

Type:    cT ;   Misiones,  Argentina.     May  1,  1909.     (P.  Jorgensen.) 
[Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,220.] 

A  very  peculiar  species  which  seems  to  be  closer  to  P.  bilohus  and 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  351 

hrunneri  Giglio-Tos  than  to  any  of  the  other  forms  of  the  genus. 
From  the  former  it  can  be  immediately  separated  by  the  absence  of 
decided  lobiform  furci>la,  while  from  the  latter  it  can  readily  be 
distinguished  by  the  heavier,  deeper  head,  the  more  vertical  face,  the 
more  elongate  supra-anal  plate,  the  more'  tapering  and  strongly 
incurved  cerci,  the  less  produced  subgenital  plate  and  very  different 
coloration. 

Size  medium;  form  robust.  Head  not  elevated  dorsad  of  the  k-vel 
of  the  pronotum,  the  interocular  region  and  the  fastigium  regularly 
declivent;  interocular  width  moderate,  slightly  greater  than  the 
interantennal  width  of  the  frontal  costa,  hardly  more  than  a 
third  the  width  of  the  eye;  fastigium  distinctly  transverse,  margins 
distinct  and  rectangulate,  surface  of  the  fastigium  and  the  inter- 
ocular portion  of  the  vertex  very  slightly  excavate;  face  moderately 
retreating,  subvertical  for  a  very  short  distance  dorsad,  forming  a 
slight  obtuse  angle  at  the  junction  with  the  fastigium;  frontal  costa 
in  general  subequal  in  width,  the  average  breadth  slightly  less  than 
that  of  the  interocular  portion  of  the  vertex,  strongly  narrowing 
dorsad  to  the  junction  with  the  fastigium,  slightly  narrowed  imme- 
diately ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  sulcate  throughout ;  antennae  about 
two  and  one-half  times  the  length  of  the  pronotum;  eye  not  at  all 
prominent  when  seen  from  above,  in  outline  reniform-ovate, 
the  infra-ocular  portion  of  the  genae  about  two-thirds  the  length  of 
the  eye.  Pronotum  roughly  semicylindrical,  the  dorsum  regularly 
rounding  into  the  lateral  lobes,  no  shoulders  present  but  a  very  brief 


Fig.  18. — Paradichroplus   nigrigena  n.        Fig.   19. — Paradichroplus   nigrigena  n. 
sp.     Dorsal  outline  of  apex  of  abdo-  sp.     Lateral  outline  of  apex  of  abdo- 

men of  type.     ( X  4.)  men  of  type.     ( X  4.) 

carina  indicated  cephalad  on  each  side;  cephalic  margin  arcuate 
with  the  faintest  possible  median  emargination,  caudal  margin  very 
broadly  but  decidedly  emarginate;  median  carina  faintly  indicated, 
but  continuous;  prozona  twice  as  long  as  the  metazona;  lateral 
lobes  decidedly  longitudinal,  the  depth  contained  nearly  twice  in  the 
length,  ventral  margin  obtuse-angulate  mesad;  surface  of  the 
metazona  strongly  punctate  when  compared  with  the  prozona. 
Tegmina  linear,  hardly  equal  to  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  very 


352  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

slightly  expanding  distad,  the  greatest  width  contained  slightly 
more  than  three  times  in  the  length,  apex  rounded.  Prosternal 
spine  stout,  erect,  conical,  blunt;  interspace  between  the  mesosternal 
lobes  distinctly  but  not  greatly  transverse,  internal  margins  of  the 
lobes  well  rounded;  metasternal  lobes  subcontiguous  caudad. 
Abdominal  segments  with  a  distinct  median  longitudinal  carina; 
furcula  present  as  very  brief  trigonal  acute  subcontiguous  fingers; 
supra-anal  plate  trigonal,  the  margins  regularly  converging,  the  apex 
acute,  sulcate  mesad  for  the  entire  length  of  the  plate,  a  pair  of 
deeper  and  broader  converging  lateral  depressions  separated  from 
the  median  sulcation  by  low  ridges;  cerci  slightly  exceeding  the 
supra-anal  plate  in  length,  styliform,  the  base  broad,  thence 
regularly  narrowing  to  the  blunt  apex,  the  narrowing  being  wholly 
due  to  the  oblique  excision  of  the  ventral  margin,  the  dorsal  margin 
being  straight,  when  seen  from  the  dorsum  the  distal  two-thirds  of 
the  cercus  is  regularly  incurved;  subgenital  plate  broad,  the  proximal 
width  considerably  exceeding  the  length  of  the  lateral  margin,  when 
seen  from  the  side  the  lateral  margin  is  straight,  when  seen  from  the 
dorsum  the  margins  are  seen  to  be  converging  at  an  acute  angle,  the 
apex  slightly  produced  and  labiate.  Cephalic  and  median  femora 
considerably  inflated  and  bowed.  Caudal  femora  about  two  and 
one-half  times  as  long  as  the  pronotum,  rather  slender;  caudal 
tibiae  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  nine  spines. 

General  color  of  the  dorsum  prout's  brown.  Head  with  the  face 
and  cephalic  portion  of  the  gense  tawny-olive,  remainder  of  the  gense 
shining  seal  brown,  partially  separated  from  a  postocular  area  of  the 
same  color  by  a  blotch  of  naples  yellow,  the  postocular  section  being 
bordered  dorsad  by  a  narrow  edging  of  the  same  yellow;  eyes  ochra- 
ceous;  antennae  ochraceous-rufous.  Pronotum  with  a  distinct 
subequal  arcuate  postocular  bar  of  shining  seal  brown,  the  dorsal 
margin  of  which  is  weakened  and  poorly  defined;  ventral  portion 
of  the  lateral  lobes  naples  yellow,  sharply  delimited  dorsad  and  with 
a  ventral  marginal  edging  of  seal  brown.  Tegmina  bistre  with  a  very 
narrow  marginal  line  of  naples  yellow  dorsad.  Venter  of  the  thorax 
and  abdomen  cinnamon,  this  color  covermg  most  of  the  apex  of  the 
abdomen;  lateral  bars  on  the  abdomen  bistre,  prominent  proximad 
on  the  abdomen  and  becoming  obsolete  about  the  middle  of  the  same. 
Pleura  dark  bistre  with  two  spots  of  naple-5  3^ellow,  one  of  which  is  a 
continuation  of  the  ventral  yellow  section  of  the  lateral  lobes. 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  pale  oil  green,  becoming  yello\\ish 
proximad  on  the  femora.     Caudal  femora  oil  green  on  the  lateral 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  353 

face,  the  dorsal,  ventral  and  internal  faces  gamboge  yellow,  the  distal 
extremity  almost  wholly  blackish  with  a  very  weak  whitish  edging 
to  the  genicular  lobes;  caudal  tibiae  glaucous  blue,  the  spines  cream 
at  the  base  and  tipped  with  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 18 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 4.2     ^^ 

Length  of  tegmen ^-^     ^^ 

Length  of  caudal  femur 11-2 

The  type  of  this  interesting  species  is  unique. 

Osmilia  violacea  (Thunberg). 

1824.     Gr[ijllus]  inolaceus  Thunberg,  Mem.  I'Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  St.  Petersb., 
IX,  p.  413.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.  March  18-29,  1909-1910;  April  5  and  12,  1909; 
September  1-11,  1910;  October  1,  1910;  December  12,  1908. 
(Nos.  16  and  31.)     Eight  males,  seven  females. 

Information  with  this  material  is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  is 
"common  in  forest." 

The  range  of  this  form  has  not  been  clearly  defined,  owing  to 
considerable  confusion  with  other  species  of  the  genus,  but  in  Argen- 
tina it  has  also  been  reported  from  San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy  (Giglio-Tos), 
Chaco  (Bruner)  and  Tucuman  (Bruner). 

Family  TETTIGONIDJE. 
SubfamUy  PHANEROPTERIN.E. 

*Tetana  grisea  Bmnner. 

1878.     T[etana]  grisea  Brunner,   Monogr.  der  Phaneropt.,  p.   120,  pi.  II, 
fig.  20A-B.     [Chile.] 

Alto  Pencosa,  Prov.  of  San  Luis.  Elev.  660  meters.  December 
'20-22,  1908.     Two  males. 

San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.  Elev.  673  meters.  January  20, 
1909.     One  male. 

These  specimens  are  referred  to  this  species  with  some  little  doubt, 
:as  the  fastigium  is  more  or  less  sulcate  and  the  generic  description  of 
Tetana  says  "non  sulcato."  The  tegmina  also  appear  slightly 
longer  proportionately  than  in  the  figure,  but  the  length  measure- 
ments are  in  accord  with  those  given  by  Brunner.  It  is  also  possible 
that  the  individuals  from  Alto  Pencosa  are  distinct  from  that  from 
San  Juan,  but  the  differences  noted  are  probably  individual. 


354  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May^ 

BURGILIS  St&I. 

This  hitherto  monospecific  genus  is  represented  in  the  present 
series  by  three  species,  none  of  which  are  the  same  as  the  type 
species — B.  curta  (Serville).  The  following  key  will  assist  in  the 
determination  of  the  four  species  now  known. 

A.— Ovipositor  of  female  nearly  straight curta  (Serville). 

AA. — Ovipositor  of  female  distinctly  curved. 

B. — Ovipositor  distinctly  exceeding  the  cephalic  femora  in  length. 
Exposed  portion  of  wings  of  male  very  slender,  the  depth 

contained  over  four  times  in  the  length  of  same 

mendosensis  n.  sp. 
BB. — Ovipositor  subequal  to  the  cephalic  femora  in  length.     Ex- 
posed portion  of  wings  of  male  less  slender,  the  depth 
contained  less  than  four  times  in  the  length  of  same. 
C. — Tegmina    tapering    distad;      marginal    field     suddenly 
narrowed    mesad.     Costal    margin    of    male    tegmina 

markedly  white  mesad grandis  n.  sp. 

CC— Tegmina  tapering  gradually  distad;  marginal  field  not 
suddenly  narrowed  mesad.  Costal  margin  of  male 
tegmina  not  white  mesad missionum  n.  sp. 

Burgilis  mendosensis  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Potrerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza,  Argentina.  Elev.  1,368 
meters.  December  26,  1907.  (P.  Jorgensen.)  [Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  type  No.  5,221.] 

The  larger  ovipositor  of  this  species  readily  separates  it  from  the 
other  forms  before  us.  In  the  male  the  very  narrow  exposed  portion 
of  the  wings  is  sufficiently  diagnostic  to  immediately  separate  the 
form. 

Size  medium;  form  subcompressed.  Head  with  the  fastigium  of 
the  vertex  hardly  wider  than  half  of  the  proximal  antennal  joint,, 
moderately  declivent,  moderately  constricted  mesad,  rather  bulbous 
distad,  sulcate;  facial  fastigium  slightly  broader  than  that  of  the 
vertex,  almost  touching  the  same;  antennae  about  twice  the  length 
of  the  body;  eye  moderately  prominent, 
subovate,  of  medium  size.  Pronotum  with  the 
dorsum  deplanate,  very  faintly  concave 
Fig.  20.~Burgilis  men-     cephalo-caudad,    the    width    of    the    dorsum 

H?eT/'oviposito^"of     subequal  and  contained  one  and  one-half  times 

type.    (X3.)  in  the  pronotal  length ;  cephalic  margin  faintly 

arcuato-emarginate,    caudal    margin    arcuate, 

lateral  angles  continuous  and  distinct,  most  decided  caudad,  wher& 

they  are  very  slightly  diverging;   lateral  lobes  with  the  depth  con- 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  355 

tained  one  and  one-half  times  in  the  length,  ventral  margin  arcuato- 
-emarginate  dorsad  of  the  coxae,  ventro-caudal  angle  and  caudal 
margin  broadly  rounded,  humeral  sinus  acute-angulate  incised. 
Tegmina  two  and  two-thirds  times  as  long  as  the  head  and  pronotum, 
acute  lanceolate,  the  greatest  width  in  the  proximal  half,  distad  of 
which  the  tegmina  taper  to  the  narrowly  rounded  apex;  marginal 
field  in  the  proximal  third  of  the  tegmina  but  little  narrower  than 
the  width  of  the  discoidal  field  in  the  same  region,  thence  rather 
abruptly  narrowing  to  slightly  distad  of  the  middle  of  the  tegmina 
where  the  marginal  field  becomes  non-existent;  median  vein  diverging 
•at  the  middle  of  the  tegmen  and. reaching  the  sutural  margin  of  the 
tegmen,  simple;  discoidal  vein  with  a  single  complete  ramus  which 
follows  the  median  vein  in  trend.  Wings  with  their  exposed  portion 
slightly  longer  than  half  of  the  tegminal  length,  narrow,  gently 
tapering  to  the  very  acute  apex.  Cephalic  tibiae  with  the  dorsd- 
caudal  margin  with  four  spines  aside  from  the  apical  one,  dorso- 
•cephalic  margin  unarmed.  Median  tibiae  with  all  of  the  margins 
armed,  the  dorso-cephalic  with  fewer  spines  than  the  others.  Caudal 
'femora  subequal  to  the  length  of  the  wings,  unarmed  ventrad. 
Ovipositor  slightly  longer  than  the  head  and  pronotum  together, 
gently  arcuate,  moderately  robust,  tapering,  apex  acute,  ventral 
margin  slightly  flattened  in  the  proximal  half,  dorsal  margin  serrato- 
■dentate  for  two-thirds  of  its  length,  ventral  margin  more  weakly 
serrato-dentate  for  half  of  its  length,  surface  of  the  ovipositor  except 
on  the  swollen  proximal  portion  scabroso-dentate ;  subgenital  plate 
trigonal  with  the  distal  extremity  of  the  margin  narrowly  truncate. 

General  color  clay  color,  except  the  tegmina,  exposed  portion  of 
wings,  distal  two-thirds  of  the  ovipositor  and  almost  all  of  the  tibiae 
which  are  apple  green.  It  is  probable  that  apple  green  is  the  general 
natural  coloration.  Eyes  burnt  umber.  Tegmina  with  a  brief 
■edging  on  the  costal  margin  and  a  longer  one  on  the  sutural  margin 
buff. 

Allotype :  cf ;  Potrerillos,  Province  of  Mendoza,  Argentina. 
Elev.  1,368  meters.  January  20,1907.  (P.  Jorgensen.)  [Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.] 

The  following  characters  are  those  of  difference  from  the  female 
sex: 

Size  rather  small.  Tegmina  with  the  tympanum  having  the  length 
slightly  greater  than  the  width,  the  apex  of  the  stridulating  vein 
Toundly  projecting  beyond  the  general  arcuation  of  the  tympanal 
inargin.     Exposed  portion  of  the  wings  two-thirds  as  long  as  the 


356  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May 

tegmina.  Cerci  simple,  tapering  in  the  proximal  two-thirds,  straight, 
distal  third  regularly  falcate  inward,  the  same  portion  sub- 
depressed,  the  apex  spinif orm  and  slightly  turned  dorsad ;  subgenital 
plate  moderately  produced,  the  margin  of  the  same  deeply  arcuato- 
emarginate,  no  styles  present. 

Color  in  general  similar  to  that  of  the  type,  but  the  pleura,  lateral 
lobes  of  the  pronotum,  and  the  base  of  the  limbs  cream-buff,  the 
tibise  tawny  (the  cephalic  almost  liver  brown),  and  the  proximal 
portion  of  the  tegmina  of  the  general  color.  Tegmina  with  no  pale 
sutural  edging,  the  posterior  ulnar  vein  lined  with  chestnut  distad 
from  the  apical  portion  of  the  tympanum. 

Measurements. 

Type  Allotype 

(female).  (male). 

Length  of  body 20.7  mm,  15.3  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 4.2  "  3.5     " 

Length  of  tegmen ' 18.5  "  15.5     " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 4.  "  3.5     " 

Length  of  exposed  portion  of  wing 10.  "  9.2     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 24.5     "  20.2." 

Length  of  ovipositor 8.  " 

In  addition  to  the  type  and  allotype,  we  have  before  us  a  pair  from 
the  type  locality  (January  29,  1907;  December  27,  1907)  and  a  single 
female  from  San  Ignacio,  Province  of  Mendoza  (March  22,  1908). 
The  additional  Potrerillos  female  is  slightly  smaller  than  the  type, 
the  San  Ignacio  female  distinctly  smaller,  but  otherwise  they  are 
inseparable. 

Burgilis  grandis  n.  sp. 

Type:     9  ;     Jujuy,    Prov.    of    Jujuy,    Argentina.     April,    1911. 
(P.  Jorgensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,223.] 
The  combination  of  small  ovipositor  and  decidedly  tapering  teg- 


Fig.  21. — Burgilis  grandis  n.  sp.     Out-      Fig.  22. — Burgilis  grandis  n.  sp.  Outline 
line  of  ovipositor  of  type.     (X  3.)  of  tegmen  of  male  allotype.     ( X  2.) 

mina  are  diagnostic  of  this  species,  the  character  of  the  marginal 
field  of  the  male  tegmina  also  being  very  distinctive. 

Size  medium;   form  little  compressed.     Head  with  the  fastigium 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  357 

narrower  than  in  B.  mendocensis,  but  narrower  and  less  decidedly 
sulcate;  frontal  fastigium  similar  to  that  of  mendocensis;  eyes  ovate, 
moderately  prominent.  Pronotum  similar  to  that  of  mendocensis, 
but  with  the  sinuation  of  the  ventral  margin  less  decided  and 
the  humeral  sinus  subrectangulate.  Tegmina  about  three  times  as 
long  as  the  head  and  pronotum  combined,  the  general  form  similar 
to  that  of  mendocensis,  but  the  marginal  field  is  shghtly  broader 
and  the  discoidal  vein  has  two  distinct  rami.  Exposed  portion  of 
the  wings  twice  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  apex  slightly  less  acute 
than  in  ynendocensis.  Cephalic  tibise  with  five  to  six  spines  on  the 
dorso-cephalic  margin.  Ovipositor  subequal  to  the  head  and  prono- 
tum together  in  length,  well  arcuate,  tapering,  the  dorsal  margin 
serrato-dentate  on  the  distal  half,  irregularly  serrulate  on  the  proximal 
half,  ventral  margin  crenulato-serrate  distad,  becoming  weakly 
crenulate  proximad,  the  surface  of  the  ovipositor  scabroso-dentate, 
subgenital  plate  broad  trigonal  with  the  distal  margin  rounded. 

General  coloration  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  mendocensis, 
but  the  tegmina  have  no  buff  edging  and  the  dorsum  of  the  head  has 
traces  of  maroon  purple  linings  and  the  humeral  angles  of  the  prono- 
tum have  broken  lines  of  the  same  color. 

Allotype:  cf ;  Jujuy,  Province  of  Jujuy,  Argentina.  AjDril,  1911. 
(P.  Jorgensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.] 

The  following  characters  are  those  of  difference  from  the  female 
sex: 

Marginal  field  of  the  tegmina  very  broad,  subequal  to  the  breadth 
of  the  adjacent  portion  of  the  discoidal  field;  the  narrowed  distal 
portion  of  the  tegmina  slightly  broader  than  in  the  female ;  tympanum 
with  the  length  nearly  twice  the  width,  speculum  more  regularly 
narrowing  caudad  than  in  mendocensis.  Cerci  similar  to  those  of 
mendocensis,  but  shorter  and  less  robust;  subgenital  plate  with  the 
distal  extremity  somewhat  wider  than  in  mendocensis. 

General  color  similar  to  that  previously  described  with  the  following 
additions :  dorsum  of  the  head  and  pronotum  and  the  dorsal  portion 
of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  finely  sprinkled  with  maroon 
purple,  the  antennae  strongly  washed  with  the  same;  tegmina  with 
the  extreme  proximal  portion  of  the  discoidal  field  washed  with 
olive  green,  the  tympanal  curve  of  the  posterior  ulnar  vein,  the 
speculum  and  the  adjacent  portion  of  the  tympanum  seal  brown; 
remainder  of  the  anal  field  of  the  tegmina  olive-yellow;  marginal 
field  of  the  tegmina  with  a  broad  cream  colored  margin. 


35S  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Measurements. 

Type  Allotype 

(female).  (male). 

Length  of  body 20.  mm.  14.     mm 

Length  of  pronotum 4.  "                 3.3 

Length  of  tegmen 18.5  "  18. 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 4.3  "  4.5 

Length  of  exposed  portion  of  wing 7.4  "                 9.8 

Length  of  caudal  femur 23.5  "  20.5 

Length  of  ovipositor 5.8  " 

The  type  and  allotype  described  above  are  all  of  the  species  seen 
by  us. 
Burgilis  missionum  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December,  1911.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen,  No.  5.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,224.] 

The  short  ovipositor  and  gradually  tapering  tegmina,  which  have 
the  marginal  field  not  sharply  narrowed  and  unmarked  with  white, 
will  readily  separate  this  species. 

Size  medium;  form  little  compressed.  Head  with  the  fastigium 
slightly  narrower  than  in  grandis  and  more  distinctly  sulcate,  hardly 
bulbous  at  the  extremity;  frontal  fastigium  narrower  than  in  the 
other  species  examined;  eyes  ovate.  Pronotum  of  the  form  of  the 
other  species,  but  shorter;  lateral  lobes  with  the  depth  contained  one 
and  a  third  times  in  the  length  of  the  same,  ventro-caudal  angle  of 
the  same  obliquely  subtruncate,  humeral  sinus  rectangularly  incised. 
Tegmina  three  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  the  head  and  pronotum, 
regularly  and  not  at  all  strongly  tapering  distad ;  marginal  field  with 
its  greatest  width  distinctly  less  than  that  of  the  adjacent  portion  of 


Fig.    23. — Burgilis   missionum    n.    sp.      Fig.    24. — Burgilis   missionum    n.    sp. 
Outline  of  ovipositor  of  type.  Outline  of  tegmen  of  male  allotype. 

(X3.)  (X2.) 

the  discoidal  field,  regularly  narrowing  from  the  proximal  third  of 
the  tegmen  to  near  the  apex,  without  any  decided  point  of  excision; 
apex  obliquely  subtruncate;  median  vein  similar  to  that  of  the  other 
species  of  the  genus;  discoidal  vein  with  three  well-marked  rami,  all 
reaching  the  sutural  margin  of  the  tegmen,  the  distal  one  practically 
at  the  apex.  Exposed  portion  of  the  wings  about  half  the  length  of 
the  tegmina,  the  apex  acute.  Cephalic  tibiae  with  four  spines  on  the 
dorso-caudal  margin  aside  from  the  distal  spine.     Caudal  femora 


1913.J  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  359 

slightly  surpassing  the  tegmina  in  length.  Ovipositor  subequal  to 
the  head  and  pronotum  in  length,  arcuate,  slightly  tapering,  distal 
half  of  the  dorsal  margin  serrato-dentate,  ventral  margin  crenulato- 
dentate  for  almost  the  entire  length,  surface  of  the  ovipositor  scabroso- 
dentate  except  on  the  swollen  proximal  portion;  subgenital  plate 
trigonal  with  the  distal  margin  very  narrowly  emarginato-truncate 
mesad. 

General  color  pale  clay  color,  the  exposed  portion  of  the  wings, 
distal  half  of  the  tegmina,  anal  field  of  the  same,  and  all  or  part  of  the 
tibiae  apple  green.  We  presume  apple  green  was  the  color  of  the 
whole  insect  in  life.     Eyes  burnt  umber. 

Allotype:     cf ;    Misiones,   Argentina.     December   14,    1910.     (P. 
Jorgensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.] 
.  The  characters  here  given  are  those  of  difference  from  the  female. 

Tympanum  of  the  tegmina  very  similar  in  form  to  that  of  B. 
grandis,  but  proportionately  smaller;  discoidal  vein  occasionally 
(on  one  tegmen)  with  but  two  rami  toward  the  sutural  margin. 
Cephalic  tibiae  occasionally  with  six  spines  on  the  dorso-caudal 
margin  in  addition  to  the  distal  one.  Cerci  more  elongate  than  in 
the  other  species  of  the  genus,  the  form  nearer  that  found  in  mendo- 
censis,  but  slenderer,  the  distal  extremity  less  depressed  and  slightly 
more  spiniform;  subgenital  plate  arcuato-emarginate  distad,  flanked 
laterad  by  brief  styliform  processes. 

General  color  sulphur  yellow  on  the  head  and  pronotum,  passing 
into  buff  on  the  abdomen,  tegmina  and  wings  pale  apple  green,  the 
limbs  more  or  less  washed  with  the  same  color.  Tegmina  with  the 
marginal  field  unicolor;  anal  field  with  the  tympanum  and  the  longi- 
tudinal area  adjacent  to  it  more  or  less  uniformly  prout's  brown. 
Eyes  russet. 

Measurements. 

Type  Allotype 

(female).  (male). 

Length  of  body                           ...                   16.5  mm.  14.5  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum                                         3.8     ''  3.3     " 

Length  of  tegmen                                           21.3     "  17.5     " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen                               4.1     "  3.8     " 

Length  of  exposed  portion  of  wing 10.        "  8.3     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 23.        "  20.5     " 

Length  of  ovipositor 6.        " 

In  addition  to  the  type  and  allotype,  we  have  before  us  two  para- 
typic  males  taken  January  12, 1910,  and  December  12,  1909.     These 
specimens  show  no  noteworthy  differences  from  the  allotype.     Infor- 
24 


360  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

mation  with  the  specimens  is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  is  "very 
common." 

*Aniara  proxima  Brunner. 

1891.     A7iiara   proxmia   Brunner,   Verhandl.   K.    K.    Zool.-bot.    Gesellsch. 
Wien,  XLI,  p.  58.     [Lages,  Santa  Catharina,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     November,  1910.     (No.  9.)     One  male. 
This  specimen  fully  agrees  with  the  original  description  except 
that  it  is  of  larger  size.     The  dimensions  are  as  follows: 

Length  of  body 21.     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 4.8     " 

Length  of  tegmen 30.5     " 

Width  of  tegmen  at  proximal  third 5.8     '' 

Length  of  caudal  femur 19.        " 

The  species  has  also  been  recorded  with  a  query  from  Sapucay, 
Paraguay,  by  Caudell. 

Hyperophora  brasiliensis  Brunner. 

1878.     H[yperophora]  brasiliensis  Brunner,  Monogr.  der  Phaneropt.,  p.  126. 
[Brazil.] 

Posadas,  Misiones.     Elev.  80  meters.     March  6,  1909.     One  male. 

Misiones.     April  30,  1909;   December  12,  1909.     Two  males. 

These  specimens  are  slightly  smaller  than  individuals  from 
Sapucay,  Paraguaj^  but  otherwise  inseparable. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Brazil  (Brunner),  Sapucay 
(Caudell;  Rehn)  and  Prov.  of  San  Pedro  (Giglio-Tos),  Paraguay,  and 
Buenos  Aires,  Argentina  (Giglio-Tos). 
Hyperophora  angustipennis  Brunner. 

1891.     Hyperophora   angustipennis   Brunner,    Verhandl.    K.    Iv.    Zool.-bot. 
Gesellsch.  Wien,  XLI,  p.  59.     [Cordoba,  Argentine  Republic] 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  March 
13,  1907.     One  male. 

This  beautiful  species  has  only  been  recorded  from  Cordoba, 
Santa  Rosa,  Salta  (Giglio-Tos),  and  Chacras  de  Coria.^^ 

Hyperophora  major  Brunner. 

1878.     H[yperophora]    major   Brunner,    Monogr.    der   Phaneropt.,    p.    126, 
pi.  II,  tig.  24a-6.     [Buenos  Aires.] 

Misiones.     December  12,  1909.     One  female. 
Corrientes,    Prov.    of   Corrientes.     Elev.    76   meters.     March   3, 
1909.     One  male. 

^  The  record  of  this  species  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  by  the  author  (Ent.  News, 
XVI,  p.  42)  is  erroneous,  as  a  re-examination  of  the  material  shows  it  to  belong 
to  H.  minor,  a  species  then  unknown  to  him. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  361 

Embarcacion,  Prov.  of  Salta.     April,  1911.     One  female. 

Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     Two  males. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  696  meters.  December  1-19, 
1906.     Two  males,  one  female. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  February  5, 
1909.     One  male. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  January 
1  and  11,  1908;  February  26,  1908;  April  7  and  24,  1907.  Three 
males,  one  female,  one  immature  male. 

Potrerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,368  meters.  February 
22,  1909.     One  female. 

This  series  shows  very  considerable  variation  in  size  and  coloration. 
In  size,  the  only  specimen  equalling  individuals  from  Sapucay, 
Paraguay,  previously  measured^^  is  the  single  female  from  the  Mis- 
iones,  all  the  other  representatives  being  slightly  or  considerably 
smaller.  In  color,  green  is  the  predominating  shade,  but  individuals 
with  buff  the  base  color  are  from  Potrerillos,  Mendoza,  Chacras  de 
Coria,  and  Corrientes,  while  two  Jujuy  females  are  much  darker, 
their  base  tone  being  clay  color.  In  all  of  the  brownish  individuals 
the  infuscation  of  the  dorsal  section  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the 
pronotum  and  the  continuation  of  the  same  marking  distad  over  the 
tegmina,  margining  the  tympanum,  and  the  anal  field  of  the  same, 
is  more  or  less  decided  and  umber  in  color.  In  the  Jujuy  individuals 
these '  areas  are  very  strongly  indicated,  the  tegmina  also  being 
decidedly  maculate  on  the  discoidal  field  with  the  same  shade.  This 
latter  condition  is  suggested  in  certain  of  the  buffy  specimens. 

The  species  has  also  been  recorded  from  Buenos  Aires  (Bruner) 
and  Santa  Rosa,  Salta  (Giglio-Tos),  Argentina, .  and  Sapucay,  Para- 
guay (Rehn). 

CALLINSARA47  „.  gen. 

A  member  of  the  Insarce  (Hormilice  of  authors)  and  related  to 
Insara  Walker  {Hormilia  Stal  and  authors),  from  which  it  can 
immediately  be  distinguished  by  the  acuminate  fastigium  of  the 
vertex,  which  also  is  not  in  contact  with  the  frontal  fastigium,  the 
short  bispinose  genicular  lobes  of  the  caudal  femora  and  the  non- 
dilated  abdominal  segments  which  have  their  dorsal  margins  not 
produced  mesad. 

Fastigium  acuminate,  sulcate,  carinate  ventrad,  separated  from 

«  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Set.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  373. 
«Ka'A2og,  beautiful — Insara. 


362  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

the  frontal  fastigium;  eyes  globose,  prominent.  Pronotum  sub- 
sellate,  dorsum  expanding  caudad,  lateral  angles  more  or  less 
indicated;  lateral  lobes  roughly  quadrate,  sublongitudinal.  Tegmina 
elongate-lanceolate,  costal  and  sutural  margins  subparallel,  apex 
rounded;  median  vein  simple,  reaching  the  sutural  margin,  discoidal 
vein  with  three  rami  similar  to  the  median  vein;  anterior  ulnar  vein 
with  numerous  oblique  subparallel  rami  similar  in  form  to  the  median 
vein  and  the  rami  of  the  discoidal  vein.  Femora  with  the  genicular 
margins  non-produced  meso-dorsad.  Tympanum  of  the  cephalic 
tibiae  open  on  both  faces.  Caudal  femora  elongate,  armed  beneath 
on  both  margins,  genicular  lobes  brief,  bispinose. 

Type. — C.  clupeipennis  n.  sp. 
CaUinsara  clupeipennis  ^^  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December  30,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen;  No.  13.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,227.] 

Size  medium;  form  subcompressed.  Head  with  the  base  of  the 
fastigium  horizontal,  thence  moderately  declivent,  lateral  margin 
moderately  elevated,  the  apex  rounded  when  seen  from  the  side, 


Fig.  25.— CaUinsara  clupeipennis  n.  gen.  and  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  li? 

sublamellate  ventrad;  fastigium  of  face  very  broad,  rounded,  well 
separated  from  that  of  the  vertex;  eyes  very  prominent;  face  with 
strumose  ridges  distributed  as  follows:  a  brief  postocular  one,  an 
oblique  one  from  the  ventral  portion  of  the  eye  to  the  ventro-caudal 
angle  of  the  gena  and  continued  thence  dorsad  along  the  caudal 
margin  of  the  gena  half-way  to  the  postocular  bar,  oblique  line  from 
the  fastigium  of  the  face  to  the  corner  of  the  clypeus  and  finally 
ridges  outlining  the  clypeus  dorsad  and  laterad.  Pronotum  appre- 
ciably sellate,  the  cephalic  margin  not  at  all  greatly  but  sharply 
elevated,  caudal  portion  gradually  and  slightly  elevated;  dorsum 
with  the  greatest  caudal  width  contained  one  and  one-quarter  times 

^  Clupea,  herring;  pennis,  wing— in  allusion  to  the  "herring-bone"  color  pattern 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA, 


363 


in  the  length  of  the  same;  lateral  angles  indicated  by  callous  ridges 
similar  to  those  on  the  head,  sinuate  on  the  cephalic 
half,  considerably  diverging  caudad,  distinct  but  not 
at  all  strong  humeral  shoulders  developed  caudad,  a 
very   fine   medio-longitudinal   sulcus   present   on   the 
dorsum;  cephalic  margin  very  slightly  arcuato-emargi- 
nate,  caudal  margin  considerably  arcuate ;  lateral  lobes 
with  the  greatest  depth  contained  one  and  one-third 
times  in  the  length  of  the  same,  ventral  margin  sinuato- 
arcuate,    ventro-caudal    angle    subtruncate,    humeral 
sinus  rotundato-rectangulate.     Tegmina  about  one  and 
one-half  times  as  long  as  the  body,  greatest  width  of  the 
marginal  and  discoidal  fields  contained  about  six  times 
in  the  tegminal  length,  the  width  gradually  narrowing 
to  the  middle, thence  subequal  to  the  well-rounded  apex; 
marginal  field  with  its  greatest  width  at  the  proximal 
third,  where  jt  is  but  little  narrower  than  the  adjacent 
portion  of  the  discoidal  field,  gradually  narrowing  thence 
to  practically  the  apex;   costal  transverse  nervures  near  the  base  of 
the  marginal  field  forked,  simple  distad,   all   subcallose,   oblique; 
median  vein  diverging  distinctly  distad  of  the  middle  of  the  discoidal 
vein,  short,  sinuate,  oblique,  reaching  the  sutural  margin;    rami  of 
the  discoidal  vein  three  in  number,  similar  to  the  median  vein  in 
form,  length,  and  direction,  two  reaching  the  sutural  margin,  the 
third  reaching  the  apex;   anterior  ulnar  vein  with  five  veins  similar 
to  the  others  of  the  discoidal  field  in  character  and  direction,  the 
anterior  ulnar  vein  far  removed  from  the  posterior  ulnar  vein  and 
close  to  and  subparallel  with  the  discoidal  vein;    tympanum  with 
the  stridulating  vein  very  strong,  slightly  oblique,  speculum  trig- 
onal, the  margin  little  produced  at  the  apex  of  the  stridulating  vein. 
Exposed  portion  of  the  wings  slightly  longer  than  the  pronotum, 
sutural  margin  straight,  costal  margin  rounding  to  the  apex  which 
is  sutural  in  position.     Lobes  of  the  mesosternum  and  metasternum 
broadly  rounded.     Disto-dorsal  abdominal  segment  produced,  trun- 
cate, considerably  emarginate  laterad  at  the  bases  of  the  cerci; 
supra-anal  plate  slightly  elongate,  trigonal,  the  apex  well  rounded; 


Fig.  27. — Callinsara  clupeipennis  n. 
gen.  and  sp.  Genicular  region  of 
caudal  limb  of  type.     (X  3.) 


Fig.  2S.— Callinsara  clupeipennis  n. 
gen.  and  sp.  Dorsal  outline  of  apex 
of  abdomen  of  type.     ( X  3.) 


364  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

cerci  simple,  tapering,  slightly  bent  near  the  middle,  thence  incurved, 
apex  acute,  spined;  subgenital  plate  greatly  produced,  narrowing 
distad,  distal  margin  deeply  arcuato-angulate  emarginate,  supplied 
with  rather  short,  distinct  styles.  Cephalic  femora  with  two  to  three 
spines  on  the  ventro-cephalic  margin  and  a  single  spine  on  the  ventro- 
caudal  one;  dorso-caudal  margin  of  the  cephalic  tibiae  with  five 
spines,  one  of  which,  is  placed  on  the  proximal  dilation  and  the  other 
at  the  distal  extremity,  dorso-cephalic  margin  with  only  the  single 
distal  spine  or  another  additional  one.  Median  femora  with  three  or 
four  spines  on  the  ventro-cephalic  margin  and  one  or  two  on  the 
ventro-caudal  one.  Caudal  femora  about  three-fourths  the  length 
of  the  tegmina,  very  slender,  ventral  margins  with  seven  spines  on 
each,  placed  on  little  more  than  the  distal  half,  genicular  lobes  bluntly 
acute,  not  surpassing  the  dorsum  of  the  femoral  apex,-  bispinose; 
caudal  tibise  appreciably  exceeding  the  femora  in  length,  all  of  the 
margins  armed,  the  dorsal  more  thickly  so  than  the  ventral  ones. 

General  color  oil  green  passing  into  clay  color  on  the  pleura  and 
abdomen.  Head  with  the  frontal  fastigium,  the  base  of  the  labrum 
and  the  above-described  strumose  ridges  cream  color;  eyes  cinnamon; 
antennae  washed  with  saffron  yellow.  Pronotum  faintly  washed 
with  chrome  yellow,  median  sulcation  and  the  lateral  angles  dull 
cream  color,  the  latter  margined  ventro-cephalad  and  ventro-caudad 
with  ochraceous.  Tegmina  with  a  faint  ochraceous  tinge  at  the  base 
of  the  humeral  trunk;  principal  longitudinal  veins  whitish,  the 
transverse  veins  of  the  marginal  field,  the  rami  of  the  anterior  ulnar 
vein,  the  median  vein  and  the  rami  of  the  discoidal  vein  similarly 
colored,  on  the  marginal  field  the  direct  rami  of  the  costales  also 
are  similarly  colored,  the  rami  of  the  anterior  ulnar  vein  having  their 
secondary  ramifications  for  a  very  short  distance  each  side  of  the 
main  rami  also  whitish,  while  the  median  vein  and  the  rami  of  the 
discoidal  vein  have  this  more  extensive,  involving  the  whole  of 
certain  of  the  minor  ramifications,  the  entire  pattern  being  very 
decided.  Exposed  portion  of  the  wings  with  the  principal  veins 
whitish  in  the  same  fashion  as  on  the  tegmina.  Spines  on  the 
femora  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 16.3  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum  3 . 7 

Greatest  dorsal  width  of  pronotum  "  3 . 

Length  of  tegmen .  27 . 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen  4 , 5 

Length  of  caudal  femur  20 . 

The  type  of  this  most  interesting  genus  and  species  is  unique. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  365 

Ligocatinus  spinatus  (Brunner). 

1878.     A[m.aura]  spinata  Brunner,  Monogr.  der  Phaneropt.,  p.  248,  pi.  V, 
fig.   74a-6.     [Buenos  Aires.] 

Buenos  Aires.     February  26,  1909.     Three  females. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Caiza,  Bohvian  Chaco, 
San  Lorenzo,  Jujuy,  and  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina.  We  also  have 
before  us  a  pair  from  Rosario,  Argentina,  collected  by  Bruner. 

*  Ligocatinus  olivaceus  (Brunner). 

1891.     Amaura  olivacea  Brunner,  Verhandl.  K.-K.  Zool.-bot.  Gesell.,  XLI, 
p.  123.     [Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil.] 

IMisiones.     February  1,  1910;  March  20,  1909.     Two  females. 

It  seems  probable  that  L.  borrellii  Giglio-Tos*^  is  either  a  synonym 
of  the  present  species  or  certain  of  its  supposed  diagnostic  characters 
are  not  constant,  such  as  the  black  median  line  on  the  dorsum  of  the 
abdomen,  which  is  strongly  indicated  in  most  of  the  specimens  (five 
in  all)  before  us  and  almost  completely  absent  in  one.  The  character 
of  insertion  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  is  susceptible  of  much 
latitude  in  individual  interpretation,  while  the  length  of  the  ovipositor 
and  degree  of  angulation  of  the  subgenital  plate  are  not  hard-and-fast 
characters,  as  in  the  first  case  personal  equation  is  a  factor  in  deter- 
mining the  base  of  the  ovipositor  and  in  the  second  case  the  condition 
of  the  specimen  and  the  amount  of  flexure  and  compression  of  the 
plate  may  lead  to  different  conclusions. 

These  specimens  have  been  compared  with  individuals  from 
Sapucay,  Paraguay,  which  is  the  only  locality  aside  from  the  type 
locality  and  that  given  above  from  which  the  species  is  known. 

*Ceraia  cornutoides  Caudell. 

1906.     Ceraia  cornutoides  Caudell,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  237. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

IVIisiones.     March  15,  1909.     One  female. 

This  individual  has  been  compared  with  topotypes. 

♦Vellea  cruenta  (Burmeister). 

1838.     Ph[aneroptera]  cruenta  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II,  Abth.  II, 
pt.  1,  p.  691.     [Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     April  14,  1909.     One  female. 

This  interesting  species  has  been  recorded  from  San  Jose,  Costa 
Rica  (Rehn),  Demerara  (Walker),  Para  (Walker),  and  Rio  Janeiro 
(Burmeister;  Brunner).  This  is  the  most  southern  record  for  the 
species. 

«  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.  Torino.  XII,  No.  302,  p.  38. 


366  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Scaphura  nigra  (Thunberg). 

1824.     Griyllus]  niger  Thunberg,  Mem.  I'Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  St.  Pet^rsb.,  IX, 
p.  415.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     December  5,  1909.     (No.  2.)     One  male,  one  female. 

We  find  no  important  color  differences  between  the  male  specimen 
and  individuals  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  previously  reported  by  us.^ 
The  female,  on  the  other  hand,  belongs  to  the  variety  B  of  Brunner,^> 
with  the  description  of  which  it  completely  agrees. 

Gymnocera  elegans  Serville. 

1839.     Gymnocera  elegans  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.  Orthopt.,  p.  427.     [Buenos 
Aires.] 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  January  5, 
1909;  January  14,  1907;  March  19  and  30,  1908;  April  4,  9,  and  24, 
1908;  May  6,  1908;  December  13-20,  1907.  Two  males,  eleven 
females. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  Janu- 
ary 1-31, 1907;  January  9, 1908;  February  4-24, 1907;  March  16-30, 
1907;  April  4-24,  1907;  December  5  (juv.),  6  (juv.),  9  (juv.),  and  17, 
1907.     Ten  males,  twenty-five  females,  four  immature  specimens. 

Potrerillos,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,368  meters.  February 
23,  1908;  December  27,  1907.     Two  females. 

This  very  interesting  series  gives  us  some  desirable  and  definite 
information  on  the  extent  of  variation  in  this  variable  species  as 
found  at  a  single  locality.  All  of  the  specimens  of  the  present  species 
are  in  the  color  phase  which  has  metallic  blue  the  most  striking  color 
characteristic.  The  variation  here  noted  are  all  aside  from  this  base 
color.  The  color  of  the  tegmina  also  remains  nearly  uniform  in  the 
series,  varying  only  moderately  in  the  depth  of  the  ferruginous  or 
hazel  of  the  same,  the  distal  blackish  area  present  on  the  tegmina  of 
all  of  the  specimens  seen.  The  pale  maculation  on  the  facial  fastigium 
and  that  on  the  fastigium  of  the  vertex  are  invariably  present,  as  is 
the  broad  patch  of  the  same  on  the  ventral  portion  of  the  lateral 
lobes  of  the  pronotum  and  the  obHque  pale  line  on  the  pleura.  The 
dorsum  of  the  pronotum  may  be  without  pale  markings,  with  a  single 
small  median  pair  or  with  an  increasing  number  of  pairs  up  to  four, 
these  always  arranged  along  the  median  line  and  variable  in  size,  but 
always  in  symmetrical  pairs.  Frequently  the  pairs  run  together, 
forming  bars,  which  tendency  in  a  single  extreme  specimen  is  so 
complete  that  we  have  paired  pale  lines  extending  from  the  cephalic 

^  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  377. 
^^  Monogr.  der  Phaneropt.,  p.  2.58. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  3^7 

to  the  caudal  margins  of  the  disk.  The  antennae  may  or  may  not 
be  broadly  annulate  with  buffy.  In  every  case  the  caudal  femora 
have  a  median  buffy  white  patch. 

In  size  there  is-considerable  individual  variation. 

The  species  has  been  recorded  from  localities  extending  from 
Buenos  Aires  and  Montevideo  south  to  Patagonia  and  west  to 
Santiago,  Chile. 

StilpnocMora  incisa  Brunner. 

1878.     St[ilpnochlora]   incisa   Brunner,    ]\Ionogr.    der   Phaneropt.,   p.    361. 
[Peru.] 

Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy.     April,  1911.     One  female. 
This  interesting  species  is  known  only  from  Peru,  San  Lorenzo 
(Giglio-Tos),  and  Jujuy,  Prov.  of  Jujuy,  Argentina. 

*Posidippus  dentiferus  (Walker). 

1869.     Steirodon  dentiferum  Walker,   Catal.   Derm.   Salt.   Brit.   Mus.,   II, 
p.  391.     [Locality  unknown.] 

Misiones.     December  20,  1910.     One  female. 

We  have  followed  Kirby^^  i^  using  this  name  for  the  present  species. 
Information  with  our  specimen  is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  is  very 
uncommon. 

The  localities  from  which  the  form  is  known  are  Peru,  Surinam, 
Brazil,  and  the  Misiones, 

Anaulacomera  argentina  n.  sp. 

Type:  cf ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  January  1,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,225.] 

Closely  allied  to  A.  laticauda  Brunner  from  Mexico  and  Central 
America,  but  differing  in  the  angularly  emarginate  subgenital  plate 
of  the  male,  the  longer  and  less  arcuate  cerci  of  the  same  sex,  the 
slenderer  ovipositor  of  the  female,  the  less  compressed  pronotum  of 
both  sexes,  and  the  broader  tympanum  of  the  male. 

Size  medium;  form  moderately  compressed.  Head  with  the 
occiput  slightly  declivent  to  the  fastigium;  fastigium  broad  at  the 
base,  strongly  constricted  mesad,  distad  moderately  bulbous,  deeply 
sulcate  on  the  base  and  the  constricted  median  portion,  the  sulcus 
represented  for  some  distance  on  the  adjacent  portion  of  the  occiput 
by  a  shallower  sulcus,  lateral  margins  of  the  fastigium  elevated  mesad 
and  proximad,  strongly  diverging  proximad;  fastigium  of  the  front 
very  broad,  touching  that  of  the  vertex,  their  contiguous  margins 
subtruncate,    the    cephalic    portions    of   both    subdeplanate;     eyes 

^  Syn.  Catal.  Orth.,  U,  p.  458. 


368  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

broad-ovoid,  very  prominent;  antennae  reaching  to  the  tips  of 
the  wings.  Pronotum  with  the  dorsum  flattened,  the  greatest 
caudal  width  of  the  same  contained  about  one  and  one-half 
times  in  its  length;  cephalic  margin  of  the  disk  sinuato-truncate, 
caudal  margin  moderately  arcuate,  lateral  angles  rounded  but  quite 
apparent,  middle  of  disk  with  an  impressed  U-shaped  figure  which  is 
connected  with  the  caudal  margin  by  a  very  faint  median  sulcus; 
lateral  lobes  with  the  greatest  depth  subequal  to  the  greatest  length, 
cephalic  margin  gently  arcuato-emarginate,  ventral  and  caudal 
margin  regularly  and  broadly  arcuate,  humeral  sinus  rectangularly 
incised.  Tegmina  about  one  and  one-half  times  the  length  of  the 
body,  regularly  lanceolate,  the  greatest  width  contained  slightly  more 
than  five  times  in  the  length,  apex  well  rounded;  pattern  of  the 
tegminal  cells  similar  to  that  found  in  many  of  the  other  species  of 


Fig.  29. — Anaulacomera argenlina n.  sp.       Fig.    30. — Anaulacomera   argentina 
Dorsal  outline  of  apex  of  abdomen  n.    sp.     Outline    of    ovipositor, 

of  type.     (X3.)  (X3.) 

the  genus;  median  vein  diverging  two-fifths  the  distance  from  the 
base  of  the  tegmen,  furcate,  reaching  the  sutural  margin  very  shortly 
before  the  apex;  tympanum  with  the  greatest  width  contained  one 
and  one-half  times  in  the  length  of  the  same,  stridulating  vein  slightly 
arcuato-oblique,  sutural  margin  broadly  rounded  at  the  apex  of  the 
same  vein.  Wings  with  the  exposed  portion  surpassing  the  tips  of 
the  tegmina  by  about  the  length  of  the  head  and  pronotum.  Cephalic 
and  median  femora  unarmed  on  the  dorsal  margin,  tympani  of  the 
cephalic  tibiae  exposed.  Caudal  femora  about  two-thirds  the  length 
of  the  tegmina,  moderately  inflated  proximad,  ventral  margins  armed 
with  one  (internal)  or  two  (external)  spines  distad;  caudal  tibiae 
distinctly  surpassing  the  femora  in  length.  Disto-dorsal  abdominal 
segment  with  the  distal  margin  arcuato-emarginate  mesad,  the 
median  portion  of  the  segment  with  a  broad  longitudinal  sulcus; 
supra-anal  plate  acute-trigonal;  cerci  elongate,  tapering,  moderately 
curved  mesad,  the  apex  slightly  hooked  and  faintly  enlarged,  covered 
with  erect  hairs ;  subgenital  plate  with  the  median  portion  somewhat 
produced,  sharply  narrowing,  the  distal  extremity  deeply  V-emargi- 
nate,  no  styles  present. 

General  color  of  the  abdomen   maize  yellow,  passing  into   dull 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  369 

chrome  yellow  on  the  head  and  to  pale  olive  yellow  on  the  pronotum. 
Tegmina  and  exposed  portion  of  the  wings  very  pale  bice  green,  the 
femora  of  the  general  abdominal  color  passing  into  pale  apple  green 
on  the  tibiae.  Eyes  walnut  brown.  Tympanum  of  the  tegmina 
washed  with  ferruginous  with  a  dot  of  seal  brown  at  the  base  and 
another  at  the  apex.  Dorsal  part  of  the  tympanal  inflation  of  the 
■cephalic  tibiae  marked  with  ferruginous. 

Allotype:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  April  24,  1909.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.] 

The  following  characters  are  chiefly  those  of  difference  from 
the  opposite  sex: 

Tegmina  about  one  and  one-third  times  the  body  length;  median 
vein  diverging  but  slightly  proximad  of  the  middle  of  the  tegmen. 
Ovipositor  slightly  more  than  twice  the  length  of  the  pronotum, 
gently  arcuate,  very  broad,  the  greatest  width  contained  three  and 
one-half  times  in  the  length  of  the  same,  dorsal  margin  almost 
straight,  ventral  margin  very  faintly  crenulate  distad;  subgenital 
plate  subtrans verse. 

Color  as  in  the  male,  but  the  base  of  the  tegmina  yellowish  (possibly 
by  discoloration)  and  the  dorsum  and  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum 
iinely  sprinkled  with  points  of  ferruginous. 

Measurements. 

Type  Allotype 

(male).  (female). 

Length  of  body 15.5  mm.  16.2  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 3.8     "  3.8 

Length  of  tegmen 26.5     "  22.5 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 5.        "  4.3 

Length  of  caudal  femur 15.5     "  15. 

Length  of  ovipositor 7.8 

The  typical  pair  are  all  we  have  seen  of  the  species. 

jAnaulacomera  dama  n.  sp. 

Type:  d^ ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  January,  1911.  (P.  Jorgensen.) 
[Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,226.] 

Allied  to  A.  cornucervi  Brunner  from  Central  Peru,  having  similar 
very  peculiar  cerviform  cerci,  but  differing  in  the  smaller  general  size 
.and  in  the  cerci  having  the  proximal  fork  non-spiniform,  but  expanded 
.and  moderately  palmate,  while  the  distal  extremity  of  the  cercus  is 
decidedly  palmate,  trifid,  and  incurved. 

Size  small ;  form  moderately  compressed.     Head  with  the  fastigium 


370  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May^ 

of  the  vertex  very  similar  to  that  of  A.  argentina,  but  with  the  bulbous^ 
extremity  less  inflated  and  the  median  sulcation  not  continued  over 
the  vertex;  frontal  fastigium  no  wider  than  the  fastigium  of  the 
vertex,  the  lateral  margins  subparallel,  the  extremity  closely  pressed 
against  the  fastigium  of  the  vertex;  eyes  similar  to  those  of  argentina; 
antennae  surpassing  the  tips  of  the  wings  by  nearly  the  length  of  the 
tegmina.  Pronotum  more  compressed  than  in  argentina;  dorsum 
subequal  in  width,  the  greatest  width  contained  one  and  two-thirds 
times  in  the  length  of  the  same ;  lateral  angles  distinct,  but  narrowly 
rounded;  cephalic  margin  moderately  arcuate  emarginate,  caudal 
margin  gently  arcuate,  middle  of  the  disk  with  a  V-shaped  impressed 
figure ;  lateral  lobes  with  the  greatest  length  slightly  greater  than  the 
depth,  cephalic  margin  arcuato-emarginate,  ventral  margin  gently 


Fig.  31. — Anaulacomera   dama   n.    sp.      Fig.  32. — Anaulacomera   dama  n.    sp. 
Lateral  outline  of  apex  of  abdomen  Dorsal  outline  of  apex  of  abdomen 

of  type.     (X3.)  of  type.     (X3.) 

arcuate,  passing  by  a  little  indicated  and  rounded  angle  into  the 
oblique  arcuate  caudal  margin,  humeral  sinus  acutely  incised.  Teg- 
mina nearly  half  again  as  long  as  the  body,  general  form  and  vein 
disposition  similar  to  the  type  found  in  argentina,  tympanum  shorter 
and  broader  than  argentina,  the  greatest  width  contained  less  than 
one  and  one-half  times  in  the  length,  margin  considerably  though 
roundly  projecting  at  the  extremity  of  the  stridulating  vein.  Wings 
with  the  exposed  portion  surpassing  the  tegmina  by  about  the  length, 
of  the  pronotum.  Disto-dorsal  abdominal  segment  with  the  distal 
margin  truncato-emarginate,  strongly  emarginate  laterad  dorsad  of 
the  cerci;  cerci  cerviform,  slightly  longer  than  the  dorsum  of  prono- 
tum, when  seen  from  the  dorsum  strongly  arcuate  laterad,  incurving, 
at  the  tips  which  are  subcontiguous,  when  seen  from  the  side  there  is 
seen  to  be  a  proximal  fork  diverging  ventro-mesad,  with  its  extremity 
compressed,  lamellate,  and  bidentate,  distad  of  the  middle  the  cercus 
becomes  palmate  with  one  long  distal  ''tine"  or  fork,  and  dorsad  and 
ventrad  of  the  same  are  short  acute  ones  of  the  same  character; 
subgenital  plate  short,  narrowing  distad,  the  distal  margin  truncate, 
flanked  laterad  by  short  styliform  processes.  Caudal  limbs  lacking. 
General  color  gamboge  yellow  on  the  abdomen,  passing  into  dull 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  371 

sulphur  yellow  on  the  pleura,  pronotum,  and  head.  Tegmina  maize 
yellow  proximad,  passing  into  pale  apple  green  on  the  distal  two- 
thirds;  tympanum  with  the  principal  veins  lined  with  burnt  sienna; 
exposed  portion  of  the  wings  pale  apple  green.     Eyes  chocolate. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 13 . 8  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 3.2     '' 

Length  of  tegmen 17 . 3     " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen 3.4     " 

The  type  of  this  remarkable  species  is  unique. 

*Grammadera  albida  Brunner. 

1878.     G[rammaderd\   albida   Brunner,    Monogr.    der   Phaneropt.,    p.    298. 
[Brazil.] 

Misiones.     December  22,  1910.     (No.  8.)     One  female. 
This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Rehn), 
in  addition  to  the  localities  given  above. 

Phylloptera  ovalifolia  BurmeLster. 

1838.     Ph[ylloptera]  ovalifolia  Burmeister,  Handb.  der  Entom.,  II,  Abth.  II, 
pt.  1,  p.  311.     [South  America.) 

Misiones.     March  18  and  22,  1909.     Two  males. 

This  widely  distributed  species  has  previously  been  recorded  in 
Argentina  only  from  Buenos  Aires  (Serville),  while  from  southern 
Brazil  it  has  been  reported  from  Theresopolis  (Saussure  and  Pictet), 
Rio  Janeiro  (Walker;  Brunner),  and  Santa  Catharina  (Saussure  and 
Pictet). 

*PhylIoptera  spinulosa  Brunner. 

1878.     Phiylloptera]  spinulosa  Brunner,  Monogr.  der  Phaneropt.,  p.  314. 
[Ypanema,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     March  15,  1909.     One  female. 

This  specimen  has  been  compared  with  a  pair  from  Sapucay, 
Paraguay.  The  three  localities  here  mentioned  are  all  knoTNoi  for 
the  species. 

SubfamUy  PSEUDOPHYLLIN^. 

Dasyscelis  normalis  Brunner. 

1895.     Dasyscelis  normalis  Brunner,   Monogr.   der  Pseudophyll.,   p.    119. 
[Uruguay;   Buenos  Aires.] 

Buenos  Aires.     February  26,  1909.     One  male. 


372  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Majr,, 

*Dasyscelis  dilatatus  Brunner. 

1895.     Dasyscelis   dilatatus   Brunner,    Monogr.   der   PseudophylL,   p.    120. 
[Theresopolis,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     November,  1910.     One  female. 

This  specimen  is  slightly  larger  than  the  original  measurements 
and  is  very  strikingly  marked  on  the  pronotum,  abdomen,  and  limbs 
with  seal  brown,  but  otherwise  it  fully  agrees  with  the  description. 

The  species  is  known  only  from  the  types  and  the  present  specimen. 
Nannotettix  bilineatus  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  December  10,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,228.] 

Allied  to  N.  guentheri  and  pallidevittatus  Brunner  from  Sorata, 
Bolivia,  but  differing  from  the  former  in  the  paler  face,  the  absence 
of  black  from  the  pronotum,  in  the  broadly  ovate  instead  of  lanceolate 
tegmina,  in  the  fewer  femoral  spines,  the  different  subgenital  plate  and 
shorter  caudal  femora  and  ovipositor;  from  the  latter  in  the  non- 
tuberculate  cephalic  margin  of  the  pronotum,  the  fewer  femoral 
spines,  the  different  coloration  of  the  femora  and  abdomen  and  the 
longer  tegmina.     The  striking  yellowish  postocular  lines  are  sirhilar 


Fig.  33. — Nannotettix  bilineatus  n.  sp.     Lateral  outline  of  type.     (X  H-) 

to  those  found  in  pallidevittatus,  but  the  more  uniformly  colored 
limbs  and  abdomen  will  immediately  separate  the  present  species. 

Size  medium;  form  rather  elongate.  Head  with  the  vertex 
slightly  declivent;  fastigium  acute,  reaching  to  the  margins  of  the 
antennal  scrobes,  margins  distinctly  elevated  dorsad  of  the  ocelli, 
the  apex  of  the  fastigium  of  the  front  not  in  contact  with  that  of  the 
vertex;  face  gently  and  roundly  retreating;  eyes  subglobose,  slightly 
directed  cephalad,  indistinctly  flattened  laterad;  proximal  antennal 
joint  elongate,  armed  disto-laterad  with  a  distinct  spine.  Pronotum 
with  the  length  of  the  disk  nearly  twice  the  caudal  width  of  the  same ; 
cephalic  margin  of  the  disk  arcuato-truncate,  caudal  margin  moder- 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  373 

ately  arcuate;  transverse  sulci  two  in  number,  the  cephalic  placed 
about  the  cephalic  third,  the  caudal  placed  immediately  caudad  of 
the  middle,  margins  of  the  pronotum  non-tuberculate;  lateral 
carinae  indicated  by  lines  of  low  tubercles,  which  gradually  converge 
to  the  caudal  transverse  sulcus,  then  more  abruptly  diverge  to  the 
caudal  margin;  lateral  lobes  with  the  greatest  depth  contained  one 
and  two-thirds  times  in  the  length  of  the  lobes,  ventral  margin  slightly 
sinuato-emarginate  caudad,  ventro-caudal  angle  slightly  obtuse; 
surface  of  the  dorsum  and  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum 
shagreened.  Tegmina  subequal  to  the  pronotum  in  length,  broad 
ovate  in  form,  the  width  two-thirds  of  the  length,  the  extreme  portion 
of  the  broadly  rounded  apex  faintly  truncate.  Supra-anal  plate 
trigonal  with  a  distinct  medio-longitudinal  impression;  cerci  brief, 
acuminate;  subgenital  plate  with  the  distal  margin  rectangulate 
emarginate  mesad;  ovipositor  subequal  to  the  length  of  the  prono- 
tum and  tegmina  together,  moderately  arcuate,  tapering,  ventral 
margin  serrulato-denticulate  on  the  distal  fourth.  Cephalic  femora 
very  slightly  longer  than  the  length  of  the  head  and  pronotum 
together,  unarmed  on  the  ventro-caudal  margin,  with  three  spines 
distad  on  the  ventro-cephalic  margin;  cephalic  tibiae  unarmed  dorsad, 
on  the  ventral  margins  with  five  (caudal)  to  six  (cephalic)  spines. 
Median  femora  very  slightly  longer  than  the  cephalic  femora,  armed 
on  the  ventro-cephalic  margin  with  two  to  three  spines,  unarmed  on 
the  ventro-caudal  margin;  median  tibiae  unarmed  dorsad,  ventro- 
caudal  margin  with  four  to  five  spines,  ventro-cephalic  margins  with 
five  to  seven  spines.  Caudal  femora  about  three  times  as  long  as  the 
tegmina,  moderately  robust,  considerably  inflated  proximad,  ventro- 
cephalic  margin  with  four  decided  distal  spines,  ventro-caudal  margin 
unarmed;  caudal  tibiae  slightly  exceeding  the  femora  in  length,  well 
spined. 

General  color  raw  umber,  becoming  burnt  umber  on  the  dorsum  of 
the  head  and  pronotum,  the  tegmina  walnut  brown.  Head  with  the 
face  and  portions  of  the  genae  straw  yellow;  a  narrow  postocular  line 
naples  yellow;  eyes  tawny  ochraceous;  antennae  distad  of  the  second 
joint  tawny.  Pronotum  with  the  postocular  line  of  the  head  con- 
tinued caudad  over  the  tuberculations  of  the  pronotum  as  narrow  lines 
of  naples  yellow.  Ovipositor  with  the  margins  and  apex  washed 
with  burnt  sienna.  Cephalic  and  median  femora  ferruginous, 
becoming  darker  distad;  cephalic  and  median  til)i8e  vinaceous-cinna- 
mon,  rather  darker  proximad.  Caudal  femora  ferruginous,  slightly 
darkened  distad,  spines  yellowish  with  the  tips  burnt  sienna;  caudal 


374  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

tibiae   cinnamon-rufous   with   the   tip   slightly  washed   with   burnt 
sienna.  • 

Measureme7its. 

Length  of  body 23 .     mm. 

Length  of  pronotuni  5.        " 

Length  of  tegmen  5 .        " 

Length  of  caudal  femur  15.8     " 

Length  of  ovipositor  9.8     " 

The  type  of  this  species  is  unique.  Information  with  the  specimen 
is  to  the  effect  that  the  species  is  "common." 

Subfamily  CONOCEPHALIN^. 

-*Paroxyprora  tenuicaudaKarny. 

1907.  Paroxyprora  tenuicauda  Karny,  Abhandl.  K.  K.  Zool.-bot.  Gesell. 
Wien,  IV,  p.  13.     [Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     December  29,  1909.     One  male. 

The  present  male  fully  agrees  with  the  individual  of  that  sex  from 
Puerto  Bertoni,  Paraguay,  previously  reported  by  us.^^ 

The  three  localities  here  mentioned  are  all  known  for  the  species. 

€aulopsis  gracilis  Redtenbacher.? 

1891.  Caulopsis  gracilis  Redtenbacher,  Verhandl.  K.  K.  Zool.-bot.  Gesell. 
Wien,  XLI,  p.  .377,  pi.  Ill,  fig.  2.5.  [Brazil;  Buenos  Aires;  Montevideo; 
Rosario;  Cuba.] 

Misiones.     December  12,   1909.     One  female. 

This  specimen  is  referred  to  the  present  species  with  some  doubt, 
as  it  is  considerably  smaller  than  the  measurements  of  the  same  sex 
given  by  Redtenbacher.  The  dimensions  of  our  individual  are  as 
follows:  length  of  body,  38.5  mm.;  length  of  f astigium,  6 ;  length  of 
pronotum,  8.9;  length  of  tegmen,  43.5;  length  of  median  femur, 
7.7;  length  of  caudal  femur,  19.5;  length  of  ovipositor,  20.5.  Aside 
from  the  differences  in  measurements  and  the  hardly  carinate  instead 
of  "obtusely"  carinate  venter  of  the  fastigium,  our  specimen  agrees 
with  the  original  description. 

*  Neoconocephalus  muticus  iRedtenbacher). 

1891.  Conocephalus  muticus  Redtenbacher,  ibid.,  XLI,  p.  393.  [Cuba;  St. 
Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles.) 

IMisiones.     March  5,  1910.     (No.  3.)     One  female. 

This  specimen  very  satisfactorily  answers  the  description  of  the 
species,  previously  known  only  from  localities  in  the  West  Indies, 
Central  America  and  northern  South  America. 

«  Entom.  News,  XXII,  p.  254. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELrHIA.  375 

*Neooonocephalus  redtenbacheri  Kamy. 

1907.  Neoconncephalus  redtenbacheri  Karny,  Abhandl.  K.  K.  Zool.-bot. 
GeseU.  Wien,  IV,  p.  32.     [Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  BrazU.] 

Tucuman,  Prov.  of  Tucuman.  March  16,  1911.  One  male,  two 
females. 

These  specimens  agree  fully  with  the  original  description  of  the 
species.  The  male  and  one  female  are  in  a  green  phase,  while  the 
other  female  is  in  a  brown  phase  very  closely  resembling  N.  obscurel- 
lus,  from  which  it  can  be  separated  by  the  narrower  fastigium. 

The  type  locality  and  Tucuman  are  the  only  points  from  which  the 
species  has  been  recorded. 

*  Neooonocephalus  saturatus  (Griffini). 

1891.  Conocephalus  saturatus  Griffini,  Miscell.  Entom.,  VII,  p.  5.  [Based 
on  Conocephalus  infuscatus  Redtenbacher  (not  of  Scudder);  Medellin; 
St.  Vincent,  Lesser  Antilles;  Cuba;  Venezuela;  Surinam;  Cayenne; 
Brazil;    Rio  Grande  and  Theresopolis,  Brazil.] 

Buenos  Aires.     January  14,  1909.     One  male. 

Misiones.     March  16,  1911.     One  male. 

Neoconocephalus  macropterus  (Redtenbacher). 

1891.  Conocephalus  macropterus  Redtenbacher,  Verhandl.  K.  K.  Zool.-bot. 
GeseU.  Wien,  XLI,  p.  402.  [Mexico;  Martinique;  St.  Vincent,  Lesser 
Antilles;   Cuba;   San  Francisco  and  Pernambuco,  Brazil;   Peru;   Buenos 

Aires.] 

Posadas,  Misiones.  Elev.  80  meters.  March  6,  1909.  One 
female. 

This  specimen  has  been  compared  with  individuals  from  Rosario, 
Argentina,  Mexico,  and  the  West  Indies. 

*Agraecia  maculata  Redtenbacher. 

1891.  Agraecia  maculata  Redtenbacher,  ibid.,  XLI,  p.  455,  pi.  IV,  fig.  63. 
[Theresopolis,  Brazil.] 

Misiones.     November  12,  1909.     One  male. 

This  specimen  has  been  compared  with  individuals  from  Sapucay, 

Paraguay. 

Conocephalus  longipes  (Redtenbacher). 

1891.  Xiphidium  longipes  Redtenbacher,  ibid.,  XLI,  p.  505,  pi.  IV,  fig.  81. 
[Buenos  Aires;  Montevideo;  Rio  Grande  do  Sul  and  Santa  Catharina, 
Brazil;  Peru  (?).] 

Misiones.     March  30  and  April  19,  1909.     One  male,  one  female. 

Buenos  Aires.  February  26,  1909;  May  3,  1907.  One  male,  one 
female. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.     Elev.  936  meters.     Janu- 
ary 11,  February  16,  and  April  7,  1907.     Four  males. 
25 


376  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.     Elev,  767  meters.     April  4  and  9, 

1908.  Two  males. 

San  Ignacio,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  1,235  meters.  March 
15  and  22,  April  5,  1908.     Five  males,  six  females. 

These  specimens  have  been  compared  with  material  from  Car- 
carana,  Argentina,  and  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  Brazil,  determined  by 
Bruner  and  Saussiire,  respectively. 

*  Phlugis  Spinipes  (Fabricius). 

1775.     [Locusta]  spinipes  Fabricius,  Syst.  Entom.,  p.  283.     [Brazil.] 
Misiones.     September  1,  1910.     (No.  6.)     One  female. 
We  have  followed  Kirby^  in  using  this  name  for  the  species  in 

place  of  tener  Stal. 

The  only  previous  definite  record  for  the  species  at  all  near  that 

cited  by  us  is  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

Family  GRYLLID^. 
Subfamily  GRYLLOTALPIN.E. 

*  Scapteriscus  borellii  Giglio-Tos. 

1894.  S[capteriscus]  borellii  Giglio-Tos,  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp. 
Torino,  IX,  No.  184,  p.  45,  pi.  figs.  12  and  15.  [Colonia  Risso,  Rio  Apa, 
Paraguay.] 

Misiones.     December,  1910.     One  male. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  m&ters.  Decem- 
ber 9,  1907.     One  male. 

These  specimens  accord  fully  with  the  original  description  and 
figures.     The  species  is  here  first  recorded  from  Argentina. 

Subfamily  GRYLLIN^. 
Nemobius  longipennis  Saussure. 

1874.  Nemobius  longipennis  Saussure,  Miss.  Scient.  Mex.,  Rech.  Zool.,  VI, 
p.  383.     [Buenos  Aires.] 

San  Juan,  Prov.  of  San  Juan.     Elev.  673  meters.     January  20, 

1909.  One  male,  six  females. 

Pedregal,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  696  meters.  December  14, 
1906.     Two  females. 

These  specimens  fully  agree  with  the  original  description  of  the 
species.  Previous  records  are  from  Paraguay  and  Asuncion,  Sapu- 
cay^^  and  Villa  Rica,  Paraguay;  Santa  Rosa,  Salta,  and  San  Pablo, 
Tucuman,  Argentina. 

^Synon.  Catal.  Orth.,  II,  p.  285. 

^  The  material  recorded  by  Caudell  from  Sapucay  as  N.  fasciatus  (Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  243)  belongs  to  this  species,  the  two  males  there  recorded 
having  been  examined  by  us. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  377 

*Nemobius  rufus  Saussure. 

1877.     Nemohius  rufus  Saussure,  Mel.  Orthopt.,  V,  p.  256.     [Brazil.] 

Misiones.     December,  1910.     One  male,  one  female. 

The  present  specimens  answer  the  original  description  very  well, 
except  that  the  last  article  of  the  palpi  bears  no  black  and  the  wings 
are  fully  developed  and  caudate.  The  latter  fact  shows  the  species 
to  be  dimorphic  in  wing  length.  The  general  appearance  of  the 
species  is  very  similar  to  that  of  N.  longipennis,  but  rufus  can  be 
separated  from  the  latter  by  having  the  ovipositor  longer,  the  dorsal 
margin  of  the  apex  of  the  same  serrulate  instead  of  serrate  and  the 
disto-dorsal  spurs  of  the  caudal  tibiae  unequal  in  length  instead  of 
equal. 

The  species  is  only  known  from  the  type  locality  and  the  INIisiones. 

Gryllus  argentinus  Saussure. 

1874.  Gryllus  argentinus  Saussure,  Miss.  Scient.  Mex.,  Rech.  Zool.,  VI, 
p.  399.  [Southern  Brazil;  Argentine  Republic  and  the  north  of  Patagonia; 
Buenos  Aires;   Bahia  Blanca;   Rio  Negro  of  Patagonia.] 

Misiones.     December  30,  1910.     (Nos.  2  and  3.)     Two  females. 

Mendoza,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  767  meters.  December  20, 
1907.     One  male. 

Chacras  de  Coria,  Prov.  of  Mendoza.  Elev.  936  meters.  Janu- 
ary 16,  1908.     Two  females. 

One  Misiones  female  has  the  wings  caudate,  the   others  having 

them  not  exceeding  the  tegmina.     A  typical  female  from  Buenos 

Aires,  received  from  Saussure,  has  the  wings  no  longer  than  the 

tegmina. 

SubfamUy  (ECANTHIX.E. 
(Ecanthus  sp. 

Misiones.  March  29  and  December,  1910.  Two  males,  one 
female. 

These  specimens  are  too  imperfect  to  be  determined  with  certainty. 

Neoxabea  brevipes  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Misiones,  Argentina.  November  6,  1910.  (P.  Jor- 
gensen.)     [Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  type  No.  5,229.] 

Closely  related  to  N.  hipunctata  (De  Geer),  from  which  it  differs  in 
ihe  less  projecting  ventral  margins  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  prono- 
tum,  the  shorter  limbs,  the  shorter  caudal  tarsi  and  more  uniform 
coloration.  One  of  the  more  apparent  differences  is  that  the  inflated 
proximal  portion  of  the  cephalic  tibiae  is  less  than  half  the  entire 
length  of  the  same  in  hipunctata  and  a  full  half  that  length  in  brevipes, 
the  whole  tibiae  also  being  more  robust  in  the  new  form. 

Size  medium ;  form  as  usual  in  the  genus.     Head  with  the  occiput 


378  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

slightly  concave;  eyes  ovoid,  rather  small,  not  at  all  prominent  when 

seen  from  the  dorsum;  antennae  with  the  node  on  the  proximal  joint 

well  developed,  the  tips  of  the  antennae  surpassing  the  tips  of  the 

tegmina.       Pronotum  of  the  general  type  found  in  the 

genus,   narrow   cephalad,   regularly   and   considerably 

expanding  caudad,  the  greatest  width  contained  one 

and   one-quarter   times   in   the   length   of  the   same, 

F'    34  — A^  -      cephalic  margin  of  the  disk  truncate,  caudal  margin 

o  X  ah  e  a     arcuato-sinuate  laterad,  disk  with  a  pronounced  trans- 

hrevipes^n.^     verse  sulcus    near    the    caudal  margin,   immediately 

outline  o  f     cephalad  of  which  is  an  incomplete  circular  sulcus,  the 

pronotum     imperfect  portion  of  which  is  cephalad;  ventral  margins 

(X  4.)  of  the  lateral  lobes  but  little  projecting,  when  seen 

from  the  lateral  aspect  this  margin  is  slightly  emargi- 

nato-sinuate  dorsad  of  the  insertion  of  the  limbs,  slightly  arcuato- 

lobate  immediately  caudad  of  the  same.     Tegmina  slightly  more 

than  twice  the  length  of  the  head  and  pronotum  together,  of  the 

general  character  found  in  females  of  this  genus ;  dorsal  field  with  the 

general  pattern  of  the  venation  regularly  oblique,  the  areas  more 

regular,  more  numerous  and  smaller  than  in  N.  bipunctata;   lateral 

field  broad,  deeper  than  the  breadth  of  the  dorsal  field,  reticulations 

more  numerous  and  smaller  than  in  N.  bipunctata.     Wings  projecting 

caudad  of  the  tegmina  a  distance  equal  to  nearly  two-thirds  the 

tegminal  length.     Ovipositor  shorter  than  the  combined  length  of 


Fig.  35. — Neoxabea  brevipes  n.  sp.   Out-      Fig.  36. — Neoxabea  brevipes  n.  sp.  Cau- 
line  of  cephalic  limb  of  type.    (X  3.)  dal  tarsus  of  type.     (X  6.) 

the  head  and  pronotum.  Cephalic  and  median  limbs  very  short, 
the  cephalic  femora  hardly  as  long  as  the  head;  cephalic  tibiae  very 
slightly  longer  than  the  femora,  the  inflated  area  surrounding  the 
tympanum  slightly  longer  than  the  narrow  subequal  distal  extremity. 
Median  limbs  equally  short  as  the  cephalic  ones.  Caudal  femora 
about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  tegmina,  when  extended  caudad 
reaching  only  to  the  base  of  the  ovipositor,  slender;  caudal  tibiae 
slightly  longer  than  the  femora;  caudal  tarsi  very  short  when  com- 
pared with  those  of  bipunctata,  the  metatarsi  comparatively  shorter, 
no  long  than,  instead  of  distinctly  longer  than,  the  remaining  joints 
of  the  tarsi. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  379 

General  color  of  the  head,  pronotum,  dorsum  of  tegmina,  and 
exposed  portion  of  the  wings  prout's  brown,  lateral  aspect  of  the 
tegmina  and  the  limbs  wood  brown.  Eyes  dull  ferruginous;  antennae 
dull  naples  yellow.  Several  irregular  linear  touches  of  seal  brown 
are  placed  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  humeral  trunk  on  the  distal  half  of 
the  tegmina,  these  markings  being  co-extensive  with  certain  linear 
cell  areas  of  the  same  region.  Ovipositor  obscure  burnt  sienna  with 
the  tips  blackish.  Femora  distinctly  sprinkled  with  points  of  burnt 
umber,  the  tibiae  with  a  few  of  the  same  character;  the  spots  on  the 
femora  disposed  in  linear  and,  as  a  rule,  balanced  series. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body 17.     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum 3.3 

Length  of  tegmen 12 .3 

Length  of  exposed  portion  of  the  wing 7.2     " 

Length  of  caudal  femur 7.3     " 

The  type  of  this  very  interesting  species  is  unique. 

SubfamUy  TRIGONIDIIN.^. 
Thamnoscirtus  amoenus  (Burmeister). 

1880.  PhylloscirUts  amoenus  Burmeister,  Abhandl.  Naturfor.  GeseU.  Halle, 
XV,  p.  18,  pi.  1,  figs.  8-10.  [Mouth  of  the  Riachuelo,  Buenos  Aires, 
Argentina.] 

Buenos  Aires.     February  20,  1909.     Three  males,  one  female. 

This  striking  species  is  a  true  Thamnoscirtus,  and  not  a  Phylloscir- 
tus,  the  head  being  vertical  and  not  at  all  horizontal.  Saussure  has 
described  a  very  closely  related  species  from  Guiana  as  Thamnoscirtus 
viridicatus.^^ 

Giglio-Tos  has  recorded  this  species  from  the  Province  of  San  Pedro, 
Paraguay,  as  ?  Thamnoscirtus  cicindeloides  Gerstaecker,^^  later 
correcting  the  determination  to  Phylloscirtus  amcenus.^^ 

SubfamUy  ENEOPTERIN^. 
Diatrypa  tuberculata  Saussure. 

1874.  Diatrypa  tuberculata  Saussure,  Miss.  Scient.  Me.x.,  Rech.  Zool.,  VI, 
p.  479.     [Buenos  Aires.] 

IMisiones.     April  30,  1910.     (No.  1.)     One  male. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  only  from  Buenos  Aires,  the  Misiones 
and  Sapucay,  Paraguay  (Caudell).  Our  specimen  is  striped  on  the 
pronotum  in  a  similar  fashion  to  the  female  examined  by  Caudell. ^^ 

^Biol.  Cent.-Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  p.  240. 

"  Boll.  Mus.  Zool.  Anat.  Comp.  Torino,  IX,  No.  184,  p.  40. 

^Zool.  Jahrb.,  Abth.  Syst.,  VIII,  p.  816. 

59  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  243. 


380  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 


NOTES  UPON  SOME  LOWEK  CALIFORNIAN  HELICES. 
BY  HENRY  A.  PILSBRY. 

The  receipt  of  some  Helices  collected  on  Cerros  (Cedros)  Island, 
Lower  California,  by  Mr.  H.  N.  Lowe,  has  been  made  the  occasion 
for  giving  plates  illustrating  the  Micrariontas  of  Lower  California 
and  offering  some  notes  upon  the  characters,  variation,  distribution, 
and  type  localities  of  the  several  forms.  Information  upon  the 
habitats  and  stations  of  several  species  may  be  found  in  an  article 
by  Mr.  Lowe  in  the  Nautilus  for  July,  1913. 

The  only  recent  work  of  an  exact  nature  upon  these  snails  is  in. a 
paper  published  by  Doctor  W.  H.  Dall  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  for  1900,  in  which  several  new  forms  are  defined.  The  fauna 
stands  much  in  need  of  investigation  by  some  one  who  can  study  the 
snails  on  the  ground;  who  will  look  into  the  limits  and  characteristics 
of  the  snail  colonies,  locate  them  exactly,  and  keep  the  snails  of 
different  colonies  separate.  At  present  we  have  little  knowledge  of 
the  association  of  forms  or  the  range  of  variation  within  a  colony. 

The  first  Helices  from  the  Lower  Californian  coast  seem  to  have 
been  collected  by  Dr.  Hinds,  who  accompanied  Capt.  Belcher  as 
surgeon  of  H.  M.  S.  Sulphur.  The  Sulphur  was  engaged  in  work 
of  survey  and  exploration  along  the  West  Coast  in  1839,  and  oppor- 
tunity for  land  collecting  was  had  at  San  Diego  and  various  points 
northward,  San  Quintin,  Cerros  Island,  Turtle  (San  Bartolome) 
Bay,  and  Magdalena  Bay.  Two  species  collected  by  Hinds  were 
described  by  Pfeiffer  in  1845,  Helix  levis  and  H.  areolata,  both  re- 
ported, in  the  original  descriptions,  as  from  "California,"  whether 
Lower  or  Upper  not  specified ;  moreover,  at  the  time  of  the  Sulphur 
voyage  the  differentiation  of  the  Californias  seemed  a  small  matter 
to  Europeans,  both  being  equally  savage  and  remote. 

During  1846  the  Herald  and  Pandora  surveyed  parts  of  the  coast — 
Victoria,  Esquimalt  Harbor,  Port  Discovery,  Port  Townsend,  San 
Francisco  Bay,  San  Nicolas,  S.  Clemente,  San  Diego  Bay,  Los 
Coronados,  San  Quintin,  Cerros  Island,  Magdalena  Bay.^    A  number 


^Narrative  of  the  Voyage  of  H.  M.  S.  Herald  during  the  years  1845-51,  by 
Berthold  Seemann,  1853. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  381 

of  West  Coast  shells  were  collected,  but  unfortunatelj^  the  localities 
were  badly  mixed  up,  as  in  the  Sulphur  shells. 

Good  accounts  of  the  explorations  of  Veatch,  Gabb,  Scammon,  and 
others  of  that  period  together  with  much  historical  and  other  infor- 
mation concerning  the  peninsula  may  be  found  in  a  book  issued  by 
the  Lower  California  Company,  entitled,  "Lower  California:  Its 
Geography  and  Characteristics,"  New  York,  1868.  The  most  exten- 
sive recent  reports  by  scientific  observers  are  those  published  by  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences.  These  deal  chiefly  with  the  Cape 
region,  which  differs  widely  from  the  peninsula  further  north  by  reason 
of  its  far  greater  rainfall. 

Helicoid  and  Bulimoid  landsnails  living  in  exposed  places  usually 
become  more  variegated  than  the  related  forms  from  sheltered  or 
shaded  places.  When  exposed  to  the  sun,  the  ground  color  or  the 
whole  shell  becomes  opaque  white,  an  adaptation  to  exclude  light, 
which  would  shine  through  a  brown,  corneous,  or  yellowish  shell, 
probably  to  the  detriment  of  the  snail.  Compare  Cerion,  Hemi- 
trochus,  Bulimulus  schiedeanus,  Leucochroa,  etc.  Among  snails  living 
in  drj^,  sunny  places,  there  is  also  very  often  a  tendency  to  multiply 
color-bands,  in  snails  derived  from  stocks  with  one  or  few  bands, 
as  in  Euparypha,  Hemitrochus,  Plecto stylus,  etc.  This  may  possibly 
be  protective,  as  a  variegated  shell  is  less  conspicuous  on  a  bush  or 
weed  than  a  one-colored  shell. 

The  enhanced  color  development  and  variabilitj^  of  snails  living 
on  trees  or  other  plants  lead  to  the  formation  of  color  varieties  from 
diverse  variations  in  different  colonies.  Where  the  topographic 
and  other  environmental  conditions  favor  isolation  of  colonies, 
permanent  races  or  species  result,  as  among  the  Partulce  and  Achati- 
nellce.  When  the  colonies  occasionally  mingle  by  changing  condi- 
tions of  vegetation,  etc.,  we  have  polymorphic  hybrid  races — 
colonies  where  great  individual  diversity  of  pattern  or  form  are  seen. 

Lower  California,  exclusive  of  the  Cape  region,  is  probably  an  area 
of  increasing  aridity,  like  southern  Arizona  and  Sonora,  so  that  there 
is  now  a  strong  tendency  towards  restriction  and  consequent  isolation 
of  the  snail  colonies.  The  rather  wide  distribution  of  some  of  the 
species  and  the  polymorphic  coloration  of  many  colonies  leads  us  to 
believe  that  conditions  formerly  were  much  more  favorable  to  migra- 
tion and  mingling  of  land  snails.  Subsidence  has  also  played  a  part 
in  isolating  the  snails  of  the  small  islands  along  the  coast.  That  the 
changes  have  often  been  unfavorable  is  shown  by  the  dwarfed  size  of 
many  races,  as  on  San  Geronimo,  Natividad,  and  Asuncion  Islands. 


382  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

The  irregular  apertural  thickening,  lumps,  and  uneven  "teeth"  of 
some  forms  of  M.  levis  and  others  show  the  unfavorable  action  of 
extreme  aridity.^ 

The  apparent  absence  of  Helicidse  on  the  comparatively  well- 
watered  southern  end  of  the  peninsula  is  an  anomaly.  I  cannot 
help  thinking  that  further  search  will  bring  some  Helices  to  light. 
It  is  a  region  of  fine  Bulimuli. 

In  the  northeastern  part  of  the  peninsula  and  on  the  Coronado 
Islands,  Micrarionta  stearnsiana  Gabb  is  found.^  Farther  down  and 
inland  the  closely  related  M.  orcutti  Dall  occurs.  This  seems  to  be 
constant  in  its  divergence  from  stearnsiana  in  the  large  lot  I  have 
seen.  Far  off  shore  on  Guadalupe  Island  is  the  small  M.  guadalu- 
piana  Dall,  a  perfectly  distinct  species  of  the  typical  group  of  Micra- 
rionta. 

On  the  sierra  running  down  the  peninsula  near  the  eastern  border 
there  are  several  Sonorella-Wke  species,  such  as  Helix  lohrii  Gabb, 
unknown  anatomically,  but  probably  belonging  to  the  desert  group 
of  Micrarionta  characteristic  of  southwestern  Arizona  and  south- 
eastern California. 

Micrarionta  consists  of  three  rather  sharply  differentiated  groups 
or  sections:  (1)  Micrarionta  typical,  small,  compact  shells  with  the 
lip  strongly  reflexed,  insular  in  distribution,  M.  rujicincta,  gabhi, 
facta,  guadalupiana.  (2)  Section  Eremarionta  for  M.  desertorum 
P.  &  F.,  includes  also  M.  hutsoni  Clapp  and  probably  all  the  Cali- 
fornian  and  Lower  Californian  species  which  have  been  referred  to 
Sonorella.  The  lip  is  expanded,  shell  smooth.  (3)  Section  Xerarionta 
for  the  capacious  forms  with  the  lip  not  expanded  or  but  slightly  so, 
the  axis  perforate  or  closed,  the  shell  generally  variegated,  many- 
banded.  M.  veatchii  may  be  taken  as  the  type  of  this  group,  which 
extends  from  the  Channel  Islands  of  California  to  Magdalena  Bay, 
on  the  islands  and  adjacent  shore. 

Micrarionta  pandoras  (Forbes).    PI.  XV,  figs.  17  to  23. 

Helix  pandorce  Forbes,  P.  Z.  S.,  1850,  p.  55,  pi.  9,  f.  3  a,  b.     Binney,  Land 

and  Fresh-water  Shells  of  N.  A.     I,  p.  179. 
Epiphragmophora  pandorce  (Forbes),  Dall,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1900,  p.  101. 
Helix  damascenus  Gould,  Proc.  Boston  Soc.  N.  H.,  VI,  p.  11,  1856;  Otia 

Conch,  p.  219. 
Epiphragmophora  pandorce  bonitosensis  Pils.,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1898,  p.  70, 

pi.  1.  figs.  4,  5  (genitalia). 

This  species  was  collected  by  H.  M.  S.  Herald  or  Pandora,  the 

2  Cf.  DaU,  "On  Insular  Land  Snail  Faunas. " 

3  This  has  been  shown  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Clapp  to  differ  specifically  from  M.  kelletti 
of  the  Channel  Islands. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  383^ 

locality  uncertain.  On  p.  53  of  Forbes'  article,  he  states  that  "Helix 
kellettii  and  pandorce,  both  new,  are  probably  from  the  same  country 
[i.e.,  neighborhood  of  the  Columbia  River],  though  the  box  in  which 
they  were  contained  was  marked  Santa  Barbara. "  On  p.  55  he  saj'^s, 
"collected  near  the  Straits  of  Juan  del  Fuaco  [Fuca]."'^ 

The  Santa  Barbara  Island  Helix  of  this  type  is  tnjoni  Newc.  H. 
pandorce  must  have  come  from  some  southern  locality.  Since  speci- 
mens exactly  resembling  Forbes'  figure  were  taken  by  Anthony  and 
others  on  San  Benito  Island,  off  the  north  end  of  Cerros  Island,  that 
place  may  for  the  present  be  taken  as  the  type  locality,  as  no  other 
place  has  yet  afforded  shells  agreeing  so  well  with  Forbes'  figures. 

San  Benito,  or  "Los  Benitos,"  is  west  of  the  north  end  of  Cerros 
Island  and  consists  of  two  or  three  small  and  very  barren  islets. 
The  name  has  also  been  spelled  "San  Bonito"  (Captain  C.  M. 
Scammon) . 

Though  we  are  considering  Los  Benitos  the  type  locality  of  H. 
pandorce,  it  must  be  said  that  we  have  no  definite  information  of 
where  the  original  lot  was  taken.  The  Herald  touched  Cerros  Island, 
and  left  the  Pandora  behind  to  complete  the  survey.  No  further 
report  of  the  movements  of  the  Pandora  is  given  in  the  narrative, 
but  it  is  not  unlikely  that  S.  Benito  was  visited  in  the  course  of  the 
survey.  The  fact  that  Forbes  named  the  species  for  the  Pandora 
may  be  taken,  in  the  absence  of  any  information  to  the  contrary,  as 
some  indication  that  it  was  obtained  by  members  of  the  Pandora's 
surveying  party. 

The  locality  "Santa  Barbara,  on  Margarita  Bay,  Lower  California, 
Forbes,"  quoted  by  Dall,  I  am  unable  to  confirm,  as  I  can  find  no 
place  or  bay  so  named  on  the  coast  of  Lower  California,  on  maps 
acces.sible  to  me. 

Dall  has  noted  that  this  small  species  "varies  from  white  to  dark 
gray  above,  and  below  may  be  white  or  banded  with  ashy-gray. 
The  nucleus  is,  however,  invariably  of  a  livid  purplish  color,  and  the 
surface  is  dull  and  conspicuously  striate."  It  is  sometimes  pure 
white  (pi.  XV,  fig.  23),  or  has  a  few  diffuse  reddish-purple  bands 
on  the  last  whorl  (pi.  XV,  figs.  21,  22),  the  apex  whitish  or  dark 
(fig.  22  photographed  abnormally  dark). 

The  typical  form  (pi.  XV,  figs.  17,  18,  19,  20)  is  dull  purplish  above 
and  banded  below  the  periphery  on  a  creamy  ground,  the  apex  purple 


*  The  Spanish  Captain  de  Fuca  has  recently  been  canonized  by  a  Cahforniaa 
conchologist,  Bull.  S.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  X,  p.  54,  1911. 


384  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

or  reddish.  The  lip  is  very  slightly  expanded,  narrowly  white- 
bordered  within,  and  the  columellar  margin  concave  with  no  trace  of 
a  tooth.  The  embryonic  whorl,  when  unworn,  has  radial  wrinkles 
as  in  veatchii;  the  spire  is  not  granular,  and  the  last  whorl  shows 
spiral  incised  lines.  Alt.  15,  diam.  18  mm.,  4f  whorls.  It  was  this 
form  which  I  dissected,  under  the  name  of  "E.  p.  honitosensis." 

M.  pandorw  is  anatomically  similar  to  veatchii  on  a  smaller  scale. 
It  belongs,  I  think,  nearer  veatchii  than  to  any  other  species.  As  in 
other  races  of  these  small  arid  islands,  pandorce  is  conspicuously 
reduced  in  size,  probably  through  the  continuous  influence  of  short 
active  and  long  dormant  periods. 

The  specimens  figured  are  from  S.  Benito  Island,  collected  by 
Anthony  and  Hemphill. 

Micrarionta  veatchii  ('Newc'  Tryon).     Plate  XV,  figs.  1  to  7  (varieties  figs.  8  to  16). 

Arionta  veitcMi  [error  for  veatchii]  Newcomb,  Tryon,  American  Journal  of 
Conchology,  II,  p.  316,  pi.  22  (5),  fig.  19,  1866.     Ill,  p.  162,  1867. 

Helix  veatchii  Stearns,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ill,  p.  328,  1867. 

Helix  areolata  W.  G.  Binney,  Land  and  Fresh-water  Shells  of  N.  A.,  I,  p.  177, 
fig.  311,  two  figures  in  the  middle. 

A  fine  species,  known  by  its  large  size,  turbinate,  elevated  shape 
(which,  however,  is  variable),  and  the  coloration,  somewhat  like 
Helix  aspersa,  but  also  very  variable;  the  embryonic  shell  when 
unworn  is  finely  irregularly  wrinkled  radially.  There  is  never  any 
trace  of  a  columellar  tooth.  It  was  described  from  Cerros  Island, 
where  Veatch  collected  it  in  1859,  and  the  typical  form  at  least  is 
confined  to  that  place. 

In  specimens  collected  at  the  north  end  of  Cerros  Island  by  Mr. 
H.  N.  Lowe  in  1912  (pi.  XV,  figs.  2,  3),  the  foot  and  sole  are  pale 
gray,  back  brownish-gray,  paler  towards  the  shell,  near  the  edge 
yellowish -gray,  under  a  lens  seen  to  be  closely  peppered  with  yellow 
dots  on  a  dark  gray  ground.  A  specimen  of  the  same  lot  having  the 
shell  light  colored  (pi.  XV,  fig.  1)  has  the  animal  gray-brown  through- 
out, a  little  darker  on  the  back.  The  tail  is  depressed,  back  with 
the  usual  pair  of  grooves.  In  walking,  the  muscular  waves  extend 
entirely  across  the  sole,  and  are  about  5  mm.  apart,  more  separated 
towards  the  tail.  Foot  about  60  mm.  long.  The  shell  in  this  lot 
(pi.  XV,  figs.  1,  2,  3)  varies  notably  in  degree  of  elevation  and  in 
color.  The  ground  is  pink-white;  some  shells  are  boldly  marked 
with  blackish-chocolate  bands,  as  many  as  eleven  in  fig.  3.  Others 
have  the  shoulder  band  well  developed,  several  others  weakly  traced, 
fig.  2.  In  others,  all  the  bands  present  are  very  weak,  fig.  1 ;  or  again, 
the  shoulder  band  alone  is  indicated  by  an  interrupted  dark  fillet. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  385 

•Granulation  is  weakly  developed  on  the  second  and  third  whorls, 
and  incised  spiral  lines  are  well  developed  on  the  last  whorl. 

The  type  lot  of  veatchii  consists  of  smaller  shells,  pi.  XV,  figs.  6,  7, 
in  which  the  bands  number  9  or  10,  are  brown  or  blackish  and  more 
or  less  speckled.  Fine,  distinct  granulation  (as  in  levis)  may  be  seen 
•on  the  second  and  third  whorls.  The  incised  spirals  of  the  last  whorl 
are  weak  and  much  interrupted.  The  lip  is  slightly  expanded,  the 
•callus  within  making  it  appear  more  expanded  than  it  really  is. 
This  feature  is  rather  poorly  shown  in  the  figures  because  of  the 
•darkness  of  the  interiors  in  the  photographs.  In  M.  levis  there  is 
little  or  no  expansion  of  the  lip. 

The  largest  individual  seen  measures,  alt.  26|,  diam.  28|  mm. 
It  was  collected  by  Hemphill  (pi.  XV,  fig.  5).  The  highest  in  a 
series  sent  by  Mr.  H.  N.  Lowe  measures,  alt.  2Q^,  diam.  25|  mm.j 
with  6^  whorls  (fig.  2) ;  and  the  lowest,  in  the  same  lot,  is,  alt.  24^, 
diam.  28  mm.,  5f  whorls  (fig.  1).  The  types  were  smaller,  about 
23  X  23  mm.  Two  of  the  type  lot  are  figured,  pi.  XV,  figs.  6,  7.  In 
these  the  spiral  incised  lines  are  less  developed  than  in  the  larger 
forms.  The  lip  is  less  broadly  expanded  in  many  specimens,  as  in 
fig.  4,  collected  by  Gabb. 

Besides  the  typical  elevated  form  already  noticed,  there  are  several 
more  or  less  divergent  forms  found  on  Cerros  Island.  I  have  referred 
to  these  by  number,  as  their  status  cannot  be  discussed  intelligently 
until  careful  field  work  locates  the  colonies  and  gives  material  for  a 
study  of  the  variations  in  each. 

(1)  M.  veatchii  leucanthea  Dall,  from  the  eastern  side  of  Cerros 
Island  (pi.  XV,  fig.  10,  a  cotype,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  No.  107,627)  is 
exactly  like  the  lower  forms  of  veatchii  in  shape  of  the  shell  and  the 
rather  broadly  expanded  lip.  It  differs  by  the  absence  of  distinct 
bands  on  the  pink-white  surface  and  the  more  distinct  granulation 
of  the  entire  upper  surface.  The  shell  figured  measures,  alt.  23, 
diam.  26  mm.,  with  5|  whorls. 

(2)  Shells  collected  on  Cerros  Island  by  Hemphill,  what  part  of 
the  island  not  stated,  resemble  leucanthea  in  shape  and  sculpture,  but 
differ  in  having  the  lip  expansion  very  narrow.  In  one  lot  (pi.  XV, 
figs.  15,  16)  the  fleshy-brown  bands  vary  from  weak  and  "curdled" 
(like  the  traces  of  a  band  in  leucanthea)  to  moderately  strong. 

(3)  In  another  lot  (pi.  XV,  figs.  13,  14)  the  last  whorl  has  a  pale 
brown  tint;  there  are  no  bands  whatever,  but  the  surface  is  strewn 
with  purplish-gray  dots,  translucent  by  transmitted  light.  The 
lip  expands  very  narrowly. 


386  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  'May, 

(4)  Natividad  Island,  off  the  south  end  of  Cerros.  A  shell  col- 
lected by  Anthony  and  sent  me  alive  by  Dr.  Dall  (pi.  XV,  fig.  12)  is 
banded  and  streaked  profusely  with  purplish-brown.  The  embryo 
is  distinctly  wrinkled  and  the  inner  whorls  following  are  somewhat 
granulated;  lip  narrow.  Alt.  21,  diam.  23.8  mm.,  with  5|  whorls. 
The  genitalia  of  this  individual  were  figured  by  me  as  "areolata"  in 
Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1898,  pi.  1,  figs.  6,  7.  It  certainly  has  nothing 
to  do  with  the  real  areolata,  but  belongs  to  the  veatchii  group  of  forms. 

(5)  Turtle  Bay,  collected  by  Hemphill  (pi.  XV,  fig.  9),  white  or 
pink-white,  immaculate  or  with  a  few  fleshy  dots.  Embryonic 
whorl  wrinkled,  the  rest  of  the  upper  surface  granulated  more  or 
less,  lip  very  narrow.  Resembles  varieties  (2)  and  (3),  except  in 
color. 

(6)  Turtle  Bay,  Hemphill  (pi.  XV,  fig.  8).  The  white  or  pale 
embryonic  whorl  is  nearly  smooth  (in  8  adult  shells  examined,  no 
young  ones  seen);  granulation  appears  weakly  on  the  inner  whorls, 
not  on  the  last  one  or  two.  Lip  expansion  is  narrow.  The  shell  is 
compactly  coiled.  Bands  speckled  with  white,  either  numerous,  as 
in  fig.  8,  or  reduced  in  number  and  intensity  (as  in  fig.  15).  Alt.  20, 
diam.  23  mm.,  with  5|  whorls.  This  lot  was  sent  out  by  Hemphill 
as  "H.  areolata  var." 

(7)  Turtle  Bay  (pi.  XV,  fig.  11).  Same  as  No.  6,  but  white  with 
the  coloring  of  leucanthea,  plus  some  scattered  fleshy  dots. 

Whether  all  of  the  Turtle  Bay  lots  were  from  one  colony  or  from 
several  is  not  known.  Mr.  Hemphill  sorted  out  his  Helices  into 
color  forms,  thereby  destroying  all  evidence  as  to  the  composition  of 
the  colonies. 

M.  veatchii  was  named  in  honor  of  John  A.  Veatch,  who  surveyed 
Cerros  Island  in  search  of  copper  and  other  minerals  in  June,  July, 
and  August,  1859.  By  an  error  or  oversight  the  name  was  spelled 
"veitchii"  in  the  original  account. 

Micrarionta  veatchii  canescens  (Adams  and  Reeve).     Text  fig.  1. 

A  series  collected  by  Mr.  H.  N.  Lowe  at  South  Bay,  Cerros  Island, 
agrees  well  with  the  figures  and  description  of  Helix  canescens,^ 

5  The  original  description  follows: 

"Helix  canescens.  Shell  globose,  nearly  covered  perforate,  opaque  white, 
ornamented  with  oblique  streaks  and  several  interrupted  blackish  concentric 
lines  and  a  conspicuous  central  band,  whorls  5,  the  last  rotund-inflated.  Aperture 
lunate-rotund,  peristome  thickened  within,  callous  in  the  columellar  margin. 
Hab.  Africa.  A  white  globose  shell  with  simple  lip  banded  and  minutely  sprinkled 
with  black. "  (Adams  and  Reeve,  in  Zoology  of  the  Voyaqe  of  H.  M.  S.  Samarana, 
p.  62,  pi.  16,  fig.  10,  1848.) 


1913.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  387 

which  was  described  with  the  indefinite  locality  '' Africa"  and  has 
not  been  recognized  by  subsequent  authors,  although  Tryon  has 
called  attention  to  its  resemblance  to  veatchii,  etc.  Part  of  the 
specimens  (fig.  1,  a,  h,  c)  have  a  columellar  tooth;  some,  as  fig.  1,6, 
have  the  coloration  of  Adams  and  Reeve's  type  figure  in  the  Zoology 
of  the  Samarang,  pi.  XVI,  fig.  10.  Others,  fig.  1,  a,  have  the  pattern 
shown  by  Reeve  in  the  Conchologia  Iconica.  Still  other  examples 
«how  but  faint  traces  of  dark  markings,  fig.  1,  c.  With  these  there 
were  a  few  shells  generally  similai',  but  without  the  columellar  tooth, 
fig.  1,  d,  which  by  themselves  would  be  referred  to  M.  veatchii  var. 
No.  7,  or  with  the  tooth  very  weak,  intergrading  with  the  distinctly 
dentate  form. 


Fig.  1. — Micrarionta  v.  canescens  (A.  &  R.),  South  Bay,  Cerros  Island. 

The  Samarang  surveyed  from  Japan  to  Borneo,  going  and  return- 
ing by  the  Cape  route.  They  did  not  reach  American  shores,  and 
touched  Africa  only  at  the  Cape,  where  no  such  species  as  H. 
canescens  is  found.  It  seems  to  be  one  of  several  species  without 
definite  locality  which  Reeve  inserted.  Captain  Belcher  who  com- 
manded the  Samarang  had  previously  explored  Cerros  Island  in  the 
■Sulphur,  and  probably  he  added  H.  canescens  to  the  Samarang  shells 
from  his  former  collection. 

By  its  columellar  tooth  M.  canescens  has  affinity  to  M.  levis. 
Whether  it  will  eventually  be  united  to  veatchii  or  to  levis  remains 
to  be  decided,  but  it  seems  deserving  of  at  least  subspecific  rank. 

Micrarionta  levis  (Pfeiffer).    PI.  XVI,  figs.  48  to  52,  42  to  45. 

Helix  levis  Pfr.,  Zeitschrift  fur  Malakozoologie,  II,  1845,  p.  152;  Syst.  Conchyl. 
Cabinet,  p.  249,  pi.  36,  fig.  17,  type,  fig.  16,  var. 

Original  description. — "Shell  perforate,  globose,  thin,  smooth, 
obliquely  striate,  obsoletely  granulate,  whitish,  variously  ornamented 
with  series  of  dots  or  pellucid  corneous  bands.  Spire  short,  rather 
acute.  Whorls  5,  but  slightly  convex,  the  last  inflated.  Aperture 
rotund-lunar,  colored  like  the  outside  or  fulvous  within;  peristome 


388  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May^ 

acute,  somewhat  labiate  within,  the  columellar  margin  dilated  above^ 
vaultingly  reflexed,  nearly  covering  the  perforation.  Alt.  13,  diam. 
46  [typographical  error  for  16]  mm.  Variety:  with  a  sharplj^  defined, 
lengthened,  tooth-like  tubercle  on  the  lower  margin  near  the  colu- 
mella (fig.  16)." 

Pfeiffer's  figure  of  the  type,  pi.  XVI,  fig.  51,  and  of  the  variety 
pi.  XVI,  fig.  52,  are  copied  photographically. 

This  is  a  rather  small  species  (diam.  17  to  20  mm.),  compactly 
coiled,  rather  solid  though  generally  somewhat  thin,  opaque  white 
or  very  light  brown,  encircled  with  many  blackish  lines  and  narrow 
bands,  which  are  more  or  less  interrupted  or  speckled  with  white. 
The  embryonic  whorl  is  usually  brown,  rarely  whitish.  The  surface 
of  several  post-embryonic  whorls  is  minutely  granulated.  The  last 
whorl  is  not  distinctly  striated  spirally.  Lip  hardly  expanded,, 
narrowly  thickened  within,  at  the  columella  it  is  dilated,  and  white- 
calloused  within,  the  callus  often  ending  abruptly  below,  or  in  form 
of  a  small  tooth.     Whorls  5  in  small,  up  to  5|  in  large  individuals. 

Specimens  in  the  Academy  are  from  San  Rosario  (Orcutt!);  San 
Geronimo  Island,  fossil  only  (H.  N.  Lowe!);  Lagoon  Heads,  Cerros 
Island,  and  Turtle  Bay  (H.  Hemphill!);  Asuncion  Island,  fossil  only 
(Stearns).  Also  reported  by  Dall  from  Rosalia  Bay,  between  the 
second  and  third  localities  above. 

Pfeiffer  records  that  this  species  was  taken  by  Hinds  in  "Cali- 
fornia." Hinds,  on  H.  M.  S.  Sulphur,  Capt.  Belcher,  visited  Cali- 
fornia and  Lower  California,  stopping  October  28,  1839,  at  Turtle 
Bay,  which  is  another  name  for  S.  Bartolome  Bay,  or  Port,  a  good 
harbor  a  short  distance  below  the  projection  of  the  peninsula  below 
Cerros  Island.  As  Hemphill  found  the  species  here  in  some  abun- 
dance, I  propose  to  select  Port  San  Bartolome  as  the  t3^pe  locality. 
The  Sulphur  landed  a  party  at  this  place  to  make  observations  for 
position.  The  geological  features  and  marine  shells  are  mentioned 
in  Captain  Beechey's  narrative  (Vol.  I,  p.  330),  and  I  think  it  almost 
certain  that  Hinds,  who  was  a  good  collector  and  conchologist^ 
picked  up  the  Helix  levis  here. 

Small  specimens,  such  as  pi.  XVI,  fig.  45,  and  others  of  the  same 
lot  agree  perfectly  with  Pfeiffer's  description  and  his  type  figure. 
Others  from  Turtle  Bay,  such  as  figs.  42,  43,  are  larger,  more  elabo- 
rately decorated,  and  show  more  of  a  columellar  tooth. 

Shells  from  San  Rosario,  Cerros  Island  (fig.  44),  and  Lagoon  Heads, 
are  practically  identical  with  those  from  Turtle  Bay.  All  of  these 
places  except  Cerros  Island  are  on  the  mainland.     Other  localities. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  389 

have  varying  forms,  which  for  the  present  I  have  designated  by 
numbers,  as  follows: 

(1)  Asuncion  Island,  not  far  below  Turtle  Bay,  has  a  somewhat 
differing  race  (pi.  XVI,  fig.  48).  The  bands,  translucent  instead  of 
brown,  are  usually  fewer  and  broader — five  or  six,  or  sometimes  as 
many  as  ten.  Granulation  indistinct  or  obsolete.  Diam.  16  to 
19  mm.  All  the  specimens  seen  from  this  tiny,  barren  islet  were 
dug  out  of  fine  sand.  It  probably  occurs  only  fossil.  It  is  much 
like  Pfeiffer's  figures  of  levis,  but  the  granulation  is  scarcely  visible^ 

(2)  Var.  crassula  Dall  (pi.  XV,  fig.  24)  from  Natividad  Island 
(south  of  Cerros)  is  like  the  preceding  in  having  few  translucent 
bands,  about  6  in  the  cotype  figured.  It  is  somewhat  heavier  than 
levis  of  equal  size,  and  is  a  little  more  elevated.  No  granulation  is 
now  visible  on  the  corroded  surface.  The  columellar  callus  is  heavy 
and  prominent.  Alt.  15,  diam.  17  mm.,  with  nearly  oh  whorls 
{levis  of  the  same  diameter  has  f  of  a  whorl  less).     Fossil. 

(3)  The  variety  from  San  Geronimo  Island  (pi.  XVI,  figs.  49,  50,. 
coll.  by  H.  N.  Lowe)  resembles  crassula  in  contour  and  banding. 
It  is  not  quite  so  heavy,  has  a  half  whorl  less,  and  is  well  enough 
preserved  to  show  traces  of  granulation  on  the  spire  in  some  examples. 
It  was  found  fossil.     Specimens  measure: 

Alt. 


141,     di 

am.  16^  mm.; 

5  whorls. 

14  , 

'       151    " 

5        " 

14  ,        ' 

"       14.8  " 

5        " 

'        18     " 

(broken) 

It  appears  that  on  these  small,  barren  islets  the  levis  stock  has 
deteriorated  in  size,  often  becoming  more  globose,  and  finally  has  died 
out.  The  weak  sculpture  and  usually  small  number  of  bands  (in 
comparison  with  Turtle  Bay  levis)  are  probably  ancestral  characters^ 
preserved  in  these  isolated  colonies.  So  far  as  I  know,  these  dimin- 
ished races  are  extinct.  The  bands  of  these  helices,  brown  or  blackisk 
in  life,  become  translucent  gray  in  long  dead  or  fossil  specimens. 

(4)  M.  levis  globosa  n.  subsp.  PL  XVI,  figs.  46,  47.  The  shell 
is  glohose-conic,  higher  than  levis,  with  very  little  of  the  granulation 
of  that  species,  solid,  glossy,  multilineate  with  brown  on  a  white 
ground,  or  sometimes  bluish-white  without  bands.  Columella  strongly- 
toothed.  Alt.  20.3,  diam.  22.3  mm.,  5^  whorls;  or  higher,  alt.  and 
diam.  22  mm.  Cerros  Island,  living.  Probably  Binney's  two  out- 
side figures  311,  in  Land  and  Fresh-water  Shells,  I,  p.  177,  represent 
this  race. 


•390 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[May, 


Micrarionta  areolata  ('Sowb.'  Pfr.).    PI.  XVI,  figs.  25  to  33. 

Helix  areolata  Sowb.  ms.,  Pfr.  Zeitschr.  f.  Malak.,  II,  p.  154,  184.5;  in  Philippi, 
Abbildungen,  etc.,  II,  p.  184,  pi.  9,  f.  4;  Conchylien  Cabinet,  p.  248,  pi.  36, 
f.  10-13.     Crosse  and  Fischer,  Miss.  Sci.  Mex.,  Moll.,  p.  262,  pi.  11,  f.  4. 

Epiphragmophora  areolata  (Sowerby)  Dall,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1900,  p.  100. 

Helix  areolata  was  described  by  Pfeiffer  from  specimens  brought 
liome  by  Hinds,  with  no  more  informing  locaUty  than  ''California." 
In  a  later  publication  he  adds  "  on  the  Columbia  River  in  California. " 
Several  places  visited  by  Hinds  on  the  Sulphur  along  the  coast  allow 
a  wide  range  of  choice  for  the  type  locality:  San  Quintin  Bay, 
Cerros  Island  (where  no  shells  seem  to  have  been  collected  by  Hinds) , 
Turtle  (Bartolome)  Bay,  and  Magdalena  Bay,  where  several  days 
were  spent. 


Fig.  2. — a,  b,  c,  type  of  Helix  areolata;   d,  H.  areolata,  variety, 
graphically  from  the  Conchylien  Cabinet. 


Copied  photo- 


Pfeiffer  described  it  as  having  the  columella  unidentate,"  diam.  maj. 
^6,  min.  23,  alt.  18  mm.^ 

The  specimen  measured,  presumably  considered  the  type,  was 
figured  by  Philippi  (Abbildungen,  etc.)  and  again  in  the  Conchylien 
Cabinet,  pi.  XXXVl,  figs.  10-12.  These  figures  are  copied  photo- 
graphically in  text-figure  2  a,  b,  c. 

Reeve  and  Crosse  have  figured  specimens  of  the  tessellated  Magda- 
tena  Bay  form,  and  some  in  the  Academy  Museum,  received  from 
Sowerby  many  years  ago  (pi.  XVI,  fig.  4)  are  of  the  same  rather 
•depressed  race,  and  agree  well  with  Pfeiffer's  figures,  though  neither 


6  Pfeiffer  later  qualified  this  by  the  expression  "pkrumque  unidentato,"  and 
in  the  Conchylien  Cabinet  he  says  the  columella  of  the  type  is  "iindeutlich  ein- 
zdhnig,"  and  recognizes  two  varieties:  "Variety  1.  Smaller,  more  globose; 
umbilical  perforation  almost  closed;  columellar  tooth  distinct  and  strong,  fig.  13. 
Variety  2.  With  the  columellar  tooth  entirely  wanting." 

'  Pfeiffer  measured  the  altitude  of  HeHces  along  a  line  parallel  to  the  axis  of 
the  shell,  and  not  to  the  base  of  the  lip,  as  is  now  done.  By  the  modern  system 
it  would  be  22  mm.  high. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  391 

of  them  is  fully  mature.  I  think,  therefore,  that  "Magdalena  Bay" 
should  undoubtedly  be  taken  as  the  type  locahty  of  H.  areolata. 
Further  information  is  needed  to  determine  the  exact  place  in  that 
neighborhood  where  shells  agreeing  with  Pfeiffer's  figures  10-12 
(my  text-fig.  2)  are  found,  whether  on  the  mainland  or  on  Margarita 
Island.  None  of  the  shells  before  me  are  exactly  localized.  They 
bear  the  general  locality  "Magdalena  Bay."  It  is  evident  from  the 
five  lots  seen  that  different  colonies  vary  in  size,  elevation,  and  degree 
of  maculation.*  Pfeiffer's  type  and  the  specimens  received  from 
Sowerby  are  more  depressed  than  most  other  lots. 

The  more  northern  localities  cited  for  areolata  by  Dr.  Cooper  and 
others  pertain,  I  believe,  to  forms  of  the  levis  group,  which  is  known 
to  occur  from  Asuncion  Island  northward,  a  region  where  areolata 
does  not  occur.  The  known  areas  of  levis  and  areolata  are  separated 
by  a  long  reach  of  coast  whence  no  land  snails  are  known.  The 
Natividad  Island  specimen  I  dissected  as  areolata  (1898)  is  a  form  of 
veatchii.  With  the  exception  of  var.  exanimata  Cooper,  areolata  is 
not  known  to  occur  elsewhere  than  about  Magdalena  Bay,  where  it 
inhabits  one  of  the  dryest  regions  in  the  world. 

The  shell  is  opaque  white,  with  ochre-lirown  bands  broken  into 
square  spots,  very  variable  in  number  and  arrangement,  as  shown 
in  the  figures.  In  one  lot,  markings  are  absent,  or  indistinct  and 
corneous.  The  embryonic  whorl  is  grayish  corneous  or  yellowish 
corneous.  The  columella  varies  from  simple  to  distinctly  toothed. 
The  size  varies. 

Alt. 


21    , 

diam.  25     mm.; 

b\  whorls. 

18    , 

"      23.3    " 

16.3, 

U            ^Q            u 

4!         '' 

(1)  Var.  arida  (pi.  XVI,  figs.  39,  40,  41).  Small,  thin,  white,  or 
having  sparse  markings  of  typical  form  and  color;  lip  hardly  or  not 
thickened,  columella  concave,  not  toothed.  Descent  of  the  last  whorl 
to  the  aperture  deeper  and  longer  than  in  any  other  form  of  areolata. 

Alt.  14,      diam.   18    mm.;    4|  whorls. 
"     15,        ''         181     ''        4f       '' 

Magdalena  Bay  (R.  C.  Macgregor). 

*The  locality  "Margarita  Bay,  Newcomb,"  quoted  by  Dall,  must  have  been 
an  error  or  slip  of  Newcomb's  for  Magdalena  Bay,  or  more  likely  Margarita 
Island,  which  guards  the  bay,  since,  so  far  as  I  can  learn,  there  is  no  Margarita 
Bay  on  that  coast. 
26 


392  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

(2)  Var.  scammoni  (pi.  XVI,  figs.  34,  35,  36).  Small,  with  many 
or  few  narrow  brown  bands  (translucent  gray  in  fossil  or  dead  shells), 
continuous  or  nearly  so,  sometimes  wanting.  Columellar  tooth 
usually  developed,  often  weak,  sometimes  wanting. 

Alt. 


15,     diam. 

20.3  mm.; 

whorls   4f. 

17.8,     " 

22       " 

''       4f. 

17,       '' 

20.5    '' 

''      5|. 

Magdalena  Bay  (W.  M.  Gabb),  14  specimens. 

Pfeiffer's  fig.  13  (copied  in  my  text-fig.  2,  d)  was  probably  this 
variety,  which  I  name  for  Capt.  Scammon,  who  has  given  a  good 
account  of  this  coast. 

(3)  Var.  aspersa  (pi.  XVI,  figs.  37,  38).  Small,  last  whorl  ^Zo6ose, 
spire  short.  With  wide  marbled  brown  bands  resembling  those  of 
M.  veatchii  or  Helix  aspersa  in  pattern.  Columellar  tooth  distinct  or 
indicated. 

Alt.  17.3,    diam.  20  mm.;    4f  whorls. 
"     14.8,      "        17     " 

Magdalena  Bay  (W.  M.  Gabb). 

(4)  Var.  exanimata  Cooper,  Proc.  Col.  Acad.  Sci.  (2)  III,  p.  216, 
pi.  XIV,  fig.  7,  from  Espirito  Santo  Island,  in  the  Gulf  of  California, 
is  known  "to  me  only  by  the  original  account.  I  would  expect  it  to 
be  specifically  different.  It  is  the  only  form  of  this  group  yet  found 
on  the  gulf  side  of  the  peninsula. 

Helix  decorata  Pfr.  (Conchyl.  Cab.,  p.  249,  pi.  XXXVI,  figs.  14,  15), 
the  locality  of  which  is  unknown,  may  be  a  fully  colored,  thin,  de- 
pressed form  of  areolata.  It  has  been  referred  to  H.  pisana  with 
doubt,  and  seems  to-be  a  ''lost  species. "  It  is  not  Helix  decorata  Fer. 
I  have  copied  the  figures  of  decorata  in  text-fig.  3. 

^ «x«^  ^ 


Fig.  Z.-^Helix  decorata  Pfr.,  copied  from  the  Conchijlien  Cabinet. 

Explanation  of  Plates  XV,  XVI. 

Plate  XV. — Figs.  1,  2,  3. — Micrarionta  veatchii  'Nc'  Tryon.     North   end   of 
Cerros  Island.     H.  N.  Lowe.     A.  N.  S.  P.  No.  106,016. 
Fig.  4.—M.  veatchii.     Cerros  I.     Gabb.     No.  10,261. 
Fig.  5.—M.  veatchii.     Cerros  I.     Hemphill.     No.  60,034. 


1913.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  393 

Figs.  6,  7. — M.  veatchii.     Cerros  I.     Newcomb.     Two  of  the  cotypes.     No, 

10,263. 
Fig.  8.—M.  veatchii,  var.  6.     Turtle  Bay.     Hemphill.     No.  60,038. 
Fig.  9. — Micrarionta  veatchii,  var.  5.     Turtle  Bay.     Hemphill.     No.  60,046. 
Fig.  10. — Micrarionta  veatchii,  var.  leucanthea  Dall.     Cotype,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 

No.  107,627. 
Fig.  11. — Micrarionta  veatchii,  vax.  5.    Turtle  Bay.    Hemphill.     No.  60,041. 
Fig.     12. — Micrarionta    veatchii,    var.    4.     Natividad    Island.     Anthony. 

No.  69,646. 
Figs.    13,    14:.— Micrarionta    veatchii,    var.    3.     Cerros    Island.     Hemphill. 

No.  60,036. 
Figs.    15,    16. — Micrarionta    veatchii,    var.    2.     Cerros    Island.     Hemphill. 

No.  60,035. 
Figs.  17-20. — Micrarionta  pandorce  Forbes.     S.  Benito  Island.     Anthony. 

No.  66,092. 
Figs.  21,  22,  23. — Micrarionta  pandorce,  Forbes.     S.  Benito  Island.     Hemp- 
hill.    No.  10,297. 
Fig.  24. — Micrarionta  areolata  crassula,   Dall.     Cotype  Natividad   Island, 

Anthony.     U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.     No.  107,623. 

Plate  XVI.— Figs.  25,  2%.— Micrarionta  areolata  'Sowb.'  Pfr.     Magdalena  Bay. 

HemphiU.     A.  N.  S.     No.  10,298. 
Fig.  27.— ikf.  areolata.     White  form.     No.  10,299. 

Fig.  28. — M.  areolata.     Specimen  received  from  Sowerby.     No.  10,300. 
Figs.  29,  30, 31.— M.  areolata.     Magdalena  Bay.     W.  M.  Gabb.     No.  10,264. 
Figs.  32,  33.— M.  areolata.     Santa  Maria  Bay.     Stearns.     No.  10,301. 
Figs.  34,  35.— M.  areolata  scammoni  Fils.    Cotypes.    Magdalena  Bay.    Gabb. 

No.  10,302. 
Fig.  36.— il/.  areolata  scammoni  Pils.     Cotype.     No.  10,266. 
Fig.  37,  38. — M.  areolata  aspersa  Pils.     Cotvpes.     No.  10,265. 
Figs.  39,  40,  41.— M.  areolata  arida  Pils.     Cotypes.     No.  76,208. 
Figs.  42,  43,  45.— M.  levis  Pfr.     Turtle  Bay.     Nos.  60,045,  60,042. 
Fig.  44.— M.  lems  Pfr.     Cerros  Island.     HemphUl.     No.  60,037 
Fig.  46.— ilf.  levis  globosa  Pils.     Type.     W.  M.  Gabb.     No.  10,304. 
Fig.  47.— M.  levis  globosa  Pils.     No.  10,305. 
Fig.  48. — Micrarionta  levis  var.    Asuncion  Island.     R.  E.  C.  Stearns.     No. 

10,306. 
Figs.  49,  50.— Micrarionta  levis  var.  1.     San  Geronimo  Island.     H.  N.  Lowe. 

No.  109,064. 
Fig.  51.— Micrarionta  levis  Pfr.     Photographic  copy  of  Pfeiffer's  type  figure. 
Fig.  52.— Micrarionta  levis  var.     Photographic  copy  of  Pfeiffer's  figure. 


394  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 


A   REVISION   OF   THE    SPECIES   OF   THE    GENUS    NEMOBITJS   (ORTHOPTERA  . 

GRYLLID^)  FOUND  IN  NORTH  AMERICA  NORTH  OF 

THE  ISTHMUS  OF  PANAMA. 

BY  MORGAN  HEBARD. 

The  genus  Nemohius  is  typical  of  the  group  Nemobiites,  the  other 
genera  of  which  are  more  or  less  aberrant.  The  group  Nemobiites 
stands  at  the  head  of  the  subfamily  Gryllinae,  which  is  the  second 
division  of  the  family  Grylhdse. 

All  of  the  species  of  Nemohius  are  of  small  size  and  are  rather 
delicate  in  structure;  their  bodies  are  covered  with  long  hairs.  The 
plasticity  in  certain  species,  the  lack  of  characters  in  the  male 
genitalia  and  the  great  variability  in  size,  wing  length,  and  coloration, 
all  combine  to  make  the  study  of  the  genus  difficult.  Added  to  this, 
the  many  incorrect  determinations  and  frequent  synonyms  have 
caused  the  task  of  correcting  the  nomenclature  to  be  unusually 
complex.  An  effort  is  made  in  the  present  paper  to  afford  sufficient 
information  for  subsequent  workers  to  be  able  satisfactorily  to 
determine  material  of  either  sex,  but  it  is  certain  that,  especially 
in  the  males  of  some  species,  no  single  specific  character  can  be 
considered  absolutely  trustworthy,  and  careful  consideration  of  all 
the  specific  differences  must  be  made  before  a  safe  conclusion  can  be 
reached.  The  large  series  of  different  species  before  us  show  con- 
clusively that,  where  some  character  may  be  safely  relied  upon  in  a 
large  series  of  the  same  species  from  one  region,  that  character  is 
often  obscure  or  unreliable  in  series  from  other  portions  of  the  insects 
range  and  in  consequence  can  only  be  used  to  supplement  the  com- 
bination of  characters  found  in  that  species. 

Genus  NEMOBIUS  Serville. 

1839.  Nemohius  Serville,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.,  Orth.,  p.  34.5.  [Generic  de- 
scription.] 

1869.  Argizala  Walker,  Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  Mus.,  I,  p.  60.  [Generic 
description.] 

1874.  Nemohius  Saussure,  Miss.  Sci.  Mex.,  Rech.  Zool.,  VI,  p.  380.  [Key- 
to  American  species  and  descriptions  of  new  species.] 

1877.  Nemohius  Saussure,  Melang.  Orth.,  II,  Fasc.  V,  p.  236.  [Full 
generic  description,  key  to  species  of  the  world  and  many  descriptions  of 
new  species.] 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  395 

1896.  Nemobius  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  p.  99.  [Key  to  North 
American  species  and  descriptions  of  new  species.] 

1896.  Noyiobius  Pantel,  Anal.  Soc.  Espan.  Hist.  Nat.,  XXV,  p.  47.  [Mor- 
phological studies.] 

1896.  Nemobius  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  431.  [Key  to  North  American 
species  and  descriptions  of  new  species.] 

1897.  Nemobius  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  p.  221.  [Key  to 
Central  American  species  and  descriptions  of  new  species.] 

1900.  Nemobius  Blatchley,  Psyche,  IX,  p.  51.  [The  Indiana  species  with 
descriptions  of  new  species.] 

1903.  Nemobius  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  p.  419.  [Numerous  notes 
and  description  of  one  new  species.] 

1904.  Nemobius  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  p.  181.  [Numerous 
notes  and  descriptions  of  new  species.] 

1906.     Nemobius  Kirby,  Synon.  Catal.  Orth.,  II,  p.  13.     [List  of  species.] 

The  genus  included  two  species.  Genotype — Nemobius  {Nevio- 
hius)  sylvestris  [Acheta  sylvestris]  (Bosc),  selected  by  Kirby,  1906. 

Generic  Description.— ^ize  small;  form  compact;  body  pub.escent 
and  sparsely  clothed  with  long  chsetiform  hairs.  Head  rounded, 
a  little  flattened  in  front;  interantennal  protuberance  feeble,  obtuse 
and  rather  large;  eyes  oval,  rather  protuberant;  maxillary  palpi 
with  distal  extremity  of  terminal  joint  very  moderately  oblique. 
Pronotum  a  little  wider  cephalad  than  the  head;  lateral  lobes  with 
ventral  margin  horizontal,  the  ventro-cephalic  and  ventro-caudal 
angles  projecting  about  the  same  and  similarly  rounded.  Tegmina 
complete  or  abbreviate;  in  the  male  furnished  with  a  rather  simple 
tambourine,  having  only  a  single  ulnar  (oblique)  vein  which  is  longitud- 
inal, lengthened,  developing  from  the  angle  of  the  stridulating  (anal) 
vein;  in  the  female  the  dorsal  field  is  furnished  with  few  but  promi- 
nent longitudinal  veins  connected  by  transverse  veinlets  which  are 
directed  at  right  angles  to  the  veins;  the  tegmina  are  always  present 
in  the  North  American  species  and  are  rounded  at  the  apex;  lateral 
field  of  tegmina  occupied  by  five  or  six  simple  veins  which  are  free 
from  their  bases.  Wings  strongly  developed,  abbreviate  or  absent. 
Ovipositor  slender,  long  and  straight,  or  shorter  and  very  gently 
arcuate;  apex  very  little  enlarged,  in  all  of  the  North  American 
species  the  portion  formed  by  the  dorsal  valves  is  armed  with  serra- 
tions or  serrulations,  the  portion  formed  by  the  ventral  valves  is 
unarmed  or  supplied  with  minute,  very  widely  spaced  serrulations. 
Cerci  of  both  sexes  moderately  long,  tapering,  and  covered  with 
hairs.  Cephalic  tibiae  supplied  with  a  few  long  slender  hairs,  caudal 
face  only  bearing  a  distinct  tympanum,  corresponding  portion  of 
cephalic  face  slightly  swollen.  Caudal  femora  greatly  dilated; 
caudal  tibiae  with  dorsal  margin  armed  with  a  double  row  of  extremely 
long,  widely  spaced,  mobile  spines  (in  the  North  American  species, 


396  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

four  pairs  are  present  on  each  tibia),  and  armed  distad  with  three 
pairs  of  well  developed  spurs,  the  dorso-internal  longer  than  any  of 
the  other  distal  spurs.  Caudal  metatarsus  non-sulcate  and  unarmed 
dorsad,  the  distal  extremity  armed  on  both  sides  with  long  spines, 
of  which  the  internal  is  much  the  longer,  and  above  these  are  situated 
two  minute  teeth. 

Morphological  Notes. — In  the  present  genus  the  spines  and  spurs 
of  the  caudal  tibiae  are  extremely  interesting. 

In  the  study  of  the  North  American  species  Mr.  A.  N.  Caudell 
first  pointed  out  to  the  author  a  character  in  the  distal  spurs  of  the 
caudal  tibiae  which  proves  to  be  absolutely  constant  and  of  the 
greatest  value.  In  four  groups  of  North  American  species  the  internal 
disto-ventral  spur  is  much  longer  than  the  external  disto-ventral 
spur,  in  the  remaining  group  these  spurs  are  exactly  equal  in  length. 

In  the  males  of  all  of  the  North  American  species  the  proximo- 
internal  spine  of  the  caudal  tibia  is  highly  specialized  in  structure. 
It  differs  from  the  other  spines  in  being  very  short,  large  at  the  base, 
irregularly  conical,  suddenly  attenuate  and  soft  to  the  immediate 
apex  which  is  sharply  pointed.  The  enlarged  base  is  hard,  of  dark 
color  and  polished,  the  soft  portion  is  light  in  color  and  somewhat 
translucent,  while  the  immediate  apex  is  hard  and  rather  dark  in 
color.  Frequently  the  hard  apex  is  missing,  and  in  such  cases  there 
is  every  indication  that  it  has  been  broken  off.  PanteP  has  carefully 
discussed  this  peculiar  specialization  in  his  interesting  morphological 
studies  in  the  present  genus,  and  it  has  been  casually  noted  in  certain 
species  by  other  authors." 

We  find  other  interesting  characters  in  the  spines  of  the  caudal 
tibiae  of  the  North  American  species  of  the  genus.  In  all  of  the 
species  having  the  disto-ventral  spurs  unequal  in  length  the  spines 
(with  the  exception  of  the  proximo-internal  spine  in  the  males, 
which  we  have  discussed  above)  are  above  rounded  and  hairy,  below 
concave  with  the  margins  of  this  sulcation  minutely  serrulate.  In 
all  of  the  species  having  the  disto-ventral  spurs  equal  in  length,  the 
disto-internal  spine  in  the  males  is  somewhat  swollen  near  its  base 
and  its  shaft  is  appreciably  bent;  the  other  spines  (likewise  with 
the  exception  of  the  proximo-internal  spine  in  the  males)  are  above 
rounded  and  hairy,  below  concave,  but  with  the  margins  of  this 
sulcation  smooth.     The  apices  of  all  of  the  spurs  and  spines  of  the 

1  Anal.  Soc.  Esp.  Hist.  Nat.,  XXV,  p.  47, 1896. 

2  Saussure,  Melarig.  Orth.,  II,  Fasc.  V,  p.  267,  pi.  11,  fig.  VII,  6i,  1877.  Brunner, 
Prodr.  Europ.  Orth.,  p.  424,  1882. 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


397 


Fig.  1.  Fig.  2. 

Diagrammatic  sketches  of  venation  of  male  (Fig.  1)  and  female  (Fig.  2)  tegmina 
of  Nemobius. 

1 Mediastine  Vein  (Saussm-e  and  Brunner). 

2 Humeral  Vein  (Saussure)  =  Anterior  Radial  Vein  (Brunner). 

3 Discoidal  Vein  (Saussure)  =  Posterior  Radial  Vein  (Brunner). 

4 Median    Vein  =  False    Discoidal    Vein    (Saussure)  =  Ramus    of 

Posterior  Radial  Vein  (Brunner). 
5 Ulnar    Vein  =  Oblique    Vein    (Saussure)  =  Anterior    Ulnar    Vein 

(Brunner) . 

6 Anal  Vein  (Saussure)  =  Posterior  Ulnar  Vein  (Brunner). 

A Axillary  Veins. 

S.  V Stridulating  Vein. 

C Cordes  or  Postaxillary  Veins. 

D.  V Diagonal  Vein. 

F Free  Veins  of  Lateral  Field. 

D.-A.  R.  B....Discoido-anal  Root-basin. 

C.  V Cross- veinlets. 

L.  F Lateral  Field. 

D.  F Dorsal  Field  (which  includes  Apical  Area). 

I.  C Intermediate  Channel. 

T Tambourine. 

A.  N Anal  Node,  Musical  Node,  Node. 

A.  A Apical  or  Distal  Area. 

S.  M Sutural  Margin. 

C.  M Costal  Margin. 

Mgn.  B.  T...  Approximate  margin  of  Tegmina  in  brachypterous  forms. 

M Speculum  or  Mirror. 

CC Cells  formed  by  Cordes. 

I Interior  Cell  of  Speculum. 

E Exterior  Cell  of  Speculum. 

X Cells  of  Apical  Area. 

S Stigma. 


398  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

caudal  tibiae  are  uncinate;  smooth,  sharp,  and  hard.  Pantel  has 
also  discussed  the  peculiarities  of  the  distal  (or  fourth)  internal  spine 
of  the  caudal  tibia  in  his  paper,  where  he  has  also  given  an  excellent 
figure  of  the  spines  and  spurs  of  the  caudal  tibia  in  the  male  and 
female  of  Nemobius  Uneolatus  Brulle. 

In  the  species  having  the  disto-ventral  spurs  equal  in  length,  the 
internal  dorsal  and  median  spurs  have  lateral  fringes  of  hairs  on  these 
spurs  more  prominent  and  regular  than  in  the  other  species. 

Comparison  with  Other  Genera. — When  compared  with  the  genus 
to  which  it  is  most  nearly  related,  Paranemohius  Saussure,  we  find 
that  Nemobius  can  be  easily  separated  by  the  following  characters: 
the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  are  quadrate,  not  oblique;  the 
tegmina  of  the  male  are  provided  with  a  tympanum;  the  vertex  is 
slightly  convex,  not  excavate  and  rostrate;  the  caudal  tibiae  are  each 
armed  with  six,  not  five,  distal  spurs.  The  genus  of  next  nearest 
relationship  is  Caconemobius  Kirby,  which  differs  in  the  lateral  lobes 
of  the  pronotum  which  are  not  quadrate,  the  organs  of  flight  which 
are  absent  and  the  cephalic  tibiae  which  have  no  tympanum.  From 
the  other  more  nearly  related  genera,  Nemobius  may  be  readily 
separated  by  the  characters  found  in  the  caudal  tibiae  which  are 
armed  with  long,  mobile,  pilose  spines  and  in  the  caudal  metatarsi 
which  are  neither  sulcate  nor  serrate  dorsad. 

Distribution  of  the  Genus  in  North  America. — The  northern  boundary 
of  the  range  of  the  genus  is  known  to  extend  from  Prince  Edward 
Island  westward  across  Canada  to  Calgary,  Alberta;  from  the  latter 
locality  it  has  been  found  southward  in  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park  and  the  Salt  Lake  Valley  in  Utah,  these  localities  showing  its 
extreme  western  distribution  until  southern  Utah  is  reached,  in  which 
latitude  it  has  been  taken  at  St.  George,  Utah,  Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  and 
the  Panamint  Valley  in  California  to  the  Pacific  coast  at  Los  Angeles. 
The  genus  is  apparently  found  everywhere  else  in  the  United  States 
and  Mexico  south  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  although  the  very  few 
records  from  southern  Mexico,  Nicaragua,  and  Costa  .Rica  may 
possibly  indicate  that  in  these  southern  regions  the  genus  is  very 
scarce.  In  the  West  Indies  the  genus  has  been  taken  in  the  Bahamas, 
Cuba,  and  Granada. 

We  consider  the  northern  distribution  of  the  genus  in  the  Dominion 
of  Canada  probably  limited  by  the  spruce  belt  only,  but  so  little 
work  has  been  done  so  far  north  that  nothing  definite  can  at  present 
be  stated.     No  specimens  have  been  taken  in  Arkansas,  Oklahoma, 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  399 

and  on  the  majority  of  the  West  Indian  islands,  but  careful  work 
will  show  that  the  genus  is  well  distributed  in  these  regions  with 
scarcely  any  doubt.  No  material  is  known  from  Yucatan,  Honduras, 
Salvador  and  Panama,  where  the  genus  will  almost  certainly  be 
found,  though  very  possibly  in  few  numbers. 

History. — The  important  references  to  the  genus  which  apply  to 
the  North  American  species  have  already  been  given. 

Walker  described  the  genus  Argizala  in  1869,^  which  genus  is 
monotypic  and  was  synonymized  by  Saussure  in  1877^  under  Nemo- 
hius.  We  consider  Argizala  to  be  a  valid  subgenus,  distinguished 
from  the  subgenus  Allonemobius  by  the  very  large  size,  peculiar 
glossiness,  much  more  transverse  pronotum,  longer  spines  of  the 
caudal  tibia  and  ovipositor  with  apex  armed  above  with  serrulations. 
This  subgenus  will  probably  be  found  to  belong  chiefly  to  the  South 
American  fauna  when  the  species  of  the  present  genus  from  that 
continent  have  been  carefully  studied.  Nemohius  hrasiliensis,  the 
genotype,  is  the  only  species  of  this  subgenus  known  from  North 
America. 

The  following  North  American  species  have  l)een  wrongly  referred 
to  the  genus  Nemohius. 

In  1842,  De  Haan  in  Temminck'^  recorded  two  species  of  the  genus 
Anaxipha  as  Gryllus  (Nemohius)  pulicarius  and  pumilus;  this  caused 
Walker  to  refer  the  first  of  these  species  with  a  query  to  Nemohius 
in  1869." 

Scudder  described  Nemohius  circumcinctus  in  1868,'^  which  name 
was  used  by  Walker,^  Thomas,^  and  Saussure^*^  until  1896,  when  the 
species  was  correctly  synonymized  as  Proihacustes  mexicana  Saussure 
by  the  original  author  of  the  synonym." 

In  1896,^-  Scudder  described  two  species  of  Gryllidae  as  Nemohius 
distinguendus  and  ensifer,  and  later  in  the  same  year^^  two  more 
species  as  Nemohius  pictus  and  delicatus.  All  four  of  these  species 
unquestionably  belong  to  the  genus  Miogryllus,  as  our  examination 
of  the  types  show.     Saussure  in  the  next  year^^  followed  Scudder 

3  Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  ilf  ms.,  I,  p.  60. 

KMelang.  Orth.,  II,  pp.  241,  25.5,  256. 

=  Verhand.  Natuur.  Gesch.  Nederl.  Overz.  Bezitl.,  Orth.,  p.  226. 

«  Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  Mus.,  I,  p.  111. 

'  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XII,  p.  143. 

«  1869.    Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  Mus.,  I,  p.  57. 

3  1870.  Am.  Ent.,  II,  p.  206. 
1°  1874.  Miss.  Sci.  Me.v.,  Rech.  Zool.,  VI,  p.  385. 
"  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.,  IV,  p.  99. 
^^Jour.  N.  Y.Ent.  Soc.,  IV,  pp.  100,  101. 
13  P.syche,  VII,  pp.  431,  433,  434. 
1*  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  pp.  222,  224. 


400  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

when  quoting  the  latter's  records  of  distinguendus  and  ensifer.  In 
1906/5  Kirby  followed  Scudder  in  quoting  pictus  as  a  Nemohius,  but 
two  years  later  Rehn  and  Hebard^^  correctly  quoted  the  species  for 
the  first  time  as  a  Miogryllus. 

Kirby  also  gives  Nemohius  exiguus  Say  in  his  list/^  though  that 
species  has  long  been  known  to  belong  to  the  genus  Anaxipha. 

Examination  of  the  types  shows  that  Nemohius  alleni  Morse/^ 
belongs  to  a  different  genus. 

An  exotic  species  has  been  recorded  as  a  North  American  species 
but  once.  In  1906,  CaudelP^  recorded  as  Nemohius  fasciatus  from 
Sapucay,  Paraguay,  specimens  of  the  South  American  species 
Nemohius  rufus. 

The  following  records  cannot  be  determined  without  examination 
of  the  material. 

Theresa  of  Bavaria's-"  record  of  Nemohius  exiguus  from  Brazo  de 
Loba,  Lower  Magdalena  River,  Colombia,  South  America,  and 
Woodworth's-^  records  of  Nemohius  mexicanus  and  neomexicanus 
from  California. 

We  have  omitted  Nemohius  trinitatis  Scudder,  owing  to  the  fact 
that  until  additional  material  from  Trinidad  is  secured  little  definite 
can  be  said  of  this  insect.  The  type  series  is  in  bad  condition,  and 
we  feel  justified  in  stating  only  that  the  specimens  belong  to  the 
subgenus  Eunemobius  and  may  prove  to  be  an  insular  race  of  Nemohius 
carolinus.  Though  the  type  series  are  all  from  the  South  American 
fauna,  the  specimens  recorded  by  Brunner--  as  Nemohius  cuhensis 
from  Balthazar,  Granada,  have  been  examined  and  found  to  belong 
probably  to  this  insect. 

Material  Examined. — ^2,088  specimens:  890  males,  1,144  females 
and  54  nymphs. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  present  work  the  types  of  the  following 
species  have  been  before  us : — 

{Nemohius  utahensis  Scudder,  synonym  of  Nemobius  fasciatus  (De  Geer).) 
Nemohius  fasciatus  socius  Scudder. 

(Nemohius  canus  Scudder,  synonym  of  Nemohius  fasciatus  socius  Scudder.) 
{Nemohius  aterrimus  Scudder,  synonym  of  Nemohius  fasciatus  socius  Scudder.) 

15  Synon.  Catal.  Orth.,  II,  p.  17. 

^^Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1908,  p.  401. 

17  1906.  Synon.  Catal.  Orth.,  II,  p.  19. 

18 1905.  Psyche,  XII,  pp.  21,  22. 

19  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  243. 

20 1900.  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  XIV,  p.  258. 

21 1902.   Univ.  Cal.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Bull,  p.  142,  fig.  7a. 

22  1893.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1893,  p.  609. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  401 

{Nemobius  hasiatus  Saussure,  synonym  of  Nemobius  fasciatus  socius  Scudder.) 
Ndnobius  fasciaius  abortivus  Caudell. 
Nemobius  maculatus  Blatchley. 
Nemobius  griseus  E.  M.  Walker. 
Nemobius  griseus  funeralis  Hart. 
Nemobius  ambitiosus  Scudder. 

Nemobius  brasiliensis  {¥.  Walker).  av„ii-ov  ^ 

{Nemobius  melleus  Scudder,  synonym  of  hemobius  brasihensis  I .  Walkei.) 
Nemobius  patttdi  n.  sp. 

Ne))i(ihiiis  Iirinitri  n.  sp.  ,        •    o  \ 

(Ncninhuis  rnlnlicus  Scudder,  synonym  of  Nemobius  cubensis  Saussure.) 
Nemuhiiis  ciiIk  itsis  mormonius  Scudder. 

{Nemobius  comanchus  Saussure,   synonym  of  Nemobius  cubensis  mormonius 
Scudder.) 

Nemobius  palustris  Blatchley. 

Nemobius  palustris  aurantius  Rehn  and  Hebard. 

Nemobius  carolin  us  Scudder.  c'„„rUav  ^ 

{Nemobius  angusticollis  E.  M.  Walker,  synonym  of  ^emoblus  carolmus  bcudder.J 

Nemobius  caroUnus  brevicaudus  Bruner. 

Nemobius  carolinus  neomexicanus  Scudder. 

Nemobius  confusus  Blatchley. 

A  large  portion  of  the  material  is  located  in  the  author's  collection, 
that  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  and  the 
Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner.  We  are  deeply  indebted  to  Mr.  W.  S. 
Blatchley,  Dr.  E.  M.  Walker,  and  Mr.  Charles  A.  Hart  for  the  loan 
of  their  types  of  the  genus;  to  Dr.  Samuel  Henshaw,  for  the  privilege 
of  studying  all  of  the  types  and  other  material  in  the  Scudder  Col- 
lection and  to  Mr.  A.  N.  Caudell,  for  the  opportunity  of  studying 
the  types  of  Nemobius  in  the  National  Museum  and  the  loan  of  that 
institution's  entire  collection  of  Nemobius  with  the  exception  of  the 
types.  Mr.  W.  T.  Davis,  Messrs.  Sherman  and  Brimley,  Professor 
A.  P.  Morse,  Mr.  J.  Chester  Bradley,  Mr.  Charles  Schaeffer  of  the 
Museum  of  the  Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  and  Mr.  Lutz 
of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  have  also  been  very 
kind  and  have  aided  us  greatly  in  sending  their  collections  of  Nemo- 
bins  for  examination. 

Key  of  the  North  American  Species  of  the  Genus  Nemobius. 

A  — Disto-ventral   spurs   of   caudal  tibia   unequal  in  length.     All 
spines  of  caudal  tibia  (excepting  in  the  male  the  proximo- 
internal  spine)  concave  below  with  margins  of  this  sulcation 
minutely  serrulate,  the  disto-internal  spine  not  specialized. 
Ovipositor  with  ventral  margin  of  apex  unarmed. 
B.— Ovipositor  nearly  rigidly  straight;  nearly  as  long  as  or  longer 
than  the  caudal  femur  (excepting  in  the  geographic  races 
Nemobius  fasciatus  socius  and  Nemobius  griseus  funeralis 
and  in  the  species  Nemobius  panteli). 


402  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June,. 

C. — Ovipositor  with  dorsal  margin  of  apex  obliquely  subtruncate,. 

armed  with  teeth (Subgenus  AUonemohius).. 

D. — Ovipositor  with  dorsal  margin  of  apex  armed  with  not 

very  sharp  teeth. 

E. — Ovipositor    distinctly   longer    than    caudal  femur   (in 

occasional  specimens  this  character  does  not  hold). 

F. — Size  large  to  small  for  genus.     Apex  of  ovipositor 

narrowly  sublanceolate,  enlarged  portion    longer. 

Coloration  rusty  black  to   dusky  brown,   rather 

immaculate,  occiput  obscurely  striped 

fasciatus  (De  Geer). 
FF. — Size    medium    to    small    for    the    genus.     Apex    of 
ovipositor  sublanceolate,  enlarged  portion  shorter. 
Coloration  very  dark,   occipital   stripes   indistin- 
guishable  .fasciatus  abortivus  Caudell. 

EE. — Ovipositor  as  long  as  or  shorter  than  caudal  femur,, 
(in   occasional   specimens   this   character   does   not 

hold).     Coloration  as  in  fasciatus 

fasciatus  socius  Scudder. 

DD.— Ovipositor  with  dorsal  margin  of  apex  armed  with  very 

sharp  teeth. 

E. — Size    medium,    form   robust.     Ovipositor    as    long    as 

caudal  femur,  this  length  constant. 

F. — Ovipositor   with    rather    heavy    sublanceolate    apex 

armed  with  rather  heavy  teeth.     Coloration  dark 

brown  maculate  with  piceous,  pale  yellowish  line 

about  eyes  excepting  on  infra-ocular   portion  of 

the  gense,  no  other  striking  markings  on  head 

maculatus  Blatchley. 
FF. — Ovipositor  with  similar  but  somewhat  shorter  apex 
armed  with  somewhat  heavier  serrations.  Colora- 
tion dark  brown,  somewhat  maculate  with  a 
darker  shade,  head  very  strikingly  and  character- 
istically marked ambitiosus  Scudder. 

EE. — Size  somewhat  smaller,  form  more  slender.     Ovipositor 

extremely  variable  in  length.     (Coloration  of  head 

below  antennae  strikingly  piceous,  occiput  obscurely 

striped.) 

F. — Ovipositor  usually  much  longer  than  caudal  femur. 

Coloration  light  to  dark  brown  with   a  grayish 

suffusion griseus  E.  M.  Walker. 

FF. — Ovipositor  shorter  than  caudal  femur.     Coloration 

very  dark  brown  with  a  grayish  suffusion 

griseus  funeralis  Hart. 

CC. — Ovipositor  with  dorsal  margin  of  apex  straight,  armed  with 

closely  spaced  serrulations. 

D. — Pronotum  with  length  considerably  more  than  half  the 

width.     Ovipositor   considerably   shorter  than   caudal 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  403 

femur.     Size   large,   form   compact.     Coloration  very 

dark  brown,  not  iridescent 

(Subgenus  Brachynemobius) 

panteli  n.  sp. 

DD. — Pronotum   with   length   approximately   half  the  width. 

Ovipositor  nearly  as  long  as  caudal  femur.     Size  very 

large,    form    more    graceful.     Coloration    very    pale, 

cream  buff  to  tawny  olive,  moderately  iridescent 

(Subgenus  Arigizala) 

brasiliensis  F.  Walker. 

BB. — Ovipositor  gently  curved;   about  two-thirds  as  long  as  caudal 

femur (Subgenus  Neonemobius). 

C. — Ovipositor  more  decidedly  curved,  dorsal  margin  of  apex 

armed  with  serrations.     Form  robust. 

D. — Size    large.     Ovipositor    heavier    and    very    decidedly 

curved  for  the  genus;  apex  armed  with  blunt  serrations. 

Coloration  chestnut,  decidedly  marked  with  very  dark 

brown toltecus  Saussure. 

DD. — Size  medium.  Ovipositor  less  heav}^  and  not  as  decidedly 
curved;  apex  armed  with  very  sharp  serrations. 
Coloration  clay  color,  mottled  and  flecked  with  dark 

brown bruneri  n.   sp. 

CC. — Ovipositor  very  gently  curved,  dorsal  margin  of  apex  armed 
with  very  fine  serrulations.     Form  not  so  robust. 
D. — Size  small.     Coloration  not  solid. 

E. — Form    quite    slender.     Coloration   dark   brown,    very 

little  mottled,  without  occipital  darker  line 

cubensis  Saussure. 

EE. — Form  not  as  slender.     Coloration  usually  not  as  dark 

brown,  frequently  very  much  paler,  more  mottled 

and  with  an  occipital  darker  line 

cubensis  mormonius  Scudder. 
DD. — Size  very  small.     Coloration  solid. 

E. — Coloration  of  head,  pronotum  and  liml)s  solid  Vandyke 
brown;  tegmina  and  dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  dark 

clove  brown palustris  Blatchley. 

EE. — Coloration  of  head,  pronotum  and  limbs  almost  uniform 
ochraceous;  tegmina  and  dorsal  surface  of  abdomen 

black palustris  aurantius  Rehn  and  Hebard. 

AA. — Disto-ventral  spurs  of  caudal  tibia  equal  in  length.  Disto- 
internal  spine  of  caudal  tibia  specialized  (in  male  only),  all- 
other  spines  (excepting  in  the  male  the  proximal  internal 
spine)  concave  below  with  margins  of  this  sulcation  smooth. 
Ovipositor  with  ventral  margin  of  apex  armed  with  minute, 

widely  spaced  serrulations (Subgenus  Eunemobius.) 

B. — Size  medium.  Maxillary  palpi  not  immaculate,  rather 
yellowish  with  tip  of  terminal  segment  darkened.  Colora- 
tion rather  pale  brown,  dorsal  surface  of  female  abdomen 


404  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June^ 

with  three  rows  of  paler  spots.     Apex  of  ovipositor  sub- 
lanceolate,  armament  of  same  heavy. 
C. — Form  rather  stout. 

D. — Coloration  dark  mummy  brown,  spots  of  dorsal  surface 
of  female  abdomen  moderate  in  size.     Ovipositor  more 

than  half  as  long  as  caudal  femur carolinus  Scudder. 

DD. — Coloration  wood  brown,  spots  of  dorsal  surface  of  female 
abdomen  extremely  large.     Ovipositor  less  than  half  as 

long  as  caudal  femur carolinus  hrevicaudus  Bruner. 

CC. — Form  somewhat  more  slender.     (Coloration  usually  con- 
siderably paler  than  in  carolinus) 

carolinus  neomexicanus  Scudd. 
BB. — Size  small.     Maxillary  palpi  immaculate  bone  white.     Colora- 
tion solid,  very  dark  brown,  dorsal  surface  of  female  abdo- 
men immaculate.     Apex  of  ovipositor  lanceolate,  armament 
of  same  very  heavy confusus  Blatchley. 

The  present  key  is  of  necessity  somewhat  involved  owing  to  the 
difficulties  found  in  the  present  genus  and  commented  upon  at  the 
beginning  of  this  paper. 

In  some  species  it  may  be  seen  that  certain  characters,  which  are 
of  little  or  no  value  in  the  majority  of  species,  are  of  great  importance. 
The  color  pattern  of  the  head  is  distinctive  in  Nemobius  maculatus, 
ambitiosus,  griseus  and  griseus  funeralis.  The  coloration  of  the 
maxillary  palpi  is  distinctive  in  Nemobius  carolinus  and  its  races  and 
particularly  so  in  confusus. 

Certain  important  differences  exist  in  the  North  American  species 
of  the  genus  which  are  of  sufficient  value  to  warrant  the  erection  of 
four  subgenera  and  the  recognition  of  Walker's  Argizala  as  another 
subgenus.  A  study  of  all  the  species  of  Nemobius  of  the  world  would 
probably  show  the  advisability  of  considering  some  of  these  groups 
separate  genera,  while  many  other  groups  not  found  in  North  America 
would  constitute  still  other  genera  and  subgenera. 

The  genotype  of  Nemobius  is  Nemobius  sylvestris  of  Europe,  which 
species  belongs  to  a  group  differing  very  widely  from  any  of  those 
here  treated  in  the  following  combination  of  characters.  Spines  of 
caudal  tibia  unmodified  in  both  sexes,  disto-ventral  spurs  of  same 
unequal,  but  not  nearly  as  much  so  as  in  the  North  American  species 
having  this  character.  Ovipositor  longer  than  caudal  femur,  nearly 
rigidly  straight;  apex  very  narrowly  sublanceolate  and  wholly 
unarmed.  Color  pattern  of  head  distinctive.  Nemobius  sylvestris 
bears  a  superficial  resemblance  to  Nemobius  aynbitiosus. 

Examination  of  other  exotic  species  shows  that  the  genus  Nemobius 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  405 

is  divided  into  numerous  natural  groups  everywhere  in  its  distribution 
as  in  North  America. 

A  number  of  species  treated  in  the  present  paper  are  found  in  both 
brachypterous  and  macropterous  forms,  while  others  are  known  from 
brachypterous  or  macropterous  individuals  only.  These  facts  have 
been  treated  under  the  Biological  Notes  for  each  species,  as  habit 
and  environment  appear  to  have  been  chiefly  instrumental  in  such 
development.  These  differences  are  almost  wholly  without  value  as 
specific  characters,  and,  since  they  have  been  frequently  so  used^ 
have  given  rise  to  much  confusion  in  the  past  literature. 

Subgenus  ALLONEMOBIUS  n.  subgen. 

The  subgenus  includes  four  species  and  three  geographic  races 
from  North  America.  Type  of  Subgenus — Nemobius  fasciatus 
[Gryllus  fasciatus]  (De  Geer) . 

Suhgeneric  Description. — Size  large  to  small  for  the  genus.  Disto- 
ventral  spurs  of  caudal  tibia  very  unequal  in  length.  Proximo- 
internal  spine  of  caudal  tibia  in  male  specialized  as  described  under 
Morphological  Notes  for  the  genus;  other  spines  of  caudal  tibia 
below  concave,  with  margins  of  this  sulcation  minutely  serrulate  in 
both  sexes,  the  disto-internal  spine  not  specialized.  Ovipositor  long 
and  nearly  rigidly  straight;  apex  with  margin  of  portion  formed  by 
dorsal  valves  obliquely  subtruncate  and  armed  with  teeth,  the 
portion  formed  by  ventral  valves  unarmed. 

Nemobius  fasciatus  (DeGeer). 

1773.  Gryllus  fasciatus  De  Geer,  Mem.  I'Hist.  Ins.,  Ill,  p.  522,  PI.  43,  fig.  5. 

(Original  description.)     [Pennsylvania.] 
1775.  A[cheta]     hospes     Fabricius,     Syst.     Ent.,     p.     281.     (Description.) 

[America.] 
1791.  Gryllus  hospes  Olivier,  Encycl.  Meth.,  VI,  p.  636.     (First  use  of  name.) 
1835.  Acheta  servilis  Harris,   Hitch.,   Kept.   Geol.   Mass.,  2d  ed.,  p.  576. 

[Massachusetts.] 
1841.  Acheta  vittata  Harris,  Ins.  Inj.  Veget.,  1st  ed.,  p.  123.     (Description.) 

"1847.  ^^ Acheta  vittata  Fitch,  Am.  Jour.  Agr.  Sci.,  VI,  p.  146.     [New  York.]" 
18.54.  Acheta  vittata  Jaeger,  No.  Am.  Ins.,  1st  ed.,  p.  160.     [Brief  notes  on 
habits.] 

1861.  Nemobius   viltatus   Packard,    Rept.    Nat.    Hist.    Me.,    1861,    p.    376. 
[Chamberlain  Farm,  Maine.] 

1862.  N[emobius]  exiguus  Scudder  (not  Acheta  exigua  Say,  1825),  Bost.  Jour. 
Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  pp.  429,  430.     [St.  Louis,  Missouri;  Minnesota.] 

1862.  N[emobius]   vittatus  Scudder,   Bost.   Jour.   Nat.   Hist.,   VII,   p.   430. 

[Massachusetts;  Maine;  Connecticut.] 
1862.  N[emobius]  fasciatus  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII,  pp.  430,  431. 

(In  part.)     [Massachusetts;  Delphi,   Indiana.] 

^  A  reference  in  quotation  marks  indicates  in  the  present  paper  that  the 
author  has  been  unable  to  see  that  paper,  otherwise  all  of  the  references  have 
been  verified. 


406  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

1863.  Acheta  vittata  Rathvon,  Rept.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,   1862,  p.  380,  PI. 

fig.  16.     [Lancaster,  Pennsylvania.] 
"1865.    Nemobius   viltatus   Thomas,  Trans.   111.  St.  Agr.   Soc,  V,  p.  443. 

[Illinois.]" 
1868.  Nemobius  fasciatus  S.  I.  Smith,  Proc.  Portl.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  I,  p.  144. 

[Norway,  Maine,  at  light;   Treats  Island  near  Eastport,  Maine.] 
1868.  Nemobius  vittatus  S.  I.  Smith,  Proc.  Portl.  Soc.  Nat.  Hi,st.,  I,  p.  144. 

[Norway,  Maine.     Abundant  over  State.] 

1868.  Nemobius  vittatus  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XI,  pp.  308, 
309.     [New  England.     Notes  on  stridulation.] 

1869.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Walker,  Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  Mus.,  I,  p.  56. 
(In  part.)     [North  America.] 

1869.  Nemobius  riltaius  Walker,  Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  Mus.,  I,  p.  57,  114. 
[North  America;    Indiana;    Nova  Scotia.] 

1870.  Nemobius  viWiiu^  Riley,  Am.  Ent.  and  Bot.,  II,  p.  373.  [New  Har- 
mony, Indiana.     Gnaws  fruit.] 

"1872.  Nemobius  vittatus  Smith,  Rept.  Conn.  Bd.  Agr.,  1872,  pp.  353,  370." 
"1872.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Smith,  Rept.  Conn.  Bd.  Agr.,  1872,  pp.  354,  379." 
1872.  Nemobius  vittatus  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  IV,  p.  30.     [Nova  Scotia.] 
1872.  Nemobius  vittatus  Scudder,  Final  Rept.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Nebr.,  p.  249. 

[Banks  of  Platte  River,  Nebraska.] 
1872.  Nemobius  vittatus  Glover,  Illust.  N.  A.  Ent.,  PI.  3,  figs.  9,  10.     [Figures 

of  cf  and  9  .] 
1872.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Glover,  Illust.  N.  A.  Ent.,  PI.  6,  fig.  13.     [Figure 

of   9.] 
1872.  Nemobius  exiguus  Glover  (not  Acheta  exigua  Say,  1825),  Illust.  N.  A. 

Ent.,  PL  7,  fig.  18.     [Figure  of  macropterous   9  •] 
1874.  Nemobius  vittatus  Scudder,  Hitch.  Rept.  Geol.  N.  H.,  I,  pp.  364,  365, 

fig.  48.     [All  over  New  Hampshire,  even  in  White  Mountain  region.] 
1874.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Scudder,  Hitch,  Rept.  Geol.   N.  H.,   I,  p.  365. 

(In  part.)     [New  Hampshire;   Missouri.] 
1876.  Nemobius  vittatus  Provancher,  Nat.  Can.,  VIII,  pp.  60,  61.     [Better 

description.     Quebec,  Quebec.     Very  common  everywhere  in  fields.] 

1876.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Provancher,  Nat.  Can.,  VIII,  p.  61.  [Better 
description.     Quebec,  Quebec] 

1877.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Saussure,  Melang.  Orth.,  II,  p.  243.  [Notes  and 
measurements.] 

1877.  Nemobius  vittatus  C.  E.  Bessey,  Bienn.  Rept.  Iowa  Agr.  Coll.,  VII, 

p.  206.     [Central  Iowa.] 
1877.  Nemobius  vittatus  Packard,  Am.  Nat.,  XI,  p.  422.     [Experiments  on 

sense  organs.] 

1884.  Nemobius  vittatus  Riley  in  Kingsley,  Stand.  Nat.  Hist.,  II,  p.  181. 
[Common  in  our  fields  and  pastures,  [Eastern  United  States].] 

1885.  Nemobius  vittatus  Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.,  I,  p.  126.  [Topeka; 
MacPherson  and  Barber  Counties,  Kansas.] 

1886.  Nemobius  vittatus  Caulfield,  Can.  Ent.,  XVII,  p.  211.  [Montreal, 
Quebec.     Abundant.] 

1886.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Caulfield,  Can.  Ent.,  XVII,  p.  211.  [Montreal, 
Quebec.     Not  as  abundant.] 

1887.  Nemobiiis  vittatus  Caulfield,  Can.  Rec.  Sci.,  II,  p.  393.  [Toronto, 
Ontario.     Common.] 

"1888.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Fernald,  Ann.  Rept.  Mass.  Agr.  Coll.,  XXX, 
p.  100.     [New  England.]" 

1889.  Nemobius  vittatus  Davis,  Ent.  Am.,  V,  p.  79.  (In  part.)  [Staten 
Island,  New  York.] 

1890.  Nemobius  vittatus  Crane  in  Smith,  Cat.  Ins.  N.  J.,  p.  408.  [Caldwell, 
New  Jersey.     Common.] 

1890.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Bruner  in  Smith,  Cat.  Ins.  N.  J.,  p.  408.  [James- 
burg,  New  Jersey.] 

1890.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Smith,  BuU,  N.  J.  Exp.  Sta.,  K,  p.  41.  [On 
cranberry  bogs.] 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  407 

1891.  Nemobius  fasciatus  McNeill,  Psyche,  VI,  p.  6.  [Rock  Island,  Illinois. 
Abundant  everywhere.] 

1891.  Nemobius  vittatus  Osborn,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Div.  Ent.,  BuU.  23,  p.  59. 
[Ames,  Iowa.     Completely  covered  the  surface  of  the  ground  that  year.] 

1892.  Nemobius  vittatus  Osborn,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  I,  Pt.  2,  p.  119. 
[Ames,  Iowa,  and  State.  Very  common  in  meadows  and  especially  hillsides 
with  southern  exposure.] 

1892.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Smith,  Bull.  X.  J.  Exp.  Sta.,  XC,  p.  31.     [Xot 

rare  in  New  Jersey.] 
1892.  Nemobius  vittatus  Smith,  Bull.  X.  J.  Exp.  Sta.,  XC,  p.  31.     [Xot 

common  in  Xew  Jersey.] 

1892.  Nemobius  vittatus  Blatchlej ,  Proc.  Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  1891,  pp.  135,  136. 
[Enormous  numbers  in  Indiana.] 

1893.  Ne)7iobius  fasciatus  Bruner,  Publ.  Xebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ill,  p.  32. 
[General  and  common  in  eastern  half  of  Xebraska.] 

1893.  Nemobius  vittatus  Bruner,  Publ.  Xebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ill,  p.  32.  [About 
the  same  range  in  Xebraska  as  fasciatus.] 

1894.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Garman,  Orth.  of  Ky.,  p.  6.  [Very  common 
everywhere  in  meadows  and  pastures  in  Kentucky.  Brachypterous  form 
much  more  common.] 

1894.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Beutenmiiller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.   Xat.  Hist.,  VI, 

pp.  266,  267,  PI.  5,  fig.  9.  [Xew  York,  X.  Y.] 
1894.  Nemobius  fasciatus  vittatus  Beutenmiiller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Xat.  Hist., 

VI,  p.  267,  PI.  5,  fig.  10.  [Xew  York,  X.  Y.] 
1896.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Scudder,  Jour.  X.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  100,  102, 

103.  (In  part.)  [Xorthern  New  England;  Michigan;  Manitoba;  South 
Dakota;  Big  Horn  Mountains  and  Pine  Cliffs  (Bluffs),  Wyoming;  South 
Bend,  West  Point,  Sydney  and  Lincoln,  Xebraska;  Shawnee,  Kansas;  Vir- 
ginia;  Mount  Graylock,  Massachusetts;   Decatur,  Alabama.] 

1896.  Nemobius  utahensis  Scudder,  .Jour.  X.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  100,  103, 

104.  (Description.)     [Spring  Lake  and  Salt  Lake  VaUey,  Utah.] 

1896.  Nemobius  cubensis  Scudder,  Jour.  X.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  p.  105.     (In 

part.)     [Ogle  County,  Illinois.] 
1896.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Pantel,  Anal.  Soc.  Espan.  Hist.  X^'at.,  XXV,  p.  51. 

(Morphological  studies.) 
1896.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  432.     (Xew  key.) 
1896.  Nemobius  utahensis  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  432.     (Xew  key.) 

1896.  Nemobius  fasciatus  form  vittatus  Piers,  Proc.  and  Trans.  Xova  Scotia 
Inst.  Sci.,  IX,  Pt.  2,  pp.  210,  211.  [Windsor  and  Halifax,  Xova  Scotia. 
Exceedingly  abundant  in  fields.     Xotes  on  appearance.] 

1897.  Nemobius  fasciatus  vittatus  Zabriskie,  Jour.  X.  Y.  Microsc.  Soc,  XIII, 
pp.  1,  5,  PI.  62,  fig.  14.     [Construction  of  musical  rasps.] 

1897.  Nemobius  vittatus  Blatchley,  Ins.  in  Gen.  and  Orth.  Ind.  in  Particular, 
p.  23.     [Indiana.] 

1897.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Blatchley,  Ins.  in  Gen.  and  Orth.  Ind.  in  Particular, 
p.  23.     [Indiana.] 

1897.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Harvey  and  Knight,  Psyche,  VIII,  p.  77.  [Jack- 
man,  Maine.] 

1897.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Ball,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  IV,  p.  236.  [Iowa,  in 
fields.] 

1898.  Nemobius  fasciatus  form  vittatus  Lugger,  Orth.  Minn.,  pp.  262,  263, 
fig.  170.     [Minnesota.] 

1898.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Lugger,  Orth.  Minn.,  pp.  261,  262.     [Minnesota.] 
1898.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Lochhead,  Ann.  Rept.  Ent.  Soc  Ont.,  XXVIII, 

p.  42,  figs.  29,  30.     [Studies.] 
1898.  Nemobius  vittatus  Lochhead,  Ann.  Rept.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  XXVIII, 

p.  42.     [Studies.] 
"1899.  Nemobius  fasciatus  vittatus  Blatchley,  Gleanings,  p.  227,  fig.  56." 
1900.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Xeedham,  Occ  Mem.  Chicago  Ent.  Soc,  I,  p.  24. 
1900.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Blatchley,  Psyche,  IX,  pp.  51,  52.     [Indianapolis, 

Fort  Wayne  and  other  localities  in  northern  Indiana.] 

27 


408  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

1900.  Nemobius  fasciatus  vittatus  Blatchley,  Psyche,  IX,  p.  52.  [Indiana, 
abundant  everywhere.] 

1900.  Xemobius  fasciatus  Fogg,  Proc.  jManchester  Inst.  Arts  and  Sci.,  I, 
p.  46.     [Manchester,  New  Hampshu-e.] 

1900.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Scudder,  Psyche,  IX,  p.  104.  [Common  every- 
where in  New  England.] 

1900.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Smith,  Ins.  of  New  Jersey,  p.  164.  [Staten 
Island,  N.  Y.;    New  Brunswick,  N.  J.] 

1901.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Pettit,  Mich.  St.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bull.  186,  p.  39. 
[Au  Train  Falls,  Mich.] 

1902.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Slosson,  Ent.  News,  XIII,  p.  8.  [Summit  of  Mount 
Washington,  N.  H.] 

1902.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Fyles,  32d  Ann.  Kept.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  1901,  p.  92. 
[Quebec,  Quebec.     Common.] 

1902.  Nemobius  maculatus  E.  M.  Walker  Cnot  of  Blatchley,  1900),  32d  Ann. 
Rept.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  1901,  p.  109.     [Tobermory,  Ont.] 

1903.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Caudell,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXVI,  pp.  808, 
809.     (In  part.)     [Fort  Collins,  Colo.] 

1903.  Nemobius  utahensis  Caudell,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXVI,  p.  809. 
[Sedalia  and  Montevista,  Colo.] 

1903.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  pp.  420,  423.  [Brach- 
ypterous  from  Terre  Haute  and  all  Indiana;  macropterous  from  Round 
Lake  in  Whitley  County,  Indianapohs  and  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.] 

1903.  Nemobius  canus  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  pp.  420,  423,  424. 
[Sparingly  in  southern  Indiana;   Crawford  County,  Ind.] 

1904.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Mead,  Dept.  Zool.  Ent.  Ohio  St.  Univ.,  No.  19, 
p.  112.     [Cedar  Point,  Ohio.] 

1904.  Nemobius  fasciatus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  pp.  182,  183. 
[Niagara  Falls,  Point  Pelee,  Arner,  Chatham,  Sarnia,  Goderich,  Southamp- 
ton, Bruce  Peninsula,  Owen  Sound,  Hamilton,  Toronto,  Lake  Simcoe, 
Severn  River,  Lake  Muskoka,  Algonquin  Park,  North  Bay  and  Stony 
Ijake  in  Peterboro  County,  Ont.] 

1904.  Nemobius  canus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  pp.  182,  184. 
[Arner,  Ont.] 

1904.  Nemobius  maculatus  E.  M.  Walker  (not  of  Blatchley,  1900),  Can.  Ent., 
XXXVI,  pp.  182,  185.     [Tobermory,  Ont.] 

1904.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Rehn,  Ent.  News,  XV,  p.  269.  [Pequaming, 
mainland  opposite  Pequaquawaming  Point  and  Baraga  County,  Michigan. 
Great  majority  brachypterous.] 

1904.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Rehn,  Ent.  News,  XV,  p.  331.  [Medford  and 
Atsion,  N.  J.] 

1904.  Nemobius  carolinus  Rehn  (not  of  Scudder,  1876),  Ent.  News,.  XV, 
p.  331.     [Near  West  Creek  and  Atsion,  N.  J.] 

1905.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Isely,  Publ.  Kan.  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  248.  [Hiawatha, 
Atchison,  Fairview,  Clearwater,  Sedgwick  and  Wichita,  Kan.] 

1905.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Forbes,  111.  St.  Ent.  23d  Rept.,  p.  214,  figs.  225, 
226.     [Urbana,  111.] 

1905.  Nemobius  fasciatus  form  vittatus  Kellogg,  Am.  Ins.,  p.  159,  fig.  225. 
[Popular  notes.] 

1906.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Hart,  111.  St.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.  Descr.  Syn.  Ins.  Coll., 
II,  Orth.,  p.  89.     [Illinois.] 

1906.  Nemobius  fasciatus  vittatus  Hart,  lU.  St.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.  Descr.  Syn. 
Ins.  Coll.,  II,  Orth.,  p.  89.     [lUinois.] 

1906.  Nemobius  canus  Hart,  lU.  St.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.  Descr.  Syn.  Ins.  Coll., 
II,  Orth.,  p.  89.     [Illinois.] 

1906.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1906,  p.  418.  '  [Mammoth  Hot  Springs  and  Old  Faithful  Geyser,  Yellow- 
stone National  Park,  Wyo.;  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah;  St.  Louis,  Mo.] 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  409 

1907.  Nemobius  fasciatus  vittatus  Hart,  Bull.  111.  St.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII, 
No.  VII,  pp.  235,  262.     [Devils  Neck,  Moline  Sand  Hill  and  yicmity,  111.] 
'  1907.' Nemobius  fa sciahis  Tucker,  Kan.  Univ.  Sci.  Bull.,  IV,  No.  2,  p.  75. 
[Douglas  County,  Kan.] 

1907.  Nemobius  fasciatus  var.  vittatus  Tucker,  Kan.  Univ.  Sci.  Bull.,  IV, 
No.  2,  p.  75.     [Douglas  County,  Kan.]  . 

1908.  Nemobius  fasciatus  form  vittatus  Washburn,  Press  Bull.  32,  Univ. 
Minn.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  [Eagle  Bend,  Minnesota.  Devours  eggs  of  Melano- 
plus  [bi]vittatus.] 

1908.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Paxson,  Ent.  News,  XIX,  p.  328.  [Devon, 
Pennsylvania.     Numerous.]  -■  ■    -ni  -i 

1909.  Nemobius  utahensis  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  A  at.  Sci.  Phila., 

1909,  p.  173.     [Albuquerque,  N.  Mex.] 

1909.  Nemobius  fasciatus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XLI,  pp.  144,  211. 
[Bear  Island  and  elsewhere  in  Temagami  District,  Ont.] 

1910.  Nemobius  canus  AUard,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W^ash.,  XII,  p.  41.  [ihomp- 
son's  Mills,  Ga.] 

1910.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Hebard,  Ent.  News,  XXI,  p.  184.  [New  Haven, 
Conn.     Common.]  -to 

1910.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Rehn  in  Smith,  Ann.  Kept.  N.  J.  State  Mus.  1909, 
p.  191.     [Throughout  New  Jersey,  most  common  in  pine  barrens.] 

1910  N[eynobius\  vittatus  BeutenmiiUer  insert  in  Rehn  in  Smith,  Ann.  Rept. 
N.  J.  State  Mus.  1909,  p.  191.      [More  northern  records.] 

1910.  N[e7nobius]  canus  Rehn  in  Smith,  Ann.  Rept.  N.  J.  State  Mus.  1909, 

p.  192.     [Sumner  and  Whitings,  N.  J.] 
1910.  N[emobius]  macuMus  Rehn  in  Smith  (not  of  Blatchley,  1900),  Ann. 

Rept.  N.  J.  State  Mus.  1909,  p.  192.     [Mount  Pleasant,  N  J.] 
1910.  Nemobius  fasciatus  var.  vittatus  Allard,  Ent.  News,  XXI,  pp.  352,  355. 

[Oxford,  Mass.     Exceedingly  common  in  fields.] 

1910.  Nemobius  palustris  Allard  (not  of  Blatchley,  1900),  Ent.  News,  XXI, 
pp.  352,  355.     [Oxford,  Mass.     Cold  damp  places  beneath  loaves.] 

1911.  Nemobius  fasciatus  (vittatus)  Allard,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  pp.  28,  32,  33, 
37.     [Oxford,  Mass.] 

1911.  Nemobius  palustris  Allard  (not  of  Blatchley,  1900),  Ent.  News,  XXII, 

p.  37.     [Misidentification  first  made  in  1910.]  ■    -r,. -, 

1911.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1910,  pp.  645,  646.     [Sulphur  Springs  and  Mount  Pisgah,  N.  C;   Bay- 
ville,  Vir.] 

1911  Nemobius  maculatus  Rehn  and  Hebard  (not  of  Blatchley,  1900),  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1910,  p.  647.     (In  part.)     [Sulphur  Springs,  N.  C.] 

1911.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Hancock,  Nature  Sketches,  p.  302,  figs.  [Lake- 
side, Berrien  County,  Mich.     Attracted  to  hght.] 

1911  N[emobius]  fasciatus  W^alden,  Bull.  16,  State  Conn.  State  Geol.  Nat. 
Hist.  Surv.,  pp.  151,  152.  [Throughout  Connecticut.  Very  common, 
rarely  macropterous.]  ,  ^  .    ,       -r^  .   tvt  or>i       ta/t 

1911.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Sherman  and  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  p.  391.  [Moun- 
tains of  North  Carolina.] 

1911.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Shull,  :\Iichigan  Geol.  and  Biol.  Surv.,  Publ.  4, 
Biol.  Ser.  2,  p.  229.     [Huron  County,  Mich.] 

1912.  Nemobius  canus  Washburn,  Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  V,  No.  2,  p.  11  < .     [Fergus 

1912.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Washburn,  Jour.  Econ.  Ent.,  V,  No.  2,  p.  117. 
[Fergus  Falls,  Minn.] 

The  present  species  finds  its  nearest  relatives  in  .V.  maculatus  and 
N.  griseus.  From  macidatus,  typical  fasciatus  may  be  separated  by 
its  larger  size,  more  uniform   general  coloration,   striped  occiput, 


410  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

longer  and  less  decidedly  truncate  tegmina  in  both  sexes  and  in  the 
female  by  the  teeth  of  the  dorsal  margin  of  the  apex  of  the  ovipositor, 
which  in  fasciatus  are  rather  prominent  but  not  very  sharp,  while  in 
maculatus  these  teeth  are  as  prominent  and  verj'  sharp.  The  ovi- 
positor in  typical  fasciatus  is  also  longer  and  not  so  rigidly  straight. 

From  griseus  the  present  species  may  be  readily  distinguished  by 
its  more  robust  proportions  in  even  the  smallest  race,  A'',  fasciatus 
abortivus,  the  different  general  coloration,  and  also  in  characters  of 
the  ovipositor  which  in  griseus  are  much  as  in  maculatus.  In  fasciatus 
the  lower  face  is  never  darker  than  the  interocular  portion  of  the 
same,  while  in  griseus  the  lower  face  is  strikinglj'  darker  than  the 
other  portions  of  the  head. 

Certain  individuals  of  this  plastic  species  approach  maculatus 
closely  in  general  appearance,  and  those  before  us  from  Tobermory, 
Ont.,  Mount  Pleasant,  N.  J.,  and  Sulphur  Springs,  N.  C,  recorded, 
respectively,  by  E.  M.  Walker,  Rehn,  and  Rehn  and  Hebard  as 
that  species,  do  indeed  bear  it  a  close  resemblance.  There  are 
a  number  of  other  specimens  in  the  present  series  likewise 
differing  from  typical  fasciatus  in  being  small,  highly  colored  and 
more  or  less  tawny,  from  numerous  localities  extending  from  New 
Jersey  to  North  Carolina.  No  specimens  in  this  series,  however, 
have  the  peculiar  color  pattern  of  maculatus,  nor  the  compact  struc- 
ture and  tegminal  outline  of  that  species.  From  the  form  here 
discussed  to  typical  fasciatus,  every  gradation  may  be  found  in  the 
material  before  us. 

The  series  of  specimens  from  Thompson's  Mills,  Ga.,  recorded  by 
Allard  as  N.  canus  bear  a  resemblance  to  the  aberrant  individuals 
discussed  above,  but  are  considerably  larger  and  still  more  highly 
colored  as  described  in  the  color  notes  on  the  following  page.  These 
specimens  in  consequence  have  a  general  fasces  very  different  from 
that  of  typical  fasciatus. 

Type:    9  ;   Pennsylvania.     (M.  Acrelius.)     [De  Geer  Collection.] 

We  here  describe  a  female  from  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  taken  August 
22,  1898,  as  this  city  was  probably  the  exact  locality  at  which  the 
type  was  captured. 

Size  large  for  the  genus,  form  compact;  head  rather  large,  full 
and  rounded,  about  as  wide  as  the  pronotum.  Maxillary  palpi  with 
penultimate  joint  about  half  as  long  as  terminal  joint,  the  latter 
expanding  very  gently  distad,  gently  obliquely  truncate.  Eyes 
broad-ovate,  moderately  protruding.     Pronotum  with  length  con- 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  411 

tained  about  one  and  four-tenths  times  in  greatest  (caudal)  dorsal 
width,  narrowing  slightly  in  the  cephalic  portion.  Tegmina  nearly 
as  long  as  the  caudal  femora,  apex  of  same  dorsal  in  position,  distal 
margin  of  dorsal  field  rotundato-rectangulate,  longitudinal  veins 
rather  conspicuous,  cross-veinlets  faint.  Wings  very  long,  twice  as 
long  as  tegmina.  Supra-anal  plate  very  short  and  strongly 
transverse,  sharply  and  suddenly  depressed  mesad,  the  caudal 
margin  almost  straight  but  slightly  produced  mesad,  separated 
by  a  pronounced  transverse  fold  from  the  supra-anal  plate,  which 
plate  is  shield-shaped.  Cerci  long,  evenly  tapering,  thickly 
covered  with  hairs.  Ovipositor  very  long,  longer  than  caudal 
femora,  rigid,  with  a  scarcely  perceptible  arcuation,  apex  of  same 
very  narrowly  sublanceolate  enlarged  with  that  portion  formed  by 
the  dorsal  valves  armed,  the  upper  margin  dentate,  these  teeth 
regular,  heavy,  sharply  cut,  but  with  their  immediate  apices  blunt. 
Subgenital  plate  scoop-shaped,  rectangulate-emarginate  mesad  with 


Fig.  3. — Nemobius  fasciatus.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

the  margins  broadly  rounded.-^  Caudal  femora  with  greatest 
(meso-cephalic)  width  contained  about  three  times  in  length. 

A  male  bearing  the  same  data  as  the  female  here  described  affords 
the  additional  characters  given  below. 

Size  very  slightly  smaller,  proportions  much  as  in  female.  The 
tegmina  are  translucent  and  when  in  repose  the  dorsal  fields  are 
hemi-elliptical  in  outline.  Subgenital  plate  scoop-shaped,  narrowing 
evenly  but  considerably  caudad.  The  proximo-internal  spine  of  the 
caudal  tibia  specialized  as  described  under  Morphological  Notes  in  the 
generic  discussion  of  the  present  paper. 

The  brachypterous  form  of  the  present  species  differs  in  having  the 
apex  of  the  female  tegmina  at  the  humeral  angle,  the  distal  margin 
of  the  dorsal  field  roundly  obhque,  arcuato-truncate,  while  the  sutural 
margin  passes  into  the  distal  margin  without  angulation. 


2^  In  the  present  species  the  shape  of  the  subgenital  plate  of  the  female  varies 
from  the  present  type  to  one  similar  to  that  of  maculatus. 


412  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Measurements  {in  millimeters). 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Specimens  here  described.^^  ^* 

9                cf  9  cf 

Length  of  body 11.5  10.  9.5  10.6 

Length  of  pronotum 2.3           2.  2.4  2.1 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 3.             2.8  3.  3. 

Length  of  tegmina 7.4          7.  4.1  6.1 

Length  of  wings 15 .  14 .  

Length  of  caudal  femur 7.8          7.3  8.  7.6 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 2.7           2.4  2.7  2.7 

Length  of  ovipositor 9.4  8.4         

Oxford,  Mass."      MacNab's  Id.,  N.  S.^s 

9               c?  9               cT 

Length  of  body 8.             8.  9.             7.2 

Length  of  pronotum 1.8           1.8  1.7           1.8 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.1           2.3  2.6           2.3 

Length  of  tegmina 3.8           4.9  3.7           4.4 

Length  of  wings 

Length  of  caudal  femur 6.             5.7  6.6           5.7 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur    .1.9           1.8  2.1           2. 

Length  of  ovipositor 6.8         7.  

Specimens  from  Aweme,  Man.,  show  characters  intermediate 
between  A^.  fasciatus  abortivus  and  A",  fasciatus. 

The  upper  dotted  line  includes  all  of  the  specimens  of  A^.  fasciatus 
abortivus. 

The  lower  dotted  line  separates  the  majority  of  specimens  of 
N.  fasciatus  socius  (on  the  left)  from  the  majority  of  specimens  of 
A^.  fasciatus  (on  the  right). 

The  diagonal  line  indicates  the  squares  in  which  the  length  of  the 
ovipositor  is  equal  to  that  of  the  caudal  femur. 

From  the  table  on  page  413  the  relative  measurements  of 
the  ovipositor  and  caudal  femur  of  fasciatus  and  its  geographic 
races  are  shown  to  be  of  use  as  a  character,  though  exceedingly 
variable.     Typical  fasciatus  has  the  ovipositor  usually  considerably 


25  These  specimens  are  examples  of  the  largest  macropterous  form  of  the  present 
species,  from  which  form  the  type  was  unquestionably  described  as  De  Geer's 
figure  shows. 

26  These  specimens  are  among  the  largest  of  the  series  of  brachypterous 
specimens  which  we  have  before  us. 

"  These  are  among  the  smallest  of  the  series  of  specimens  which  we  have  before 
us  from  the  New  England  States. 

2s  The  specimens  from  Nova  Scotia  are  typical  of  the  species  over  the  extreme 
northeastern  portion  of  its  range. 


1913. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


413 


s. 

sz 

^^ 

^6 

-TS 

6 

62 

6^ 

66 

^& 

Length   ol 

7-      7-^ 

Ov,p 

7'}- 

7C> 

V    0" 

76 

8      8Z 

0. 

8^ 

56 

8  6 

9 

9& 

94^ 

f6 

s^ 

^.^ 

t^ 

\ 

'     1 

1 

b 

/ 

\    ! 

1 

1 

Si, 

^^v^ 

k 

B 

r  1" 

1/ 

1 

1 

S8 

r\ 

B 

BBBB 

c 

/ 

6 

\ 

c 

BH-    ^A 

F    / 

' 

cz 

c 

\ 

s>. 

-,, 

D 

^        '         1 

c; 

i 

T 7 

i,^ 

■ 

\\ 

! 

^6.6 

Sz-r 

\ 

k 

E-H. 

! 

H-H- 

\ 
1 

j 

z-rz 

^ 

JK-K 

F 

JV     G 

Gj.pa 

e 

i 

^   7 

"e 

c   TZ 

5Z- 

zz 

^^ 

F-GH  H-J-a-iL          GGC' 

0-        1            1             H-0.    j 

iNN-r 

s 

"^ 

svz- 

s 

n  n-Hfis-          iH-io 

"       1 

5vr 

ki 

litis- 

H 

N 

NO- 

o-o- 

I 

VXXtT; 

p.Q. 

HIK 

1- 

«  8 

p 

S.S. 

Z 

\ 

"■^^^ 

K 

^ 

l-o- 

H-0- 

a 

sx- 

T 

K-n-K 

w 

...... 

G 

NO- 

^8Z 

UYY 

\ 



— 



\ 

3 

56 

X 

\ 

^ 

88 

X 

\ 

w 

9. 

Y 

X 

w 

VJ-X 

\ 

Fig.  4.- 


-Rclative  length  of  ovipositor  and  caudal  femur  in  Nemohius  fasciatus 
and  its  races.     The  letters  indicate  the  following  localities: 


Nemobius  fasciatus  abortivus  Caudell. 

A.  Calgary,  Alberta.'  C.    Aweme,  Manitoba. 

B.  Moose  Jaw,  Saskatchewan.  D.    Portal,  North  Dakota. 

Nemobius  fasciatus  (De  Geer) . 


E.  MacNab's  Island,  Xova  Scotia. 

F.  Pequaming,  Michigan. 

G.  Duluth,  Minnesota. 
H.  Oxford,  Massachusetts. 
I.  Marion,  Mass. 

J.  Pine  Bluffs,  Wyoming. 

K.  Lincoln,  Nebraska. 


L.  La  Junta,  Colorado. 

M.  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

N.  Castle  Rock,  Pennsylvania. 

O.  Tinicum  Island,  Pa. 

P.  Sulphur  Springs,  North  Carolina. 

Q.  Mount  Pisgah,  N.  C. 

R.  Thompson's  JVIills,  Georgia. 


Nemobius  fasciatus  socius  Scudder. 

S.     Raleigh,  North  Carolina.  Y.  Brunswick,  Ga. 

T.    Fayetteville,  N.  C.  Z.  Thomasville,  Ga. 

U.    Dallas,  Texas.  a.  Pablo  Beach,  Florida. 

V.    Galveston,  Tex.  b.  Lakeland,  Fla. 

W.  Yemassee,  South  Carolina.  c.  Tampa,  Fla. 
X.   HomervUle,  Georgia. 


414  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

longer  than  the  caudal  femur  and  seldom  under  seven  millimeters 
in  length.  The  southern  geographic  race,  fasciatus  socius,  has  the 
ovipositor  as  short  as  or  shorter  than  the  caudal  femur  with  scarcely 
an  exception,  while  the  northern  prairie  race,  fasciatus  abortivus,  is 
distinguished  from  fasciatus  by  the  usually  shorter  and  differently 
shaped  ovipositor  and  almost  invariably  shorter  caudal  femur.  The 
letters  indicating  the  distribution  of  fasciatus  socius  are  S  to  c,  while 
those  of  fasciatus  abortivus  are  A  to  D. 

Color  Notes. — The  specimens  here  described  are  typical  in  coloration 
of  the  majority  of  specimens  of  the  species  found  about  Philadelphia. 
General  color  of  head  and  pronotum  clove  brown  shading  to  very 
dark  mummy  brown  on  the  abdomen,  limbs,  and  exposed  portions  of 
the  wings.  Head  with  occiput  very  obscurely  striped  with  four 
longitudinal  lines  which  are  very  slightly  lighter  than  the  rest  of  the 
occiput,  eyes  very  dark  mummy  brown.  Maxillary  palpi  mummy 
brown,  the  terminal  segment  darker.  Tegmina  of  male  translucent 
mummy  brown,  in  the  almost  transparent  portions  shading  to  burnt 
umber,  discoidal  vein  ivory  white,  this  marking  being  so  narrow  as 
to  be  inconspicuous;  of  female  prouts  brown,  the  longitudinal  veins 
Vandyke  brown  and  the  proximal  portion  of  the  intermediate  channel 
Vandyke  brown.  The  postocular  portion  of  the  gense  and  ventral 
margin  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  are  yellowish,  these 
ye,llowish  markings  very  obscure.  Ovipositor  very  dark  Vandyke 
brown. 

A  few  individuals  from  the  same  region  are  to  be  found  of  lighter 
coloration  and  in  these  the  color  pattern  of  the  species  is  much  more 
pronounced.  In  such  the  dorsal  portion  of  the  head,  the  eyes,  and 
dorsum  of  the  pronotum  are  prouts  brown,  the  occipital  stripes  are 
distinct,  while  the  interantennal  protuberance  is  pale  burnt  umber 
shading  to  russet  on  the  mouth  parts.  The  last  joint  of  the  maxillary 
palpi  is  russet  in  these  specimens  for  the  proximal  third,  shading  in 
the  remaining  portion  to  very  dark  brown.  The  upper  portion  of  the 
lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  is  very  dark  brown,  while  the  ventral 
margin  of  the  same  is  prouts  brown.  The  limbs  and  ventral  surface 
of  the  abdomen  are  russet.  This  russet  shade  is  frequently  found  to 
extend  to  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  abdomen  in  such  specimens  of 
light  coloration,  when  this  is  not  the  case  that  portion  of  the  abdomen 
is  clove  brown. 

Interesting  differences  in  coloration  of  series  of  the  present  species 
are  found  over  its  entire  range  of  distribution,  the  more  important 
of  which  are  here  considered.     A  series  of  large  pale  individuals  from 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  415 

Dallas,  Tex.,  is  before  us,  upon  which  Scudder  based  his  N.  canus; 
these  specimens  belong  to  the  race  fasciatus  socius,  while  specimens 
from  places  in  the  region  where  fasciatus  and  fasciatus  socius  appar- 
ently intergrade,  Raleigh,  N.  C,  and  Crawford  County,  Ind.,  are 
of  the  same  light  coloration  but  somewhat  more  slender.  Specimens 
oi  fasciatus  proper  from  Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  and  Falls  Church,  Va., 
are  equally  pale,  being  russet  in  general  coloration,  but  none  are  as 
robust  as  the  individuals  from  Dallas,  Tex.  In  all  of  these  specimens 
as  well  as  in  a  somewhat  darker  but  very  brilliantly  colored  series 
from  Thompson's  Mills,  Ga.,  the  males  have  the  coloration  of  the 
discoidal  vein  more  pronounced,  while  the  area  between  this  and  the 
free  veins  of  the  lateral  field  is  seal  brown  proximad  and  of  that 
coloration  to  the  end  of  the  tegmen  between  the  discoidal  and  medi- 
astine  veins.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  such  pale  specimens  of 
the  present  species  as  well  as  in  those  of  very  dark  coloration  the 
longitudinal  stripes  of  the  occiput  are  absent,  while  these  stripes 
become  more  and  more  pronounced  between  the  extremes  of  light 
and  dark  coloration  until  in  the  absolute  intermediates-^  they  are 
usually  well  defined. 

Very  dark  individuals  of  fasciatus  proper  are  to  be  found  in  almost 
every  series,  but  this  is  much  more  pronounced  in  individuals  from 
the  more  northern  points  of  the  species'  distribution.  In  the  material 
before  us  this  is  very  noticeable  in  a  series  from  Oxford,  Mass.,  which 
are  for  the  greater  part  small  in  size  and  very  dark.  In  these  speci- 
mens the  light  portion  of  the  lateral  lobes  is  much  reduced  and  ob- 
scured while  in  the  darkest  specimens  of  the  series  it  is  absent,  the 
yellowish  coloration  of  the  discoidal  vein  is  scarcely  perceptible  to 
the  naked  eye.  The  few  lighter  specimens  in  this  series,  however, 
have  the  occipital  stripes  more  pronounced  than  in  any  other  speci- 
mens of  the  species  before  us. 

Every  conceivable  intergradation  between  the  extremes  of  the 
species  is  to  be  found  in  the  present  series  not  only  in  coloration,  but 
also  in  size  and  in  length  of  tegmina,  wings,  caudal  femur,  and  ovi- 
positor. 

Distribution.— Typicsd  fasciatus  is  to  be  found  from  Prince  Edward 
Island  across  the  Dominion  of  Canada  westward  to  the  prairie  region 
in  Manitoba,  where  its  place  is  occupied  by  fasciatus  abortivus. 
South  of  this  countrj^  that  geographic  race  gives  place  again  to 

29  The  intermediates  here  referred  to  are  usually  few  in  number,  as  by  far  the 
majority  of  individuals  of  the  species  approach  the  dark  extremes  more  or  less 
closely. 


416  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  fJune, 

fasciatus  proper  in  northern  North  Dakota  and  Montana,  and  true 
fasciatus  is  to  be  found  as  far  west  as  the  Yellowstone  National  Park 
in  Wyoming,  to  the  base  of  the  Rockies  in  Colorado,  and  a  few 
specimens  have  been  taken  at  Spring  Lake,  Utah.  Its  southern 
limits  are  marked  by  the  fall  line  in  the  southeastern  United  States, 
and  west  of  the  Appalachians  it  is  found  as  far  south  as  Tennessee, 
Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  and,  without  doubt,  the  Panhandle  of  Texas, 
to  Roswell  and  Albuquerque,  N.  Mex.  South  of  this  as  far  west  as 
the  dry  country  of  Texas,  fasciatus  is  supplanted  by  the  geographic 
race,  fasciatus  socius. 

Biological  N'otes. — The  present  species  is  one  of  the  most  abundant 
of  the  North  American  Gryllidse  and  is  often  found  in  great  numbers 
over  the  greater  part  of  its  range.  It  flourishes  not  only  in  grassy 
uplands,  but  also  in  meadows  and  in  the  heavy  grasses  about  marshes 
and  swamps.  It  is  also  frequent  along  the  borders  of  woodlands 
and  is  to  be  met  with  in  open  forests  where  the  ground  is  somewhat 
grassy.  It  is  particularly  noticeable  in  areas  of  lush  grasses  about 
damp  places  in  the  northernmost  portions  of  its  range,  where,  as  has 
been  found  in  almost  all  insect  life  of  the  north,  as  numerous  species 
disappear,  those  remaining  and  having  a  more  northerly  distribution 
are  found  in  enormous  numbers.  The  present  species  does  not 
flourish  under  arid  conditions,  but  its  distribution  is  often  extended 
into  the  arid  west  in  many  places  where  river  bottoms  and  other 
watered  spots  afford  a  green  vegetation  well  suited  to  this  insect. 

The  majority  of  specimens  seen  of  fasciatus  are  brachypterous,  al- 
though at  times  macropterous  individuals  appear  in  countless  num- 
bers, and  are  then  conspicuous,  particularly  about  the  lights  at  night. 
The  writer  has  seen  one  flight  which  occurred  in  the  fall  of  1911  at 
Chestnut  Hill,  Phila.,  when,  shortly  after  nightfall,  the  ground  under 
the  arc  lights  in  that  portion  of  Philadelphia  swarmed  with  these 
crickets,  although  usually  few  if  any  specimens  are  to  be  found  at 
that  place  attracted  to  light. 

The  song  of  the  insect  is  shrill  and  has  been  described  as  "tiiii- 
tiiii-tiiii"  or  "  ti-ti-ti-ti-ti-ti-ti-ti "  by  Allard,  and  as  "creeeeeee"  or 
"  creee-creee-creee-creee "  by  Rehn  and  Hebard.  Piers  states  that 
"the  stridulation  is  produced  by  lifting  the  wing  covers  about  forty- 
five  degrees  above  the  abdomen  and  then  shuffling  them  together, 
producing  a  sound  resembling  the  word  plee-e-e-e  plee-e-e-e  plee-e-e-e 
or  cree-e-e-e." 

Morphological  Notes. — An  interesting  variation  in  size  is  found  in 
the  present  species.     It  appears  that  the  insect  decreases  in  size 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  417 

northward  from  the  centre  of  its  distribution,  but  that  occasional 
series  of  unusually  small  size  are  sometimes  found  in  the  central 
portion  of  its  range.  These  smaller  series  would  seem  at  first  glance 
to  belong  to  a  different  species,  but  close  examination  fails  to  disclose 
valid  characters  of  any  sort,  which  is  also  true  of  the  occasional  light 
colored  specimens  which  have  from  time  to  time  been  referred  to 
canus. 

Synonymy. — The  synonymy  of  the  present  species  is  much  involved 
owing  to  the  fact  that  it  is  one  of  the  oldest  recognized  species  of 
North  American  Orthoptera  as  well  as  one  of  the  most  abundant  and 
variable  over  the  greater  portion  of  its  range. 

In  1775,  Fabricius  described  Acheta  hospes  from  America,  this 
being  a  synonym  based  on  the  macropterous  form  oi  fasciatus. 

Harris^°,  in  1841,  described  the  brach3^pterous  form  of  the  present 
species  as  Acheta  vittata,  which  name  since  that  time  has  been  exten- 
sively used  to  designate  the  brachypterous  form  of  the  insect. 

Scudder,  in  1862,  most  unfortunately  recorded  macropterous 
specimens  of  the  present  species  as  N(emobius)  exiguus,  confusing 
Say's  Acheta  exigua  with  fasciatus,  which  former  species  belongs  to 
the  genus  Anaxipha.  This  mistake  was  repeated  by  Glover  in  1872, 
and  the  introduction  of  that  name  in  the  nomenclature  of  the  genus 
Nemohius  resulted  in  the  greatest  confusion  in  the  work  of  many 
subsequent  authors. 

In  1896,  Scudder  described  Nemohius  utahensis,  the  type  of  which'''' 
cannot  be  distinguished  from  the  brachypterous  form  of  fasciatus, 
while  since  that  time  specimens  of  the  present  species  have  been 
referred  by  various  authors  to  Nemohius  utahensis,  canu^-,  maculatus, 
■cubensis,  palustris,  and  carolinusP 

Specimens  Examined}^ — 641:  273  males,  353  females,  and  15 
nymphs. 


^°  In  1835  Harris  included  in  his  list  of  Massachusetts  insects  Say's  manuscript 
name  Acheta  servilis  based  on  the  macropterous  form  of  fasciatus,  but,  as  there 
was  no  accompanying  description,  that  name  falls  as  a  nomen  nudum. 

^1  We  here  select  as  single  type  a  female  specimen,  taken  at  Spring  Lake,  Utah, 
in  July,  1875,  and  now  in  the  United  States  National  Museum. 

^2  See  discussion  of  this  name  under  the  Synonymy  of  Nemohius  fasciatus 
socius. 

^^  The  only  other  name  probably  applicable  to  the  present  species  is  Nemohius 
marginata  of  Murtfeldt,  published  in  1893  without  description,  hence  a  nomen 
nudum. 

^'  The  following  abbreviations  are  used  to  differentiate  the  specimens  here 
recorded:  Lg.,  large  size;  med.,  medium  size;  sm.,  small  size;  b.,  brachyp- 
terous; m.,  macropterous;  pi.,  pale  in  coloration;  dk.,  dark  in  coloration;  br., 
brilliantly  colored;  maj.,  majority  of  specimens;  v.,  very;  n.,  nymph. 


418  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [June,. 

Bothwell,  Prince  Edward  Island,  Aug.  24,  1912,  (B.  Long)  1    9   [A.  N.  S.  P.].. 
Lg.  b. 

Souris,  P.  E.  I.,  Aug.  24,  1912,  (B.  Long)  2   9   [A.  N.  S.  P.  and  Hebard  Col- 
lection].    Lg.  b. 

St.  Andrews,  P.  E.  I.,  Aug.  26,  1912,  (B.  Long)  1   9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Lg.  b. 

Bunbury,  P.  E.  1.,  Aug.  28,  1912,  (B.  Long)  1   9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Lg.  b. 

Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I.,  Sept.  1,  1912,  (B.  Long)  2  cf ,  2   9   [A.  N.  S.  P.  and 
Hebard  Collection].     Med.  b. 

Malpeque  Bay,  P.  E.  I.,  Aug.  29,  1912,  (B.  Long)  1  cf ,  1    9   [Hebard  Collec- 
tion].    Med.  b. 

Cape  Aylesbury,  Malpeque  Bay,  P.  E.  L,  Aug.  29,  1912,  (B.  Long)  2  9  [A.  N. 
S.  P.].     Med.  b. 

MacNab's  Island,  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  Sept.  9,  1903,  (Perrin)   1    o^,   1    9 
[Hebard  Collection].     Med.  b. 

Chateau  Richer,  Orit.,  Sept.,  1894,  (E.  M.Walker)  1  9  [University,  of  Toronto]. 
Med.  b. 

De  Gras.si  Point,  Lake  Simcoe,  Ontario,  Aug.  21,  13,  15,  1896,  1897,  1904, 
(E.  M.  Walker)  3  d'  [University  of  Toronto].     Sm.  high  colored  b.,  pair  lg.  b. 
^  Isle  d'Orleans,  Ont.,  Aug.  24,  1904,  (E.  M.  Walker)  1  cf  [University  of  Toronto]. 
Sm.  high  colored  b. 

Toronto,  Ont.,  Oct.  8,  1893,  (E.  M.  Walker)  1  d^,  1  9  [University  of  Toronto]. 
Sm.  b. 

Tobermory,  Ont.,  Aug.  24,  1901,  (E.  M.  Walker)  1    c?   1    9    [University  of 
Toronto].     Sm.  high  colored  b. 

Southampton,  Ont.,  Aug.  20,  1901,  (E.  M.  Walker)  1  9  [Universitv  of  Toronto]. 
Sm.  pi.  b. 

Arner,  Ont.,  Aug.  9,  1901,  (E.  M.  Walker)  2  9  ]University  of  Toronto].     Both 
lg.,  1  m. 

Mount  Washington,  New  Hampshire,  1    9   [Scudder  Collection]. 

White  Mountains,  N.  H.,  1  d",  3   9   [Scudder  Collection]. 

Franconia,  N.  H.,  3  cf ,  3   9  [Scudder  Collection]. 

Greylock  Mt.,  Massachusetts,  Aug.,  1899,  (Knab)  1   d",  1    9    [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Med.  dk.  b. 

Boston,  Mass.,  (Scudder)  1  cf  [Scudder  Collection]. 

South  Natick,  Mass.,  Oct.  26,  1905,  (Morse)  1  d"  [Blatchley  Collection).    Med., 
br.  b. 

Cape  Cod,  Mass.,  Sept.,  (Scudder)  1   9   [Scudder  Collection]. 

Oxford,  Mass.,  Oct.,  1909,  (AUard)  4  c?,  12  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Maj.  dk.,  d  d' 
sm.   9  9  med.,  all  b. 

Marion,  Mass.,  Aug.  30,  1905,  (H.)  1  d',  6  9  .     Med.  somewhat  pi.  b. 

New  Haven,  Connecticut,  Oct.,  1909,  (H.)  2  d",  2    9  .      dd  sm.    9  9   med., 
all  b. 

Glenville,  Conn.,  Aug.  11,  1910,  1  c^,  1  9  ,  2  9  n.     [Am.  Mus.  N.  H.].     Med.  b. 

North  Elba,  New  York,  Oct.,  (Davis)  1  d"  [Davis  Collection].     Sm.  b. 

Black  Mtn.,  Lake  George,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  21,  22,  23,  30,  1893,  (Zabriskie)  2  .^^ 
4  9  ,  1   9  n.  [Am.  Mus.  N.  H.].     Med.  and  sm.  dk.,  but  rather  highly  colored,  b. 

Clyde,  N.  Y.,  (Wood)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Lg.  b. 

Goshen,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  7,  1910,  2  d^,  3  9  [Am.  Mus.  N.  H.].     d  &  sm.  dk.  9  9 
med.,  all  b. 

De  Brue,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  14,  1910,  (Davis)  1  d',  3  9  [Davis  Collection],     d"  sm. 
9  9  med.,  all  b. 

Suffern,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  17,  1910,  2  c^,  1   9  [Am.  Mus.  N.  H.].     Med.  dk.  b. 

Nyack,  N.  Y.,  1886,  (Zabriskie)  2  9  [Am.  Mus.  N.  H.].     Med.  b.;   1  9  [U.  S. 
N.  M.].     Lg.  b. 

Mosholu,  N.  Y.,  3  d^,  3   9  [Am.  Mus.  N.  H.].     All  med,  2  9  m.:   Sept.  4,  6, 
Oct.  18,  1902,  1  d^,  3   9  [Hebard  Collection].     Med.  b. 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  (Angus)  2  cT,  9  9  [Am.  Mus.  N.  H.].     Med.  and  lg.  b. 

Montauk,  Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  23,  1910,  (Davis)  2  d',  1   9  [Davis  Col- 
lection].    1  d  med.,  others  lg.,  all  b. 

Calverton,  L.  I.,  Sept.  29,  1910,  (Davis)  1  d  [Davis  Collection].     Sm.  b. 

Yaphank,  L.  I.,  July,  1909,  Sept.  5,  1910,  (Davis)  1  d^,  2  9  [Davis  Collection]. 
Lg.  b. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  419   ^ 

Rockaway,  L.  I.,  1  c^  [Am.  Mus   N.  H^j.     Med„m. 

'  Sti4n  Id'^N.'V.^'Augi'S-'i'e;  1905.  (Davis)  2   d^,  6    9    [Davis  CoUection]. 

"^io^hftilinl-Feknsyly^^^^^         13,  1906,  (B.  Long)  1  cT,  1  9  [A.  X.  S.  P.]. 

%^'e.  Jamison  City,  Pai,  Sept.  .5,   1909,   (Davis)    1    cT    [Davis  Collection]. 

^^cintral,  Pa.,  Sept.  4,  1909,  (Davis)  1  9  [Davis  Collection]      Med.  b. 
Greentown,  Pa.,  Sept.  16,  1906,  (B.  Long   1  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.  .     Lg.  b. 
Shady  Nook,  Pa.,  Aug.  6-7,  1908,  (Stone)  1  9  [A.  N-  S^P.].     Lg.  b. 
Scotrun,  Pa.   Aug.  11,  1906,  (B.  Long)  1    9  [A   X.  S.  P.].     Lg.  m. 
Tobyhanna,  Pa.,  Sept.  1,  1903,  (H.)  1   d^.     Med.  b. 
Stroudsburg,  Pa.,  Sept.  1,  1903,  (H.)  1  cf  ■     Med   b 
Lehigh  Gap,  Pa.,  Oct.  5,  1903,  (G.  Greene)  1   9  [A.  N .  S.  P.]^    Lg.  b. 
Marysville,  Pa.,  Oct.  6,  6  c^,  8  9  [Pa.  St.  Dept.  Zool.]      Med.  b. 
Rociville,  Pa.,  July  29,  1  c^  n.,  1   9  n.  [Pa  St.  Dept.  ZooL] 
Harrisburg,  Pa.,  Aug.  16,  19,  .30  2  ^,  2  9  [Pa.  St  Dept.  Zool.].     Med.  b. 
Enola,  Pa.,  Oct.  13,  8  cf ,  5  9  [Pa  St.  Dept.  Zool.].     Med.  b. 
CamphiU,  Cumberland  Co.,  Pa.,  Oct.  19    1  c^  [Pa.  St   Dept.  Zool.].     Med.  b. 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Aug.  22,  1898,  (R.)  1   c^,  1    9;    Aug.  1,  1901,  (R.)  1    9. 

^  cSnwells,  Pa.,  Oct.,  1906,  (R.  and  H.)  2  o^  1   9  .     1  c?  sm.,  pair  v.  lg.  rather 

^^^Chesmut  Hill,  Pa.,  July  8,  1911,  (H.)  3  c?,  3   9  .     Lg.  b. 

Mount  Airv,  Pa.,  Sept.  18,  1903,  (H.)  1  cf  •     Lg.  m.  r^  „     ,•     ^ 

Overbrook,  Pa.,  Sept.  8,  1912,  (G.  Greene)   1    c?,  1    9    [Greene  Collection]. 

^^Pink  Hill,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.,  July  9,  1908,  (R.  and  H.)  3  9  n  pL 
Swirthmore  Pa    Sept.  13,  1906,  (Cresson  Jr.)  1  9    A.  A.  S.  P.).     Lg.  b. 
CasTle  Rock,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.',  Sept.  19,  1909   (R.  and  H.)  3  o^,  6  9  ;  Sept. 

9    IQT^    (G    Greene)  1   d"  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Med.  b. 

''CHili:CheXW,pi.,Sept.l9>08,(R^^a^^^^^^  Lg  b 

Tinicum  Id.,  Pa.,  Oct.  20,  1901,  (G.  Greene)  1   c?  [A.  N.  fe.  P.];  Sept.  9,  19, 

1904,  1908,  (R.  and  H.)  12  cf,  23  9.     Lg.,  all  b.  except  1  m.  9  . 
Cameron  Co.,  Pa.,  Oct.,  190.5,  (Fowler)  1  9  l^-^JJj^   ^ed.  b 
Diamond  Valley,  Huntingdon  Co    Pa    Sept^  10,  190.o   (R.)  8  o^    9  9^     Lg^b- 
Chestnut  Ridge,  Westmoreland  Co.,  Pa.,  (Brugger)  1   d^,  1    9   [A.  N.  S.  P.]. 

^^Palisades,  New  Jersey,  Aug.  25,  (Davis)  1  c?  [p^yis  Collection].     V.  sm.  b. 
Newark,  N.  J.,  Sept.  11,  1880,  (Rockwood)  1   9  [U- S.  N.  MJ^.     Lg.  b. 
Bear  Swamp,  Ramapo  Hills,  N.  J.,  Oct.  8,  1909,  (Davis)  1  cT  [Davis  Collec- 

^'"sindy  Hook,  N.  J.,  (Davis)  1  9  [Davis  Collection]      Lg  b. 

New  Brunswick,  N.  J.,  Oct.  6,  11,  2  d^,  9  9  [Am   Mus   N.  H.]^    Med.  b. 
Jamesburg,  N.  J.,  Sept.  27,  (Davis)  1    9   [Davis  Collection^.     Sm.  b 
Trenton,  N.  J.,  Aug.  6,  1911,  (Davis)  1  c^,  1   9  n.  [Davis  CoUection].     d^  sm. 

^' Whifesville,  N.  J.,  Sept.  22,  1907,  (R.)  1  o^,  19.     Med.  rather  pi  b. 

Lakehurst,  N.  J.,  Aug.  17,  18,  Sept.  3,  4,  5,  14,  15,  Oct.  3   6,  12,  18,  31,  190/ 
(Davis)  15   d^,  5    9    [Davis  Collection],     c^  c^  v.  sm.  and  br.,    9  9    med.  only 

'"'^Medford,  N.  J.,  Sept.  7,  1902,  (St^ne),  1  d^  tf  Nf  S- P-]-     Lg-  b- 
Riverton   N.  J.,  Sept.  11,  1904,  (G.  Greene)  1  cT  [A-  N-  S.  P.].     Lg.  b. 
Sumner,  N.  J.,  Oct.  15,  1906,  (B.  Long)  1  d^,  1  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Sm.  and  med. 

^'Atsion,  N.  J.,  Oct.  8,  1903,  (H.)  2  c?,  1  9  .     Med.  b.,  1  9  sm.  br. 

Stafford's  Forge,  N.  J.,  Sept.  16,  1905,  (H.)  3  cT,  3   9  ;  Aug.  18,  26,  31,  1907, 
OS  09    (R  )  3  d^,  1   9  •     Rather  sm.  b.,  2  d^  br.  ^  .^ ,      r.      l     u 

Near  West  Cr;ek,N.  J.,  Sept.  6,  1903,  (R.)  1  d^  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Sm.  br.  b. 


■  420  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Ocean  View,  N.  J.,  Sept.  5,  1907,  Aug.  11,  1908,  (Fox)  1  c^,  2  9  [A.  X.  S.  P.]. 
Med.  b.,  cf  br. 

Anglesea,  N.  J.,  Sept.,  1   9   [Hebard  Collection].     Med.  dk.  b. 

Cape  May  Co.,  N.  J.,  Aug.,  1910,  (Davis)  1  9  [Davis  Collection].     Lg.  b. 

Mount  Pleasant,  N.  J.,  Sept.  7,  1908,  (Fox)  1  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Sm.  br.-b. 

Cold  Spring,  N.  J.,  Aug.  31,  1910,  (Davis)  2   9  [Davis  Collection].     Lg.  b. 

Delaware,  1    9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Lg.  b. 

Chestertown,  Maryland,  Aug.  3,  10,  13,  20,  23,  1899,  1901,  04,  (Vanatta)  7  cf, 
7  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     1  9  pi.,  all  med.  b. 

Beltsville,  Md.,  Sept.  26,  1911,  (Davis)  1  d'  [Davis  CoUection].     Med.  br.  b- 

Montgomery  Co.,  Md.,  Sept.  2.5,  1911,  (Davis)  1  d"  [Davis  Collection].  Med- 
br.  b. 

Plummer's  Island,  Md.,  Sept.  2,  Oct.  11,  1906,  (Caudell)  3  cf ,  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Pair  lg.  m.,  others  b.  the  cf  &  sm.  br. 

Hyattsville,  Md.,  Sept.  17,  1911,  (Davis)  3  cf ,  1  9  [Davis  Collection].  Med. 
dk.  b. 

Aurora,  West  Virginia,  Aug.,  (Hirchman)  1  cf,  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  Sm.  br. 
b.,   9  pi. 

Washington,  D.  C,  1  cf  [Hebard  Collection].  Sm.  b.;  Sept.  20,  1911,  (Davis) 
1  cf  [Davis  Collection].  Med.  dk.  m.;  Oct.  6,  1880,  3  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.];  Sept.  9, 
Oct.  16,  1909,  Nov.  8,  13,  1911,  12,  (Caudell)  1  cf ,  7  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  Lg.  med. 
and  sm.  b. 

Fairfax  Co.,  Virginia,  Sept.  21,  1911,  (Davis)  3  a"  [Davis  Collection].  Sm. 
br.  b. 

Falls  Church,  Va.,  Sept.  4,  Oct.  9,  1906,  (Caudell)  9  cf ,  8  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Med.  and  sm.  br.  b. 

Rosslyn,  Va.,  Oct.  14,  (Caudell)  1  cf  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Med.  br.  b. 

Bayville,  Va.,  July  19,  1908  (R.)  1   9 .     Lg.  b. 

Jefferson,  North  Carolina,  Aug.,  1907,  (Sherman)  1  9  [Coll.  N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.]. 
Med.  b. 

Cranberry,  N.  C,  Oct.  2,  1907,  (Sherman)  1  9  [Coll.  N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.]. 
Med.  b. 

Grandfather  Mtn.,  N.  C,  Sept.  11,  1908,  (Metcalf)  3  9  [Coll.  N.  C.  Dept. 
Agr.].     Med.  b. 

Blowing  Rock,  N.  C,  Sept.,  9,  10,  1908,  (Metcalf)  3  cf ,  2  9  [Coll.  N.  C.  Dept. 
Agr.].     cf  cf  sm.,  1  br.  b.;    9  9  med.  b. 

Black  Mts.,  N.  C,  Aug.  16-31,  Sept.,  1900,  (BeutenmuUer)  2  cf ,  1  9  [Am.  Mus. 
N.  H.].     Med.  br.  b. 

Asheville,  N.  C,  Sept.  24,  1904,  (H.)  2  cf ,  5  9  .     Med.  br.  b. 

Mt.  Pisgah,  N.  C,  Oct.  1,  1904,  (H.)  5  cf ,  2   9  .     Med.  rather  br.,  but  1  b. 

Balsam,  N.  C,  Sept.  15-18,  1908,  (Metcalf)  1  cf ,  2  9  [Coll.  N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.]. 
Med.  b. 

Waynesville,  N.  C,  Sept.  19,  1908,  (Metcalf)  1  d^,  2  9  [CoU.  N.  C.  Dept. 
Agr.].     Med.  b. 

Atlanta,  Georgia,  July  29,  1910,  2  d"  [Collection  State  of  Ga.].     Med.  m. 

Thompson's  MiUs,  Ga.,  Oct.,  1909,  (AUard)  10  d^,  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  Lg.  v. 
br.  b. 

Decatur,  Alabama,  (Shimek)  1   9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Med.  m. 

Pequaming,  Michigan,  July  21,  28,  31,  Aug.  1,  5,  8,  9,  30,  1903,  04,  (H.)  8  (^, 
6  9  .     All  sm.  and  dk.  but  one  9  pi. ;  all  but  one  pair  b. 

La  Salle  Isle,  Mich.,  Aug.,  1899,  (Blatchley)  1  d',  1  9  [Blatchley  Collection.] 
Sm.  dk.  b. 

Duluth,  Minnesota,  Aug.,  1906,  (Stone)  3  cf ,  17  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].  Med.,  3  cf , 
13  9  m. 

Beaver  Dam,  Wisconsin,  Aug.  28,  1906,  (W.  E.  Snyder)  3  d"  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Med.  dk.  m. 

Sheridan,  Indiana,  Aug.  20,  1907,  (Caudell)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Lg.  b. 

Buckeye  Lake,  Ohio,  Sept.  28,  1912,  1  d"  [Ohio  State  Univ.  Collection]. 

Crawford  County,  Ind.,  Aug.  30,  Sept.  4,  Oct.  9,  1900,  1902,  (Blatchley)  2  d". 
3  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.  and  Blatchley  Collection].     Lg.  very  pi.  b. 

Ogle  County,  Illinois,  1    9   [Scudder  Collection]. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  421 

Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  9,  1903,  (H.)  1  d^,  1  o  .     Med.  b. 

Moline,  111.,  Aug.  24,  26,  (McNeill)  1  o^,  1  9  [Scudder  Collection]. 

Urbana,  111.,  Oct.  1,  1904,  (Knab)  2  cf ,  1  ?  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  All  b.,  pair  med., 
one  sm. 

Effingham,  111.,  Aug.  29,  1904,  1  d'  n.  [Hebard  Collection].     Lg.  pi. 

Dalla.s  County,  Iowa,  Aug.,  (Allen)  1  d^  [Scudder  Collection]. 

St.  Louis,  Mis.souri,  Aug.  27,  Sept.  4,  1904,  (Heink;  H.)  4  d",  9  9  [Hebard 
CoUection].  All  med.  b.  1  9  m.;  Aug.  8,  Oct.  22,  1875,  76,  5  9  [U.  S.  X.  M.]. 
Lg.  b. 

Nashville,  Tennessee,  (Shimek)  6  d",  1  9  [Hebard  Collection].  Med.  mod. 
pi.  b. 

Chattanooga,  Tenn.,  (Shimek)  4  d^  [Hebard  Collection].     Med.  mod.  pi.  b. 

Bismarck,  North  Dakota,  Aug.  9,  188.5,  1  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner]. 
Med.  mod.  pi.  b. 

Billings,  Montana,  July  28.  1909,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d^,  2  9  n.  o^  med.  dk.  b. 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  Y.  N.  P.,  Wyoming,  Aug.  5,  1904,   (H.)  2  cf ,  2  9 
Med.  dk.  b. 

Upper  Geyser  Basin,  Y.  N.  P.,  Wyo.,  Aug.  7,  1904,  (H.)  1  d",  1  9  .     Med.  dk.  b. 

Big  Horn  Mts.,  Wyo.,  Aug.,  1894,  (Bruner)  1  d'  [Hebard  Collection].  Med. 
dk.  b. 

Pine  Bluffs,  Wyo.,  (Bruner)  2  d",  6  9  fHebard  Collection].     Med.  b. 

Glen,  Nebraska,  Aug.,  190.3,  (Bruner)  i  d"  [Hebard  Collection].     Med.  dk.  b. 

West  Point,  Nebr.,  Aug.-Oct.,  1880-1901,  15  &,  21  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.,  Hebard 
Collection].     All  med.,  1   d^,  5   9  m. 

North  Platte,  Nebr.,  July  28,  1910,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d",  1  d'  n.,  1  9  n.     d  med.  b. 

Sidney,  Nebr.,  1    9   [Hebard  Collection].     Med.  pi.  b. 

Lincoln,  Nebr.,  July  14-Sept.  3,  1889-1909,  (Bruner),  4  o^,  13  9  [Hebard 
Collection  ex  Bruner].     All  med.  mod.  pL,  2  d^,  10  9  m. 

Falls  City,  Nebr.,  Aug.  30,  1910,  1  o"  [Davis  Collection].     Med.  dk.  b. 

Fairview,  Kansas,  Aug.,  1904,  (Isely)  1  d",  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Lg.,  19  m. 

Topeka,  Kan.,  (Cragin)  1  d"  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Lg.  b. 

W^ichita,  Kan.,  July  23,  1904,  (Lselv)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Lg.  h. 

Dodge  City,  Kan.,  Sept.  13,  1909,  (H.)  1  d',  2  9  .     Lg.  b. 

Barber  Co.,  Kan.,  (Cragin)  1   9   [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Lg.  b. 

Ft.  Collins,  Colorado,  Aug.  10,  1901,  (Caudell)  1  d",  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Med.  b 

Boulder,  Colo.,  Oct.  7,  20,  (Cockerell)  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     1  large  and  1  med.  b. 

La  Junta,  Colo.,  Sept.  11,  1909,  (R.  and  H.)  2  9  .     Med.  m. 

Montevista,  Colo.,  Aug.  13,  1901,  (Caudell)  1  d  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Med.  b. 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  Aug.  13,  1904,  (H.)  1  d.     Med.  dk.  b. 

Spring  Lake,  Utah,  July,  1875, 1  d",  2  9  , 1  d"  n.  Type,  paratypes,  N.  utahensis 
Sc.  [U.  S.  N.  M.,  Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Med.  b. 

Albuquerque,  New  Mexico,  Sept.  14,  1907,  (H.)  1   9  .     Med  b. 

Roswell,  N.  AL,  Aug.,  1902,  (Cockerell)  2  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     Lg.  m. 

Nemobius  fasciatus  socius  Scudder. 

1862.  N[etnohius\  fasciatus  Scudder,  Bost.  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII    p    431 

(In  part.)     [Charleston,  S.  C] 
1869.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Walker,  Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  Mus.,  I,  p.  56 

(In  part.)     [St.  Johns  Bluff,  Fla.] 
1874.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Scudder,  Hitch.  Rept.  Geol.  N.  H.,   I,  p.  365. 

(In  part.)     [Louisiana;    Texas.] 
1877.  Nemobius  socius  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  37. 

(Original  de.scription.)     [Georgia.] 
1894.  Nemobius    fasciatus     Ashmead,     Ins.     Life,     VII,    p.     25.     [Utica, 

Miss.] 
1896.  Nemobius  canus  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  100,  103. 

(Description.)     [Dallas,  Tex.,  and  Texas.] 
1896.  Nemobius  socius  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  100,  103. 

(In  part.)     [Sanford  and   Charlotte  Harbor,   Fla.;    New  Orleans,    La.; 

Gulf  coast  of  Texas.] 


422  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

1896.  Nemohius  aterrimus  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  8oc.,  IV,  pp.  100,  105. 

(In  part.)     (Description  of  cf.)     [Jacksonville,  Fla.] 
1896.  Nemohius  canus  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  4.32.     (New  key.) 

1896.  Nemohius  socius  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  432.     (New  key.) 

1897.  Nemohius  hastatus  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  pp.  221,  222. 
(Description.)     [Mexico  City  at  8,190  ft.] 

1903.  Nemohius  fasciatus  Caudell,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXVI,  pp.  808, 
809.     (In  part.)     [Victoria,  Tex.     Large  numbers  at  light.] 

1905.  Nemohius  maculatus  Rehn  and  Hebard  (not  of  Blatchley,  1900), 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  799.     [Thomasville,  Ga.] 

1905.  Nemohius  socius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904, 
p.  800.     [Thomasville,  Ga.] 

1905.  Nemohius  socius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905, 
p.  50.     [Tampa,  Fla.] 

1906.  Nemohius  fasciatus  vittatus  Hart,  Ent.  News,  XVII,  p.  159.  [Brazos 
County,  Tex.] 

1906.  Nemohius  socius  Hart,  Ent.  News,  XVII,  p.  159.  [College  Station, 
Brazos  River  Bottoms  and  Galveston,  Tex.] 

1907.  Nemohius  socius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907, 
p.  316.     [Pablo  Beach,  Gainesville,  Bronson  and  Cedar  Keys,  Fla.] 

1908.  [Nemohius]  fasciatus  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XIX,  p.  21.  [Raleigh, 
N.  C.     Open  fields.] 

1908.  [Nemohius]  canus  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XIX,  p.  21.  [Raleigh,  N.  C. 
Pine  woods.] 

1909.  Nemohius  fasciatus  Tucker,  Ent.  News,  XX,  p.  297.     [Piano,  Tex.] 
1911.  Nemohius  fasciatus  socius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

PhUa.,  1910,  p.  596.     [Bainbridge,  Ga.] 
1911.  Nemohius  fasciatus  socius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.,  1910,  p.  647.     [Raleigh  and  New  Berne,  N.  C] 
1911.  Nemohius  canus  Sherman  and  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  391. 

[Raleigh,  N.  C] 

1911.  Nemohius  fasciatus  socius  Sherman  and  Brimlev,  Ent.  News,  XXII, 
p.  391.     [Raleigh,  N.  C] 

1912.  Nemohius  fasciatus  socius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  1912,  p.  273.     [Miami,  Fla.] 

This  geographic  race  can  be  distinguished  from  typical  fasciatus 
solely  by  the  proportions  of  the  caudal  femur  and  ovipositor;  over  its 
entire  range  there  is  an  increase  in  the  robustness  of  the  caudal  femur 
and  in  the  female  a  decrease  in  the  length  of  the  ovipositor,  which,  when 
compared  in  length  with  the  caudal  femur,  is  found  to  be  as  short  as 
or  shorter  than  that  member.  So  few  exceptions  are  to  be  found  to 
this  that,  in  spite  of  the  close  affinity  of  these  southern  individuals 
to  fasciatus  in  all  other  respects,  they  should  certainly  be  considered 
to  belong  to  a  definite  geographic  race. 

Type:    9  ;   Georgia.     [Scudder  Collection.] 

Description  of  Type. — Agrees  perfectly  with  typical  fasciatus, 
except  that  the  caudal  femora  are  proportionately  longer  and  heavier 
and  the  ovipositor  shorter,  in  consequence  the  length  of  the  caudal 
femur  is  equal  to  that  of  the  ovipositor. 

Males  from  the  same  State  as  the  type  do  not  differ  from  males  of 
fasciatus  except  in  their  more  robust  caudal  femora,  and  so  great  is 
the  size  variation  in  the  species  that,  with  no  other  than  this  differen- 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


423 


tial  character,  scattered  males  unaccompanied  by  females  of  this 
southern  geographic  race  are  scarcely  separable  from  those  of  true 

fasciatus. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Thomasville,  Ga. 
Average  of  a  typical  series. 


Length  of  body 9 . 1  (8 .  -10 .  ) 

Length  of  pronotum 1.8  (1.7-  2.  ) 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.5  (2.1-  2.7) 

Length  of  tegmen 5.1  (4.2-  6.1) 

Length  of  wing 

Length  of  caudal  femur 6.5  (5.8-  7.   ) 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 2.4  (2.  -  2.7) 

Length  of  ovipositor 


Thomasville,  Ga, 
Average  of  a  typical  series, 


9  9 

9.6  (9.3-10.  ) 
2.1  (1.9-  2.3) 

2.7  (2.3-  3.  ) 
4.6  (3.9-  6.   ) 

7.3  (7.  -  7.8) 
2.6  (2.3-  2.9) 

6.4  (5.2-  7.1) 

Georgia. 
s.              Type. 

Length  of  body : 9 . 5  (  8 . 8-10 , 

Length  of  pronotum. 1.9  (  1.8-  2 . 

Caudal  width   of  pro- 
notum   2.6  (  2.1-  3. 


Length  of  tegmen 6.2  (  5.8-  6.7) 

Length  of  wing 13.8(12.8-15.   )  13.6(13.4-14.   ) 


9  9 

9.7  (  9.1-10.   ) 
1.9  (  1.8-  2.   ) 

2.8  (  2.4-  3.1) 
6.3  (  5.9-  6.9) 


9 
9.5 


Length  of  caudal  femur 
Greatest  width  of  cau- 
dal femur 

Length  of  ovipositor 


6.6  (  6.3- 
2.2  (  2.1- 


7.  )    7.     (  6.9-  7.2) 


2.4) 


2.5  (  2.1-  2.7) 
.    6.5  (  6.  -  6.8) 

Dallas,  Texas.^^ 


6.25 


Length  of  body 9 . 8 

Length  of  pronotum 2 . 2 

Caudal  width  of  prono- 
tum        3.4 

Length  of  tegmen 6 . 6 

Length  of  wing 

Length  of  caudal  femur 

Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 

Length  of  ovipositor 


9.8 
2. 

2.7 

5.6 

7 . 
2.7 


10.9 
1.9 

3. 

6.4 

14.8 

7.3 

2.6 


9 
10. 
2.6 

3.1 
3.9 

8^6 

3.1 
8.3 


9 
10.2 
2.4 

2.9 

4.8 
...^...^ 

2.8 

7.8 


^=  The  brachypterous  individuals  from  this  locality  are  part  of  the  type  series 
of  Scudder's  Nemobius  canus,  while  the  macropterous  specimen  bears  Scudder's 
label  "N.  socius." 


424  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Bronson,     Bainbridge,         Raleigh,     Mexico  City, 
Fla.  Ga.  N.  C.  Mex. 

cf  9  d'  9  9 

Length  of  body 11.1  12.  7.9  7.6  7.7 

Length  of  pronotum 2.  2.4  1.7  1.8  1.6 

Caudal  width  of  prono- 
tum        2.9  3.5  2.4  2.4  2.1 

Length  of  tegmen 6.8  8.4  4.8  4.2  2.6 

Length  of  wing 14.7  17.6 

Length  of  caudal  femur 7.9  8.9  6.3  6.  5.2 

Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 2.6  2.7  2.  2.  2.1 

Length  of  ovipositor 8.9  5.4  5.2 

The  series  from  Thomasville,  Ga.,  is  typical  oi  fasciatus  socius  and 
shows  the  considerable  variabihty  in  size  found  in  a  series  of  this 
geographic  race  from  a  single  locaht}^  The  specimens  from  Dallas, 
Tex.,  average  larger  than  any  series  before  us  from  east  of  the  Appala- 
chians, but  the  male  specimen  from  Bronson,  Fla.,  and  the  female 
from  Bainbridge,  Ga.,  show  that  the  largest  individuals  from  the  east 
considerably  exceed  in  size  those  from  Dallas,  Tex.  The  majority 
of  specimens  before  us  from  Raleigh,  N.  C,  are  of  average  size,  but 
the  series  contains  some  of  the  smallest  specimens  of  fasciatus  socius 
before  us,  and  the  measurements  of  these  are  given  above  to  show  that 
extreme  of  the  race. 

Color  Notes. — Specimens  from  the  south  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coasts 
which  were  taken  in  damp  or  marshy  situations  are  without  exception 
very  dark  brown  in  coloration.  Those  from  the  undergrowth  of  the 
pine  woods  in  the  south  Atlantic  States  are  frequently  cinnamon  or 
russet  in  general  coloration,  while  some  of  the  males  taken  under  such 
conditions  have  the  markings  of  typical  fasciatus  very  conspicuous. 
Individuals  taken  at  various  places  in  the  semi-dry  interior  of  Texas 
are  quite  as  pale  as  these,  but  are  not  so  tawny  and  the  males  do  not 
have  the  darker  markings  so  well  defined  and  conspicuous.  As  in 
fasciatus,  the  occipital  bars  are  absent  in  all  very  light  or  very  dark 
specimens  while  most  conspicuous  in  those  which  are  slightly  lighter 
than  the  average. 

Distribution. — This  geographic  race  is  found  over  the  southeastern 
United  States,  the  northern  limit  of  distribution  being  defined  by  the 
fall  line.  West  of  the  Appalachians  it  is  found  from  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico  northward  to  Tennessee,  Arkansas,  and  Oklahoma.  These 
northern  limits  marking  the  line  of  intergradation  into  typical 
fasciatus.     The  most  western  localities  at  which  fasciatus  socius  has 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  425 

been  taken  are  Victoria,  Sarita,  and  Brownsville,  Tex.,  and  Mexico 
City. 

Biological  Notes. — Though  often  found  in  large  numbers,  this 
geographic  race  is  seldom  met  with  in  the  myriads  in  which  true 
fasciatus  is  so  frequently  found.  In  southern  Georgia  and  along  the 
Gulf  coast  the  insect  is  to  be  found  adult  at  all  seasons  except  during 
the  coldest  portions  of  January,  February,  and  ]March,  while  in 
southern  Florida  it  is  found  mature  throughout  the  entire  year. 

The  series  before  us  indicates  that  more  macropterous  individuals 
are  met  with  in  this  geographic  race  than  in  typical  fasciatus. 

Morphological  Notes. — The  variability  of  the  present  species  is 
nowhere  more  striking  than  in  series  of  fasciatus  socius  from  various 
localities.  Very  light  individuals  are  to  be  found  and  others  with 
heads  or  tegmina  of  unusual  size  and  shape.  The  specimens  from 
Dallas,  Tex.,  upon  which  Scudder  based  N.  canus,  are  very  pale, 
though  but  little  tinged  with  russet,  and  have  abnormally  large 
heads.  There  are  many  specimens  before  us  which  show  the  un- 
questionable intergradation  from  the  various  series  to  typical /ascmhis 
socius  and  also  from  one  series  to  the  other. 

Synonymy. — In  1896  Scudder  described  Nemohius  canus  from  a 
series  of  six  males  and  ten  females  of  which  we  here  select  a  male 
from  Dallas,  Tex.  (Boll.)  [Scudder  Collection],  as  the  type.  We 
unhesitatingly  place  this  species  in  the  synonymy  under  fasciatiis 
socius,  from  which  geographic  race  it  can  in  no  way  be  separated ;  the 
specimens  upon  which  it  was  based,  including  the  type  here  selected, 
are  large  and  rather  pale  individuals  of  fasciatus  socius.  In  his 
original  description  Scudder  states  that  it  is  possibly  only  a  geographic 
race  of  fasciatus,  remarkable  for  its  cinereous  aspect  and  the  striped 
appearance  of  the  female  tegmina.  The  series  before  us  show  that 
the  cinereous  aspect  is  found  in  pale  specimens  of  both  fasciatus  and 
fasciatus  socius  in  varying  degrees  over  their  entire  range,  and  the 
different  appearance  of  the  tegmina  is  solely  due  to  the  fact  that  in 
light  specimens  of  the  present  species  the  dark  markings  are  often 
conspicuous. 

In  the  same  paper  in  which  Scudder  described  A^  canus,  he  also 
described  N .  aterrimus.  This  is  a  most  unfortunate  result  of  careless- 
ness, for  the  unique  male,  which  we  here  select  as  the  type  of  aterri- 
mus, is  a  medium-sized,  dark,  brachypterous  specimen  of  fasciatus 
socius,  while  the  unique  female  belongs  to  N.  cuhensis.  A  thoroughly 
brief  and  unsatisfactory  description  based  on  two  specimens  of  dif- 
ferent species  can  hardly  have  been  expected  to  do  other  than  mislead 
when  opportunity  was  lacking  to  examine  the  types. 


426  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [JuHG, 

Saussure,  in  1897,  described  Nemohius  hastatus,  basing  that  species 
on  a  single  female  from  Mexico  City.^^  Careful  examination  of  this 
tjTJe  proves  it  to  be  a  synonym  of  the  present  geographic  race  of 
fasciatus.  The  specimen  is  of  exceptionally  small  size,  but  Saussure's 
error  was  caused  by  his  misconception  of  De  Geer's  fasciatus  in  the 
same  paper,  for  the  specimens  which  he  there  regards  as  that  species 
belong  in  fact  to  the  very  different  hrasilieyisis  of  Walker,  and  conse- 
quently he  looked  upon  the  specimen  under  consideration  as  new. 

Specimens  Examined. — 274:  108  males,  157  females,  and  9  nymphs. 

Raleigh,  North  Carolina,^^  July  8  to  Dec.  7,  1904-08,  (Sherman,  Brimley, 
Wolgum,  Bentley)  20  cf,  41  9  [N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  Hebard  Col- 
lection].    Nos.  sm.,  maj.  med.,  few  Ig.,  many  pi.  med.;    1  cf  Ig.,  4  9 ,  m. 

New  Berne,  N.  C,  July  24,  1908,  (R.)  1  d'.     Med.  b. 

Fayetteville,  N.  C,  Sept.  9,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  6  cT,  9  9  .  Med.,  3  cf ,  4  9  pL; 
aUb. 

Hamlet,  N.  C,  late  Oct.,  1906,  (Sherman)  3  cf ,  5  9  [N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.].  Med. 
and  Ig.  b. 

Lake  Waccamaw,  N.  C,  Sept.  8,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d^,  2  9  .     Med.  b. 

Wilmington,  N.  C,  Sept.  8,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1  cf ,  1  9  •     Med.  dk.  b. 

Winter  Park,  N.  C,  Sept.  7,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1  cf ,  4  9  .  c^  and  2  9  dk.; 
all  med.  b. 

Southport,  N.  C,  Oct.,  1906,  (Sherman)  1   9   [N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.].     Med.  b. 

Smith  Id.,  N.  C,  Oct.,  1906,  (Sherman)  1  d"  [N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.].     V.  sm.  b. 

N.  end  Sullivan  Id.,  South  Carolina,  Sept.  5,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d.     Med.  b. 

Yemassee,  S.  C,  Sept.  4,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  6  d',  6  9,1  9  n.     AU  Ig.;  1  9  m. 

Tybee  Id.,  Ga.,  Sept.  2,  1911,  (H.)  1  d.     Med.  dk.  b. 

Brunswick,  Ga.,  Aug.  30,  1911,  (H.)  1  c^,  3  9  .     Lg.  b. 

Cumberland,  Id.,  Ga.,  Aug.  31,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1   9  .     V.  Ig.  m. 

Billy's  Id.,  Okefenokee  Swamp,  Ga.,  July,  1912,  (Bradley)  1  9  [Cornell  Univ. 
Collection].     Lg.  b. 

Homerville,  Ga.,  Aug.  27,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  4  c^,  8  9  .     Lg.  b. 

Thomasville,  Ga.,  May  21  to  Dec.  11,  1903,  (H;  for  H.)  6  d,  18  9  [Hebard 
CoUection].     Med.;  some  pi.;   1  c^ ;   10  9  m.:   Mar.  18,  21,  1904,  (H.)  4  n. 

Bainbridge,  Ga.,  July  15-27,  1909,  Sept.  2-7,  1910,  (Bradley)  1  cf ,  4  9  [Col- 
lection State  of  Ga.].     Pair  med.,  others  v.  large;  all  m. 

Georgia,  1    9  Type.     [Scudder  Collection].     Med.  b. 

Atlantic  Beach,  Florida,  Aug.  24,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  2  cf ,  1   9  .     Lg.  b. 

Pablo  Beach,  Fla.,  Aug.  11,  12,  1905,  (R.  and  H.)  2  cT,  4  9  .     Lg.;  2  9  m, 

Jacksonville,  Fla.,  (Slosson)  1  cf  [Scudder  Collection] ;  (Pridday)  1  cf.  Type, 
A'',  aterrimus  Sc.  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Med.  dk.  b. 

Gamesville,  Fla.,  Aug.  IS,  1905,  (R.  and  H.)  1   9  .     Lg.  b. 

Bronson,  Fla.,  Aug.  16,  1905,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d^.     Lg.  m. 
.  Cedar  Key,  Fla.,  Aug.  17,  1905,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d^,  1   9 .     Med.  b. 

Sanford,  Fla.,  1    d   [Scudder  Collection]. 

Orlando,  Fla.,  Nov.  15,  1901,  (Polk)  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Sm.  dk.  b. 

Lakeland.  Fla.,  Nov.  8,  1911,  (Davis)  5  d',  2  9  [Davis  Collection  and  U.  S. 
N.  M.].     Med.  b.,  1  d  m. 

Tampa,  Fla.,  Jan.  16,  1904,  (H.)  1  9,1  9  n.  Sm.  b.;  1  c?,  2  9  [Collection 
State  of  Ga.].     Med.  dk.  m. 

'^  This  locality  is  wronglj'^  given  with  the  original  description  in  the  Biologia 
as  Ciudad  in  Durango. 

3'  This  large  series  is  of  particular  interest  owing  to  the  great  amount  of  varia- 
tion shown  not  only  in  size,  but  also  in  color.  As  the  locaUty  would  suggest,  the 
present  series  contains  many  intermediates  between  fasciatus  and  fasciatus  socius. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  427 

Sarasota,  Fla.,  Jan.  29,  Mar.  1,  1911,  (Blatchley)  1  d",  2  9  [Blatchley  Collec- 
tion].    Med.  b. 

Charlotte  Harbor,  Fla.,  1   9  [Scudder  Collection]. 

Fort  Myers,  Fla.,  Mar.  12,  1911,  (Blatchley)  1  d^  [Blatchlev  Collection]. 
Med.  b. 

Miami,  Fla.,  Mar.  28,  1910,  (H.)  1  cf .     Med.  dk.  m. 

Homestead,  Fla.,  July  10,  12,  1912,  (R.  and  H.)  1  cf .     Sm.  dk.  b. 

New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  Nov.-Dec,  1882,  (Shufeldt)  1  cf  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Med.  b. 

De  Kalb,  Texas,  Sept.  1,  1904,  (C.  R.  Jones)  1  cf  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Med.  pi.  m. 

Dallas,  Tex.,  (Boll)  5  o",  7  9  ,  2  —  n.^s  [Scudder  Collection,  Hebard  Collection 
ex  Bruner,  U.  S.  N.  M.].     Med.  and  Ig.,  pi.;   1  d"  m. 

College  Station,  Tex.,  Dec.  27-29,  1905,  (Hart)  5  d',  2  9  [111.  State  Lab.  Nat. 
Hi.st.]     Med.  b. 

Beaumont,  Tex.,  July  23,  1912,  (H.)  10  d',  8  9.  Med.,  5  d',  4  9  m.  (at 
light). 

Columbus,  Tex.,  June  10,  1879,  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Med.  pi.  b. 

Galveston,  Tex.,  July  19-21,  1912,  (H.)  9  cf ,  7  9  ;  Jan.  3,  1906,  (Hart)  1  9 
[111.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.].     Med.  b. 

Virginia  Point,  Tex.,  July  21,  1912,  (H.)  1  d^.     Med.  b. 

Webster,  Tex.,  Julv  19,  1912,  (H.)  1   9  .     Med.  b. 

Rosenberg,  Tex.,  July  25-26,  1912,  (H.)  19.     Lg.  b. 

Victoria,  Tex..  June,  1902,  (Caudell)  1  c?,  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Med.  pi.  m. 

Sarita,  Tex.,  Dec.  5,  1911,  (Hart)  1   9  [111.  State  Lab.  Nat.  HLst.].     Lg.  dk.  b. 

Brownsville,  Tex.,  Julv  31-Aug.  5. 1912,  (H.)  1  9  n.;  (Townsend)  1  o".     Med.  m. 

Mexico  City,  Mexico,  8,190  feet,  (Forrer)  1  9 .  Type,  N.  hastatus  Sauss.  [Br. 
Mus.].     V.  sm.  dk.  b. 

Nemobias  fasciatus  abortivus  Caudell. 

1904.  Nemobius  fasciatus  var.  abortivus  Caudell,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  p.  248. 
(Original  description.)     [Moose  Jaw,  Saskatchewan.] 

1906.  Nemobius  fasciatus  var.  abortivus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVIII, 
p.  59.  [Common  everywhere  on  prairies,  Manitoba,  Assiniboia  (Sas- 
katchewan), Alberta.] 

1908.  Nemobius  fasciatus  abortivus  Caudell.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXXIV, 
p.  81.     [Calgary,  Medicine  Hat,  Moose  Jaw,  Canada;    Portal,  N.  Dak.] 

1910.  Nemobius  fasciatus  abortivus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XLII,  p.  355. 
[Aweme,  Elkhorn,  Manitoba;  Yellow  Grass,  Moosomin,  Vonda,  Sas- 
katchewan.] 

1911.  Nemobius  fasciatus  form  abortivus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Ent.  News, 
XXII,  p.  10.     [Aweme,  Manitoba.] 

1911.  Nemobius  fasciatus  abortivus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XLIII,  p.  304. 
[Ft.  William,  Ont.] 

1912.  Nemobius  fasciatus  abortivus  Caudell  and  Hebai'd,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  1912,  p.  168.     (Single  type  fixation.) 

Individuals  of  the  present  geographic  race  of  N.  fas&iatus  are  found 
to  differ  from  typical  specimens  of  the  species  in  their  much  smaller 
size,  very  dark  coloration,  extreme  abbreviation  of  the  tegmina,  and, 
in  the  female,  by  differences  in  the  ovipositor,  the  apex  of  which  is 
fully  as  much  enlarged  but  for  a  less  di.stance  than  in  fasciatus,  being 
more  obliquely  subtruncate,  and  is  provided  with  more  pronounced 
teeth. 


38  All  belong  to  the  type  series  of  the  synonymous  Neynobius  cayius  Scudder, 
1th  the  exception  of  the  macropterous  specimen,  which  is  labelled  .V.  socius  by 


with  the  exception  of  the  macropterous 
Scudder. 


428  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADExMY    OF  [June, 

Though  resembhng  N.  maculatus  closely  in  size  and  somewhat  in 
form,  individuals  of  this  race  may  be  separated  by  the  absence  of  light 
markings  on  the  head,  immaculate  and  dark  coloration,  less  sharply 
truncate  tegmina  in  both  sexes,  more  shiny  appearance  in  the  males, 
and  different  apex  of  the  ovipositor  in  the  females. 

Type:  cf  ;-  Moose  Jaw,  Saskatchewan.  In  grass  along  borders  of 
draw  on  prairie.   August  24,  1903.    (Caudell)  [U.  S.  N.  M.  Collection.] 

Description  of  Type. — Size  smallest  of  the  races  of  fasciatus, 
similar  to  A'',  maculatus  in  size,  but  form  not  quite  so  robust.  Head, 
eyes,  and  pronotum  as  in  fasciatus.  Tegmina  not  as  long  as  the  caudal 
femur,  translucent  and  rather  abruptly  rounded  distad,  though  not  as 
sharply  truncate  as  in  typical  maculatus.  Wings  absent.  Abdominal 
appendages  and  first  proximal  internal  spine  of  caudal  tibiae  as  in 
fasciatus.     Limbs  as  in  fasciatus. 

Allotypic  9  ,  here  selected,  bears  the  same  data  as  the  type. 

Description  of  Allotype. — Size  larger,  but  proportions  much  as  in 
the  type.  Tegmina  much  shorter  than  the  caudal  femur,  broadly 
rounded  distad,  though  not  as  much  so  as  in  typical  maculatus, 
longitudinal  veins  rather  conspicuous,  cross  veinlets  faint.  Wings 
absent.  Ovipositor  long,  longer  than  caudal  femur,  rigid,  with  a 
scarcely  perceptible  arcuation,  apex  of  same  sublanceolate,  enlarged 
for  a  shorter  distance  than  in  fasciatus  and  more  obliquely  subtrun- 
cate  than  in  that  species,  with  that  portion  formed  by  the  dorsal 
valves  armed,  the  upper  margin  dentate,  these  teeth  rather  irregular, 
heavy,  and  sharply  cut. 


Fig.  5. — Xcmobius  fasciatus  ahortivus.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Allotype.     Type.  Average  of  paratypic  series. 

9  c^  9  9  d'd' 

Length  of  body 9.         7.4  8.2(7.3-9.)  7.3(6.7-8.) 

Length  of  tegmina 3.5       4.8  3  . 6  (3 . 1-4 . 6)  4 . 9  (4 . 3-5 . 8) 

Length  of  caudal  femur  .5.4       5.1  5 . 8  (5 . 4-6 . 2)  5 . 2  (4 . 9-5 . 5) 
Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 1.8       1.7  1.9(1.8-2.1)  1.8(1.7-1.9) 

Length  of  ovipositor 6.2     6.8(6.2-7.4)  

The  above  measurements  show  that  when  compared  with  the 
smallest  individuals  of  fasciatus,  the  length  of  the  caudal  femur  of 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  429 

this  race  averages  considerably  less,  while  the  length  of  the  ovipositor 
is  also  less  in  the  majority  of  cases. 

The  small  dark  form  of  fasciatus  fomid  in  eastern  Ontario  and 
Michigan,  of  which  Walker  speaks,^^  is,  as  he  has  stated,  but  a 
degenerate  and  does  not,  as  Caudell  has  supposed,^"^  belong  to  the 
present  geographic  race.  From  this  it  may  be  separated  by  the 
general  coloration,  which  although  dark,  is  not  as  nearly  black  as  in 
fasciatus  abortivus,  and  the  ovipositor  which  is  exactly  as  in  fasciatus. 
Intermediates  between  such  individuals  and  fasciatus  abortivus  will 
undoubtedly  be  found  frequently  in  the  area  of  intergradation  be- 
tween fasciatus  and  the  present  geographic  race.  The  individuals 
from  Aweme,  Man.,  before  us,  do  not  show  the  characters  which 
define  the  geographic  race  as  distinctly  as  do  the  specimens  from  the 
type  locality,  all  of  the  other  specimens  here  treated  are  typical. 

Color  Notes. — The  males  of  the  present  geographic  race  appear  to 
be  shiny  black  to  the  naked  eye,  but  under  a  Zeiss  binocular  are 
found  to  lie  shiny  dark  clove  brown  in  general  coloration.  The 
maxillary  palpi  are  darker  than  in  typical  fasciatus.  The  yellow 
line  of  the  discoidal  vein  of  the  males  is  extremely  narrow,  and  the 
yellowish  markings  of  the  postocular  portion  of  the  genae  and 
ventral  margin  of  the  lateral  lobes  are  absent  or  very  greatly  reduced 
and  obscured  in  both  sexes.  The  tegmina  of  the  females  have  the 
dorsal  field  sepia  in  general  color  with  the  longitudinal  veins  tinged 
with  tawny  and  the  median  vein  distinctly  outlined  in  clove  brown, 
which  is  also  the  color  of  the  entire  lateral  field  with  the  exception 
of  the  intermediate  channel  which  is  of  the  same  color  as  the  dorsal 
field.  Several  of  the  females  of  fasciatus  abortivus  before  us  have  a 
general  coloration  which  is  somewhat  less  dark,  and  in  these  specimens 
the  dorsal  surface  of  the  insect  approaches  sepia  with  a  faint  tawny 
cast  and  in  one  or  two  individuals  the  pale  stripes  of  the  occiput  are 
faintly  indicated. 

Distribution. — This  geographic  race  is  found  over  the  prairie  region 
of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  and  Alberta  in  the  Dominion  of  Canada, 
and  in  the  adjacent  portions  of  the  United  States.  It  has  also  been 
taken  as  far  east  as  Fort  William,  in  extreme  western  Ontario. 

Biological  Notes. — Caudell  has  found  this  race  plentiful  in  the  grass 
along  the  borders  of  a  draw  on  the  prairie  at  IMoose  Jaw,  Sask., 
while  Walker  states  that  it  is  common  everywhere  on  the 
prairies  of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  and  Alberta.     The  latter  author 

39  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  p.  184. 
"  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  p.  248. 


430  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [JunC, 

when  at  Fort  William,  Ont.,  noted  that  its  song  differed  from  that 
oifasciatus  and  described  it  as  "  a  low  continuous  trill. "  No  macrop- 
terous  specimens  have  been  taken. 

Specimens  Examined. — 48:   19  males,  29  females. 

Aweme,  Manitoba,  Aug.  8,  24,  25,  30,  Sept.  22,  Oct.  5,  6,  1904-09,  (Criddle) 
4  cf ,  7   9   [Hebard,  University  of  Toronto,  and  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection]. 

Portal,  North  Dakota,  Aug.  25,  26,  1906,  (Caudell)  1  cf ,  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 

Moose  Jaw,  Saskatchewan,  Aug.  24,  1903,  (Caudell)  9  cf,  14  9,  Type,  allo- 
type, paratypes;  August,  1906,  (Caudell)  4  c?,  4  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.,  Blatchley  and 
Hebard  Collection]. 

Medicine  Hat,  Alberta,  August,  1906,  (Caudell)  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 

Calgary,  Alta.,  August,  1906,  (Caudell)  1  cf ,  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 

Nemobius  maculatus  Blatchley. 

1900.  Nemobius  maculatus  Blatchley,  Psyche,   IX,  pp.  52,  53.     (Original 

description.)     [Marion  and  Vigo  Counties,  Ind.     In  small  numbers.] 
1903.  Nemobius  maculatus  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  pp.  420,  424,  425. 

[Marion  and  Vigo  Counties,  Ind.     Low  open  woods,  near  and  under  logs.] 

1903.  Nemobius  confusus  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  pp.  421,  428,  429. 
(In  part.)  (Description  of  cf  ■)  [Tippecanoe  Lake,  Kosciusko  County, 
Ind.     Low  damp  woods.] 

1904.  Nemobius  maculatus  Mead,  Dept.  Zool.  Ent.  Ohio  State  Univ.,  No.  19, 
pp.  110,  112.     [Franklin  County,  O.] 

1906.  Nemobius   maculatus  Hart,  111.  State   Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  Descr.  Syn. 

Ins.  Coll.,  II,  Orth.,  p.  89.     [Illinois.     About  logs  and  dead  wood  in  sparse 

woods  and  near  streams.] 
1908.  [Nemobius]  maculatus  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XIX,  p.  21.     [Raleigh, 

N.  C.     Mixed  woods.] 
1911.  Nemobius  maculatus  Sherman  and  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  391. 

[Raleigh  and  Jefferson,  N.  C] 

The  long  straight  ovipositor  of  the  present  species  having  the  dorsal 
margin  of  its  apex  obliquely  subtruncate  and  armed  with  teeth 
places  it  at  once  in  the  first  of  the  North  American  subgenera, 
Allonemobius,  of  which  fasciatus  is  the  type. 

From  typical  N.  fasciatus  it  is  possible  to  distinguish  maculatus  by 
its  smaller  size  and  more  compact  structure,  the  different  markings 
on  the  head  and  maxillary  palpi  and  more  mottled  general  color 
pattern,  the  short  tegmina  which  are  more  quadrate  in  the  male  and 
more  nearly  squarely  truncate  in  the  female,  and  the  shorter  more 
rigid  ovipositor  which  is  armed  with  very  sharp  teeth. 

From  N.  griseus  it  may  be  distinguished  by  all  the  characters 
which  separate  that  species  from  all  other  species  of  the  subgenus. 

A  general  superficial  resemblance  to  N.  amhitiosus  is  noticeable, 
but  examination  at  once  reveals  the  many  differential  characters  of 
that  aberrant  species. 

Described  from  one  male  and  nine  females  from  two  localities. 

Single  type  here  designated:  9  ;  Marion  County,  Indiana,  in  low 
open  woods.     October  6,  1895.     (Blatchley.)     [Blatchley  Collection.] 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


431 


We  here  describe  a  female  paratype  bearing  the  same  data  as  the 
type,  excepting  the  date,  which  is  September  10,  1895,  in  the  United 
States  National  Museum. 

Size  medium  for  the  genus,  form  robust;  head  rather  large,  full 
and  rounded,  about  as  wide  as  the  pronotum.  Maxillary  palpi  of 
much  the  same  form  as  in  fasciatus,  but  with 
joints  not  quite  as  much  produced  as  in  that 
species.  Eyes  broad-ovate,  moderately  pro- 
truding. Pronotum,  when  compared  with 
that  of  fasciatus,  slightly  less  transverse, 
narrowing  very  slightly  cephalad.  Tegmina 
not  half  as  long  as  caudal  femur,  apex  at 
humeral  angle  broadly  but  distinctly  obtuse- 
angulate,  sutural  margin  passes  into  distal 
margin  with  a  distinct  angulation,  longi- 
tudinal veins  rather  conspicuous,  cross- 
veinlets  very  weak.  Wings  absent.  Supra- 
anal  plate  and  cerci  as  in  fasciatus.  Ovi- 
positor long,  equal  to  the  caudal  femur  in 
length,  rigid,  almost  straight,  apex  similar 
to  that  of  fasciatus,  but  armed  Avith  very 
sharp  teeth.*^  Subgenital  plate  scoop- 
shaped,  caudal  margin  arcuato-truncate,  briefly  cleft  mesad.'*^ 
Caudal  femora  slightly  more  robust  than  in  fasciatus. 


Fig.  6. — Nemobins  macu- 
lalus.  Dorsal  view  of 
female  here  described. 
(X3.) 


Fig.  7, 


Fig.  8. 

Figs.  7,  8. — Nemobius  maculatus.     Ovipositor;    normal   (Fig.   7)   and  distorted 
(Fig.  8).     (Greatly  magnified.) 

A  topotypic  male  taken  October  16,  1904,  by  Blatchley,  and  in  the 
Blatchley  Collection,  affords  the  additional  data  given  below. 


*i  The  series  of  specimens  before  us  show  that,  when  the  ovipositor  has  received 
usage,  these  teeth  become  blunt,  and  in  some  cases  have  been  worn  down  until 
their  bases  alone  remain. 

^  The  degree  of  truncation  and  division  of  the  subgenital  plate  is  variable  in 
this  species  as  well  as  in  fasciatus. 


432  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Size  slightly  smaller,  proportions  much  as  in  the  female.  The 
tegmina  are  translucent,  and  when  in  repose  the  dorsal  fields  are 
quadrate  in  outline,  with  the  caudal  margin  broadly  arcuato-truncate. 
Subgenital  plate  as  in  fasciatus.  Proximo-internal  spine  of  caudal 
tibia  as  described  under  Morphological  Notes  in  the  generic  discussion 
of  the  present  paper. 

Measurements  (in  millimeters) . 

Marion  County,  Ind. 

Paratype.  Average  of  series. 

9               cf  cf  9  9 

Length  of  body 8.3      7 . 3  (6 . 5-8 . 4)  8.3(7.7-9.   ) 

Length  of  pronotum 1.9       1.8  2.     (1.9-2.2) 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.7      2 . 5  (2 . 3-2 . 7)  2.7(2.4-2.8) 

Length  of  tegmen 2.7      3.8  2 . 9  (2 . 5-3 . 1) 

Length  of  caudal  femur 6.1      5.6(5.2-5.9)  6 . 5  (6 . 1-6 . 8) 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur  2.3      2 .  2 . 4  (2 . 2-2 . 6) 

Length  of  ovipositor 6 6.4  (5.9-6.8) 

Cabin  John  Run,  Chestnut  Hill, 

Md.  Pa. 

Average  of  series. 

d'   &                 9    9  cf  9 

Length  of  bodv 7.5(7.-8.)  8.4(7.6-9.1)  8.2  9. 

Length  of  pronotum 1.8(1.7-1.9)  1.9(1.8-2.1)  1.9  2. 

Caudal  width  of  prono- 
tum   2 . 5  (2 . 4-2 . 7)  2 . 5  (2 . 4-2 . 7)  2.4  2.6 

Length  of  tegmen 3.8(3.5-4.)  2.5(2.-3.1)  4.3  3.2 

Length  of  caudal  femur...  5 . 8  (5 . 6-6 .   )  6 .     (5.4-6.4)  5.7  6.1 

Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 2.1(2.-2.2)  2.2(2.-2.6)  2.1  2.1 

Leng-th  of  ovipositor 6.     (5.-6.8)       5.8 

As  in  other  characters,  there  is  very  much  less  variation  in  the 
size  and  proportions  of  the  present  species  than  in  fasciatus.  In  the 
entire  series  before  us  there  are  no  specimens  noticeably  larger  or 
smaller  than  those  whose  measurements  are  given  above. 

Color  Notes. — The  specimens  here  described  are  typical  in  colora- 
tion of  the  great  majority  of  specimens  of  the  species  before  us. 
General  color  bistre  with  a  tawny  suffusion,  the  dorsum  of  the 
pronotum  dotted,  and  the  caudal  limbs  mottled  with  darker  brown. 
Head  with  a  narrow  pale  yellowish  line  about  the  eyes  except  on  the 
infra-ocular  portion  of  the  gense,  a  medio-longitudinal  line  of  the 
same  color  faintly  indicated  on  the  occiput.  Maxillary  palpi,  of 
male  with  proximal  portion  of  penultimate  segment  pale,  of  female 
with  penultimate  segment  and  proximal  portion  of  terminal  segment 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  433 

russet."*^  Lateral  lobes  of  pronotum  broadly  barred  with  clove 
brown,  the  immediate  ventral  margin  of  the  general  coloration  of  the 
insect.  Tegmina  with  dorsal  field  of  male  translucent  bistre,  with 
discoidal  vein  narrowly  outlined  in  ivory  white;  dorsal  field  of  female 
bistre  with  a  tawny  suffusion,  the  median  vein  pale  yellowish;  lateral 
field  in  both  sexes  clove  brown.  Ovipositor  very  dark  Vandyke 
brown. 

As  has  been  noted,  the  males  are  usually  darker  than  the  females 
and  in  consequence  have  the  abdomen  wholly  clove  brown,  while 
in  the  females  this  portion  of  the  body  is  usually  bistre,  more  or  less 
suffused  with  tawny.  In  a  few  of  the  specimens  of  darkest  coloration 
the  light  markings  on  the  head  are,  as  would  be  expected,  considerably 
obscured. 

Distribution. — The  present  species  is  distributed  over  the  Upper 
Austral  Zone  of  the  eastern  United  States  and  has  been  taken  from 
Flatbush,  L.  I.,  N.  Y.,  southward  through  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania, 
Maryland,  and  Virginia,  as  far  as  Raleigh,  N.  C,  and  westward 
through  Ohio  and  Indiana  to  Illinois. 

Biological  Notes. — This  is  a  secretive  species  which  is  almost  always 
found  among  leaves  and  about  logs  in  woods,  particularly  in  damp 
situations.  In  such  places  colonies  of  considerable  size  are  some- 
times to  be  found,  but  unless  special  effort  is  made  to  locate  these, 
the  little  insects  in  most  cases  wholly  escape  the  notice  of  the  col- 
lector. 

This  is  one  of  the  species  of  Nemobius  in  which  the  reduction  of  the 
tegmina  has  reached  an  advanced  stage,  and  we  are  consequently 
not  surprised  to  find  no  macropterous  individuals  in  the  series  of 
specimens  before  us. 

Synonymy. — No  synonyms  of  the  present  species  have  been  erected. 
Specimens  of  the  diminutive  and  peculiarly  colored  type  of  fasciatus 
discussed  under  that  species  have  been  referred  by  Walker  on 
Scudder's  identification,  and  bj^  Rehn  and  Hebard  to  the  present 
species. 

Specimens  Examined. — 81:  27  males,  53  females,  and  1  nymph. 

Flatbush,  Long  Island,  New  York,  Sept.  30,  1890,  (Zabriskie)  1  9  [Am.  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.]     Normal. 

Staten  Island,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  19,  (Davis)  1  cf,  1  9  [Davis  Collection].     Normal. 

■»3  This  difference  of  coloration  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  female  is  lighter  than 
the  male,  this  is  usually  the  case  in  the  present  species.  The  series  before  us 
indicates  that,  in  maculatus  as  in  fasciatus,  the  lightest  portion  of  the  maxillary 
palpi  is  the  proximal  portion  of  the  penultimate  segment.  In  pale  specimens 
the  light  coloration  extends  from  the  apex  of  the  segment  which  precedes  the 
penultimate  to  the  base  of  the  terminal  segment. 


434 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[June> 


Camphill,  Cumberland  Co.,  Pennsylvania,  Oct.  19,  1  tf  [Pa.  St.  Sept.  Zool.]. 
Normal. 

Chestnut  Hill,  Pa.,  Oct.  4,  1903,  (H.)  2  cf,  4  9  .     Few  somewhat  rufous. 

Cabin  John  Run,  Maryland,  Sept.  19,  1911,  (Davis)  7  cf ,  18  9 ,  1  cT  n.  [Davis 
Collection].     Rather. 

Plummers  Island,  Md.,  Oct.  6,  10,  1906,  1909,  (Caudell,  Fisher,  Barber)  2  d',. 
6    9    [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Normal  and  somewhat  rufous. 

Washington,  D.  C,  Sept.  20,  1911,  (Davis)  1  d'  [Davis  Collection];  Oct.,. 
1909,  (Caudell)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     d  normal,   9  verv  rufous. 

Fairfax  County,  Virginia,  Sept.  21,  1911,  (Davis)  1  c^,  2  9  [Davis  Collection]. 
Normal. 

Alexandria  County,  Va.,  Sept.,  1911,  (Davis)  1  cf,  10  9  [Davis  Collection]. 
Rather  dark. 

Cherrydale,  Va.,  Oct.  9,  1908,  (Caudell)  1  d^,  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Pale  rufous. 

Dead  Run,  Va.,  Aug.  12,  1912,  (Caudell)  1  d  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Rather  dark. 

Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  Oct.  30,  1905,  (Brimley)  1  cT,  2  9  [Brimley  and: 
Hebard  Collection].     Very  pale,  rufous. 

Tippecanoe  Lake,  Kosciusco  County,  Indiana,  Aug.  26,  1902,  (Blatchley) 
2  cT.     Part  of  type  series  of  N.  confusus.     [Blatchley  Collection].     Dark. 

Marion  County,  Ind.,  Sept.  10,  1895,  (Blatchlev)  1  9  .  Paratype  [U.  S.  N.  M.];: 
Oct.  16,  1904,  (Blatchley)  3  c^,  4  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  Hebard  Collection]. 
1  cf ,  3  9  rather  rufous. 

Vigo  County,  Ind.,  (Blatchley)  1   9  .     Paratype  [Hebard  Collection]. 

Buckeye  Lake,  Ohio,  Sept.  12,  1912,  1  d  [Ohio  State  Univ.]. 

Sugar  Grove,  Ohio,  Sept.  28,  1912,  1  cf  [Ohio  State  Univ.]. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Oct.  19,  1912,  1  d  [Ohio  State  Univ.]. 

Nemobius  griseus  E.  M.  Walker. 

1900.  Nemobius  cubensis  Blatchley  (not  of  Saussure,  1874),  Psyche,  IX,  p.  54. 
[Terre  Haute,  Ind.     Sandy  canal.] 

1903.  Nemobius  cubensis  Blatchley  (not  of  Saussure,  1874),  Orth.  of  Indiana,, 
pp.  420,  425.     (Material  recorded  in  1900.) 

1904.  Nemobius  griseus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  pp.  181,  182. 
(Original  description.)  [High  Park  at  Toronto,  Sarnia,  and  de  Grassi 
Point  on  Lake  Simcoe,  Ontario.     On  sandy  soil.] 

The  present  insect  is  an  aberrant  member  of  the  subgenus  Allo- 
nemobius,  typical  individuals  of  which  may  be  distinguished  from  the 
other  species  by  the  proportionately  longer  ovipositor,  which  usually 
exceeds  the  length  of  the  caudal  femur  by  about 
one-quarter,  the  more  grayish  general  coloration 
and  the  distinctive  coloration  and  marking  of  the 
head  which  is  deep  shining  piceous  below  the 
antennae,  and  grayish  or  brownish  gray  above, 
with  two  or  three  usually  distinct  dark  narrow 
longitudinal  stripes  on  the  occiput. 

Described    from    twelve    males    and    thirteen 
females  from  three  localities. 

Single  type  here  designated:    9  ;  High  Park, 

Toronto,  Ontario.     On  sandy  soil.     September  8, 

1902.     (E.  M.  Walker.)      [University  of  Toronto 

Fig.  9.  —  Nemobius     Collection.] 

v?ew^of  fe^rnale.         Description    of    Type. — Size    medium    for    the 

(X  3.)  genus;    form   moderately   slender;    head   rather 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  435 

large,  full  and  rounded,  about  as  wide  as  the  pronotum.  Maxillary 
palpi  much  as  in  fasciatus  in  general  form,  but  with  joints  not  as  much 
produced.  Eyes  not  as  prominent  as  in  that  species,  somewhat  more 
broadly  ovate.  Pronotum,  when  compared  with  that  of  fasciatus, 
slightly  less  transverse,  narrowing  very  slightly  cephalad.  Tegmina 
more  than  half  as  long  as  caudal  femora,  apex  at  humeral  angle 
nearly  rectangulate  and  sharply  rounded,  sutural  margin  passes  into 
distal  margin  with  an  appreciable  angulation,  longitudinal  veins 
very  conspicuous,  cross-veinlets  numerous  but  very  faint.  Wings 
absent.  Ovipositor  very  long,  exceeding  the  length  of  the  caudal 
femur  by  about  one-quarter,  nearly  straight,  stout,  apex  of  same  of 


Fig.  10.  Fig.  11. 

Figs.  10  and  11. — Nemobius  griseus.     Cephalic  (Fig.  10)  and  dorsal  (Fig.  11) 
aspect  of  color  pattern  of  head.     ( X  4.) 

the  fasciatus  type  but  slightly  shorter  and  heavier,  with  dorsal  margin 
armed  with  prominent,  sharp,  regularly  spaced  teeth. 

Allotypic  male,  here  selected,  bears  the  same  data  as  the  tj^pe 
excepting  that  it  was  taken  August  16,  1902;  it  is  also  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Toronto  Collection. 

Description  of  Allotype.  Size  considerably  smaller;  form  more 
slender  than  the  type.  Tegmina  are  translucent  and  when  in  repose 
the  dorsal  fields  have  the  sides  subparallel  with  the  caudal  margin 
arcuato-truncate.  Spines  of  caudal  tibiae  somewhat  more  slender 
than  in  fasciatus. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Toronto,  Ont. 

Type.     Allotype.  Paratypes. 

9  cf  9  9  9            d' 

Length  of  body 8.2  7.3  8.  8.6  7.8        7.5 

Length  of  pronotum 1.9  1.6  2.1  1.7  1.6         1.5 

Caudal  width  of  prono-  - 

tum 2.5  2.1  2.4  2.3  2.2         2. 

Length  of  tegmina 4.  4.  3.  4.9  2.9         4.1 

Length  of  wings 10.9       

Length  of  caudal  femur ...  6.9  5.2  6.8  6.3  5.8         5. 
■Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 2.3  1.7  2.1  2.  2.           1.7 

Length  of  ovipo.sitor 8.9       8.3  8.2         8 


436      '  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

de  Grassi  Point,  Ont.  Terre  Craw- 

■ ' ^  Haute,  ford  Co., 

Paratype.  Ind.  Ind. 

9             &             d"             &  d' 

Length  of  body 7.6           6.8           6.8           7.  8. 

Length  of  pronotum 1.6           1.4           1.4           1.6  1.8 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum.     2.1           2.1           1.9           2.2  2.5 

Length  of  tegmma 2.9           4.             4.             4.2  4.9 

Length  of  wings 

Length  of  caudal  femur 5.7           5.             4.9           5.3  6. 

Greatest    width    of    caudal 

femur 2.             1.8           1.7           1.9  2. 

Length  of  ovipositor 7.2         

The  measurements  of  all  the  specimens  before  us  of  the  present 
species  are  given  above,  these  indicate  that  there  is  considerable 
variation  in  the  proportions  of  griseus,  but  in  other  respects  the 
specimens  are  very  similar. 

Color  Notes. — The  specimens  we  have  examined  are  quite  similar 
in  coloration.  General  color,  in  pale  specimens,  hair  brown;  in 
dark  specimens,  clove  brown  washed  with  grayish.  Head  below  the 
antennae  deep  shining  piceous,  above  of  the  general  coloration  with 
two  or  sometimes  three  usually  distinct,  dark,  narrow,  longitudinal 
stripes  on  the  occiput.     Eyes  wood  brown.     Maxillary  palpi  with 


Fig.  12. — Netnobius  griseus.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

penultimate  segment  the  palest,  terminal  segment  very  dark.  Dor- 
sum of  pronotum,  dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  and  of  caudal  femora  of 
the  general  coloration,  excepting  that  the  first  segments  of  the 
abdomen,  concealed  beneath  the  tegmina,  are  shining  black,  while 
the  exposed  segments  have  each  a  small  dark  median  spot.  Lateral 
lobes  of  pronotum  broadly  banded  with  clove  brown,  the  ventral 
margin  narrowly  marked  with  buff,  which  marking  is,  in  the  majority 
of  specimens,  a  mere  line.  Tegmina  translucent;  male  with  dorsal 
field  of  the  general  coloration,  the  discoidal  vein  narrowly  outlined 
in  buff,  lateral  fields  clove  brown  becoming  pale  toward  the  costal 
margin;  female  with  dorsal  field  broccoli  brown,  in  some  specimens 
somewhat  tinged  with  rufous,  intermediate  channel  somewhat  paler 
with  a  black  line  on  the  dorsal  margin  bordering  the  median  vein, 
lateral  field  similar  in  coloration  to  the  dorsal  field  with  the  exception 
of  a  dark  area  between  the  humeral  and  mediastine  veins,  which  in 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  437 

pale  specimens  is  seal  brown  and  in  dark  specimens  black.  Ventral 
surface  of  body,  caudal  femora  and  sometimes  other  limbs  wood 
brown,  more  or  less  suffused  with  russet  in  the  males,  and  all  but  the 
median  portion  obscured  with  dark  brown  in  one  female.  Cephalic 
and  median  limbs  and  caudal  tibiae  clove  brown  maculate  with  a 
paler  shade. 

Distribution. — This  insect  is  known  from  the  type  localities  in  the 
central  portion  of  eastern  Ontario  and  from  southwestern  Indiana. 

Biological  Notes. — The  insect  has  been  found  only  on  sandy  soil 
among  scant  vegetation.  Dr.  Walker  tells  us  that  its  pale  colors 
render  it  very  inconspicuous  against  the  sand.  Thirty  specimens  of 
the  present  species  have  now  been  recorded,  of  which  but  one  is 
macropterous. 

Synonymy. — No  synonyms  of  the  present  species  exist.  Blatchley, 
however,  was  led  to  record  specimens  of  this  insect  as  iV.  cubensis 
in  1900  and  1903,  owing  to  Scudder's  incorrect  determination. 

Specimens  Examined. — 13:   7  males,  6  females. 

De  Grassi  Point,  Lake  Simcoe,  Ontario,  Sept.  1.5,  1901,  (E.  M.Walker)  1  9. 
Paratype;  Aug.  14,  1904,  (E.  M.  Walker)  2  c?,  1  9  [University  of  Toronto  and 
U.  S.  N.  M.]. 

High  Park,  Toronto,  Ont.,  Aug.  16,  Sept.  S,  1902,  (E.  M.  Walker)  3  d',  3  9  . 
Type,  Allotype,  Paratypes.     [University  of  Toronto  and  A.  N.  S.  P.]. 

Terre  Haute,  Indiana,  Oct.  9,  1893,  (Blatchley)  2  cf  [Blatchley  Collection]. 

Crawford  County,  Ind.,  Sept.  4,  1902,  (Blatchley)  1  &  [Blatchley  Collection]. 

Nemobius  griseus  funeralis  Hart. 

1900.  Ncmohius  funeralis  Hart,  Ent.  News,  XVII,  p.  159.     (Description.) 
[College  Station,  Tex.] 

The  present  interesting  insect  is  very  different  from  any  of  the 
other  species  found  in  Texas,  but,  although  known  from  the  unique 
type  only,  comparisons  with  the  type  and  other  specimens  of  Walker's 
N.  griseus  show  without  question  that  it  is  a  geographic  race  of  that 
species  differing  only  in  the  darker  coloration,  more  obscure  color 
pattern  and  much  shorter  ovipositor.  Material  from  the  country 
which  intervenes  between  the  type  locality  and  the  range  of  typical 
griseus  will  doubtless  show  intermediates  much  as  those  found  between 
N.fasciatus  and  its  southern  race  N.fasciatus  sociiis,  although  in  the 
present  race  the  differentiation  appears  to  have  reached  a  more 
advanced  degree. 

Type:  9  ;  College  Station,  Brazos  County,  Texas.  December 
26,  1905.  (Charles  A.  Hart)  [lUinois  State  Laboratory  of  Natural 
History  Collection.] 

Description  of  Type. — Size  and  form  similar  to  that  of  smaller 
individuals  of  N.  griseus.     Head,  maxillary  palpi,  eyes,  pronotum, 


438  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Juiie, 

and  tegmina"**  as  in  that  species.  Wings  absent.  Ovipositor^^  pre- 
cisely as  in  griseus,  but  very  much  shorter,  little  over  three-quarters 
the  length  of  the  caudal  femur. 

Measurements  (in  millimeters) . 

Type,   9. 
College  Station,  Tex. 

Length  of  body .    7.9 

Length  of  pronotum 1 . 7 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum  .    2 . 

Length  of  tegmina 2.7,  2.9 

Length  of  caudal  femur  5 . 6 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur  1.8 

Length  of  ovipositor 4 .  ^^ 

Color  Notes. — The  type  is  much  darker  than  the  series  of  N.  griseus 
before  us,  being  in  general  coloration  very  dark  clove  brown  (almost 
black)  washed  with  grayish,  but  the  distinctive  markings  of  that 
insect  are  all  present  in  this  dark  specimen  although  less  prominent. 
The  portion  of  the  head  below  the  antennse  is  deep  shining  piceous, 
exactly  as  in  griseus,  while  the  occipital  stripes  though  faint  are 
clearly  discernible  under  a  Zeiss  binocular.  Eyes  clove  brown  and 
maxillary  palpi  of  the  same  color,  the  distal  portion  of  the  third 
segment  and  the  entire  penultimate  segment  somewhat  paler. 
Pronotum  wholly  of  general  coloration  excepting  in  the  cephalic 
portion  which  is  somewhat  paler,  particularly  so  on  the  lateral  lobes. 
Tegmina  with  dorsal  field  broccoli  brown  faintly  tinged  with  rufous, 
intermediate  channel  of  same  coloration  with  the  black  line  of  the 
dorsal  margin  (often  striking  in  griseus)  very  narrow;  lateral  fields 
black.  Femora  and  ventral  surface  of  body  black;  other  portions 
of  limbs  bistre. 

Distribution. — The  present  insect  is  known  only  from  College 
Station,  in  central  southeastern  Texas. 

Specimens  Examined. — 1 :   1  female. 

College  Station,  Texas,  Dec.  26,  1905,  (Hart)  1  9 .  Type  N.  funeralis  Hart. 
(HI.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.]     b. 

44  The  right  tegmen  of  the  type  is  slightly  shrivelled. 

■*5  The  ovipositor  of  the  type  has  the  dorsal  and  ventral  valves  considerably 
separated  at  their  extremities  as  is  so  frequently  found  in  .V.  bruneri. 

^^  Hart  gives  in  the  original  description  3.5  mm.  for  this  length,  probably 
because  he  measured  the  length  of  the  exposed  ventral  surface  of  the  shaft.  The 
measurements  given  throughout  the  present  paper  for  this  length  are  taken 
from  the  base  of  the  ovipositor,  within  the  subgenital  plate,  to  the  apex  of  the 
ovipositor. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  439 

Nemobius  ambitiosus  Scudder. 

1877.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Scudder,    Proc.    Bost.   Soc.   Nat.   Hist.,   XIX, 

pp.  81,  82.     (Original  description.)     [Fort  Reed,  Fla.] 
1896.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Scudder,  Jn.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  99,  104. 

[Fort  Reed,  Charlotte  Harbor,  Sandford,  Indian  River,  and  Jacksonville, 

Fla.] 
1896.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  432.     [New  key.] 
1902.  Nemobius   ambitiosus   Blatchley,   A   Nature   Wooing,    pp.   40,    223. 

[Ormond,  Fla.] 
1905.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1904,  p.  800.     [Thomasville,  Ga.,  Leon  County,  Fla.     In  pine  straw.] 
1905.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1905,  p.  50.     [Miami,  Tampa,  Fla.     In  dead  leaves.] 

1907.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1907,  p.  317.  [Pablo  Reach,  San  Pablo,  and  Gainesville,  Fla.  Under- 
growth in  pine  woods  and  in  palmetto  scrub.] 

1909.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Hebard,  Ent.  News,  XX,  p.  115.  [Thomasville, 
Ga.     Frequent  in  pine  woods.     December.] 

1911.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1910,  p.  596.     [Bainbridge,  Ga.] 

1911.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Allard,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  156.  [Thompson's 
Mills,  Ga.     One  of  the  commonest  and  earliest  species.] 

1912.  Nemobius  ambitiosus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1912,  p.  273.     [Miami  and  Homestead,  Fla.     Undergrowth  in  pine  woods.] 

This  trim  insect  may  be  immediately  distinguished  from  all  other 
North  American  species  of  the  genus  by  the  very  strilving  marlvings 
of  the  head  and  the  usually  distinctly  striped  caudal  femora.  More- 
over, in  the  males,  the  evenness  of  the  dorsal  field  of  the  tegmina, 
which  is  bounded  by  a  pale  narrow  line  not  only  laterad,  but  caudad 
as  well,  gives  this  sex  a  very  clean-cut  appearance,  while  the  scarcely 


Figs.  13  and  14:.^Nemobius  ambitiosus.     Cephalic  (Fig.  13)  and  dorsal  (Fig.  14) 
aspect  of  color  pattern  of  head.     (X  4.) 

enlarged  apical  portion  of  the  ovipositor  in  the  opposite  sex  is  dis- 
tinctive. 

The  insect  is  a  very  aberrant  member  of  the  subgenus  Allonemohius. 
Although  a  small  amount  of  variation  exists  in  size,  proportions,  and 
tone  of  general  coloration,  the  peculiarly  striking  color  pattern  is 
constant  in  the  present  species. 

Described  from  a  series  of  eleven  specimens  from  a  single  locality. 

Single  type  here  designated:  9  ;  Fort  Reed,  Florida.  April  20-22, 
1876.     (Comstock.)     [Scudder  Collection.] 

We  here  describe  a  female  from  Gainesville,  Fla.,  taken  August 
16,  1905,  in  the  undergrowth  of  the  pine  woods  by  Rehn  and  Hebard. 
29 


440  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Size  medium  for  the  genus,  form  robust;  head  rather  large  and 
rounded,  but  considerably  flattened  in  front.  Maxillary  palpi  much 
as  in  N.  griseus,  but  with  the  penultimate  segment  much  more  de- 
cidedly constricted  in  the  proximal  portion.  Eyes  broad-ovate,  not 
at  all  protruding.  Pronotum  as  in  griseus.  Tegmina  less  than  half 
as  long  as  caudal  femora,  apex  at  humeral  angle  very  broadly  and 
roundly  obtuse-angulate,  distal  margin  of  dorsal  field  oblique,  passing 
into  the  sutural  margin  arcuately  without  angulation,  the  intermediate 
channel  not  conspicuous  and  forming  part  of  the  dorsal  field,  longi- 
tudinal veins  very  heavy  and  straight,  cross-veinlets  numerous  but 
very  faint.  Wings  absent.  Ovipositor  slightly  longer  than  the 
caudal  femora,'*'^  rigidly  straight,  apex  of  same  scarcely  enlarged, 
dorsal  margin  of  apex  armed  with  an  even  series  of  heavy,  sharp 
teeth.  Subgenital  plate  scoop-shaped,  shorter  than  in  N.  fasciatus, 
with  caudal  margin  straight.  Caudal  femora  with  greatest  width 
(meso-cephalic)  contained  less  than  three  times  in  the  length.  Spines 
of  caudal  tibiae  stiff,  covered  with  very  short  hairs,  margins  very 
finely  serrate;  caudal  metatarsus  furnished  on  dorsal  and  ventral 
margins  with  unusually  heavy  bristles. 


Fig.  15. — Nemobius  ambitiosus.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

A  male  bearing  the  same  data  as  the  female  here  described  furnishes 
the  additional  information  given  below. 

Size  slightly  smaller,  form  similar  to  female.  The  tegmina  are 
translucent  and  shiny,  with  the  dorsal  field  when  in  repose  having 
the  sides  subparallel  and  the  caudal  margin  broadly  and  very  evenly 
arcuate.     Subgenital  plate  similar  to  that  of  N.  fasciatus. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters). 

Thompson's  Mills,  Ga. 

Averages  of  series. 

cfd^  9  9 

Length  of  body 7 . 2  (6 . 6-7 . 8)  7 . 5  (6 . 9-8 .  ) 

Length  of  pronotum 1.6(1.5-1.7)  2 .     (1.9-2.1) 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.1  (1 . 9-2 .3)  2 . 4  (2 . 3-2 . 5) 

Length  of  tegmina 4 . 4  (4 . 2-4 . 5)  2 . 9  (2 . 7-3 . 1) 

Length  of  caudal  femur 5 . 6  (5 . 4-6 .   )  6 .     (5.7-6. 3) 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 2 . 2  (2 . 1-2 . 4)  2 . 3  (2 . 2-2 . 4) 

Length  of  ovipositor 5.2  (4 . 9-5 . 6) 

*^  Examination  of  the  large  series  before  us  shows  that  the  length  of  the  ovi- 
positor is  variable  in  the  present  species  and  the  average  measurements  show  that 
it  is  usually  not  as  long  as  the  caudal  femora. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  441 

Thomasville,  Ga. 
Averages  of  series. 

cf  cf  9  9 

Length  of  body 6 . 8  (6 . 1-7 . 8)  7 . 1  (6 . 1-8 . 2) 

Length  of  pronotum 1.7(1.6-1.9)  1.8(1.7-2.  ) 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2 . 2  (2 . 1-2 . 4)  2 . 2  (2 .  -2 . 4) 

Length  of  tegmina 4 . 2  (4 .  -4 . 5)  2 . 8  (2 . 6-3 . 3) 

Length  of  caudal  femur 5 . 4  (4 . 8-5 . 8)  5 . 6  (5 . 2-6 .  ) 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 2 .     (1.8-2.3)  2.1  (1 . 8-2 . 4) 

Length  of  ovipositor 4.5  (3.9-4.8) 

Gainesville,  Fla. 
Extremes  of  series. 

cf  d^  9  9 

Length  of  body 5.9  8.  6.  7.4 

Length  of  pronotum 1.2  1.7  1.6  1.8 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 1.9  2.3  2 .  2.6 

Length  of  tegmina 3.2  3.9  2.2  2.8 

Length  of  caudal  femur 4.8  6.  4.9  6.1 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 1.7  2.3  1.7  2.4 

Length  of  ovipositor 4.2  6.4 

Homestead,  Fla. 

cf  d'  d^  9  9 

Length  of  body 6.3  6.1  6.5  7.7  7.6 

Length  of  pronotum 1.6  1.7  1.8  1.8  2. 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum  .  2 .  2.  2.2  2.2  2.5 

Length  of  tegmina 3.7  3.6  3.8  2.4  2.7 

Length  of  caudal  femur 5.6  5.2  5.5  5.9  5.8 

Greatest   width    of   caudal 

femur 2.  2.  2.1  2.2  2.4 

Length  of  ovipositor 4.8  6.1 

Although  the  variation  in  size  and  proportions  is  well  demon- 
strated by  the  above  measurements,  we  find  the  species  to  vary  but 
little  in  its  distinctive  color  pattern  and  tegminal  structure.  Over 
the  distribution  of  ambitiosus  there  is  no  gradual  increase  or  decrease 
in  size,  local  conditions  governing  such  variation ;  this  is  shown  by 
the  extremes  given  for  the  series  from  Gainesville,  Fla.,  which  series 
averages  rather  large,  but  contains  not  only  the  largest,  but  also  the 
smallest  specimens  before  us. 

Color  Notes. — The  general  coloration  ranges  from  cinnamon  to 
clove  brown  tinged  with  tawnj^,  frequently  more  or  less  flecked  with 
a  darker  shade  and  occasionally  with  grayish,  which  gives  to  certain 
females  a  rather'  close  superficial  resemblance  to  N.  maculatus. 
Both  extremes  are  represented  by  numerous  specimens  in  the  series 


442  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

before  us,  those  of  cinnamon  coloration  having  in  ahnost  every  case 
been  taken  in  the  undergrowth  of  the  pine  woods. 

The  coloration  of  the  specimens  here  described  is  as  follows.  Occi- 
put and  vertex  mars  brown;  face  shining  piceous,  sharply  delineated 
from  the  vertex  by  a  paler  edging  of  the  latter  and  crossed  by  a  very 
striking  but  narrow  supra-ocellar  band;  post-ocular  region  pale 
russet.  Maxillary  palpi  with  proximal  segments  cinnamon,  terminal 
segment  dark,  shading  abruptly  from  cinnamon  to  clove  brown  in  the 
proximal  fifth.  Pronotum  mars  brown  with  ventro-caudal  angle  of 
lateral  lobes  clove  brown,  the  immediate  margin  at  this  point  very 
pale.  Dorsal  surfaces  of  limbs  russet,  flecked  with  darker  brown; 
external  face  of  caudal  femora,  however,  strikingly  marked  with  two 
narrow  longitudinal  bands  of  clove  brown  tinged  with  tawny.  Teg- 
mina  of  male  shining  piceous,  discoidal  vein  cream  color,  which 
coloration  is  continued  as  a  narrow  distal  border  to  both  dorsal  and 
lateral  fields,  thereby  giving  the  insect  a  very  trim  appearance;  of 
female  shining  piceous,  the  intermediate  channel  buffy.  Dorsal 
surface  of  abdomen  of  male  clove  brown  tinged  with  tawny;  of 
female  mars  brown,  that  portion  hidden  by  the  tegmina  piceous  in 
both  sexes.  In  both  sexes  the  ventral  surface  of  the  body  and  limbs 
is  cinnamon. 

A  number  of  females  before  us  have  the  entire  dorsal  fields  of  the 
tegmina  of  the  same  paler  coloration  as  the  intermediate  channel 
and  in  such  specimens  this  surface  is  usually  flecked  with  darker 
brown.  Some  specimens  have  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum 
unicolorous,  dark  or  light  brown,  and  the  pale  coloration  of  the 
margin  of  the  ventro-caudal  angle  is  often  much  reduced  or  entirely 
absent.  In  a  very  few  of  the  palest  colored  specimens  the  striking 
markings  of  the  external  faces  of  the  caudal  tibiae  are  absent.  The 
striking  cephalic  markings  are  always  distinct  and  are  an  excellent 
specific  character. 

Distrihution. — The  present  species  is  known  to  range  from  Florence, 
South  Carolina,  and  Gwinnett  County  in  northern  Georgia,  south- 
ward over  that  State  and  throughout  the  mainland  of  Florida. 

Biological  Notes. — Allard  states  that  the  present  species  is  the  first 
to  appear  at  Thompson's  Mills  in  north  Georgia,  and  describes  its 
song  as  a  very  brief,  high-pitched,  and  shrill  "tiiiiiiii-tiiiiii-tiiiiiiiii- 
tiiiiiiii."  He  further  remarks,  ''It  is  one  of  the  commonest  species 
of  Nemobius  in  this  vicinity  and  begins  to  stridulate  as  soon  as  spring 
opens  in  March  and  April.  In  April,  1910,  very  cold  periods  of 
weather  with  considerable  sleet  and  snow  completely  silenced  these 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  443 

hardy  crickets.  Notwithstanding  this  inclement  weather,  these 
crickets  were  always  in  active  stridulation  as  soon  as  the  days  became 
warmer."  The  present  author  has  often  noticed  the  same  hardiness 
of  this  species  at  Thomasville,  Ga.,  during  the  winter  months,  and 
from  there  southward  the  insects  are  found  adult  throughout  the 
year.  It  seems  singular  that  a  species  showing  such  hardy  habits 
is  so  limited  in  northward  distribution.  It  is  our  opinion  that  no 
macropterous  form  of  the  present  species  exists. 

Speciinens  Examined. — 161:  76  males,  73  females,  and  12  nymphs. 

Florence,  South  Carolina,  Sept.  6,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d^,  1   9  . 

Thompson's  Mills,  Gwinnett  Countv,  Georgia,  April  17,  1910,  (AUard)  3  d' , 
4  9,  2  c^  n.,  1   ?  n.  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 

Jesup,  Ga.,  December,  (H.)  1  d"]  Sept.  1,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  .3  9. 

Spring  Creek  near  Bainbridge,  Ga.,  June  7-23,  1911,  July,  1912,  (Bradley) 
2  9  [Cornell  Univ.]. 

Thomasville,  Ga.,  Feb.,  Mar.,  Apr.,  Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec,  1903,  1904,  (H.  and  for 
H.)  16  cf ,  8  9. 

Homerville,  Ga.,  Aug.  27,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  4  d',  4  9  . 

Lot  328,  12th  Distr.,  Ware  Countv,  N.  edge  Okefenokee  Swamp,  Ga.,  Aug.  28, 
1911,  (R.  and  H.)  2  o^,  2   9. 

Billy's  Island,  Okefenokee  Swamp,  Ga.,  June,  1912,  (Bradley)  1  cf ,  1  9  ,  1  d"  n. 
[Cornell  Univ.]. 

Honey  Island,  Okefenokee  Swamp,  Ga.,  June,  1912,  (Bradley)  1  9  [Cornell 
Univ.]. 

St.  Simon's  Island,  Ga.,  Aug.  30,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  5  d",  6  9 . 

Cumberland  Island,  Ga.,  Aug.  31,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  6  o',  5  9  . 

Leon  County,  Georgia  State  Line,  Florida,  Spring  of  1903,  (H.)  1  d". 

Live  Oak,  Fla.,  Aug.  26,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  3   9  . 

Jacksonville,  Fla.,  Nov.,  188.5,  (Ashmead)  2  d  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner]; 
(Pridday)  1  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner];  Nov.  3,  5,  1911,  (Davis)  3  d',  3  9 
[Davis  Collection]. 

Atlantic  Beach,  Fla.,  Aug.  24,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1    9. 

Pablo  Beach,  Fla.,  Aug.  12,  190.5,  (R.  and  H.)  1   9  n. 

San  Pablo,  Fla.,  Aug.  13,  190.5,  (R.  and  H.)  1   9  . 

Ormond,  Fla.,  Mar.  26,  Apr.  9,  1899,  (Blatchley)  2  d",  2  9  [Hebard  Collection, 
A.  N.  S.  P.]. 

Gainesville,  Fla.,  Aug.  16,  1905,  (R.  and  H.)  15  d',  14  9  . 

Indian  River,  Fla.,  (Priddav)  1  d"  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner]. 

Lakeland,  Fla.,  Nov.  8,  9,  10,  1911,  (Davis)  1  c?,  4  9  [Davis  Collection]. 

Tampa,  Fla.,  Jan.  16,  17,  1904,  (H.)  1  c?,  1   9. 

Sarasota,  Fla.,  Feb.  16,  21,  22,  1911,  (Blatchley)  3  c?,  3  9  [Blatchley  Col- 
lection]. 

Punta  Gorda,  Fla.,  Nov.  12,  14,  1911,  (Davis)  1  d",  1  9,  1  o'  n.  [Davis  Col- 
lection, U.  S.  N.  M.]. 

Miami,  Fla..  Feb.  6,  7,  1904,  Mar.  20,  28,  1910,  (H.)  4  d^,  1   9 ,  4  d^  n.,  2  9  n. 

Homestead,  Fla.,  Mar.  17-19,  1910,  (H.)  2  d",  2  9  ;  July  10-12,  1912,  (R.  and 
H.)  1  d.     . 

Subgenus  BRACHYNEMOBIUS  n.  subgen. 

The  subgenus  is  monotypic.  Type  of  subgenus — Nemohius 
panteli  n.  sp. 

Subgeneric  Description. — Size  large  for  genus.  Disto-ventral  spurs 
of  caudal  tibia  very  unequal  in  length.  Proximo-internal  spine  of 
caudal  tibia  in  male  specialized  as  described  under   Morphological 


444  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Notes  for  the  genus;  other  spines  short  and  heavy,  below  concave, 
with  margins  of  this  sulcation  minutely  serrulate  in  both  sexes,  the 
disto-internal  spine  not  specialized.  Ovipositor  moderately  long, 
nearly  rigidly  straight ;  apex  with  the  margin  of  that  portion  formed 
by  the  dorsal  valves  straight  and  armed  with  serrulations,  the  portion 
formed  by  the  ventral  valves  unarmed. 

The  present  subgenus  finds  its  nearest  relationship  in  the  North 
American  subgenera  to  Allonemohius,  from  which  it  differs  in  the 
shorter  heavier  spines  of  the  caudal  tibiae,  the  ovipositor  which  has 
the  apex  with  that  portion  formed  by  the  dorsal  valves  not  obliquelj- 
subtruncate  or  armed  with  teeth  and  a  more  robust  general  appear- 
ance. 

Nemobius  panteli  n.  sp. 

1896.  Nemobius  mexicanus  Scudder  (not  of  Walker,  1869),  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent. 
Soc,  IV,  p.  107.     (In  part.)     [Mescico,  Mex.] 

This  species  appears  to  be  related  more  nearly  to  Nemobius  fasciatus 
socius  than  to  any  of  the  other  North  American  species  of  the  genus. 
It  differs  distinctly  from  that  species  in  the  characters  given  in 
separating  the  present  subgenus  from  the  subgenus  Allonemohius 
as  well  as  in  certain  important  characters  of  color  pattern. 

A  certain  relationship  is  shown  to  Nemobius  brasiliensis  in  the 
characters  of  the  apex  of  the  ovipositor,  but  in  other  respects  these 
species  differ  very  widely. 


Fig.  16. — Nemobius  panteli.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

Type:  9;  Mescico,  Mexico.  (E.  Palmer.)  [Scudder  Collection.] 
Description  of  Type. — Size  large,  form  robust;  head  large,  very 
full  and  rounded,  about  as  wide  as  the  pronotum.  Maxillary  palpi 
much  as  in  N.  fasciatus,  and  eyes  and  pronotal  proportions  likewise 
similar.  Tegmina  not  as  long  as  caudal  femora,  apex  at  humeral 
angle  less  broadly  obtuse-angulate  than  in  most  species,  sutural 
margin  passes  into  distal  margin  with  scarcely  any  angulation, 
longitudinal  veins  not  heavy,  cross-veinlets  very  faint.  Wings 
absent.  Ovipositor  considerably  shorter  than  the  caudal  femur, 
nearly  rigidly  straight,  stout;  apex  with  that  portion  formed  by  the 
dorsal  valves  straight  and  armed  with  serrulations.  Spines  of 
caudal  tibiae  distinctive,  as  given  in  description  of  subgenus. 

The  allotype  bears  the  same  data  as  the  type  and  is  also  in  the 
Scudder  Collection. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  445 

Descnptio?i  of  Allotype. — Very  similar  to  female.  Tegmina  similar 
to  those  of  N.  fasciatus.  Wings  absent.  Proximo-internal  spine 
of  caudal  tibia  as  in  fasciatus.  Spurs  and  spines  of  caudal  tibiae 
distinctive,  as  given  in  description  of  subgenus. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

San  Jose, 
Mescico,  Mex.  Costa  Rica. 

Type  9.  Allot j-pic  cf.  c? 

Length  of  body 9.2  8.4  7.5 

Length  of  pronotum 1.9  1.9  1.9 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.4  2.3  2.3 

Length  of  tegmina 4 .  5.2  4.4 

Length  of  caudal  femur. 6 .  6 .  6 . 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 2.3  2.3  2.1 

Length  of  ovipositor 4.7  

Color  Notes. — General  coloration  of  head,  pronotum,  tegmina,  and 
abdomen  clove  brown;  the  dorso-caudal  jDortion  of  the  occiput  is 
russet,  this  marking  extending  on  the  sides  of  the  head  as  a  narrow 
line  which  borders  the  caudal  margin  of  the  eyes,  the  remaining 
post-ocular  portion  of  the  gense  being  of  the  darker  general  colora- 
tion. In  front  of  the  paler  marking  of  the  occiput  there  is  an  indica- 
tion of  four  very  narrow  and  faint  longitudinal  lines  of  this  color 
and  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum  is  also  minutely  dotted  with  russet. 
In  the  female  the  intermediate  channel  of  the  tegmina  is  broccoli 
brown,  in  the  male  wood  brown.  The  limbs  are  bistre  in  the  female, 
drab  in  the  male.     Ovipositor  dark  burnt  umber. 

The  specimen  from  Costa  Rica  was  taken  when  it  had  recently 
reached  the  adult  condition  ;  this  specimen  shows  scarcely  any 
cephalic  markings. 

Distribution. — The  present  species  is  known  only  from  ^Mescico, 
Mex.,  and  San  Jose,  Costa  Rica. 

Synonymy. — It  is  surprising  that  Scudder,  in  1896,  considered  his 
specimens  of  this  aberrant  species  to  be  the  same  as  the  very  different 
Nemohius  cuhensis  mormonius,  which  insect  he  then  erroneously 
believed  to  be  Nemohius  mexicanus  Walker. 

Specimens  Examined. — 13:   6  males  and  7  females. 

Mescico,  Mexico  (near),  (E.  Palmer)  5  cf,  7  9.  Type,  Allotype,  Paratypes. 
[Scudder  Collection.] 

San  Jose,  Costa  Rica  (border  of  river  Maria  Aguilar),  June,  1905.  (P.  BioUey) 
1  cf  [A.  N.  S.  P.]. 

Subgenus  ARGIZALA  Walker. 

The  subgenus  is  monotypic.  Type  of  subgenus — Nemohius 
hrasiliensis  [Argizala  hrasiliensis]  (Walker). 


446  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Suhgeneric  Description. — Size  very  large  for  the  genus.  Pronotum 
with  width  almost  twice  the  length,  much  more  transverse  than  in 
the  other  North  American  subgenera.  Disto-ventral  spurs  of  caudal 
tibia  very  unequal  in  length.  Proximal-internal  spine  of  caudal 
tibia  in  male  specialized  as  described  under  Morphological  Notes 
for  the  genus;  other  spines  very  long,  below  concave,  with  margins 
of  this  sulcation  minutely  serrulate  in  both  sexes,  the  disto-internal 
spine  not  specialized.  Ovipositor  long,  nearly  rigidly  straight; 
apex  with  the  margin  of  that  portion  armed  by  the  dorsal  valves 
straight  and  armed  with  serrulations,  the  portion  formed  by  the 
ventral  valves  unarmed.  The  glossiness  of  the  only  known  North 
American  species  of  this  subgenus  is  very  striking. 

The  present  subgenus  finds  its  nearest  relationship  in  the  North 
American  subgenera  to  Allonemobius  and  Brachynemobius.  In  form 
it  is  perhaps  somewhat  nearer  the  former,  while  the  shape  and 
armament  of  the  apex  of  the  ovipositor  is  similar  to  that  found  in  the 
latter  subgenus. 

Nemobius  brasiliensis  (Walker). 

1869.  Argizala  brasiliensis  Walker,  Cat.  Dermap.  Saltat.  Br.  Mus.,  I,  p.  61. 

(Original  description.)     [Santarem,  Brazil,  and  Brazil.] 
1877.  Nemobius  brasiliensis  Saussure,  Melang.  Orth.,  II,  pp.  241,  255,  256. 

[Brazil.] 
1884.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Bolivar   (not  Gryllus  fasciatus  De  Geer,    1773), 

Viaje  al  Pacifico.,  Neur.  y  Ort.,  p.  107.     [Huasco,  Peru.] 

1895.  Nemobius  longipennis  Bruner  (not  of  Saussure,  1874),  Bull.  Lab.  Nat. 
Hist.  Univ.  Iowa,  III,  Pt.  3,  p.  67.     [Castillo,  Nicaragua.     In  deep  woods.] 

1896.  Nemobius  melleus  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  pp.  432,  434.  (Description.) 
[San  Rafael,  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.] 

1897.  Nemobius  fasciatus  Saussure  (not  Gryllus  fasciatus  De  Geer,  1773), 
Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  p.  243.  [San  Juan  Bautista,  Teapa,  Tabasco, 
Mex.] 

1906.  Nemobius  melleus  Caudell,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  243. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

This  insect  is  distinguished  from  all  other  species  of  the  genus 
Nemobius,  excepting  A^".  major,  by  its  very  large  size,  peculiar  color 
pattern  and  glossiness,  and  ovipositor  with  the  straight  dorsal  margin 
of  the  apex  armed  with  serrulations. 

Without  being  able  to  examine  the  type  of  major,  we  do  not  feel 
warranted  in  considering  it  a  brachypterous  individual  of  the  .present 
species.  Saussure's  description  shows  major  to  be  very  closely  allied 
to  brasiliensis,  differing  from  it  in  the  less  transverse  pronotum,  with 
bands  on  either  side  of  the  same,  and  the  longer  ovipositor. 

Based  on  two  females  from  Brazil. 

Single  type  here  designated:  9  ;  Santarem,  Brazil.  (Bates) 
[British  Museum]. 


1913.1 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


447 


We  here  describe  a  female  taken  at  Medellin,  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.,  in 
September,  1895,  and  in  the  Hebard  Collection. 

Size  very  large  for  the  genus;  form  compact;  head  rather  large 
and  rounded  but  a  little  flattened  in  front.  Maxillary  palpi  of 
much  the  same  form  as  in  N.  fasdatus. 
Pronotum  extremely  transverse  with 
length  contained  nearly  twice  in  greatest 
(caudal)  dorsal  width,  narrowing  evenly 
and  considerably  cephalad  and  with  a 
slight  medio-longitudinal  sulcus  in  the 
cephalic  portion.  Tegmina  nearly  as 
long  as  the  caudal  femora,  apex  of  the 
same  dorsal  in  position,  distal  margin  of 
dorsal  field  rotundato-acute-angulate,  lon- 
gitudinal veins  conspicuous,  cross-veinlets 
numerous  and  heavy,  faint  cross-veinlets 
are  also  present  in  the  intermediate 
channel  and  traces  of  such  are  to  be  found 
even  between  the  veins  of  the  lateral 
fields.  Wings  very  long,  considerably 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  tegmina. 
Ovipositor  long  though  shorter  than  the 
caudal  femur,  rigid,  straight,  apex  of 
same  very  narrowly  sublanceolate,  with 
the  margin  of  that  portion  formed  by  the  FtiJ"  l^oT^a^v  ?e  w'of 


ensts. 
female. 


(X  3.) 


dorsal  valves  straight  and  armed  evenly 
with  serrulations.     Subgenital   plate 

scoop-shaped,  more  elongate  than  in  N.  fasdatus,  with  a  deep  acute- 
angulate  emargination  mesad.  Caudal  femora  with  greatest  (meso- 
cephalic)  width  contained  over  three  times  in  the  length.^^  Spines 
of  caudal  tibiae  very  long,  covered  with  long  hairs  and  having  the 
margins  armed  with  serrulations  which  are  more  than  usually  con- 
spicuous. Caudal  tibiae  and  tarsi  heavily  supplied  with  fine  short 
hairs. 

A  male  from  Castillo,  Nicaragua,  taken  in  February,  1893,  by 
B.  Shimek  and  now  in  the  Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner,  affords  the 
additional  characters  given  below. 

Size  considerably  smaller;  proportions  much  as  in  the  female. 
Tegmina  transparent  and  when  in  repose  the  dorsal  fields  are  hemi- 


^*  In  the  Paraguayan  specimens  this  character  does  not  hold. 


448  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

elliptical  in  outline.     Subgenital  plate  and  first  proximal  internal 
spine  of  caudal  tibia  much  as  in  fasciatus. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Medellin,  San  Rafael,  Sapucay, 

Castillo,  V.  C,  V.  C,  Paraguay. 

Nicaragua.  Mexico.  Mexico.          , ' v 

cf  9  9  9              9 

Length  of  body 9.  11.4  11.7  11.6         11.1 

Length  of  pronotum 1.4  1.8  1.8  1.9          1.9 

Greatest  width  of  prono- 
tum      2.7  3.4  3.5  3.7          3.2 

Length  of  tegmen 5.6  6.4  6.8  6.9          6.9 

Length  of  wings 11.6  14.1  15.9  15.1         16.5 

Length  of  caudal  femur 6.5  8.3  8.3  7.7          7.5 

Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 2.  2.7  2.7  2.7           2.8 

Length  of  ovipositor 6.4  7.1  6.             7.7 

The  specimens  before  us  indicate  that  there  is  a  moderate  amount 
of  size  variation  in  the  present  species,  particularly  in  the  length  of 
the  ovipositor,  but  the  specimens  from  Mexico  and  Paraguay  are 
surprisingly  similar  for  material  from  localities  so  widely  separated. 

Color  Notes.— The  specimens  before  us  are  very  similar  in  colora- 
tion; those  from  Nicaragua,  Brazil,  and  Paraguay  are  slightly  darker 
than  the  Mexican  individuals.     General  color  glossy  cream-buff  or 


Fig.  98. — A^emobius  hrasiliensis.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

very  pale  glossy  tawny-olive,  the  underparts  somewhat  paler.  Head 
of  general  coloration,  the  occiput  distinctly  striped  with  three  longi- 
tudinal lines  of  mummy  brown,  eyes  bistre.  Maxillary  palpi  covered 
with  short  dark  hairs,  of  general  coloration  with  the  exception  of  the 
extreme  apex  of  the  terminal  segment  which  is  bistre.  Pronotum  of 
general  coloration  with  a  large  meso-dorsal  maculation  of  mummy 
brown,  the  caudo-lateral  portions  of  this  maculation  are  of  somewhat 
darker  coloration  and  remain  as  two  dark  dots  in  the  palest  specimens 
in  which  the  dark  markings  are  very  much  reduced.  In  the  palest 
specimens  the  tegmina  and  wings  are  of  the  general  coloration,  with 
the  exception  of  a  very  small  dark  area  at  the  discoido-anal  root 
basin  of  the  tegmina  which  in  the  darker  specimens  is  greatly  expanded 
and  the  entire  exposed  portions  of  the  tegmina  and  wings  are  suffused 
with  mummy  brown;   intermediate  channel  very  slightly  paler  than 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  449 

lateral  fields  of  tegmina.  Ovipositor  russet,  the  apex  burnt  umber. 
The  glossy  and  characteristic  coloration  combined  with  the  large 
size  and  certain  different  proportions  give  the  present  insect  a  very 
distinctive  appearance. 

Distrihution. — Though  known  from  few  specimens,  the  present 
species  has  the  widest  distribution  of  anj^  American  species  of  the 
genus,  being  found  from  the  state  of  Vera  Cruz  in  Mexico  southward 
through  Nicaragua  and  Brazil  to  Paraguay  and  westward  to  the 
province  of  Atacama  in  Chile. 

Biological  Notes. — No  brachj-pterous  specimens  of  the  present 
species  are  known. 

Synonymy. — Scudder,  in  1896,  described  Nemohius  melleus  from  a 
single  specimen  from  San  Rafael,  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.,  apparently 
omitting  comparison  with  or  reference  to  the  South  American  species 
of  the  genus.  We  here  place  this  species  in  the  s>Tionymy  under 
hrasiliensis,  for  after  careful  examination  of  the  types  of  the  two 
species  we  find  that  no  differential  characters  exist. 

Specimens  Examined.— 7 :    1  male,  6  females. 

San  Rafael,  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  (TowTisend)  1  9 .  Type,  N.  melleus  Sc. 
IHebard  Collection  ex  Bruner]. 

Medellin,  V.  C,  Alex.,  Sept.,  1895,  1   9  [Hebard  Collection]. 

San  Juan  Bautista,  Teapa,  Tabasco,  Mex.,  Jan.,  (H.  H.  Smith)  19"  [Br.  Mus.]. 

Castillo,  Nicaragua,  Feb.,  1893,  (B.  Shimek)  1  cf  [Hebard  Collection  ex 
Bruner]. 

Santarem,  Brazil,  (Bates)  1   9 ,  Type  [Br.  Mus.]. 

Sapucay,  Paraguay,  Feb.  10,  24,  1901,  (W.  T.  Foster)  2  9  [U.  S.  X.  M.]. 

Subgenus  NEONEMOBIUS  n.  subgen. 

This  subgenus  includes  four  species  and  two  geographic  races 
from  North  America.  Type  of  Subgenus — Nemohius  cubensis 
Saussure. 

Subgeneric  Description. — Size  medium  to  verj^  small  for  the  genus. 
Disto-ventral  spurs  of  caudal  tibia  verj'  unequal  in  length.  Proximo- 
internal  spine  of  caudal  tibiae  in  male  specialized  as  described  under 
Morphological  Notes  for  the  genus  ;  other  spines  of  caudal  tibiae 
below  concave,  with  margins  of  this  sulcation  very  minutely  serrulate 
in  both  sexes,  the  disto-internal  spine  not  specialized.  Ovipositor 
short,  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  caudal  femur,  gently  curved^" 

*^  This  specimen  was  unfortunately  recorded  as  N.  fasciatus  by  Saussure  in  the 
Biologia. 

5"  We  find  the  species  Nemobius  bruneri  to  be  a  somewhat  aberrant  member 
of  this  subgenus,  having  a  more  decidedly  curved  and  slightly  heavier  ovi- 
positor than  in  the  other  species,  the  apex  of  which  has  the  dorsal  margin  armed 
with  serrations. 

The  species  Nemohius  tollecus  shows  all  of  these  aberrations  to  an  even  greater 
degree.  Both  of  these  species  are  considerably  more  robust  than  the  other 
species  of  the  present  subgenus. 


450  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Juiie^ 

and  more  slender  than  in  the  species  having  a  more  rigid  ovipositor;, 
apex  with  margin  of  portion  formed  by  dorsal  valves  nearly  straight 
or  obliquely  subtruncate  and  armed  with  serrulations  or  serrations, 
the  portion  formed  by  the  ventral  valves  unarmed. 

Nemobius  toltecus  Saussure. 

1859.  N[emobius]  toltecus  Saussure,  Rev.  et  Mag.  Zool.,  2e  Ser.,  XI,  p.  316. 

'  (Original  description.)     [Mexico.] 
1869.  Nemobius  mexicanus  Walker,   Cat.   Dermapt.   Saltat.   Br.   Mus.,   I, 

p.  57.     (Description.)     [Oajaca,   Mex.] 
1874.  Nemobius  toltecus  Saussure,  Miss.  Sci.  Mex.,  Rech.  Zool.,  VI,  pp.  386,. 

387.     [Oajaca,    Mex.     From    notes,    probably    on    material    originally 

described.     Type  lost.] 
1897.  Nemobius  toltecus  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  pp.  223,  224. 

[Omilteme  in  Guerrero,  Mex.     Scudder's  incorrect  localities  also  given.] 

This  striking  species  has  a  decided  superficial  resemblance  to  the 
Old  World  N.  sylveshis,  from  which  species  it  differs  in  being  a  little 
smaller  and  in  having  the  ovipositor  curved  and  armed  and  the 
tegmina  not  obliquely  truncate. 

From  the  North  American  species  it  may  be  separated  readily  by 
its  color  pattern  combined  with  the  characters  of  the  ovipositor  which 
is  considerably  heavier  and  more  curved  than  in  any  of  these. 

Type:  9  ;   Mexico  (probably  State  of  Oaxaca).     [Type  lost.] 

We  here  describe  a  female  from  Omilteme,  Guerrero,  Mex.,  taken 
in  July  at  an  elevation  of  8,000  feet  by  H.  H.  Smith  and  now  in  the 
British  Museum. 

Size  large  (for  the  genus),  form  heavy  and  compact;  head  rather 
large,  full  and  rounded,  about  as  wide  as  the  pronotum.  Pronotum. 
with  length  contained  not  quite  one  and  four-tenths  times  in  greatest 
(caudal)  dorsal  width,  narrowing  slightly  cephalad.  Tegmina  very 
short,  not  half  as  long  as  the  caudal  femora;  distal  margin  of  dorsal 
field  almost  transverse,  very  broadly  arcuato-truncate;  intermediate 
channel  distinctly  depressed;  longitudinal  veins  rather  heavy; 
cross-veinlets  faint.  Wings  absent.  Ovipositor  very  heavy,  length 
contained  about  one  and  one-half  times  in  that  of  the  caudal  femora, 
distinctly  arcuate  (decidedly  so  for  the  genus) ,  apex  of  same  narrowly 
sublanceolate  enlarged  with  that  portion  formed  by  the  dorsal 
valves  armed,  the  upper  margin  serrate,  these  serrations  small,  short 
and  blunt  (heavier  than  in  any  of  the  other  North  American  species 
having  a  curved  ovipositor).  Caudal  femora  heavy,  greatest  (meso- 
cephalic)  width  contained  slightly  more  than  two  and  one-half  times. 
in  length. 

The  male  of  the  present  species  is  unknown. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  451 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Oajaca  (?),  Omilteme, 

Mexico.     Guerrero,  Mexico. 

9  9 

Length  of  body 9 .  10 . 

Length  of  pronotum 2.^ 

■Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.7 

Length  of  tegmina 2.7 

Length  of  caudal  femur 6.  6.4 

•Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 2.5 

Length  of  ovipositor 4.5  4.3 

Color  iVofes.— The  coloration  of  this  species  shows  a  similarity  to 
that  of  the  European  N.  sylvestris.  Head  and  dorsum  of  pronotum 
•chestnut,  maxillary  palpi  yellowish  with  distal  portion  of  ultimate 
Joint  dark  brown.  Dorsal  field  of  tegmina  straw  color,  lateral  lobes 
of  pronotum  and  lateral  field  of  tegmina  very  dark  brown.  Body 
and  limbs  brown,  somewhat  tinged  with  reddish. 

Distribution. — The  present  species  is  known  from  probably  but 
three  specimens,  these  taken  in  the  states  of  Guerrero  and  Oaxaca, 
Mex. 

Biological  Notes. — All  of  the  known  specimens  of  the  present 
species  are  brachypterous. 

Synonymy.— In  1869,  Walker  very  inadequately  described  N.  mexi- 
canus  from  Oaxaca,  Mex.,  which  species  Saussure,  in  1874,  synon- 
ymized  with  his  A^.  toltecus  (described  in  1859  from  Mexico,  probably 
Oaxaca).  Scudder,  however,  in  1896,  resurrected  mexicanus  without 
having  examined  the  type,  and  the  specimens  so  recorded  at  that 
time  were  so  quoted  in  the  Biologia  by  Saussure  the  following  year, 
without  doubt  because  Scudder's  recent  revision  of  the  North  Ameri- 
can species  of  Nemohius  should  have  indicated  that  his  knowledge 
of  the  North  American  members  of  the  genus  was  superior  to  that  of 
others.  It  is  the  opinion  of  the  present  author  that  Saussure  was 
entirely  correct  in  synonymizing  mexicanus  with  his  toltecus,  and  in 
the  present  paper  the  opinion  which  he  held  in  1874  is  followed.  We 
have  not  been  able  to  find  the  type  of  mexicanus  Walker,  but  we  have 
before  us  the  series  of  specimens  which  Scudder  considered  mexicanus, 
and  it  is  our  opinion  that  these  do  not  fit  Walker's  original  description, 
but  that  that  description  agrees  much  better  with  the  description 
.and  the  specimen  examined  of  toltecus.  We  are  further  strengthened 
in  this  opinion  by  the  series  of  Nemohius  which  Scudder  considered 
toltecus  in  the  same  paper  of  1896,  but  which  in  fact  belong  to  the 
very  different  N.  carolinus  neomexicanus,  which  series  is  now  before  us. 


452  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Specimens  Examined. — 1 :   1  female. 

OmUteme,  Guerrero,  Mex.,  July,  8,000  feet,  (H.  H.  Smith)  1  9  [Br.  Mus.]. 

Nemobius  bruneri  n.  sp. 

1885.  Nemobius  sp.  Bruner,  Bull.  Washb.  Coll.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  No.  4, 
p.  126.     [Topeka,  Kan.     In  woods  among  fallen  leaves.] 

1893.  Cyrtoxyphus  ?  mriegatus  Bruner,  (Mss.),  Publ.  Nebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  III> 
p.  32.     (Without  description.)     [West  Point,  Nebr.] 

1897.  Nemobius  carolinus  Blatchley  (not  of  Scudder,  1877),  Ins.  in  Gen. 
and  Orth.  Ind.  in  Particular,  p.  23.     [Indiana.] 

1900.  Nemobius  carolinus  Blatchley  (not  of  Scudder,  1877),  Psyche,  IX, 
p.  53.  [Vigo,  Putnam,  and  Monroe  Counties,  Ind.  Rather  common.  Grass- 
covered  banks  of  streams  and  in  open  spaces  in  woods.     Description.] 

1903.  Nemobius  carolinus  Blatchley  (not  of  Scudder,  1877),  Orth.  of  Indiana, 
pp.  421,  427.     [Localities  previously  given.     Description.] 

1905.  Nemobius  carolinus  Isely  (not  of  Scudder,  1877),  Publ.  Kan.  Acad. 
Sci.,  p.  248.  [Dale's  Pond,  Wichita,  Kan.] 

This  species  is  related  to  N.  toltecus  in  the  shape  and  armament  of 
the  ovipositor,  but  differs  in  being  smaller,  of  very  different  color 
pattern  and  having  a  much  less  heavy  ovipositor. 

It  may  be  readily  separated  from  all  other  North  American  species 
by  its  head  markings  and  peculiar  color  pattern  which  gives  it  a 
dotted  and  speckled  appearance,  and  also  by  the  characters  of  the 
ovipositor.  The  insect  is  in  no  way  nearly  related  to  any  other 
species  of  Nemobius  found  north  of  the  Rio  Grande,  but  some  of  the 
more  mottled  specimens  of  N.  cube7isis  mormonius  from  Texas  bear 
it  a  certain  amount  of  superficial  resemblance. 

Type:  cf;  West  Point,  Cuming  County,  Nebraska,  September  1. 
(Bruner.)     [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner.] 

Description  of  Type. — Size  medium;  form  a  little  robust;  head 
large,  full,  and  rounded,  about  as  wide  as  the  pronotum.  Maxillary 
palpi  not  as  attenuate  as  in  N.  fasciatus.  Eyes  broad  ovate,  very 
moderately  protruding.  Pronotum  with  length  contained  about 
one  and  three-tenths  times  in  greatest  (caudal)  dorsal  width,  narrow- 
ing very  slightly  cephalad,  with  a  slight  medio-longitudinal  sulcus 
in  the  cephalic  portion.  Head  and  pronotum  supplied  with  rather 
long,  bristly,  black,  scattered  hairs.  Tegmina  with  length  but  little 
inferior  to  that  of  caudal  femora  (.8  mm.),  translucent,  almost 
transparent,  when  in  repose  hemi-elliptical  in  outline.  Wings 
absent.  Subgenital  plate  scoop-shaped,  narrowing  somewhat  roundly 
but  rather  decidedly  caudad.  Caudal  femora  short  and  heavy, 
having  the  greatest  (meso-cephalic)  width  contained  less  than  three 
times  in  length. 

Allotypic  9  .  Putnam  County,  Indiana,  August  25, 1901.  (Blatch- 
ley.)    [United  States  National  Museum  Collection.] 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  453 

Description  of  Allotype. — Size  larger  than  male;  form  robust. 
Head,  maxillary  palpi,  eyes,  and  pronotum  much  as  in  the  type. 
Tegmina  almost  equal  in  length  to  caudal  femora,  apex  at  humeral 
angle  broadly  but  distinctly  obtuse-angulate,  sutural  margin  passes 
into  distal  margin  with  a  distinct  sharply  rounded  obtuse-angulation, 
longitudinal  veins  very  conspicuous,  cross-veinlets  faint.  Wings 
absent.     Supra-anal  plate  and  cerci  much  as  in  fasciaius.     Ovipositor 


Fig.  19.  Fig.  20. 

Figs.  19  and  20. — Nemobius  bruneri.     Cephalic  (Fig.  19)  and  dorsal  (Fig.  20) 
aspect  of  color  pattern  of  head.     (X  4.) 

moderately  heavy,  a  little  over  half  as  long  as  the  caudal  femora, 
slightly  but  noticeably  curved,  apex  of  same  very  narrowly  sub- 
lanceolate^^  with  that  portion  formed  by  the  dorsal  valves  armed, 
the  upper  margin  serrate,  these  teeth  regular,  heavj^  with  immediate 
apices  very  sharp.  Subgenital  plate  scoop-shaped,  very  acute- 
angulate  emarginate  mesad  with  margins  broadly  rounded. 


Fig.  21. — Nemobius  bruneri.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

Measurements  {in  millimeters). 

West  Point,  Nebr.  Putnam  Co.,  Ind. 

c?  Type.  cf  cf       9  Allotype. 

Length  of  body 6.8  6.4  6.5  7.4 

Length  of  pronotum 1.4  1.4  1.5  1.9 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 1.8  1.8  2.  2.1 

Length  of  tegmina 4.  4.1  4.1  3. 

Length  of  caudal  femur 4.8  4.7  5.  6. 

Greatest     width     of     caudal 

femur 1.7  1.8  2.  2.1 

Length  of  ovipositor .3.8 

51  This  specimen,  as  well  as  all  but  two  of  the  others  of  the  present  species 
before  us,  has  the  dorsal  and  ventral  valves  of  the  ovipositor  considerably  sepa- 
rated at  their  extremities;  the  two  specimens  mentioned  also  indicate  this  cleavage, 
but  to  a  much  less  degree.  We  have  noted  this  peculiarity  to  be  very  rare  in 
other  species  of  Nemobius,  and  in  all  cases  the  irregularity  of  its  proportions  and 
the  distorted  appearance  of  the  apices  of  the  valves  prove  it  to  be  an  abnormality. 
It  is  quite  probable  that  peculiarities  in  the  oviposition  of  the  insects  has  brought 
about  this  result,  and  a  study  of  these  habits  in  this  and  other  species  should 
prove  most  interesting. 


454  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

Wichita,  Washington,  Cabin  John 

Kan.  D.  C  Run,  Md. 

cT  9  9  (?  ^            9 

Length  of  body 7.5  9.1  9.4  7.  6.6  9.1 

Length  of  pronotum 1.7  1.9  2.  1.6  1.9  2. 

Caudal  width  of  prono- 
tum   2.1  2.1  2.7  2.  2.2  2.4 

Length  of  tegmina 4.4  3.1  3.6  3.9  2.8  3.9 

Length  of  caudal  femur.    5.6  6.  6.4  5.  5.2  6.7 
Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 2.1  2.4  2.5  2.  2.  2.5 

Length  of  ovipositor 3.4  3.5     3.7  4.1 

There  is  considerable  variation  in  proportion  and  size  in  the  series 
before  us,  large  and  small  individuals  being  found  in  the  same  region 
as  the  measurements  of  the  Washington  and  Cabin  John  Run  speci- 
mens show.  The  majority  of  specimens  from  the  Atlantic  coast 
are  about  intermediate  in  size  between  the  extremes. 

Color  Notes. — The  coloration  of  the  specimens  here  described  is 
typical  of  the  series  before  us,  the  only  variation  shown  being  a  small 
amount  of  intensification  or  diminution  of  the  color  pattern  in  a  few 
specimens.  General  coloration  clay  color  mottled  and  flecked  with 
mummy  brown.  Head  below  and  including  the  interantennal  space 
shining  Vandyke  brown,  above  cinnamon  more  or  less  maculate  with 
mummy  brown  above  the  interantennal  space  and  on  the  base  of  the 
occiput,  the  broad  occipital  bar  of  cinnamon  thus  formed  usually 
rather  conspicuous,  eyes  dark  bistre.  Maxillary  palpi  clay  color,  the 
distal  portion  of  the  terminal  segment  mummy  brown.  Pronotum 
clay  color,  more  or  less  mottled  and  flecked  with  mummy  brown,  this 
mottling  often  heavy  in  the  median  portion  of  the  dorsum,  and 
particularly  so  on  the  lateral  lobes.  Tegmina  of  male  sepia,  discoidal 
vein  cream  color  but  usually  very  inconspicuous,  discoido-anal  root- 
basin  and  upper  portion  of  lateral  field  bistre;  of  female  bistre,  with 
veins  and  intermediate  channel  clay  color.  Dorsal  surface  of  abdo- 
men of  male  (concealed  by  tegmina)  clove  brown;  of  female  cephahc 
portion  (concealed  by  tegmina)  clove  brown,  exposed  portion  clay 
color  more  or  less  maculate  with  clove  brown.  Ovipositor  burnt 
umber.  Ventral  surface  of  body  clay  color.  Limbs  clay  color 
tinged  with  russet  and  more  or  less  mottled  and  flecked  with  prouts 
brown. 

The  specimens  from  Wichita,  Kan.,  differ  from  the  rest  of  the 
series  in  having  the  lower  portion  of  the  head  cinnamon  instead  of 
Vandyke  brown,  and  the  intermediate  channel  of  the  female  tegmina 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  455 

is  more  decidedly  defined  in  the  paler  color  than  in  the  other  speci- 
mens.    In  every  other  respect,  however,  these  specimens  are  typical. 

Distribution. — The  present  species  is  known  from  the  vicinity  of 
the  District  of  Columbia,  west-central  Indiana,  northeastern 
Nebraska,  and  northeastern  and  south-central  Kansas. 

Biological  Notes. — No  macropterous  specimens  of  this  insect  are 
known. 

Synonymy. — The  history  of  the  present  species  is  a  succession  of 
unfortunate  occurrences.  In  1885,  Bruner  recorded  specimens  of 
Nemobius  sp.  from  Topeka,  Kan.,  which  belong  to  this  species; 
later,  in  1893,  he  drew  up  a  description  of  the  species  which  was  never 
published,  hence  his  Cyrtoxyphus  ?  variegatus  Bruner  (Mss.),  an 
unidentifiable  ijame  from  the  literature,  but  the  material  before  us 
from  the  Bruner  Collection  shows  it  to  be  this  species. 

Before  1897,  Blatchley  sent  a  series  of  Indiana  specimens  of 
Nemobius  to  Scudder  for  determination,  and  the  present  species  was 
inexcusably  identified  for  him  as  N.  carolinus  Scudder,  hence  his 
subsequent  misconception  of  that  species,  and  Caudell  upon  seeing 
specimens  of  Blatchley's  material  so  labelled  followed  him  in  this 
error;  thus  material  sent  him  for  determination  by  Isely  was  likewise 
recorded  as  carolinus. 

Specimens  Examined. — 19:    10  males,  9  females. 

Cabin  John  Run,  Maryland,  Sept.  23,  1911,  (Davis)  1   9  [Davis  Collection]. 
Plummer's  Island,  Md.,  Oct.  11,  12,  1906,  (CaudeU)  1  c^,  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.j. 
Washington,  D.  C,  Oct.  5,  (CaudeU)  3  o^,  3  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Glencarlyn,  Virginia,  Sept.  6,  (Caudell)  2  d"  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Putnam  County,  Indiana,  Oct.  7,  1894,  Aug.  25,  1901,  (Blatchley)  1  cf ,  1   9  . 
9  Allotype  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Fairview,  Kansas,  Aug.  15,  1904,  (Isely)  1  9  [tJ.  S.  N.  M.]. 
Wichita,  Kan.,  June,  1904,  (Isely)  1  c^,  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.]. 
West  Point,   Nebraska,   Sept.    1,    (Bruner)  2    d^.     Type,   Paratype   [Hebard 
Collection]. 

Nemobius  cubensis  Saussure. 

1874.  Nemobius  cubensis  Saussure,  Miss.  Sci.  Mex.,  Rech.  Zool.,  VI,  pp. 

384,  385,  PI.  7,  fig.  5.     (Original  description.)     [Cuba;  Mexico;   Brazil.] 
1877.  Nemobius  volaticus  Scudder,  Proe.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  pp. 

36,37.     (In  part.)     (Description  of  cf.)     [Georgia.] 
1888.  N[emobius]   cubensis    Bolivar,   Mem.   Zool.   Soc.   France,   I,   p.    156. 

[Cuba.] 
1891.  Nemobius  cubensis   Gundlach,   Ent.   Cuba,   II,   p.   367.     [Cardenas, 

Cuba.] 
1893.  Nemobius  cubensis  Brunner,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1893,  p.  609. 

(In  part.)     [Costa  Rica.] 

1895.  Nemobius  cubensis  Bruner,  Bull.  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.  Univ.  Iowa,  III, 
pt.  3,  p.  67.     [Castillo,  Nicaragua.] 

1896.  Nemobius  carolinus  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  p.  107.     (In 
part.)     [Lake  Worth,  Fla.] 

30 


456  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

1896.  Nemobius  cubensis  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  99,  105,  106. 

(In  part.)     Lake  Worth,  Sanford,  and  Capron,  Fla.] 
1896.  Nemobius  aterrimus  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  100,  105. 

(In  part.)     (Description  of    9  .)     [Jacksonville,  Fla.] 
1896.  Nemobius  cubensis  Pantel,  Anal.  Soc.  Espan.  Hist.  Nat.,  XXV,  p.  51. 

(Morphological  studies.) 
1896.  Nemobius  aterrimus  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  432.     (In  part.)     (New 

key.) 
1896.  Nemobius  cubensis  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  432.     (New  key.) 
1905.  Nemobius  aterrimus  Rehn  and  Hebard  (in  part  of    Scudder,  1896), 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  p.  50.     [Tampa,  Fla.] 
1909.  Nemobius  cubensis  Rehn,  2d  Rept.  Centr.  Exp.  Sta.  Rep.  Cuba,  p.  218. 

[Cayamas,  Cuba.] 

1911.  Nemobius  cubensis  Sherman  and  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  391. 
[Raleigh,  N.  C] 

1912.  Nemobius  cubensis  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1912,  p.  273.     [Homestead,  Fla.] 

The  large  series  of  the  present  species,  which  is  the  type  of  the 
subgenus  Neonemobius,  before  us  shows  that  a  very  close  relationship 
exists  to  N.  palustris.  although  typical  N.  cubensis  looks  very  different 
from  that  species,  being  larger,  of  less  dark  and  solid  coloration,  with 
tegmina  almost  always  much  less  abbreviate.  A  careful  study  of  the 
material  at  hand  shows  that  there  are,  however,  specimens  in  the 
series  of  cubensis  which  can  scarcely  be  separated  from  palustris. 
These  few  extreme  individuals  are  as  small  and  of  much  the  same 
form  as  palustris,  with  wings  lacking  and  tegmina  quite  as  abbreviate 
as  in  that  species.  Almost  every  one  of  these  specimens,  however, 
is  not  as  solid  in  coloration,  and  all  but  two  are  more  pale  in  general 
coloration.  The  majority  of  specimens  of  cubensis  wanting  wmgs 
have  the  tegmina  considerably  less  abbreviate  than  in  palustris,  a 
number  of  these  having  the  tegmina  quite  as  well  developed  as  in 
those  specimens  having  the  longest  wings.  In  summing  up  the 
differences  between  the  two  species  we  may  add  that,  in  addition  to 
the  other  differential  characters,  cubensis  usually  has  the  under  por- 
tions of  the  body  quite  pale,  much  paler  than  is  normal  in  palustris. 

From  typical  specimens  of  the  western  race,  A^.  cubensis  mormonius, 
typical  individuals  of  the  present  species  may  be  readily  separated 
by  their  less  robust  build  and  more  solid  coloration  without  the 
characteristic  cephalic  and  tegminal  markings  of  that  race.  In 
fact,  so  different  are  typical  specimens  of  the  two  that,  were  it  not  for 
the  very  large  series  before  us  which  reveals  the  vast  amount  of 
variability  found  in  these  insects,  we  should  certainly  have  considered 
them  distinct  species. 

Small  dark  macropterous  males  of  N.  fasciatus  have  been  mistaken 
for  this  species,  but  the  heavier  build  and  less  smooth  appearance 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  457 

of  that  species  should  always  distinguish  readily  even  the  most 
aberrant  males  from  cubensis,  while  the  ovipositor  characters  of  the 
females  show  the  two  species  to  belong  to  different  subgenera. 

Little  has  apparently  been  known  of  the  life  history  of  the  present 
species,  and  it  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  the  majority  of  speci- 
mens collected  have  been  taken  flying  to  lights  at  night  that  so  few 
brachypterous  specimens  have  been  previously  recorded. 

Types:    4  c?",  5   9;    Cuba.     (Poey.)     [Saussure  Collection.] 

We  here  describe  a  female  from  Cuba,  taken  by  Gundlach,  and  now 
in  the  Scudder  Collection. 

Size  small,  form  slender  for  the  genus;  head  small  but  full  and 
rounded,  wider  than  cephalic  width  of  pronotum.  ]\Iaxillary  palpi 
of  much  the  same  form  as  in  .V.  fasciatus,  but  with  joints  not  quite 
as  much  produced.  Eyes  broad-ovate,  very  mildly  prominent,  though 
somewhat  more  so  than  in  A^.  jmlustris.     Pronotum  of  much  the  same 


Fig.  22. — N^emobius  cubensis.     Ovipositor.     (Greatlj-  magnified.) 

proportions  as  in  fasciatus,  but  of  smaller  relative  size  to  rest  of 
body.  Tegmina  long,  extending  beyond  end  of  abdomen,  apex  of 
same  dorsal  in  position,  distal  margin  of  dorsal  field  rotundate  acute- 
angulate,  longitudinal  veins  not  very  prominent,  cross-veinlets  very 
faint.  Wings  absent.  Ovipositor  more  than  two-thirds  as  long  as 
caudal  femur,  distinctly  though  very  feebly  arcuate;  apex  of  same 
very  narrowly  sublanceolate,  with  that  portion  formed  by  the  dorsal 
valves  armed,  the  upper  margin  serrulate,  these  serrulations  very 
closely  arranged,  regular,  minute,  sharp.  Caudal  femora  with 
greatest  (meso-cephalic)  width  contained  about  three  times  in 
length.  Spines  of  caudal  tibiae  more  slender  than  in  fasciatus,  not 
quite  as  slender  as  in  palustris. 

A  male  in  the  Scudder  Collection,  bearing  the  same  data  as  the 
female  here  described',  affords  the  following  additional  information. 

Size  very  slightly  smaller,  proportions  very  much  the  same.  The 
tegmina  are  translucent,  and  when  in  repose  the  dorsal  fields  are  hemi- 
elliptical  in  outline.  Wings  very  long.  Proximo-internal  spine  of 
caudal  tibiae  similar  to  that  oi  fasciatus. 


458 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[June, 


Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Homestead,  Fla. 


Cuba. 


Macropterous 
extremes. 


Brachypterous 
extremes. 


(f        9  cTcT  9  9  d'd' 

Length  of  body 7.       7.2      7.  -  7.1      6.9-  7.4    5.7-6.6 

Length  of  prono- 
tum L6     1.4      1.4-  1.4      1.3-  1.5     1.2-1.7 

Caudal  width  of 

pronotum 2.4    2.3      2,2-  2.4      2.2-  2.3     1.9-2.2 

Length  of  teg- 
mina 4.6    4.7      4.1-  4.3      4.4-  4.9    3.9-4. 

Length  of  wings  .  11 10.3-10.7     10.4-11.4     

Length  of  caudal 
femur 5.3     5.4      5.1-  5.4      5.3-  5.1     4.2-5.1 

Greatest  width  of 

caudal  femur 1.5     1.7      1.6-  1.7      1.8-  1.8     1.8-1.9 

Length  of  ovi- 
positor  4      3.8-  3.8     

Raleigh,  Washington, 

N.  C.  D.  C. 

Brachypt.  Macropt. 

extremes.  extremes. 

9  9  9  9 

Length  of  body 6.6-8.  6.8-7.4 

Length  of  pronotum 1,7-1.7  1.4-1.6 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.1-2.3  2.1-2.2 

Length  of  tegmina 2.9-3.4  4.6-4.8 

Length  of  wrings 10.7-10.4 

Length  of  caudal  femur 5.4-5,6  5.1-  5.6 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 2.-2.  1.6-2. 

Length  of  ovipositor 3.4-3.9  3.9-4. 


Vera  Cruz,  Mex. 


Macropt,  extremes, 

cf  9  9 

Length  of  body 7.1  6.-6.9 

Length  of  pronotum 1.2  1 .3-1.6 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2 .  2.-2.1 

Length  of  tegmina 4.8  4.-4.4 

Length  of  wings 9.6  8.9-9.7 

Length  of  caudal  femur 4.6  4 . 7-5 . 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 1,6  1 , 7-1 . 8 

Length  of  ovipositor 2.7-2.9 


9  9 
5.6-7. 

1.6-1.7 

2.  -2,2 

2,9-3.1 

5.  -5.2 

1.7-1.9 

3.6-4. 

Staten 
Island, 
N,  Y. 

9 

7,4 
1.7 
2.3 
4.5 
11. 
5.4 
1.8 
3.7 

Castillo, 
Nica- 
ragua. 


/  . 

1.4 

2.1 

4.1 

9.4 

4,7 

1,7 

2,8 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  459 

It  is  evident  that  the  variation  in  the  present  species  and  its  races 
is  further  emphasized  by  the  measurements  given  above.  It  is  true 
that  the  specimens  from  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  and  Castillo,  Nicaragua, 
have  in  the  female  sex  ovipositors  very  much  shorter  than  are  found 
in  any  of  the  other  specimens  before  us.  These  specimens  are  also 
different  in  being  the  only  ones  at  hand  having  the  lower  portion  of 
the  head  much  paler  than  the  upper  portion,  and  the  maxillary  palpi 
pale  with  only  the  distal  portion  of  the  terminal  segment  very  dark. 
In  other  respects  these  specimens  agree  almost  perfectly  with  typical 
ciibensis,  and  after  a  careful  consideration  of  the  variation  in  the 
species,  these  differences  do  not  warrant  considering  this  material 
worthy  of  racial  distinction. 

Color  Notes. — -The  specimens  here  described  agree  well  with  other 
macropterous  specimens  of  the  species  before  us  in  the  coloration- 
here  given.  General  color  very  dark  Vandyke  brown,  glossj%  shading 
to  burnt  umber  on  limbs  and  tegmina.  Head  and  pronotum  very 
dark  Vandyke  brown,  immaculate,  shining;  eyes  equally  dark. 
Maxillary  palpi^^  Vandyke  brown,  the  terminal  segment  very  dark. 
That  portion  of  the  head  which  fits  under  the  pronotum  may  be 
seen  to  be  a  very  little  paler  than  the  other  parts  of  the  head  when 
examined  closely.  Tegmina  translucent,  shading  from  Vandyke 
brown  in  the  proximal  portion  to  burnt  umber  on  the  greater  part 
of  both  dorsal  and  lateral  fields;  intermediate  channel  very  faintly 
defined  in  burnt  umber.  Dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  shining  black. 
Exposed  portion  of  wings  burnt  umber,  concealed  portion  very  white 
when  folded.  Limbs  and  ventral  surface  of  insect  immaculate, 
limbs  above  prouts  brown,  ventral  surface  pale^  but  varying  con- 
siderably in  depth  of  coloration. 

We  have  but  one  large  series  of  brachypterous  specimens  of  cubensis 
before  us,  these  from  Homestead,  Fla.,the  majority  of  which  specimens 
are  not  of  as  solid  coloration  and  are  of  somewhat  lighter  shade  than 
the  specimens  described  above.  In  these  the  penultimate  segment 
of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  mummy  brown,  the  other  segments  of  the 
very  dark  general  coloration.  Pronotum  a  little  maculate  with 
mummy  brown,  tegmina  marked  with  the  same  color,  the  intermediate 
channel  quite  distinctly  defined  in  the  lighter  color  in  several  speci- 
mens. Limbs  prouts  brown,  maculate  to  a  slight  degree  with  darker 
shades. 

52  In  some  very  dark  specimens  before  us,  the  penultimate  segment  of  the 
maxillary  palpi  is  nearly  white,  while  the  other  segments  are  very  dark;  in  a  few 
of  the  other  specimens  only  the  distal  portion  of  the  terminal  segment  is  very  dark. 


460  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

Other  brachypterous  specimens  before  us  are  even  darker  than  the 
normal  coloration,  being  colored  very  similarly  to  A^.  palustris,  but 
in  almost  all  cases  having  much  longer  tegmina,  and  in  the  one  or  two 
cases  where  this  is  not  true  they  are  larger  than  the  largest  specimens 
of  that  species. 

Distribution. — The  present  species  is  known  from  Staten  Island, 
N.  Y.,  south  along  the  Atlantic  coast  to  the  extreme  southern  portion 
of  the  mainland  of  Florida,  and  also  from  Cuba,  Vera  Cruz  in  Mexico, 
Nicaragua  and  Costa  Rica  to  Brazil.  Its  western  distribution  in  the 
United  States  appears  to  be  limited  bj^  the  fall-line.  The  records 
given  Ijy  Scudder  and  Blatchley  for  Illinois  and  Indiana  pertain  to 
other  species. 

Biological  Notes. — Though  seldom  numerous,  the  present  insect 
appears  to  be  always  much  more  plentiful  near  the  sea  than  elsewhere ; 
the  writer  has  found  it  in  large  numbers  but  once,  in  the  high  grass 
of  the  everglades.  Of  all  the  North  American  species  of  Nemohius 
it  develops  in  the  macropterous  form  proportionately  the  longest 
tegmina  and  wings.  The  majority  of  macropterous  specimens 
taken  have  been  captured  flying  to  lights  at  night ;  about  such  places 
we  have  never  found  this  insect  anything  but  very  scarce.  Con- 
sidering the  usual  extreme  development  of  the  tegmina  and  wings 
in  the  present  species,  it  is  surprising  to  find  some  brachypterous 
specimens  with  tegmina  quite  as  much  aborted  as  in  A'',  palustris. 

Synonymy. — In  1877,  Scudder  described  Nemohius  volaticus,  which 
species  he  himself  placed  in  the  synonymy  under  cubensis  in  1896. 
We  here  select  a  male  of  that  series  from  Georgia  in  the  Scudder 
Collection  as  single  type.^^ 

In  Scudder's  1896  paper  on  the  North  American  species  of  the 
genus,  he  unfortunately  created  confusion  by  misidentifying  much 
material,  one  instance  of  which  was  the  crediting  of  specimens  of  the 
present  species  from  Lake  Worth,  Fla.,  to  A^.  carolinus  and  another 
in  taking  a  small  dark  brachypterous  female  of  cubensis  as  the  basis 
of  the  description  of  that  sex  of  his  new  and  doubly  invalid  A^.  aterri- 
mus. 

In  1905,  Rehn  and  Hebard,  at  a  loss  to  fathom  the  literature, 
credited  a  pair  of  dark  cubensis,  having  long  tegmina  but  no  wings, 
from  Tampa,  Fla.,  to  aterrimus. 

Specimens  Examined.^* — 67:   14  males,  52  females,  and  1  nymph. 

*3  The  female  before  us  is  a  macropterous  specimen  of  N.  carolinus. 

^*  The  following  abbreviations  are  used  to  differentiate  the  specimens  here 
recorded:  b.,  brachypterous;  m.,  macropterous;  I.  teg.  only,  long  tegmina  only; 
med.,  medium;   v.,  very. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  461 

Staten  Island,  New  York,  Aug.  22,  (Davis)  1   9  [Davis  Collection],     m. 

Cape  May  County,  New  Jersey,  Aug.,  1910,  (Davis)  1  9  [Davis  Collection]. 
V.  b. 

Montgomery  County,  Maryland,  Sept.  2,5,  1911,  (Davis)  1  9  [Davis  Col- 
lection].    V.  b. 

Washington,  D.  C,  .\ug.  24,  29,  (Havenstein)  9  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  m.  but 
1  1.  teg.  only. 

Raleigh,  North  Carolina,  Aug.  15,  16,  17,  Sept.  6,  12,  190.5,  06,  08,  09,  (Brimley) 
6   9   [Brimley  Collection],     med.  b.  but  1  m. 

Florence,  South  Carolina,  Sept.  6,  1911,  (R.  &  H.)  1  cf.     b. 

Georgia,  1   d^.     Type  N.  volaticus  Sc. 

Jesup,  Ga.,  Sept.  1,  1911,  (R.  &  H.)  1   9  .     1.  teg.  only. 

Jacksonville,  Florida,  Nov.,  1885,  (Ashmead)  1  9  .  Paratype  A\  aterrimus  Sc. 
[Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     V.  b. 

Sanford,  Fla.,  (Frazer)  1  cf ,  1   9  [Scudder  Collection]. 

Capron,  Fla.,  Jan.  16,  Apr.  12,  .3  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.  and  Scudder  Collection],     m. 

Tampa,  Fla.,  Jan.  17,  1904,  (H.)  1  o",  1   9  .     1.  teg.  only. 

Lake  Worth,  Fla.,  (Slosson)  1  d" ,  1   9  [Scudder  Collection].     V.  b. 

Miami,  Fla.,  Feb.  4,  1903,  (H.)  1  d^.     m. 

Homestead,  Fla.,  Mar.  17-19,  1910,  (H.)  7  a",  14  9,1  n.;  July  10-12,  1912, 
(R.  &  H.)  1    9  .     med.  b.,  3  c^,  2   9  m. 

Cuba,  (Gundlach)  2  cf ,  3   9   [Scudder  Collection],     m. 

Vera  Cruz,  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  (Knab)  1  cf ,  8  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  m.  but  1 
I.  teg.  only. 

Castillo,  Nicaragua,  Feb.,  1893,  (Shimek)  1  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].    m, 

Nemobius  cubensis  mormonius  Scudder. 

1893.  Nemobius  sp.  Bruner,  N.  Amer.  Fauna,  VII,  p.  266.     [Death  Valley 

region  (Panamint  Valley)  and  Los  Angeles,  Cal.] 
1893.  Nemobius  cubensis  Brunner,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1893,  p.  609. 

(In  part.)     [New  Orleans,  La.] 
1896.  Nemobius  carolinus  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV.  p.  107.     (In 

part.)     [Texas.] 
1896.  Nemobius  mexicanus  Scudder  (not  of  Walker,  1869),  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent. 

Soc,  IV,  pp.  100,  106,  107.     (In  part.)     [Mexico,  Jalapa,  Orizaba  and 

Minatitlan,  Mex.] 
1896.  Nemobius  mormonius  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  101,  106. 

(Original  description.)     [St.  George,  Utah.] 
1896.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  p.  104. 

(In  part.)     [Sierra  el  Taste,  Lower  Cal.] 
1896.  Nemobius  mormonius  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  433.     (New  key.) 
1896.  Nemobius  cubensis  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  p.  106.     (In 

part.)     [San  Jose  del  Cabo,  Lower  Cal.] 

1896.  Nemobius  mexicanus  Scudder  (not  of  Walker,  1869),  Psyche,  VII, 
p.  433.     (New  key.) 

1897.  Nemobius  cubensis  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  p.  222. 
[Teapa,  Tabasco,  Mex.] 

1897.  Nemobius  comanchus  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  pp.  221, 
222.     (Description.)     [Durango  and   (or)  Sinaloa,  Mex.] 

1897.  Nemobius  mexicanus  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  I,  pp.  221, 
224.     (Scudder's  wrong  characters  and  records  given.) 

1906.  Nemobius  mexicanus  Hart  (not  of  Walker,  1869),  Ent.  News,  XVII, 
p.  160.     [College  Station,  Tex.] 

1907.  Nemobius  sp.  Rehn,  Ent.  News,  XVIII,  p.  212.     [Brownsville,  Tex.] 

1909.  Nemobius  cubensis  Tucker,  Ent.  News,  XX,  p.  297.     [Piano,  Tex.] 

1910.  Nemobius  mormonius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1909,  p.  483.     [Las  Vegas,  Nev.] 

The  present  geographic  race  varies  widely  in  general  appearance, 
owing  probably  to  the  facts  that  its  range  includes  a  great  variety  of 
territory,  and  that  as  this  range  includes  so  much  of  the  semiarid 


462  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

and  desert  regions  of  the  West,  it  is  found  more  or  less  isolated  at  a 
great  number  of  localities.  Brachypterous  individuals  somewhat 
outnumber  the  macropterous.  Though  the  specimens  in  each  respect- 
ive series  from  Texas,  from  Nevada,  and  from  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.,  are 
quite  similar,  each  series  has  a  decidedly  distinctive  appearance; 
intermediates  between  these  are,  however,  always  to  be  found. 

The  general  resemblance  to  A^.  carolinus  neomexicanus  is  sometimes 
so  very  close  that,  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  in  this  species  the 
disto-dorsal  spurs  of  the  caudal  femora  are  unequal,  while  in  carolinus 
neomexicanus  they  are  equal,  it  would  be  impossible  to  distinguish 
some  of  the  males  of  the  two,  though  the  females  are  readily  separable 
by  the  very  different  characters  of  the  ovipositor  as  well. 

So  different  are  individuals  from  the  Texan  region,  the  arid  South- 
west and  southern  Mexico,  that  there  is  little  wonder  that  several 
synonyms  of  the  present  insect  exist,  and  it  would  seem  advisable  to 
recognize  at  least  three  geographic  races,  were  it  not  for  the  fact 
that  practically  all  of  the  differences  are  due  to  coloration,  probably 
caused  by  the  immediate  environment  and,  as  would  be  expected 
in  such  a  case,  every  conceivable  intergradation  is  found  in  the  large 
series  before  us. 

The  insect  differs  from  N.  cubensis  in  being  less  slender,  in  having 


Fig.  23. — Nemobius  cubensis  mormoniiis.     Ovipositor  of  specimen  from  Texas. 
(Greatly  magnified.) 

a  different  color  pattern,  and  in  being  more  mottled  and  almost 
always  considerably  paler  in  general  coloration.  The  color  pattern 
and  its  variations,  consequently  important  in  determining  the  present 
insect,  is  fully  treated  in  the  Color  Notes. 

Described  from  two  females  and  a  nymph  from  a  single  locality. 

Single  type  here  designated:  9  ;  St.  George,  Utah.  April. 
(Palmer.)     [Scudder  Collection.] 

We  here  describe  the  paratypic  female  now  in  the  Hebard  Col- 
lection ex  Bruner. 

Size  small;  form  not  as  slender  as  in  N.  cubensis,  rather  compact; 
head  small,  full,  and  rounded,  wider  than  cephalic  width  of  pronotum. 
Eyes  and  maxillary  palpi  much  as  in  cubensis.  Pronotum  with  length 
almost  equal  to  caudal  width,  narrowing  very  little  cephalad.  Teg- 
mina  short,  covering  little  over  half  of  abdomen,  three-fifths  the 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  463 

length  of  the  caudal  femora;  apex  at  humeral  angle  very  broadly 
and  roundly  obtuse-angulate,  distal  margin  of  dorsal  field  almost 
transverse,  very  broadly  arcuato-truncate,  sutural  margin  passes 
into  distal  margin  with  a  distinct,  rather  sharply  rounded  angulation 
at  an  angle  of  slightly  more  than  ninety  degrees;  intermediate 
channel  not  conspicuously  depressed  and  forming  part  of  the  dorsal 
field,  this  field  rounding  very  slightly;  longitudinal  veins  few  but 
conspicuous,  cross-veinlets^^  exceedingly  faint.  Wings  absent.  Ovi- 
positor^*^ a  little  more  than  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  caudal  femur, 


^ 


Fig.  2A.—Nemohius   cubensis   mormonius.     Ovipositor   of   specimen   from    Vera 
Cruz,  Mex.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

distinctly  though  feebly  arcuate,  form  and  armament  much  as  in 
cubensis.  Caudal  femora  and  spines  of  caudal  tibiae  much  as  in  that 
species. 

We  here  select  as  allotype,  a  male  from  Las  Vegas,  Nevada,  taken 
Sept.  2, 1909,  by  Rehn  and  Hebard,  and  in  the  Hebard  Collection. 

Description  of  Allotype. — Size  smaller  than  female,  proportions 
much  the  same.  The  tegmina  are  translucent  and  when  in  repose 
the  dorsal  fields  are  hemi-elliptical  in  outline.     Wrings  absent. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

St.  George,  Utah.  Las  Vegas,  Nev. 

Type    Paratype    Allotype 

9  9  d^              d^d^  9  9 

Length  of  body 7.5  7.  7.  7.    (6.6-7.4)  7.4(6.6-8.2) 

Length  of  pronotum.  2.2  1.9  1.6  1.6(1.4-1.8)  1.7(1.6-1.9) 

Caudal  width  of  pro- 
notum   2.3  2.1  2.1  2.1(2.1)  2.2(2.1-2.3) 

Length  of  tegmina 3.  2.9  4.1  4.1  (3.9-4.3)  2.9  (2.7-3.  ) 

Length     of     caudal 

femur 5.  5.  5.  4.9(4.8-5.)  5.2(5.1-5.3) 

Greatest     width     of 

caudal  femur 2.  2.  2.  1.9(1.7-2.)  2.     (2.) 

Length  of  ovipositor...  3.8  3.8  (3.5-4.  ) 


55  These  cross-veinlets  are  so  faint  in  some  specimens  as  to  be  scarcely  visible 
under  a  Zeiss  binocular. 

56  As  the  ovipositor  of  the  paratype  before  us  is  broken,  we  have  drawn  up  this 
portion  of  the  description  from  the  type. 


464  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Juiie, 

Beaumont,  Tex. 

c^d^  9  9  c^              9" 

Length  of  body 6 . 7  (5 . 3-7 . 5)  7 . 6  (7 . 1-8 .   )  7.2        7.1 

Length  of  pronotum ..  1.6(1.3-1.8)  1.7(1.6-1.8)  1.4         1.6 
Caudal  width  of  pro- 
notum   2.     (1.9-2.1)  2.     (1.9-2.1)  2.4         2.3 

Length  of  tegmina 4.5  (4.2-4.8)  3.7  (3.  -5.   )  4.4         5.6 

Length  of  wings 9.4  10.8 

I^ength       of      caudal 

femur 5.     (4.7-5.3)  5.3(5.-5.6)  5.1         5.6 

Greatest     width      of 

caudal  femur 1.9(1.8-2.)  2.     (2.)  2.           2. 

Length  of  ovipositor 3.9(3.6-4.2)  '3.4 

Durango       Orizaba,  Cordoba,  Mex. 

or  Sinaloa,         Mex.  (Extremes) . 

9'  ^  9  ""    d^cf                 9  9 

Length  of  body 8.5  7.6  6.5  6.8-7.9  7.1-7.9 

Length  of  pronotum 1.8  1.6  1.8  1.4-1.5  1.4-1.9 

Caudal  width   of  pro- 
notum   2.3  2.1  2.1  2.1-2.4  2.1-2.2 

Length  of  tegmina 5.6  4.1  2.9  4.6-5.  4.4-5. 

Length  of  wings 12.4  10.2-10.4  10.  -11.1 

Length  of  caudal  femur   5.8  5.  5.1  5.-5.2  5.1-5.5 
Greatest  width  of  cau- 
dal femur 2.3  2.  2.  1.8-2.  2.-2.1 

Length  of  ovipositor 4.2  3.6     4.-4. 

Averages  in  Ovipositor  Length. 

Galveston,  Tex.  3.5(3.4-3.7) 

Brownsville,  Tex.  3 . 8  (3 . 5-4 . 1) 

Uvalde,  Tex .  3.6(3.2-3.9) 

Fort  Yuma,  Cal.  3.7 

Los  Angeles  Co.,  Cal.  3.8 

Tia  Juana,  Cal...  3.6 

Jalapa,  Mex. 3.7 

Though  some  amount  of  variation  is  shown  in  each  of  the  series 
before  us,  there  appears  to  be  little  difference  in  the  size  and  pro- 
portions of  specimens  from  the  various  natural  divisions  of  the  range 
of  the  present  insect.  As  has  been  noticed  in  other  species,  macrop- 
terous  specimens  always  are  found  to  have  the  pronotum  more 
widened  caudad. 

Color  Notes. — The  great  majority  of  specimens  from  Texas  are  of 


°'  This  specimen  is  the  type  of  A^.  comanchus  Saussure. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  465 

the  type  of  coloration  here  described.  General  color  mummy  brown, 
inconspicuously  marbled  with  sepia  and  bistre.  Head  raw  umber, 
a  very  narrow  line  of  darker  shade  extending  across  the  occiput  from 
the  caudal  margin  of  the  eyes,  the  remaining  caudal  portion  of  the 
occiput  and  postocular  portion  of  the  gense  somewhat  paler  than  the 
rest  of  the  head.  Eyes  prouts  brown.  Maxillary  palpi  raw  umber, 
the  distal  half  of  the  terminal  segment  clove  brown.  Pronotum 
mummy  brown  clouded  with  bistre,  under  a  Zeiss  binocular  small 
dots  of  wood  brown  are  apparent.  Tegmina  translucent;  of  male 
with  dorsal  field  a  very  dark  shade  of  bistre  particularly  pronounced 
in  the  proximal  portion,  discoidal  vein  obscurely  outlined  in  cream 
color,  lateral  fields  clove  brown ;  of  female  bistre  much  suffused  with 
raw  umber,  the  longitudinal  veins  of  the  dorsal  field,  the  intermediate 
channel  and  ventral  margin  of  lateral  fields  raw  umber,  remaining 
portion  of  lateral  fields  clove  brown.  Dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  of 
males  and  macropterous  females  (concealed  beneath  tegmina) 
shining  black;  of  brachypterous  females,  proximal  (concealed) 
portion  of  the  same  color,  remaining  portion  black  somewhat  maculate 
with  raw  umber  and  covered  with  hairs  of  the  same  color.  Ovi- 
positor Vandyke  brown.  Limbs  tawny  olive  slightly  mottled  with 
raw  umber,  the  outer  face  of  the  caudal  femora  marked  with  two 
faint  longitudinal  bars  of  the  latter  color. 

The  material  before  us  from  the  state  of  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.,  resembles 
these  specimens,  but  the  majority  are  somewhat  darker  with  a  more 
russet  suffusion,  and  the  markings  which  give  most  of  the  specimens 
from  Texas  a  somewhat  marbled  appearance  are  considerably 
reduced.  The  distinctive  markings  of  the  head  are^^,  however,  in 
most  cases  more  pronounced.  This  type  of  coloration,  as  well  as 
intermediates  between  it  and  the  normal  Texan  type,  is  represented 
by  a  number  of  specimens  from  Texas. 

The  majority  of  specimens  from  Fort  Yuma,  Cal,  and  Lower 
California,  are  of  a  very  pale  desert  type  of  coloration.  So  pale 
are  these  that  the  color  pattern  has  in  most  cases  almost  disappeared. 
General  color  wood  brown,  faintly  marked  with  a  darker  shade. 
Head  mars  brown,  a  paler  caudal  portion  of  the  occiput  only  detect- 
able under  the  Zeiss  binocular.     Disk  of  pronotum  of  general  color 

^  Scudder,  in  his  treatment  of  the  specimens  which  are  now  before  us,  and 
which  he  wrongly  considered  N.  mexicanus,  gave  these  color  characters  very  well 
in  his  key,  "longitudinal  markings  of  head  interrupted  at  the  crown,  the  whole 
back  portion  immaculate,  sharply  defined  from  the  portions  in  front  at  the 
summit,  which  is  feebly  subcarinate  transversely." 


466  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  fjune;. 

marbled  with  a  darker  shade,  lateral  lobes  heavily  marked  with  very 
dark  bistre.  Tegmina  mummy  brown  marked  cephalad  with  dark 
bistre.  Ovipositor  burnt  umber.  Limbs  and  ventral  surface  of 
body  wood  brown  tinged  with  russet,  the  longitudinal  markings  on 
the  outer  surface  of  the  caudal  femora  very  faintly  indicated.  Inter- 
mediates between  this  and  the  normal  Texan  type  are  to  be  found  in 
specimens  from  San  Jose  del  Cabo,  L.  Cal.,  Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  and 
Brownsville,  Tex. 

The  typical  series  from  St.  George,  Utah,  all  of  the  Californian 
specimens  except  those  from  Fort  Yuma,  and  almost  the  entire  series 
from  Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  belong  to  a  color  phase  closely  resembling 
that  of  the  specimens  from  Vera  Cruz,  excepting  that  these  specimens, 
are  not  so  much  tinged  with  russet,  the  usually  distinctive  cephalic 
markings  are  very  obscure  (practically  absent  in  many  cases),  while 
the  females  have  the  intermediate  channel  of  the  tegmina  strikingly 
cream  colored.  Intermediates  between  this  type  of  coloration  and 
that  of  the  Mexican  series  are  at  hand,  but  in  none  of  the  Texan 
series  is  a  close  approach  to  this  to  be  found.  In  all  other  respects,. 
however,  the  specimens  are  inseparable  and  consequently  not  worthy 
of  even  racial  distinction. 

Distribution. — The  present  geographic  race  is  known  to  range  from 
Biloxi,  Miss.,  to  the  Pacific  coast,  and  southward  as  far  as  the  state 
of  Tabasco,  Mex.  The  most  northern  localities  at  which  it  has  been 
taken  are  St.  George,  Utah,  Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  and  the  Panamint 
Valley,  Cal. 

Biological  Notes. — In  the  desert  regions  of  the  southwestern. 
United  States  this  insect  is  but  very  occasionally  met  with  in  the 
short  grasses  growing  near  streams  and  other  restricted  damp  areas, 
but  in  the  semiarid  mesquite  region  of  Texas  it  is  widely  distributed 
in  the  short  grasses  which  are  there  so  frequently  encountered;  and 
its  range  extends  still  further  eastward,  where  it  is  found  in  the 
typical  undergrowth  of  the  long-leaf  pine  forests.  A  few  macropter- 
ous  specimens  have  been  taken  at  light  at  Beaumont,  Brownsville, 
and  Del  Rio,  Tex. ;  other  than  at  light  this  long-winged  form  has 
scarcely  ever  been  encountered. 

Morphological  Notes. — It  is  the  opinion  of  the  author  that  the 
considerable  amount  of  variation  found  in  the  present  insect  is  due 
to  its  frequent  isolation  together  with  its  very  extensive  distribution. 
Though  ranging  over  all  the  desert  regions  of  the  southwest,  this 
insect,  like  all  other  North  American  Nemobius,  is  never  found  unless 
a  certain  amount  of  moisture  is  present.     In  its  desert  distribution 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  467 

there  are  consequently  often  hundreds  of  square  miles  utterly  unfit 
for  the  insect,  since  it  is  only  found  where  some  dampness  is  derived 
from  a  river  or  stream,  a  lake,  or  some  subterranean  water  supply. 
There  is  little  variation  in  any  of  the  specimens  from  the  heavier 
portion  of  the  Texan  mesquite  belt  where  its  range  is  not 
discontinuous. 

Synonymy. — When  the  present  geographic  race  was  described  in 
1896,  Scudder  wrongly  believed  a  series  of  specimens  of  this  insect 
from  the  state  of  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.,  to  belong  to  the  poorly  described 
N.  mexicanus  of  Walker,  and  he  also  failed  to  recognize  as  such  pale 
specimens  of  the  same  from  Texas  and  Lower  California  which  he 
determined  as  N.  carolinus  and  A^.  neomexicanus  (both  belonging 
to  the  subgenus  Eunemobius,  which  has  the  disto-ventral  spurs  of 
the  caudal  tibiae  equal  and  the  apex  of  the  ovipositor  an.ied  above 
and  below). 

In  1897,  Saussure,  supposing  Scudder  to  be  correct  in  his  statements, 
followed  him  in  quoting  the  records  of  what  Scudder  supposed  to  be 
mexicanus,  but  without  seeing  the  material,  and  so  a  single  specimen 
of  the  pale  color  form  of  cuhensis  mormonius  in  his  possession  from 
Durango  or  Sinaloa,  Mex.,  was  to  him  apparently  new  and  so  de- 
scribed as  A'',  comanchus.  In  the  same  paper  Saussure  considered 
specimens  from  Tabasco,  Mex.,  to  be  N.  cubensis. 

Hart  recorded  this  insect  as  N.  mexicanus  in  1906. 

Specimens  Examined. — 1.31:   66  males,  61  females,  and  4  nymphs. 

BUoxi,  Mississippi,  March  11,  (F.  M.  Jones)  1  cT  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     b. 

Texas,  (Belfrage)  2  cT  [Scudder  Collection].     1  m. 

College  Station,  Tex.,  Dec.  23,  1905,  (Hart)  1  &  [111.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.],     b. 

Beaumont,  Tex.,  July  23,  1912,  (H.)  9  d^,  6  ? ,  1  n.     1  cf ,  2  9  ,  m. 

Webster,  Tex.,  July  19,  1912,  (H.)  Id',     b. 

Dickinson,  Tex.,  July  20,  1912,  (H.)  7  d',  4  9  .     b. 

Galveston,  Tex.,  July  19-21,  1912,  (H.)  7  d^,  6  9 ,  1  n.     19  m. 

Rosenberg,  Tex.,  July  25,  26,  1912,  (H.)  1    9  .     b. 

Columbus,  Tex.,  Dec.  15,  1878,  (Schwartz)  2  d',  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  Under 
old  leaves  near  Brazos  River.     Sm.  b. 

Kerrville,  Tex.,  Aug.  17,  18,  1912,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d'.     b 

Victoria,  Tex.,  Aug.  8,  1902,  (W.  E.  Hinds)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Lg.  m. 

Brownsville,  Tex.,  June,  (Snow)  2  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].  m.;  May  1,  4,  1904, 
(Barber)  3  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].  sm.  m.;  July  31-Aug.  5,  1912,  (R.  and  H.)  7  cf , 
6  9 ,  1  n.  2  9m.;  June  23,  1908,  Nov.  21,  24,  Dec.  19,  1910  (Hart)  3  d',  7  9  . 
1  n.  [111.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.].  1  d',  3  9  m. 
.Piper  Plantation,  Brownsville,  Tex.,  Aug.  3,  1912,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d",  2  9  . 
9  9  m. 

Esperanza  Plantation,  Brownsville,  Tex.,  May  3,  1903,  (Schaeffer)  1  9  [Bklyn. 
Inst.  A.  and  S.].     b. 

Uvalde,  Tex.,  Aug.  21,  22,  1912.  (R.  and  H.)  5  d',  4  9  .     b. 

Del  Rio,  Tex.,  Aug.  22,  23,  1912,  (R.  and  H.)  2  cf ,  1   9  .     m. 

St.  George,  Utah,  April,  (Palmer)  2  9 ,  1  n.  Type  and  Paratypes  [Scudder 
and  Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Dk.  b. 


468  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Las  Vegas,  Nevada,  Aug.  10,  1907,  (H.)  2  d',  1  9  .  b.;  Sept.  2,  1909,  (R.  and 
H.)  5  c?,  7   9.     Dk.  b. 

Fort  Yuma,  California,  (Wickham)  1  cf ,  2  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner]. 
V.  pi.  m. 

Panamint  Valley,  Cal.,  (Koebele)  1  d'  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Dk.  b. 

Tia  Juana,  Cal.,  Aug.  16,  1907,  (H.)  19.     Dk.  b. 

Los  Angeles  County,  Cal.,  (Coquillett)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     Dk.  b. 

Mexico,  (Sumichrast)  2  cT,  1    9    [Scudder  Collection],     b. 

Sierra  el  Taste,  Lower  California,  1  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     V.  pi.  m. 

San  Jose  del  Cabo,  L.  Cal.,  1  cf ,  3   9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     Lg.  m. 

Durango  or  Sinaloa,  Mexico,  (Forrer)  1  9  .  Type  of  N.  comanchus.  [Biologia 
Collection  in  Br.  Mus.].     Lg.  v.  pi.  b. 

Jalapa,  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.,  1    9   [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     b. 

Medellin.  V.  C,  Mex.,  2  cf  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     1  m. 

Orizaba,  V.  C,  Mex.,  Nov.,  1887,  (Bruner)  1  cf,  1  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex 
Bruner].     b. 

San  Rafael,  V.  C,  Mex.,  (Townsend)  1  cf  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     m. 

Minatitlan,  V.  C,  Mex.,  Feb.  1,  1892,  1   9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     b. 

Teapa,  Tabasco,  Mex.,  (H.  H.  Smith)  1  cf  [Biologia  Collection  in  Br.  Mus.].     b. 

Nemobius  palustris  Blatchley. 

1896.  Nemobius  carolinus  Scudder,  Jn.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  p.  107.  (In 
part.)     [South  Kent  and  Canaan,  Conn.] 

1900.  Nemobius  palustris  Blatchley,  Psyche,  IX,  p.  53.  (Original  descrip- 
tion.)    [Northern  Indiana.     Tamarack  swamps  and  cranberry  bogs.] 

1903.  Nemobius  palustris  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  pp.  421,  427,  428. 
[Marshall,  Fulton,  and  Starke  Counties,  Ind.  In  sphagnum  mosses  of 
swamps  and  bogs.] 

1904.  Nemobius  palustris  E.  M.  Walker,  34th  Ann.  Rept.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,. 
No.  19,  p.  97.  [Algonquin  Park,  Ont.  In  sphagnum  moss  of  floating 
cranberry  bog.] 

1904.  Nemobius  palustris  E.  M.  Walker,  Can  Ent.,  XXXVI,  pp.  182,  185. 

[Ragged  Lake,  Algonquin  Park,  Ont.     In  sphagnum  swamp.     Recorded 

material.] 
1906.  Nemobius  palustris  Morse,  Psyche,  XIII,  p.  158.     [Wellesley,  Dover, 

and  Natick,  Mass.     Sphagnum  moss  of  bogs  and  wet  meadows.] 

1909.  Nemobius  palustris  Davis,  Jn.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XVII,  p.  188.  [Low- 
lands of  Lakehurst  and  at  Lake  Hopatcong,  N.  J.] 

1910.  Nemobius  palustris  Rehn  in  Smith,  Ann.  Rept.  N.  J.  State  Mus., 
1909,  p.  192.     [Stafford's  Forge,  N.  J.] 

1911.  Nemobius  palustris  Walden,  Bull.  16,  State  of  Conn.,  St.  Geol.  and 
Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  pp.  151,  152,  153.  [Salisbury,  Lyme,  and  New  Haven, 
Conn.     Swampy  places,  often  in  sphagnum  moss.] 

This  species,  the  smallest  of  the  North  American  members  of  the 
genus,  may  be  separated  from  the  other  North  American  species  of 
Nemobius  belonging  to  the  subgenus  Neonemobius  by  its  very  small 
size,  slender  build,  and  very  dark  solid  coloration. 

The  species  resembles  N.  confusus  closely  in  general  appearance, 
but  examination  quickly  shows  that  species  to  belong  to  the  subgenus 
Eunemobius. 

The  closest  affinity  is  found  in  N.  cubensis,  from  which  species  it 
differs  in  being  smaller  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  of  darker  and 
more  solid  coloration,  without  tegminal  markings  of  any  kind. 
In  the  male  the  tegmina  are  almost  always  less  broad,  and  in  the 
female  are  usually  more  abbreviate. 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


469 


Described  from  an  unspecified  series  of  specimens  from  northern 
Indiana. 

Single    type   here    designated:     9  ;    Fulton    County,    Indiana. 
October  5,  1898.     (Blatchley.)     [Blatchley  Collection]. 

Descriptioji  of  Type. — Size  very  small  and  form  slender  for  the 
genus,  head  small,  but  full  and  rounded,  wider  than  the  cephalic 
width  of  the  pronotum.  Maxillary  palpi  of 
much  the  same  form  as  in  N.fasciatus,  but  with 
segments  not  as  much  produced.  Eyes  broad- 
ovate,  not  prominent.  Pronotum^^  of  much 
the  same  proportions  as  in  fasciatus,  but  of 
smaller  relative  size  to  the  rest  of  the  body. 
Tegmina  very  shghtly  more  than  half  as  long 
as  the  caudal  femora;  apex  at  humeral  angle, 
very  broadly  and  roundly  obtuse-angulate; 
distal  margin  of  dorsal  field  very  slightly 
oblique,  very  broadly  arcuato-truncate ;  sutural 
margin  passes  into  distal  margin  with  a  dis- 
tinct but  broadly  rounded  angulation  at  an 
angle  of  slightly  more  than  ninety  degrees; 
intermediate  channel  not-  conspicuously  de- 
pressed and  forming  part  of  the  dorsal  field,  this  field  unusually 
evenly  rounded;  longitudinal  veins  very  conspicuous,  cross-veinlets 
very  few  and  extremely  obscure.  Wings  absent.  Ovipositor  about 
two-thirds  as  long  as  caudal  femora,  distinctly  though  feebly 
arcuate;  apex  of  same  narrowly  sublanceolate,  with  that  portion 
formed  by  the  dorsal  valves  armed,  the  upper  margin  serrulate, 


Fig.  25. — iV e m  obi  us 
palnstris.  D  o  x-  s  a  1 
view  of  type,  female. 
(X  3.) 


Fig.  26. — Nemobiusjpalustris.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

these  serrulations  regular,  minute,  sharp,  as  closely  arranged  as  in 
N.  cuhensis.  Caudal  femora  with  greatest  (meso-cephalic)  width 
contained  slightl}^  more  than  three  times  in  the  length.  Spines  of 
caudal  tibiae  considerably  more  slender  than  in  fasciatus  and  supplied 
with  fewer  hairs. 


^^  The  series  of  the  present  species  before  us  shows  that  though  the  majority 
have  the  pronotum  narrowing  very  slightly  cephalad,  some  few  have  the  cephalic 
and  caudal  width  of  the  same  subequal,  while  in  other  specimens  the  pronotum 
narrows  decidedly  cephalad. 


470  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

A  male  in  the  Blatchley  Collection,  bearing  the  same  data  as  the 
type,  is  here  selected  as  the  allotype. 

Description  of  Allotype. — Size  smaller,  proportions  somewhat  more 
slender  than  in  the  female.  The  tegmina  are  translucent  and  when 
in  repose  the  dorsal  fields  are  very  narrowly  hemi-ellipitical  in 
outline.     Wings  absent. 

Measurements  (in  millimeters). 

Fulton  County,  Ind. 
Type.  Allotype.  Average  of  topotj'pes. 

9  cf               9  9  d'd'      ^ 

Length  of  body 6.2  5.8  6 . 1  (5 . 9-6 . 4)  5 . 7  (5 . 2-6 . 2) 

Length  of  pronotum 1.4  1.2  1.5(1.3-1.6)  1.3(1.-1.5) 

Caudal    width     of    pro- 
notum   2.  1.9  2.     (1.8-2.1)  1.9(1.6-2.1) 

Length  of  tegmen 2.5  4.  2.4(2.1-2.8)  3.9(3.8-4.) 

Length  of  caudal  femur 4.8  4.6  4.6(4.-4.9)  4.6(4.2-5.) 

Greatest    width    of    cau- 
dal femur 1.6  1.6  1 .7  (1 .4-1 .8)  1 .6  (1 .3-1 .7) 

Length  of  ovipositor 3.4    3.2(3.1-3.4)     

Ragged  Lake, 
Algonquin  Park,     Natiek,     Dover,         Wilmington, 
Ont.  Mass.       Mass.  N.  C. 

^9  cT  9  cf  9  cT' 

Length  of  body 6.  5.3  6.8  6.2  6.8  5.7 

Length  of  pronotum 1.  1.  1.6  1.4  1.9  1.4 

Caudal    width    of    pro- 
notum   1.8  1.6  1.9  1.9  2.4  2. 

Length  of  tegmen 2.7  3.4  3.2  3.7  3.1  3.9 

Length  of  caudal  femur ..  4.1  3.9  4.6  4.8  5.4  4.8 
Greatest  width  of  cau- 
dal femur 1.3  1.4  1.7  1.7  2.1  1.8 

Length  of  ovipositor 3.6      3.7      3.8       

The  specimens  from  Ontario  are  the  smallest  before  us,  while  those 
from  North  Carolina  are  the  largest.  Additional  material  at  hand 
bears  out  this  evidence  that  the  species  increases  in  size  very  gradually 
from  north  to  south  over  its  range.  Comparatively  little  variation 
IS  shown,  however,  in  the  present  species. 

Color  Notes. — The  types  here  described  are  of  the  same  coloration 
as  the  majority  of  topotypic  specimens  before  us.  The  head,  pro- 
notum, and  limbs  are  solid  Vandyke  brown.  Maxillary  palpi  Vandyke 
brown  with  the  exception  of  the  terminal  joint  which  is  wholly  clove 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  471 

brown.  Tegmina  and  dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  dark  clove  brown. 
Ovipositor  dark  Vandyke  brown. 

The  majority  of  specimens  not  from  Indiana  are,  however,  some- 
what differently  colored.  These  specimens  have  the  entire  dorsal 
surface  of  the  body  dark  clove  brown,  while  underneath  the  usual 
coloration  is  raw  umber.  In  such  specmiens  the  maxillary  palpi 
usually  have  the  third  joint  a  rather  light  brown,  the  penultimate 
joint  considerably  paler  and  the  terminal  joint  wholly  clove  brown. 
Both  males  and  females  of  the  present  species  have  a  rather  shiny 
appearance. 

Distribution. — The  present  species  has  been  found  on  the  Atlantic 
coast  from  Natick  and  Dover,  Mass.,  to  Wilmington  and  Lake 
Waccamaw,  N.  C,  and  inland  has  been  taken  as  far  north  as  Algon- 
quin Park,  Ont.,  and  as  far  west  as  Starke  County,  Ind. 

It  is  a  swamp  and  bog  inhabiting  species,  and  is  consequentlj^  very 
local  in  distribution. 

Biological  Notes. — The  present  species  is  extremely  secretive, 
living  in  the  recesses  of  swamps  and  bogs,  usually  in  and  about 
sphagnum  mosses.  In  such  situations  palustris  may  sometimes  be 
found  in  very  large  numbers,  but  the  peculiar  habitat  combined  with 
the  small  size  and  sombre  coloration  of  the  insects  themselves, 
explains  their  usual  scarcity  in  collections.  When  disturbed,  indi- 
viduals of  })alustris  leap  about  vigorouslj^  and  then  burrow  into  the 
sphagnum  mosses  or  hide  under  roots  or  debris.  Dr.  Walker  de- 
scribes the  song  of  this  species  as  "a  continuous  and  rather  feeble 
trill"  and  notes  a  similarity  to  that  of  carolimis. 

No  macropterous  specimens  of  the  species  have  been  taken,  and 
it  is  our  opinion  that  such  do  not  occur,  owing  to  the  fact  that  in  the 
present  species  the  reduction  of  the  tegmina  has  reached  a  rather 
advanced  stage  and  is  found  to  vary  to  an  extremely  small  degree. 

Synonymy. — No  synonyms  of  the  present  species  have  occurred, 
but  AUard  has  unfortunately  recorded  small  dark  specimens  of 
N.  fasciatus  as  this  species. 

Specimens  Examined. — 56:   28  males,  28  females. 

Ragged  Lake,  Algonquin  Park,  Ontario,  Aug.  18,  1903,  (E.  M.  Walker)  2  cT, 
3    ?   [University  of  Toronto  and  Blatchley  Collection]. 

Fulton  County,  Indiana,  Oct.  5,  1898,  (Blatchley)  2  d^,  2  9  .  Type,  Allotype, 
Paratvpes.  [Blatchley  Collection,  U.  S.  N.  M.];  Aug.  15,  1902,  (Blatchlev)  5  d" , 
6  9  [t'.  S.  X.  M.,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  Hebard  Collection]. 

Natick,  Massachusetts,  Oct.  16,  1905,  (from  Morse)  3   9  [Hebard  Collection]. 

Dover,  Mass.,  Oct.  11,  1905,  (from  Morse)  Sd",  1  9  [Hebard  and  Blatchley 
Collection]. 

New  Haven,  Connecticut,  Aug.  18,  1910,  (Walden)  1   cf',  1    9    [Hebard  Col- 
lection]. 
31 


472  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE  ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

Lake  Hopatcong,  New  Jersey,  Aug.  30,  1908,  (Davis)  1  c?  [Davis  Collection]. 
Lakehurst,  N.  J.,  Sept.  3,  14,  1907,  (Davis)  2  d',  2   9  [Davis  Collection]. 
Stafford's  Forge,  Ocean  County,  N.  J.,  Sept.  16,  1905,  (H.)  4  d". 
Stroudsburg,  Pennsylvania,  Sept.,  1903,  (H.)  2   9  . 
Tinicum  Island,  Pa.,  Sept.  19,  1908,  (R.  and  H.)  1    9  . 
Washington,  D.  C,  Sept.  23,  1911,  (Davis)  1  d'  [Davis  Collection]. 
Fayetteville,  North  Carolina,  Sept.  9,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  3  d^,  2  9. 
Lake  Waccamaw,  N.  C,  Sept.  8,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1  d^. 
Wilmington,  N.  C,  Sept.  8,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  3  cf,  5  9  . 

Nemobius  palustris  aurantius  Rehn  and  Hebard. 

1905.  Nemobius  carolirms  (not  of  Scudder,  1877)  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  p.  801.  [Thomasville,  Ga.  In  beds  of 
sphagnum.] 

1911.  Nemobius  palustris  aurantius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  1911,  p.  597.     (Original  description.)     [Same  material  as  1905.] 

1912.  Nemobius  palustris  aurantius  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  1912,  p.  109.     (Single  Type  fixation.) 

Tlie  present  insect  is  in  all  probability  a  southern  race  of  N.  palus- 
tris, distinguished  only  from  that  species  by  its  peculiar  and  striking 
coloration.  Unsuccessful  efforts  have  been  made  to  obtain  additional 
material  from  the  region  in  which  the  type  series  was  taken,  and 
until  this  can  be  done  it  is,  in  our  opinion,  advisable  to  consider  the 
present  insect  a  geographic  race,  although  it  may  eventually  prove 
to  be  a  mere  color  variety. 

Type:  d^;  Thomasville,  Georgia.  In  sphagnum.  December  6, 
1903.     (Hebard.)     [Hebard  Collection.] 

Description  of  Type. — The  head,  pronotum,  and  ventral  surface  of 
the  insect  is  ochraceous-rufous,  the  limbs  almost  uniform  ochraceous, 
and  the  tegmina  and  dorsal  portion  of  the  abdomen  shining  black. 
The  maxillary  palpi  are  pale  yellowish,  with  the  exception  of  the  last 
segment,  which  is  darker  at  the  base,  shading  to  clove  brown  in  the 
apical  half. 

The  female  allotype,  here  selected,  bears  the  same  data  as  the 
type  and  is  in  the  same  collection;  it  is  slightly  larger  than  the  type, 
but  of  the  same  coloration. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Thomasville,  Ga. 

Type.  Allotype.        Average  of  paratypic  series, 

cf  9  d^cf                     9  9 

Length  of  body 6.5  7.  6.2(6.  -6.5)  6.2(5.9-6.7) 

Length  of  pronotum 1.2  1.5  1.1(1.-1.2)  1.4(1.3-1.5) 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum  1.8  1.9  1.7(1.6-1.8)  1.9(1.8-2.1) 

Length  of  tegmina 3.8  3.2  3.9(3.8-4.)  2.6(2.1-3.) 

Length  of  caudal  femur 4.2  4.8  4 . 3  (4 . 1-4 . 6)  4 . 6  (4 . 4-5 .   ) 

Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 1.4  1.8  1.6(1.4-1.8)  1.8(1.7-1.9) 

Length  of  ovipositor 3.5     3.6  (3.2-3.9) 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  473 

Color  Notes. — The  contrasting  and  solid  coloration  given  in  the 
description  is  distinctive  and  varies  but  little  in  tone  in  the  series. 

Distribution.- — The  insect  is  known  only  from  Thomasville,  in 
southwestern  Georgia. 

Biological  Notes. — The  series  was  taken  near  the  town  in  a  small 
area  of  moist  ground  where  the  pine  woods  gave  way  to  the  magnolias 
and  beeches  of  the  "branch"  forest  growth.  All  of  the  specimens 
were  captured  in  sphagnum  growing  among  the  roots  of  these  latter 
trees.     The  entire  series  is  brachypterous. 

Specimens  Examined. — 13:   5  males,  8  females. 

Thomasville,  Ga.,  December  6,  1903,  (H.)  5  cf,  8  Q.  Type, 
allotype,  paratypes.     [Hebard  and  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection.] 

Subgenus  EUNEMOBIUS  n.  subgen. 

This  distinctive  subgenus  includes  two  species  and  two  geographic 
races  from  North  America.  Type  of  subgenus — Nemohius  carolinus 
Scudder. 

Suhgeneric  Description. — Size  medium  for  the  genus.  Disto-- 
ventral  spurs  of  caudal  tibia  equal  in  length.  Proximal  and  distal 
internal  spines  of  male  specialized  as  described  under  Morphological 
Notes  for  the  genus;  other  spines  of  caudal  tibia  below  concave,  with 
margins  of  this  sulcation  smooth  in  both  sexes.  Ovipositor  very 
short,  almost  always  less  than  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  caudal 
femur,  gently  curved;  apex  with  dorsal  margin  armed  with  heavy 
teeth,  ventral  margin  armed  with  minute,  widely  spaced  serrulations. 
Ventral  segments  of  abdomen  in  male  broadened,  extending  outward 
and  upward  on  sides  of  abdomen  above  the  normal  dorsal  segments, 
thus  making  the  abdomen  unusually  broad  and  its  entire  dorsal 
surface  concave. 

The  present  subgenus  is  widely  separated  from  the  other  North 
American  subgenera  by  the  majority  of  the  characters  given  above. 

Nemobius  carolinus  Scudder. 

1876.  Nemobius  exiguus  Provancher  (not  Acheta  exigua  Say,   1825),  Nat. 
Can.,  VIII,  p.  61.     [Province  of  Quebec,  Can.] 

1877.  Nemobius  carolinus  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  36. 
(Original  description.)     [North  Carolina.] 

1877.  Ne7tiobius  volaticus  Scudder,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XIX,  p.  36. 

(In  part.)     (Description  of  9  •)     [Georgia.] 
1877.  Nemobius    {Anaxipha)    septentrionalis   Provancher,    Nat.    Can.,    IX, 

p.  292.     (Correction  of  name  used  in  1876.) 
1877.  Nemobius   (Anexipha)  septentrionalis  Provancher,  Faune  Ent.  Can., 

II,  p.  24.     (Description.)     (Records  of  1876.) 
1887.  Nemobius   (Anexipha)   septentrionalis  Caulfield,   Can.   Rec.   Sci.,   II, 

p.  393.     [Montreal,  Quebec  and  Rat  Portage,  Can.] 


474  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

1889.  Nemobius  vittatus  Davis,  Ent.  Am.,  V,  p.  79.  (In  part.)  [Staten 
Island,  N.  Y.     "Small  form  generally  included."] 

1892.  Nemobius  exiguus  Blatchley  (not  Acheta  exigua  Say,  1825),  Proc. 
Ind.  Acad.  Sci.,  1891,  p.  136.     [Indiana.     Very  common.] 

1893.  Nemobius  exiguus  (?)  Bruner  (not  Acheta  exigua  Say,  1825),  Publ. 
Nebr.  Acad.  Sci.,  Ill,  p.  32.     [Eastern  half  of  Nebraska.     Not  at  all  rare.] 

1893.  Nemobius  volaticus  (?)  Bruner  (In  part  of  Scudder,  1877),  Publ.  Nebr. 
Acad.  Sci.,  Ill,  p.  32.     [Timbered  district  of  eastern  Nebraska.] 

1894.  Nemobius  affinis  Beutenmiiller,  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  VI,  pp. 
249,  250,  267,  PI.  5,  fig.  11.     (Description.)     [New  York,  N.  Y.] 

1896.  Nemobius  carolinus  Scudder,  Jn.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  100,  107. 

(In  part.)     [Jackman  and  Norway,  Me.;    Blue  Hill,  Milton,  and  Adams, 

Mass.;    Ithaca,  N.  Y.;    Orange,  N.  J.;    Maryland;    Vigo  County,  Ind.; 

District  of  Columbia;   Virginia;   Lake  Worth  and  Lake  Okechobee,  Fla.; 

New  Orleans,  La.;   Texas;  Lincoln,  West  Point,  and  South  Bend,  Nebr.] 
1896.  Nemobius  cubensis  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  p.  105.     (In 

part.)     [Ogle  County  and  Chicago,  111.;   Norway,  Me.;   Charlotte  Harbor 

and  Indian  River,  Fla.] 

1896.  Nemobius  carolinus  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  433.     (New  key.) 
1869.  Nemobius  carolinus  Davis,  Proc.  Nat.  Sci.  Assn.  Staten  Id.,  V,  p.  96. 

■  (Notes,  nomenclatural  and  on  stridulation.) 

1897.  Nemobius  carolinus  Ball,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  IV,  p.  236.  Iowa. 
Common  in  woods. 

1897.  Nemobius  carolinus  Blatchley,  Ins.  in  Gen.  and  Orth.  Ind.  in  Particu- 
lar, p.  23.     [Indiana.] 

1898.  Nemobius  socius  Lugger  (not  of  Scudder,  1877),  Orth.  Minn.,  p.  263. 
[St.  Paul,  Minn.] 

1898.  Nemobius  exiguus  Lugger  (not  Acheta  exigua  Say,  1825),  Orth.  Minn., 

p.  268.     [Minnesota.] 
1900.  Nemobius  exiguus  Blatchley,  Psyche,  IX,  pp.  53,  54.     (Description.) 

[Indiana.     Half  as  common  as  N.  fasciatus.] 
1900.  Nemobius    carolinus    Scudder,    Psyche,    IX,    p.    104.     [Connecticut. 

Not  common  in  New  England.] 
1900.  Nemobius  cubensis  Scudder  (not  of  Saussure,  1874),  Psyche,  IX,  p.  104. 

(Previous  incorrect  record.) 
1900.  Nemobius  affinis  Smith,  Ins.  of  New  Jersey,  p.  164.     [Staten  Island, 

N.  Y.     Common.] 

1902.  Nemobius  palustris  E.  M.  Walker  (not  of  Blatchley,  1900),  32d  Ann. 
Rept.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  1901,  No.  19,  p.  109.  [Lake  Simcoe,  Sarnia,  South- 
ampton and  Owen  Sound,  Ont.] 

1903.  Nemobius  exiguus  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  pp.  420,  426.  (General 
information.) 

1904.  Nemobius  confusus  E.  M.  Walker  (not  of  Blatchlev,  1903),  34th  Ann. 
Rept.  Ent.  Soc.  Ont.,  1903,  No.  19,  p.  97.     (Wrong  correction.) 

1904.  Nemobius  angusticollis  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  pp.  182, 
186.  (Description.)  [Toronto,  de  Grassi  Point  on  Lake  Simcoe  and 
Severn  River,  Ont.]     (Correction  1902  and  1904  records.) 

1904.  Nemobius  carolinus  Rehn,  Ent.  News,  XV,  p.  331.  [Atsion  and  West 
Creek,  N.  J.] 

1904.  Nemobius  exiguus  Mead,  Dept.  Zool.  Ent.  Ohio  State  Univ.,  No.  19, 
p.  112.     [Ohio.] 

1905.  Nemobius  exiguus  Isely,  Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  248.  [Fairview, 
Clearwater,  and  Wichita,  Ivans.     Under  stones  in  wet  places.] 

1905.  Nemobius  carolinus  Isely,  Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  248.     [Dale's 

Pond,  near  Wichita,  Kan.] 
1905.  Nemobius  exiguus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1904,  p.  800.     [Thomasville  and  Ocklockonee  River  (Thomas  County), 

Ga.] 

1905.  Nemobius  cubensis  Rehn  and  Hebard  (not  of  Saussure,  1874),  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  800.     [Thomasville,  Ga.] 

1906.  Nemobius  carolinus  Hart,  Ent.  News,  XVII,  p.  160.  [Brazos  River 
bottoms  near  College  Station  and  Houston,  Tex.] 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  475 

1906.  Nemohius  palustris  Morse,  Psyche,  XIII,  p.  158.  (In  part.)  (Scud- 
der's  incorrect  1896  records  given.) 

1906.  Nemohius  janus  Kirby,  Sjmon.  Catal.  Orth.,  II,  p.  19.  (New  name 
proposed.) 

1907.  Nernobius  carolinus  Hart,  Bull.  Illinois  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.,  VII, 
No.  VII,  p.  235.     [Thompson  Lake,  lU.     In  damp  woods.] 

1908.  {Nemobius)  exiguus  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XIX,  p.  21.  [Raleigh,  N.  C. 
Lowland  and  upland  in  damp  places.] 

1908.  (Nemobius)  carolinus  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XIX,  p.  21.  [Raleigh, 
N.  C] 

1909.  Nemobius  Carolina  Hebard,  Ent.  News,  XX,  p.  115.  [Thomasville, 
Ga.     In  "branch."] 

1909.  Nemobius  carolinus  E.  M.  Walker,  Can.  Ent.,  XLI,  pp.  144,  211. 
[Temagami  District,  Ont.     Common.] 

1910.  N{emobius)  ajfmis  Insert  by  Smith  in  Rehn  in  Smith,  Ann.  Rept. 
N.  J.  State  Mus.,  1909,  p.  192.     (New  Jersey  notes.) 

1910.  N{emobius)  carolinus  Rehn  et  al.  in  Smith,  Ann.  Kept.  N.  J.  State 
Mus.,  1909,  p.  192.  [Mahwah,  Ft.  Lee,  Cranford,  Brookside,  Lakehurst, 
Jamesburg  and  Stafford's  Forge,  N.  J.;   Staten  Island,  N.  Y.] 

1910.  N{emobius)  janus  Rehn  in  Smith,  Ann.  Rept.  N.  J.  State  Mus.,  1909, 
p.  192.     [National  Park,  N.  J.] 

1911.  Nemobius  janus  Allard,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  37.  [Washington, 
District  of  Columbia.] 

1911.  Nemobius  aterrimus  Rehn  and  Hebard  (not  of  Scudder,  1896),  Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1910,  p.  596.     [Bainbridge.  Ga.] 
1911.  Nemobius  cubensis  Rehn  and  Hebard  (not  of  Saussure,  1874),  Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1910,  p.  596.     [Bainbridge,  Ga.] 
1911.  Nemobius  carolinus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1910,  p.  647.     [Balsam  and  Raleigh,  N.  C] 
1911.  Nemobius  janus  Allard,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  157.     (Additional  notes.) 
1911.  N(emobius)  carolinus  Walden,  Bull.  16,  State  Conn.  State  Geol.  Nat. 

Hist.  Surv.,  pp.  151,   152.     [West  Woodstock  and  Lyme,  Conn.     Not 

common.     Sunny  spots  in  open  woods.] 

1911.  Nemobius  carolinus  Sherman  and  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  391. 
[Raleigh  westward  in  North  CaroUna.] 

1912.  N^emobius  carolinus  Washburn,  Jn.  Econ.  Ent.,  V,  No.  2,  p.  117. 
[Fergus  Falls,  Minn.] 

1912.  Nemobius  carolinus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1912,  p.  273.     [Homestead,  Fla.] 

This  species,  type  of  the  subgenus  Eimemobius,  is  very  different 
from  N.  confusus,  the  only  other  known  North  American  species 
belonging  to  that  subgenus.  The  present  insect  is  almost  invariably 
larger  in  size,  has  a  more  robust  structure,  less  glossy  appearance, 
different  color  pattern  and  usually  paler  coloration;  it  has  also 
differently  colored  maxillary  palpi  and  a  very  different  ovipositor 
in  the  female.  The  coloration  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  of  the  greatest 
value  as  a  certain  and  ready  character  for  the  separation  of  the  two 
species. 

Like  N.  cubensis,  the  present  species  has  a  widely  distributed  paler 
western  race,  but,  unlike  that  species,  the  great  majority  of  macrop- 
terous  individuals  are  found  in  the  western  series. 

Based  on  an  unspecified  series  from  North  Carolina. 

Single  type  here  designated:  d^;  North  Carolina.  [Scudder 
Collection.] 


476  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

We  here  describe  a  female  taken  at  Lake  Waccamaw,  N.  C, 
September  8,  1911,  by  Rehn  and  Hebard  and  in  the  Hebard  Col- 
lection. 

Size  medimii,  form  rather  stout,  head  small  but  prominent  and 
wider  than  cephalic  width  of  pronotum,  interantennal  projection 
moderate.  Eyes  small  but  prominent,  broad-ovate,  proportionately 
broader  than  in  A^  fasciatus,  moderately  protruding.  Maxillary 
palpi  of  much  the  same  form  as  in  that  species,  but  less  attenuate. 
Pronotum  with  length  contained  nearly  one  and  two-fifths  times  in 
width,  narrowing  very  slightly  cephalad,  but  more  abruptly  in  cephalic 
third;  with  a  median  impressed  line  more  noticeable  in  the  cephalic 
portion.     Tegmina^^  very  slightly  more  than  half  as  long  as  caudal 


Fig.  27. — Nemobiiis  carolinus.     Ovipositor.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

femur;  longitudinal  veins  decided,  not  as  conspicuous  as  in  N. 
confusus,  cross-veinlets  very  faint.  Wings  absent.  Ovipositor 
slightly  less  than  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  caudal  femur,  distinctly 
though  feebly  arcuate;  apex  of  same  narrowly  sublanceolate,  with 
both  dorsal  and  ventral  margins  armed,  the  former  with  heavy, 
rather  widely  separated  teeth,  the  latter  with  minute  very  widely 
spaced  serrulations.  Limbs  delicate,  spines  of  caudal  tibia?  rather 
slender. 

We  here  describe  a  male  bearing  the  same  data  as  the  female 
described  above. 

Slightly  smaller  but  proportionately  broader,  particularly  in  the 
abdominal  portion.  Tegmina  transparent  and  delicate,  very  broad 
and  completely  enveloping  all  but  the  ventral  surface  of  the  pecu- 
liarly broadened  abdomen;  when  in  repose  the  dorsal  fields  are  very 
flat  and  hemi-elliptical  in  outline,  the  lateral  margins  slightly  bowed, 
subparallel.  Wings  absent.  The  ventral  segments  of  the  abdomen 
are  extremely  broadened  and  extend  outward  and  upward  on  the 
sides  of  the  abdomen  above  the  normal  dorsal  segments,  thus  making 
the  abdomen  unusually  broad  and  its  entire  dorsal  surface  deeply 
concave. 

60  The  form  of  the  female  tegmina  is  useless  as  a  character  in  the  present  species 
owing  to  its  variabiUty.  We  have  before  us  brachypterous  specimens  ranging 
from  those  which  have  the  distal  margins  of  the  dorsal  field  transverse,  to  those 
which  have  these  margins  decidedly  oblique,  the  degree  of  angulation  of  the 
tegmina  also  varying  considerably. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  477 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

North                   Lake  Waccamaw,  N.  C. 
Carolina " < 

Type  d'  d' d"  ?  9 

Length  of  body 7.6        8 . 5  (8 . 2-8 . 8)        7 . 2  (6 . 3-8 . 4) 

Length  of  pronotum 2.  1.8(1.7-2.   )         1.9(1.6-2.   ) 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum  .  2.7        2 . 7  (2 . 5-2 . 9)         2 . 4  (2 .  -2 . 7) 

Length  of  tegmina 5.2        5 .4  (5 .  -5 .8)         3 .     (2.9-3.4) 

Length  of  wings 

Length  of  caudal  femur 6.2        6 . 1  (5 . 9-6 . 4)        5 . 8  (5 .  -6 . 4) 

Greatest  width    of    caudal 

femur 2.3        2.2(2.  -2.5)         2.1(1.9-2.2) 

Length  of  ovipositor  ' 3.5  (2.6-3.8) 

Chestnut  Hill,  Pa. 

d^  9  9  d'  9~^ 

Length  of  body 7.4(6.9-7.8)  7.2(6.4-7.8)  7.7  6.7 

Length  of  pronotum 1.8(1.7-2.)  1.7(1.6-1.9)  1.6  1.7 

Caudal  width  of  prono- 
tum  2.6(2.1-2.8)  2.4(2.1-2.7)  2.6  2.7 

Length  of  tegmina 5 . 1  (4 . 8-5 . 4)  3 . 5  (3 . 3-3 . 7)  5 .  4.4 

Length  of  wings ' 9.2  10.4 

Lengthof  caudal  femur  .  5.5  (5.8-6.   )  5.4  (5.  -6.   )  5.5  5.7 
Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 2.     (1.9-2.1)  2.1(2.-2.3)  1.9  2. 

Length  of  ovipositor 3.5(3.2-3.8)  3.5 

Averages  in  Extremes  in  female 

ovipositor  length.  tegminal  length. 

De  Grassi  Point,  Ont 3 . 7  (3 . 6-3 . 9)  3.5-3.7 

Raleigh,  N.  C 3.2  (3.  -3.4)  3.  -3.4 

Florence,  S.  C 3.5  (3.1-3.7)  3.  -3.8 

Thomasville,   Ga 3.1(3.  -3.2)  2.4-3. 

Beaumont,  Tex 3 . 2  (3 . 1-3 . 4)  3.-3.2 

The  specimens  before  us  indicate  that  there  is  a  certain  amount  of 
decrease  in  both  ovipositor  and  tegminal  length  in  female  specimens 
of  the  present  species  southward  in  its  distribution.  In  size  the 
species  is  somewhat  variable  over  its  entire  range,  the  smallest 
specimens  before  us  being  found  in  series  from  Ontario,  Pennsylvania, 
Georgia,  and  Florida.  Macropterous  specimens  are  exceedingly 
scarce  in  the  north,  almost  all  of  the  long-winged  specimens  before 
us  are  from  Georgia  and  Florida. 

Color  Notes. — The  individuals  here  described  are  typical  of  the 
majority  of  the  specimens  at  hand.  Head  very  dark  mummy  brown, 
the  faintest  kind  of  longitudinal  lineation  barely  suggested  on  the 
caudal  portion  of  the  occiput,  which  portion  is  slightly  paler  than 


478  PEOCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Juiie, 

the  rest  of  the  head.  Eyes  very  dark  brown.  Maxillary  palpi 
cream  color,  the  first  three  segments  and  base  of  the  fourth  much 
suffused  with  very  dark  brown,  terminal  segment  cream  color  with 
the  immediate  apex  very  dark  brown.  Pronotum  very  dark  mummy 
brown,  shading  to  almost  black  on  the  lateral  lobes.  Tegmina  of 
both  sexes  dark  mummy  brown,  shining,  transparent ;  intermediate 
channel  of  the  same  color  as  the  other  portions.  Limbs  raw  umber, 
above  very  slightly  maculate  with  mummy  brown.  Under  portions 
of  limbs  and  body  raw  umber.  Entire  dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  of 
male  (concealed)  and  concealed  portion  of  same  in  female  very  dark 
brown,  polished;  exposed  portion  of  same  in  female  very  dark  mummy 
brown  marked  with  four  regular  rows  of  small  raw-umber  spots. 

In  the  large  series  of  specimens  before  us  there  are  many  some- 
what paler  or  darker  than  those  here  described.  In  the  lighter 
specimens  the  dark  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  are  usually  much 
more  noticeable  and  the  spots  on  the  exposed  dorsal  surface  of  the 
abdomen  in  the  female  are  more  distinct.  The  pale  color  of  the 
maxillary  palpi  is  more  yellowish. 

The  darker  specimens  are  often  almost  black  on  the  dorsal  surface, 
the  ventral  surface  mummy  brown.  The  spots  on  the  exposed 
dorsal  surface  of  the  abdomen  in  the  female  are  greatly  reduced  or 
wholly  absent.  The  pale  color  of  the  maxillary  palpi  is  almost 
always  white  with  no  yellowish  suffusion. 

The  markings  of  the  maxillary  palpi  in  this  species  varies  from  a 
type  having  the  apical  half  of  the  ultimate  joint  darkened,  to  one 
which  bears  only  a  trace  of  this  dark  coloration  at  the  extreme  apex; 
this  trace  of  darker  coloration  is  never  missing,  however,  and  serves 
as  a  character  to  separate  this  species  from  A'',  confusus. 

Distribution. — This  insect  is  known  from  the  province  of  Quebec 
to  the  most  southern  portion  of  the  mainland  of  Florida,  and 
west  to  the  great  plains  and  the  mesquite  region  of  Texas. 

Aside  from  N.  fasciatus  and  its  southern  race,  this  species  is 
the  most  abundant  of  the  genus  over  almost  its  entire  range.  Only 
in  extreme  southern  Florida  is  this  not  true,  where  N.  cuhensis 
is  the  most  plentiful  of  the  species  of  the  genus.  The  present 
insect  may  be  found  in  a  great  variety  of  situations;  it  appears 
to  prefer  thick  grasses  growing  along  the  edges  of  woodlands, 
the  leaf-covered  almost  bare  ground  about  streams  and  ponds 
in  heavy  woods,  dark  swamps,  or  marsh  land  under  cat-tails.  The 
song  is  a  high-pitched  and  continuous  trill,  more  pleasant  to  the 
ear  than  that  of  N.  fasciatus.    The  majority  of  southern  macropterous 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  479 

specimens  before  us  were  taken  when  attracted  to  light  at  night. 
Specimens  taken  on  the  border  of  woodlands  and  in  marshlands  are^ 
as  would  be  expected,  usually  pale,  while  those  from  the  other  situa- 
tions mentioned  are  almost  always  dark;  no  other  differences  of  any 
kind  exist  between  these. 

Biologicai  Notes. — We  find  that  the  peculiarly  developed  abdomen 
of  the  males  of  the  present  species  acts  as  a  sounding-board  for  the 
tympanum.  The  tegmina  fit  tightly  over  the  raised  margins  of  the 
concave  dorsal  surface  of  the  abdomen  in  this  sex,  their  apex  just 
covering  and  fitting  closely  to  the  distal  extremity  of  the  abdomen. 

Small,  dark  macropterous  specimens  of  this  species  from  the 
southern  United  States  have  been  recorded  as  N.  cuhensis  owing  to 
their  great  superficial  resemblance  to  that  species,  which,  however, 
belongs  to  a  different  subgenus  having  very  different  characters. 
Over  the  greater  portion  of  the  range  of  this  species,  macropterous 
individuals  are  exceedingly  scarce. 

Synony?ny. — In  1776,  Provancher  recorded  the  present  species  as 
Nemohius  exiguus.  This  was  doubtless  due  to  the  fact  that  at  that 
time  Scudder  had  not  properly  placed  Say's  Acheta  exigua,^^  which 
species  is  now  known  to  belong  to  the  genus  Anaxipha,  for  Scudder 
had  used  the  name  Nemohius  exiguus  to  record  specimens  which  he 
realized  later  belonged  in  fact  to  N.  fasciatus. 

In  1877,  Scudder,  described  Nemohius  volaticus,  the  males  of  which 
are  macropterous  specimens  of  N.  cuhensis,  the  females  macropterous 
specimens  of  N .  carolinus,  as  an  examination  of  the  types  clearly 
shows. 

In  October  of  1877,  Provancher  corrected  his  1876  record,  using 
Nemohius  (Anaxipha)  septentrionalis,  as  suggested  by  Scudder  (who 
did  not  realize  that  his  own  species,  described  the  previous  April  as 
Nemohius  carolinus,  was  the  same)  but  without  describing  the  species ; 
the  next  month,  however,  he  described  the  insect  under  that  name. 

This  name  was  again  used  by  Caulfield  in  1887,  and  first  placed 
in  the  synonymy  under  the  present  species  by  E.  M.  Walker  in  1909, 
though  Davis  recognized  this  fact  as  early  as  1896. 

In  1890,  Smith  wrongly  used  the  name  Nemohius  exiguus  in  giving 
Davis'  correct  record  of  Anaxipha  exigua.^- 

In  1892,  Blatchley  used  the  name  Nemohius  exiguus,  and  in  1900, 
considering  it  a  new  species,  he  gave  under  the  same  name  a  full 
description,  but,  as  he  was  unable  to  validate  a  name  based  originally 

"  1825.  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  IV,  p.  .309. 
^^  Am.  Nat.,  XXII,  p.  1148. 


480  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

by  Scudder  on  a  misidentification,  this  name  could  not  stand  even  if 
Blatchley's  species  were  not  an  absolute  synonym  of  Scudder's 
N.  carolinus,  as  a  comparison  of  a  topotypic  series  of  the  former  from 
Blatchley  with  the  type  of  the  latter  shows  us  beyond  the  slightest 
doubt.  Blatchley  cannot  in  any  way  be  criticised  for  believing  the 
species  undescribed,  for  Scudder,  having  examined  specimens  for 
him,  identified  individuals  of  Nemohius  bruneri  (described  in  the 
present  paper  and  then  known  only  by  the  latter  from  specimens 
bearing  Bruner's  invalid  name  Cyrtoxyphus  (?)  variegatus)  as  Nemohius 
carolinus,  and  advised  him  to  describe  specimens  of  true  Nemohius 
carolinus,  Scudder's  own  species,  as  new.  This  great  carelessness 
resulted  in  Nemohius  carolinus  being  recorded  as  Nemohius  exiguus 
by  Bruner  (with  a  query)  in  1893,  Lugger  in  1898,  Blatchley  in  1903, 
Mead  in  1904,  Isely  and  Rehn  and  Hebard  in  1905,  and  Brimley  in 
1908. 

In  1893,  Bruner  recorded  the  species  as  N.  volaticus  with  a  query. 

In  1894,  Beutenmiiller  described  Nemohius  affinis,  which  species 
was  two  years  later  correctly  placed  in  the  synonymy  under  carolinus 
by  Scudder,  but  which  name  was  used  by  Smith  in  1900  and  1910. 

In  1896  and  1900,  Scudder  recorded  specimens  of  A^.  cuhensis  and 
N.  palustris  as  the  present  species,  specimens  of  which  latter  he  also 
recorded  as  N.  cuhensis.  His  discussion  of  Provancher's  "Nemohius 
{Anaxipha)  septentrionalis"  in  the  former  paper  is  incorrect. 

Lugger's  1898  record  of  A^.  socius  should  probably  apply  to  the 
present  species. 

In  1902,  E.  M.  Walker  misidentified  a  large  series  of  the  present 
species  from  Ontario  as  N.  palustris,  and  in  1904  believing  these  records 
wrong  corrected  the  name  to  N.  confusus. 

The  same  year  he  described  Nemohius  angusticollis,  placing  the 
specimens  from  which  the  above  incorrect  records  were  given  in  the 
typical  series.  This  name  is  an  absolute  synonym  of  A^.  carolinus, 
as  was  first  stated  by  E.  M.  Walker  himself  in  1909. 

Rehn  and  Hebard,  in  1905  and  1911,  mistook  macropterous 
specimens  of  this  insect  for  N.  cuhensis  and  so  recorded  them. 

Morse,  in  1906,  repeated  Scudder's  incorrect  records  of  1896  of  the 
present  species  under  A'^.  palustris. 

The  same  year  Kirby,  realizing  Blatchley's  name  A^.  exiguus 
invalid,  proposed  as  a  new  name  Nemohius  janus;  this  name  was 
used  by  Rehn  in  1910  and  twice  by  AUard  in  1911. 

Specimens  Examined. — 418:  185  males,  225  females,  and  8  nymphs. 


1913.]  NATURAL  SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  481 

Chateau  Richer,  Ontario,  Sept.,  1904,  (E.  M.  Walker)  1  cT,  1  9  [U.  S.  N.  M. 
and  University  of  Toronto],     b.  ,    ^  ttt   o   >-   at         i 

Owen  Sound,  Ont.,  Aug.  31,  1901,  (E.  M.  Walker)  1  cf ,  1  9  [U.  S.  ^.  M.  and 
University  of  Toronto],     b.  ,^    ,,„.,,      x  ,,    o   r^   r  \    m   a   x> 

de  Grassi  Point,  Ont.,  Sept.  14,  1901,  (E.  M.  Walker)  1  cf,  2  9  [A.  N.  S.  P. 
.and  University  of  Toronto],     b.  r^  „    .•     ,      u 

Franconia,  New  Hampshire,  (Slosson)  1    9   [Scudder  Collection],     b. 

WoUaston,  Massachusetts,  Aug.  16,  Sept.  1,  1895,  96,  (F.  H.  Sprague)  1  cf , 
1   9  [Scudder  Collection],     b.  _,      ,  ,      ^  „     ,■     i      u 

South  Natick,  Mass.,  Oct.  22,  1905,  (Morse)  1   9  [Blatchley  Collection],     b. 

Oxford,  Mass.,  Oct.,  1909,  (Allard)  2  c?,  2  9  [U.  S.  N^^M.].     b 

Ramapo,  New  York,  Oct.  1,  1905,  (Davis)  2  cf ,  1   9  [Davis  Collection],     b. 

Suffern,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  6,  (Davis)  1   9  [Davis  CoUectionj.     b. 

Bronxville,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  23,  1908,  (Davis)  1  c?,  1   9  [Davis  Collection  .     b. 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  29,  1907,  (Davis)  1    9   [Davis  Collection],     b. 

Staten  Island,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  22,  26,  Sept.  2,  5,  19,  Oct.  3,  8,  1896-1906,  (Davis) 
•9  cf,  8   9,  1  n.  [Davis  Collection].     Pair  m. 

Springs,  Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  21,  1910,  (Davis)  1  9  [Davis  Collection],     b. 

Lakehurst,  New  Jersev,  Oct.  6,  1906,  (Davis)  1   9  [Davis  Collection],    -b. 

Cranford,  N.  J.,  Aug.  27,  (Davis)  2  cT,  1   9  [Davis  Collection],     b 

Jamison  City,  Pennsylvania,  Sept.  5,  1909,  (Davis)  2  cT,  2  9  [Davis  Col- 
lection],     b.  ..      ^.    r,    T^l 

Harrisburg,  Pa.,  Aug.  21,  1   9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     m. 

Cornwells,  Pa.,  Oct.,  1906,  (R.  and  H.)  1  cT,  1   9.     b^  ,„  ^  oq  ^    on  o 

Chestnut  Hill,  Pa.,  July  8,  Aug.  7,  Sept.  9,  19,  1904,  08,  11,  (H.)  28  cf ,  29  9  . 

■^  WiSahickon  Creek,  White  Marsh  Valley,  Pa.,  Sept.  20,  1903,  (H.)  2  cf .  4  9  •     b. 
Tinicum  Island,  Pa.,  Aug.  13,  Sept.  9,  19,  1904,  08,  11,  (R.  and  H.)  13  cf , 

Diamond  Valley,  Huntingdon  County,  Pa.,  Sept.  10,  1905,  (R.)  1   9  .     b 

Chestnut  Ridge,  Westmoreland  County,  Pa.,  (Brugger)  1   9  [A.  N.  S.  1 . |.     b. 

Cabin  John  Run,  Maryland,  Sept.  19,  1911,  (Davis)  14  d^,  11  9,1  n.  [Davis 
Collection],     b.  „     ,      .  ^       r^r  n   t.t   n*  i      u 

Rummer's  Island,  Md.,  Oct.,  1909,  (Barber)  2  9  [U- S  N.  M.]      b. 

Washington,  D.  C,  Aug.  16,  29,  Oct.  5,  16,  Nov.  9,  1883-1909,  (CaudeU  et  al.) 
.3  c?,  7   9   [U.  S.  N.  M.].     3   9  m. 

Alexandria  County,  Virginia,  Sept.,  1911,  (Davis)  1  cf,  5  9  [Davis  Collection],    b. 

Dead  Run,  Va.,  Aug.  29,  1912,  (Caudell)  2  <^  [U   S   N.  M  ]      b. 

Rosslyn,  Va.,  Sept.  26,  Oct.  20,  Nov.  3, 1901,  (Caudel  )3  d^,  1  9  U.  S.  N.  M  ].    b. 

Fairfax  Countv,  Va.,  Sept.  21,  1911,  (Davis)  1    9   [Davis  Collection]      b. 

Falls  Church,  Va.,  Sept.  4,  1906,  (Caudell)  7  cf .  9  9  ,  4  n.  [L.  &.  N    M  ].     b. 

North  Carolina,   1    d^,   1    9-     Type,  Allotype  [Scudder  and  Blatchley  Col- 

*' Rareigh,^N.  C,  Aug.  4,  21,  Sept.  5,  9,  15,  28,  Oct.  10  12,  28,.  30,  Nov.  2,  13,  19, 
.30,  1904-1908,  (Brimley,  Sherman,  Bentley)  11  d^,  15  9  [Brimley,  N.  C.  Dept. 
Agr.  and  Hebard  Collection].     2  cf  m.,  1  at  light. 

Fayetteville,  N.  C,  Sept.  9,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  1^,  1  9  •     b 

Lake  Waccamaw,  N.  C,  Sept.  8,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  3  o^,  8  9  .     b 

Blowing  Rock,  N.  C,  Aug.  29,  1902,  (Sherman)!  oMN.C.  Dept.  Agr.].     b. 

Newton,  N.  C,  Aug.,  1906,  (Sherman)  1  oMN.  C.  Dept.  Agr.].     m 

Black  Mountains,  N.  C,  Sept.,  (Beutenmiiller)  1  d^,  2  9  [Am.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.],     b. 

Balsam,  N.  C,  Oct.  7,  1905,  (H.)  1  ^.  2   9  .     b 

Highlands   N.  C,  Sept.,  1908,  (Sherman)  4  d^,  1   9  [N.  C.  Dept.  Agr.].     b. 

Florence,  South  Carohna,  Sept.  6,  1911,  (R.  and  H.)  10  cT    11   9  ,  2  n.     b. 

Swansea  S.  C,  June,  1908,  (C.  C.  Craft)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M  ]      m. 

North  end  Sullivan  Island,  N.  C,  Sept.  5,  1911,  (R^and  H.)  19.     b. 

Georgia   1    9       From  tvpe  series  A'',  volaticus  Sc.  [Blatchley  Collection],     m. 

Thompson's  Mills,  Ga.,  Oct.,  1909,  (Allard)  1  cf  [U.  S.  N   M  ].     b. 

Brunswick,  Ga.,  May  2,  1911,  1    9   [Collection  State  of  Ga.].     m 

Bainbridge,  Ga.,  June-Sept.,  1909-11,  (Bradley)  4  d^,  1  9  [Cornell  Univ.].     m. 


482  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Juiie^ 

Thomasville,  Ga.,  Jan.  1,  Mar.  18,  21,  29,  May  19,  June  13,  15,  23,  Nov.  23, 
Deo.  1,  11,  13,  14,  17,  18,  22,  1903-08,  (H.  and  for  H.)  21  d^,  30  9  .     1  c?,  6  9  m. 

Daytona,  Florida,  Sept.  16,  1911,  (Englehardt)  1  cf ,  1  9  [Bklyn.  Jnst.  A.  and 
S.].     m. 

Indian  River,  Fla.,  (Pridday)  1  cf  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Brunerj.     m. 

Lakeland,  Fla.,  Nov.  10,  1911,  (Davis)  1   9  [Davis  Collection!,     m. 

Sarasota,  Fla.,  Jan.  31,  Feb.  14,  23,  25.  Mar.  3,  1911,  (Blatchley)  2  d",  5:9 
[Blatchley  Collection],     b.,  1   9  1.  teg.  only. 

Charlotte  Harbor,  Fla.,  (Slosson)  1  o^  [Scudder  Collection],     m. 

Lake  Worth,  Fla.,  (Slosson)  1    9   [Scudder  Collection],     m. 

Biscayne  Bay,  Fla.,  (Slosson)  4  cf ,  1   9  [Scudder  Collection].     S  d ,  I   9  ni. 

Homestead,  Fla.,  Mar.  17-19,  1910,  (H.)  1  cf .  b.;  Julv  10-12, 1912,  (R.andH.) 
1  d^,  1   9.     b. 

Olivier,  Louisiana,  (E.  S.  G.  Titus)  1  d"  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     b. 

Doucette,  Texas,  July  24,  1912,  (H.)  1  o^.     b. 

Beaumont,  Tex.,  Julv  23,  1912,  (H.)  3  d^,  6  9  .     1   9  m. 

College  Station,  Tex.,  Dec.  29,  1905,  (Hart)  1  9  [111.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.],     b.. 

Houston,  Tex.,  Jan.  5,  1906,  (Hart)  1    9   [111.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.],     b. 

Columbus,  Ohio,  Oct.  2,  1903,  (Mead)  1  cf,  1    9   [Ohio  State  Univ.].     b. 

Cedar  Point,  Ohio,  Aug.  21,  1912,  3  cf ,  3  9  [Ohio  State  Univ.].     Pair  m. 

Sugar  Grove,  Ohio,  Sept.  12,  1912,  1  cf ,  1   9  [Ohio  State  Univ.].     b. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Oct.  19,  1912,  1   9   [Ohio  State  Univ.]     b. 

Kosciusko  County,  Indiana,  Aug.  17,  1903,  (Blatchley)  2  9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     b. 

Marion  County,  Ind.,  Oct.  30,  1904,  (Blatchley)  I  d',  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     b. 

Vigo  County,  Ind.,  Oct.  5,  1894,  (Blatchley)  1  d^,  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     b. 

Knox  County,  Ind.,  Nov.  5,  1903,  (Blatchlev)  1  d"  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     b. 

Crawford  County,  Ind.,  Sept.  8,  1903,  (Blatchley)  1  cf  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     b. 

Ogle  County,  Illinois,  (Allen)  1    9   [Scudder  Collection].     L.  teg.  only. 

Chicago,  111.,  (Palmer)  1    9   [Scudder  Collection].     L.  teg.  only. 

Dallas  County,  Iowa,  (J.  A.  Allen)  1    9   [Scudder  Collection].  "  m. 

West  Point,  Nebaska,  Oct.  16,  1  cf  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     b. 

Lincoln,  Nebr.,  Sept.,  1894,  (Bruner)  2  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner]. 
1  m.  at  light. 

South  Bend,  Nebr.,  Oct.,  1889,  1  d",  1  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     b. 

Clearwater,  Kansas,  Aug.,  1904,  (Isely)  1   9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     b. 

Atchison,  Kan.,  Aug.  1,  1904,  (Iselv)  1  cf  ]U.  S.  N.  M.].     b. 

Fairview,  Kan.,  Aug.,  1904,  (Isely)  2  d",  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     b.,  191.  teg.  only. 

Nemobius  carolinus  brevioaudus  Bruner. 

1904.  Nemohius  brevicaudus  Bruner,  Bull.  94,  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Colo.  Agr. 

Coll.,  p.  57.     (Original  description.)     [Fort  Collins,  Colo.] 
1912.  Nemohius  brevicaudus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1912,  p.  122.     (Single  type  fixation.) 

This  insect  is  known  from  the  types  only,  which  specimens  show 
it  to  be  very  near  N.  carolinus.  From  that  species  this  geographic 
race  differs  in  being  very  pale  in  coloration,  with  the  spots  on  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  female  abdomen  greatly  enlarged.  The  types 
are  also  as  robust  as  the  largest  specimens  of  carolinus  before  us, 
while  the  ovipositor  is  very  short. 

Type:  9;  Fort  Collins,  Colorado.  October  4,  1901.  [Hebard 
Collection  ex  Bruner.] 

Description  of  Type.- — Size  medium,  form  robust.  Similar  to 
N .  carolinus  except  in  the  paler  coloration,  exaggerated  color  pattern 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA.  483 

and  in  the  ovipositor  which  is  short  (probably^^  similar  to  that  of 
JV.  caroUnus  neomexicanus  in  normal  specimens). 

We  here  describe  the  unique  allotypic  male  which  bears  the  same 
•data  as  the  type. 


"Fig.  28. — Xemobius    carolinus    brevicaudus.     Malformed    ovipositor    of    type. 
(Greatly  magnified.) 

Description  of  Allotype. — Similar  to  female  in  size  and  proportions. 
Differing  from  A^.  carolinus  in  coloration  and  pattern  as  given  in 


above  description. 


Measurements  {in  mUlimeters) . 


Fort  CoUins,  Colo. 

Type 

Allotype 

9 

d^ 

9. 

8.2 

1.8 

1.8 

2.4 

2.5 

3.2 

4.6 

5.6 

5.8 

1.9 

2. 

2.2 

Length  of  body 

Length  of  pronotum 
Caudal  width  of  pronotum 

Length  of  tegmina 

Length  of  caudal  femur 
Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 
Length  of  ovipositor 

As  has  been  noted,  the  ovipositor  in  this  specimen  is  malformed, 
the  apex  being  misshapen  as  the  figure  shows. 

Color  Notes. — General  color  wood  brown  washed  with  russet. 
Head  with  the  faint  occipital  markings  described  under  carolinus 
more  pronounced  and  extending  as  far  as  the  vertex,  the  lighter 
color  wood  brown,  the  darker  wood  brown  washed  with  russet.  Eyes 
clove  brown.  Maxillary  palpi  wood  brown,  the  terminal  portion  of 
the  last  segment  Vandyke  brown.  Pronotum  with  dorsal  surface 
and  lateral  lobes  wood  brown,  somewhat  maculate  with  pale  russet. 
Tegmina  transparent  wood  brown.  Dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  in 
male  (concealed)  and  concealed  portion  of  same  in  female  vandyke 
brown;  exposed  portion  of  same  in  female  with  four  rows  of  pale 
spots  as  in  carolinus,  but  with  these  spots  greatly  enlarged,  the  narrow 
medio-longitudinal  portion  between  the  two  median  rows  of  spots 

^'  In  this  .specimen,  the  only  known  female,  the  ovipositor  is  clearly  malformed 
as  indicated  in  Fig.  28. 


484  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June^ 

Vandyke  brown,  the  other  narrow  interstices  between  the  spots, 
russet.  Ovipositor  burnt  umber.  Limbs  and  ventral  surface  of 
insect  of  general  coloration. 

Distribution. — Though  known  only  from  Fort  Collins,  Colo.,  it  is 
probable  that  this  insect  will  be  found  rather  widely  distributed  in 
favorable  localities  over  the  great  plains. 

Specimens  Examined. — 2:  1  male  and  1  female. 

Fort  Collins,  Colo.,  October  4,  1901,  1  d^;  1  9  .  Allotype,  Type. 
[Hebard  Collection  ex  Brunerl. 

Nemobius  carolinus  neomexicanus  Scudder. 

1896.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Scudder,  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  IV,  pp.  100, 

104.     (Original  description.)     (In  part.)     [Las  Cruces,  New  Mex.     Los 

Angeles  (County),  Cal.;   Comondu,  Lower  Cal.] 
1896.  Nemobius  toltecus  Scudder  (not  of  Saussure,  1859),  Jour.  N.  Y.  Ent. 

Soc,  lY,  pp.  101,  106.     [Orizaba  and  Jalapa,  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.;    Tepic,, 

(Tepic),  Mex.] 
1896.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Scudder,  Psyche,  VII,  p.  432.     (New  key.) 
1896.     Nemobius  toltecus  Scudder  (not  of  Saussure,  1859),  Psyche,  VII,  p. 

433.     (New  key.) 

1896.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Cockerell,  Ent.  News,  VII,  p.  297.  [Las 
Cruces,  Mesilla  and  Colorado,  New  Mexico.] 

1897.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  II,  p.  223. 
[Durango  and  (or)  Sinaloa,  Mex.;  Teapa,  Tabasco,  Mex.] 

1897.  Nemobius  denticulatus  Saussure,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.,  Orth.,  II,  pi.  II,, 
fig.  25.     (Figure  name  only.) 

1902.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Scudder  and  Cockerell,  Proc.  Davenp.  Acad. 
Sci.,  IX,  p.  .59.  [Las  Cruces  and  Mesilla,  New  Mex.  Common.  At- 
tracted to  light.] 

1904.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Rehn,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,. 
p.  575.     [Florence,  Ariz.] 

1904.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Caudell,  Mus.  Bklyn.  Inst.  Arts  and  Sciences,, 
I,  No.  4,  p.  115.  [Esperanza  Ranch,  near  Brownsville,  and  Brownsville,. 
Tex.] 

1907.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Rehn,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,. 
p.  65.     [Douglas,  Ariz.] 

1907.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Rehn,  Ent.  News,  XVIII,  p.  212.  [Browns- 
ville, Tex.] 

1907.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Rehn  in  Snow,  Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci., 
XX,  pt.  II,  p.  39.     [San  Bernardino  Ranch,  Ariz.] 

1908.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,   1908,  p.  399.     [Tucson  and  Yuma,  Ariz.] 

1908.  Nemobius  neomexicanus  Rehn  and  Hebard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.,  1909,  p.  172.     [Alamogordo,  New  Mex.] 

The  present  geographic  race  differs  from  typical  Nemobhis  carolinus 
in  being  usually  of  paler  coloration  over  the  arid  or  semiarid  portions 
of  its  distribution,  while  in  these  specimens  the  great  majority  are 
somewhat  more  slender. 

The  series  from  the  state  of  Vera  Cruz,  Mex,,  differs  from  carolinus 
in  being  more  russet  in  general  coloration,  the  dorsal  abdominal 
spots  of  the  females  being,  moreover,  very  large. 


1913.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


485 


In  all  of  these  series  the  ovipositor  is  almost  invariably  considerably 
shorter  than  in  carolinus  and  consequently  shows  even  less  curv- 
ature. 

Based  on  a  series  of  five  specimens  of  both  sexes  from  four 
localities.  "^^ 

Single  type  here  designated:  9  ;  Las  Cruces,  New  Mexico^ 
(Cockerell)  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner]. 

Description  of  Type.— Size,  form,  and  structure  much  as  in  N. 
carolinus.     Tegmina  nearly  as  long  as  caudal  femur.     Wings  more 


Fig.  29. — Nernobms  carolinus  neomexi- 
canus.  Ovipositor  of  Type.  (Greatly 
magnified.) 


Fig.  30. — A^emobius  carolinus  neomexi- 
canus.  Ovipositor  of  specimen  from 
Vera  Cruz,  Mexico.  (Greatly  mag- 
nified.) 


than  twice  as  long  as  tegmina.  Ovipositor  a  little  more  than  half 
the  length  of  the  caudal  femur,  very  feebly  arcuate,  almost  straight,, 
distal  third  narrowly  sublanceolate  and  armed  as  in  carolinus. 

The  allotype  here  selected  bears  the  same  data  as  the  type  and  is 
in  the  Scudder  Collection. 

Description  of  Allotype. — Size  smaller,  but  very  similar  to  female 
in  general  proportions.  Tegmina  of  same  character  and  abdomen 
likewise  peculiarly  developed  as  in  carolinus. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Las  Cruces,  N.  M.     Shovel  Mtn.,  Tex.. 

Type  Allotype 

9  cf  9  c^ 

Length  of  body 7.7  7.  8.3  6.9 

Length  of  pronotum 1.6  1.5  1.4  1.4 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2.3  2.  2.3  2.3 

Length  of  tegmina 4.8  4.8  4.2  4.5 

Length  of  wings 11.  10.8  9.7  9.8 

Length  of  caudal  femur 5.1  4.8  4.5  4.7 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 1.7  1.7  1.7  1.7 

Length  of  ovipositor 2.7         2.4  


^  One  specimen,  a  female  from  Sierra  el  Taste,  Lower  California,  does  not 
belong  to  this  geographic  race,  but  to  N.  cubensis  mormonius. 


486 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[June, 


Brownsville,  Tex. 

(Extremes.) 

9  9  '     d^d"  ~^ 

Length  of  body 7.-8.  6.3-8.3 

Length  of  pronotum 1.4-1.6  1.3-1.7 

Caudal    width     of    pro- 
notum      2.4-2.1  2.3-2.7 

Length  of  tegmina 4.2-4.8  4.1-5.2 

Length  of  wings 10.  -10.9  9.9-11.4 

Length  of  caudal  femur 4.8-5.  4.7-5.2 

■Greatest  width  of  caudal 

■  femur 1.7-1.8  1.7-1.9 

Length  of  ovipositor 2.9-  3.  


Alamogordo, 
N.  Mex. 


9 

7.1 

1.7 

2.1 
3.4 

2.1 

2.8 


7.6 
1.7 

2.4 
5.1 

"5^1 

1.8 


Co.,  Cal. 


Length  of  body 8.4 

Length  of  pronotum. 1.8 

•Caudal  width  of  prono- 
tum   2.6 

Length  of  tegmina 4.8 

Length  of  wings 11.3 

Length  of  caudal  femur  .  5 . 8 
•Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 1 .9 

Length  of  ovipositor 2 . 9 


1     Orizaba,  V.  C,  Mex. 

(Extremes.) 

Motzc 
V.  C, 

9 

7.8 
1.8 

»rongo, 
,  Mex. 

9  9 
5.8-7.3 
1.6-1.8 

5.2-8.1 
1.2-1.9 

7.2 
1.5 

2.1-2.3 
2.7-3. 

2.  -2.3 
3.6-5.4 

2.3 

2.7 

v." 

2.5 
4.4 

4.8-5.4 

4.6-5.7 

5. 

1.8-2.1 
2.8-3. 

1.6-2.1 

1.9 
3.1 

1.9 

Extremes  in  Ovipositor  Length. 

Columbus,  Tex 2.9-3.3 

Carrizo  Springs,  Tex 2 . 5-2 . 8 

Yuma,  Ariz • 2 . 9-3 . 1 

Comondu,  L.  Cal 2.6-2.9 

Trinidad 2.8 

Costa  Rica. 3 

The  considerable  variation  in  the  present  insect  does  not  seem  to  be 
affected  by  distribution,  the  extremes  of  the  species  before  us  being 
found  in  both  series  from  Brownsville,  Tex.,  and  Orizaba,  Mex.  The 
greatest  ovipositor  length  is  seen  to  about  equal  the  minimum  found 
in  N.  carolinus,  though  rare  exceptions  are  found  in  that  species  where 
the  length  of  the  ovipositor  is  less  than  even  the  average  of  the 
present  race. 

Color  Notes. — We  here  describe  the  coloration  of  the  type.  Head, 
pronotum  and   tegmina  mummy  brown  shading  to  raw  umber  on 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  487 

the  limbs  and  with  intermediate  channel  of  tegmina  and  exposed 
portions  of  wings  tawny  olive.  Under  portions  of  insect  pale  tawny 
olive.  Maxillary  palpi  yellowish,  the  extreme  apex  of  the  terminal 
segment  very  narrowly  marked  with  very  dark  brown.  The  majority 
of  the  specimens  from  the  arid  and  semiarid  portions  of  the  range 
of  the  insect  are  somewhat  darker  than  the  type,  the  general  color 
being  Vandyke  brown,  and  in  some  of  these  individuals  the  occipital 
markings  described  under  carolinus  are  faintly  apparent.  There 
are  very  few  brachypterous  females  from  this  portion  of  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  race,  and  all  of  these  but  one  are  in  a  poor  state  of 
preservation.  The  specimen  from  Brownsville,  Tex.,  in  good  condi- 
tion, shows  the  color  pattern  of  the  exposed  dorsal  surface  of  the 
abdomen  similar  to  that  of  typical  carolinus. 

The  majority  of  the  specimens  from  the  state  of  Vera  Cruz  resemble 
carolinus  closely  in  coloration  and  color  pattern,  but  are  almost 
without  exception  more  russet.  The  few  specimens  from  that  region, 
which  differ  from  these  in  coloration,  are  colored  much  as  in  typical 
carolinus  neomexicanus,  and  all  have  the  ovipositor  as  is  typical  in 
that  race. 

With  scarcely  an  exception,  the  limbs  of  the  specimens  before  us 
are  immaculate.  The  maxillary  palpi  have  the  dark  marking  of 
the  apex  of  the  ultimate  joint  invariably  exceedingly  narrow. 

Distribution. — The  present  insect  is  known  from  the  more  arid 
regions  of  the  western  United  States,  southward  to  the  state  of  Vera 
Cruz,  Mex.,  and  Costa  Rica.  The  most  northern  localities  at  which 
it  has  been  taken  are  Shovel  Mountain,  Tex.,  Jemez  Hot  Springs"^, 
New  Mex.,  and  Florence,  Ariz.  From  Shovel  Mountain,  Tex.,  it  is 
found  south  to  the  Gulf  coast  and  is  checked  in  its  eastern  distribu- 
tion by  this  boundary.  The  most  southern  locality  is  Costa  Rica, 
while  it  appears  to  be  only  limited  in  its  western  distribution  by  the 
Pacific  coast. 

Biological  Notes. — All  we  know  of  the  life  of  the  present  race  has 
been  learned  from  material  taken  in  the  southwestern  United 
States.  There  the  species  appears  to  enjoy  a  wide  but  rather  local 
distribution.  It  was  very  seldom  found  by  us  in  any  numbers,  and 
occasional  macropterous  specimens  attracted  to  light  were  the  usual 
indication  of  the  presence  of  the  species.  We  have  found  it  but  once 
in  the  brachypterous  form,  then  .it  was  not  extremely  scarce,  but 
very  difficult  to  capture,  in  low  irrigated  grass  near  the  station  at 


"  These  specimens  are  intermediates  between  this  race  and  typical  N.  carolinus. 
32 


488  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

Albuquerque,  New  Mex.  Occasional  trills  from  this  grass  plot  indi- 
cated the  presence  of  the  insects  in  the  afternoon,  specimens  could 
doubtless  have  been  taken  there  with  ease  after  nightfall.  The 
series  before  us  suggests  that  the  species  is  far  more  plentiful  in 
the  region  discussed  during  June  than  later  in  the  season.  The 
same  conditions  which  govern  the  distribution  of  .V.  cubensis  mor- 
monius  are  applicable  to  the  present  species  as  well. 

Synonymy. — In  1896,  Scudder  incorrectly  recorded  the  series  of 
specimens  of  the  present  insect  from  the  state  of  Vera  Cruz,  Mex., 
as  N.  toltecus,  in  the  same  paper  in  which  he  described  neomexicanus. 
That  year  that  name  was  again  used  by  him  for  the  same  specimens 
in  his  key  in  Psyche. 

Saussure,  in  1897,  finding  that  a  species  which  he  was  describing 
for  the  Biologia  was  the  same  as  the  present  insect,  corrected  the 
name  in  the  text,  but  accidentally  left  his  name  Nemobius  denticulatus 
as  the  name  for  the  figure. 

Specimens  Examined. — 121:  61  males,  59  females,  and  1  nymph. 

Shovel  Mountain,  Texas,  July  9,  10,  Sept.  5,  Oct.  4,  1901,  (Schaupp)  3  d",  3  9 
[A.  N.  S.  P.].     m. 

Columbus,  Tex.,  Sept.  7,  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     m. 

Victoria,  Tex.,  (W.  E.  Hinds)  1  c?  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     m. 

Carrizo  Springs,  Tex.,  Oct.,  1884,  (Wadgymar)  2  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex 
Bruner].     m.. 

San  Diego,  Tex.,  (Schwarz)  1  &  [U.  S.  N.  M.].     m. 

Brownsville,  Tex.,  June,  1904,  (Barber)  3  cf ,  2  9  ;  June,  (Snow)  1  cf,  2  9  ; 
6  cf ,  4  9  [Bklyn.  Inst.  A.  and  S.,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  U.  S.  N.  M.].  m.:  Apr.  11,  (Dohr- 
ner)  1  9  ;  June  23,  1908,  Nov.  21,  Dec.  20,  1910  (Hart)  17  cf ,  12  9  [HI.  State 
Lab.  Nat.  Hist.].     All  but  1  9  ,  m. 

Los  Borregos,  Brownsville,  Tex.,  June  5,  6,  1904,  (Barber)  4  cf ,  2  9  [U.  S. 
N.  M.].     m. 

Esperanza  Ranch,  Brownsville,  Tex.,  (Schaeffer)  3  cf  [Bklyn.  Inst.  A.  and  S.].  m. 

Jemez  Hot  Springs,  New  Mexico,  Sept.  7,  1911,  (Woodgate)  2  9  [Hebard 
Collection],     b. 

Colorado,  N.  M.,  (CockereU)  2  cf ,  2  9  [Scudder  Collection]. 

Alamogordo,  N.  M.,  July  16,  1907,  (H.)  1  cf,  1   9,  1  n.     b. 

Las  Cruces,  N.  M.,  (CockereU)  1  cf,  1  9.  Allotype,  Type  [Scudder  and 
Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     m. 

Mesilla,  N.  M.,  (Cockerel!)  1  cf ,  1  9  [Scudder  and  U.  S.  N.M.  Collection],     m. 

Florence,  Arizona,  July,  1903,  (Biederman)  1   9  [A.  N.  S.  P.].     m. 

Tucson,  Ariz.,  July  23,  1907,  (R.  and  H.)  1   9  .     m. 

Yuma,  Ariz.,  July  28,  1907,  Oct.  1,  1910,  (R.  and  H.)  2  cf ,  4  9 .     m. 

Los  Angeles  County,  California,  July,  (Coquillett)  2  9  [Paratype  in  Hebard 
Collection  ex  Bruner;    1    9  ,  U.  S.  N.  M.].     m. 

Comondu,  Lower  California,  Mar.,  1889,  (C.  D.  Haines)  3  9  [Paratype  in 
Scudder  Collection;   2  9  ,  Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     m. 

San  Jose  del  Cabo,  L.  Cal.,  1  cf ,  1   9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     m. 

Venis  Mecas,^^  Mexico,  Jan.  6,  1878,  (Palmer)  1  d"  [Scudder  Collection],     b. 

Monterey,  Nuevo  Leon,  Mex.,  July  3, 1908, 1  9  [HI.  State  Lab.  Nat.  Hist.],     m. 

Durango  or  Sinaloa,  Mex.,  (Forrer)  1  cf ,  1   9  [Br.  Mus.].     b. 


«5  We  are  at  present  unable  to  find  the  exact  location  of  this  place. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  489 

Tepic,  Mex.,  1  cT  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     b. 

Jalapa,  Vera  Cruz,  Mex.,  1    9   [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     b. 

Medellin,  V.  C,  Mex.,  1   9   [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     m. 

Presidio,  V.  C,  Mex.,  (Forrer)  1   9   [Br.  Mus.].     b. 

Orizaba,  V.  C,  Mex.,  Jan.,  1892,  7  cf ,  4  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     b. 

Motzorongo,  V.  C,  Max.,  Feb.,  1892, 2  d^,  1  9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].    b. 

San  Rafael,  V.  C,  Mex.,  (Townsend)  1   9  [Hebard  Collection  ex  Bruner].     m. 

Teapa,  Tabasco,  Mex.,  March,  (H.  H.  Smith)  2  ^  [Br.  Mus.].     b. 

Costa  Rica,  (Carriker)  1    9    [Hebard  Collection],     m. 

Nemobius  confusus  Blatchley. 

1903.  Nemobius  confu&us  Blatchley,  Orth.  of  Indiana,  pp.  421,  428,  429. 

(In  part.)     (Original  description  of    9  •)     [Tippecanoe  Lake  and  Posey 

County,  Ind.     In  low  damp  woods.] 
1908.  Nemobius  confusus  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XIX,  p.  21.     [Raleigh,  N,  C. 

Damp  places  near  water.] 
1911.  Nemobius  confusus  Sherman  and  Brimley,  Ent.  News,  XXII,  p.  391. 

[Raleigh,  N.  C] 

Tills  species,  wliicli  also  belongs  to  the  subgenus  Eunemobius,  is 
one  of  the  most  distinctive  of  the  North  American  species  of  the  genus 
Ne7nohiiis.  In  the  original  description  the  supposed  male  of  the 
present  species  was  in  fact  N.  maculatus,  and  in  consequence  that 
composite  description  is  highly  misleading.  There  is  a  superficial 
resemblance  of  this  species  to  N.  palustris,  but  examination  shows 
that  it  belongs  to  a  different  subgenus,  since  in  cojifusus  the  disto- 
ventral  spurs  of  the  caudal  tibiae  are  equal  in  length  and  the  ovi- 
positor is  of  the  shorter  type,  armed  at  the  apex  above  with  heavy 
teeth,  below  with  widely  spaced  serrations. 

The  bone-white  maxillary  palpi  in  both  sexes  distinguish  the  present 
species  from  all  other  North  American  members  of  the  genus. 
The  nearest  relationship  is  found  in  A^.  caroUnus,  from  which  species 
confusus  differs  widely  in  the  different  color  pattern,  much  darker 
general  coloration  and  ovipositor  which  is  different  in  shape  and 
armament. 

Based  on  a  series  of  specimens  from  two  localities  in  Indiana. 

Single  type  here  designated:  9  ;  Tippecanoe  Lake,  Kosciusko 
County,  Indiana,  August  26,  1902.  (Blatchley)  [Blatchley  Col- 
lection]. 

Description  of  Type. — Size  small,  form  graceful;  head  small,  not 
as  full  and  with  interantennal  projection  not  as  prominent  as  in 
carolinus,  wider  than  the  cephalic  width  of  the  pronotum.  Maxillary 
palpi  sunilar  to  those  of  carolinus.  Eyes  broad  ovate,  not  at  all 
prominent.  Pronotum  with  proportions  much  as  in  carolinus, 
narrowing  slightly  cephalad  and  with  a  medio-longitudinal  impressed 
line  more  noticeable  in  the  cephalic  portion.     Tegmina  half  as  long 


490  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

as  caudal  femora,  resembling  those  of  N.  palustris  excepting  that  in 
the  present  species  the  humeral  vein  is  more  conspicuous  and  the 
tegmina  are  divided  by  this  vein  into  less  rounded  dorsal  (here 
including  the  intermediate  channel)  and  more  nearly  perpendicular 
lateral  fields.  Wings  absent.  Ovipositor  slightly  more  than  half 
as  long  as  the  caudal  femora,  feebly  arcuate,  distal  third  of  same 
heavy,  lanceolate;  with  both  dorsal  and  ventral  margins  of  apex 
armed,  the  former  with  rather  widely  spaced,  very  heavy,  and  some- 
what recurved  teeth,  the  latter  with'  widely  spaced  serrulations. 
The  limbs  are  somewhat  more  delicate  than  in  carolinus  ana,  the  spines 
of  the  caudal  femora  somewhat  more  slender  than  in  that  species. 


Fig.  .31. — Xew.obius  confusus.     Ovipositor  of  t^-pe.     (Greatly  magnified.) 

The  allotypic  male,  here  selected,  taken  at  Dead  Run,  Virginia, 
August  29,  1912,  by  Caudell  and  in  the  United  States  National 
Museum,  furnishes  the  additional  data  given  below. 

Description  of  Allotype. — Smaller  but  very  similar  to  female  in 
general  appearance.  Tegmina  transparent  and  very  delicate;  of 
same  character  as  in  carolinus  but  not  as  much  wider  than  abdomen 
as  in  that  species,  when  in  repose  the  lateral  margins  of  the  dorsal 
field  are  more  nearly  straight,  subparallel.     Wings  absent. 

Measurements  {in  millimeters) . 

Tippecanoe 

Lake,  Ind.  Dead  Run,  Va. 


Type  Allotype      Average  of  series. 

9  9  d'              cr^d^  9 

Length  of  body 7.  6.8  6.3    6.2(6.-6.6)  7.3 

Length  of  pronotum 1.9  1.9  1.4    1.5(1.4-1.7)  1.7 

Caudal  width  of  prono- 
tum   2.2  2.3  2.       1.9(1.8-2.1)  2.1 

Length  of  tegmina 3.  2.9  4.       4.1(3.8-4.8)  3.1 

Length  of  caudal  femur     5.3  5 .  4 . 7    4 . 7  (4 . 6-4 . 9)  5.3 
Greatest  width  of  caudal 

femur 2.  1.9  1.8    1.7(1.6-1.9)  1.8 

Length  of  ovipo.sitor 2.9  2.9  2.6 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  491 

Cabin  John  Run,  Md. 

Average  of  series. 
d'd'  9  9 

Length  of  body 6.4(5.7-7.   )  6.7(6.6-6.9) 

Length  of  pronotum 1.6  (1.4-1.7)  1.7  (1.4-1.8) 

Caudal  width  of  pronotum 2 .     (1.9-2.1)  2.1(1.9-2.3) 

Length  of  tegmma 4.2  (4.  -4.4)  2.9  (2.8-3.   ) 

Length  of  caudal  femur 4 . 4  (4 . 1-4 . 7)  4 . 9  (4 . 8-5 . 3) 

Greatest  width  of  caudal  femur 1 .7  (1 .6-1 .8)  1 .9  (1 .8-2 .   ) 

Length  of  ovipositor 2.7  (2.5-2.8) 

The  extremes  in  size  found  in  the  material  before  us  are  given  in 
the  above  measurements.  Although  the  series  are  not  large,  it  is 
possible  to  see  that  there  is  but  little  variation  in  the  species.  The 
eastern  specimens  average  somewhat  .smaller  than  those  from  Indiana. 
In  the  original  description  the  measurements  for  the  male  sex  are,  as 
has  been  stated,  taken  from  a  specimen  of  .V.  maculatus,  while  those 
of  the  female  are,  unfortunately,  in  almost  every  case  exaggerated. 

Color  Notes. — All  of  the  specimens  before  us  are  of  very  much  the 
same  coloration.  Head,  pronotum,  and  tegmina  shining  piceous,  the 
latter  transparent  in  the  male,  nearly  transparent  in  the  female. 
Maxillary  palpi  with  proximal  segments  piceous,  last  two  segments 
white  and  very  striking.  Dorsal  surface  of  abdomen  dark  bistre; 
in  the  specimens  of  somewhat  lighter  coloration,  bistre  with  the 
margins  of  the  segments  darker.  Limbs  and  ventral  surface  of  body 
immaculate  raw  umber;  in  dark  specimens  mummy  brown.  Both 
males  and  females  of  the  present  species  have  a  very  shiny  appearance. 

Distribution. — The  present  species  has  been  taken  on  the  Atlantic 
coast  from  a  few  miles  northwest  of  Washington,  D.  C,  to  Raleigh, 
N.  C.  The  only  other  known  point  of  distribution  is  the  type  locality 
in  northern  Indiana. 

Biological  Notes. — Among  the  secretive  species  of  Nemobius,  this 
species  is  at  present  one  of  the  least  known.  We  learn  from  Blatchley 
that  it  was  first  found,  "quite  common  in  some  low,  damp  woods 
bordering  Tippecanoe  Lake  ....  living  among  the  fallen  leaves 
and  beneath  small  chunks  and  chips."  No  macropterous  specimens 
are  known,  but  it  is  probable  that  a  long-winged  form  of  the  present 
species  exists. 

Synony^ny. — It  is  strange  that  although  Blatchley  found  this 
insect  plentiful  when  the  type  series  was  taken,  he  apparently  secured 
no  males,  but  having  taken  males  of  N.  maculatus  in  the  same  locality, 
unfortunately  supposed    these   to   be   males   of    the   new   species. 


492  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [June, 

The  result  is  that  the  original  description  is  a  composite  of  the  two 
species.  We  have  at  present  before  us  two  males  and  two  females 
of  the  type  series  which  bear  this  out  fully,  as  the  males  are  both 
maculatus. 

E.  M.  Walker  has  noted  that  Professor  Morse  pronounced  the 
males  of  Blatchley's  confusus  a  different  species  from  the  females, 
but  that  writer  incorrectly  surmised  that  the  females  were  probably 
synonymous  with  N.  carolinus  Scudder. 

Specimens  Exmnined. — 32:   8  males,  22  femaleS;  and  2  nymphs. 

Cabin  John  Run,  Maryland,  Sept.  19,  1911,  (Davis)  3  cf ,  3  9  [Davis  Col- 
lection]. 

Plummer's  Island,  Md.,  Sept.  4,  11,  1902,  03,  (Barber)  2  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.] 
Dead  Run,  Virginia.  Aug.  29,  1912,  (Caudell)  4  cf,  2  9 ,  2  9  n.,  including  cf 
Allotype  [U.  S.  N.  M.]'. 

Falls  Church,  Va.,  Sept.  2,  4,  1906,  (Caudell,  Banks)  1  cf ,  6  9  [U.  S.  N.  M.] 
Alexandria  County,  Va.,  Sept.,  1911,  (Davis)  4  9  [Davis  Collection]. 
Raleigh,  North  CaroHna,  Sept.  25,  1907,  (Brimley)  2    9   [Brimlev  Collection, 
U.  S.  N.  M.].  i^         >  >  J  I  . 

Tippecanoe  Lake,  Indiana,  Aug.  26,  1902  (Blatchley)  2  9 .  Type  and  Para- 
type  [Blatchley  Collection]. 

Kosciusko    County,    Ind.,    Oct.    29,     1902,     (Blatchley)     1      9.      Paratvpe 

[U.  S.  N.  M.j. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA,  493 


TWO  COLLECTIONS  OF  PLEISTOCENE  FOSSILS  FKOM  THE  ISTHMUS  OF 
PANAMA. 

BY  AMOS  P.  BROWN   AND   HENRY  A,  PILSBRY. 

The  two  collections  of  fossils  treated  of  in  this  paper  were  briefly 
alluded  to  in  our  second  paper  on  the  Gatun  Formation,^  issued  in 
January  of  this  year.     They  were  collected  by  Professor  W.  B.  Scott, 

1911,  with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  D.  F.  Macdonald,  geologist  of  the 
Isthmian  Canal  Commission.  As  noted  in  our  former  paper,  they 
came  from  two  localities  near  the  north  end  of  the  canal. 

Collection  1. — From  the  oyster-shell  bearing  layers  in  the  Black  Swamp 
near  Mount  Hope  {Monkey  Hill). — The  top  of  these  beds  is  some  four 
feet  above  the  present  sea  level  and  they  are  encountered  in  digging 
for  sewers  in  the  town  of  Colon.  They  are  also  known  from  Toro 
Point,  across  the  bay  from  Colon.  The  material  consists  largely  of 
coral  mud,  with  corals  and  coralline  fragments  and  many  molluscan 
remains  mixed  with  more  or  less  silt  containing  vegetable  matter. 
It  was  evidently  shipped  to  us  just  as  it  came  from  the  excavations, 
and  contained  the  small  species  as  they  were  imbedded  in  the  mud  of 
the  sea  bottom.  No  volcanic  ash  was  detected  in  this  material. 
While  the  species  represented  are  almost  all  recent,  some  of  them 
may  be  extinct,  and  at  any  rate  have  not  yet  been  found  in  the  living 
state. 

In  a  paper  published  in  1912,  Dr.  DalP  has  described  four  of  these 
found  in  our  material.  Besides  these  four  described  by  Dall,  we 
now  add  three  additional  new  species ;  and  a  number  of  others  were 
among  the  specimens  in  the  collection,  but  not  in  sufficiently  good 
form  for  description.  We  have  found  some  of  these  described  new 
species  in  collections  of  recent  shells  in  the  A.  N.  S.  P.  collection, 
and  it  may  be  that  none  of  these  new  species  will  be  found  to  be 
really  extinct  when  the  molluscan  fauna  of  that  part  of  the  Caribbean 
is  fully  known.  The  fauna  of  these  beds  (which  Professor  Scott  has 
named  the  Mount  Hope  Formation)  numbers  in  this  collection  69 
named  species  of  Gastropods,  with  3  additional  species  named  only 
as  to  genus;  45  named  species  of  Pelecypods,  with  3  additional  species 
named  as  to  genus;  2  Scaphopods;  6  species  of  corals  and  one 
barnacle. 

1  Fauna  of  the  Gatun  Formation,  Isthmus  of  Panama,  II.     Froc.  A.  X.  S.  P., 

1912,  pp.  .500-519. 

-  New  Species  of  Fossil  Shells  from  Panama  and  Costa  Rica,  by  W.  H.  Dall, 
SmUhxonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  59,  No.  2,  1912. 


494  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [July, 

Collection  2.  From  the  oyster-shell  areas  in  the  black,  unconsolidated 
mud,  uncomjormable  on  the  Gatun  Formation  at  the  lower  (north)  end 
of  the  Gatun  Locks. — This  deposit  of  mud  extends  from  a  few  feet 
below  sea  level  to  about  10  feet  above  it  at  this  point.  The  black 
character  of  the  deposit  and  the  finding  of  definite  vegetable  remains 
in  it,  coupled  with  the  observation  that  the  oysters  grew  attached  to 
mangroves  or  similar  plants,  shows  that  this  was  a  deposit  accumu- 
lated at  the  head  of  a  bay  or  in  an  estuary.  From  the  clean  condition 
in  which  this  material  reached  us,  it  seems  likely  that  this  collection 
was  the  result  of  the  screening  of  the  discharge  from  a  suction  dredge. 
This  would  also  account  for  the  absence  of  all  small  specimens  from 
the  collection.  The  species  present  indicate  shallow,  probably 
brackish,  water  conditions.  The  most  notable  species  is  the  oyster 
(evidently  growing  attached  to  plants)  and  the  great  number  of 
Congeria  shells.  The  oyster  shells  are  often  seen  to  be  covered  with 
barnacles.  Besides  the  one  species  of  barnacle,  there  were  three 
species  of  Gastropods  and  five  species  of  Pelecypods.  One  of  the 
Gastropods,  Neritina  virginea  Lam.,  has  the  color  pattern  of  the  shell 
beautifully  preserved.  This  deposit  is  probably  more  recent  than 
that  at  Mount  Hope,  but  is  probably,  like  it.  Pleistocene. 

We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  J.  B.  Henderson,  of  Washington,  for 
working  over  and  determining  a  large  part  of  the  species  listed  below. 

List    of    Species    from    the    Oyster-shell    Layers    from    the 
Black  Swamp  near  Mount  Hope. — Collection  L 

Balanus  eburneus  Gould. 

Tornatina  canalicidata  (Say).     R.^ 

Cylichnella  bidentata  (Orb.). 

Atys  Sander soni  Dall. 

Bullaria  occidentalis  (A.  Ad.).     C. 

Haminea  canalis  Dall. 

Haminea  antillarum  (Orb.).     R. 

Terebra  spei  n.  sp. 

Conus  proteus  Hwass.     R. 

Drillia  leucocyma  Dall. 

Drillia  ostrearum  Stearns. 

Drillia  harfordiana  (Reeve),  var.  colonensis  n.  v.     R. 

Clathurella  jewettii  Stearns.     R. 

Cythara  balteata  (Reeve). 

Cythara  biconica  (C.  B.  Ad.).     C. 

Marinula  colonia  Dall.     R. 

OUvella  myrmecoon  Dall.     C. 

'  The  abundance  or  rarity  of  the  species  is  indicated  by  the  letters  R.  (rare) 
nd  C.  (common). 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  495 

Marginella  cincta  Kien.     C. 

Margi7iella  pallida  (L.).     R. 

Marginella  minuta  Pfr. 

Voluta  alfaroi  Dall.     R. 

Fasciolaria  sp.     R.     Specimen  too  young  to  determine. 

Latirus  cingulifera  (Lam.).     R. 

Phos  intricatus  Dall.     R. 

Engina  turbinella  (Kien.).     R. 

Nassa  vibex  Say. 

Columbella  mercatoria  (L.). 

Anachis  avara  (Say).     R. 

Anachis  sa7nanensis  Dall.     C. 

Anachis  pulchfUa  (Kien.).     R. 

Aspella  scalawides  (Blainv.).     R. 

Strombus  bitiiberculatus  Lam. 

Strombus  pugilis  L. 

Trivia  pediculus  (L.).     R. 

Murex  rufus  Lam.     R. 

Murex  pomum  Gmel. 

Murex  riodatus  Reeve.     C. 

Urosalpinx  sp.     R. 

Eulinia  bifasciata  (Orb.).     R. 

Cymatium  vcspaceum  (Lam.).     R. 

Cymatium  tuberosum  (Lam.).     R. 

Cerithiopsis  sp.     R. 

Bittium  varium  Pfr.     C. 

Cerithium  literatum  (Born.).     R. 

€erithium  algicola  C.  B.  Ad.     C. 

Cerithium  medium  Dall.     R. 

Cerithium  variabile  C.  B.  Ad. 

Cerithidea  varicosa  Sby.     R. 

Modulus  modulus  (L.).     C. 

Modulus  catenulatus  Phil.     R. 

Littorina  angulifera  Lam.     R. 

Vermetus  nigricans  Phil.(?).     R. 

Alabina  cerithioides  Dall. 

Alaba  tervaricosa  Ad.     R. 

Rissoina  Icevigata  C.  B.  Ad.  var.  browniana  Orb. 

Rissoina  striatocostata  Orb.     R. 

Rissoina  cancellata  Phil.     R. 

Rissoina  elegantissima  Orb.     R. 

Crepidula  convexa  Say.     C. 

Crepidula  plana  Say.     R. 

Calyptrcea  candeana  Orb.     C. 

Natica  pusilla  Say.     R. 

Sigaretus  perspectivus  Say.     R. 

Phasianella  pulchella  C.  B.  Ad.     C. 

Turbo  crenidatus  Gmel.     R. 

Astralium  brevispina  (Lam.).     R. 

Astralium  tuberosum  (Phil.)  (?). 


496  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Julv, 

Tegula  fasciata  (Born.). 

Fissuridea  alternata  (Say). 

Suhemarginula  emarginata  (Blainv.). 

Suhemarg inula  rollandii  (Fischer). 

Acmcea  punctulata  (Gmel.). 

Neritina  viridis  Lam.     C. 

Tonicia  schrammi  Shuttl.     R. 

Dentalium  callithrix  Dall.     C. 

Cadulus  vaughani  Dall.     C. 

Leda  vulgaris  n.  sp.     C. 

Leda  acuta  Conr.     R. 

Yoldia  perprotrada  Dall.     C. 

Area  unihonata  Lam.     R. 

Area  imhrieata  Brug.     R. 

Area  antiquata  L.     C. 

Area  deshayesi  Hanley.     C. 

Area  eampeachiensis  Dillw.     R. 

Area  adamsi  Smith. 

Area  oeeidentalis  Phil.     R. 

Area  retieulata  Gmel.     R. 

Seapharea  pittieri  Dall.     C. 

Byssoarca  fusea  Brug.     C. 

Melina  ephippium  (L.).     C. 

Ostrea  virginica  Gmel.     C. 

Peeten  ziczac  (L.).     C. 

Pecten  exasperatus  Sowb.     C. 

Peeten  gihbus  (L.). 

Peeten  gihbus  disloeatus  Say.     R. 

Mytilus  exustus  Lam.     R. 

Chama  sp.     R. 

Chama  sp.     C. 

Crassinella  guadalupensis  (Orb.).     R. 

Diplodonta  mediamericana  n.  sp.     R. 

Diplodonta  soror  C.  B.  Ad.     C. 

Codakia  orbicidata  (Mont.).     R. 

Codakia  antillarum  Reeve.     R. 

Lucina  chrysostoma  Phil.     C. 

Phaeoides  lintea  (Conr.).     R. 

Phaeoides  near  crenulatus  (Conr.).     R. 

Phaeoides  antillarum  Reeve.     R. 

Phaeoides  leucoeyma  Dall.     R. 

Phaeoides  peetinatus  (Gmel.).     C. 

Phaeoides  sp. 

Cuspidaria  (Cardiomya)  costellata  Desh.     R. 

Cardium  serratum  L.     C. 

Cardium  medium  L. 

Cardium  murieatum  L.     C. 

Gafrarium  (Gouldia)  eerina  (C.  B.  Ad.).     R. 

Pitar  suharresta  Dall. 


1913. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


497 


Chione  cancellata  (L.)-     C. 

Tellina  {EurytelUna)  alter nata  Say.     C. 

Tellina  (Cyclotellina)  fausta  Don. 

Tellina  (Angulus)  versicolor  Coz. 

Tellina  (Angulus)  promera  Dall. 

Abra  cequalis  (Say).     R. 

Corhula  equivalvis  Phil.     C. 

Corbula  swif liana  C.  B.  Ad.     C. 

Manicina  areolata  (L.), 

Porites  porites  (Pallas). 

Agaricia  agaricites  (L.). 

Cladocora  orhuscula  (Le  Sueur). 

Siderastrea  sidera  (Ell.  and  Sal.). 

Favia  jragum  (Pallas). 

List  of  Species  obtained  from  the  black  mud  unconformable 

ON  the  Gatun   Formation  at  the  lOwer  end  of  the 

Gatun  Locks.— Collection  2. 

Balanus  ehurneus  Gould. 

Melongena  melongena  (L.). 

Cerithidea  varicosa  Sby. 

Neritina  virginea  Lam.     C. 

Ostrea  virginiai  Gmel.     C. 

Congeria  iMijtilopsis)  cochleata  Kick.     C. 

Phacoides  pedinatus  (Gmel.).     C. 

Anomalocardia  cuneimeris  Con.     R. 

Cyrena  (Polymesoda)  acuta  Prime.     R. 

Descriptions  of  new  species. 

Terebra  spei  n.  sp.    Fig.  1. 

The  shell  is  small,  slender,  the 
diameter  contained  five  times 
in  the  length.  Apex  lost,  11^ 
whorls  remaining  are  slightly 
convex.  Sculpture  consists  of 
rather  sharp  axial  ribs,  narrower 
than  their  concave  intervals, 
curving  backward  in  the  middle, 
on  the  last  whorl  22  in  number, 
and  continued  as  far  as  the 
anterior  contraction;  a  spiral 
groove,  equally  deep  over  ribs 
and  intervals,  defines  a  posterior  fasciole  which  is  somewhat  less  than 
one-third  the  width  of  each  whorl;  below  this  there  are  seven  spiral 
cords  wider  than  their  interstices,  prominent  in  the  concave  inter- 


Fig.  1. — Terebra  spei  n.  sp. 


498  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [July, 

costal  spaces,  but  almost  effaced  where  they  pass  over  the  crests  of 
the  axial  ribs.  The  aperture  is  trapezoidal;  columella  not  plicate, 
but  its  lower  edge  is  slightly  prominent. 

Length  15,  diam.  3.25,  length  of  aperture  3.3  mm. 
Mount  Hope  bed. 

While  related  to  T.  protexta,  this  species  differs  by  the  convexity 
of  the  whorls. 
Drillia  harfordiana  var.  colonensis  n.  var. 

The  shell  resembles  Pleurotoma  harfordiana  Rve.  in  form,  but  is 
very  much  smaller.  The  anal  fasciole  is  rather  wide,  concave,  with  a 
single  prominent  spiral  cord  near  the  suture.  Below  the  fasciole 
there  are 'rounded,  slightly  protractive  axial  ribs,  strongest  at  the 
shoulder,  rapidly  diminishing  downwards,  and  ten  in  number  on  the 
penultimate  whorl.  They  are  crossed  by  rather  widely  spaced  spiral 
cords,  of  which  three  are  visible  on  the  penultimate,  about  a  dozen 
on  the  last  whorl.  The  cOrds  are  equally  developed  on  the  ribs  and 
in  their  intervals,  and  the  spaces  between  them  are  occupied  by  very 
fine  spiral  striae,  especially  well  developed  on  the  fasciole.  The 
€oloration,  though  faded,  is  visible  on  some  specimens.  There  is  a 
white  band  at  the  shoulder  and  several  white  lines  below,  on  a  tawny 
ground.  Length  12,  diam.  5.5  mm.;  about  9  whorls. 
Mount  Hope  bed. 

An  allied  recent  form  from  Nicaragua  is  described  below. 
Drillia  harfordiana  var.  flucki  n.  v. 

Similar  to  var.  colonensis  except  in  the  following  details.  The 
axial  ribs  are  much  more  numerous,  seventeen  on  the  penultimate 
whorl;  on  the  last  whorl  they  diminish  very  rapidly  below  the 
periphery,  and  the  spiral  cords  are  noticeably  enlarged  and  prominent 
on  the  summits  of  the  ribs;  the  6th  and  7th  below  the  shoulder  are 
white.  From  the  shoulder  to  the  suture  the  surface  is  buff-white, 
and  the  growth  strise  somewhat  lamellar;  elsewhere  the  shell  is  dark 
mineral -red  (of  Ridgway's  Color  Standards). 

Length  19.3,  diam.  8,  length  of  aperture  8.2  mm.;  10  whorls,  the 
tip  wanting. 

King's  Keys,  Nicaragua,  recent.  Rev.  W.  H.  Fluck. 
The  figure  of  D.  harfordiana  Rve.  measures,  length  27.5,  diam. 
12.5  mm.  The  habitat  of  the  species  was  and  still  is  unknown,  and 
it  has  not  been  described  with  sufficient  detail;  but  these  Central 
American  forms  resemble  it  in  general  features  and  may  well  be 
local  forms  of  the  same  species. 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


499 


Diplodonta  mediamericana  n.  sp.    Fig.  2. 

The  shell  is  of  the  usual  orbicular  shape,  the  length  and  altitude 
about  equal,  diameter  nearly  two-thirds  of  the  length;  rather  thin; 
surface  densely  and  very  delicately  striate,  smoother  towards  the 
beaks,  which  are  somewhat  prominent. 
Margins  somewhat  straightened  on  both 
sides  of  the  beaks;  the  anterior  end  a  little 
more  broadly  rounded  than  the  posterior. 
Teeth  rather  strong.  Length  15.5,  alt.  15.1, 
diam.  9.8  mm. 

Porto  Barrios  and  Livingston,  Guatemala,, 
in   mud   brought   up   on  an  anchor,  S.  L. 
Schumo,  cotypes   No.  76,479   A.  N.  S.  P. 
Fig.  2. -~ Diplodonta  medi-  ^^^^^  ^j^_  jj^pg  Professor  W.  B.  Scott. 
amencuna  n.  sp.  .  ,       ,  i  i        tn 

This   species  closely  resembles  D.  puiic- 

turella  Dall,  but  differs  in  the  sculpture  and  proportions.     D.  nuclei- 
formis  (Wagner)  is  a  much  smaller  and  more  obese  form. 
Leda  vulgaris  n.  sp.    Fig.  .3. 

The  shell  is  rather  solid,  plump,  equivalve;  beaks  median,  small, 
contiguous.  Anterior  end  rounded,  its  upper  margin  convex.  Pos- 
terior end  rapidly  tapering,  attenuate, 
its  upper  margin  concave.  Surface 
glossy,  with  fine,  regular  sculpture  of 
concentric  grooves  as  wide  as  the  in- 
tervening ridges.  The  posterior  dor- 
sal surface  is  flattened,  striate,  bounded 
by  strong  ridges,  giving  the  appearance 
of  a  large,  lanceolate  escutcheon. 
There  are  16  anterior  and  about  26 
posterior  teeth. 

Length  12,  alt.  6.3,  diam.  5.2  mm. 
Length  11.5,  alt.  6.3,  diam,  6  mm. 
This  species,  which  is  extremely 
abundant  in  the  Mount  Hope  For- 
mation, was  also  obtained  in  mud  from  an  anchor  collected  by 
Mr.  S.  L.  Schumo  at  Porto  Barrios,  Livingston,  Belize,  and  INIonkey 
River,  and  is  therefore  a  common  form  of  the  Central  American 
litoral.  L,  commutata  Phil.,  which  seems  closely  related,  is  a  wider 
species,  the  basal  margin  being  more  deeply  arcuate.  L.  mauritiana 
Sowerby  is  very  similar,  but  in  various  details  is  nearer  to  L.  jamai- 
censis  Orb. 


Fig.  3. — Leda  vulgaris  n.  sp. 


500  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [July, 

Leda  vulgaris  var.  obliterata  n.  v. 

A  form  closely  related  to  L.  vulgaris  was  collected  by  Mr.  Clarence 
B.  Moore  in  Indian  Pass,  Appalachicola  Bay,  Calhoun  Co.,  Fla.  It 
differs  by  having  the  valve  smooth  until  it  reaches  an  altitude  of 
about  4  mm.,  after  which  it  is  concentrically  grooved  as  in  vulgaris. 
There  are  about  16  teeth  before,  18  behind  the  beaks. 

Length  10.7,  alt.  6,  semidiameter  2.2  mm. 

Seventeen  detached  valves  but  no  complete  shells  were  taken. 
Cotypes  No.  109,049  A.  N.  S.  P. 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  501 


NEW  SPECIES  OF  THE  GENUS  MOHNIA  FROM  THE  NORTH  PACIFIC. 
BY  WILLIAM  HEALEY  DALL. 

In  arranging  for  study  the  unequalled  collection  of  Chrysodominse 
of  the  National  Museum,  I  found  an  unexpected  number  of  species 
of  the  genus  Mohnia  Friele,  of  which  one  or  two  species,  including 
the  type,  are  found  in  the  North  Atlantic.  Diagnoses  of  some  of 
the  undescribed  forms  are  appended. 
Mohnia  robusta  "•  sp. 

Shell  solid,  stout,  of  about  eight  whorls,  the  apical  ones  being 
always  eroded  in  adult  shells;  the  upper  whorls  with  15-16  axial, 
rounded,  little  elevated,  nearly  straight  riblets,  which  become  feebler 
and  finally  vanish  on  the  last  whorl;  suture  appressed,  slightly 
constricted;  other  axial  sculpture  of  rather  irregular,  retractively 
arcuate  incremental  lines;  spiral  sculpture  of  obscurely  channelled 
grooves  which  become  wider  with  age  and  on  the  penultimate  whorl 
are  about  14  in  number;  on  the  last  whorl  they  are  coarser  on  the 
base,  but  nowhere  sharp  or  clean  cut;  the  whole  surface  is  covered 
with  a  dark  olive  periostracum,  under  which  the  shell  is  white; 
aperture  ovate,  the  body  erased  white,  the  pillar  gyrate  but  not 
pervious,  the  outer  lip  thin,  sharp ;  the  canal  rather  wide  and  strongly 
recurved.  The  nucleus  is  not  preserved  on  any  of  the  specimens. 
The  operculum  is  dark  horn  color  and  forms  about  one  whorl .  Length 
of  type  specimen  (about  five  whorls)  36.5;  of  last  whorl  25;  maximum 
diameter  15  mm. 

Bering  Sea  in  987  fathoms,  off  the  Pribiloff  Islands. 

Mohnia  corbis  n.  sp. 

Shell  with  the  apex  eroded  and  about  five  rounded  whorls  remain- 
ing; white,  covered  with  an  olivaceous  yellow  periostracum;  suture 
appressed;  axial  sculpture  of  numerous,  rather  irregular,  prominent 
incremental  lines;  spiral  sculpture  of,  between  the  sutures,  about 
seven  cord-like  ridges,  which  on  the  last  whorl  become  flatter  and 
strap-like;  the  interspaces  are  irregular,  but  usually  wider;  between 
the  cord  at  the  shoulder  and  the  suture  behind  there  is  a  flattish 
space  with  four  or  five  obsolete  finer  spirals;  contrary  to  custom,  the 
base  of  the  last  whorl  and  canal  have  no  spiral  sculpture;   aperture 


502  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Aug.^ 

short-oval,  the.  outer  lip  thin,  short,  the  body  erased  white,   the 
pillar  gyrate  and  minutely  pervious;    canal  very  short,  wide,  and 
slightly  recurved;  operculum  with  a  small  subspiral  nucleus.     Length 
of  shell  31;  of  last  whorl  20 ;  maximum  diameter  14  mm. 
Bering  Sea,  off  the  Pribiloff  Islands  in  1,771  fathoms. 

Mohnia  vernalis  "■  sp. 

Shell  small,  thin,  white  under  a  light  green  periostracum,  of  about 
seven  whorls;  the  apex  apparently  blunt,  but  always  more  or  less 
eroded;  the  nepionic  whorls  with  a  few  spiral  grooves,  the  following 
whorl  or  two  with  about  16  rather  prominent  short  ribs,  most  promi- 
nent at  the  periphery,  with  narrower  interspaces  crossed  by  fine 
spiral  striae  with  wider  interspaces;  the  ribs  rapidly  become  obsolete 
and  on  the  last  three  whorls  are  absent,  the  surface  being  then  only 
marked  by  very  arcuate  incremental  lines,  the  striae  becoming  obso- 
lete, except  on  the  base  near  the  canal  where  there  are  a  few  coarse 
spirals;  aperture  short-ovate,  the  outer  lip  thin,  sharp,  the  body 
erased,  the  canal  short,  wide,  slightly  recurved,  the  pillar  gyrate, 
minutely  pervious;  the  operculum  with  a  subspiral  nucleus.  Length 
of  five  whorls  (the  apex  being  eroded)  21 ;  of  last  whorl  14;  maximum 
diameter  10  mm. 

Off  Tillamook  Bay,  Oregon,  in  786  fathoms. 

Mohnia  siphonoides  n.'sp. 

Shell  solid,  rotund,  white,  with  an  olivaceous  polished  periostracum, 
and  with  about  six  whorls;  apex  eroded,  apparently  blunt;  sculpture 
of  faint  incremental  lines  and  sparse  zigzag  oljsolete  ridges  recalling 
those  of  Tritonofusus  hypolispus  Dall,  but  less  distinct;  whorls 
rather  flattish,  aperture  ovate;  outer  lip  slightly  reflected,  body  with 
a  thin  layer  of  callus,  pillar  gyrate,  not  pervious,  canal  short,  recurved. 
Operculum  with  a  small  subspiral  nucleus.  Length  (eroded)  34; 
length  of  last  whorl  26;  maximum  diameter  15  mm. 

Bering  Sea,  off  Pribiloff  Islands,  in  987  fathoms. 

If  it  were  not  for  the  operculum,  this  shell  would  certainly  be 
referred  to  Tritonofusus. 

Mohnia  exquisita  n.  sp. 

Shell  delicate,  white  under  a  greenish  periostracum,  with  about 
seven  whorls;  suture  not  appressed;  axial  sculpture  of  incremental 
lines  which  cut  the  spiral  keels  and  minutely  serrate  their  edges 
occasionally;  spiral  sculpture,  fundamentally  of  two  prominently 
elevated  keels;  one  at  the  shoulder  recurved,  the  other  vertical  to 
its  base;  with  ten  or  twelve  not  prominent  spiral  cords  on  the  base. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  503 

In  one  specimen  the  space  between  the  keels  has  no  spiral  sculpture, 
in  another  there  are  one  or  two  minor  keels  and  numerous  faint 
spirals;  this  specimen  also  has  a  minor  keel  marginating  the  base. 
Aperture  rather  small,  the  outer  lip  sharp,  thin,  modified  by  the 
keels;  inner  lip  erased,  white;  pillar  gyrate,  minutely  pervious;  canal 
short,  wide,  hardly  recurved.  Operculum  with  subspiral  nucleus 
and  much  transparent  enamel  on  the  margin  of  the  proximal  surface. 
Length  31;  length  of  last  whorl  20;  maximum  diameter  14  mm. 

Bering  Sea,  off  Koniugi  Islands,  in  1,766  fathoms. 
Mohnia  buccinoides  n.  sp. 

Shell  large,  thin,  with  more  than  six  whorls;  white,  covered  with 
an  unpolished  pale  gray  periostracum;  suture  not  appressed;  whorls 
well  rounded;  spiral  sculpture  of  a  single  moderately  prominent 
cord  at  the  periphery,  and  numerous  fine  spiral  striae,  with  somewhat 
irregular  wider  interspaces;  axial  sculpture  only  of  incremental 
lines  which  are  not  conspicuous;  aperture  rounded-quadrate,  the 
outer  lip  thin,  sharp,  the  body  erased,  the  pillar  gyrate,  minutely 
pervious;  canal  short,  wide,  recurved;  operculum  with  a  subspiral 
nucleus.  Length  of  (eroded)  shell  38;  of  last  whorl  27;  maximum 
diameter  19  mm. 

Off  Hondo,  Japan,  in  905  fathoms. 

This  would  certainly  be  taken  for  an  immature  Biiccinini?  if  it 
were  not  for  the  operculum. 
Mohnia  japonica  n.  si>. 

Shell  small,  polished,  white  under  a  dark  green  periostracum,  the 
apex  eroded,  but  having  apparentlj^  about  six  whorls;  the  first  intact 
whorl  shows  faint  indications  of  obsolete  ribbing,  the  later  whorls 
are  smooth  except  for  faint  incremental  lines  and  obscure,  almost 
microscopic  spiral  stride;  on  the  base  there  are  the  usual  spiral  threads 
near  the  canal.  Aperture  elongate-ovate,  outer  lip  thin,  sharp; 
body  erased,  canal  short,  wide,  recurved,  axis  gyrate,  not  pervious. 
Length  of  shell  (eroded)  19;  of  last  whorl  13;  maximum  diameter 
8.5  mm. 

Off  Sado  Island,  Japan  Sea,  in  225  fathoms. 
Mohnia  kurilana  n.  sj. 

Shell  small,  very  delicate,  with  a  blunt  nucleus  and  six  and  a  half 
well-rounded  whorls;  whitish  under  a  thin  olivaceous  velvety 
periostracum;  nucleus  blunt,  axially  minutely  sharply  ribbed;  the 
next  whorl  with  many  minute  riblets  is  cancellated  by.  revolving 
threads;  the  subsequent  whorls  have  six  or  seven  nearly  uniform 
33 


504  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Aug., 

revolving  grooves  separated  by  wider  flattish  interspaces,  which,  on 
the  last  whorl,  cover  the  whole  surface,  including  the  base;  suture 
distinct,  not  appressed;  aperture  short,  the  outer  lip  very  thin, 
sharp,  the  body  without  callus,  the  axis  gyrate,  minutely  pervious; 
the  canal  short,  hardly  recurved;  operculum  with  a  subspiral  nucleus. 
Length  of  shell  14;  of  last  whorl  9;  maximum  (hameter  7.5  mm. 

Off  the  Kuril  Islands,  in  229  fathoms. 

This  shell  has  the  aspect  of  Thalassoplanes,  hnt  the  operculum  of 
Mohnia. 
Mohnia  hondoensis  n.  sj.. 

Shell  small,  of  about  six  whorls,  whitish,  covered  by  an  olivaceous 
periostracum;  first  two  whorls  denuded,  the  next  with  a  peripheral 
carina  and  about  ten  ribs  which  are  prominent  only  at  the  periphery, 
and  as  well  as  the  carina  become  obsolete  on  the  last  whorl;  there 
are  also  faint  microscopic  spiral  striae  here  and  there;  aperture 
narrow,  outer  lip  sharp,  body  erased;  pillar  gyrate,  not  pervious; 
canal  short,  wide,  slightly  recurved.  Length  of  shell  12;  of  last 
whorl  9.5;    maximum  diameter  6  mm. 

Off  Hondo,  Japan,  in  76  fathoms. 

The  above  species  were  dredged  at  various  times  liy  the  II.  S. 
Bureau  of  Fisheries  steamer  Albatross. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  d91.: 


FOWLER:      AMPHIBIANS    AND  JREPTILES    FROM    ECUADOR,  M 
VENEZUELA,  AND    YUCATAN.i  :      ■ 


Bufo  cseruleocellatus  sp.  nov. 
i.Bufo  chanchanensis  sp.  nov. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.   191,3. 


PLATE  VI. 


FOWLER:   AMPHIBIANS    AND   REPTILES    FROM    ECUADOR, 
VENEZUELA,    AND   YUCATAN. 


Hyla  chimboe  sp.  nov. 
Hvia  riobambsB  .sd.  mov. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  191.3. 


PLATE  VII. 


FOWLER:      AMPHIBIANS    AND    REPTILES    FROM    ECUADOR, 

VENEZUELA,    AND    YUCATAN. 

Hyla  quitCB  .sp.  nov. 

Hyla  quinquefasciata  sp.  uuv. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  191.5 


FOWLER:      AMPHIBIANS    AND    REPTILES    FROM    ECUADOR, 
VENEZUELA,    AND    YUCATAN. 
Hylodes  pagms  sp.  nov. 
Hvloxalus  huiarae  so.  nov. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.   SCI.   PHILA.   1913. 


PLATE  IX. 


FOWLER:      AMPHIBIANS    AND    REPTILES  r^FROM    ECUADOR, 

VENEZUELA,    AND    YUCATAN. 

Rana  brevipalmata  rhoadsi  subsp.  nov. 

Rana  brevioalmata  Cone. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.   SCI.    PHILA.    1 


FOWLER:      AMPHIBIANS    AND    REPTILES    FROM    ECUADOR, 

VENEZUELA,    AND    YUCATAN. 

Anolis  nitens  bondi  subsp.  nov. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.  SCI.    PHILA.   iOl.3. 


-"■H^'- 

li 

'f 

i#  • 

•A 

^j^ 

_^        6 

BANKS:     AMERICAN    SPIDERS. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.   1913. 


BANKS:      AMERICAN  SPIDERS. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  19i: 


PLATE  .XIII, 


BANKS:     AMERICAN  SPIDERS. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  191.3. 


PLATE  XIV. 


CALVERT:     FOSSIL  ODONATE    PHENACOLESTES. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  191.'3. 


PLATE  XV 


UlibSacsr-* 


/^.       •^-v*. 


t*.M^'« 


i~ 


10 


^ 


&»/    ~^  v-~ 


^^ 


15 


-,0^^' 


16 


17 


i.*^ 


22 


19 


^ 


■'23 


20 


24' 


PILSBRY:      LOWER   CALIFORNIAN    HELICES. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1913. 


^^ 


29 


37 


jt"^^ 


41 


49 


26 


30 


34 


38 


^SS^. 


•      '^ 


46 


50 


27 


^v^ 


\: 


35 


39 


43 


47 


5  1 


^dr±:^ 


^ 


36 


40 


44 


-# 


48 


% 


PILSBRY:     LOWER  CALIFORNIAN    HELICES. 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  505 


REPTILES  COLLECTED  BY  THE  YALE  PERUVIAN  EXPEDITION  OF  1912. 
BY  THOMAS  BARBOUR. 

Dr.  Hiram  Bingham  has  sent  me  two  small  lots  of  snakes,  nine 
specimens  in  all,  from  Machu  Pichu,  9,000-10,000  feet  altitude, 
Department  of  Cuzco,  Southern  Peru.  They  were  collected  by 
Dr.  George  P.  Eaton  and  Mr.  EUwood  C.  Erdis.  Four  species  are 
represented,  of  which  two  are  new.  The  types  of  the  new  species 
have  been  studied  by  Dr.  A.  G.  Ruthven,  and  the  description  of  one 
of  them  appears  under  his  name.  The  other  he  returned,  since  he 
had  no  material  of  the  genus  Drepanodon  for  direct  comparison,  and 
since  the  Yale  specimen  had  its  teeth  badly  broken  he  was  loath  to 
describe  it.  I  have,  however,  a  specimen  of  D.  anomalus  Jan., 
which  I  obtained  in  Bolivia,  and  am  enabled  to  make  quite  sure, 
I  think,  that  the  second  specimen  represents  an  undescribed  species 
of  this  genus.  The  fact  that  Dr.  Ruthven  was  leaving  for  South 
America  on  a  collecting  trip,  and  the  desirability  of  reporting  on  this 
material  at  once,  has  led  me  to  describe  one  species  myself  with 
Dr.  Ruthven's  consent,  and  to  include  his  description  of  the  other 
with  my  own.  Dr.  Bingham  has  kindly  added  these  specimens  to 
the  Reptile  Collection  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology. 

Atractus  badius  (Boie). 

Boie,  Isis,  1S27,  p.  540. 

Boulenger,  Cat.  Sn.  B.  M.,  2,  1894,  p.  308. 

Four  specimens  from  Machu  Pichu.  In  squamation  these  all  fall 
within  the  limits  indicated  by  Boulenger  (I.e.).  In  coloration, 
however,  they  do  not  agree  quite  so  well.  It  is  also  noteworthy  that 
these  four  examples  from  the  same  locality  are  exactly  alike  in 
pattern  and  shade  of  color.  They  are  pale  reddish-brown  above, 
with  more  or  less  irregular  darker  blotches  above  which  have  a 
tendency  to  fall  into  alternating  series  upon  the  dorsal  region.  The 
ventral  surface  is  covered  with  blotches  of  brownish-black,  many 
of  which  are  often  confluent.  This  coloration  combines  some  of  the 
characters  described  by  Boulenger  for  what  he  calls  var.  B.  and  C. 
Nevertheless,  it  is  quite  different  and  may  be  confined  to  specimens 
from  this  part  of  Peru.  If  this  turns  out  to  be  the  case,  it  will  be 
advisable  to  name  this  race. 
34 


506  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Sept., 

Drepanodon  erdisii  sp.  nov. 

Type,  Mus.  Comp.  ZooL,  No.  8,829,  from  Machu  Pichu,  Peru,  1912; 
collected  by  the  Yale  Peruvian  Expedition  of  that  year. 

Head  rather  distinct  from  neck;  eye  moderate,  with  vertically 
elliptical  pupil.  Body  quite  strongly  compressed;  scales  smooth, 
no  apical  pits,  in  nineteen  rows;  ventrals  198,  rounded;  anal  un- 
divided; subcaudals  in  64  pairs.  Rostral  broader  than  high,  just 
visible  from  above ;  nostril  in  the  suture  between  two  nasals ;  frontal 
longer  than  broad,  almost  triangular,  the  apex  being  directed  back- 
ward; loreal  not  conspicuously  small,  almost  a  rectangle;  one 
prse-  and  two  postoculars;  temporals  2+3;  eight  upper  labials,  of 
which  the  fourth  and  fifth  enter  the  eye ;  four  lower  labials  in  contact 
with  the  anterior  chin  shields,  which  are  al)Out  equal  in  length  to  the 
posterior  pair. 

In  color  the  head  is  black,  with  an  incomplete  collar  interrupted 
on  the  nape  (red  in  life  undoubtedly  and  white  in  spirits).  The 
body  is  crossed  by  twenty-seven  broad  black  bands,  which  are  about 
twelve  scales  wide  dorsally  and  much  more  narrow  ventrally,  usually 
covering  but  four  ventrals.  The  result  is  an  equal  number  of  inter- 
spaces, wide  below  and  narrow  dorsally,  which  are  white  in  spirits 
(probably  also  red  in  life).  There  are  numerous  black  spots  in  the 
white  (red?)  areas  dorsally  and  a  few  in  the  lateral  interspaces. 
Ten  black  rings  upon  tail,  including  the  tip,  which  is  black,  the 
interspaces  being  very  narrow. 

Named  for  Mr.  Ellwood  C.  Erdis,  who,  with  Dr.  Eaton,  collected 
these  specimens. 
Drepanodon  eatoni  Ruthven  sp.  nov. 

Type.  Mus.  Comp.  ZooL,  No.  8,831,  from  Machu  Pichu,  Peru, 
1912;  collected  by  the  Yale  Peruvian  Expedition  of  that  year. 

"There  are  12-13  small  maxillary  teeth  subequal  or  slightly  in- 
creasing in  length,  followed  after  a  short  interspace  by  two  enlarged 
and  compressed  teeth.  Mandibular  teeth  subequal.  Head  distinct 
from  neck;  eye  moderate  with  vertically  elliptic  pupil.  Body  a 
little  compressed;  scales  smooth  and  without  pits,  in  fifteen  rows 
throughout;  ventrals  165,  rounded.  Tail  moderate,  subcaudals  in 
32  pairs;  anal  plate  entire.  Rostral  normal,  just  visible  from  above; 
two  nasals;  frontal  slightly  broader  than  long,  with  an  obtuse  angle 
posteriorly;  loreal  very  small  and  low;  preoculars  1  and  2;  post- 
oculars  2;  temporals  1-2  and  2-2;  upper  labials  7,  third  and  fourth 
beneath  the  eye;    7  lower  labials,  four  in  contact  with  the  anterior 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  507 

chill  shields,  which  are  of  about  the  .same  length  as  the  posterior 
pair. 

"Anteriorly  the  back  is  crossed  by  black  bars  about  4  scales  broad, 
which  are  imperfectly  continued  on  the  sides  of  the  belly  and  mostly 
interrupted  on  the  median  line.  Toward  the  middle  of  the  body 
the  lateral  parts  of  the  bars  tend  to  become  displaced  to  form  a 
pattern  of  alternating  blotches,  which  are  sometimes  connected  on 
the  lower  part  of  the  sides.  Near  the  tail  the  black  markings  are 
again  united  into  cross  bars  and  on  the  tail  again  broken  up  into 
alternating  spots.  The  interspaces  are  about  3  scales  wide,  and 
scales  are  mostly  pale  (reddish  in  life?) ,  relieved  by  small  pale  brown 
lines  or  spots  and  generally  a  poorly  defined  dark  brown  spot  or  line. 
There  is  an  irregular  light  collar,  from  which  a  poorly  defined  con- 
tinuation extends  on  the  temple.  Sides  of  head  with  pale  mark; 
chin  much  spotted  with  black. 

"It  will  be  noted  that  the  characters  of  this  snake  are  not  exactly 
the  same  as  those  ascribed  to  the  genus  Drepanodon.  The  principal 
differences  from  the  other  species  are  the  slightly  greater  number 
of  maxillary  teeth  and  the  shape  of  the  body,  but  the  writer  believes 
that  the  forms  have  enough  in  common  to  make  it  advisable  to  refer 
the  species  tentatively  to  this  genus." 

The  collection  also  contains  a  single  paratj^je  of  this  species. 

Named  for  Dr.  George  F.  Eaton,  who,  with  Mr.  Erdis,  collected 
these  specimens. 

Lachesis  lanceolatus  (Lac^pede). 

Lac^pede,  Serp.,  2,  1789,  pp.  80,  121,  pi.  5.  fig.  1. 
Boulenger,  Cat.  Sn.  B.  M.,  3,  1896,  p.  535. 

Two  t\T)ical  examples  of  this  dangerous  and  wide-ranging  species. 

Explanation  of  the  Plate  XVII. 

Fig.  1. — Dorsal  view  of  head  of  type  of  Drepanodon  eatonii  Ruthven.    Four 

times  natural  size. 
Fig.  2. — Lateral  view  of  head  of  same  specimen.     Similar  enlargement. 
Fig.  3. — Dorsal  view  of  head  of  type  of  Drepanodon  erdisii  Barbour.     Four 

times  natural  size. 
Fig.  4. — Lateral  view  of  head  of  same  specimen.     Similar  enlargement. 


508  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Sept., 


CONTRIBUTIONS   TO   THE  SYNONYMY   OF  SERPENTS  IN  THE  FAMILY 
ELAPIDa:. 

BY   JOSEPH    C.    THOMPSON,    SURGEON,    U.    S.    N. 

In  Mr.  Ruthven's  epoch-making  monograph,  Variations  and  Ge- 
netic Relationships  of  the  Garter-snakes,  one  reads:  "An  examination 
of  the  systematic  work  that  has  been  done  upon  the  snakes  shows, 
as  might  be  expected,  that  it  is  largely  analytical  in  its  nature,  being 
for  the  most  part  descriptive  of  the  existing  diversities";^  and  a  little 
further  along,  he  adds:  "After  analysis,  therefore,  as  has  been  said, 
comes  the  need  of  a  larger  synthesis."- 

The  first  step  in  the  synthetic  work  is  the  reexamination  of  speci- 
mens that  have  been  made  the  types  of  new  species.  This  note  calls 
attention  to  five  that  should  be  stricken  from  the  list  of  valid  species. 

Described  as  New.  Correct  Status. 

Naja  tripudians  samarensis  Peters     Naja  tripudians  Merrem. 
Naja  morgani  Mocquard.  Walterinnesia  mgyptica  Latastc. 

Callophis  boettgeri  Fritze.  Calliophis  japonicus  Guenther. 

Calliophis  swinhoei  Denburgh.  Calliophis    macclellandii    (Rein- 

hardt) . 
Flaps  heterochilus  Mocquard.  Elaps  spixii  (Wagler). 

Naja  tripudians  Merrem. 

Type. — Naja  tripudians  Laur.,  nova  var.  Samarensis,  Peters.^ 
Berlin  Museum.  Loquilocun,  Samar,  Philippine  Islands. 
The  subspecies  of  Peters,  which  was  later  promoted  to  the  rank  of 
a  species,  is  based  upon  a  cobra  that  is  normal  in  every  respect,  with 
the  exception  that  the  supralabials  are  reduced  from  seven  to  six. 
This  is  brought  about  by  the  fusion  of  the  normal  third  and  fourth 
shields.  As  the  result  of  this  two  more  characters  become  altered: 
there  is  but  one  labial,  the  fused  shield,  entering  the  eye,  and  the 
rostral  shield  becomes  a  trifle  wider.  Four  specimens  from  Samar 
have  been  examined  at  the  United  States  National  Museum  and  at 
the  Senckenberg  Museum.  In  these  specimens  the  rostral  and  the 
supralabial  shields  were  normal,  the  scale  count  averaged  twenty-one 

1 1908,  Btdletin  61,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  p.  1. 

^Loc.  ciL,  p.  2. 

3 1861,  Mon.  Berl.  Akad.,  p.  690. 


1913.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


509 


rows  on  the  neck  and  nineteen  on  the  body,  the  gastrosteges  one 
hundred  sixty-nine,  the  urosteges  fifty,  and  the  total  two  hundred 
nineteen. 

In  the  Catalogue  of  the  Snakes  in  the  British  Museum  there  is  a  full 
page  of  synonymy  for  Naja  tripudians,  followed  by  the  remark: 
"This  species,  as  here  understood,  varies  very  considerably,  and  the 
forms  enumerated  hereafter  might  be  regarded  as  distinct  species  but 
for  the  absence  of  any  sharp  demarcation-lines  between  them." 
Instead  of  this  serving  as  an  object  lesson  of  the  futility  of  the  en- 
deavor to  divide  a  complex  and  variable  species  such  as  the  cobra 
into  endless  subspecies,  labor  is  still  being  expended. 

The  present  vogue  is  to  arrange  the  cobras  in  an  arithmetical  series, 
calculated  from  the  number  of  ventral  and  subcaudal  shields  or  from 
the  sum  of  both.  Where  a  gap  in  the  series  is  discovered  (which  gap 
is  regularly  due  to  lack  of  sufficient  material) ,  there  to  boldly  draw  a 
line  between  this  and  that  subspecies.  On  one  occasion  no  demarca- 
tion-lines whatever  were  needed  to  reestablish  a  subspecies.  We 
learn  *  that  the  variety  leucodira  comes  from  Sumatra  and  sputatrix 
from  Java.  The  distinguishing  characters  of  the  two  are  presented 
in  tabular  form: 


Variety. 

Locality. 

Scales. 

Gastro- 
steges. 

Urosteges. 

Neck. 

Body. 

leucodivw , 

Sumatra 
Java 

25-23-21 
25-23 

21-19-17 
23-21-19 

174-193 
163-183 

46-55 

44-53 

In  other  words,  this  table  shows: 

Sumatran  specimens  to  be  characterized  by  having  at  times  two 
scale  rows  less  on  the  neck,  two  less  on  the  body,  ten  more  gas- 
trosteges, and  two  more  urosteges  than  some  Javan  specimens. 

Javan  specimens  to  be  distinguishable  bj^  occasionally  having  two 
more  scale  rows  on  the  body,  eleven  gastrosteges  less,  and  two  uro- 
steges less  than  some  Sumatran  specimens. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  when  two  groups  of  animals  require  to  be  defined 
in  terms  of  this  nature,  it  really  means  that  they  belong  to  the  same 
species,  and  that  the  only  tangible  difference  between  them  is  to  be 
found  on  the  locality  label. 
Walterinnesia  aegyptica  Lataste. 

Type. — Naja  morgani  Mocquard.^ 

Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  No.  04-562.     Arabistan,  Persia. 

n912,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool,  Vol.  XLIV,  No.  1,  pp.  135,  136. 
5 190.5,  Bull.  Mm.  Paris,  XI,  p.  78. 


510  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Sept., 

Squamation. — Scales  in  23  rows  on  the  neck  and  22  rows  on  the 
anterior  part  of  the  body;  gastrosteges  184;  anal  divided;  urosteges 
44  pairs,  the  first  to  the  ninth  entire.  Rostral  deeper  than  broad, 
portion  visible  from  above  measuring  three-fourths  its  distance  from 
the  frontal;  frontal  longer  than  wide  (7  mm.  by  5  mm.) ;  one  preocular, 
two  postoculars,  and  one  subocular;  two  anterior  and  three  posterior 
temporals;  seven  supralabials,  the  third  and  fourth  entering  the  eye,. 
third  the  deepest,  fifth  touches  the  inferior  postocular  on  the  right 
but  not  on  the  left  side ;  anterior  geneials  longer  than  the  posterior. 

Anatomy. — Head  34  mm.  long;  snout  10.6  mm.,  projecting  4  mm. 
beyond  the  tip  of  the  lower  jaw;  diameter  of  the  eye  3.5  mm.,  its 
distance  from  the  mouth  4.8  mm.  Maxillary  bone  extending  for- 
wards beyond  the  palatine,  and  bearing  in  addition  to  the  fangs  two 
small  grooved  teeth. 

CoTYPEs. — Naja  morgani  Mocquard. 

Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  No.  04-563.     Arabistan,  Persia. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  24  rows  on  the  neck;  gastrosteges  182^,  the 
182d  shield  is  divided;  anal  divided;  urosteges  46  pairs,  the  second 
partly  divided,  the  third  entire. 

Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  No.  04-564.  Arabistan,  Persia.  Total  length 
562,  tail  70  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  25  rows  on  the  neck  and  23  on  the  anterior 
part  of  the  body;  gastrosteges  196|;  urosteges  40  pairs,  the  first  to  the 
third  entire.  Rostral  broader  than  deep,  portion  visible  from  above 
three-fourths  as  long  as  its  distance  from  the  frontal;  frontal  longer 
than  broad  (4.7  mm.  by  3  mm.) ;  one  preocular,  two  postoculars,  and 
one  subocular;  two  anterior  and  three  posterior  temporals. 

Anatomy. — Head  23.5  mm.  long;  snout  7.5  mm.;  diameter  of  the 
eye  2.6  mm.,  its  distance  from  the  mouth  3  mm.;  pupil  oval. 

Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  No.  04-565.  Arabistan,  Persia.  Total  length 
650,  tail  92  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  25  rows  on  the  neck  and  23  on  the  anterior 
part  of  the  body;  gastrosteges  186|;  anal  divided;  urosteges  45  pairs, 
the  second  to  the  ninth  entire.  Internasals  3.2  mm.  long;  prefrontals 
3.3  mm.  long;  frontal  5.6  mm.  long  and  4.1  mm.  broad,  its  distance 
from  the  rostral  4.2  mm. 

Anatomy. — Head  23  mm.  long  and  16  mm.  broad;  snout  8.5  mm. 
long;  diameter  of  the  eye  3  mm.,  its  distance  from  the  mouth  3.6  mm. 

Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  No.  04-566.     Arabistan,  Persia. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  23  rows  on  the  neck  and  21  on  the  ante- 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  511 

rior  part  of  the  body;  gastrosteges  193 ;  anal  divided ;  urosteges  43  pairs, 
the  second  to  the  sixth  entire.  Rostral  3.3  mm.  long,  2.3  mm.  broad, 
portion  visible  from  above  equals  1.5  mm.,  its  distance  from  the  fron- 
tal 2.5  mm.;  internasals  2  mm.  long;  prefrontals  2  mm.  long;  parietals 
5.2  mm.  long;  two  preoculars,  two  postoculars,  and  one  subocular; 
two  anterior  temporals,  two  posterior  on  the  right  and  three  on  the 
left  side. 

Anatomy. — Head  15  mm.  long;  snout  5  mm.  long;  diameter  of  the 
eye  1.8  mm.,  its  distance  from  the  mouth  1.8  mm. 
Calliophis  japonicus  Guenther. 

Type. — Callophis  boettgeri  Fritze.*^ 

Mus.  Senckenbergianum  No.  9395.  Tokuchimura,  Okinawa,  Loo 
Choo  Islands.     Male;  total  length  384,  tail  37  mm. 

Squamation. — Temporals  one  anterior,  one  median,  and  two  pos- 
terior on  the  right,  and  one  anterior,  two  median,  and  two  posterior 
on  the  left  side. 

Coloration. — Five  longitudinal  stripes,  broader  than  the  intervals; 
the  lateral  pair  terminate  at  the  base  of  the  tail.  Body  with  nine, 
tail  with  one  cross-band. 

The  records  of  the  color  pattern  show  that  the  longitudinal  mark- 
ings vary  in  number  and  width  from  a  single  narrow  vertebral  line 
to  five  stripes  that  are  broader  than  the  intervals.  Furthermore, 
between  the  extremes  there  exist  the  following  unbroken  series  of 
intermediate  designs: 

A  median  stripe. 

A  median  stripe  with  trace  of  the  intermediate  pair. 

A  median  stripe  and  the  intermediate  pair. 

A  median  stripe,  the  intermediate  pair,  and  a  trace  of  the  lateral 
pair. 

A  median  stripe,  the  intermediate,  and  the  lateral  stripes,  narroAver 
than  the  intervals. 

A  median  stripe,  the  intermediate,  and  the  lateral  stripes,  broader 
than  the  intervals. 

Specimens  possessing  these  various  color  patterns  do  not  have 
associated  with  them  the  slightest  diversity  in  structure.  The  ser- 
pents with  five  stripes  that  are  broader  than  the  intervals  have  been 
elevated  to  specific  rank  as  C  alio  phis  boettgeri  Fritze.  The  name  has 
been  correctly  assigned  to  synonymy^  and  should  be  allowed  to 
remain  there. 

6 1894,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  VII,  p.  861. 

7 1896,  Boulenger,  Cat.  Sn.  Brit.  Mus.,  Ill,  p.  .39.5. 


512  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Sept., 

Major  Wall  mentions  two  specimens  as  having  tiie  last  ventral 
shield  divided.  This  condition  seems  to  be  prevalent  to  a  marked 
degree  in  Asiatic  Elapidse. 

The  local  name  aka-mata,  signifying  ''red-death",  is  a  simple 
reference  to  the  color  and  the  dangerous  nature  of  the  beast.  The 
mata  element  of  the  phrase  is  the  Malayo-Polynesian  root  form  mean- 
ing "death",  and  is  used  in  this  connection  from  Madagascar  in  the 
west  to  Hawaii  in  the  east. 

Calliophis  macclellandii  (Rcinhardt). 

Type. — Calliophis  swinhoei  Denburgh.^ 

California  Acad.  Sci.,  No.  14,978.  Suishako,  Central  Formosa. 
Female;  total  length  220,  tail  20  mm. 

This  synonym  is  based  upon  a  specimen  that  was  purchased  from 
a  dealer  in  Japan.  The  description  or  the  type  does  not  mention  any 
character  by  which  it  may  be  distinguished  from  a  normal  Calliophis 
macclellandii;  the  diagnosis,  which  is  an  epitome  of  the  description, 
reads,  "Similar  to  Calliophis  macclellandii,  but  with  more  numerous 
gastrosteges  and  urosteges;  the  sum  of  the  gastrosteges  and  urosteges 
always  more  than  256." 

The  distribution  of  Calliophis  macclellandii  is  from  northern  India 
to  Formosa.  It  belongs  to  a  group  in  which  a  particularly  wide 
range  in  the  number  of  vertebrae  frequently  occurs  in  the  same  species. 
If  the  records  be  tabulated,  one  may  see  at  a  glance  the  following 
data: 

Gastrosteges: 

Range  in  17  specimens .' 182-240 

Range  in  12  from  mainland 182-231 

Range  in  5  from  Formosa 219-240 

Overlapping  of  mainland  and  island  specimens: 

In  terms  of  gastrosteges 12 

In  percentage  of  range 20.6% 

Urosteges : 

Range  in  17  specimens 25-41 

Range  in  12  from  mainland 25-36 

Range  in  5  from  Formosa 32-41 

Overlapping  of  mainland  and  island  specimens: 

In  terms  of  gastrosteges : 5 

In  percentage  of  range 30% 

S1912,  Proc.  Cal.  Ac.  Sci.,  (4),  Vol.  Ill,  p.  255. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  513 

Sum  of  the  gastrosteges  and  urosteges: 

Range  in  17  specimens. 210-274 

Range  in  12  from  mainland 210-250 

Range  in  5  from  Formosa „ 200-274 

Gap  between  mainland  and  island  specimens: 

In  terms  of  gastrosteges 4 

In  percentage  of  range ; 6i% 

If  this  data  be  plotted  on  squared  paper,  due  regard  being  taken  of 
the  gastrostege  and  the  urostege  count,  an  instructive  diagram  will 
result.  The  solid  dots  represent  mainland  and  the  circles  island 
specimens;  where  the  sex  has  been  recorded  there  is  added  the  con- 
ventional sign. 


Su 

)ra 

irin 

» 

" 

fro 

MO 

5A 

- 

IFO 

UEN 

d" 

}RM 

OSA 

fsi 

KIM 

Jfi 

CHI 

lA 

IRM 

)?A 

, 

fllN 

ff 

OAR 

JEE 

LIN 

> 

•° 

EEL 

f 

? 

- 

- 

25 

VkL 

.S2 

* 

190 

200 

210 

220 

230 

240 

^•n 

~h  1 

^ 

■^ 

^ 

■"^ 

■■■ 

^ 

"" 

^ 

" 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

gg 

^ 

r^ 

MO 

* 

^ 

^ 

BB 

a 

J 

_ 

_ 

-L 

!  1 

Observations  along  these  lines  are  of  interest  when  carried  out  as 
studies  in  geographical  variation,  but  when  thej^  become  the  basis  of 
new  species  nothing  but  confusion  will  eventually  result. 

The  point  that  these  tables  really  make  clear  is  that  the  island 
specimens  differ  from  those  of  the  mainland  in  having  an  increased 
number  of  vertebrae.  This  is  a  well-known  phenomenon,  and  it  occurs 
in  almost  all  the  species  of  Colubrinse,  Najidse,  and  Crotalinae  that 
inhabit  both  the  mainland  of  Asia  and  the  adjacent  island  arcs. 

To  estal^lish  C.  swinhoei  involved  the  following  procedure:  From 
the  records  of  twelve  mainland  and  five  island  specimens,  seventeen 
in  all,  certain  additions  and  subtractions  were  made,  and  a  difference 
of  four  vertebrae  in  a  range  of  sixty-four,  equivalent  to  Gj%,  was 
discovered.  This  Gj%  variation  in  a  single  character  was  added  to 
the  locality  label,  and  the  sum  was  a  new  species. 

Where  the  same  species  inhabits  the  mainland  and  an  adjacent 


514  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Sept., 

island,  and  where  but  a  few  examples  are  studied  from  each  locality, 
it  is  but  the  application  of  the  most  elementary  arithmetic  to  dem- 
onstrate that  a  small  gap  exists  betAveen  the  two  groups.  Where  these 
two  groups  are  recognized  in  taxonomy,  and  where  the  series  increases 
and  the  gap  disappears,  then  but  one  criterion  is  left  by  which  the 
determination  of  a  specimen  may  be  accomplished — namely,  the 
locality  label. 

Elaps  spixii  (Wagler). 

Type. — Elaps  heterochilus  Mocquard.^ 

Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat.,  No.  87-122.  Brazil.  Total  length  553,  tail 
43  mm. 

Squamation. — Scales  in  15  continuous  rows;  gastrosteges  209;  anal 
entire;  urosteges  29  pairs,  the  3d  to  the  8th,  and  the  24th  entire.  One 
preocular  and  two  postoculars;  six  supralabials,  the  third  and  fourth 
entering  the  eye. 

Coloration. — Thirty-six  subequal  black  rings;  distinct  arrangement 
in  triads  is  present  only  in  the  first  three  sets,  posteriorly  the  inter- 
spaces between  the  sets  are  distinguished  by  being  a  trifle  wider  and 
by  having  the  red  scales  with  a  slightly  smaller  black  spot  at  the  tip. 

Anatomy. — Diameter  of  the  eye  1.6  mm.,  its  distance  from  the 
mouth  2  mm. 

There  are  nearly  forty  species  of  Elaps,  and  all  have  seven  supra- 
labials. There  is  no  genus  of  anything  like  this  size  with  so  uniform 
a  count.  The  reduction  to  six  supralabials  seen  in  this  specimen  is 
caused  by  the  fusion  of  the  normal  first  and  second;  this  fused  shield 
shows  on  its  lower  margin  an  indenture  and  a  very  short  suture  ex- 
tending upward.  The  reduction  in  the  number  of  infralabials  is  due 
to  the  fusion  of  the  normal  first  and  second;  the  right  shield  has  a 
short  incisure  from  the  oral  rim.  These  dents  and  short  sutures 
indicate  the  position  of  the  normal  line  of  separation.  The  temporals 
are  irregular ;  the  anterior  shield  on  the  right  side  being  fused  with  all 
the  lateral  cephalic  shields  as  far  back  as  the  last  labial;  the  posterior 
temporal  on  the  left  side  is  fused  with  the  shield  that  normally  inter- 
venes between  it  and  the  azygos  plate  l)ehind  the  parietals. 

E.  heterochilus  has  been  based  upon  a  specimen  having  a  number  of 
the  normal  shields  fused  and  others  not  completely  divided. 

M.  Mocquard  suggested  that  these  conditions  might  be  abnormal 
when  he  wrote,  "La  disposition  observes  ici  pourrait  done  n'etre 
qu'une  simple  anomalie." 

U.  S.  F.  S.  Albatross,  July  6,  1913. 

9  1887,  Bull.  Soc.  Philom.,  (7),  XI,  p.  .39. 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  515 


October  7. 
^Ir.  Charles  Morris  in  the  Chair. 

Twenty-one  persons  present. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  that  since  the  last  meeting, 
papers  under  the  following  titles  had  been  accepted  for  publication 
in  the  Proceedings  : 

''A  revision  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Nemobius  (Orthoptera: 
Gryllidse)  found  in  North  America  north  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama," 
by  Morgan  Hebard  (June  5). 

''Reptiles  collected  by  the  Yale  Peruvian  Expedition  of  1912," 
by  Thomas  Barbour   (June  23). 

"Two  collections  of  Pleistocene  fossils  from  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama,"  by  Amos  P.  Brown  and  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  (June  26). 

"A  study  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Dichopetala  (Orthoptera: 
Tettigoniidse) , "  by  James  A.  G.  Rehn  and  Morgan  Hebard  (July  18). 

"Contributions  to  the  synonymy  of  serpents  in  the  family 
Elapidse,"  by  Joseph  C.  Thompson  (July  21). 

"New  species  of  the  genus  Mohnia, "  by  William  Heah'  Dall 
(July  29). 

"Fishes  from  the  Madeira  River,  Brazil,"  by  Henry  W.  Fowler 
(August  15). 

"The  land  and  fresh-water  mollusks  of  the  Stanford  Expedition 
to  Brazil,"  by  Fred  Baker  (September  25). 

A  paper  entitled  "Evolution  of  the  color  pattern  in  the  micro- 
lepidopterous  genus  Lithocolletis, "  by  Annette  Frances  Braun  (Sep- 
tember 22),  was  accepted  as  a  contribution  to  the  Journal. 

The  deaths  of  the  following  members  were  announced: 

William  S.  Grant,  June  18,  1912. 
Charles  H.  Cramp,  June  6,  1913. 
Philip  P.  Kelly,  June  13. 
Lucy  H.  Baird,  June  19. 
Horace  F.  Jayne,  July  8. 
Orlando  Crease,  July  30. 
Anna  Blanchard,  August  2. 

The  deaths  of  the  following  Correspondents  were  also  announced: 

Lord  Avebury,  May  26,  1913. 
Philip  L.  Sclater,  June  27. 
Joseph  H.  Corson,  July  24. 
Igino  Cocchi,  August  18. 


516         proceedings  of  the  academy  of        [oct., 

October  21. 

Mr.  Charles  Morris  in  the  Chair. 

Ten  persons  present. 

Clarence  E.  McClung,  Ph.D.,  and  Edward  B.  Krumbhaar  were 
elected  members. 

The  following  was  ordered  to  be  published: 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  517 


FISHES  FROM  THE  MADEIRA  RIVER,  BRAZIL. 
BY  HENRY  W.   FOWLER. 

The  fishes  described  in  the  present  paper  were  collected  by  iMr. 
Edgar  A.  Smith,  in  1912  and  1913.  They  were  secured  at  various 
localities  along  the  Madeira  River  or  in  its  tributaries  during  jVIr. 
Smith's  last  trip  to  Brazil.  As  natural  history  was  but  an  inci- 
dental feature  of  the  journey,  and  opportunities  for  collecting  being 
very  hmited,  Mr.  Smith  was  fortunate  in  securing  an  interesting 
collection.  The  specimens  are  all  small.  A  number  of  the  species 
appear  to  be  undescribed,  or  possibly  hydrographical  forms  of  their 
allies.  As  very  few  species  have  previously  been  recorded  from  the 
Madeira  River,  the  present  account  is  offered  as  a  contribution  to 
Brazilian  ichthyology.  The  Academy  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Smith 
for  the  gift  of  the  collection  to  its  museum.  The  accompanying 
figures  are  all  drawn  to  scale,  the  line  given  with  each  one  expressing 
millimeters. 

CHARACID^. 
CURIMATIX.E. 
Curimatus  cyprinoides  (Linnaeus).     Fig.  1. 

Two  examples,  125  and  135  mm.  long,  from  about  20  miles  north 
of  Porto  Velho,  in  the  Madeira  River,  October,  1912. 


Fig.  1. ^Curimatus  cpyrinoides  (Linnaeus).     (Young.) 


518  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

Eighteen  young  examples,  of  which  one  is  figured,  from  tributaries 
of  the  Madeira  River  near  Porto  Velho.  January  and  February, 
1913.  In  color  they  are  pale  uniform  brownish,  without  spots  or 
other  markings.  The  singular  pectoral  fin  of  these  specimens  first 
attracted  my  attention,  as  it  is  composed  of  a  rather  long  basal 
fleshy  lobe  surrounded  by  the  rays,  which  are  given  out  from  all 
sides,  except  in  front.  That  these  specimens  are  identical  with  the 
present  species  appears  to  me  unquestionable.  This  is  of  importance 
as  two  recently  proposed  genera  are  therefore  very  likel}^  parallel 
cases.  I  refer  to  Archecheir  Eigenmann  and  Dermatocheir  Durbin. 
Archeicheir  is  thus  doubtless  a  synonym  of  the  earlier  (by  page 
priority)  Poecilohrycon  Eigenmann,  and  Dermatocheir  is  synonymous 
with  Hijphessobrycon  Durbin. 

Curimatus  tigris  sp.  nov.    Fig.  2. 

Head  2|;  depth  2f ;  D.  ii,  8;  A.  ii,  8;  P.  i,  10;  V.  i,  8;  about 
38  scales  in  median  lateral  series  from  shoulder  to  caudal  base; 
about  19  scales  in  transverse  series  between  dorsal  and  ventral 
origins;  about  15  predorsal  scales;  head  width  2  in  its  length, 
measured  from  mandible  tip;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  first  branched 
dorsal  ray  1^;  first  branched  anal  ray  If;  upper  caudal  lobe  lyV; 
least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2*;  length  of  pectoral  2f ;  ventral 
2|;  snout  3f  in  head,  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  3|;  mouth 
width  3|;   maxillary  4|;   interorbital  3. 

Body  elongately  ovoid,  well  compressed,  predorsal  slightly  con- 
stricted, postdorsal  with  slight  median  groove,  pre  ventral  rounded 
convexly,  and  postventral  constricted.  Body  deepest  at  dorsal 
origin.  Caudal  peduncle  well  compressed,  and  measured  from  last 
anal  ray  base,  about  long  as  deep. 

Head  large,  compressed,  broader  above,  more  or  less  flattened 
sides  constricted  below,  and  profiles  similar.  Snout  nearly  straight 
in  profile,  convex  over  surface,  and  length  about  f  its  width.  Eye 
large,  rounded,  high,  placed  near  first  f  in  head.  Eyelid  free,  not 
adipose-like.  Pupil  moderate.  Mouth  with  short  commissure, 
broad,  opens  superiorly  and  broadly  in  front.  Lips  broad,  rather 
fleshy,  smooth.  Maxillary  not  very  distinct,  scarcely  free,  and 
extends  back  to  hind  nostril.  Each  jaw  with  a  row  of  small,  flexible, 
weak,  conic  teeth.  Mandible  with  broad  rami,  slightly  protrudes 
beyond  snout  tip,  elevated  and  swollen  in  mouth  and  fitting  in 
corresponding  large  cavities  in  upper  jaw  on  each  side  posteriorly. 
Tongue  not  evident.  Nostrils  together,  anterior  simple  pore  and 
posterior  in  crescent,  both  faUing  close  to  eye  near  last  fourth  in 


1913.1 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


519 


snout  length.  Interorbital  broadlj^  convex.  Suborbital  chain  nar- 
row, and  leaves  cheek  broadly  exposed.  Preopercle  with  ridge 
nearly  vertical.     Opercle  large,  smooth. 

Gill-opening  forward,  nearly  opposite  hind  pupil  edge.  No  rakers. 
Gill-filaments  1|  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted,  slender, 
and  surface  with  rather  narrow  lengthwise  groove.  Branchiostegals 
moderately  long  and  slender. 

Scales  of  more  or  less  uniform  size,  cycloid,  well  exposed  in  longitu- 
dinal parallel  series.  No  axillary  scaly  flaps,  and  no  scales  on  bases 
of  fins.     L.  1.  onlj'  slightly  developed  as  4  simple  pores  at  shoulder. 


Fig.  2. — Curimatus  ligris  Fowler.     (Type.) 


Dorsal  inserted  anteriorly,  or  about  midway  between  snout  tip 
and  end  of  adipose  fin,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin 
reaches  about  If  to  caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  small,  placed  just 
behind  anal  base.  Anal  inserted  a  little  nearer  ventral  origin  than 
caudal  base,  first  branched  ray  longest,  extends  well  beyond  rest 
of  fin  or  till  opposite  caudal  base,  and  lower  edge  of  fin  nearly  straight. 
Caudal  moderate,  well  forked,  with  equal  pointed  lobes.  Pectoral 
with  rather  long  fleshy  base,  surrounded  on  all  its  free  edges  by  rays, 
of  which  upper  a  little  longer  than  others.  Ventral  inserted  about 
midway  between  pectoral  and  anal  origins,  and  fin  extends  back 
-I  to  anal.     Vent  close  in  front  of  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  largely  pale  brownish,  more  or  less  uniform  gen- 
erally.    Back  with  about  14  lateral  vertical  dark  or  dusky  streaks, 


520  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Oct., 

all  narrower  than  their  interspaces  and  last  few  broken  up  into  spots. 
Fins  all  pale.  Dorsal  Avith  large  jet-black  blotch  anteriorly  at 
basal  half  of  fin,  and  distal  portion  with  three  transverse  pale  dusky 
streaks,  uppermost  terminal.  Anal  with  3  transverse  pale  dusky 
streaks.     Iris  slaty. 

Length  30  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,156,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira  River, 
near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January  or  February,  1913.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Also  Nos.  39,157  to  39,186,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  same  data,  paratypes.  A 
number  of  these  show:  Head  2|  to  2f ;  depth  2f  to  3;  D.  ii,  8 
or  II,  9;  A.  ii,  8  or  ii,  9;  scales  38  to  40  in  lateral  series  to  caudal 
base,  and  sometimes  1  or  2  more  on  latter;  18  or  19  scales  trans- 
versely between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  12  to  16  predorsal  scales; 
snout  3f  to  3f  in  head,  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  3i  to  3|; 
mouth  width  3i  to  3J;  interorbital  3i  to  3^;  length  26  to  30  mm. 

This  species  is  apparently  related  to  Curimatus  vittatus  Kner,^ 
though  that  species  is  without  the  black  dorsal  blotch  and  has  the 
scales  much  smaller  (56). 

{Tiypt?^  tiger,  with  reference  to  the  dark  stripes  on  the  back.) 

PROCHILODIN.E. 

Prochilodus  pterostigma  sp.  nov.    Fig.  3. 

Head  3f;  depth  3|;  D.  iii,  9,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  P.  i,  12;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  44  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  and  2  more  on  latter;  7  scales  above 
1.  1.;  6  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  5  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal 
origin;  16  predorsal  scales;  head  width  IfV  in  its  length;  head 
depth  at  occiput  1^;  snout  3|;  eye  3|;  mouth  width  3;  maxillary  4; 
interorbital  2f;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  lyV;  first  branched  anal 
ray  If;   least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2f ;   pectoral  If;   ventral  If. 

Body  moderately  long  and  compressed,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin, 
back  slightly  elevated,  and  edges  all  more  or  less  convex.  Posterior 
half  of  predorsal  with  slight  median  keel  extending  to  dorsal  origin. 
Upper  and  lower  surfaces  of  caudal  peduncle  with  slight  median 
keel.  On  each  side  of  preventral  a  slight  or  obsolete  keel  extending 
to  origin  of  fin.  Caudal  peduncle  moderately  compressed,  least 
depth  about  1^  its  length. 

Head  moderate,  compressed,  lower  profile  a  little  more  inclined 
and  convex  in  front  than  upper,  and  nearly  level  sides  not  con- 

1  Curimatus  (Anodus)  mltatus  Kner,  Denk.  Ak.  Wiss.,  Wien,  XVII,  18.5.5,  p. 
139,  PI.  1,  fig.  1.     Rio  Guapore  and  Rio  Negro. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  521 

stricted  above  or  below,  so  that  these  surfaces  equally  broad  and 
convex.  Snout  convex  over  surface  and  in  profile,  length  about 
f  its  width,  and  as  viewed  from  above  broadly  convex.  Eye  large, 
rounded,  high,  centre  falls  about  first  f  in  head.  Pupil  large.  Adi- 
pose eyelid  large  and  covers  good  portion  of  eye.  Mouth  broadly 
transverse,  with  shallow  horizontal  commissure  extending  about 
opposite  front  nostril.  Snout  tip  protrudes  well  beyond  upper  jaw 
edge.  Jaw  edges  rather  trenchant,  cartilaginous,  firm,  and  without 
lips.  No  teeth.  Mandible  shallow,  broad,  with  slight  symphyseal 
knob  fitting  in  depression  in  upper  jaw.  Inner  buccal  folds  narrow. 
Tongue  broad,  as  transverse  cartilaginous  truncate  keel  in  front, 


Prochilodus  pterostigma  Fowler.     (Type.) 


otherwise  fleshy  or  thick  and  its  extent  ill  defined.  Maxillary  small, 
extends  down  obliquely  in  short  fleshy  point  below  until  opposite 
front  nostril.  Nostrils  together,  anterior  simple  pore  and  posterior 
exposed  in  crescent,  placed  at  last  third  in  snout  length.  Inter- 
orbital  broadly  convex.  Suborbitals  broad,  well  developed,  infra- 
orbital entirely  covering  cheek  and  its  surface  with  a  few  obsolete 
striae.  Four  large  mucous  tubes  on  preopercle,  and  its  hind  edge 
very  slightly  inclined  back.  Opercle  large,  with  a  few  obsolete  radi- 
ating striae.  Occipital  fontanel  quite  long,  extends  from  just  behind 
posterior  nostrils  to  end  of  occipital  process,  and  widens  gradually, 
from  in  front  backward,  its  entire  length. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  posterior  edge  of 
pupil.      Rakers    about    10+20?    short    weak    points,    uniform    in 
35 


522  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

length,  and  at  least  ^  or  more  in  filaments,  latter  If  in  eye.  Isthmus 
broadly  convex.     Branchiostegals  large,  subequal. 

Scales  moderately  large,  well  exposed,  edges  entire,  of  mostly 
uniform  size,  and  disposed  in  series  parallel  with  1.  1.  Striae  on 
scales  concentric  or  obscure.  Scales  on  caudal  base  slightly  smaller 
than  elsewhere.  Ventral  with  free  pointed  axillary  scaly  flap,  its 
length  about  3  in  fin.  Front  base  of  adipose  fin  scaled.  L.  1.  com- 
plete, midway  along  side  of  body,  very  slightly  curved.  Tubes 
simple,  anteriorly  less  exposed  than  behind,  where  they  reach  over 
first  half  of  scale  exposure  at  least. 

Dorsal  origin  slightly  nearer  snout  tip  than  caudal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  extends  back  beyond  all  of  others,  though  fin 
depressed  back  reaches  a  little  less  than  half  way  to  caudal  base. 
Adipose  fin  inserted  slightly  nearer  caudal  base  than  last  dorsal  ray 
base,  texture  of  fin  somewhat  ray-like  above.  Anal  inserted  slightly 
before  adipose  fin  origin,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed 
fin  reaches  back  |  to  caudal  base,  its  lower  or  hind  edge  slightly 
emarginate.  Caudal  well  forked,  with  long  slender  pointed  and 
equal  lobes,  longer  than  head.  Pectoral  low,  rather  small,  upper 
rays  longest,  and  depressed  fin  reaches  f  to  ventral  origin.  Ventral 
inserted  a  little  nearer  pectoral  than  anal  origin,  and  depressed 
fin  reaches  f  to  anal.  Vent  placed  nearly  opposite  tips  of  depressed 
ventrals  or  well  before  anal  origin. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  grayish-brown  generally,  lower  surface  scarcely 
paler.  A  narrow  underlaid  pale  slaty  streak  begins  at  shoulder 
close  over,  or  one  scale  above,  1.  1.,  extends  concurrently  with  1.  1. 
till  after  dorsal  fin  when  it  falls  closer,  so  that  1.  1.  marks  rest  of  its 
lower  boundary,  and  on  caudal  base  it  forms  small  dusky  spot, 
which  rather  obscure  and  about  size  of  pupil.  Dusky  caudal  spot 
or  lateral  streak  not  reflected  out  on  median  caudal  rays.  At  median 
branched  dorsal  rays  basally  a  dusky  blotch  about  size  of  pupil. 
No  humeral  blotch.  Fins,  otherwise  than  mentioned,  pale  grayish, 
lower  ones  slightly  paler.     Iris  deep  slaty. 

Length  85  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,187,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  twenty  miles 
north  of  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.     October,  1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  Characteristic  of  this  species  is  the  dark 
spot  at  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin  medianly,  spot  at  caudal  base 
medianly,  and  the  underlaid  lateral  streak.  In  these  respects  it 
differs  from  almost  all  the  species  of  the  genus. 

(Ihepov,  fin;  <ntY!J.a^  spot;  with  reference  to  the  spots  on  the  dorsal 
and  caudal  fins.) 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


523 


NANNOSTOMIX.E. 
Nannostomus  stigmasemion  sp.  nov.    Fig.  4. 

Head  3|;  depth  3^;  D.  ii,  9;  A.  ii,  8;  P.  i,  10?;  V.  i,  7?;  scales 
20  in  median  lateral  series  from  shoulder  to  caudal  base;  6  scales 
transversely  between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  14  predorsal 
scales;  head  width  about  If  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If; 
depressed  dorsal  fin  1|;  depressed  anal  fin  If;  least  depth  of  caudal 
peduncle  2f;  caudal  fin  lyV;  pectoral  1|;  ventral  If;  snout  4j  in 
head  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  2|;  mouth  width  about  8; 
interorbital  about  2f . 

Body  moderately  long,  well  compressed,  fusiform,  with  greatest 
depth  about  ventral  origin,  and  edges  all  convexly  rounded.  Caudal 
peduncle  compressed,  moderate,  and  least  depth  about  If  in  its  length. 


Fig.  4. — Nannostomus  stigmascnnon  Fowler.     (Type.) 


Head  rather  robust,  conic,  profiles  more  or  less  similar,  and  convex 
sides  not  constricted  above  or  below,  these  surfaces  also  widely 
convex.  Snout  short,  nearly  triangular  as  viewed  from  above, 
though  with  rounded  tip,  and  length  less  than  width.  Eye  large, 
slightly  ellipsoid,  anterior,  without  adipose  or  free  eyelids.  As  seen 
from  below,  eyes  quite  lateral,  protrude  out  convexly  on  each  side 
of  head,  area  across  mandible  appearing  much  narrower  than  inter- 
orbital space.  Mouth  small,  terminally  superior,  with  short  com- 
missure. Teeth  not  evident.  Lips  apparently  not  free,  though 
fleshy.  Mandible  protudes  slightly  in  front  beyond  snout  tip. 
moderate,  and  with  rami  but  little  elevated  inside  mouth.  ]\Iaxillary 
oblique,  well  inclined,  reaches  back  nearly  opposite  front  eye  edge. 
Nostrils  small,  inconspicuous,  on  upper  sides  of  snout.     Interorbital 


524  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

broadly  convex.  Cheek  without  distinct  suborbitals.  Preopercle 
edge  nearly  vertical.  Opercle  rather  large,  smooth.  Slight  fontanel 
at  anterior  junctions  of  parietals  with  frontals  medianly. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  preopercle  edge. 
Rakers  moderate  in  number,  lanceolate,  on  both  branches  of  gill- 
arch,  and  a  little  shorter  than  filaments.  Gill-filaments  about  |  of 
eye.  Gill-membranes  united,  form  free  fold  across  isthmus,  which 
convex  and  constricted. 

Scales  large,  cj^cloid,  broadly  exposed  in  nearly  even  longitudinal 
series  apparently'  without  striae,  and  of  nearly  uniform  size.  No 
scales  on  fins,  no  1.  1.,  and  no  axillary  scaly  flaps. 

Dorsal  inserted  posteriorly,  its  origin  a  little  nearer  caudal  base 
than  hind  edge  of  eye,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin 
extends  If  to  caudal  base.  No  adipose  fin.  Caudal  forked,  lobes 
pointed,  free  and  equal.  Anal  inserted  below  last  branched  dorsal 
rays  basally,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extends 
1^  to  caudal  base.  Pectoral  low,  rounded,  moderate,  and  reaches 
14  to  ventral.  Ventral  inserted  well  before  dorsal,  or  nearly  midway 
between  pectoral  and  anal  origins,  fin  extends  1|  to  anal.  Vent 
close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  straw-brown,  back  slightly  dusted  with 
minute  dark  dots,  mostly  formed  closer  along  edges  of  scales  above. 
Lower  surface  of  body  immaculate.  Including  mandible  tip,  then 
over  preorbital  across  iris,  preopercle  and  lower  side  medianly  to 
bases  of  median  inferior  caudal  rays,  a  blackish  band  made  up  of 
close-set  dusky  dots.  This  band  narrow  on  head,  though  widens 
over  costal  region  to  contract  slightly  along  caudal  peduncle  laterally. 
On  caudal  base  dark  lateral  band  reflected  out  on  some  of  rays. 
Iris  slaty  and  orbital  boundaries  well  defined  on  lower  surface  of 
head,  where  their  dark  color  strongly  contrasts  with  white  of  mandi- 
ble. Dorsal  with  large  conspicuous  black  blotch,  extends  vertically 
over  fin  from  upper  front  edge  to  near  bases  of  last  branched  rays. 
Except  for  markings  noted  above,  fins  otherwise  pale  or  whitish. 

Length  15  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,188,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira  River 
near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January  or  February,  1913.  Edgar  A, 
Smith. 

This  species  differs  from  all  of  the  others  in  the  genus  in  the  black 
dorsal,  blotch.     Only  the  type  known. 

{IriyiJ.a^  spot;  Trjiitwv^  banner;  with  reference  to  the  dark  blotch 
on  the  dorsal  fin.) 


1913.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF-  PHILADELPHIA. 


525 


Poecilobrycon  digrammus  sp.  nov.    Fig.  5. 

Head  3f ;  depth  4|;  D.  ii,  9;  A.  ii,  9;  P.  i,  9;  V.  i,  6;  scales  25 
in  median  lateral  series  from  gill-opening  to  caudal  base;  6  scales 
transversely  between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  10  predorsal  scales; 
head  width  If  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  snout  3f ; 
eye  3;  mouth  .width  4j;  interorbital  3;  first  branched  dorsal  ray 
1|;  first  branched  anal  ray  2|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  3: 
upper  caudal  lobe  1|;   pectoral  1|;   ventral  If. 

Body  elongate,  slender,  fusiform,  moderately  compressed,  deepest 
at  ventral  origin,  edges  all  convex,  and  profiles  similar.  Caudal 
peduncle  well  compressed,  rather  long,  and  least  depth  2x  in  its 
length  measured  from  last  branched  anal  ray  base. 


Fig.  5. — PoEcilohnjcon  digrammus  Fowler.     (T\-pe.) 


Head  conic,  elongate,  profiles  similar,  broadly  depressed  above, 
convex  sides  slightly  constricted  below.  Snout  conic,  depressed, 
tip  obtuse  as  seen  from  above,  and  length  about  f  its  basal  width. 
Eye  large,  rounded,  or  slightly  ellipsoid,  placed  slightly  anterior, 
with  free  edge  and  no  adipose  eyelid.  Pupil  rounded,  moderateh- 
large.  Mouth  small,  terminal,  transverse,  with  very  short  com- 
missure. Lips  thin.  Maxillary  small,  inclined,  not  reaching  back 
to  anterior  nostril.  Teeth  uniserial  in  jaws,  compressed,  broad, 
with  five  serrae  or  points  equally  along  edge.  Mandible  shallow, 
even  with  snout  tip  when  closed,  broad.  Nostrils  well  separated, 
anterior  simple  small  pore  near  first  f  in  snout  length,  and  posterior 
larger  simple  pore  close  before  upper  eye  edge.  Interorbital  broad 
and  slightly  convex.  Preorbital  large.  Infraorbitals  and  post- 
orbital  well   developed,   cover   cheek   entirely,   though  first-named 


526  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

mostly  inclined  inferiorly.  Edge  of  preopercle  behind  slightly 
inclined  anteriorly.  Opercle  large  and  smooth.  Upper  surface  of 
head  smooth,   broad  parietals   without  fontanel. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  slightly  before  hind  eye  edge,  though 
not  so  far  as  hind  pupil  edge.  Rakers  moderate  in  number,  lanceo- 
late, a  little  shorter  than  filaments,  and  latter  about  2|  in  eye. 
Isthmus  broad,  constricted  in  front,  and  surface  convex.  Branchios- 
tegals  large,  subequal. 

Scales  large,  well  exposed,  of  nearly  uniform  size,  striae  not  evident, 
and  arranged  in  even  longitudinal  series.  No  scales  on  fins  except 
a  few  on  caudal  base.     No  1.  1.,  and  no  axillary  scaly  flaps. 

Dorsal  inserted  slightly  nearer  caudal  base  than  snout  tip,  first 
])ranched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extends  2j  to  caudal  base. 
Adipose  fin  small,  inserted  near  last  third  in  space  between  last 
branched  dorsal  ray  base  and  caudal  ba§e,  its  length  about  2f  in  eye. 
Anal  inserted  well  behind  dorsal  base,  first  branched  ray  longest, 
and  depressed  fin  extending  slightly  less  than  half  way  to  caudal 
base.  Caudal  moderate,  well  forked,  with  equal  pointed  lobes. 
Pectoral  low,  upper  rays  longest,  and  fin  extends  about  If  to  ventral. 
Ventral  origin  a  little  before  dorsal  or  about  midway  between  pec- 
toral and  anal  origins,  fin  large  and  reaches  anal.  Vent  close  before 
anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  largely  brownish  on  back  and  upper  surface  of 
body.  Lower  surface  of  body  silvery-white,  and  this  color  strongly 
contrasted  with  color  of  back  by  blackish  lengthwise  streak  or  band 
extending  from  snout  and  mandible  tips,  through  eyes,  along  side 
a  little  low  to  inferior  median  caudal  rays.  Through  most  of  its 
course  blackish  lateral  band  defines  middle  of  side  by  its  upper  bound- 
ary. At  base  of  last  anal  ray  it  continues  out  on  distal  portion  of 
same  in  contrast  with  rest  of  fin,  and  also  covers  good  portion  of 
lower  caudal  peduncle  side.  Upper  side  of  back  with  dusky  streak 
extending  from  posterior  supraorbital  region  to  bases  of  uppermost 
l^ranched  caudal  rays,  and  its  width  much  narrower  than  lower  band. 
Sloping  obliquely  "from  just  before  dorsal  origin  toward  basal  region 
of  pectoral,  a  broad  area  of  minute  dusky  clots.  Above  anal  base 
another  similar  area  vertically  from  back  to  lower  dark  band,  though 
not  extending  below.  Fins  all  pale  or  grayish  to  whitish,  dorsal 
slightly  dusky  toward  apex.     Iris  slaty. 

Length  25  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,189,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  W.  Long.  62°  20',  Brazil.  September,  1912.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  527 

Also,  Nos.  39,190  to  39,192,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes.  From  tribu- 
tary of  the  Madeira  River  near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January - 
February,  1913.  Edgar  A.  Smith.  Head  3^  to  3f ;  depth  4|  to  4f ; 
D.  II,  8  or  II,  9;  A.  ii,  8  or  ii,  9;  scales  in  median  lateral  series  from 
shoulder  to  caudal  base  24  or  25  and  usually  1  or  2  more  on  latter; 
6  or  7  scales  transversely  between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  10 
predorsal  scales;  snout  3^  to  3|  in  head;  eye  2f  to  3;  mouth  width 
4i  to  4|;   interorbital  2f  to  3;   length  21  to  26  mm. 

This  species  is  related  to  Poecilobrijcon  harrisoni  Eigenmann,  but 
differs  in  the  presence  of  a  dark  dorso-lateral  lengthwise  streak,  and 
in  the  same  way  P.  erythrurus  Eigenmann  and  P.  trifasciatus  (Stein- 
dachner)  will  also  be  found  to  differ. 

(^fs",  two;  ypai'i'^i,  line;  with  reference  to  the  two  dark  lengthwise 
streaks.) 

APHYOCH  ARACIN^. 
Odontostilbe  madeirae  sp.  nov.    Fig.  0. 

Head  3|;  depth  2|;  D.  iii,  9;  A.  iii,  20,  i;  P.  i,  11;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  35  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  2  more  on  latter;  6  scales  above 
1.  1.  to  dorsal  origin;  4  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  5  scales 
below  1.  1.  to  anal  origin;  11  predorsal  scales;  head  width  2  in  its 
length;  head  depth  at  occiput  Ii;  snout  4;  eye  3|;  maxillary  3|; 
interorbital  3;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  1;  first  branched  anal  ray 
1|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2|;  upper  caudal  lobe  1;  pectoral 
\\;  ventral  If. 

Body  moderately  elongate,  compressed,  greatest  depth  at  dorsal 
origin,  contour  elongately  ovoid,  edges  all  convexly  rounded  with 
slight  median  keel  just  before  dorsal  or  extending  nearly  for  last 
half  in  predorsal  area.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  and  least 
depth  slightly  less  than  its  length. 

Head  moderate,  compressed,  with  similar  profiles,  and  flattened 
sides  scarcely  constricted  below.  Snout  convex  over  surface  and  in 
profile,  length  |  its  width.  Eye  large,  rounded  or  but  slightly 
ellipsoid,  its  centre  near  first  f  in  head.  Pupil  large.  Eyelids  free, 
not  adipose-like.  Mouth  broadly  terminal,  commissure  short,  and 
jaws  rather  thin.  Lips  thin,  little  developed.  Maxillary  free, 
oblique,  reaches  back  opposite  front  edge  of  eye.  Teeth  uniserial 
in  jaws,  well  compressed,  broad,  edges  of  each  with  seven  denticles, 
of  which  median  largest.  Maxillary  with  two  well-developed 
similar  teeth.  Mandible  rather  broad,  shallow,  and  rami  slightly 
elevated  in  mouth.     Tongue  broad,  depressed,  smooth,  rounded  and 


528 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


free  in  front.  Nostrils  together,  near  last  f  in  snout  length,  anterior 
simple  pore  and  posterior  exposed  in  crescent.  Interorbital  broadly 
convex.  Suborbitals  well  developed,  entirely  covering  cheek,  and 
smooth.  Hind  preopercle  edge  slightly  inclined  back.  Opercle 
large,  smooth,  and  with  broad  cutaneous  edge  to  gill-cover.  Parietal 
fontanel  rather  broad  and  extends  to  occiput  from  frontals. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  first  third  in  eye. 
Rakers  about  10+15,  lanceolate,  slender,  about  f  length  of  filaments, 
and  latter  about  1|  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrow,  constricted  in  front, 
surface  convex.     Branchiostegals  subequally  large,  moderate. 


Fig.  Q.—^dontostilbe  madeiroe  Fowler.     (Type.) 


Scales  large,  all  well  exposed,  in  lengthwise  series  parallel  with 
I.  1.,  each  with  few  radiating  striae,  and  of  mostly  uniform  size. 
Caudal  base  with  scales  smaller  than  elsewhere.  A  few  scales 
basally  along  front  of  anal.  Free  pointed  axillary  scaly  ventral  flap, 
and  its  length  nearly  3  in  fin.  L.  1.  complete,  slightly  inferior  along 
sides,  though  nearly  straight.  Tubes  simple,  well  exposed,  though 
extending  about  half  way  over  exposures  of  scales. 

Dorsal  inserted  nearly  midway  between  snout  tip  and  hind  edge 
of  adipose  fin,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  fin  reaches  If  to  caudal 
base.  Adipose  fin  nearly  equals  eye  in  length,  inserted  about  last 
I  in  space  between  last  dorsal  ray  base  and  caudal  base.  Caudal 
rather  large,  well  forked,  and  pointed  lobes  equal.     Anal  inserted 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  529 

close  behind  dorsal  base,  first  branched  ray  longest,  extends  1|  to 
caudal  base,  and  lower  edge  emarginate.  Pectoral  low,  pointed, 
upper  rays  longest,  and  fin  extends  about  |  to  ventral.  Ventral 
inserted  slightly  behind  dorsal  origin,  and  extends  to  anal  origin. 
Vent  formed  at  last  fourth  in  space  between  ventral  and  anal  origins. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish,  paler  or  more  whitish  below. 
Scales  on  back  with  their  edges  rather  broadly  dusted  with  dusky 
dots.  Also  a  patch  of  dusky  dots  above  base  of  anal.  Upper 
surface  of  head  with  dusky  dots,  lower  surface  silvery  or  whitish. 
Iris  largely  silvery,  though  pupil  and  broad  vertical  transverse  bar 
slaty  to  dusky.  Concurrent  with  vertebral  axis,  a  narrow,  pale, 
dusky  line  extends  from  behind  shoulder,  widens  a  little  over  anal, 
then  contracts  and .  ends  medianly  at  caudal  base.  Latter  with 
large,  black,  rounded  spot  about  size  of  eye.  Fins  otherwise  all  pale 
or  grayish.  Peritoneum  shows  through  walls  of  abdomen  as  whitish, 
though  posterior  region  showing  cluster  of  dusky  dots  on  costal 
region  posteriorly  and  belly  anteriorly. 

Length  41  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,193,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  Rio  Madeira  near 
Porto  Velho,  Brazil.     January-February,  1913.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Also  Nos.  39,194  to  39,209,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes,  same  data. 
Head  3|  to  3f ;  depth  2|  to  3;  D.  in,  8,  i  or  iii,  9,  i;  A.  in,  21,  i 
to  III,  23,  i;  scales  32  to  34  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  and  2  or  3  more  on 
latter;  6  scales  above  1. 1.;  4  or  5  scales  below  1. 1.;  11  or  12  predorsal 
scales;  snout  3|  to  4  in  head;  eye  2|  to  3|;  maxillary  3|  to  4;  inter- 
orbital  2t  to  3;   length  33  to  43  mm. 

This  species  differs  from  Odontostilbe  fugitiva  Cope  in  its  deeper 
body  and  absence  of  the  dark-edged  silver  lateral  band.  From  the 
other  known  species  it  differs  in  coloration  and  proportions. 

(Named  for  the  Madeira  River.) 
Odontostilbe  drepanon  sp.  nov.    Fig.  7. 

Head  3i;  depth  3|;  D.  ii,  8;  A.  in,  21,  i;  P.  i,  11;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  35  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  3  more  on  latter;  6  scales  above 
1.  1.;  5  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  6  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal 
origin;  9  predorsal  scales  to  occipital  process;  head  width  2|  its 
length;  head  depth  at  occiput  U;  snout  3|;  eye  3^;  maxillary  3^; 
interorbital  2|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2f;  third  simple 
anal  ray  1|;    pectoral  1|;    ventral  1|. 

Body  elongate,  well  compressed,  contour  elongately  ellipsoid, 
deepest  at  dorsal  origin,  lower  profile  anteriorly  a  little  more  convex 
than  upper,  postventral  slightly  trenchant,  and  other  edges  convexly 


530 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct. 


rounded.     Caudal  peduncle  well  compressed,  length  about  equals 
its  least  depth. 

Head  moderate,  compressed,  profiles  similar,  and  flattened  sides 
scarcely  constricted  below.  Snout  convex  over  surface  and  in 
profile,  length  f  its  width.  Eye  rounded  or  slightly  ellipsoid,  scarcely 
elevated  and  its  centre  falls  at  first  f  in  head.  Pupil  moderate, 
vertically  ellipsoid.  Eyelids  free,  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  terminal, 
broad,  with  short  commissure.  Lips  moderately  fleshy,  firm.  Max- 
illary well  inclined,  free,  short,  not  extending  back  to  front  eye  edge. 
Teeth  uniserial  in  jaws,  upper  more  concealed  by  lips,  and  each  one 


Fig.  7. — Odonlodilbe  drepanon  Fowler.     (Type.) 


crenulated  or  with  five  to  seven  points  along  edge.  Mandibular 
teeth  a  little  larger.  Maxillary  with  two  rather  inconspicuous  teeth 
basally.  Inner  buccal  folds  moderate.  Tongue  depressed,  rounded 
and  free  in  front.  Mandible  shallow,  included  within  upper  jaw 
when  closed  so  that  latter  slightly  projects,  and  rami  not  elevated 
inside  mouth.  Nostrils  large,  together,  close  before  eye,  anterior 
simple  pore  and  posterior  larger  crescent.  Interorbital  evenl}' 
convex.  Suborbitals  well  developed,  smooth,  and  large  infraorbital 
completely  covers  cheek.  Hind  preopercle  edge  nearly  vertical. 
Opercle  large,  deep,  with  several  weak  striae,  and  upper  hind  edge 
moderately    emarginated.     Occipital    fontanel    extends    from    hind 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  531 

division  of  froiitals  to  occipital  process,  moderately  broad.  Occipital 
process  rather  short  and  narrowly  triangular. 

Gill-opening  extends  forwards  opposite  front  edge  of  pupil.  Rakers 
about  6  +  12,  slender,  lanceolate,  about  f  length  of  filaments,  and 
latter  If  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted,  its  surface  largely 
convex.     Branchiostegals  rather  long,  subequal. 

Scales  moderate,  well  exposed  in  longitudinal  series  parallel  with 
1.  1.,  cycloid,  and  of  mostly  uniform  size.  Caudal  base  covered  with 
small  scales.  Few  scales  along  anterior  base  of  anal,  disposed  in 
short  row.  Ventral  with  free  axillary  pointed  scaly  flap  -5  length  of 
fin.  L.  1.  complete,  decurved  slightly  below  middle  in  greatest  depth 
and  extending  a  little  low  along  side  of  caudal  peduncle  to  middle  of 
caudal  base.  Tubes  simple,  and  each  one  extends  over  scale  exposure 
well  anteriorly,  though  not  nearly  to  its  hind  edge. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  snout  tip  and  hind  edge  of 
adipose  fin,  third  simple  ray  prolonged  and  filamentous  and  extends 
back  nearly  to  origin  of  adipose  fin.  Adipose  fin  rather  large, 
slightly  less  than  eye  in  length,  and  inserted  near  last  third  in  space 
])etween  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base.  Caudal  well  forked,  a  little 
longer  than  head,  pointed  lobes  about  equal.  Anal  inserted  Ijehind 
dorsal  base,  third  simple  ray  longest,  from  which  they  gradually 
diminish  posteriorly,  though  form  slight  lobe  in  front.  Pectoral 
low,  slender,  pointed,  reaches  ventral.  Latter  inserted  before  dorsal 
or  much  nearer  anal  than  pectoral  origin,  and  first  ray  produced 
into  a  filament  to  extend  back  beyond  front  of  anal.  Yent  close  in 
front  of  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally,  below  paler  or  whitish. 
Back  with  minute  dusky  dots,  mostly  arranged  along  edges  of  scales. 
A  rather  narrow  underlaid  silvery  lateral  streak  from  shoulder  to 
caudal  base.  Caudal  base  covered  with  rather  large  dusky  dots  to 
form  pale  dusky  blotch  a  little  larger  than  eye,  and  not  reflected  on 
caudal  medianly.  Head  dusky  above,  sides  and  below  silvery  to 
whitish.  Jaws  pale.  Iris  whitish,  slaty  above  and  below.  No 
dark  humeral  blotch.  Fins  all  pale  or  whitish.  Peritoneum  shows 
through  abdominal  walls  as  pale  slaty,  and  on  preventral  and  post- 
ventral  region  pale  with  rather  large  rounded  dusky  close-set  dots. 

Length  40  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,210,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira  River 
near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January-February,  1913.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Also  Nos.  39,211  to  39.216,  paratypes,  same  data.     Head  3^  to 


532  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct.^ 

31;  depth  3i  to  3§;  D.  iii,  9;  A.  iv,  20,  i  to  iv,  23,  i;  scales  32  to  35 
in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  2  or  3  more  on  latter;  6  scales  above  1.  1.; 
5  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal  origin;  11  or  12  predorsal  scales;  snout 
3^  to  4  in  head;  eye  3^  to  3^;  maxillary  3i  to  3f ;  interorbital  ^ 
to  3|;   length  35  to  39  mm. 

Closely  related  to  Odontostilbe  fugitiva  Cope-  with  which  it  agrees 
in  many  characters.  It  appears  to  differ,  however,  in  the  prolonged 
dorsal  and  paired  fins. 

{Apin'avw^,  curved  scimetar;  with  reference  to  the  long  curved  simple 
rays  of  the  dorsal  and  ventral  fins.) 
Aphyooharax  avary  sp.  nov.    Fig.  8.    "Avary." 

Head  3|;  depth  4^;  D.  iii,  9,  i;  A.  iii,  14,  i;  P.  i,  13;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  38  in  median  lateral  series  to  caudal  base  and  4  more  on  latter; 
11  tubes  in  1.  1.;  11  scales  transversely  between  dorsal  origin  and 
ventral  origin;  19  predorsal  scales;  head  width  If  its  depth;  head 
depth  at  occiput  If;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  l\;  first  branched 
anal  ray  If;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2|;  pectoral  \\;  ventral 
If;  snout  4  in  head  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  3f ;  maxillary 
3;   interorbital  2f. 

Body  elongate,  rather  slender,  compressed,  fusiform,  greatest 
depth  at  dorsal  origin,  and  edges  mostly  evenly  convex,  except  short 
and  obsolete  median  keel  in  posterior  half  of  predorsal  and  another 
in  same  region  of  preventral.  Caudal  peduncle  well  compressed, 
its  least  depth  \\  in  its  length. 

Head  small,  profiles  similarly  convex,  compressed  and  flattened 
sides  but  slightly  constricted  below.  Snout  short,  convex  over 
surface  and  in  profile,  and  its  length  about  f  its  width.  Eye  large, 
rounded,  high,  and  its  centre  about  first  f  in  head.  Pupil  large, 
rounded.  Eyelid  free  and  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  moderate, 
broad.  Lips  fleshy,  firm,  little  free.  Maxillary  long,  slender,  free, 
well  inclined,  and  reaches  back  opposite  front  pupil  edge.  Teeth 
in  jaws  small,  rather  slender,  conic,  uniserial,  and  each  usually  with 
very  small  or  obsolete  pointed  basal  cusp.  Maxillary  with  about 
4  more  or  less  concealed  small  uniform  simple  conic  teeth  along  its 
upper  front  edge.  Tongue  moderately  long,  rather  pointed,  de- 
pressed, free  in  front.  Inner  buccal  folds  rather  narrow.  Mandible 
moderately  protruded  beyond  snout  tip  in  front,  rather  shallow,  and 
rami  but  little  elevated  inside  mouth.  Nostrils  large,  together, 
within  last  half  of  snout  length,  anterior  simple  pore  and  posterior 


»  Proc.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc,  Phila.,  XI,  1871,  p.  566,  fig.  (teeth).    Pebas,  Ecuador. 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


533 


exposed  in  crescent.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Preorbital 
small,  narrow.  Infraorbital  and  postorbital  large,  smooth, 
completel}'  cover  cheek.  Hind  preopercle  edge  inclined  a  little 
forward.  Opercle  rather  large,  smooth.  Parietal  fontanel  rather 
well  developed,  extends  from  hind  frontal  fusion  to  occiput. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  first  third  in  eye. 
Rakers  about  5  +  11,  slender,  lanceolate,  about  1^  in  filaments,  and 
latter  If  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted,  with  groove  in  front 
longitudinally  and  convex  behind.  Branchiostegals  robust,  rather 
long,  subequal. 

Scales  moderate,  all  well  exposed,  disposed  in  nearly  even  longi- 


Fig.  8. — Aphyocharax  avary  Fowler.     (Type. 


tudinal  series,  each  with  a  few  radiating  striae,  and  of  nearly  uniform 
size.  On  caudal  base  scales  become  little  smaller  than  on  trunk. 
Pectoral  and  ventral  each  with  pointed  free  axillary  scaly  flap, 
former  short  and  latter  nearly  |  length  of  fin.  A  few  scales  form 
basal  series  to  anterior  anal  rays.  L.  1.  incomplete,  only  extends 
anteriorly  from  shoulder  nearly  opposite  ventral  origin.  Tubes 
simple,  extend  over  first  half  in  scale  exposures. 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  hind  nostril  and  caudal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  and  fin  extends  half  way  to  caudal  base. 
Adipose  fin  inserted  about  last  third  in  space  between  dorsal  origin 
and  caudal  base,  its  length  little  less  than  eye.  Anal  inserted  behind 
dorsal  base,  first  branched  ray  longest  and  extends  abo^ut  half  way 
to  caudal  base.  Caudal  well  forked,  lobes  pointed  and  subequal. 
Pectoral  pointed,  upper  rays  longest,  and  fin  extends  |  to  ventral. 


534  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

Latter  inserted  well  before  dorsal  origin,  and  fin  extends  |  to  anal. 
Vent  placed  about  opposite  middle  in  depressed  ventral  length. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish,  nearly  uniform.  Back  with  edges 
of  scales  dusted  with  dusky  dots,  also  lower  sides  above  anal  and 
along  lower  surface  of  caudal  peduncle,  only  separated  by  silvery 
lateral  band  which  extends  from  shoulder  to  caudal  base  medianly. 
A  dusky  vertical  ellipsoid  blotch,  embracing  third,  fourth  and  fifth 
scales  of  1.  1.,  and  its  greater  extent  above  same.  Dorsal  with  a 
somewhat  irregular  transverse  or  horizontal  median  streak  made  up 
of  dusky  dots.  Caudal  with  median  rays,  base  and  edges  of  rays 
sprinkled  with  minute  dusky  dots.  Anal  broadly  whitish  in  front, 
rest  of  fin  sprinkled  with  dusky  dots  and  latter  forming  dark  lower 
edge  to  fin.  Fins  otherwise  pale  or  whitish.  Head  Avith  dusky  dots 
above,  sides  and  below  whitish.  Iris  slaty,  with  dusky  shade  above 
and  below. 

Leng-th  54  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,217,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  Long.  62°  20'  W.,  Brazil.  •September,  1912.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  This  species  is  related  to  Aphyocharax 
eques  Steindachner,^  but  differs  in  the  absence  of  the  black  dorsal 
blotch. 

{Avary,  the  native  name.) 

PKIONOBRAMA  g.  n.  nov. 
Type,  Prionohrama  madeirce. 

Body  strongly  compressed,  elongately  ovoid.  Head  small,  com- 
pressed. Snout  short,  convex,  rather  conic.  Eye  large,  not  elevated, 
without  adipose  eyelid.  Mouth  superiorly  terminal,  opens  level 
with  upper  edge  of  eye,  short  in  commissure,  broad.  Teeth  uniserial, 
simple,  rather  short,  uniform,  conic,  in  both  jaws.  Entire  edge  of 
maxillary  toothed.  Maxillary  well  inclined,  reaches  past  front  of 
eye.  Interorbital  convex.  Large  fontanel  from  frontals  to  occipital 
process.  Gill-rakers  moderate  in  number,  slender,  longer  than 
filaments.  Scales  rather  small,  cycloid.  Caudal  scaly  basally. 
Anal  with  basal  scales.  ]»  1.  incomplete.  Dorsal  inserted  little 
posterior.  Adipose  fin  slender.  Caudal  forked.  Anal  inserted 
opposite  dorsal  origin,  third  simple  ray  prolonged.     Pectoral  and 


»  Denk.  Ak.  Wiss.,  Wien,  XLVI,  188-3,  p.  .37.     Obidos  and  Villa  Bella. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  535 

ventral    pointed.     Color    largely    pale.     Obscure    or    pale    humeral 
blotch.     No  caudal  blotch. 

One  species  in  the  Madeira  River  basin.  This  genus  appears 
allied  to  Holoshesthes  Eigenmann,  and  Holoprion  Eigenmann,  in  the 
completely  denticulated  maxillary.  It  differs,  however,  in  the 
simple  conic  teeth  and  more  numerous  anal  rays.  From  Holoshes- 
thes it  differs  in  the  incomplete  1.  1.  Coelurichthys  Ribeiro  I  have 
been  unable  to  consult. 

(Ilpcw^,  saw;  /^/"z/^-a,  bream;  in  allusion  to  the  superficial  resemblance 
to  the  bream.) 
Prionobrama  madeirae  sp.  nov.    Fig.  9. 

Head  4^;  depth  3|;  D.  ii,  8;  iii,  32,  i,  P.  i,  12;  V.  i,  7;  scales 
39  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  and  4  more  on  latter;  10  tubes  in  1.  1.;  12 
scales  transversely  between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  15  scales 
before  dorsal  to  occipital  process;  head  width  2  in  its  length;  head 
depth  at  occiput  2;  mandible  2|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  1|; 
ventral  1;  snout  3|  in  head,  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  3; 
maxillary  2|;    interorbital  3. 

Body  well  compressed,  elongate,  ovoid  in  contour,  deepest  at  dorsal 
origin,  lower  profile  a  little  more  evenly  convex  than  upper,  post- 
ventral  trenchant  and  other  edges  convexly  rounded.  Caudal 
peduncle  well  compressed,  its  length  about  f  its  least  depth. 

Head  rather  small,  compressed,  upper  profile  nearly  straight  and 
much  less  inclined  than  more  convex  lower,  and  flattened  sides  but 
slightly  constricted  below.  Snout  convex  over  surface  and  anteriorly 
in  profile,  and  its  length  about  f  its  width.  Eye  large,  rounded,  not 
elevated,  its  centre  about  first  f  in  head.  Pupil  rather  large,  verti- 
cally ellipsoid.  Eyelids  free,  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  superiorly 
terminal,  broad,  with  short  commissure.  Lips  firm.  Maxillary 
free,  rather  slender,  well  inclined  beyond  front  eye  edge,  though  not 
to  that  of  pupil.  Teeth  uniserial,  conic,  simple,  small,  nearly  uniform. 
In  upper  jaw  teeth  continuous  along  edge  of  maxillary  to  its  lower 
extremity.  Mandibular  teeth  slightly  larger  and  recurved  at 
symphysis,  also  at  their  anterior  termination  along  sides  of  mandib- 
ular rami,  and  beyond  latter  point  teeth  uniformly  small  and  incon- 
spicuous if  present.  Inner  buccal  folds  broad.  Tongue  depressed 
free  and  rather  pointed  in  front.  Mandible  convex  over  surface 
protrudes  slightly  and  rami  not  elevated  inside  mouth.  Nostrils 
together,  large,  level  with  upper  eye  edge,  anterior  simple  pore  and 
posterior  wide  crescent.  Interorbital  evenly  convex.  Suborbitals 
smooth,    and    large    infraorbital    completely    covers    cheek.     Hind 


536 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


preopercle  edge  vertical.  Opercle  smooth,  deep,  upper  posterior 
margin  slightly  emarginate.  Occipital  fontanel  well  developed, 
from  between  frontals  posteriorly  to  occipital  process.  Latter  short, 
forms  nearly  equilateral  triangle. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  but  slightly  behind  front  edge  of 
eye,  before  that  of  pupil.  Rakers  about  5  +  12,  slender,  elongately 
lanceolate,  a  little  longer  than  filaments,  or  about  1|  in  eye.  Isthmus 
narrowly  constricted  in  front,  elongate,  surface  anteriorly  with 
groove  and  posteriorly  convex.     Branchiostegals  moderate,  subequal. 

Scales    moderately    small,    well    exposed    in    longitudinal    series, 


Fig.  9. — Prionohrama  madeirce  Fowler.     (Type.) 


cycloid,  of  nearly  uniform  size.  Caudal  scaled  basally.  Anal  with 
basal  scaly  sheath  to  greater  anterior  portion  of  fin.  Free  pointed 
axillary  ventral  scaly  flap  nearly  I  length  of  fin.  L.  1.  incomplete, 
begins  at.  shoulder  and  extends  over  only  ten  consecutive  scales. 
Tubes  simple,  and  each  only  about  half  way  over  scale  exposure 
anteriorly. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  eye  centre  and  caudal  base, 
first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extends  If  to  caudal 
base.  Adipose  fin  slender,  a  little  shorter  than  eye,  inserted  about 
last  7  in  space  between  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base.  Anal  origin 
opposite  that  of  dorsal,  third  simple  ray  prolonged  into  a  filament 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  537 

SO  that  it  is  but  little  shorter  than  entire  anal  basis,  anterior  branched 
rays  soon  sloping  down  and  greater  part  of  fin  low.  Caudal  longer 
than  head,  well  forked,  lobes  pointed  and  equal.  Pectoral  large, 
low,  broad,  upper  rays  longest,  and  fin  extends  a  little  beyond  ventral 
base.  Ventral  inserted  nearer  anal  than  pectoral,  also  extends  back 
a  little  beyond  front  of  former.  Yent  close  behind  ventral  roots, 
remote  from  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  l)rownish,  lower  surface  scarcely  paler. 
Back  and  surface  of  trunk  above  anal  base  finely  punctate  with 
minute  dusky  dots.  Humeral  region,  rather  narrow  lateral  streak 
medianly,  abdomen  and  lower  surface  of  head,  silvery- white. 

Head  brownish  above.  Iris  whitish,  pupil  slaty.  A  very  pale 
humeral  blotch  vertically  ovoid  and  its  length  in  vertical  diameter 
about  equals  that  of  eye.     No  caudal  blotch.     Fins  all  pale. 

Length  .53  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,218,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira  River  near 
Porto  Velho,  Brazil.     January-February,  1913.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Also  No.  39,219,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype,  same  data.  Head  4; 
depth  3;  D.  ii,  8;  A.  iii,  32,  i;  scales  38  in  lateral  series  to  caudal 
base,  and  3  more  on  latter;  11  tubes  in  1.  1.;  12  scales  in  transverse 
series  between  dorsal  and  anal  origins;  15  scales  before  dorsal  to 
occipital  process;  snout  4  in  head,  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip; 
eye  3;   maxillary  2|;   interorbital  3;   length  46  mm. 

(Named  for  the  Madeira  River.) 

TETRAGONOPTERIX.E. 

Ctenobrycon  rhabdops  sp.  nov.    Fig.  10. 

Head  3f;  depth  2;  D.  m,  9,  i;  A.  iv,  46,  i;  P.  i,  15;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  49  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  2  more  on  latter;  12  scales  above 
1.  1.;  13  scales  below  1.  1.,  to  anal  origin;  13  predorsal  scales  to 
occipital  process;  head  width  1|  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput 
lyV;  mandible  3;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2|;  first  branched 
anal  ray  1|;  pectoral  lyV;  ventral  1|;  snout  4  in  head  measured 
from  upper  jaw  tip;    eye  2|;    maxillary  2f ;    interorbital  2|. 

Body  well  compressed,  general  contour  deeplj^  ovoid,  with  greatest 
depth  at  dorsal  origin,  upper  anterior  profile  concave-convex  and 
lower  profile  rather  evenly  convex.  Predorsal  and  post  ventral 
with  slight  median  keels,  body  edges  otherwise  evenly  convex. 
Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  about  long  as  deep. 

Head  small,  lower  profile  a  little  more  inclined  than  upper,  and 
nearly  flattened  sides  but  slightly  constricted  towards  lower  surface. 
36 


538 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct. 


Snout  short,  convex  in  profile  and  over  surface,  its  length  about 
half  its  width.  Eye  large,  ellipsoid,  but  little  elevated  and  centre 
near  first  third  in  head.  Pupil  moderate,  rounded.  Eyelids  free, 
not  adipose-like.  Mouth  broad,  with  short  commissure,  superiorly 
terminal.  Maxillary  almost  vertical,  not  quite  extended  to  eye 
or  opposite  lower  edge  of  eye,  and  free.  Lips  fleshy,  upper  firm, 
lower  thicker  and  more  free.  Teeth  in  upper  jaw  biserial,  8  in  each 
series,  anterior  smaller  and  tricuspid  though  in  an  even  row  parallel 


Fig.  10. — Ctenobrycon  rhabdops  Fowler.     (Type.) 


with  posterior,  and  latter  larger  and  mosth'  quincuspid,  No  maxil- 
lary teeth.  ^Mandibular  teeth  a  single  series  of  8,  symphyseal  pair 
largest  with  others  moderately  graduated  smaller  on  each  side 
posteriorly,  larger  quindentate  and  smaller  tridentate.  Inner 
buccal  folds  broad.  Tongue  depressed,  rather  broad  and  smooth, 
pointed  and  free  in  front.  Mandible  strong,  protrudes  slightly  in 
front,  and  rami  little  elevated  inside  mouth.  Nostrils  together, 
rather  large,  placed  within  last  half  of  snout  length  close  before  eyes 
above,  anterior  simple  pore  and  posterior  larger  crescentic  -slit. 
Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Preorbital  small,  and  infraorbital 
very   large,    completely   covers   cheek,    its   surface   smooth.     Hind 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  539 

preopercle  edge  bent  well  forward.  Opercle  deep,  smooth.  Top  of 
head  with  rather  large  fontanel  extending  from  interorbital  space 
well  back  within  occipital  process.  Last  reaches  nearl}-  |  to  dorsal 
origin. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  front  eye  edge.  Rak- 
ers about  8  +  12,  slender,  lanceolate,  about  f  length  of  filaments, 
and  latter  about  I  of  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted  in  front, 
with  slight  median  groove,  and  convex  over  surface  behind.  Branchi- 
ostegals  moderately  long,  subequal. 

Scales  slightly  ctenoid,  small,  moderately  imbricated,  disposed 
in  longitudinal  series  parallel  with  1.  1.,  and  of  mostly  uniform  size. 
Along  predorsal  ridge,  on  trunk  along  anal  base,  and  on  caudal  base 
scales  all  slightly  smaller.  A  row  of  one  or  two  small  scales  extends 
basally  along  anal  its  entire  length.  Scales  on  breast  large  as  those 
on  costal  region.  Each  scale  on  body  with  several  radiating  striae. 
Scales  extend  completely  over  body  edges.  Broad  free  axillary 
pectoral  scale,  and  pointed  free  axillary  ventral  scaly  flap  nearly 
3  in  fin.  L.  1.  complete,  very  slightly  decurved  so  that  largely 
median,  though  extends  a  little  low  along  side  of  caudal  peduncle 
to  caudal  base.  Tubes  simple,  all  well  exposed,  though  not  quite 
reaching  edges  of  scales. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  mandible  tip  and  hind  edge 
of  adipose  fin,  first  branched  ray  longest  and  a  little  longer  than 
head,  and  depressed  fin  reaches  about  f  to  adipose  fin.  Origin  of 
adipose  fin  near  last  third  in  space  between  origin  of  dorsal  and 
caudal  base,  fin  about  U  in  eye.  Anal  origin  slightly  before  that 
of  dorsal,  anterior  rays  a  little  higher  than  others,  and  edge  of  fin 
nearly  straight,  its  long  base  but  slightly  curved.  Caudal  moderate, 
well  forked,  lobes  pointed  and  lower  slightly  longer,  both  a  little 
longer  than  head.  Pectoral  low,  upper  rays  longest,  and  depressed 
tip  falls  slightly  before  dorsal  origin.  Ventral  low,  inserted  nearly 
midway  between  pectoral  and  dorsal  origins  and  extends  back  beyond 
front  anal  ray  bases.     Vent  close  in  front  of  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  almost  everywhere,  except  on  abdo- 
men below  and  lower  surface  of  head,  dusted  with  minute  dusky  dots. 
Edge  of  back  and  upper  surface  of  head  dusky.  A  narrow  underlaid 
silvery  line  or  streak  extends  from  shoulder  to  median  caudal  base, 
and  posteriorly  in  its  course  becoming  plumbeous  or  leaden.  Third 
and  fourth  scales  of  I.  I.  crossed  by  deep  dark  blotch,  above  extending 
well  up  above  head  in  profile  and  below  a  little  over  half  way  towards 
base  of  pectoral  fin,  so  that  it  appears  inchned  forward.     It  is  made 


540  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Oct., 

up  of  crowded  dusky  or  blackish  dots.  Behind  and  in  front  a  pale 
or  whitish  area,  more  extensive  and  vaguely  defined.  Blackish 
blotch,  largely  vertical,  embraces  caudal  base.  Iris  whitish,  though 
marked  with  broad  slaty-dusky  vertical  streak.  Fins  all  pale, 
marked  with  minute  dusky  dots.  Belly,  sides,  and  lower  surface  of 
head  silvery-white. 

Length  56  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,220,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Igarape  de  Candelaria  (about  two 
miles  from  the  Madeira  River,  into  which  it  empties),  in  Lat.  S. 
8°  45',  Long.  W.  63°  54',  Brazil.     September,  1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Also,  Nos.  39,221  to  39,223,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes,  same  data. 
Head  3|  to  3^;  depth  2;  D.  iii,  8,  i  or  iii,  9,  i;  A.  iv,  43,  i  to  iv,  46,  i; 
scales  47  or  48  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  and  2  more  on  latter;  12  or  13 
scales  above  1. 1.;  13  or  14  scales  below  1. 1.;  13  or  14  predorsal  scales; 
snout  3f  to  4  in  head,  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  2f  to  2f ; 
maxillary  2f  to  3;  interorbital  2|  to  2|;  length  51  or  52  mm. 

This  species  is  apparently  related  to  Ctenobnjcon  alleni  (Eigenmann 
and  Ward),^  but  that  species  differs  in  having  a  more  curved  or 
undulated  predorsal  profile,  and  much  fewer  anal  rays  (40-41). 
The  figure  is  from  a  very  unsatisfactory  photograph,  and  in  no  way, 
except  possibly  the  general  profile,  portrays  the  many  characters 
desired  but  omitted  in  the  brief  description.  Characteristic  of  the 
present  species  is  the  dark  vertical  streak  through  the  eye. 

(/'a/?(5o9,  streak;  (^<p,  eye.) 

Moenkhausia  lepidura  madeirae  subsp.  nov.    Fig.  11. 

Head  3f;  depth  3f;'D.  iii,  9;  A.  iv,  19,  i;  P.  i,  14;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  34  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  3  more  on  latter;  6  scales  above 
1.  1.;  4  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  4  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal 
origin;  13  predorsal  scales,  11  to  occipital  process;  head  width  1| 
its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  Ij;  mandible  2|;  first  branched 
dorsal  ray  lyV;  first  branched  anal  ray  1|;  least  depth  of  caudal 
peduncle  2f ;  pectoral  1|;  ventral  If;  snout  3f  in  head  measured 
from  upper  jaw  tip;   eye  2f ;   maxillary  2|;   interorbital  3.  . 

Body  elongate,  compressed,  with  fusiform  contour,  deepest  at 
dorsal  origin,  profiles  alike,  and  a  slight  median  predorsal  ridge, 
other  edges  rounded  convexly.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  about 
long  as  deep. 

Head  moderately  small,  compressed,  profiles  similar,  and  flattened 

*  Tetragonopterus  alleni  Eigenmann  and  Ward,  Ann.  Carnegie  Miis.,  IV,  1907, 
p.  126,  PI.  40,  fig.  2.     Corumba,  Rio  Otuquis,  Ascuncion,  Paraguay. 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


541 


sides  but  slightly  constricted  below.  Snout  convex  in  profile  and 
over  surface,  length  about  |  its  width.  Eye  large,  round,  a  little 
high,  centre  falls  about  first  f  in  head.  Pupil  rather  large.  Eyelids 
free,  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  terminal,  broad,  commissure  short. 
Lips  fleshy,  upper  firm,  lower  thick  and  more  free,  Maxillary  well 
inclined,  rather  long  or  reaches  beyond  front  eye  edge  nearly  to  that 
of  pupil,  and  well  exposed.  Upper  teeth  biserial,  8  teeth  in  each 
series,  those  in  inner  series  largest,  and  all  quindentate.  No  maxil- 
lary teeth.  Mandibular  teeth  uniserial,  quindentate,  largest  at 
symphysis,  and  8  enlarged  ones  in  front  of  jaw.     Along  sides  of 


Fig.  11. — Mcenkhausia  lepidura  madeirce  Fowler.     (Type.) 


rami  a  single  series  of  small  conic  simple  uniform  teeth,  all  much 
lower  than  anterior  ones.  Inner  buccal  folds  broad,  especially  upper. 
Tongue  broad,  depressed,  rounded  and  free  in  front.  Mandible 
strong,  slightly  protrudes,  and  rather  shallow,  rami  of  about  even 
and  moderate  elevation  inside  mouth.  Nostrils  together,  placed 
close  before  eye,  behind  middle  in  snout  length,  anterior  simple  pore 
and  posterior  exposed  in  larger  crescent.  Interorbital  rather  broadly 
convex.  Preorbital  narrow.  Infraorbital  broad  and  not  entirely 
covering  cheek,  but  leaving  very  narrow  naked  strip  along  ridge  of 
preopercle.  Hind  preopercle  edge  vertical.  Opercle  deep  and, 
like  suborbitals,  smooth.  Fontanel  on  top  of  head  large,  broad, 
extends  from  front  interorbital  region  back  till  within  occipital 
process.     Latter  extends  |  of  space  to  dorsal  origin. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  front  edge  of  pupil. 


542  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

Rakers  about  8  +  16,  slender,  lanceolate,  pointed,  a  little  shorter 
than  filaments,  and  latter  about  2^  in  eye.  Is'thmus  narrowly 
constricted,  with  short  median  groove  in  front  and  posterior  portion 
convex.     Branchiostegals  moderate,  subequal. 

Scales  moderate,  cycloid,  rather  well  exposed,  each  with  several 
radiating  striae,  disposed  in  longitudinal  series  parallel  with  1.  1.,  and 
in  size  mostly  uniform.  Caudal  over  greater  basal  portion  covered 
with  small  scales,  though  medianly  scarcely  smaller  than  on  side 
of  body.  Several  scales  form  slight  sheath  at  base  of  anal  anteriorly. 
Ventral  axil  with  free  pointed  scaly  flap,  about  3^  in  fin.  Scales 
completely  pass  over  edges  of  body.  L.  1.  complete,  slightly  de- 
curved  until  falling  f  in  greatest  body  depth,  and  extends  a  little 
low  along  side  of  caudal  peduncle  to  caudal  base.  Tubes  simple, 
and  extend  well  over  scales,  though  not  quite  to  their  hind  edges. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal  base, 
first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extending  slightly  over 
half  way  to  base  of  caudal.  Adipose  fin  slightly  behind  last  third  in 
space  between  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base,  its  length  about  |  of 
eye.  Anal  inserted  slightly  behind  dorsal  base,  first  branched  ray 
longest,  so  that  anterior  fin  elevated  in  distinct  lobe.  Caudal  well 
forked,  rather  broad  and  pointed  lobes  about  equal.  Pectoral  low, 
pointed,  upper  rays  longest,  and  when  depressed  fall  a  little  short  of 
ventral.  Ventral  inserted  a  little  before  dorsal  and  extends  |  to 
anal.     Vent  a  little  behind  last  third  in  postventral  region. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally,  paler  or  more  whitish 
below,  as  on  lower  sides  and  under  surface  of  head,  and  abdomen. 
Edges  of  scales  on  back  all  broadly  brownish.  Upper  surface  of 
head  brownish,  also  muzzle.  Iris  slaty.  Fins  all  pale,  except 
variegated  caudal,  which  with  large  black  blotch  basally,  continued 
out  on  middle  rays  and  outer  half  of  each  lobe  with  a  large  jet-black 
blotch.  Along  side  of  trunk-  a  dusky  vertebral  streak,  widening 
posteriorly  to  blackish  and  finally  merging  with  caudal  blotch. 
In  dark  lateral  streak,  two  scales  from  head,  black  rounded  blotch 
large  as  pupil. 

Length  57  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,224,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  Rio  Madeira  near 
Porto  Velho,  Brazil.     January-February,  1913.  -  Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Also,  Nos.  39,225  to  39,227,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes,  same  data. 
Head  3|  to  3|;  depth  3f  to  4;  D.  in,  9;  A.  iv,  19,  i;  scales  32  to 
34  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  and  1  or  2  more  on  latter;  6  scales  above 
1.  1.;   4  or  5  scales  below  1.  1.;    10  or  11  predorsal  scales  to  occipital 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  543 

process;   snout  3j  to  3f  in  head;   eye  2f  to  2f ;   maxillary  2|  to  2|; 
interorbital  2|  to  3;   length  52  to  55  mm. 

This  form  seems  to  be  closely  related  to  Moenkhausia  lepidura 
(Kner).  It  perhaps  approaches  nearest  the  subspecies  M.  lepidura 
gracilima  Eigenmann,  differing  apparently  only  in  color,  so  far  as 
the  short  account  will  permit  of  comparison.  Villa  Bella  specimens 
are  described  as  having  the  color  of  the  caudal  faint,  a  duskiness  ex- 
tending upon  lower  caudal  lobe,  and  humeral  spot  not  well  defined. 
Serpa  specimens  have  middle  caudal  rays  and  distal  parts  of  other 
rays,  and  upper  and  lower  edges  of  fin,  dusky. 

(Named  for  the  Madeira  River.) 
Hemigrammus  melanochrous  sp.  nov.    Fig.  12. 

Head  3f;  depth  3f;  D.  ii,  9;  A.  iv,  18,  i;  P.  i,  10;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  32  in  median  lateral  series  to  caudal  base,  and  2  more  on  latter; 
1.  1.  of  7  tubes  anteriorly  from  shoulder;  10  scales  transversely 
between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  10  predorsal  scales  to  occipital 
process;  head  width  2yV  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  1^; 
snout  3f;  eye2f;  maxillary  2;  interorbital  2| ;  first  branched  dorsal 
ray  1;  first  branched  anal  raj^  1^;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle 
2f;    pectoral  IJ;    ventral  If. 

Body  elongately  ovoid,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin,  compressed 
profiles  more  or  less  similar,  and  edges  all  convexly  rounded.  Caudal 
peduncle  well  compressed,  and  its  least  depth  nearly  equals  its  length. 

Head  moderate,  compressed,  lower  profile  a  little  more  inclined 
or  convex  than  upper,  and  nearly  flattened  sides  slightly  approxi- 
mating below.  Snout  convex  over  surface  and  in  profile,  length 
about  f  its  width.  Eye  large,  rounded,  rather  high,  and  its  centre  a 
little  anterior  in  head.  Pupil  large,  rounded.  Eyelids  free,  not 
adipose-like.  Mouth  large,  wide,  commissure  rather  short.  Lips 
rather  thin  and  mostly  firm.  Maxillary  long,  rather  slender,  well 
inclined,  free,  and  extends  back  opposite  front  pupil  edge.  Teeth  in 
upper  jaw  biserial,  those  in  inner  row  larger,  quindentate.  No 
maxillary  teeth.  Mandible  with  a  row  of  ten  quindentate,  large, 
subequal  teeth,  though  no  small  posterior  lateral  ones.  Inner  buccal 
folds  broad.  Tongue  moderate,  depressed,  rounded  and  free  in  front. 
Mandible  strong,  surface  convex,  rami  of  moderate  and  uniformly 
low  height  inside  mouth,  not  elevated,  and  when  closed  even  with 
snout  tip.  Suborbitals  well  developed,  infraorbital  almost  covering 
cheeks,  but  very  narrow  naked  strip  below,  smooth.  Hind  edge  of 
preopercle  vertical,  smooth.  Opercle  deep,  upper  hind  edge  emar- 
ginate.     Occipital  fontanel  broad,  extends  from  anterior  interorbital 


544 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct. 


till  within  occipital  process,  and  latter  extends  about  |  of  distance 
to  dorsal  origin. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  front  pupil  edge. 
Rakers  about  6  +  10,  slender,  short,  little  less  than  filaments,  and 
latter  about  3  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted,  surface  convex. 
Branchiostegals  rather  small,  subequal. 

Scales  moderate,  well  exposed  in  longitudinal  series,  each  with 
a  few  radiating  striae,  and  of  nearly  uniform  size.  Caudal  base 
scaly,  and  a  few  scales  in  a  row  along  anal  base  in  front.  Free 
pointed  axillary  ventral  scaly  flap,  its  length  about  |  that  of  fin. 


Fig.  12. — Hemigram7nus  melanochrous  Fowler.     (Type.) 


L.  1.  incomplete,  of  simple  short  tubes,  anterior  on  scales,  and  its 
extent  not  quite  so  far  back  as  tip  of  depressed  pectoral. 

Dorsal  inserted  midway  between  snout  tip  and  hind  edge  of 
adipose  fin,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  reaches 
about  I  to  caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  with  base  over  last  anal  rays, 
fin  about  |  of  eye.  Anal  inserted  slightly  behind  base  of  dorsal 
ray,  first  branched  ray  longest,  forms  with  other  anterior  rays 
elevated  pointed  lobe.  Caudal  well  forked,  lobes  pointed  and  equal. 
Pectoral  long,  pointed,  upper  rays  longest,  and  tip  of  depressed  fin 
extending  slightly  beyond  ventral  origin.  Ventral  inserted  slightly 
before  dorsal  and  depressed  fin  reaches  anal.     Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  dull  brownish  generally,  made  up  of  small  dusky 
dots,  forming  broad  nebulous  area  all  along  sides  and  well-defined 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  545 

broad  edges  to  scales  on  back.  A  dark  vertebral  streak  along  side 
of  bodj^  becomes  blackish  along  caudal  peduncle  side,  and  joins 
ill-defined  caudal  blotch  behind.  Caudal  blotch  blackish,  a  little 
smaller  than  eye  and  continued  out  over  median  caudal  rays.  At 
third  scale  of  vertebral  streak,  also  on  fourth,  a  nearly  cuboid  blackish 
humeral  blotch.  Upper  surface  of  head,  muzzle  and  side  with 
dusky  dots.  Iris  slaty.  Isthmus  pale.  Fins  all  sprinkled  or 
dusted  with  dusk}'  dots. 

Length  33  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,228,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  Madeira  River  near 
Porto  Velho,  Brazil.     January-February,  1913.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Also,  No.  39,229,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype,  same  data.  Head  3|; 
depth  3^;  D.  ii,  9;  A.  iv,  18,  i;  scales  32  in  median  lateral  series 
to  caudal  base,  and  2  more  on  latter;  1.  1.  of  8  tubes;  10  scales  trans- 
versely between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  10  predorsal  scales  to 
occipital  process;  snout  3j  in  head;  eye  2j;  maxillary  2;  inter- 
orbital  2f ;   length  30  mm. 

This  species  resembles  Hemigrammus  schmardcv  (Steindachner) 
in  color,  though  differs  in  the  absence  of  maxillary  teeth. 

(MeXay/poo?^  swarthy,  with  reference  to  the  general  color.) 
Hemigrammus  ocellifer  (Steindachner). 

Two  examples  from  Igarape  Candelaria  (about  two  miles  from  the 
Madeira  River,  and  into  which  it  flows),  in  S.  Lat.  8°  45',  W.  Long. 
63°  54',  Brazil.     September,  1912. 

Fourteen  examples  from  the  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles  east 
of  W.  Long.  62°  20',  Brazil.     September,  1912. 
Hyphessobrycon  hasemani  sp.  nov.    Fig.  13. 

Head  3i;  depth  3|;  D.  ii,  8;  A.  in,  27;  P.  i,  10;  V.  i,  8;  scales 
about  32  in  median  lateral  series  to  caudal  base;  10  scales  trans- 
versely between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  11  predorsal  scales; 
head  width  2  in  its  length;  head  depth  1|  at  occiput;  mandible  2^; 
first  branched  dorsal  ray  about  lyV;  first  branched  anal  ray  If; 
least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  3f;  upper  caudal  lobe  1;  pectoral 
If;  ventral  2;  snout  4|  in  head,  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye 
2f;    maxillary  3^;    interorbital  3|. 

Body  elongate,  compressed,  upper  profile  forms  broad  obtuse 
angle  at  origin  of  dorsal,  which  point  deepest  part  of  body,  predorsal 
with  obsolete  median  ridge  and  edges  otherwise  rounded  convexly. 
Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  small,  its  length  from  last  anal  ray 
base  about  equal  to  its  least  tlepth. 


546 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct. 


Head  moderate,  compressed,  lower  profile  a  little  more  convex 
than  upper,  and  nearly  flattened  sides  only  very  slightly  constricted 
below.  Snout  short,  convex  over  surface  and  in  profile,  length  about 
half  its  width.  Eye  large,  rounded,  high,  centre  about  first  f  in 
head.  Pupil  large.  Eyelids  free.  Mouth  broad,  terminal,  short 
in  commissure.  Maxillary  free,  well  inclined,  extends  back  slightly 
Ijeyond  front  eye  edge,  though  not  to  that  of  pupil.  Lips  firm, 
moderate.  Teeth  small,  inconspicuous,  conic,  broad  basally,  biserial 
in  upper  jaw,  and  uniserial  in  lower.  No  maxillary  teeth.  Upper 
inner  buccal  fold  broader  than  lower.  Tongue  depressed,  rounded 
and  free  in  front.     ]\Iandil)le  strong,  rami  scarcely  elevated  inside 


Fig.  13. — Hyphessobnjcon  hasemani  Fowler.     (Type.) 


mouth,  and  tip  in  front  extends  forward  slightly  before  snout  tip. 
Nostrils  together  in  posterior  part  of  snout  before  eye,  anterior 
simple  and  posterior  crescentic.  Interorbital  slightly  convex. 
Suborbitals  well  developed,  and  completely  cover  cheek,  surfaces 
smooth.  Opercle  with  upper  hind  edge  emarginate,  deep,  smooth. 
Top  of  head  apparently  with  broad  fontanel  as  upper  surface  of 
cranium  soft,  both  in  parietal  and  frontal  region. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  front  pupil  edge. 
Rakers  about  7  +  12?,  slender,  lanceolate,  a  little  smaller  than 
filaments,  and  latter  about  f  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted, 
convex  over  surface.     Branchiostegals  moderate,  slender,  subequal. 

Scales  large,  well  exposed  in  lengthwise  series,  and  of  more  or  less 
equal  size.     Except  several  scales  on -caudal  base  fins  scaleless,  and 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  547 

no  axillary  flaps.  L.  1.  not  developed,  except  on  3  scales  anteriorlj', 
and  these  interrupted  after  first  by  break  of  two  scales. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  hind  nostril  and  caudal 
base,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extends  If  to 
caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  placed  over  last  anal  ray  bases,  fin  about 
f  in  eye.  Anal  inserted  below  anterior  dorsal  rays,  first  branched 
ray  longest  and  forms  with  other  anterior  rays  conspicuous  elevated 
pointed  lobe  extending  back  when  depressed  opposite  origin  of  adipose 
fin.  Caudal  well  forked,  pointed  lobes  rather  slender  and  equal. 
Pectoral  low,  pointed,  upper  rays  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extends 
opposite  ventral  insertion.  Latter  a  little  before  dorsal  origin  and 
depressed  fin  extends  back  nearly  to  base  of  first  branched  anal  ray. 
Vent  close  before  anal  origin. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish,  below  lighter.  Back  with  edges 
of  scales  narrowly  dusky.  No  humeral  blotch  or  caudal  blotch. 
Head  brownish  above,  sides  and  below  whitish.  Iris  whitish,  dusky 
above  and  below,  now  largeh^  turned  slaty.  Fins  all  pale,  anal  and 
caudal  dusted  with  minute  dusky  dots,  and  dorsal  with  large  blackish 
blotch  above  and  largely  anterior. 

Length  28  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,230,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River  above  Falls  of 
Guajaramirim,  approximately  in  Lat.  S.  10°  47',  Long.  W.  65°  23', 
Brazil.     September,  1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  It  is  apparently  related  to  Hijphessobrycon 
minor  Darbin,  but  differs  at  once  in  the  absence  of  a  dark  humeral 
blotch  and  the  longer  maxillary. 

(Named  for  Mr.  John  D.  Haseman,  who  has  explored  much  of 
South  America  and  contributed  a  number  of  papers  to  Brazilian 
ichthyology.) 

Hyphessobrycon  stigmatias  sp.  nov.     Fig.  14. 

Head  3t;  depth  3f ;  D.  in,  8;  A.  iii,  16;  P.  i,  12;  V.  i,  8;  scales 
31  in  median  lateral  series  to  caudal  base,  and  2  more  in  latter;  9 
scales  transversely  between  dorsal  and  ventral  origins;  about  11 
predorsal  scales;  head  width  If  in  its  length;  head  depth  Ij  at 
occiput;  snout  4;  eye  2^;  maxillary  3yo;  interorbital  2|;  first 
branched  dorsal  ray  1|;  first  branched  anal  ray  If;  least  depth  of 
caudal  peduncle  2f ;   pectoral  If;   ventral  1^. 

Body  moderately  long,  well  compressed,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin, 
profiles  similarly  convex,  and  edges  all  convexly  rounded.  Caudal 
peduncle  well  compressed,  its  least  depth  about  1|  in  its  length. 


548 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


Head  moderate,  compressed,  profiles  similar,  and  flattened  sides 
slightly  constricted  below.  Snout  convex  in  profile  and  over  surface, 
its  length  about  f  its  width.  Eye  large,  high,  rounded,  its  centre 
about  first  f  in  head.  Mouth  broad,  with  short  commissure,  termi- 
nal. Maxillary  well  inclined,  free,  and  extends  beyond  front  eye 
edge,  though  not  quite  to  front  pupil  edge.  Lips  firm,  little 
developed.  Teeth  strong,  with  broad  bases,  simply  conic  or  tri- 
cuspid and  in  latter  case  usually  of  larger  size.  Upper  teeth  biserial, 
though  series  close  and  outer  slightly  irregular.  Maxillary  with 
three  cusps  inside  near  base.  Mandible  with  a  series  of  mostly 
tricuspid  teeth,  but  little  smaller  posteriorly  along  sides  of  rami. 
Inner  buccal  folds  broad.     Tongue  depressed,  rounded  and  free  in 


Fig.  14.—Hyphessobryco)i  stlginatiaa  Fowler.     (Type 


front.  Mandible  rather  strong,  rami  not  elevated  inside  mouth, 
and  closed  jaws  about  equal.  Nostrils  together,  posteriorly  situated 
in  snout  length,  anterior  simple  pore  and  posterior  crescentic.  Inter- 
orbital  moderately  convex.  Suborbitals  rather  broad,  and  infra- 
orbital nearly  covers  cheek,  surfaces  smooth.  Hind  preopercle  edge 
slightly  inclined  posteriorly.  Opercle  deep.  Top  of  head  or  cranium 
soft,  with  broad  parietal  fontanel,  though  still  narrower  within 
frontal  region. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  nearly  opposite  front  pupil  edge. 
Rakers  about  5+10?,  slender,  lanceolate,  much  shorter  than 
filaments  and  latter  about  3  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted, 
surface  convex.     Branchiostegals  slender,  subequal. 

Scales  cycloid,  well  exposed  in  lengthwise  series,  moderately 
large,  and  of  nearly  uniform  size.     A  few  scales  on  caudal  base, 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  549 

though  none  on  other  fins,  and  ventral  axil  with  short,  pointed  scale. 
No  1.  1.  developed. 

Dorsal  origin  a  little  nearer  snout  tip  than  caudal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  not  quite  reaching  half  way 
to  caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  rather  large,  its  base  placed  over  last 
anal  ray  bases.  Anal  inserted  a  little  nearer  pectoral  origin  than 
caudal  base,  below  posterior  dorsal  rays,  and  first  branched  ray 
longest,  so  that  fin  elevated  in  pointed  lobe.  Caudal  well  forked, 
pointed  lobes  equal.  Pectoral  low,  not  quite  reaching  to  ventral 
origin,  upper  rays  longest,  and  fin  pointed.  Ventral  inserted  well 
before  dorsal,  or  nearly  midway  between  pectoral  and  anal  origins, 
fin  reaching  anal.     Vent  opens  about  midway  in  post  ventral  region. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally,  lower  surface  paler. 
Scales  on  back  all  with  dusky  edges.  Upper  surface  of  head  dusky, 
sides  and  below  paler.  Muzzle,  and  opercle  above,  with  dusky  dots. 
Iris  slaty.  Fins  all  dusted  with  dusky  dots.  At  shoulder,  behind 
gill-opening,  large  cluster  of  dusky  dots,  though  not  forming  a 
defined  humeral  blotch.  A  dark  vertebral  line  along  sides  after 
humeral  clouding  extending  to  caudal  base,  along  side  of  caudal 
peduncle  expanding  broadly  and  becoming  black.  On  caudal  base 
it  narrows  suddenly  and  extends  out  on  median  caudal  ra3^s.  Base 
of  each  caudal  lobe  with  pale  or  whitish  area. 

Length  23  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,231,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira  River 
near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January-February,  1913.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  It  is  likely  related  to  Moenkhausia  cotinho 
Eigenmann,  but  that  species  is  said  to  have  20  or  21  anal  rays,  and 
a  very  large  conspicuous  vertically  oval  black  spot  on  base  of  caudal, 
bordered  behind  by  milky-white. 

{lTtXfiaTca<,^^  branded  person,  with  reference  to  the  black  caudal 
blotch.) 

Hyphessobrycon  agulha  sp.  nov.    Fig.  15.     "Agulha." 

Head  3f ;  depth  31;  D.  iii,  9;  A.  iv,  19,  i;  P.  i,  13;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  32  in  median  lateral  series  to  caudal  base  and  2  more  on  latter ; 
1.  1.  of  12  tubes  anteriorly,  extends  back  and  down  in  gentle  curve 
little  beyond  front  of  dorsal;  6  scales  above  1.  1.  to  dorsal  origin; 
3  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  9  predorsal  scales  to  occipital 
process;  head  width  1|  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  1^; 
mandible  1|;    first  branched  anal  ray  Ij;    least  depth  of  caudal 


550 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct.,, 


peduncle  2f ;  pectoral  Ig;  ventral  If;  snout  3f  in  head,  measured 
from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  2f ;   maxillary  2;   interorbital  2|. 

Body  moderately  elongate,  well  compressed,  deepest  at  dorsal 
origin,  profiles  similar,  predorsal  slightly  constricted,  though  not 
keeled  medianly,  and  other  edges  all  convexly  rounded.  Caudal 
peduncle  well  compressed,  its  least  depth  trifle  less  than  its  length. 

Head  moderate,  compressed,  profiles  similar,  and  flattened  sides 
but  very  slightly  approximated  below.  Snout  convex  over  surface 
and  in  profile,  short,  its  length  about  half  its  width.  Eye  large, 
rounded,  high,  and  hind  pupil  edge  about  midway  in  head  length. 


Fig.  1,5. — Hyphessobrycon  agulha  Fowler.     (Type.) 

Pupil  large,  circular.  Eyelids  free,  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  well 
inclined,  broad,  commissure  short.  Maxillary  long,  slender,  free, 
well  inclined,  extends  back  about  opposite  front  pupil  edge.  Lips 
firm,  moderate.  Teeth  mostly  quindentate.  Upper  jaw  with  8 
teeth  in  each  series,  parallel  and  inner  lower  slightly  larger.  No 
maxillary  teeth.  Mandible  with  8  large  quindentate  teeth  ante- 
riorly, and  along  each  ramus  posteriorly  row  of  small  conic  teeth 
continued  back,  these  all  much  shorter  and  contrasted  with  anterior 
ones.  Inner  buccal  folds  broad.  Tongue  broad,  depressed,  rounded 
and  free  in  front.  Mandible  strong,  slightly  protrudes  beyond 
snout  tip  when  closed,  and  rami  not  elevated  inside  mouth.     Nostrils 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  551 

together,  close  before  eye,  anterior  simple  pore  and  posterior  cres- 
centic.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Preorbital  long,  slender. 
Infraorbital  broad,  covers  cheek  all  but  very  narrow  strip  in  lower 
angle,  with  a  few  coarse  striae.  Hind  preopercle  edge  straight  and 
slightly  inclined  posteriorly.  Opercle  narrow,  deep,  emarginate 
along  upper  hind  edge,  and  surface  smooth.  Occipital  fontanel 
well  developed  in  frontal  and  parietal  regions  till  within  occipital 
process,  broad. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  nearly  opposite  front  pupil  edge. 
Rakers  about  6  +  12,  slender,  lanceolate,  a  little  less  than  •filaments, 
and  latter  about  3  in  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted  in  front, 
its  surface  with  slight  groove,  though  posteriorly  l^roader  and  convex. 
Branchiostegals  rather  large,  subequal. 

Scales  large,  well  exposed  in  longitudinal  series,  of  nearly  uniform 
size,  and  each  one  with  few  radiating  striae.  Row  of  few  small 
scales  along  bases  of  anterior  anal  rays.  Caudal  base  with  few 
small  scales.  Free  pointed  axillary  ventral  scaly  flap  nearly  3  in 
fin.  L.  1.  incomplete,  slightly  decurved.  Tubes  simple,  only  on 
anterior  portions  of  scale  exposures. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  snout  tip  and  hind  edge  of 
adipose  fin,  first  branched  ray  longest,  or  little  longer  than  head, 
reaches  If  to  caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  placed  over  last  anal  ray 
bases,  fin  f  in  eye.  Caudal  well  forked,  pointed  lobes  equal,  trifle 
longer  than  head.  Anal  inserted  below  last  dorsal  ray  bases  or  a 
trifle  nearer  pectoral  origin  than  caudal  base,  first  branched  ray 
longest  with  anterior  rays  forming  an  elevated  pointed  lobe.  Pec- 
toral low,  slender,  pointed,  upper  rays  longest  and  fin  reaches  slightly 
beyond  ventral  origin.  Latter  slightly  before  dorsal  origin,  fin 
pointed  and  extends  slightly  beyond  front  anal  rays.  ^>nt  close 
before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  largely  dull  or  pale  brownish.  Scales  on  back 
all  broadly  marked  with  dusk}-  submarginal  wide-angled  streaks. 
Each  scale  on  predorsal,  postdorsal  and  scales  along  base  of  dorsal, 
with  conspicuous  rounded  dusky  or  dark  spot.  Head  brownish 
above,  also  on  lips.  Iris  slaty.  Lower  surface  of  head,  and  belly, 
whitish.  Along  side,  from  head  to  caudal  base  broad  area  of  brown- 
ish dots,  these  larger  and  more  sparse  on  cheek  and  side  of  abdomen. 
Within  this  lateral  area  of  dusky  dots  narrow  brownish  band  extends 
from  shoulder  straight  to  median  cau  lal  base,  where  continued 
out  on  middle  rays  of  caudal  as  blackish  streak,  and  streak  not  quite 
wide  as  pupil  diameter.     No  distinct  caudal  spot.     Humeral  region 


552  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

with  elliptical  horizontal  dusky  or  blackish  blotch  a  little  less  in 
length  than  eye.  From  lower  edge  a  short  vertical  branch  of  dusky 
given  off  from  humeral  streak.  Fins  pale,  with  very  slight  dusky 
tinge  distally,  though  all  more  or  less  whitish  basally. 

Length  42  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,232,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  W.  Long.  62°  20',  Brazil.  September,  1912.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Also  Nos.  39,233  to  39,289,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes,  same  data. 

One  example  from  the  Madeira  River  above  the  Falls  of  Guajara- 
mirim,  approximately  S.  Lat.  10°  47',  W.  Long.  65°  23',  Brazil. 
September,  1912. 

Nine  examples  from  Igarape  de  Candelaria,  tributary  of  the 
Madeira  River,  about  S.  Lat.  8°  45',  W.  Long.  63°  54',  Brazil.  Sep- 
tember, 1912. 

Fifty-three  examples  from  tributaries  of  the  Madeira  River  near 
Porto  Velho,  Brazil.     January-February,  1913. 

All  the  specimens  representing  this  species  are  smaller  than  the 
type  and  were  collected  by  Mr.  Smith.  Changes  with  age  are 
noticeable  in  color,  small  or  young  specimens  showing  an  obscure 
humeral  blotch  and  usually  no  black  on  caudal.  A  narrow  line  of 
dusky  dots*  extends  along  parallel  with  the  anal  base  on  lower  side 
of  trunk.  The  species  is  related  to  Hyphessobrycon  heUotti  (Stein- 
dachner),^  though  differs  in  the  absence  of  maxillary  teeth  and  the 
dark  humeral  blotch  not  surrounded  by  a  bright  ring. 

{Agulha,  the  native  name.) 
Creagrutus  anary  sp.  nov.    Fig.  16.    "Anary." 

Head  3f;  depth  3f ;  D.  iii,  8;  A.  m,  11,  i;  P.  i,  13;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  37  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  5  more  on  latter;  5  scales  above 
1.  1.;  3  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  4  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal 
origin;  8  predorsal  scales  to  hind  end  of  occipital  process;  head 
width  If  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  1^;  snout  3|;  eye  2|; 
maxillary  2|;  interorbital  3;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  1|;  first 
branched  anal  ray  1|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2|;  upper 
caudal  lobe  1;  pectoral  Ij;  ventral  1|. 

Body  moderately  long,  compressed,  of  robust  appearance,  deepest 
at  dorsal  origin,  back  very  slightly  elevated,  and  edges  all  convexly 
rounded,  though  slight  constriction  just  before  dorsal  origin.     Caudal 


» Denk.  Ak.  Wiss.,  Wien,  XLYI,  I,  1883,  p.  34.     Tabatinga. 


1913.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


553 


peduncle  well  compressed,  its  least  depth  about   H  in  its  length 
measured  from  last  anal  ray  base. 

Head  moderate,  robust,  compressed,  flattened  sides  not  converg- 
ing, and  upper  profile  a  little  more  convex  than  lower.  Snout  well 
convex  in  profile  and  over  surface,  well  protruded  beyond  mandible 
and  its  length  about  |  its  width.  Eye  large,  rounded,  high,  and 
centre  falls  about  first  |  in  head.  Pupil  large,  rounded.  Eyelids 
free,  narrow,  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  inferiorly  terminal,  broad, 
with  short  curved  commissure.  Maxillary  strong,  bent,  slips  below 
preorbital  all  along  its  upper  edge,  extends  well  below  and  slightly 
beyond  front  eye  edge.     Lips  thick,  fleshy,  not  free.     Teeth  rather 


Fig.  IG. — Creagrutus  aiiary  Fowler.     (Type.) 

large,  tricuspid  or  quincuspid.  Upper  jaw  with.  3  series  of  large 
teeth,  forming  considerable  dental  area.  Mandible  with  single 
series  of  teeth,  large,  quincuspid,  subequal.  Maxillary  with  several 
small  denticles,  simple,  and  appear  as  continuation  of  upper  inner- 
most teeth.  Inner  buccal  folds  broad.  Tongue  depressed,  rounded 
and  free  in  front.  Mandible  obtuse,  strong,  and  rami  short  and 
low.  Nostrils  together  close  before  eye,  anterior  simple  and  posterior 
crescentic.  Suborbitals  broad,  nearly  cover  cheek,  only  slight 
naked  strip  below.  Hind  edge  of  preopercle  straight,  inclined 
slightly  posteriorly.  Opercle  deep,  narrow,  upper  hind  edge  notched. 
Parietal-frontal  fontanel  well  developed,  extends  to  occipital  process, 
and  latter  about  \  to  dorsal  origin. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  opposite  front  pupil  edge.     Rakers 
37 


554  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

6  +  16,  slender,  lanceolate,  much  less  than  filaments,  and  latter 
about  f  of  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted  in  front,  broad 
behind,  and  surface  convex.     Branchiostegals  moderate,  subequal. 

Scales  moderate,  well  exposed  in  longitudinal  series  parallel  with 
1,  1.,  each  with  a  few  radiating  strise,  and  of  mostly  uniform  size. 
Caudal  covered  with  a  number  of  small  scales  over  greater  basal 
portion.  Scales  large  along  anterior  base  of  dorsal  and  form  sheath, 
and  similar  ones  on  anal.  Ventral  with  free  pointed  axillary  scaly 
flap,  its  length  nearly  |  that  of  fin.  L.  1.  complete,  slightly  decurved 
till  about  f  in  greatest  body  depth,  and  extends  a  little  low  along 
side  of  caudal  peduncle  to  median  caudal  base.  Tubes  simple, 
moderately  exposed  anteriorly. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  snout  tip  and  hind  edge  of 
adipose  fin,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  reaches 
2j  to  caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  placed  over  last  anal  rays  basally, 
or  about  last  |  in  space  between  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base,  fin 
about  equals  eye.  Anal  inserted  close  after  dorsal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  though  with  other  anterior  anal  rays  not 
forming  distinct  lobe.  Caudal  well  forked,  lobes  longer  than  head, 
broad,  pointed,  equal,  and  rudimentary  rays  well  developed.  Pec- 
toral low,  rounded,  upper  rays  longest  and  extend  |  to  ventral  origin. 
Ventral  inserted  slightly  behind  dorsal  origin,  and  extends  back  to 
anal  origin.     Vent  about  last  f  in  postventral  space. 

Color  in  alcohol  very  pale  brownish  generally.  Edges  of  scales 
on  back  dotted  with  brownish,  though  no  median  dark  streak. 
Upper  surface  of  head  brownish,  sides,  muzzle,  and  lower  surface 
whitish.  Iris  slaty.  Above  third  scale  of  1. 1.  vertical  dusky  humeral 
blotch,  its  vertical  diameter  about  equal  to  pupil.  Evidently  a 
silvery  lateral  streak,  narrow,  and  best  defined  posteriorly.  A  narrow 
dark  underlaid  streak,  made  up  of  dusky  dots,  vertebral  along  side 
of  body,  begins  opposite  tip  of  depressed  pectoral  and  extends  to 
median  caudal  base,  and  most  distinct  in  median  part  of  its  course. 
Slight  dusky  spot  at  bases  of  median  caudal  rays,  and  lower  lobe 
sprinkled  with  minute  dusky  dots.  Upper  or  apical  portion  of 
dorsal  sprinkled  with  dusky  dots.  Fins,  otherwise  than  noted 
above,  pale  or  whitish. 

Length  42  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,290,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  Long.  W.  62°  20',  Brazil.  September,  1912.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Also  No.  39,291,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype,  same  data.     Head  3^; 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  555 

depth  3|;  D.  ii,  8;  A.  iii,  11,  i;  scales  36  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base, 
and  4  more  on  latter;  5  scales  above  1.  1.;  3  scales  below  1.  I.  to 
ventral  origin;  3  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal  origin;  9  scales  before 
dorsal  to  occipital  process;  snout  3f  in  head;  eye  3;  maxillary  2|; 
interorbital  3;  length  34  mm. 

It  appears  related  to  Creagndus  affinis  Steindachner,''  Creagrutus 
magdaleiue  Eigenmann/  and  Creagrutus  hrevipinnis  Eigenmann,* 
all  of  which,  however,  have  no  dark  caudal  spot.  Creagrutus  avary 
has  three  teeth,  rather  enlarged,  forming  its  posterior  premaxillary 
series. 

{Anary,  the  native  name.) 
Bryconamericus  jacunda  sp.  nov.    Fig.  17.    "Jacunda." 

Head  3^;  depth  3;  D.  ii,  8;  A.  iii,  23,  i;  P.  i,  10;  V.  i,  8;  scales 
35  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  3  more  on  latter;  5  scales  above  1.  1.; 
4  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin,  or  to  anal  origin;  12  predorsal 
scales;  head  width  2  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  1^;  snout 
4;  eye  2f ;  maxillary  2f ;  interorbital  2^;  first  branched  dorsal  ray 
lyV;  first  branched  anal  ray  If;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2|; 
pectoral  lyV;   ventral  1|. 

Body  elongate,  moderately  compressed,  lower  profile  a  little  more 
convex  than  upper,  greatest  depth  at  dorsal  origin,  and  edges  all 
convexly  rounded.  Caudal  peduncle  well  compressed,  length  about 
f  its  least  depth. 

Head  moderately  large,  compressed,  profiles  convex  with  upper  a 
little  more  bulging,  and  flattened  sides  very  slightly  constricted 
below.  Snout  convex  over  surface  and  in  profile,  short,  and  its 
length  half  its  width.  Eye  large,  rounded,  though  deeper  vertically 
than  horizontal  width,  midway  in- head  depth,  and  hind  pupil  edge 
about  midway  in  head  leng-th.  Pupil  vertically  ellipsoid.  Eyelids 
narrow,  free,  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  small,  terminal,  broad,  very 
short  in  commissure.  Lips  thick,  fleshy,  firm.  Maxillary  slender, 
oblique,  extends  back  about  opposite  front  eye  edge,  free  distally 
short  extent,  and  upper  edge  largely  slips  below  preorbital.  Teeth 
quincuspid,  with  median  point  to  each  largest.  Upper  teeth  biserial, 
outer  in  an  irregular  row  of  small  ones,  and  inner  row  of  5  large, 
broad  ones.  No  maxillary  teeth.  Mandible  with  single  series  of 
large  teeth   in  front.     Inner  buccal  folds  broad.     Tongue  broad. 


6  Denk.  Ak.  Wiss.,  Wien,  XLII,  1884,  p.  27.     Cauca,  near  Caceres,  Colombia. 
^  Indiana  Univ.  Studies,  March,  1913,  p.  8.     Girardot,  Honda,  Penas  Blancas, 
and  Apulo,  Colombia. 

8  L.c,  p.  10.     Piedra  Moler,  Paila,  Cartago,  Colombia. 


556 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


depressed,  free  and  rounded  in  front.  Mandible  robust,  convex, 
strong,  rami  not  elevated  in  mouth,  and  upper  jaw  moderately 
protruded  beyond  when  mouth  closes.  Nostrils  together,  large, 
close  before  eye  above,  anterior  simple  pore  and  posterior  crescent ic. 
Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Preorbital  narrow.  Infraorbital 
broad,  smooth,  completely  covers  cheek.  Hind  preopercle  edge 
vertical.  Opercle  deep,  smooth,  hind  edge  above  slightly  emarginate. 
Broad  fontanel  from  between  frontals  and  parietals  to  occipital 
process,  latter  short  and  triangular. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  first  |  in  eye.     Rakers 
about    5+9,    slender,   lanceolate,   much    less    than   filaments,   and 


Fig.  17. — Bryconamericus  jacimda  Fowler.     (Tj'pe.) 

latter  about  |  of  eye.  Isthmus  constricted,  surface  convex.  Branchi- 
ostegals  large,  subequal. 

Scales  moderate,  moderately  imbricated,  disposed  in  longitudinal 
series  parallel  with  1.  1.,  those  on  middle  of  side  little  larger  than 
others.  Caudal  with  greater  portion  basally  covered  with  small 
close-set  scales.  Anal  with  bSsal  series  of  scales  its  whole  extent, 
though  graduated  smaller  posteriorly.  Ventral  with  free  pointed 
axillary  scaly  flap  about  I  length  of  fin.  L.  1.  complete,  decurved 
till  about  f  in  greatest  body  depth,  and  extends  a  little  low  along 
caudal  peduncle  side  till  midway  at  caudal  base.  Tubes  simple, 
and  each  one  extends  anteriorly  on  scale  exposure  about  f  its  extent. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  front  eye  edge  and  caudal 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  557 

base,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  fin  extends  back  If  to  caudal 
base.  Adipose  fin  elongate,  its  base  over  last  anal  ray  bases.  Anal 
well  anterior,  inserted  little  behind  dorsal  origin,  anterior  rays 
elevated  with  first  branched  longest,  though  not  forming  distinct 
lobe,  rays  being  graduated  down  behind  with  straight  edge.  Caudal 
longer  than  head,  well  eraarginated  or  forked,  and  pointed  lobes 
about  equal.  Pectoral  long,  pointed,  low,  upper  rays  longest,  and 
depressed  fin  extends  back  about  f  to  anal  origin.  Ventral  inserted 
about  last  f  in  space  between  pectoral  and  anal  origins,  and  extends 
back  a  little  beyond  front  of  anal.     Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally.  Back  and  sides  sprinkled 
with  numerous  dusky  dots,  these  also  extend  over  anal  basally,  and 
over  most  of  caudal.  Area  above  1.  1.  to  about  seventh  scale  of  its 
course  pale  or  not  dusted  with  dark  dots,  except  on  third  and  fourth 
scales  a  vertical  streak  equal  to  vertical  eye-diameter  extends  upward 
slightly  inclined  posteriorly,  and  this  streak  made  up  of  dark  larger 
dots.  Head  brownish  above,  sides,  muzzle,  and  below  paler  or 
whitish.  Iris  slaty.  Except  as  noted  above,  fins  pale.  Median 
streak  of  dull  brownish  dots  down  back.  Pale  lateral  vertebral  line 
of  dark  dots  begins  on  dotted  part  of  side  and  continues  to  caudal 
base,  where  evidence  of  faded  or  pale  dusky  blotch  medianly. 

Length  31  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,292,  A.  N.  S.  P.  IMadeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  W.  Long.  62°  20'.  Brazil.  September.  1912.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  Brijconamericus  alburnus  (Hensel)  differs 
in  the  smaller  head  (4f),  though  agrees  in  the  absence  of  maxillary 
teeth,  scales,  etc. 

(Jacunda,  the  native  name.) 
Bryconamericus  smithi  sp.  nov.     Fig.  18. 

Head  4;  depth  2|;  D.  ii,  7;  A.  iii,  25,  i;  P.  i,  10;  V.  i,  7;  37 
scales  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  2  more  on  latter;  6  scales  above 
1.  1.;  4  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  5  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal 
origin;  14  predorsal  scales;  head  width  1|  its  length;  head  depth 
at  occiput  liV;  snout  3h;  eye  2f;  maxillary  2;  interorbital  2|; 
first  branched  dorsal  ray  1;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2|;  first 
branched  anal  ray  1|;   pectoral  1|;   ventral  1|. 

Body  moderately  long,  of  ovoid  contour  with  lower  profile  a  little 
more  convex  anteriorly,  greatest  depth  at  dorsal  origin  and  edges  all 
convexly  rounded,  except  trenchant  post  ventral.  Caudal  peduncle 
compressed,  about  long  as  deep. 


558 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


Head  rather  small,  well  compressed,  profiles  similarly  and  slightly 
convex,  and  flattened  head  sides  slightly  constricted  below.  Snout 
convex  over  surface  and  in  profile,  length  about  f  its  basal  width. 
Eye  large,  rounded,  slightly  elevated,  centre  about  first  f  in  head 
length.  Eyelid  free,  without  adipose-like  development.  Pupil 
rounded.  Mouth  broad,  with  short  commissure.  Maxillary  largely 
free,  slender,  well  inclined,  extends  back  slightly  beyond  front  eye 
edge,  though  not  quite  to  that  of  pupil.  Lips  fleshy,  not  free. 
Upper  teeth  biserial,  outer  row  of  small  unevenly  arranged  teeth  in 
a  wavy  line  and  deeply  imbedded,  appearing  as  single  cusps  or 
tricuspid,  the  outer  cusps  being  quite  small.     Inner  upper  row  of 


Bryconatnericus  smithi  Fowler.     (Tj'pe.) 


t(.eth  large,  broadly  triangular,  quincuspid,  6  in  number.  No 
maxillary  teeth.  Mandibular  teeth  uniserial,  quincuspid,  and 
.suddenly  stopping  along  front  of  rami,  so  that  posterior  teeth,  if 
present,  very  small.  Mandible  moderate,  included  so  snout  slightly 
protrudes  beyond  closed  jaws,  convex,  and  rami  not  elevated  inside 
mouth.  Inner  buccal  folds  moderate.  Tongue  depressed,  rounded 
and  free  in  front.  Nostrils  together  close  before  upper  front  rim  of 
eye,  anterior  simple  pore  and  posterior  much  larger  and  broadly 
crescentic.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Suborbitals  large,  espe- 
cially infraorbital,  and  completely 'covering  cheek.  Hind  preopercle 
ridge  nearly  vertical,  entire.  Opercle  deep,  smooth,  its  upper  pos- 
terior   edge    not    emarginate.     Occipital    fontanel    broad,    extends 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  559 

from   frontals   to   occipital  process,  and  latter  siiort,  narrowly  tri- 
angular. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  front  edge  of  pupil. 
Rakers  about  7+10?,  slender,  lanceolate,  much  less  than  filaments, 
and  latter  about  |  of  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted,  surface 
convex.     Branchiostegals  rather  large,  subequal. 

Scaler  moderately  small,  disposed  in  longitudinal  series  parallel 
with  1.  1.,  each  well  exposed,  cycloid,  and  of  mostly  uniform  size. 
Along  base  of  anal  on  trunk  scales  become  smaller,  and  along  base 
of  anal  its  entire  length  a  series  of  scales,  which  larger  anteriorly  and 
diminishing  posteriorly.  Caudal  base  scaled,  and  lobes  of  fin  also 
covered  with  small  scales  over  greater  portions.  Free  pointed 
axillary  scaly  flap  to  ventral  j  length  of  fin.  L.  1.  complete,  slightly 
decurved  till  f  in  greatest  body  depth,  extending  a  little  low  along 
side  of  caudal  peduncle  'till  reaching  caudal  base  medianly.  Tubes 
simple,  extend  over  first  half  of  scale  at  least. 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  with  depressed  fin  extending  half  way  to 
caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  slender,  about  1|  in  eye,  its  origin  about 
last  y  in  space  between  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base.  Caudal  well 
forked,  lobes  pointed,  similar,  equal.  Anal  inserted  well  forward, 
nearly  midway  between  centre  of  eye  and  caudal  base,  first  branched 
ray  longest  and  with  anterior  rays  elevated  slightly,  though  not 
forming  distinct  lobe,  and  base  long  and  straight.  Pectoral  low, 
upper  rays  longest,  pointed,  and  depressed  fin  extends  back  slightly 
beyond  ventral  base.  Ventral  inserted  well  before  dorsal,  reaches 
anal.     Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  pale  brownish  generally.  Back  and  trunk  above  anal 
finely  dotted  with,  dull  or  pale  dusky.  Median  pale  lateral  streak 
from  eye  to  caudal  base,  less  than  eye  diameter  in  width.  Shoulder 
with  large  pale  area,  within  which  vertical,  narrow,  dusky  streak 
about  equal  to  eye  diameter.  A  narrow  pale  dusky  vertebral  lateral 
streak  posteriorly  forms  upper  boundary  of  silvery  lateral  streak. 
Fins  all  pale  or  grayish.  No  caudal  blotch.  Head  brownish  above, 
silvered  or  whitish  on  sides  and  below.  Iris  silvery  with  dusky  ver- 
tical streak.  Teeth  pale. 
Length  35  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,293,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira  River 
near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January-February,  1913.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Also,  Nos.  39,294  to  39,298,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes,  same  data. 


560  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

Head  3f  to  3|;  depth  3  to  3^;  D.  ii,  7  or  ii,  8;  A.  iii,  24,  i  to  iii, 
27,  i;  scales  34  to  36  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  2  or  3  more  on  latter; 
6  scales  above  1.  1.;  5  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal  origin;  12  or  13  pre- 
dorsal  scales;  snout  3|  to  3f  in  head;  eye  2^  to  2|;  maxillary  2}  to 
24;   interorbital  2f  to  2f ;   length  24  to  33  mm. 

Closely  related  to  the  preceding  specie-,  though  apparently  differs 
in  the  smaller  head  and  deeper  body. 

(Named  for  Mr.  Edgar  A.  Smith.) 

CHALCIN.E. 
Chalcinus  angulatus  (Agassiz). 

Five  from  the  Falls  of  Guajaramirim,  Madeira  River,  approxi- 
mately Lat.  S.  10°  47',  Long.  W.  65°  23',  Brazil.     September,  1912. 

One  young  example  from  the  Madeira  River  near  Porto  Velho, 
Brazil.     January-February,  1913. 

GASTEROPELECIN.E.       . 
Gasteropelecus  securis  Filippi. 

One  from  the  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles  east  of  W.  Long. 
63°  54',  Brazil.     September,  1912. 

Five  from  tributary  of  Madeira  River  near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil. 
January-February,  1913. 

These  specimens  all  appear  to  be  identical  with  Filippi's  account.^ 
They  also  agree  with  examples  I  have  studied,  from  Pebas  and  the 
Ambyiacu  River,  as  Gasteropelecus  stellatus  Kner,'"  and  thus  fall 
within  my  subgenus  Thoracocharax.  - 

GNATHOCHARAX  gen.  nov. 
Type  Gnathocharax  steindachneri  sp.  nov. 

Body  elongately  ovoid,  profiles  unlike  anteriorly,  upper  straight 
and  lower  convex.  Preventral  with  median  keel,  over  which  scales 
pass.  Head  rather  upturned.  Snout  short,  broad.  Eye  very 
large,  with  free  eyelids.  Mouth  terminal  above.  Maxillary  very 
oblique,  elongate.  Teeth  uniserial  in  jaws,  none  on  maxillary  and 
mandible  with  several  canines.  Mandible  slightly  project?.  Inter- 
orbital low.  Gill-rakers  lanceolate,  3+9,  long.  Scales  large, 
cycloid.  Caudal  and  anal  bases  scaly.  Lateral  line  incomplete, 
only  on  few  scales  from  shoulder.  Dorsal  inserted  posteriorly, 
moderate.     Adipose   fin   placed   over   last    anal   rays.     Anal    long, 

^Rev.  Mag.  Zool,  1853,  p.  165.     Rio  Napo. 
^^Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  p.. 4.52. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  561 

inserted  little  before  dorsal.  Caudal  well  forked.  Pectorals  large, 
falcate,  reach  back  well  beyond  dorsal  base.  Ventrals  small.  No 
humeral  blotch.     Caudal  with  black  blotch. 

Small  fishes  of  the  Amazon  basin.  They  are  remarkable  for  the 
simple  dentition,  in  this  respect  differing  from  the  rest  of  the  members 
of  this  subfamily.  They  also  suggest  certain  Characince,  as  Asiphon- 
ichthys,  though  differ  in  the  larger  pectorals  and  conic  teeth.  Pos- 
sibly they  are  more  closely  allied  with  Pseudocorynopoma  of  the 
present  subfamily,  but  differ  in  the  incomplete  lateral  line,  as  well 
as  the  dentition. 

(/Vacyoc,  jaw;  Xafia':^  Cliarax;  with  reference  to  the  long  maxillary.) 
Gnathocharax  steindachneri  sp.  nov.    Fig.  19. 

Head  3|;  depth  3i;  D.  ii,  6,  i;  A.  iii,  31,  i;  P.  i,  15;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  33  in  median  lateral  series  to  caudal  base  and  2  more  on  latter ; 
10  scales  transversely  between  dorsal  origin  and  that  of  anal;  14 
predorsal  scales;  head  width  1|  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput 
1^-;  mandible  1^;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  1^;  first  branched  anal 
ray  \\;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  3^;  ventral  2;  snout  4| 
in  head  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  2\;  maxillary  1^;  inter- 
orbital  3|. 

Body  elongate,  greatly  compressed,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin,  upper 
predorsal  profile  nearly  straight  and  little  inclined,  and  lower  anterior 
profile  well  curved  convexly.  Upper  edges  convex,  preventral 
largely  convex  with  slight  median  keel  and  postventral  constricted. 
Caudal  peduncle  well  compressed,  about  long  as  deep. 

Head  moderate,  well  compressed,  upper  profile  straight  and  little 
inclined,  lower  profile  well  inclined  convexly,  and  rather  convex 
sides  slope  evenly  above  and  below.  Snout  short,  near/y  straight 
in  profile,  convex  over  surface,  and  length  about  half  its  width.  Eye 
large,  rounded,  little  elevated,  and  centre  slightly  anterior  to  middle 
in  head  length.  Pupil  moderatelj^  large,  rounded.  Eyelids  free, 
not  adipose-like.  Mouth  large,  superiorly  terminal.  Maxillary  very 
long,  slender,  slips  below  preorbital  edge  most  of  its  length,  extends 
down  below  eye  till  opposite  last  |  in  eye  diameter,  and.  its  greatest 
expan'^ion  about  5  in  eye.  Lips  thin,  firm,  little  developed.  Teeth 
uniserial  in  jaws,  conic,  somewhat  irregular,  sharply  pointed,  and 
rather  short.  Mandible  with  3  pairs  of  wide-set  canines  anteriorly. 
No  maxillary  or  palatine  teeth.  Inner  buccal  folds  moderate. 
Tongue  rather  small,  depressed,  a  little  elongate,  nearly  truncate, 
and  free  in  front.  Mandible  slightly  protrudes  when  closing,  strong, 
rather  shallow  with  convex  surface  and  rami  not  elevated  inside 


562 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


mouth.  Nostrils  together,  large,  close  before  eye,  anterior  simple 
pore  and  posterior  broadly  crescentic.  Interorbital  broadly  convex. 
Preorbital  narrow.  Infraorbital  broad,  smooth,  large,  completely 
€overs  cheek.  Hind  edge  of  premaxillary  entire,  well  inclined  for- 
ward. Opercle  smooth,  rather  broad,  and  hind  edge  scarcely  emar- 
ginate.  Top  of  head  with  large  fontanel,  begins  on  interorbital 
nearly  opposite  front  edge  of  nostril  and  extends  back  to  occipital 
process.     Latter  short  and  triangular. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  opposite  front  pupil  edge.     Rakers 
3+9,  lanceolate,  slender,  nearly  twice  length  of  filaments  or  about 


Fig.  19. — Gnathocharax  steindachneri  Fowler.     (Type.) 


\  of  eye  diameter.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted,  surface  convex. 
Branchiostegals  rather  short,  subeciual. 

Scales  rather  large,  cycloid,  well  exposed  in  lengthwise  series, 
those  on  predorsal  rather  oblique  and  somewhat  more  imbricated, 
and  all  of  more  or  less  uniform  size.  Caudal  base  scaly.  Row  of 
small  scales  along  base  of  anal  anteriorly.  No  axillary  ventral  scaly 
flap.  L.  1.  incomplete,  comprises  six  simple  tubes  or  series  of  scales 
from  shoulder,  each  tube  only  extending  over  first  half  of  scale 
exposure. 

Dorsal  origin  about  opposite  eye  centre  and  caudal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extends  slightly  over  half 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  563 

way  to  caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  equals  about  f  eye  diameter, 
inserted  near  last  fourth  in  space  between  hind  pupil  edge  and 
caudal  base.  Anal  inserted  slightly  before  dorsal  origin,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  together  with  anterior  rays,  which  elevated, 
forms  pointed  lobe.  Caudal  a  little  longer  than  head,  well  forked, 
and  lobes  pointed,  upper  slightly  longer.  Pectoral  enlarged,  about 
equals  length  of  head  and  an  eye  diameter,  moderately  low  in  its 
insertion,  upper  rays  longest.  Ventral  small,  inserted  about  midway 
between  mandible  tip  and  origin  of  adipose  fin.  ^>nt  close  before 
anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally,  paler  on  under  surface. 
Head  brownish  above,  whitish  below.  Muzzle  brownish,  though 
only  including  upper  half  of  mandible.  Suborbitals  with  rather 
large,  wide-set  brownish  dots.  Iris  slaty.  Opercles  and  flanks 
dusted  with  brownish,  and  behind  dusky  narrow  lateral  vertebral 
blackish  line  to  caudal  base,  which  latter  entirely  blackish,  though 
area  included  less  than  eye.  Median  streak  down  back  dusky,  also 
edges  of  scales  on  back  sprinkled  with  minute  dusky  dots.  Along 
base  of  anal  and  close  above  on  trunk,  though  nearly  parallel,  line  of 
dusky  dots.  Fins  all  pale,  sprinkled  with  dusky  dots  on  outer 
portions.     Adipose  fin  pale. 

Length  33  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,309,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Igarape  de  Candelaria,  tributary  of 
the  Madeira  River,  and  approximately  two  miles  distant,  in  Lat.  S. 
8°  45'  W.,  Long.  63°  54',  Brazil.     September,  1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

No.  39,310,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype  Madeira  River  about  200  miles 
east  of  W.  Long.  62°  20',  Brazil.     September,  1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

No.  39,311,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira 
River  near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January-February,  1913.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

(Named  for  Dr.  Franz  Steindachner.) 

CHARACIN^. 
TYTTOCHARAX  gen.  nov. 
Type  Tyltocharax  madeirce  sp.  nov. 

Body  oblong,  well  compressed.  Head  moderate.  Snout  short. 
Eye  large,  without  adipose  eyelids.  Mouth  broad,  short.  Maxillary 
free,  oblique,  with  few  simple  conic  teeth.  Teeth  in  jaws  conic,  in 
bands,  and  some  externally  similar  ones  on  lips.  Few  symphyseal 
teeth  canine-like.  Interorbital  broad.  Occipital  process  short  and 
triangular.     Gill-membranes    free    from   isthmus.     Rakers    minute. 


564  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

Scales  large,  cycloid,  well  exposed,  extend  on  caudal  base  and  form 
anal  sheath  basally.  No  1.  1.  Dorsal  fin  inserted  behind  middle 
in  body  length.  Adipose  fin  moderate.  Caudal  moderately  forked, 
lobes  equal.  Anal  inserted  before  dorsal  origin,  with  moderate 
basis.  Pectoral  long,  pointed,  passes  ventral  base.  Ventral  not 
reaching  anal.  Dark  lateral  streak.  Shoulder  and  caudal  each 
with  dark  blotch. 

Minute  fishes  of  the  Madeira  River  basin.  They  show  affinity 
with  certain  of  the  Tetragonopterinx  in  the  large  scales,  but  the 
conical  teeth  and  external  tooth-like  processes  are  more  features  of 
the  present  subfamily.     One  species. 

('/'utOo?^  tiny;  .A'«/>«l,  Charax.) 
Tyttooharax  madeirse  sp.  nov.    Fig.  20. 

Head  3|;  depth  3;  D.  ii,  7;  A.  ii,  16;  P.  i,  9;  V.  i,  7;  scale?  30 
in  median  lateral  series  to  caudal  base,  and  2  more  on  latter;  10 
scales  transversely  between  dorsal  and  anal  origins;  10  predorsal 
scales;  head  width  1|  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  1|;  snout 
4;  eye  2|;  maxillary  3;  interorbital  2f ;  first  branched  dorsal  ray 
1^;  first  branched  anal  ray  1|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2|; 
lower  caudal  lobe  1;   pectoral  1^;   ventral  If. 

Body  moderately  long,  well  compressed,  lower  profile  more  convex 
anteriorly  than  upper,  postventral  trenchant,  and  other  edges  con- 
vexly  rounded.     Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  about  long  as  deep. 

Head  moderate,  compressed,  lower  profile  more  convex  and 
inclined  than  upper,  and  its  flattened  sides  slightly  constricted  below. 
Snout  short,  convex  over  surface  and  in  profile,  length  abqut  half 
its  width.  Eye  large,  rounded,  rather  high,  and  hind  edge  of  pupil 
about  midway  in  head  length.  Pupil  rounded,  moderate.  Eyelids 
free,  not  adipose-like.  Mouth  broad,  short  and  inclined  in  commis- 
sure. Lips  firmly  fleshy.  Maxillary  well  inclined,  slender,  free, 
extends  down  opposite  lower  eye  margin  and  slightly  beyond  anterior 
eye  margin,  though  not  nearly  to  front  pupil  edge.  Teeth  all  conic, 
simple,  moderately  large,  in  bands  in  jaws,  and  outer  mostly  with 
appearance  as  if  imbedded  in  lips.  Some  of  teeth  at  symphyseal 
region  slightly  recurved  and  enlarged  a  little,  appearing  somewhat 
canine-like.  On  lips  a  number  of  denticles  or  tooth-like  structures 
protruded  through  the  integument.  Maxillary  with  a  few  irregular 
small  and  inconspicuous  teeth  along  upper  edge.  Apparently  no 
other  teeth.  Buccal  fold  moderate  inside  mouth.  Tongue  de- 
pressed, rounded  and  free  in  front.  Mandible  small,  strong,  shallow 
low  rami  not  elevated  inside  mouth,  and  when  closed  very  slightly 


1913.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


565 


protrude  beyond  snout  tip.  Nostrils  together,  large,  anterior 
simple  pore,  posterior  larger,  crescentic.  Interorbital  broadly 
convex.  Infraorbital  broad,  covers  cheek.  Hind  preopercle  edge 
nearly  vertical.  Opercle  smooth,  deep,  hind  edge  rounded.  Fon- 
tanel broad,  extends  from  frontals  to  occipital  process. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  front  pupil  edge. 
Rakers  a  few  minute  points.  Filaments  about  |  of  eye.  Isthmus 
moderately  constricted,  its  surface  convex.  Branchiostegals  mod- 
crate,  subequal. 

Scales  large,  well  exposed  in  lengthwi«!e  series,  cj'cloid,  and  of 
mostly   uniform   size,    along   base   of   anal   extending   out   without 


Fig.  20. — Tijltocharaz  madeirw  Fowler.     (Type.) 


<liminution  in  size  or  augmented  numbers  to  form  basal  sheath  for 
fin.     Caudal  base  scaly.     L.  1.  not  developed. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  hind  edge  of  eye  and  caudal 
base,  first  branched  ray  longest  and  depressed  fin  extends  back  1| 
to  caudal  base.  Adipose  fin  small,  inserted  about  last  f  in  space 
between  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base.  Caudal  moderate,  well 
forked,  pointed  and  rather  broad  lobes  subequal.  Anal  inserted 
well  before  dorsal  or  nearly  midway  between  mandible  tip  and 
caudal  base,  first  branched  ray  longest,  and  with  anterior  rays 
longer  than  others,  though  not  forming  elevated  lobe,  lower  edge  of 
fin  being  nearly  straight.  Pectoral  low,  pointed,  upper  rays  longest, 
extends  back  about  first  third  in  length  of  depressed  ventral.  Origin 
of  ventral  nearer  anal  origin  than  that  of  pectoral,  and  depressed  fin 
extending  back  to  vent,  which  close  before  anal. 


566  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct.^ 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally,  paler  below.  Head 
dusky  above,  cheek  and  opercle  dusted  with  dark  dots,  and  lower 
surface  pale  or  whitish.  Iris  slaty.  Lips  dusky,  also  dusky  blotch 
on  each  side  of  mandible  in  front.  Median  dusky  streak  down  back. 
Dusky  humeral  blotch  less  than  pupil  in  size.  Lateral  vertebral 
blackish  streak,  becoming  more  intense  behind  till  it  merges  with 
dusky  blotch  at  caudal  base,  latter  reflected  out  on  rays  of  caudal 
basally  so  that  it  appears  but  little  smaller  than  eye.     Fins  all  pale. 

Length  18  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,305,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Rio  Madeira 
near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.    January-February,  1913.    Edgar  A.  Smith. 

No.  39,306,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype,  same  data. 

Four  examples  from  Igarape  de  Candelaria,  a  tributary  of  the 
Madeira  River,  though  at  a  point  two  miles  distant,  in  Lat.  S.  8°  45', 
Long.  W.  63°  54',  Brazil.     September,  1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Two  examples  from  the  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles  east  of 
Long.  W.  62°  20',  Brazil.     September,  1912. 

These  specimens  are  all  small  and  agree  with  the  type,  so  far  as^ 
I  can  compare  them. 

(Named  for  the  Madeira  River.) 

Charax  sardina  sp.  nov.    "Sardinha."     Fig.  21. 

Head  3i;  depth  3f ;  D.  ii,  9;  A.  iv,  31,  i;  P.  i,  14;  V.  i,  7;  scales 
70  in  1. 1.  to  caudal  base  and  5  more  on  latter;  about  12  scales  between 
dorsal  origin  and  1.  1.;  10  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  12  scales 
below  1.  1.  to  anal  origin;  about  22?  predorsal  scales;  head  width  2f 
in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If ;  snout  3j;  eye3f;  maxillary 
If;  interorbital  3f,  first  branched  dorsal  ray  1|;  first  branched  anal 
ray  1|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  3^;  upper  caudal  lobe  1|; 
pectoral  1|;   ventral  If. 

Body  elongate,  compressed,  slenderly  ovoid  in  contour,  deepest 
at  dorsal  origin,  profiles  similar,  postventral  a  little  trenchant,  and 
other  edges  convex.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  about  long  as 
deep. 

Head  triangular  in  profile,  attenuated,  lower  profile  little  more 
convex,  compressed,  and  flattened  sides  slightly  constricted  below. 
Snout  conic,  somewhat  depressed  above  and  a  little  shorter  than 
broad.  Eye  rounded,  well  elevated,  and  its  centre  near  first  f  in 
head.  Pupil  moderate,  rounded.  Eyelids  free,  not  adipose-like. 
Mouth  large,  well  inclined,  opens  in  front  level  with  middle  of  eye, 
completely  closing.  Lips  thin,  firm,  little  developed.  Maxillary 
greatly  inclined,  largely  free  and  expanding  below  until  about  2| 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


567 


in  eye,  also  its  lower  hind  end  reaches  slightly  beyond  hind  edge  of 
eye.  Teeth  along  jaw  edges  fine,  conic,  in  narrow  band  or  irregularly 
biserial,  uniform,  sharply  pointed.  Teeth  of  upper  jaw  extend  along 
maxillary  edge  its  entire  length,  though  mostly  uniserial.  Upper 
jaw  with  single  large  conic  canine  in  front  medianly  and  3  subequally 
smaller  ones  on  each  side  anteriorly,  all  placed  just  inside  band  of 
small  teeth.  Mandible  with  3  pairs  of  canines,  symphyseal  pair 
wide-set  and  largest.  No  palatine  teeth.  Inner  buccal  folds  broad. 
Tongue  fleshy,  slenderly  pointed,  and  free.  Mandiljle  rather  broad, 
shallow,  and  rami  low  inside  mouth,  snout  slightly  protruding  when 
jaws  close.     Interorbital  broadly  convex.     Preorbital  slender.     Infra- 


r?jrr^0^' 


Fig.  21. — CJinrnx  mnJina  Fowler.      (Type.) 


orbital  broad,  its  surface  slightly  papillose  and  covers  about  half 
of  cheek,  which  latter  with  naked  skin  also  slightly  asperous.  Pre- 
opercle  without  spine,  its  hind  edge  entire  and  sloping  slightly  back, 
and  lower  edge  with  7  minute  denticles.  Opercle  deep,  nearly  smooth, 
and  its  upper  hind  edge  a  little  emarginate.  Well  developed  frontal 
and  parietal  fontanel,  extends  from  internasal  region  back  to  occipital 
process,  latter  narrowly  triangular  and  short. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  middle  of  eye. 
Rakers  3+4,  strong,  lanceolate,  about  equal  filaments,  and  latter 
a  little  less  than  half  of  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted,  convex 
over  surface.     Branchiostegals  moderate,  subequal. 

Scales  all  small,  each  one  roughened  with  about  six  minute  conic 
thorns  or  denticles.     Along  predorsal  edge  of  body  scales  appear  a 


568  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

little  smaller  or  more  crowded.  On  sides  of  body  scales  disposed  in 
longitudinal  series  parallel  with  1.  1.  Caudal  base  scaly.  A  few 
small  scales  along  anal  base  in  front.  Ventral  with  short,  free,  pointed 
axillary  scaly  flap.  L.  1.  complete,  nearly  straight,  and  median 
along  side  of  body.  Tubes  simple,  extend  well  over  scale  exposures 
or  to  their  hind  edges. 

Dorsal  origin  a  little  nearer  snout  tip  than  caudal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest  and  reaches  back  If  to  caudal  base.  Adipose 
fin  moderate,  about  equals  eye  in  length,  and  its  origin  near  last 
third  in  space  between  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base.  Caudal  well 
forked,  pointed  lobes  equal.  Anal  inserted  a  little  behind  dorsal 
origin,  first  branched  ray  longest  where  it  forms  slight  lobe  with 
anterior  rays.  Pectoral  low,  upper  rays  longest,  and  extends  back 
slightly  beyond  origin  of  ventral.  Ventral  inserted  a  little  nearer 
pectoral  origin  than  anal,  and  fin  pointed,  extending  back  slightly 
beyond  anal  origin.     Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally,  scarcely  paler  below. 
Back  and  sides  sprinkled  with  minute  pale  dusky  dots,  becoming 
larger  and  less  closer  on  caudal  base,  though  no  distinct  caudal  or 
shoulder  spots  formed.  Head  brownish  above,  paler  below.  Iris 
slaty  Fins  all  pale,  though  origin  of  adipose  fin  with  dusky  dots 
basally  and  in  front. 

Length  40  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,307,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  W.  Long.  60°  20',  Brazil.  September,  1912.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  It  is  interesting  as  forming,  with  the 
following  species,  a  transition,  towards  Cyrtocharax,  which  embraces 
species  with  very  small  scales,  100  or  more  in  the  1.  1. 

{Sardinha,  the  native  name.) 

Charax  goeldii  sp.  nov.    Fig.  22. 

Head  2|;  depth  2|;  D.  ii,  9;  A.  iv,  41,  i;  P.  i,  15;  V.  i,  7;  scales 
81  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  6  more  on  latter;  about  18  scales  above 
1. 1.;  18  scales  below  1. 1.  to  ventral  origin;  19  scales  below  1.  1.  to  anal 
origin;  about  31  predorsal  scales  to  occipital  process;  head  width 
2|  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  snout  3|;  eye  3|;  max- 
illary 1|;  interorbital  4;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  1^;  first  branched 
anal  ray  1|;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  3|;  lower  caudal  lobe 
Ij;   pectoral  If;   ventral  2|. 

Body  well  compressed,  elongate,  rather  slenderly  ovoid  in  contour, 
and  lower  profile  a  little  more  evenly  convex  than  upper,  greatest 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


569 


depth  at  dorsal  origin.  Postventral  constricted,  though  not  trench- 
ant, and  predorsal  with  slight  median  ridge.  Other  edges  of  body- 
convex.  Caudal  peduncle  well  compressed,  least  depth  about 
equals  its  length. 

Head  well  compressed,  rather  deep,  triangular  in  profile  with 
lower  profile  slightly  more  inclined,  upper  profile  a  little  concave, 
and  flattened  head  sides  a  little  approximated  below.  Snout  with 
upper  profile  nearl.y  straight,  surface  convex,  and  its  length  |  its 
width.  Eye  rounded,  a  little  ellipsoid,  slightly  elevated,  and  its 
centre  about  first  f  in  head.     Pupil  large,  rounded.     Eyelids  free, 


Fig.  22. — Charax  goeldii  Fowler.     (Type.) 

not  adipose-like.  Mouth  large,  well  inclined,  opens  in  front  about 
level  with  middle  of  eye,  completely  closes.  Lips  thin,  firm,  little 
developed.  Maxillary  large,  well  inclined,  free  most  of  its  distal 
length  which  extends  down  below  and  a  little  behind  posterior  eye 
edge,  and  distal  expansion  about  If  in  eye.  Teeth  in  bands  in  jaws, 
largely  irregularly  biserial,  conic,  sharp-pointed,  close-set  and  mostly 
uniform.  Maxillary  with  its  entire  lower  edge  furnished  Avith 
continuation  of  teeth  of  upper  jaw  in  similar  disposition.  Sides  of 
mandible  with  teeth  mostly  uniserial  and  inconspicuous.  Upper 
jaw  with  2  pairs  of  canines  and  mandible  with  3  pairs,  of*which 
symphyseal  pair  wide-set.  Each  jaw  also  with  several  smaller 
additional  canines.  No  palatine  teeth.  Tongue  rather  small, 
depressed,  rather  spatulate,  rounded  and  free  in  front.  Inner 
38 


570  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

buccal  folds  broad.  Mandible  large,  when  closed  included  within 
upper  jaw,  rather  shallow  and  rami  not  elevated  inside  mouth. 
Nostrils  large,  together,  close  before  eye,  anterior  simple  pore  and 
posterior  larger,  crescentic.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Pre- 
orbital  narrow.  Infraorbital  broad,  its  width  extends  over  f  of 
cheek,  surface  smooth  or  with  but  few  papillae.  Preopercle  with 
ridge  and  hind  edge  smooth,  latter  sloping  slightly  posteriorly. 
Opercle  deep,  with  few  papillae,  and  hind  edge  slightly  emarginate 
above.  Head  with  well-developed  fontanel  above  extending  from 
between  frontals  medianly  to  occipital  process.  Latter  short  and 
slenderly  triangular. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  opposite  first  |  in  eye.  Rakers 
IV,  3+6,  II,  slender,  lanceolate,  rather  asperous,  about  |  of  eye 
diameter  and  about  twice  length  of  filaments.  Isthmus  slender  and 
constricted,  rather  narrow  and  elongate,  surface  smooth.  Branchi- 
ostegals  slender,  rather  long. 

Scales  very  small,  well  exposed  in  longitudinal  series  mostly 
parallel  with  1.  I.,  each  roughened  with  six  or  more  minute  prickles 
or  thorn-like  denticles.  Along  predorsal  and  on  caudal  base  scales 
crowded  or  smaller.  Greater  portion  of  anal  base  anteriorly  with  a 
series  of  scales,  becoming  inconspicuous  posteriorly.  Ventral  axil 
with  short,  free,  pointed,  scaly  flap.  L.  1.  complete,  straight,  and 
nearly  median  along  sides  to  caudal  base  medianly.  Tubes  simple, 
each  well  exposed  or  extend  to  hind  edge  of  scale. 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal  base,  first 
branched  ray  longest,  and  depressed  fin  extends  If  to  caudal  base. 
Adipose  fin  inserted  near  last  third  in  space  between  snout  tip  and 
caudal  base.  Anal  inserted  a  little  behind  dorsal  origin,  or  about 
midway  between  front  pupil  edge  and  caudal  base,  first  branched 
ray  longest  and  with  anterior  rays  forming  slight  elevated  lobe. 
Caudal  well  forked,  lobes  pointed  and  subequal.  Pectoral  low, 
pointed,  upper  rays  longest  and  extends  |  to  anal.  Ventral  inserted 
trifle  nearer  anal  origin  than  that  of  pectoral,  and  extends  back 
slightly  beyond  front  of  anal.     Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  brownish  generally,  sides  and  lower  surface 
paler.  Head  above  and  back  above  shaded  with  close-set  pale 
dusky  dots,  and  on  trunk  above  anal  base  and  at  caudal  other 
similar  dots,  at  former  region  wide-set  and  at  latter  region  comprise 
an  area  nearly  large  as  eye.  Above  1.  1.  close  behind  head  dusky 
spot  about  size  of  pupil.  Lower  surface  of  head  whitish.  Iris  slaty. 
Fins  all  grayish,  lower  ones  more  whitish. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  571 

Length  56  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,308,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira  River 
near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January-February,  1913.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  It  differs  from  Charax  sardina  in  the  entire 
lower  preopercular  edge  and  presence  of  a  humeral  and  caudal  dark 
spot. 

(Named  for  Dr.  Emilio  A.  Goeldi,  Director  of  the  Museo  Paraense 
and  author  of  numerous  works  on  the  natural  history  of  Brazil.) 

LORIOARIIDiB. 
PLECOSTOMIX.E. 
Plecostomus  madeirae  sp.  nov.    Fig.  23. 

Head,  measured  to  hind  edge  of  occipital  process,  3f ;  depth  5|; 
D.  I,  7;  A.  I,  4;  P.  i,  6;  V.  i,  5;  lateral  scutes  from  pectoral  axilla 
28  to  caudal  base  and  2  more  on  latter;  5  scutes  between  dorsal 
base  and  that  of  anal;  3  predorsal  scutes;  head  width  equals  its 
length,  when  measured  from  occipital  process  medianly  behind; 
head  depth  at  occiput  If;  snout  If;  eye  5|;  mouth  width  4f; 
mandibular  ramus  6;  interorbital  2f ;  dorsal  spine  1^;  anal  spine 
2j;  adipose  fin  2f;  lower  caudal  lobe  1;  pectoral  spine  1;  ventral 
spine  If. 

Body  elongate,  well  depressed,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin  and  tapering 
back  to  moderate,  compressed  caudal  peduncle,  which  has  least 
depth  about  equal  to  its  length. 

Head  large,  well  depressed,  lower  surface  flattened  with  sides 
sloping  up  for  about  ^  greatest  width  of  head,  leaving  wide  and 
slightly  convex  occipital  region.  Snout  broad,  slopes  down  evenly 
and  slightly  convex  all  around,  and  its  length  f  its  width  opposite 
front  edges  of  eyes.  Eye  slightly  ellipsoid,  well  elevated,  centre 
falling  about  *  in  head  length  as  measured  to  occipital  process. 
Pupil  small,  vertically  ellipsoid.  Mouth  moderately  wide,  anterior 
below.  Buccal  disk  deeply  ellipsoid,  its  transverse  diameter  about 
equals  snout  length,  its  posterior  edge  finely  and  rather  evenly 
notched  its  entire  extent,  and  its  front  edge  with  a  row  of  fleshy 
papillae.  Inside  of  jaws  and  surface  of  lower  lip  outside  with  large 
and  rather  conspicuous  papilla?,  on  latter  those  median  best  developed- 
Upper  jaw  with  one  large  median  conspicuous  fleshy  papilla  inside 
teeth.  Teeth  slender,  uniserial,  long,  bent  over  at  ends,  bifid,  20 
in  upper  jaw  and  30  in  lower,  one  of  bifurcations  always  shorter  and 
smaller   than   other.     Inner   buccal   folds    broad.     Tongue    fleshy, 


572 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


broad.  Each  corner  laterally  of  buccal  disk  ends  in  slender  -barbel 
about  equal  to  eye  in  length.  Nostrils  large,  together,  dividing 
frenum  falls  about  last  third  in  snout,  socket  a  little  less  than  that  of 
snout  and  both  falling  within  confines  of  interorbital  space.  Anterior 
nostril  simple  pore  with  cutaneous  flap  behind  forming  valve  com- 
pletely covering  slightly  larger  posterior  nostril.  Interorbital 
broadly    and    slightly    concave,    thus    supraorbital    ridges    slightly 


Fig.  23. — Plecostomus  madeirce  Fowler.     (Type.) 

elevated.  Very  slight  median  occipital  ridge,  though  hind  edge  of 
latter  broadly  triangular.     Opercle  large,  extremely  porous. 

Gill-opening  small,  lateral,  very  oblique,  and  extends  forward 
only  opposite  last  fourth  of  eye.  Isthmus  very  broad,  its  width 
trifle  less  than  combined  snout  and  eye  lengths. 

Body  everywhere  minutely  spinulose.  Scutes  scarcely  carinate 
on  back,  excepting  uppermost  series  extending  along  each  side  of 
dorsal  base  to  adipose  fin.  Fourth  or  inferior  lateral  row  of  scutes 
become   well    carinate    below    adipose    fin.     Nine    scutes    between 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  573 

dorsal  and  adipose  fin.  Occipital  process  bordered  by  median  scute 
behind  and  two  others  on  each  side.  Edge  of  gill-opening  bordered 
with  slightly  enlarged  spinules.  Lower  surface  of  head  and  abdomen 
covered  with  small  granular  scales,  all  densely  and  minutely  spinu- 
lose.  Fin  spines  all  spinulose,  those  on  outer  and  inner  edges  of 
pectoral  both  larger  and  forming  rather  regular  rows,  former  en- 
larged distally.  Outer  surfaces  of  fin  rays  minutely  spinulose. 
L.  I.  evident  as  8  simple  small  pores  extending  back  from  opercle. 

Dorsal  origin  a  little  nearer  snout  tip  than  adipose  fin  origin,  and 
depressed  spine  extends  back  about  half  way  in  length  of  last  de- 
pressed ray.  Adipose  fin  strong  spine,  If  to  caudal  base,  inserted 
near  last  third  in  space  between  dorsal  origin  and  caudal  base.  Anal 
inserted  well  behind  dorsal  base  or  about  midway  between  dorsal 
origin  and  caudal  base,  weak  spine  nearly  long  as  subequal  rays,  and 
depressed  fin  extends  about  half  way  to  caudal  base.  Caudal 
moderate,  well  emarginate  behind,  and  lower  lobe  slightly  longer. 
Pectoral  spine  large,  depressed,  reaches  back  slightly  beyond  ventral 
origin,  rays  slender.  Ventral  inserted  just  behind  first  dorsal  ray 
base,  spine  moderate  and  tapering  to  flexible  point  which  extends 
back  opposite  anal  origin.  Vent  at  last  |  in  space  between  ventral 
origin  and  that  of  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  brown  above,  lower  surface  paler  or  more  whitish , 
faded  creamy.  Iris  slaty,  pupil  darker,  and  light  spot  below.  Head 
above  entirely  dotted  with  deep  brown,  dots  close-set  and  numerous. 
Back  and  costal  region  above  marked  with  rounded  deep  brown 
spots,  all  larger  than  on  head,  several  on  each  of  anterior  scutes, 
though  only  one  to  a  scute  on  body  posteriorly.  Dorsal  fin  with 
4  to  6  small,  rounded,  blackish  spots  on  each  ray,  these  well  contrasted 
or  very  distinct,  those  on  spine  less  so.  Caudal  with  about  8  rows  of 
dusky  spots  on  rays.  Pectoral  and  ventral  spotted  obscurely  with 
brownish.  Anal  whitish.  Posterior  sides  of  body  from  above 
ventral  origin  to  lower  caudal  lobe  immaculate  and  whitish. 

Length  105  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,312,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  W.  Long.  63°  54',  Brazil.     September,  1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Only  the  type  known.  It  appears  to  be  most  closely  related  to 
Plecostomus  cordovce  Gtinther,"  differing  somewhat  in  the  coloration, 
as  all  the  spots  on  the  fins  are  on  the  fin  rays  in  the  present  species. 

11  Anw.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  London,  (5)  VI,  1880,  p.  11.     Cordova,  Argentina. ' 

Regan,    Trans.   Zool.   Soc,   London,  XVII,  1904,  p.  212,  PI.  9,  fig.  3. 

Cordova. 


574  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

P.  cordovcE  has  but  a  single  scute  bordering  the  supraoccipital  on  each 
side  behind,  while  the  present  species  has  two.  P.  cordovce  has  the 
mandibular  ramus  U  in  the  interorbital,  while  the  present  form 
shows  it  2|. 

(Named  for  the  Madeira  River.) 

LORICARIIN^. 
Farlowella  smithi  sp.  nov.    Fig.  24. 

Head,  measured  to  hind  edge  of  gill-opening,  4^;  depth  about 
3|  in  head;  D.  i,  6;  A.  i,  5;  P.  i,  6;  V.  i,  5;  scutes  34  in  lateral 
series  medianly  from  opercle  to  caudal  base,  and  one  more  on  latter; 
3  scutes  between  dorsal  and  anal  origins;  7  predorsal  scutes  to 
supraoccipital;  head  width  3|  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput 
4|;  snout  1|;  interorbital  4|;  dorsal  spine  If;  anal  spine  If; 
pectoral  spine  2|;    ventral  spine  3|. 

Body  slenderly  elongate,  greatly  depressed,  greatest  depth  at  occi- 
put and  that  at  dorsal  and  ventral  origins  slightly  less.  Caudal 
peduncle  extremely  elongate,  depressed. 

Head,  moderately  long,  depressed,  as  seen  from  above  rapidly 
tapering  into  elongate  and  slender  rostrum.  Snout  depressed,  its 
basal  width  2f  in  its  length.  Eye  small,  rounded,  slightly  ellipsoid, 
high,  well  posterior  in  head,  and  2|  in  interorbital.  Mouth  moder- 
ately broad,  placed  about  last  third  in  head,  width  of  disk  about 
equals  interorbital.  Disk  of  mouth  rounded,  edge  finely  and  minutely 
fringed  all  around.  Surface  of  lower  lip  finely  papillose.  Within 
upper  jaw  medianly  large,  fleshy  papilla.  Teeth  slender,  bent  over 
at  ends,  bifid,  about  50  in  upper  jaw  and  40  in  lower.  Upper  buccal 
fold  inside  mouth  broad.  Mandibular  ramus  about  2f  in  inter- 
orbital. Nostrils  together,  anterior  with  elevated  cutaneous  rim 
and  about  half  conceals  equal-sized  posterior,  placed  just  before 
eyes  with  internasal  space  about  half  that  of  interorbital.  Inter- 
orbital wide,  very  slightly  convex.  Opercle  about  twice  eye  diameter, 
surface  obsoletely  rugose. 

Gill-opening  small,  very  oblique,  extends  forward  about  opposite 
middle  of  eye.  Isthmus  broad,  depressed,  width  about  equals  that 
of  mouth  disk. 

Scutes  all  minutely  spinulose.  Down  back  medianly,  from 
occipital  to  plate  just  before  dorsal  origin  which  entire,  narrow 
non-spinulose  strip.  After  dorsal  this  narrow  naked  strip  continued 
to  caudal,  also  similar  one  on  lower  surface  of  caudal  peduncle  from 
behind  anal  to  origin  of  lower  caudal  lobe.     Costal  plates  form 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  575 

obsolete  lengthwise  ridges  becoming  confluent  at  their  fusion  below 
dorsal,  and  resulting  single  lateral  keel  extends  along  each  side  to 
caudal.  Lower  edges  of  head  and  edges  of  rostrum  with  elongated 
clusters  of  spinules,  all  rather  distinct  and  larger  than  elsewhere. 
Scutes  22  behind  dorsal.  Belly  with  single  median  series  of  plates 
between  lateral  series.  Between  pectoral  bases  4  scutes.  L.  1, 
developed  only  as  series  of  about  14  pores  in  sutures,  one  to  each,  of 
costal  plates. 

Dorsal  inserted  nearer  snout  tip  than  caudal  base  by  length  of 
snout,   spine   slender,   minutely  spinulose,   longest   of  radii.     Anal 


Fig.  24. — Farloioella  smithi  Fowler.     (Type.) 

inserted  slightly  behind  dorsal  origin,  otherwise  similar  to  dorsal. 
Caudal  moderate,  deeply  emarginate,  and  uppermost  and  lower- 
most ray  each  enlarged  and  produced  into  slender  filaments  but 
little  less  than  length  of  trunk.  Pectoral  with  flexible,  slender, 
minutely  spinulose  spine,  longer  than  other  radii,  and  not  quite 
reaching  ventral  origin.  Ventral  inserted  about  midway  between 
pectoral  and  anal  origins,  spine  moderately  robust  and  minutely 
spinulose,  longer  than  other  rays  and  reaches  f  to  anal  origin.  Vent 
placed  midway  between  ventral  and  anal  origins. 

Color  in  alcohol  pale  gray-brown  generally,  abdomen,  belly  and 
lower  surface  of  head  more  or  less  whitish.  Rostrum  brownish  above 
and  below.  Iris  slaty.  Along  side  of  head  narrow  obscure  brownish 
streak  extends  back  from  side  of  rostrum  to  nasal  cavity  and  another 


576  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oc|t.,> 

% 

similar  one  forks  out  below  eye  to  opercle.  Fins  all  largely  pale. 
or  whitish.  Caudal  whitish,  filaments  grayish,  and  along  upper, 
concurrently  blackish  streak.  Along  side  of  caudal  peduncle  at 
junction  of  each  scute  small,  rounded,  whitish  spot. 

Length  to  caudal  base  100  mm.,  to  end  of  caudal  filaments  173  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,313,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Madeira  River,  about  200  miles 
east  of  W.  Long.  62°  20',  Brazil.     1912.     Edgar  A.  Smith. 

Also  No.  39,314,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratype.  Tributary  of  the  Madeira 
River  near  Porto  Velho,  Brazil.  January-February,  1913.  Edgar 
A.  Smith.  This  specimen  is  quite  small,  though  is  apparently  the 
young. 

Only  the  above  examples  known.  The  species  is  related  to 
Farlowella  gladuis  (Boulenger),^^  Farlowella  oxyrhynchus  (Kner),^' 
and  Farlowella  natter eri  Steindachner.^*  From  the  first  two  it  differs 
in  the  larger  eye  and  in  the  shorter  pectoral  and  presence  of  four 
scutes  between  the  pectoral  origins. 

(Named  for  Mr.  Edgar  A.  Smith.) 

OIOHLID^. 
.Equidens  madeirae  sp.  nov.    Fig.  25. 

Head  3yV;  depth  2§;  D.  xvi,  9,  i;  A.  in,  8;  P.  i,  14;  V.  i,  5; 
scales  18  in  upper  branch  of  1.  1.;  4  scales  between  spinous  dorsal 
origin  and  1.  1.;  2  scales  between  rayed  dorsal  origin  and  1.  1.;  6 
scales  obliquely  back  from  anal  origin  to  beginning  of  lower  branch 
of  1.  1.;  9  predorsal  scales;  head  width  1|  in  its  length;  head  depth 
at  occiput  1;  snout  3yo;  eye  3|;  maxillary  4|;  interorbital  3; 
mandible  2f ;  sixth  dorsal  spine  2;  sixteenth  dorsal  spine  2\;  fifth 
dorsal  ray  If;  third  anal  spine  2|;  fourth  ray  If;  least  depth  of 
caudal  peduncle  2|;   caudal  1;  pectoral  lyV;   ventral  1|. 

Body  rather  ovoid  in  contour,  well  compressed,  back  well  elevated 
with  upper  profile  more  convex  than  lower  profile,  and  greatest 
depth  about  opposite  tip  of  depressed  ventral  spine  tip.  Body  edges 
all  rounded  convexly,  except  very  obsolete  median  predorsal  keel. 
Caudal  peduncle  well  compressed,  about  long  as  deep. 

Head  moderate,  well  compressed,  upper  profile  more  inclined  than 
lower,  very  slightly  concave  before  eye  above,  and  lower  profile 
little  inclined.     Sides  of  head  slightly  convex,  and  sloping  off  in 

^"^  Acestra  gladius  Boulenger,  Trans.  Zool.  Soc,  London,  XIV,  1897,  p.  425, 
PI.  41,  fig.  2.     Rio  Jurua. 

^^  Acestra  oxyrhynchus  Kner,  Denk.  Ak.  Wiss.,  Wien,  VI,  1853,  p.  95,  PI.  8, 
fig.  2. 

1*  Annul.  Naturh.  Hofmus.,  Wien,  1910,  p.  403.  Middle  Amazon  (possibly 
Rio  Negro). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA  577 

similar  convex  fashion  above  and  below.  Snout  convex  over  surface 
and  in  profile,  and  its  length  about  f  its  width.  Eye  circular,  well 
elevated,  close  to  upper  profile,  and  hind  pupil  edge  about  midway 
in  head  length.  Eyelid  free,  narrow.  Pupil  circular.  Mouth 
rather  small,  a  little  broad,  commissure  slightly  inclined  forward. 
Muzzle  rather  prominent,  somewhat  protruded  downward,  and 
jaws  equal.  Premaxillaries  very  protractile.  Maxillary  narrow, 
extends  about  f  in  snout  length,  and  largely  concealed  by  preorbital. 
Lips  moderate,  fleshy,  firm,  at  corners  of  mouth  form  rather  thick 


Fig.  25. — Mquidens  madeirce  Fowler.     (Type.) 

fold.  Jaws  with  an  outer  series  of  slightly  enlarged,  conical,  curved 
teeth,  followed  by  a  moderate  inner  band  of  smaller  villiform  teeth. 
No  other  teeth.  Upper  buccal  folds  present  inside  mouth,  moderate, 
lower  not  developed.  Tongue  thick,  fleshy,  rather  conic  end  not 
free.  Mandible  shallow,  rami  low,  surface  convex.  Nostrils  small, 
anterior  trifle  larger,  about  last  f  in  snout  length,  and  posterior 
small  pore  opposite  front  eye  edge  above  within  interorbital.  Inter- 
orbital  broadly  convex.  Hind  preopercle  edge  slightly  undulated, 
inclined  forward,  its  entire  extent  minutely  serrated.  Membrane 
along  hind  edge  of  gill-opening  narrow. 

Gill-opening  extends   forward   about   midway   in   head.     Rakers 


578  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

1+7,  short,  weak,  fleshy  stumps,  about  4  in  filaments,  and  latter 
2  in  eye.  No  pseudobranchiae.  Isthmus  constricted  until  extremely 
narrow  in  front,  convex  broadly  behind.  Branchiostegals  rather 
long,  narrow,  subequal. 

Scales  rather  large,  well  exposed,  finely  ctenoid,  in  longitudinal 
series,  and  slightly  smaller  on  breast  than  elsewhere  on  trunk.  Fins 
scaleless,  except  caudal  base,  and  that  covered  with  numerous 
small  scales.  Head  largely  naked,  except  4  series  of  scales  on  cheek, 
6  rows  on  opercular  region,  and  scaly  occipital  region.  No  pointed 
axillary  scaly  flaps.  Mandible  below  with  4  pores  on  each  ramus, 
and  along  preopercular  edge  4  more  large  pores.  L.  1.  interrupted 
below  front  of  soft  dorsal,  begins  at  shoulder  and  curves  up  until 
level  with  upper  eye  edge,  and  then  sloping  gradually  and  slightly 
down  rest  of  its  course.  Lower  portion  of  1.  1.  begins  opposite  end 
of  upper,  about  level  with  lower  eye  edge,  straight  or  horizontal  and 
extending  out  on  caudal  base.  Tubes  simple,  well  exposed,  and 
mostly  extending  to  hind  edges  of  scales. 

Spinous  dorsal  inserted  nearer  snout  tip  than  first  third  of  space 
comprised  in  combined  head  and  trunk  length,  spines  graduated  up 
to  sixth,  after  which  all  subequally  a  trifle  shorter  to  last.  Edge  of 
spinous  dorsal  deeply  notched,  tip  of  each  spine  with  a  well-developed 
cutaneous  flap.  Rayed  dorsal  with  median  rays  longest,  forming 
rather  well-defined  point,  begins  before  end  of  upper  1.  1.,  and  edge 
entire.  Spinous  anal  inserted  opposite  fourteenth  dorsal  spine  base 
or  a  trifle  nearer  ventral  origin  than  caudal  base,  spines  graduated 
up  to  third  which  longest,  membranes  notched  and  tip  of  each  spine 
with  a  well-developed  free  cutaneous  flap.  Rayed  anal  like  rayed 
dorsal,  though  origin  of  fin  slightly  before  origin  of  rayed  dorsal. 
Caudal  with  hind  edge  convex,  median  rays  longest.  Pectoral 
large,  rather  long,  reaches  about  |  to  anal.  Ventral  inserted  about 
midway  between  snout  tip  and  anal  origin  in  vertical,  entirely  behind 
pectoral  base,  when  depressed  not  quite  reaching  anal,  and  rather 
strong  spine  about  If  in  fin.  Vent  placed  at  last  sixth  in  space 
between  ventral  and  anal  origins. 

Color  in  alcohol  with  ground-color  brownish  above  or  on  back, 
becoming  paler  below,  more  or  less  whitish  on  under  surface  of  head, 
breast,  and  belly.  Head  brownish  above,  like  back.  Dusky-brown 
bar,  broader  than  pupil  extends  up  each  side  of  snout  from  mouth 
to  eye,  bordered  above  and  below  with  paler,  of  which  latter  most 
contrasted.  From  upper  hind  eye  edge  dark  streak  narrower  and 
continued  to  suprascapula.     From  lower  eye  edge  till  down  behind 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  579 

€nd  of  maxillary  pale  brownish  streak,  narrower  than  pupil  in  width 
and  also  with  pale  lower  border.  Opercle  and  cheek  brownish. 
Predorsal  scales,  and  those  on  back  above  1.  1.,  with  pale  brownish 
lengthwise  streaks  over  or  between  upper  and  lower  boundaries  of 
scale  exposures.  Back  with  eight  dusky-brown  saddles,  gradually 
smaller  until  only  evident  as  viewed  from  above  at  caudal  peduncle, 
though  four  extend  slightly  below  course  of  upper  1.  1.  Ill-defined 
■dusky  streak  along  middle  of  side,  extends  to  caudal  base  medianly, 
marked  with  six  dusky-brown  large  blotches  through  its  extent, 
and  these  alternating  with  dorsal  saddles.  At  caudal  base  median 
lateral  band  reflected  out  on  median  caudal  rays.  Iris  slaty,  though 
traversed  by  dark  band  from  snout.  Dorsals  grayish,  spinous 
fin  very  obscurely  mottled  sparsely  with  paler,  and  on  rayed  fin 
5  or  6  transverse  broad  whitish  streaks  form.  Caudal,  except  as 
noted,  pale,  with  several  series  of  dark  spots  on  membranes,  most 
distinct  within  dark  area  distally  extending  from  lateral  streak. 
Other  fins  all  pale  grayish. 

Length  68  mm. 

Type,  No.  39,315,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Igarape  de  Candelaria,  tributary 
of  the  Madeira  River,  approximately  two  miles  distant  in  Lat.  S. 
8°  45',  W.  Long.,  63°  54',  Brazil.  September,  1912.  Edgar  A. 
Smith. 

Only  the  type  obtained.  It  is  related  to  Mquidens  tetramerus 
(Heckel),  in  the  4  series  of  scales  on  the  cheek,  and  scaleless  preopercle, 
characters  shared  equally  with  ^.  rivulatus  (Giinther)  and  ^.  geayi 
(Pellegrin).     It  differs  from  all,  however,  in  coloration. 

(Named  for  the  Madeira  River.) 

TETRODONTID^ . 

-ColomeSUS  psittaCUS  (Schneider). 

Three  small  examples  from  the  Madeira  River  about  200  miles 
.east  of  W.  Long.  63°  54',  Brazil.     September,  1912. 


580  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NOV.^ 


November  4. 
Mr.  Charles  Morris  in  the  Chair. 

Nine  persons  present. 

The  presentation  of  a  paper  entitled  "  Contribution  to  the  x\natomy 
of  the  Ilysiidae,"  by  Joseph  C.  Thompson,  Surgeon  U.  S.  N.,  was 
reported. 

The  death  of  Philip  R.  Uhler,  a  member,  October  21,  was 
announced. 


November  18. 
The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  the  reception  of  papers 
under  the  following  titles: — • 

"  On  the  Orthoptera  found  on  the  Florida  Keys  and  in  extreme 
Southern  Florida.  II."  By  James  A.  G.  Rehn  and  Morgan  Hebard 
(November  7). 

"Notes  on  some  Costa  Rica  Arachnida."  By  Nathan  Banks 
(November  14). 

The  Chair  announced  the  death  of  Prof.  Arnim  Balzer,  a  corre- 
spondent, November  4,  1913. 

The  following  were  elected  members: 
Harvey  Stamp,  M.D. 
Herbert  H.  Gushing,  M.D. 
J.  Ewing  Mears,  M.D. 

The  meeting  was  held  in  association  with  the  Biological  and 
Microscopical  Section. 

The  Collecting  and  Preparation  of  Diatoms. — Mr.  T.  Chalkley 
Palmer,  prefacing  his  remarks  on  collection  and  preparation  of 
diatoms,  deplored  the  threatened  extinction  of  the  amateur,  especially 
in  branches  of  science  involving  the  use  of  the  microscope.     He  men- 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  581 

tioned  illustrious  amateurs,  both  living  and  dead,  whose  work  has 
added  greatly  to  our  knowledge  of  nature. 

The  abundance  of  diatoms  in  clear  waters  was  indicated,  and  ap- 
paratus useful  in  making  collections  were  exhibited  and  described. 
Methods  of  separating  diatoms  into  pure  condition  were  explained 
in  outline,  and  those  depending  on  motile  activity  were  emphasized 
as  preferable  in  many  cases  to  chemical  treatments  and  laborious 
•decantations.  Sedentary  forms,  such  as  Synedra,  growing  on  algae,  etc., 
may  often  be  separated  by  exposing  the  gathering  to  sunlight,  when 
the  diatoms  fall  off  the  buoyant  mass  and  deposit  as  a  perfectly 
clean  layer  on  the  bottom  of  the  bottle.  Filamentous  forms  may 
usually  be  cleaned  by  gentle  agitation  in  distilled  water,  exposure 
to  sunlight  causing  flotation,  and  by  other  similar  means.  Motile 
forms,  if  in  gelatinous  aggregates,  as  Cijmbella,  Gotnphonema,  are  put 
into  a  Petri  dish  with  distilled  water  and  permitted  to  wander  out  of 
the  unpromising  aggregate  into  thin  films  or  pure  groupings  on  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel.  Unequal  lighting  of  the  dish  will  generally 
cause  preponderant  groupings  toward  the  light.  The  clean  frustules 
are  transferred  to  watch-glasses  of  distilled  water,  working  with  a 
capillary  pipette  and  low-power  binocular  microscope.  Tenacious 
or  leathery  layers  of  Nitzschia,  on  stones  in  rapid  waters,  are  cut  off 
with  a  knife,  and  after  freeing  from  detachable  mud  are  left  in  a 
small  flat  bottle  of  distilled  water  for  24  hours.  The  diatoms  expand 
on  the  upright  glass  walls,  especially  upon  the  lighted  side,  into  thin, 
coherent  films  of  great  purity,  detachable  with  a  sharp  needle  or 
similar  instrument.  Larger  Naviculse  not  coherent,  but  aggregated 
in  patches  on  the  bottom  of  a  spring,  are  lifted  with  as  little  mud  as 
possible,  and  separated  from  organic  and  inorganic  flocculence  in 
the  same  bottle;  and  a  separation  in  course  of  Pinnularia,  was 
exhibited,  in  which  the  large  frustules  could  be  seen,  with  the  aid  of 
a  pocket  lens,  expanding  on  the  glass. 

Distilled  water,  if  well  aerated  and  uncontaminated  with  metals, 
especially  copper,  seems  to  stimulate  the  desired  activities.  The 
diatoms  having  been  segregated  by  such  means,  they  are  transferred 
with  a  capillary  pipette  to  a  clean  cover-glass,  dried  and  burned  to 
whiteness.  The  glass  is  supported  on  a  thin  piece  of  platinum, 
which  in  turn  rests  on  a  piece  of  fireclay  ground  flat.  The  fireclay 
is  heated  to  bright  redness  with  a  gas  burner,  the  platinum  showing 
only  a  faint  glow.  In  about  fifteen  minutes  the  frustules  are  free 
from  organic  matter,  and  the  mount  may  be  made  in  the  usual  way 
with  Canada  balsam  or  styrax. 

The  biological  method  of  cleaning,  apart  from  its  facility  in  handling 
sparse  or  unpromising  material,  gives  opportunity  for  interesting 
observations  on  the  living  diatoms. 

On  Diatoms  of  Philadelphia. — Mr,  Charles  S.  Boyer  described 
the  diatomaceous  fiora  of  Philadelphia,  stating  that  he  was  able  to 
add  seventy-one  names  to  the  catalogue  of  species  heretofore  re- 


582  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV.^ 

corded.  Some  are  entirely  new  to  the  United  States,  while  others 
are  quite  rare. 

Among  these  may  be  mentioned  Actmocyclus  barkleyi  aggregatu» 
Rattr.,  Navicula  placenta  Ehr.,  Polymyxus  coronalis  L.  W.  Bail, 
Amphiprora  conspicua  Grev.,  Nitzschia  clausii  Hantzsch. 

Brackish  and  marine  forms  occur  in  the  blue-clay  deposits  in 
various  parts  of  the  city. 

Other  rare  species  were  described. 

The  entire  flora  of  the  city  and  immediate  vicinity  numbers 
probably  three  hundred  distinct  species.  Illustrations  of  many 
diatoms  were  shown,  including  some  of  those  found  in  the  city  water 
supply. 

The  Critical  Point  in  Liquids. — Mr.  Hugo  Bilgram  remarked  that 
of  the  various  inclusions  found  in  quartz  those  of  liquid  dioxide  of 
carbon  are  among  the  most  interesting.  Within  more  or  less  irregular 
microscopic  cavities  are  inclosed  three  distinctly  visible  fluids: 
water,  liquid  dioxide,  and  within  this  a  bubble  of  dioxide  vapor. 
When  the  temperature  is  raised,  the  liquid  dioxide  is  turned  into 
vapor  and  the  bubble  disappears.  Upon  cooling  the  object,  the 
vapor  bubble  suddenly  reappears.  In  many  cases  not  a  single,  but 
a  number  of  bubbles  make  their  appearance,  making  it  look  as  if 
the  inclusion  were  boiling.     How  is  this  phenomenon  to  be  explained? 

It  is  well  known  that  water  boils  when  heated  to  100  degrees 
Celsius;  but  if  exposed  to  a  reduced  pressure,  its  boiling  point  is 
lower,  and  if  exposed  to  a  pressure  higher  than  that  of  the  atmos- 
phere, the  boiling  point  is  higher.  If  the  relation  of  the  vapor 
pressure  to  the  temperature  is  represented  by  a  curve,  it  can  be  seen 
that  at  a  point  somewhat  over  300  degrees  the  pressure  curve  extends 
to  infinity.  This  shows  that  above  this  temperature  water  cannot 
exist  in  liquid  form,  no  matter  how  high  the  pressure,  and  this  degree 
of  heat  is  termed  the  "critical  point." 

All  volatile  liquids  show  the  same  peculiarity,  but  the  critical 
point  is  different  for  different  liquids.  That  of  dioxide  of  carbon 
is  in  the  neighborhood  of  28  degrees  Celsius,  and  the  phenomena 
above  described  present  the  change  of  dioxide  of  carbon  from  the 
liquid  to  the  gaseous  state  and  vice  versa  at  a  temperature  which  is 
near  the  critical  point.  From  the  peculiar  features  of  the  phenomena 
very  interesting  inferences  can  be  derived. 

There  is  a  sharp  distinction  between  fluids  and  gases,  as  we  know 
them,  the  principal  differences  being  in  relation  to  elasticity,  cohe- 
sion, and  expansion  by  heat.  While  gases  are  highly  compressible 
and  have  a  high  coefficient  of  expansion  by  heat,  compressibility 
of  liquids  is  very  slight  and  expansion  by  heat  not  very  great.  While 
gases  readily  expand  if  the  space  of  their  confinement  is  increased, 
liquids  maintain  their  volume.  In  gases  there  is  a  total  absence  of 
cohesion,  while  in  the  case  of  liquids  the  molecules  cohere.  When 
water  or  any  other  liquid  is  converted  into  steam,  the  change  from 
the  liquid  to  the  vapor  state  is  abrupt.     But  the  phenomena  exhibited 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  583 

by  the  dioxide  inclusions  indicate  that  when  a  liquid  is  heated  to  its 
critical  point  and  is  finally  converted  into  a  gas,  it  gradually  passes 
from  one  to  the  other  state.  A  slight  rise  in  temperature  causes  the 
inclosed  bubbles  rapidly  to  diminish  in  size,  indicating  a  high  expansion 
coefficient  of  the  liquid  portion.  After  the  bubbles  have  disappeared, 
a  further  advance  of  temperature  does  not  burst  the  walls  of  the  cavity, 
showing  the  liquid  to  be  compressible.  In  cooling,  the  bubble  or 
bubbles  suddenly  appear  of  a  definite  size  instead  of  growing  from  a 
mere  point.  Before  that  moment  the  contents  of  the  cavity  are 
no  doubt  in  a  liquid  condition,  otherwise  bubbles  could  not  be  seen. 
By  cooling  the  prevailing  high  pressure  is  reduced  until  it  falls  below 
the  vapor  pressure  of  the  dioxide  corresponding  to  the  temperature, 
and  there  is  a  tendency  to  form  a  small  bubble.  But  its  formation 
is  resisted  by  the  cohesion  of  the  molecules.  Only  after  the  pre- 
vailing pressure  has  been  lowered  so  much  that  the  excess  of  the 
vapor  pressure  is  competent  to  overcome  cohesion  will  a  sudden 
rupture  take  place,  attended  by  an  instantaneous  reduction  of  the 
volume  of  the  liquid  due  to  the  sudden  increase  of  pressure.  This 
accounts  for  the  sudden  appearance  of  bubbles  at  a  definite  size. 
We  can  therefore  conclude  that  a  liquid,  when  near  its  critical  point, 
is  in  a  state  that  is  intermediate  between  the  liquid  and  the  gaseous 
states. 

Mr.  Van  Sickle  described  a  method  of  making  detailed  labels 
for  microscopic  slides  by  photographic  reduction. 

The  following  was  ordered  to  be  printed: 


584  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [NoV. 


NOTES  ON  THE  GEOLOGY  OF  THE  ISLAND  OF  ANTIGUA. 
BY  AMOS  P.  BROWN,  PH.D. 

During  parts  of  July  and  August,  1913,  I  made  a  vi^it  to  the 
island  of  Antigua  in  the  hope  of  finding  a  place  where  the  Oligocene 
fauna  of  the  rocks  of  the  island  would  be  in  a  condition  to  per- 
mit of  extensive  collection.  I  was  in  hopes  that  the  fossils  would 
be  found  in  incoherent  or  soft  material  as  I  found  them  at  Panama 
and  as  Gabb  found  them  in  Santo  Domingo.  With  this  in  view,  I 
made  a  rather  close  examination  of  practically  all  places  from  which 
fossils  had  been  obtained  that  were  known  to  the  local  naturalists 
of  the  island.  Three  weeks  were  spent  on  the  island  and  many 
locaUties  were  visited.  In  this  search  I  was  aided  by  Mr.  W.  R. 
Forrest,  a  resident  of  St.  John's,  and  by  Mr.  H.  A.  Tempany,  Super- 
intendent of  Agriculture  of  the  Leeward  Islands,  also  of  St.  John's. 
To  both  of  these  gentlemen  I  was  indebted  for  many  courtesies,  and 
each  of  them  acted  as  my  guide  to  localities  on  several  occasions. 
I  was  not  successful  in  finding  any  place  where  the  fossiliferous 
deposits  were  in  a  condition  permitting  of  the  ready  extraction  of 
the  specimens,  although  from  what  I  was  able  to  observe  the  fauna 
represented  is  a  large  one. 

The  island  of  Antigua  lies  in  latitude  17°  to  17°  10'  north  and 
between  longitude  61°  40'  and  61°  55'  west  of  Greenwich.  It  lies  in 
the  outer  row  of  calcareous  islands  in  the  Leeward  group,  which 
comprises  eastern  Guadaloupe  (Grande  Terre),  Marie  Galante, 
Antigua,  Barbuda,  St.  Bartholomew,  St.  Martins,  Anguilla  and 
Sombrero.  It  measures  about  9|  miles  from  north  to  south  and 
12  miles  from  east  to  west,  with  a  coast-line  of  some  70  miles  and  an 
area  of  108  square  miles.  The*hape  of  the  island  is  roughly  trape- 
zoidal or  nearly  triangular,  the  coast-line  is  deeply  indented  by  bays 
on  the  northeast  and  east  sides,  with  Willoughby  Bay  at  the  southeast 
corner,  English  and  Falmouth  Harbors  on  the  south  coast,  and 
Morris  Bay,  Five  Islands  Harbor  and  St.  John's  Harbor  on  the  west 
side.  Numerous  smaller  bays  and  roadsteads  have  received  names 
and  are  used  by  the  coasting  boats  calling  at  points  along  the  south 
and  west  shores.     The  surface  of  the  island  is  roughly  divided  into 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  585 

three  regions  by  the  Central  Plain,  which  extends  diagonally  across 
the  island  from  St.  John's  Harbor  in  the  northwest  to  Willoughby 
Bay  in  the  southeast;  a  region  that  is  generally  flat  and  at  no  great 
elevation  above  the  sea,  but  with  several  hills  rising  from  the  plain 
to  an  altitude  of  200-350  feet.  To  the  northeast  of  this  Central 
Plain  is  the  marl  or  limestone  belt,  a  region  of  undulating  land 
at  a  somewhat  higher  elevation  than  the  Central  Plain  (150-200  feet), 
with  hills  rising  to  250  up  to  350  feet;  and  in  the  southeast,  in  St. 
Philip's  Parish,  to  an  elevation  of  above  400  feet.  To  the  southwest 
of  the  Central  Plain  is  the  more  mountainous  part  of  the  island,  the 
distinctly  volcanic  portion,  where  the  hills  rise  to  an  elevation  in 
some  cases  of  more  than  1000  feet.  The  highest  of  these  hills  is 
Boggy  Peak,  with  an  elevation  stated  as  1360  feet,  and  several  others, 
as  Bottle  Peak  and  McNish  Mountain,  reach  1000  feet.  These  hills 
are  of  volcanic  materials  and  show,  as  Spencer  points  out,  the  erosion 
features  of  a  mountain  plateau  region,  with  narrow  ridges  separating 
the  valleys.  No  distinct  volcanic  cone  exists  in  this  part  of  the 
island,  but  several  hollows  in  the  hills  have  been  described  as  volcanic 
craters.  It  is  doubtful  if  any  crater  is  still  in  a  recognizable  state  in 
the  island.  The  hills  around  Five  Islands  Harbor  are  of  the  same 
volcanic  materials  as  those  in  the  southwest  of  the  island,  but  here 
again  there  is  no  definite  crater,  unless  indeed  the  basin  of  the  harbor 
represent  such  a  one.  Southwest  of  the  Central  Plain  the  ground 
is  too  hilly  to  allow  of  large  continuous  cultivations  such  as  are  found 
in  the  Central  Plain  and  in  the  limestone  country  to  the  northeast, 
and  in  this  volcanic  portion  extensive  cultivation  has  been  largely 
abandoned,  although  the  woods  have  been  mostly  cut  off  for  fire  wood. 
The  rest  of  the  island  is  and  has  been  under  cultivation  for  a  long 
period  mostly  in  sugar  cane,  and,  like  all  of  these  sugar-producing 
islands,  the  land  is  held  by  large  estates.  The  only  considerable 
town  is  the  capital,  St.  John's,  where  there  is  a  hotel.  Access  to 
outlying  localities  must  be  had  mainly  by  driving.  In  this  way  I 
visited  points  along  the  coast  and  certain  places  in  the  interior. 
Such  localities  as  could  be  reached  by  walking  from  St.  John's  were 
also  visited.  As  the  island  is  not  large,  the  three  weeks  spent  at 
St.  J(ihn's  enabled  me  to  visit  most  of  the  localities  where  fossils  were 
likely  to  be  met  with.  I  was  also  able  to  examine  collections  of  the 
rocks  of  the  island  at  the  office  of  Mr.  Tempany,  and  Mr,  Forrest 
presented  me  with  specimens  of  the  landshells  and  some  fossils. 
To  compare  with  the  marine  shells  found  in  the  soil  of  the  Central 
Plain,  collections  were  made  of  the  marine  fauna  along  the  shores 
39 


586  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

of  St.  John's  Harbor  and  north  to  Corbizon  Point.  The  land  shells 
now  living  in  the  island  were  collected  (when  encountered)  for 
comparison  with  the  faunas  of  neighboring  islands,  but  this  collection 
is  probably  not  complete.  Upon  the  field  notes  and  observations 
on  the  geology  the  following  description  of  the  geology  of  Antigua 
is  based. 

The  first  notice  of  the  geology  of  the  island  of  Antigua  appeared 
in  1819  as  a  preliminary  paper  in  the  American  Journal  of  Science,^ 
by  Dr.  Nicholas  Nugent,  of  Antigua,  but  this  was  followed  two 
years  later  by  a  fuller  paper  by  Dr.  Nugent,  entitled,  ''A  Sketch  of  the 
Geology  of  the  Island  of  Antigua,  "^  published  in  the  Transactions 
of  the  Geological  Society  of  London. 

Dr.  Nugent's  paper  was  communicated  to  the 'Geological  Society 
on  November  5,  1819,  and  was  accompanied  by  a  collection  of  rocks 
and  fossils  to  illustrate  the  paper;  of  which  collection  the  fossil  corals 
have  been  studied  about  forty  years  after  their  presentation  by 
P.  Martin  Duncan.  The  moUusks  have  never  been  worked  over  and 
a  list  of  the  species  published.  Later,  in  1839,  Professor  S.  Hovey, 
of  Yale  and  Amherst  Colleges,  visited  the  island,  and  with  Dr.  Nugent 
as  guide,  examined  some  of  the  principal  localities.  Upon  his  return 
to  America  he  published  a  paper ^  on  the  ''Geology  of  Antigua," 
compiled,  as  he  himself  states  in  this  communication,  frmn  Nugent's 
"Sketch"  and  from  a  paper  by  Dr.  Thomas  Nicholson,  written 
for  the  Antigua  Almanac  and  Register.  Dr.  Nugent  divides  the 
geological  formations  of  the  island  into  four,  of  which  the  basal 
member.  No.  1,  is  described  as  "trap  and  trap-breccia,"  No.  2  is 
"stratified  conglomerate,"  No.  3  is  "chert,"  and  No.  4  is  "marl 
or  calcareous  rock. "  In  his  maps  he  reverses  the  order  of  the  "  strati- 
fied conglomerate"  and  the  "chert,"  but  explains  in  the  Appendix'^ 
that  this  was  a  mistake,  although  he  at  one  time  entertained  this 
view  of  the  structure  of  the  island.  Dr.  Nugent's  paper,  which  shows 
keen  observation,  remained  for  long  the  classic  on  Antiguan  geology, 
until  the  appearance  of  M.  J.  C.  Purves's  Geological  Sketch  of  the 

1  Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  ser.  1,  Vol.  I  (1819),  p.  140.  Wm.  Maclure  refers  to  the 
island  of  Antigua  in  his  "Observations  on  the  Geology  of  the  West  Indian  Islands, 
from  Barbadoes  to  Santa  Cruz, "  but  he  did  not  visit  the  island.  See  Jturnal 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  Vol.  I,  pt.  1,  1817. 

2  Trans.  Geol.  Soc.  ser.  1,  Vol.  V  (1821),  pp.  459-475. 

^  "Geology  of  Antigua, "  by  Prof.  S.  Hovey,  Amer.  Jour.  Sci.,  ser.  1,  Vol.  XXXV 
(1839),  pp.  75-85. 

*  Extracts  from  a  letter  to  Professor  William  Buckland,  one  of  the  Vice- 
presidents  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London,  from  Dr.  Nugent.  Trans.  Geol. 
Soc,  series  1,  Vol.  V  (1821),  p.  470. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  587 

island  of  Antigua,  which  was  published  in  1885,  in  the  Bulletin 
du  Musee  Royal  d'Histoire  NatureUe  de  Belgique/-'  This  paper  by 
M.  Purves  is  much  fuller  than  that  by  Nugent,  and  he  distinguishes 
more  divisions  in  the  geological  formations.  The  divisions  of 
M.  Purves  are  as  follows: 

H.  Horizontal  marls. 

G.  Upper  limestones  and  marls. 

F.  Upper  tuffs. 

E.  Lacustrine  or  fresh-water  chert. 

D.  Volcanic  sands  and  sandstones. 

C.  Lower  limestone  or  marine  chert 

B.  Lower  stratified  tuffs. 

A.  Porphyrites  and  volcanic  agglomerates. 

Of  these  *'A.  Porphyrites  and  volcanic  agglomerates"  is  the 
No.  1  of  Nugent,  "trap  and  trap-breccia" ;  "B.  Lower  stratified  tuffs" 
is  the  "stratified  conglomerate"  No.  2  of  Nugent;  C,  D,  E,  and  F, 
of  Purves  come  in  the  "chert"  of  Nugent  No.  3,  who  did  not  recognize 
any  distinction  between  the  marine  and  the  fresh-water  cherts; 
while  divisions  G  and  H  of  Purves  are  included  in  the  "marl  or 
calcareous  beds,"  No.  4  of  Nugent.  Indeed,  it  is  rather  doubtful 
if  Nugent  recognized  the  horizontal  marls  at  all.  This  paper  of 
M.  Purves  is  accompanied  by  a  geological  map  of  Antigua,  upon 
which  the  divisions  which  he  recognizes  are  set  down,  and  a  geological 
section  from  St.  Mary's  Rectory  to  Drew's  Hill  and  thence  to  Hodge 
Bay  is  given  to  show  the  structure.  This  map  indicates  a  fault, 
with  upthrow  to  the  northeast  and  general  N.  W.-S.  E.  strike,  dis- 
locating the  formations  so  that  D,  "the  volcanic  sands,"  is  brought 
to  the  surface  and  lies  next  to  F,  the  "upper  tuffs."  This  makes 
the  lacustrine  or  fresh-water  cherts  appear  at  the  surface  in  two 
bands  traversing  the  island  from  northwest  to  southeast.  Several 
minor  faults  are  shown  on  this  map,  and  I  observed  a  number  which 
have  not  been  mapped.  This  fault,  as  indicated  by  Purves,  runs 
from  about  ^  mile  south  of  Corbizon  Point  on  the  northwest  coast  to 
the  small  bay  between  Isaac  Point  and  Standfast  Point  which  lies 
to  the  southwest  of  Willoughby  Bay  at  the  southeast  of  the  island. 
It  is  of  interest  in  connection  with  the  paper  by  Guppy  mentioned 
below.  Each  of  the  eight  divisions  of  the  formations  of  the  island 
enumerated  by  Purves  is  described  in  detail  as  regards  its  composi- 
tion and  character,  but  little  information  is  given  in  regard  to  the 

5  "Esquisse  geologique  de  I'lle  d'Antigoa."  Btill.  Mus.  Roy.  Hist.  Nat.  Bela.^ 
Vol.  Ill,  1884-85,  pp.  273-318. 


588  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

organic  remains,  and  that  of  a  very  general  kind,  only  the  genus 
being  noted  in  many  cases.  A  short  list  of  corals  from  the  lower 
marine  chert  and  limestone,  C,  is  given,  however,  which  will  be 
referred  to  later  in  this  paper. 

Some  reference  to  the  movements  of  elevation  and  subsidence  of 
Antigua  is  given  in  a  paper  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Gregory,  "On  the  Palaeon- 
tology and  Physical  Geology  of  the  West  Indies, ""  and  a  few  additions 
to  the  palseontology  of  Antigua  are  there  noted. 

The  next  paper  to  be  published  dealing  with  the  geology  of  Antigua 
is  by  Professor  J.  W.  W.  Spencer,  "On  the  Geological  and  Physical 
Development  of  Antigua"^  which  appeared  in  1901.  This  gives  a 
revision  of  the  formations  of  the  island,  as  follows,  the  basal  member 
being  placed  at  the  bottom: 

8.  Recent  deposits,  raised  beaches. 

7.  Cassada  Garden  gravels. 

6.  Friars  Hill  series,  pebbles  and  marl. 

5.  Hodge's  Hill  calcareous  sandstones. 

4.  White  limestone  or  Antigua  formation. 

3.  Tuffs  and  included  marls  and  chert. 

2.  Seaforth  limestone. 

1.  Igneous  basement. 

Comparing  this  with  the  divisions  as  recognized  by  Purves,  given 
above,  the  first  division,  1,  corresponds  to  his  A;  that  is,  the  "igneous 
basement"  of  Spencer  is  the  "porphyrites  and  volcanic  agglomerates" 
of  Purves.  Spencer's  Seaforth  limestone  does  not  seem  to  have  been 
recognized  by  Purves,  although  it  doubtless  exists  near  Seaforth; 
and  I  was  shown  specimens  from  this  horizon  by  several  collectors, 
said  to  have  come  from  the  base  of  the  stratified  tuffs.  Spencer's 
No.  3,  "Tuffs  and  included  marls  and  chert,"  includes  divisions 
B,  C,  D,  E,  and  F  of  Purves,  these  formations  occupying  the  "Central 
Plain"  of  Antigua.  Purves's  division  G,  upper  limestones  and  marls, 
is  the  same  as  Spencer's  No.  4,  "White  limestone  or  Antigua  forma- 
tion," and  may  also  include  his  division  5,  Hodge's  Hill  calcareous 
sandstone.  Spencer's  divisions  6  and  7,  "Friars  Hill  series"  and 
"Cassada  Garden  gravels,"  were  not  recognized  by  Purves;  while 
his  division  8  is  the  same  as  the  "horizontal  marl"  of  Purves.  Upon 
the  whole,  this  division  of  the  formations  recognized  by  Spencer 
agrees  with  the  observations  which  I  was  able  to  make  while  on  the 
island  better  than  do  those  of  Purves  or  Nugent,  although  in  each 

6  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  LI,  1895,  p.  295. 

^  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  LVII  (1901),  pp.  490-505. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  589 

case  the  formation  described  may  be  readily  recognized.  Spencer's 
divisions  seem  to  be  more  in  accordance  with  the  history  of  the  devel- 
opment of  the  island  as  indicated  in  the  record  preserved  in  the  rocks. 

Spencer's  paper  is  accompanied  by  a  geological  map  of  Antigua 
upon  which  he  has  laid  down  his  divisions  1,  3,  and  4;  the  other 
divisions  which  he  recognizes  being  probably  too  local  and  too  ill- 
defined  in  outline  to  be  mapped.  No  faults  are  shown  and  no 
geological  section  accompanies  the  map. 

The  latest  paper  upon  the  geology  of  Antigua  which  has  appeared 
is  by  R.  J.  Lechmere  Guppy,^  following  an  examination  of  the  island 
made  in  1910.  As  Mr,  Guppy  states,  this  examination,  on  account 
of  his  physical  disabilities,  was  necessarily  incomplete.  His  visit 
to  the  island  was  to  see  if  any  trace  of  the  "Great  Antillean  Disloca- 
tion," postulated  in  his  paper,  "Geological  Connections  of  the  Carib- 
bean Region"^  as  extending  from  Trinidad  to  Sombrero  and  thence 
through  the  northern  part  of  the  island  of  Haiti,  was  to  be  found  in 
Antigua.  This  great  fault,  Mr.  Guppy  thinks,  passes  through  An- 
tigua, through  the  Central  Plain,  from  Willoughby  Bay  to  St.  John's 
Harbor;  the  occurrence  of  which  two  bays  is  his  principal  argument 
in  favor  of  this  fault.  Purves,  on  his  map  of  Antigua,  indicates  a 
fault  in  somewhat  the  same  position  as  this  Great  Dislocation  of 
Guppy,  but  the  fault  as  shown  by  Purves  does  not  take  the  same 
course,  running  from  a  little  south  of  Corbizon  Point  on  the  northwest 
coast,  about  2  miles  to  the  north  of  the  fault  indicated  by  Guppy 
(which  starts  at  St.  John's  Harbor),  to  a  bay  between  Isaac  Point  and 
Steadfast  Point,  about  a  mile  to  the  west  of  the  head  of  Willoughby 
Bay.  Moreover,  the  fault  shown  by  Purves  is  not  indicated  as  a 
dislocation  of  great  magnitude,  while  that  of  Guppy  is  a  "Great 
Dislocation,"  bringing  up  the  "older  beds"  of  the  Antigua  Formation 
of  Spencer,  which,  according  to  Mr.  Guppy,  "is  of  a  very  Cretaceous 
aspect."  Upon  what  he  bases  this  statement  is  not  explained,  the 
evidence  of  the  fossils  contained  in  this  Antigua  formation  points 
to  its  being  of  Oligocene  age,  as  will  be  shown  later.  But  Mr.  Guppy, 
it  seems,  is  not  a  believer  in  the  occurrence  of  the  Oligocene  in  the 
West  Indies,  as  he  remarks  in  this  paper  (p.  684) :  "  Even  so  eminent 
a  professor  as  J.  W.  Gregory  has  fallen  into  the  common  error  of 
mixing  up  the  Miocene  with  the  Eocene,  and  calling  the  result 
'Oligocene. ' "     Guppy 's  paper  does  not  .add  much  data  for  fixing  the 

*  R.  J.  L.  Guppy,  "On  the  Geology  of  Antigua  and  other  West  Indian  Islands 
with  reference  to  the  Physical  History  of  the  Caribbean  Region,"  Quart.  Jour. 
Geol.  Soc.  London  (1911),  Vol.  LXVII,  pp.  681-700. 

3  Guppy,  Tratis.  Canad.  Inst.,  Vol.  VIII,  1908-1909,  p.  .373. 


590 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Nov. 


age  of  the  white  limestone  or  Antigua  formation,  although  he 
records  having  visited  "a  marl  pit  about  2  miles  from  St.  John's" 
with  Mr.  W.  R.  Forrest  (doubtless  the  one  on  Marble  Hill,  which 
I  visited  twice,  once  in  company  with  Mr.  Forrest)  in  which  he  found 
casts  of  Pholadomya  and  also  of  Turritella.  Upon  my  visit  to  this 
locality  in  company  with  Mr.  Forrest,  we  were  not  so  fortunate, 
finding  only  the  small,  badly  preserved  branching  corals,  common 
in  the  marl  everywhere,  but  Mr.  Forrest  remarked  to  me  that  Turri- 
tellas  were  sometimes  found  here  as  casts,  and  also  casts  of  bivalves. 
The  preservation  of  the  fossils  in  these  soft  marls  is  very  imperfect, 
and  secondary  crystallization  obscures  the  structure.  They  are 
rarely  determinable  specifically.  The  major  part  of  Mr.  Guppy's 
paper  is  taken  up  in  discussing  the  "Great  Dislocation,"  of  which, 
during  my  stay  upon  the  island,  I  did  not  see  any  evidence;  nor  has 
its  presence  been  detected  by  Mr.  R.  W.  Forrest,  who  has  given 
much  attention  to  the  geology  of  the  island. 

The  general  succession  of  the  formations  in  Antigua  has  been 
discussed  by  Nugent,  Purves,  and  Spencer,  and  a  brief  review  of  their 
several  arrangements  of  the  strata  has  been  given  above  and  their 
correlations  indicated.  From  my  own  observations,  a  slightly  differ- 
ent arrangement  has  been  deduced,  as  follows: 

Table  of  the  Geological  Formation  of  Antigua. 


Recent  and 
Pleistocene... 

9  Salt   pond   and    mangrove    swamp   deposits,    in   process   of 

formation. 
8  Raised  beaches,  horizontal  marls  of  Purves. 
7  Shell  beds  of  the  Central  Plain,  probably  including  the  Cassada 

Garden  gravels  of  Spencer. 
6  Friar's  Hill  gravels  and  marls  of  Spencer. 

Break. 

Break. 

Oligocene 

5  Hodge's  Hill  calcareous  sandstone. 

4  Antigua  formation  of  Spencer,  white  marls  and  white  lime- 
stone. 

3  Water-deposited  tuffs  and  shales,  with  included  marls  and 
cherts. 

2  Seaforth  limestone  (perhaps  Eocene). 

Eocene  (?) 

1  Igneous  basement,  mainly  of  volcanic  materials,  but  inter- 
sected by  dykes  as  late  as  the  white  limestone  of  the  Oligo- 
cene. 

1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  591 

The  water-deposited  beds  of  the  island  are  apparently  all  included 
in  the  Oligocene  and  Pleistocene;  the  Miocene  and  Pliocene  are 
entirely  wanting,  indicating  that  the  island  was  not  submerged 
during  this  time.  But  a  submergence  occurred  at  the  end  of  the 
Pliocene  which  permitted  the  formation  of  marine  deposits  in  many 
parts  of  the  island.  The  movement  of  the  island  at  present  appears 
to  be  upward,  and  the  formation  of  salt  pond  and  mangrove  swamp 
deposits  at  many  places  along  the  coast  line  is  still  in  progress.  The 
age  of  the  accumulation  of  the  "igneous  basement"  is  set  down  in 
the  above  table  as  possibly  Eocene,  not  from  any  fossils  which  it 
contains,  but  because  the  bedded  deposits  of  the  Oligocene  appear 
to  overlie  it.  The  volcanic  activity  continued,  however,  into  the 
Oligocene  during  the  time  of  the  deposit  of  the  tuffs,  and  the  white 
limestone  itself  is  intersected  by  dykes  of  the  igneous  material. 
These  deposits  will  now  be  described  in  more  detail. 

1.  The  Igneous  Basement. 

This  is  what  Dr.  Nugent  has  called  the  "trap  formation";  it  is 
M.  Purves's  "porphyrites  and  volcanic  agglomerates,"  or  the 
'foundation  rocks  of  the  island"  or  "igneous  basement"  of  Spencer. 
I  have  used  Spencer's  term.  The  rocks  included  in  this  formation 
lie  to  the  west  of  a  line  drawn  from  the  head  of  Five  Islands  Bay, 
southeasterly  towards  English  Harbor,  and  they  lie  in  the  southwest 
part  of  the  island.  They  are  exposed  along  the  coast  from  the  mouth 
of  Five  Islands  Bay  to  the  southwest  corner  of  the  island  and  thence 
east  to  the  head  of  Falmouth  Harbor.  I  inspected  this  region  in 
company  with  Mr.  Forrest  from  St.  John's  to  St.  Mary's,  Old  Road 
(nearly  due  south  of  St.  John's),  and  thence  along  the  south  coast 
to  St.  Mary's  Rectory  at  the  southwest  extremity,  and  from 
there  up  the  west  coast  to  St.  Mary's  in  the  Valley,  and  back  to 
St.  John's  by  the  Central  Plain.  Mr.  Tempany  showed  me  his 
collection  of  these  rocks,  which  corresponded  with  those  seen  on  the 
trip  with  Mr.  Forrest.  They  consist  of  massive  igneous  flows  and 
subaerially  deposited  ashes,  mainly  in  layers,  and  with  many  volcanic 
agglomerates,  consisting  of  ash  and  volcanic  fragments  held  together 
by  the  material  of  the  flows.  Large  volcanic  bombs  occur  in  this 
agglomerate  with  fragments  down  to  fine  lapilli  and  o-sh.  The 
flows  are  mainly  pyroxene  andesite,  often  compact;  and  also  basalt, 
or  the  same  material  as  the  pyroxene  andesite  with  much  olivine. 
Dykes  of  compact  andesite  and  basalt  intersect  the  tuffs  and  agglom- 
erates.     The   rocks   are   prevailingly  andesitic,  and   the   tuff   and 


592  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

agglomerate  is  in  excess  of  the  material  in  the  form  of  flows.  Many 
of  the  tuffs  and  other  materials  have  midergone  alteration,  and, 
according  to  the  statements  of  Mr.  Tempany,  metamorphosed 
sediments  occur.  Such  is  the  Seaforth  limestone  as  described  by 
Spencer,  but  specimens  of  this  rock  which  I  was  shown  in  collections 
do  not  show  metamorphism  to  any  considerable  extent.  Water- 
deposited  tuff  may  occur,  at  least  near  the  borders  of  this  formation, 
and  in  the  tuffs  of  the  Central  Plain  area  I  saw  deposits  not  greatly 
different  from  those  observed  in  these  igneous  foundation  rocks  of 
the  island.  No  definite  volcanic  cone  from  which  these  deposits 
came  is  now  in  existence,  all  the  hills  being  much  eroded  and  dis- 
sected. Remnants  of  such  cones  may  exist  near  Five  Islands  Bay, 
or  the  bay  itself  may  represent  the  site  of  a  crater.  Another  remnant 
of  a  crater  was  reported  as  being  in  existence  near  the  southwest 
corner  of  the  island,  but  no  cone  exists  there  at  present. 

2.  The  Seaforth  Limestone. 

I  did  not  visit  the  type  locality  of  this  material,  and  only  had  the 
opportunity  of  inspecting  two  lots  of  specimens  from  the  formation. 
Spencer  describes  it  as  ''occurring  at  a  few  points  in  the  valleys  of  the 
mountain  zone"  or  among  the  rocks  of  the  igneous  basement;  and 
states  that  it  is  a  compact  dark  gray  limestone.  Mr.  Tempany  gave 
a  similar  description  of  its  appearance  and  occurrence,  but  the 
specimen  of  it  which  he  showed  me  in  his  collection  was  a  somewhat 
flinty  rock  with  undoubted  Orbitoides  in  it.  Mr.  Gillie,  rector  of  the 
parish  of  St.  Mary's,  who  resides  near  the  southwest  corner  of  the 
island,  showed  me  some  pieces  of  a  limestone  from  Seaforth  of  quite 
a  different  character.  It  was  a  dark  gray  compact  limestone,  but 
crowded  with  the  shells  of  bivalves,  probably  oysters,  that  were 
specifically  undeterminable.  There  was  nothing  in  either  of  these 
specimens  to  lead  me  to  suppose  that  they  were  older  than  Oligocene, 
while  the  occurrence  of  the  Orbitoides,  in  a  form  not  greatly  different 
from  that  found  in  the  white  limestone,  rather  pointed  to  this  age 
for  the  deposit.     Purves  did  not  recognize  this  Seaforth  limestone. 

3.  Water-deposited  Tuffs  and   Shales,  with  included  Marls 
AND  Cherts. 

These  formations  occupy  almost  the  entire  area  of  the  Central 
Plain.  They  include  the  divisions  recognized  by  Purves  under  the 
names  B,  Lower  stratified  tuffs;  C,  Lower  limestone  and  marine 
chert;  D,  Volcanic  sands  and  sandstones;  E,  Lacustrine  and  fresh- 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  593^^ 

water  chert;  F,  Upper  tuffs.  They  have  been  placed  together  by 
Spencer  as  one  group  of  deposits,  and  while  it  may  be  possible  locally 
to  recognize  the  divisions  made  by  Purves,  the  cherty  limestones 
of  marine  origin,  and  possibly  also  those  of  fresh-water  origin,  are  in 
more  or  less  lenticular  deposits  and  not  continuous.  The  division 
D  of  Purves,  "Volcanic  sands  and  sandstones,"  is  locally  developed 
and  underlies  in  some  places  the  fresh-water  cherts  or  the  layer 
containing  the  fossil  wood,  but  it  does  not  differ  very  much  in  appear- 
ance from  some  phases  of  B,  the  lower  stratified  tuffs.  This  division 
B  of  Purves,  the  lowest  member  of  this  group  of  deposits,  is  found  to 
the  west  of  the  Central  Plain,  and  well  developed  along  the  southern 
shore  of  St.  John's  Harbor.  The  beds  have  the  appearance  of  a 
buff-colored  sandstone,  but  on  close  examination  the  fragments  of 
which  it  is  composed  are  seen  to  be  angular,  not  water  worn,  and 
to  consist  of  volcanic  rock  and  feldspar.  These  lower  beds  maj^  have 
a  higher  dip  than  those  of  the  Central  Plain — 20°-30°,  as  against 
12°-15° — and  the  dip  is  more  to  the  north  in  many  cases.  But  as  the 
higher  rocks  in  this  lower  series  of  tuffs  are  encountered,  the  dip 
diminishes  and  becomes  more  northeast.  At  the  level  of  the  lower 
limestone  and  marine  chert  as  seen  just  to  the  south  of  St.  John's 
(about  a  mile  south  of  the  town)  the  tuff  becomes  almost  white 
from  admixed  kaolin,  and  has  this  lower  dip  of  12°  N.  E.  It  is  in 
some  places,  soft,  in  others  hard  and  compact,  and  almost  pure  white 
except  for  black  specks  of  magnetite.  This  magnetite  forms  black 
layers  on  many  of  the  recent  sea-beaches  and  consists  of  octahedral 
crystals  and  angular  fragments  of  crystals.  The  limestone  deposit, 
which  in  places  is  altered  to  a  flint  or  chert,  contains  corals,  those 
from  the  Nugent  collection  in  the  possession  of  the  Geological  Society 
of  London  have  yielded  the  following  species  (Duncan)  :^° 

Astrwa  cellulosa  var.  curvata  Duncan. 

Astrcea  megalaxona  Duncan. 

Astrcea  antillarum  Duncan. 

Solenastroea  turonensis  Mich. 

Isastrcea  conferta  Duncan. 

Isastrcea  turbinata  Duncan. 

Stephanocce7iia  tenuis  Duncan,  also  found  in  the  lower  tuffs. 

Coeloria  dens-elephantis  Duncan. 

Astroria  polygonalis  Duncan. 

Astroria  affinis  Duncan. 

Astroria  antiguensis  Duncan. 

Astroccenia  ornatd  Ed.  and  H. 

Alveopora  dcedala  Blainv.,  also  vars.  regularis  and  minor. 

Styloccenia  lobato-rotundata  (Mich.). 

10  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  XIX,  1863,  p.  477. 


594  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

These  cherts  and  cherty  limestones  occur  also  at  Jackass  Point 
in  St.  John's  Harbor.  The  same  character  of  rock,  marly  limestone 
with  associated  flint  and  chert,  and  with  corals,  etc.,  is  found  in  the 
town  of  St.  John's,  and  is,  in  fact,  the  material  upon  which  the  cathe- 
dral is  built.  At  the  cathedral  it  is  mostly  chert,  and  the  flint  and 
chert  are  found  to  the  southeast  of  the  town  along  the  roads.  Mol- 
lusks  have  been  reported  from  this  chert,  but  no  species  have  been 
determined,  although  doubtless  a  considerable  fauna  will  be  found 
in  the  Nugent  collection  when  it  comes  to  be  studied.  This  last 
hne  of  this  rock,  which  runs  southeast  from  St.  John's  Cathedral,  is 
probably  another  layer  of  the  marl  and  chert  parallel  to  the  one 
mentioned  as  running  from  Jackass  Point  southeast  to  near  the 
sugar  factory,  one  mile  south  of  St.  John's. 

It  is  seen  exposed,  and  fragments  of  the  flint  are  plentiful  along 
the  roads  to  the  southeast  of  the  town,  south  of  the  Botanic  Station; 
indeed,  it  forms  some  of  the  small  hills  in  this  section.  These  deposits 
seem  to  be  more  or  less  discontinuous  and  are  only  to  be  seen  where 
the  ground  becomes  too  hilly  or  the  soil  too  stony  for  cane  culti- 
vation. 

The  "volcanic  sands  and  sandstones,"  bed  D,  of  Purves  are  even 
more  discontinuous.  They  are  characteristically  developed,  as  he 
describes  them,  along  the  northwest  sea-coast  at  Dry  Hill  and  at 
Corbizon  Point,  where  they  are  overlaid  by  the  "lacustrine  chert" 
of  Purves.  Traces  of  these  "volcanic  sands"  are  seen  in  some  places 
to  the  east  of  St.  John's,  but  their  horizon  is  only  marked  in  some 
places  by  sandy  lumps  and  concretions  in  the  white  tufaceous  rock. 
Sands  at  the  horizon  for  these  "D"  beds  are  seen  in  patches  from 
Corbizon  Point  to  the  southeast,  into  the  interior  of  the  island;  but 
that  they  are  often  wanting,  as  may  be  seen  on  the  hills  east  of  the 
Botanic  Station,  where  a  continuous  section  of  the  white  tuffs,  some 
with  sandy  modules  or  concretions  representing  the  horizon  of 
"D,"  the  "volcanic  sands,"  is  overlain  by  the  "lacustrine  chert" 
with  fresh-water  shells  imbedded  in  its  mass.  At  the  Public  Ceme- 
tery, also,  the  sands  are  wanting,  only  the  sandy  nodules  mark  the 
horizon  of  these  beds.  The  white  tuffs  above  the  "marine  chert" 
are  sometimes  partly  replaced  by  the  lenticular  masses  of  the  volcanic 
sands,  or  sometimes  these  sands  are  entirely  wanting.  These  white 
tuffs  owe  their  color  to  kaolin  from  the  alteration  of  feldspar  in  the 
volcanic  ash,  and  are  mixtures  of  ash  (usually  fragments  of  feldspar) 
and  kaolin.  The  admixture  of  kaolin  becomes  so  plentiful  in  the 
upper  beds  that  the  rock  might  be  called  either  a  water-deposited 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  595 

tuff  or  a  shale;  in  fact,  it  is  of  much  the  composition  of  pipe-clay. 
This  is  particularly  true  of  the  layers  above  the  lacustrine  chert 
horizon,  where  these  virtual  shales  become  very  white  and  thin- 
bedded  and  are  hard  to  distinguish,  when  massive,  from  the  overlying 
marls.  These  are  the  upper  tuffs  of  Purves,  and  are  quarried  at 
Scotts  Hill. 

When  the  ''volcanic  sands  and  sandstones"  are  typically  developed, 
^s  at  Dry  Hill  or  at  Corbizon  Point,  they  form  the  base  of  the  section. 
They  are  dark  reddish  or  purplish  in  color,  with  numerous  concre- 
tions, resembling  boulders,  of  a  somewhat  harder  character,  and  are 
made  up  of  volcanic  sand  and  gravel,  all  water  worn,  with  small 
pebbles  of  the  compact  hard  andesite  of  the  igneous  basement,  from 
which  they  are  doubtless  derived.  They  are  but  slightly  compacted; 
firm,  but  yielding  readily  to  the  pick,  and  crumbling  easily  in  the 
fingers  when  in  detached  fragments.  They  are  overlaid  by  a  few 
feet  of  yellowish  tuff  conglomerate,  consisting  of  rolled  fragments 
of  a  lighter  color,  with  much  green  earth  in  minute  particles,  which 
gradually  passes  into  the  impure  yellowish  marls  with  the  flint 
layers  of  the  "lacustrine  or  fresh-water  chert."  The  exposure  of 
these  flinty  layers  at  Dry  Hill  follows  the  strike  of  the  rock  for  some 
distance,  and  these  beds  at  this  point  have  furnished  the  following 
section : 

Section  at  Dry  Hill. 

5.  Compact  shale  with  plant  impressions 10  ft. 

4.  Hard  impure  limestone  with  two,  or  sometimes  three, 
layers  of  flint,  carrying  fresh-water  shells;  the  flint  layers 
varying  from  one  inch  to  four  inches  thick,  and  the  fossils 
occupying  about  one  inch  thickness  in  each  case 2  ft. 

3.  Hard  impure  limestone  without  fossil  layers 2  ft. 

2.  Yellowish  tuff  conglomerate,  pebbles  of  tuff  and  andesite 5  ft. 

1.  Dark  reddish  or  purplish  volcanic  sandstone 18  ft.-f 

The  base  of  the  volcanic  sands  is  not  exposed  at  this  locality  nor 
at  Corbizon  Point.  Several  small  faults  exist  near  the  north  end  of 
the  Dry  Hill  exposure,  one  dislocates  the  measures  about  25  ft.  with 
an  upthrow  to  the  north,  and  one  or  more  must  exist  between  Dry 
Hill  and  Corbizon  Point,  the  total  upthrow  to  the  north  aggregating 
upwards  of  400  feet,  as  the  same  succession  of  beds  is  to  be  noted  at 
Corbizon  Point  as  is  given  in  the  above  section  at  Dry  Hill.  No 
exposures  of  the  rock  in  place  can  be  seen  along  the  coast  between 
Dry  Hill  and  Corbizon  Point,  the  beach  being  fiat  and  sandy;  and 


596  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV.^ 

inland  there  is  a  salt  pond,  while  still  further  inland  the  cane  cul- 
tivation covers  all  exposures.  At  Corbizon  Point,  however,  the  upper 
flinty  layers  carry  fragments  of  silicified  wood,  and  this  is  the  horizon 
of  the  silicified  wood  for  which  Antigua  is  noted.  This  horizon  may 
be  traced  across  the  island  by  the  silicified  wood  and  to  some  distance 
to  the  southeast  by  the  flint  and  chert  with  the  fresh-water  fossils. 
Mr.  W.  R.  Forrest  informs  me  that  the  silicified  wood  is  in  place 
along  the  north  shore  of  Willoughby  Bay;  but,  if  so,  it  is  not  this 
layer,  always  supposing  that  the  map  of  Purves  is  correct.  The 
fresh-water  fossils  have  not  been  determined  specifically,  a  list  of 
the  genera  found  is  given  by  Purves.  Collections  of  them  which  I 
obtained  at  Dry  Hill  are  now  being  studied  and  will  be  reported 
upon  later. 

The  silicified  wood,  for  which  the  island  is  noted,  probably  all 
comes  from  this  horizon.  It  is  found  throughout  the  Central  Plain, 
especially  in  the  central  part  of  the  island,  and  lies  about  on  the 
surface  in  fragments  of  varying  sizes,  although  nowhere,  at  present, 
are  trunks  of  14  feet  long  by  one  foot  or  more  in  diameter  encoun- 
tered, such  as  are  described  by  Dr.  Nugent.  These  silicified  woods 
are  found  scattered  about  upon  the  surface,  but  are  rarely  seen 
in  situ;  they  are  very  plentiful  at  Bellevue  and  at  Cassada  Garden. 
They  include  both  Monocotyledons  and  Dicotyledons,  but  have 
never  been  studied  specifically.  Purves  mentions  having  found 
stems  and  fruit  of  Chara 'in  the  beds  carrying  these  deposits.  The 
shales  at  Dry  Hill  which  overlie  the  fresh-water,  mollusk-l^earing 
flinty  layers  carry  fragments  of  leaves  of  palms  and  other  vegetable 
matter;  these  beds  are  mixtures  of  kaolin  and  volcanic  ash,  and, 
while  brownish  or  dun-colored  from  the  admixed  vegetable  matter, 
they  are  evidently  a  part  of  the  white  shales  and  tuffs  of  the  upper 
layers  of  this  division.  As  has  been  stated,  these  upper  shales  and 
tuffs  are  well  exposed  at  Scotts  Hill,  some  two  miles  to  the  southeast 
of  St.  John's,  where  they  are  quarried  for  road  metal.  They  are 
here  hard  and  compact,  breaking  into  angular  fragments  on  exposure, 
and  wearing  down,  when  used  on  the  roads,  to  a  tenacious  clay.  This 
rock  consists,  as  seen  under  the  microscope,  of  kaolin  mixed  with 
volcanic  ash,  the  kaolin  largely  predominating.  It  is  partly  ce- 
mented by  secondary  silica  from  the  feldspar  of  the  volcanic  ash. 
It  becomes  calcareous  towards  the  top  and  passes  upward  into  the 
marls  of  the  white  limestone  or  Antigua  formation.  Indeed,  when 
it  is  hard  and  compact,  this  rock  closely  resembles  the  harder  parts 
of  the  marl,  and  the  application  of  an  acid  is  often  necessary  to 
distinguish  it  from  the  true  mark 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  597 

The  total  thickness  of  this  division  is  upwards  of  2000  feet  or  more, 
and  of  this  more  than  half  is  below  the  lacustrine  flint  layer;  the 
bottom  of  the  formation  is  hard  to  define,  as  it  is  not  easily  dis- 
tinguished from  the  bedded  deposits  of  the  basal  igneous  complex. 
But  of  the  distinctly  bedded  deposits,  which  are  exposed  in  many 
places  and  always  with  the  same  general  north  or  northeast  dip, 
the  thickness  must  be  at  least  2000  feet.  The  division  is  composed 
of  the  volcanic  material  of  the  igneous  basement,  reworked  by  water, 
and  water  deposited;  mixed  likely  with  other  volcanic  material 
which,  erupted  during  the  deposition  of  these  beds,  fell  into  the 
water,  and  was  distributed  on  the  sea  bottom. 

As  indicated  above,  these  tuff  beds,  with  their  included  marls  and 
cherts,  appear  to  pass  upward  into  the  marls  and  limestones  of  the 
Antigua  formation  without  any  stratigraphic  break,  or  the  Antigua 
formation   rests  conformably  upon  them.     At  several  places  along 
the  contact  of  the  marls  with  the  tuffs  and  shales  shallow  wells 
have  been  sunk  for  water,  and  while  the  contact  of  these  two  forma- 
tions is  seldom  exposed,  the  conformable  character  of  it  is  indicated 
by  these  diggings.     When  the  Antigua  formation  itself  is  found  well 
exposed  near  the  contact,  the  dip  of  the  marls  is  about  the  same  as 
that  of  the  tuffs,  and  is  in  the  same  direction;  that  is,  the  marls  are 
found  to  dip  gently  at  10°-12°  to  the  northeast  in  the  same  way  as 
the  tuffs.     There  is  certainly  no  indication  of  a  fault  separating  the 
two  formations  as  suggested   by  Mr.  Guppy.     The  fossils  of  the 
included  marls  and  cherts,  interbedded  with  the  tuffs  and  shales, 
do  not  indicate  any  other  age  than  Oligocene,  which  is  the  age  of  the 
Antigua  limestone  as  indicated  by  its  fossils.     But  the  species  that 
have  been  observed  in  the  Antigua  limestone  are  only  in  part  the 
same  as  have  been  determined  from  the  tuffs  and  included  marls 
and  cherts.     These  tuffs  were,  in  part  at  least,  shallow  water  forma- 
tions; mud  cracks  and  even  ripple  marks  were  observed  by  me  in  the 
tuffs  underlying  the  lacustrine  cherts,   and  the  presence  of  these 
fresh-water  deposits  (the  lacustrine  cherts)  indicates  land  at  this 
time.     The  tuffs  may  have   accumulated  rapidly  when  they   are 
€oarse  in  grain,  as  these  volcanic  conglomerates  which  underlie  the 
fresh-water  deposits,  but  the  finer  material  of  the  thin-bedded  tuffs 
which  overlie  this  horizon  were   probably  slowly  deposited  and  in 
water  of  greater  depth.     This  was  likely  the  case  with  the  marls  of 
the  Antigua  formation  also,  in  great  part;   although  some  of  the 
harder  limestone  beds  of  this  deposit  have  the  appearance  of  coral- 
reef  material. 


598  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [nov., 

4.  The  Antigua  Formation  of  Spencer. 

East  of  a  line  running  from  near  Wetherill's  Point  to  the  head  of 
Willoughby  Bay  the  surface  of  the  island  is  composed  of  the  Antigua 
Formation  (as  Spencer  has  named  it),  a  white  chalky  or  marly  rock 
with  harder  layers  which  may  be  properly  called  limestone.  In  the 
cane  cultivations  with  which  the  island  is  covered  from  the  Central 
Plain  easterly,  this  formation  may  often  be  recognized  by  a  pronounced 
blackness  of  the  soil  where  the  marls  are  encountered.  They  are 
often  exposed  in  road-cuttings,  or  on  the  hillsides  by  artificial  diggings 
("marl  pits")  for  material  to  be  used  as  road  metal;  and  where  soft, 
the  dip  is  obscure,  but  where  more  hard  the  same  northeasterly  dip 
is  seen  that  was  so  characteristic  of  the  tuffs  and  shales.  As  soon  as 
the  harder  limestone  layers  are  encountered,  they  make  hills  with  a 
gentle  easterly  slope,  but  a  steeper  westerly  one  on  the  escarpment 
side  of  the  hill;  and  this  harder  part  of  the  marl  or  the  harder  lime- 
stone is  often  exposed  upon  this  escarpment  side  of  the  hill  in  con- 
siderable cliffs.  Where  the  harder  limestones  outcrop  along  the 
coast  as  at  Wetherill  Bay  and  Hodge's  Bay  along  the  north  coast, 
and  at  High  Point  and  other  places  to  windward  along  the  east  coast, 
around  to  Willoughby  Bay  on  the  southeast  coast,  these  harder 
layers  form  sea  cliffs.  These  harder  layers,  too,  form  in  many  cases 
the  capping  of  the  hills,  which  are  ridges  with  an  even  summit  in 
such  cases.  Where  the  dip  can  be  seen,  on  such  harder  layers,  it  is 
uniformly  to  the  northeast,  and  the  thickness  of  this  Antigua  for- 
mation, as  indicated  by  this  dip,  must  be  upwards  of  1500  feet  at 
least.  The  harder  layers  have  generallj^  the  same  organic  remains, 
and  this  seems  to  indicate  (unless  the  formation  is  faulted)  that 
there  are  several  parallel  hard  layers.  The  fossils  contained  in  the 
softer  marls  are  usually  corals,  in  a  much  altered  and  crystallized 
condition;  the  crystallization  being  due  to  the  deposit  of  carbonates 
(as  calcite  and  dolomite)  or  to  silica  in  the  form  of  quartz,  crystals 
of  which  substance  are  frequently  seen  in  the  marls.  The  harder 
layers  are  often  compact  limestone,  sometimes  nearly  barren  of 
fossils,  at  other  times  crowded  with  organic  remains.  The  most 
characteristic  fossil  in  the  harder  layers  is  an  Orbitoides,  which  has 
been  determined  by  T.  Rupert  Jones  (and  this  determination  later 
confirmed  by  Dr.  Lang,  of  the  British  Museum)  as  Orbitoides  mantelli 
Mort.  This  Orbitoides,  in  many  cases,  forms  the  bulk  of  the  limestone, 
and  water-worn  pebbles  from  the  seashore  frequently  show  only 
sections  of  this  Orbitoides  with  no  other  fossil.  But  in  other  layers 
are  found  shells  of  oysters,  pectens,  and  other  pelecypods,  while  in 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  599 

other  cases  the  rock  is  composed  of  masses  and  fragments  of  corals. 
The  corals  of  the  Nugent  collection  were  determined  by  Duncan," 
who  gives  the  following  list  of  species: 

Duncan's  List  of  Corals  in  the  Nugent  Collection  from  the  Antigua 
Formation. 

AstroEa    crassolamellata    Duncan,   with    the    varieties    magnetica., 
pulchella,  nohilis,  minor,  nugenti,  magnifica. 
Astrcea  antiguensis  Duncan. 
Astrcea  endothecata  Duncan. 
Astrcea  tenuis  Duncan. 
Astrcea  harhadensis  Duncan. 
Astrcea  radiata  Lam.,  var.  intermedia  Duncan. 
Astrcea  costata  Duncan. 
Rhodaraa  irregularis  Duncan. 
Alveopora  dcedala  Blainv.,  var.  regularis  Duncan. 
Alveopora  microscopica  Duncan. 
Alveopora  fenestrata  Dana. 

Of  these  the  species  Alveopora  dadala  Blainv.  is  common  to  the 
tuffs  and  to  the  Antigua  Formation.  The  corals  collected  by  Pro- 
fessor Spencer  were  referred  to  Dr.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan  for  deter- 
mination, who  reported  the  following  list: 

Trochosmilia  n.  sp. 

Stylophora  sp. 

Stephanocoenia  sp. 

■\Astrocainia  ornata  Ed.  and  H. 

Brachyphyllia  sp. 

*Orbicella  (Astrcea)  crassolamellata  (Duncan). 

^Orbicella  cellulosa  (Duncan). 

*Orbicella  endothecata  (Duncan). 

Orbicella  sp. 

Symphyllia  n.  sp. 

■\Astroria  polygonalis  Duncan. 

Oroseris  n.  sp. 

■\*Alveopora  regidaris  Duncan. 

Porites  n.  sp. 

Of  these  species,  the  ones  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*)  are  in 
Duncan's  list  from  the  white  Antigua  limestone,  and  the  ones 
marked  with  a  dagger  (f)  are  found  in  Duncan's  list  of  the  corals 
in  the  Nugent  collection  from  the  tuffs.  Dr.  Vaughan  recognizes 
eight  species  not  in  Duncan's  list.  One  species  is  common  to  the 
tuffs  and    the  white    limestone   (f*).      As   Spencer    remarks,   this 


Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  XIX,  1863,  p.  410. 


^00  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

finding  of  the  same  species  in  both  the  tuffs  and  the  white  limestone 
would  point  to  their  forming  really  but  one  geological  unit,  "although 
characterized  by  great  changes  in  the  physical  conditions  during  the 
accumulation  of  the  system."  What  has  been  said  of  the  gradual 
passage  of  the  upper  shales  and  tuffs  into  the  marls  and  their  apparent 
■conformability  point  to  these  formations  forming  one  geological 
unit.  As  to  the  age  of  the  corals  examined  by  Dr.  Vaughan,  he 
notes  that  the  coral  fauna  of  the  Antigua  formation  "is  identical 
with  that  of  the  lower  beds  of  the  upper  Oligocene  formation  of 
southwestern  Georgia." 

The  mollusks  collected  by  Spencer  were  referred  to  Dr.  Dall,  who 
afterwards  determined  one  of  the  forms  as  Peden  (Chlamys)  anguil- 
lensis  Guppy,  and  described  one  as  Peden  (Plagiodenium)  gahhi 
Dall,  referred  to  below  in  the  list  of  species  in  the  collection  made  by 
me  in  Antigua. 

Professor  Gregory,^-  lists  two  species  of  echinoids  sent  to  him  by 
Mr.  Forrest,  and  these  are  also  among  the  species  collected  by  me  in 
Antigua.  They  are,  as  given  by  Gregory,  Echinanthus  concavus 
(Cott.)  and  Echinanthus  antillarum  (Cott.).  With  the  exceptions  of 
the  two  Pectens  noted  above,  as  determined  by  Dr.  Dall,  no  mollusks 
appear  to  have  been  recorded  from  this  Antigua  white  limestone, 
so  that  the  few  which  I  was  able  to  secure  will  help  to  fix  the  age  of 
the  formation.  The  limestones  in  some  places  carry  many  species 
of  Pectens,  and  as  these  are  frequently  determinable  even  in  frag- 
ments, more  attention  was  given  to  collecting  them  than  to  corals, 
foramenifera,  etc.  Although  difficult  to  extract  from  the  rock,  I 
was  fortunate  enough  to  obtain  five  known  species  or  varieties  of 
Oligocene  Pectens  as  well  as  two  new  species  of  this  genus,  and  a  new 
species  of  oyster,  a  Turritella,  and  six  or  seven  species  of  echinoids. 
These,  with  the  corals  that  have  been  determined  as  Oligocene,  will 
serve  to  confirm  the  age  of  the  formation.  The  list  of  species  col- 
lected from*  this  Antigua  formation  is  given  below. 

Species  collected  from  the  Antigua  Formation. 
Diplothecanthus  concavus  (Cott.). 

Clypeasier  concavus  Cott.,   1875.— Cotteau,  Kongl.  Sv.  Vet.  Akad.  Hand- 

lingar,  B.  13,  No.  6,  p.  16,  pi.  II,  figs.  4-8.  ^     ,    c,        t       , 

Echinanthus  concavus  (Cott.).— Gregory,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  boc.  London, 
Vol.  LI  (1895),  p.  295. 

This  is  the  commonest  echinoid  in  the  Antigua  white  limestone, 
"  Gregory,  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  LI,  1895,  p.  295. 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


601 


and  was  found  in  great  numbers  at  Hodge's  Bay  and  along  the 
shores  at  Willoughby  Bay,  and  also  commonly  at  High  Point. 

Diplothecanthus  antillarum  (Cott.). 

Clypeaster  antillarum  Cott.,  1875.— Cotteau,  loc.  cit.,  p.  15,  pi.  II,  figs.  1-3. 
Echinanthus  antillarum  (Cott.).— Gregory,  loc.  cit.,  p.  295. 
Not  Echinanthus   antillarum  Cott.,  1875.— Cotteau,  loc.  cit.,  p.  2b,  pi.  IV, 
figs.  9-12. 
Less  common  than   D.  concavus  (Cott.),  this  large   species  was 
found  at  Willoughby  Bay  only. 

Sismondia  antillarum  Cott. 

Sismondia  antillarum  Cott.,  1875.— Cotteau,  loc.  cit.,  p.  17,  pi.  Ill,  figs.  1-4. 

A  small  species  found  only  at  Willoughby  Bay. 

Schizaster  clevei  Cott. 

Schizaster  clevei  Cott.,  1875.— Cotteau,  loc.  cit.,  p.  29,  pi.  V,  figs.  7,  8. 
A  rather  small  specimen  which  probably  belongs  to  this  species 
was  collected  at  Willoughby  Bay.     It  may  prove  to  be  new. 

Echinolampas  anguillae  Cott. 

Echinolampas  anguillce  Cott.,  1875.— Cotteau,  loc.  cit.,  p.  24,  pi.  IV,  figs.  .5-8. 
A  single  example  of  this  species  was  collected  at  Willoughby  Bay. 
Metalia  sp.  indet. 

Fragments  of  two  additional  species,  one  probably  belonging  to 
the  genus  Metalia  and  the  other  to  Ewpatagus,  were  collected,  some  at 
Hodge's  Point  and  some  at  Willoughby  Bay.  While  several  frag- 
ments of  each  species  were  collected,  none  are  in  sufficiently  perfect 
condition  to  describe.  One  specimen  from  Hodge's  Bay  is  a  frag- 
ment of  a  very  large  species,  but  somewhat  less  than  one-third  of  the 
test  is  represented. 
Pecten  (.ffiquipecten)  oxygonum  Sowb. 

Pecten  oxygonum  Sowb.— Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  VI,  1849,  p.  52. 
This  is  the  species  which  Gabb  has  determined  as  belonging  to  this 
unfigured  species  of  Sowerby;  the  specimens  collected  agree  perfectly 
with  those  determined  by  Gabb  as  belonging  to  this  species  in  his 
specimens  from  Santo  Domingo  (now  in  the  A.  N.  S.  P.  collection). 
It  was  collected  at  Hodge's  Bay. 
Pecten  oxygonum  optimum  B.  and  P. 

Pecten  oxygonum  optimum  B.  and  P.— Brown  and  Pilsbry,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  P., 

1912,  p.  511,  pi.  XXIII  (numbered  XXIV),  fig.  2. 
Pecten  paranensis  d 'Orb.— Gabb.,  Journ.  A.  N.  S.  P.,  VIII,  p.  347,  pi.  45, 
fig.  24.     Not  of  d'Orbigny,  Voy.  Amer.  Merid.  Palseont,  p.  132. 

This  variety  of  P.  oxygonum^  described  in  'Tauna  of  the  Gatun 
Formation,  Isthmus  of  Panama,  II,"  a  year  ago,  is  based  upon  a 
40 


602  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

specimen  referred  by  Gabb  to  P.  paranensis  d'Orb.  It  was  found  at 
Willoughby  Bay,  several  specimens  being  taken.  Gabb's  specimen 
came  from  the  Reventazon  River,  Costa  Rica,  and  not,  as  noted  by 
Dall,  from  Santo  Domingo. 

Pecten  (Chlamys)  anguillensis  Guppy.    Plate  XVIII,  figs.  4,  6,  7,  8. 

Pecten  anguillensis  Guppy. — Proc.  Sci.  Asso.  Trinidad,  1867,  p.  175,  figured 
in  Geol.  Mag.  Decade,  II,  Vol.  I,  1874,  pi.  XVIII,  fig.  24. 

This  species  was  the  commonest  Pecten  in  the  Antigua  limestone, 

and  is  recorded  as  having  been  brought  from  Antigua  by  Spencer 

(see  Dall,  "Tertiary  Fauna  of  Florida,"  p.  715).     It  was  collected  by 

me   at   Wetherill's,    Hodge's   Bay,  and  Willoughby  Bay.     It   was 

particularly  plentiful  at  Wetherill's  Bay,  but  few  specimens  could 

be  detached  entire  from  the  rock  surfaces.     The  figure  given  by 

Guppy  does  not  show  the  secondary  radial  striation,  and  is  thus 

misleading,  but  the  species  may  readily  be  recognized  by  its  10-11 

ribs,  much  fewer  than  in  the  other  fossil  Pectens  of  Antigua.     Its 

living  representatives,   probably  descendants  in  one  case,   are  P. 

antillarum  Recluz  of  Guadaloupe  and  other  islands  of  the  West 

Indies,  and  P.  luculentus  Reeve  of  North  Australia. 

Pecten  (.ffiquipecten)  thetidis  Sowb. 

Peclen  thetidis  Sowb.— Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc,  VI,  1849,  p.  52. 

Pecten  thetidis  Sowb. — Gabb,  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  new  series,  XV,  p.  256. 

This  species  was  collected  at  Hodge's  Bay,  and  agrees  well  with 

specimens  so  named  by  Gabb  in  his  Santo  Domingo  collection  in 

The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.     It  was  fairly 

common;  did  not  become  silicified  so  commonly  as  the  last  species, 

and  commonly  acquired  a  black  color  on  exposure  to  the  weather. 

The  species  is  small,  evenly  ribbed,  and  seems  to  belong  to  the  first 

of  the  two  varieties  mentioned  by  Gabb. 

Pecten  (Plagioctenium)  gabbi  Dall. 

Pecten  (Plagioctenium)  gabbi  Dall,  Tertiary  Fauna  of  Florida,"  p.  717,  pi. 
29,  fig.  3.  Not  Pecten  paranensis  d'Orb.,  as  cited  by  Gabb. — Jour.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  2d  series,  VIII,  p.  347. 

This  species  is  represented  by  one  entire  valve  and  several  more 
or  less  well-preserved  fragments  of  valves  from  Willoughby  Bay, 
and,  while  it  does  not  agree  exactly  with  Dall's  figure,  it  does  agree 
with  his  description  of  P.  gabbi  Dall.  The  figure  is  from  a  specimen 
collected  by  Spencer  in  Antigua.  The  specimen  referred  to  Pecten 
paranensis  d'Orb.  by  Gabb  was  from  Reventazon  River,  Costa  Rica, 
not  from  Santo  Domingo,  as  stated  by  Dall.  As  already  noted,  this 
Costa  Rica  specimen  is  the  P.  oxygonum  optimum  B.  and  P.,  and  does 

"  Trans.  Wagner  Free  Inst.  Sci.,  Ill,  p.  715. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  603 

not  at  all  resemble  this  Antigua  species.     But  while  Dall's  figure  of 
Spencer's  Antigua  specimen  is  not  exactly  like  this  species,  his  de- 
scription agrees  so  well  with  the  Willoughby  Bay  specimens  that  I  do 
not  doubt  this  species  is  P.  gabbi  Dall. 
Pecten  (Amusium)  antiguensis  n.  sp.    Plate  XVIII,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  5. 

This  large  Amusium  is  very  common  in  the  Antigua  limestone 
on  the  sea  beach  at  Wetherill's  Bay  and  especially  at  Hodge's  Bay. 
Its  description  will  be  found  under  "Descriptions  of  New  Species." 
While  plentiful  at  Hodge's  Bay,  the  specimens  were  so  firmly  attached 
to  the  rock  or  imbedded  in  it  as  to  make  it  almost  an  impossibility 
to  extract  entire,  unbroken  specimens.  This  species  and  the  P. 
anguillensis  Guppy  were  especially  likely  to  be  found  silicified. 
This  silicification  has  sometimes  obliterated  the  secondary  sculpture, 
but  in  other  cases  has  preserved  it  in  most  remarkably  perfect  con- 
dition, as  in  some  of  these  specimens.  If  it  were  not  for  this  silici- 
fication, it  would  be  very  difficult  to  obtain  any  specimens  from  this 
hard,  white  limestone;  but  this  alteration,  in  part  or  wholly,  to  silica 
makes  the  specimens  weather  out  in  almost  complete  and  perfect 
condition. 

Pecten  nugenti  n.  sp.    Plate  XIX,  figs.  2,  5,  6. 

Hodge's  Bay. 

Ostrea  antiguensis  n.  sp.    Plate  XIX,  fig.  7;  plate  XX,  figs.  1,  5,  6. 

In  some  of  the  exposures  of  this  limestone  along  the  seashore, 
notably  at  Hodge's  Bay  and  at  Wetherill's  Bay,  the  hard  limestone 
contained  many  isolated  oyster  shells.  Of  these,  the  specimens 
collected  at  Hodge's  Bay  I  at  first  referred  to  Ostrea  gatunensis  B.  and 
P.,  but  upon  further  examination  I  find  that  they  are  the  same  as 
those  collected  at  High  Point  and  Wetherill's  Bay.  These  are 
specimens  of  a  new  species  to  which  I  have  given  the  name  of  Ostrea 
antiguensis.  At  Willoughby  Bay  a  much  larger  species  of  oyster 
was  observed,  perhaps  0.  haitensis  Sowb.,  but  specimens  could  not 
be  obtained,  as  they  were  imbedded  in  the  hard,  compact  limestone. 

Spondylus  sp.  indet. 

A  single  young  specimen  of  a  Spondylus  was  collected  at  High 
Point.     It  seems  to  resemble  Spondylus  bostrichites  Guppy,  but  is 
too  young  and  too  fragmentary  to  be  determined  with  certainty. 
This  shell  was  silicified  also. 
Turritella  forresti  n.  sp.    Plate  XX,  figs.  2-4,  7.  8. 

Found  at  Willoughby  Bay  by  Mr.  W.  R.  Forrest.  See  "Descrip- 
tions of  New  Species." 


604  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV,, 

If  incoherent  or  soft  fossiliferous  beds  could  be  found  in  Antigua, 
such  as  occur  in  Santo  Domingo  or  on  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  and 
in  Costa  Rica,  the  fauna  obtainable  from  this  Antigua  limestone 
would  undoubtedly  be  a  large  one.  I  examined  the  island  carefully 
for  such  deposits^  but  none  of  this  soft  character  were  met  with.  Fur- 
ther research  may  disclose  such  deposits,  but  unfortunately  the  tuffs 
in  which  they  might  be  found  have  undergone  much  compression 
and  they  are  too  much  altered,  where  they  have,  thus  far,  been  found 
to  carry  fossils,  to  give  much  hope  of  finding  them  fossiliferous  and 
at  the  same  time  soft.  The  limestone  is  sometimes  in  the  form  of  a 
soft  marl,  but  even  this  has  usually  undergone  alteration  and  the 
fossils  have  been  subjected  to  crystallization  which  has  obliterated 
many  characters.  In  some  cases  the  organic  remains  have  been 
dissolved  and  replaced  by  silica,  or  the  shells  have  been  dissolved 
away  leaving  a  cast  of  the  cavity,  but  no  mould  to  show  the  exterior 
of  the  organism.  The  most  favorable  place  for  collecting  specimens 
to  represent  the  fauna  that  was  seen  was  the  region  of  Willoughby 
Bay,  and  from  what  I  saw  there  it  is  evident  that  the  fauna  is  a  very 
large  one. 

That  the  igneous  activity  continued  during  the  Oligocene,  after 
the  deposit  of  these  limestones,  is  indicated  by  the  occurrence  at 
Crosbies  of  a  dyke  of  dark  andesite  which  has  been  injected  into  the 
white  marl  and  has  altered  it  in  places,  the  dyke  itself  being  also 
altered.  This  dyke  is  15  feet  wide  or  more,  and  is  compact  and  not 
porous.  This  locality  at  Crosbies  is  near  the  northern  shore  and 
about  a  mile  to  the  southwest  of  Hodge's  Bay.  Purves  mentions 
this  locality,  but  places  it  on  the  seashore.  Angular  lapilli  of  volcanic 
ash  were  found  in  the  limestone  at  Hodge's  Bay,  indicating  volcanic 
action  at  this  time. 

5.  Hodge's  Hill  Calcareous  Sandstone  (of  Spencei?). 

Professor  Spencer  has  given  this  name  to  a  calcite  sandstone 
composed  of  water-worn  grains  of  coral,  shell,  and  other  calcareous 
matter,  found  at  Hodge's  Hill  in  the  northeastern  corner  of  the 
island.  These  beds  are  seen  along  the  shore  at  Hodge's  Bay  over- 
lying the  hard  Antigua  limestone,  and  resting  upon  them  with  a  very 
fiat  dip.  Spencer  regards  this  contact  as  unconformable,  but  there 
seems  to  be  no  erosion  unconformity,  and  the  difference  in  dip  is 
very  slight.  The  material  has  a  very  different  appearance  (as 
regards  compactness,  for  example)  from  the  harder  Antigua  limestone 
which  it  overlies,  but  I  have  no  doubt  that  it  is  really  a  part  of  the 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  605 

same  formation.  It  contained  the  Orbitoides  antl  many  fragments  of 
echinoids,  and  furnished  a  recognizable  Scala,  referred  to  below. 
Spencer^^  remarks  of  these  sandstones  that  "one  suspects  the  Hodge's 
Hill  sandstones  belong  to  an  epoch  not  long  subsequent  to  that  of 
the  former  rocks"  (Antigua  limestones);  a  conclusion  in  which  I 
certainly  concur.  In  fact,  it  seems  more  than  probable  that  thej^ 
are  only  the  continuation  upward  of  this  same  Antigua  formation. 

6.  Friar's  Hill  Gravels  and  Marls  (of  Spencer). 
An  undoubted  unconformity,  representing  a  break  in  the  deposi- 
tion of  the  formations  lasting  through  the  Miocene  and  Pliocene, 
separates  these  gravels  and  marls  from  the  Oligocene  of  the  Antigua 
formation.  These  deposits  of  Friar's  Hill  rest  upon  the  eroded  sur- 
faces of  the  Antigua  limestone,  and  consist,  at  the.  base,  of  water- 
worn  pebbles,  derived  from  the  underlying  formations;  and  this 
layer  of  pebbles  is  overlaid  by  a  compact,  buff-colored  marl  stated 
by  Spencer  to  have  a  thickness  of  about  12  feet,  and  doubtless  likewise 
derived  in  large  part  from  the  underlying  marl  itself.  The  material 
seems  to  be  always  not  greatly  different  from  the  underlying  marls 
of  the  Oligocene,  as  though  derived  in  each  case  from  rock  in  the 
immediate  vicinity.  Spencer,  also,  notes  that  the  material  does  not 
seem  to  have  been  transported  to  any  distance.  I  am  inclined  to 
think  it  should  be  connected  with  the  Cassada  Garden  gravels  as  the 
shore  deposit  that  was  formed  during  this  depression  of  the  island 
when  the  shell  beds  of  the  Central  Plain  were  being  laid  down,  and 
the  Cassada  Garden  gravels  are  the  current-transported  materials  of 
the  same  general  age.  I  have  not  seen  these  Cassada  Garden  gravels 
overlying  the  Friar's  Hill  deposits,  and  at  Cassada  Garden  the 
gravels  rest  upon  the  tuffs  under  the  Antigua  formation.  No  fossils, 
except  those  that  are  derived  from  the  marls,  are  found  in  the  Friar's 
Hill  deposits,  but,  up  to  at  least  150  feet  above  sea  level,  the  shells 
of  the  next  division  cover  the  ground  in  the  region  of  the  Central 
Plain.  The  Friar's  Hill  gravels,  according  to  Spencer,  occur  up  to 
200  feet  above  sea  level,  while  I  have  traced  the  shell  deposits  of  the 
Central  Plain  (as  above  stated)  up  to  at  least  150  feet  above  the 
sea  level. 

7.  Shell  Beds  of  the  Central  Plain. 

Throughout  the  Central  Plain  of  Antigua,  from  the  neighborhood 
of  St.  John's  to  Willoughby  Bay,  sea  shells  are  encountered  in  the  soil 

14  Quart.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  LVII,  1901,  p.  499. 


606  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

and  lying  about  on  the  surface,  being  brought  up  in  every  excavation 
and  digging  up  to,  in  the  region  of  St.  John's,  125  feet  above  sea  level. 
They  are  found  in  some  places  upon  hills  to  a  level  of  150  feet  above 
the  sea.  They  are  not  confined  to  the  Central  Plain  entirely,  for 
they  were  seen  near  St.  Mary's  Rectory,  in  the  volcanic  part  of  the 
island,  at  least  100  feet  above  sea  level.  In  the  vicinity  of  Willoughby 
Bay  they  were  seen  in  the  soil  of  the  Central  Plain  at  elevations  of 
upwards  of  100  feet  also,  but  they  were  not  noted  in  the  soil  upon  the 
high  hills  near  the  Montpelier  estate  in  this  vicinity.  The  species 
were  those  now  living  in  the  sea  surrounding  the  island.  They  occur 
in  the  surface  soil,  but  it  cannot  be  said  that  there  is  any  very  recog- 
nizable deposit  which  contains  them.  As  they  are  in  a  superficial 
deposit,  this  is  not  to  be  wondered  at;  the  surface  soil  everywhere 
has  been  disturbed  for  some  depth  on  account  of  the  cane  cultivation, 
which  covers  all  the  available  cane-producing  land  in  the  island. 
In  some  places  these  marine  shells  are  found  associated  with  recent 
land  shells,  as  has  been  described  of  the  raised  beaches  or  horizontal 
marls  of  Purves,  although  these  land  shells  are  the  species  now  living 
in  the  places  where  these  marine  shells  occur,  and  have  come  into  the 
soil  much  more  recently  than  the  marine  shells.  During  the  time 
of  the  deposition  of  these  shell  deposits  the  island  must  have  stood 
at  a  level  of  at  least  150  feet  lower  than  at  present  and,  in  fact,  have 
been  divided  into  two  or  more  islands  by  the  sea,  which  occupied 
the  Central  Plain.  Across  this  plain  the  sea  must  have  been  driven 
by  the  trade  winds,  this  wind  drift  making  a  current  (during  the 
time  of  greatest  depression)  running  through  the  Central  Plain  from 
Willoughby  Bay  to  St.  John's  Harbor.  The  excavating  power  of 
this  current  may  have  had  its  part  in  the  formation  of  these  two 
bays,  and  of  the  depressions  along  the  coast  from  St.  John's  Harbor 
north  to  Corbizon  Point,  such  as  Dickenson's  Bay.  The  rise  of  tide 
in  Antigua  is  slight,  but  it  must  have  produced  a  very  appreciable 
current  in  this  central  depression;  and  during  the  ebb  and  flow  of 
the  tide,  until  a  channel  was  established  across  the  inland  during  the 
time  of  sinking,  currents  due  to  this  cause  must  have  run  in  and 
out  of  the  bays.  Even  during  the  time  of  greatest  submergence 
such  currents  must  have  been  formed  and  in  their  flow  have  had  a 
tendenc}^  to  scour  the  bottom  of  the  bays  at  either  end  of  the  central 
depression.  The  currents  set  up  by  the  tide  or  (during  the  time  of 
maximum  submergence)  by  the  wind  drift  would  be  strong  enough 
to  produce  the  water-worn  character  observed  in  the  Cassada  Garden 
gravels.     And  the  appearance  observed  in  these  materials  of  having 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  607 

been  transported  a  considerable  distance  would  be  explained  by  the 
existence  of  such  currents.  The  Cassada  Garden  gravels,  as  I  saw 
them  at  the  type  locality,  occupy  depressions  in  the  general  surface, 
where  they  have  accumulated,  and  they  also  occur  as  low  hills  or 
mounds  above  the  general  surface.  They  may  represent  local 
channel  or  even  shore  deposits  when  the  sea  occupied  this  central 
plain.  More  to  the  east,  in  the  bays  that  would  be  formed  by  such  a 
depression,  the  Friar's  Hill  gravels  and  marls  might  have  been  locally 
formed.  The  general  occurrence  of  marine  shells  up  to  125-150  feet 
above  sea  level,  wherever  either  in  the  Central  Plain  or  in  the 
volcanic  region  to  the  southwestern  part  of  the  island  the  surface 
soil  was  exposed  by  cultivation,  is  a  character  of  the  geology  of  the 
island  that  at  once  strikes  the  observer.  And  from  this  higher 
elevation  down  to  the  sea  level  such  occurences  of  sea  shells  are  com- 
mon all  over  the  island.  In  the  Central  Plain  the  form  of  surface 
characterizing  a  raised  beach  has  not  been  preserved,  but  nearer  the 
sea  level  there  are  definite  raised  beaches,  some  of  which  were  ob- 
served by  Purves  and  named  the  "horizontal  marls."  They  no 
doubt  had  an  origin  similar  to  that  of  the  salt  pond  and  mangrove 
swamp  deposits  that  are  still  forming.  But  the  marine  shells  of  the 
older  submergence  were  in  large  part  or  entirely  the  same  species  as 
those  of  these  later  deposits.  And  since  the  greatest  depression  of 
the  island  during  which  these  shell  beds  of  this  submergence  were 
laid  down,  the  general  movement  of  the  island  has  been  upward. 
Indeed,  old  maps  like  that  accompanying  Nugent's  paper,  compared 
with  present  conditions,  would  indicate  that  this  upward  movement 
is  still  going  on.  Evidence  of  the  submergence  is  to  be  seen  not  only 
in  the  marine  shells  found  in  the  soil;  the  underground  water  from 
the  region  of  the  Central  Plain  carries  a  large  percentage  of  sodium 
chloride.  In  wells  in  this  Central  Plain  and  in  the  water  from 
springs  in  this  region  the  amount  of  sodium  chloride  is  so  high  as 
to  become  characterictic  of  the  water  of  the  region.  Thus  at  Gam- 
ble's Spring  it  amounts  to  1137  parts  in  100,000,  as  determined  from 
an  analysis  made  in  1906,  and  at  Gunthorpe's  well,  according  to  an 
analysis  made  in  1905,  the  sodium  chloride  content  rose  to  1458  parts 
per  100,000.^^  At  Cassada  Garden  the  sodium  chloride  content  in 
the  water  is  much  less— 390  parts  per  100,000.  Away  from  this  Central 
Plain  depression  the  amount  of  sodium  chloride  is  found  to  decrease, 
and  this  is  a  characteristic  of  the  limestone  district;  for  instance,  at 

15  "The  Water  Supply  of  Antigua,"  by  H.  A.  Tempany,  West  Indian  Bulletin, 
Vol.  XII,  No.  4. 


608  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

Parham,  New  Work,  the  salt  in  the  water  was  only  14.7  parts  per 
100,000  in  1911.  On  the  other  hand,  in  the  raised  beach  deposits 
in  the  east  of  the  island  the  content  of  sodium  chloride  in  the  water 
is  often  as  much  as,  or  more  than,  that  of  the  Cassada  Garden  well, 
and  this  is  doubtless  true  of  all  districts  recently  covered  by  salt 
ponds,  although  they  now  may  show  no  evidence  of  recent  sub- 
mergence. 

The  marine  shells  found  scattered  through  these  shell  beds  are 
apparently  all  recent  species;  they  include  many  gastropods  and  a 
much  larger  number  of  pelecypods.  A  few  specimens  were  gathered 
and  some  of  the  larger  species  simply  noted.  Among  the  gastropods 
the  large  Strombus  gigas  L.  was  occasionally  seen,  also  Melongena 
melongena  L.,  and  Livona  pica  L.  were  often  encountered.  A  few 
specimens  of  Purpura  were  seen  and  P.  deltoidea  Lam.  was  collected, 
as  was  also  Bullaria  occidentalis  (A.  Ad.)  and  Modulus  modulus  (L.). 
The  pelecypods  collected  include  Area  chemnitzii  Phil.,  Cardium 
muricatum  L.,  Chione  cancellata  L.,  and  two  varieties  of  Anomalo- 
cardia  flexuosa  L.,  but  many  other  species  were  seen,  especially 
Codakia  orbicularis  (L.)  and  Codakia  orbiculata  Mont.  A  limpet, 
Fissuridea  barbadensis  Gmel.,  was  observed.  Land  shells,  particularly 
Bulimulus  guadalupensis  Brug.,  are  plentiful  in  the  soil  mixed  with 
the  marine  shells,  they  have  probably  been  recently  introduced  into 
this  deposit  from  forms  living  in  the  Central  Plain  when  it  was  first 
cleared  and  settled. 

8.  Raised  Beaches,  Horizontal  Marls  of  Purves. 

Along  a  part  of  the  north  shore  of  the  island  and  also  along  the 
northeast  shore  down  to  St.  George's  Church  there  are,  at  certain 
places,  definite  horizontal  deposits,  consisting  of  marl  with  marine 
and  land  shells  often  mixed  together,  imbedded  in  the  deposit.  These 
have  been  described  by  Purves  as  the  horizontal  marls,  and  are  well 
developed  in  the  vicinity  of  St.  George's  Church.  They  are  not  seen 
at  any  great  elevation  above  the  present  sea  level,  not  more  than 
10-12  feet,  and  are  probably  old  salt  pond  deposits.  The  one  at 
St.  George's  Church  contains  plentiful  remains  of  land  shells  mixed 
with  marine  species.  Here  I  saw  Pleurodonte  formosa  (Fer.)  with  the 
deeper  pigment  bands  still  showing  their  color;  although  the  finer 
color  pattern  characterictic  of  the  recent  shell  is  lost.  Dry)nceus 
elongatus  Bolt,  was  also  plentiful,  but  the  specimens  of  P.  Jormosa 
(Fer.)  outnumbered  the  Drymceus  about  three  to  one.  This  Antigua 
species  of  Pleurodonte  was  only  known  alive,  to  the  local  collectors 


1913]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  609 

from  the  volcanic  part  of  the  island,  in  St.  Mary's,  and  is  not  now 
living,  so  far  as  known,  in  the  north  of  the  island.  I  found  it  living 
at  Montpelier  in  the  limestone  district  of  the  southeast  extremity 
of  the  island  in  St.  Philip's  Parish.  I  collected  at  St.  George's 
also  the  extinct  Helicina  named  by  Purves,  Helicina  crosbyi,  which 
appears  to  be  a  good  species,  not  hitherto  described  or  figured,  but 
his  Succineas  do  not  differ  from  the  living  Succinea  harhadensis  Guild. 
These  two  Succineas  found  in  this  marl  Purves  has  named  S.  boonii 
and  S.  boonii  var.  elongata,^^  and  he  states  that  they  are  not  now  living 
in  Antigua,  but  they  seem  to  me  to  be  simply  variations  of  the  living 
S.  barbadensis  Guild,  which  is  found  living  everywhere  in  the  limestone 
district.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  these  so-called  extinct  forms  are 
larger  than  the  normal  living  forms;  and  also  a  large  "semi-fossil" 
Succinea  has  been  collected  in  Santa  Cruz  which  belongs  to  the  same 
species  as  these  from  the  horizontal  marls.  The  Helicina  crosbyi  of 
Purves  is  not  known  in  the  living  state  in  Antigua,  it  seems  to  be 
really  extinct.  It  is  not  the  species  found  in  the  neighboring  island 
of  Barbuda,  and  more  closely  resembles  one  of  the  Jamaica  species 
of  Helicina  than  any  known  species,  but,  as  stated,  it  is  probably  a 
good  species.  It  is  described  with  other  undescribed  species  in  this 
paper. 

The  list  of  species  given  by  Purves  of  the  land  shells  found  in  these 
marls  includes  Cistula  antiguensis  Shutt.,  now  living  at  Wetherill's 
and  near  Montpelier,  that  is,  at  the  northwest  and  at  the  southeast 
corners  of  the  island,  but  not  seen  living  elsewhere;  and  also  Subulina 
octona  Brug.,  found  everywhere.  The  only  really  extinct  form  is  the 
Helicina  crosbyi.  None  of  the  marine  species  observed  are  extinct,  and 
all  are  still  living  about  the  shores  of  the  island.  Such  a  deposit  as 
this  one  at  St.  George's  (and  similar  ones  are  known  along  the  north- 
east and  north  shore  to  Boone's  Point)  was  probably  formed  in  much 
the  same  way  as  the  present  salt  ponds.  It  was  at  one  time  a 
shallow  bay,  the  mouth  of  which  was  cut  off  by  the  growth  of  man- 
groves, and  it  thus  became  a  lagoon.  Into  this  lagoon,  the  washings 
from  the  hills  brought  down  the  land  shells  that  cover  the  ground, 
even  at  present.  This  part  of  the  island  must  have  been  grown  up 
in  "bush"  similar  to  the  vegetation  that  now  covers  Barbuda, 
in  which  bush  Pleurodonte  formosa,  Helicina  crosbyi,  Cistida 
antiguensis,  Drymceus  elongatus,  Bulimulus  guadalupensis,  and  other 
land  shells  lived;  and  probably  also  the  water  of  the  lagoon,  as  it 

1®  The  authority  placed  after  these  species  (Nob.)  is  a  contraction  for  nobis  and 
means  simply  Purves. 


610  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

dried  up,  became  in  places  fresh,  so  that  fresh-water  forms  could 
live  in  it  and  become  mixed  with  the  already  deposited  marine  forms 
and  the  land  forms.  The  wells  near  this  St.  George's  locality  show 
much  sodium  chloride  in  the  water,  as  though  it  might  have  passed 
through  a  salt-pond  stage.  Such  salt-pond  deposits  may  have  formed 
during  the  last  stages  of  the  rising  of  the  island  from  the  submergence 
at  the  time  of  the  deposit  of  the  shell  layers  in  the  Central  Plain, 
already  noted.  Salt  ponds  now  occur  along  the  west  coast  of  the 
island,  but  I  did  not  personally  observe  them  along  the  east  coast; 
these  "raised  beaches"  are  probably  such  deposits  in  the  limestone 
along  the  east  coast.  They  are  not  likely  to  be  of  any  great  antiquity, 
and  are  not  greatly  different  in  their  origin  from  what  is  now  forming 
in  the  salt  ponds  of  the  western  side  of  the  island. 

9.  Salt  Pond  and  Mangrove  Swamp  Deposits. 

As  just  noted  above,  these  deposits  are  characteristic  of  certain 
places  on  the  western  shore  line,  from  Corbizon  Point  to  the  vicinity 
of  St.  Mary's,  Old  Road.  They  are  shallow  bays  that  are  gradually 
filling  up.  They  are  seen  in  all  stages  of  development,  for  instance 
in  the  region  of  the  head  of  Five  Islands  Bay  and  between  this  and 
St.  John's  Harbor.  Salt  pond  deposits  exist  about  a  mile  beyond 
the  Union  Sugar  Mill.  Evidently  here  a  connection  existed  at  no 
very  distant  time  between  Five  Islands  Bay  and  St.  John's  Harbor, 
and,  indeed,  upon  Nugent's  map  this  district  is  represented  as  a 
swamp.  This  same  map  shows  a  bay  open  to  the  sea  east  of  the 
stretch  of  beach  between  Dry  Hill  and  Corbizon  Point,  where  a 
salt  pond  now  exists;  and  open  water  on  the  north  side  of  St.  John's 
Harbor  where  a  salt  pond  is  now  forming.  Some  ten  such  salt  ponds 
are  shown  upon  this  Nugent  map  from  Ships  Stern  (at  the  entrance 
of  St.  John's  Harbor)  to  St.  Mary's,  Old  Road.  These  shallow  bays 
are  first  cut  off  from  the  sea  by  the  growth  of  mangroves  and  such 
plants  as  can  exist  in  presence  of  the  salt  water;  a  fringe  of  such 
mangroves  near  the  mouth  of  the  bay  becomes  a  place  for  deposition 
of  sand  and  other  inorganic  matter  washed  up  by  the  waves,  and  a 
sand  tract  forms,  cutting  off  the  mouth  of  the  bay.  This  bar  grad- 
ually grows  until  the  salt  water  only  reaches  in  to  the  pond  in  time  of 
high  wind  or  tide.  The  water  in  the  pond  becomes  brackish  from  the 
surface  drainage  getting  into  it,  and  the  salt-water  forms  living 
in  it,  when  freely  open  to  the  sea,  are  killed  off,  giving  place  to 
brackish-water  and  finally  to  fresh-water  forms,  if  the  pond  continues 
to  exist  so  long.     When  such  a  pond  is  near  higher  ground,  the 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  611 

washing  from  the  hills  carries  land  shells  into  the  pond,  and  these 
are  mingled  with  the  salt-water  and  brackish-water  forms.  But  in 
many  cases,  the  swamp  water  becomes  so  foul  during  the  change 
from  salt  to  fresh  that  no  brackish-water  forms  can  live  in  it.  Appar- 
ently, too,  the  change  is  rapid  in  some  cases  and  no  brackish-water 
forms  migrate  in.  The  shallow  ponds  become  swamps  and  finally, 
draining  to  the  sea,  dry  up  completely  and  form  level  stretches 
which  are  occupied  by  the  "bush,"  and  eventually  by  cultivations 
of  some  kind.  One  such  level  stretch,  formerly  occupied,  no  doubt, 
by  one  of  these  salt  pond  swamps,  is  now  under  cultivation  as  a 
cocoanut  plantation,  near  St.  Mary's  in  the  Valley. 

Along  the  east  coast  such  salt  ponds  were  not  visited,  and  perhaps 
they  may  no  longer  exist,  but  they  are  indicated  on  Nugent's  map 
as  occurring  at  several  places  along  the  northeast  coast  of  the  island. 
I  have  no  doubt  that  the  "horizontal  marl"  deposits  in  the  vicinity 
of  St.  George's  Church  have  had  some  such  history;  and  if  the  general 
movement  of  the  island  is  an  upward  one  at  present,  as  seems  to  be 
the  case,  other  shallow  bays  such  as  are  found  along  this  east  coast 
may  develop  into  such  salt  ponds  in  the  future.  But  the  upward 
movement  would  seem  to  be  more  characteristic  of  the  west  coast 
than  of  the  windward  region,  and  the  salt  ponds  of  the  west  side  of 
the  island  are  now  forming  and  show  all  stages  of  development. 
That  such  deposits  must  have  occurred  during  the  last  emergence 
of  the  island  and  that  traces  of  them  are  still  to  be  seen  in  the  interior 
(in  the  Central  Plain,  for  instance)  there  can  be  little  doubt.  When 
they  are  very  shallow  and  dry  up  when  in  the  salt  stage,  leaving 
deposits  of  salt  impregnating  the  surface  soils,  is  probably  indicated 
in  the  large  amount  of  salt  found  in  the  shallow  surface  wells  in  some 
places  at  the  present  time.  This  salt  impregnation  of  the  soil  in 
certain  parts  of  the  Central  Plain  has  been  noted  under  the  "shell 
beds  of  the  Central  Plain."  A  local  development  of  the  same 
■character,  due  to  the  accumulation  of  salt  in  hollows,  subsequent  to 
the  last  emergence  of  the  island  from  the  sea  may  be  the  cause  of 
the  "gall  spots"  noted  in  the  cane  cultivations  in  the  Central  Plain 
and  eastward.  These  are  places  where  the  growth  of  the  cane  is 
poor,  and  they  are  generally  marked  by  a  yellowness  of  the  cane 
itself.  Mr.  Tempany,  Superintendent  of  Agriculture  for  the  Leeward 
Islands,  who  has  made  many  soil  and  water  analyses,  agrees  with  me 
that  the  gall  spots  are  apparently  places  where  soluble  salts  in  the 
soil  have  accumulated  to  a  point  which  interferes  with  the  growth 
of  the  plants. 


612  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [nov.^ 

Descriptions  of  New  Species. 

Helicina  crosbyi  n.  sp.    Plate  XIX,  figs.  1,  3,  8. 

Helicina  crosbyi  Purves,  Bull.  Mus.  Roy.  Hist.  Nat.  Belg.,  Vol.  Ill,  1884, 
p.  310.     Name  only.     No  description  or  figure. 

Shell  depressed,  conic,  of  about  four  and  one-half  whorls,  marked 
by  growth-lines,  periphery  somewhat  keeled  up  to  the  last  whorl, 
where  it  becomes  rounded.  Outer  lip  much  thickened  and  heavy, 
the  inner  lip  expanding  and  covering  the  umbilicus  with  a  heavy 
callus.  The  thickened  outer  lip  rises  abruptly  from  the  last  whorl 
in  a  ridge,  which  continues  to  beyond  the  columella  and  forms  the 
border  of  the  heavy  callus  of  the  inner  Yvp,  but  this  elevation  of  the 
lip  dies  away  and  the  callus  of  the  inner  lip  thins  down  until  it  reaches 
the  level  of  the  base  of  the  last  whorl.  Slope  of  the  spire  even,  the 
sutures  not  depressed,  spire  somewhat  convex.     Operculum  unknown. 

Alt.  7.7  mm.,  cham.  11  mm.  Types  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection  No. 
109,109. 

This  species  was  named  by  Purves  H.  crosbyi,  but  apparently 
never  described  nor  figured.  It  is  easily  identified  a's  the  species 
referred  to  by  M.  Purves,  as  it  occurs  fossil  in  the  "horizontal  marls'* 
at  several  points  noted  by  him,  but  is  unknown  in  the  living  state 
and  appears  to  be  extinct.  The  "semi-fossil"  shells  are  entirely 
without  pigment,  so  that  what  colors  the  original  shell  possessed  must 
remain  unknown.  The  form  of  the  heavy  callus  and  the  great 
thickening  of  the  outer  lip  which  characterize  this  species  recall  the 
lip  and  callus  of  the  Jamaican  Helicina  neritella  angulata  C.  B.  Ad., 
which,  however,  differs  from  this  species  in  having  the  angulation 
of  the  periphery  continued  on  the  last  whorl  out  to  the  lip. 

The  specimens  were  collected  at  St.  George's  Church  and  at  Hodge's 
Bay,  Antigua.     Pleistocene. 
Scala  (Sthenorhytis)  antiguensis  n.  sp.    Plate  XX,  fig.  9. 

Shell  turbinate,  of  about  five  whorls,  rapidly  enlarging;  the  suture 
impressed,  whorls  rounded,  crossed  by  about  sixteen  varices  which 
are  acute  edged  and  rise  abruptly  from  the  whorl.  The  intervarical 
spaces  are  crossed  by  five  raised  revolving  cords  with  a  secondary 
sculpture  of  fine,  somewhat  irregularly  spaced  revolving  lines  and 
crossed  by  radial  lines  parallel  to  the  varices.  This  secondary 
sculpture  which  covers  the  varices  also,  is  best  observed  with  a  lens. 
From  the  excavated  form  of  the  base  of  the  shell,  it  is  probable  that 
the  mouth  was  circular,  but  this  portion  of  the  shell  is  imperfect. 
Alt.  30  mm.,  diam.  19  mm.  From  the  Hodge's  Hill  limestone 
(Antigua  formation),  Hodge's  Bay,  Antigua.     Oligocene. 

Type  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection,  invertebrate  fossils.  No.  1,645. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  613 

Turritella  forresti  n.  sp.    Plate  XX,  figs.  2,  3,  4,  7,  8. 

Shell  elongate,  slowly  tapering,  of  many  whorls,  with  a  raised 
sculpture  of  three  major  spiral  ridges,  of  which  the  one  towards  the 
apex  is  double  and  beaded,  the  next  one  is  at  first  single,  but  later 
becomes  double  and  beaded,  while  the  third  is,  in  the  younger  stage, 
not  beaded.  Between  these  major  revolving  spiral  ridges  are  finer 
revolving  spirals,  about  five  between  the  first  and  second  major 
spirals,  and  the  same  number  between  the  second  and  third  major 
spirals,  with  a  like  number  from  the  third  spiral  to  the  suture.  These 
secondary  spirals  may  become  knotty  and  beaded  when  crossed  by 
the  diagonal  growth  lines,  and  the  doubling  of  the  major  spirals 
comes  from  one  of  these  minor  spirals  becoming  enlarged  on  that  side 
of  the  major  spiral  towards  the  apex.  The  suture  becomes  depressed 
by  the  shell  being  excavated  above  the  suture  or  on  the  basal  side  of 
the  whorl.  A  fragment  of  14  mm.  tapers  from  4  mm.  to  2  mm.  in 
six  Avhorls.  A  larger  fragment  tapers  from  6  mm.  to  4  mm.  in  a 
length  of  13  mm. 

From  Willoughby  Bay,  collected  by  Mr.  W.  R.  Forrest,  in  whose 
honor  the  species  is  named.  Antigua  limestone,  Oligocene.  Only 
small  fragments  were  obtained,  but  these  show  the  scuplture  well 
and  the  species  will  undoubtedly  be  easily  recognizable  from  these 
specimens.  Types  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection,  invertebrate  fossils.  No. 
1,644. 
Pecten  (Amusium)  antiguensis  n.  sp.    Plate  XVIII,  figs,  l,  2,  3,  5. 

Inequivalve,  shell  orbicular,  rather  thin,  convex;  the  surface  cov- 
■ered  with  a  fine  concentric  sculpture,  following  the  growth  lines; 
with  about  13  radial  ribs  running  from  the  beaks,  where  they  are  very 
pronounced,  and,  in  one  valve,  apparently  disappearing  towards  the 
margin,  but  in  the  other  valve  continued  as  undulations  of  the  shell 
to  the  margin.  The  interior  of  the  shell  has  radial  ribs  extending 
to  the  margin,  where  the  adjacent  pairs  of  ribs  contract  and  are  then 
seen  to  be  paired,  but  otherwise  seeming  to  be  equally  spread  as  in 
P.  (Amusium)  hjonii  Gabb,  from  which  this  species  differs  in  having 
a  strong  concentric  sculpture  (wanting  in  P.  lyonii),  and  also  in  the 
external  radial  ribbing  being  continued  for  a  greater  distance  from 
the  beak  than  in  Gabb's  species.  The  species  is  likewise  related  to 
P.  sol  B,  and  P.,  but  this  latter  has  shorter  radial  external  ribs  and  the 
internal  ribs  are  paired.  The  ears  are  separated  from  the  rest  of 
the  valve  by  a  depression,  as  is  the  case  in  P.  sol.  Length  and 
iieight  about  equal — 70-75  mm. 

Hodge's  Bay  and  Wetherill's  Bay  in  the  Antigua  limestone,  with 


614  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV.^ 

Orbitoides,  etc.,  Oligocene.     Cotypes  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection,  inverte- 
brate fossils,  No.  1,648. 

Pecten  nugenti  n.  sp.    Plate  XIX,  figs.  2,  5,  6. 

Shell  inequivalve,  oval  in  outline,  with  17  distinct  rounded  radial 
ribs  (and  probably  2  additional  less  distinct  ones)  separated  by 
narrower  interspaces,  the  whole  exterior  surface  covered  by  concen- 
tric growth  lines  which  are  raised  and  produce  a  nearly  microscopic 
sculpture  extending  equally  over  ribs  and  interspaces.  Internally 
smooth,  except  near  the  margin,  where  raised  ribs  are  seen,  occupying 
the  intervals  between  the  raised  external  ribs.  On  the  flatter  valve, 
externally  the  raised  ribs  are  equal  in  width  with  the  intervals  between 
them,  and  the  concentric  sculpture,  while  extending  over  ribs  and 
interspaces,  is  stronger  in  the  intervals  between  the  ribs.  Ears 
moderate,  apparently  not  ribbed.  The  specimens  vary  considerably 
in  size;  the  one  figured,  a  small  specimen,  measures:  length  41  mm. 
by  height  36  mm.  Others  were  much  larger,  attaining  a  length  of  55 
mm.  or  more. 

Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Christopher  Nugent,  the  first  to  publish 
an  account  of  the  geology  of  Antigua.     Collected  at  Hodge's  Bay. 
Cotypes,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection,  invertebrate  fossils,  No.  1,656. 
Ostrea  antiguensis  n.  sp.    Plate  XIX,  fig.  7;  plate  XX,  figs,  l,  o,  6. 

Shell  ovate  or  nearly  orbicular,  thick  and  dense,  externally  radially 
plicate  or  sometimes  nearly  smooth,  the  plications  on  the  lower, 
deep  valve  begin  at  the  beak  and  are  usually  seven  in  number,  of 
which  a  group  of  five  ridges  is  separated  from  the  other  two  by  a 
broad  depression;  the  ridges  sharp  and  spinose  or  obtuse  and  even, 
the  furrows  or  depressions  smooth  and  rounded.  Hinge  moderate, 
the  shell  rapidly  widening  beyond  the  end  of  the  hinge  line,  the 
plications  usually  dying  away  as  the  margin  of  the  adult  shell  is 
reached,  and  this  margin  in  the  lower  valve  being  turned  up  abruptly 
for  one-half  inch  or  more,  making  a  cup-shaped  valve.  The  upper 
or  flat  valve  has  the  margin  strongly  reflexed  to  fit  the  upturned 
margin  of  the  deep  valve.  The  muscle  impression  is  distinct,  more 
strongly  impressed  in  the  case  of  the  deep  valve;  situated  on  the  left 
and  nearer  to  the  beak  than  to  the  opposite  margin.  The  lower 
valve  is  more  or  less  excavated  internally,  the  upper  valve  is  flat. 
When  strongly  plicate  and  even  spinose,  this  species  closely  resembles 
0.  gatunensis  B.  and  P.,  except  that  this  latter  species  has  not  the  heavy 
shell  of  0.  antiguensis  nor  has  it  the  turned-up  margin.  0.  haitensis 
Sowb.  has  the  rugose  exterior  of  this  species  in  its  strongly  plicate 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  615 

form,  but  while  the  shell  is  heavy,  it  lacks  the  upturned  edge  of 
0.  antiguensis.  Length  85  mm.,  alt.  80  mm.,  depth  of  lower  valve 
30  mm.  Cotypes,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Collection,  invertebrate  fossils,  Nos. 
1,653  and  1,655. 

In  size  and  plication  0.  antiguensis  varies  largely,  but  of  the 
specimens  collected  the  longest  shells  do  not  run  far  from  90  mm.  in 
altitude.  As  regards  plication,  some  are  nearly  smooth  and  some 
are  strongly  rugose,  even  in  some  cases  spinose,  but  all  may  be 
distinguished  by  the  broad  furrow  which  runs  across  the  exterior  of 
the  lower  valve  about  opposite  to  the  muscle  impression  and  which 
divides  the  rugse  into  a  group  of  five  and  one  of  two.  The  species 
differs  also  from  all  other  closely  related  American  species  by  the 
upturned  margin  of  this  lower  valve  and  the  correspondingly  reflexed 
margin  of  the  upper  or  flat  valve. 

Explanation  of  Plates  XVIII,  XIX,  XX. 

Plate  XVIII. — Fig.  1 . — Peden  (Amusium)  antiguensis  n.  sp.  View  of  the  exterior 
of  a  silicified  specimen,  showing  some  of  the  original  shell  surface.  Natural 
size. 

Fig.  2.— Peden  (Amusium.)  antiguensis  n.  sp.  Interior  view  of  shell.  Nat- 
ural size. 

Fig.  3. — Peden  {Amusium)  antiguensis  n.  sp.  Exterior,  showing  hinge,  of  a 
non-silicified  specimen,  partly  imbedded  in  the  rock.     Natural  size. 

Fig.  4. — Peden  {Chlamys)  anguillensis  Gupp3^  Exterior  of  a  siUcified 
specimen,  in  which  the  original  surface  was  destroyed  by  the  siUcification. 
Natural  size. 

Fig.  .5. — Peden  (Amusium)  antiguensis  n.  sp.  Detail  of  a  portion  of  speci- 
men 1.     X  3. 

Fig.  6  — Peden  (Chlamys)  anguillensis  Guppy.  Exterior  of  an  unsilicified 
specimen,  showing  the  distinctive  secondary  ribbing.     Natural  size. 

Fig.  7. — Peden  (Chlamys)  anguillensis  Guppy.  Interior  of  valve.  Natural 
size. 

Fig.  8— Peden  (Chlamys)  anguillensis  Guppy.  Exterior  of  a  silicified 
specimen,  showing  traces  of  the  secondary  ribbing.     Natural  size. 

Plate  XIX. — Fig.  1. — Helicina  crosbyi  n.  sp.     Mouth  view  of  a  specimen.     X  2. 
Fig.  2. — Peden  nugenti  n.  sp.     Interior  view  of  the  shell,  showing  the  hinge. 

Figure  slightly  above  natural  size. 
Fig.  3. — Helicina  crosbyi  n.  sp.     Under  side  of  shell,  showing  the  heavy 

umbilical  callus  and  thickened  lip.      X  2. 
Fig.  4. — Orbitoides  manteUi  Mort.     The  figure  shows  a  fragment  of  the  rock 

with  two  specimens  of  this  large  species.     About  natural  size. 
Fig.  5. — Peden  nugenti  n.  sp.     Exterior  aspect  of  the  deeper  valve.     Very 

slightly  enlarged. 
Fig.  6. — Peden  nugenti  n.  sp.     Enlarged  view  of  a  fragment  of  the  exterior 

of  the  shell,  showing  the  concentric  secondary  sculpture.     X  3. 
Fig.  7. — Ostrea  antiguensis  n.  sp.     Interior  of  shell,  showing  muscle  impres- 
sion and  hinge.     Natural  size. 
Fig.  8. — Helicina  crosbyi  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  shell,  showing  the  raised 

and  thickened  outer  part  of  the  lip.      X  2. 

Plate  XX. — Fig.  1. — Ostrea  antiguensis  n.  sp.     Exterior  of  the  deep  valve  of  a 
nearly  smooth  specimen.     The  figure  is  shghtly  above  the  natural  size. 
Figs.  2-4. — Turritella  forresli  n.  sp.     X  3. 


616  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

Fig  5. — Ostrea  antiguensis  n.  sp.  Exterior  of  the  deep  valve  of  a  rugose 
specimen.     Slightly  enlarged  above  natural  size. 

Fig.  t). — Ostrea  antiguensis  n.  sp.  Interior  of  the  flat  valve,  partly  imbedded 
in  the  limestone.  This  specimen  shows  the  strongly  reHexed  margin  of 
this  valve.     The  concentric  markings  are  due  to  partial  sihcification. 

Figs.  ?,  8. — Turritella  forresti  n.  sp.     X  3. 

Fig.  9. — Scala  {Sthenorhytis)  antiguensis  n.  sp.     Natural  size. 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  617 


December  2. 
Mr.  Benjamin  Smith  Lyman  in  the  Chair. 

Forty-eight  persons  present. 

The  death  of  Alfred  Russel  Wallace,  a  correspondent,  November 
7,  was  announced. 

The  following  was  unanimously  adopted: 

Whereas,  The  Academy  has  been  informed  by  the  Council  of  the 
receipt  and  adoption  of  a  final  report  on  the  Centenary  Celebration 
and  the  discharge  of  the  Committee  having  charge  thereof, 

Resolved,  That  the  Academy,  approving  of  the  action  of  the 
Council,  desires  to  express  its  obligation  to  the  Committee  and  to 
record  on  the  minutes  its  thanks  for  the  entirely  adequate  and 
satisfactory  discharge  of  its  duties,  resulting  in  a  record  of  achieve- 
ment which  cannot  fail  to  be  an  incentive  to  those  who  will  celebrate 
the  second  centenary  of  the  Academy  in  2012. 

Dr.  Edgar  T.  Wherry  made  an  illustrated  report  on  the  Twelfth 
International  Geological  Congress.     (No  abstract.) 

Another  report  on  the  same  subject  was  read  from  Prof.  R.  A.  F. 
Penrose,  Jr. 


December  16. 

The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  the  reception  of  papers 
under  the  following  titles: 

"The  anatomy  of  two  Brazilian  land  shells,  Anostoma  depressum 
and  Tomigerus  clausus,"  by  Harold  Heath  (November  24). 

"Data  on  the  orthopteran  faunistics  of  Eastern  Pennsylvania  and 
Southern  New  Jersey,"  by  Henry  Fox  (December  3,  1913). 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed: 


41 


618  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 


THE  LAND  AND  FRESH- WATER  MOLLUSKS  OF  THE   STANFORD  EXPEDITION 
TO  BRAZIL. 

BY  FRED  BAKER,  M.D. 

It  was  my  good  fortune  to  accompany  the  Stanford  Expedition 
to  Brazil,  Dr.  J.  C.  Branner,  Director,  in  the  smnmer  of  1911,  and  I 
have  been  requested  by  Dr.  Branner  to  report  on  the  land  and  fresh- 
water mollusks.  For  apparently  good  reasons,  the  report  on  the 
marine  mollusks  will  occupy  a  later  paper. 

Mollusks  were  taken  at  nearly  all  points  visited  by  the  members 
of  the  Expedition,  and  a  large  number  were  sent  to  me  after  my 
return  to  the  United  States  by  the  Goeldi  Museum  of  the  cit}'  of 
Para,  through  the  kindness  of  the  Acting  Director,  Dr.  Emilia 
Snethlage,  and  from  the  Museu  Rocha  in  the  city  of  Ceara,  through 
the  kindness  of  Mr.  Francisco  Dias  da  Rocha,  who  owns  this  museum 
and  who  deserves  great  credit  for  his  scientific  spirit  and  untiring 
work  in  bringing  together  this  very  valuable  collection.  I  beg  to 
acknowledge  this  great  courtesy,  as  well  as  the  assistance  rendered 
to  me  personally  and  to  the  other  members  of  the  Expedition  during 
our  stay  in  Para  and  Ceara  by  these  well-known  Brazilian  naturalists. 

After  about  four  months  spent  in  northeastern  Brazil,  six  members 
of  the  Expedition  returned  to  the  United  States,  leaving  Mr.  W.  M. 
Mann  and  the  writer.  We  made  the  trip  up  the  Amazon  and  Rio 
Negro  to  Manaos.  There  we  met  Mr.  R.  H.  May,  of  the  contracting 
firm  of  May,  Jekyll  &  Randolph,  who  were  then  completing  the 
Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  around  the  falls  of  the  Madeira  and  Mamore 
Rivers,  to  give  access  to  the  rich  rubber  country  on  the  navigable 
waters  of  the  tributaries  of  the  Madeira  River  system  and  to  furnish 
a  feasible  route  into  Bolivia  from  the  north.  On  his  invitation, 
we  went  aboard  one  of  their  steamers  clown  to  Itacoatiara,  below 
the  mouth  of  the  Madeira  River,  thence  up  the  Madeira  to  Porto 
Velho,  the  starting  point  of  the  railroad.  At  this  point  we  were 
tendered  all  the  facilities  of  the  road  and  we  were  the  guests  of  the 
contractors  for  about  two  months,  travelling  over  the  whole  line  to 
the  Guajara-Assu  Falls,  the  upper  falls  of  the  Mamore  River,  just 
above  which  point  navigable  water  is  reached  and  the  terminus  of 
the  road  is  to  be  located.     On  this  portion  of  the  trip  we  crossed 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  619 

the  river  into  Bolivia  on  three  occasions.  I  wish  here  to  extend 
my  most  sincere  thanks  to  Messrs.  May,  Jekyll  &  Randolph  for  their 
courtesy,  which  made  the  work  done  on  this  part  of  the  trip  possible, 
and  to  the  many  employes  of  the  Madeira-Mamore  Co.  who  rendered 
us  assistance  and  personal  courtesies  in  very  large  measure  during 
this  most  delightful  journey. 

By  a  curious  difference  in  the  time  of  the  dry  season  of  the  different 
districts  visited,  all  the  work  of  the  Expedition  was  done  during  the 
dry  season  in  each  district,  except  that  the  rainy  season  was  just 
beginning  as  we  left  the  Madeira  River  and  during  our  last  short 
stay  in  Para.  Everywhere  we  found  shells  sestivating,  and  it  is 
probable  that  this  accounts  for  the  somewhat  limited  list  of  species 
actually  taken  by  the  members  of  the  Expedition  and  for  the  large 
number  of  dead  shells  which  made  up  much  of  the  collection. 

The  ground  covered  by  the  Expedition  and  by  the  locations  from 
which  the  mollusks  here  reviewed  wer^  taken  can  be  divided  easily 
and  naturally  into  two  distinct  districts,  the  second  of  which,  on 
account  of  the  great  extent  of  the  country  included  and  because  a 
distance  of  nearly  five  hundred  miles  intervenes  between  the  two 
nearest  locations,  can  be  again  divided  conveniently  into  two  dis- 
tricts. The  first,  northeastern  Brazil,  includes  about  all  of  the 
States  of  Rio  Grande  do  Norte  and  Ceara;  it  is  scantily  timbered 
as  a  rule,  dry,  with  an  average  rainfall  of  from  ten  to  twenty  inches, 
and  a  climate  not  unlike  that  of  Southern  California,  Arizona,  and 
New  Mexico.  The  coast  region  is  generallj^  low,  with  a  few  low  ranges 
of  mountains,  the  interior  higher.  In  this  district  are  included 
Natal,  Pirangy,  Papary,  Estremoz,  Ceara-Mirim,  Taipii,  Baixa 
Verde,  Limoeira,  and  the  Mossoro  region,  Ceara,  Maranguape  ]Moun- 
tain,  Mongiiba,  Buturite,  Quixada,  and  Camocim. 

The  other  main  district,  with  Maranhao  on  the  outskirts,  includes 
all  other  locations  mentioned  in  this  paper,  beginning  with  Para 
and  ascending  the  Amazon  and  its  tributaries,  the  Tocantins,  Jary, 
Jamauchim,  Maccurii,  Tapajoz,  Madeira,  Mamore,  and  various  other 
small  streams.  This  district  is  an  immense,  low,  alluvial  plain, 
almost  universally  heavily  timbered,  in  most  of  which  there  is  a  long 
rainy  season,  the  annual  rainfall  averaging  up  towards  a  hundred 
inches  in  many  years,  filling  many  streams  more  than  bank  full  and 
producing  great  sloughs  and  lakes.  Naturally,  the  climates  of  the 
two  districts  are  radically  different,  although  a  considerable  number 
of  species  overlap.  As  noted  above,  it  is  convenient  to  divide  this 
district  into  two  at  any  point  between  the  mouth  of  the  Tapajoz 


620 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


River  and  Itacoatiara,  leaving  in  the  first  subdistrict  Maranhao, 
Para,  and  all  points  on  the  lower  Amazon  and  its  tributaries  up  to, 
and  including,  the  Tapajoz  and  including  in  the  second  subdistrict 
Itacoatiara  on  the  Amazon  and  all  of  the  Madeira  River  and  its 
tributaries. 

The  shells  here  reported  represent  43  genera,  93  species,  and  20 
subspecies,  of  which  33  species  and  12  subspecies  seem  to  be  new. 

The  types  of  all  of  the  species  and  subspecies  are  deposited  in  the 
collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  and 
cotypes  of  many  of  them  will  be  deposited  in  the  collection  of  the 
Leland  Stanford  Jr.  University  at  Palo  Alto,  California,  and  in  the 
Museu  Goeldi  at  Para,  Brazil. 

In  the  following  list,  the  species  and  subspecies  are  considered 
with  reference  to  the  three  districts  herein  marked  out,  column 
one  representing  the  first  district,  including  Rio  Grande  do  Norte 
and  Ceara;  column  two  representing  the  second  district,  extending 
from  Maranhao  to  the  Rio  Tapajoz  and  its  tributaries,  and  column 
three  representing  the  third  district,  including  Itacoatiara  and  the 
whole  of  the  Madeira  River  System. 

Index  of  Species  and  Subspecies  with  General  Locations. 


Species  and  Subspecies. 


Ampullaria  bridgesii  Rve 

"        crassa  Swains 

"       figulina  Spix 

"        ffigas  Spix 

"        insularum  Orb 

"        lineata  Spix '... 

"        nobilis  Rve 

"        peristomata  Orb 

"        testudinea  Rve 

Anodontites  bartschi  n.  sp 

"        dalli  n.  sp 

"        ensiformis  Spix 

"        trapesialis  anserinus  Spix 

Anostoma  depressum  Lam 

"         octodentatmn  F.  de  Wald 

Bifidaria  servilis  Gld 

Bulimulus  erectus  Rve , 

"        pubescens  Moric 

"        rochai  n.  sp 

"  "     suturalis  n.  subsp.... 

"  "     taipuensis  n.  subsp.. 

"        tenuissimus  Orb , 

Coecilioides  gundlachi  Pfr 

Castalia  ambigua  Lam 

"      quadrilatera  Orb 


12  3 

XXX 

X 
X  X 

X  X 

X                X 
X  X 

X 
...:.  X  X 

X  X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X  

X  

X  

X 

X  

X  

X  

X  

XXX 
X  

X  X 

X  


Page. 


660 
659 
659 
659 
660 
660 


668 
667 
667 
667 
643 
644 
646 
635 
635 
636 
637 
636 
635 
646 


1913. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


621 


Species  and  Subspecies. 


Corona  regalis  Hupe 

"      regina  Fer 

Diplodon  kelseyi  n.  sp 

"        obsolescens  n.  sp 

Doryssa  bullata  Lea 

"        cachoeiroe  n.  sp 

"  "       sulcata  n.  suhsp 

"        globosa  n.  sp 

"        heathi  n.  sp 

"        iheringi  n.  sp 

"        inconspicua  Brot 

"        rex  Pils.  n.  sp 

"  "  regina  Pils.  n.  subsp 

"        starksi  n.  sp 

"        transversa  jaryensis  Pils.  n.  subsp 

"  "        var.  neax  Macapa  Moric 

"  "        tapajosensis  Pils.  n.  subsp.. 

"        tucunareensis  n.  sp 

Drymceus  branneri  n.  sp 

"        expansus  Pfr 

"        linnstoma  suprapundatus  n. 

Entodlud  jcki/llr  n.  sp 

EuglaiiiliiKi  slrinla  Miiller .' 

EupiTd  I  nil  let.  ,s]) 

Gundldchid  hdl:-rri  Pils.  n.  sp 

Guppijd  nidiji  II.  sp 

Happui  sntihlagei  n.  sp 

Helicina  guajarana  n.  sp 

"       lirifera  Ancey 

"       schereri  Ti.  sp 

Hemisinus  brasiliensis  Moric 

"        flammeus  n.  sp 

"  "       elongatus  n.  subsp. 

Hyria  corrugata  exasperata  Sby 

"    jamauchimensis  n.  sp 

Idiopyrgus  pilsbryi  n.  sp 

Leptinaria  imperforata  n.  sp 

"  lamellata  P.  &  M 

"  "       concentrica  Rve 

"  perforata  n.  sp 

Littoridina  manni  n.  sp 

Marisa  cornu-arietis  Linn 

Odontostomus  inflatus  Wagner x 

"  "       costulatus  Ancey x 

"  "      fasciatus  P.  &  M !      x 

"  "       mar angimpensis  n.  subsp |      x 

"  scabreUus  cylindricus  n.  subsp. 

beckianum  Pfr 

gracile  Hutton 

"    odogyrmn  Pfr 

"    opella  Pils.  &  Van 

Orthalicus  sultana  Dillw 

Oxystyla  pulchella  Spix 

"  "         prototypus  Pils 

Physa  rivalis  M.  &  R 

Planorbis  anatinus  Orb 


Page. 


639 
639 
665 
666 
651 
655 
656 
651 
653 
654 
650 
650 
651 
652 
649 
650 
649 
656 
637 
637 
638 
630 
627 
663 
663 
632 
629 
626 
625 
625 
657 
657 
656 


658 
646 
645 
645 
645 
658 
661 
640 
641 
64  i 
641 
642 
644 
644 
644 
645 
639 
638 
638 
661 


622 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Species  and  Subspecies. 


Planorbis  cimex  Moric 

"        cultratus  Orb 

"        depressissirnus  Moric 

"        guadeloupensis  Sby 

"        peregrinus  Orb 

"        stramineus  Dkr 

Plekocheilus  piyiiadinus  Orb 

Prisodon  obliquus  Schum 

"        syrrnatophorus  Meusch 

Psadara  derbyi  cearana  n.  subsp 

SegiiK  nfiiKi  pn/xiri/oisis  n.  sp 

Sohiriipsis  najiU  m  I_)ohrn 

Sin/itd.ri'^  (ihinui(n.'<i.s  n.  sp 

comboidt'8  Icevigata  Orb 

"         cookeana  n.  sp 

"         deformis  Fer 

"         deplanchei  Drouet 

"  "        quixadaensis  n.  sp. 

'■         subregularis  Pfr 

Strobilops  brasiliana  n.  sp 

Strophocheilus  cantagallanus  Rang 

"  maximus  Sby 

"  oblongus  Miiller 

Succinea  pusilla  Pfr 

Suliulina  otinna  Rrus 

Syxtrnj,.hiii  nilnn,  n.  sp 

Thysiinojihord  cam  (iuppy 

Tomigerus  clausus  Spix 

''        loevis  Ihering 

"        pilsbryi  n.  sp 

rochai  Ihering 

Zonitoides  parana  n.  sp 


Totals  in  each  (district. 


49 


52 


34 


Page. 


661 
662 
662 
661 
662 
662 
635 
665 
665 
634 
662 
633 
629 
627 
628 
627 
628 
628 
627 
647 
634 
634 
634 
647 
644 
631 
632 
642 
642 
643 
642 
632 


It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  49  species  and  subspecies  were  taken 
in  the  first  district,  52  in  the  second,  and  34  in  the  third.  The  fol- 
lowing statements  show  the  districts  in  which  representatives  of 
the  various  genera  were  taken. 

Twelve  genera  represented  in  the  first  district  only:  Anostoriia, 
Bifidaria,  Ccecilioides,  Eupera,  Idiopyrgiis,  Littoridina,  Odontostomus, 
Psadara,  Segmentina,  Succinea,   Thysanophora,   Tomigerus. 

Eight  genera  represented  in  the  second  district  only:  Diplodon, 
Doryssa,  Gundlachia,  Hemisinus,  Marisa,  Prisodon,  Strobilops, 
Zonitoides. 

Seven  genera  represented  in  the  third  district  only:  Drymceus, 
Entodina,  Guppya,  OrthaUcus,  Plekocheilus,  Solaropsis,  dystrophia. 

Five  genera  represented  in  all  three  districts:  Ampullaria, 
Bidimidus,  Opeas,  Strophocheilus,  Suhulina. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  623 

Three    genera    represented    in    the    first    and    second    districts: 
Oxystyla,  Physa,  Planorbis. 

Six  genera  represented  in  the  second  and  third  districts:     Anodon- 
tites,  Castalia,  Corona,  Euglandina,  Happia,  Leptinaria. 

Two  genera  represented  in  the  first  and  third  districts:     Helicina, 
Streptaxis. 

Thirty-seven  species  and  subspecies  were  taken  in  the  first  district 
only;    thirtj^-six   species   and   subspecies  from  the   second  district 
only;   twenty-two  subspecies  from  the  third  district  only. 
Four  species  were  taken  in  all  three  districts. 
Six  species  in  the  first  and  second  districts ;  six  species  were  found 
common  to  the  second  and  third  districts,  and  two  species  to  the 
first  and  third  districts.     As  the  collections  are  very  incomplete, 
it  is  not  necessary  to  list  the  species  taken  in  each  district  here, 
but  the  degree  of  endemicity  is  roughly  indicated  by  this  summary. 
A  list  of  the  locations  from  which  the  collection  was  taken,  with 
the  latitude  and  longitude  figured  for  some  of  the  less  known  places 
as  accurately  as  it  could  be  done  from  the  ordinary  maps,  is  published 
on  succeeding  pages. 

In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  acknowledge  my  great  obligation  to 
Dr.  Branner  for  inviting  me  to  become  a  member  of  the  Expedition 
and  to  the  other  members  of  the  party  for  many  kindnesses;  to 
Professor  F.  W.  Kelsey,  of  San  Diego,  California,  who  has  prepared 
all  the  photographs  used  in  the  reproductions  for  this  paper;  to 
Dr.  H.  von  Ihering,  of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  for  furnishing  valuable 
papers  on  Brazilian  moUusks;  to  Dr.  Paul  Bartsch  of  the  National 
Museum  for  comparing  doubtful  species  of  the  Ampullariidce  with  the 
collections  of  that  institution,  and  in  largest  measure  to  Dr.  H.  A. 
'  Pilsbry,  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  for  a 
very  large  amount  of  help  in  the  determination  of  species  of  all 
groups  and  for  most  valuable  assistance  in  the  preparation  of  this 
paper. 

Locations  of  Stations  Mentioned  in  this  Paper. 

Natal,  Lat.  5°  50'  S.,  Long.  35°  30'  W. 
Pirangy,  about  20  miles  down  the  coast  from  Natal. 
Paparj',  about  30  miles  southerly  from  Natal. 
Estremoz,  Central  R.  R.,  17  kilometers  from  Natal. 
Ceara-Mirim,  Central  R.  R.,  34  kilometers  from  Natal. 
Taipu,  Central  R.  R.,  56  kilometers  from  Natal. 
Baixa  Verde,  Central  R.  R.,  84  kilometers  from  Natal.     Present 
terminus  of  railroad. 


624  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Carnaubinha,  near  head  of  Natal  estuary. 

Jaeoeo,  7  kilometers  from  Ceara-Mirim. 

Limoeira,  near  western  line  of  State  of  Rio  Grande  do  Norte. 

Mossoro,  near  eastern  line  of  State  of  Ceara. 

Ceara,  Lat.  3°  S.,  Long.  38°  30'  W. 

Maranguape  Mountain,  about  20  kilometers  southwest  of  Ceara. 

Mongiiba,  Ceavd  &  Baturite  R.  R.,  27  kilometers  from  Ceara. 

Baturite,  Ceara  &  Baturite  R.  R.,  100  kilometers  from  Ceara. 

Quixada,  Ceara  &  Baturite  R.  R.,  187  kilometers  from  Ceara.  Pres- 
ent terminus  of  railroad. 

Serra  de  Ibiapaba,  State  of  Ceara. 

Serra  de  Baturite,  near  Baturite. 

Camocim,  on  coast  west  of  Ceara. 

Para,  Lat.  1°  35'  S.,  Long.  48°  25'  W. 

Island  of  Mexiana,  on  Equator,  Long.  49°  30'  W. 

Maranhao,  Lat.  2°  30'  S.,  Long.  44°  W. 

Rio  Jary,  flows  into  Amazon  from  the  North  at  a  point  in  Lat.  1°  5' 
S.,  Long.  51°  40' W. 

Parana  de  Almeirim,  north  bank  of  Amazon  above  Rio  Jar^'. 

Arumanduba,  Campos  country  in  the  same  district. 

Baiao,  Rio  Tocantins,  Lat.  2°  40'  S.,  Long.  49°  30'  W. 

Serra  do  Erere,  Igarape  Pucu,  near  Monte  Alegre  and  the  Igarape 
Paituna  are  in  the  same  general  district  at  Lat.  2°  S.,  Long. 
54°  W. 

Rio  Jamauchim.  Lat.  5°  30'  S.,  Long.  54°  15'  W. 

Tucunare,  Rio  Jamauchim,  Lat.  4°  30'  S.,  Long.  55°  50'  W. 

Rio  Iriri,  Lat.  4°  5'  S.,  Long.  54°  W. 

Rio  Curuc4,  left  side  Rio  Iriri,  Lat.  6°  40'  S.,  Long.  54°  20'  W. 

Rio  Tapajoz,  Lat.  4°  30'  S.,  Long.  55°  50'  W. 

Boim  e  Pinhel,  Lat.  2°  55'  S.,  Long.  55°  10'  W. 

Ilha  de  Govana,  Lat.  4°  30'  S.,  Long.  55°  50'  W. 

Rio  Maccuru,  Lat.  1°  30'  S.,  Long.  54°  W. 

Rio  Nhamunda,  Fazenda  Paraiso,  near  Faro,  Lat.  2°  20'  S.,  Long. 
56°  45'  AV. 

Itacoatiara,  Lat.  3°  30'  S.,  Long.  59°  30'  W. 

Porto  Velho,  the  lowest  point  on  the  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.,  about 
600  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Madeira  River  and  6  kilo- 
meters below  the  lowest  falls  of  the  Madeira. 

Camp  33,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  also  called  Abuna,  Brazil,  219  kilometers 
above  Porto  Velho. 

Camp  35,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  238  kilometers  above  Porto  Velho. 

Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  284  kilometers  above  Porto  Velho. 

Camp  40,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  292  kilometers  above  Porto  Velho. 

Camp  43,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  325  kilometers  above  Porto  Velho. 

Camp  46,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  359  kilometers  above  Porto  Velho. 
Guajara-Assu  Falls,  364  kilometers  above  Porto  Velho. 
Abuna,  Bolivia,  about  5  kilometers  below  Camp  33,  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  Madeira  River. 


1913.]  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  625 

List  of  Species  with  Descriptions  of  those  which  seem  to  be 

New. 

HELIOINID^. 

Genus  HELICINA  Lamarck. 
Helicina  lirifera  Ancey. 

Helicina  lirifera  Ancey,  Jour,  of  Conch.,  vii,  p.  96,   1892.     Wagner,  Con- 
chylien  Cabinet,  Helicinidce,  p.  286. 

A  single,  half-grown  specimen  was  taken  at  Camp  40,  ]\I.  ife  M. 
R.  R.,  and  about  thirty  specimens,  mostly  dead  and  of  various  ages, 
were  taken  at  Camp  39. 

In  his  original  description  Ancey  says,  "In  front  scarcely  noticeably, 
or  not  at  all  descending."  The  largest  specimens  taken  descend 
positively,  though  not  greatly,  in  front  for  about  half  a  turn,  leaving 
the  sharp  keel  of  the  preceding  whorl  fully  exposed.  I  suspect  that 
Ancey 's  description  was  based  on  specimens  not  fully  matured,  and 
it  seems  better  to  add  this  point  to  the  description  of  his  species, 
rather  than  create  a  new  subspecies,  inasmuch  as  these  shells  agree 
perfectly  in  all  other  respects  with  his  description.  The  mature 
specimens  have  5  whorls;  no  specimen  with  over  4|  whorls  fails  to 
show  the  characteristic  drop  of  the  last  whorl. 
Helicina  schereri  n.  sp.    PI.  XXI,  figs.  1,  2. 

Shell  thin,  imperforate,  turbinate,  subglobose,  with  slightly  convex 
sides;  color  yellowish  to  reddish  bronze;  apex  obtuse,  slightly 
mammillate,  smooth  for  about  one  whorl,  then  everywhere  sculp- 
tured with  nearly  even  and  evenly  spaced,  narrow,  spiral  keels  with 
broader  interspaces,  about  seven  or  eight  keels  showing  on  each 
whorl,  the  keels  weakening  and  becoming  more  crowded  and  less 
distinct  on  the  base,  but  extending  to  the  umbilical  region  and 
dipping  deeply  into  the  aperture  in  some  apparently  mature  speci- 
mens; keels  everywhere  crossed  by  sharply  retractive,  crowded 
growth  lines  which  are  exaggerated  into  distinct  costulse  in  places 
on  the  lower  whorls.  Whorls  4j,  somewhat  convex,  the  last  sub- 
angulate  at  the  beginning,  but  becoming  well  rounded  toward  the 
mouth,  scarcely  descending  in  front;  sutures  very  distinct.  Aper- 
ture broadly  semilunar,  oblique;  peristome  very  evenly  rounded, 
somewhat  thickened  and  slightly  expanded,  but  not  reflected,  the 
upper  extremity  joining  the  parietal  wall  at  an  angle  slightly  under 
90  degrees,  the  lower  extremity  rounding  broadly  into  the  columella; 
columella  short,  nearly  vertical,  broadened  above;  parietal .  wall 
slightly  convex,  with  a  callus  varying  in  apparently  mature  specimens 
from  a  small  band  seen  only  deep  within  the  mouth  to  a  broad,  thin 


626  PEOCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

layer  extending  for  nearly  a  quarter  turn  beyond  the  mouth  and 
heavily  thickened  at  the  umbilical  region. 

Greatest  diam.  5.5,  least  diam.  4.75,  alt.  4.5  mm. 

About  forty,  specimens  of  this  very  pretty  species  were  taken 
under  dead  leaves  near  the  limestone  quarries  at  Ceara-Mirim. 
About  a  quarter  were  living  and  seemed  to  be  astivating.  A  single 
specimen  of  the  same  species  ''from  the  State  of  Ceara"  was  sent 
by  Mr.  Rocha.  The  species  may  be  distinguished  by  its  small  size, 
thin  texture,  and  coarse  spiral  sculpture,  and  it  is  not  related  to  any 
described  species.  It  is  named  for  Dr.  C.  A.  Scherer,  of  the  Medical 
Corps  of  the  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.,  who  was  our  host  at  Camp  39 
and  who  aided  us  greatly  in  our  hunt  for  zoological  material. 
Helioina  guajarana  n.  sp.    Pl.  XXI,  fig.  3. 

Shell  rather  thin,  imperforate,  subglobose,  with  straight  sides; 
epidermis  thin,  color  light  yellow  throughout,  slightly  shining;  apex 
rather  acute,  slightly  mammillate;  nepionic  1|  whorls  suggestive 
of  Drymmis,  but  with  the  pits  placed  irregularly,  though  somewhat 
on  spiral  lines;  post-nepionic  whorls  everywhere  marked  by  micro- 
scopically distinct,  very  strongly  retractive  growth  lines  which  are 
sharply  decussated  by  equally  protractive,  fasciculated,  incised 
lines,  which  divide  and  anastomose  irregularly,  the  growth  lines 
becoming  more  nearly  vertical  as  they  pass  the  periphery  and 
approach  the  umbilical  region,  while  the  incised  lines  become  more 
nearly  spiral  and  less  distinct.  Whorls  4|,  slightly  convex;  periphery 
of  the  last  whorl  scarcely  angulate  except  over  the  first  quarter  turn, 
not  descending  in  front;  sutures  distinct.  Aperture  subelliptical, 
subhorizontal;  peristome  rather  evenly  rounded,  thickened  and 
expanded  moderately,  joining  the  columellar  base  with  a  distinct 
angulation;  columella  short,  nearly  vertical,  spreading  above  into 
the  broad,  thin  callus  which  covers  the  slightly  convex  parietal  wall. 

Greatest  diam.  6.5,  least  diam.  5.25,  alt.  5.75  mm. 

One  living  and  two  dead  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  near 
the  Guajara-Assu  Falls.     The  species  is  somewhat  related  to  the 
larger  H.  bourguignatiana  Ancey,  but  is  differently  colored  and  has  a 
less  marked  angle  at  the  junction  of  the  columella  and  basal  lip. 
Helicina  laterculus  n.  ep.    Pi.  xxi,  figs.  4,  5. 

Shell  globose-depressed,  rather  thin,  of  a  dull  red  color,  smooth 
.except  for  faint  growth-lines.  Spire  low-conoidal;  whorls  4^,  very 
slightly  convex,  the  last  rounded  peripherally.  Aperture  small; 
outer  lip  thin,  a  little  expanding,  and  very  narrowly  reflected.     Colu- 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  627 

mella  callus  rather  small   and  coarsely  pitted.      Alt.   3.75,   diam. 
4.75  mm. 
Para. 

OLEAOINID^. 

Genus  EUGLANDINA  Crosse  and  Fischer. 
Euglandina  striata  (Muller). 

Helix  striata  Muller,  Hist.  Verm.,  II,  p.  149. 

Oleacina  striata  (Muller),  Tryon,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  I,  p.  .32,  pi.  5,  fig.  64. 

Euglandina  striata  (Muller j,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XIX,  p.  176. 

Two  dead  specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  and 
two  near  the  Guajara-Assu  Falls;    four  living  specimens  taken  on 
the  Island  of  Mexiana  and  a  young  specimen  from  the  Rio  Maccuru 
were  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 
Euglandina  n.  sp.  ? 

At  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  three  specimens  were  taken  which 
seem  to  differ  from  all  South  American  species,  but  which  were  too 
young  to  warrant  a  name  and  description. 

STREPTAXID^. 

Genus  STREPTAXIS  Gray. 

Streptaxis  deformis  Ferussac. 

Helix  deformis  Ferussac,  Hist.  Xat.  Moll.,  pi.  32,  a,  fig.  1. 

Streptaxis  deformis  Fer.,  Tryon,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  I,  p.  74,  pi.  27,  fig.  10. 

Seventeen  specimens  were  taken  at  Itacoatiara,  only  a  few  mature, 
streptaxis  comboides  laevigata  C)rbigny. 

Streptaxis  comboides  Orb.,  var.  laevigata  Orbigny,  Voyage  dans  I'Amerique 
Meridionale,  Mollusques,  p.  234, 

Two  dead,  immature  specimens  were  taken  at  Abuna,  Bolivia, 
and  two  mature  and  one  immature  at  Camp  46,  M.  &  M.  R.  R. 
This  species  has  heretofore  been  known  only  from  Orbigny's  descrip- 
tion. He  procured  his  type  of  the  var.  Icevigata  from  the  Mission  of 
San  Jose,  Chiciuitos  Province,  Bolivia,  nearly  200  miles  from  these 
locations.  Our  specimens  are  a  slightly  smaller  race  (diameter 
S,  instead  of  10  mm.),  with  the  tooth  of  the  outer  lip  a  little  less 
prominent  than  would  seem  to  be  called  for  by  Orbigny's  descrip- 
tion, but  they  almost  surely  fall  into  this  variety, 
streptaxis  subregularis  Pfeiffer. 

Philippi  Abbild.  II,  13.  p.  127.     Trvon,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  I,  p.  68,  pi.  12, 
figs.  16-18. 

One  mature  and  two  immature  specimens  were  taken  on  the 
Maranguape  Mountain  at  an  altitude  of  about  500  ft.  and  two  mature 
specimens,  "from  the  State  of  Ceara, "  were  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha. 


628  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeO., 

Streptaxis  deplanchei  Drouet. 

Streptaxis  deplanchei  Drouet,  Moll.  Guyane  Fran^.,  56,  t.  q.,  figs.  6-9. 
Conchylien  Cabinet,  Streptaxis,  XXXIII,  p.  15.  Man.  Conch.  (2),  I,  p.  79, 
pi.  16,  figs.  80-82. 

About  eighty  specimens  were  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim  and  two 
specimens,  "from  the  Coast  region  of  the  State  of  Ceara, "  were  sent 
by  Mr.  Rocha. 

streptaxis  deplanchei  quixadaensis  n.  subsp. 

A  single  specimen  was  taken  about  a  mile  below  Quixada  which 
differs  from  the  type  in  being  a  little  larger  (diam.  7  mm.),  with  only 
a  perceptible  trace  of  the  inner  parietal  nodule;  a  half-grown  speci- 
men taken  in  the  same  locality  is  probably  of  the  same  subspecies. 

Streptaxis  cookeana  n.  sp.    PI.  XXII,  figs.  .5,  6,  7. 

Shell  depressed,  with  low,  conoidal  spire  with  the  lateral  outlines  but 
slightly  convex,  perforate,  the  umbilicus  about  .5  mm.  in  diameter, 
twisted  so  as  to  appear  closed  above  the  last  whorl,  but  actually 
extending  to  the  apex;  thin,  pellucid,  glossy,  very  faintly  yellowish; 
the  first  If  nepionic  whorls  nearly  smooth,  the  rest  closely,  irregularly, 
and  finely  costulate,  the  costulae  slightly  arcuate  and  strongly  retract- 
ive, about  as  wide  as  the  interspaces,  in  places  indistinct,  but 
showing  about  13  to  the  millimeter  on  the  penultimate  whorl; 
costulae  obsolete  on  the  base  except  at  the  mouth  of  the  umbilicus 
where  they  are  intensified  rather  abruptly,  forming  about  twelve 
vertical  ribs  which  extend  inward  over  nearly  the  whole  of  the  last 
whorl.  Whorls  5|,  increasing  regularly  in  width  for  4^  whorls,  when, 
the  apparent  width  is  modified  by  the  characteristic  distortion  of 
the  genus;  sutures  distinct,  almost  impressed.  Aperture  slightly 
broader  than  high,  very  roundly  triangular  ;  peristome  moderately 
expanded,  slightly  recurved  over  the  umbilicus,  white;  parietal 
wall  covered  by  a  thin  callus  uniting  the  extremities  of  the  outer 
lip;  no  apertural  teeth  present.  Young  shells  perfectly  regular, 
with  a  wider  umbilicus  than  in  the  adult  and  showing  frequent 
varices  (one  to  three  to  a  whorl)  on  the  base,  which  give  the  young 
shells  the  appearance  of  Scolodonta  and  suggest  the  possibility  that 
some  species  assigned  to  Scolodonta  may  prove  to  be  the  young  of 
Streptaxis. 

Alt.  6,  greatest  diam.  9.75,  least  diam.  7,  width  of  aperture  3.25, 
alt.  of  aperture  3  mm. 

Animal  grayish,  marked  by  orange-yellow  colored  ocular  tentacles 
and  a  line  of  the  same  color  extending  backward  from  the  base  of 
each  tentacle;  young  and  adult  animals  are  the  same  in  color. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  629 

This  was  the  commonest  species  of  Streptaxis  at  Ceara-Mirim, 
nearly  two  hundred  specimens  having  been  taken;  and  four  each  were 
taken  at  Estremoz  and  Baixa  Verde,  mostly  under  dead  leaves  and 
•debris,  but  more  rarely  under  stones  and  dead  wood.  The  species, 
which  seems  to  be  new,  is  related  to  S.  glaber  Fir.,  but  it  is  larger, 
with  slightly  fewer  whorls,  a  distinctly  striate  spire  and  no  parietal 
teeth.  It  is  named  for  Miss  J.  M.  Cooke,  of  Point  Loma,  California, 
who  has  added  many  species  and  varieties  of  shells  to  the  known 
fauna  of  Southern  California  and  Lower  California, 
streptaxis  abunaensis  n.  sp.    PI.  XXII,  figs.  8,  9,  10. 

Shell  quite  heavy,  rather  high,  the  spire  markedly  convex  and 
rotund,  umbilicus  moderately  open;  'light  horn  colored,  with  a  thin, 
fugaceous,  j^ellowish-brown  epidermis;  nepionic  whorl  smooth, 
followed  by  a  series  of  broad,  low,  rounded,  strongly  retractive, 
slightly  arcuate  costulae  with  moderate  interspaces  (about  nine  to 
the  millimeter  on  the  penultimate  whorl),  becoming  obsolete  over  the 
whole  of  the  last  whorl,  except  at  the  mouth  of  the  umbilicus,  where 
they  can  be  seen  with  a  glass.  Whorls  about  6,  the  first  three  rather 
narrow  and  crowded,  the  last  two  much  l)roader,  the  shell  showing 
the  characteristic  distortion  of  the  genus ;  sutures  distinct,  but  not 
impressed.  Aperture  somewhat  triangular,  a  little  broader  than 
high,  very  distinctly  angulated  at  the  juncture  of  the  lip  with  the 
parietal  wall;  peristome  white,  slightly  reflected  above,  the  reflection 
increasing  to  the  lower  juncture  with  the  parietal  wall  which  it  meets 
at  an  angle  of  about  90  degrees;  a  slight  groove  behind  the  basal 
lip,  running  into  the  umbilicus. 

In  five  specimens  there  are  three  nearly  equidistant  teeth  within 
the  mouth,  about  in  the  middle  of  the  parietal  wall  and  of  the  basal 
and  outer  lips,  the  parietal  tooth  being  narrow  and  high  and  directly 
entering  for  about  1|  millimeters.  In  a  sixth  specimen  the  parietal 
tooth  is  wanting  altogether,  although  the  other  characteristics  are 
well  marked. 

Alt.  6.25,  greatest  diam.  8,  least  diam.  6.25,  width  of  aperture  2.5, 
alt.  of  aperture  2.25,  diam.  of  the  umbilicus  .7  mm. 

Two  living  and  four  dead  specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  33, 
M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  this  point  being  known  as  Abuna  in  Brazil. 

This  species,  which  seems  to  be  new,  is  closely  related  to  *S.  cumin- 
gianus  Pfr.,  from  which  it  differs  chiefly  by  the  striation  of  the  spire 
and  larger  size. 

Genus  HAPPIA  Bourguignat. 
Happia  snethlagei  n.  sp.    PI.  XXII,  figs.  3,  4. 

Shell   very   widely,    perspectively    umbilicate,    thin,    translucent, 


630  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC.^ 

light  horn  colored,  with  a  thin,  grayish -yellow  epidermis;  nepionic 
1^  whorls  smooth,  and,  beginning  on  the  second  whorl,  everywhere 
sculptured  with  fine,  irregularly  sized  and  grouped,  retractive, 
arcuate  costulse,  showing  under  a  strong  glass  as  if  they  were  sharp 
edged,  with  broad,  rounded  interspaces;  most  specimens  also  showing- 
some  evidence  of  obsolete  spiral  striations  on  the  last  two  whorls. 
Whorls  5,  slightly  convex  above,  well  rounded  below  and  broadening 
decidedly  toward  the  mouth  for  the  last  quarter  turn;  periphery 
well  rounded,  sutures  slightly  impressed,  the  upper  aspect  of  the- 
shell  being  flattened  to  the  middle  of  tJie  last  turn,  then  slightly 
descending.  Aperture  oblique,  lunate,  as  if  one  fifth  of  a  circle  were 
cut  out  by  the  convexity  of  the  penultimate  whorl;  peristome  sharp, 
showing  a  slight  reflection  for  about  one  millimeter  before  joining 
the  lower  parietal  wall;  extremities  of  the  peristome  approaching, 
joining  the  parietal  wall  nearly  at  right  angles,  the  upper  nearly 
horizontally,  the  lower  nearly  in  a  vertical  cUrection.  Alt.  6,  greatest 
diam.  12.5,  least  diam.  10.5,  alt.  of  penultimate  whorl  at  the  mouth 
4.5,  alt.  of  mouth  5.25,  least  diam.  of  mouth  4  mm. 

The  animal  is  dark  gray  with  lemon-yellow  tentacles. 

About  150  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  at  Camp  39, 
M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  a  few  only  living,  seven  at  Camp  40,  four  living  and 
seven  dead  at  Camp  46,  one  dead  at  Porto  Velho  and  four  living 
specimens  were  sent  by  Mr.  C.  W.  Eaton,  of  the  engineering  force 
of  the  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.,  without  location  noted;  also  one 
living  and  fourteen  dead  specimens,  taken  at  the  vSerra  do  Erere,. 
were  sent  from  the  Goelcli  Museum  by  the  Director,  Dr.  Emilia 
Snethlage,  to  whom  the  species  is  dedicated. 

Genus  ENTODINA  Ancey. 
Entodina  jekylli  n.  sp.    PI.  XXII,  figs.  11,  12,  13. 

Shell  widely,  perspectively  umbilicate,  grayish  corneous;  nucleus 
nearly  smooth,  and,  commencing  on  the  second  whorl,  ever\'where 
sculptured  with  prominent,  narrow  costae  (about  eleven  to  the 
millimeter  at  the  begimiing  of  the  last  whorl),  separated  by  broad 
interspaces,  nearly  vertical  on  all  but  the  last  whorl,  where  they 
become  arcuately  retractive;  costae  slightly  less  prominent  below 
the  periphery,  but  showing  distinctly  as  they  dip  into  the  umbilicus, 
as  well  as  on  the  preceding  whorls  within  the  umbilicus.  Whorls 
4f,  convex,  periphery  well  rounded,  sutures  deep.  Aperture  di- 
agonal, irregular,  a  broad  oval  below,  partially  separated  by  the 
teeth  from  a  small,  oblique  oval  above;   lip  shortly  reflected,  very 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  631 

slightly  thickened,  the  extremities  joined  by  a  trigonal,  dentiform 
callus  and  with  an  obtuse  tooth  near  the  upper  extremity.  Alt.  1.5, 
greatest  diameter  3.5,  least  diam.  3  mm. 

About  twenty  specimens  of  this  striking  species  were  taken  just 
below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  between  the  buttresses  of  an  old 
stump  at  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.  The  species  is  named  for  Mr. 
A.  B.  Jekyll,  of  the  firm  of  contractors,  who  made  our  trip  to  the 
Madeira  and  Mamore  Rivers  possible  and  who  extended  to  us  so 
many  personal  courtesies.  It  differs  from  E.  reyrei  Souverbie  by 
its  smaller  size,  the  absence  of  a  swelling  behind  the  lip  and  by  the 
tooth  on  the  outer  lip. 

Genus  SYSTROPHIA  Pfr. 
SystropMa  eatoni  n.  sp.    PL  XXII,  figs.  14,  15. 

Shell  widely,  perspectively  umbilicate,  rather  thin,  diaphanous, 
shining,  grayish  or  grayish-yellow,  the  yellowish  tint  apparently 
depending  on  an  extremely  thin,  fugaceous  epidermis;  spire  sub- 
immersed,  embryo  nearly  smooth,  and,  beginning  on  the  second 
whorl,  everywhere  sculptured  with  irregularly  sized  and  spaced 
costulse,  retractive  on  the  early  whorls,  but  arcuate  on  the  last  whorl, 
and  becoming  protractive  as  they  cross  the  base  and  dip  into  the 
umbilicus;  obsolete  spiral  markings  present  on  the  last  whorl  and 
perceptible  with  a  strong  glass  on  the  early  whorls;  sutures  deep 
and  well  defined;  periphery  evenly  rounded  except  on  the  last 
eighth  turn,  where  an  oblique  flattening  of  the  upper  portion  produces 
a  subangulation.  Whorls  10,  slightly  convex  above,  more  rounded 
below,  very  narrow,  the  last  more  than  treble  the  width  of  the 
penultimate;  not  descending  in  front.  Aperture  obliquely  sub- 
triangular;  lip  white,  thickened  but  not  expanded,  depressed  above, 
extremities  distant;  callus  uniting  the  extremities  thin,  but  well 
defined  externally;   no  internal  teeth. 

Alt.  5.75,  greatest  diam.  14.5,  least  diam.  12.5  mm. 
This  species  is  closely  related  to  ^S.  stenogyra  Pfr.,  but  it  differs  by 
being  smaller,  with  scarcely  so  many  whorls  and  a  narrower  aperture, 
and  by  the  lip  being  thickened  but  not  expanded.  S.  helicycloides 
Orb.  is  more  depressed,  with  a  distinct  impression  extending  over 
the  last  third  of  the  last  whorl.  A  single,  half  grown  specimen  was 
taken  at  Abuna,  Bolivia,  six  living  specimens  at  Camp  35,  M.  &  M. 
R.  R.,  and  seven  living  specimens  were  sent  from  some  point  not 
noted  on  the  same  railroad  by  Mr.  C.  W.  Eaton,  of  the  engineering 
force,  for  whom  I  have  named  the  species. 


632  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

ZONITID^. 
Genus  ZONITOIDES  Lehm. 

Zonitoides  parana  n.  sp.    PI.  XXI,  figs.  12,  13,  14. 

Shell  umbilicate  (the  diameter  of  the  umbilicus  being  contained 
4f  times  in  that  of  the  shell),  depressed,  with  low-conic  spire,  light 
brown,  rather  glossy,  with  fine,  close  sculpture  of  almost  exactly 
vertical  growth  lines.  Whorls  5,  very  slowly  increasing,  the  last 
rounded  at  the  periphery.     Aperture  lunate. 

Alt.  1.5,  diam.  0.9  mm. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  minute  species  was  taken  at  Para.  The 
genus  is  uncertain,  but  the  texture  of  the  shell  is  that  of  Zonitoides 
rather  than  of  Thysanophora  or  any  Patuloid  genus. 

Genus  GUPPYA  Morch. 
Guppya  mayi  n.  sp.    PI.  XXI,  0.  7. 

Shell  very  narrowly  perforate,  conical,  with  a  very  obtuse  apex 
and  well-rounded  base,  the  last  whorl  distinctly,  but  not  sharply 
angulate,  the  apical  angle  being  about  90  degrees;  translucent, 
slightly  shining,  with  a  thin,  dull  straw-colored,  fugaceous  epidermis; 
everwhere  sculptured  with  fine,  irregularly  spaced,  retractive, 
radiating  costulse  of  varying  sizes,  crossed  by  more  regular,  very  finely 
incised  lines,  very  closely  and  nearly  evenly  spaced.  Whorls  5, 
convex;  sutures  well  defined,  especially  above  the  last  whorl.  Aper- 
ture semilunar,  very  oblique,  slightly  broadened  above  by  the  angle 
of  the  last  whorl;  peristome  sharp,  very  slightly  reflected  on  the 
basal  portion  and  more  distinctly  as  it  approaches  the  umbilicus. 

Alt.  3,  greatest  diam.  3.65,  least  diam.  3.4  mm. 

Seven  specimens  of  this  species,  which  seems  to  be  new,  were  taken 
with  the  last  species  at  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.  It  is  more  elevated 
than  G.  seminlini  Moricand  and  has  more  whorls.  It  is  named  for 
Mr.  R.  H.  May,  of  the  contracting  firm  of  May,  Jekyll  &  Randolph, 
who,  with  Mr.  Jekyll,  made  our  trip  to  the  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R. 
possible  and  in  every  way  delightful. 

HELIOIDiE. 

Genus  THYSANOPHORA  Strebcl  and  PfefFer. 
Thysanophora  caeca  Guppy. 

Helix  cce(\a  Guppy,  Tryon,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  III,  p.  .55,  pi.  9,  fig.  23. 
Thysanophora  ccBca  Guppy,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  IX,  pi.  lb,  hg.  4. 

Eight  specimens  of  this  West  Indian  shell  "from  the  Serra  de 
Baturite,  State  of  Ceara,"  were  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha.  This  seems  to 
be  the  first  report  of  its  having  been  taken  south  of  the  Amazon. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  633 

Genus  SOLAROPSIS  Beck. 
Solaropsis  rugifera  Dohrn.    PI.  XXII,  figs.  1,  2. 

Helix  rugifera  Dohrn,  Jahrbuch.  d.  deutsch.  Mai.  Gesell.,  1882,  p.  100. 
Pilsbry,  in  Man.  Conch.  (2),  v,  p.  195,  quoted  Dr.  Dohrn's  remarks 
and  description  of  this  species  as  follows:  "I  possess,  unfortunately, 
only  a  single  specimen  of  this  species,  not  fully  adult,  which  I  received 
years  ago  with  other  species  from  eastern  Peru.  On  account  of  the 
sculpture,  which  differs  remarkably  from  that  of  all  allied  forms, 
I  have  decided  to  give  it  an  (admittedly)  incomplete  description, 
in  the  hope  that  someone  may  be  able  to  complete  it.  H.  selenostoma 
Pfr.,  which  is  its  nearest  species  in  contour,  is  more  narrowly  con- 
voluted, proportionally  higher,  and  more  narrowly  umbilicated. " 

"Broadly  umbilicate,  deplanate,  thin,  obliquely  rugose  plicate, 
the  plicse  vanishing  beneath,  brownish  corneous,  fiammulate  at  the 
sutures  and  narrowly  2-banded  in  the  middle  of  the  whorl  with 
reddish;  spire  plane,  apex  rather  smooth;  suture  moderately  pro- 
found; whorls  nearly  5,  convex,  the  last  rounded,  not  descending  in 
front;  umbilicus  ecjualling  j  the  diameter,  funnel-shaped;  aperture 
a  little  oblique,  rounded  lunar,  peristome  (unknown)." 

Using  a  perfectly  mature  specimen,  I  would  amplify  this  descrip- 
tion as  follows: 

Shell  broadly  umbilicate,  deplanate,  thin;  embryonic  1^  whorls 
smooth,  a  fine  radiating  sculpture  beginning  on  the  second  whorl 
and  showing  minute  spiral  lines  under  a  strong  glass,  the  sculpture 
becoming  distinctly  rugose  plicate  on  the  third  whorl  and  continuing 
to  the  periphery  of  the  last  whorl,  from  which  point,  the  rugosity 
disappearing,  the  plicse  continue  well  into  the  umbilicus  as  well 
marked,  irregularly  sized  and  spaced  costulse,  everywhere  crossed 
by  fine,  irregularly  spaced  spiral  lines  which  show  most  distinctly 
on  the  costulse;  brownish  corneous,  fiammulate  at  the  sutures,  and 
narrowly,  interruptedly,  2-banded  with  reddish,  the  lower  band 
placed  at  the  periphery,  the  upper  half  way  between  this  and  the 
fiammules,  except  on  the  last  quarter  turn,  where  the  flammules 
extend  to  the  second  band;  spire  plane;  sutures  moderately  deep; 
whorls  5|,  convex,  the  last  rounded,  scarcely  descending  in  front; 
umbilicus  equaling  about  j  the  diameter,  perspective;  aperture  a 
little  oblique,  rounded  lunar;  peristome  white,  very  slightly  reflected 
throughout,  the  reflection  becoming  more  marked  at  the  junction  of 
the  basal  part  with  the  parietal  wall. 

In  none  of  the  specimens,  however  young,   does  the  sculpture 
entirely  disappear  on  the  basal  portion  of  the  last  whorl  as  noted  by 
42 


634  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

Dohrn,  and  in  the  mature  specimen  it  can  be  distinguished  on  the 
early  whorls  within  the  umbilicus. 

Alt.  13,  greatest  diam.  27,  least  diam.  22. .5,  diam.  of  the  umbilicus 
within  the  last  whorl  5  mm. 

One  mature  living  and  eight  immature  specimens  were  taken 
between  Camps  38  and  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  and  two  immature  speci- 
mens at  Camp  46. 

Dr.  von  Ihering's  var.  juruana  was  taken  at  a  point  about  half  way 
between  the  original  location  and  these  points  on  the  Madeira  and 
Mamore  Rivers. 

Solaropsis  sp.  undet. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  genus,  too  young  to  identify,  taken  at 
Para,  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Genus  PSADARA. 
Psadara  derbyi  cearana  n.  subsp.    Pi.  XXII,  fig.  19. 

A  single  mature  specimen  "from  the  State  of  Ceara"  was  sent  by 
Mr.  Rocha  and  a  half-grown  specimen  was  taken  on  the  Maranguape 
Mountain.  It  differs  from  the  type  by  being  larger,  with  fewer  whorls . 
Comparative  measurements  follow: 

P.  derbyi  v.  Ihering,  whorls  4^,  diam.  12  mm. 

P.  derbyi  cearana,  whorls  4J,  greatest  diam.  16.5,  least  diam.  13.7, 
alt.  8.25  mm. 

Genus  STROPHOCHEILUS  Spix. 
Strophocheilus  (Borus)  maximus  (Sowerby). 

Cochlogena  maxima  Sby.,  Appendix  to  Tank.  Cat.,  p.  7  (1825,  unrecognizable 

description) . 
Bulinus  maximus  Sby.,  Conch.  Illustr.,  fig.  63  (1841?). 
Strophocheilus  (Borus)  maximus  Sby.,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  X,  p.  1.5, 

pi.  4,  fig.  5. 

A  single  living  specimen  was  taken  between  Camps  45  and  46, 
Madeira  &  Mamore  R.  R.,  and  dead  specimens  were  taken  quite 
commonly  all  the  way  from  Camp  39  to  Camp  43. 
strophocheilus  (Borus)  cantagallanus  (Rang). 

Helix  cantagallana  Rang,  Ann.  Nat.  Sci.,  XXIV,  p.  50  (1831). 
Strophocheilus  (Borus)  cantagallanus  (Rang),  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.   (2),  X, 
p.  22,  pi.  16,  fig.  24;    pi.  17,  figs.  28,  29. 

A  single  dead  specimen  was  taken  at  Carnaubinha  near  the  head 
of  the  Natal  estuary, 
strophocheilus  (Borus)  oblongus  (MuUer). 

Helix  oblonga  Miiller,  Hist.  Vermium,  II,  p.  86,  and  of  Gmelin,  Born  and 

Dillwyn. 
Strophocheilus  (Borus)  oblongus  (MuUer)  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  X,  p. 

29,  pi.  14,  figs.  70-73. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  635 

Two  mature  specimens  "from  the  interior  of  the  State  of  Ceara" 
were  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha  and  one  mature  specimen  taken  on  the 
Serra  de  Ibiapaba,  State  of  Ceara,  and  an  immature  specimen  taken 
on  the  Rio  Maccurii  were  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

BULIMULID^. 

Genus  PLEKOCHEILUS  Guilding. 
Plekocheilus  (Eurytus)  pintadinus  (Orbigny). 

Helix  pintadina  Orb.,  Mag.  de  Zool.,  1835,  CI,  V,  No.  61,  p.  8. 
Bulimus  pintadinus  Orb.,  Voyage  dans  TAmer.  Merid.,  pi.  29,  figs.  11,  12. 
Plekocheilus   {Eurytus)    pintadinus  (Orb.)  PiLsbrv,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  X,  p. 
93,  pi.  36,  figs.  84,  85. 

A  single  dead  specimen  of  this  handsome  species,  in  a  good  state 
of  preservation,  was  taken  near  the  Guajara-Assii  Falls.  The  species 
was  described  and  figured  from  a  single  dead  specimen,  deposited 
in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  Paris.  It  was  taken  in  the 
foot  hills  of  Bolivia,  several  hundred  miles  from  the  Guajara-Assu 
Falls.  These  two  specimens  are  the  only  ones  reported,  so  far  as  is 
known  to  the  writer. 

Genus  BULIMULUS  Leach. 
Bulimulus  (Bulimulus)  ereotus  (Reeve). 

Bulimus  eredus  Rve.,  Conch.  Icon.,  pi.  58,  fig.  392. 

Bulimulus  {Bulimulus)  eredus  Rve.,  Pilsbrv,  Man.  Conch.   (2),  XI,  p.  60, 
pi.  10,  fig.  99. 

Two  specimens  taken  at  Arumanduba,  Parana  de  Almeirim,  were 
sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Bulimulus  (Bulimulus)  tenuissimus  (Orbigny). 

Helix  tenuissima  (Fer.)  Orbigny,  Mag.  de  Zool.,  1835,  p.  11  (name  only). 
Bulimus  tenuissimus  ("Fer.  dans  sa  collection")  Orb.,  Voyage,  p.  272. 
Bulimulus  {Bulimulus)  tenuissimus  Orb.,  Pilsbrv,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XI,  p. 
64,  pi.  10,  figs.  91,  92. 

This  species  was  rather  common  at  Ceara-Mirim;  it  was  found 
at  Estremoz  and  Pirangy,  a  single  specimen  was  taken  at  Maranhao, 
six  at  Itacoatiara,  and  about  twenty  living  specimens  were  taken 
near  the  water  works  of  Para.  A  single  specimen  taken  at  the 
Serra  do  Erere  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum.  Most  specimens 
show  the  spiral  striation  and  slightly  open  umbilicus  of  B.  tenuissimus, 
and  all  have  a  very  characteristic  wrinkle-striate  embryonic  sculp- 
ture, extending  over  about  1|  whorls. 

Bulimulus  (Rhinus)  pubescens  (Moricand). 

Helix  {Bulimus)  pubescens  Moric,  Mem.  Soc.  Phys.  et  Hist.  Nat.  Gendve 

XI,  p.  157,  pi.  5,  figs.  21-23  (1846). 
Bulimtdus  {Rhinus)  pubescens  Moric,  Pilsbrv,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XI,  p.  81 

pi.  13,  figs.  1.5,  16,  19;  pi.  15,  fig.  23.  ^ 

About  a  dozen  typical  specimens  were  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim. 


636  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

Bulimulus  (Rhinus)  roohai  n.  sp.    PI.  XXIII,  figs.  19,  20. 

Shell  deeply  and  rather  narrowly  umbilicate,  ovate  conic,  rather 
solid,  corneous  in  the  young,  the  last  whorl  in  the  adult  sometimes 
showing  a  tendency  to  spiral  banding  in  the  darkest  specimens,  but 
more  frequently  becoming  whitish  and  translucent;  surface  shining; 
first  1|  nepionic  whorls  with  finely  crinkled  striae,  then  finely,  closely 
and  irregularly  retractively  striate,  the  strise  cut  by  a  few  distant 
incised  spiral  lines,  with  intervening  obsolete  lines  which  disappear 
on  the  base  and  lower  part  of  the  last  whorl;  spire  conic,  with  slightly 
convex  sides;  apex  obtuse.  Whorls  7,  slightly  convex,  the  last 
rounded  oval,  not  descending  in  front;  sutures  sharply  defined, 
moderately  deep.  Aperture  subvertical,  ovate,  about  one-half  as 
wide  as  high,  nearly  one-half  the  length  of  the  shell,  whitish  to 
corneous,  corresponding  to  the  color  of  the  last  whorl,  very  rarely 
showing  an}^  banding  inside;  peristome  obtuse,  very  slightly  reflected 
below,  whitish;  columellar  margin  dilated  above  and  refiexed;  a 
broad,  thin  parietal  callus  uniting  the  extremities  of  the  lips. 

Very  young  specimens  show  the  characteristic  pilation  of  the  sub- 
genus, but  it  is  entirely  absent  in  all  mature  specimens. 

Alt.  24,  diam,  13.5,  alt.  of  aperture  11,  diam.  of  aperture  5.75  mm. 

This  species,  which  seems  to  be  new,  is  similar  to  B.  (Protoglyptus) 
durus  Spix  in  size  and  general  appearance,  but  it  differs  by  having 
fine,  crinkled  strise  in  the  embryo,  whilst  durus  has  vertical  ribs. 
It  is  more  solid  than  B.  vesicalis  uruguayensis  Pilsbry,  and  it  has 
spiral  striae,  a  slightly  expanded  outer  lip  and  a  broader  columella. 
It  differs  from  B.  sarcochilus  by  being  stouter  and  having  a  larger 
aperture.  It  is  remarkable  among  the  species  of  Rhinus  by  having 
hairs  only  in  the  young,  no  trace  of  them  remaining  in  the  adult  stage- 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  shells  at  Ceara-Mirim,  generally 
found  living  about  an  inch  underground,  under  sticks  and  stones. 
About  a  dozen  living  and  dead  specimens  were  taken  at  Jacoco, 
about  seven  kilometers  from  Ceara-Mirim,  one  living  and  several 
dead  at  Baixa  Verde,  and  a  single  dead,  but  well-preserved  mature 
specimen  was  sent  to  Dr.  Branner  by  Mr.  G.  A.  Waring,  of  the 
Brazilian  Geological  Survey,  from  "the  plains  southeast  of  Limoeira, 
State  of  Ceara,  near  the  Rio  Jaguaribe."  The  species  is  named  for 
Mr.  Francisco  Dias  da  Rocha,  of  the  city  of  -Ceara,  who  has  done  so 
much  through  the  collections  made  for  his  Museu  Rocha  to  extend 
our  knowledge  of  the  State  of  Ceara  along  all  natural-history  lines. 
Bulimulus  (Rhinus)  rochai  taipuensis  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXIII,  fig.  17. 

About  twenty  specimens  of  this  well-marked  variety  were  taken  at 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  637 

the  fossil  beds  on  the  Central  R.  R.,  46  kilometers  from  Natal,  below 
the  station  of  Taipu,  half  a  dozen  were  taken  at  Estremoz  and  a 
single  dead  specimen,  taken  at  Camocim,  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi 
Museum.  It  differs  from  the  type  in  its  more  slender  shape  and 
slightly  smaller  size. 

The  whorls  are  7j,  alt.  23,  diam.  12  mm. 
Bulimulus  (Rhinus)  roohai  suturalis  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXIII,  figs.  13,  14. 

This  is  a  fairly  well-marked  variety,  differing  from  the  type  by 
being  thinner,  smaller  in  size,  slightly  more  globose,  with  fewer 
whorls,  never  more  than  six,  the  spire  being  distinctly  chestnut 
colored  with  an  extension  showing  in  a  light  bron-n  band  on  the 
lower  curve  of  the  suture. 

Alt.  17,  diam.  12. 

Ten  living  specimens  were  taken  at  Mongiiba,  a  station  on  the 
Ceara  &  Baturite  R.  R.  about  27  kilometers  from  Ceara,  and  eleven 
specimens  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha  ''from  the  State  of  Ceara"  correspond  in 
shape  with  this  variety,  but  lack  the  sutural  band." 

Genus  DRYM^EUS  Albers. 

Drymaeus  expansus  1  (Pfeiffer). 

Bidinus  puIcheUus  Sowerby,  Conch.  Illust.,  fig.  91,  not  Bulimus  pulchellus 

Broderip,  P.  Z.  S.,  1832,  p.  106. 
Bulimus  expansus  Pfeiffer,  Monogr.,  II,  p.  60. 
DrymcBus  expansus  Pfr.,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XI,  p.  222,  pi.  34,  figs.  1-5. 

A  single,  half -grown  specimen  taken  at  Camp  46.  M.  &  M.  R.  R., 
seems  to  be  referable  to  this  species. 
Drymaeus  branneri  n.  sp.    PI.  XXIII,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  4. 

Shell  broadly  and  openly  rimate,  ovate  conic,  thin,  diaphanous, 
shining,  white  or  light  Jjrown,  typically  marked  in  chestnut  by  a 
narrow  band  beginning  within  the  mouth  just  below  the  upper  lip 
attachment  and  continuing  around  the  last  whorl,  below  the  pe- 
riphery, to  a  point  about  three  millimeters  behind  the  flare  of  the  lip, 
and  two  interrupted  bands,  above  and  parallel  to  this,  disappearing 
before  reaching  the  penultimate  whorl,  the  tendency  being  in  most 
shells  to  a  lessened  development  of  these  markings;  embryonic  1| 
whorls  with  typical  Drymaeus  sculpture,  the  remaining  portion  of 
the  shell  being  everywhere  sculptured  with  irregular,  retractive 
costulae  cut  by  close,  finely  incis,ed,  wavy  lines,  subobsolete  on  the 
earlier  whorls;  spire  conic,  with  slightly  convex  outlines;  apex 
obtuse.  Whorls  5|  to  5f ,  slightly  convex,  the  last  well  rounded,  very 
convex  below,  slightly  ascending  in  front.  Aperture  short  oval, 
very  slightly  oblique,  showing  the  external  markings  within;   peris- 


638  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

tome  yellow,  outside  and  in,  edged  narrowly  wdth  white,  rather 
broadly  and  flatly  reflected,  the  terminations  very  slightly  approach- 
ing above;  columellar  lip  with  a  thick,  prominent  flange  enclosing 
the  umbilical  chink,  dilated;   parietal  callus  very  thin. 

Alt.  23.5,  diam.  14.5,  alt.  of  aperture  12.5  mm.     Type. 
"    25,         "       15,      "       "  "      12.5  mm. 

This  species  is  related  to  D.  strigatus  Sby.,  but  it  differs  by  being 
more  obese,  by  the  greater  development  of  spiral  striation,  and  in 
having  a  yellow  lip  instead  of  violet  as  in  D.  strigatus.  D.  similaris 
Moricand  is  similar  in  shape  and  color  of  the  lip,  but  it  differs  con- 
spicuously in  color  pattern. 

Two  dead  specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  40,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  and 
several  dead  specimens  at  Camp  39,  only  one  being  perfect  and  as 
well  preserved  as  a  living  shell.  Many  of  these  shells,  as  well  as 
many  others  taken  on  the  right  of  way  of  the  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  were 
more  or  less  damaged  by  fire  used  in  clearing. 
Drymaeus  linostoma  suprapunctatus  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXIII,  figs.  5,  6,  7,  8. 

Shell  oblong,  thin,  diaphanous,  glossy,  shining,  appearing  nearly 
smooth  to  the  naked  eye,  but,  under  a  glass,  showing  typical  Drijmmus 
sculpture  on  the  nepionic  If  whorls;  afterward  with  irregular  growth 
lines  and  fine,  indistinct,  wavy  incised  spiral  lines  throughout;  dirty 
white,  occasionally  becoming  roseate  toward  the  lip,  with  wide, 
well-spaced,  longitudinal  flames  of  brown  or  brownish-violet,  inter- 
rupted or  crossed  by  a  spiral  row  of  dots  just  above  the  periphery 
of  the  whorl.  Whorls  6,  slightly  convex,  separated  by  deep,  smooth 
sutures;  spire  conic,  obtuse  at  the  apex;  last  whorl  subcylindrical, 
more  than  two  thirds  the  total  length.  Aperture  large,  oval,  a  little 
oblique,  light  colored  within  except  where  the  external  markings 
show  through,  and  shading  to  roseate  on  the  lip  in  some  specimens; 
peristome  rather  broadly  expanded  but  not  recurved;  columella 
twisted,  with  an  extremely  narrow  flange  so  reflected  as  to  leave 
little  or  no  umbilicus;  extremities  approaching  sharply;  parietal 
callus  very  thin. 

Alt.  26.5,  diam.  11.5,  alt.  of  last  whorl  18.5,  alt.  of  mouth  12.25 
mm.  Type.  A  specimen  with  broken  spire  measures  alt.  ?,  diam. 
12,  alt.  of  last  whorl  19.5,  alt.  of  mouth  13  mm. 

This  variety  differs  from  the  type  of  D.  linostoma  (Orb.)  by  the 
interruption  of  the  vertical  stripes  and  the  development  of  a  spiral 
series  of  dots  above,  by  the  closure  of  the  umbilicus  and  by  the  pale 
aperture.  In  linostoma  the  umbilicus  is  distinct,  the  stripes  are 
continuous  and  the  peristome  of  a  deep  violet  color.     D.  suhsimUaris 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  639 

Pilsbry  and  D.  hidalgoi  Da  Costa  are  closely  related  to  suprapunc- 
tatus  in  color  pattern,  but  the  former  is  a  much  more  slender  shell 
and  the  latter  is  larger,  umbilicate,  and  with  a  deep  violet  aperture. 
A  considerable  number  of  dead  and  more  or  less  charred  and  broken 
specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R. 
Drymaeus  sp.  undet. 

A  single  young  specimen  was  taken  near  the  Guajara-Assii  Falls 
and  two  half-grown  specimens  taken  at  the  Serra  do  Erere  were  sent 
from  the  Goeldi  Museum.  All  have  t3^pical  apical  Dnjmceus  sculp- 
ture and,  as  they  do  not  fall  into  any  of  the  species  here  described, 
they  are  too  young  to  diagnose  with  certainty. 

Subfamily  ORTHALICINiE. 

Genus  OXYSTYLA  Schhiter. 
Oxystyla  pulchella  (Spix). 

Achatina  pulchella  Spix,  Testae.  Brasil.,  pi.  9,  fig.  2. 

Oxystyla  ptdchella  (Spix),  Pilsbrv,  Man.  Conch.  (2).  XII,  p.  13.5,  pi.  28,  figs. 
27-29. 

The  typical  form  was  rather  rare,  but  a  few  specimens  were  taken 
with  the  following  variety  at  Ceara-Mirim  and  one  specimen  was 
taken  at  Paparj';   two  specimens  taken  at  Para  were  sent  from  the 
Goeldi  Museum. 
Oxystyla  pulchella  prototypus  Pilsbry. 

Man.  Conch.  (2),  XII,  p.  137,  pi.  28,  figs.  32-37. 

A  single  immature  specimen  was  taken  near  Baturite,  on  the  Ceard 
&  Baturite  R.  R.,  one  hundred  kilometers  from  Ceara;  half  a  dozen 
dead  specimens  at  Baixa  Verde,  and  several  thousand  at  Ceara- 
Mirim,  where  the}"  were  aestivating,  the  mature  specimens  on  the 
trunks  and  lower  branches  of  various  trees,  the  immature  specimens 
packed  away  very  closely  in  knot  holes  and  crevices  between  the 
branches  of  the  same  trees.  As  Dr.  Pilsbry  remarks.  I.e.,  "This  is 
an  earlier,  less  differentiated  form  of  the  species,  of  which  pulchella 
is  an  extreme  and  more  local  development.  It  is  more  widely 
distributed  than  the  typical  form,  occupying  the  northwestern  and 
southern  peripheral  portions  of  the  range  of  the  species."  To  this 
I  can  now  add  the  northeastern  portion  of  the  range  of  the  species.  He 
says  further,  "The  largest  specimen  of  prototypus  before  me  measures 
45|  mill,  long,  with  6|  whorls."  The  largest  specimen  taken  by  the 
Stanford  Expedition  measures  alt.  55,  diam.  36,  longest  axis  of  the 
aperture  34  mm.,  being  excess  of  all  measurements  given  by  him 
for  either  the  type  or  the  variety.     Our  specimens  are  all  lighter  in 


640  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

color  than  those  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences, 
probably  owing  to  the  dryness  of  the  climate  of  northeastern  Brazil. 

Genus  CORONA  Albers. 
Corona  regalis  (Hup6).    PL  XXIII,  figs.  21,  22. 

Bidimus  regalis  Hupe,  in  Castelnau,  Exped.  dans  I'Amer.  du  Sud.     Mol- 

lusques,  p.  34,  pi.  10,  fig.  3  (1857). 
Corona  regalis  (Hupe)  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XII,  p.  180,  pi.  35,  figs. 

13,  14,  19;  pi.  34,  figs.  9-12;  pi.  34a,  figs.  26,  27;  pi.  33,  figs.  3,  6. 

One  specimen  in  fine  condition  was  taken  at  Camp  43,  M.  &  M, 
R.  R.,  and  others  in  various  states  of  disorganization  at  various 
points  along  the  right  of  way  as  far  down  as  Camp  39 ;  also  two  dead 
specimens  at  Porto  Velho.  The  specimen  figured  differs  from  those 
in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  by 
the  conspicuous  blotches  on  the  last  1^  whorls  and  in  showing  a 
darker,  richer  green  color. 

Corona  regina  (Ffoussac). 

Helix  (Cochlitoma)  regina  Ferussac,  Tabl.  Systemat.,  p.  40,  No.  342. 
Corona  regina  (Fer.),  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XII,  p.  177,  pi.  33,  figs.  1, 
2,  4,  5. 

A  single  fine  specimen  taken  near  St.  Antonio  da  Cachoeira  on  the 
Rio  Jary  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Genus  ORTHALICUS  Beck. 

Orthalicus  sultana  meobambensis  Pfr.    PI.  XXII,  lig.  is. 

Helix  sultana  Dillw.,  Descriptive  Cat.,  II,  p.  920  (1817). 
Bulimus  meobambensis  Pfr.,  P.  Z.  S.,  1855,  p.  96. 

One  living  specimen  taken  at  Camp  35,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  is  especially 
large  and  fine,  differing  from  the  specimens  in  the  collection  of  the 
Academy  {Man.  Conch.,  XII,  pi.  47,  fig.  8)  by  a  slightly  smaller  mouth 
proportionally,  a  more  rounded  outer  lip,  and  in  being  more  brill- 
iantly colored.  It  measures  alt.  81.5,  diam.  51,  alt.  of  mouth  46, 
diam.  of  mouth  29.5  mm. 

Several  embryonic  shells,  all  showing  the  characteristic  sculpture 
of  this  genus,  were  taken  at  Camp  39,  just  under  the  surface  of  the 
ground. 

Subfamily  ODONTOSTOMIN.F. 

Genus  ODONTOSTOMUS  Beck. 
Odontostomus  (Cyclodontina)  inflatus  (Wagner). 

Pupa  inflata  Wagner,  Testae.  Bras.,  p.  20  (1827). 

Odontostomus   (Cyclodontina)   inflatus   Wagner,   Pilsbrv,    Man.   Conch.    (2), 
XIV,  p.  60,  pi.  11,  figs.  43-45. 

One  specimen  "from  the  State  of  Cearc4"  was  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  641 

Odontostomus  (Cyclodontina)  inflatus  fasciatus  (Potiez  et  Michaud). 
Pupafasciata  P.  &  M.,  Galerie,  I,  p.  165,  pi.  16,  figs.  19,  20. 
Odontostomus  {Cyclodontina)  inflatus  fasciatus  P.  &  M.,  Pilsbrj^,  Man.  Conch.. 
(2),  XIV,  p.  61,  pi.  11,  fig.  43. 

This  was  one  of  the  commonest  shells  at  Ceara-Mirim  and  at  Baixa 

Verde,  where  it  was  taken,  living  and  dead,  generally  aestivating 

under  stones  and  debris.     It  was  also  taken  living  at  the  fossil  beds 

below  Taipu.     Nearly  all  specimens  taken  have  four  buccal  teeth 

and  are  nearly  typical. 

Odontostomus  (Cyclodontina)  inflatus  costulatus  Ancoy.    pi.  XXIII,  figs.  11,  12. 

Odontostomus  inflatus  Wagner,  var.  costulata  Ancey,  Jour,  de  Conchyl.,  LII, 
p.  303,  1904. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  below  Quixada,  the  present  terminus 
of  the  Ceara  &  Baturite  R.  R.     It  has  not  before  been  figured. 
Odontostomus  (Cyclodontina)  inflatus  maranguapensis  n.  subsp.    Pi.  XXIII,  fig.  18. 

Shell  umbilicate,  shining,  translucent,  gray  throughout  except  an 
indistinct  buff  line  below  the  lower  suture  and  a  narrow,  scarcely 
perceptible  chestnut  band  behind  the  peristome,  intensified  at  the 
suture  and  in  two  blotches,  one  opposite  the  upper  palatal  tooth  and 
one  at  the  basal  side  of  the  umbilicus,  both  being  perceptible  within 
the  mouth;  spire  turreted-conic,  with  slightly  convex  sides,  apex 
obtuse;  nepionic  If  whorls  very  finely  and  nearly  evenly  decussated, 
the  spiral  lines  becoming  obsolete  on  the  second  whorl  and  showing 
thereafter  as  minute  wrinkles,  chiefly  in  the  grooves  of  the  distinct, 
irregular,  retractive  costulse  (about  four  to  the  millimeter  on  the 
penultimate  whorl)  which  cover  all  the  remaining  whorls,  dip  deeply 
into  the  umbilicus  and  extend  lightly  over  the  parietal  wall.  Whorls 
8,  separated  by  a  narrow,  deep,  but  not  channelled,  suture,  scarcely 
convex,  the  last  having  two  pits  behind  the  outer  lip,  one  midway 
and  the  other  near  the  base,  and  a  slight  depression  paralleling  the 
end  of  the  suture.  Aperture  nearly  vertical,  round  oval,  obstructed 
by  a  low,  entering  ridge  corresponding  to  the  lower  pit  and  taking 
the  place  of  the  lower  palatal  tooth,  and  three  distinct  teeth:  a 
compressed  parietal  lamella,  a  large  vertical  columellar  lamella  with 
a  horizontal  continuation  below  which  includes  the  oblique,  twisted 
umbilicus,  and  a  moderate-sized  upper  palatal  lamina  in  the  middle 
of  the  outer  lip;  peristome  light  gray,  broadly  expanded  and  very 
slightly  reflected,  the  channels  characteristic  of  the  section  being, 
rather  shallow. 

Alt.  18,  diam.  7.25,  alt.  of  mouth  6  mm. 

One  specimen  was  taken  on  the  Maranguape  Mountain;  a  second,  the 
type,  at  Monguba,  on  the  Ceara  &  Baturite  R.  R.,  about  27  kilo- 


642  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

meters  from  Ceara,  and  two  specimens  "from  the  State  of  Ceara" 

were  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha.     All  are  identical  except  that  the  specimens 

sent  by  Mr.  Rocha  are  somewhat  bleached  and  show  the  brown 

markings  very  indistinctly.     The  variety,  differs  from  0.  inflatus 

fasciatus  P.  and  M.,  the  common  Odontostomus  of  the  region,  in  being 

smaller  and  lacking  the  characteristic  brown  markings,  and  from 

0.  inflatus  costulatus  Ancey  in  being  smaller,  with  fewer  teeth. 

Odontostomus  (Cyclodontina)  soabrellus  (Anthony)  Dohrn.  var.  cylindricus  n.  subsp. 
PI.  XXni,  figs.  15.  16. 

A  single  dead  specimen  was  sent  to  Dr.  Branner  by  Mr.  G.  A. 
Waring,  of  the  Brazilian  Geological  Survey,  "from  the  plains  south- 
east of  Limoeira,  State  of  Ceara,  near  the  Rio  Jaguaribe. "  It  differs 
from  the  type  by  the  much  more  convex  lateral  outlines  of  the  spire, 
which  is  therefore  wider  above,  the  contour  of  the  shell  being  some- 
what cylindric,  while  in  scabrellus  it  tapers  much  more  regularly; 
the  costulation  is  also  decidedly  finer  than  in  scabrellus.  It  has  only 
four  teeth,  the  sutural,  suprapalatal,  and  basal  folds  of  scabrellus 
being  absent,  but  this  deficiency  may  be  due  to  immaturity.  The 
whorls  are  10;    alt.  22.7,.  diameter  7.5  mm. 

Genus  TOMIGERUS  Spix. 
Tomigerus  clausus  Spix. 

Tomigerus  clausus  Spix,  Testae.  Bras.,   pi.   15,  figs.  4,  5.     Pilsbry,  Man. 
Conch.  (2),  XIV,  p.  106,  pi.  7,  figs.  68-70. 

Specimens  were  taken,  living  and  dead,  rather  commonly  at 
Ceara-Mirim  and  Baixa  Verde  and  less  commonly  at  Estremoz, 
Maranguape  Mountain,  and  the  fossil  beds  below  Taipii  and  at 
Quixada  and  two  or  three  other  points  on  the  Ceara  &  Baturite 
R.  R.  Mr.  G.  A.  Waring  sent  two  dead  specimens  "from  30  or  40 
miles  south  of  Mossoro,  State  of  Ceara.  Four  specimens  taken  at 
the  Serra  de  Ibiapaba  and  three  from  Comocim,  State  of  Ceara,  were 
sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 
Tomigerus  rochai  von  Ihering. 

Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  London,  VI,  April  4,  1905. 

A  single  specimen  "from  the  State  of  Ceara"  was  sent  by  Mr. 
Rocha  and  a  half-grown  specimen  taken  at  Camocim,  State  of 
Ceara,  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Tomigerus  laevis  von  Ihering. 

Proc.  Malac.  Soc.  Lond.,  I.e. 
Three  specimens  "from  the  State  of  Ceara"  were  sent  by  Mr. 
Rocha  and  a  single  specimen  taken  at  Camocim  was  sent  from  the 
Goeldi  Museum. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  643 

Tomigerus  cumingii  'Newcomb'  Pfeiffer. 

Toniigeriis   cumingii  Newcomb   MSS,   Pfeiffer,   Zeitschr.   f.   Malak.,    1849, 
p.  67.     Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XIV,  p.  108,  pi.  7,  figs.  64-66. 

About  twenty  dead  specimens  were  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim  and 
three  from  "the  coast  region  of  the  State  of  Ceara"  were  sent  by 
Mr.  Rocha. 

Tomigerus  pilsbryi  n.  sp.    PL  XXIII,  figs.  9,  10. 

Shell  compressed-ovate,  greatly  distorted  as  if  by  pressure  on  the 
apertural  side,  imperforate,  with  a  long,  straightened  umbilical 
suture  ending  in  a  deep  excavation  behind  the  columellar  lip;  first 
1|  whorls  smooth,  and,  beginning  on  the  second  whorl,  everywhere 
sculptured  with  very  fine,  irregular,  retractive  striulse,  most  marked 
on  the  last  half  whorl,  which  shows,  under  a  glass,  a  slight  tendency 
to  the  corrugation  which  is  characteristic  of  several  species  of  the 
genus;  spire  conic,  apex  rather  acute.  Whorls  4f,  very  slightly 
convex,  the  last  greatlj--  distorted,  with  an  oblique  groove  behind 
the  outer  lip  and  another  behind  the  basal  lip  parallel  to  the  umbilical 
suture;  sutures  well  defined.  Aperture  vertical,  somewhat  trian- 
gular, with  three  lamellae  on  the  parietal  wall,  the  upper  beginning 
in  a  slight  thickening  of  the  upper  extremity  of  the  peristome  and 
entering  sinuously  and  obliquely,  three  on  the  sloping  columellar 
margin  and  a  large,  obliqueh'  entering,  plate-like  fold  within  the 
outer  lip,  its  upper  end  bifid;  peristome  broadly  expanded  and 
reflected,  white;  color  slaty-white,  shining,  with  a  narrow  brown  line 
marking  the  last  two  turns  of  the  suture,  a  faint,  narrow,  brownish 
band  distinguishable  on  the  last  half  turn  of  the  body  whorl  and  a 
pale  brown  border  along  the  umbilical  suture,  continued  radially 
upon  the  base  some  distance  back  of  the  basal  lip. 

Alt.  13,  greatest  diam.  17,  least  diam.  9.25  mm. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  was  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim.  It  is 
related  to  T.  Icevis  von  Ihering  in  being  nearly  smooth  and  colorless 
and  to  T.  rochai  von  Ihering  in  general  contour,  but  it  is  larger  than 
the  former  and  differs  from  the  latter  in  its  lower  spire  and  less 
angular  aperture.  The  upper  parietal  fold  is  even  more  closely 
united  to  the  peristome  than  in  T.  clausus.  It  differs  from  all  known 
species  by  its  much  more  compressed  and  distorted  shape. 

Genus  ANOSTOMA  F.  de  Waldheim. 

Anostoma  depressum  Lamarck. 

Lamarck,  An.  s.  vert.,  VI,  pt,  2,  101.     Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.  (2),  XIV,  p. 
110,  pi.  6,  figs.  48-54. 

This  species  was  rather  common  at  Baixa  Verde  and  a  single  dead 


644  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE.  ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

shell  was  taken  at  Pirangj'',  twenty  miles  south  of  Natal.  A  single 
dead  specimen  taken  at  Camocim  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum, 
The  living  shells  were  taken  under  rocks  where  they  were  aestivating. 

Anostoma  octodentatum  F.  de  Waldheim. 

Museum  Demidoff,  III,  p.  230  (1807). 
One  specimen  was  taken  at  Baixa  Verde  associated  with  the  more 
common  A.  depressum,  a  single  specimen  taken  at  Camocim  was 
sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum  and  a  third  specimen  taken  "30  or  40 
miles  south  of  Mossoro,  State  of  Ceara,"  was  sent  to  Dr.  Branner 
by  Mr.  G.  A.  Waring.  All  were  dead,  making  the  determination 
rather  difficult,  and  each  had  only  seven  teeth,  but  as  each  has  the 
columellar  lamella  which  is  lacking  in  all  specimens  of  depressum,  it 
seems  justifiable  to  assign  them  to  this  species. 

AOHATINID^. 
Genus  SUBULINA  Beck. 
Subulina  OOtona  (Bruguiere). 

Bulimus  odonus  Brug.,  Encvcl.  Meth.,  I,  p.  325  (1792). 

Subulina  odona  Brug.,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  (2),  XVIII,  p.  72,  pi.  12,  figs. 
8,9. 

Specimens  of  this  widely  distributed  species  were  taken  at  Ceara, 
Para,  Itacoatiara,  and  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R. 

Genus  OPEAS  Albers. 
Opeas  gracile  (Mutton). 

Bulimus  gracilis  Hutton,  Jour.  Asiat.  Soc,  Bengal,  III,  1834,  p.  84. 
Opeas  gracile  Hutton,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  (2),  XVIII,  p.  12.5,  pi.  18,  figs. 
3—6. 

About  thirty  specimeixs  were  taken  at  Itacoatiara  and  a  single 

specimen  at  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R. 

Opeas  beckianum  (Pfeiffer). 

Bulimus  beckianus  Pfr.,  Symbolse  ad  Hist.  Heliceorum,  III,  p.  82  (1846). 
Opeas  beckianum  Pfr.,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  (2),  XVIII,  p.  189,  pi.  27,  figs. 
42-46,  54,  55. 

This  species  was  taken  in  considerable  numbers  at   Camp  39, 

M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  and  a  very  small  variety  was  common  atCeara-Mirim. 

Opeas  octogyrum  (Pfeiffer). 

Bulimus  odogyrus  Pfr.,  Malak.  bl..  Ill,  1856,  p.  45. 

Opeas  octogyrum  Pfr.,  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  (2),  XVIII,  p.  206,  pi.  29,  figs. 
75-79. 

One  or  more  specimens  were  taken  at  each  of  the  following  places : 
Ceard-Mirim,  Quixada,  Para,  Itacoatiara,  and  Camp  39,  M.  &  M. 
R.  R.  A  single  specimen  ''from  the  State  of  Ceara"  was  sent  by 
Mr.  Rocha. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  645 

Opeas  opella  Pilsbry  and  Vanatta. 

Proc.  A.  N.  S.  PhU.,  1905,  p.  785,  fig.  1;  Man.  Conch.,  (2),  XVIII,  p.  186, 
pi.  24,  fig.  36. 

About  forty  specimens  of  this  species,  originally  reported  from  the 
Hawaiian  Islands,  were  taken  in  the  park  at  Para.  Dr.  Pilsbry 
kindly  made  the  diagnosis,  so  there  is  no  doubt  of  their  identit}'. 
In  the  Manual  of  Conchology,  p.  187,  Dr.  Pilsbry  saj^s,  "I  do  not 
regard  0.  opella  as  a  native  Hawaiian  species."  It  is  difficult  to 
imagine  the  route  by  which  this  species  travelled  from  Para  to  the 
Hawaiian  Islands,  but  it  was  probably  carried  on  plants. 

Genus  LEPTINARIA  Beck. 
Xeptinaria  lamellata  (Potiez  et  Michaud). 

Achatina  lamellata  P.  and  M.,  Galerie  de  Moll,  ou  catal.  Moll,  et  Coq.  du 

Mus.  de  Douai,  I,  p.  128,  pi.  11,  fig.  8  (18.38). 
Leptinaria  lamellata  P.  and  M.,  Pilsbrv,  Man.  Conch.,  (2),  XVIII,   p.  288, 

pi.  42,  figs.  39,  40;    pi.  4.3,  fig.  .50.  " 

Seven  specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  39,  ]\I.  &  M.  R.  R. 

Leptinaria  lamellata  concentrica  (Reeve). 

Achat i I, a  connntrlea  Rvo.,  Conch.  Icon.,  V,  pi.  19,  fig.  106  (June,  1849). 
Leptinaria    lamellata    concentrica  Rve..  Pilsbrv,  Man.  Conch.,   (2),  XVIII, 
p.  290,  pi.  46,  figs.  1-4. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  39,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  three  at 
Ttacoatiara  and  ten  near  the  water  works  of  the  city  of  Pard.  A 
single  dead  specimen,  taken  at  the  Serra  do  Erere,  was  sent  from  the 
Goeldi  Museum. 

Xeptinaria  perforata  n.  sp.    PI.  XXI,  fig.  11. 

Shell  l)roadly  perforate,  rather  coarse,  dirty  white,  but  showing 
slightly  translucent  in  the  young  specimen ;  coarsely,  rather  distantly 
striate,  with  numerous  fine  intermediate  striulse  showing  under  a 
glass;  striae  slightly  retractive,  arcuate,  and  becoming  sinuous  on 
the  lower  whorls,  clipping  deeply  into  the  broad  and  deep  umbilicus. 
Whorls  Qh,  of  which  the  embryonic  1|  are  smooth,  or  with  a  trace  of 
spiral  marking  showing  under  a  glass;  vertical  striae  beginning  on 
the  second  whorl  and  becoming  strong  on  the  third;  whorls  very 
■convex  above,  almost  shouldered,  but  less  convex  below;  sutures 
•deep,  but  not  impressed.  Aperture  irregularly  trapezoidal,  slightly 
broader  below;  outer  lip  simple,  thin,  forming  nearly  a  right  angle 
with  the  parietal  wall,  but  quickly  descending  and  becoming  sinuous; 
•columella  nearly  straight,  slightly  reflected,  but  free  from,  and 
scarcely  covering  the  umbilicus;  a  rather  broad,  thin  parietal  callus 
joining  the  extremities  of  the  peristome  and  extending  over  the 
columella. 


646  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

Alt.  4.75,  diam.  2.6,  alt.  of  mouth  1.3  mm. 

The  type  and  one  half-grown  specimen  were  taken  at  Camp  39, 
M.  &  M.  R.  R. 

This  species  differs  from  all  South  American  Leptinarias  by  the 
broad  uml)ilicus  and  the  sinuous  outer  lip. 
Leptinaria  imperforata  n.  sp.    PI.  XXI,  fig.  19. 

Shell  imperforate,  oblong  conic,  thin,  pellucid,  glossy,  waxy  hyaline, 
very  delicately  striulate  except  on  the  smooth  1|  nepionic  whorls; 
striulae  slightly  arcuate,  nearly  vertical,  but  tending  to  become 
retractive  on  the  base;  all  except  the  embryonic  whorls  showing  an 
obsolete  spiral  striation  under  a  glass;  apex  rather  obtuse.  Whorls 
5,  convex,  the  last  on  its  posterior  aspect  exactly  equalling  half  the 
total  length.  Aperture  irregularly  oval;  peristome  unexpanded, 
simple,  curving  broadly  below  the  columellar  extremity;  columella 
short,  not  reaching  to  the  base,  nearly  straight  and  vertical,  obliquely 
truncate,  the  anterior  portion  twisted  sharply  inward,  thus  leaving 
no  trace  of  an  umbilicus  or  umbilical  fold. 

Alt.  4.6,  diam.  2,  length  of  aperture  1.6,  diam.  of  aperture  .85  mm. 
One  mature  and  two  immature  specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  39, 
M.  &  M.  R.  R. 

The  species  is  closely  related  to  L.  anomala  Pfr.,  from  which  it 
differs  by  lacking  the  columellar  reflection  and  the  umbilicus,  and  by 
its  more  slender  shape  and  slightly  narrower  aperture. 

FBRUSSAOID^. 

Genus  CiECILIOIDES  Ferussac. 

Caecilioides  (Geostilbia)  gundlachi  (Pfeiffer). 

Achatina  gundlachi  Pfr.,  Zeits.  f.  Malak.,  18.50,  p.  80. 

Ccecilioides  gundlachi  (Pfr.),  Pilsbry,  Man.  Conch.,  (2),  XX,  p.  43. 

Eight  specimens  were  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha,  ''taken  in  my  garden," 

in  the  city  of  Ceara.      The  species  has  been  reported  from  the  West 

Indies  and  Demerara,  but  not  hitherto  from  Brazil. 

Genus  SYNAPTERPES  Pilsbry. 
Synapterpes  sp.  undet. 

Four  nepionic  shells,  probably  of  this  genus  and  possibly  new,  but 
too  young  for  exact  diagnosis,  were  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha.  They  were 
taken  on  the  Maranguape  Mountain  near  Ceara. 

PUPILLID^. 

Genus  BIFIDARIA  Sterti. 
Bifidaria  sevilis  (Gould). 

Pupa  servilis  Gld.,  Bcston  Journ.  N.  H.,  IV,  p.  .3.56,  pi.  16,  fig.  14. 

Four  specimens,  taken  "in  the  state  of  Ceara,"  were  sent  by  Mr. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA  647 

Rocha.     They  are  slightly  shorter  than  typical  Cuban  siDecimens 
and  the  whorls  are  a  little  more  convex. 

Genus  STROBILOPS  Pilsbry. 
Strobilops  brasiliana  n.  sp.    PI.  XXI,  figs.  8,  9. 

Shell  rather  narrowly  perforate,  broadly  conic  with  slightly  convex 
outlines,  subcarinate  at  the  periphery,  and  with  a  moderately  rounded 
base;  color  light  chestnut,  a  thin,  close  epidermis  present;  apex 
obtuse;  first  1|  whorls  nearly  smooth,  and,  beginning  on  the  second 
whorl,  everywhere  sculptured  with  irregularly  spaced,  narrow, 
sharp,  strongly  retractive  costae,  much  weakened  on  the  base,  but 
extending  into  the  umbilicus,  separated  by  broad,  nearlj^  flat  inter- 
spaces marked  by  gro^vth  lines,  the  costae  being  rather  close  on  the 
third  whorl  and  wddely  separated  on  the  last  (about  six  to  the 
millimeter  on  the  penultimate  whorl).  Whorls  5|,  moderately  con- 
vex; sutures  well  impressed.  Aperture  irregularly  triangular; 
peristome  thickened  and  slightly  reflected,  extremities  not  approach- 
ing and  joined  by  a  heavy  callus,  which  is  sharply  defined  externally 
and  dips  deeply  into  the  mouth,  over  which  are  laid  two  revolving 
lamellae  which  reach  the  exterior  edge  of  the  callus,  one  very  large 
just  exterior  to  the  middle  of  the  parietal  wall  and  a  second  of  less 
than  half  the  size  half  way  between  this  and  the  columella;  columella 
marked  near  the  top  by  a  third  quite  prominent  revolving  lamella, 
leaving  a  very  narrow  slit  between  it  and  the  parietal  wall;  base 
showing  externally  two  revolving  lines,  probably  representing  internal 
basal  revolving  laminae. 

Alt.  2.22,  greatest  diam.  2.61,  least  diam.  2.4  mm. 

Eight  living  specimens,  all  apparently  mature,  were  taken  under 
the  bark  of  a  decaying  tree  in  the  dense  forest  surrounding  water 
works  of  the  city  of  Para. 

The  species  is  the  first  representative  of  this  genus  to  be  taken 
south  of  the  Amazon  River,  so  far  as  is  known  to  the  Avriter. 

SUCOINEID^. 

Genus  SUCCINEA  Draparnaud. 
Suocinea  pusilla  Pfeiffer. 

Mon.  Hel.  Viv.,  Ill,  p.  18;  Conchyl.  Cabinet,  Succinea,.  pi.  .5,  figs.  27-29. 
Two  dead  specimens,  one  taken  at  Baixa  Verde,  a  second  from 
Ceara  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha,  agree  in  the  main  with  this  species  as 
described  by  Pfeiffer  with  some  doubt  as  from  Ceara.  They  are 
somewhat  larger  and  do  not  show  the  obsolete  decussation  mentioned 
by  him,  but  this  may  be  due  to  their  being  worn. 


648  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [dec, 

Fresh-water  Shells. 
MELANIID^. 

No  specimen  of  this  family  was  taken  by  the  members  of  the 
Stanford  Expedition,  the  following  species  being  represented  by 
specimens  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum, 

Genus  DOEYSSA  H.  and  A.  Adams. 

A  rather  extensive  series  of  shells  of  this  genus  from  the  lower 
Amazon  and  its  tributaries  seemed  to  unite  the  species  inconspicua 
Brot,  transversa  Lea,  and  niacapa  Moricand  in  so  puzzling  a  manner 
that  the  writer  referred  the  whole  group  to  Dr.  Pilsbry  for  critical 
examination.  Dr.  Pilsbry  kindly  assorted  the  shells  and  wrote  the 
following  notes  and  descriptions  of  new  species  and  varieties,  and  he 
has  allowed  their  publication  in  this  paper, 

''The  Doryssas  of  the  lower  Amazon  Valley  are  all,  so  far  as  authen- 
tically localized  specimens  are  available,  specifically  distinct  from 
those  of  Pernambuco  and  southward,  and  also  from  those  of  Guiana, 
though  obviously  related  to  the  latter,  as  would  be  expected  from  the 
intercommunication  of  inland  waters.  Aside  from  certain  species 
described  from  'South  America,'  'Brazil,'  or  'Amazon,'  and  as  yet  with- 
out known  local  habitation,  the  following  have  been  reported  from  the 
lower  Amazon  Valley: 

"D.  aquatilis  (Reeve),  Melania  branca  Reeve,  and  M.  charpentieri 
Reeve,  Rio  Branco. 

"D.  macapa  (Moricand),  Macapd. 

"D.  transversa  (Lea).  Guiana,  Cuming  coll.,  probably  incorrect; 
Amazon  River,  Brot. 

"D,  hullata  (Lea),  Melania  ventricosa  Moricand,  M.  hatesii 
Reeve.     Macapd. 

"D.  lumbricus  (Reeve),     Pard, 

"  D.  inconspicua  Brot.     Brazil. 

"An  upper  Amazon  form,  D.  consolidata  (Brug.),  has  been  reported 
from  the  Rio  Branco,  whether  correctly  or  not  is  uncertain.  Up  to 
this  time,  no  species  of  Doryssa  has  been  reported  from  the  southern 
affluents  of  the  Amazon. 

"D.  transversa,  macapa,  aquatilis,  and  inconspicua  are  modifications 
of  a  single  type  of  shell,  and,  until  far  more  material  is  at  hand,  it 
will  not  be  possible  to  say  whether  they  are  to  be  regarded  as  so 
many  distinct  species  or  as  local  races  of  one  wide-spread  species. 
Each  river  seems  to  have  its  slightly  individualized  race  or  races, 
but  the  localities  are  still  so  scattered  that  we  have  no  adequate 
knowledge  of  how  much  intergradation  exists. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  649 

"Doryssa  transversa  (Lea). 

" Mdiinia  transversa  Lea,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1850,  p.  186. 
"Milania  transversa  Lea,  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.,  fig.  196a-c. 

"The  typical  form  is  a  larger  shell,  with  more  spiral  grooves  than 
the  forms  noticed  below.     Its  exact  location  is  unknown. 
"  Doryssa  transversa  jaryensis  Pilsbry,  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXIV,  figs.  1  to  7. 

"The  shell  is  spirally  grooved,  five  grooves  on  each  whorl  of  the 
spire,  becoming  weaker  on  the  last  whorl  in  most  specimens.  Minute 
spiral  lineolation  is  clearly  developed.  Axial  sculpture  of  slightly 
arcuate  or  nearly  straight  folds,  which  rarely  persist  as  far  as  the 
last  whorl,  usually  being  present  on  the  spire  or  upper  whorls  only. 
The  whorls  are  nearly  flat.  Color  Dresden-brown,  Isabella  color, 
or  honey-yellow,  with  small,  irregularly^  scattered  black  spots,  or 
with  numerous  spots,  more  or  less  arranged  in  axial  rows  or  confluent 
into  streaks  which  nearly  cover  the  surface  in  some  shells.  Un- 
cleaned  shells  are  black  from  a  coating  of  iron  oxide.     Apex  truncate. 

"Length  30,  diam.  12      mm.;  4^  whorls  remaining. 
"      32,      "      11.25     "       6 

"Rio  Jar}',  St.  Antonio  da  Cachoeira,  in  bed  of  river  immediately 
above  the  great  falls.     Twenty-four  specimens. 

"Figs.  5,  6,  7  represent  typical   specimens.     Fig.  3  is  the   most 
strongly  sculptured  shell  of  the  lot.     Fig.  2  is  not  fully  mature, 
retaining  more  of  the  early  whorls. 
"Doryssa  transversa  tapajozensis  Pilsbry,  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXIV,  figs.  8,  9,  11,  12. 

"The  shell  tapers  to  a  rather  broad  truncation  in  adult  individuals. 
Spiral  grooves,  five  on  each  whorl  of  the  spire,  continuing  on  the 
last  whorl,  and  usually  darker  colored  than  the  intervals,  which  are 
of  a  dull  citrine  or  olive-citrine  shade.  Microscopic  lineolation  weak 
or  subobsolete  on  the  later  whorls.  Axial  folds  narrow,  numerous, 
typically  well  developed  only  on  the  earlier  whorls,  being  weak, 
irregular,  or  wanting  on  the  later  one  to  three  whorls;  sometimes, 
however,  continued  to  the  last  whorl. 

"Length  25,     diam.  11.2  mm.;  4j  whorls  remaining. 
"      23.7,     "       11.5   "       3|       " 

"      29,        "       11.7   "       5         "  "        Roughly  sculp- 

tured individual. 

"Rio  Tapajoz,  seven  specimens. 

"While  the  form  with  obsolete  axial  sculpture  and  spiral  dark 
greenish  lines  is  rather  distinct  in  appearance,  it  intergrades  with 
more  strongly  sculptured  shells  which  closely  resemble  the  sculp- 
tured form  of  D.  t.  jaryensis,  which,  however,  has  more  distinct 
43 


650  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC.^ 

spiral  lineolation.     The  sculptured  form  is  evidently  more  primitive, 
the  derivative  smooth  forms  being  different  in  the  two  rivers. 

"Three  similar  shells  were  received  from  the  Rio  Jamauchim,  an 
affluent  of  the  Tapajoz  on  the  right  side.  The  smooth  phase  is  here 
light  citrine  with  greenish-black  lines  in  the  grooves,  and  the  sculp- 
tured phase  is  somewhat  larger.  See  PI.  XXIV,  figs.  8,  9.  A  quite 
young  shell  of  the  sculptured  form  is  honey-yellow,  with  very  few 
small  black  spots. 

"Doryssa  transversa,  var.  near  macapa  Moric.     PI.  XXIV,  figs.  13,  14. 

"This  form  has  very  strong  sculpture.  Spiral  grooves  6  or  7  on 
each  whorl  of  the  spire.  Microscopic  spirals  weak  or  wanting  on  the 
last  whorl.  Axial  folds  strong,  slightly  curved,  a  little  protractive, 
on  the  last  whorl  straight  or  sigmoid.  Color  russet,  indistinctly 
variegated  with  black  streaks  or  bands. 

"Length  44.5,  diam.  16     mm.;  7  whorls  remaining. 

"Rio  Maccuru,  four  specimens,  and  a  single  specimen  from  the 
Rio  Jar5'  probably  belongs  here. 

"Differs  from  D.  macapa  by  the  truncate  top  and  better-developed 
sculpture,  but  seems  too  near  that  for  separation.     It  is  doubtless 
"a  form  of  the  polymorphic  transversa. 
"Doryssa  inconspicua  Brot. 

"Conchylien  Cabinet,  p.  355,  figs.  2,  2a. 

"Nine  specimens  come  from  the  Ilha  de  Goyana,  Rio  Tapajoz, 
nine  from  the  Rio  Maccuru,  and  one  from  Tucunare  on  the  Rio 
Jamauchim. 

"The  species  is  perhaps  distinct  by  its  small  size,  etc.,  but  it  is 
very  near  some  forms  of  transversa. 
"Doryssa  rex  Pilsbry,  n.  sp.    PI.  XXIV,  figs.  10,  15. 

"Shell  large,  tapering  to  a  narrow  truncation.  Spiral  grooves 
about  6  on  the  whorls  of  the  spire,  becoming  wider  on  the  last  whorl, 
where  the  intervals  are  coarse  and  cord-like.  Microscopic  lineola- 
tion obsolete.  Axial  ribs  slightly  protractive,  irregular,  or  obsolete 
on  the  last  half  whorl,  about  12  on  the  penultimate  whorl.  Upper 
whorls  nearly  flat.  Suture  deepening  on  the  last  whorl,  which  is 
produced  in  a  prominent  keel  defining  a  broad,  horizontal  shoulder 
below  the  suture,  as  in  D.  devians  Brot.  Color  dull  olive-citrine,. 
in  places  passing  into  chestnut. 

"Length  71.5,  diam.  28    mm.;  7|  whorls  remaining. 
"      67,  "     24.5     "     7h       " 

"      73,  "     27.5     "    Sf       " 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  651 

"Rio  Jary,  six  specimens,  one  very  immature. 

"Similar  to  D.  rex  regina,  but  having  coarser  spirals,  a  larger 
aperture  and  more  deviating  last  whorl.  These  two  are  more  nearly 
related  to  D.  7nacapa  Moric.  than  to  transversa  by  the  greater  number 
of  spirals.  With  present  knowledge,  they  seem  specifically  distinct 
from  both.  The  young  stage  resembles  D.  transversa  jaryensis. 
"Doryssa  rex  regina  Pilsbry,  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXIV,  figa.  16,  17. 

"The  shell  is  large  and  tapers  to  a  narrow  truncation.  Spiral 
grooves  numerous,  strongest  on  the  last  whorl,  seven  or  eight  on  the 
penultimate  whorl;  microscopic  lineolation  obsolete  on  the  later 
whorls.  Axial  folds  strong,  slightly  protractive,  extending  upon 
the  last  whorl,  about  12  on  the  penultimate  whorl.  Upper  whorls 
nearly  flat,  penultimate  whorl  more  convex.  Suture  deepening  on 
the  last  whorl,  which  in  its  last  half  forms  a  narrow  horizontal 
shoulder  below  it.  When  cleaned  of  the  rusty  black  incrustation, 
the  spire  is  tawny,  becoming  more  yellowish  above,  indistinctly 
maculate  with  black,  last  whorl  bay. 

"Length  67.5,  diam.  22.7     mm.;  7|  whorls  remaining. 
"      68,  "     21.5        "      9"       " 

"Rio  Jary,  St.  Antonio  da  Cachoeira,  ten  specimens. 

"This  is  related  to  the  preceding  form,  in  which  the  same  characters 
are  more  exaggerated.  In  specimens  evidently  adult,  and  of  the 
same  length,  D.  rex  regina  is  decidedly  narrower  with  a  shorter 
aperture.     Very  likely  a  distinct  species." 

Doryssa  buUata  (Lea). 

Melania  bullata  L^a,  Obs.  Gen.  Univ.,  XI,  p.  85,  t.  22,  fig.  29. 
Twenty-four  specimens  come  from  the  Rio  Jary  near  St.  Antonio 
da  Cachoeira  "in  the  bed  of  the  main  river,  immediately  above  the 
great  falls." 

Doryssa  globosa  n.  sp.    PL  XXV,  figs.  1,  2. 

Shell  rather  light  for  the  genus,  globose  conic,  with  sides  nearly 
straight  and  forming  an  apical  angle  of  about  fifty  degrees,  covered 
with  a  dense  epidermis  shading  from  yellow-olive  on  the  base  to 
dark  brown  above,  having  well-developed  spiral  keels  and  vertical 
ribs,  the  former  better  developed  than  the  latter  which  become 
obsolete  on  the  base,  their  intersection  being  markedly  tuberculate, 
the  tubercles  elongate  on  spiral  lines;  lines  of  growth  strong,  with 
fine  spiral  striae,  showing  in  places  under  a  glass,  in  the  interspaces 
of  the  spiral  keels;  first  two  whorls  with  four  spiral  keels,  the  last 
two  with  five,  the  added  keel  beginning  in  the  suture  and  becoming 


652  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

the  lowest  on  the  last  two  whorls;  base  with  nine  keels,  nearly 
equally  spaced  and  nearly  equal,  except  the  first,  which  shows  a  slight 
tendency  to  tuberculation;  interspaces  rather  broader  than  the 
keels;  last  two  whorls  with  twenty  vertical  ribs,  the  preceding  with 
eighteen;  apex  eroded,  with  about  four  whorls  remaining;  upper 
whorls  moderately  convex,  the  last,  with  the  base,  well  rounded; 
sutures  well  marked.  Aperture  slightly  oblique,  broadly  ovate, 
whitish,  shading  to  yellowish  on  the  columella,  smooth,  except  on 
the  parietal  wall,  over  most  of  which  the  epidermis  and  basal  keels 
extend  for  more  than  a  whole  turn  within  the  shell,  leaving  a  narrow 
space  above  occupied  by  a  callus  carrying  a  shallow  posterior  canal; 
outer  and  lower  lips,  though  somewhat  broken,  seeming  to  be  mod- 
erately sharp  and  crenulated  by  the  external  sculpture;  columella 
very  concave,  scarcely  revolute,  somewhat  flattened  externally,  the 
surface  thus  formed  extending  to  the  effuse  lower  lip. 

Estimated  alt,  46,  actual  alt.  41,  greatest  diam.  28,  length  of 
aperture  20.5  mm. 

A  single  dead  specimen  of  this  species  was  taken  in  the  Igarape  de 
Paituna  near  Monte  Alegre,  Fazendo  Ponto. 

Doryssa  starksi  n.  sp.    PI.  XXV,  figs.  5,  6,  13,  14. 

Shell  varying  from  broadly  ovate  conic  to  rather  narrowly  conic, 
very  solid  and  heavy  and  with  a  very  dense  epidermis;  color  varying 
from  dark  olive-brown  to  nearly  black  ;  sculpture  varying,  some 
specimens  showing  both  strong,  nearly  vertical  to  slightly  retractive 
ribs  and  spiral  keels  throughout  the  whole  shell,  others  having  weak 
vertical  ribs  only  on  the  last  whorl  and  spiral  keels  which  become 
nearly  obsolete  on  the  upper  whorls;  the  most  globose  specimen 
(type)  with  the  vertical  ribs  more  marked  than  the  spiral  keels. 
Apex  eroded  in  all  specimens,  the  remaining  whorls  of  the  type  3|, 
scarcely  convex;  last  whorl  with  eleven  very  strong  vertical  ribs, 
the  penultimate  with  fifteen,  the  next  with  sixteen,  the  ribs  weakening 
towards  the  apex;  spiral  keels  five,  with  a  sixth  forming  in  some 
specimens  in  the  lower  sutures  or  by  intercalation;  well-marked 
growth  lines  and  very  distinct  incised  spiral  striae  over  the  whole 
shell,  the  latter  visible  under  a  strong  glass;  intersections  of  the 
ribs  and  keels  producing  tubercles  which  are  slightly  produced  spi- 
rally; tubercles  of  the  third,  fourth,  and  sometimes  the  fifth  keels  of 
the  last  whorl  generally  much  enlarged,  producing  a  subangulation 
at  the  periphery;  base  moderately  rounded,  showing  faint  continua- 
tions of  the  vertical  ribs  and  marked  by  seven  or  eight  subequal 
keels  with  broader  interspaces,  the  interspaces  narrowing  slightly 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  653 

towards  the  bottom,  the  keels  showing  some  tendency  to  irregular 
tuberculation.  Aperture  very  oblique,  oblong  ovate,  subangulate 
above  and  below,  whitish  within,  tending  to  yellowish  on  the  colu- 
mella; parietal  wall  with  a  rather  strong  callus  above  in  which  lies  a 
well-marked  posterior  canal,  below  covered  by  an  extension  of  the 
epidermis  and  spiral  sculpture  which  reaches  well  within  the  mouth; 
outer  lip  crenulated  by  the  external  sculpture,  rounded  rather 
evenly  into  and  through  the  lower  lip,  which  is  effuse  in  a  nearly 
horizontal  plane,  the  so-called  ''auger-shaped  lip"  of  Lea;  columella 
slightly  concave,  scarcely  revolute,  nearly  vertical,  and  joining  the 
shovel-shaped  base  nearly  at  a  right  angle. 

Estimated  altitude  of  the  type  55.5,  actual  alt.  45.5,  diam.  27.5, 
length  of  aperture  21,  width  of  aperture  12  mm. 

The  slenderest  specimen  with  4|  remaining  whorls  measures 
alt.  49.5,  diam.  25  mm. 

Nine  specimens  come  from  the  Rio  Iriri,  an  affluent  of  the  Rio 
Xingii  on  the  left  side.  The  species,  which  seems  to  be  new,  is 
somewhat  related  to  D.  pernambucensis  Rve.,  which  is  a  much  more 
slender  shell.  It  is  named  for  Professor  E.  C.  Starks,  of  Stanford 
University,  a  member  of  the  Expedition. 

Doryssa  heathi  n.  sp.    PI.  XXV,  figs,  3,  4,  7. 

Shell  turreted,  solid,  tapering  somewhat  irregularly  to  the  beginning 
of  the  last  whorl,  at  which  point  a  definite  spiral  constriction  begins 
which  extends  to  the  aperture;  spire  varying  greatly  in  different 
specimens,  only  one  of  which  (type)  is  mature,  some  tapering  regu- 
larly, others  almost  pupseform ;  epidermis  very  dense,  shining ; 
color  varying  from  dark  olive-brown  to  almost  black;  initial  whorls 
lost  in  all  specimens,  remaining  whorls,  except  the  last,  nearly  smooth, 
but  showing  growth  lines  and,  under  a  glass,  minute  spiral  strise 
everywhere,  and  a  tendency  to  the  formation  of  low,  rounded  spiral 
keels,  two  at  the  top  and  one  at  the  bottom  of  each  whorl;  sutures 
well  impressed,  producing  slight  shouldering  in  some  specimens; 
sculpture  changing  abruptly  at  the  beginning  of  the  last  whorl,  at 
which  point  a  distinct,  slightly  tuberculate  vertical  rib  appears, 
followed  by  fourteen  others  which  are  more  marked  and  crossed  by 
five  well-defined  spiral  keels,  the  periphery  of  the  whorl  being  dis- 
tinctly biangulate  by  the  development  of  two  rows  of  strong  tubercles 
on  the  third  and  fourth  keels,  the  first  and  second  keels  becoming 
moderately  tuberculate  on  the  last  quarter  turn,  the  last  keel  being 
slightly  tuberculate  throughout;  base  well  rounded,  circled  by  four 
nearly  equal  and  equally  spaced  keels,  which  roughen  as  they  advance, 


654  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

showing  a  tendency  to  become  tuberculate.  Apex  eroded  in  all 
specimens,  about  4  whorls  of  the  type  remaining  intact,  the  varia- 
bility of  the  immature  specimens  making  it  impossible  to  estimate 
how  many  are  lacking.  Aperture  oblique,  of  an  evenly  distorted 
pear  shape,  light  colored  within  except  where  the  epidermis  extends 
over  the  lower  portion  of  the  parietal  wall  for  about  half  a  turn, 
separating  the  dirty  white  callus  on  the  upper  portion,  with  its  indis- 
tinct posterior  canal,  from  the  yellowish  nacre  of  the  concave,  slightly 
revolute  columella;  outer  lip  sharp,  crenulated  by  the  external 
sculpture;  basal  lip  effuse  at  a  point  rather  distant  from  the  base 
of  the  columella. 

Alt.  44.5,  diam.  17,  length  of  aperture  13  mm. 

Eleven  specimens  were  taken,  presumably  with  the  last  species, 
in  the  Rio  Iriri. 

This  species  is  related  to  D.  rixosa  Ihering  by  the  smooth  initial 
whorls,  tending  to  show  spiral  sculpture,  but  it  differs  in  the  develop- 
ment of  strong,  tuberculate,  vertical  ribs  on  the  last  whorl  and  in 
the  oblique,  concave,  revolute  columella.  It  is  named  for  Dr. 
Harold  Heath,  of  Stanford  University,  a  member  of  the  Expedition. 

There  is  a  curious  relationship  shown  by  the  members  of  the  group 
including  D.  rixosa  and  the  last  three  species,  passing  from  the 
elongate  D.  rixosa  with  only  spiral  sculpture,  showing  mostly  on  the 
last  whorl,  through  the  elongate  D.  heathi  with  a  similar  spire,  but 
having  on  the  last  whorl  strong  vertical  ribs  and  spiral  keels  with  a 
subangulation  Ijy  the  two  rows  of  tubercles,  and  through  the  stouter 
D.  starksi  with  a  very  similar  sculpturing  of  the  last  whorl,  but  with 
the  earlier  whorls  ranging  from  rather  smooth  to  heavily  sculptured 
and  tuberculate,  to  the  globose  D.  globosa  with  its  almost  regular 
costate  and  tuberculate  sculpture  throughout.  In  all,  unless  it  be 
D.  rixosa,  which  I  have  had  no  opportunity  of  examining,  the  keels 
are  in  series  of  fives,  and  in  the  last  two  there  is  a  marked  tendency 
to  the  elongation  of  the  tubercles  along  spiral  lines.  All  are  very 
distinct  species,  but  it  is  not  improbable  that  two  or  more  of  them 
may  ultimately  have  to  be  united  with  varietal  rank  when  the  field 
shall  have  been  fully  explored  and  full  suites  of  all  the  species  secured. 
Doryssa  iheringi  n.  sp.    Pi.  XXV,  fig.  8. 

Shell  turreted  conic,  solid,  tapering  regularly;  epidermis  rather 
heav}^,  slightly  shining,  light  chestnut  to  very  dark  brown,  the 
lighter  specimens  marked  by  small,  irregular,  and  irregularly  placed 
black  spots;  initial  whorls  lost  in  all  specimens,  remaining  whorls 
rather  flat,  showing  obsolete  vertical  ribs  at  the  top  which  fade  into 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  655 

exaggerated  growth  lines  below,  and  very  indistinct,  rather  distant, 
spiral  incised  lines  which  become  fairly  well  marked  on  the  base  and 
part  of  the  last  whorl,  producing  low,  flattened  costse;  sutures 
slightly  impressed.  Apex  eroded  in  all  specimens;  greatest  number 
of  whorls  persisting  5|.  Aperture  oblique,  pyriform,  bluish-white 
within,  the  external  black  spots  showing  through  when  they  are 
present;  outer  and  lower  lips  thin  and  sharp,  lower  lip  much  produced 
and  curving  sharply  and  smoothly  into  the  base  of  the  columella; 
more  mature  specimens  with  a  dense,  but  limited  callus  on  the 
parietal  wall  above  the  strongly  concave  and  slightly  revolute 
columella. 

The  type  with  4|  whorls  measures,  alt.  35,  diam.  13,  length  of 
aperture  15.5  mm. 

The  longest  specimen  with  5^  whorls  measures  alt.  38.5,  diam. 
13.25  mm. 

This  species,  which  seems  to  be  new,  is  related  to  D.  heathi  from 
which  it  differs  by  its  smaller  size  and  lighter  weight,  more  regular 
form  and  more  slender  shape,  and  by  the  absence  of  the  microscopic 
spiral  lines  which  are  very  characteristic  of  the  latter  species.  There 
is  a  tendency  to  a  somewhat  similar  change  of  sculpture  on  the  final 
whorl.  More  mature  specimens  may  show  the  present  species  to  be 
only  a  variety  of  D.  heathi. 

Five  specimens,  varying  somewhat  in  shape,  but  of  nearly  the  same 
apparent  age,  come  from  the  Rio  Jary  at  St.  Antonio  da  Cachoeira. 
The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  Hermann  von  Ihering,  of  the  Museu 
Paulista  at  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil, 

Doryssa  cachoeirae  n.  sp.    PI.  XXV,  fig.  9. 

Shell  very  regularly  turreted  conic,  of  medium  weight,  with  a  dense 
epidermis  varying  from  light  yellow-olive  in  young  shells  to  appar- 
ently nearly  black  in  those  more  mature;  everywhere  marked  with 
small,  irregularly  placed  and  shaped  spots,  which  occasionally 
coalesce  to  form  longitudinal  stripes,  these  spots  well  defined  in  young 
shells,  but  only  perceptible  by  transmitted  light  in  the  older  and 
darker  ones;  all  specimens  everywhere  marked  with  fine,  close 
incised  spiral  striae,  barely  perceptible  with  the  naked  eye,  and 
overlying  about  nine  low,  broad,  flattened,  nearly  equal  spiral  cords 
which  cover  the  whole  base  of  the  more  mature  specimens;  apical 
angle  about  35  degrees;  nepionic  whorls  eroded  in  all  specimens, 
but  probably  not  more  than  three,  slightly  roughened,  but  without 
defined  sculpture,  and,  beginning  rather  abruptly  on  the  postnepionie 
whorls,  the  rather  regular  growth  lines  are  soon  decussated  by  the 


656  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

more  distinct  spiral  strife  over  the  whole  shell ;  periphery  of  the  last 
whorl  sharply  angulate.  Remaining  whorls  of  the  largest  specimen 
(type)  4^,  with  probably  two  or  three  postnepionic  whorls  wanting, 
nearly  flat;  sutures  lightly  impressed.  Aperture  oblique,  elongate 
pyriform;  outer  lip  thin,  simple,  joining  the  parietal  wall  at  an  acute 
angle,  straight  for  over  half  its  length,  then  curving  sharply  into  the 
produced  basal  lip;  columella  concave,  smooth,  scarcely  revolute, 
subangulate  at  its  junction  with  the  basal  lip;  parietal  wall  with  a 
thin,  brown  callus  overlying,  but  not  completely  obscuring  the  epi- 
dermis and  basal  sculpture  where  it  extends  well  within  the  aperture. 

Alt.  19.5,  diam.  8.5,  length  of  aperture  7.75  mm. 

This  species  is  distinguished  from  D.  hohenackeri  Phil,  of  Surinam, 
by  its  smaller  size,  conic  form,  and  absence  of  axial  folds. 

Three  specimens  come  from  the  Rio  Jary  and  sixteen  specimens 
from  near  St.  Antonio  da  Cachceira,  "in  a  side  arm  of  the  Rio  Jary 
full  of  rapids." 
Doryssa  cachoeirae  sulcata  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXV,  fig.  10. 

Three  specimens  taken  in  the  Rio  Jary  with  three  of  the  type 
specimens  differ  from  the  type  by  being  less  sharply  angulate  at  the 
periphery  of  the  last  whorl  and  by  being  sculptured  throughout  the 
whole  shell  with  a  continuation  of  the  low  spiral  cords  found  only 
on  the  base  of  the  type.  The  whorls  of  the  subspecies  are  also  less 
positively  flattened  than  those  of  the  type. 
Doryssa  tucunareensis  n.  sp.    PI.  XXV,  figs.  11,  12. 

Shell  of  moderate  weight,  ovate  conic,  with  nearly  straight  sides, 
covered  by  a  thin  epidermis;  color  yellowish-brown  to  chestnut  and 
marked  by  small,  sparsely  scattered  black  spots  which  are  generally 
irregularly  placed,  but  may  form  axial  rows;  everywhere  marked  by 
low-rounded,  distinct,  but  not  prominent,  nearly  equal  spiral  cords, 
five  to  a  whorl,  with  six  or  seven  on  the  base,  the  intervening  spaces 
rather  sharply  incised  and  narrower  than  the  cords;  about  twenty 
vertical  to  slightly  protractive  and  arcuate  axial  ribs  present  on  the 
early  whorls,  never  very  prominent,  and  becoming  obsolete  on  the 
last  whorl  and  base;  growth  lines  very  prominent  over  the  whole 
shell.  Apex  eroded,  remaining  whorls  4,  very  slightly  convex  and 
indistinctly  shouldered  above ;  sutures  scarcely  impressed.  Aperture 
markedly  oblique,  broad  ovate,  whitish  within  except  where  the 
external  maculae  show  through;  outer  and  lower  lips  sharp  and 
slightly  crenulated  by  the  external  sculpture,  base  effuse;  columella 
very  convex,  rounding  into  the  parietal  wall  which  is  covered  by  a 
well-marked  callus  with  a  distinct  posterior  canal. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  657 

Estimated  alt.  30,  actual  alt.  25.5,  diameter  14.75,  length  of 
aperture  11.5,  width  of  aperture  7.75  m:m. 

Two  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  at  Tucmiare  on  the  Rio. 
Jamauchim.  The  sculpture  is  of  the  type  of  the  D.  transversa  group, 
being  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  D.  inconspicua,  but  the  shell  is- 
very  much  more  obese  than  any  member  of  that  group. 

Genus  HEMISINUS  Swainson. 
Hemisinus  brasiliensis  (Moricand). 

Melanopsis  brasiliensis  Moric,  Mem.  de  la  Soc.  <,Le  Phvs.  et  d'Hist.  Xat. 
de  Geneve,  VIII,  p.  144,  pi.  .3,  figs.  12,  13  (1837). 

About  fifty  specimens  come  from  Alcobaga  on  the  left  l)ank  of  the 
lower  Tocantins. 
Hemisinus  flammeus  n.  sp.    PI.  XXV,  fig.  15. 

Shell  ovate  conic,  rather  heavy;  epidermis  rather  light,  slightly 
shining;  color  yellow-olive,  marked  with  long,  black  flames,  generally 
rather  narrower  than  the  intervening  light  spaces;  growth  lines 
showing  distinctly,  and  everywhere  marked  by  rather  shallow, 
distant  spiral  sulci,  obsolete  above  in  some  specimens,  and  becoming 
more  defined  and  closer  on  the  base.  Apex  lost  in  all  specimens,, 
remaining  whorls  2j  to  4,  scarcely  convex,  indistinctly  shouldered 
below  the  sutures,  subangulate  below  the  periphery  of  the  last  whorL 
Aperture  oblique,  narrowly  elliptical,  very  acutely  angled  above, 
bluish-white  within  except  where  the  external  flammules  show 
through;  outer  lip  thin,  sharp,  rather  evenly  curved  to  an  angle  with 
the  produced,  truncate  base;  parietal  Avail  without  callus,  the 
epidermis  and  external  sculpture  extending  within  the  aperture 
beyond  the  lein  of  vision;  columella  slightly  concave  above,  nearly 
straight  and  vertical  below,  obliquely  truncate  at  the  base;  anterior 
canal  well  marked.  Type  with  3  whorls,  alt.  23.5,  diam.  11.5,  length 
of  aperture  13,  width  of  aperture  6.5  mm. 

Most  mature  specimen  with  2^  whorls,  alt.  22,  diam.  12  mm. 
Six  specimens  of  this  species,  come  from  the  Rio  Jamauchim.  It  is 
smaller  and  rather  more  slender  than  H.  zebra  Rve.,  which  it  resembles 
in  color  pattern  and  seems  to  be  more  closely  related  to  H.  venezue- 
lensis  Rve.  and  H.  bicinctus  Rve.,  but  differs  radically  from  both  of 
them  in  color  pattern  and  somewhat  in  general  contour  and  shape 
of  whorls. 
Hemisinus  flammeus  elongatus  n.  sub&p.    PI.  XXV,  fig.  lf>. 

Two  specimens  taken  in  the  Rio  Jamauchim,  at  a  different  date 
and  possibly  at  a  different  location  from  the  preceding,  dift"er  from 


658  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

the  type  by  being  more  slender,  more  irregularly  flammulate,  less 
distinctly  shouldered  below  the  sutures,  and  by  having  the  spiral 
sulci  more  persistent  and  deeper  and  the  aperture  broader  and 
shorter. 

Alt.  21,  diam.  9,  length  of  aperture  9,  width  4.25  mm.;  whorls  3|. 

AMNICOLID^. 

•  Genus  LITTORIDINA  Souleyet. 

Littoridina  manni  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVI,  fig.  15. 

Shell  distinctly  rimate,  but  not  perforate,  rather  thin,  ovate  conic, 
of  a  dark  olivaceous-yellow  color,  lightly  marked  by  growth  lines, 
crossed  by  more  distinct,  irregularly  sized  and  spaced  spiral  costulse, 
showing  under  a  glass  on  the  last  two  whorls;  spire  straightly  conic, 
apex  minute,  slightly  obtuse  and  dimpled.  Whorls  4|,  all  moderately 
convex  and  regularly  increasing;  sutures  well  defined,  but  not  im- 
pressed. Aperture  veiy  slightly  oblique,  ovate,  white;  peristome 
simple,  continuous,  very  evenly  curved,  and  showing  a  very  delicate, 
whitish  thickening  within;  outer  lip  joining  the  parietal  wall  at  an 
angle  of  about  ninety  degrees;  inner  margin  continuous,  in  contact 
with  the  preceding  whorl;  a  delicate,  deeply  sinused  callus  joining 
the  extremities  and  extending  well  within  the  aperture.  Alt.  3.17, 
diam.  2,  alt.  of  mouth  1.15  mm. 

Two  specimens  differing  slightly  in  size  were  taken  on  the  north 
bank  of  the  chief  affluent  of  Papary  Lake  near  its  mouth. 

The  species  resembles  L.  charruana  Orb.,  but  differs  by  the  presence 
of  spiral  striations  and  by  the  distribution  of  callus  within  the  mouth. 
I  have  named  the  species  for  Mr.  W.  M.  Mann,  the  entomologist 
of  the  Expedition,  who  alone,  of  the  members  of  the  Expedition, 
accompanied  me  on  that  portion  of  the  trip  extending  up  the  Amazon 
and  to  the  ^Madeira  and  Mamore  Rivers,  and  who  aided  me  greatly 
in  the  collection  of  mollusks. 

Genus  IDIOPYRGUS  Pilsbry. 
Idiopyrgus  pilsbryi  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVI,  figs.  13,  14. 

Shell  perforate,  turreted,  solid,  opaque,  olive-green,  becoming 
lighter  on  the  last  whorl;  spire  tapering  regularly  to  the  apex,  which 
is  eroded  in  both  specimens;  surface  smooth  except  for  faint  growth 
lines,  rather  dull.  Whorls  4|,  all  strongly  convex,  separated  by  deep 
sutures.  Aperture  oval,  oblique,  the  basal  margin  only  slightly 
advanced,  the  outer  lip  retracting  upward;  peristome  continuous, 
outer  lip  slightly  expanded,  somewhat  thickened  within,  with  a 
rounded  sinus  jiist  below  the  upper  insertion  and  a  small  sinus  at 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  659 

the  juncture  of  the  outer  and  basal  margins;  columella  and  parietal 
margins  continuous,  forming  a  raised  ledge  across  the  parietal  wall. 

Alt.,  estimated  in  full,  4.1,  diam.  2.15,  length  of  aperture  1.15  mm. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  with  the  last  near  the  head  of  Papary 
Lake. 

This  species  differs  from  /.  souleyetanus  Pils.  by  its  darker  color, 
fewer  whorls  and  slightly  smaller  size.  It  is  the  second  species  of 
the  genus  to  be  taken,  the  other,  I.  souleyetanus  Pils.,  having  been 
taken  at  Rio  Doce,  state  "of  Espiritu  Santo,  in  southern  Brazil. 
In  his  description  Dr.  Pilsbry  remarks, ''It  is  probably  a  straggler 
from  the  fauna  of  eastern  Brazil,  of  which  little  is  known,"  a  shrewd 
deduction  which  the  discovery  of  7.  pUshryi  confirms.  The  species 
is  named  for  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry,  who  characterized  the  genus. 

AMPULLARIID^. 

Genus  AMPULLARIA  Lamarck. 
Ampullaria  gigas  Spix. 

Testae,  fluv.  bras.,  p.  1,  tab.  1,  2. 

Ten  specimens  were  taken  at  Itacoatiara  and  one  large  and  four 
half-grown  specimens  were  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum,  the  first 
taken  on  the  Island  of  Mexiana,  two  at  Baiao  on  the  right  bank  of 
the  Rio  Tocantins,  and  two  at  Arumanduba,  Parana  de  Almeirim. 
Ampullaria  figulina  Spix. 

L.C.,  p.  4,  tab.  iv,  fig.  4. 

Dead  shells  of  this  species  were  taken  quite  commonly  on  the 
shores  of  Lake  Estremoz  and  three  specimens  taken  in  the  Igarape 
de  Paituna,  near  Monte  Alegre,  Fazenda  Ponto,  and  eight  taken 
''in  the  wet  plains  near  Arumanduba,"  Parana  de  Almeirim,  were 
sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 
Ampullaria  insularum  Orbigny. 

Voyage  dans  rAmer.  ]Merid.,  p.  371,  pi.  51,  figs.  1,  2. 

This  shell  was  rather  common  in  the  streams  about  Papar>^,  asso- 
ciated with  the  commoner  A.  testudinea  Rve.,  and  the  Goeldi  Museum 
sent  seven  specimens  taken  in  the  Rio  Nhamunda  at  Fazenda  Paraiso, 
near  Faro,  six  from  Boim  e  Pinhel,  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Rio 
Tapajoz,  three  from  Monte  Alegre,  Igarape  Pucii,  and  five  from 
Arumanduba,  Parana  de  Almeirim.  Von  Ihering  (Anal.  Mus.  Nac. 
Bs.  As.,  VI,  Aug.  3,  1898)  considers  this  species  synonymous  with 
A.  gigas  Spix.  All  shells  examined,  while  showing  the  same  general 
form  and  deep  sutures,  were  easily  separated  by  the  much  lighter 
weight  of  the  shells  and  the  more  open  umbilicus. 


660  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC.,. 

Ampullaria  lineata  Spix. 

L.c,  p.  3,  tab.  V,  fig.  2. 

Four  specimens  were  taken  in  the  artificial  lake  on  the  water  front 
at  Ceara,  a  single  specimen  near  the  Guajara-Assu  Falls  on  the 
Mamore  River,  and  two  specimens  were  sent  by  Mr.  G.  A.  Waring 
"from  the  lower  portion  of  the  Rio  Mossoro  in  the  state  of  Rio 
Grande  do  Norte. 
Ampullaria  nobilis  Reeve. 

Conch.  Icon.,  1858,  pi.  ii,  fig.  8. 

Five  specimens  were  taken  in  a  small  stream  in  the  suburbs  of 
Para  and  ten  taken  on  the  Island  of   Mexiana,  one  from  the  Rio 
Jamauchim  and  one  from  Baiao  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Rio  Tocan- 
tins  were  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 
Ampullaria  peristomata  Orbigny. 

Magazin  de  Zoologie,  1835,  p.  32;   Voyage,  pi.  52,  figs.  4-6. 

Three  or  four  specimens  of  this  species,  which  is  characteristic  of 
the  head  waters  of  the  Madeira  River  System,  were  taken  on  a  sand 
bank  below  the  Guajara-Assu  Falls  and  about  thirty  specimens  at 
Camp  43,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.;  three  specimens  were  sent  from  the 
Goeldi  Museum,  one  each  from  the  Rios  Tapajoz,  Jamauchim,  and 
Maccurii.  Two  specimens  brought  through  without  water  proved, 
to  be  alive  and  in  good  condition  when  put  into  water  at  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  in  Philadelphia  about  two  months  later. 
Ampullaria  testudinea  Reeve. 

Conch.  Icon.,  X,  pi.  xxiv,  fig.  114  (1856). 

This  was  the  commonest  Ampullaria  at  Papary  and  at  Ceara- 
Mirim;  three  young  shells  were  taken  at  Maranhao,  and  a  single 
specimen  from  the  Rio  Maccuru  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 
Ampullaria  bridgesii  Reeve. 

Conch.  Icon.,  X,  pi.  .\i,  fig.  50,  (1856). 

About  forty  specimens  were  taken  at  Para,  a  single  very  large  and. 
heavy  dead  specimen  at  Camp  43,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  two  specimens 
were  sent  by  Mr.  G.  A.  Waring  from  "the  lower  portion  of  the  Rio. 
Mossoro,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,"  and  four  were  sent  from  the  Goeldi 
Museum,  one  from  the  Igarape  de  Paituna  near  Monte  Alegre, 
Fazenda  Ponto,  two  from  the  Rio  Maccuru,  and  one  from  the  Igarape 
Pucii,  Monte  Alegre. 
Ampullaria  crassa  Swainson. 

Zoological  Illustrations,  No.  28,  tab.  136. 

Six  specimens  taken  "in  the  water-filled  stone  holes  in  the  drv  bed 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  661 

of  a  small  affluent  of  the  Rio  Jary  near  the  great  falls"  near  St. 
Antonio  da  Cachoeira  were  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum.  They 
seem  to  fall  into  this  species,  although  they  are  proportionally 
slightly  narrower  than  is  typical  for  the  species. 

Genus  MAEISA  Gray. 

Marisa  cornu-arietis  Linne. 

Syst.  Nat.,  X,  p.  771,  No.  590. 
A  single  specimen  of  this  species,  taken  at  Alcobaga,  on  the  Rio 
Tocantins,  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

PHYSID^. 

Genus  PHYSA  Draparnaud. 
Physa  rivalis  (Maton  and  Rackett). 

Bulla  rivalis  M.  and  R.,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  VIH,  1807,  p.  126,  pL 

4,  fig.  2. 
Physa  sowerbyana  Orbigny,  in  Sagi'a,  Hist.  fis.  polit.  e  nat.  de  la  Isla  de  Cuba, 

Moluscos,  p.  101,  pi.  13,  figs.  11-13,  1845. 

About  fifty  specimens  were  taken  in  an  artificial  lake  in  the  park 
in  front  of  the  Cathedral  of  Para,  half  a  dozen  in  Papar}^  Lake,  and  a 
single  dead  specimen  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim  seems  to  be  the  same. 

Physa  sp.  undet. 

Forty  or  fifty  young  specimens  taken  at  Maranhao  seem  somewhat 
different  from  the  preceding,  but  may  be  the  same.  They  are  too 
young  to  diagnose  with  certainty. 

PLANORBID^. 

Genus  PLANORBIS  ISIiiller. 

Planorbis  anatinus  Orbigny. 

P.  anatinus  (Planorbe  des  Canardes)  Orb.,  Voyage,  V,  pt.  3,  p.  361,  pi.  45, 
figs.  17-20. 

About  twenty-five  specimens  were  taken  with  Physa  rivalis  in  the 
artificial  lake  in  Para. 
Planorbis  cultratus  Orbigny. 

In  Sagra,  I.e.,  p.  105,  No.  115,  pi.  xiv,  figs.  5,  8. 

Half  a  dozen  specimens  were  taken  near  the  mouth  of  the  principal 
affluent  of  Lake  Papar^^ .  This  is  the  southern  known  limit  for  the 
species. 

Planorbis  cimex  Moricand. 

Thirteen  specimens  were  taken  with  the  preceding. 
Planorbis  guadeloupensis  Sowerby. 

Genera  of  Shells,  Planorbis,  fig.  2,  (1824?). 

This  shell  was  taken  commonly  with  the  preceding  two  near  Lake 


662  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Papary  and  was  not  rare  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Estremoz,  all  specimens 
having  been  taken  dead.     So  far  as  is  known  to  the  writer,  this 
species  has  not  been  taken  before  in  South  America,  and  this  is  the 
southern  known  limit  for  the  species. 
Flanorbis  stramineus  Dunker. 

Conchylien  Cabinet,  p.  4,  pi.  v,  fig.  7a. 
Specimens  were  taken  with  the  preceding  at  Papary  Lake,  at 
Ceara-Mirim,  and  at  Ceara.  There  are  about  half  a  dozen  very 
similar  forms  of  Planorbis  described  from  South  America,  not  figured 
or  imperfectly  figured,  quite  possibly  reducible  to  one  or  two  species. 
Planorbis  stramineus  Dunker  seems  to  be  the  first  of  these  to  be 
described. 

Planorbis  depressissimus  Moricand. 

Mem.  de  la  Soc.  de  Phys.  et  d'Hist.  Nat.  de  Geneve,  VIII,  1S39,  p.  143,  pL 
3,  figs.  10,  11. 

One  specimen  of  this  species  "from  the  Coast  Region  of  Ceara" 
was  sent  by  Mr.  Rocha. 

Planorbis  peregrinus  Orbigny. 

Magazin  de  Zoologie,  1835,  p.  26;  Voyage,  p.  348,  pi.  44,  figs.  13-16. 
One  specimen  ''from  the  Coast  Region  of  Ceara"  was  sent  by 
Mr.  Rocha. 

Segmentina  paparyensis  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVI,  figs.  9,  10,  11. 

Shell  dextral,  broadly,  rather  deeply  umbilicate,  rather  solid, 
planorboid,  everywhere  sculptured  with  minute,  retractive,  sharp 
costulse,  irregularly  sized  and  spaced,  the  interspaces  being  broader, 
and  showing  on  the  base,  under  a  strong  glass,  minute  spiral  striations 
formed  by  the  crinkling  of  the  radiating  costulae;  light  horn  colored. 
Whorls  4,  regularly  increasing,  the  last  subangulate  below  the 
periphery  behind  the  outer  lip  for  about  \  turn,  scarcely  angulate 
below,  very  sharply  descending  at  the  mouth;  apex  depressed,  only 
the  last  two  whorls  reaching  the  upper  level  of  the  shell.  Aperture 
very  oblique,  subhorizontal,  rounded;  lip  simple,  not  thickened  nor 
sharpened,  slightly  reflected  at  the  lower  angle,  extremities, 
approaching,  and  joined  by  a  slight  callus  in  some  specimens;  aper- 
tural  lamellae  five,  two  parietal  and  three  (palatal)  on  the  outer  wall; 
upper  parietal  lamella  about  central,  the  lower  about  midway  between 
this  and  the  columellar  junction  and  appearing  about  half  the  size 
on  external  inspection,  both  showing  a  nearly  triangular  section,  the 
lower  sides  being  nearly  horizontal,  the  upper  ascending;  lower 
palatal  lamella  beginning  near  the   suture   and   extending  nearly 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  663 

transversely  across  the  base,  and  slightly  up  the  outer  side,  straight 
and  rather  evenly  arched;  remaining  palatal  lamellae  deep  within 
the  shell,  nearly  horizontal,  short,  the  lower  one  slightly  larger. 

Greatest  diam.  6,  least  diam.  5.25,  alt.  2  mm. 

Two  specimens  of  this  species,  which  seems  to  be  new,  were  taken 
near  the  mouth  of  the  main  affluent  of  Papar^^  Lake  with  the  species 
noted  above. 

It  differs  from  S.  janeirensis  Clessin  by  the  unusually  deep  descent 
of  the  last  whorl  at  the  aperture. 

Genus  GUNDLACHIA  Pfeiffer. 

Gundlaohia  bakeri  Pilsbry,  n.  sp. 

Several  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  with  Physa  rivalis  and 
Planorbis  anatinus  in  the  artificial  lake  in  Para.  They  were  not 
noticed  at  the  time  of  collection,  but  were  discovered  in  a  bottle 
of  alcoholics  containing  the  Physa  rivalis  and  Planorbis  anatinus 
noted  above.  They  are  described  by  Dr.  Pilsbry  in  a  supplementary 
paper.  ^ 

SPH^IRIID^. 
Genus  EUPEKA  Bourguignat. 
Eupera.    PI.  XXVI,  fig.  12. 

Shell  rather  small,  delicate,  very  inequipartite,  compressed,  trans- 
versely oblong,  subrhomboidal,  narrowing  positively,  and  well 
rounded  anteriorly,  the  lower  margin  moderately  curved,  the  pos- 
terior broad  and  subtruncate,  angulate  above  at  the  extremity  of  the 
hinge  line,  subangulate  below,  sharply  compressed  posteriorly  below 
the  hinge  line,  producing  a  sulcus  extending  from  the  umbo  to  the 
posterior  end  of  the  valve  at  an  angle  of  about  thirty  degrees  from 
the  horizontal;  everywhere  sculptured  with  nearly  even  and  evenly 
spaced  concentric  costulse,  about  twelve  to  the  millimeter  on  the 
middle  of  the  valve  and  considerably  finer  near  the  beaks;  color  a 
slightly  glistening  yellow  horn  color,  maculated  irregularly  and 
rather  closely  with  small  purplish  to  black  dots  distributed  in  rather 
radiating  patterns  and  massing  posteriorly  to  an  irregular  line  along 
the  posterior  sulcus.  Beaks  small,  closely  approaching,  and  pointing 
forward,  calyculate ;  cartilage  moderately  exposed ;  hinge  line  narrow, 
straight  posteriorly,  very  slightly  curved  anteriorly,  armed  with  a 
single,  almo.st  obsolete  cardinal  in  each  valve,  two  moderately 
strong,  simple  laterals  in  the  right  valve  and  a  simple  anterior  and  a 
strongly  bifid  posterior  lateral  in  the  left  valve. 

Length  6,  diam.  3,  alt.  4  mm. 


664  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

About  twenty  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  from  the  roots 

of  the  water  hyacinth  on  the  left  bank  of  the  main  affluent  of  Lake 

Papar5%     In  view  of  the  difficulty  of  the  group,   several    closely 

similar  forms  being  described,  some  of  them  imperfectly,  it  has  been 

thought  best  to  leave  this  species  nameless.     The  description  and 

figure   should  enable  some  future  reviser  to  determine  the  Lake 

Papary  form. 

UNIONID^. 

Genus  CASTALIA  Lamarck. 
Castalia  ambigua  Lamarck. 

An.  sans  Vert.,  VI,  1819,  p.  67. 

Tetraplodon  ambiguus  Lam.,  Simpson,  Proc.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  863. 

One  perfect,  dead  specimen  and  with  several  valves,  were  taken  just 
below  the  Guajara-Assii  Falls,  and  about  twenty  dead  specimens 
were  taken  on  a  sand  bank  below  Camp  43,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.;  three 
valves  taken  on  the  Ilha  de  Goyana,  in  the  Rio  Tapajoz,  and  one 
from  the  Ilha  Itaiuna,  near  Cameta,  Rio  Tocantins,  were  sent  from 
the  Goeldi  ]\Iuseum. 
Castalia  quadrilatera  Orbigny. 

Guerin,  Mag.  de  ZooL,  No.  62,  1835,  p.  42. 

Tetra'plodon  quadr Hater um  (Orbigny),  Simpson,  I.e.,  p.  864. 

A  single  mature  specimen  taken  in  the  Rio  Jamauchim  was  sent 
from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Genus  HYRIA  Lamarck. 
Hyria  corrugata  Lamarck,  var.  exasperata  (Sowerby). 

Hyria  exasperata  Sowerby,  Conch,  Icon.,  XVII,  1869,  pi.  2,  fig.  3. 

Simpson  {I.e.,  p.  869)  unites  the  variety  with  the  type.  About  a 
dozen  specimens  were  taken  at  Camp  43,  M.  &  M.  R.  R.,  all  of  which 
were  almost  exactly  alike,  and  all  of  which  correspond  so  exactly 
with  Sowerby's  figure  that  it  seems  to  the  writer  that  the  variety 
must  be  valid. 
Hyria  jamauchimensis  n.  sp.    PL  XXVII,  figs.  8,  9. 

Shell  rather  light,  compressed,  subrhomboidal,  inequipartite; 
beaks  low,  eroded,  but  still  showing  signs  of  strong  radial  sculpture 
which  extends  over  the  disk  about  half  way  to  the  margin,  the  central 
bars  anastomosing  and  dividing  irregularly,  a  few  of  them  extending 
brokenly  nearly  to  the  edge  of  the  shell;  anterior  and  posterior  bars 
nearly  horizontal  and  more  defined;  growth  lines  close,  but  fairly 
distinct,  decussating  the  radial  sculpture  throughout;  epidermis 
rather  delicate,  light  yellow-olive;  a  small  anterior  wing  with  a 
slightly  upturned  angle  and  more  distinctly  winged  posteriorly,  the 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  665 

posterior  wing  being  distinctly  twisted  to  the  left  side;  posterior 
ridge  not  prominent,  indistinctly  duplicated,  producing  an  indistinct 
biangulation;  posterior  groove  scarcely  perceptible;  superior  margin 
slightly  arcuate,  anterior  narrowed,  sharply  curved  above  and 
gradually  and  regularly  extending  into  and  through  the  basal  margin 
in  an  evenly  decreasing  curve  to  the  lower,  posterior  angle;  posterior 
margin  obliquely  truncate;  hinge  line  sharply  curved;  right  valve 
with  three  pseudocardinals,  two  small,  simple,  widely  diverging, 
including  between  them  a  large,  triangular  middle  pseudocardinal 
which  is  split  into  six  irregular  denticles,  and  a  long,  narrow,  low- 
arched  lateral  lying  well  within  the  margin  of  the  posterior  wing; 
left  valve  with  three  pseudocardinals,  the  anterior  simple  and  promi- 
nent, the  posterior  two  flattened  and  irregularly  divided  into  denti- 
cles, and  two  long  laterals  which  coalesce  anteriorly  over  about  one- 
third  of  their  length;  anterior  muscle  scar  rather  evenly  rounded, 
well  impressed,  posterior  elongate  and  indistinct;  pallial  line  well 
marked;  nacre  pearly-white,  iridescent  posteriorly;  ligament  mod- 
erate, thickened  posteriorly. 

Animal  unknown. 

Length  45.75,  width  31,  diam.  11.75  mm. 

A  young  specimen  of  this  species  which  seems  to  be  new,  taken 
in  the  Rio  Jamauchim,  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum.  The 
sculpture  suggests  H.  rugossissima  Sby.,  but  is  very  much  finer  than 
in  that  species. 

Genus  PRISODON  Schumacher. 
Frisodon  obliquus  Schumacher. 

Ess.  Nouv.  Syst.,  1817,  p.  139,  pi.  xl,  fig.  2. 
Simpson,  I.e.,  p.  871. 

One  specimen  taken  at  Boim,  on  the  Rio  Tapajoz,  was  sent  from 
the  Goeldi  Museum. 
Prisodon  syrmatophorus  (Meuschen). 

Mya  syrmatophora  Meuschen,  in  Gronovius,  Zooph.,  1781,  pi.  xviii,  figs.  1,  2. 

Prisondon  (,yrmatophorus  (Meuschen),  Simpson,  I.e.,  p.  870. 

Seventeen  specimens  taken  in  the  Rio  Jamauchim  were  sent  from 
the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Genua  DIPLODON  Spix. 
Diplodon  kelseyi  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVII,  figs.  5,  6,  7. 

Shell  transversely  subrhomboidal,  rather  heavy,  of  moderate  size, 

very  inequipartite;    epidermis  dark  brown  to  black,   rayless   and 

almost  lustreless;    dorsal  margin  markedly  curved,  the  basal  nearly' 

straight,    narrowly,    evenly   rounded   in   front,    obliquely   truncate 

44 


666  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

behind,  producing  a  subangulation  above  and  below,  scarcely  alate; 
beaks  rather  low,  sculptured  with  strong  ribs,  nearly  vertical  in  front, 
more  radiating  posteriorly  and  changing  abruptly  to  nearly  horizontal 
in  the  posterior  sulcus;  everywhere  marked  by  strong  concentric 
growth  lines  which  decussate  the  beak  sculpture  and  become  almost 
lamellate  in  the  posterior  sulcus,  and  very  faintly  marked  by  obsolete 
radiating  lines  discoverable  over  most  of  the  shell;  posterior  ridge 
low,  posterior  gToove  shallow  and  flat ;  hinge  line  much  curved,  right 
valve  with  a  large  and  a  small  compressed  pseudocardinal,  which 
are  nearly  parallel,  the  upper  (anterior)  thin,  straight,  and  regular, 
the  other  much  heavier,  but  varying  in  different  specimens,  both 
variously  corrugated  and  lined  on  their  adjacent  surfaces  and  nearly 
smooth  on  their  distal  surfaces,  and,  on  the  same  valve,  a  long,  slender 
lateral  which  is  generally  roughened  on  the  inner  surface  and  minutely, 
irregularly  serrate  on  the  edge ;  left  valve  with  two  compressed  pseu- 
docardinals,  one  in  front  of  the  other,  the  anterior  one  roughened 
and  much  the  larger,  and  two  long,  slender,  and  nearly  parallel 
laterals ;  beak  cavities  moderately  deep ;  cicatrices  deeply  impressed 
and  well  defined,  the  anterior  irregularly  incised  on  the  posterior 
edge;  nacre  not  brilliant,  bluish -white,  slightly  iridescent  behind. 

Length  59.5,  width  37.5,  diam.  28  mm. 

Thirteen  specimens  of  this  species,  which  seems  to  be  new,  taken 
in  the  Rio  Jamauchim,  were  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum.  The 
species  is  named  for  Professor  F.  W.  Kelsey,  of  San  Diego,  Cal., 
who  has  kindly  undertaken  the  photographing  of  the  shells  illus- 
trated in  this  paper. 
Diplodon  obsolescens  n.  sp.    PI.  XXII,  figs.  16,  17. 

Shell  rather  thin,  elongate  subrhomboidal,  rather  full,  very  inequi- 
partite;  beaks  low,  eroded,  but  apparently  presenting  the  peculiar 
radial  sculpture  characteristic  of  the  genus;  everywhere  marked  by 
concentric  growth  lines  and  with  about  two-fifths  of  the  disk  marked 
by  extensions  of  the  radial  sculpture  of  the  beaks;  epidermis  rather 
heavy,  black,  rayless;  anterior  margin  rather  evenly  rounded;  basal 
margin  nearly  straight;  posterior  margin  truncate  with  evenly 
rounded  upper  and  lower  angles;  superior  margin  slightly  curved; 
hinge  line  distinctly  angulate  below  the  umbones;  teeth  very  poorly 
developed,  the  outer  (anterior)  pseudocardinal  of  the  right  valve 
being  restricted  to  a  narrow,  scarcely  perceptible  ridge,  the  other 
being  broader  but  only  slightly  more  elevated,  the  long  lateral  a 
little  more  prominent  than  either  pseudocardinal;  pseudocardinals 
of  the  left  valve  equally  obsolete,  while  the  two  laterals  are  fairly 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  667 

developed;  location  of  teeth  and  general  shape  characteristic  of  the 
genus;  beak  cavities  very  shallow,  nacre  dull  bluish-white. 

Length  57,  width  25.5,  diam.  16.5  mm. 

One  complete  specimen  and  four  broken  valves  of  this  species, 
which  seems  to  be  new,  taken  in  the  Rio  Jamauchim,  were  sent  from 
the  Goeldi  Museum.  All  of  the  specimens  are  more  or  less  damaged, 
but  it  seemed  best  to  describe  the  species  from  the  material  at  hand 
on  account  of  the  remarkable  obsolescence  of  the  hinge  teeth. 

Genus  ANODONTITES  Bruguiere. 

Anodontites  ensiformis  (Spis). 

Anodon  ensiformis  Spix.     Test.  fluv.  bras.,  1827,  p.  31,  pi.  xxiv,  fig.  1. 
Glabaris  ensiformis  (Spix)  Simpson,  I.e.,  p.  932. 

A  single  valve  was  taken  at  Camp  43,  M.  &  M.  R.  R. 

Anodontites  trapezialis  Lamarck,  var.  anserinus  (Spix). 

Anodon  anserina  Spix,  I.e.,  p.  29,  pi.  xvii,  figs.  1,  2. 
A  single  mature  specimen  taken  in  the  Rio  Jamauchim  was  sent 
from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Anodontites  dalli  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVII.  figs.  1,  2. 

Shell  oblong  elliptical,  rather  heavy,  moderately  full,  very  inequi- 
partite;  beaks  rather  low,  eroded,  but  apparently  nearly  smooth; 
epidermis  moderately  dense,  chestnut  colored,  light  at  the  beaks, 
becoming  dark  at  the  margins,  very  slightly  shining;  rayless;  every- 
where showing  rather  distant,  low-rounded,  concentric  growi;h  ridges 
with  many  fine,  wavy,  concentric,  incised  lines  between  and  overlying 
them;  obsolete  radiating  lines  perceptible  without  a  glass  over  most 
of  the  surface ;  posterior  ridge  low,  rounded,  posterior  sulcus  shallow 
and  not  well  defined,  much  roughened  by  the  growth  lines;  hinge 
line  nearly  straight,  about  half  the  length  of  the  shell,  with  a  long, 
thin  ligament,  edentulous;  anterior  margin  narrowly  and  rather 
evenly  rounded,  base  a  long,  even  curve;  posterior  margin  very 
obliquely  truncate  above,  sharply  rounded  below;  beak  cavities 
broad  and  shallow,  cicatrices  smooth,  showing  continuous  nacreous 
layers,  anterior  distinct  and  well  impressed,  posterior  scarcely 
defined;  nacre  silvery -white,  iridescent  throughout;  pallial  line 
distinct. 

Animal  unknown. 

Length  77,  width  37,  diam.  23  mm. 

A  single  well-preserved  specimen  of  this  species,  taken  on  the 
Island  of  Mexiana,  was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum.  The  species 
is  nd^med  for  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall,  of  the  National  Museum. 


668  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

Anodontites  bartschi  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVII,  3,  4. 

Shell  small,  uniformly  thin,  obliquely  subelliptical,  moderately 
full,  inequipartite;  rather  smooth,  the  growth  lines  being  fine  and 
low,  and  with  obsolete  radiating  lines  produced  by  a  peculiar  wrinkle 
striation  irregularly  placed,  which  is  not  constant,  having  largely 
disappeared  from  the  type;  epidermis  thin,  light  yellow-olive  to 
dark  yellow-olive,  rayless;  posterior  ridge  low,  with  a  small,  sharp 
duplication,  posterior  sulcus  shallow;  anterior  margin  subangulate 
above,  regularly  and  slantingly  rounded  into  the  base,  the  outline 
of  the  base  becoming  nearly  straight  posteriorly;  posterior  margin 
obliquely  truncate,  forming  a  straight  line  contained  2|  times  in  the 
greatest  length;  obtusely  angulate  above,  terminating  below  in  a 
rather  broad  posterior  point;  upper  margin  and  hinge  line  slightly 
curved;  edentulous  with  a  very  narrow,  thin  ligament;  beaks  rather 
full,  eroded,  but  apparently  smooth;  beak  cavities  moderate,  cica- 
trices indistinct,  the  anterior  very  large;  pallial  line  indistinct;  nacre 
silvery-white,  not  brilliant,  but  slightly  iridescent  throughout. 

Animal  unknown. 

Greatest  length  35.5,  width  25,  diam.  14  mm. 

Three  specimens  of  this  species,  all  probably  somewhat  immature, 
taken  at  Boim  e  Pinhel,  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Rio  Tapajoz,  were  sent 
from  the  Goeldi  Museum.  The  species  differs  from  all  the  round 
species  of  Anodontites  by  the  truncation  of  the  posterior  extremity. 
It  is  named  for  Dr.  Paul  Bartsch,  of  the  National  Museumi. 

Anodontites  sp.  undet. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  genus,  taken  with  the  preceding,  too  young 
to  identify,  but  not  corresponding  to  any  of  the  foregoing  species, 
was  sent  from  the  Goeldi  Museum. 

Appendix:    Notes  on  Gundlachia  Pfr.,  by  H.  A.  Pilsbry. 

The  peculiar  Ancyloids  known  as  Gundlachia  have  been  the  occa- 
sion of  some  speculation  and  difference  of  opinion  among  concholo- 
gists.  That  Gundlachia  is  dimorphic,  sometimes  maturing  as  an 
Ajicylus  without  the  intervention  of  a  septate  stage,  was  first 
intimated  by  Guppy  in  1870  ^  and  later  by  several  other  naturalists. 
It  was  observed  by  the  present  writer  about  1886,-  and  recently  by 
Mr.  J.  A.  Allen,  who  proved  the  identity  of  the  septate  and  non- 
septate  forms  by  breeding  them  in  jars. 

^  Guppy,  American  Journal  of  Conchology,  VI,  1870,  p.  311. 
2  Pilsbry,  Nautilus,  IX,  1895,  p.  63.     Cf.  also  Bryant  Walker,  Nautilus,  XXI, 
1907,  p.  14.  * 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  669 

Nordenskiold  ^  and  Dall''  consider  Gundlachia  to  be  merely  a  dry 
season  or  winter  stage  of  Ancylus.  As  Dr.  Dall  expresses  it,  "an 
Ancylus  which  has  under  favorable  circumstances  been  able  to  form 
a  calcareous  epiphragm  and  survive  the  winter,  which  ordinarily 
kills  the  great  mass  of  individuals,  and  while  retaining  the  shell  of 
the  first  year,  to  secrete  an  enlarged  and  somewhat  discrepant  shell 
during  its  second  summer,"  this  ability  not  being  possessed  by  all 
Ancyli. 

The  rarity  and  sporadic  occurrence  of  Gundlachia  are  apparently 
favorable  to  this  view;  yet  on  closer  inspection,  less  favorable  than 
at  first  appears.  Of  the  Gundlachias  I  have  myself  collected,  or 
known  from  specimens  taken  in  regions  where  the  Ancylus  fauna  is 
well  known,  not  one  can  be  regarded  as  a  form  of  any  known  Ancylus 
of  the  region.  Each  one  of  the  known  United  States  forms  of 
Gundlachia  is  specifically  distinct  from  any  Ancylus,  wholly  apart 
from  the  septum-forming  ability.  The  case  would  be  quite  different 
if  the  only  difference  between  a  Gundlachia  and  some  Ancylus  of  the 
same  fauna  was  the  presence  of  a  septum  in  some  individuals. 

Ancylus  commonly  lives  over  winter  in  this  latitude.  I  have 
repeatedly  collected  specimens  in  the  spring,  in  which  the  previous 
season's  growth  was  distinguishable  from  the  new  growth  by  greater 
solidity  and  a  coat  of  iron  stain.  In  the  Delaware  River  I  have 
taken  specimens  in  winter  from  under  stones  at  low  water,  in  places 
which  had  previously  been  covered  with  ice.  In  size  they  varied 
from  quite  small  to  full  grown. 

The  only  case  known  to  me  where  a  Gundlachia  has  been  identified 
with  a  known  species  of  Ancylus  is  Nordenskiold's  reference  of  a 
form  from  the  Chaco  region  to  A.  moricandi  Orb.  It  is  quite  possible 
that  this  identification  might  l^e  altered  on  thorough  comparison 
of  authentic  specimens. 

Dr.  Dall  has  proposed  a  convenient  terminology  for  the  post- 
embryonic  stages  in  the  life  of  Gundlachia,  as  follows: 
I.  Ancyloid  stage,  shell  simple,  .4nc?/Zws-shaped. 
II,  Septate  stage,  a  deck  or  septum  added. 

III.  Gundlachia  stage,^  an  Ancylus-like  shell  added  to  the  margins 
of  the  aperture  of  the  septate  stage,  the  latter  lying  obliquely  upon  it. 

The  form  in  which  there  is  no  septate  stage,  and  which  is  indis- 


3  Zoologischer  Anzeiger,  XXVI,  1903,  p.  590. 

^  Nautilus,  XVII,  Jan.,  1904,  p.  97;  American  Naturalist,  XLV,  March,  1911, 
p.  175. 

'  The  genus  Gundlachia  was  originally  described  from  specimens  in  the 
"septate  stage,"  but  later  was  found  in  the  third  stage. 


670  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

tinguishable  from  Ancylus,  may  be  termed  the  non-septate  form. 
It  is  not  merely  the  ancyloid  stage  grown  large,  because  the  young 
non-septate  never  has  the  shape  of  the  ancyloid  stage.  When  of 
the  same  length  as  that,  it  is  a  wider  shell.  This  is  certainly  the 
case  in  the  Illinois  species  which  I  collected  about  1886,  and,  so  far 
as  I  can  make  out,  in  Mr.  Allen's  Ohio  specimens  also.  It  appears, 
therefore,  that  in  all  post-embrj'onic  stages  the  septate  form  differs 
from  the  non-septate. 

It  seems  certain  that  the  tj^pical  forms  of  Ancylus  and  the  great 
majorit}'  of  known  species  never  develop  a  septate  form,  which, 
from  Mr.  Allen's  observations,  seems  dependent  upon  physical 
conditions.  Whether  Gundlachia  is  to  be  retained  as  a  genus  depends 
upon  whether  we  consider  the  ability  to  produce  the  septate  form 
to  be  a  character  of  taxonomic  value.  To  me  it  appears  to  be  so, 
even  though  the  character  is  not  expressed  in  all  individuals  or 
under  all  conditions. 
Gundlachia  bakeri  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVI,  figs.  1,  2,  3. 

In  the  second  or  septate  stage  the  shell  is  oblong,  the  width  con- 
tained twice  in  the  length;  sides  slightly  convex.  The  obtuse, 
rounded  summit  is  very  close  to  the  posterior  end  and  overhangs 
the  right  margin.  Back  and  left  slope  are  strongly  convex;  posterior 
and  right  slopes  short  and  steep.  There  are  a  few  low,  wave-like 
concentric  wrinkles  near  the  embryonic  shell  and  some  faint  radial 
lines  on  the  anterior  part.  The  sides  curve  into  the  deck,  except 
posteriorly  where  there  is  an  angle  or  keel  at  junction  of  upper 
surface  and  deck.  The  deck  or  septum  is  convex  and  covers  about 
two-thirds  of  the  lower  face.  The  aperture  is  oval,  its  margins 
elevated,  blackish,  and  a  little  reflexed. 
Length  2.8,  width  1.4,  alt.  1  mm. 

Several  dozen  specimens  were  taken  during  the  dry  season  in  an 
artificial  lake  or  pond  in  one  of  the  small  parks  of  the  city  of  Para 
situated  between  the  public  market  and  the  Cathedral.  Over  a 
hundred  specimens  of  Physa  rivalis  M.  &  R.,  Planorbis  anatinus  Orb., 
and  what  the  collector  supposed  to  be  Ancylus  were  taken  from  the 
dead  leaves  and  debris  in  the  pond  and  preserved  together  in  alcohol. 
Part  of  the  collecting  was  done  by  stripping  the  leaves.  On  examina- 
tion of  the  bottle  after  arrival  in  Philadelphia  a  number  of  specimens 
of  the  septate  form  of  Gundlachia  were  discovered  and  the  supposed 
Ancylus  is  probably  the  non-septate  form,  presumably  of  the  same 
species. 

The  pond  is  two  hundred  or  more  feet  long,  rather  narrow  and 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  671 

winding,  and  averages  three  or  four  feet  deep.  It  empties  by  an 
overflow  and  is  supplied  by  a  small  fountain  which  was  always 
playing  on  the  numerous  occasions  when  the  park  was  visited. 
The  large  amount  of  dead  leaves  and  debris  on  the  bottom  of  the 
pond  makes  it  probable  that  it  has  not  been  drained  for  a  long  time, 
if  ever,  since  its  construction. 

This  species,  named  for  Dr.  Fred  Baker,  who  collected  the  series, 
differs  from  the  form  figured  by  Nordenskiold  by  its  smaller  size 
and  the  far  more  eccentric  apex.  The  position  of  the  apex  will  also 
serve  to  separate  G.  bakeri  from  G.  textilina  Guppy  of  Trinidad 
and  all  other  known  species  of  the  genus.  A  large  series  taken  is 
very  constant  in  size  and  form.  Specimens  in  the  first  or  Ancyloid 
stage  and  others  with  the  septum  in  various  degrees  of  development 
occurred  in  the  same  gathering.  There  were  none,  however,  in  the 
third  or  complete  Gundlachia  stage. 

With  the  Gundlachia  just  described  there  were  many  specimens  of 
an  Ancyloid  which  may  be  the  dimorphic  form  alluded  to  above,  in 
which  the  septate  stage  is  omitted,  or  possibly  it  inaj^  be  a  distinct 
species  of  true  Ancylus.'^  These  shells  (PI.  XXVI,  figs.  4  to  8)  are  thin, 
fragile,  corneous,  and  diaphanous,  oval,  the  apex  slightly  behind  the 
posterior  fourth  of  the  length  and  almost  overhanging  the  right 
margin;  anterior  and  left  slopes  convex,  posterior  and  right  slopes 
more  or  less  concave;  apex  rounded,  with  a  slight  apical  depression, 
the  embryonic  shell  minutely  pitted;  surface  elsewhere  marked 
with  faint  growth  lines  and  minute,  unequal  radial  striae,  wanting 
on  the  short  slope  below  the  apex. 

Length  4.1,  width  3,  height  1  mm. 

With  some  resemblance  to  A.  excentricus  Morelet,  this  form  differs 
by  its  broader  contour  and  more  eccentric  apex. 

The  young  shell,  2.4  mm.  long  (PL  XXVI,  fig  4),  is  much  wider  than 
the  ancyloid  stage  of  G.  bakeri  of  similar  length,  the  breadth  con- 
tained only  about  1.4  times  in  the  length,  while  an  Ancyloid  of  the 
same  length  is  twice  as  long  as  broad. 

Whether  this  form  will  turn  out  to  be  the  non-septate  form  of 
G.  bakeri  or  a  distinct  species  of  Ancylus  is  an  open  question,  but 
I  incline  to  the  former  view. 

6  The  South  American  Ancyli  do  not  belong  to  any  of  the  subgenera  estab- 
lished for  northern  species.  In  most  of  them  the  embryonic  shell  is  punctate, 
pitted,  or  pock-marked  and  of  an  obtuse,  rounded  shape,  with  the  usual  apical 
depression.  This  group  may  be  called  Hebetancyliis,  type  A.  moricandi  Orb. 
Others  have  an  acute,  hooked  apex,  also  shghtly  punctate  near  the  margin  of 
the  embryonic  shell,  subgenus  Uncancylus,  type  A.  barilensis  Moricand.  Both 
groups  are  sinistral. 


672  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [dec, 

Reference  to  Plates  XXI-XXVII. 
Plate  XXI. — Figs.  1,  2.^Helicina  schereri  n.  sp. 
Fig.  3. — Helicina  guajarana  n.  sp. 
Figs.  4,  5. — Helicina  laterculus  n  sp. 
Figs.  6,  7. — Guppya  mayi,  n.  sp. 
Figs.  8,  9. — Strobilops  braziliana  n.  sp. 
Fig.  10. — Leptinaria  imperforata  n.  sp. 
Fig.  11. — Leptinaria  perforata  n.  sp. 
Figs.  12-14. — Zonitoides  par  ana  n.  sp. 

Plate  XXII. — Figs.  1,  2. — Solaropsis  rugifera  Dohrn. 

Figs.  3,  4.—Happia  snethlagei  n.  sp. 

Figs.  5-7. — -Streptaxis  cookeana  n.  sp. 

Figs.  8~10. ^AStreptaxis  abunaensis  n.  sp. 

Figs.  11-13. — -Eiitodina  jeckylii  n.  sp. 

Figs.  14,  15. — Systrophia  eatoni  n.  sp. 

Figs. 16,  17. — Diplfldon  obsolescens  n.  sp. 

Fig.  18. — Orlhalicus  sultana  meobambensis  Pfr. 

Fig.  19. — Psadara  derbyi  cearana  n.  subsp. 
Plate  XXIII. — Figs.  1-4. — Drymceus  branneri  n.  sp. 

Figs.  5-8. — Drymoeus  linostoma  suprapunctatus  n.  subsp. 

Figs.  9,  10. — Tomigerus  ]iilsbryi  n.  sp. 

Figs.  11,  12. — Odontostomus  inflatus  costulatus  Anc. 

Figs.  13,  14. — Buliinulus  rochai  suturalis  n.  subsp. 

Figs.  15,  16. — Odontostomus  scabrellus  cylindricus  n.  subsp. 

Fig.  17. — Buliinuliis  rnrhai  taipuensis  n.  subsp. 

Fig.  18. — OdoNtos/oiinis  infhitus  maranguapensis  n.  subsp. 

Figs.  19,  20. — Bulimulus  rochai  n.  sp. 

-Figs.  21,  22. — -Corona  regalis  Hupe. 
Plate  XXIV. — Figs.  1-7. — Doryssa  transversa  jaryensis  n.  subsp. 

Figs.  8,  9. — Doryssa  transversa  tapajosensis  n.  subsp. 

Fig.  10. — Doryssa  rex  n.  sp. 

Figs.  11,  12. — Doryssa  transversa  tapajosensis  n.  subsp. 

Figs.  13,  14. — Doryssa  transversa,  var.  near  macapa. 

Fig.  15. — Doryssa  rex  n.  sp. 

Figs.  16,  17. — Doryssa  rex  regina  n.  subsp. 
Plate  XXV. — Figs.  1,  2. — Doryssa  globosa  n.  sp. 

Figs.  3,  4. — Doryssa  heathi  n.  sp. 

Figs.  5,  6. — Doryssa  starksi  n.  sp. 

Fig.  7. — Doryssa  heathi  n.  sp.,  young  shell. 

Fig.  8. — Doryssa  iheringi  n.  sp. 

Fig.  9. — Doryssa  cachoeircE  n.  sp. 

Fig.  10. — Doryssa  cachoerioe.  sulcata  n.  subsp. 

Figs.  11,  12. — Doryssa  tucunareensis  n.  sp. 

Figs.  13,  14. — Doryssa  starksi  n.  sp. 

Fig.  15. — Hemisinus  flammeus  n.  sp. 

Fig.  16. — Hemisinus  flammeus  elongatus  n.  subsp. 
Plate  XXVI. — Figs.  1,  2,  3. — Gundlachia  baker i  Pils.,  n.  sp.      Dorsal,  lateral, 
and  ventral  views  of  the  type. 

Fig.  4. — Gundlachia  bakcri.     Very  young  individual  of  non-septate  form. 

Figs.  5-8. — Gundlachia  bakeri.     Non-septate  form,  dorsal,  lateral,  ventral, 
and  posterior  views  of  the  adult  stage. 

Figs.  Q-ll. —Segmentina  paparyensis  n.  sp. 

Fig.  12. — Eupera  sp.  undet. 

Figs.  13,  14. — Idiopyrgus  pilsbryi  n.  sp. 

Fig.  15. — Littoridina  manni  n.  sp. 
Plate  XXVII.— Figs.  1,  2.—Anodontites  dalli  n.  sp. 

Figs.  3,  4. — Anodontites  bartschi  n.  sp. 

Fig.  5. — Diplodon  kelseyi  n.  sp.,  young. 

Figs.  6,  7. — Diplodon  kelseyi  n.  sp. 

Figs.  8,  9. — Hijrin  jamauchimensis  n.  sp. 


1913.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  673 


CTJRIMATUS  SPILUEUS  COPE,  A  WRONGLY  IDENTIFIED  CHARACIN. 
BY  HENRY  W.  FOWLER. 

In  1878  Prof.  Cope  lists  the  specimens  described  below  as  Curimaiusr 
spilurus  Giinther  without  comment.  In  1906  I  followed  this  identi- 
fication, though  recently  have  been  able  to  examine  Gunther's 
species,  and  find  it  distinct.  Cope's  species  therefore  requires  a 
new  name,  and  is  evidently  the  type  of  a  new  subgenus  as  well. 

XYROCHARAX  subgen.  nov. 
Type  Curimatus  stigmaturus  sp.  nom.  nov. 
Back  elevated  or  hunched  conspicuously  in  front.     Scales  large, 
smooth,  in  even  lengthwise  series.     Caudal  lobes  naked. 
Small  fishes  of  the  Amazons. 

{Eupov,  razor;    Mpa^,  Charax;   with    reference  to    the  trenchant 
elevated  predorsal  region.) 
Curimatus  stigmaturus  sp.  nom.  nov. 

Curimatus  spilurus  (not  of  Giinther)  Cope,  Proc.  Aincr.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,. 

XVII,  1878,  p.  684.     Peruvian  Amazon. 

Curimata  spilura  Fowler,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila..  1906,  p.  297,  tig.  4 

(Cope's  material). 

Head  2^;   depth  2|;   D.  iii,  9;   A.  iii,  8;   P.  i,  10;   V.  i,  8;   scales 

30  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base,  and  3?  more  on  latter;  6  scales  above  1.  1. 

to  dorsal  origin;  5  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  4  scales  below 

1.  1.  to  anal  origin;  predorsal  scales  9?  (damaged);  snout  3|  in  head; 

eye2|;  maxillary  4|;  interorbital  2f ;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle 

21 

Body  elongate,  well  compressed,  deepest  or  hunched  at  dorsal 
origin,  so  that  predorsal  forms  well-curved  convex  profile  sloping 
very  steeply  to  occiput,  the  incline  not  broken.  Predorsal  also 
trenchant  or  with  slight  median  keel.  Postdorsal  constricted,  though 
convex.  Preventral  and  postanal  convex,  first  broadly  so.  Post- 
ventral  apparently  trenchant.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  deep, 
and  least  depth  nearly  equals  its  length. 

Head  large,  depressed  above  or  in  front,  which  level  and  obliquely 
and  steeply  inclined  to  predorsal  in  nearly  straight  line,  as  seen  in 
profile.  Head  with  sides  flattened  and  well  constricted  below  to 
form   rather   narrow   edge   wich   nearly   horizontal   profile.     Snout 


674  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

broad,  depressed  or  flattened,  and  trifle  wider  than  long.  Eye 
large,  little  elevated,  a  little  anterior.  Adipose  eyelid  not  developed. 
Mouth  broad,  terminal,  with  short  commissure  about  half  way  in 
snout  length.  Maxillary  small,  thin,  about  f  in  snout.  Lips  thin, 
and  rather  firm  cutaneous  edges  without  cilia.  Tongue  not  distinct. 
Jaws  about  even,  rami  wide  and  little  elevated  in  mouth.  Nostrils 
together,  about  last  third  in  snout  length,  anterior  simple  pore  and 
posterior  in  crescent.  Interorbital  broad,  flat.  Preorbital  rather 
narrow,  equals  long  infraorbital,  both  smooth.  Preopercle  con- 
current with  infraorbital  and  cheek  thus  covered  entirely  by  last. 
Opercle  large,  smooth.  Occipital  fontanel  broad,  uninterrupted 
from  internasal  space  to  occiput.  Occipital  process  short  and 
equilaterally  triangular. 

Gill-opening  extends  forward  about  midway  in  eye.  No  gill- 
rakers.  Filaments  about  half  of  eye.  Isthmus  narrowly  constricted, 
convex. 

Scales  large,  cycloid,  exposed  edges  entire,  attached  edges  usually 
with  3  lobules.  Scales  of  mostly  uniform  size,  though  a  little  smaller 
on  caudal  base.  Scales  on  isthmus  slightly  smaller  than  those  on 
breast,  and  latter  equal  those  on  sides  of  body,  also  of  uniform  size 
over  their  area.  Ventral  with  small  axillary  pointed  scaly  flap. 
L.  1.  complete,  straight,  inclined  parallel  with  axis  of  body  from 
shoulder  to  caudal  base  medianly.  Tubes  simple,  and  about  equally 
developed  anteriorly  as  elsewhere.  Hind  edge  of  each  scale  in  1.  1. 
with  slight  notch. ^ 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  snout  tip  and  origin  of  adipose  fin, 
and  apparently  front  rays  little  longer  than  others  (fin  damaged). 
Adipose  fin  slender,  about  long  as  eye.  Anal  inserted  well  before 
front  of  adipose  fin,  or  about  midway  between  ventral  origin  and 
caudal  base,  front  rays  longest  (fin  damaged).  Pectoral  short 
(damaged).  Ventral  inserted  about  opposite  middle  of  dorsal  base, 
iin  pointed  and  nearly  reaches  anal.     Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  brownish,  paler  on  sides  of  head  and  body,  and 
lower  regions,  where  also  with  slightly  silvery  tinge.  Iris  whitish. 
Including  1.  1.  for  width  of  its  scales  its  entire  extent  paler  band. 
Caudal  blackish  basally,  or  spot  thus  formed  about  equal  to  eye, 
and  but  slightly  reflected  on  median  rays  for  a  short  space.  Fins 
pale  brownish. 

Length  38  mm.   (caudal  damaged). 


Not  shown  on  my  figure  in  Proc,  1906. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  675 

Type,  No.  21,424,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Nauta,  on  the  Maranon  River, 
Peru.     1873,  Prof.  James  Orton.     From  Prof.  E.  D.  Cope. 

Also  Nos.  21,425  to  21,427,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes,  same  data. 
These  show:  Head  2f  to  2|;  depth  2|  to  2f ;  D.  iii,  9;  A.  iii,  7  or 
iii,  8;  scales  29  or  30  in  1.  1.  to  caudal  base  and  3  more  on  latter; 
5  or  6  scales  above  1.  1.;  5  scales  below  1.  1.  to  ventral  origin;  10 
predorsal  scales  (mostly  damaged);  snout  3|  to  3f  in  head;  eye 
2f  to  2|;  maxillary  4f  to  4f;  interorbital  2|  to  2f ;  length  33  to 
38  mm.  (caudals  damaged). 

This  species  is  related  to  Ciirimatus  dorsalis  Eigenmann  and 
Eigenmann.2  In  C.  dorsalis  the  preventral  region  is  described 
with  a  median  series  of  large  scales,  though  in  the  present  species 
they  are  uniform  in  size.  C.  dorsalis  has  persistent  scales,  with  the 
broadly  rounded  posterior  margin  crenate,  and  in  C.  stigmaturus 
the  scales  have  the  rounded  posterior  margin  entire.  C.  dorsalis 
has  the  pores  of  the  anterior  scales  of  the  lateral  line  imperfectly 
developed  or  wanting,  while  in  C.  stigmaturus  they  are  about  equally 
developed.  C.  dorsalis  has  origin  of  dorsal  midway  between  tip  of 
snout  and  tip  of  adipose  fin,  while  it  is  more  anterior  in  C.  stigmaturus. 
The  other  characters  given  for  C.  dorsalis  are  largely  in  agreement, 
though  do  not  appear  to  me  to  be  construed  as  due  to  age. 

(Iriyfia,  blotch;  oopa,  tail;  on  account  of  the  dark  caudal  spot.) 

s  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  IV,  1889,  pp.  4-20.      » 


676  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC. 


NOTES  ON  SOME  COSTA  RICAN  ARACHNIDA 
BY  NATHAN  BANKS. 

In  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia  for  1909,  pp.  194-234,  I  published  a  list  of  Arachnida 
from  Costa  Rica  kindly  sent  me  for  determination  by  Prof.  Tristan 
and  Dr.  Biolley.  Since  then  Prof.  Tristan  has  sent  a  further  con- 
signment of  these  animals,  and  Prof.  Calvert  has  sent  me  the  Arach- 
nids collected  during  his  trip  in  that  country  (May,  1909,  to  May,  1910) . 
The  following  notes  are  based  on  these  collections.  The  types  from 
the  material  sent  by  Prof.  Calvert  are  in  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  the  others  are  in  the  author's  collection. 

DRASSID^. 

ZIMIROMUS  n.  gen. 

A  Drassid;  eyes  as  figured;  both  rows  strongly  procurved;  A.. 
M.  E.  larger  than  the  other  eyes;  lip  nearly  square,  maxillae  long 
and  impressed,  a  black  ridge  on  the  outer  tip,  inner  tip  with  brush 
of  black  hairs;  a  short  dorsal  groove;  spinnerets  similar  to  Zimiris; 
legs  slender,  with  spines,  trochanter  about  one-half  the  length  of  the 
coxa;   claws  distinctly  toothed. 

Differs  from   the   other    Prodidomoid   Drassids   in   the   strongly 
procurved  eye-rows  and  large  A.  M.  E. 
Zimiromus  fragilis  n.  sp.    PL  XXVIII,  fig.  9. 

Cephalothorax,  mandibles,  and  sternum  pale  yellowish;  legs 
very  pale,  femora  darker;  abdomen  gray,  nearly  ])lack  above,  un- 
marked, w^ith  stiff  black  hairs  at  base.  Legs  slender,  with  only  a 
few  spines  on  anterior  pairs,  more  numerous  on  the  hind  legs,  the 
latter  much  longer  than  the  abdomen.  Vulva  large;  a  long  cavity 
containing  a  pale  transversely  ridged  tongue. 

Length  5  mm. 

From  Turrialba,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 
Teminius  conjuncta  n.  sp.    Pl.  XXVIII,  fig.  2. 

Cephalothorax,  mandibles,  and  sternum  dark  reddish-brown; 
legs  more  yellowish,  blacker  on  femora  above  and  more  red-brown 
on  the  tarsi  and  metatarsi  I  and  II;   abdomen  dark  gray,  with  black 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  677 

hair.  Cephalothorax  moderately  long,  much  narrowed  in  front, 
legs  rather  stout,  tarsi  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  heavily  scopulate 
beneath,  tibia  I  with  one  apical  spine  beneath,  tibia  II  with  an 
apical  spine  and  one  near  the  middle;  no  spines  above  on  tibise 
III  or  IV,  but  several  below  and  on  sides.  Posterior  eye-row  barely 
procurved,  M.  E.  scarcely  oval,  slightly  more  than  their  diameter 
apart,  and  about  twice  as  far  from  the  equal  laterals.  Anterior 
eye-row  procurved,  all  large,  M.  E.  less  than  their  diameter  apart, 
.and  about  half  as  far  from  the  slightly  smaller  laterals. 

Length  12  mm. 

From  St.  Maria  Dota,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 

CLUBIONIDiE. 

Clubiona  tigrina  Cambridge. 

Near  Hacienda  Guachipelin,    Guanacaste;    1,700  feet.     Jan.   15, 
1910  (Calvert). 
Chemmis  punctigera  Cambr.     PI.  XXVIII,  fig.  8. 

This  form  may  be  distinct  from  C.  frederid  Simon;  the  figure  I 
give  of  the  vulva  agrees  better  with  that  given  by  the  elder  Cam- 
I)ridge  for  this  species  and  is  quite  unlike  that  given  by  the  younger 
Cambridge  for  C.  frederici;  the  markings  are  broken  up  into  small 
spots. 

Turrialba,    Costa    Rica    (Tristan).      Juan   Vifias,    clearing   near 
Rio  Reventazon,  May  3,  1910  (Calvert). 
Pelayo  insignis  Bka.    PI.  XXVIII,  fig.  14. 

A  female  of  this  species  from  St.  Maria  Dota,  Costa  Rica,  vulva 
.as  shown  in  figure ;  the  basal  median  mark  of  the  abdomen  is  broken 
up  into  three  spots  and  the  apical  mark  contains  a  transverse  pale 
spot. 
Anypliaena  pretiosa  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVIII,  fig.  4. 

Pale  yellowish,  a  dark  stripe  each  side  on  the  cephalothorax; 
many  small  dark  spots  on  abdomen,  in  the  middle  behind  they 
unite  to  form  a  series  of  chevrons,  a  dark  spot  at  base  of  the  tibiae; 
tibiae  I  and  II  with  four  pairs  of  spines  l^eneath.  Mandibles  vertical, 
each  with  two  dark  lines  in  front.  A.  ]M.  E.  much  smaller  than  the 
other  eyes.     Vulva  as  figured. 

Length  5  mm. 

From  St.  Maria  Dota,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 
Anyphaena  furcatella  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVIII,  fig.  5. 

Pale  yellowish;  a  faint  dark  stripe  each  side  on  the  cephalothorax; 
legs  very  long  and  slender  and  with  very  long  spines;    coxae  all 


678  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC.^ 

unarmed.  A.  M.  E.  very  much  smaller  than  the  other  eyes;  man- 
dibles slender,  vertical;  the  tibia  of  the  male  palpus  is  broad  and  at 
tip  with  two  acute  projections,  one  of  which  has  a  short  upper  spur. 

A  female,  which  may  belong  to  the  same  species,  is  unmarked, 
and  has  a  vulva  as  figured. 

Length  5  mm. 

From  St.  Maria  Dota,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 

Sillns  putUS  Cambridge. 

Cache,  March  7,  1910  (Calvert). 

AGBLENIDJE. 
Agelsena  sp. 

Juan  Viiias,  3,200  feet,  in  a  bromeliad,  April  26,  1910,  a  young^ 
specimen  (Calvert). 

THERIDIID^. 
Theridion  bioUeyi  Banks.    PI.  XXVIII,  fig.  7. 

The  palpus  of  the  male  (previously  unknown)  is  shown  in  figure; 
the  markings  are  similar  to  those  of  the  female. 
Lithyphantes  lugubris  Cambr. 

From  Cache,  March  9,  1910  (Calvert). 

BPEIRID^. 
Edricus  tricuspis  Getaz. 

Unknown  to  the  Biologia;  one  female  from  Juan  Vinas,  "farther 
waterfall,"  29  Sept.,  1909  (Calvert).  A  figure  of  the  dorsum  is 
given;  the  abdomen  is  shorter  than  in  E.  crassicauda.  The  length, 
5  mm.,  given  in  the  Biologia  is  wrong,  as  Getaz  says  the  abdomen 
is  9  mm.  long. 
Tetragnatha  alba  Cambridge. 

Santa  Cruz,  Jan.  20,  1910,  and  Quebrada  de  Panteon  de  Liberia, 
Jan.  12,  1910,  both  in  Guanacaste  (Calvert). 

Tetragnatha  antillana  Simon. 

Cache,  stream  through  coffee  plantation,  March  3,  1910  (Calvert) - 
Tetragnatha  guatemalensis  Cambridge. 

Banana  River  region,  Nov.  4-10,  1910  (Calvert). 
Tetragnatha  mexicana  Keyserling. 

Juan  Vinas,  laguna,  3,300  feet,  Feb.  18,  1910  (Calvert). 
Tetragnatha  tenuissima  Cambridge. 

Juan  Vinas,  Feb.  15,  1910  (Calvert). 
Leucauge  hortornm  Hentz. 

Juan  Vinas,  laguna,  Oct.  5,  1909  (Calvert). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  679 

Singa  dotana  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVIII,  fig.  1. 

Cephalothorax  wholly  pale  yellowish,  also  the  mandibles,  palpi^ 
and  sternum;  legs  with  deep  black  bands  on  apices  of  all  femora, 
on  tips,  and  partly  on  sides  of  patellae,  and  a  fine  dot  near  middle  and 
tip  of  tibiae.  Abdomen  gray,  with  some  irregular  blackish  patches 
on  the  basal  part,  and  many  silvery -white  spots  above  and  below; 
each  side  of  the  spinnerets  is  a  jet-black  spot. 

Abdomen  much  broader  than  long  and  concave  behind. 

Length  3  mm.,  width  of  the  abdomen  3  mm. 

From  St.  Maria  Dota,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 

Related  to  S.  abbreviata,  but  distinct  by  markings  and  shape  of 
the  vulva. 

Argiope  argentata  Fabricius. 

Alajuela,  Sept.  9,  1909  (Calvert). 

Mangora  trilineata  Cambridge. 

Juan  Vinas,  2,500  feet.  May  3,  1910;    3,300  feet,  Oct.  5.  1909 
(Calvert). 
Mangora  picta  Cambridge. 

Juan  Vinas,  Reventazon  Valley,  2,500  feet,  in  unrolled  Heliconia 
leaves.  May  1,  1910  (Calvert). 

Acrosoma  inaequalis  Cambridge. 

Near  Cartago,  Feb.  1910;    Juan  Vinas,  3,300  feet,  July  27  and 
Sept.  29,  1909  (Calvert). 
Acrosoma  12-spinosa  Keyseriing. 

Alajuela,  Sept.  6,  1909  (Calvert). 
Gasteraoantha  koohi  Butler. 

Juan  Vinas,  ''farther  waterfall,"  Sept.  29,  1909  (Calvert). 

SPARASSID^. 
Selenops  mexioana  Keyseriing. 

Pefia  Blanca,  Rio  Naranjo  Valley,  near  Cache,  in  arboricolous 
bromeUad,  March  9,  1910  (Calvert). 

OTENID^. 
Cupiennius  coccineus  Cambr. 

Described  from  Panama;    one  from   Peha  Blanca  near   Cache, 
in  arboricolous  bromeliad,  19  March,  1910  (Calvert). 
Cupiennius  griseus  Cambridge. 

Juan  Vinas,  April  29,  1910,  one  specimen  in  house  (Calvert). 
Treohalea  oonvexa  Cambridge. 

Quebrada   de   Salas,    east   of   Atenas   Station,    Pacific   Railroad^ 


680  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

April  8,  1910;    Quebrada  Clara,  north  of  Liberia',  Guanacaste,  Jan. 
13,  1910,  immersed  itself  clinging  to  rock  face  (Calvert). 
Ctenus  sp. 

Juan  Yifias,  3,200  feet,  in  arboricolous  bromeliad,  April  26,  1910, 
one  immature  specimen  (Calvert). 

Tinus  nigrinus  Cambridge. 

Rio  Liberia  and  Quebrada  de  Panteon,  Liberia,  Guanacaste, 
Jan.  11  and  12,  1910;  along  the  banks;  wings,  etc.,  of  Odonata 
{Hetcerina,  Argia  and  Perithemis) ,  in  its  webs,  one  female  with  its 
€gg-ball  (Calvert). 

LYOOSIDiE. 
Xycosa  brevitarsis  Cambridge. 

Near  Hacienda  Guachipelin,  Guanacaste,  1,700  feet,  Jan.  15,  1910 
(Calvert). 
Pardosa  sp. 

Crater  of  Volcano  Irazu,  10,880  feet,  April  1,  1910,  one  young 
,specimen  (Calvert). 

OXYOPIDiE. 
Oxyopeidon  molestum  Cambr. 

Juan  Villas,  near  Rio  Reventazon,  May  3,  1910  (Calvert). 

ATTID^. 

Dendryphantes  maxillosus  Cambr. 

From  Juan  Vinas,  July,  1909  (Calvert). 
Cobanus  mandibnlaris  Peck. 

From  Banana  River  region,  4  Nov.,  1909  (Calvert). 
Sidusa  fulvoguttata  Cambridge.' 

Juan  Vinas,  3,200  feet,  in  arboricolons  bromeliad,  April  26,  1910 
(Calvert). 
Thiodina  retarius  Hentz. 

Juan  Vinas,  2, .500  feet,  near  Rio  Reventazon,  March  21,   1910 

(Calvert). 

PHALANQID^. 
Hernandria  ventralis  n.  sp. 

Black;  ventral  segments  with  silvery  basal  band,  also  silvery  on 
sides  of  the  posterior  segments.  Eye-tubercle  smooth,  with  two 
small  granules  each  side  above;  dorsal  scutum  divided  into  three 
transverse  parts;   each  with  a  pair  of  pale  spots,  the  first  part  also 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  681 

divided  on  the  middle  line ;  the  surface  of  scutum  smooth ;  posterior 
segments  each  with  a  transverse  row  of  granules,  a  median  one  on 
the  third  segment  much  larger  than  the  others;  legs,  especially  the 
hind  pair,  with  rows  of  granules,  bearing  fine  hairs;  a  large  spur 
above  on  tip  of  coxa  IV;  tarsal  joints  5,  6,  8,  6.  Palpi  with  long 
bristles;  tibia  and  tarsus  each  with  four  on  outer  side,  the  first  and 
third  long,  the  others  very  short. 

Length  6  mm. 

From  St.  Maria  Dota,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan).     The  silvery  bands 
on  the  venter  are  very  characteristic. 
Cynorta  bip^uttata  Cambridge. i 

La  Emilia,  near  Rio  Santa  Clara,  980  feet,  Nov.  17-19,  and  Juan 
Villas,  3,300  feet,  Oct.  1,  1909,  in  bromeliads  (Calvert). 
Cynorta  flavornata  n.  sp. 

Dark  brown;  sides  reticulate  with  yellowish,  and  emitting  branches 
to  middle  of  the  body;  two  dots  on  the  eye-tubercle;  two  large 
•  yellow  spots  above  on  the  anal  segment  almost  touching  each  other ; 
a  large  yellow  spot  on  each  hind  coxa;  legs  pale,  densely  marked 
with  fine  black  lines.  Dorsum  with  a  pair  of  low,  basal,  acute 
tubercles  and  a  pair  of  long  spines  behind,  not  one-half  their  length 
apart,  and  with  very  slender  tips;  surface  of  dorsum  and  posterior 
segments  without  granules.  Femur  IV  twice  as  long  as  the  width 
of  body  and  plainly  longer  than  length  of  body;  tarsal  joints  six, 
fourteen,  nine,  and  ten;   first  three  of  tarsus  I  enlarged. 

Length  6  mm.,  hind  femur  10  mm. 

From  San  Jose,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 
Cynorta  longispina  Cambridge. 

La  Emilia,  in  epiphytic  bromeliad,  Nov.  16,  1909  (Calvert). 
Cynorta  oculata  n.  sp. 

Red-brown,  legs  pale,  finely  maculate  with  black,  dorsum  with 
four  white  rings  surrounding  the  four  tubercles,  venter  with  two  of 
the  basal  segments  pale  on  the  middle  of  hind  margin,  last  segment 
with  white  mark  each  side,  white  spot  surrounding  the  spiracles, 
and  a  white  stripe  above  coxae  IV.  Dorsum  smooth,  with  four 
humps,  the  basal  pair  low  and  blunt,  the  apical  pair  high,  but  more 

1  [Mr.  Banks  has  recently  re-examined  a  couple  of  specimens  from  the  same 
bromeliad,  quoted  on  page  405  of  volume  XXII  of  Entomological  News  as  Cynorta 
sp.,  and  writes:  "The  Phalangids  are  young  Cynorta;  have  long  palpi;  when 
mature,  palpi  are  very  much  shorter.  I  cannot  be  sure  of  species;  looks  like 
C.  albomaculata  Cambr.,  which  is  common  in  Costa  Rica."  The  locality  whence 
these  specimens  came  was  Juan  Vinas,  Oct.  3  and  4,  1909.^ — P.  P,  Calvert.) 
45 


682  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

than  twice  their  height  apart,  and  each  with  a  rounded  tip;  tarsal 
joints  6,  14,  9,  10;  hind  coxae  with  a  few  granules  on  outer  side. 

Length  5.5  mm.,  femur  II,  10  mm.;  femur  IV,  9  mm. 

From  Ste.  Maria  Dota,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 
Cynorta  oonspersa  n.  sp. 

Related  to  C.  flavornata,  with  large  yellow  spot  on  outer  side  of 
each  hind  coxa  and  small  dots  on  the  eye-eminence,  and  a  pair  of 
large  spots  behind  on  last  segment;  these  last  marks,  however,  are 
plainly  made  up  of  three  spots  joined  together.  The  dorsum  has  a 
great  number  of  small,  rounded  yellow  dots,  often  marking  an  eleva- 
tion, these  are  most  numerous  on  the  sides,  two  in  front  of  eye-emi- 
nence on  the  front  margin.  The  posterior  spines  are  more  slender 
than  in  C.  flavornata  and  more  than  their  length  apart,  there  are  no 
anterior  humps.  The  tarsal  joints  are  6,  13,  9,  11 ;  femora  II  and  IV 
are  much  longer  than  the  body,  second  joint  of  mandible  scabrous 
above,  the  palpal  joints  not  as  broad  as  in  that  species. 
.  Length  5  mm.;  femur  I,  8  mm.;  femur  IV,  7  mm. 

From  Juan  Vinas,  2,500-3,000  feet,  in  arboricolous  bromeliads, 
March  20  and  21,  1910  (Calvert). 

STYGNOLEPTES  n.  gen. 

A  Gonyleptid ;  the  hind  coxae  larger  than  others  and  much  broader 
than  first  segment  of  abdomen;  all  coxae  distinct;  hind  coxae  sepa- 
rated by  a  triangular  plate;  spiracles  distinct.  Palpi  not  one-half 
the  length  of  the  body,  rather  slender,  with  bristles;  all  legs  short, 
and  tarsi  with  few  joints;  eye-tubercle  broad  and  low,  with  a  little 
granule  above  on  each  side  near  eyes.  Cephalothorax  small  com- 
pared to  the  abdomen,  the  basal  dorsal  scutum  of  abdomen  undivided 
by  grooves  or  furrows. 
Stygnoleptes  analis  n.  sp.    PI.  XXVIII,  fig.  6. 

Body  reddish,  palpi  yellowish,  legs  mostly  brown,  the  bases  and 
the  articulations  pale.  Dorsal  surface  finely  granulate.  The 
cephalothorax  not  more  than  one-third  as  wide  nor  more  than 
one-fourth  as  long  as  the  abdomen;  the  dorsal. scutum  of  abdomen 
with  serrate  sides,  beyond  are  four  posterior  segments,  in  one  speci- 
men the  third  and  fourth  bear  a  pair  of  submedian  tubercles,  about 
twice  their  length  apart;  on  the  anal  plate  is  a  long  spine  projecting 
behind  the  body.  The  palpi  have  two  bristles  on  outer  edge  of  both 
tibia  and  tarsus,  and  near  base  of  the  femur  are  two  situate  on 
tubercles.  The  coxae  are  coarsely  granulate,  the  legs  short,  none 
of  the  femora  more  than  one-half  the  width  of  the  body;   the  hind 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  683 

legs  are  rather  longer  than  the  second  pair,  femora  I  and  II  have 
beneath  one  or  two  small  spines  near  tip;  leg  IV  is  heavier  than  the 
others,  and  more  coarsely  granulate;  the  trochanter  has  a  stout 
spur,  a  row  of  spurs  beneath  on  the  femur,  one  above  near  tip  of  the 
patella,  the  tibia  with  one  above  near  base,  and  a  very  large  one 
below  at  middle,  and  beyond  are  two  smaller  ones;  all  the  legs  are 
slightly  roughened  and  provided  with  very  fine,  short  hairs;  tarsus 
I  has  three  joints,  II  with  six  joints,  III  with  four  joints,  the  basal 
one  as  long  as  others  together;  IV  with  five  joints,  the  basal  one  the 
longest. 

Length  3.5  mm. 

From  Turrialba,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 

Meterginus  signatus  Banks. 

Juan  Vinas,  in  epiphytic  bromeliad  ("fourth  bromeliad")  ou  Rio 
Reventazon  Road,  Oct.  3  and  4,  1909  (Calvert;  quoted  in  Ent.  News, 
vol.  XXII,  p.  405,  1911). 

Liobunum  biolleyi  Banks. 

Cerro  Las  Pilas,  west  of  Santa  Cruz,  Guanacaste,  a  swarm  in  a  dry 
brook  bed,  Jan.  21,  1910  (Calvert). 

Liobunum  foveolatum  Cambridge. 

Rio  Oro  Valley  near  Cache,  March  8,  1910,  a  swarm  (Calvert). 

PSBUDOSOORPIONIDA. 

Chelanops  nodulimanus  Tomosv. 

On  the  Harlequin  beetle,  Acrocinus  longimanus,  from  Juan  Vifias 
(Calvert). 
Chelanops  uniformis  n.  sp.    PI.  XXIX,  fig.  16. 

Hard  parts  reddish -brown,  legs  paler.  Body  rather  long,  the 
cephalothorax  plainly  longer  than  broad  behind,  narrowed  and 
rounded  in  front,  minutely  granulate,  with  two  transverse  furrows, 
the  first  at  about  middle,  surface  with  many  short  clavate  hairs; 
no  eye-spots.  The  abdominal  scutse  finely  granulate,  each  with 
about  seven  clavate  hairs  behind.  Pedipalpi  slender,  longer  than 
the  body;  trochanter,  femur,  and  tibia  finely  granulate,  and  with 
clavate  or  subclavate  hairs,  hand  smooth  and  with  simple  hairs; 
femur  fully  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax,  nearly  straight  in  front, 
slightly  convex  behind;  tibia  rather  shorter  than  femur,  strongly 
convex  on  inner  basal  part,  outer  side  more  convex  near  tip;  hand 
but  little  broader  than  tibia,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  neither  side 
much  convex,  fingers  nearly  as  long  as  the  hand,  but  little  curved; 


684  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

legs  with  some  clavate  hairs  near  tip  of  femora,  and  on  the  tibia 
above. 

Length  3  mm.;    pedipalpi  3.3  mm. 

From  bromeliads  at  La  Emilia,  Juan  Vinas,  and  Reventazon 
Valley,  below  Juan  Viiias,  Costa  Rica,  Oct.  and  Nov.,  1909;  March 
and  April,  1910  (Calvert).  The  pedipalpi  are  very  similar  to  those 
of  CheUfer  canestrinii  Balzan. 

SOORPIONIDA. 

Centrurus  bicolor  Pocock. 

One  specimen  taken  in  the  office  of  Philadelphia  South  Farm 
(Banana  River  district),  Costa  Rica,  Nov.  7,  1909  (Calvert). 

Centrurus  margaritatus  Gerv. 

From  Turrucares,  August  14  and  15,  1909  (Calvert). 

SOLPUGIDA. 

Ammotrecha  stoUi  Pocock. 

Atenas  Station,  Pacific  Railroad,  one  specimen  running  about  in 
bed  at  hotel,  April  8,  1910,  9  P.M. 

AOARINA. 

Canestrinia  blattophaga  Banks. 

From  Santa  Cruz,  21  Jan.,  1910  (Calvert),  in  a  vial  with  various 
insects,  including  a  large  cockroach,  Archimandrita  marmorata  Stoll, 
identified  by  Mr.  J.  A.  G.  Rehn. 
Trombidium  furcipes  n.  sp.    PI.  xxx,  fig.  21. 

Red.  Body  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad,  broadest  at  humeri, 
constricted  behind  the  humeri  and  again  at  insertion  of  third  legs; 
crista  metopica  (or  groove)  reaching  to  abdomen,  with  a  papilla 
near  posterior  third;  two  sessile  eyes  each  side,  the  inner  one  much 
the  smaller.  Body  densely  clothed  with  minute,  short,  dense  fascicles 
of  hair,  each  arising  from -a  pit;  so  close  are  these  as  to  give  the  abdo- 
men a  pitted  appearance  from'  above;  legs  with  short,  fine  hairs, 
leg  I  longer  than  body,  leg  IV  plainly  shorter,  and  all  tarsi  at  end 
have  a  long  deep  slit  in  which  are  located  the  claws,  each  side  of 
slit  the  hairs  are  long  and  dense,  so  that  seen  from  the  side  the  tarsi 
appear  abruptly  clavate  at  tip,  and  from  above  appear  forked;  tarsi 
longer  than  preceding  joint;  palpi  quite  long,  with  only  short  hairs, 
the  thumb  fusiform  and  hardly  longer  than  the  long  claw. 

Length  2  mm. 

From  Juan  Vinas,  Costa  Rica,  June  23  to  29,  1910  (Calvert). 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  685 

Ehyncholophus  stolli  n.  sp.    PI.  XXX,  fig.  22. 

Red.  Body  about  one  and  two-thirds  as  long  as  broad,  broadest 
at  humeri,  slightly  narrowed  at  insertion  of  third  legs,  broadly 
rounded  behind,  clothed  with  very  short  dense  simple  hairs,  dorsal 
groove  long,  reaching  much  behind  eyes,  and  with  a  papilla  at  about 
one-third  way  from  end;  one  eye  each  side.  Legs  slender,  first 
pair  about  as  long  as  body,  second  pair  very  short,  last  joint  of  leg  I 
about  one-half  the  length  of  the  preceding,  last  joint  of  leg  IV  about 
one-third  of  preceding  joint;  palpi  with  large  clavate  thumb;  genital 
aperture  about  one-half  its  length  in  front  of  the  small  anal  aperture, 
the  latter  with  a  dark  strip  reaching  out  each  side. 

Length  3.5  mm. 

From  San  Jose,  Costa  Rica  (Tristan). 
TJropoda  olavisetosa  n.  sp.    PI.  XXIX,  fig.  19. 

Yellowish.  Body  about  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad, 
broadest  behind  middle,  but  not  narrowed  much  in  front;  dorsum 
with  many  long,  stout  bristles,  those  around  the  margin  (about 
15  each  side)  are  simple,  some  toward  tip  are  very  long,  four  in  front 
are  close  together  in  pairs,  on  middle  of  dorsum  the  bristles  are 
plainly  clavate,  especially  in  front,  those  behind  hardly  so;  legs 
rather  stout,  all  with  few  simple  bristles,  hind  coxte  more  approximate 
than  others,  hardly  more  than  diameter  apart;  venter  with  an 
oblique  ridge  behind  hind  femur;  anus  about  its  length  in  front  of 
margin,  a  pair  of  bristles  behind  it. 

Length  .65  mm. 

From  Juan  Vinas,  Costa  Rica  (Calvert),  on  the  Harlequin  beetle, 
Acrocinus  longimanus. 
Uropoda  bisetosa  n.  sp.    PI.  XXIX  fig.  15. 

Brownish-yellow.  Body  about  once  and  two-thirds  as  long  as 
broad,  broadest  rather  behind  the  middle,  broadly  rounded  behind, 
in  front  tapering,  and  near  tip  with  concave  margins  so  that  there 
is  a  prominent  process  in  front  which  bears  two  small  bristles;  dor- 
sum smooth,  without  hairs;  coxae  I  rather  longer  than  usual,  all 
legs  very  short,  and  all  but  leg  I  stout,  with  few  hairs,  a  few  spine- 
like bristles  on  tarsi;  epigynum  of  female  more  than  twice  as  long  as 
broad,  narrowed  behind;  anus  hardly  its  length  in  front  of  hind 
.margin;  behind  leg  II  the  peritreme  bends  suddenly  outward  and 
then  at  once  back  and  bends  to  leg  III. 

Length  .5  mm. 

From  Juan  Vinas,  Costa  Rica  (Calvert),  on  the  Harlequin  beetle, 
Acrocimis  longimanus. 


686  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

Celaenopsis  angustus  n.  sp.    PI.  XXX,  fig.  20. 

Reddish-brown.  Body  fully  twice  as  long  as  broad,  middle  sides 
nearly  parallel,  tapering  and  almost  pointed  behind,  in  front  rather 
concavely  narrowed  to  the  rounded  front;  dorsum  smooth,  with  a 
few  short  scattered  bristles,  these  bristles  not  one-half  as  long  as 
distance  between  them,  a  row  of  curved  bristles  over  front  margin; 
sternum  about  as  long  as  broad  behind,  a  bristle  in  each  anterior 
corner,  one  each  side,  and  a  submedian  pair  behind;  vulva  as  figured; 
hind  coxae  not  their  diameter  apart;  anus  nearly  three  times  its 
length  in  front  of  hind  margin,  a  pair  of  bristles  behind  it  toward 
tip;  first  legs  slender,  with  many  fine  hairs  especially  at  tip,  other 
legs  thicker,  and  with  few  bristles,  hind  legs  reaching  barely  beyond 
abdomen. 

Length  .6  mm. 

On  the  Scarabseid,  Dynastes  hercules,  from  Costa  Rica  (Calvert). 

Hypoaspis  distans  n.  sp.    PI.  XIX,  fig.  17. 

Yellowish.  Body  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  broadest  at  middle, 
tapering  each  way,  but  most  behind;  dorsum  with  a  number  of  short 
hairs  set  in  hyaline  dots,  and  on  margin  longer  hairs,  some  of  them 
very  long,  one  each  side  behind  is  fully  one-half  the  width  of  the 
body;  sternal  shield  rather  longer  than  broad;  epistome  very  long 
and  slender;  legs  rather  long,  second  pair  of  male  stoutest,  all  with 
bristles,  some  under  leg  II  spine-like,  a  very  long  bristle  on  femur  IV, 
much  shorter  one  on  femur  III,  in  female  there  is  also  a  very  long 
one  on  femur  II. 

Length  1  mm. 

On  the  Scarabseid,  Dynastes  hercules,  from  Costa  Rica  (Calvert). 

Explanation  of  Plates  XXVIII-XXX. 

Plate  XXVIII. — Fig.  1. — Singa  dotana. 
Fig.  2. — Teminius  conjunda,  vulva. 
Fig.  3. — Zimiromus  fragilis,  spinnerets. 
Fig.  4. — Anyphcena  pretiosa,  vulva. 
Fig.  5. — Anyphaena  furcalella,  palpus. 
Fig.  6. — Stygnoleptes  analis,  leg  IV. 
Fig.  7. — Theridion  biolleyi,  palpus. 
Fig.  8. — Chetnmis  punctigera,  vulva. 
Fig.  9. — Zimiromus  fragilis,  eyes. 
Fig.  10. — Anyphcena  fiMTcaiella,  vulva. 
Fig.  11. — Singa  dotana,  vulva. 
Fig.  12. — Zimiromus  fragilis,  vulva. 
Fig.  13. — Stygnoleptes  analis,  palpus. 
Fig.  14. — Pelayo  insignis,  vulva. 

Plate  XXIX. — Fig.  15. — Uropoda  bisetosa. 
Fig.  16. — Chelanops  uniformis. 
Fig.  17. — Hypoaspis  distaiis,  and  epistome. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  687 

Fig.  18. — Chelanops  uniformis. 

Fig.  19. — Uropoda  clavisetosa,  and  hairs. 

Fig.  20. — Ccelenopsis  angustus. 

Plate  XXX. — Fig.  21. — Tromhidium  furcipes,    palpus,    tarsus,    and   hairs    on 
dorsum. 
Fig.  22. — Rhyncholophus  stolli,  palpus. 
Fig.  23. — Edricus  tricuspis. 
Fig.  24. — Rhyncholophus  stolli. 
Fig.  25. — Rhtjncholophus  stolli,  legs  I  and  IV. 


688  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 


THE   ANATOMY   OF  TWO   BRAZILIAN   LAND   SHELLS,    ANOSTOMA 
DEPRESSITM   AND   TOMIGERUS   CLAUSUS. 

BY  HAROLD  HEATH. 

Among  the  many  strange  species  of  Brazilian  land  shells,  those 
belonging  to  the  genus  Anostoma  and  Tomigerus  present  the  most 
unusual  characters.  In  the  first  named  the  last  whorl  of  the  shell 
is  "straightened,  turning  toward  the  margin  and  upward"  (Pilsbry^), 
so  that  the  visceral  mass  is  carried  upside  down.  Pilsbry  has  sug- 
gested that,  judging  by  the  growth  lines,  the  shell  is  carried  at  first 
with  the  equatorial  plane  nearly  vertical,  and  that  as  the  last  whorl 
is  being  added  the  animal  falls  to  the  right,  thus  undergoing  a  twist- 
ing process  which  brings  the  spire  of  the  shell  into  a  reversed  position. 
Unfortunately,  no  young,  living  individuals  were  secured  by  the 
Stanford  Expedition,  but  in  the  shell  (PI.  XXXI,  figs.  2, 4)  of  one  imma- 
ture specimen  the  free  borders  are  highly  angular,  and  if  held  in  an 
upright  position,  as  Pilsbry  suggests,  would  offer  the  least  possible 
resistance  in  moving  about  through  the  grassy  regions  where  these 
snails  abound. 

The  specimens  of  Anostoma  on  which  this  paper  is  based  were  found 
in  the  low  hilly  country  in  the  neighborhood  of  Baixa  Verde,  a  small 
settlement  between  40  and  50  kilometers  to  the  northwest  of  Natal. 
A  fire  had  swept  the  region  in  comparatively  recent  times,  and 
fragments  of  shells  were  everywhere  abundant  in  the  scrubby  under- 
brush of  the  rocky  hills.  Extended  search  brought  to  light  a  single 
living  individual  in  a  profound  state  of  sestivation,  Avhich  a  prolonged 
stay  in  a  moist  chamber  failed  to  terminate.  In  addition,  five  dead 
shells  were  discovered  in  a  heap  of  stones,  and  were  measured  and 
described  in  the  field.  According  to  my  notes  made  at  the  time, 
they  vary  in  greatest  diameter  from  33  to  37  mm. ;  in  lesser  diameter 
from  24.5  to  28.5  mm.;  and  in  altitude  from  16  to  17.5  mm.  Also 
in  regard  to  the  number  and  position  of  the  apertural  teeth  or  lamella? 
there  is  considerable  variation.  In  two  specimens  there  are  seven, 
two  of  them  being  parietal ;  in  another  there  are  likewise  two  parietal 
folds,  but  the  columellar  lamella  is  absent;  in  the  remaining  two 
there  are  three  parietal  folds,  the  middle  one  curving  behind  the 

1  Manual  of  Conchology,  Vol.  XIV. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  689 

angle  lamella  as  in  A.  ododentatum ,  while  of  the  lip  teeth  the  colu- 
mellar  fold  is  lacking  entirely  in  one  specimen,  and  is  almost  com- 
pletely obsolete  in  the  other.  Where  the  color  persisted,  the 
peristome  was  pinkish-brown  or  flesh  tinted  and  characteristic  of  the 
species.  The  immature  shell  measures  21  by  18  mm.  in  width, 
with  an  altitude  of  10.5  mm.;  the  axis  is  hollow  and  the  mouth 
possesses  no  lamellae. 

After  the  living  specimen  had  been  decalcified  and  sketched  (PI. 
XXXI,  fig.  3),  it  was  stained  and  sectioned,  all  the  study  of  the  various 
systems  being  made  from  reconstructions.  The  head  region  was 
highly  contracted,  and  was  not  examined  to  any  considerable  extent. 
The  unusual  length  of  the  mantle  cavity,  extending  from  the  peri- 
cardium to  the  external  pore,  is  reflected  in  the  great  length  of  the 
mantle  arteries  and  veins,  as  well  as  that  of  the  ureter  and  portions 
of  the  reproductive  system.  Otherwise  there  are  no  especially 
noteworthy  features  beyond  what  are  indicated  in  the  figures. 

The  kidney,  placed  between  the  pericardial  and  body  walls  on  the 
anterior  face  of  the  last  fold,  presents  the  usual  sac-like  appearance. 
Evidently  the  reno-pericardial  opening  is  minute,  if  it  exists  at  all, 
for  a  careful  study  of  sections  failed  to  disclose  its  whereabouts. 
The  ureter,  likewise,  is  difficult  to  trace  throughout  a  portion  of  its 
course.  Its  external  opening  is  immediately  behind  that  of  the 
alimentary  canal,  and  from  this  point  is  readily  followed  to  the 
region  of  the  pericardium,  where  it  decreases  in  caliber  and  passes 
into  a  network  of  blood  vessels.  Furthermore,  the  present  specimen 
was  slightly  damaged  in  the  region  of  the  columellar  muscle,  thus 
adding  to  the  difficulty  of  tracing  the  connections.  It  appears  that 
the  kidney  is  in  contact,  along  its  inner  face,  with  a  slender  sack  or 
tube  with  which  the  ureter  communicates. 

The  digestive  system  (PI.  XXXI,  fig.  6)  requires  no  especial  descrip- 
tion. A  highly  intelligent  native  lad  of  Baixa  Verde  is  responsible 
for  the  statement  that  Anostoma  lives  solely  on  vegetable  matter; 
at  all  events,  several  specimens,  that  he  kept  for  several  months, 
thrived  on  garden  vegetables  and  moss.  He  had  made  no  observa- 
tions on  the  position  of  the  body  in  young  individuals. 

The  description  of  the  reproductive  system  of  A.  ringens,  as 
described  by  Fischer ,2  applies  in  all  essential  details  to  A.  depressum^ 
with  the  exception  of  a  penis  retractor  muscle  attached  to  the  vas 
deferens.     In  A.  depressum  the  external  reproductive  pore,  located 

^Joiir.  de  Conchyl,  1869,  p.  261. 


690  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

on  the  right  side  of  the  head,  leads  into  a  small  atrium  with  which 
the  penis,  hermaphroditic  duct,  and  seminal  receptacle  attach. 
The  first  named  is  a  heavy,  muscular  organ,  accompanied  by  the 
usual  slender  vas  deferens,  their  union  being  effected  at  some  distance 
from  the  distal  end  of  the  penis,  which  thus  forms  a  flagellum  (PI. 
XXXI,  fig.  7,  f).  As  the  flagellum  thus  holds  identically  the  same 
position  as  the  so-called  penis  retractor  in  A.  ringeris,  I  am  strongl}^ 
inclined  to  the  opinion  that  we  are  actually  dealing  with  flagella  in 
both  instances.  In  the  present  specimen  the  penis  and  flagellum 
are  both  sharply  defined  and  appear  to  be  without  muscular  attach- 
ments, though  bound  to  the  body  wall  by  delicate  connective  tissue 
strands.  In  the  neighborhood  of  the  outer  opening,  however,  the 
penis  sheath  affords  attachment  for  three  or  four  slender  muscle 
bands  that  I  am  inclined  to  regard  as  penis  retractors. 

The  hermaphroditic  duct,  a  highly  glandular  duct  of  comparatively 
even  diameter,  traverses  the  greater  portion  of  the  first  coil  of  the 
body  to  enter  the  accessory  glands.  All  of  these  structures  are  in  a 
quiescent  condition,  and  in  size  and  configuration  probably  fall  far 
short  of  their  fully  developed  state  in  the  sexually  mature  condition. 
The  same  is  likewise  true  of  the  gonad.  While  the  duct  leading  to 
it  from  the  accessory  glands  is  clearly  apparent  throughout  the  first 
part  of  its  course,  it  gradually  approaches  the  vanishing  point,  and 
cannot  with  certainty  be  traced  to  a  gonad,  which  is  accordingly 
drawn  in  its  hypothetical  position. 

Two  living  specimens  of  Tomigerus  clausus  were  found  beneath 
stones  in  the  vicinity  of  Ceara-Mirim,  a  town  about  midway  between 
Baixa  Verde  and  Natal.  Both  were  in  a  state  of  aestivation,  and 
failed  to  revive,  though  kept  in  a  moist  chamber  for  several  days. 
It  is  evident  from  several  features  of  the  shell  and  internal  organiza- 
tion that  the  shell  in  this  genus  is  carried  with  its  principal  axis 
transverse  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  foot;  that  is,  the  spire  is 
directed  to  the  right.  The  flattened  surface  of  the  outer  whorl  thus 
rests  upon  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  foot  or  upon  the  substratum 
when  the  animal  is  in  a  state  of  aestivation,  a  position  which  they  had 
assumed  in  both  instances. 

As  each  individual  was  in  a  highly  contracted  state,  with  foot  and 
head  drawn  far  within  the  shell,  external  features  are  difficult  to 
determine.  It  appears  certain,  however,  that  the  mantle,  with 
more  highly  thickened  margins  and  more  glandular  epithelium  than 
in  Anosto7na,  extends  throughout  the  first  whorl  of  the  shell  to  the 
region  adjacent  to  the  aperture.     It  thus  terminates  at  the  point 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  691 

where  the  ureter  (PI.  XXXI,  fig.  5,  u)  bends  abruptly  upon  itself.  The 
external  openings  of  the  ureter  and  intestine  occupy  the  usual 
positions  on  the  right  side,  and  from  this  point  pursue  a  course 
parallel  to  the  external  surface  of  the  body  in  close  contact  with  the 
mantle  cavity.  As  noted  previously^  the  ureter  bends  sharply  upon 
itself  at  the  termination  of  the  mantle  cavity,  and,  dorsally  placed 
with  reference  to  this  chamber,  proceeds  anteriorly  to  unite  with  the 
forward  extremity  of  the  kidney.  This  last-named  body  is  a  com- 
pact, sac-like  body  consisting,  as  usual,  of  highly  folded  glandular 
epithelium  confined,  in  the  posterior  half  of  the  organ,  to  the  outer 
face.  As  may  be  seen  in  the  diagram  (PI.  XXXI  fig.  5),  the  peri- 
cardium (p)  is  in  contact  with  this  glandular  section  throughout  its 
entire  length,  but  is  scarcely  more  than  half  as  extensive.  The 
reno-pericardial  opening  was  not  observed.  It  may  be  added  that 
the  kidney  is  placed  dorsally  with  reference  to  the  pericardium. 

The  reproductive  system,  considering  that  the  gonad  is  in  a 
highly  quiescent  state,  is  comparatively  large  and  more  compact 
than  in  Anostoma.  The  gonad  consists  of  several  slender  diverticula 
(probably  three  times  as  many  as  are  indicated  in  PI.  XXXI,  fig.  1), 
located  in  the  apical  whorls  of  the  visceral  mass.  These  contain 
primitive  sex  cells  undifferentiated  into  sperms  and  ova.  The 
hermaphroditic  duct  extends  ventrally,  close  to  the  columella,  and 
shortly  before  entering  the  accessory  glands  attaches  to  a  slender 
pear-shaped  organ,  possibly  a  seminal  vesicle,  consisting  of  upwards 
of  ten  small  diverticula  imbedded  in  a  muscular  sheath.  These  are 
empty  and  give  no  sign  of  glandular  activity.  The  accessory  glands 
are  volummous,  though  inactive  organs,  whose  general  extent  is 
indicated  in  PL  XXXI,  fig.  1,  ag,  though  several  lobes  give  them  a 
much  greater  dorso-ventral  thickness  than  can  be  shown  in  the 
figure.  The  duct  leading  from  the  accessory  glands  becomes  con- 
siderably widened  near  its  proximal  extremity,  and  possibly  functions 
as  a  shell  gland.  As  in  Anostoma,  the  duct  from  the  seminal  recep- 
tacle springs  from  this  point,  and,  as  a  slender  canal,  proceeds  to  the 
spacious  sack  situated  in  close  proximity  to  the  accessory  glands. 
The  vas  deferens,  likewise,  unites  with  the  penis  some  distance  from 
its  distal  extremity,  thus  forming  a  flagellum  (PL  XXXI,  fig.  1).  No 
penis  retractor  has  been  discovered  in  this  region.  On  the  other 
hand,  several  strands  attaching  to  the  penis  sheath  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  the  outer  opening  may  operate  as  retractors. 

The  digestive  system  is  sufficiently  illustrated  (PL  XXXI,  fig.  5) 
to  require  no  further  explanation  beyond  the  statement  that  three 
distinct  bile  ducts  open  into  the  stomach. 


692  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

Explanation  of  Plate  XXXI. 

Fig.  1  .—Reproductive  system  of  Tomigerus  clausus,  dorsal  view,  ag,  accessory 
glands;   f,  flagellum;   g,  gonad;  r,  seminal  receptacle;   v,  seminal  vesicle. 

Fig.  2. — Shell  of  young  Anostoma  depressum. 

Fig.  3. — Heart  and  kidney  (k)  of  A.  depressum,  viewed  from  underside  of  spire. 

Fig.  4. — Shell  of  young  A.  depressum. 

Fig.  5. — Dorsal  view  of  digestive  tract,  kidney  (k),  and  pericardium  (p)  of 
Tomigerus  clausus.     Contracted  specimen. 

Fig.  6. — Digestive  tract  of  A .  depressum  viewed  from  apex  of  spire. 

Fig.  7. — Reproductive  system  of  A.  depressum  viewed  from  apex  of  shell,  ag,. 
accessory  glands;   f,  flagellum;   g,  gonad;  r,  seminal  receptacle. 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  693 


The  following  Reports  for  1913  were  ordered  to  be  printed: 

REPORT  OF  THE  RECORDING  SECRETARY. 
The  past  year  of  the  Academy  has  been  tranquil  and  prosperous. 
While  nothing  of  unusual  interest  has  transpired,  the  results  of 
routine  work,  in  the  increase  of  the  Museum  and  Library  and  the 
issue  of  the  publications,  are  matters  of  congratulation.  The 
difficulty  of  securing  desirable  attendance  at  the  meetings,  noticed 
in  my  last  report,  continues,  the  committee  appointed  to  look  after 
the  interests  involved  having  been  active  only  during  the  latter  part 
of  the  year.  Better  results  may  be  secured  for  the  coming  sessions. 
Ten  meetings  were  addressed  by  F.  D.  Weidman,  Edw.  H. 
Thompson,  Johii  M.  Macfarlane,  Philip  P.  Calvert,  H.  Newell 
Wardle,  William  E.  Hughes,  Henry  Skinner,  T.  Chalkley  Palmer, 
Charles  S.  Boyer,  Hugo  Bilgram,  and  W.  H.  van  Sickle. 

Forty-four  papers  have  been  presented  for  publication  as  follows : 
Henry  W.  Fowler,  7;  Joseph  C.  Thompson,  4;  A.  P.  Brown  and 
H.  A.  Pilsbry,  2;  Amos  P.  Brown,  2;  James  A.  G.  Rehn,  2;  J.  A.  G. 
Rehn  and  Morgan  Hebard,  2;  Nathan  Banks,  2;  Morgan  Hebard,  1 
Will  F.  Thompson,   1;    R.  A.  Speath,   1;    Francis  W.  Pennell,  1 
T.  D.  A.  Cockerell,  1;    E.  G.  Vanatta,   1;    S.  Stillman  Berry,   1 
Frederick  D.  W>idman,  1;    Edgar  T.  W^herry,  1;  Witmer  Stone,  1 
Clarence  B.  Moore,  1;    Dr.  A.  Hrdlicka,    1;    Herbert  Campion,    1 
Philip  P.  Calvert,  1 ;  Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  1 ;  R.  W.  Shufeldt  1 ;  Thomas 
Barbour,    1;    William  H.   Dall,    1;    Frederick  Baker,    1;    Annette 
Frances  Braun,  1;  N.  E.  Mclndoo,  1;   Harold  Heath,  1,  and  Henry 
Fox,  1. 

Thirty-three  of  these  have  been  printed,  two  have  been  returned 
to  the  authors,  and  nine  remain  in  the  editor's  hands  awaiting  publi- 
cation. 

The  papers  by  Mr.  Clarence  B.  Moore  and  Dr.  Hrdlicka  con- 
stitute the  first  part  of  the  sixteenth  volume  of  the  Journal.  It 
forms,  as  usual,  a  beautiful  contribution  to  anthropological  science. 
The  expense  of  publication  has  been  borne  by  Mr.  Moore. 

The  contribution  from  Miss  Annette  F.  Braun  begins  the  second 
part  of  the  sixteenth  volume  of  the  Journal.  It  will  be  illustrated 
by  text  figures  and  by  two  fine  plates  printed  in  color  and  furnished 
by  the  author. 


694  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC.^ 

The  parts  of  the  Proceedings  published  have  amounted  to 
670  pages  and  25  plates.  Mr.  Moore's  contribution  to  the  Journal 
embraces  102  pages  and  two  plates  beautifully  printed  in  color^ 
besides  a  number  of  fine  halftone  illustrations.  Of  the  Transac- 
tions OF  the  American  Entomological  Society  (Entomological 
Section  of  the  Academy),  248  pages  and  26  plates  have  been  pub- 
lished, and  of  the  Entomological  News  432  pages  and  14  plates 
have  appeared.  Two  numbers  of  the  Manual  of  Conchology, 
consisting  of  112  pages  and  27  plates,  make  the  total  output  for  the 
year  1,564  pages  and  94  plates. 

A  careful  revision  of  the  exchange  list  has  been  made  by  Mr.  Fox^ 
Letters  have  been  sent  to  a  number  of  derelict  societies  asking  for  a 
supply  of  deficiencies  and  announcing  a  suspension  of  correspondence 
until  their  indebtedness  be  cancelled.  This  action  has  been  produc- 
tive of  some  good  results. 

Eight  members  and  one  correspondent  have  been  elected.  The 
deaths  of  sixteen  members  and  six  correspondents  have  been  an- 
nounced. Resignations  of  membership  have  been  accepted  from 
Joshua  L.  Bailey,  William  S.  Newcomet,  and  S.  Harbert  Hamilton. 

The  Curator  of  the  William  S.  Vaux  Collections,  the  Custodian  of 
the  Isaac  Lea  Collections,  and  the  Solicitor  of  the  Academy  in  position 
last  year  were  reappointed  by  the  Council. 

The  interest  so  loyally  manifested  during  his  life  by  the  Rev. 
Leander  T.  Chamberlain  in  the  condition  and  growth  of  the  collection 
of  Eocene  fossils  associated  with  the  memory  of  his  father-in-law, 
Isaac  Lea,  was  further  shown  by  a  bequest  of  $5,000  for  the  care  and 
increase  of  the  collection.     Dr.  Chamberlain  died  May  16,  1913. 

A  bequest  of  .$10,000  has  been  received  from  Miss  Anna  Blanchard, 
who  died  August  2,  1913. 

The  Academy  formally  thanked  Dr.  Thomas  Biddle  for  the 
valuable  additions  he  has  made  to  the  mammalian  collections, 
especially  for  the  skeletons  and  mounted  specimens  of  anthropoids. 

I  regret  to  report  that  a  bill  which  had  passed  the  Senate  and 
House  of  Representatives,  appropriating  $90,000  to  tKe  Academy, 
failed  to  receive  the  signature  of  the  Governor  and  was  therefore 
inoperative. 

Samuel  G.  Gordon  has  been  appointed  a  Jessup  Fund  student. 
Miss  Harriet  Newell  Wardle  was  reappointed  on  the  female  branch 
of  the  endowment. 

In  the  Monday  evening  course  of  lectures,  extending  from  January 
6  to  May  5,  three  lectures  on  problems  of  bird  life  were  delivered 


1913.J  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  695 

by  Dr.  Witmer  Stone ;  one  on  milk-born  epidemics  of  communicable 
diseases  by  Dr.  B.  F.  Royer;  one  on  a  sanitary  survey  of  the  Alle- 
gheny water  shed  by  Mr.  T.  Herbert  Snow;  three  on  anthropology 
and  ethnology  by  Dr.  Spencer  Trotter;  three  on  entomology'  by 
Dr.  Henry  Skinner;  three  on  studies  in  local  plant  life  by  Mr. 
Stewardson  Brown,  and  three  on  the  natural  history  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  by  Dr.  Henry  A.  Pilsbry. 

The  afternoon  course  for  students  of  the  Girls'  High  School  began 
October  8,  and  was  largely  attended.  Two  lectures  each  were 
delivered  by  the  following:  Dr.  Henry  Skinner  on  insects;  Dr. 
Henry  A.  Pilsbry  on  crustaceans  and  mollusks;  Dr.  J.  Percy  Moore 
on  reptiles  and  mammals;  Dr.  Witmer  Stone  on  birds,  and  INIr. 
Stewardson  Brown  on  plants. 

There  has  been  a  gratifying  increase  in  attendance  on  all  the 

courses. 

Edward  J.  Nolan, 

Recording  Secretary. 


REPORT  OF  THE  CORRESPONDING  SECRETARY. 

The  toll  of  death  from  among  correspondents  of  -the  Academy  for 
the  year  just  closed  was  unusually  heavy.  The  reported  deceased 
are  Professor  Robert  Collett,  Lord  Avebury,  Dr.  Philip  Lutley 
Sclater,  Professor  Igino  Cocchi,  Dr.  Joseph  K.  Corson,  Professor 
Arnim  Baltzer,  and  Alfred  Russel  Wallace. 

Colonel  Wm.  C.  Gorgas,  U.  S.  A.,  was  elected  a  correspondent. 

Invitations  were  received  to  send  delegates  or  to  participate 
otherwise  in  the  following-named  projects  of  scientific  interest: 
The  celebration  of  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  foundation 
of  the  Dumfriesiiire  and  Galloway  Natural  History  and  Anti- 
quarian Society;  the  movement  for  the  establishment  of  a  memorial 
to  Giovanni  Schiaparelli ;  the  Twelfth  International  Geological 
Congress,  at  which  the  Academy  was  represented  by  Professor 
Edgar  T.  Wherry,  Professor  Florence  Bascom,  and  Dr.  R.  A.  F. 
Penrose;  the  bicentenary  jubilee  of  the  Imperial  Botanical  Gardens 
of  St.  Petersburg;  the  Ninth  International  Congress  of  Zoology, 
to  which  the  Prince  of  Monaco,  Professor  Ulric  Dahlgren,  and 
Dr.  Edward  J.  Nolan  were  appointed  delegates;  the  fiftj'-year 
birthday  celebration  of  the  Natural  Science  Society  of  Braunschweig; 
the  one  hundred  and  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  the  granting  of  the 
first  charter  to  the  University  of  Pittsburgh ;  the  fiftieth  anniversary 


696  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

jubilee  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Ontario,  which  Dr.  C.  G. 
Hewitt  attended  as  the  Academy's  delegate;  the  Ninth  International 
Congress  on  Hydrology,  Climatology  and  Geology-;  the  inauguration 
exercises  of  the  new  President  of  Ursinus  College,  and  the  fiftieth 
anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the  Imperial  Society  of  the  Friends 
of  Natural  History,  Anthropology  and  Ethnography  of  Moscow. 
Letters  of  congratulation  or  more  formal  addresses  were  forwarded 
to  the  executive  officers  of  most  of  the  events  named,  special  attention 
being  given  to  those  at  which  the  Academy  found  it  impossible  to  be 
represented. 

Several  communications  from  individuals  or  organizations,  thank- 
ing the  Academy  for  courtesies  extended,  were  received.  Many 
letters  requesting  information  were  answered  or  suitably  referred,  and 
the  routine  correspondence  was  conducted  as  usual  as  shown  in  the 
summary  that  follows: 

Communications  received: 

Acknowledging  receipt  of  the  Academy's  publications 455 

Transmitting  publications  to  the  Academy... 54 

Requesting  exchanges  or  the  supply  of  deficiencies 3 

Invitations  to  learned  gatherings,  celebrations,  etc 14 

Notices  of  deaths  of  scientific  men ._ _. 5 

Circulars   concerning   the   administration   of   scientific   and   educational 

institutions,  etc 20 

Photographs  and  biographies  of  correspondents ■      2 

Letters  from  correspondents 10 

Miscellaneous  letters 135 

Total  received 698 

Communications  forwarded: 

Acknowledging  gifts  to  the  Library 1,094 

Requesting  the  supply  of  deficiencies 112 

Acknowledging  gifts  to  the  Museum 75 

Acknowledging  photographs  and  biographies 1 

Letters  of  sympathy  or  congratulation,  addresses,  etc 16 

Diplomas  and  notices  of  election  of  correspondents  and  delegates'  creden- 
tials   9 

Miscellaneous  letters 157 

Annual  reports  sent  to  correspondents 248 

Total  forwarded 1,712 

Respectfully  submitted, 

J.  Percy  Moore, 
Corresponding  Secretary. 


REPORT  OF  THE  LIBRARIAN. 

I  am  happy  to  report  a  gratifying  growth  of  the  library  during  the 
past  year,  the  accessions  amounting  to  a  total  of  9,735,  an  increase 


1913.] 


NATURAL  SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA. 


697 


of  nearly  1,000  more  than  the  additions  of  the  preceding  year.     The 
sources  of  accession  were  as  follows: 


Exchanges 

I.  V.  Williamson  Fund 

General  Appropriation 

United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture 

Authors 

James  Aitken  Meigs  Fund 

Editors 

United  States  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion  

Dr.  W.  D.  Bayley 

Geological  Survey  of  Kentucky.. 

Thomas  B.  Wilson  Fund 

Government  of  India 

Imperial  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, British  West  Indies.. 

New  York  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station 

United  States  Department  of 
the  Interior 

Imperial  Geological  Survey  of 
Japan 

University  of  Nebraska  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station... 

Government  of  Costa  Rica 

Dr.  W.  U.Abbott 

Pan-American  Union 

Ministerio  de  la  Agi-icultura, 
Argentine  Republic 

Botanical  Section  of  the 
Academy 

Trustees  of  the  British  Museum.. 

Tennessee  State  Board  of  Ento- 
mology  

Dr.  C.  W.  Richmond 

Estacion  Seismologica  de  Cartuj  a 

Dr.  E.  J.  Nolan 

United  States  War  Department.. 

United  States  Department  of 
Commerce  and  Labor 

WilUam  J.  Fox 

American  Iron  and  Steel  Insti- 
tute  

Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry 

Colorado  Agricultural  College 

Wyoming  State  Geologist 

Dr.  Henry  Skinner 

Albert  I,  Prince  de  Monaco 

University  of  Wyoming 

Pennsylvania  State  Library 

Comrnission  of  Conservation  of 

Canada 

Massachusetts  Agricultm-al  Ex- 
periment Station 

PubUcation   Committee  of  the 

Academy 

Maryland  Geological  Survey 

46 


4,288 
1,954 
1,330 

1,188 

192 

131 

63 

52 
50 
42 
40 

28 

25 


Ceylon  Marine  Biological  Lab- 
oratory  

State  Entomologist  of  lUinois... 

New   Mexico   College  of  Agri- 

.  culture 

Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Agriculture 

Pennsylvania  Chestnut  Tree 
Blight  Commission 

Wisconsin  Geological  and 
Natural  History  Survey 

Victoria  Department  of  Mines.. 

Rockefeller  Sanitary  Institute.... 

Wyoming  State  Board  of  Immi- 
gration  

Illinois  State  Geological  Survey 

Geological  Survey  of  Alabama.. 

Illinois  Bureau  of  Labor  Statis- 
tics  

Geological  Survey  of  New  Jersey 

Ciierpo  de  Ingenieros  de  Minas 
del  Peru 

Commission  de  la  Belgica 

Washington  Geological  Survey.. 

Estate  of  Caleb  J.  Milne 

C.  H.  Fernald 

Florida  State  Geological  Survey 

Iowa  Geological  Survey 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

Board  of  Park  Commissioners, 
San  Francisco 

Missouri  Bureau  of  Geology 
and  Mines 

John  Laurence 

Government  of  Formosa 

Mrs.  W.  A.  Lemly 

American  Federation  of  Hygiene 

Danish  Government 

Mrs.  John  Marcou 

French  Government 

National  Electric  Lamp  Asso- 
ciation  

Herbert  A.  Gill 

University  College,  London 

New  Orleans  Progressive  Union 

Geological  Survey  of  Georgia 

Geological  Survey  of  Ohio 

Minnesota  Historical  Society 

Miss  A.  L.  Fries 

Delaware  Valley  Ornithological 
Club ._ 

Ventura  County  Horticultural 
Society 

Illinois  State  Museum 

Louisiana  State  Museum 

F.  E.  Fischer,  Leipzig 

United  States  Brewers'  Asso- 
ciation  


698  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

Of  these  7,957  were  pamphlets  and  parts  of  periodicals;  969 
volumes,  and  809  maps. 

They  were  distributed  to  the  several  departments  of  the  library 
as  follows : 

Journals 6,193  Mineralogy 33 

Agriculture 1,297  Encyclopedias 27 

Geography 700  Mammalogy 17 

Geology 480  Physical  Science 11 

Botany 240  Bibliography ;....  10 

Entomology 154  Herpetology 9 

General  Natural  History 134  Ichthyology 4 

Voyages  and  Travels 118  Medicine 3 

Anatomy  and  Physiology 94  Mathematics 2 

Anthropology 65  Philology 2 

Helminthology 39  Chemistry 1 

Ornithology 37  Miscellaneous 47 

Conchology 36 

Among  the  serials  not  before  in  the  collection  and  secured  by 
subscription,  purchase,  or  exchange  may  be  named: 

American  Ethnological  Society  Publications. 

Apuntes  de  Historia  Natural.     Buenos  Aires. 

Archives  Botaniques  du  Nord  de  la  France.     Lille. 

Comptes  Rendus,  Conferences  Internationale  de  Genetique. 

Eugenics  Record  Office,  Bulletin  and  Memoirs. 

Fortschritte  der  Mineralogie,  etc.     Jena. 

Istituto  Geologico  della  R.  Universita  di  Padova,  Memorie. 

Mededeelingen,  Rijksopsporing  van  Delfstoffen.     s'Gravenhage, 

Naturwissenschaften  (Die).     Berlin. 

Norsk  Geologisk  Tidsskrift. 

Palaeobotanische  Zeitschrift.     Berlin. 

Palaeontologische  Zeitschrift.     Berlin. 

Physiological  Researches.     Baltimore. 

Studies  from  Museum  of  Zoology,  University  College,  Dundee. 

Termeszet.     Budapest. 

Zeitschrift  f.  Pflanzenzuchtung.     Berlin. 

Journal  of  the  Polynesian  Society,  4  vols. 

Memoires  d'Histoire  Naturelle  (Societe  Eduenne).     Autun. 

Mitteilungen  der  Grossh.  Badischen  Geologischen  Landesanstalt.     Heidelbei-g. 

Zeitschrift  f.  Geognosie.     Weimar. 

Academia  Romana,  Bulletin  de  la  Section  Scientifique. 

Academie  Malgache,  Bulletin.     Tananarive. 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Monographs.     New  York. 

Bulletin  of  the  University  of  Colorado.     Boulder. 

Dansk  Geologisk  Forening,  Meddelelser.     Copenhagen. 

Department  of  Agriculture.     Ceylon. 

Journal  of  the  College  of  Agriculture,  Tohoku  Imperial  University. 

Minnesota  School  of  Mines  Experiment  Station.     Bulletin. 

Mittheilungen  der  k.  sachsischen  forstliche  Versuchsanstalt  zu  Tharandt. 

Resources  of  Tennessee. 

Societe  Historique  et  Scientifique  des  Deux-Sevres.     Niort. 

Societe  Ouralienne  des  Amis  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  etc.     Ekaterinburg. 

Tennessee  State  Geological  Survey,  Bulletin. 

Verein  f.  Naturwissenschaften  an  der  Unterweser.  Separate  Schriften.  Geeste- 

munde. 
Washington  University  Studies.     St.  Louis. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  699 

As  of  special  importance  may  be  mentioned: 

Freyer.     Beitraege  z.  Geschichte  europ.  Schmetterlinge.     3  vols. 
Freyer.     Neuere  Beitraege  z.  Schmetterlingskunde.     7  vols. 
Millais.     British  Diving  Ducks. 
Coal  Resources  of  the  World,  2  vols.,  text  and  folio  Atlas. 

A  specially  illustrated  copy  of  the  Centenary  volume  of  the 
Journal,  bound  in  two  volumes,  has  been  presented  by  the  Record- 
ing Secretary.  They  contain  samples  of  all  the  documents  and  cards 
used  in  connection  with  the  centenary  celebration,  photographs  of, 
and  autograph  letters  from  everyone  taking  part  in  the  meetings  or 
contributing  communications  to  the  volume,  a  photograph  of  the 
dining  hall  with  seated  guests,  lists  of  subscribers  to  the  general 
expense  fund  and  to  the  dinner  fund,  proof  and  plates  of  an  omitted 
paper,  statistics  of  distribution,  text  of  the  secretarj^'s  unpublished 
"Reminiscences,"  and  a  copy  of  the  printers'  bill.  These  volumes 
cannot  fail  to  be  of  increasing  interest  as  the  years  go  on.  They 
have  been  presented  on  condition  that  they  be  kept  under  lock  and 
key  and  inspected  only  in  the  presence  of  an  officer  of  the  Academy 
or  an  attache  of  the  library. 

Five  hundred  and  eight  volumes  have  been  bound. 

The  stack  has  been  thoroughly  cleaned  and  the  windows  so  pro- 
tected as  to  minimize  the  access  of  dust. 

We  are  indebted  to  Miss  A.  L.  Fries  for  a  collection  of  one  hundred 
and  thirty-one  letters  addressed  by  American  and  foreign  naturalists 
to  the  Rev.  David  Lewis  De  Schweinitz  with  his  certificates  of 
membership  in  the  Academy  and  the  Linnean  Society  of  Paris. 
The  letters  mostly  relate  to  the  work  of  Dr.  De  Schweinitz  on  the 
fungi. 

In  compliance  with  the  law,  199  duplicate  pamphlets  and  58  maps 
have  been  returned  to  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

A  proposition  to  alter  the  by-laws  so  as  to  permit  of  the  loaning 
of  books,  which  had  been  long  under  consideration  by  the  Council, 
was  reported  on  negatively. 

It  gives  me  pleasure  to  again  acknowledge  my  indebtedness  to  my 
assistants,  William  J.  Fox  and  Furman  Shepherd  Wilde,  for  the 
conscientious  and  intelligent  discharge  of  their  duties. 

Edward  J.  Nolan, 

Libranan. 


REPORT  OF  THE  CURATORS. 

During  the  past  year  the  work  of  the  museum  staff  has  been 
mainly  devoted  to  completing  and  improving  the  arrangement  of 


700  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

the  study  collections,  which,  as  stated  in  last  year's  report,  had 
nearly  all  been  moved  into  new  or  renovated  quarters,  upon  the 
completion  of  the  building  operations  in  1912. 

A  large  amount  of  work  along  these  lines  was  necessary,  and  the 
appended  reports  of  the  special  departments  will  show  in  detail  the 
results  that  have  been  attained. 

In  the  departments  of  Entomology,  Ornithology,  and  Botany, 
which  underwent  the  greatest  changes,  immense  improvements  have 
been  made  in  the  arrangement  of  the  collections,  rendering  them 
much  more  accessible  and  providing  for  the  accommodation  of 
additional  accessions. 

Furthermore,  these  arrangements  and  the  acquirement  of  addi- 
tional storage  cases  will  permit  of  the  withdrawing  of  duplicate 
material  now  on  exhibition,  especially  in  the  departments  of  Con- 
chology  and  Ornithology,  and  facilitate  the  display  of  the  remainder 
to  much  better  advantage.  In  this  connection  the  preparation  of 
descriptive  labels  is  contemplated,  while  groups  illustrative  of  the 
life  history  of  the  species  will  be  substituted  for  single  mounts. 

Comparatively  little  change  has  been  possible  in  the  arrangement 
of  exhibits  this  year  owing  to  the  crowded  condition  of  many  of  the 
cases  and  the  lack  of  new  cases  for  the  north  wing.  The  former 
condition  will  be  remedied  during  the  coming  year,  as  already 
explained,  while  it  is  hoped  that  enough  new  cases  may  be  obtained 
to  permit  of  the  reopening  of  the  north  wing. 

The  greater  part  of  the  collection  of  vertebrate  fossils  has  been 
thoroughly  cleansed,  removed  from  the  old  table  cases,  and  arranged 
systematically  in  trays  which  have  been  temporarily  placed  under 
the  mahogany  cases  containing  the  exhibition  series  of  fossil  mol- 
lusca.  Here  they  are  readily  accessible  for  study  until  permanent 
cases  can  be  provided. 

The  removal  of  the  Wm.  S.  Vaux  collection  of  minerals  to  the 
old  library  hall  has  been  completed  and  Mr.  F.  J.  Keeley  has  rearranged 
the  specimens;  while  under  his  direction  Mr.  S.  G.  Gordon,  a  student 
on  the  Jessup  Fund,  has  continued  the  cataloguing  of  the  collection 
which  was  begun  some  years  ago.  The  skeleton  of  the  large  Sperm 
Whale,  secured  in  1911,  has  been  placed  temporarily  in  the  centre  of 
this  hall,  where  it  has  attracted  much  attention.  This  skeleton 
together  with  one  of  the  Mesoplodon  makes  the  Academy's  series  of 
the  larger  Cetaceans  almost  complete  as  far  as  genera  are  concerned. 
Mr.  Clarence  B.  Moore  has  continued  his  investigations  of  the 
Indian  mounds  of  the  southern  United  States  and  has  added  a 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  701 

number  of  valuable  specimens  to  his  collection.  The  general  archaeo- 
logical collection  has  benefited  as  heretofore  from  the  attention  of 
Miss  H.  N.  Warden. 

Mr.  Henry  W.  Fowler  has,  as  usual,  cared  for  the  ichthj^ological 
collection  and  has  also  incorporated  all  of  the  additions  to  the  col- 
lection of  reptiles  and  amphibians  and  examined  and  rearranged 
the  entire  series  of  alcoholic  crustaceans. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Moore  has  cared  for  the  collections  of  worms  as  in  previous 
years. 

Work  in  other  departments  is  described  in  the  appended  special 
reports. 

In  addition  to  the  work  of  the  museum  staff,  the  Curators  are 
indebted  to  Mr,  F.  J.  Keeley  for  the  care  of  the  Wm.  S.  Vaux  col- 
lection of  minerals ;  to  Mr.  Morgan  Hebard  for  furnishing  an  assistant 
in  the  entomological  department  to  mount  specimens  of  Orthoptera ; 
to  Dr.  Amos  P.  Brown  for  the  identification  of  many  specimens  of 
invertebrate  fossils,  and  to  ]Messrs.  S.  S.  VanPelt  and  Bayard  Long 
for  the  care  of  the  local  herbarium. 

Several  notable  expeditions  have  been  undertaken  liy  members 
of  the  museum  staff. 

Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry  spent  the  first  three  months  of  the  year  in  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  making  studies  and  collections  for  a  monograph 
of  Hawaiian  tree  snails.  Details  of  his  work  will  be  found  in  the 
special  report  appended  hereto. 

Mr.  J.  A.  G.  Rehn  spent  the  month  of  July  with  Mr.  Morgan 
Hebard  investigating  the  Orthoptera  of  the  Southern  States  from 
Virginia  to  Georgia.     They  made  a  valuable  joint  collection. 

Mr.  Stewardson  Brown  again  visited  Bermuda  in  company  with 
Dr.  N.  L.  Britton,  in  September,  and  continued  the  investigation  of 
the  flora  of  the  island. 

Many  short  trips  were  also  undertaken  which  have  added  largely 
to  the  local  collections  of  fishes,  reptiles,  insects,  moUusks,  plants,  etc. 

Fifty-two  storage  cases  and  two-hundred  and  two  insect  boxes 
have  been  purchased  during  the  year. 

Many  valuable  additions  have  been  received  bj'  gift,  purchase,  and 
exchange,  as  set  forth  in  the  accompanying  list  of  accessions. 

The  Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  Club,  Philadelphia  Botanical 
Club,  and  Pennsylvania  Audubon  Society  have  held  their  meetings 
regularly  at  the  Academy  during  the  year  and  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Museums  convened  here  for  their  annual  meeting  in  April. 

The  attendance  in  the  museum  is  constantly  increasing,  especially 


702  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

school  classes  accompanied  by  teachers.  Out-of-town  schools  have 
visited  the  museum  in  a  body,  while  Philadelphia  schools,  notably 
the  High  School  for  Girls,  have  sent  the  scholars  in  sections  for  the 
study  of  special  departments  in  regular  sequence. 

The  classes  from  the  School  of  Industrial  Art  have  also  attended 
regularly  for  the  purpose  of  sketching  the  osteological  and  other 
exhibits. 

Extensive  use  has  been  made  of  the  study  collections  in  all  depart- 
ments by  visiting  specialists,  while  specimens  have  been  loaned  to 
Robert  Ridgway,  W.  W.  Cooke,  W.  G.  Mazyck,  M.  L.  Fernald, 
H.  W.  Henshaw,  J.  H.  Ashworth,  R.  H.  Howe,  O.  P.  Hay,  R.  South- 
ern, E.  W.  Nelson,  E.  S.  Shumann,  F.  M.  Chapman,  M.  J.  Rathbun, 
and  H.  C.  Oberholser. 

A  series  of  mounted  mammals  of  Pennsylvania  was  contrib- 
uted to  the  exhibition  of  the  State  Forestry  Association. 

Samuel  G.  Dixon, 

Executive  Curator. 

Report  of  the  Department  of  Mollusca. 

Accessions  to  the  collection  of  mollusks  have  been  received  from 
66  persons  and  institutions  during  the  year. 

Valuable  material  has  been  collected  by  several  expeditions  made 
by  members  or  friends  of  the  Academy.  Mr.  J.  H.  Ferriss  spent 
four  months  in  Arizona,  exploring  the  Santa  Catalina  and  White 
Mountains,  finding  an  abundant  fauna  of  land  mollusks  at  elevations 
up  to  13,000  feet.  As  the  localities  had  not  been  visited  before  by  a 
collector  of  shells  and  the  species  are  largely  local,  he  secured  a  large 
number  of  species  new-  to  science  and  valuable  zoogeographic  data. 
The  collections  made  have  been  generously  shared  with  the  Academy. 

Doctor  Amos  P.  Brown  gave  the  Academy  a  collection  of  the 
mollusca  of  the  island  of  Antigua,  B.  W.  I.,  taken  by  him  during  the 
summer.  It  is  probably  nearly  or  quite  complete  for  land  forms  and 
includes  also  a  considerable  number  of  marine  shells. 

The  Special  Curator  spent  a  few  days  over  three  months  in  visiting 
the  Hawaiian  Islands,  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  studying  land  snails 
of  the  family  Achatinellidm,  both  in  the  field  and  in  Hawaiian  col- 
lections. Over  1,000  lots  of  shells  in  trays  and  bottles  have  been 
labelled  and  catalogued,  and  about  an  equal  number  remain  to  be 
worked  over.  Special  attention  was  given  to  the  deposits  of  fossil 
land  shells,  and  about  20,000  specimens  of  fossils  were  collected. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  703 

So  far  as  studied,  these  collections  show  that  the  fossil  faunas  of  the 
several  islands  are  much  more  closel}"  related  to  one  another  than  are 
the  living  faunas.  The  theory  that  the  islands  are  portions  of  a 
former  large  land-area,  now  dismembered  by  subsidence,  is  therefore, 
emphatically  supported  by  the  new  data  obtained.  Collections 
were  made  on  Oahu,  Molokai,  Hawaii,  and  the  uninhabited  island 
Kahoolawe.  The  success  of  the  expedition  was  largely  due  to  the 
generous  hospitality  of  the  Bishop  Pauahi  Museum,  Doctor  C. 
Montague  Cooke,  Mr.  George  Cooke,  Mr.  Irwin  Spalding,  Mr.  D. 
Thaanum,  and  others,  who  in  many  ways  assisted  the  investigation. 

The  time  of  the  Special  Curator  since  his  return  has  been  largely 
occupied  with  work  on  material  brought  back  and  with  the  current 
work  of  the  department.  Papers  have  been  published  on  Lower 
Californian  Helices  and  various  other  topics  and  Mr.  Vanatta  pub- 
lished upon  new  marine  mollusks. 

With  the  assistance  of  Dr.  A.  P.  Brown,  who  devoted  considerable 
time  to  the  work,  progress  has  been  made  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
invertebrate  fossils.  Dr.  Brown  has  presented  to  the  Academy  a 
collection  of  Oligocene  fossils  which  he  made  in  Antigua  and  de- 
scribed in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy. 

Miss  Winchester,  artist  of  the  department,  has  continued  her 
work  throughout  the  year.  Mr.  Vanatta  was  assigned  to  work  in 
the  Entomological  Department  on  April  1st,  but  since  December  1st 
has  returned  to  the  Department  of  MoUusca.  The  Curator  has 
also  had  the  assistance  of  Miss  Ziegler,  who  has  spent  five  months 
in  assorting  minute  shells  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 

H.  A.  PiLSBRY, 

Special  Curator. 

Report  of  Curator  of  William  S.  Vaux  Collections. 

During  the  past  year,  the  collection  of  minerals  was  removed  to 
its  new  quarters  in  what  was  formerly  the  Library  Hall,  and  during 
the  past  few  months,  with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  S.  G.  Gordon,  rapid 
progress  has  been  made  on  the  cataloguing,  and  numbering  of  the 
mineral  specimens. 

Twenty-two  specimens  have  been  added  to  the  collection  during 
the  year,  in  the  selection  of  which,  the  established  precedent  of 
securing  quality  rather  than  quantity  has  been  adhered  to.  The 
most  important  accessions  include  a  suite  of  aerolites  from  Hol- 
brook,  Ariz.;  tantalum,  Altai  Mountains;  andorite,  Oruro;  enargite. 


704  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Morococha;  monticellite,  Magnet  Cove;  natrochalcite,  Chuoui- 
camata;  diamond  in  matrix,  S.  Africa;  ehiastolite,  California; 
gageite,  Franklin,  N.  J.;  delafossite  and  mottramite,  Bisbee,  Ariz. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

F.  J.  Keeley, 
Curator  William  S.  Vaux  Collection. 


REPORTS  OF  SECTIONS. 
Biological  and  Microscopical  Section. 

The  Section  held  nine  regular  meetings  during  the  year  with  the 
usual  attendance. 

Various  communications  were  made  by  Messrs.  Morris,  Palmer, 
Keeley,  Stewart,  Van  Sickel,  Schuino,  Bilgram,  and  Boyer. 

At  the  annual  meeting  with  the  Academy,  the  program  included 
addresses  by  Mr.  T.  C.  Palmer,  on  the  collecting  and  preparing  of 
Diatoms;  by  Mr.  Charles  S.  Boyer,  on  Philadelphia  Diatoms; 
by  Mr,  W.  H.  Van  Sickel,  on  the  methods  of  labelling  shdes;  and 
by  Mr.  Hugo  Bilgram,  on  rock  inclusions. 

The  following  officers  were  elected  for  the  ensuing  year: 

Director Dr.  J.  Cheston  Morris. 

Vice-Director T.  Chalkley  Palmer. 

Recorder .*. Charles  S.  Boyer. 

Corresponding  Secretary Silas  L.  Schumo. 

Treasurer Dr.  Thomas  S.  Stewart. 

Curator ., F.  J.  Keeley. 

Charles  S.  Boyer, 

Recorder. 

Report  of  the  Entomological  Section. 

Two  hundred  and  fourteen  glass-covered  boxes  have  been  pur- 
chased to  accommodate  the  growth  of  the  collections.  Nine  thousand 
one  hundred  and  eighty-seven  specimens  have  been  added  by  gift, 
purchase,  and  exchange,  and  most  of  them  have  been  mounted  and 
incorporated. 

Thirty-four  drawers  of  Lepidoptera  have  been  transferred  to  make 
room  for  other  insects  and  one  cabinet  was  emptied  and  sold. 

The  families  Geometridse  and  Sphingidse,  the  genera  Ornithoptera 
and  Papilio,  and  the  life-histories  have  been  rearranged. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF  PHILADELPHIA.  705 

In  the  Coleoptera  the  exotic  species  from  CicindeUdse  to  Scara- 
beidse  have  been  transferred  to  the  Ridings  cabinets.  All  the  named 
exotic  species  that  were  not  incorporated  have  been  added  to  the 
exotic  collection.  The  Zimmerman  collection,  the  Poey,  Cuban 
collection  and  the  Salle  collection  of  Mexican  species  have  all  been 
labelled. 

In  the  North  American  series  the  rearrangement  of  the  Carabidse 
and  the  Gyrinidse  have  been  completed  and  the  Hydrophilidie  in 
part. 

The  Horn  types  in  Carabidse  and  Elateridse  have  been  labelled; 
also  the  Curculionidse  and  some  of  the  smaller  families. 

The  following  families  have  also  been  rearranged :  Rhinomaceridae^ 
Rhynchitidse,  Attelabidae,  Brysopidse,  Otiorhynchidse,  Curculionid8&, 
Brenthidse,  Calandridae,  Scolytidae,  Anthribidse,  Haliplidse,  and 
Dytiscidse. 

More  than  a  hundred  species  undetermined  in  the  Horn  collection 
have  been  named  by  specialists  and  incorporated. 

In  the  order  Hymenoptera  the  family  Chalcididae  has  been  re- 
arranged. 

In  the  Diptera  the  Sapromyzidae  and  Agromyzidce  have  been 
determined  and  rearranged,  and  the  Stratiomyidae,  Culicidae,  and 
SyriphidsB  have  been  put  in  better  order. 

The  Odonata  have  all  been  transferred  to  glass-topped  drawers 
with  the  exception  of  some  specimens  on  which  studies  are  being 
made. 

The  work  on  the  order  Orthoptera  has  been  as  follows: 

The  North  American  and  exotic  collections  of  Dermaptera  and 
Blattidee  have  been  rearranged  in  the  large  glass-top  boxes  in  which 
the  whole  collection  of  these  orders  will  eventually  be  displayed. 

Some  thousands  of  specimens  from  numerous  exotic  localities  have 
been  relaxed  and  mounted  and  in  part  permanently  labelled,  pre- 
paratory to  study.  The  series  of  the  genera  Dichopetala,  Insara, 
and  Arethcea  have  been  critically  studied  by  Messrs.  Rehn  and 
Hebard,  the  latter  spending  a  number  of  months  monographically 
studying  the  North  and  Central  American  crickets  of  the  genus 
Nemobius.  To  complete  these  studies,  all  the  types  in  America 
and  certain  of  those  in  European  collections  were  examined  by 
one  or  other  of  the  authors.  A  faunistic  paper  on  the  Orthoptera 
of  the  Florida  Keys  and  extreme  Florida  was  prepared  by  the 
same  workers,  based  wholly  on  material  collected  by  the  Hebard- 
Academy  Expedition  of  1912.     Mr.  Relm  has  studied  two  extensive 


706  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

collections  of  Argentine  Orthoptera,  the  first  set  of  each  becoming 
the  property  of  the  Academy,  while  work  by  him  on  a  large  series  of 
Brazilian  material  is  now  under  way. 

During  the  summer  of  1912  Messrs.  Rehn  and  Hebard  spent  four 
weeks  in  the  field  in  the  Piedmont  regions  of  the  Southeastern  States 
collecting  Orthoptera,  while  in  October  and  November  Mr.  Hebard 
made  collections  in  Jamaica  and  Panama  which  will,  when  studied, 
add  greatly  to  the  value  of  the  series  of  Orthoptera. 

Mr.  Hebard  during  the  last  year  deposited  the  last  section  of  his 
collection  in  the  Academy.  Numerous  specimens  have  been  received 
from  him  as  distributions  of  the  Bruner  Collection  material,  these 
often  of  great  value  on  account  of  their  determination  by  their 
former  owner. 

Mr.  Hebard  has  continued  to  employ  help  in  preparing  the  series 
of  Dermaptera  and  Orthoptera  secured  by  field  work  in  which  he  is 
interested,  thus  affording  material  assistance  to  the  department. 

The  Academy  has  acquired  by  purchase  a  valuable  series  of 
Orthoptera  from  Trinidad,  British  Guiana,  Peru,  Ecuador,  and 
Colombia.  The  Orthoptera  collections  of  German  Central  African 
Expedition  of  1910-1911,  have  been  received  for  study,  as  well  as  a 
number  of  other  series  from  different  sources. 

There  is  now  assembled  in  one  room  in  the  Academy  the  largest 
series  of  Orthoptera  and  Dermaptera  in  America  and  one  of  the  largest 
in  the  world,  the  number  of  specimens  exceeding  one  hundred  and 
fifty  thousand,  almost  entirely  an  accumulation  of  the  last  fifteen  years. 

The  Conservator  spent  several  weeks  during  the  summer  col- 
lecting in  the  White  Mountains  of  New  Hampshire  and  succeeded 
in  securing  a  number  of  rare  species  for  the  collection. 

The  usual  meetings  of  the  Section  have  been  held,  with  an  average 
attendance  of  eight  persons.     Four  Associates  have  been  elected. 

At  the  annual  meeting,  held  December  8,  the  following  persons 
were  elected  to  serve  as  officers  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Director Philip  Laurent. 

Vice-Director Henry  W.  Wenzel. 

Treasurer Ezra  T.  Cresson. 

Conservator Henry  Skinner. 

Secretary James  A.  G.  Rehn. 

Recorder Henry  Skinner. 

Publication  Committee E.T.  Cresson  and  E.T.  Cresson,  Jr. 

Henry  Skinner, 

Recorder. 


1913.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  707 

Report  of  the  Botanical  Section. 

During  the  year,  following  the  policy  of  replacement  of  the  old 
wooden  cases  by  metal  ones,  further  changes  have  been  made  in  the 
arrangement  of  the  herbarium. 

The  Academy  has  furnished  the  herbarium  during  the  year  twenty 
additional  tins,  part  of  which  have  been  installed  in  the  place  of 
the  wooden  cases  formerly  occupying  the  east  wall  of  the  north 
room,  the  balance  having  been  used  to  relieve  the  crowding  in  the 
central  room.  The  wooden  cases  thus  removed  have  been  placed 
on  the  east  wall  of  the  local  room,  relieving  temporarily  the  over- 
crowding of  this  rapidly  growing  section.  The  cases  taken  from  the 
local  room  have  been  re-erected  in  the  central  gallery  room  and  are 
being  used  at  present  for  storage. 

More  than  10,000  specimens  have  been  added  to  the  general 
herbarium  during  the  year,  the  largest  accessions  being  the  herbarium 
of  Dr.  C.  D.  Fretz,  of  Sellersville,  Pa.,  presented  to  the  Academy. 
It  numbers  approximately  5,000  sheets,  about  one-third  of  which 
have  been  assigned  to  the  local  herbarium.  A  large  exchange  of 
several  thousand  plants  has  been  secured  from  the  Trenton  Museum, 
and  smaller  collections  from  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  Gray 
Herbarium,  and  University  of  Pennsylvania,  with  donations  from 
Charles  S.  WilUam5on  and  others.  A  majority  of  these  plants  have 
been  mounted  and  installed  in  the  collections. 

During  September  the  Conservator  spent  three  weeks  in  Bermuda, 
continuing  his  studies  there  in  company  with  Dr.  and  Mrs.  N.  L. 
Britton,  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden.  On  this  occasion 
particular  attention  was  paid  to  the  plants  in  several  of  the  old  gar- 
dens in  the  vicinity  of  Hamilton  and  St.  George's,  much  assistance 
being  rendered  by  Mr.  E.  J.  Wortley,  of  the  Agricultural  Gardens. 
Many  specimens  of  interesting  tropical  plants  were  collected.  They 
wall  add  greatly  to  the  value  of  our  study  material. 

During  the  year  the  Philadelphia  Botanical  Club  has  held  its 
meetings  regularly  in  the  herbarium  rooms,  and  its  members  as  well 
as  many  visiting  botanists  have  made  much  use  of  the  collections. 

Mr.  S.  S.  Van  Pelt  has  continued  his  valued  services  in  the  care  of 
the  local  collection,  and  the  Section  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Bayard  Long 
for  important  assistance  in  the  same  field. 

At  the  annual  meeting  held  November  20,  the  following  officers 
were  elected. 


708  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC,^ 

Director Benjamin  H.  Smith. 

Vice-Director Joseph  Crawford. 

Recorder Charles  S.  Williamson. 

Treasurer  and  Conservator Stewardson  Brown. 

Respectfully  submitted 

Stewardson  Brown, 

Conservator. 

MiNERALOGICAL  AND  GEOLOGICAL  SECTION. 

The  Section  has  held  four  meetings  this  year,  with  an  average 
attendance  of  twelve. 

Communications  were  made  by  Dr.  E.  T.  Wherry,  on  crystal 
analysis;  by  Dr.  Thomas  C.  Brown,  on  the  geology  of  the  Catskill 
Aqueduct;  by  Dr.  T.  C.  Brown,  on  a  canoe  trip  in  Northern  Quebec; 
and  by  Dr.  Florence  Bascom,  on  an  excursion  of  the  International 
Geological  Congress  north  of  Lake  Ontario.  There  were  alsO' 
shorter  communications  and  various  discussions. 

In  addition,  the  Section  had  one  meeting  in  conjunction  with  the 
Academy,  and  Dr.  E.  T.  Wherry  then  reported  on  the  International 
Geological  Congress  held  at  Toronto  last  August. 

The  Section  had  six  field  excursions,  with  an  average  attendance  of 
.17.  Visits  were  made  to:  (1)  Crystalline  rocks  near  Glen  Mills 
and  Lenni,  on  Chester  Creek  and  at  Black  Horse,  Delaware  County; 
(2)  Crystalline  rocks  and  their  minerals  near  the  Falls  of  French 
Creek,  Chester  County;  (3)  Crystalline  rocks  near  Holmesburg  and 
Rolandsville,  Philadelphia;  (4)  New  Red  Perkasie  shales  and 
Pottstown  shales  and  trap,  near  Schwenksville,  Montgomery  County; 
(5)  Graphite  deposits  near  Byers,  Chester  County;  (6)  Crystalline 
rocks  and  Cambrian,  near  Pennypack  Creek,  Montgomery  County. 

One  new  member  and  tAvo  associate  members  were  elected. 

The  following  officers  of  the  Section  have  been  elected  for  the  year 
1914: 

Director Benjamin  Smith  Lyman. 

Vice-Director Frank  J.  Keeley. 

Recorder  and  Secretary Silas  L.  Schumo. 

Treasurer William  B.  Davis. 

Conservator George  Vaux,  Jr. 

Respectfully  submitted  by  order  of  the  Section. 

Benjamin  Smith  Lyman, 

Director, 


1913.]  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  709 

Report  of  the  Ornithological  Section. 

More  progress  has  been  made  in  the  arrangement  of  the  study 
series  of  birds  during  the  year  just  closed  than  has  been  possible  for 
many  years  past. 

Mr.  D.  E.  Culver,  who  has  occupied  a  Jessup  studentship  during 
the  year,  has  devoted  nearly  all  of  his  time  to  the  relaxing  and 
renovation  of  the  old  unmounted  specimens.  Many  hundreds  of 
these  birds  have  thus  been  converted  into  excellent  skin  specimens, 
while  the  cases  have  been  thoroughlj^  cleansed  as  the  work  continued. 
All  of  the  lower  groups  of  birds,  comprising  those  of  large  size, 
liave  been  worked  over  in  this  way,  as  well  as  the  whole  series  of 
Picariae,  most  of  the  Clamatores,  and  one  or  two  families  of  the 
Oscines,  so  that  the  work  will  be  easily  completed  early  in  the  coming 
year. 

The  Conservator  took  up  each  family  of  the  water  birds  as  the 
relaxing  was  completed  and  arranged  them  systematically,  reidentify- 
ing  many  specimens  and  checking  them  up  in  Sharpe's  Hand  List. 
He  also  interpolated  in  the  collection  some  5,000  specimens  that  have 
been  acquired  during  past  years  but  not  systematically  arranged 
for  lack  of  cases,  a  need  that  was  met  this  year  by  the  addition  of  ten 
double-sized  metal  storage  cases. 

Iron-pipe  racks  were  also  erected  for  holding  the  cases  in  place  of 
the  temporary  wooden  racks  previously  in  use,  while  the  fronts  of 
all  the  cases  have  been  painted  cream  color,  which  gives  them  a  much 
neater  appearance  and  adds  materially  to  the  light  in  the  alcoves. 
The  floor  of  the  room  has  also  been  painted  with  cemitite,  which  has 
hardened  the  concrete  and  stopped  the  constant  wearing  away  of 
the  surface  in  the  form  of  fine  dust. 

The  removal  of  certain  old  wooden  cases  will  permit  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  local  collection  to  much  better  advantage. 

A  number  of  additions  have  been  made  during  the  year  to  the  local 
.exhibition  collection,  and  others  are  in  the  course  of  preparation. 
No  rearrangement  or  further  reduction  of  the  general  exhibition 
•collection  has  been  possible,  but  with  the  acquisition  of  additional 
storage  cases  it  is  hoped  in  the  coming  year  to  unmount  a  number  of 
duplicates  and  arrange  the  remaining  specimens  to  much  better 
advantage. 

There  have  been  a  number  of  very  important  accessions  to  the 
study  collection  during  the  year,  notable  among  which  were  two 
hundred  and  thirty-seven  West  African  birds,  obtained  from  George 


710  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC.^ 

L.  Bates,  and  four  hundred  and  fifty  specimens  from  Santa  Marta^ 
Colombia.     These  added  many  species  not  heretofore  represented. 

The  Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  Club  and  Pennsylvania 
Audubon  Society  have  held  their  meetings  regularly  at  the  Academy 
and  have  done  much  to  stimulate  interest  in  the  department,  while 
numerous  ornithologists  from  other  institutions  have  made  use  of 
the  collections. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Section,  held  December  4,  1913,  the 
following  officers  were  elected  for  the  ensuing  year: 

Director Spencer  Trotter,  M.D. 

Vice-Director George  Spencer  Morris. 

Recorder Stewardson  Brown. 

Secretary William  A.  Shryock. 

Treasurer  and  Conservator Witmer  Stone. 

WiTMER  Stone, 

Conservator. 


The  annual  election  of  Officers,  Councillors,  and  Members  of  the 
Committee  on  Accounts  was  held  December  16,  with  the  following 
result: 

President Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D. 

Vice-Presidents Edwin  G.  Conklin, Ph.D., Sc.D. 

John  Cadwalader,  A.M. 

Recording  Secretary Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

Corresponding  Secretary J.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.D. 

Treasurer George  Vaux,  Jr. 

Librarian Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

Curators Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D., 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D., 
Witmer  Stone,  A.M.,  Sc.D., 
Henry  Tucker,  M.D. 

Councillors  to  serve  three  YEARS.Edwin  S.  Dixon, 

Henry  Skinner,  M.D., 
Robert  G.  LeConte,  M.D., 
George  Spencer  Morris. 

Committee  on  Accounts Charles  Morris, 

Samuel  N.  Rhoads, 
John  G.  Rothermel, 
Thomas  S.  Stewart,  M.D., 
Walter  Horstman. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  711 

COUNCIL  FOR  1914. 

Ex-Officio.—^Simuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  Edwin  G.  Conklin, 
Ph.D.,  John  Cadwalader,  A.M.,  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D., 
J.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.D.,  George  Vaux,  Jr.,  Henry  A.  Pilsbry, 
Sc.D.,  Witmer  Stone,  A.M.,  Sc.D.,  Henry  Tucker,  M.D. 

To  serve  three  years. — Edwin  S.  Dixon,  Henry  Skinner,  M.D.,  Sc.D.,. 
Robert  G.  LeConte,  M.D.,  George  Spencer  Morris. 

To  serve  two  ymrs.— Philip  P.  Calvert,  Ph.D.,  Thomas  Biddle,  M.D., 
Frank  J.  Keeley,  Thomas  G.  Ashton,  M.D. 

To  serve  one  year. — Charles  B.  Penrose,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  Ph.D.,  Charles 
Morris,  Spencer  Trotter,  M.D.,  William  E.  Hughes,  M.D. 


Councillor George  Vaux,  Jr. 

Curator  of  Mollusca Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D. 

Curator   of   William   S.    Vaux   Col- 
lections  ' Frank  J.  Keele3^ 

Custodian  of  Isaac  Lea  Collection Joseph  Willcox. 

Assistant  Librarian William  J.  Fox. 

Assistants  to  Curators Henry  Skinner,  M.D.,  Sc.D.^ 

Stewardson  Brown, 
J.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.D., 
Edward  G.  Vanatta, 
Henry  W.  Fowler, 
James  A.  G.  Rehn, 
Ezra  T.  Cresson,  Jr. 

Assistant  in  Library Furman  Sheppard  Wilde. 

Aid  in  Archeology Harriet  Newell  Wardle. 

Aid  in  Herbarium Ada  Allen. 

Taxidermist David  M.  McCadden. 

Janitors .-. Charles  Clappier, 

Daniel  Heckler, 
James  Tague, 
Jacob  Aebley, 
Adam  E.  Heckler. 


STANDING  COMMITTEES. 

Finance. — John  Cadwalader,  A.M.,  Edwin  S.  Dixon,  Effingham  B. 

Morris,  William  D.  Winsor,  and  the  Treasurer. 
Publications. — Henry  Skinner,  M.D.,  Sc.D.,  Witmer  Stone,  A.M., 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D.,  William  S.  Fox,  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 


712  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Library. — George  Vaux,  Jr.,  Henry  Tucker,  M.D.,  Frank  J.  Keeley, 

Thomas  Biddle,  M.D.,  Witmer  Stone,  Sc.D. 
Instruction  and  Lectures. — Henry  A.  Pilsbry,   Sc.D.,   Charles 

Morris,   Henry  Tucker,    M.D.,   George   Spencer   Morris,    and 

Stewardson  Brown. 


ELECTIONS  IN  1913. 
Members. 

January  21. — Alfred  M.  Collins,  E.  Marshall  Scull,  J.  Henry  Scatter- 
good. 

October  ;gi .— ClarenceE.  McClung,  Ph.D.,  Edw.  B.  Krumbhaar,  M.D. 

November  18. — Herbert  H.  Gushing,  M.D.,  Harley  Stamp,  M.D., 
J.  Ewing  Mears,  M.D. 

Correspondent. 
MarcK'lS. — Col.  W.  C.  Gorgas,  of  Panama. 


1913.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  713 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM, 
1913. 

Ai.EXANDER  Calder.     A  statuette  of  Alexander  Wilson. 
Mammals. 

Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott  (through  Miss  Gertrude  Abbott).  Pair  of  Elephant 
tusks,  East  Africa. 

Charles  W.  Beck.     Whale  vertebrae,  Beach  Haven,  N.  J. 

Dr.  Thomas  Biddle.  Mounted  specimens  of  Siamang  {Symphalangus  syn- 
dactylus),  two  species  of  gibbons  {Hylohales  agilis  and  leuciscus),  and  Black  Ape 
{Cynopithecus  niger), 

Fairmoitnt  Park  Ac.  uarium.  Harbor  Seal  {Phoca  viiuUna) .  Prepared  as  skin 
and  skull. 

Miss  Laurie  V.  Groves.  Skin  and  skull  of  Cow  Moose  {Alces  americanus) . 
Tree  trunk  cut  by  Beavers. 

Dr.  Morris  Lewis.     Mounted  head  of  Moose  {Alces  americanus),  Alaska. 

George  W.  MacWilliams.  Persian  Cat  (Pure  chinchilla  "Normandy") 
Mounted. 

Richard  Moessner  and  D.  P.  Currey.  Ziphoid  Whale  {Mesoplodon  sp.), 
Corson's  Inlet,  N.  J. 

Edgar  A.  Smith.     Phyllo.stominc  bat  {ArtiheuR  sp.),  Rio  Madeira,  Brazil. 

James  Stanton.  Skull  of  Bottle-nosed  Dolphin  {Tursiops  truncaliis) ,  Two 
Mile  Beach,  N.  J. 

Zoological  Society  of  Philadelphia.  Mounted:  Jaguar  (Felis  onca); 
European  Wild  Cat  {Felis  catus).  Prepared  as  skin  and  skeleton:  Mountain 
Zebra  {Equ us  zebra);  Cheetah  {Cynailurus  jubalus);  Red  River  Hog  {Potamochoe- 
Tus  porcus).  Prepared  as  skin  and  skull:  Vervet  Monkey  {Lasiopyga  pygery- 
thra);  Silky  Marmoset  {Leontocebus  rosalia);  Golden  Cat  {Felis  temmincki); 
Water  Mongoose  {Herpestes  brachyurus);  Japanese  Bear  {Ursus  japonicus); 
California  Sea  Lion  {Zalophus  californianus) .  Prepared  as  skin:  Dasyure 
{Dasyurus  sp.).  Prepared  as  skeleton:  Puma  {Felis  concolor);  Clouded  Leopard 
{Felis  nebulosa);  Persian  Wild  Ass  {Eguus  onager).  Prepared  as  skull:  Fishing 
Cat  (Felis  viverrina);  Indian  Antelope  {Antilopc  cervicapra) ;  Azara's  Aguti 
{Dasyprocta  azarce). 
Purchased.     Female  Orang-utan  {Pongo  pygmoeus). 

Birds. 
Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott  (through  Miss  Gertrude  Abbott).     Collection  of  nests  of 
Edible-nest  Swiftlet. 

F.  H.  Kennard.  Nine  skins  of  the  Heath  Hen  {Tympanuchus  cupido), 
Martha's  Vineyard,  Mass. 

Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  Club.     Several  nests  and  sets  of  eggs 
of  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey  birds. 
•47 


714  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Abbott  H.  Thayer.     Skin  of  Perisoreus  infaustus. 

Nelson  E.  Varnum.     Albino  Kingbird  {Tyrannus  lyrannus),  Atco,  N.  J- 

Mrs.  Pendleton  G.  Watmough.     Two  Rhea  eggs. 

Zoological  Society  of  Philadelphia.  Mounted:  South  African  Ostrich 
{StTuthio  camelus);  Helmeted  Cassowary  (Casuarius  uniappendiculahis  occipi- 
talis). Prepared  as  skin  and  skeleton:  Penguin  {Spheniscus  magellanicus) .  Pre- 
pared as  skin:  Meyer's  Parrot  {Poeocephalus  meyeri);  Mississippi  Kite  (Ictinia 
mississippiensis) .     Egg  of  Agapornis  nigrigenis. 

Purchased.  Four  Kirtland's  Warblers  {Dendroica  kirllandi),  Michigan;  237 
birds  from  Cameroons,  West  Africa;  470  birds  from  Santa  Marta,  Colombia. 

Reptiles  and  Amphibians. 

Richard  M.  Abbott.  Four  specimens  of  Spadefoot  Toad  {Scaphiopus  hol- 
brookii),  Trenton,  N.  J. 

August  and  Karl  Behr.     Jar  of  salamanders,  Jennings,  Md. 

Dr.  Ward  Brinton.     Small  collection  of  reptiles,  Chitzen  Itza,  Yucatan. 

H.  H.  Burton.     Collection  of  reptiles,  Mattawa,  Canada. 

Elwood  R.  Casey.     Lizard  {Liocephalus  sp.?),  Cuba. 

California  Academy  of  Sciences.  Several  frogs  and  salamanders.  Loo 
Choos,  Japan  and  California. 

Delos  E.  Culver.     Three  lots  of  reptiles  and  amphibians,  Pennsylvania. 

D.  E.  Culver  and  A.  Lahey.  Coluber  constrictor  and  Thamnophis  sirlalis, 
Delaware  County,  Pa. 

A.  and  O.  Dorr.     Water  Snake  (Matrix  sipedon),  Connelton,  W.  Va. 

Fairmount  Park  Aquarium.  Loggerhead  Turtle  (Caretla  caretta),  New 
Jersey  coast. 

J.  H.  Ferris.     Snake.     Lizard  (Phrynosoma  solare),  Arizona. 

Dr.  J.  W.  Renney.     Two  snakes,  Iquitos,  Peru. 

Dr.  Henry  Tucker.     Diadophis  punctatus,  Clearwater,  Fla. 

R.  W.  Wehrle.     Collection  of  amphibians,  Indiana,  Pa. 

Dr.  H.  B.  Wood.     Ambystoma  punctatum,  Rhode  Island. 

Zoological  Society  of  Philadelphia.  Galapagos  tortoise  (Testudo  sp.?) 
and  young  Mud  Turtle  (Kinosternon  flavescens). 

Fishes. 

Ralph  Adams.     Seahorse  (Hippocampus) . 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History  (in  exchange).  Small  collection 
of  fishes. 

A.  R.  Burton  and  H.  W.  Fowler.     Four  jars  of  fishes.  Ocean  City,  Md. 

H.  H.  Burton.     Four  jars  of  fishes,  Mattawa,  Canada. 

H.  H.  Burton  and  H.  W.  Fowler.     Two  lots  of  fishes,  Pennsylvania. 

Delos  E.  Culver.     Three  lots  of  fishes,  Pennsylvania. 

L.  M.  DoRSEY,  Jr.     Panlodon  bucholtzi. 

Miss  Mary  C.  Du  Boise.     Dry  Burr-fish  (Diodon  sp.?). 

H.  W.  Fowler.     Several  jars  of  fishes,  Delaware. 

Edward  Nolan  Fox.     Two  small  collections  of  fishes.  Sea  Isle  City,  N.  J. 

William  J.  Fox.     Trumpet  fish  (Fistularia)  from  Anglesea,  N.  J. 

W.  T.  Innes.     Small  bottle  of  fishes,  Cuba. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  715 

Leland  Stanford  Junior  University.  Collection  of  cotypes  of  fishes. 
Western  North  America. 

David  McCadden.  Two  file  fishes  {Stephayiolepis  hispidus),  Ocean  City, 
N.  J.     Hake  (Phycis  regius),  Ocean  City,  N.  J. 

H.  L.  Mather,  Jr.,  and  H.  W.  Fowler.  Four  jars  of  fresh-water  fishes, 
York  County,  Pa. 

W.  E.  Meehan.  Gar  (Lepisosteus  osseus),  Maryland.  Calico  bass  (Poinoxis), 
Philadelphia  Aquarium. 

F.  J.  Myers.     Spawning  sculpins  (Cottus  gracilis),  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

F.  J.  Myers  and  H.  W.  Fowler.  Five  jars  of  fresh-water  fishes,  mountains 
of  Pennsylvania,  in  Monroe  County. 

R.  F.  Miller.     Small  fish,  Philadelphia. 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry.     Four  fishes,  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Edgar  A.  Smith.     Two  jars  of  fishes,  Rio  Madeira,  Brazil. 

F.  L.  Tappan.     Small  collection  of  fishes,  Minnesota. 

Mrs.  Pendleton  G.  Watmough.     Lamprey. 

R.  W.  Wehrle.  Three  lots  of  fishes,  including  two  larval  lampreys,  Indiana, 
Pa. 

H.  T.  Wolf.     Seahorse  {Hippocampus),  Florida. 

Purchased.     Collection  of  West  African  fresh-water  fishes. 

Recent  Mollusca. 

Jacob  Aebly.  Limax  flaims  from  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  and  a  pearl  from  an 
oyster. 

John  A.  Allen.  Ten  species  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  Oregon 
Connecticut,  and  Ohio. 

C.  A.  Baker.     Praticolella  from  Zellwood,  Fla. 

Dr.  Fred  Baker.     Eighty-three  trays  of  shells  from  California  and  Brazil. 

F.  C.  Baker.     Pyramidula  occidentalis  Marts,  from  Idaho. 

F.  H.  Baker.     Two  marine  shells  from  Australia. 

M.  J.  Becker.     Cavolinia  pacifica  Dall  from  Pacific  Grove,  California. 

S.  S.  Berry.     Two  species  of  Succinea  from  Winnecook,  Montana. 

Dr.  a.  p.  Brown.     Forty-four  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  Antigua. 

H.  H.  Burton.     Lynmcea  paluslris  from  Ontario,  Canada. 

G.  H.  Clapp.     Cotypes  of  Carychium  nanum  CI.  from  Alabama. 

A.  M.  Collins  and  E.  M.  Scull.  Six  trays  of  land  and  marine  shells  from 
East  Africa. 

Richard  A.  Cooke.     Four  trays  of  land  shells  from  Oahu. 

David  L.  Crawford.  Thirty-three  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells 
from  Mexico. 

Delos  E.  Culver.  Polygyra  thyroides  Say  and  Pyramidula  alternata  Say 
from  Whites  Island,  Bucks  County,  Pa. 

L.  E.  Daniels.  One  hundred  and  thirty-three  trays  of  land  shells  from 
Montana. 

Mrs.  E.  D.  Douglas.     Fifteen  species  of  marine  shells. 

H.  Edson.     Cotype  of  Sonorella  argus  Ed.  from  Inyo  County,  California. 

J.  S.  Emerson.     Clausilia  emersoni  from  Malta  and  Philonesia  from  Micro- 


J.  H.  Ferriss.     Sixty-eight  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  Arizona 
and  Texas. 


716  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

W.  R.  Forrest.  Twenty  trays  of  land  shells  from  Barbuda  and  Antigua 
(presented  through  Dr.  A.  P.  Brown). 

H.  W.  Fowler.     Nassa  obsoleta  Say  from  Cape  Henlopen,  Delaware. 

L.  S.  Frierson.     Quadrula  apiculata  Say  var.  from  San  Jacinto  River,  Texas. 

Dr.  J.'W.  Harshberger.     Five  trays  of  land  and  marine  shells  from  Florida. 

M.  Heb.\rd  and  J.  Rehn.  Thirty-two  trays  of  land  shells  from  the  Southern 
States. 

J.  B.  Henderson.     Twenty-three  trays  of  Urocoptis  from  Cuba. 

Junius  Henderson.     Ten  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  Colorado. 

A.  L.  Hettrich.     Dentalimn  vulgare  Da  C. 

A.  A.  HiNKLEY.  One  hundred  and  fifty-three  trays  of  shells  from  Mexico 
and  Guatemala.     (Purchased.) 

F.  J.  Keeley.     Polygyra  tridentata  Say  from  Graters  Ford,  Pa. 

Mrs.  a.  F.  Kenyon.  Thirty-one  trays  of  marine  shells  from  Victoria, 
Australia. 

Bayard  Long.     Twenty-seven  trays  of  shells  from  the  eastern  United  States. 

H.  X.  Lowe.  Two  species  of  Micrarionta  from  Lower  California  and  Cerros 
•  Island . 

J.  G.  Malone.     Seven  trays  of  marine  shells  from  Oregon. 

T.  H.  May.     Cyproea  xanthodon  from  Bundaberg,  Australia. 

William  G.  Mazyck.  Five  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  Charles- 
ton, S.  C. 

R.  A.  McConnell  and  D.  L.  Crawford.  Eighteen  trays  of  land  and  fresh- 
water shells  from  Guadalajara,  Mexico.     (Purchased.) 

Dr.  H.  E.  and  G.  W.  H.  Meyer.     Fovxr  marine  shells. 

Clarence  B.  Moore.  Fourteen  trays  of  shells  from  Arkansas,  Louisiana, 
and  Florida. 

C.  R.  Orcutt.     Modiolus  and  Pomatiopsis  from  Manzanillo,  Mexico. 

W.  H.  Over.  Fifty-five  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  South 
Dakota. 

H.  A.  PiLSBRY.  Five  hundred  and  thirty-six  trays  of  shells  from  the  Hawaiian 
Islands;   also  seventeen  trays  of  shells  from  California  and  Cuba. 

C.  T.  Ramsden.     Twenty-two  trays  of  land  shells  from  Cuba. 
J.  A.  G.  Rehn.     Gaslrodonta  intertexla  Say. 

S.  N.  Rhoads.  Two  hundred  and  ten  trays  of  marine  shells  from  Panama. 
(Purchased.) 

S.  Raymond  Roberts.  Thirty-four  trays  of  marine  shells  from  Australia 
and  Japan. 

F.  A.  Sampson.  Polygyra  claiisa  Say  and  one  Campeloma  from  Dent  County, 
Missouri. 

Prof.  B.  Shimek.     Succinea  loitteri  Shimek  from  Coralville,  Iowa. 

E.  R.  Sims.     Oliva  scripta  Lam.  from  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

Irwin  Spalding.     One  hundred  and  one  trays  of  Hawaiian  land  shells. 

George  C.  Spence.     Twelve  species  of  land  shells  from  England. 

J.  B.  Steere.     Nenia  steeriana  Sykes  from  Plains  of  Cajamarco,  Peru. 

WiTMER  Stone.     Polygyra  fraterna  Say  and  one  Sphoerium  from  Lopez,  Pa. 

D.  Thaanum.  Three  hundred  and  forty-eight  trays  of  Hawaiian  shells. 
Hon.  L.  a.  Thurston.  Cotypes  of  Achatinella  thurstoni  from  Oahu,  H.  I. 
Mrs,  T.  V.  E.  Titus.     Striatura  ferrea  Mse.  from  nineteen  miles  south  of 

St.  Fabien,  Canada. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  717 

Dr.  Henry  Tucker.     Limax  maximns  L.  from  Morton,  Pa. 

University  of  Wisconsin.     Three  trays  of  Hawaiian  land  shells. 

E.  G.  Vanatta.  Polygyra  appressa  Say  from  the. banks  of  the  Chester  River, 
Queen  Anne  County,  Maryland. 

T.  Van  Hyning.  Eleven  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells  from  Georgia 
and  Iowa. 

Gilbert  Van  Ingen.  Helix  hortensis  Miill.  from  Conception  Bay,  New- 
foundland. 

Bryant  Walker.     Sixteen  trays  of  land  and  fresh-water  shells. 

W.  F.  Webb.     Dryniceus  inusitatus  Fult.,  Chiriqui  Lagoon,  Panama. 

W.  D.  Wilder.     Six  trays  of  Hawaiian  land  shells. 

Helen  Winchester.     Polygyra  albolnbris  Say  from  Canadensis,  Pa. 

Unknown.     Twelve  trays  of  Scaphopoda  from  Australia. 

Purchased.     Two  hundred  and  thirty-six  lots  of  land  and  marine  shells. 

Insects. 

J.  Aebly.     Five  insects,  Philadelphia. 

B.  Albertson.     Fly,  Massachusetts. 

C.  R.  Alexander.     Forty-one  Tipulida;,  United  States. 
W.  Beutenmuller.     Seven  insects,  United  States. 
Annette  F.  Braun.     I'ourteen  butterflies,  United  States. 
Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences.     Three  Orthoptera. 
Stewardson  Brown.     Two  Coleoptera,  Philadelphia;  Orthopteron,  Bermuda. 
P.  P.  Calvert.     Nine  insects,  Scotland  and  Pennsylvania. 

E.  R.  Casey.     Three  insects,  Philadelphia. 

T.  D.  A.  CocKERELL.     Twenty-two  bees,  two  Phenacoledes  (fossil). 

W.  P.  CoMSTOCK.     Two  Theda  immaculosis.     Utah  (paratypes). 

C.  W.  GoLE,  Jr.  Five  hundred  and  sixty-six  insects,  Alberta  and  British 
Columbia,  Canada. 

E.  T.  Cresson,  Jr.     Thirty-six  insects,  Pennsylvania. 

Delos  E.  Culver.     Odonate,  Philadelphia. 

J.  H.  Ferris.     Beetle,  Arizona. 

Henry  Fox.  Three  thousand  five  hundred  Orthoptera,  Pennsylvania,  New 
Jersey,  and  Massachusetts. 

W.  J.  Fox.     Beetle,  Philadelphia. 

H.  W.  Fowler.     Six  Coleoptera,  Pennsylvania. 

C.  W.  Frost.     Five  insects,  Pennsylvania. 

G.  M.  Greene.     Twenty-five  insects,  United  States;   four  Coleoptera,  exotic. 

J.  P.  C.  Griffith.     Phyllium,  Pharnacia,  Ceylon. 

H.  S.  Harbeck.     One  Blattid. 

Dr.  J.  W.  Harshberger.     Moth,  Florida. 

Morgan  Hebard.  Sixty-four  Insara,  United  States,  Mexico,  Central  America; 
one  hundred  and  seven  Dichopetala,  Mexico  and  Texas;  one  hundred  and  forty- 
one  Orthoptera,  United  States  and  Mexico;  sixty-nine  Orthoptera,  Arizona; 
Texas,  Florida;  forty-seven  insects.  United  States;  one  hundred  and  fourteen 
Coleoptera,  Georgia;  eighty-five  Odonata,  Michigan;  two  hundred  and  sixty-four 
Lepidoptera,  Florida;  one  hundred  and  thirty-six  insects.  United  States;  one 
thousand  six  hundred  and  thirteen  Lepidoptera,  American  and  exotic. 


718  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Hebard-Academy  Expeditions  of  1909,  1910,  1912  and  1913.  About  19,000 
specimens  of  Orthoptera,  southern  and  western  United  States. 

A.  D.  Hopkins.     Five  Dendrodonus,  United  States. 

Herman  Hornig.     Seventy-one  insects,  Philadelphia. 

P.  Jorgensen.     One  hundred  and  fifty-four  Orthoptera,  Argentina. 

Bayard  Long.  Three  hundred  Orthoptera,  Canada;  one  hundred  and 
forty-one  insects,  Prince  Edwards  Island;  twenty-five  butterflies,  Pennsylvania; 
nine  Orthoptera,  New  Jersey. 

Philip  Laurent.     Two  moths  and  larvae. 

Carlos  Lizer.     Twenty-three  Orthoptera,  Argentina. 

Charles  Liebeck.     Six  earwigs,  Canada. 

W.  M.  Mann.     Six  Orthoptera,  United  States. 

William  Moore.     Seventy-seven  Orthoptera,  Transvaal. 

Museum  of  Compar.'VTIVe  Zoology.     Nine  Dichopelala,  Mexico. 

EsBiA  PiTUSEN.     Thirty-two  Orthoptera,  Argentina. 

C.  T.  Ramsden.     Six  Butterflies  and  three  Orthoptera,  Cuba. 

F.  W.  R.AWLE,  Jr.     Moth,  England. 

J.  A.  G.  Rehn  and  Morgan  Hebard.     Four  Plusiotis,  Texas. 

C.  Schrottky.     Twenty-five  Orthoptera,  Paraguay. 

Henry  Skinner.  One  hundred  and  thirty-seven  insects,  White  Mountains, 
New  Hampshire;  two  moths,  Pennsylvania;  thirteen  butterflies,  Alaska  and 
California. 

Witmer  Stone.  Two  hundred  and  twenty-four  Orthoptera,  Maryland, 
Minnesota,  Wisconsin. 

United  States  National  Museum.     Two  Dichopelala,  Texas. 

E.  G.  Vanatta.  Two  hundred  and  sixty  insects.  New  Jersey,  Mar3dand, 
Pennsylvania. 

H.  W.  Wenzel.  Fourteen  Coleoptera,  Pennsylvania;  Orthopteron,  New 
Jersey. 

L.  H.  Wild.     Thirty-eight  Hymenoptera,  Washington. 

E,.  C.  W^iLLiAMS.     Sixteen  Pamphila,  New  Mexico. 

E.  B.  Williamson.     Three  moths,  Indiana;   twelve  Orthoptera,  Ontario. 

Purchased.  Six  hundred  Coleoptera,  British  Guiana;  six  Ornithoptera, 
exotic;  five  hundred  and  ninety-eight  Orthoptera,  exotic;  six  hundred  and 
seventy  Orthoptera,  Trinidad;  eight  hundred  and  thirty-seven  Orthoptera, 
British  Guiana;  Collection  of  insects  from  Ecuador  (S.  N.  Rhoads). 

Other  Invertebrates. 

August  and  Karl  Behr.     Jar  of  crayfish,  Jennings,  Md. 
Dr.  Amos  P.  Brown.     Tray  of  Cypris,  Antigua. 

D.  E.  Culver.  Small  collection  of  arachnida,  Delaware  County,  Pa.  Three 
starfish,  Old  Point  Comfort,  Va. 

Mrs.  E.  D.  Douglass.     Mellita  lesludinala,  Wildwood,  N.  J. 

H.  W.  Fowler.  Several  jars  of  crustaceans,  Delaware;  Balanus  from  High- 
land Beach,  N.  J. 

W.  J.  Fox.  Vial  of  copepods  from  shark.  Sea  Isle  Citj',  N.  J.  Holothurian 
(Thyone),  Townsend's  Inlet,  N.  J. 

D.  McCadden.  Lernean  parasite.  Ocean  City,  N.  J.  Prawn  {Penceus), 
Ocean  City,  N.  J. 


1913.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  719 

H.  L.  Mather,  Jr.     Crayfish  {Catnbarus  hartonii),  Cobb's  Creek,  N.  J. 

Mrs.  T.  H.  Montgomery.  The  T.  H.  Montgomery  Collection  of  North 
American  Spiders. 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry.     Twenty-three  species  of  invertebrates,  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Provident  Life  and  Trust  Co.  Centipede  {Scolopendra  subspinipes),  cap- 
tured in  basement. 

E.  G.  Vanatta.  Vial  of  Scolopendra,  Philadelphia.  Vial  of  Porcellio,  Haddon 
Heights,  N.  J. 

R.  W.  Wehrle.     Collection  of  crustaceans,  Indiana,  Pa. 

Fossil  Invertebrates. 

Morgan  Hebard  and  .J.  A.  G.  Rehn.     Gryphoea  from  Weatherford,  Texas. 
Dr.  a.  p.  Brown.     One  hundred  and  thirty-seven  trays  of  Oligocene  fossils 
from  Antigua  and  Panama. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Dall.     Ten  trays  of  Pliocene  fossils  from  Panama  and  Costa  Rica. 

Recent  Plants. 

Charles  F.  Batchelder.     Three  hundred  New  England  plants. 

Bermuda  Expedition.     Numerous  cultivated  species. 

J.  Chester  Bradley.     Four  specimens,  Billy's  Island,  Ga. 

Dr.  C.  D.  Fretz.  Four  thousand  nine  hundred  and  eightj'-two  plants, 
mainly  from  Pennsylvania,  but  also  from  California,  Florida,  and  North  Carolina. 

Mrs.  Joseph  M.  Fox.     Four  specimens  from  South  Carolina. 

Gray  Herbarium.  One  hundred  and  twelve  Juncus,  eastern  United  States 
and  Canada. 

Dr.  J.  W.  Harshberger.  One  hundred  and  seventy-five  plants  from  Florida, 
etc. 

Bayard  Long.  One  himdred  and  ninety-five  plants  from  Bailey's  Island, 
Me.,  and  Pocono  Plateau,  Pa. 

Henry  A.  Lang.  Forty-seven  plants  from  Jamaica  and  four  from  New 
Hampshire. 

New  York  Botanic  Garden.     Ninety-one  sheets  from  Cuba. 

Philadelphia  Botanical  Club.  Three  thousand  three  hundred  and  forty- 
one  sheets. 

Harold  W.  Pretz.     Twenty-three  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey  plants. 

Harold  St.  John.     Twenty-seven  sheets  of  New  England  plants. 

Trenton  Museum  (exchange).  One  thousand  eight  hundred  plants  from 
United  States  and  Canada. 

Miss  Watson.     Collection  of  Darjiling  P>rns. 

Charles  S.  Williamson.  Six  hundred  and  seventy  plants  from  Lake  Superior, 
etc. 

University  of  Pennsylvania.     Sixty-six  sheets  of  Gerardia. 

Fossil  Plants. 

Empire  Co.\l  Mining  Co.     Slab  of  plant  impressions  in  coal  slate. 
W.  H.  Wehrle.     R.  W.     Collection  of  fossil  plant  fragments. 

Ethnology  and  Archeology. 

Edw.  K.  Bispham.     Gorget,  Philadelphia. 

Mrs.  E.  D.  Douglass.    String  of  shell  beads;  Pacific  Islands. 


720  ■  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Dec, 

Wallace  Early.     Malay  kris,  probably  from  Philippine  Islands. 

Charles  Morris.  Stone  pestle  and  two  grooved  axe-heads,  Mantua  Farm, 
collected  in  1810. 

Clarence  B.  Moore.  Specimens  of  pottery,  etc.,  from  Indian  mounds  of  the 
Southern  States,  added  to  the  Clarence  B.  Moore  Collection. 

Dr.  Ludwig  Pfeiffer.  Six  blocks  of  calcareous  tufa,  five  worked  flints, 
six  specimens  representing  Rhinoceros  and  Equus.  PateoHthic  beds  at  Taubach 
Ehringsdorf,  Weimar,  Germany. 

Dr.  N.  W.  Thoma.s.     Two  whale  harpoons. 

Miss  H.  N.  Wardle.     Lock  of  hair  from  a  Tsantsa,  Ecuador. 

Minerals. 
Twenty-two  specimens  pm-cha.sed  for  the  William  .S.  Vaux  Collection. 


1913.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


'21 


INDEX  TO   GENERA,    SPECIES,  ETC.,   DESCRIBED   AND 
REFERRED  TO  IN  THE  PROCEEDINGS  FOR  1913. 


Species  described  as  new  are  indicated  by  heavy-faced,  synonyms  by 
italic  numerals. 


Abra  lequalis 497 

Abraeris  nebulosa 339 

signatipes 339 

Ace^tra  gladius 576 

oxyrhynchus .., 576 

Achatina  concentrica 645 

gundlachi 646 

lamellata 645 

pulchella 639 

Acheta  exigua 406,  417,  479 

hospes 405,417 

servilis 405,  AM 

sylvestris 395 

vittata.. 405,  406,  417 

Achirus  fasciatus 65 

Acipenser  sturio 62 

Acmsea  punctulata '496 

Acontista  bimaculata 284 

Acornus 48 

Acridida; 304 

Acridinse 83 

Acridium  cruentatum 334 

electum 334 

omnicolor 334 

paranense 112,340 

peregrinum 112 

Acris 161 

Acrocinus  longimanus 685 

Acrorchilus  alopecias 202 

Acrosoma  12-spinosa 679 

insequalis 679 

Aery  diina; 82 

Aerydium  latreillei 88 

punctatum 316 

Actinocyclus   barkleyi   aggrega- 

tus .582 

Actitis  maeularia 192 

Adeorbis  beaui 27 

Admestina ! 187 

iEquidens  geayi 579 

madeirse 576 

rivulatus 579 

tetramerus 579 

Agaricia  agarieites 497 

Agathemera  millepunctata 300 


Agelsena  sp 67S 

Agelaius  icterocephalus 211 

Agelena  hentzi 182 

naevia 182 

pennsylvanica 183 

Agrsecia  maeulata 375 

Agrioenemis 221 

Agriolestes 257 

Agrion  eiehstattense 247 

Aidemona 112 

azteca 112 

Ajaia  ajaja 193 

Alaba  tervarieosa 495 

Alabina  cerithioides 495 

Alcedinidaj 197 

Alcedo  amazona  197 

americana 197 

inda 197 

torquata 197 

Alenas  brachypterus 338 

gracilis 338 

lincatus 338 

vitticoUis 338 

Algansea  ant ica 69,  ^.9 

formosa 70,  70,  71 

AUodape 29 

Allolestes 259,  262 

Allonemobius,  399,  402,  405,  430,  434. 

444, 446 

Allopodagrion,  234,  236,  237,  251,  258. 

262,  263 

nebulosum 250 

Alosa  sapidissima 62 

Alveopora  daedala 593,  599 

fenestrata 599 

microscopica 599 

minor 593 

regularis 593,599 

Amaura  olivacea 365 

spinata 365 

Amaurobius  pictus 181 

severus 181 

nevadensis 181 

Amazona  amazonica 197 

ochrocephala 197 


'22 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


.\mblodon 

bubalus 

45 

45 

cyprinella 

45 

45 

169 

Amblysr-aiihcus          

glaucipe.s             

lineatus 

318 

318 

318 

Amblytropidia  robusta. . . . 

Ameiva  ameiva 

septemlineata 

Ammotrecha  stolli 

Amorphopus  antennatus  . 
-Vniphilestes 

315 

173 

170 

684 

82 

258 

Amphiprora  conspicua 

582 

246,248 

Ampullaria 

622 

bridgesii 

crassa 

620,660 

620,  660 

figulina 

620,659 

620, 659 

insularum 

lineata 

nobilis 

peristomata 

testudinea 
Ampullariidpe 

Ainusium 

Aiiab  lysis 

Anachis  avara 

pulchella 

samanensis 

Anaulacomera  argentina . 

cornucervi 

dama 

620,659 

620,660 

620,660 

620, 660 

1120,659,660 

.  623 

.  603 

102 

495 

495 

495 

367,370 

369 
367 

367 

Anaxipha 399,400,417,479 

exigiia 479 

Anchovia  mitchillii 62 

Ancylus 668,669,670 

"barilensis 671 

excentricus 671 

moricandi 669,671 

Andrenopsis                       28 

Androgynella 

29 

Anhima  cornuta 

Anhinga  anhinga 

194 

194 

.   194 

Aniara  proxima 

Anisomorpha  dentata 

Anisophlebia 

Anodon  anserina 

ensiformis. 

.  360 

300 

252, 253, 254 

667 

667 

AnodoH'tites 

623 

bartschi 

dalH 

620,668 

620,667 

ensiformis 

620,667 

.  .  668 

trapesialis    anserinus 

Anolis  gemmosus 

nitens 

620,667 

169 

172 

Anohs  n.  bondi 171 

Anomalocardia  cuneimeris 497 

flexuosa 608 

Anostoma 622,  688-891 

depressum 620,  643,  644,  689 

octodentatum 620,  644,  689 

ringens 690 

Anthoglossa 28 

Anthophora 29 

pulchra 44 

rhodoscymna 44 

Anthoscenus  superba 202 

Anthracothorax  gramineus 201 

nigricoUis 201 

Anthus  lutescens 208 

Antiphanes 101 

nodicollis 102 

Anypha^na  furcatella 677 

pretiosa 677 

Aphyocharacina; 527 

Aphyocharax  avary 533 

eques 534 

Aplodinotus 45 

grunniens 45 

Apotettix  bruneri 304 

Ara  araraima 196 

Araniidcs  cajanea  191 

Arut  intra  aTUjiinosus  196 

l("uc(jphthalmus  196 

Area  adamsi 496 

antiquata 496 

campeachiensis  496 

chemnitzii  608 

'deshayesi.  496 

imbricata 496 

occidentalis 496 

reticulata 496 

umbonata 496 

Archecheir 518 

Archilestes 246 

Archimandrita  marmorata 684 

Arctosa  cinerea 182 

Ardea  cocoi 193 

helias 193 

Hneata 193 

striata 193 

violacea 193 

Ardeida; 193 

Argiolestes 235,  243,  260,  261,  263 

icteromelas 234,  243,  249,  250 

postnodalis 261 

Argiope  argentata 679 

Argizala... 39/^,  399,  403,  404,  445 

brasiliensis 445,  446 

Argonauta 74 

Argyrtria  chionopectus 201 

fimbriata 201 

Arionta  veatchii 384 

Arundinicola  leucocephala 203 

Ascaris  mystax 148 

Asiphonichthys 561 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


723 


Aspella  scalaroides 

495 

Brunneria  brasiliensis 

284 

Ast ra>a  ant iouensis 

599 

subaptera 

284 

antillaruni     

593 

Bryconamericus  alburnus 

557 

barbadensis 

599 

jacunda 

555 

cellulosa  var.  curvata. 

593 

smithi 

557 

costata 

599 

Bubonidae 

196 

crassolamellata 

599 

Bucco  bicinctus 

199 

endothecata 

599 

dysoni 

199 

intermedia 

599 

Bucconidse 

199 

magnetica 

599 

Bufo  americanus 

62 

magnifica 

599 

ciBruleocellatus 

154 

megalaxona 

593 

cteruleostictus 

155 

minor 

599 

chanchanensis 

155 

nobilis 

599 

glaberrimus 

1.55 

nugenti 

599 

hsmatiticus 

155 

l)iilchella 

599 

marmus 

153 

radiata 

599 

thaul 

1.56 

tenuis 

599 

tvphonius 

153 

Astralium  brevispina 

495 

Bulimulus 

622 

tuberosum 

495 

(Protoglyptus)  durus 

626 

Astroca-nia  ornata 

593 

,599 

(Bulimulus)  erectus 

620,  635 

Astroma  chloroptenini 
compact  um 

311 

guadalupensis 

()0S 

.  609 

308 

,311 

(Rhinus)  pubescens 

t;2() 

^  635 

foliatum. 

311 

(Rhinus)  rochai 

620 

,636 

Astroria  affinis 

593 

(Rhinus)  r.  suturalis 

620 

,  637 

antiguensis 

593 

(Rhinus)  r.  taipuensis 

620 

,636 

polygonalis 

593 

,.599 

sarochilus 

636 

Astroscopus  guttatus 

Asturina  nitida 

65 
194 

schiedeanus 

(Bulimulus)  tenuissimus.. 

.^620 

381 

1,635 

A t rach elacr is  olivaceus 

340 

vesicaHs  uruguayensis 

636 

grammeus 

unicolor 

340 

Bulimus  beckianus 

6',', 

340 

erectus 

635 

Atractus  badius 

168 

,  505 

expansus 

6S7 

Atvs  sandersoni 

494 

gracilis 

b-U 

Azilia  vagepicta 

180 

meobambensis 
octogyrus 

64U 
6U 

Bairdiella  chrysura 

64 

octonus 

h'/^/, 

Balanus  eburneus 

494 

,497 

regalis 

640 

Basileuterus     auricapillus 

olivas- 

tenuissmius  . 

635 

cens 

190 

,20S 

maxunus 

634 

vermivorus  olivascens. 

W8 

pulchellus 

637 

Basiliscus  galeritus 

169 

Bulla  rivalis 

661 

Bathyphantes 

179 

Bullaria  occidentalis 

494 

,608 

Belonopterus  cayennensis  . 

192 

Burgilis 

354 

Bifidaria 

622 

curta 

3.54 

servilis 

620 

,646 

grandis 354,356 

,  3.58 

,  3.59 

Binghamiella 

28 

mendosensis 354 

,  357 

,  3.59 

antipodes 

32 

missionum 

354 

,358 

Bittium  varium 

49b 

Busarellus  nit^ricollis        

195 

Blabera  fraterna 

^8^ 

Buti'ogalhis  a'ciuiiioctialis 

195 

fumigata 

282 

Butoridcs  striata                

193 

Blaberus  fraternus 

282 

Byssoarca  f usca 

496 

Blatta  biguttata 

^8^ 

germanica '.. 

277 
277 

''11 

limbata 

Caconemobius 

398 

Blat  tella  germanica 

277 

Cadulus  vaughani 

496 

Blattida? 

275 

Csecilioides 

622 

Boiidse 

171 

(Geostilbia)  gundlachi 

620 

Brachynemobius 403,  443,  446   | 

Caeloria  dens-elephantis 

593 

Brachvphyllia  sp 

599 

Caiman 

173 

Brevoortia  tyrannus 

62  i 

Caletodes 

98 

724 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Caletodes  alatus 98 

fest£e 98 

pulchripes 98 

Callinectes  sapidus 64 

Callinsaria 361 

clupeipennis 362 

Calliophis  japonious 508,  509 

macclellandii 508,512 

swinhoei 508,  512,  513 

Calliste  desmarestii 210 

Calliteuthis 76 

asteroessa 75 

(Meleagroteuthis)  heteropsis ..     75 

Callithera  aulica 187 

Callomelitta 28,  32 

picta 32 

Callophis  boettgeri 508,  511 

Calopteryx 255 

Calyptroea  candeana 495 

Campephilus  melanoleucos 200 

Campylopterus  ensipennis 200 

Campylorhynchus  nuchalis 206 

Canestrinia  blattophaga 684 

Canuleius  inermis 300 

Caprimulgidae 198 

Caprimulgus  acutipennis 198 

albiooUis 198  ' 

leuoopygus ; 198  [ 

Cardium  medium 496  j 

muricatum 496,  608  I 

serratum 496 

Carpiodes 45 

carpio 46 

cutisanserinus 46,  47 

cyprinus 46 

difformis 46,  47 

elongatiis 47 

grayi 47 

nummifer 4^,46 

selene 47 

thompsoni 46,  47 

tumidus 46  , 

velifer 47  ; 

Castalia 623 

ambigua 620,664 

quadrilatera &1Q,664 

Castianeira  bicalcarata 181 

Cathartidse 194 

Catostomus 48 

alticolus .52 

ardens 52 

catostomus 51 

chloropteron 55 

commersonnii 52 

c.  sucklii 52 

cypho 55 

cyprinus 45 

fecundus 53 

gila 52 

humboldtianus -^5,48 

insignis 53 


Catostomus  labiatus JfS,  48,  4^,  51 

I  latipinnis 48 

i  nigricans 53,  56- 

occidentalis 48,  51 

o.  humboldtianus 48 

o.  lacus-anserinus Jf9 

plebeius 47 

retropinnis  48 

snyderi ..  51 

tahoensis.  52' 

teres 55 

texanus  -54,  55 

tsiltcoosensis  .48 

warnerensis  51 

Caulopsis  gracilis 374 

Celaenopsis  angustus 686 

[  Celeus  elegans  hellmayri 200 

I  Centrurus  bicolor 684 

margaritatus 684 

Centurus  terricolor  200 

Ceophloeus  lineatus 200 

Cephalocoema  costulata 307 

lineata 307 

Cepolis  (Hemitrochus)  graminicola       6 

Ceraia  cornutoides 365 

Ceratistus 301,  302 

j  Ceratura 221 

Cercopithecus  mona 147 

j  potas 147 

sabseus 147 

Cerion 381 

Cerithidea  varicosa 495,  497 

Cerithiopsis  sp 495 

Cerithium  algicola 495 

literatum  495 

medium 495 

variabile 495 

Ceroys  coronatus 300' 

similis 300' 

Certhia  caeruleus 210 

cinnamomea 203' 

Certhiola  luteola '...  209 

Ceryle  amazona 197 

americana 190,  197 

inda 197 

torquata 197 

Chsemepelia  rufipennis 191 

Chaetsessa  burmeisteri 28/i. 

Chalcinse ■...  560 

Chalcinus  angulatus 560 

Chalcopteryx 246,  247 

Chama  sp 496 

Chara 598 

Characidse 517 

Characinae 561,  563 

Charadriidae 192 

Charax  goeldii 568 

sardina 566,  571 

Chasmistes 53 

brevirostris 53 

chamberlaini 54 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


725 


Chasmistes  cujus  ^^'^A 

liorus ^'^ 

luxatus '^1 

stomias ^^ 

Chelanops  nodulimanus  683 

uniformis 683 

Chelifer  canestrinii 684 

Chelydra  serpentina 62 

Chemmis  frederici 67/ 


Colonia  radiata '— "^ 

Colopteryx  galeatus  _     205 

Coluber  corais I'l.  I'-' 

Colubridse ^^^' ^m 

Columba  rufina 191 

Columbella  mercatoria  495 

Columbidae 191 

Columbina  rufipennis  191 

Compsothylypis     pitiayumi     ele- 


punctigera. 


677 


210 
198 


peruviana, 
stolli 


Chione  cancellata 497,  608 

Chiroxiphia  lanceolata 190,  206 

Chlocaltis  conspersa 314 

Chlorestes  notatus 202 

Chloridella  empusa 64 

Chlorolestes,  221,  222,  244,  26U,  262^ 

fasciata 221,222,244 

longicauda 221,  223 

Chlorophanes  spiza 

Chordeiles  acutipennis 

Chromacris ^^ 

miles 33- 

3.32,  333 
62 

200 

300 
202 

576 
181 
ISO 
180 
180 
180 
180 
180 

Circus  buffoni IQ'l 

Cistula  antiguensis 609 

Cladocerapis 28 

Cladocora  orbuscula 497 

Clathurella  jowettii 494 

Clubiona  tigrina 677 

Clypeaster  aiitillarum 601 


Chrvsemys  picta .■• 

Chrysoptilus    punctigula    puncti- 
pectus 

punctipectus 

Chrysuronia  ocnone 

Cichlidse 

Cicurina  arcuata. 

atomaria 

ludovicina. 

nevadensis 

robusta 

simplex 


gans 


.190,  208 
497 
375 
375 
375 
374 
375 
494 


Congeria  (Mytilop.5is)  cochleata 

Conocephalus  infuscatus 

longipes 

macropteras 

muticus 

satiu-atus 

Conus  proteus 

Copiocera 9^ 

lepida..... 94 

specularis.... 94 

Surinam  ensis...  "* 

Coptopteryx  ^  _  285 

argentma -,.  ^^^.    _ 

claraziana 285,  286,  28/ 

constricta 285,286,291 

crenaticoUis 285-28/ 

gavi      285,  286,  288,  288-291 

thoracica 285,286,288 

Corallus  cookii 171 

Corbula  equivalvis 49/^ 

swiftiana 49/ 

Coriarachne  versicolor  183 

Corinna  amoena... 183 

bivittata 183 

cingulata  183 

ornata Ig 

tricolor       i»3 

^°™"" :62i,6ao 

.621,640 
330 


^ 600 

Cnemidophorus  lemniscatus 173 

Cobanus  mandibularis 680 

Coccyzus  pumilus 198 

Cochlogena  maxima 634 

Codakia  antillarum 496 

orbicularis 608 

orbiculata 496,608 

-Coelioxys ■ •■     29 

•Coeloptema ^^'^ 

Ccelotes  bimucronatus 180 

Coelurichthys 535 

Ccereba  luteola 209 

Coerebidae 209 

Colibri  delphinse 201 

Colomesus  psittacus 5/9 


205 
64 


203 


regma •■  • 

Coryacris  angustipennis 

diversipes 

Cotingidse 

Crago  septemspinosus 

Craspedoprion  olivaceus  guianen- 

sis 

Crassinella   guadalupensis 49b 

Crax  alector 190 

Creagrutus  affinis ■■■-■  555 

anary ^®"' ^^^ 

brevipinnis 555 

magdalenae 555 

Crepidula  convexa 495 

plana 495 

Crocisa 29 

pantalon 29 

Crocodilidse 1^3 

Crocomorphus  semicinnamomeus..  200 

Crotalidffi 169 

Crotophaga  ani 198 


major 


198 


726 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Cryphoeca  peckhami 180 

Crypturus  boucardi 190 

columbianus 190, 190 

Ctenobrycon  alleni 540 

rhabdops 537 

Ctenosaura  acanthura 173 

Ctenus  sp 680 

Cuculidae 198 

Cupiennius  coccineus 679 

griseus 679 

Curimata  spilura 673 

Curimatinse 517 

Curimatus  cyprinoides 517 

dorsalis 675 

spilurus 673 

stigmaturus 673,  675 

tigris 518 

vittatus 520 

Cuspidaria       (Cardiomya)       cos- 

tellata '. 496 

Cyanerpes  caeruleus 210 

cyaneus 209 

Cyanocephalus  porcarius 147 

sphinx 147 

Cybseus  morosus 180 

pusillus 180 

reticulatus 180 

Cycleptus  elongatus 45 

Cyclorhis  flavipectus 207 

gujanensis  flavipectus 207 

Cylichnella  bidentata 494 

Cymatium  tuberosum 495 

vespaceum 495 

Cymbella 581 

Cynorta  albomaculata 681 

biguttata 681 

conspersa 682 

flavornata 681,682 

longispina 68 1 

oculata 681 

Cynoscion  nebulosus 64 

regalis 64 

Cyprinodon  variegatus 63 

Cyrena  (Polymesoda)  acuta 497 

Cyrtocharax 568 

Cyrtoxyphus  variegatus...  .4-3^,  455,  480 

Cysticercus  tenuicollis 149 

Cystignathidffi 161 

Cythara  balteata 494 

biconica 494 

Dacnis  cayana 209 

Dasyscelis  dilatatus 372 

normalis 371 

Deltistes 54 

luxatus 53,  54 

Dendrobates  trivittatus 164 

Dendrobatidae 164 

Dendrocincla     meruloides     phaeo- 

chroa 190,203 

phffiochroa 203 


Dendrocolaptidae 

Dendroica  a^stiva 

Dendroplex  albolineatus 

picirostris 

Dendryphantes  aestivalis 

maxillosus 

militaris 

octavus 

Dentalium  callithrix 

Dermatocheir 

Dianthidium 

Diatrypa  tuberculata 

Dichroplus 

amoenus 

bergii 

I  brasiliensis 

I  con^persus 

I  dubius 

I  elongatus. 

!  olivaceus 

peruvianus 

pratensis 

punctulatus 

'  robustulus 

vittatus 

Diedronotus 

angulat  us 

discoideus 

Isevipes 

rosulentus 

Dimeragrion,  238,  254,  259,  262, 

percubitale 238,  239,  250, 

Diplodon 

kelseyi 621, 

obsolescens 621, 

Diplodonta  mediamericana 496, 

nucleiformis 

puncturella 

soror 

Diplothecanthus  antillarum 

concavus 600, 

Diponthus  argentinus 

crassus 

electus 

festivus 

paraguayensis 

Dipsadidse 

Dipsadomorphinse 

Discopsis  costulatum .r 

omalos 

schumoi 

Dolichocerus  bicornis 

Donacobius  atricapillus 

Doryssa 622, 

aquatilis 

buUata 621,648, 

cachoeirae 621, 

c. sulcata 621, 

consolidata 

devians 


202 
208. 
203 
203 
186 
680' 
186 
186 
496 
518 

29 
379 
113 
113 
345 
345 
344 
344 
341 
3JfO- 
113 
341 
343 
345 
344 

88 
330 
330 
330 

88 
263, 
265 
,265 
622 


499 

499 

499 

496 

601 

601 

336 

335 

334 

335 

335 

80 

78 

25 

25 

24 

141 

207 

648 

648 

651 


650' 


1913.J 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


727' 


Doryssa  globosa 621,  651,  654 

heathi 621,  653,  655 

hohenackeri 656 

iheringi 621,654 

inconspicua 621,  650,  657 

lumbricus 648 

macapa 648,  650,  651 

pernambucensis 653 

rex 621,650 

r.  regina 621,  651 

r'x3sa 654 

starksi 621,652 

transversa 648,  649,  651,  657 

t.  jaryensis 621,  649 

t.  tapajosensis 621,  649 

tuc unareensis 62 1 ,  656 

Drepanodon 505,  507 

anomalus 505 

eatoni 506 

erdisii 506 

Drillia  harfordiana  var.   colonen- 

sis 494,498 

h.  var.  flucki 498 

leucocyma 494 

ostrearum 494 

Drymaeus 622 

branneri 621,  637 

elongatus 608,609 

eximnsus 62 1 ,  637 

hidalgoi 639 

linostoma 638 

1.  suprapunctatus 621,  638,  639 

similaris 638 

strigatus 638 

subsimilaris '. 638 

Drymobius  boddsertii 168, 171 

dendrophis 168 

Dynastes  hercvdes 686 

Dysagrion,  220,  230,  231,  246,  251,  252, 
257,  261,  262 

fredericii 220,231 

packardii 231,250 

Ebo  oblonga 179 

Echinanthus  antillarum 600,  601 

concavus 600,  600 

Echinolampas  anguillse 601 

Edricus  crassicauda 678 

tricuspis 678 

Ela^nea  flavogaster 204 

gaimardii 204 

g.  guianensis 204 

sp , 203 

Eteochlora  angustipennis 330 

viridicata 331 

Elainopsis 204 

Elanus  leucurus 196 

Elapin* 168 

Elaps 514 

fraseri 168 

fulvius 173 


Elaps  heterochilus 508,  514 

spixii 508,514 

Emberiza  militaris 211 

Emyglossa  tenuicornis 34 

Engina  turbinella 495 

Engystomatidse 164,  173 

Entodina 622 

jekylli 621,630 

reyrei 631 

Eomorphopus 82 

granulatus 82 

Epallage 246 

Epeira  hispida 184 

ravilla 184 

Epeolus 29 

Epilampra  caizana 279 

stigmatiphora 279 

testacea 279 

verticalis 28 1 

Ep  iphr agmophor a  ar eolata S90 

pandorse 382 

p.  bonitosensis 35^,384 

Eremarionta 382 

Erimyzon  sucetta 55 

s.  oblongus 56 

Eris  aurigera 186 

Eritettix 315 

Erpetodryas  fuscus 168 

sexcarinatus 171 

Erythrolamprina; .78,80 

Erythrolamprus 80 

sesculapii., 78 

Erythroxyrhopus 80 

Etropus  microstomus 65 

Euglandina 623 

n.  sp 627 

striata 621,627 

Eulima  bifasciata 495 

Eumastacinse 82 

Eunemobius,  400,  403,  467,  468,  473, 
475, 489 

Euophrys  amabilis 186 

humilis 186 

leucophsea 186 

obf  uscata 187 

Eupagurus  longicarpus 64 

Euparypha 381 

Eupatagus 601 

Eupera 622 

sp 621,663 

Euphffia _. 246 

longiventris 252 

Euphseopsis 248,252-254 

multinervis 246,  250,  251 

Euphonia  trinitatis 210 

Euplectrotettix  conspersus .319,  320 

prasinus 319,320 

schulzi 319,320 

Euprosopis 28 

elegans 43- 

e.  var.  sydneyana 43. 


■28 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Euprosopis  nodosicornis 43 

Euryglossa 29,  34,  35 

aurantifera 33 

carnosa 33 

depressa 33 ,  34 

frenchii 36 

geminata 33 

haematura 36 

leptospermi 36 

neglectula 37 

nigrocaerulea 33,  34 

ruberrima 36 

rubricata 36 

salaris 36 

schomburgki 34 

sinapina 35 

sinapipes 35 

sanguinosa 35 

subsericea 33,  34 

terminata 36 

Euryglossella  29 

Eurvglos.-i<li,i  29 

Eviryglossma  28, 29 

sulphurella .28 

Eurypyga  helias 193 

Eurypygidff 193 

Eurystomus 48 

Eutryxalis  gracilis  313 

Exoneura ;.       29 

angophora'  .  .29,  30,  32 

a.var.haekcn 29,32 

a.  var.  oblitenita 29,32 

bicolor 30,31,32 

concinnula 31,  32 

froggattii 30,31,32 

fultoni 31,32 

hackeri 30 

hamulata 30,  32 

Exoneuridia  libanensis 29 

Falco  aequinoctialis  ..  195 

albicoUis .  195 

anthracinus 195 

buffoni 194 

cachinnaus 195 

columbarius 196 

magnii-ostris 195 

nigricoUis 195 

nitida 19/^ 

uncinatus 196 

urubitinga 195 

Falconidse 194 

Farlowella  gladius 576 

nattereri 576 

oxyrhynchus 576 

smithi 575 

Fasciola  hepaticum 138 

Fasciolaria  sp : 495 

Favia  fragum 497 

Felis  rufus 148 

Fenestra 83 


Fenestra  bohlsii 

ensicorne 

P'ilaria , 

fasciata 

striata 

Fissuridea  alternata  . 

barbadensis 

Florisuga  mellivora 

Fluvicola  pica 

Formicariidse 

Formicivora  intermedia 

Fringilla  manimbe 

splendens 

Fringillidaj 

Fulica  cajanea 

Fundulus    heteroclitus  macrolepi- 
dotus 

\\XC\Si 

majalis 


Gafrarium  (Gouldia;  cerina 

Galbula  ruficauda 

Galbulida; 

Gallinago  brasiliensis 

paraguaise 

Gasteracantha  kochi 

pallida 

(lasteropelecina; 

Gasteropelecus  securis.. 


S3,  84,  317 


126 
140 

141 
496 
608 
201 
203 
202 


208 
191 

63 
63 
62 

496 
199 
199 
192 
192 
679 
184 
560 
560 


stellatus 560 

Gasterosteus  aculeatus 63 

Gastropsis 29 

Geck()ni(hf    169 

Gemph(>ii('nia 581 

Geothlypis  ajquinoctialis 208 

Geranospizias  cajrulescens 194 

Glabaris  ensiformis 667 

Glauconia  albifrons... 173 

Glauconida; 173 

Glaucis  hirsuta 200 

Glenognatha  emertoni 180 

Gnathocharax 560 

steindachneri 560,  561 

Gnathoprosopis 28,  38 

Gomphocerus  (Sinipta)  dalmani  ...  315 

(Hyalopteryx)  paganus 313 

Gonatodes  caudiscutatus 169 

Gonatus  fabricii 76,  76,  77 

magister 76 

Goniocolletes 28 

Grammadera  albida 371 

GryUidae 376 

Gryllus  aegyptius 110 

argentinus 377 

brevicornis 313 

fasciatus ....405,  Jfi5,  U6,  476 

frenatus 92 

hospes Jfi5 

(Locusta)  miles 332 

niger 366 

perspicillatus 102 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


729 


GrylJus  (Mantis)  precarius 299 

(Nemobius)  pulicarius 399 

(Nemobius)  pumilus 399 

punctulatus 343 

(Bulla)  serratus 330 

violaceus 353 

Guara  rubra 193 

Gundlachia 622,  668,  669,  670 

bakeri 621,  663,  670,  671 

textilina 671 

Guppya 622 

mayi....... 621,632 

seminlini 632 

Gymnocera  elegans 366 

Gymnomystax  mexicanus 211 

Habrocestum  pulex 187 

Halictus 29 

leai 32 

Haminea  antillarum 494 

canalis 494 

Haplocochlias  cvclophorous 24 

swifti ". 23 

Happia 623 

snethlagei 621,629 

Hebetancylus 671 

Heleodytes  minor 206 

nuchalis 206 

Helicina 623 

aureola 7 

(Lucidella)  aureola 10 

bourguignatiana 626 

crosbyi 609,612 

guajarana 621,626 

laterculus 626 

lirifera 621,626 

neritella  angulata 612 

schereri 621,625 

Helicops  angulatus 171 

Helix  areolata 380,  384,  390,  391 

aureola 3,  7,  7, 10 

canescens 386,  387 

cseca 63B 

cantagallana 634 

damascenus 382 

decorata 392 

deformis 627 

kellettii 383 

levis 380,  387,  388,  389,  391 

oblonga 634 

pandoriE 382,  383 

pintadina 635 

pisana 392 

(Bulimus)  pubescens 

(Cochlitoma)  regina 

rugifera 

selenostoma 

striata 

sultana 

tenuissima...: 

tryoni 

48 


640 
633 
633 
627 
640 
635 
383 


Helix  veatchii 384 

Hemigrammus  melanochrous 543 

ocellifer 545 

schmardse 545 

Hemiphlebia 221 

Hemisinus 622 

bieinctus 657 

brasiliensis 621,657 

flammeus 621,657 

f.  elongatus 621,  657 

venezuelensis 657 

zebra 657 

Hemitrochus 381 

Henia 92 

boliviana 92 

Hernandria  ventralis 680 

Herpetotheres  cachinnans 195 

sociabilis 195 

Heteragrion 262,  263,  264 

chrysops 222, 223,  264 

erythrogastrum 234 

petiolatum 260 

tricellulare 234,  239,  250 

Heterapis 29 

Heteropodagrion,  240,  259,  260,  262, 
263 

Himantodes  gemmistriatus 173 

Hirundinida; 206 

Hirundo  albiventer 206 

chalybea 206 

Holoprion 535 

Holoquiscalus  lugubris 212 

Holoshesthes 535 

Homalopsinse 168 

Hormilia 361 

Hyalopteryx  asinus 313 

gracilis 313 

rufipennis 312 

specularis 313 

Hydrocorax  vigua 194 

Hyla  auraria 161 

chimboe 157 

depressiceps 159 

labialis 159 

maxima : 156,  170 

mesophsea 160 

nebulosa 159 

phiEota 159 

quinquefasciata 160 

quitoe 159 

riobambae 157 

rubra 156,157 

venulosa 160 

Hylaeoides 29 

Hylidaj... 170 

Hylocharis  cyanus  viridiventris 202 

Hylodes  achatinus 163 

buckleyi 163 

conspicillatus 161 

longirostris '. 164 

pagmsB 162 


730 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Hylodes  surdus 163 

unistrigatus 162, 163 

whymperi 163 

Hyloxalus  bocagei....: 166 

huigrse 165 

Hyperophora  angustipennis 360 

brasiliensis 360 

major 360 

minor 360 

Hyphessobrycon 518 

agulha 549 

bellotti.... 552 

hasemani 545 

minor 547 

stigmatias 547 

Hypoaspis  distans 686 

Hyponeura 235 

Hyria  corrugata  exasperata 621,  664 

exasperata 664 

jamauchimensis 621,  664 

rugossissima 665 

Ibididae 193 

Icteridaj 211 

Icterus  am-icapillus 190,  211 

chrysocephalus 212 

xanthornus 212 

Ictiobus 45 

Idiopyrgus • 622 

pilsbryi 621,658 

souleyetanus.. 659 

Iguana  tuberculata 172 

Iguanida; 169, 171, 173 

Innuus  ecaudatus 147 

erythryacus 147 

Insara 361 

Inusia  pallida 337 

Iridoprocne  albiventer 206 

Isastrsea  conferta 593 

turbinata 593 

Ischnoptera  brasiliensis 276 

marginata 276 

rufa 276 

Ischnura  denticoUis 222,  224 

granti 222,224 

Isophlebia 252,  253,  254 

Jacana  jacana 192 

Jacanidse 192 

Jacaretinga  sclerops 173 

Janus  albocinctus 187 

gibberosus 187 

Jodacris  nebulosa 339 

Kinosternon  pensylvanicum 62 

Lachesis  lanceolatus 507 

microphthalmus 169 

schlegelii 169 

Lactista  pulchripennis 85 

Lagodon  rhomboides 64 


Lampropeltis  micropholis 168 

Lampropsar  guianensis 212 

tangrinus  guianensis 212 

Lanius  canadensis 202 

carbo 210 

cayanus 205 

dominicensis 205 

lictor 20Jf. 

pitangua 205 

punctatus 202 

Laphyctes  satrapa 205 

Laridaj..... 192 

Latirus  cingulifera 495 

Leda  acuta 496 

commutata 499 

j  amaicensis 499 

mauritiana 499 

vulgaris 496,499,500 

V.  var.  obliterata 500 

Leiotettix  flavipes 348 

hastatus 348 

politus 346 

pulcher 348 

sanguineus 346 

Leistes  militaris 211 

Leptinaria 623 

anomala 646 

imperforata 621,646 

lamellata 621,645 

1.  concentrica 621,  645 

perforata 621,  645 

Leptodeira  albofusca 168 

personata 173 

Leptodon  uncinatus 196 

Leptognathus  andianus 169 

ellipsifera 169 

Leptophis  occidentalis 168 

Leptotila  insularis 191 

verreauxi  insularis 191 

Leptysma  filiformis 336 

obscura 336 

Leptysmina  pallida 337 

Lerneaenicus  radiatus 62 

Lestis 29 

serata 44 

bombylans 44 

Leucauge  hortorum 678 

Leuciscus 70 

lineatus , 71 

Leucochroa 381 

Leucopternus  albicoUis 195 

Leucos 66 

Leucus  dimidiatus 66,  67 

olivaceus 66, m 

Libellago 235 

Ligocatinus  borrellii 365 

olivaceus 365 

spinatus 365 

Linyphia  galbea 179 

Liobunum  biolleyi 683 

foveolatum 683 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


731 


Liocephalus  guntheri 170 

iridescens 170 

Liophis  albiventris 168 

Lipomyzon 53,  54 

brevirostris 53 

cujus oU 

liorus 53 

Lithagrion,  232,  251,  254,  259,  262,  263 

hyalinum 250 

Lithurgus 29 

Littoridina 622 

charruana 658 

maniii 621,  658 

Littorina  angulifera 495 

Livona  pica 608 

Locusta  spinipes 376 

Locustinae 88 

Lophopsetta  maculata 65 

Loricariidse 571 

Loricariinse 574 

Loxia  americana 208 

grisea 208 

minuta 208 

Lucania  parva 63 

Lucidella 3 

aureola 3-8, 10-12,  15,  16, 18 

a.  var.  granulosa 7,7 

a.  minor 16 

granulosa 3-7, 11-18 

montegoensis 12 

undulata 7,  7 

Lucina  chrysostoma 496 

Lycosa  aspera 182 

brevitarsis 680 

exalbida 182 

febriculosa 182 

hellus 182 

Lygophis 80 

Lymnaea  columella 62 

Lystrophis  dorbigny 216 

semicinctus 215 

Mabuya  agilis 173 

M  achetornis  flavigularis 203 

Msevia  annulipes 187 

aurulenta 187 

cristata 187 

lineata 187 

niger 187 

pallida 187 

pehcillata 187 

sulphurea 187 

tibialis 187 

vittata 186,187 

Malmagrion  eichstattense 247 

Mangora  picta 679 

trilineata 679 

Manicina  areolata 497 

Mantida; 284 

Mantis  argentina 286 

crenaticoUis 290,2^\ 


Mantis  gayi 290 

hyaloptera 298 

lobipes 299^ 

rustica 29!^ 

unipunctata 298 

Mantoida  burmeisteri 284 

Marginella  cincta 495 

minuta 495 

pallida 495 

Marinula  colonia 494 

Marisa 622 

cornu-arietis 621,661 

Marpissa  undata 187 

varia 187 

Mastax  nigra 82 

Maypacius  floridanus 181 

Mecistogaster 234 

Megachile 29 

cornifera 44 

fumipennis 44 

monstrosa 44 

m.  cornifera 44 

semiluctuosa 44 

Megaloprepus 234,235 

I  Megalostrata  venifica 183 

Megamyrmecion  californicum 181 

Meganeurula 245 

Megapodagrion...236,  237,  258,  262,  263 

j  nebulosum 236 

Megarhynchus  pitangua 205 

Megastomatobus 45 

Melanagrion,  220,  231,  249,  251,  257, 
I  261-26S 

umbratum 250 

'  Melania  batesii ,. 648. 

branca 648 

bullata 651 

charpentieri 648 

transversa 6J^9 

ventricosa 648 

Melanopsis  brasiliensis 657 

Meleagroteuthis 76 

hoylei 75,75 

Melestora  adspersicollis 283 

fulvella 28S 

fuscella 283 

Melina  ephippium 496 

Melittosmithia 29 

Mellitidia 29 

Melongena  melongena 497, 608 

Menidia  beryllina 63 

menidia  notata 63 

Menticirrhus  saxatilis 64 

Meroglossa 28 

desponsa  var.  kershawi 32 

.  ion 240, 261-263 

Mesopodagrion 258,262 

Metacyrba 187 

Metagrion 261 

Metaleptea  minor SIJ^ 

Metalia  sp 601 


732 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Meterginus  signatus 683 

JVIetula  amosi 22 

elongata 23 

gabbi 23 

Miathyria  simplex 248 

Micrarionta 382 

areolata 386,  390,  392 

a.  var.  arida 391 

A.  var.  aspersa 392 

a.  var.  exanimata 391,392 

a.  var.  scammoni 392 

desertorum 382 

facta 382 

gabbi 382 

guadaloupiana 382 

hutsoni 382 

kelletti 382 

leucanthea 385,  386 

levis 382,387 

1.  var.  crassula 389 

1.  globosa..' 389 

orcutti 382 

pandorjB 382,384 

ruficincta 382 

.stearnsiana 382 

veatchii 382,  384,  386,  387 

V.  canescens 386 

V.  leucanthea 385 

M  icromerus 235 

Micropogon  undulatus 64 

M  icr  orhopias  grisea  intermedia.  .190, 202 

JVIicrostigma 235 

Milvus  leucurus 196 

Mimidae 207 

Mimus  gilvus  melanopterus 207 

melanopterus W7 

Minvtrema  melanops 56 

Miogryllus ......399,400 

Mionectes    oleagineus    pallidiven- 

tris 203 

Miopteryx  rustica 294 

Misumena  georgiana 179 

spinosa 179 

Mniotiltida? 207 

Modulus  catenulatus 495 

modulus 495,608 

Mrenkhausia  cotinho 549 

lepidura 543 

1.  gracilima 543 

'1.  madeirse '. 540 

Mohnia  buccinoides 503 

corbis 501 

exquisita 502 

hondoensis 503 

japonica 503 

kurilana 503 

robusta 501 

siphonoides 502 

vernalis 502 

Monastria  biguttata 282 

JMorone  americana 64 


Motacilla  sequinoctialis 208 

estiva 208 

cayana 209 

cyanea 209 

galeata 205 

novaboracensis 208 

spiza 210 

Motacillida; 208 

Moxostoma 60 

alleghaniensis 58 

anisurum » 56 

aureolum 57-59 

austrinum 57 

breviceps 59 

cervinum 60 

claviformis 56 

coUapsum 57 

congestum 55,  57 

crassilabre 59 

duquesnei 58 

erythrurum 57,  59 

kemerlyi 55,  55 

lachrymale 58 

lesueurii 58 

macrolepidotum 58 

robustum 57 

rupiscartes 60 

Mugil  curema 63 

Murex  nodatus 495 

pomum 495 

rufus 495 

Muscicapa  maculata 204 

pica 203 

rufa 205 

tyrannus 205 

Muscicapara  gaimardii 204 

Muscivora  tyrannus 205 

Musculium  partumeium 62 

Mustelus  canis 62 

Mya  syrmatophora 665 

Mycetes  seniculus 147 

Myiarchus  ferox  venezuelensis 205 

venezuelensis 205 

Myiodynastes  maculatus 204 

Myiozetetes  similis  columbianus,  190, 
204,  204 

Myloleucus 66 

bicolor 69 

parovanus 69 

pulverulentus 71 

thalassinus 68,  69 

Myospiza  manimbe 209 

Myrmarachne 188 

hentzi 188 

Mytilus  exustus 496 

Naja  leucodira 509 

morgani 508,  509 

tripudians  samarensis 508 

sputatrix 509 

tripudians 508,  509 

t.  var.  samarensis 508 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


■33 


523 


Nannostominse ■_ 

Nannostomus  stigmasemion 523 

Nannotettix  bilineatus 372 

guentheri 372 

pallidevittatus 372 

Nassa  vibex 495 

Natica  pusilla 495 

Navicula  placenta Oqq 

Necator  americana 13o 

Nemobius,  394,  395,  398-401,  404,  417, 
433,  446,  451-453,  455,  460,  466, 
468,  489,  491 

affinis 474,4?5,480 

aUeni 400 

ambitiosus,    401,    402,    404,    430, 
439, 441 

angusticoUis 401,  47^,  480 

aterrimus,  400,  425,  ^56,  460,  U75 

brasiliensis,    399,    401,    403,    426, 

444-^46,  44^ 

brevicaudus -4^^ 

bruneri,  401,  403,  438,  449,  452, 

480 

canus,  400,  .',08,  409,  415,  417,  423 

425, 427 

carolinus,  400,  401,  404,  408,  417, 

452,  455,  4-55,  460,  461,  467,  468, 

471   472-475,  479,  480,  482-490   j 

c.  brevicaudus 401,404,482   , 

c.  neomexicanus,    401,    404,    451,   j 
462,483,484,487 

circumcinctus 399 

comanchus 401,  461,  464 

confusus,  401,  404,  430,  468,  474, 

475, 478, 480,  489,  492 

cubensis,  400,  401,  403,  407,  417, 

425,  434,  437,  455-457,  460-463, 

468,  469,  474,  47o,  479,  480 

c.  mormonius,  401,  403,  445,  452, 

456,  461,  467,  485,  488 

delicatus 399 

denticulatus '^^^'^'    ^ 

distinguendus 399,400 

ensifer. 399,400 

exiguus,  400,  405,  417,  473,  474, 

475, 479,  480 

fasciatus,  376,  400,  402,  405,  407- 

410      412-417,     422-433,     435, 

437,  440,  444-447,  452,  456,  457, 

469.  471,  478,  479 

f.    abortivus,    401,    402,    412-415, 

427, 429 

f.  socius,  400,  401,  402,  412-416, 

424-426,  437 

f.  vittatus 407,408,409 

funeralis -^37 

eriseus,   401,   402,   404,   409,   410, 

430, 434,  436-438,  440 

g.  funeralis 401,  402,  404,  437 

hastatus 401,426 

janus 475,480 


Nemobius  lineolatus 398 

longipennis 376,377,446 

maculatus,  401,  402,  404,  4O8,  409, 

409,  410,  411,  417,  428,  430,  433, 

441,489,491,492 

major j-tb 

marginatus 41/ 

melleus 401,44^,449 

mexicanus,  400,  444,  445,  4^0,  451, 
467,465,467 

mormonius -^61 

neomexicanus 400,  467,  4^4,  488 

palustris,  401,  403,  409,  417,  4.56, 

4.57,  460,  468,  471,  472,  474,  47o, 

480,  489,  490 

p.  aurantius 401,  403,  4/2 

panteli 401,443,444 

pictus 399,400 

mfus 377,400 

(anaxipha)     septentnonalis,     4' 3, 

socius 423,427,474,480 

svlvestris 395,  405,  450,  451 

toltecus. 403, 449-451,  /M,  488 

trinitatis 400 

utahensis 400,  407, 4O8,  409,  417 

vittatus 405,  4O6,  407,  409,  474 

volaticus,  401,  4oo,  460,  473,  474^ 
479,480 


Nemosia  nigrogenis...: 

Neoceratina 

Neoconocephalus  macropt erus 

muticus 

redtenbacheri 

saturatus 

Neonemobius 403,  449,  456, 

Neopasiphae 

Neoxabea  brevipes ■_ 

bipunctata 377, 

Neritina  virginea 494, 

viridis 

Nesolestes 245,258, 

Neuragrion,  240,  241,  2.57,  259,  262, 

mysticum 221, 

Neurolestes 245,  2.57,  262, 

trinervis 221,223, 

Neurothemis 

Nitzschia 

clausii 

Nomada 

Nomia 

austraUca 

flavoviridis 


Nomioides 

Notolepidomyzon... 

Nototrema  marsupiatum. 

Nyctibora  limbata 

Nyctidromus  albicollis 

Nyctinassa  violacea 

Nyctiprogne  leucopyga  .  . 


-209 

29 

375 

374 

375 

37.'> 

46H 

29 

377 

378 

497 

490 

262 

26a 

223 

264 

245 

255 

581 

582 

20 

29 

44 

44 

44 

29 

47 

161 

277 

198 

193 

198 


734 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF 


[Dec, 


Octopus  (Polypus) 77 

granulatus 77 

4  Idontostilbe  drepanon 529 

fugitiva 529,532 

madeirae 527 

<  )dontostomus 622 

costulatus 62 1 

fasciatus 621 

(Cyclodontina)  inflatus 621,  640 

(Cyclodontina)  i.  costulatus,  641, 

642 

(Cyclodontina)    i.    fasciatus,    641, 

642 

(Cyclodontina)   i.   marangua- 

pensis 641 

maranguapensis 621 

scabrellus 642 

s.  cylindricus 621 

<Ecanthus 377 

<Edipoda  pallidipennis 322 

<Edipodin8B 85 

<Egopsida 75 

•Olcyphides  fasciatus 300 

'hopii 300 

Oleacina  striata 627 

Oligodon  schadenbergi 217,  218 

vertebralis 216,218 

Olivella  myrmecoon 494 

Omalaxis  funiculus 25 

f.  contracta 25 

Omalotettix  signatipes 339 

Ommatolampis 102 

colibri 89 

nodicollis \Q\,102 

palpata 102 

perspicillata 102 

«  )mmexecha 324,  325 

germari 328 

giglio-tosi 328 

servillei 328 

virens 328 

Omura 86 

congrua 86 

■(  )nchorhynchus  tschawy tscha 74 

Onvchoteuthis  banksii 77 

'  bergii 77 

kamtschatica 77 

Opeas 622 

beckianum 621,644 

gracile 621,645 

octogyrum 621,  644 

opella 621,645 

«( )phthalmolampis 89 

colibri 89 

<  )pisthocomid£e 191 

<  )pisthocomus  hoazin 191 

Opsomala  filiformis S36 

puncticeps 337 

Orbicella  cellulosa 599 

(Astraea)  crassolamellata 599 

jendothecata 599 


Orbicella  sp 599 

Orbitoides 592 

Oriolus  chrysocephalus 212 

icterocephalus 211 

mexicanus 211 

viridis 211 

xanthornus 212 

Ornysmya  delphinse 201 

felicia; 201 

oenone 202 

Oroseris  n.  sp 599 

Orphula.. 83 

gracilicornis 316 

pagana 313,315 

p.  minor 83,314,315 

Orphulella  elegans 316,317 

elongata 317 

intricata 316,  317 

punctata 316,317 

Orphulina 83 

veteratoria 83 

Orthalicus 622 

sultana 621 

s.  meobambensis 640 

Orthopristis  chrysopterus 64 

Osmilia  violacea 353 

Osmiliola  aurita 339 

Ossa......... 324 

viridis 323 

Ostinops  decumanus 211 

viridis 211 

Ostrea  antiguensis 603,614,615 

gatunensis 603 

haitensis 603,614 

virginica 496,497 

Oulenotacris 102 

robusta 103 

Ovalipes  ocellatus 64 

Oxybelis    acuminatus 173 

Oxyblepta  bohlsii 338 

puncticeps 337 

Oxybleptella  pulchella 337 

sagitta 337 

Oxyopeidon  molestum 680 

Oxyopsis  lobeter 297 

Oxyrhabdium  modestum 214 

Oxyrhopus  cloelia 78 

petolarius 78 

trigeminus 78-80 

Oxystigma 260 

Oxystyla 623 

pulchella 621,  639,  639 

p.  prototypus 621,  639 

Oxyurus  vermicularis 138 

Pachydiplax 248 

Pachygnatha  brevis 180, 183 

furcillata 180 

tristriata 183 

xanthostoma 183 

Pachyossa 324 


1913. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


735 


Pachyossa  signata 325 

Pachyprosopis 28 

atromicans 37 

hsematostoma 36 

nitidiceps 37 

Pachyrhamphus  cinereiventris 205 

rufus. 205 

Pachysylvia   aurantiifrons    satur- 

ata 190,207 

Palsemonetes  vulgaris 64 

Palaeophlebia  sjTilestoides 251 

Palseorhiza 29 

Palamedea  cornuta 194 

Palamedeidse 194 

Panchlora  thalassina 282 

Pantala 255 

Pantosteus  arizonse 47 

delphinus 48 

generosus 47 

plebeius 47 

santa-anse 48 

Paracolletes 29 

Paradichroplus  bilobus 350 

brunneri 351 

nigrigena 350 

Paragonimus  westermanii 148 

Paralichthys  dentatus 65 

Paramastax 82 

nigra 82 

Paramusonia  livida 295  ^ 

seclusa 295  ' 

Paranemobius 398  j 

Paraphasma  marginale 300,301 

Paraphlebia,    234-237,    253,  254,  260,   i 
261,263,264 

abrogata 237,  238,  250  | 

duodecima 238,  260 

hyalina 259, 261, 264 

quinta 222,223 

zoe 237,249,250,264 

Parasphecodes 28  ; 

Parastagmatoptera  unipunctata...  298  I 

Pardosa  sp 680  j 

Parleptynia 301,302 

Paroaria  nigrogenis 209 

Parorphula  pallidinota 316 

Parossa 323,325 

bimaculata 324 

viridis 323 

Paroxyprora  tenuicauda 374 

Parra  cayennensis 192 

jacana 192 

Parus  cela 211 

Paulinia 323 

Peckhamia  scorpiona 188 

Peeten    (Chlamys)    anguillensis,    600, 

602,603 

(Amusium)   antiguensis,  603,  613 

antillarum 602  j 

exasperatus 496  I 

(Plagioctenium)  gabbi,  600,602,603  | 


Peeten  gibbus 496 

g.  dislocatus 496 

luculentus 602 

(Amusium)  lyonii 613 

nugenti 603,614 

(^quipecten)  oxygonum 601 

o.  optimum 601, 602 

paranensis 601,  602,  602 

sol 613 

(iEquipecten)  thetidis 602 

ziczac 496 

Pelayo  insignis 677 

Perdita 28 

Perichsetidse 215 

Perilestes 249,  256,  260-264 

fragilis 250 

Periplaneta  brunnea 281 

Pezotettix  amoenus 113 

bergii 345 

peruvianus 113 

robustulus 845 

Phacoides  antillarum 496 

crenulatus... 496 

leucocyma 496 

lintea 496 

pectinatus 496,497 

sp 496 

Phaetusa  chloropoda 192 

PhalacrocoracidsB 194 

Phalacrocorax  vigua 194 

Phaneroptera  cruenta 365 

Phasianella  pulchella 495 

Phasianus  hoazin 191 

Phasma  hopii 301 

Phasmidaj 300 

Phenacolestes,  220,  221,  224,  225,  230, 

231  235-245,  251-257,  261-264 

mirandus,  220,  224-226,  228,  229, 

250,  264 

parellelus 220,  224,  225,  229 

PhenacoUetes 28 

Phiale  modesta 187 

Phidippus  alchymista 186 

asinarius 184 

auctus 185 

audax..... 184-186 

cardinalis 187 

carolinus 184 

concinnatus 186 

dubiosus 186 

electus 186 

elegans 185 

lunulatus 184 

multicolor 185,  186 

multiformis 184,  186 

mundulus 186 

mystaceus 184 

otiosus 185 

paludatus 185 

personatus 186 

podagrosus 184, 186 


736 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Phidippus  purpurifer 185 

regius .* 185 

rufus 186 

smaragdif  er 184 

t  estaceus 184 

togatus 185 

variegatus 184 

Philodromus)  expositus 179 

marxi 179 

prselustris 179 

satuUus 179 

signatus 179 

Philodryas  elegans 78 

Philogenia,  235,  236,  240,  243,  251,  254, 
259, 262-264 

carillica 234,  235,250 

terraba 234,  235,  250,  259,  262 

Phlugis  spinipes....^ 376 

tener 376 

Pholadomya 590 

Phos  intricatus 495 

Phryniscus  Isevis 164 

Phrynonyx  fasciatus 171 

Phyllobates  infraguttatus  165 

Phyllodromus  pulchellus  164 

Phylloptera  ovalifolia 371 

spinulosa 371 

Phylloscirtus  amoenus 379 

Phyllovates  iheringi ^99 

parallela 299 

Physa 623 

rivalis 621,  661,  663,  670 

sowerbyana 661 

sp 661 

Physocyclus  dugesi 181 

Piaya  cayana  colombiana 198 

Picidae 200 

Picolaptes  albolineatus 203 

Picus  lineatus 200 

melanoleucos .  WO 

Pinnularia 581 

Pionus  menstruus 197 

Pipra  flavogaster ?^4 

lanceolata .^06 

leucocephala MS 

Pipridse 208 

Pitangus  dei'byanus  rufipennis 204 

lictor 204 

Pitar  subarresta 496 

Pithecomyzon 54 

Pithecus  satyrus 147 

Placopharynx 58 

carinatus 60 

Planesticus    phseopygus    phseopy- 

goides 207 

Planorbis 623 

alabamensis 62 

anatinus 621,  661,  663,  670 

cimex 622,661 

cultratus 622,661 

depressissimus 622,  662 


Planorbis  guadeloupensis 

622,661 

peregnnus 

622,662 

stramineus 

622,662 

Platalea  ajaja 

198 

Platallidse 

193 

Plecostomina3 

571 

Plecostomus  cordova; 

573,574 

571 

Plectostylus 

381 

Plect  rotettix  pictus 

321 

Plectrurys  tristis 

181 

Plekocheilus 

622 

(Eurytus)  pintadinus 

622,635 

Pleurodonte  formosa  ... 

...  608 

Pleurotoma  harfordiana 

498 

Plexippus  albovittatus 

186 

bivittatus 

186 

rufus 

..  186 

undata 

.  186 

Plica  plica 

..  172 

Plotus  anhinga 

194 

Podagrion  abortivum 

246 

Podolestes 

245.  258,  262 

Podopteryx 212, 

257,261,263 

roseonotata 

221.223,242 

Poecilobrycon 

518 

digrammus 

525 

erythrurus 

527 

harrisoni 

.  527 

trifasciatus 

527 

Pogonias  cromis 

.       65 

Pogonichthys  syinmet  rifu 
Polychrus  marniorutas 

<      ,'^70,71 

172 

Polymyxus  coronalis 

582 

Polyodontophis 

213 

Polypus 

74 

apoUyon 

72,74 

calif  ornicus 

73,74 

hongkongensi.s 

72,  74 

pricei 

73,74 

Pomatomus  saltatri.K 

.     64 

Pomolobus  mediocris 

62 

pseudoharengus 

62 

Pontes  n.  sp 

599 

porites 

497 

Poronotus  triacanthus 

64 

Posidippus  dentiferus 

367 

Prionobrama 

534 

madeirse 

534, 535 

Prionolopha  serrata 

330 

Prionotus  carolinus 

.     65 

evolans  strigatu.s 

65 

Prisodon 

622 

obliquus 

J22,  665 

syrmatophorus 

622,665 

Prochilodinse 

520 

Prochilodus  pterostigma  . 

520 

Proctoporus  unicolor 

170 

Progne  chalybea 

206 

Prosopis 

28,  29,  38 

albonitens 

40 

1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


73; 


Prosopis  alcyonea. 43 

amicula 41 

asinella 37,  38 

chlorosoma .40,  41 

chromatica 42 

chrysognatha 43 

cognata 43 

constricta 39 

elegans 43 

hsematopoda 42 

lateralis 42 

leucosphEera 42 

mediovirens  39 

minuscula 38,40,41 

primulipicta  .  .  38 

proxiina  43 

rotundiceps  42 

scintilla 41 

scintilliformis 41 

vittatifrons 39,40 

xantho;si)hu'ra ,.  .41,  42 

Prosthcrapis  wliymperi 165 

Prothacustes  mexicana 399 

Protolestes 260,262 

Protomyrmeleon,    247,    248,    2.51-253, 
255 

brunonis 247,2.50 

Prototettix  lobulatus 304 

Psadara 622 

derbyi 6.34 

d.  cearana 622,634 

Pseudocorynopoma 561 

Pseudoeupha^a 246 

Pseudomiopteryx 295 

infuscata 295 

Pseudomops  neglecta 275 

Pseudopleuronectes  americanus 65 

Psittacida? 196 

Psittacula  passerina 196 

Psittacus  seruginosus 196 

amazonicus : 197 

ararauna 196 

leucophthalmus 196 

menstruus 197 

ochrocephalus 197 

passerinus 196 

Psoloessa  texana 314 

Pteroglossus  aracari  roraima? 1 99 

roraimse 199 

Ptychostomus  breviceps 59 

bucco 57,  58 

cervinus .59,  60,  60 

collapsum 57 

crassilabris 59 

lachrymalis 58 

pidiensis 56,  56 

robustus 57 

velatus 56 

Pulsatrix  perspioillata ,.  196 

Pupa  fasciata 64I 

inflata 6/fi 


I  Pupa  servilis ^4^' 

I  Purpura 608- 

deltoidea 608 

Pyrgomorphinse 86 

Pyrrhocorax  colombiana 198 

Pyrrhosoma  nymphula 222,  224 

Pyrrhura  emma 196 


Quiscalus  lugubri:- 


212 


Raja  eglanteria 62 

ocellata 62' 

Rallidaj 191 

Ramphastida; 198 

Ramphastos  ha!matorhynchus  199 

monilis 198 

vitellinus 199' 

Ramphocelus  carbo  210 

Rana  brevipalmata  rhoatl  ^i     .  16(> 

clamata 167 

RanidjE 164 

Ranula  brevipalmata 167 

Rhadinsea  cobella .171 

Rhesus  macaque 147 

Rhicnoda  jorgenseni  27" 

rugosa 21 1 

Rhinagrion 258,  262 

Rhinocypha  biforata 235 

Rhinophrynus  dorsalis.  173 

Rhinus 636 

Rhipidolestes,  241,  249,  256,  257,  262. 
263 

aculeata 241,250 

Rhodarsea  irregularis 599 

Rhomalea  peruviana 88 

Rhynchocyclus  assimilis 20 J^ 

olivaceus  guianensis 203 

sulphurescens  assimilis 204 

Rhyncholophus  stolli 685 

Rhynchops  cinerascens 192 

nigra  cinerescens 192 

Rissoina  cancellata 495 

elegantissima 495 

laevigata  var .  browniana 495 

striatocostat  a 495 

Roccus  lineatus 64 

Rostrhamus  sociabilis 195 

Rupornis  magnirostris 195 

'  Rutilus 66,70 

1  anticus 69 

bicolor 69 

formosus 70 

olivaceus 66 

]  oregonensis 67 

symmetricus 70 

tiialassinus 68 

!  Saltator  oiivascens 209 

I  Salticus  albocinctus 188 

ephippiatus 188 

I  scenicus 187 


738 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


iSaparus 101 

sequatorialis 101 

Sarcorhampus  papa 194 

Saropoda 29 

bombif  ormis 44 

Saucerottea  erythronota  feliciae 201 

Saurophagus  rufipennis 204 

Scala  (Sthenorhytis)  antiguensis.  .  612 

Scapharca  pittieri 496 

Scaphura  nigra 366 

Scapteriscus  borellii 376 

Scardafella  ridgwayi 191 

Scartomyzon 59 

Schistocerca 110 

segyptia 110 

jBqualis Ill,  112 

desiliens 111,112 

infumata 339 

peregrina 112 

paranensis  ....' 112,  340 

vaga 110,111 

V.  brevis 110,111 

Schizaster  clevei 601 

Sciaenops  ocellatus 64 

Scincidse 173 

Sclateria  naevia 202 

Sclenops  mexicana 679 

Sclerognathus 45 

cyprinella 45 

Scolodonta 628 

Scolopacidae 192 

Scolopax  rubra 193 

brasiliensis 192 

Scomber  scombrus 64 

Scyllina 318 

picta 321 

Segmentina 622 

janeirensis 663 

paparyensis 622,  662 

Seiurus  novaboracensis 208 

Sergiolus  cyaneiventris 181 

Serinopsis  arvensis  minor 209 

Sicalis  colombiana 209 

•Siderastrea  sidera 497 

Sidusa  fulvoguttata 680 

Sigaretus  perspectivus 495 

Silliis  putus 678 

Singa  abbreviata 679 

dotana 679 

vanbruysellii 182 

Sinipta  dalmani 315 

Siphateles 66 

vittatus 66,^7 

Sisantum  gracilicorne 316 

Sismondia  antillarum 601 

Sitalces 105 

balzapambse 105 

debilis 108 

nudus 108 

trinitatis 106 

volvexemi 105 


Sitta  nsevia 202 

Solaropsis 622 

rugifera 622,633 

r.  var.  jumana 634 

Solenastrsea  turonensis 593 

Sonorella.... 382 

Sosilaus  spiniger ;...  182 

Sosippus  californicus 182 

Sparvius  caerulescens 194 

Spathalium 86,325 

bolivari 329 

cyanopterum 329 

hispidum 86 

klugii 329 

paranense 86 

serrulatum 329 

sommeri 86 

stali 329 

Sphecodes 29 

Spheroides  maculatus 65 

Spilotes  pullatus 171 

Spiroptera 129,  132.  137 

incerta 126, 131,  133,  146 

pungens 126 

sanguinolenta 137,  139 

Spondylus  bostrichites 603 

sp... 603 

Sporophila  americana 208 

grisea 208 

minuta 208 

Stagmatoptera  hyaloptera 298 

precaria 299 

Staurorhectus  glaucipes 318 

intermedius 318 

longicornis 317,318 

Steirodon  dentiferum 367 

Steleopteron 246,  248,  249,  251-255 

deichmiilleri 250 

Steleoxiphus  catastates 301 

Stelgidopteryx  ruficollis  aequalis...  206 

Stenobothrus  signatipennis 321, 322 

Stenodictya 255 

Stenophlebia 252,  253, 254 

Stenopoda  bohlsii 338 

Stenotomus  chrysops 64 

Stenotritus 29 

Stephanocsenia  sp 599 

tenuis 593 

Stilpnochlora  incisa 367 

Stilpnosoma 28 

Sterna  chloropoda 192 

Stirapleura  bruneri 321 

Stratocles 301 

Streptaxis 623,629 

abunaensis 622,  629 

comboides  laevigata 622,  627 

cookeana 622,628 

cumingianus 629 

deformis 622,627 

deplanchei 622,628 

d.  quixadaensis 622,  628 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


739 


Streptaxis  glaber 629 

subregularis 622,  627 

Strix  perspicillata 196 

Strobilops 622 

*brasiliana 622,647 

Strombus  bituberculatus 495 

gigas 608 

pugillus 495 

Strophocheilus 622 

(Borus)  cantagallanus 622,  634 

(Boms)  maximus  622,634 

(Bonis)  oblongus 622,  634 

8tygnoleptes 682 

analis 682 

StylocEenia  lobato-rotundata 593 

Stylophora  sp 599 

Subemarginula  emarginata 496 

roUandii 496 

Subulina 622 

octona 609,622 

Succinea 622 

barbadensis  609 

boonii 609 

elongata 609 

pusilla , 622,647 

Sycalis  columbiana 209 

minor 209 

Sylvia  chivi 207 

Symphyllia  n.  sp 599 

Synallaxis  albescens  albigularis 203 

albigularis 203 

alopecias 202 

cinnamomea 203 

Synapterpes  sp 646 

Synedra 581 

Synema  nigromaculata 179 

parvula 179 

Synemosyna  formica 187 

Syngnathus  fuscus 64 

Synlestes 245,  258,  262 

%strophia 622 

eatoni 622,631 

helicycloides 631 

stenogyra 631 

Tachyphonus  rufus 210 

surinamus 211 

Taenia  echinococcus 149 

marginata 149, 150 

Taeniophora 91 

dentipes 91 

femorata 91 

geniculata 91 

Tamatia  bicincta 199 

Tanagra  desmerestii 190,  210 

melanoptera 210 

rufa : 210 

sclateri .' 210 

trinitatis 190,210 

Tangaridae 210 

Tarsophlebia 252-254 


1  Tarsophlebia  eximia 248-253 

;  westwoodi 252 

I  Tautoga  onitis 65 

Tegenaria  emertoni 180 

nana 181 

Tegula  fasciata 496 

!  Teiidffi 170,173 

Teinostoma  bartschi 26 

I  hondurasensis 26,  27 

schumoi 25,  26 

solida 26 

Tellina  (Eurytellina)  alternata 497 

(Cyclotellina)  f aust  a 497 

(Angulus)  promera 497 

(Angulus)  versicolor 497 

I  Teminius  conjuncta 676 

Teratodes  depressus 183 

Terebra  protexta 498 

spei 494,497 

Teretulus 60 

Testudinida?.. 173 

Testudo  denticulata 173 

Tetana  grisea 353 

Tet  anorhynchus  borellii 306 

Tetragnatha  alba 678 

antillana 678 

I  guatemalensis 678 

!  mexicana 678 

tenuissima 678 

Tetragonopterinae 537,  564 

:  alleni 540 

Tetraplodon  ambiguus 664 

quadrilaterum 664 

Tetrodontid* 579 

Tettigidea  annulipes 304 

arcuata 306 

chichimeca 304 

multicostata 306 

paratecta 304 

prorsa 304 

scudderi 304 

tecta , 304 

Tettigonidse 353 

Tettix  lobulata 304 

Thalurania  refulgens 201 

Thamnophilus  canadensis 202 

punctatus 202 

Thamnoscirtus  amoenus 379 

cicindeloides 379 

viridicatus 379 

Thaumatias  chionopectus 201 

Thaumatoneura,    221,    224,    233-237, 
249,  253,  255,  257,  261,  263,  264 

inopinata 221,  233,  250 

pellucida 221,  233,  250 

Thaumatosoma 29,  35 

Theocly tes  surinamensis 299 

Theridion  biolleyi 678 

Theridium  glaucescens 182 

Thespis  livida 295 

Thesprotia  vidua 296 


740 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec.,. 


Thiodina  retarius 680 

Thoracocharax 560 

Thore 255 

Thraupis  episcopus  sclateri 210 

palmarum  melanoptera 210 

Thryophilus      rufalbus      castano- 

notus 190,206 

Thryothorus  rut  ilus. 206 

Thysanophora 622 

cffica 622,632 

Tibellus 181 

Tigrisoma  lineatum 193 

Tinamida; 190 

Tinus  nigi-inus 680 

Titiotus  californicus 181 

TitjTa  cayana 205 

Tmarus  floridensis 179 

griseus 1 79 

Todirostrum  cinereum 204 

maculatum 205 

Todus  cinereus 204 

maculatus 205 

Tomigerus 622,688 

clausus 622,  642,  643,  690 

cumingii 643 

Iffivis 622,  642,  643 

pilsbryi 622,643 

rochai 622,  642,  643 

Tonicia  schrammi 496 

Tornatina  canaliculata 494 

Toxopterus  miniatus 317 

Tramea 255 

Trapidonotus  Isevipes..... -. 330 

rosulentus 88 

Trechalea  convexa 679 

Trichocolletes 28 

Tricocephalus 148 

affinis 1 48 

crenatus 1 48 

depressicollis 148 

dispar 147,148 

felis 148 

lemuris 147 

palaeformis 147 

serratus 148 

unguiculatus 148 

Trigona 29 

Trimerotropis  pallidipennis 322 

vinculata 322 

Tringa  macularia 192 

Trirhinopholis  styani 213 

Tritonofusus  hypolispus 502 

Trivia  pediciilus 495 

Trochilida; 200 

Trochilus  ensipennis 200 

fimbriatvis 201 

gramineus 201 

hirsutus 200 

mellivorus 201 

nigricoUis 201 

notatus 202 


I  Trochilus  superbus 

Trochosmilia  n.  sp 

Troglodytes  musculus  clarus 

Troglodytidae 

Trogon  viridis 

Trogonidse 

Trombidium  furcipes 

Tropidacris 

cardinalis 

cristata 

dux 

latreillei 

Tropidocerca 1 42, 

bispinosa 

certa 

contorta 141 , 1 46, 

fississpini 

globosa 

gynsecophila 

inermis 

paradoxa 

tenuis 

Tropidurus  torquatus 

Tropinotus  angulatus 

discoideus 

Tropisuris 142, 

Truxalis  brevicornis 

obscura 

Tupinambis  nigropunctatus 

teguexin 

Turbo  crenulatus 

Turdida; 

Turdus  atricapilla 

phseopygoides 

surinamus 

Turnerella 

Turritella 590, 

forrestii 603, 

Tutelina  elegans 

Tylosurus  marinus 

Tyrannidaj 

Tyrannus  dominicensis 

melancholicus  satrapa 

Tyttocharax 

madeirse 563, 


202 
599 
207 
206 
198 
198 
684 


Uncancylus 

Urophycis  regius 

Uropoda  clavisetosa 

bisetosa 

Urosalpinx  sp 

Urotheca  later  istriga... 
Urubitinga  anthracina 

urubitinga 


89 

88 
146 
147 
147 
150 
147 
147 
147 
147 
147 
147 
172 
330 
330 
146 
313. 
336 
173 
173 
495 
207 
207 
207 
211 

29' 
600 
612. 
187 

63 
203 
205 
205 
563 
564 

671 

65 
685 

685 

495 
168 
195 
195 


Vellea  cruenta 365 

Vermetus  nigricans 495 

Vilerna 98 

rugulosa 98 

Vireo  chivi 207 

Vireonidge 207 


1913. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


741 


Vitrinella  helicoidea 24 

hemphilli 24 

megastoma 24 

multistriata 24 

tryoni 24 

Volatinia  j  acarini  splendens 208 

Voluta  alfaroi 495 

Vultur  papa 194 

Wahnesia !  244,  260,  261 

Wala  mitrata 187 

Walterinnesia  segyptica .508,  509 

Xanthornus  decumanus 211 

Xanthostoma 180 

Xerarionta 382 

Xiphicera  viridicata 331 

Xiphidium  longipes 375 

Xiphophasma 301 

missionum 302 

Xylocopa 29 

Xyrauchen  texanus 54 

uncomphagre 55 

Xyrocharax 673 

Xysticus  benefactor 178 

discursans ,....  177 

emertoni 178 


Xysticus  gulosus 178,  183 

hamatus 178 

lenis 178 

limbatus 177 

locuples 178 

luctans 183 

punctatus 178 

j  4-lineatus 178 

stomachosus 178,  179,  183 

striatus 178 

variabilis 178, 179 

I  Yoldia  perprotracta  496 

j  Zimiris 676 

Zimiromus , 676 

fragilis 676 

Zoniopoda  cruentata 334 

iheringi 333 

omnicolor 334 

tarsata 334 

Zonitoides 622 

parana 622,  632 

Zoolea  lobipes 299 

Zygoclistron 96 

acutum 96 

superbum 96,98 


742 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


GENERAL  INDEX. 
1913. 


Additions  to  Museum,  712. 

Aebley,  Jacob,  Janitor,  711. 

Allen,  Ada,  Aid  in  Herbarium,  711. 

Ashton,  Thomas  G.,  M.D.,  Member  of 
Council,  711. 

Avebury,  Lord,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Baird,  Lucy  H.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Baker,  Fred.  The  land  and  fresh 
water  moUusks  of  the  Stanford 
Expedition  to  Brazil  (Plates  XXI- 
XXVII),  515,  618. 

Banks,  Nathan.  Notes  on  the  types 
of  some  American  spiders  in  Euro- 
pean collections  (Plates  XI,  XII, 
XIII),  152,  177.  Notes  on  some 
Costa  Ricau  Arachnida  (Plates 
XXVIII-XXX),  580,  676. 

Balzer,  Armin,  announcement  of  death 
of,  580. 

Barbour,  Thomas.  Reptiles  collected 
by  the  Yale  Expedition  of  1912 
(Plate  XVII),  505,  515. 

Berry,  S.  Stillman.  Notes  on  some 
West  American  Cephalopods,  73,  81. 

Biddle,  Thomas,  M.D.  Committee 
on  library,  2.  Thanks  to,  2.  Mem- 
ber of  Council,  711. 

Bilgram,  Hugo.  The  critical  point 
in  Uquids,  582. 

Billings,  .lohn  S.,  M.D.,  announcement 
of  death  of,  152. 

Biological  and  Microscopical  Section, 
report  of,  704. 

Blanchard,  Anna,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Botanical  Section,  report  of,  707. 

Boyer,  Charles  S.  On  the  diatoms  of 
Philadelphia,  581.  Report  of  Bio- 
logical and  Microscopical  Section, 
704. 

Braun,  Annette  Frances.  Evolution  of" 
the  color  pattern  in  the  microlepi- 
dopterous  genus  LithocoUetis,  515. 

Brown,  Amos  P.  Variation  in  two 
species  of  Lucidella  from  Jamaica 
(Plate  I),  1,  3.  Notes  on  the 
geology  of  the  Island  of  Antigua 
(Plates  XVIII-XX),  584. 


Brown,  Amos  P.,  and  Henry  A.  Pilsbry. 

Two  collections  of  Pleistocene  fossils 
from  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  493, 
515. 

Brown,  Stewardson,  report  of  Botanical 
Section,  707.  Assistant  to  Curators, 
711.  Recorder  of  Ornithological 
Section,  710.  Assistant  to  Curators, 
711. 

Cadwalader,  John.  Committee  on 
Finance,  1.  Vice-President  of 
Academy,  710. 

Calvert,  Philip  P.,  Ph.D.  The  fossil 
Odonate  Phenacolestes,  with  a  dis- 
cussion of  the  venation  of  the  legion 
Podagrion  Selys  (Plate  XIV),  219, 
225.     Member  of  Council,  711. 

Campion,  Herbert.  The  antenodal 
reticulation  of  the  wings  of  agrionine 
dragonflies,  219,  220. 

Centenary  Committee,  thanks  to,  617. 

Chamberlain,  Rev.  Leander  T.,  an- 
nouncement of  death  of,  219. 

Clappier,  Charles,  Janitor,  711. 

Cocchi,  Igino,  announcement  of  death 
of,  515. 

Cockerell,  T.  D.  A.  Some  Australian 
bees,  28,  81. 

CoUett,  Robert,  announcement  of 
death  of,  81. 

Collins,  Alfred  M.,  elected  a  member,  2. 

Conklin,  Edwin  G.,  Vice-President  of 
Academy,  710. 

Corresponding  Secretary,  report  of, 
695. 

Corson,  Joseph  H.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Council  for  1914,  711. 

Cramp,  Charles  H.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Crawford,  Joseph,  Vice-Director  of 
Botanical  Section,  708. 

Crease,  Orlando,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Cresson,  Ezra  T.,  Treasurer  and 
member  of  Publication  Committee 
of  Entomological  Section,  706. 


1913.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


743 


Cresson,    Ezra    T.,    Jr.,    Member    of 
Publication  Committee  of  the  Ento- 
mological   Section,    706.     Assistant   ' 
to  Cm-ators,  711. 

Curators,  report  of,  699. 

Curtin,  Roland  G.,  M.D.,  announce- 
ment of  death  of,  81. 

Cushing,  Herbert  H.,  elected  a  mem- 
ber, .580. 

Dall,  WilHam  Healey.     New  species  of 
the  genus  Mohnia  from  the  North   , 
Pacific,  501,  51.5. 

Davis,  William  B.,  Treasurer  of 
Mineralogical  and  Geological  Sec- 
tion, 708. 

Department  of  MoUusca,  report  of, 
702. 

Dixon,  Edwin  S.,  Committee  on 
Finance,  1.  Member  of  Council, 
710. 

Dixon,  Samuel  G.,  M.D.,  LL.D. 
Report  of  Curators,  702.  President 
of  Academy,  710.  Curator  of 
Academy,  710.  Member  of  Council, 
711. 

Entomological  Section,  report  of,  704. 

Fenton,  Thomas  H.,  M.D.,  Committee 
on  Library,  2. 

Finance,  Committee  on,  1. 

Fowler,  Henry  W.  Notes  on  catos- 
tomoid  fishes,  45,  81.  Notes  on  the 
fishes  of  the  Chincoteague  region  of 
Virginia,  61,  81.  Some  type-speci-  I 
mens  of  the  American  cyprinoid 
fishes  of  the  genus  Rutilus,  66,  81. 
Amphibians  and  reptiles  from  Ecua- 
dor, Venezuela,  and  Yucatan  (Plates 
V-X),  152,  153.  Fishes  from  the 
Madeira  River,  Brazil,  515,  517. 
Curimatus  spilurus  Cope,  a  wrongly 
identified  Characin,  673.  Assistant 
to  Curators,  711. 

Fox,  Henry.  Data  on  the  orthopteran 
faunistics  of  eastern  Pennsylvania 
and  southern  New  Jersey,  617. 

Fox,  WiUiam  J.,  Committee  on  Pub- 
lications, 2.  Assistant  Librarian 
710. 

Gorgas,  Col.  W.  C,  elected  a  Cor- 
respondent, 81. 

Grant,  WiUiam  S.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Heath,  Harold.  The  anatomy  of  two 
Brazilian  land  snails,  Anostoma 
depressum  and  Tomigerus  clausus 
(Plate  XXXI),  617,  688. 

Hebard,  Morgan.       A  revision  of  the 
species     of     the     genus     Nemobius 
(Orthoptera,     Gryllidje)     found     in 
North  America,  north  of  the  Isthmus  i 
of  Panama,  394,  515. 


Heckler,  Adam,  Janitor,  711. 

Heckler,  Daniel,  Janitor,  711. 

Horstman,  Walter,  Committee  on 
Accounts,  710. 

Hughes,  William  E.,  M.D.,  on  a 
winter  exploration  of  Bolivia  and 
Peru  (no  abstract),  219.  Member  of 
Council,  711. 

Index  to  Genera,  721. 

Instruction  and  Lectm-es,  Committee 
on,  2. 

Jayne,  Horace  F.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Keeley,  Frank  J.,  Committee  on 
Librarj^,  2.  Curator  of  William  S. 
Vaux  collections,  2.  Report  of 
Curator  of  William  S.  Vaux  Col- 
lections, 703.  Member  of  Council, 
711.  Curator  of  Biological  and 
Microscopical  Section,  704.  Vice- 
Director  of  Mineralogical  and  Geo- 
logical Section,  706.  Member  of 
Council,  711. 

KeUy,  Philip  P.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Koenig,  George  A.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  1 . 

Krumbhaar,  Edward  B.,  elected  a 
member,  516. 

Laurent,  Philip,  Director  of  Entomo- 
logical Section,  706. 

LeConte,  Robert  G.,  M.D.,  Member 
of  Council,  710. 

Librarian,  report  of,  696. 

Library,  Committee  on,  2. 

Lyman,  Benjamin  Smith,  Dii-ector  of 
the  Mineralogical  and  Geological 
Section,  708. 

McCadden,  David,  Taxidermist,  711. 

McClellan,  George,  M.D.,  announce- 
ment of  death  of,  152. 

McClung,  Clarence  E.,  Ph.D.,  elected 
a  member,  516. 

Macfarlane,  John  M.,  M.D.,  on  the 
origin  and  distribution  of  animals 
and  plants  (no  abstract),  152. 

Mears,  J.  Ewing,  M.D.,  elected  a 
member,  580. 

Mineralogical  and  ■  Geological  Section, 
report  of,  708. 

Moore,  Clarence  B.  Some  aboriginal 
sites  in  Louisiana  and  Arkansas,  152. 

Moore,  J.  Percy,  report  of  Correspond- 
ing Secretary,  695.  Corresponding 
Secretary  of  Academy,  710.  Mem- 
ber of  Council,  711. 

Morris,  Charles,  Committee  on  In- 
struction and  Lectures,  2.  Com- 
mittee on  Accounts,  710.  Member 
of  Council,  711. 


'44 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


^Morris,  Effingham  B.,  Committee  on 
Finance,  1. 

Morris,  George  S.,  Committee  on 
Instruction  and  Lectures,  2.  Vice- 
Director  of  Ornithological  Section, 
710.     Member  of  Council,  710. 

Morris,  J.  Cheston,  Director  of  Bio- 
logical and  Microscopical  Section, 
704. 

[Morris,  Theodore  W.,  announcement 
of  death  of,  81. 

Nolan,  Edward  J.,  M.D.,  Committee 
on    Publications,    2.  Report    of 

Recording  Secretary,  693.  Report 
of  Librarian,  096.  Librarian  and 
Recording  Secretary  of  Academy, 
710.     Member  of  Council,  711. 

Officers,  Councillors,  etc.,  1914,  710. 

Ornithological  Section,  report  of,  709. 

Palmer,  T.  Chalkley.  The  collecting 
and  preparation  of  diatoms,  580. 
Vice-Director  of  Biological  and  Mi- 
croscopical Section,  704. 

Pennell,  Francis  W.  Further  notes  on 
the  flora  of  the  Conowingo  Barrens 
of  Southeastern  Pennsylvania,  1. 

Penrose,  Charles  B.,  M.D.,  Member  of 
Council,  711. 

Penrose,  R.  A.  F.,  Jr.,  on  the  Twelfth 
International  Congress  (no  abstract), 
617. 

Pilsbry,  Henry,  Sc.D.  Committee  on 
Publications,  2.  Committee  on 
Instruction  and  Lectures,  2.  The 
Helices  of  Lower  California  (Plates 
XV,  XVI),  219,  380.  Report  of  the 
Department  of  Mollusca,  702.  Cura- 
tor of  Academy,  710.  Member  of 
Council,  711. 

Publications,  Committee  on,  2. 

Recording  Secretary,  report  of,  693. 

Rehn,  James  A.  G.  Description  and 
records  of  South  American  Orthop- 
tera,  with  description  of  a  new  species 
from  Clarion  Island,  81,  82.  A 
contribution  to  a  knowledge  of  the 
Orthoptera  of  Argentina,  219,  273. 
Secretary  of  Entomological  Section, 
706.     Assistant  tQ  Curators,  711. 

Rehn,  James  A.  G.,  and  Morgan 
Hebard.  A  study  of  the  species  of 
the  genus  Dichopetala  (Orthoptera, 
Tettigoniidaj),  515.  On  the  Orthop- 
tera found  on  the  Florida  Keys  and 
in  extreme  southern  Plorida,  II,  580. 

Report  of  Biological  and  Microscopical 
Section,  704. 

Report  of  the  Botanical  Section,  707. 

Report  of  Corresponding  Secretary, 
695. 

Report  of  the  Curators,  699. 


Report  of  the  Department  of  Mollusca, 
702. 

Report  of  Entomological  Section,  704. 

Report  of  Librarian,  696. 

Report  of  Mineralogical  and  Geological 
Section,  708. 

Report  of  Ornithological  Section,  709. 

Report  of  Recording  Secretary,  693. 

Report     on     the     William    S.     Vaux 
Collections,  703. 
I  Reports  of  Sections,  704. 
I  Rhoads,    Samuel    M.,    Committee    on 
Accounts,  710. 

Rothermel,  John  G.,  Committee  on 
Accounts,  710. 

Scull,  E.  Marshall,  elected  a  member,  2. 

Scattergood,  J.  Henry,  elected  a 
member,  2. 

Schumo,  Silas  L.,  Corresponding  Secre- 
tary of  Biological  and  Microscopical 
Section,  704.  Recorder  and  Secre- 
tary of  the  Mineralogical  and  Geo- 
logical Section,  708. 

Sclater,  Philip  L.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  515. 

Shryock,  William  A.,  Secretary  of 
Ornithological  Section,  710. 

Skinner,  Henry,  M.D.,  Committee  on 
Publications,  2.  Report  of  Ento- 
mological Section,  704.  Conservator 
and  Recorder  of  Entomological  Sec- 
tion, 706.     Member  of  Council,  711. 

Smith,     Benjamin     H.,     Director     of 
Botanical  Section,  708. 
]  Spaeth,  R.  A.     The  distribution  of  the 
genus    Cyclops    in    the    vicinity    of 
Haverford,  Pennsylvania,  1. 

Stamp,  Harvey,  M.D.,  elected  a 
member,  580. 

Standing  Committees,  1. 

Steinbach,  Lewis  W.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  81. 

Stewart,  Thomas  S.,  M.D.,  Treasurer 
!       of     Biological     and     Microscopical 
Section,      704.      Committee     on 
Accounts,  710. 

Stone,  Witmer,  Sc.D.,  Committee  on 
Publications,  2.  Committee  on 
Instruction  and  Lectures,  2.  On  a 
collection  of  birds  obtained  by  the 
Francis  E.  Bond  Expedition  to  the 
Orinoco  Delta,  152,  189.  Report  of 
Ornithological  Section,  -710.  ^  Con- 
servator of  Ornithological  Section, 
710.  Curator  of  Academy,  710. 
Member  of  Council,  711. 

Tague,  James,  Janitor,  711. 

Thompson,  Edward  H.,  on  the  ancient 
t  ruins  of  Yucatan  and  its  modern 
I       inhabitants  (no  abstract),  81. 


1913.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


745 


Thomson,  J.  C,  M.D.  Oxyrhopus 
trigeminus  Dum.  et  Bibr.  the  type 
of  Erythroxyrhopus  gen.  nov.,  1,  78. 
Notes  on  serpents  in  the  family 
Colubridae,  152,  213.  Contributions 
to  the  synonymy  of  serpents  in  the 
family  Elapidaj,  508,  515.  Contri- 
bution to  the  anatomy  of  the 
Ilysiida;,  580. 

Trotter,  Spencer,  M.D.,  Director  of 
Ornithological  Section,  710.  Mem- 
ber of  Council,  711. 

Tucker,  Henry,  M.D.,  Committee  on 
Library,  2.  Committee  on  Instruc- 
tion and  Lectures,  2.  Curator  of 
Academy,  710.  Member  of  Council, 
711. 

Uhler,  Philip  R.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  580. 

Vanatta,  E.  G.  Descriptions  of  new 
species  of  marine  shells  (Plate  II), 
22,  81.    Assistant  to  Curators,  711. 

Van  Sickle,  W.  H.,  on  labels  for  Micro- 
scopic slides  (no  abstract),  583. 

Vaux,  George,  Jr.,  Committee  on 
Finance,  1.  Committee  on  Library, 
2.  Solicitor  of  Academy,  2.  Con- 
servator of  Mineralogical  and  Geo- 


logical Section,  708.  Treasurer  of 
Academy,  710.  Member  6i  Council, 
711. 

Wallace,  Alfred  Russell,  announcement 
of  death  of,  617. 

Wardle,  H.  Newell,  on  the  miniature 
temples  and  temple  pjTamids  of  the 
ancient  Mexicans  (no  abstract),  219. 
Assistant  in  archaeology,  711. 

Weidman,  F.  D.  A  study  of  the 
metazoan  parasites  found  in  the 
Philadelphia  Zoological  Garden 
(Plate  IV),  2,  81,  126. 

Wenzel,  Henry  W.,  Vice-Director  of 
Entomological  Section,  706. 

Wherry,  Edgar  T.  North  border 
relations  of  the  Triassic  in  Pennsyl- 
vania (Plate  III),  81,  114.  On  the 
Twelfth  International  Geological 
Congress  (no  abstract),  617. 

Willcox,  Jos.,  Custodian  of  Isaac  Lea 
Collections,  2. 

Wilde,  Furman  S.,  Assistant  in  Library, 
711. 

Williamson,  Charles  S.,  Recorder  of 
Botanical  Section,  708. 

Winsor,  James  D.,  Committee  on 
Finance,  1. 


49 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1913. 


PLATE  XVII. 


BARBOUR  :      DREPANODON    EATONII,    D.    ERDISII. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1913. 


PLATE  XVIII. 


A.  P.  BROWN:     GEOLOGY    OF    ANTIGUA. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1913. 


A.  P.  BROWN:     GEOLOGY    OF    ANTIGUA, 


PROC.   ACAD.   NAT.  SCI.    PHILA.    1913. 


PLATE   XX. 


J^^" 


A.   P.   BROWN,      GEOLOGY    OF    ANTIGUA. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1913. 


PLATE  XXI. 


BAKER:     MOLLUSKS   OF   BRAZIL, 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  19-13. 


PLATE  XXII. 


BAKER:     MOLLUSKS    OF    BRAZIL. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1913. 


PLATE  XXIII. 


BAKER:      MOLLUSKS   OF   BRAZIL. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1913. 


PLATE  XXIV. 


BAKER:     MOLLUSKS    OF    BRAZIL. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHlLA.  1913. 


PLATE  XXV. 


BAKER:      MOLLUSKS    OF    BRAZIL. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHlLA.  1913. 


PLATE  XXVI. 


BAKER:     MOLLUSKS    OF    BRAZIL. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.   SCI.   PHILA.  1913. 


PLATE  XXVII. 


BAKER:      MOLLUSKS   OF    BRAZIL. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  191:^. 


PLATE  XXVIII. 


BANKS:     COSTA    RICA    ARACHNIDA. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1913. 


PLATE  XXIX. 


BANKS:     COSTA    RICA    ARACHNIDA. 


PROC.   ACAD.   NAT.   SCI.   PHILA.   1913. 


PLATE  XXX. 


BANKS:      COSTA    RICA    ARACHNIDA. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.   SCI.   PHILA.   1913. 


PLATE  XXXI. 


HEATH:      ANOSTOMA    DEPRESSUM.       TOMIGERUS    CLAUSUS. 


lilH    IflSE    E